CrazyforRAMU's Profile

Joined: Oct 31, 2017

Filter By:
7.2
Overall Rating
7.0
2020 Force Works #1

Oct 17, 2020

It's another Matthew Rosenberg B-list team miniseries, which is entertaining in its own snarky right, but it doesn't much distinguish itself from the author's past efforts.

7.0
2020 Force Works #2

Nov 5, 2020

Force Works escapes captivity, grasps the overall situation (rogue Deathloks are fighting giant robot Ultimo), and picks up an unlikely ally. It's got the usual Matthew Rosenberg sass and a brisk pace -- but the plot developments ride the narrow line between "good absurd" and "bad absurd." Not really essential, but enjoyable.

6.0
2020 Force Works #3

Feb 17, 2021

I made the mistake of reading IM 2020 #6 before this. Suffice it to say this series and the main event do not align in the slightest. I also believe there is for each reader a fixed number of issues after which Matthew Rosenberg's patented snark-a-matic team dynamic switches from "clever and refreshing" to "trite and repetitive." I'm afraid I passed that point long ago.

6.0
2020 Iron Age #1

Nov 2, 2020

This collection has the misfortune of leading off with a Tom DeFalco strip that just extends his pointless exploration of Machine Man's old backstory. The other strips are more enjoyable, but still quite skippable. It's an event anthology -- always a dumping ground for mediocrity.

5.5
2020 Ironheart #1

Nov 9, 2020

This comic is paced like it has an infinite number of pages to waste on nonsense.

5.0
2020 Ironheart #2

Nov 9, 2020

This two-shot was at best methadone for Ironheart junkies.

4.5
2020 iWolverine #1

Dec 17, 2020

Albert carves his way through Madripoor in search of his little pal Elsie Dee. He finds her, but unfortunately, they'll have to live through a whole other issue of meaningless, poorly-illustrated gang violence. It's a dull story on its own; its connection to the event is a wisp of general thematic philosophy -- Albert and Pierce clash over the idea of owning AIs.

4.0
2020 iWolverine #2

Feb 17, 2021

This comic used the phrase "jewwied gasowine" twice, which is two more times than I ever wanted to read it.

5.0
2020 Machine Man #1

Oct 17, 2020

The premises for each strip aren't spectacular, but they could work. And the art is sound middle-of-the-road stuff. But the words! I expected clunky retro cheese from Tom DeFalco, but Christos Gage drops down to the same level, which is a disappointing surprise.

5.5
2020 Machine Man #2

Nov 2, 2020

Machine Man resists temptation and makes off with Jocasta's head (including a copy of the Obedience Virus). In the B Strip, the Wreckers and Aaron's old pals … exist. They win a pointless fight against some Bain robots and earn some highly-qualified respect from the rebel bots who helped them. This issue is par for the course for this event: Put together with sound storytelling skill, but fundamentally forgettable in a way that makes it hard to care about.

5.5
2020 Rescue #1

Oct 17, 2020

Pretty good character work, but the premise is thin and it seems like the characters know it. Also, unfortunately, it's got that sort of bottom-shelf art that just drains the reader's enthusiasm.

4.5
2020 Rescue #2

Nov 9, 2020

Everything about this comic screams, "I should be a digital original priced under $3."

8.0
A.X.E. One-Shots: Avengers #1

Mar 22, 2023

It's a solid story and it lands somewhere very close to essential reading. The storytelling (words and art) is definitely above average; it's good without being fall-all-over-myself-praising-it great. As Tony Stark character studies go, it's mostly off-the-shelf stuff. But it is DEEPLY tied to the present moment in the event and it turns Tony's judgment into, I think, a pretty important plot point.

8.0
A.X.E. One-Shots: Starfox #1

Mar 30, 2023

Eros's spotlight issue has no right to be this fun. The pretty art has a distinctive anime-esque style and it's executed with superlative skill. The script is structured in short, choppy scenes and the prose is likewise pithy. Taken together, the work delivers a surprisingly enjoyable peek into Starfox's head while also connecting some important plot points for the larger event.

9.0
A.X.E. One-Shots: X-Men #1

Mar 30, 2023

These Gillen-scripted one-shots between #5 & #6 are plot-critical -- it doesn't hurt that they're also amazing reads. (This one is particularly beautiful on the art front, too.) I admit a significant part of my enjoyment comes from watching the Progenitor/the author DEMOLISH 2 points from recent issues of Gerry Duggan's X-Men: How Cyclops sorta bluffed his way into a thumbs-up in #14, and the proposition that Jean Grey paid off her Dark Phoenix debt by shutting down that casino in #12. But the rebuttals to those points are SO elegant that I'm pretty sure the 2 authors orchestrated them in advance. Doesn't make 'em any less satisfying to me.

6.0
A.X.E. One-Shots: Iron Fist #1

Apr 7, 2023

There's nothing wrong with this script, but there's not much praiseworthy about it, either. The scene where Loki initially refuses to fight the dragon is probably the high point. As written, this issue could easily climb up past an "average" rating. All it would need is some good art. Bad news on that front…

7.5
A.X.E. One-Shots: Eternals #1

Apr 7, 2023

It's appropriate that this issue is all about faith, because to me, it's asking for some faith on the reader's part. I'll give it freely -- everything about this event suggests that the author has an all-encompassing master plan. This issue is inscrutable by itself, but I'm betting its role will become clearer in the future. The art isn't to my taste, but I can tell that's subjective. It's no favorite of mine, but it's definitely not bad.

7.5
A.X.E.: Death to the Mutants #1

Jan 24, 2023

This expands on a few points already hinted at and foreshadows some developments still to come. The added detail and texture is appreciated. But the storytelling work (particularly the art) is rougher than the event's main issues; this is not so much "Judgment Day #1.5" as it is "Appendix A."

8.5
A.X.E.: Death to the Mutants #2

Feb 12, 2023

This is another step back from the main event to rewind and go into greater depth. And I love it. It's drawn decently; it's written amazingly. It is as close to great as it can be given that it's utterly reliant on the event's other issues for context. I use the phrase "Big Dumb Event™" a lot when talking about Judgment Day, particularly the main series, but I'm not (intentionally) slandering it with that term. This issue shows that there is considerable brilliance and heart beneath the bigness and dumbness. The author's doing a shockingly great job of big-picture and small-picture writing at the same time.

9.0
A.X.E.: Death to the Mutants #3

Apr 7, 2023

Wow, this is a heartbreaker. It explains a previous mystery (what happened to the Machine) and sets up a fresh one (what's Nightcrawler up to?). It has some beautiful character beats for the Machine and for my favorite breakout character, Syne the Memotaur. The art's perfectly satisfactory as a storytelling tool, but better visuals are definitely the missing boost that would kick this from "great" to "perfect."

8.5
A.X.E.: Eve of Judgment (2022) #1

Jan 8, 2023

This is a decent (maybe?) groundwork issue for the event to come, but it's a much better Eternals #13. I love the art. It's clearly related to Esad Ribić's work, but it has a more elastic style and a brighter finish. I love the foreshadowy bits of plot and character development salted over the script. And I love the oh-so-catty narrative voice of the Machine. I don't love so much the deepest of the conversations, which stray well afield from clarity. Because "Eternals #13" suits my taste exactly, I'll call this very good. But I wouldn't call it great, mostly (but not entirely) because I know it'll be a lot less enjoyable for a reader who skipped Eternals #1-12.

7.5
A.X.E.: Judgment Day (2022): Omega

May 7, 2023

Well, phooey. This epilogue winds up being a good comic, but just barely. The art is fine, it does the job -- but no more. The script offers up plenty of sparkly little lines and some thoughtful new ideas. But it's such a survey issue that the high points are at risk of getting lost, even if the "background noise" is by no means bad. Also, not to put too fine a point on it, but most of this issue's emotional water (Ikaris's shame in particular) comes from wells the author already tapped in the pre-event Eternals series.

8.5
A.X.E.: Judgment Day (2022) #1

Jan 9, 2023

I don't know how this reads for somebody who's been following only some of the lead-in titles. I read 'em all, so I can't gauge how effective the "catch you up" bits of exposition are. Primed by all that background reading, I think this is pretty close to a best-case scenario for a Big Dumb Event™. The stakes are high, the art is spectacular, the plot is already moving swiftly, and -- best of all, in my opinion -- while the event is definitely Big and Dumb, the *characters* aren't getting too dumb to make it happen. It's very good. Not quite great; there's wiggle room for minor improvements. For instance, the author wanted Uranos's trip to Arakko to look horrible without filling whole pages with carnage. I think the artist went a little too subtle in implying that horror.

9.0
A.X.E.: Judgment Day (2022) #2

Jan 17, 2023

I'm just about as pleased as can be with the way this is developing. Not much character work, but of course, that's normal for a Big Dumb Event™. Instead, we get the right substitute: Amazing high-stakes plot twists. The way this story develops is simultaneously rational and surprising. The art looks good, but I think the action could be clearer and the characters could be more consistent. Tony Stark's pals should just knock him unconscious as soon as they suspect a Big Dumb Event™ is starting. Seems like he paves a good-intentions road straight to hell in every one, doesn't it?

8.5
A.X.E.: Judgment Day (2022) #3

Jan 27, 2023

I call these Big Dumb Events™ because even in a very good one (which this is), the stupid's never very far from the surface. In this case: "I will judge you individually to decide if the world is terrible. Captain America, you're supposed to inspire the world, but the world is terrible. Therefore, you're a failure." Forget Avengers and X-Men, send a community college logic professor to demolish his circular reasoning and begging of the question.

9.0
A.X.E.: Judgment Day (2022) #4

Feb 24, 2023

As expected, it has all the visual grandeur necessary for the climax of a big event. But it's even more impressive on the script side. The author fuses his interests in the personal and global, delivering a dramatic portrait of the world at a turning point. Also, he uses the word "panglossian". *Well.* It's like he knows I've been calling Judgment Day a "Big Dumb Event™" and set out to rebuke me in the most elegant, efficient way possible.

8.5
A.X.E.: Judgment Day (2022) #5

Feb 26, 2023

It's one of the most well-crafted, most engaging events I've ever read, and STILL my eyes start to roll when the bodies start piling up. Don't get me wrong, I'm still enjoying it and I want to see how it ends. But now there's a distinct, disbelief-no-longer-suspended slice of "I wonder what sort of fancy footwork will undo this" feeling alongside my more engaged anticipation.

9.5
A.X.E.: Judgment Day (2022) #6

Apr 14, 2023

Well, I just love this. The art's gorgeous (but falling off slightly at the end), the pace and structure are great, and the prose is practically bursting with beautiful moments of heart and humor. Of course, we knew a big reset button was coming, but the creators finesse it. No horrific genocidal casualties, but plenty of status quo changes. Best of all, the author ties the event up with a "do better" moral that has universal strength. It's progressive but not pious about it; I hope that even reactionary readers can take it in the spirit it's offered. Now bring on the Omega issue!

9.5
Absolute Carnage (2019) #1

Feb 27, 2020

Venom + Carnage + body horror isn't in the same hemisphere as my wheelhouse, but the world-class storytelling talent on display here compels me to file it on the "next door to perfect" shelf. The True Comic Book Geek in me loves the way this issue puts Thunderbolt Ross on the continuity police's most wanted list. By "Immortal Hulk" rules, as a gamma mutate, he should be unkillable. But by "Absolute Carnage" rules, as a former symbiote host, he's super dead.

8.5
Absolute Carnage (2019) #2

Mar 26, 2020

Most everything looks and sounds good, but we've reached the point where plot development comes before mood. The art and writing do still try to evoke horror, but it's not hooking me too well this time around.

8.0
Absolute Carnage (2019) #3

Apr 4, 2020

I'm getting sharply diminishing returns on Carnage's cute little "blood for the blood god" speeches.

7.5
Absolute Carnage (2019) #4

Apr 29, 2020

I don't often see an event and its subordinate series conflict this much. Some tie-in authors really wanted to have their heroes overcome Carnage's control, but Donny Cates is having none of it. (Miles is Exhibit A but Scream went there, too.) On the plus side, what happens to Eddie in this issue makes outstanding use of the hint from the Ghost Rider one-shot that codices carry their hosts' superpowers with them.

7.5
Absolute Carnage (2019) #5

Jun 7, 2020

After all the wide-ranging conflict, Absolute Carnage comes down to a heinous Morton's Fork and Eddie is singularly ill-prepared to find a "real win" third option. This issue was another very strong art showing and it had some nice, tough dialogue. I was surprised by how utterly inconsequential all the tie-ins and guest-stars were in the end, though. I think this *should* have just been a big arc in Venom rather than a crossover event.

8.5
Absolute Carnage (2019): Separation Anxiety #1

Mar 10, 2020

No, I'm not gonna be able to name the Life Foundation symbiotes after reading this. But I'm gonna have nightmares about the story tonight, which is a way more impressive accomplishment for the creators.

8.0
Absolute Carnage (2019): Symbiote Spider-Man #1

Mar 26, 2020

What about That Tourist Guy that the symbiote hitched a ride on for a few pages in the original alien costume saga? His life went to poo for entirely unrelated, but richly Marvel-esque (i.e. a random, destructive encounter with the White Rabbit), reasons. It has a shaggy dog ending, but exquisite storytelling makes the story meaningful prior to that. Gorgeous art, too. Essential? No. Satisfying? Yes!

8.5
Absolute Carnage (2019): Symbiote Of Vengeance #1

Mar 31, 2020

Danny Ketch fails to save a deep-cut Ghost Rider carrying a codex from Carnage. It's got a grim outcome, but the art is outstanding and the script raises some interesting points for both Carnage and Johnny Blaze. I'd love it if other authors in the event picked up the idea that Carnage gains temporary superpowers after eating a hero's codex … but I'm not holding my breath. This is more important as a Ghost Rider comic (a pretty good one) than as a part of Absolute Carnage.

9.0
Absolute Carnage (2019): Immortal Hulk #1

Apr 20, 2020

This is a must-read issue of Immortal Hulk that happens to involve the Absolute Carnage event. It's a lot more spotlight than Bruce Banner has been getting in IH. I love that he's got a low-key diva-martyr thing going on: "This is all about me." [conclusive proof it's not about him] "Okay, this isn't all about me, but I think I should make it all about me."

6.5
Absolute Carnage (2019): Avengers #1

Apr 29, 2020

I was genuinely looking forward to seeing how this team came together, and this digressive yarn was pretty disappointing. But it's not without highlights; the artist on the Hawkeye section (Alberto Alburquerque, I believe) shot the moon to make his pages look cool.

5.5
Absolute Carnage (2019): Weapon Plus #1

Jun 1, 2020

I was constantly aware of how much the military black ops BS was arousing the author, and it had the opposite effect on me.

5.5
Absolute Carnage (2019): Captain Marvel #1

Jun 7, 2020

Captain Marvel makes some cute wisecracks while battling Carnage for the soul of her cat. I like much of the humor, but watching a hero win an utterly generic "pluck plus random zappy powers" victory isn't satisfying. Also, while individual panels of the art were great, the different inking approaches clashed hard.

5.5
Absolute Carnage vs. Deadpool #1

Mar 10, 2020

It's drawn nicely, but Deadpool is written in maximum "LOL memes" mode and his laborious comedy slows everything down. The tone doesn't really fit with any of the other Absolute Carnage titles, but it's not really memorable enough to stand out as the event's designated parody volume.

7.5
Absolute Carnage vs. Deadpool #2

Mar 31, 2020

This one worked a lot better for me than #1. I think it's because the not-so-serious tone and the plot were already dialed in and ready to go -- maybe set-up just isn't this creative team's strong suit.

4.5
Absolute Carnage vs. Deadpool #3

Apr 29, 2020

The sudden realization that this story is practically an AU -- contradicting the main event and Spidey's ASM tie-in -- strikes like an ice-cold douche. Mediocre "LOL Memes" Deadpool action doesn't do nearly enough to compensate. At least the art is nice.

5.0
Absolute Carnage: Lethal Protectors #1

Mar 26, 2020

Maximum Carnage is practically required reading to understand this, and that sits poorly with me. It does have a nice creepy mood, though.

4.5
Absolute Carnage: Lethal Protectors #2

Apr 4, 2020

A good example of "conditionally acceptable" plotting: "Let's team up again because we teamed up in the last event" would be acceptable if the story was generally enjoyable. But here ...

4.5
Absolute Carnage: Lethal Protectors #3

Jun 1, 2020

I'll be honest, I'm relieved this series didn't identify the shadowy organization Misty is working for these days. That makes it that much easier to leave it off any "essential Misty Knight reading" list.

6.0
Absolute Carnage: Miles Morales #1

Mar 26, 2020

How Miles met Carnage, the extended cut. It doesn't expand much on Absolute Carnage #2 and the visuals are dreadfully sketchy. Miles sounds nicely consistent with his current solo, though -- the benefit of getting Saladin Ahmed to script this.

7.0
Absolute Carnage: Miles Morales #2

Apr 20, 2020

The bit of Carnage driving Miles gets blindsided by the unexpectedly rebellious spirit of the flesh when it's sent on a hunt. Neat logic on the hunt plot (I love the guest stars) and some interesting character work on possessed Miles make this well worth reading. The art is trending the other way, though. The Carnages are far too interchangeable.

7.0
Absolute Carnage: Miles Morales #3

Apr 29, 2020

5.5
Absolute Carnage: Scream #1

Mar 10, 2020

I know virtually nothing about Donna Diego or Patricia Robinson, but I think the more I did know, the less I'd like these feeble revivals.

4.5
Absolute Carnage: Scream #2

Mar 26, 2020

If the art were done by a single artist -- or a pair that matched up better than these two -- that might have done just enough to boost this up out of mediocrity.

5.5
Absolute Carnage: Scream #3

Apr 29, 2020

Per his standard MO, Cullen Bunn crafts a story that will be satisfying if you're already a fan of the characters and stultifying if you're not. Gerardo Sandoval's art is impressive if you accept the "awesome x-treme" premises of his style -- but that's a big "if."

6.5
Acts of Evil: Ms. Marvel Annual #1

Jan 25, 2020

There are two different Kamala Khans. This comic stars the cartoony, multimedia-friendly, Marvel Rising Kamala, and it's a pretty good adventure for her. But I much prefer the other Kamala, the nuanced, thoughtful one scripted by Wilson or Ahmed, and she's not much in evidence here. And so help me, the artists get dangerously close to drawing (and ESPECIALLY coloring) Kamala as a white girl.

4.5
Acts of Evil: Punisher Annual #1

Feb 27, 2020

6.0
Acts of Evil: Venom Annual #1

Feb 27, 2020

I liked this more than most readers, I think, but I recognize it's a pretty dumb idea to present an alternate take on Venom (visually and narratively) while he's in the middle of a definitive run. I'm a fan of Lady Hellbender, but these strips develop her poorly, hanging clichéd choices and motivations on a character that could be so much more.

8.0
Acts of Evil: Deadpool Annual #1

Mar 10, 2020

A good rendition of Deadpool squares up with Nightmare to save a boy from bad dreams. It's got solid humor, good art, and a nice edge of darkness to make it feel serious. Like the other "Acts of Evil" annuals, it's thoroughly non-essential, but this one does make for a satisfying read.

7.0
Acts of Evil: She-Hulk Annual #1

Mar 26, 2020

There's not a lot here that's distinctively "She-Hulk;" this story would work just about as well with any hero. (There's some faint attention paid to split personality themes, but they'd fit anyone with any sort of alter ego.)

8.0
Acts of Evil: Ghost-Spider Annual #1

Mar 26, 2020

Ghost-Spider falls into an automated Murderworld built to torment 616 Spidey. It's a premise studded with lots of potential ironies, and Vita Ayala swings for the fences on every one. Not every swing connects, but many do. Gwen goes on a sound philosophical journey, and her voice is overall very appealing. Some nice character rendering work in the art is also a big plus.

7.5
Acts of Evil: Moon Knight Annual #1

Mar 31, 2020

I do like my Kang in a one-and-done story rather than menacing the Avengers over the course of six months. The faster the story, the fewer the chances for me to pick at the holes in the timey-wimey plot, I think. This is a satisfying yarn. Giving a character lots of historic legacy incarnations is risky, but Moon Knight is a better candidate for the idea than most. Solid art makes the time-hopping appealing. One unfortunate weakness is the characterization, or lack thereof, on Moon Knight. He's less a man here than a mission in the shape of a man.

7.0
Acts of Evil: Wolverine Annual #1

Apr 20, 2020

It has a curious kind of magic. The laconic words and fair art pull you steadily through the story, more than average entertained. But then you get to the finale and it all evaporates like dew, with little chance of sticking in your memory.

6.0
Aero #1

Jan 25, 2020

Seems like both strips have pacing problems. Even with an above-average share of pages, this feels like less than an issue's worth of story.

5.0
Aero #2

Feb 27, 2020

The B strip suddenly has to carry the A strip and it ain't really up to the task.

4.5
Aero #3

Apr 4, 2020

Somebody oughtta tell Zhou Liefen that "withhold anything interesting from your story until the climax" is not how you build tension. But then, I've seen readers of the Chinese version suggest that Greg Pak should get a large share of the blame for the disappointing pace of this translation. Apparently, the original didn't put the contemporary story on hold for these jarring flashbacks.

5.0
Aero #4

Apr 29, 2020

5.5
Aero #5

Jun 7, 2020

In this installment, in both strips, the storytelling tightens up a bit. I still think this title's short of compelling reasons to read, but if you can find that motivation somewhere else, this comic won't disappoint.

5.5
Aero #6

Jul 2, 2020

The letters page reveals that the fans are still all agog over representation. That casts the series' storytelling foibles in a different light. These strips might be nothing special to majority readers who've seen these beats done better elsewhere, but they're hugely important to readers who rarely -- maybe never -- see protagonist superheroes who look and talk like them.

6.0
Aero #7

Jul 23, 2020

There are solid nuggets of intelligence and charm scattered through the slow-moving story. Keng's art puts a noteworthy polish on top of straightforward manga-style lines.

5.5
Aero #8

Sep 24, 2020

Ling gets some prehistoric backstory from Madame Huang and completes a nifty "air-golem" training session with her. There are compelling ideas in here and the art is good, but the words are pretty clumsy. This title's timeline remains completely ☠️☠️☠️☠️☠️☠️, too. Making those first three issues a flash-forward and then framing everything that's come since as a flashback was a big mistake.

5.5
Aero #9

Nov 2, 2020

Aero uses her new wind-doppelganger powers to win a crystal monster fight without leaving her boyfriend's side. There's some nice heart in the relationship, both in the present and in their meet-cute flashback. But the contemporary story remains tremendously drawn out, and the plot isn't engaging enough to justify the slow pace.

5.5
Aero #10

Feb 17, 2021

Ling and Tony Stark meet, but we'll have to wait another issue to see Aero and Iron Man. Ugh. Madame Huang provides intriguing backstory tidbits that finally start to stitch together the title's mythology. It's still an annoying maze of different timelines, all unfolding too slow and too distant from each other. At least the visuals are still pretty.

4.5
Aero #11

Feb 25, 2021

"That's right, Iron Man! The secret to beating the tower monsters is a vital detail my creators never thought to show or mention until now!" Ugggh.

5.0
Aero #12

Mar 6, 2021

Out with a whimper, not a bang. The storytelling was nice in this issue and I even felt that Aero got some good characterization -- but as throughout the series, pacing and plotting are fundamentally flawed. This isn't a Western superhero comic, and chopping it into 20-page chunks didn't fix that.

8.5
Age of X-Man: Alpha #1

Aug 20, 2019

Nate Grey leads the X-Men in defending a "utopia" with sinister goings-on bubbling just beneath the surface. I like the style; the peaceful life has a 1950s Leave-it-to-Beaver vibe while the dark side points to majorly messed-up social control a la 70s sci-fi movies. I find the world-building ideas intriguing and engaging; they provide just the boost that the storytelling chops need.

5.0
Age of X-Man: Omega #1

Feb 27, 2020

This finale has the same problems as the event as a whole: It's a mystery story without any secrets, a revolution story without conflict. Ambitious and experimental, sure. Successful? Not so much.

7.0
Age Of X-Man: Apocalypse & The X-Tracts #1

Sep 28, 2019

This issue introduces Apocalypse and his merry band of revolutionaries and puts them on a collision course with Omega Red. The tone of the book is an interesting mystical hodge-podge that combines beatniks, psychedelic hippies, and even a little slice of Sufism. Apocalypse stands apart from most other AoX mutants. He doesn't just get a mindwipe and a change of clothes; he appears to have been merged with Professor X. I hope that point's expanded on in future issues.

4.0
Age Of X-Man: Apocalypse & The X-Tracts #2

Oct 31, 2019

This series wants to be AoX: The Invisibles in a very serious way. But it also wants to be "Jim Henson's Invisibles Babies" in some mad parallel reality where the Invisibles is appropriate for Saturday morning cartoons.

4.5
Age Of X-Man: Apocalypse & The X-Tracts #3

Nov 20, 2019

The amount of teleporting in this book is too damn high.

5.0
Age Of X-Man: Apocalypse & The X-Tracts #4

Dec 27, 2019

It's a bag of solid premises that deserve far better storytelling in words and art.

5.5
Age Of X-Man: Apocalypse & The X-Tracts #5

Jan 25, 2020

Like the miniseries as a whole, this finale has some smart ideas sticking out of a storytelling matrix that consistently comes across as a little sub-par.

8.0
Age Of X-Man: NextGen #1

Sep 1, 2019

The standard current crop of X-students illuminates life at the Summers Institute: simplistic curricula, utopian outlook, dystopian secrets. It's the most effective vehicle yet for exploring X-Man's AU. The plot is engaging and the character work is sound, but it does rely on the reader arriving well-caught-up on X-students and the Age of X-Man event. It doesn't stand on its own two legs, but as a part of a wider tapestry, it's very good.

8.5
Age Of X-Man: NextGen #2

Sep 30, 2019

Glob reveals he's immune to all the mind-wiping that underpins the Age of X-Man, putting him in a perfect position to watch it crumble. And the rebellious students are delivering the violent attack on the system that I crave. It's excellent writing work and it looks gorgeous; Nextgen is well on its way to being my favorite part of AoX.

8.0
Age Of X-Man: NextGen #3

Oct 31, 2019

The students make and break alliances and Armor comes to the fore as the protagonist. Thoroughly engaging plot and art, and I really like the way the dialogue does good characterization while simultaneously exploring intriguing ideas about the AU.

7.5
Age Of X-Man: NextGen #4

Nov 27, 2019

Anole pushes his sect's agenda to a scary result, with his school friends just a little too far behind him and the authorities bringing up the rear. Interesting ideas, solid art, and an excellent pace. Yet somehow the prose, while clear, fails to evoke an emotional connection or a sense of urgency -- and the latter particularly seems needed.

7.0
Age Of X-Man: NextGen #5

Jan 25, 2020

While Glob retains his memory of everything that's changed in the AoX, his attempts to share his insights with his friends end in tragedy. It's an excellent story and it enjoys some surprisingly strong art, but the script could do more to fulfill the sad ending's emotional potential.

7.5
Age Of X-Man: Prisoner X #1

Sep 19, 2019

Bishop settles into the Danger Room prison and concentrates - when he's not fighting with Beast - on figuring out whether his little flashes of pre-AoX memory are rare or common. It looks like the setup has plenty of promise, and I am delighted to get past the shiny happy surface of this world. But the focus of the title shines more on the memory mysteries than exploring AoX's morals and laws in depth. It makes good sense from a storytelling standpoint, but it leaves my hunger for unraveling the bigger mysteries of the AU unsatisfied.

7.0
Age Of X-Man: Prisoner X #2

Oct 15, 2019

6.5
Age Of X-Man: Prisoner X #3

Nov 12, 2019

Proof (by negative example, unfortunately) that laying a caption-only conversation on top of an unrelated mostly-visual story is a lot harder than it looks.

7.0
Age Of X-Man: Prisoner X #4

Dec 27, 2019

5.0
Age Of X-Man: Prisoner X #5

Jan 25, 2020

Why I'm rating low: 1) We're watching Bishop deduce his way to facts we've known since the start of the event. The script does virtually nothing to alleviate the sense of "we seent it" inconsequentiality that this induces. 2) The art stumbles badly. Character treatments vary too widely between the artists, the visual flow of the story is often unclear, and the art doesn't do nearly enough with the script's opportunities for spectacle. The script writes a giant check by introducing the idea of each prisoner seeing the prison as a dungeon tailored to their fears; the art cashes that check for pennies on the dollar with a few panels of forgettable lip-service.

7.0
Age Of X-Man: The Amazing Nightcrawler #1

Sep 9, 2019

Meggan morphs her boobs bigger when she's on-camera, tee-hee. It's a clever gag. But along with the way these X-Men can't stay out of each other's pants, it suggests somebody built this Brave New World without really thinking through the implications of its "no sex please" prime directive. I'm once again hoping that it's Nate's world-building that's shoddy, but the thought that maybe it's the creators' instead is starting to fester. Maybe the real problem is reading *four* shiny-happy #1s in a row, all of which are keeping the same damn secrets. Maybe it's reading week-by-week that's frustrating me, and it'll all come across better when I can charge straight through the completed titles. And maybe, alas, the problem is that this event just isn't as carefully crafted as I want it to be.

8.0
Age Of X-Man: The Amazing Nightcrawler #2

Sep 30, 2019

Kurt starts shame-spiraling after getting laid. The way his guilt sways his decision-making toward the tragic lends some sorely-needed weight to the studio takeover plot. The idea of an underground romance culture is fascinating, too. The visuals are roundly satisfying with some real flashes of brilliance. The reading experience here was a lot more engaging than I expected; it was a surprise of the best sort.

6.5
Age Of X-Man: The Amazing Nightcrawler #3

Oct 31, 2019

I know we're in the middle of a Big Dumb Event™ with loads of editorial oversight and big-picture planning and whatnot, but I STILL wish this series could actually go "Oh, snap, the Cuckoos are WAY more interesting than Kurt in this AU situation, let's follow them now."

7.0
Age Of X-Man: The Amazing Nightcrawler #4

Dec 5, 2019

6.0
Age Of X-Man: The Amazing Nightcrawler #5

Jan 25, 2020

This mini and Nextgen stand apart from the other AoX series in that they work better as "prequels" that end before the AU starts unraveling. Of the two, I much prefer the school story. This series added "Cuckoos secretly in on the conspiracy" to its basic "movie star Kurt" premise, but it never got enough tension going between them. This last issue is particularly bad about the two ideas nervously eyeing each other like shy kids at a middle-school dance, doing a whole lot of not much until Kurt makes a Mk. 1 heroic sacrifice to provide a little closure.

7.5
Age Of X-Man: The Marvelous X-Men #1

Aug 20, 2019

The forest fire premise isn't all that interesting by itself, but it illustrates a hefty flaw in the AU. This world is so perfect that these 8 X-Men are the only first responders on the whole continent? I'll assume that the flaws are in Nate's world-building rather than the authors'.

5.5
Age Of X-Man: The Marvelous X-Men #2

Sep 28, 2019

7.0
Age Of X-Man: The Marvelous X-Men #3

Oct 31, 2019

5.5
Age Of X-Man: The Marvelous X-Men #4

Nov 27, 2019

7.0
Age Of X-Man: The Marvelous X-Men #5

Dec 27, 2019

This issue looks far better than it deserves; Marco Failla really went the extra mile on the art. Nate loading up his narration with a bunch of storytelling metaphors felt terribly lazy.

4.5
Age Of X-Man: X-Tremists #1

Sep 9, 2019

Argh! I was really hoping the X-Tremists would be the sinister Gestapo-type team, as was so strongly suggested by the other titles and even by their costume designs. But no, it's another pack of shiny happy goofball mutants. I could swallow the team being portrayed as naive and childish if it were done *well*, but in my opinion, it very much is not.

7.0
Age Of X-Man: X-Tremists #2

Oct 9, 2019

Department X's fluffy status quo is disturbed when Blob confesses a crush and Moneta veers way too close to evil territory. Some of the prose and characterization simply blows me away, but the scattershot plot development disagrees with me. I'm not in love with the story but I do love the way it's being told. Strategically, I think I'm going to end up strongly against the idea of inventing a brand new mutant (Moneta) to take all the morally-dodgy stances in this title. How much more gripping it would be if it were Jubilee or Psylocke going off the deep end!

7.5
Age Of X-Man: X-Tremists #3

Nov 12, 2019

Psylocke does a fascinating job of stringing her Blob relationship along, allowing Department X to lumber forward in a semblance of "business as usual." At least until Moneta's black-and-white worldview forces some severe changes. I'm a fan of the art and I really enjoy the psychological, exploratory way the script handles Betsy and Fred. But the pacing and the plotting are pretty jumbled. Rather than achieving a uniform "good," I think this script is a half-and-half mix of "great" and "blah". Challenging to rate and definitely a book you think twice about before recommending to a friend.

6.5
Age Of X-Man: X-Tremists #4

Dec 27, 2019

9.0
Age Of X-Man: X-Tremists #5

Jan 25, 2020

I'm going with a ridiculously high rating because Leah Williams' rendition of Jubilee gave me those all-over hot-cold shivers that say I'm reading something profound. Let that woman write a Jubilee solo immediately! Beyond (or rather through) the characterization, this issue also delivers the EXACT mix of nausea, shame, outrage, and fury that SHOULD follow the breakdown of the AoX masquerade. This mini wasn't where I was expecting to find the big payoff, but I'm grateful I got it.

7.0
Agents of Atlas (2019) #1

Feb 27, 2020

Amadeus fills up all the non-plot space fretting about the burden of leadership and crushing on Luna Snow, ugh. In the B strip, the old Agents roster runs through a pulpier, more satisfying dragon fight. The big picture plot is intriguing, but the backup creators really beat the lead team's brains out when it comes to vibrant art and endearing ensemble characterization.

6.0
Agents of Atlas (2019) #2

Mar 26, 2020

I love Nico Leon, but I don't think he fits with this creative team. His art needs color depth that Federico Blee doesn't provide, and I suspect the scripting actively plays against his (Leon's) strengths. Also, Mike Nguyen's price point for the Pan Pass is absurd. $1,000 a day is over a third of a million dollars a year. For a sci-fi metro card. It's exactly like when evil Axis-transreversed Tony Stark tried selling Extremis to the public at a similarly ruinous price. Characters treating these gimmicks as egalitarian when they're priced exclusively for the one percent instantly brings a heavy hammer down on my suspension of disbelief.

6.0
Agents of Atlas (2019) #3

Jun 1, 2020

I KNOW it's harder than it looks to craft characters with this minimalist art style, but the results turn me off.

7.5
Agents of Atlas (2019) #4

Jun 3, 2020

I appreciated the greater sharing of the spotlight around the team and the intelligent evolution of the logical problems inherent in the Pan premise. Also, the art is REALLY working for me this time around.

8.0
Agents of Atlas (2019) #5

Jul 13, 2020

It took ages of pages and a mountain of words to get here, but dang, here is awfully nice. I've become a convert to the art, too, which again shows off complete mastery of minimalism.

8.0
All-New Guardians of the Galaxy #1

Nov 9, 2017

The Guardians are doing teeth-clenched teamwork and getting caught up in a Grandmaster/Collector dispute; not a healthy place to be. Even though the Guardians have only been out of publication for a half an eyeblink, Gerry Duggan throws a lot of twists into the team. Gamora's made a creepy deal with the Grandmaster, Groot got baby-fied, and Drax is a pacifist now. Also Peter stole the Milano out of the MCU. The author's clever heist plotting, solid ear for dialogue, and strong characterization suggest he'll have no trouble cashing all (or most of) the checks he's writing. Though I can tell Aaron Kuder's art is going to be an acquired taste, I think I'm already well on the way to acquiring it.

7.0
All-New Guardians of the Galaxy #2

Dec 3, 2017

The Guardians' heist from the Collector's Fortress o' Pop Culture goes predictably awry. Gerry Duggan is working hard to script two issues' worth of quality characterization and dialogue every month. He's doing good with that, but he doesn't seem to have the time to get really creative with his plot. Similarly, Aaron Kuder is drawing stunningly good, inventively weird stuff - 40 pages' worth in a month. So it's fair if he goes a little heavy on the splash pages to keep his panel count down. I'm still waiting for the creators to start answering some of the great questions they posed last month. A reheated Hollywood heist story is only gonna satisfy for so long.

6.0
All-New Guardians of the Galaxy #3

Jan 5, 2018

Gamora's dreams reveal her quest is tracking down the Soul Gem, which still has a piece of her stuck inside it. Some solid links to decades-old Guardians backstory make this a treat for hardcore fans, and they point to interesting things in the future. Resurrections? Oh, could be, could be. Frazier Irving's painterly art is occasionally beautiful, but it definitely has its drawbacks. Even after internet research tells me there's a peek at Eternity-in-Chains in this issue (from Ewing's Ultimates 2), I still can't see it. While this issue didn't end up exciting me, I can respect it as nice long-term storytelling and see that it loads up some great payoffs for the future.

8.0
All-New Guardians of the Galaxy #4

Jan 5, 2018

The Guardians escape the Collector thanks to Rocket's cunning and Gamora's bravado. High adventure beckons, but of course it wouldn't be the Guardians if the team weren't on the edge of breaking up. Nobody's pleased to be used as a means to an end by Gamora, who's orchestrating all this to get at the Soul Stone, and there's even a rift forming between Rocket and Groot. And we still don't know who's growing a sinister crop of evil Groots or what he (?) plans on doing with them. Great plotting and challenging characterization put this up above the realm of average comics, and Aaron Kuder's stellar art helps a great deal.

8.0
All-New Guardians of the Galaxy #5

Jan 15, 2018

Peter Quill gets his music by chasing down lightspeed Earth broadcasts and recording them on cassette. There's this guy on Reddit, hates everything that's happened to Star-Lord since Abnett & Lanning killed him. *Really* hates MCU synergy. He's way past reason and logic; his instinctive antipathy makes him incapable of liking any current Guardians comic. Don't be like Reddit Guy. In this issue Gerry Duggan proves that, like Chip Zdarsky, he can absolutely make "Chris Pratt-edition Star-Lord" work. Is this Star-Lord less grizzled than the DnA version? Sure. But he's also got heart and sensitivity in a way that DnA's Frowny-Face McGee didn't. Add in some misplaced (i.e. clashing with Mr. Kuder's work) but undeniably gorgeous Chris Samnee art and you've got a real best-case scenario for a filler issue. It's not plot essential, you could skip it if you had to, but it's so wonderfully heartwarming that you'll be glad you didn't.

8.0
All-New Guardians of the Galaxy #6

Jan 27, 2018

The Raptors come calling for the ship the Guardians stole, or more precisely, a precious bit of cargo. They set off a nice zero-gee fight and throw some impressive twists into the plot, and the Guardians are well worth following throughout. We get another glimpse of the mystery man who's raised of crop of evil Groots, and some tempting hints about the identity of boss-Raptor Talonar pop up too. Aaron Kuder's art makes it all look good, and Gerry Duggan's script provides a lot of fun at a slightly-too-fast pace. Or is the title a little too slow due to the sheer number of moving parts being introduced?

9.0
All-New Guardians of the Galaxy #7

Feb 12, 2018

Gamora listens to the story behind Drax's pacifism. It's an episode in which Drax is forced to confront the consequences of his actions. While you might find this particular straw a little light for breaking the Destroyer's back, I think you'll probably agree the man's reaction - "no violence forevermore" - is *very* Drax. The strong script is further enhanced by a flawless visual performance from Greg Smallwood. While the layouts are pretty simple, the anatomy and facial work are as good as - if not better than - Mr. Smallwood's recent tour de force performance in Moon Knight.

8.0
All-New Guardians of the Galaxy #8

Feb 26, 2018

Quill fights Talonar, putting it all on the line to save Rocket. The fighting is solid and even while he's being poisoned to death, Rocket drops some funny jokes. Marcus To's art does an excellent job filling in. Gerry Duggan's script employs a few sneaky tricks to dodge complicated situations, but his judgement regarding what gets put on the page is excellent. How are you doing with Talonar's mystery identity? There are enough clues here to nail it, but not so many as to make it a certainty.

7.0
All-New Guardians of the Galaxy #9

Mar 30, 2018

A Rocket and Groot flashback reveals who it is that's been raising Evil Groots in the present-day timeline. Mojo also appears and leaps onto the already way-too-large pile of "problems to address in the future." This issue landed right in the 7/10 zone: A bit above average but definitely not great. Mike Hawthorne's generic space visuals are workmanlike. The sheer volume of plot threads Gerry Duggan is introducing may be a problem, especially with his preferred flashback-heavy structure. There's a limited amount of focus to go around and dicing it up evenly so that every plot gets a pittance of panels instead of pushing through real progress on a single story is robbing this title of momentum.

9.0
All-New Guardians of the Galaxy #10

Apr 7, 2018

Bringing the Collector/Grandmaster conflict to a head actually serves to tie up all of the title's big plot lines and fire the team off with renewed clarity of purpose. It might be exposition heavy, but this is *exactly* what this title needed. Gerry Duggan loads the script with imaginative ideas and a fair bit of cheesy humor and Aaron Kuder illustrates it all with commendable style. The contents aren't *quite* as trippy as the surrealist masterpiece on the cover, but they're close - in a good way.

8.0
All-New Guardians of the Galaxy #11

Apr 20, 2018

We get a sneak peek at Talon-R's secret identity, and who's that a step or two behind us on the discovery trail? Why, it's Richard Rider! Woo woo! While the most die-hard DnA fans might not be satisfied with this issue's continuity performance, it tells a damn fine story and does it well. Roland Boschi's art has a very personal and very skilled style that makes the comic that much more enjoyable. Gerry Duggan's decision to make his Guardians title a sort of Cosmic Marvel Survey doesn't always work out, but here it's doing a great job of fleshing out the world around the Guardians. But it shouldn't be overlooked - this issue does not contain any Guardians of the Galaxy whatsoever.

8.0
All-New Guardians of the Galaxy #12

May 3, 2018

The Guardians canvass Earth for Infinity Leads and get a surprise recruit instead. Two big drawbacks here: First, after narrowing down the plot threads with a "we can do X, Y, or Z" choice in #10, Gerry Duggan jumps to "we're gonna do X AND Z whether you like it or not!" Might cause pacing problems. Second, *why* would you preface all your cool Earth-hero interactions with a notice that you left the *coolest* ones - Star-Lord meets Infamous Iron Doom and Rocket Raccoon meets Black Panther - on the cutting room floor? There's plenty of fun in this Earth Layover and Rod Reis's painterly visuals make it look very pretty. Moments of sketchiness reveal that the art, like the script, is at a "really good, but could clearly be better" level.

6.0
All-New Guardians of the Galaxy Annual #1

Jan 5, 2018

A quest for a shield-busting superweapon ends up being a wild goose chase and a gooey team-building exercise. The Guardians get fired out of the Secret Empire mess into a weird liminal space between the proper Marvel universe and the MCU. A mostly-MCU Mantis sends them to team up with a totally-MCU Yondu. The quest ends up pointless, of course, but writers Chad Bowers & Chris Sims load their script with a modest dose of snarky humor that softens the issue's frustration. Danilo Beyruth, patron saint of "good enough" indie-style artists, is on board to make the visuals respectable if not memorable, and the whole story slides smoothly in one ear and out the other.

8.0
All-New Wolverine #17

Oct 31, 2017

Gabby cures Laura's trigger scent conditioning with a little help from Jean Grey. There's a beautiful extended Pinocchio reference going on and with better art, this could have been a comic for the ages. Djibril Morissette-Phan does a decent job but also effectively closes the door to true epic-ness.

8.0
All-New Wolverine #18

Oct 31, 2017

Laura orchestrates a triumphant conclusion to the long story of Kimura vs. X-23. Nik Virella's work pulls this issue down. The lack of expressiveness actively undercuts the very dramatic script. I've seen her do good work - her Hyperion series was excellent - but this looks inexcusably shabby. Tom Taylor's script is full of great character work, dramatic twists, and a fair splash of humor. All of which is robbed of its impact by this art. SECOND THOUGHTS: To be clear, I don't blame Nik Virella for this issue's limitations. Whatever editor waved an insultingly small check out the Bullpen window and said "Who wants to put a key issue of Wolverine on their resume with a quick two-week hack job?" betrayed this comic and significantly reduced the quality of the finished product.

8.5
All-New Wolverine #19

Oct 31, 2017

A full-on Laura/Gabby covert op gets interrupted by the start of a desperate plague with a sinister Wolverine connection. Two nicely-entwined storylines introduce a lot of cool new stuff: An X-Force-inspired costume for Laura, Gabby as a field agent, a decent Ironheart cameo, a callback to the human traffickers from issue #15, and an ominous new threat in the form of a space virus. The plots are intriguing and blended together with great skill, and Leonard Kirk's solid (albeit not brilliant) art is *extremely* welcome. Gabby is settling into her role as a comic relief sidekick, but besides being excellent at that she's also quite the little ass-kicker. This is a hugely promising opening for a new story arc.

8.0
All-New Wolverine #20

Nov 17, 2017

Laura may be the only hope of survival for Roosevelt Island thanks to her surprising virus-busting ability. It's a fun, fast ride. The plotting and the science underneath it don't hold up to careful examination, and artist Leonard Kirk reveals that emotional women's faces are his Kryptonite. Aside from those weaknesses, we get a pretty brilliant Wolverine adventure that flawlessly integrates Gabby into Laura's heroing business. Their interactions are a treat, and Ironheart continues to play a small but awesome role.

9.0
All-New Wolverine #21

Jan 5, 2018

An all-star Wolverine team-up squad saves Roosevelt Island - but what does it cost Laura? This is a paradoxical issue. It's incredibly busy when it comes to guest stars, but it's pretty simple in its plot. There's tons of dialogue, but it's almost all gold and it doesn't feel overstuffed. The overdose of technobabble from previous issues is blessedly absent here. There's real heart in the relationships and in Laura herself. Leonard Kirk's simple art might be the weakest part of the package, and it's not at all weak. This is that rare issue that functions both as a payoff for fans who have already fallen in love with the series and as a tool to win new devotees.

9.0
All-New Wolverine #22

Jan 15, 2018

Wolverine hitches a ride to space with the Guardians of the Galaxy. And Gabby and Jonathan are coming too. Putting Ms. Positivity 2017 Gabby Kinney into chummy scenes with first Deadpool and then Groot nearly results in cuteness overload. There's a notably great sci-fi adventure shaping up alongside Gabby's hilariousness, and the creators do a nice job of following directly from the last story arc while also giving this one a distinct flavor of its own. Both Tom Taylor and Leonard Kirk prove to be outstanding at portraying the Guardians. The only real fault of this fast, funny interstellar roadtrip is that we only get to read 19 pages of it this month.

7.0
All-New Wolverine #23

Mar 11, 2018

The Wolverines In Space story slams on the brakes as Fang delivers a expo-dump that does a serviceable-at-best job of explaining the virus plot. Gabby is socked into Bad Stuff in the cliffhanger ending. To fill space up to that point, besides exposition, Tom Taylor packs his script with "lookit how good I can write the All-New Guardians." It's entertaining, but when combined with some rough art by Leonard Kirk, it makes this issue look like a bit of a weak link in the current arc.

7.0
All-New Wolverine #24

Mar 30, 2018

Gabby gets saved along with everybody except the evil bioweapon scientist who caused this whole Brood mess. Everything wraps up so neat and so quick! Some rushed-looking art from Leonard Kirk reinforces the feeling that this arc didn't fulfill its potential. There aren't any fall-out-of-love missteps, but this story presumes on its readers' preexisting love - if you haven't made a conscious decision to follow these Wolverines, this arc dang sure won't convince you to do so.

8.0
All-New Wolverine #25

Apr 20, 2018

Daken gets worked by a new enemy gunning for Laura. A questionable twist ending sours an otherwise stellar script. On the art front, too, Jaunn Cabal's otherwise-excellent visuals (like a stripped-down Frank Quitely in a wholly positive way) are slightly spoiled by disappointing facial expressions. On balance, these aren't crippling shortcomings. They pull this book down from "epic" to "great," not into the depths of "unsatisfying."

8.0
All-New Wolverine #26

May 7, 2018

Daken escapes and we get our first look at Sarah Kinney; something's very hinky with her resurrection, ah-duh. This is a pretty great story, but it's inescapably fictional, a story being built by a storyteller. What do I mean? Laura and Sarah probably had some mighty emotional things to say to each other in between #25 & #26. Those interactions were important to the characters *but didn't fit the story,* so we skipped them. That's a little unsatisfying. Juann Cabal's art, like the script, is undeniably talented but also stalled a step or two below greatness. The Daken action scenes reveal that capturing characters in motion is a struggle for Mr. Cabal. He does use inventive panel layouts to compensate. This is a top-notch popcorn comic, but the depth required for truly moving storytelling is MIA.

7.0
All-New Wolverine #27

Jun 9, 2018

The Orphans of X at last have their Deal explained: They're surviving relatives of the folks Wolverine and his descendants have killed, and they're nursing a mighty grudge. Solid art and a rational plot can't quite overcome the cold, clinical way the characters are presented here. Everyone is too much an actor on a stage, going through the motions because the plot demands "X" regardless of how they might feel if examined more humanely. The Orphans are a little too straightforward and the conclusion of this arc - duh, Laura's gonna wind up hugging it out and defusing this conflict diplomatically - is a little too obvious.

7.0
All-New Wolverine #28

Jun 23, 2018

The Orphans put magic Wolverine-killing bullets into play, so Laura and pals head to Japan to score some as-yet ill-defined anti-magic mojo off of Muramasa. Tom Taylor drops a cheap Fatality Fakeout at the end of this script which really just emphasizes how the plot is evolving by rote. Juann Cabal's art is clean and shiny and stiff. It tells the story but doesn't draw any positive attention. On the good side, Gabby is back to full force as comic relief, and in this issue Daken bestows the Bestest Codename Ever on her.

7.0
All-New Wolverine #29

Jul 27, 2018

Daken sacrifices himself very temporarily to allow Laura and Gabby to find the Orphans. Laura debuts her magic Muramasa armor; looks rather meh. Hand ninjas play a significant role, but Tom Taylor sands some of the stupid off their arrival by putting a clever twist into the later Hand scenes. Juann Cabal is again the Rob Liefeld to Frank Quitely's Jim Lee. The overall quality differential isn't as extreme, but this relationship has the same narrowing of the gap between drawbacks and strengths. Stiff poses and weak layouts, not fully redeemed by super-detailed character work.

8.0
All-New Wolverine #30

Aug 12, 2018

Laura brings the Orphans of X story to a close with a satisfying twist on her "I refuse to be a weapon" theme. While revealing the Orphans as a frustrated support group works with that theme, it doesn't reconcile all that well with their previous portrayal: Global reach, attack helicopters, hordes of special ops goons. The road to get here was mighty bumpy, but I like where we've ended up.

8.5
All-New Wolverine #31

Sep 20, 2018

Deadpool guest-stars in a cutesy assault on the evil animal testing lab that Jonathan the Actual Wolverine came from. It's silly, the artwork is slightly rough, and the whimsy has a counter-productive feeling of being forced. Still, you're fundamentally misreading this series if you expect the sentence "Honey Badger and Deadpool …" to have a non-comedic ending. This issue gives me a good reason to bust out a rare fractional rating. I think an 8.5 respects this comic's close approach to whimsical greatness while also recognizing that it's held back by contrivance.

9.0
All-New Wolverine #32

Oct 8, 2018

Laura fulfills her promise to the Orphans of X by personally extraditing the neo-Nazi scumbag who commissioned her first assassination. It's a nice follow-up, a decent character study, a tough caper story, and an all-around stylish one-shot. The art style is indie-minimalist, and it works tremendously well. While #32 appears to be the darker, more serious reflection of the wacky #31, there's actually quite a bit of sardonic humor to be found.

8.0
All-New Wolverine #33

Oct 17, 2018

Old Woman Laura lives in a very shiny happily-ever-after future, but of course, she has One Last Mission to complete. Gabby does a star turn as Future-Wolverine and the script delivers plenty of fanservice-y surprises. The art has a mostly-successful, streamlined Frank Quitely feel. The futuristic design work - costumes and settings and gear - feels like the weak link in the presentation; while some of the facts of the OWL future will stick with me, none of the visuals will. This story's full of promise for the final installments, though, and this initial issue is more than satisfying.

8.0
All-New Wolverine #34

Nov 10, 2018

The betrayal twist of the previous issue turns out to be a fakeout. Never fear, there's plenty of melodrama waiting inside Latveria. The cast expands with a few more guest stars. Unfortunately, the design budget apparently ran out, and the artist has to start recycling his already-shallow pool of "this is the future" cues - white hair, streamlined uniforms, Tron lights, yadda yadda. The plot is likewise assembled on the cheap. I have to stress that this is melodrama rather than drama: The characters get only the broadest of broad strokes and the plot develops in terribly predictable ways. I enjoyed this and consider it a good comic, but it didn't live up to the title's usual standards of passion and ingenuity.

8.0
All-New Wolverine #35

Dec 3, 2018

Laura and Doom have their Final Showdown of Destiny. There's nothing wrong with the way the story is executed, it's just punishingly straightforward. I'm rating this up because I love the characters and nothing is done here to strain that love, but I have an overpowering feeling that the creators are relying too much on that sort of reception. This story closes in a very by-the-numbers fashion; while it doesn't disappoint, it does land hollowly in a space where a much bigger, bolder finale could have/should have fit.

8.0
All-New X-Men (2015) #18

Oct 31, 2017

Getting hag-ridden by Mosaic lets Teen Cyclops see what really happened to his old self. Emma Frost is in trouble now! It's a pretty solid character study of poor Teenclops and his social predicaments. I really, *really* hope that the plot points shown here - i.e. Mosaic causing havoc with the X-Men - are picked up in the main event. Most of Mr. Bagley's art is excellent, though he doesn't draw a convincingly mature Medusa.

6.0
All-New X-Men (2015) #19

Oct 31, 2017

Hank closes the volume by explicitly demonstrating the O5 team can't go back to the Silver Age. I think we already knew that, but it's nice to have certainty. The team celebrates its run with a dance party. Hank wanted to do baseball, but the Extraordinary X-Men played that card last week. It's a pretty quiet issue writing-wise, but Paco Diaz's art is quite a treat. It's a solid match for Mark Bagley's work with a distinctive spin of its own.

5.0
All-New X-Men (2015) #1.MU

Oct 31, 2017

The ANX team beats up a crawfish monster in New Orleans. Yes, during Mardi Gras. Since I lived in New Orleans for a decade, let me assure you that yes, the city receives the same erratic "who's that supposed to be?" mis-characterization in this comic as the X-Men do. Warren and Bobby are drawn interchangeably and I have no idea who the green-eyed chubster standing in for Hank is. The gents are just background padding, really, since this story is primarily about Wolverine and Gambit exulting over how awesome Wolverine is. Jeremy Whitley slavering over the chance to write a "strong" female character, what a surprise. It's a decent story but the countless erroneous details make it aggressively forgettable - even if you're not nitpicking the Carnival celebrations.

4.0
All-Out Avengers (2022) #1

Feb 12, 2023

Great, what I didn't like about Jason Aaron's Avengers was that it was too quiet and it made too much sense. /s

6.0
All-Out Avengers (2022) #2

Apr 7, 2023

This issue goes down a lot smoother than the last one for me. There are several reasons for that. Mainly it's a relief that the author isn't dragging any more pet characters out of comics limbo. Stronger hints about an overarching plot help, too. And the art is even close to tolerable (subjectively speaking). The fewer Greg Land faces I see, the less irritated I get, and there were plenty of masks in play here.

6.0
All-Out Avengers (2022) #3

May 25, 2023

It's nice that, 3 issues in, the protagonists are finally starting to get a feel for the bigger story. Unfortunately, the single-issue adventures remain dull and unengaging. A lot of that is down to the sterile art -- but the author certainly isn't helping by lining up 2 "we have to team up with a villain" stories in a row. (That choice will probably turn out to have some bigger meaning, but still.)

5.5
All-Out Avengers (2022) #4

Sep 2, 2023

I get that the "in media res" start is half the premise here, but this issue really shows its limitations. The other half of the premise is non-stop action at a breakneck pace, and that's really hampered when the script is larded down with pointless exposition detailing a status quo that has zero import outside the issue itself.

5.0
All-Out Avengers (2022) #5

Jan 13, 2024

While the "Spidey vs. Avengers" set-piece is pretty nicely scripted, on balance, I don't appreciate going through 5 issues of Greg Land to reach an "I told you that story to set up this other story" payoff. Subjectively, the twist is unengaging, unbelievable, and doesn't have a prayer of justifying what's come before.

7.5
Alpha Flight: True North #1

Mar 26, 2020

This one-shot has a nicely consistent theme; each strip is, in its own way, about heritage and family.

7.0
Amazing Fantasy (2021) #1

Dec 23, 2021

WW2 Cap, Silver Age Spidey, and teen Red Room Black Widow all get yoinked into a generic (but engaging!) fantasyland. The story has promise and succeeds in sinking some "what happens next?" hooks in me. The art is good, but I confess I like the origin segments (particularly Black Widow's) even more than the unified "fantasyland" style. And I'm a little worried by the focus; Cap gets twice as many pages as the other heroes and he is, in my opinion, the least interesting of them. Plus his initial scenes feature some atrocious writing.

4.5
Amazing Fantasy (2021) #2

Jan 4, 2022

Pete earns a smooch by manfully lassoing a dragon, Steve starts teaching the lost art of manliness to a tribe that's shamefully purged its men, and Natasha, after kicking a little ass, settles into a love triangle between a pretty-boy king and a rugged centaur. Good art. Clunky prose, clumsy plotting. Painful characterization, world-building, and gender roles -- this replicates some of the worst aspects of the early 20th-century pulp fantasy it's emulating, without irony or self-awareness. Devil's Advocate: It is just possible that the creator intends to subvert the cliches that so riled me. But this comic doesn't do much to raise my hopes on that score.

5.0
Amazing Fantasy (2021) #3

Feb 3, 2022

I feel like the kid pointing out the nakedness of the emperor. This story is blah characters being flung into conflict for unexplained reasons, illustrated in a sketchy "not bad but nothing special" style. What am I missing? I'm sure there's some cryptic big-picture plot that will eventually explain everything, and doubtless some big dumb villain the heroes will have to team up against. But I'm starving for hints of it. Kaare Andrews is stingier with plot clarifications than Tini Howard, and I didn't think that was possible.

5.5
Amazing Fantasy (2021) #4

Mar 5, 2022

I found the journey to this point a torturous slog, but now the destination is in sight. And dammit, I think the destination looks pretty good. I refuse to overlook the many continuing lapses in storytelling, particularly in the writing, but teaming the heroes up against a recognizable villain to foil makes a world of difference.

5.0
Amazing Fantasy (2021) #5

Apr 26, 2022

I found it a decent ending and the shape of the whole story is at least potentially workable. Subjectively, though, this just wasn't executed well enough -- in this last chapter or at any other point -- to make me call it great, good, or even average. The art has some nice cartoony dynamism, but it doesn't handle visual storytelling well. The script isn't such a hot storytelling tool either, delivering a lot of clunky and/or cliched lines. No matter how much melodrama goes down, a "reset button" ending isn't all that satisfying. It does show some nice respect for the title's history to make it all about Peter Parker in the end, though.

8.0
Amazing Fantasy (2022) #1000

Jan 31, 2023

Gaiman is in full "saccharine but heartwarming" mode as only he can do it, and Hickman proves he can do a solid, funny self-parody. Those were the standouts for me. It's much better than the average anthology, but there are still some clunkers in there. Marvel really pried open its wallet for the art budget, though; this is (almost entirely) gorgeous.

5.0
Amazing Mary Jane (2019) #1

Jun 1, 2020

This comic spends so much time winking at the camera that "plot" becomes an afterthought. I'm coming to believe that that's Leah Williams' signature shtick, and I don't care for it. You can't do a meaningful deconstruction of a story if you're too preoccupied to tell a story in the first place.

5.5
Amazing Mary Jane (2019) #2

Jun 7, 2020

I still think this series is caught between trying to do a sincere melodrama and trying to satirize one at the same time. It doesn't help that the "Hollywood backlot intrigue" genre is way, WAY harder than it looks. And I think the key criticism raised in the Weird Science review deserves more attention: After MJ complained last issue about her movie character being a mere satellite to the male protagonist, she spends this entire issue orbiting Mysterio. While it might be possible to earn some irony points off the juxtaposition, I don't think this script actually does anything along those lines.

6.5
Amazing Mary Jane (2019) #3

Jul 2, 2020

This issue is a solid "silly movie set shenanigans" montage, and it mercifully restores agency to MJ and gets her a little further out of Mysterio's orbit. But nothing in this or the prior issues gives me much confidence in the second half's ability to deliver a cohesive, satisfying conclusion.

6.5
Amazing Mary Jane (2019) #4

Jul 23, 2020

This comic's art is nicely refined, but it's a bit too much of a throwback to the "pose every woman in every panel in a cheesecake-y way; it's not like we've got female readers" days.

5.5
Amazing Mary Jane (2019) #5

Oct 17, 2020

Mary Jane defeats the Savage Six in hand-to-hand combat, practically by herself, which is fundamentally unbelievable. The writing's decent and the art is pretty good, but they can't overcome the overreach of the core concept. I'm all for girl power, but not when it's demonstrated in such simplistic terms that it's essentially "she has two X chromosomes therefore she wins." Also, separate from any gender issues, the dialogue gets TERRIBLY didactic when it lays out exactly how the characters have developed. And that cover. Yikes.

5.0
Amazing Mary Jane (2019) #6

Nov 2, 2020

Mary Jane's publicity work for the movie is complicated by the arrival of the real Cage McKnight -- and an assassin who appears to be targeting her. There's a decent slate of artists on board (though the stylistic differences are distracting) and there's a solid plot-skeleton in the script. The pace is disjointed, though, and the dialogue tends to take wrong turns.

6.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #24

Oct 31, 2017

"How We Survived the Zombie Clone Apocalypse, by Doc Ock and Ben Reilly." I wonder if these resurrections carry special weight for folks who are more invested in the characters. Ben Reilly is out and about in the Marvel universe again whether or not I love him. So is Doc Ock, and I am jazzed about that. This issue, which is slanted 90/10 toward Ben's story, didn't do a lot to help me fall in love with Ben Reilly. That's this event in a nutshell: Just a Thing That Happened without any real impact on my understanding of / appreciation for Spider-history. I think that's far short of what the creators were hoping for.

6.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #25

Oct 31, 2017

Spidey is so focused on chasing Osborn that he barely notices PI falling apart. He still has time to start laying romantic tracks toward Bobbi Morse, though. So, the double-sized A-story isn't that bad. It's really a good 20-pager stretched out into 40 flabby pages, but whatever. It's followed by six backups: An introduction to the Hydrated Superior Doc Ock, redundant "PI is really really in trouble" stories, and a selection of cutesy "maybe I'd 'like' if somebody shared this on social media" cartoons. Plus a ☠☠☠☠ Tsum Tsum tie-in. Marvel had the gall to ask LCS customers to pay $10 for this immediately after abusing their Spider-budgets with an underwhelming crossover event. I'm insulated from pricing outrages by reading through MU, but this is not ☠☠☠☠ okay. I'm betting the title lost some readers over this nonsense, and if so, Marvel absolutely deserved it.

6.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #26

Oct 31, 2017

Spidey and Silver Sable are going after Osborn and they don't care that the bad publicity is crippling PI and making them into enemies of SHIELD. Some splashy fighting accompanies the assembly of this arc's core conflict in the spirit of Star Wars Episode II: sound and fury distracting you from the simplicity of the narrative. It's entertaining and Stuart Immonen's visuals are delicious, but there's a frustrating shallowness to the whole exercise. This issue is a complex double-pass fake-out play that ends up moving the ball about three yards down the field.

6.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #27

Nov 17, 2017

The Stark-ification of Peter Parker is complete as he proves he literally has enough military hardware to take over a third-world country. Norman Osborn plays ball with his deranged nemesis by slipping into full-on Doctor Doom mode. This is a mad, juvenile, silly, stupid adventure that's granted a tiny shred of legitimacy by Stuart Immonen's superb art. Underneath the spectacle, though, Pete is acting ludicrously out-of-character. Why am I not disappointed? Because sometime in the near future, Pete will be hearing from the Spectacular Octopus, and the message is gonna be a horrifying "well done, Parker; I didn't think you had it in you."

6.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #28

Jan 5, 2018

Osborn engineers a half-brilliant no-powers boxing match with Spidey, but a freedom-enhanced Symkaria is the only big winner at the end of the day. For all the brilliance of the Spidey-Osborn showdown (and to reiterate, it's not that brilliant), the rest of this conflict plays out like a particularly uncreative Bond film. Mockingbird gets sidetracked with a Designated Science Hero mission and Silver Sable gets tied up in a Designated Girl Fight that truly has no place in a 21st-century comic. Wrap it all up with Nick Fury Jr. reading Pete the riot act with a ridiculously cliché "turn in your badge, you loose cannon!" vibe. Stuart Immonen makes it look very nice, but underneath the flashy visuals you've got a few feeble novelties awash in a sea of very tired tropes.

8.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #29

Jan 5, 2018

As the Hydra takeover starts, Doc Ock makes the event personal by revealing his intention to take Parker Industries away from Pete. Stuart Immonen gets to kick off two awesome fight scenes in superb style, but in both cases Dan Slott's script short-circuits the violence so that we can concentrate more on Pete getting verbally beaten up for being a bad Tony Stark analogue and on Doc Ock chowing down on a double helping of scenery. The balance of attention is a little frustrating, but the brewing plot for the Secret Empire tie-in looks mighty promising.

8.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #30

Jan 27, 2018

Before he Can Even with this Hydra mess, Spidey has to have a serious Shanghai showdown with Doc Ock for the soul of PI. Why didn't somebody grab the Parker Industries characters and Cloak & Dagger and do a Shanghai miniseries after Dan Slott set them up? Bits of this issue fall flat because they're begging us to care about the Shanghai folks and it just ain't gonna happen. Everything else here is working great, though. The visuals are impressive, as are the Secret Empire links and the burgeoning Bobbi romance. Mr. Slott is a bit indulgent with Doc Ock's gloating, but he's got his reasons: The details make it clear that he (the writer) has been planning this revenge for several years.

8.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #31

Mar 11, 2018

Peter cuts off his Parker Industries nose to spite Doc Ock's face. Which reminds me: Has Pete *really* not deduced that Ock is running around in a cloned Parker body? This issue has a wealth of dramatic plot developments and splashy big-budget visuals thanks to Stuart Immonen, but there's a slippery je ne sais quoi to Dan Slott's script that makes this issue, strong and revelatory as it is, feel like an under-achievement.

9.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #32

Mar 30, 2018

Norman Osborn takes center stage for a mystical flight of fancy. It's equal parts foreshadowing and "what if" episode, and being drawn by Greg Smallwood really nails down the sinister parallels to the last volume of Moon Knight. Dan Slott's script shows admirable economy, pushing a slender premise no further than it can endure and milking plenty of fun out of it. This is far from the last we'll see of Norman, but the mystical path shown here is wisely left as a road not taken.

8.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #789

Apr 20, 2018

Peter Parker's been kicked so far down that even Spider-Man is suffering through his association with that idiot ex-tech-billionaire. Dan Slott uses "Legacy" as a welcome excuse to refocus on Spider-Man's rich supporting cast in a hugely promising way. (Less promising: The inevitable feeling of "we've sung this song before" that even the characters have to acknowledge.) The Mockingbird relationship is playing well, too. Stuart Immonen's polished pencils provide the pizazz necessary to clinch this issue's spot at "well above average."

7.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #790

May 7, 2018

Spidey, Human Torch, and Clash have a big property-damaging fight in the Baxter Building. Harry is fed up and quits PI with all the reasonable justification in the world. This looks like another month where Dan Slott split one issue's worth of story into two issues, and #790 is the disappointing residue left in the ice cream tub after the really good plot points were scooped out for #789. Letting Christos Gage handle the scripting doesn't help, but Stuart Immonen keeps the story looking good. This issue must happen before Johnny Storm inherits Reed's billions in Uncanny Avengers, because that would solve *a lot* of the problems Pete is having here.

8.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #791

Jun 9, 2018

Pete's first assignment as the Bugle's science editor *of course* turns into a mystery requiring Spidey/Mockingbird investigation. It's a satisfying (albeit silly) one-shot that has gratifying connections to several of the title's supporting cast members. Once again it feel likes Dan Slott is actually investing effort into the "Legacy" banner and making this feel like super-early Spidey - this script's tone matches the best of the Conway/Andru years. (Lee/Ditko? Hey, let's not push it.) Stuart Immonen's art is entertaining and not at all bad, but there are several missed opportunities that oh-so-slightly suggest he's delivering less than his best here. "Immonen on cruise control" is still a formidable visual performance.

8.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #792

Jun 23, 2018

While dull villain Lee Price Venomizes up Felicia Hardy's gang of c-listers, Spidey and Flash Thompson fall head-over-heels into an entertaining bromance. I have no problem with the fact Dan Slott has torched a little continuity (Spidey and Flash-Venom had an excellent rapprochement at the end of Venom: Space Knight) to maximize the Odd-Couple-ness these two can get up to right now. This event isn't shaping up into a Carmina Burana-backed Ultimate Showdown of Ultimate Destiny, and that's OK. The splendid little character beats along the way justify the exercise for me. Ryan Stegman's art is both polished and dynamic, and the visuals move the story along smoothly and quickly.

7.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #793

Jul 11, 2018

An half-issue of possessed Spidey makes for some cute sitcom-ish humor. The hero squad takes full shape: It's Flash as Anti-Venom, Eddie Brock as Venom, the Black Cat, and welcome addition Andi AKA Mania. (Plus Spidey once they wrassle his stupid mind-control mask off.) The revelation of Lee Price's ultimate target, though, is utterly underwhelming. He's gonna work his mojo on a pack of generic Puzo-knockoff goons-in-suits, the Five Families. Dan Slott (with Felicia as his mouthpiece) completely fails to make this look like the catastrophic threat it could/should be. This is a fun enough ride, but the sense that the creators are on cruise control throughout is inescapable.

7.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #794

Aug 6, 2018

Scorpio returns from his one-year cross-dimension exile and Spidey spends a little less than a full issue foiling him. The balance of the book is devoted to menacing foreshadowing about a mother of a nemesis coming back for Spider-Man. The foreshadowing is great, the Scorpio story is rather less great. Still, Dan Slott and Stuart Immonen on cruise control deliver a notably above average product in terms of nuts-and-bolts storytelling. I wouldn't race out to buy it the instant it was available, but it's certainly not a disappointment.

8.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #795

Aug 18, 2018

This arc is less an ongoing story than a series of one-shots linked by brief foreshadowing about the upcoming Carnage/Osborn fight. This one, in which Loki manipulates Spidey through some do-goodery, is quite satisfying on its own. Loki comes off well - definitely evil doing good for selfish reasons - and Peter's bearing up well under a harsh run of Parker Luck. The visuals are the ceiling on this issue, though. They do well with bug fighting and smirking Loki, but they don't bring enough emotional weight to the end of Peter's current romance. The script lets us down there as well; the "we discovered we have nothing in common" excuse doesn't satisfy at all in this case.

7.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #796

Sep 6, 2018

Spidey and Anti-Venom team up and it's enough to give Peter an inferiority complex. Most importantly, MJ is surprisingly open to re-entering Peter's romantic orbit. Osborn and Carnage are still on the arch-nemesis foreshadowing train. This issue is all about relationship development, and I really liked the developments. Jameson assuming the role of Spider-Man's snarky mission control guy is particularly great. The script is solid for a progress issue, but the art is disappointing to me. The basic storytelling flow works OK, but the visuals score a C minus on accurately portraying the emotions suggested by the script.

8.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #797

Sep 20, 2018

Everyday Spider-life proceeds for Peter as Norman gets serious about tracking down his nemesis. A sad roadblock pops up to slow down the Peter-MJ reunion that looked so sure last month. Norman Osborn is gloriously maxing out the creepy factor as he taunts, teases, and scares a mystery captive to force out a crucial spidey-clue. It's a complex script maneuvered with skill and supported by high-quality art. The sheer number of moving parts and the undeniable "we're just getting started" feel hold it down in the realm of good rather than great, though.

9.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #798

Oct 17, 2018

The Red Goblin stages an operatic introduction to Spider-Man. It's menacing as all get-out and gorgeously illustrated. I think the pace is squished by the looming #800; fitting the reveal and the triumph of the Red Goblin into the same issue shortchanges them both a little. Beyond that, they're wonderfully done, though, and the sheer dramatic weight of a status quo change this big is worth a little bonus rating.

9.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #799

Nov 10, 2018

Spidey's Amazing Friends swing into action to try and stop the Red Goblin. Their efforts are an objective failure but dang if they aren't entertaining as all get-out. With a superb supporting roster, an excellent plot, and a mother of a twist ending, this issue is tops for story. The art is cover-to-cover gorgeous, taking full advantage of all the script's opportunities. I detect a dip in quality when it comes to dialogue, though, particularly the Goblin's voice. Compared to the high drama of the plot, the spoken words come out curiously flat and forgettable.

10
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #800

Dec 16, 2018

Spider-Man takes down the Red Goblin with the help of many friends and some highly unexpected allies. This is a glorious capstone to a volume, and it makes productive use of a TON of great characters. There are sacrifices and triumphs, heartbreak and laughter, and pure perfect Spidey-philosophy covering both "Great Responsibility" and more subtle lessons. Visually, this issue is one of the best-ever implementations of an artist carousel. The subtly-shifting styles somehow add to the story rather than detract from it. This is a stupendous book in every respect.

10
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #801

Jan 1, 2019

This noble meditation follows a civilian saved by Spidey in his very first days. He cultivates a thorough understanding of Spidey's Deal and passes it on to his niece many years later. Gorgeous art with insane storytelling skill is combined with a flawless feelgood script; this is a simple and moving Spidey ode for the ages.

6.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) Annual #42

Sep 6, 2018

Betty Brant digs up one last scoop from Ned Leeds with help from Peter and Spidey. This is really beautiful art allied to a notably stupid script. Introducing tritium as a deadly explosive METAL is "1963-era Stan Lee" comic book science. The character relationships are frustrating. The sarcastic, Seinfeldian humor undercuts the faint attempts at being genuinely heartwarming. The Game of Thrones jokes are going to age poorly, too. B story: Playwright David Hein stretches out a simple joke about the hidden dangers of spider-sense. To fill nine pages, it gets over-analytical and over-whiny. This strip, like the A story, gets superb art. This annual reaches an impeccable standard for visuals, but the scripting insight to match it is MIA. This feels aimed at an audience about four years younger than the usual one for ASM.

8.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #1

Jan 21, 2019

Peter is dragged down to a low yet promising point by dramatic changes to his status quo. He gets a welcome relationship upgrade and the B-Story puts an ominous nemesis on the horizon. I think these creators will do excellent work cranking out ordinary Spidey issues on the regular, but their talents wear a little thin in a giant-sized extravaganza. The comedy pulls the "silly punchline undercutting serious drama" gag once or twice too often. The script includes too many flashbacks, interfering with the flow of the main story and making this book seem more disjointed than it is. The art is generally formidable, with a few exceptions. There's something hard to define but definitely off-putting about this artist's rendition of MJ's face.

8.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #2

Feb 4, 2019

This issue eventually gets around to pushing the "Curt Connors wants Peter as a student" plot through a couple of promising developments, including an excellent last-page surprise. The first scenes are still going a little heavy on the "I am Spider-Man! Look at me Spider-Man-ing all over the place!" characterization. MJ name-checking "fresh start" was pretty cringe-y, too. The art is growing more impressive, using smart conservation of detail to make things look clear and bold without getting simplistic or flat.

9.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #3

Feb 25, 2019

Peter Parker tells the story of how he stopped being Spider-Man. That statement gets more and more terrifying the more we learn about it. In the art and especially the writing, this issue has a marvelous and rare problem: It's done SO well that it gives a deceptive feeling of simplicity. In the same way that highly-trained athletes don't seem to sweat, the creators worked so hard to make this issue smooth and rational that it's easy to overlook their efforts.

7.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #4

Mar 7, 2019

The creators double - nay, triple - down on stressing how very very bad it is to have Peter and Spidey split in two. While I don't need my Spidey comics to be wall-to-wall gravitas, I do like them to be more substantive than this. This issue mashes so hard on the comedy button that its last-act attempt to turn to drama doesn't work nearly as well as it should. It's well done from a storytelling point of view - words and art - but it feels terribly inconsequential.

7.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #5

Mar 27, 2019

Pete successfully reintegrates with Spidey and easily overcomes the Tri-Sentinel threat. This script is skilled at doing funny silly wacky Spidey, but it fumbles when it pivots to dramatic Spidey. Also, four different villains all foreshadowing in the same issue is absurd, and not "good absurd." The art's brilliant; I'm even warming up to Mr. Ottley's take on MJ. The inconsistent tone of the script strands this issue just short of "good comic" for me.

8.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #6

Apr 11, 2019

8.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #7

Apr 25, 2019

8.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #8

May 7, 2019

Spidey gets his first peek at a dangerous resurgence of the Thieves' Guild. This issue takes its sweet time setting up the game board; the good news is, this particular game looks ideal for Spider-Man. Sound art and dialogue keep the reading experience fun and the promise of the story to come is huge.

7.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #9

May 30, 2019

7.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #10

Jun 13, 2019

8.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #11

Jul 1, 2019

A few feints towards a silly Spidey Christmas are spoiled by Jameson playing the insufferable Grinch. Spidey's not at all wrong when he says J-Cubed makes everything about himself, and that looks to be the way subsequent issues are going to develop. This is a fun read, with notably gorgeous visuals. Although the ratio of straight plot development to comic relief digressions is skewed toward the latter - and the divide between the two is extreme - the overall level of quality and enjoyability is uniformly high.

5.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #12

Jul 1, 2019

That one page where Kingpin prioritizes delivering a salad bar/veganism joke over explaining his schemes could be Exhibit A in the case of People Who Hate Nick Spencer's Spider-Man vs. Nick Spencer. Exhibit B would be "Nobody'll notice if I straight-up steal the premise from Chip Zdarsky's Spectacular Spider-Man Annual, right? It's been six whole months!"

7.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #13

Aug 1, 2019

6.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #14

Feb 3, 2020

I cannot get properly engaged with the story when the art is beating me over the head on every page, screaming, "this is CHRIS BACHALO'S Spider-Man! Accept no substitutes!" Except this issue's serving of art IS a substitute; this is exactly the wrong way for a fill-in artist to distinguish himself.

8.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #15

Sep 1, 2019

8.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #16

Sep 9, 2019

A Kraven-centric episode reveals most of his plans, though nuances and some relationships between the moving parts are still deliciously ambiguous. He's gonna unleash wannabe hunters on animal-themed supervillains, and it's all but stated at this point that the fun's gonna happen right in Fun City. This issue builds anticipation for a memorable story quite well.

8.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #16.HU

Sep 19, 2019

A solid rewind story shows exactly how Felicia got to where she is at the end of ASM #16. It looks pretty good and the script is mighty compelling. Blending retrospective "meet character x" details with a highly-relevant take on the story at hand is one of Nick Spencer's best skills. This approach can slow down plot development, but that's no problem in a "fill in the gaps" issue like this.

8.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #17

Sep 28, 2019

Kraven Jr. catches Spidey, completing the menagerie and launching the grand hunt. This issue lumbers forward like an unstoppable tank, paying off past foreshadowing and delivering some solid moments. The pace might be problematic if the pieces didn't fit together so well. Also, another "only hypothetically bad" issue: Spidey's started A LOT of desperate stories in "oooh I'm too sick to be web-swinging" mode. It COULD come off as a cliche -- but it's done well here.

7.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #18

Oct 9, 2019

It's a good Spidey-comic, but the shadow of a potentially-better Spidey-comic seems to loom over every page. The focus actively avoids the principal characters to filigree around the edges of the premise instead. Is that becoming a chronic problem for this volume?

8.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #18.HU

Oct 15, 2019

The poor benighted Gibbon is ground between the gears of the Hunted event, and this aside story takes a moment to mourn his downfall. It's a story told with superlative skill. The script excels at soliciting sympathy, and a gritty, painful story like this is a perfect fit for Ken Lashley's art. It certainly yanked my heartstrings hard. But I do recall that this sort of petit Walter Mitty tragedy is what the Gibbon has ALWAYS been about. Stan Lee and John Romita invented him specifically to be a lovable loser. Here, he bows out, more lovable and sympathetic than ever before.

7.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #19

Oct 31, 2019

7.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #19.HU

Oct 31, 2019

6.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #20

Nov 12, 2019

Spidey spends the whole issue on the sidelines while the Lizard and Black Cat actually get into the scrum. Did Mr. Spencer lose track of which issues were supposed to carry the main story and which ones were supposed to be the ".HU" side-stories? Or is this just the inevitable evolution of the kid-glove approach he's taken to Spider-Man throughout this volume? "Spider-Man: a beloved action figure around whom interesting things happen"? No thank you!

6.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #20.HU

Nov 12, 2019

This is another issue that makes me think the cart and horse have gotten severely mixed up in this event, with the main issues digressing into side-stories and the supplementary issues carrying too much plot-critical stuff.

7.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #21

Nov 27, 2019

8.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #22

Dec 27, 2019

I love the subtle nod to Kraven's adventures with Squirrel Girl.

6.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #23

Dec 27, 2019

Meet the new Kraven, same as the old Kraven. This epilogue is crafted OK, but I can't escape the feeling of inconsequentiality. All this volume ever really does is drag Spidey through stories that leave him slightly exhausted but otherwise unchanged. And I know the Mighty Marvel Marketing Department still wants to pretend that Ryan Ottley is this volume's lead artist, but he's had so little to do with the Hunted arc that these visuals come across as third-party commentary rather than a final chapter from a unified creative team.

7.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #24

Jan 25, 2020

The creators spin up a whole issue of tension to make it seem super-duper impressive when they reveal Centipede Guy's name. I'm stuck on the obvious problem: "What should we call this guy?" doesn't crack my Top 5 List Of Biggest Centipede Guy Mysteries. And while this issue has fine storytelling chops, I'm thinking the creators' intent was not to perversely amplify my desire to keep calling Centipede Guy Centipede Guy. But that's what they did.

8.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #25

Jan 25, 2020

I think in an ideal world, where editors assigned writing duties based on skill and enthusiasm while ignoring marketing considerations, contemporary Nick Spencer would be writing an MJ solo -- a really good one. I enjoyed that slice of the story far more than any of the others, with the algorithmic C-strip getting my silver medal. The other stuff in the A-strip was pretty messy and digressive; it feels like ASM has way more irons in the fire than it needs. The sheer size and cost of the issue would be a big negative if I were buying floppies; reading it via MU insulates me from the outrageous pricing.

6.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #26

Feb 27, 2020

I hope Tom Taylor gets royalties when Nick Spencer gloms his Friendly Neighborhood character work and uses it as background color to fill out another issue of "the Amazing Supporting Cast Of Spider-Man." I'm elated that Electro's reaction to the Syndicate is a hard pass once she meets the loser-ladies involved. That roster takes a promising idea and turns it into the Dunder-Mifflin of Evil. I hope they get clobbered not by Spidey or other heroes, but by Monica Rappaccini, Viper, Alexa Lukin, Madame Masque, Sin, the fairly gender-balanced Serpent Society, or, oh, maybe THE INVENTED-IN-THIS-VOLUME leader of the Thieves' Guild, Odessa Drake -- really any of the dozen boss b*tch Marvel supervillainesses the Beetle forgot about while making her whiny glass ceiling pitch. (I do understand -- and appreciate -- that the source of the stupid here is the characters rather than the author.)

7.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #27

Mar 10, 2020

7.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #28

Mar 26, 2020

8.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #29

Mar 31, 2020

Pete misses MJ's departure for Hollywood due to a classic bout of Spider-business. There are some heartstring-plucking hooks to the outcome of both the Spider-stuff and the relationship content, and there's a superb Aunt May conversation, too. The issue gets a powerful script and very fitting guest art -- the storytelling is nigh faultless. It's a familiar story, though; an old dance enacted by new dancers.

8.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #30

Apr 20, 2020

Solid storytelling, plenty of good ideas, and some engaging foreshadowing.

8.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #31

Apr 29, 2020

Spidey guts up and defeats Carnage-Norman. Like the previous issue, the fight is tied to an earlier conversation with Kindred and Norman, with this one's focus swinging hard to the villains at the end. It's a pretty solid execution of good ideas, though the fight visuals could be stronger and Spidey's story is left dangling.

7.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #32

Jun 1, 2020

Artist Patrick Gleason makes a pretty debut, but the story developments just perpetuate the problem of Peter Parker being the least-interesting part of his own comic.

6.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #33

Jun 1, 2020

I'm pretty sure Mr. Spencer is soon going to stitch Miguel's story together with Pete's classmate's new future-predicting technology. And the Silver Sable plotline is, in theory, awesome. It would have been a killer as a miniseries, but instead it's here, dragging at least two issues of ASM dangerously close to trainwreck territory. The Latverian/Symkarian stuff should be left where it belongs (and where I suspect Mr. Spencer swiped it), in the Dr. Doom series.

7.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #34

Jun 7, 2020

Pete picks up the Clairvoyant, stumbles into the middle of Doom's assassination, and finally links up with Miguel to catch a heap of 2099 crisis exposition from him. I think the fast pace is suited to the simplicity of the plot points, so it rolls out nice and smooth if you don't think about anything too hard. I found the art solid, but not the GOAT performance some readers assume the instant they see Mr. Gleason's name. It meets (high) expectations for top-shelf art but doesn't distinguish itself further in my eyes.

5.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #35

Jun 22, 2020

I almost wrote "Aside from being a jarring fill-in, there's nothing wrong with Oscar Bazaldua's art." But that's not true, is it? Weak settings, bad anatomy (be on the lookout for Giraffe-Neck Spidey), and an unfortunate lesson learned at the Greg Land School of "with different costumes and hairstyles, you can get through a whole career knowing how to draw just one woman." The lackadaisical script really lives down to the art, producing a thoroughly mediocre comic. Mediocre comics are okay, they're not disasters -- but as others have noted, there is something a bit disastrous about Marvel filling its most famous title with such feeble storytelling. Conceptual nitpick: It undercuts the magicalness of the mutants achieving serial resurrection if the same ability (in the form of "uploading your consciousness to the cloud," ugh, be more buzzwordy) is available to z-list chumps like Hitman. Also, writing/editing nitpick: Somebody call the Department of Redunancy Department on "assassination attempt on his life."

4.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #36

Jul 13, 2020

I'm sooooo glad they nose-dived ASM through this garbage arc instead of giving 2099 a proper event miniseries. This worked out MUCH better for the readers and the story. *Sarcasm meter explodes*

7.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #37

Jul 23, 2020

Spidey starts using the Clairvoyant to get a head start on his hero-ing (no way THAT'LL backfire), Jonah accepts a mysterious proposition, and Kindred does his thousandth bit of ominous foreshadowing. So business as usual for this series, really. It looks nice and it sounds good, it's got charm and humor. But I'm thrice bitten and very shy -- one solid issue with a few promising plot developments aren't enough to shake off the feeling that this volume is trapped in amber.

8.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #38

Aug 9, 2020

Spider-Man, Jonah, and the Foreigner run through three distinct but nicely-connected stories. It's got a great structure and scratchy but appealing art. The characters are handled pretty well, too (with the one exception noted below). But how many times is this volume gonna ring the "stop helping me, Jonah" bell? I would have sworn it's impossible to write Jonah as TOO cranky -- but I think this issue manages the trick in the 1st scene.

7.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #39

Sep 24, 2020

Spidey and Jonah hash out their latest tea on a podcast, and the Foreigner/Chance story makes a sharp left turn to link up with Spidey's plotline. It's written and drawn well, but I'm running out of enthusiasm for the "Ho ho ho, Jameson's help is worse than Jameson's antagonism" premise. It doesn't help that this issue's addition is over-recappy; it left me feeling shorted on content.

7.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #40

Oct 17, 2020

Spider-Man allows Chance to get away with his web-shooter, since there doesn't seem to be any risk to civilians. Nora reaches out to Peter Parker to join her Spidey-centric media company. Words and art are enjoyable on a page-to-page basis, but the overall plot lacks sense. What's the secret twist behind Chance's supervillain casino? I feel like this issue was supposed to reveal it but failed to do so.

7.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #41

Oct 21, 2020

No matter how much flashing back he does -- and he can do a *lot* -- Nick Spencer's Spidey just never digs his way out of the backlog of plot development the author dumps on him.

8.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #42

Nov 5, 2020

Gog's turn in the spotlight. This issue fleshes out both his origins and his connection to the Lifeline tablet. As a standalone sci-fi story about a giant monster that's actually a loyal, dog-ish pet trying to get home to his boy, it's pretty dang good. On a larger scale, though, this volume of ASM is already terribly digressive and this issue-long side-story doesn't do anything good to the long-term pace.

8.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #43

Nov 9, 2020

Against all odds, Boomerang is instrumental in saving New York from Gog. This finale manages to hang onto the sweetness generated in the last issue and stick the landing in a way that both progresses the plot and tugs at the heartstrings. This is the level of quality ASM should always be aiming for.

5.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #44

Dec 17, 2020

This is Amazing Spider-Man. The company literally does not have a bigger-ticket ongoing series. And *this* they do to the art?

8.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #45

Dec 17, 2020

Like the rest of the volume, this issue is pretty recap-heavy. But it's done in a nearly-all-positive way here, enhancing the reading experience and increasing accessibility.

7.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #46

Jan 4, 2021

A complex flash-forward structure reveals a battle between the Sin-Eater and the Lethal Legion while also showing reactions after the fact. The Sin-Eater is getting popular and Spidey is struggling to find valid objections to his MO. It's very dark and very compelling; this issue scores big in cultivating "what happens next?" anticipation. I had a bit of a problem with the art, though: The story flow got very rough in the fight scenes, with the action on some pages only becoming clear with the benefit of hindsight.

8.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #47

Feb 17, 2021

Sin-Eater builds an army and Spidey gets beat down when he tries to stop him. The language didn't impress me, but the themes, character work, and plotting are all outstanding. As others have noted, the ideas about power dynamics between the common people and the authorities/superheroes couldn't be more relevant. I wouldn't quite call the art great, but it's striving and succeeding to be more than merely average.

9.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #48

Feb 22, 2021

As the Sin-Eater stalks Norman Osborn, Spidey rallies his JV spiders for moral guidance. After grappling mightily -- movingly -- with the issue, Spidey charges in to save his biggest nemesis. I find the script and the art to be good, not great. On the content side, though, we DO get greatness; this issue has a gripping plot and enthralling character work. Spidey misses a key argument on his side, though: Even if Sin-Eater "cleanses" Norman and it sticks for a while -- how many times has Osborn been cured, rehabilitated, or memory-wiped? He always comes back to evil.

8.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #49

Mar 3, 2021

I like the creepy way Osborn's Spider-feelings straddle the fence between paternal and homoerotic. I'm less of a fan of him creeping on Gwen-65 -- I like it in principle, but Creepy Norman already gets more than enough spotlight in this issue. On the art side, due respect to Humberto Ramos and Mark Bagley as "dudes what have drawn a lot of Spider-Man," but they don't live up to Ryan Ottley's performance.

8.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #50

Mar 3, 2021

This is a really good Spider-Man story. But it's not great, and I have a clear idea of why. After 1000+ pages of build-up, the Kindred premise resolves into familiar characters airing familiar grievances. It's classic Spidey. Greatest hits Spidey. It's comfort food Spidey: Full of safe, well-known ingredients we love -- and free of anything daring, risky, or inventive. This is as good as you can make Spider-Man if you're too scared to tinker with the franchise's tried-and-true recipes.

7.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #50.LR

Mar 6, 2021

Penitent Norman Osborn chews through some scenery and is desperate to help his son. Meanwhile, an expanded scene of Spidey battling the Order of the Web puts him in contact with Kindred. This isn't quite essential, but it's far from disappointing. Decent art and a nice smooth scene structure -- and just enough extra plot tidbits to make reading it feel rewarding.

8.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #51

Mar 7, 2021

In grand Dr. Strange style, the Sorcerer Supreme is only half-helpful when Spidey comes a-calling. Peter's left to assemble his own strategy for tackling Kindred -- as it should be. This issue has capable storytelling all around, and it opens up an interesting can of possibility worms. This arc could turn out great -- or it might fizzle. It's certainly holding my attention for the time being!

7.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #51.LR

Mar 9, 2021

This companion arc is shooting 2 for 3 on plotlines I'm interested in. I like the idea of Norman and MJ teaming up, I LOVE Strange and Black Cat teaming up, but Sin-Eater sticking around? Ugh. And his new target? Double ugh. I don't think it's a good idea to revisit a questionable mystical nemesis from Spidey's past while you're trying to set up a new one.

8.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #52

Mar 12, 2021

This issue hits hard and fast, like a great drum solo. But the setting is so surreal and the villain so mystical that I doubt the reality and finality of the Serious Developments we see here -- even setting aside the usual "Spidey has to win in the end" certainty. Now, with such a cynical take, you might expect me to dismiss the Spidey/Kindred combat as inconsequential. But the artist's fight scenes are just too dang good for that. Even if I think it doesn't matter in the long term, I feel Peter's pain in the present.

7.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #52.LR

Mar 12, 2021

Dr. Strange rallies the de-possessed Order of the Web, Norman Osborn struggles to gain MJ's trust, and the Sin-Eater edges his Morlun-hunt forward. It's got good dialogue and scruffy but vibrant art. I feel like only the safer plotlines (Dr. Strange and Sin-Eater) come across as authentic, though. Osborn's connection with Mary Jane fizzles, partly because WHY WOULD SHE EVER TRUST HIM, but partly because the authors don't give him the right words.

6.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #53

Mar 14, 2021

I know, I know. It's a bigly huge-normous moment in Spider-history. But I contend it's not a good comic. Why? First, relying on supplementary material or in-depth prior knowledge is asking too much of the reader -- and I maintain this issue is incomprehensible (or at least inconsequential) unless you have ASM #545 in front of you or burned into your brain. Second, all due respect to Mark Bagley, but he's not at his best here and his panels aren't in the same ballpark as Mr. Quesada's originals -- which you're all too likely to go review after reading the later issue. It's a pale imitation, visually, and Mr. Spencer leans his script so far into #545 that half of this issue is meaningless without the relevant background.

6.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #53.LR

Mar 15, 2021

Sin-Eater has his moment with Morlun and Dr. Strange shepherds the Order through Peter's dreamscape. Once again, the reader who doesn't know her OMD details is ☠️☠️☠️☠️ out of luck. If you ARE familiar, the dreamscape conflict is pretty cool. The oversized art team doesn't do the visuals any favors, though.

7.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #54

Mar 23, 2021

Harry kills Pete a bunch more and makes an unconvincing case for "THIS guilt trip about endangering your loved ones is really really different." It's a solid idea, but the pace is repetitive, the prose doesn't give it the distinction it needs, and while Mark Bagley is still a titan of comics art, he is not doing his best work here.

8.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #54.LR

Apr 3, 2021

Kindred's big plan comes together, and even though the Order of the Web wins a fight, things look rough for the good guys. An accelerating plot, solid dialogue, and good art all combine to make this run toward the climax a lot more satisfying than the set-up issues -- at least for me.

8.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #55

Apr 12, 2021

With the cast assembled, Harry finally lays out his full grievances against Spider-Man. But he gets blindsided by MJ and Norman launching a play against him that might or might not be a put-on. I admire how neatly the plot threads come together here, reinforcing strong storytelling with interesting content. It's right next door to greatness and I can't wait to see how it wraps up.

8.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #56

Apr 18, 2021

The "resolution" of the Kindred story, such as it is, unfolds in non-linear scenes arranged with skill. The prose and the art are above average, but it's the ideas that really fascinate. My repeated complaint about Nick Spencer's Spider-Man has been that it's too static and too safe (also too supporting-cast-focused, which remains a problem). The outcome of this big arc has addressed my complaint well, revitalizing Norman Osborn with a daring and compelling new status quo.

8.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #57

Apr 23, 2021

Nobody's particularly happy to have stopped Kindred; it's obvious to all involved that the story isn't over. Lots of fear, lots of anger, particularly locked up inside Peter's head. He's nursing a full-blown case of PTSD that can and should be milked for plenty of angst in subsequent issues. I think both the words and the art in this issue are strong but not perfect. I wouldn't change a thing about the way the characters and the plot develop here, though. Outstanding.

7.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #58

May 9, 2021

A broken Spider-Man is still struggling with the fallout of Last Remains. But there's no time to heal; Mr. Negative is gunning for Martin Li and Aunt May is in the line of fire. The superheroics are good, as is the continuing tragedy of the Osborn family. It's a nice, fast read, but it has plenty of strong development for its characters. The art could be a lot better, though. These visuals aren't flawed (not badly), but they're also not quite fit for a flagship title.

7.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #59

May 23, 2021

Mr. Negative's sins come home to roost, and he's immediately swept away by Mayor Fisk to set up the next arc. Tablet of Life and yadda yadda, ho! I'm not too interested in that, but I enjoyed the continued Last Remains fallout for Pete and Norman. Aunt May does some solid Aunt-May-ing here, too. While there's nothing wrong per se with this issue's art, I'd still like to see ASM get a little more visual oomph.

9.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #60

Jun 11, 2021

MJ takes the reins, putting Peter through a tormented but cathartic bit of soul-searching. Ratcheting the scale down as small as possible pays off here, with excellent emotional work coming out of the intense script. The art is also on point in this issue; Mark Bagley serves up a reminder that he's a GOOD fast Spider-artist. This script needs a lot of nuanced, emotional faces and Mr. Bagley absolutely delivers.

8.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #61

Jul 18, 2021

In a conscious move to get a little more fun, Spidey's kitted out with a "social influencer" suit, a ridiculous idea that's sure to go wrong in hilarious ways. The concept is handled with just enough awareness to win my approval, and I can't wait to see what disaster springs from this development. Mayor Fisk's latest move takes the fun-n-games a step too far, though. That's this volume in a nutshell: Anything that's worth doing is worth overdoing.

8.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #62

Jul 25, 2021

Spidey and Boomerang save Gog from Fisk's machinations, and Randy and the Beetle experience a contrived but superbly-executed sitcom revelation in their relationship. This is a small serving of plot development, but the presentation is top tier all the way. And the characterization is good, too.

6.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #63

Aug 7, 2021

Beetle and Randy dance through their prescribed romantic comedy of errors while Spidey's Lifeline table story chugs along. It's finely crafted -- I particularly admire the speedy, complex-but-clear scene structure -- but it's very safe. The "Romeo and Juliet" parallels are so obvious that hanging a lampshade on them feels redundant, if not smug. The art: I like a lot of the characters, particularly the Beetle. A script this fast and complicated really needs better blocking and visual storytelling, though. Bigger picture problem: This issue's contemporary and flashback focus on the Randy & Janice reveals that they have no real sexual or interpersonal chemistry. The sole purpose of their relationship is to generate plot twists and motivate other characters.

7.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #64

Aug 28, 2021

Spidey struggles to stay relevant as three plotlines develop with minimal involvement from him. Robbie and Tombstone team up to save their kids, Fred goes after the last Lifeline fragment on his own, and Mordo (at Fisk's direction) starts to wake up Kindred. These stories are progressing in interesting ways, but they're conveyed with underwhelming words and art here. It seems to be a waste to use Nick Spencer on anything Spidey-related other than "Superior Foes." He's practically turned ASM into that, which is a real Catch-22. Hooray, more Superior Foes! But boo, we want real ASM!

6.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #65

Sep 21, 2021

Spidey and Robbie team up with the Syndicate and Tombstone to save the day in this fight spectacular. As usual for a Nick Spencer script, the prose doesn't wow me. But I respect the thematic work. The way the "father's responsibility" theme links Robbie, Tombstone, and Osborn is great. Spidey works a "redemption" theme as he pivots from teaming up with villains to rescuing Boomerang. It's not as strong as the fatherhood theme, but it's certainly not bad. This was written as a good, potentially great comic. And it's dragged down to mere acceptability by two shabby art performances. The lines in the opening and closing scenes are so fragile that they'd work better without color. And the fight sandwiched in the middle is a hopeless mess, a frantic scribble-storm with a severe lack of detail and clarity. For the Nth time, the demands of publishing on a more-than-monthly schedule rob Marvel's flagship title of the quality it deserves.

7.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #66

Oct 2, 2021

It's business as usual for this title, with Spidey sitting like a stump as a range of different plotlines lumber slowly past him. The writing's decent and events are presented with a nice serving of Mark Bagley art, so it's not a particularly unpleasant read. And I should look on the bright side of this volume's recap-heavy style: It does make single issues a lot more self-contained than is normal for today.

7.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #67

Oct 25, 2021

A plethora of baddies advance ominous plans. Chameleon puts hooks into Teresa Parker, Chance puts hooks in the Clairvoyant kid, and meanwhile Pete's busy being gobsmacked by impossible developments in the story of Betty Brant and Ned Leeds. It's par for the course for this volume: An intricate, technically accomplished script that fails to impress me supported by art that does the same. (These visuals are polished but generic, with some regrettably goofy faces.) I'm so sick of the way the protagonists, Peter especially, are always reacting instead of acting.

5.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #68

Oct 26, 2021

This comic is its own Cliffs Notes: Plot beats conveyed with clarity, but missing the character connections and storytelling texture that make a story engaging. I can't forgive Pete sitting through 7 straight pages of backstory; that's some Roy-Thomas-level expository BS.

6.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #69

Nov 7, 2021

Jamie betrays Spidey, Chance & Foreigner's goons betray them to the Finisher, and the Finisher goes completely off the deep end trying to intimidate Teresa/confuse the readers. I don't like the art collaboration, even though the individual parts are good. I absolutely loathe the Teresa scenes, not because of her, but because the Finisher's foreshadowing is total crap. But for seven blissful pages, Spidey is actually clobbering badguys and making funny quips. … that should not feel like such a rare treat in AS-#$%#&@#-M.

7.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #70

Nov 23, 2021

Spidey is yet again in the spectator seat as the author puts the finishing touches on the vast roster of villains queuing up for Sinister War. On the one hand, this feels like a great re-railment after a couple of blah story arcs, and the staging for the upcoming event looks good. On the other hand, I'm underwhelmed by the art and of course, there's the perennial "Passive Pete" problem.

5.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #71

Dec 23, 2021

Mysterio passes MJ to Kindred after doing some (presumably) important continuity callbacks. The other key supporting cast members reflect on Harry Osborn's death in (presumably) significant ways. Even if I accept that Spidey's part of this event will be happening in the miniseries, I think this issue is pretty thin tea -- it's just last-minute stage-setting work. And at the risk of sounding like a broken record, the art quality on this title remains flagrantly unacceptable for a flagship comic.

7.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #72

Jan 4, 2022

Norman Osborn is tormented with the one sin he can't escape, and Kindred has a few more surprises left on deck. The prose is strictly functional (and Kindred does tend to go on and on), but the structure is admirably complex. The art's still disappointing, but not outrageously so. And as a whole, this issue manages to do the nigh-impossible: Get me engaged in Kindred's wheels-within-wheels plots and pique my interest for the final revelations.

6.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #73

Jan 11, 2022

Kindred pulls another identity out of his/their/its hat. Peter remains a passive football yet again, but presumably he'll have to do SOMETHING soon to resolve all this. Annoyingly, just as in the last Kindred climax, Nick Spencer abandons his usual "self-contained story" MO to dive deep into continuity, and my sketchy Spider-scholarship leaves me much more confused than I want to be. Still, I can tell some momentous and welcome retconning is happening here. But while mucking out horse stables is an important and useful job, its utility doesn't make it inherently fun to watch. On the visual side, the artist carousel is turning out slightly more tolerable results than before. It's still not nearly as good as sticking with a single artist, though.

6.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #74

Feb 3, 2022

"Thank goodness that's over" is not the ideal reader reaction you want after an issue or an arc or a run, but that's how I feel. This arc wasn't a total trainwreck, but it had serious problems. Some were too integral to cut out, like the transition from "Harry as singular Kindred" to "Sarah and Gabriel as 2 Kindreds." But some problems could have been trimmed or deleted, like Dr. Strange's superfluous presence. (Mr. Spencer was quick enough to cut away the marriage proposal angle, grumble grumble.) The issue at hand: A hell of a lot of fighting, rendered extra-pointless by a particularly traumatic trip around the artist carousel. The backup strips were decent, although the final one lives or dies based on how much of a Ben Reilly scholar you are. Silver linings: At least Mr. Spencer did some good retconning by burying Sins Past. He even buried his retcon tools, killing Kindred along with the twins. I'd like to think no future writer will be stupid enough to bring them back. But on a long enough timeline …

8.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #75

Feb 16, 2022

The return of Ben Reilly kicks off with some simple plot and character beats that are developed with formidable storytelling skill. I appreciate the creators leaving it up to us to connect some of the dots, though they do pull them pretty close together for us. The art is highly polished and it plays an important role in shaping the story. That initial nightmare is a really great way to start; it's some strong "show-don't-tell" character work. I'm cautiously optimistic.

8.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #76

Mar 3, 2022

Pete faces Serious Medical Drama™ and Ben is appropriately broken up about it before going to clobber the U-Foes. Featuring plenty of solid MJ and Aunt May attention, too. The storytelling here is terrific, in words and especially in the art. But without busting on the craft, I do have to say that the plot isn't the most novel thing in the world. A little bit of melodramatic familiarity isn't enough to make this less than a good comic, though.

8.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #77

Mar 5, 2022

In a vacuum, I love this comic, perhaps more than the last 2 issues. But as part of an ongoing story, it represents a pretty sharp swerve. The pace brakes abruptly, though we do get deeper character interactions in exchange. The art is gorgeous, but stylistically *very* different from what came before. But I'm buoyed up by our strongest hints yet that we're seeing Nextwave Beyond rather than 616 Beyond -- or at least some delightful melange of the two.

8.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #78

Mar 21, 2022

So, I think I get it now: We've got 3 stories in parallel. Ben runs a gauntlet of classic Spidey foes, Pete struggles through the coma, and (hopefully) Colleen and Misty investigate Beyond. They're all in balance here. Where the previous issue swung character-heavy, this one swings the other way, advancing all the plots nicely. The art remains excellent. While it hasn't reached for greatness, this story is consistently good so far -- and that makes a welcome change from the last months of the Spencer run.

8.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #78.BEY

Mar 23, 2022

My rating reflects my completely unfair, completely subjective love for Jed MacKay's Daughters of the Dragon MDO, which was even wackier than this. Plus, the art's cool in a super-exaggerated way. Plus plus, ZOMG the Nextwave connection. All that being said, there's quite a whiplash jumping from #78 to this. Colleen Wing, in particular, sounds like a completely different person. I like both versions but admit they don't belong side-by-side. I think this should have been a separately-titled one-shot rather than a fractional issue of ASM.

7.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #79

Apr 9, 2022

I didn't see any big storytelling problems here, but the plot development (or rather the lack thereof) worries me. Feels like Ben breaks no new ground in this issue, just spinning his wheels. Peter's the same. Kraven was the highlight of the issue, and yet I'm not that engaged with his scheme. I'm expecting this gauntlet of classic Spidey villains not to have much of a lasting impact on Ben or the bigger plot -- if the next issue proves me wrong it'll help restore my faith.

8.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #80

Apr 14, 2022

This issue hooked me hard. While the dialogue gets a little wordy in some places, in others it's simply great -- this is a terrific voice for Ben. The visuals are generally strong, rising to tour-de-force levels with the hallucinations at the start. And of course, the "after credits" scene is pure spider-nerd catnip. I like the way this arc is coming together -- and the way this particular creative team pulls the strings.

6.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #80.BEY

Apr 26, 2022

I could, in theory, like/love a story about May and Ock teaming up for a screwball side-quest. And I could, in theory, stand to read romantic/sexual tension between those two. But not like this. I didn't like Otto's voice; I genuinely *hated* May's. Plodding through their dialogue ruined my enjoyment and gave me the maybe-unfair (but maybe not) impression that the pace was too slow. On the plus side, I like this art style. I like the significant plot developments. Objectively, this is probably an above-average comic. But "average" is as far as I can go subjectively; I was just straight up not having a good time.

8.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #81

Apr 28, 2022

The main point here is to team up Ben and Miles in a very old-school way, complete with a bit of Misunderstanding Brawl. I liked it. The team-up was a nice bit of popcorn-chompin' action, boosted by great art. This is the first time I've really liked the way Miles' current costume is drawn. The dialogue was great stuff, too; the voices were natural and very fun. However … The big-picture plot is moving pretty slow. And the character beats are consistent with what's come before. Maybe too consistent. Ben is half-rebellious, Janine is fretting, Marcus is exasperated, Maxine is Ms. Frosty Boss. Lather rinse repeat. I wouldn't say the slow strategic pace and repetition are making this bad, or even average. But they are anchors holding this story (and this issue) closer to good than great.

8.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #82

May 7, 2022

The Beyond arc continues its troubling trend of bouncing from digression to digression; it seems like this giant team of creators would rather do anything other than advance the main story. That being said, this is a formidable one-shot that (in my case) easily managed to wipe out any disappointment about the main plot being on hold. The art shift was startling at first, but I soon realized this style is nigh-perfect for the creepy story being told. The villain is only strong enough to carry a single issue, but he's fantastically and memorably written. Plus, I'm always a big fan of MJ saving the day, particularly when it's done this organically.

8.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #84

May 16, 2022

The Beyond arc has inherited some of the weaknesses of Nick Spencer's run, specifically the uneven big-picture pace and the tendency for the heroes to be too passive. But ya know what? I'm OK with Pete and Ben being useless if the banner of heroic plot development is gonna be picked up by Doc Ock. Particularly a Doc Ock that's going back to his classic roots: classic look, classic brains, classic smugness. I had a blast reading this. A formidable performance by one of my favorite artists certainly helps. But the script's humor was working for me, too. I hope Doug the hapless intern can survive this arc and earn himself a small recurring role.

7.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #85

May 21, 2022

It's all fun and games and comic relief as Otto fights and chews scenery, but when the chips are down and it's time to develop the plot, this issue doesn't quite work for me. I know it's a long arc and the changes here will be unpacked in later issues, but I think this issue needed *something* to anchor the conflict and make it seem meaningful in the short term. The humor works for me, mostly -- though it overstays its welcome once Spidey and Ock come to blows. (And the Nextwave weirdness didn't feel right.) The art is also mostly good. There's definitely some behind-the-scenes trouble with all those inkers, and the finish is uneven. The bones are solid, though. This issue is far from bad, but it's also clearly not the best comic it could be.

8.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #86

Jun 3, 2022

The visual shift threw me for a major loop, but as the story unfolded I realized this style is *perfect* for this chapter. The prose is solid and clear, handling major plot developments in a transparent way that keeps my attention focused on their ramifications for the characters. The script has a tight structure, though, cutting quickly between short, powerful scenes. Beyond is damn sure taking a turn for the sinister!

8.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #87

Jun 15, 2022

You might know me as "that one user that falls all over himself praising Jed MacKay's Black Cat." Indeed, it's one of my favorite Marvel runs in recent years. And yet, even though this issue is written by Mr. MacKay and it's got a lot of Felicia Hardy fun in it, I recognize her training montage with Peter Parker goes on a little too long and doesn't have much impact. Actual plot development is limited to a few tiny crumbs -- though I appreciate how chilling some of those crumbs are. And the art is very easy on on the eyes in this issue, which is another plus. Still, I rate this as good rather than great -- I *enjoy* being pandered to, but I try to remain aware of it when it's happening.

8.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #88

Jun 29, 2022

I really enjoyed this issue despite seeing some definite points for improvement. The art is great for the talky scenes but not so much for the fighting, for example. And the dialogue is serviceable at best. I loved the full revelation of Beyond's nastiness. And I appreciate the way the script used a combination of step-by-step dot connecting and more subtle "nod and a wink" connections to get all the plot development done. Comedy Nitpick: Really, Marvel? You're gonna do characters named "Goblin Queen" AND "Queen Goblin"?

6.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #88.BEY

Jul 1, 2022

This biographical update on Hobie Brown is sure to be highly satisfying to fans of the character. For those unfamiliar with or unenthusiastic about Hobie, though, this will likely seem indulgent and pointless. The storytelling is adequate throughout, but it seems like the creators never even considered the idea of accommodating non-fans. Or of making a stronger link to the event than, "This is why this set of characters might show up." (And fans of OG slingers Dusk and Ricochet are likely to be pissed off at their cameo-level parts in the issue.) I believe comics should always be trying to win new fans, not just service existing ones.

8.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #89

Jul 2, 2022

This issue has great character beats and interactions. The script is well-paced and well-structured. The jokes and power lines in the dialogue are good, but the connective tissue is a bit clumsy. (Were I to be an editor, my first law of comics dialogue would be, "People. Talk. In. Contractions!") The art's just terrific. It's not just Bagley drawing ASM, it's Bagley drawing ASM *really well*. Kudos to the inkers and colorist, too; great finishing is an important part of the presentation. Queen Goblin has about 1 more issue in her, I think/hope. Therapist gimmick, standard Goblin sadism, Shur-Fine Penance Stare, yadda yadda. I'm surprised they haven't already confirmed her obvious identity. (I'm really glad that the Goblin Gaze only staggered Black Cat instead of breaking her.)

8.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #90

Jul 13, 2022

It's a fun, satisfying read. The plot continues to develop in interesting if not surprising ways. The art remains great, and the big inking crew on this issue does a pretty consistent job. What could kick the whole thing from good to great would be stronger prose. There's no serious problems with the words and some of the quipping in the front is good, but the character beats at the back would hit a lot harder with better dialogue.

6.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #91

Jul 21, 2022

I hate to downrate creators I admire, but this issue just doesn't meet the arc's established "good not great" standard for art and writing. It's an average comic at best. The script does quipping and snarky banter well -- but this is the wrong part of the story for that. Ben's breakdown calls for tension, and the comedy and the slow pace produce the opposite effect. (I'm also thoroughly underwhelmed by the "Door Z" reveal.) The art is wildly dissonant. Sara Pichelli at the start and Fran Galán at the end are drawing completely different comics. (Watch Maxine; they can't even keep her outfit straight.) And there's a transitional zone in the middle, drawn by I don't know which artist, that doesn't match either end.

7.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #92

Aug 3, 2022

A nice step up from the previous issue. It's very well-written, with fun dialogue and a compelling look inside Ben's head. And it's drawn half-well. Imma say it: Fran Galán was a bad choice for this arc. I actually like his style, but he's not (yet) good enough at detail and visual storytelling to match up with the other Beyond artists. You just hurt him further when you give him less than an issue; it's guaranteed his pages will be next to better-drawn ones.

8.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #92.BEY

Aug 4, 2022

I'm rating it a good comic even though I'm fully aware it's pandering to me with surgical precision. Like, Doug was designed in a damn lab to be a breakout character and I love him and I hate how obviously I've been manipulated into loving him. The humor is excellent in my highly subjective view. And I was pleasantly surprised by how well the huge art team worked. It wasn't a seamless collaboration, but a set of distinct styles which complemented each other. The B strip does a good job of making me almost want a new volume of Nextwave written by Jed MacKay. "Almost want" in the sense of "probably nobody should do that, but if not nobody, him." (Also Monica's "be unlikable" soliloquy is a masterpiece of progressive soapboxing. It's fully intersectional, not sticking to any one demographic box, instead focusing on what really matters: Recognizing and resisting injustice and the abuse of power.)

8.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #93

Sep 29, 2022

Beyond featured lots of roads not taken, as well as some stumbles on the safe path it chose. But at some point, the writing team clearly said, "We need to finish this with Ben Reilly vs. Peter Parker. How do we make that happen?" I really like the answer they come up with here. The prose is nothing special, but the script's structure and pace are great. The art is clean and simple, but also really powerful -- an excellent vehicle for taking the story along a sudden dark turn. I'm rating Beyond as a whole as "good, not great", including this finale. But this is as close to greatness as the arc gets.

8.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) Annual #1

Apr 6, 2019

A nifty untold story that slides into the time after the alien costume but before Peter found out it was alive: The symbiote sleep-walks him through some brutal crime-fighting and picks up a few important lessons from a bold bystander. The premise is sound and the writing is - barring an unpleasant reliance on the word "meat" - enjoyable. The layouts are amazing but the finish on the art is too sketchy for me. The comic is good as it is but it could be more than good if it had more visual polish. Well, maybe. Would it be even stronger without the last two pages? The main body's very focused on learning the value of mercy; the end pivots into betrayal of trust. That rounds out the historic plot, but it weakens the overall theme, doesn't it?

6.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) Annual #2

Nov 23, 2021

Ripley "Star" Ryan unleashes the power of the Reality Stone in an incredibly petty rampage through Queens. Spidey drives her off, but she is utterly unmoved by a standard-issue Spidey appeal to reform. It's a shaggy dog story that's long on humor and short on meaning. The tone of the words and art walks an incredibly tight rope; this will be fantastic for a few readers, skippable for many more, and intolerable to some. The B strip provides a tiny dose of forward momentum for the event, at least.

8.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018): Full Circle #1

Jun 1, 2020

In my opinion, Chip Zdarsky's segment launches the story over a shark. The whole thing wound up good but not great for me -- I think a more satisfying ending wouldn't need a "behind the scenes" explanation afterward. Art nerd trivia: This form of follow-the-leader collaboration is what the OG surrealists called an "exquisite corpse."

7.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018): Sins Rising Prelude #1

Dec 17, 2020

Feels like this switches, halfway through, from "you don't need to have read the original Sin-Eater stories" to "you DO need to have read them."

7.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018): The Sins of Norman Osborn #1

Feb 25, 2021

AKA "ASM 48.5" AKA "Oops, Nick Spencer dawdled and now he needs 30 extra pages to set up legacy #850 properly."

6.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2018): King's Ransom #1

Sep 25, 2021

I could rate it lower, but I had a sort of almost-positive schadenfreude reaction to its relentless mediocrity.

4.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018): Chameleon Conspiracy #1

Nov 22, 2021

When I see 2 writers, 4 artists, and 3 colorists credited for a non-anthology comic, I assume that I'm on the way to a trainwreck … and this issue lived down to my expectations. There are worse things to do at the end of an author's run than leave behind dangling plot threads. Like, say, tying them into a clumsy ol' granny knot. And this arc didn't even accomplish its stupid goal; the loose threads come out of the knot still loose.

8.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2022) #1

Nov 22, 2022

There are a few too many mysteries in Pete's new status quo here, and that could be frustrating. The pace and the dialogue are pretty good, though, and the Tombstone plotline looks promising. On the visual side, though JRJR tends to run hot or cold, he looks to be pretty hot right now. This is a pretty book. I hope he can keep up with the ridiculous publication pace.

7.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2022) #2

Dec 22, 2022

The script is pretty smooth with all its short, punchy scenes. I really like the humor and the build-up of running gags. The art's decent but no more than that. There are several points where the story needed some more artistic oomph to clarify and energize it. Missed opportunities. Most of all, it's just damned thin on content. It's got the frills (the comedy especially) that could take a good story to greatness; instead, they're straining to lift a one-plot-development issue above average.

7.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2022) #3

Dec 28, 2022

This issue has some great content. Nice development across multiple plotlines and, of course, a killer dive into Tombstone's past and psychology. The script is nicely structured and the dialogue (especially Tombstone's) is good. The art gets the job done, but it could do a hell of a lot more to emphasize the emotions at play here. JRJR is a Big Name but I don't think he's going on anybody's GOAT list for drawing expressive faces.

8.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2022) #4

Dec 30, 2022

In general, it's a good-not-great issue. There's a little room for improvement in the prose -- and more of it in the art. But oh, the trick that's played on Spidey and us readers! The whole issue is built for it and in my opinion, it works almost perfectly. I have big questions about where the story goes next (and I see that the twist can be nit-picked to death under close scrutiny), but for now, I'm eminently satisfied with the goosebumps and shock this issue smacked me with at the end.

7.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2022) #5

Jan 2, 2023

This arc certainly peaked with the big twist in #4. This issue is a softer, slower cool-down. And it's OK. Writing and art are strong, but both have been done better earlier in the volume, short as it is. Spidey's clapback against Tombstone was cool. Petty, but cool. I take issue with the final scene. Yeah, it's great to see Pete and May reconcile. Except: a) Pete's done nothing at all to earn that reconciliation, and b) we still don't have the slightest clue what he did to disappoint her in the first place. In my opinion, so far this volume is a pretty good Spider-Man comic and a pretty poor Peter Parker comic.

9.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2022) #6

Jan 2, 2023

Wow, this issue ruffled a lot of feathers, huh? I think we can all agree nobody wanted to see Jimmy Kimmel, even for 4 pages. The other backup strips were good, though; Pete's library books were hilarious. As to the main event, well, it *does* oblige you to buy a ticket for the "Silver Age nostalgia express" if you want to enjoy it. This is exactly the way Marvel did annuals and the first round of #100s in the 60s. I bought the ticket and had a blast; this is hilarious. But it's best taken as a standalone. I see the low raters' point: It's not a particularly good fit with present Marvel continuity or even with the last 5 issues. Jeff Plaza hits the nail on the head down in the red dots when he says all the characters are in "factory reset mode." I agree, but it's just not a big problem for me. This is hardly the first or last time a Marvel writer chucks continuity under the bus for the sake of comedy. Although maybe it's telling that in the lettercol interviews, when asked to identify the "epitome of Spider-Man," most of the creators (and Kevin Feige) give the correct answer, i.e. "If This Be My Destiny." But those with other, wronger answers include this volume's writer and most of its primary artists. Not a good sign, right?

7.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2022) #7

Jan 17, 2023

This issue puts some intriguing new twists into Pete's story. I can't shake the feeling that my enthusiasm is contributing more to the intrigue than the creators are, though. I'm about half-satisfied with the idea of Kamala Khan showing up as a supporting character. I don't think she's written or drawn particularly well so far, but Big M's been short on panel time lately, so I'll take what I can get.

7.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2022) #8

Jan 27, 2023

Nothing wrong with what the creators are doing here, but nothing spectacular, either. And their storytelling goals with this issue are pretty modest -- old-fashioned, too.

6.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2022) #9

Feb 24, 2023

Brisk, stylish, entertaining? Sure. Inventive? Revelatory? Even particularly clear? No, not really.

7.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2022) #10

Mar 22, 2023

Between the guest artist and the one-off nature of the story, I was thrown for a loop. This is a lot more subtle than usual for this volume, which is one reason I initially underrated it. And I'm still not going too high. It's a good heartstring-tugger, but "Peter Parker is empathic and responsible" is one of Marvel's lowest-hanging heartstrings. I like that it's not entirely a one-off; there's an important clue about the Awful Mystery Event that happened before #1. I really hope the Norman development on the final page is strictly Judgment-Day-related, though. I'm also liking "Kamala Khan is an Oscorp intern" less and less.

7.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2022) #11

Apr 7, 2023

There are plenty of interesting plot developments, mysteries, and foreshadowing here. That makes it a fun little read despite the ongoing "passive Peter" problem, but that's been dogging ASM since before this volume started. The art's solid and clear if not spectacular. While this wouldn't be the first comic of the week that I'd rave about and recommend, it's definitely good. "Kamala Khan, Oscorp intern" continues to get a resounding thumbs down from me, though.

7.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2022) #12

Apr 14, 2023

For some reason, this is the issue where I really nail down my feelings toward John Romita Jr: I love pretty much everything about his style except the way he draws ordinary people in non-costume clothes. Which is a pretty big speed bump, but not a brick wall. The script is solid and it pitches out a decent curveball, but neither the prose nor the ideas are truly memorable. Put it all together, and you've got a top-shelf comic -- barely. It feels like something the Spider-editor would show new creators: "ASM needs to be at least this good, and hopefully better."

8.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2022) #13

May 7, 2023

Ahh, the ol' last-page villain reveal. Often cheap, often lame, definitely a cliche. And yet it won't die. Because it can still hit REALLY hard when it's done well -- as it is here. While I might not be thrilled with this volume's usual standard of tactical writing, the big-picture plotting is pretty dang formidable. An action-heavy, costume-heavy finale suits the artist's talents, producing some nice visuals and ending this short arc on an uptick.

8.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2022) #14

May 25, 2023

Dark Web is shaping up into quite the tragedy. Although I don't "like" a lot of what's going on -- how many other characters are going to get burned by Ben Reilly's endless, juvenile angst? -- I'll admit the build-up is crafted well. The four-act structure makes a nice excuse for the range of different art styles. Plot and character developments strike a nice balance. What we see here is clearly prelude, but also clearly meaningful.

7.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2022) #15

Aug 12, 2023

The bad guys push their various agendas forward and Spidey, as is too often the case these days, is stuck in passive/reactive mode. Both the writing and the art are solid but emphatically not spectacular. This is a relatively small bite of plot development and the creators expend more effort than they need to chewing it up. I remain underwhelmed/disappointed with the way this title uses Kamala Khan.

7.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2022) #16

Sep 2, 2023

It's a very well-illustrated fight. The dialogue is satisfactory. The plot, while simple, flows smoothly. There are some decent jokes sprinkled in. I really don't have a dog in the "is Ben Reilly characterized well or not" fight; his heyday was before my time. I'd argue that whether this characterization is an evolution or a regression, the one thing it definitely isn't is deep. "Quondam hero breaks cartoonishly bad and goes through Big Dumb Crossover Event subsisting entirely on a diet of scenery," that's what I see here.

8.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2022) #17

Nov 10, 2023

Though it might not be what the event needed, this issue's absurd humor really hit the spot for me. The plot doesn't advance very much, but the non-stop misnomers are enjoyable. The characters' reactions to them (and Madelyne's disappointment with Chasm) are even better. The art remains solid and this was an all-around fun read. Ben Reilly's plan may be a problem in a big-picture sense, though. He was already pretty short on menace, and coming off like a schmuck here might undercut him completely.

7.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2022) #18

Jan 13, 2024

The pace is good, the art is nice, and though I wasn't laughing myself, I think the humor is done well. But the overall tone seesaws wildly, from the absurdity of Rek-Rap to the would-be pathos of Ben Reilly. This wants to be serious and silly at the same time. That's not impossible, but this isn't a good example of it. I find it both ironic and annoying that Madelyne Pryor's role in this event is completely contrived, yet her story is the best-handled.

7.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2022) #19

Mar 7, 2024

This is a pretty solid start to an interlude arc. The creators are obviously talented--not working their fingers to the bone, but their experience shines through. As usual, Joe Kelly digs a touch too deep into premises that would be more palatable without the scrutiny. And though the Dodsons don't do so great with smaller panels or scene-setting, their skill in the splashier moments is undeniable. Not all-time great, but definitely good. And welcome at this point in the series.

7.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2022) #20

Apr 20, 2024

Slapping in a slightly-significant Relationship Moment™ for Pete and Felicia gives this issue some sorely-needed weight. The script is focused on funny banter and the art is devoted to sexy splashes. What's missing from both sides of the storytelling is any sense of world-building, character development, or scene-setting that would make this conflict memorable. It's still a decent comic and a fun read, because the creators are very good at those things they're focusing on. But without that deeper work, this can't be more than an amusing diversion.

6.0
Amazing Spider-Man: Daily Bugle #1

Sep 24, 2020

It's an average comic, but it could have been a good comic with a little assertive editing to force Mat Johnson to tie the plot threads together properly. Also: "Hey, Web-Head, you know how you can hear it when people don't pronounce your hyphen? I feel the same way when people stick an inappropriate 'Y' in my code name." Respect the "Boi" in Koi Boi, Spiderman!

6.0
Amazing Spider-Man: Daily Bugle #2

Oct 17, 2020

While Uatu Jackson fills Spidey in about the knockoff webbing, the Bugle reporters connect important dots that point toward the Kingpin as the main antagonist. It's a decent plot, but being rendered in short, choppy scenes does it no favors. The art is also struggling: Mack Chater seems to have an anti-talent when it comes to drawing distinctive protagonists.

6.0
Amazing Spider-Man: Going Big #1

Mar 26, 2020

It's a Spidey anthology packed with anthology-grade work. Nostalgia for one or more of the "grandmaster" creators involved is the only reason to pick this up, and if you peep over the top of your rose-colored glasses, I think you'll agree that these fellers are doing sound-but-unspectacular storytelling at best. On Ralph Macchio's 21st-century work: I grouse and I downrate, but there is something pretty cool about a Bullpen veteran putting out new, simple comics suitable for the very youngest Marvelites.

10
Amazing Spider-Man: Renew Your Vows (2016) #4

Oct 31, 2017

Annie cements her place as a permanent part of the crime-fighting family. This is a glorious, uncomplicated, pure example of superheroing. Just great folks bashing horrible villains and exchanging smart words while they do it. It's a very kid-friendly title, and that might end up holding it back at some point in the future. For now, though, it anchors the action in a wonderfully simple but not at all disappointing way.

9.0
Amazing Spider-Man: Renew Your Vows (2016) #5

Oct 31, 2017

Is a little thing like a Sandman bank robbery going to ruin Parker Family Fun Night? Don't bet on it. Artist Nathan Stockman puts his own, cartoonier stamp on the proceedings, and the result is a tremendously satisfying story in its own right that also nudges ongoing plotlines forward. Some fans say this series is great because it reunites Peter Parker and MJ in marital bliss. Respectfully, they're missing the forest for the trees. This is a wonderful story told with immense skill, and that does far more to make this title great than any "pander to the base" changes in continuity.

8.0
Amazing Spider-Man: Renew Your Vows (2016) #6

Oct 31, 2017

Annie at the Xavier School? The Parkers don't agree on it, and Magneto is gonna have something to say on the subject too. The two parts of this book - Parker family adventure and AU X-Men world-building - aren't quite fused seamlessly. The narrative wobbles back and forth between the two goals. The result is a cut above the ordinary, but the joints could have been sanded and smoothed a little better to make this truly epic. Ryan Stegman's linework looks a little rushed but his layouts are impeccable.

9.0
Amazing Spider-Man: Renew Your Vows (2016) #7

Nov 17, 2017

Annie's adventures with the X-Men wrap up in a fast but thoughtful way. The elder Parkers fight their way through a lot of evil mutants, but pride of place in this story goes to Annie's fascinating conversation with the traitor Jubilee. Little Spiderling has a solid head on her shoulders and an impeccable moral compass, and even if she doesn't attend Xavier's her future looks bright. The issue has strong art throughout but it's the stellar dialogue that really cements its place at the top of the heap.

8.0
Amazing Spider-Man: Renew Your Vows (2016) #8

Jan 5, 2018

Liz Allan bamboozles MJ into accepting the Venom symbiote a bit too easily. The fastest way to get your "Venomized MJ" story started is to make MJ a total idiot, and I'm afraid that Gerry Conway and Ryan Stegman didn't stray too far from that sad path. The good news is, aside from disappointing characterization, this is an excellent comic. The visuals are particularly impressive and this storyline promises to deliver plenty of memorable action. If only it weren't dependent on forcing MJ to carry the Idiot Ball!

7.0
Amazing Spider-Man: Renew Your Vows (2016) #9

Jan 27, 2018

Peter does some rather clumsy detective work before finally confronting the evil symbiote that's swallowed his wife. It's a very Pete-centric story and a very safe one; there are some tiny twists of novelty to add some distinction. Juan Frigeri does a decent if somewhat under-detailed job of filling Ryan Stegman's artistic shoes while he shifts to handling the script. His dialogue falls short of memorable but the plot is nicely paced. It also fits like a Tetris piece into a larger Osborn-centric story that makes the coming issues easy to look forward to.

6.0
Amazing Spider-Man: Renew Your Vows (2016) #10

Feb 26, 2018

Normie Osborn's birthday brings Lizard fights and an unfortunate encounter with Spider-Man and Spiderling. Exposure to a healthy parent-child relationship doesn't help Normie's state of mind. This issue is paced decently and full of action, but there's a simplicity to the plot and characterization that compares poorly to the depth of Gerry Conway's scripts. Some clumsy artifice is used to shuffle MJ off-stage for this issue. Nathan Stockman's art works well for an all-ages comic. It'd be nice if he explored more complex line-weight options, though; this book looks like it was drawn entirely with a single technical pen.

8.0
Amazing Spider-Man: Renew Your Vows (2016) #11

Apr 7, 2018

"Business as usual" for the Spider Family turns into "climactic showdown with Normie Osborn" with impressive speed and drama. Brian Level's art is simple but strong, and Ryan Stegman's script is all-around good. Normie subjects Annie to some slightly-too-generic villain monologuing, but her brilliant responses are the highlight of the issue. Even outside those epic moments, the general quality of the story is quite high, and this is definitely an above-average read.

7.0
Amazing Spider-Man: Renew Your Vows (2016) #12

Apr 20, 2018

The day gets saved and Normie Osborn is redeemed mainly via the power of friendship. While the conclusion is satisfying, both the words and visuals are mighty simplistic and it's really only the continued commitment to developing the characters well that pulls this above average. Throwing in a last-minute age-up also guarantees that future arcs will have a different tone than these first 12 issues. Considering how great these stories have been (particularly at the start), messing with the formula so dramatically seems unwise.

6.0
Amazing Spider-Man: Renew Your Vows (2016) #13

Jun 9, 2018

Peter and MJ have apparently been in suspended animation for 8 years while Annie has turned into a stereotypical moody teen. Jody Houser's script is slow and safe and over-generic; Nick Roche's art is cartoony and rushed. His Peter Parker is particularly painful. This simplistic station-keeping exercise recognizes the promise of Renew Your Vows and debatably preserves it, but it seems too terrified to do anything constructive with it.

5.0
Amazing Spider-Man: Renew Your Vows (2016) #14

Jul 11, 2018

The hero conflict of the current arc - the Lizard running amok at Coney Island - turns into a misunderstanding brawl in the "no, see, I need your help" mode that is pretty much Curt Conners's signature schtick. The bulk of the comic is an MJ-centric flashback that is an awful lot - too much - like a rehash of last year's #2. It feels like the editors are *daring* us to keep paying $4 per issue while they dial the creative quality down to the lower notches of the "Infinite comics" zone. I certainly wouldn't dare; even though I'm reading this via Marvel Unlimited I feel a little ripped off. Jody Houser's script is stronger than Nick Roche's art, but that's about the faintest, most damning praise possible.

8.0
Amazing Spider-Man: Renew Your Vows (2016) #15

Aug 12, 2018

The Lizard leads the Spider-family to a mystery villain. After two issues of questionable work on Peter and MJ, Jody Houser suddenly reveals that she's AMAZING at writing Annie. Her voice is more engaging, her insights are fresher, her story is genuinely interesting. Based on the creative team's performance so far, I'm hoping that future stories de-emphasize the parents A LOT and focus on Annie. She even picks up a long-term nemesis here. This issue is exactly the burst of quality I needed to stay interested in this series.

8.0
Amazing Spider-Man: Renew Your Vows (2016) #16

Sep 6, 2018

Annie's school year starts with classmate supervillainy and the unwelcome surprise that her dad has taken a teaching position at her school. The script retains the surprisingly strong grip on Annie's point of view revealed in the last issue. MJ doesn't get much of a chance to shine; circumstances force her into sitcom-mom-ery. I love the super-subtle insight buried in Peter's monologuing, though: Peter Parker is an attachment parent because his parents died when he was super-young. That makes all the sense. This plot is packed with potential. Though the art tends toward cartoony caricature, it's also terrific at expressing emotion.

8.0
Amazing Spider-Man: Renew Your Vows (2016) #17

Oct 8, 2018

Annie tries to shape her newly-powered classmates' heroic journeys on her own. The narrative divide between daughter and parents deepens in good ways; this is almost entirely Annie's story. The cartoony art is still expressive and the script delivers both a compelling plot and engaging dialogue. This story feels skewed toward younger audiences, but it's far too well done to alienate grown-ups.

8.0
Amazing Spider-Man: Renew Your Vows (2016) #18

Nov 10, 2018

Annie's parents have their say but then let Spiderling resolve her classmates' mess on her own. It's a simple story with journeyman art. The final product is elevated significantly by a well-organized script that hits good emotional notes. It does leave two loose plot threads; one is definitely intentional foreshadowing but the other feels more like an oversight. The latter - who started Lacey down the path to vengeance? - would have been a perfect opportunity to involve Spidey and MJ in the story as more than "Leave it to Beaver" parents if this went on longer. Here's hoping that future stories can do better at integrating the whole family into the action.

6.0
Amazing Spider-Man: Renew Your Vows (2016) #19

Dec 16, 2018

An entertaining but pond-shallow flashback shows what Peter and MJ got up to on a super-rare romantic getaway 8 years back. A few Mark 1 Heartwarming Moments liven up the "low-hanging fruit" comedy. This isn't disappointing, but it's heavily non-essential. Some rough, sketchy art seals in the averageness.

6.0
Amazing Spider-Man: Renew Your Vows (2016) #20

Jan 1, 2019

Haywire spider-sense leads Annie into conflict with an evil doppelganger. Her dad's one step behind her in puzzling out the mystery. A few sparkles of promise - particularly in characterization, particularly in Logan - are counterbalanced by a by-the-numbers plot and some art that's frankly not ready for prime-time.

7.0
Amazing Spider-Man: Renew Your Vows (2016) #21

Jan 21, 2019

The Spider-family is united in unraveling Annie's mystery of the knockoff Spiders. Formidable character work and a solid plot are big pluses. The art straddles the plus-minus column. The emoting faces in the front are outstanding; the action in the final act is ROUGH. This is really close to being a good comic, but the visuals aren't quite up to par. Getting better, though!

5.0
Amazing Spider-Man: Renew Your Vows (2016) #22

Feb 25, 2019

The Spider-Family defeats their evil doppelgangers, rescues Damsel Normie, and draws a bead on the big villain. The script combines quietly decent characterization with a formulaic plot; its overall quality level can't get much past average at best. Nothing special though it be, the script is still leagues ahead of the art, which is deep in the depths of DILLIGAF territory. The basic panel layouts are decent, but posing, polishing, and details are all woefully free of effort. Every part of this comic at least whispers "this could be done better," but most of the art is positively shouting it.

6.0
Amazing Spider-Man: Renew Your Vows (2016) #23

Apr 6, 2019

The Parkers rush off to the X-Mansion to have a big showdown with Sinister's mutate army. Everything comes out OK, but the story is overloaded with parallel plot threads. They all have merit, but they're not organized or prioritized well. It's also a problem that all three Parkers are fighting for narrator duty. Peter wins, but his daughter is a close second. MJ's contribution really just muddies the waters. The art remains disappointing, but in a consistent, low-key, "meets expectations after pushing them too far down" way.

8.0
Amazing Spider-Man: Venom Inc.: Alpha #1

Jun 18, 2018

Venom is literally torn between Eddie Brock and Flash Thompson, starting a satisfying conflict that I've been wanting to see since the end of Venom: Space Knight. The roles for Spidey and lower-billed guest stars are still a little opaque, but this kickoff gives the story a promising start. I respect the quality of Ryan Stegman's art here. I can see that he's tweaking his personal style to line up with Gerardo Sandoval, who'll be illustrating the other half of the crossover. While Mr. Sandoval isn't one of my favorites, the effort Mr. Stegman makes to meet him halfway is impressive.

8.0
Amazing Spider-Man: Venom Inc.: Omega #1

Jul 27, 2018

Maniac grows to kaiju proportions before getting put down with a solid serving of teamwork. Flash Thompson is the biggest of big winners here. Eddie Brock also gets a healthy attaboy and there's even a hint that the Black Cat might finally be done with her stupid stint as a crime-lord. This crossover went through some very rough patches, but it wraps up in fine style. Slanting the creative duties *heavily* toward Dan Slott and Ryan Stegman helped *a lot.* Let's all just say a little prayer that this is the last we see of Lee Price for a good long time.

1.0
America #1

Oct 31, 2017

America tackles big life changes and the tension between being a superhero and a fallible human. Those bones could serve as the foundation for a good comic. Instead, author Gabby Rivera designed this book as an internet controversy generator first and a compelling story second - if at all. When it comes to provoking thought or entertaining or empowering readers, this comic fails utterly. America fans who enjoy this are putting in way more work than the author is. They deserve so much better. So does artist Joe Quinones; he's wasted on this title.

4.0
America #2

Oct 31, 2017

America learns tiny lessons from Peggy Carter and Moon Girl and completely misses more important hints about the value of family. This issue chiseled some ratings points out of me through sheer volume of content. It smooshes two terrible comics' worth of ideas into one, which makes it efficient if not well-paced. There's interesting plot development; it's a pity Gabby Rivera flubs a lot of individual scenes. On the characterization front, I'm asking myself an interesting question: Rivera's America is a jerk, but would I think she was so much of a jerk if she was a white dude behaving the exact same way? This issue had me questioning my privilege, so I think it accomplished at least one of its goals. It's still failing abysmally in the "tell me an entertaining story" department, though.

3.0
America #3

Nov 17, 2017

America's mystery abuela/ancestor/future self/whatever, Madrimar, guides her through a meditation session with Storm to unlock subtler aspects of her dimension-hopping powers. While it's cool to see America discovering her capacity and need for growth, I had better not hold my breath waiting for someone to point out the potential drawbacks of America's "stay the ☠☠☠ out my way unless you're a badass brown bitch like me" attitude. Her growth is happening mainly in a "you're so awesome, be even awesomer!" fashion. Sigh. Storm is ridiculously out of character, but she's being steered by Madrimar. Weird observation: Gabby Rivera's scripting improves when she's *not* working with Joe Quinones. Guest artist Stacey Lee's Storm section is by a wide margin the strongest part of the issue, but it's due to better writing rather than any major improvement in art quality.

2.0
America #4

Jan 5, 2018

America uses the lessons Madrimar has taught her to revisit issue #1 and save Maltixa properly. No, she doesn't see any wider applications or express any gratitude. She also causes an unresolved time-travel paradox that everybody ignores. This comic fails on so many levels that it gets hard to critique. You can't tell which ideas are inherently bad and which are just poorly executed. Despite being America's greatest advocate, Gabby Rivera has managed to craft an outcome for America that the character herself finds confusing and irritating. Far be it from us readers to feel differently. The artist pool, despite being crowded (five people total handling pencils, inks, and colors), manages to produce some impressively consistent mediocrity.

3.0
America #5

Jan 27, 2018

America calls on Kate Bishop to roadtrip to an ex-girlfriend with her. The foreshadowing on America's next antagonist goes from "fairly subtle" to "screamingly obvious" over the course of the issue. I can see the aim of the dialogue and characterization was some sort of Tom Robbins/Diablo Cody modern-day Age of Aquarius feel, but it turns out sad and try-hard. Like Tom and Diablo were whacked up on prescription tranquilizers and only allowed one slow, low-energy, no-editing pass at their collaborative script. Ramon Villalobos's art flirts occasionally with the memorable, but his refusal to be consistent even with himself when it comes to character designs is off-putting.

3.0
America #6

Mar 11, 2018

Madrimar says the One Thing that can short-circuit America's "get out of my life already" refrain while they team up to save the day. Also, it's driven home to us readers that the Big Bad here is the Exterminatrix, but the actual characters in the comic are still running behind on working that out. Solid intentions meet inept execution all over the book, with Ramon Villalobos getting closer to "acceptably professional" work than Gabby Rivera. Her plotting is almost tolerable, but the nuts-and-bolts dialogue-wrangling is still loathsome.

3.0
America #7

Apr 7, 2018

America's abuela Madrimar gifts her with a double-secret double-latina double-lesbian origin that drapes around her existing backstory like a pointless onion layer. To me the best part of this title is the fact that *America herself* finds this new granny and her crazy Gabby Rivera wish-fulfillment ret-cons irritating, but that's surely unintentional. The vast art team covers the bases from "nearly competent" to "not even close," rendering the visuals just as appealing as the story here. This is about as close as this title can get to entertaining and it's woefully far from the mark. At least the Exterminatrix is sneering around the last page promising something resembling actual conflict in the coming issues.

4.0
America #8

May 7, 2018

The Exterminatrix throws on a platinum blonde wig and goes undercover as Sotomayor University's new Dolores Umbridge-type dean. SU's supposed to be a school for the multidimensional best and brightest, but since Gabby Rivera's actually peopled it with notably dumb versions of America and Prodigy, a painful self-insert character (X'Andria), a single professor without real characterization, and a faceless herd of non-entities, the Exterminatrix's dictatorial upheaval and persecution of America go practically unopposed. A functional plot and some excellent art by Joe Quinones are the silver linings; against them, you've got some eyeball-searing costume choices and some of the dumbest dialogue ever published in Marvel Comics. There's dense, multi-layered stupidity packed into every ☠☠☠☠ line uttered by America and her pals; this script is truly a blooming onion of dumb. Hilarious bonus: This issue has Legacy pages by Robbie Thompson and David Lopez that function *perfectly* with the assumption that America's solo series does not and never did exist.

3.0
America #9

Jun 18, 2018

As the Exterminatrix goes overt with her plans to weaponize America and ruin Sotomayor U, the supporting cast goes to war with her. And America? Here's a comprehensive list of what she does in issue #9 of the comic named after her: 1. Fails to escape from the Exterminatrix. 2. Runs away after getting freed by her witchy professor. 3. Curls up in a fetal ball while her supporting cast (AKA the characters we *really* don't care about) starts saving the day. Heroism! Flaviano's earnest but not wholly successful artwork and the fundamental strength of the Exterminatrix as a classic scenery-chewing baddy save this from being a total trainwreck. Wow, is it ever not a good comic, though.

3.0
America #10

Jul 6, 2018

America deigns to do a little heroing in order to ensure the Exterminatrix is defeated and the forces of groovy diversity and ancestral goodness win the Battle of Sotomayor U. ("Ancestral" is one of Gabby Rivera's favorite words; weird.) There's still a ridiculously overblown role for X'Andria to play, of course. Gotta keep plenty of spotlight on the Mary Sue. Some strong artistic efforts by Flaviano and Jen Bartel are positives; their benefits are wiped out (and then some) by shameful first-draft Valley Girl dialogue and an embarrassingly inept swipe at the tiki-torch-waving alt-right.

4.0
America #11

Jul 27, 2018

After Prodigy and X'Andria make a very muddled victory speech, America blasts off to save Planeta Fuertona from the generic alien parasite-bugs of La Legion. This new story launches with some superb character design work courtesy of Stacey Lee and some slightly promising mythology, but cramming all of this into the series' last two issues is a serious mistake. It feels like Gabby Rivera is at last arriving at the story she *wants* to tell. Unfortunately, Marvel let her get here by publishing 10 spastic issues of unappealing groundwork instead of working it all out in a few hours of brainstorming and editorial conferencing. The page where America actually leaves Sotomayor U is paradigmatic of the whole series and its problems: America delivers trite "honor your unique story" narration while her supporting cast looks up at her adoringly and thinks "take care of yourself" thoughts. They don't actually *talk* to each other. Are these characters admirable? Of course they are! Just look at their good intentions! What do you want, for them to *demonstrate* their virtue? Ugh, how bourgeoisie.

3.0
America #12

Sep 20, 2018

America saves the day by being her extra-special extra-wonderful self. Normally you'd need to delve into the darkest depths of fanfiction to find wish-fulfillment this embarrassingly shameless. Why Marvel's editors chose to ennoble this silliness with 12 issues of good-to-great art is one of the biggest comics mysteries of 2017-2018. This final issue delivers a fair crop of individual panels that are pretty. There are even some nice bits of dialogue. Progressing through the story from idea to idea is torturous, though. It's like wading through a gauntlet of naive kiddos pummelling you with glitter-soaked wiffle bats. To tell a story, you have to show your protagonist making decisions. If your protagonist's key decision amounts to, "You're right, adoring fans, I WOULD make a good messiah," your story is probably not good.

7.0
America Chavez: Made in the USA #1

Jun 17, 2021

America's powers are on the fritz, and a Mystery Antagonist is taking a run at her heretofore-unseen adoptive family in Washington Heights. The art is great and the writing is satisfactory so far. This script has captured my attention, but future issues will need to work a little harder to get me truly engaged.

8.0
America Chavez: Made in the USA #2

Aug 7, 2021

In the present, America's mystery antagonist easily sucks her into a trap that promises plenty of fascinating revelations in future issues. In the past, we see America's development into a superhero and the estrangement from her adoptive family that comes with it. The story threads are nicely balanced against each other, and a consistently engaging insight into America's character is the glue that binds it all into a satisfying read. Some rock-solid art with a high degree of polish helps, too.

8.0
America Chavez: Made in the USA #3

Sep 21, 2021

America's abductor claims to be a long-lost younger sister, and she gets down to the business of trying to sell the hero a less-fantastical (yet still subtly magical) version of her origin. The sisters' conflict is relieved with flashbacks to their moms' experiences, lending the weight of narrative authority to the sister's claims. It's drawn beautifully and the ideas are intriguing; I'm way more engaged than I thought I'd be with "mundane-ing down" America Chavez's backstory. The dialogue winds up being mighty expository to get all those ideas out, though.

8.0
America Chavez: Made in the USA #4

Nov 23, 2021

America comes to accept her revised origin story, but that doesn't mean she'll join her sister or let her continue her exploitative experiments. It's a simple, maybe melodramatic story, but it's told with consummate skill. The way the plot developments are linked into the characters is excellent, and the art is stunning stuff. And a strong stand against "the ends justify the means" philosophy is always a safe bet for a hero.

7.5
America Chavez: Made in the USA #5

Dec 31, 2021

America resolves her conflict with her sister in a way that's short-term satisfying and long-term messy. This story was told well right up to the finish, particularly in its beautiful visuals. I'm not thrilled with the number of curveballs and complications there are in America's backstory and status quo now, though. Whatever creators take her out next, they've got a lot of cleanup to do. But the character was treated well enough here to make me eager to see what comes next.

5.0
Annihilation - Scourge: Alpha #1

Jun 7, 2020

The "Blastaar & Annihilus play battlefield Odd Couple" prologue went on far too long for me.

7.0
Annihilation - Scourge: Fantastic Four #1

Jun 22, 2020

7.5
Annihilation - Scourge: Nova #1

Jun 22, 2020

Nova's little chunk of Scourge is marked by some outstanding teeth-clenched teamwork with Annihilus, some important plot developments, and the disturbing implication that Richard Rider is a full-blown alcoholic now. I like the first, am neutral to the second, and dislike the third, which seems par for the course for this event. It's a mix of soft "hoorahs" and moderate eyeball-rollers, balancing out toward unfortunate average-ness. Some solid art and the best of the Nova/Annihilus banter tipped the scale toward enjoyability for me here, though.

8.0
Annihilation - Scourge: Beta Ray Bill #1

Jul 2, 2020

As everybody else has noted, Beta Ray Bill and Lockjaw make a cracking good team. And I like the subtle way the Scourge story is evolving in the background here and in the Silver Surfer issue, with N-Zone folks starting to break into the Positive Zone in both. It does make me wonder about the fight mechanics, though: Bill fought his Revenger in the ordinary universe -- shouldn't that make him unkillable?

9.0
Annihilation - Scourge: Silver Surfer #1

Jul 2, 2020

This issue's art is jaw-dropping, and it's a real lesson in the power the visual side of the creative team can wield. If Scourge had kicked off with even half as much artistic horsepower as this issue, I probably would have been a fan from day one.

4.0
Annihilation - Scourge: Omega #1

Jul 13, 2020

"It's mostly a buncha space gibberish, now that I think about it." Between Scourge and 2099, hopefully, Marvel has learned that "no miniseries only tie-ins" is not the recipe for a successful event.

8.0
Ant-Man & The Wasp (2018) #1

Dec 18, 2018

Scott Lang cages a lift home from Nadia Van Dyne, and as is his wont, he messes it up. The result is both of them stranded in the Microverse. They find an intriguing (albeit slightly generic sci-fi) mystery down there. Unfortunately, Nadia slots too neatly into orbit around Scott as he slides into the Real Protagonist role. The art also has its limitations. Individual panels are very beautiful, but conveying action - both physical motion and plot progression - is problematic. It's still a fun read and well above average, though.

8.0
Ant-Man & The Wasp (2018) #2

Jan 1, 2019

Blind Nadia accidentally kaiju-s a microbe civilization while Scott is failing to fix her eyes. The story works surprisingly well splitting its attention between Nadia and the mad scientist microbe working to stop her. And extended flashbacks to Nadia's origin are made plot-relevant in a clever way. Mark Waid finds yet another excuse to make Nadia cry. It's a REALLY GOOD excuse, but I'm tired of the tears. The microbe-scientist portion of the story features wonderfully daring art. It takes a lot of visual imagination to make horrifying multi-mouth amoebas into compelling characters, but it's done successfully here.

7.0
Ant-Man & The Wasp (2018) #3

Jan 14, 2019

Dalen the paramecium scientist is folded into the hero crew. Their escape from Dalen's fellow Saargs is excellent, but then the story nose-dives into some unsatisfying "Microverse physics = magic #%$* without warning" twists. They're not terrible, but they pile up so quickly that the art struggles to keep up. There's still plenty to love here: The tiny Microverse ant-equivalents that Scott befriends are adorable.

7.0
Ant-Man & The Wasp (2018) #4

Feb 11, 2019

Scott and Nadia technobabble their way to what looks like but of course is not their home. They realize the too-good-to-be-trueness just in time and keep on adventuring. The visuals here hit a very high standard, but the overall effect is undercut by a pair of splash pages that are blatant conservation of artistic effort. This was really close to good, but I'm still too prickled by the ongoing treatment of Nadia as a second-class protagonist due to her age and sex. Of course she's got a REASON not to be on point - the fakeout Earth offers up the father figure she desperately wants - but that's exactly how marginalization works: How compelling the reasons are is less important than the fact that the reasons are always there. Somehow, even though he's an amorphous blob of teeth, Burr reads as male and therefore gets to contribute ahead of Nadia. And Scott leaping to paternal nicknames for Nadia ("sweetheart" and "honey") is kinda gross.

7.0
Ant-Man & The Wasp (2018) #5

Mar 18, 2019

Scott and Nadia wrap up their quantum adventure. Once again, Nadia's job is to spit up technobabble and wait for Scott to recombine bits of it into a street-smart "outside the box" solution. Grr. And, of course, Nadia has to cry one last time, double grr. I also wasn't a fan of the "Subatomica weirdness" getting illustrated as "general Marvel meta-gags" instead of the blend of Scott-and-Nadia-specific memories that Nadia suggests it should be. I don't think either of them have spent nearly enough time around the X-Men to justify all the mutant jokes, for example. Plus side, the meta-gags are funny in themselves - they blip through Swimsuit Special World for a panel - and the overall visual standards are sky high. The final pages are tops for heartwarming, too.

5.0
Ant-Man & The Wasp: Living Legends #1

Dec 18, 2018

Scott Lang slides into Hank Pym's shoes to sequelize a Silver Age story about parallel-dimension rebels. It's a tale told with serviceable art and a tiny, encouraging sliver of modern characterization. For the most part, though, it dives a bit too gleefully into aping the simplistic storytelling of Stan Lee in cruise-control mode 55 years ago.

7.5
Ant-Man (2020) #1

Sep 24, 2020

Scott Lang is heavy on the loser these days, living in an ant hill and disappointing his daughter. A humble job rescuing bees leads into bigger adventures. Some solid humor and a compelling plot are the highlights. I'm lukewarm on the art; I like it a lot better when folks are helmeted.

8.0
Ant-Man (2020) #2

Oct 17, 2020

Scott survives his first brush with the bug overlord, MacroThrax, relying to an embarrassing degree on support from Swarm. It's a nice, straightforward superhero vs. supervillain setup. The cutaway scene to Cassie is kind of wedged in, but I'm confident that she has a more relevant role to play in future issues. On the art front, I'm caught in a contradictory position: I can recognize that outstanding visual storytelling is going on, but I'm just not impressed with this style of character rendering.

8.0
Ant-Man (2020) #3

Oct 21, 2020

Cassie deconstructing the Ant-Man-Black-Cat-Spider-Man dynamic was both necessary and heartwarming. It was a little expository, but the benefits heavily outweighed the drawbacks.

8.5
Ant-Man (2020) #4

Dec 19, 2020

Cassie leads the charge to pursue Macrothrax and retrieve the Pym Particles he stole, but (naturally in a penultimate issue) the heroes fail to save the day just yet. It's a brisk adventure story and it shows the destruction of Scott's anthill with surprising poignancy. Not as comedic as previous issues, but it proves that when your character work is on point, it's no problem to carry your audience from comedy to drama.

8.5
Ant-Man (2020) #5

Feb 17, 2021

The climactic battle features a nice balance between Cassie and Scott; this is definitely a family win. The plot's simple, but the character work is impeccable. When it comes to the splashy action-packed finale, Dylan Burnett's cartoony art fits the story perfectly.

9.0
Ant-Man (2022) #1

Jan 12, 2023

Take my rating and review with a big grain of bias-salt. I'm a huge Silver Age dork; Al Ewing and Tom Reilly may as well have cooked this up in their narrative meth lab for the express purpose of getting me addicted. How big an SA dork am I? Big enough to know that "Namor put the Fantastic Four in a movie" isn't a random joke; it's the actual factual plot of FF #9. Big enough to tell that Mr. Reilly isn't imitating 1960s art in general, he's specifically imitating Don Heck, who drew most of the referenced Ant-Man strips. I love the flashback story in execution as well as premise. It strikes a perfect balance. This is *exactly* how absurd and stupid and low-stakes Ant-Man's adventures (and adversaries) were in the early 60s. The art and writing could often be a good 30% shabbier than this issue's storytelling, though; this is like an idealized and remastered edition of Tales to Astonish. And the frame story is some top-notch Al Ewing timey-wimey craziness, easily weird and captivating enough to hammer home the hook and make sure I'm following this series all the way through.

8.5
Ant-Man (2022) #2

Jan 31, 2023

It's another fun, beautifully-illustrated chapter pulling another Ant-Man into the still-mysterious big-picture plot. Like #1, this one features plenty of storytelling nods to the bygone era of the original: endless wisecracking, Bendis-ian pop culture comedy, lots of tiny panels, and beat panels galore! And like #1, these talented creators deliver an homage that's also an excellent story in its own right. I'm continuing to love this series.

8.5
Ant-Man (2022) #3

Mar 22, 2023

I love this to pieces, but not so much as to overlook the fact that the rest of the issue isn't as good as the Black Ant fight scene, my favorite part. There's an awful lot of exposition to chew through before that. The art's fantastic, but I think perhaps the previous issues were even more visually impressive. I'll rate it as next door to great.

9.0
Ant-Man (2022) #4

Mar 30, 2023

Limited series so often end on a disappointing note. That makes it an extra-pleasant surprise when this one sticks the landing as hard as a Soviet gymnast. The plot wraps up in a neat, pre-planned bow, and the core conflict of the issue is plenty of fun. Most impressive to me is the way the creators manage to preserve each Ant-Man's distinctive voice and look (most obvious with Silver Age Hank). Mixing them all together like this is a very delicate job, and these creators do it perfectly.

7.0
Asgardians of the Galaxy #1

Mar 18, 2019

Angela assembles a team of Thor-connected misfits and sets them on a path to their own little Ragnarok struggle. This roster has a lot of promise, which makes it disappointing to see the script prioritize a slightly "meh" plot ahead of character work. The art shows a lot of refined talent but also a lot of shortcuts. This feels like a cruise-control effort ennobled by a terrific premise - a pretty enjoyable read, but it looks like it's going to miss a lot of opportunities.

6.0
Asgardians of the Galaxy #2

Apr 18, 2019

7.0
Asgardians of the Galaxy #3

May 21, 2019

8.0
Asgardians of the Galaxy #4

Jul 1, 2019

A brief incarceration with the Nova Corps gives the Asgardians a chance for quality characterization before the action resumes with a vengeance. This issue strikes a terrific balance between character and plot development, finally delivering the "cool characters doing cool stuff" payoff this title was made for.

7.0
Asgardians of the Galaxy #5

Aug 1, 2019

6.0
Asgardians of the Galaxy #6

Aug 20, 2019

4.0
Asgardians of the Galaxy #7

Sep 28, 2019

9.0
Asgardians of the Galaxy #8

Oct 31, 2019

The team tears into the War of the Realms and it's more glorious and gorgeous than I ever would have expected. Past issues cranked my expectations to the bottom of the barrel and had me second-guessing my rating, but #8 really is that good. Snappy dialogue, killer action, gorgeous art, sound character work, and tight stitching pulling it into the event. What drawbacks there are are incredibly minor, like Heimdall's intro being a little too long. Go in expecting a simple, full-bore fight issue and you absolutely will not be disappointed.

7.0
Asgardians of the Galaxy #9

Dec 5, 2019

The artist change-up combined with Cullen Bunn's subtle approach to characterization makes it hard to maintain consistent interest in this title. Like, is this REALLY the same story as #8? My head says yes but my heart has its doubts.

7.5
Asgardians of the Galaxy #10

Dec 27, 2019

Argh, this finale was dramatic enough to deserve more in the way of poetry and spectacle. It's hamstrung by storytelling that's merely decent.

8.0
Astonishing X-Men (2017) #1

Jan 27, 2018

Charles Soule's script uses the Shadow King as an excuse to team up some of Marvel's very best "don't play well with others" mutants. The author has a good read on his characters, and there are some keenly-anticipated roster surprises still to come. This title *finally* pays off the "back to basics" idea of ResurreXion in a wholly satisfying way. Jim Cheung's pencils are unbelievably gorgeous, but he's just the "start with a bang" introduction to the artist carousel. A constantly-rotating art team - even one staffed with Marvel's very best top-shelf artists - may end up being a problem.

8.0
Astonishing X-Men (2017) #2

Feb 26, 2018

The X-Men dive into the Astral Plane and pat themselves on the back for working out that they're pawns in a larger game. We readers get a closer peek at the Xavier vs. Farouk struggle, and the stakes are *far* higher than the mutants suspect so far. Charles Soule's script wraps some solid, freaky plot twists in a thin candy shell of meta humor. On the visual side, Mike Deodato hammers complex collages out of rather simplistic elements. His usual chromatic conspirator, Frank Martin, expends a lot of effort to deliver an unfortunately muddy result; art and colors combine to make the Astral Plane look like a murky, messy place to visit.

8.0
Astonishing X-Men (2017) #3

Mar 30, 2018

A brilliant character study of Old Man Logan rubs shoulders with more Astral Plane mysteries and a nasty police/mutant standoff in London. Charles Soule does a great job of examining OML through the lens of Xavier; it's a pity the character is highly overexposed right now. This issue is remarkably close to being a one-shot, smoothly integrating just enough background into the story to welcome new readers without slowing down the pace. The art is workable, but this issue isn't going into Ed McGuinness's greatest hits portfolio.

7.0
Astonishing X-Men (2017) #4

Apr 20, 2018

The Shadow King claims another hero, but Professor X gets to make his presence felt outside the Astral Plane. This felt like over-development of a few simple plot points. Carlos Pacheco's art does decent storytelling, but it's arbitrarily different - it has a personal style, but that style doesn't feel impressive enough to justify the countless little changes in how these characters are being portrayed. This is probably a negative synergy effect; it's only in combination with each other that this particular script and these particular visuals feel disappointing. And slight disappointments aside, this is still a pretty fascinating, above-average read.

8.0
Astonishing X-Men (2017) #5

May 14, 2018

While conditions in London sink from "bad" to "holy ☠☠☠☠ bad," Professor X charts out his retaliatory plans. A lot of threads are developing in parallel, with Xavier conducting multiple simultaneous conversations while also fighting the Shadow King. It's a tricky onion of a plot, and it's so complex that there's really no space left for character work. Ramon Rosanas's art is just capable of living up to Charles Soule's script and divvying up the multiple plot threads into a quality reading experience. Kudos to Mr. Soule for another meta-textual gag that makes this story into the thinking reader's answer to the execrable Mojo Worldwide crossover happening in Blue and Gold: Xavier implies with exquisite subtlety that the last few years of X-Men stories (the O5 team and M-Pox, specifically) are just echoes of the Xavier/Farouk conflict playing out on the Astral Plane.

8.0
Astonishing X-Men (2017) #6

Jun 18, 2018

Xavier turns the tables on the Shadow King and things start looking better for our heroes - but why is this victory less than complete? And that there at the end, can that really be … ? A fascinating plot unfolds like a flower, and Mike del Mundo's art makes it look a very pretty blossom. There's an undeniable bit of clinical detachment and distance from the characters that holds this issue off of all-time greatness, though. It's A Thing That's Happening and it's surely impressive, but there's no real feeling that it's all that Important to the people it's happening to. That's despite the definitely sky-high stakes involved in the conflict. This is a blast to read but probably not destined for later recall.

8.0
Astonishing X-Men (2017) #7

Jul 11, 2018

The reborn "Xavier" consolidates his position in a way that's more ominous than reassuring, and a fresh crisis rears its head. Charles Soule has a good plot and some interesting character developments, but this series is still dogged by a weird sense of inconsequentiality, like we're gonna wake up at the end and discover it was all just an AU dream. Phil Noto's art is a little sketchy but extremely attractive. I like this hard-lined style better than the softer stuff Mr. Noto has shown in his last few Marvel books.

7.0
Astonishing X-Men (2017) #8

Sep 6, 2018

The definite ominousness of the new "X" takes a backseat to the more immediate ominousness of Proteus. In theory, this comic should be ratcheting up the tension, but the actual effect is a little "meh." It takes a lot of pages to reassemble the team, gives too many characters a chance to express suspicion regarding "X," and delivers an over-thorough Proteus 101 class for those of us who aren't graduate scholars in X-Man-ology. The art is highly polished but also stiff and stereotypical; this is a laborious but cold reproduction of cutting-edge comics art ca. 2002. This issue manages to sustain interest but it doesn't really deliver a payoff, shocking final-page twist notwithstanding.

6.0
Astonishing X-Men (2017) #9

Oct 8, 2018

Proteus slips away to set up a freaky-deaky eden while the X-Men slooowly save Psylocke and X. This is a two-clause comic, and the simplicity of the plot isn't counterbalanced by meaty characterization or pretty art. As other commenters have noted, this story rolls along and the X-Men just watch it. Their characters are barely expressed by their words and actions, most of which are too reactive.

6.0
Astonishing X-Men (2017) #10

Oct 17, 2018

The X-Men fall into Proteus's reality-optional garden and he has a snotty philosophical conversation with X. The stars here are, of course, ACO's eye-poppingly intense layouts. There's plenty of imagination and polish invested in the art, but these images are built on flimsy bones. Characterization, plot developments, philosophical depth - they're all pretty lacking. This seems chronic across ACO's career. Does he have a fetish for shallow scripts? Or do they naturally gravitate toward his very flashy, very "capable of concealing weakness" style?

7.0
Astonishing X-Men (2017) #11

Nov 25, 2018

The X-Men take down Proteus, but like clockwork, a twist reveals a Bigger Bad waiting to ratchet up the stakes even further. I like the plot developments, but I can also see that the character work is mighty weak. The art is sort of the reverse: The characters are drawn very well, but the settings are forgettable. It's a bit above average, but it just doesn't have enough oomph to get into must-read territory. I'm disappointed to see the "Rogue tries to power-drain a ridiculously big baddie and needs backstopping from another mutant" scene played out again. Cf. No Surrender and especially X-Men Gold for other recent examples. I can't hold it too hard against this issue's creators; they didn't invent the cliche. They're undeniably guilty of using it, though!

6.0
Astonishing X-Men (2017) #12

Dec 18, 2018

The finale of this whole long arc wants to have its cake and eat it, too. The Shadow King is defeated and Xavier is back - and the storytelling talents used to handle both developments manage to squash any enthusiasm you might have for either. A broad mindwipe for most of the X-Men involved really seals in the shaggy dog-ness of the story. The art is a fairly strong invocation of a style I don't much like, and as other reviewers have noted, its heavy use of splash panels seems to be compensating for a scarcity of plot.

5.0
Astonishing X-Men (2017) #13

Jan 14, 2019

Havok is in maximum "adorable screwup a la Fraction's Hawkeye" mode as he slooooowly begins building a team of outcast X-Men. That will, no doubt, unlock a bunch of Matthew Rosenberg's fun/familiar team snark in future issues. Speaking of refined but thoroughly generic work: This arc is also saddled with some of Greg Land's not-best art. What a surprise, the baddies are cyborgs armed with elaborate tracings of modern firearms! Honestly, my biggest question here is, What does Greg Land DO to writers to get so many scripts bent towards his very narrow fields of artistic expertise?

5.0
Astonishing X-Men (2017) #14

Feb 11, 2019

Havok assembles a ragtag misfit team while also winning a pair of simple fights. He's got a babysitter (Warpath) and two broken toys (zombie Banshee and jilted drunk Colossus). He also gets a pair of better-judgment-defying mutants who both reach the strange conclusion that "Alex Summers bringing a fight to my doorstep means I better team up with him": Beast and Dazzler. I could give this a "thoroughly average" 6.0 rating, but Greg Land is still terrible (An animatronic Mojo robot? It's too hard to trace, so we don't get to see it.) and this sort of snarky Teeth-Clenched Teamwork is Matthew Rosenberg's Signature Shtick. This is a cruise-control effort for the creators all around.

5.0
Astonishing X-Men (2017) #15

Mar 18, 2019

Havok's X-Team has a momentary fall-apart, we spend a little too much time with the antagonists, and Alex and Jimmy have a pretty good touchy-feely conversation. The plot is pointed in a promising direction, but this issue's pace is off and the art takes a turn for the worse. Above and beyond my entrenched distaste for this artist's character-drawing style, I would contend that this issue has significant weaknesses in its page and panel layouts.

5.5
Astonishing X-Men (2017) #16

May 2, 2019

6.0
Astonishing X-Men (2017) #17

Jun 13, 2019

7.0
Astonishing X-Men (2017) Annual #1

Feb 28, 2019

"X who is not Xavier" manipulates the original X-Men through a complicated meeting that turns from a feel-good reunion into a murderous covert op. The complex moral ambiguities in his actions are the big draw here, and they hoist this comic up above average. The art isn't pulling in the opposite direction, but it's not lifting things any higher, either. When I see art with a scratchy, "I was on a deadline" finish like this, I also want to see some audacity to make up for it. Sadly, this issue's barely-achieved artistic ambitions didn't aim higher than "get through 30 pages of X-Men action without confusing or nauseating readers" - and it may not have even achieved that if you dislike its very simian take on Beast.

7.0
Atlantis Attacks #1

Aug 9, 2020

Amadeus Cho and Namor have a pretty good fight. But that's five pages and the whole rest of the issue is expository recaps covering the twisty status quo of Pan and the Agents. It looks pretty good and some basic action is woven all the way through to conceal the exposition, but this is still an awfully small baby step. The Agents as a team still suffer from a dreadful case of "and the rest," too.

7.5
Atlantis Attacks #2

Oct 17, 2020

It's a pretty good comic. I'm of two minds about the strong link to the Aero series. It's cool to see that stuff paying off. But if this comic inspires you to actually go read Aero, I think that would be a net loss.

6.5
Atlantis Attacks #3

Nov 2, 2020

Brawn vs. Namor gets called off in the second round thanks to the arrival of the Sirenas. And then everybody spends the rest of the issue arguing about who's the more aggrieved party and what the heroes should be doing. It's a complicated situation and the heroes muddy the waters further by coming down on different sides: Some will protect Pan, some will attack Atlantis with the Sirenas. Maybe I went in with the wrong attitude, but "shouty hero debate-fight" wasn't what I was looking for.

6.5
Atlantis Attacks #4

Mar 9, 2021

Too many moving parts. There's just not enough space for any one character or idea to get the attention he/she/it deserves. Poor Amadeus is forked between Mike Nguyen's "unregulated techno-capitalism will save the world" idea and Jimmy Woo's "cold war of the dragons" story. Meanwhile, he's got Namor and the Sirenas demanding war and (literally) more than a dozen supporting heroes who are looking for a traditional punchy-zappy solution. Amadeus, Jimmy, and Nguyen need to go hash out their ideas in a TED Talk and let everybody else clobber each other.

7.5
Atlantis Attacks #5

Mar 17, 2021

The script comes out of the tall grass to deliver a good finale. Amadeus learns and grows, the Pan conflict ends satisfyingly, and wonder of wonders, Namor goes for non-violent conflict resolution. Nice art and added narrative focus help this series pull up a bit for the last chapter. The cast is still way too big, though: Part of why this issue works is that it doesn't even pretend to be anything other than the Amadeus Show.

8.0
Avengers (2016) #3.1

Oct 31, 2017

Cressida settles into the Avengers and starts pitting them against each other just as the team starts to gel. In both writing and art, this title teeters on a knife edge. It has to evoke the Silver Age without falling into the same narrative pitfalls or looking hopelessly dated. It's a ringing success in my opinion. This issue is mainly devoted to letting the plot chug ahead and so it's pretty light on characterization.

8.0
Avengers (2016) #4

Oct 31, 2017

A highly artistic backstory for Kang collapses into a final showdown against an all-star Avengers squad. It's a very pretty set of paintings illustrating Kang 101. The art is exceptional, the words less so. I wonder whether hardcore Kang fans will be delighted, bored, or outraged? Personally, though I do love Mike del Mundo's art, I'd rather wrap up the dang Kang story already, and this issue doesn't move very far toward that goal.

9.0
Avengers (2016) #4.1

Oct 31, 2017

The Avengers finally figure out Cressida isn't their friend. Is it too late to save themselves? The potential of this throwback series pays off in a big way as Cap stages a grudge match with the Frightful Four to keep his team from falling apart. The action is exciting, the art is beautiful, and the characterization is great. Not only does Mark Waid recreate what these heroes were like in 1965, he also shows us the fascinating interplay that's made them worth following for decades.

9.0
Avengers (2016) #5

Oct 31, 2017

The Avengers' side of the Kang war is a love letter to the team, but it doesn't go off without its hitches. It's an epic script and epic art, and the only problem here is that they're not really suited for each other. Mike del Mundo's style is nearly overwhelmed by a script this busy, and his mugging faces sabotage the humor of the writing. Despite this mismatch, it's still an awfully entertaining book and the fullest possibilities of time travel - 15-Avenger all-time all-star squad! - are utilized well.

9.0
Avengers (2016) #5.1

Oct 31, 2017

Cressida meets her doom at the hands of Avengers new and old, plus an assist from the Frightful Four. This entire miniseries is targeted to pander to Silver-Age-loving fans like me, but I like to think that the talent and love displayed by its creators are evident to any reader. Mark Waid's writing is deeply enjoyable and this issue is built strictly according to Silver Age storytelling rules (the good ones, at least). The art mishmash - zillions of pencillers, inkers, and colorists - works better than it has any right to, with all the contributors hewing closely to the updated Marvel house style Barry Kitson built in earlier issues.

6.0
Avengers (2016) #6

Oct 31, 2017

Time-travelin' Hank Pym gets the big win and the Kang War wraps up with suspicious simplicity. A roster I love and a spotlight turn for my favorite under-rated Avenger can't fool me into rating this highly. It's way too busy, too rushed, and too confusing to achieve more than basic entertainment. Mike Del Mundo's painterly art again struggles to contain an over-complicated script. Thanks to Mark Waid's plotting, we have to chew through *three* cliffhangers before we can *start* the climax. It's exhausting, and it leans hard on the "it's time travel so who cares if it's confusing" crutch.

6.0
Avengers (2016) #7

Nov 17, 2017

Nadia's nerd-crush Dr. Doom enlists her to help bust up evil witchcraft at the Sue Storm Camp for Girls' Leadership. If this had been published as an Unstoppable Wasp one-shot and given a proper inker to finish the linework, it would be an epic comic. The Avengers were crowbarred into the story and come off as highly unnecessary. The heavy colors overwhelm a lot of the detail in Phil Noto's mostly-excellent art. These pages look like they were released with a vital "black linework" Photoshop layer accidentally turned off. As a compromise between "superb Wasp comic" and "disappointing Avengers comic in desperate need of an inker," I'm just gonna call it a very "meh" mess.

6.0
Avengers (2016) #8

Jan 5, 2018

The Avengers get badly flat-footed and the return of Avenger X turns out to be a big waste of time. Doom and Wasp save the day. Phil Noto's art looks a little better this time around, but the ineptitude of the Avengers has, if anything, gotten worse. This supposedly-top-tier team gets rope-a-doped repeatedly by a very clichéd villain; any six random comics fans would handle Avenger X better than these Avengers do. Above-average art combined with a below-average plot and very middle-of-the-road characterization equals a rather forgettable adventure. The Avengers - and their readers - deserve better.

8.0
Avengers (2016) #9

Jan 15, 2018

Where is Thor? Having a heartwarming alien adventure. How was she sent there and when will she get back? Well … This self-contained one-shot is fun and moving as all get out. But don't let it off the hook due to sentiment; there are important questions about Thor's disappearance that are not at all answered here. It's certainly an enjoyable diversion, but it's not great enough to make you forget those questions. Mike del Mundo delivers his usual 90% awesome art. I'm not a fan of his cartoonier faces. Marvel has legions of artists who can do cartoony; Mr. del Mundo's more serious, painterly work is completely irreplaceable. Fortunately, I'm only talking about three or four goofy faces; for the rest of the issue Thor is a teeth-clenched lightning-catching badass.

7.0
Avengers (2016) #10

Feb 12, 2018

It's an routine "protect the planetary shield" mission with our new pals, the Hydravengers. Mark Waid's script rations out a few nuggets of revealing Secret Empire knowledge and offers a B-plus imitation of Dan Slott's Ock and a C-minus imitation of Duggan's Deadpool. Mike del Mundo's art is up to its usual high standards, but some inconsistent character designs draw the eye in a bad way.

9.0
Avengers (2016) #11

Apr 7, 2018

Contemplating the damage Secret Empire has done to their team, the Avengers split up for three deep conversations. Spidey and the Wasp on "why we hate each other" is good, Thor and Sam on "who leads the Avengers" is great, and Hercules and the Vision on "how do you handle immortality" is remarkably epic. Mark Waid plays the reader's heartstrings like a concert harp, and this issue is a potent tool for reviving flagging interest in this Avengers roster. Altogether it's an impressive chunk of character work and very nice breather between big events. Mike del Mundo's art is, except for one panel, perfect.

8.0
Avengers (2016) #672

Apr 20, 2018

The Avengers and Champions are thrown together by some fast-paced Counter-Earth mayhem. This kickoff features a great plot, intriguing foreshadowing, decent characterization, terrific art, and Good Lord The Dumbest Science. At least the characters who point out (accurately) that Counter-Earth is scientifically impossible are different from the ones that think they can use webshooters to catch an extinction-level asteroid on the fly. It's both Spideys that are guilty there, plus Falcon and Viv Vision. Between the four of them, *somebody* should really have the 9th-grade physics knowledge to spot that even with "super-tensile webbing," they're tying themselves to thousands of tons of rock - how are Falcon and Viv supposed to slow it down? But I nitpick because I'm *engaged,* and that's not an accident. This is a super-promising start to a crossover and I'm eager to see where it goes next.

6.0
Avengers (2016) #673

May 14, 2018

The plot unfolds at a snail's pace, a highly generic High Evolutionary minces on-stage, and Viv gets a big surprise. Right from the initial splash page, the visuals make it clear that this issue is constructed by talented creators running on cruise control, and Mark Waid's script lives down to that assessment. The plot has nuggets of promise and Viv's fate is genuinely intriguing, but this issue's primary purpose is clearly to make sure the arc ends up trade-sized. The portrait of the High Evolutionary is half-interesting; his delusions of godhood are exceptionally fragile and he's probably going to shatter like sugar glass as soon as Spidey rolls up and starts calling him "Herbie."

8.0
Avengers (2016) #674

Jun 18, 2018

The Counter-Earth adventure ends with an emotional hammerblow. It's schmaltzy and foreshadowed and set up oh so obviously, but it *still* lands in the heart as though shot there by Hawkeye. This feels a lot like that point in Hickman's Fantastic Four when … well, you'll know when you hit it. Being illustrated in true tour-de-force fashion by Jesús Saiz certainly helps sell the climax, even if his Human Viv is undercut slightly by looking significantly different than previous artists' renditions. The visuals are quite simply stellar throughout, selling both wham-bam action and highly emotional conversations with equal skill.

8.0
Avengers (2016) #675

Jul 27, 2018

An all-star grab-bag of Avengers loses many team members to a mysterious freezy condition just as the Earth suffers a cataclysmic (but also quite generic) relocation. The chaos provides a few opportunities for splendid little moments of timeless comics coolness, like Hercules grabbing up a runaway Atlas statue globe before it can hurt bystanders. I'm unsure about the overall direction of the plot. The conceit of letting c-lister Lightning open and close the book with POV narration doesn't really work, but if it's ineffective, it's also harmless. Characterization is solid and Pepe Larraz's visuals are beautiful. (Why does Rogue have Giant Hair, though?) This is a fairly strong start. Not strong enough to turn me into an instant fan, but definitely promising enough to pull me on to the next week.

6.0
Avengers (2016) #676

Jul 27, 2018

The Avengers gush over the resurrection of the saintly Valerie "Voyager" Vector, a previously-unknown founding Avenger. Meanwhile, two teams of villains, the Black Order and the Lethal Legion, appear in Egypt. Before their mysterious masters set them against each other, Corvus Glaive takes the initiative and strikes at the Avengers in a ridiculously lazy Fatality Fakeout. Yeah, I'm sure the team's gonna suffer a *lot* of casualties in chapter 2 of a 16-part story. The Voyager introduction is pretty stellar thanks to Pepe Larraz's scrupulous retro art. The fact that she supposedly disappeared during the Grandmaster's debut - also Marvel's first "Contest of Champions"-type story - is super suggestive. I refuse to ignore the nakedness of Emperor Mark Waid, though. He didn't even give his "Forgotten Silver Age Avenger" premise a chance to cool off before resurrecting it. Mr. Waid finished the way-too-similar "Avenger X" story just six months ago, and the appearance of its near-twin here is *not* welcome. Also, when the baddie teams brawl a little, Proxima Midnight squares up with Drall, a tough new female scrapper. It's 20-goddamn-18 and we're doing Designated Girl Fights, Marvel? Really?

7.0
Avengers (2016) #677

Aug 6, 2018

The villains stand revealed as "Contest of Champions"-type pawns, and one of the players is our old pal Grandmaster. Pietro's our POV character and he has a terrible day. Rogue doesn't trust him (fair), and his sister accidentally spoils his big "save the day" moment fighting the Lethal Legion (ouch). I am spectacularly uninterested in the combat or the game, but the Grandmaster's mystery Challenger does pique my interest. So does Voyager. For somebody who's been out of action since Avengers #71, she is INCREDIBLY au courant on code-names and goings-on. I smell a rat. Pepe Larraz's art and some solid "Pietro gets picked last for dodgeball" humor bump this up a bit above average for me.

7.0
Avengers (2016) #678

Aug 12, 2018

The Avengers start working out the rules of the Grandmaster's game. Despite the firm "each issue gives a new Avenger the POV" structure, the story is a mess of interwoven plots and character beats. Real organization seems sorely lacking. Pepe Larraz's art is very talented, but it also mirrors the unfocused nature of the script. This might be a "too many cooks" situation. Whichever writer is trying to get us to care about the Lethal Legion is tilting at a particularly hopeless windmill, but none of the many threads knotted into this story stand out in terms of either content or presentation. This event may wind up very strong as a complete story, but I don't think it's worth the time or the money to follow it week-to-week in individual issues.

8.0
Avengers (2016) #679

Aug 18, 2018

This week's surprise POV character is the Challenger, and his angry relationship with the Grandmaster gives us much-appreciated context for their Game. It satisfies my thirst for understanding while preserving plenty of mystery about the rules. The Avengers take five between rounds, mostly running a "who's sorrier" competition. Beast and Wasp deliver a shamefully stupid explanation for Jarvis's sickness. Handing the art reins off to Kim Jacinto goes fairly well. He works hard on polish here, and though he still has a weird phobia about drawing pupils, this performance is definitely suited to the top shelf.

7.0
Avengers (2016) #680

Sep 6, 2018

Rogue, enraged by losing Johnny Storm, grabs the POV football and beats a bloody vengeance story into the Black Order's faces. That part's great, but the rest of this issue's content is less moving. The writers push the "Oh no, Johnny's gone!" reactions well over the line into filler territory. Wonder Man's contribution to the Jarvis mystery is set up beautifully and then fizzles. The Hulk foreshadowing is in a holding pattern. The visuals are not wowing me, either. They seem rushed. Poses look generic, settings are nonexistent, and in several panels, the artist gets defeated by the challenge of portraying Rogue as a human person with a skull-shaped-skull out of which hair comes.

7.0
Avengers (2016) #681

Sep 6, 2018

A little villain focus and some classic backstory for Voyager liven up endless fight scenes and the Avengers' slow acquisition of all the extant pieces of the premise puzzle. A lot is riding on where this goes next: I'm REALLY hoping that the already-low momentum isn't squandered with a lot of recapping. The art features a few individually beautiful panels. Many others are a lot less beautiful, and there's a critical lack of structure/setting/flow holding the pages together. If I were writing a treatise on good visual storytelling I could pull A LOT of "how not to do it" examples from this comic.

7.0
Avengers (2016) #682

Sep 20, 2018

Red Wolf goes all Sherlock Holmes and deduces that touching the Pyramoids can't be as fatal as it looks. I love clever heroes and I love Red Wolf, but this development strongly contradicts the way the Lethal Legion was behaving in the last issue. It's almost like this story was cobbled together by a too-big team of writers who couldn't be bothered to coordinate, or something! While I admire the polish that Sean Izaakse brings to the individual panels, he's sticking with the established lack of backgrounds. I think "featureless void" settings are a terrible choice for a busy story with so many parallel plot threads.

8.0
Avengers (2016) #683

Sep 20, 2018

With refreshing focus, the story drills down onto a tight vignette of Beast and Wasp simultaneously saving Jarvis and dealing with the final Pyramoid. There's also a Big Reveal on the Voyager front that gets some excellent foreshadowing earlier in the book. I really like the visuals, though the art gets a big advantage from the script's limited number of settings. The strategic writing work - plotting and pacing and those Voyager hints - is superb, but the actual dialogue is a bit trite. The dangers, yet again, of writing by committee. No Surrender looks to be speeding up, which is very welcome.

8.0
Avengers (2016) #684

Oct 8, 2018

All of the Hulk and Voyager foreshadowing is paid off. The former attacks the Avengers quite forcefully and we finally learn What The Deal Is with the latter. The art is great - I had no idea how nicely Joe Bennett & Paco Medina would complement each other - and the plot developments are solid. The pace is a little slow and the extra pages are shamelessly used to hype the Hulk's next series, but the work succeeds at entertaining in its own right and in building anticipation.

8.0
Avengers (2016) #685

Oct 8, 2018

The Hulk rampages through a lot of Avengers. Voyager watches and comes to ambiguous-but-not-really conclusions about what she should do next. It's a passionate story with great high-stakes tension. The pace is perfect, the art is evocative. While the road bringing us here had its bumps, the final act of this story is shaping up into something special.

8.0
Avengers (2016) #686

Oct 8, 2018

The Grandmaster wins his game with a few surprise twists, and we've still got a lot of story to get through. This issue continues the trend of showcasing the new Immortal Hulk, but it's frankly to the story's benefit. Smart, cruel, selfish Hulk is awesome! The art continues to roll the story along solidly, though the proportions (particularly on female heroes) are wobbling a little toward the cartoonish.

8.0
Avengers (2016) #687

Oct 17, 2018

This breather episode delivers many variations on the theme of "what does it mean to be an Avenger?" At its finest, that means Jarvis hauling Bruce Banner out of the depths of depression with Milton quotes and heartfelt admiration. At its weakest, the "breather" part gives Voyager an excuse to recap her now-clear origins in excruciating detail. This issue teeters on the knife-edge of over-indulgence; the next one NEEDS to deliver significant forward plot motion. Still-solid visuals are a strong point in favor of the book's overall quality, though.

8.0
Avengers (2016) #688

Nov 10, 2018

This is the "darkest hour" episode where one hero makes a mighty sacrifice and the rest of the Avengers pull together to triumph. The heroes fall all over themselves volunteering for the sacrifice play: Hulk is punched into space, Lightning and Sunspot make "even if it kills me" moves, and Quicksilver goes stupid-fast to free the rest of the world's heroes from stasis. This last one proves to be the capital-S sacrifice that saves the day. It's a very safe, familiar plot and I sound super-salty about it, but I recognize it's deployed with considerable skill. The art is fine and the words approach poetry in the final pages.

8.0
Avengers (2016) #689

Nov 10, 2018

Powerful Assembling saves the day on Earth while Lightning gets his moment in the spotlight by out-clevering the Grandmaster. Themes, story, and art are all excellent; there are a lot of great connections back to the very beginning. Clumsy words hold this on the threshold between good and great for me. It feels like the narration and the dialogue are making it harder to see the cleverness of the plot; surely their job is to do the opposite. The visuals really make the most out of a cast-o-thousands and deliver tons of impressive moments.

6.0
Avengers (2016) #690

Nov 10, 2018

Jarvis takes the narrative reins for an indulgent epilogue. His final assertion that No Surrender was the Avengers' finest hour is laughable, but there are plenty of other bits of empty rhetoric competing with it. This issue attempts a LOT of seed-sowing and status-quo-updating; for me, launching the Quest For Quicksilver is the only one that really works well. The attempted reconciliation between Hawkeye and Bruce Banner is another standout weakness. The art delivers a fine degree of polish, but after spending so much time with these characters, Pepe Larraz has a remarkable amount of trouble making them distinctive.

7.0
Avengers (2016) #1.MU

Oct 31, 2017

A rock-solid monster-bashing tale. Spidey is already abusing his Avengers connections, calling the team to Boston to help him mop up a Maggia meeting fast so he can jet off on Parker Industries business. A kaiju attack kiboshes his plan, of course. Thor does the heavy lifting in fighting both the monsters and special guest villain the Controller. Writing and art are solid, though seeing every line from the Avengers' section of Monsters Unleashed #1 repeated here robs it of some novelty. The art is entirely new, though the kaiju designs are the same.

7.0
Avengers (2018) #1

Nov 25, 2018

A top-tier crisis, a CaveVenger prologue, and some sumptuous (if slightly overblown) art are wrapped around a core conversation about the Avengers that I find fundamentally distasteful. Thor is pretty well done - no surprise there - but Tony and Cap both disappoint. Too crotchety, too argumentative, too self-doubting. I do have some hopes based on promising portrayals further down the roster: I like this take on Captain Marvel and I LOVE T'Challa and Dr. Strange off doing a private Supernatural LARP session. There's a lot of storytelling horsepower on display in the words and art, but both areas lack unifying focus.

6.0
Avengers (2018) #2

Dec 3, 2018

For the second issue straight, the Avengers are faffed around as cosmic chessmen in a game we don't yet really understand. I'm glad Loki's rolled up to dispense a few big picture hints, but I think the creators badly overestimated how much fun it is to watch the Avengers get frustrated and confused. The script and art are both fumbling basic storytelling duties. There are lots of pretty character shots (though Ghost Rider is badly shortchanged in that department), but important details - like what Eson the Celestial is up to - get lost in the busy visual shuffle. This story still has gobs of potential but the tone with which it's unfolding leaves me very cold. Loki's foreshadowing is welcome; his insufferably smug condescension is not. It makes it even harder to take this whole Celestial rigamarole seriously.

7.0
Avengers (2018) #3

Jan 1, 2019

Cap makes a valiant try at monkeywrenching Loki's schemes. The rest of the team does little of consequence - I don't even think they'd pass a majority vote on whether they ARE Avengers right now. I suspect Jason Aaron was handed more tools than he needed to tell his Cave-Vengers/Celestial infection tale. "Let's have them stand around and bicker in maybe-entertaining ways" is exactly what you do with heroes that are superfluous to your story. Captain Marvel and Doctor Strange display encouraging glimmers of grown-up rationality by saying "Whoah, She-Hulk is messed up" and "Ghost Rider is OBVIOUSLY important here, maybe let's not walk away from him," respectively. Tony Stark, on the other hand, is way stupider and jerk-ier than he needs to be, and it's not a problem that a throwaway bit of self-aware dialogue can solve. Strong but overblown art, a glacial pace, and a team that gets WEAKER when it Assembles don't seem to be good ingredients for a memorable Avengers series.

7.0
Avengers (2018) #4

Jan 14, 2019

Small Avengers teams make small gains in the struggle to understand the Dark Celestial threat. Odin and Loki tell contradictory myths about the DCs' origins, which is good characterization but confusing storytelling. Once again, I like a lot of the individual scenes, but the core story around which they orbit doesn't engage me the way I want it to. The visuals stick mostly to the title's high standards, but there are a few troubling weak spots and not a lot of stand-out points to offset them.

8.0
Avengers (2018) #5

Jan 31, 2019

The Avengers FINALLY tie all the threads together and get suitably strapped for a fight with a bunch of rabid Celestials. After far too long scrabbling with fiddly details, this issue takes the story right over the top and promises high-quality insanity for the next installment. There's still a host of flaws and cheese that keeps me from calling this "great," but this series has, at last, made it to "good."

5.0
Avengers (2018) #6

Mar 7, 2019

The Avengers spend half the issue kaiju-fighting. Then they sweep all the extant plot coupons into a blender to create a "hippie-ish and kumbaya" "power of friendship" victory. Individual panels of the art are very nice, but many aren't, and the layouts are often nonsensical. The writer recognizes the fundamental disappointment of the story as written and desperately tries to polish the turd with hundreds of words of counter-productive "no, really, this is epic, we swear" language. After reading this, I'm not sure whether the arc is over or not, but I don't really care. That CANNOT be the feeling the creators were aiming for. This issue assassinates the characters of many, possibly most, of its cast members. I'm wearing my Carol Corps hat when I point out Captain Marvel is involved in two bits of criminally bad characterization. Tony, her AA sponsor and dyed-in-the-wool platonic friend, makes a cheap pass at her. And just before that, she threatened in a "funny" way to punch him back into a coma. Shameful.

7.0
Avengers (2018) #7

Mar 18, 2019

It's the ancient origin of Cave Ghost Rider. The story's told with good art and some impressive world-building. It's talented, but unsatisfying. The big hole for me is motivational: This story gives Cave Ghost Rider something to fight against but nothing to fight FOR. We run out of pages before Odin and Lady Phoenix could maybe provide that missing motivation. The revelation that Lady Phoenix happens to be a skilled telepath also sits a little uncomfortably in my brain. That ol' Phoenix Force sure do have a type. I really loved the ice-snake, though.

8.0
Avengers (2018) #8

Apr 6, 2019

It's time for that grand old classic of Avengers storytelling, the status quo update episode. Swank new digs and the current roster are shown off with undeniable talent, visually and narratively. An awful lot of the plot points, though, are old enough to qualify for retirement benefits. This goes particularly for the villains. Loki's smug pride in Assembling the Avengers irritates in all the wrong ways. And Namor going to war with the surface world? What DECADE is it?

8.0
Avengers (2018) #9

Apr 25, 2019

9.0
Avengers (2018) #10

May 30, 2019

It's a bonus-sized milestone issue done right as the Avengers tussle with the Defenders of the Deep and the Winter Guard. Oodles of foreshadowing, too - a whole other US super-team waiting to take the Avengers down, some strong War of the Realms foreshadowing, and vampire trouble on the horizon. The cracks are filled in with some fun characterization that rings (somewhat) more true than previous issues. While I was initially worried about the large art roster, the work is divided up wisely and the different styles work with the script to give widely-separated story threads distinctive tones. This issue does such a great job introducing new plot points that I wonder why I had such a hard time connecting with the first arc.

7.0
Avengers (2018) #11

Jul 1, 2019

8.0
Avengers (2018) #12

Jul 26, 2019

The creators gleefully devote an issue to detailing out the Avengers' new support team and base. This sort of thing is a blast when it's done well and in moderation; hopefully, the arrival of Blade and Morbius will kick us into full-tilt vampire action in #13. The splashy visuals are perfect for this kind of story: essentially just a cavalcade of ideas (compelling ones!) dressed to the nines in swank illustrations.

9.0
Avengers (2018) #13

Aug 6, 2019

Meet Fan Fei, first Iron Fist and exile of K'un-Lun. She wanders the savage Earth, opposes the scheming of Mephisto (and his Gorgilla lackeys), and eventually chooses the CaveVengers over the Thunderer's offer to end her exile. It's a fine standalone Iron Fist story (complete with ridicu-awesome kung fu move names), an excellent follow-up to #7's prehistoric world-building, and a surprisingly great artistic performance by Andrea Sorrentino. He adds nuanced character rendering to his usual layout excellence, and warm, soft color work brings out the details while also emphasizing the difference between this world and the higher-intensity one of the contemporary Avengers.

7.5
Avengers (2018) #14

Aug 20, 2019

7.5
Avengers (2018) #15

Sep 9, 2019

I am madly in love with the idea that Thor can't be arsed to learn his way around Avengers Mountain. In contrast, you just KNOW Cap studied the layout for hours. I bet he made flashcards.

7.5
Avengers (2018) #16

Sep 19, 2019

This volume's ratio of "Avengers get flat-footed by mysterious antagonists" to "Avengers get it together and kick some ass" is way off-balance.

6.5
Avengers (2018) #17

Sep 30, 2019

9.0
Avengers (2018) #18

Nov 12, 2019

The story of America's Squadron Supreme routing frost giants in Washington DC is a ready-made triumph. The Justice League parallels are cranked to 11 for meta-humor, and the script goes shockingly dark to explore how Phil Coulson tampers with these heroes and to show the master he serves now. Ed McGuinness's art is perfect for this bombastic, big-shouldered edition of the Squadron.

8.5
Avengers (2018) #19

Dec 5, 2019

Gorilla-Man's day in the spotlight covers a lot of ground: Espionage and betrayal in addition to helping save Avengers Mountain from Malekith. The art is gorgeous through and through and Ken's voice is charming. But I'm worried about the long-term ramifications. I think this issue filled up my quota for Gorilla-Man antics; I'd rather not see future pages spent on a damnation/redemption arc for him.

8.0
Avengers (2018) #20

Jan 25, 2020

There's inevitably some thorny subtext when a male storyteller uses a female character to tackle #metoo matters. And I see how a committed anti-fan could dismiss this issue as virtue signalling. Me? I see enough of a split between how Jason Aaron and Jen Walters approach the matter to make it realistic. Jen *says* villains don't sexually harass her anymore, but Ulik *does*. She comes across as fallible, with that allegorical courtroom conflict extending far past the first scene. She's growing and evolving, and that's pretty rare and remarkable for any character in a big, shared universe like Marvel's.

6.0
Avengers (2018) #21

Jan 25, 2020

Ouch, that art.

8.0
Avengers (2018) #22

Feb 27, 2020

Blade doesn't know where Johnny Blaze is? I guess he forgot watching him sacrifice himself in Damnation -- and that he (Blade) was one of the Midnight Sons who came out of that event explicitly tasked with rescuing Johnny from Hell.

7.5
Avengers (2018) #23

Mar 26, 2020

Constantly ☠☠☠☠☠☠☠ up the spelling of "Hellstrom" is the epitome of an avoidable error. Nice editing, editors.

7.5
Avengers (2018) #24

Apr 20, 2020

Setting aside the question of whether you think Cosmic Ghost Rider is the bee's knees or a try-hard Deadpool-squared type, structurally, his whole tussle with the Avengers is just a misunderstanding brawl. It even doubles down by refusing its first shot at a resolution -- they can't team up until a whole issue's worth of pages are filled.

7.0
Avengers (2018) #25

Jun 1, 2020

8.0
Avengers (2018) #26

Jun 7, 2020

The Cave-Venger Starbrand's origin story is beautiful and sad and queer. The prose and the art invest the "gay Eden" premise with enough gravitas to make it rewarding, but it doesn't quite overcome its gimmick-itude to get to all-time greatness. It's a fun diversion, though, and it proves there's some mileage left in the Cave-Venger sub-plot.

7.0
Avengers (2018) #27

Jun 12, 2020

The Avengers blast into space and into this volume's wheelhouse, a tone I would describe in my saltier moments as "gleeful stupidity."

7.0
Avengers (2018) #28

Jul 13, 2020

It's goofy fun, edging into "good comic" territory -- just -- thanks to the sense of bigger picture plotting that the Surfer picked up on.

7.5
Avengers (2018) #29

Aug 3, 2020

The Avengers shout their way through non-stop Herald fights before heading to the Starbrand. It's got Grand Plot ideas and Cool Fight ideas and they're visualized with distinction (though character rendering, as usual, comes out way ahead of creating a sense of motion). As others have noted, the dialogue is pretty bland. I think that, more than anything else, is responsible for the slightly-guilty "This is stupid. Fun but stupid" reaction we're all experiencing.

6.5
Avengers (2018) #30

Sep 24, 2020

When Jason Aaron gets political … well, it ain't exactly Al Ewing's Immortal Hulk. Poor pregnant Starbrand!

6.0
Avengers (2018) #31

Oct 17, 2020

Jason Aaron's Avengers are so divorced from other Marvel titles that they're practically in an alternate universe. And this is another comic that absolutely did not need to take a spin on the artist carousel.

8.0
Avengers (2018) #32

Oct 21, 2020

If the big-picture plot is this grand and exciting, why do the actual adventure arcs turn out so blah?

8.0
Avengers (2018) #33

Nov 9, 2020

I'll admit I enjoyed this. But I feel proper ashamed about it on account of the Thor fight, which was high-grade BS.

6.5
Avengers (2018) #34

Dec 17, 2020

This arc feels like the Platonic archetype of the "apocalypse everybody forgets about after a week" story.

6.5
Avengers (2018) #35

Feb 17, 2021

Khonshu is a terrified, jealous godling, fighting an unending war against multi-Mephisto. Meanwhile, the Avengers score some minor wins and Moon Knight's feeling of being on the wrong side grows. It has good art and some interesting plot ideas, but as ever, "cliched at best" characterization is the Achilles heel that spoils the reading experience.

6.0
Avengers (2018) #36

Mar 1, 2021

Holy non-chronological scene structure, Batman! WAY too complicated for a title that's presented itself as a dumb popcorn comic so far. Also, I've had an epiphany: Jason Aaron has NEVER treated Mjolnir right. Not in this volume, not in his (otherwise formidable) Thor work. The man just don't respect the hammer.

5.5
Avengers (2018) #37

Mar 3, 2021

As a random grab-bag of nifty splash panel ideas, this script is pretty good. As something to read and enjoy, though, it's kinda trash.

7.5
Avengers (2018) #38

Mar 9, 2021

The Avengers stare at future threats, flinty-eyed but passive. Meanwhile, Mephisto is out getting ☠☠☠☠ done. I prefer this volume's "mythos-building" issues to the story arcs between them, but in this one it's painfully clear that the antagonists do a lot more than the heroes. Nice art and dialogue, at least!

6.0
Avengers (2018) #39

Mar 23, 2021

It's the story of Cave-Venger Phoenix. Her origin is cool; her running into one-to-one caveman equivalents of Xavier and the X-Men, not so much. Decent words, good art, and a story that feels more like a contractual obligation than a tale the author wanted to tell. Blah.

7.0
Avengers (2018) #40

Apr 12, 2021

Today in the Aaronvengers AU: It's Contest of Champions, Firechicken Edition! Check your brain at the door, put up your feet, accept your complimentary bag o' popcorn, and root for your favorites! It's a shame to waste Javier Garrón (who is NOT just phoning it in here, this looks gorgeous) on this carnival sideshow. Also, attention Marvel: I am full up on Steve Rogers saying "I can do this all day" in comics, thanks. I could go 12 months, at least, without reading that again. It's not cute, it's not clever, it's not subtle. It's not ripe for deconstruction or irony or repurposing. Just (literally!) give it a rest for a little while.

7.0
Avengers (2018) #41

Apr 30, 2021

Okay, nevermind that "ooh, is Echo going to survive?" nonsense. You tell me RIGHT NOW that Howard the Duck is OK, or ...

6.5
Avengers (2018) #42

May 15, 2021

The Phoenix tournament rolls on, with a few too many characters delivering cute but shallow monologues about their firechicken feelings. Artist Luca Maresca deserves plenty of credit for delivering polished art that is stylistically similar to Javier Garrón's work in the previous issue. Also, Mr. Maresca does a stellar job carrying the story through the fight scenes while the script is staring into its navel. I'm not at all pleased with the opacity of the tournament mechanics. Some eliminated contenders show up A-OK in Avengers Mountain. Does that mean all of the losers are safe? (Yes I am still gravely concerned about Howard the Duck.) My rating was headed up toward green territory -- then the final page pulled that Empire Strikes Back BS. Noooooope, I don't like that.

5.5
Avengers (2018) #43

Jun 17, 2021

There's a place for "Black Panther has a Vibranium grill" and it's in Black Panther Vs. Deadpool, not Avengers.

6.0
Avengers (2018) #44

Aug 7, 2021

New Phoenix's identity is obvious within a page of her narration kicking in. From there to the end, all I was asking was, "Are you gonna do something the Avengers and/or the readers will find meaningful, or are you just gonna spit this updated character into the Bullpen for some other writer to maybe someday develop?" And each page increased my certainty that the answer was the latter. This series is tying up so many good characters, so much good art, so many … passable? … words. And it's accomplishing *so little* with them! *Insert GIF of MCU Thanos saying, "All that for a drop of blood."*

7.0
Avengers (2018) #45

Aug 28, 2021

After King in Black, the Avengers have a busy "day off" during which the Vampire Nation and Echo Phoenix plots get nudged forward. I found two genuinely great developments here: Plotwise, I liked T'Challa and Blade's solution to their Dracula problem; on the character front, I loved Robbie stepping up when Maya needs a friend. And the art was pretty good. But as usual for this title, there was also a cavalcade of weaknesses to tip the scale away from greatness. Very few of the jokes worked for me, there was *way* too much Robbie narration, and the promising "time works differently in Avengers Mountain" idea came in dead on arrival.

7.5
Avengers (2018) #46

Nov 23, 2021

Framed by flash-forwards that reveal the Red Widow's sinister plans, this issue shows how the Winter Guard snatched She-Hulk out of Avengers Mountain. It's a nice clean heist story. The pace is brisk, the art is outstanding. It succeeds through its simplicity. And yet, not for the first time in the volume, the key to making a good comic turns out to be keeping the Avengers out of the driver's seat.

7.5
Avengers (2018) #47

Dec 30, 2021

The Avengers' attempt to rescue She-Hulk from the Winter Guard goes a little sideways. Jen is free, now in "Winter Hulk" mode -- but was she fully or partially brainwashed? It's a pretty talented execution of a pretty "blah" premise. (Although the script is also pretty "blah" on characterization.) The art is stronger than the writing; this is a very pretty issue. But that Winter Hulk design, yikes. She looks like gender-swapped, palette-reversed Santa Claus.

6.5
Avengers (2018) #48

Jan 6, 2022

The Winter Hulk drags Gorilla Man along with her as she goes about her brainwashed assassin business, and he tries desperately, unsuccessfully, to break through to Jen Walters. There's some fancy (if indulgent) prose used to showcase Gorilla Man's depression, and the art still conforms to a high standard (though I suspect Javier Garrón is running low on enthusiasm). The story barely has a nodding acquaintance with the Avengers at this point. This issue is one depressed ape away from being a trainwreck, and no matter how nicely it's done, a nuanced character study of Gorilla Man is not what I was looking for.

7.0
Avengers (2018) #49

Mar 3, 2022

All the schemes within schemes are finally revealed and She-Hulk can (begin to) save the day. The art's pretty good and I actually respect the plot developments. I'm underwhelmed with their delivery, though; the endless expository narration feels like a crutch. Or like I'm having the story explained to me by a third party rather than reading it myself.

7.5
Avengers (2018) #50

Apr 14, 2022

Well, this is a dang hot mess. But a fun one, like a no-kids barbecue with a little too much beer. Even though I should know better, given this title's track record with big-picture plotting, I enjoyed this. I accepted early on that this was gonna be a slide show rather than a cohesive story, and so I just appreciated each of the plot hooks cast out willy-nilly. On the art front, everything is well done, with many formidable panels. But the sheer breadth of the artist roster robs this of the visual integrity it would need to be a truly great art performance. (Nitpick: The voice that Jason Aaron uses for Ka-Zar absolutely drives me up the wall.)

6.0
Avengers (2018) #51

May 7, 2022

Unlike the previous issue, this one is the bad kind of messy. Overblown character melodrama, tons of scenery-chewing by the villains, badly-organized (but nicely-drawn) combat, and nary a meaningful or interesting development to be found. And then there's the Deathloks' dialogue, *good lord*. I counted at least ten eyeball-rolling phrases, from "megaverse" on down to "legion of super Satans." A perfect litany of stupid.

7.0
Avengers (2018) #52

Jun 3, 2022

This issue's action set-piece is just as well-drawn and a bit tighter-plotted than the last one. The character work is a wash for me. I love this treatment of Cap and his attempt to teach the Starbrand. But on the flip side, I don't think she learns enough and I pretty much hate her; she's unbearably (literally) xenophobic almost all the time. What tips the scales is that the Deathloks' prophesying sounds a lot less stupid this time around, so I'm rating #52 higher than #51.

7.5
Avengers (2018) #53

Jul 1, 2022

The plot developments just get dumber and dumber, but dang if they don't explode across the panels in cinematic popcorn-chompin' glory. Li'l Thanos sounds incredibly creepy, too. Once again this title manages to meet my incredibly low expectations. (And once again, the Deathlok is my least favorite part of the story.)

6.5
Avengers (2018) #54

Aug 4, 2022

This arc trails off to a rather inconclusive end. The game's not over; it's just halftime and the bad guys are ahead on points. Storytelling is relentlessly adequate all around. The script is nicely structured, but few lines stand out as really memorable. The art is highly polished, but its style also looks dated (not in a "classic retro" way, either). I'm still interested in the big-picture plot, sort of, but the way this issue pulls back at the end reminds me of how many moving parts there are and how truly dumb some of them are. I'll throw in the caveat that I think this arc would read much better in one TPB sitting than it did spread across 4 months.

6.5
Avengers (2018) #55

Oct 29, 2022

This issue features solid writing and very good art, but those storytelling skills don't get a lot of content to work with. The Serpent Society is utterly forgettable here, and I really dislike how Mephisto pops into the 2nd act solely to remind readers that he exists (that DPS of his variants is gorgeous, though!). What this boils down to is a "roster shuffle" issue. This is a grand old Avengers tradition; that doesn't bump my opinion of it any higher than "average at best."

8.5
Avengers (2018) #56

Dec 22, 2022

I was never one of those Grognards with an existential objection to Jane Fos-Thor. I loved her from the beginning to the end and at every point along the way (with a few exceptions, like that time she got sidetracked playing with Shi'ar gods, yeesh). So this lovely little check-in with the Goddess of Thunder is a delight. I think it's a lot more than just pandering for the character's stans, too; the premise is great. This experience really throws a monkey wrench into the psyche of Valkyrie-Jane. The prose could be a little more polished but I think the art is perfect. The cartoony touches suit a too-good-to-be-true fantasy; after the fantasy's over, Mr. Garrón does an incredible job bringing Jane's inner turmoil up into her face. The long game of Mr. Aaron's Avengers remains a disorganized, joyless mess. But sometimes, when he drills down to fiddle with individual game-pieces (i.e. characters), he strikes sparks of joy that can elevate individual issues tremendously.

6.0
Avengers (2018) #57

Jan 2, 2023

As of the last issue of Avengers Forever, I was enjoying these weird little character vignettes. But this is the straw that broke my camel's back. Forward plot motion, forward plot motion, my kingdom for some forward plot motion! What's ironic is that I'd love this issue in a different context. The art is good, the war gear is well-researched, and the two-fisted Nazi-demon-fightin' action is fun. (I groused a bit about soldiers shipwrecked in the Irish Sea washing up on a tropical island, though.) I'm just done with this speculative crap in the Avengers is all. If Jason Aaron wants to keep writing up every random AU brainstorm he has, fine. Give him an "Avengers What If?" title and let him write it 'til his heart explodes. But give the Avengers-Avengers to somebody who can hit more than 2 plot points a year.

6.0
Avengers (2018) #58

Jan 9, 2023

7.5
Avengers (2018) #59

Jan 17, 2023

Looks like I bucked the trend by breaking and rallying earlier than most readers. The last 2 issues beat me down, but by the time I picked this one up, my tolerance for "fun stupid" one-off adventures had grown back. I wound up enjoying it quite a bit. And objectively, maybe these Ole West Avengers bring a little more potential to the table than the Ghost Ronin did. I think the author and the artist put a little more sweat into telling their story, anyway.

7.5
Avengers (2018) #60

Feb 26, 2023

a) Shouldn't this be a Thunderbolts issue? Or, even better, an AXE: Hawkeye one-shot? b) Do you think Mark Russel digested even as much as 50 words describing the premise of the event? That snark aside, what we've got here is a cute, fluffy little morality play. It's got some good jokes and some sound (not deep) thinking about right and wrong. It exists in *such* a bubble, though (and it *is* still drawn by Greg Land), that it really doesn't have a prayer of being taken as seriously as it hopes to be.

6.0
Avengers (2018) #61

Apr 12, 2023

To quote Peter Stack, "My tears stuck in their little ducts, refusing to be jerked."

6.5
Avengers (2018) #62

May 7, 2023

It's a cromulent build-up for the climactic finale, but the sheer length and twistiness of the road that's brought us here has me exhausted even before we start. And though there's a basic logic to all the Cave-Venger philosophy and character work here, there's not a lot of depth. Plus I'm quite infuriated by the "Agamotto's backstory? Who knows LOL" routine.

7.5
Avengers (2018) #63

Aug 10, 2023

The Great Big Fight is a messy, montage-y affair, and the way plot and character details are scattered about like seeds in the wind could be disastrous. But this issue has 2 hooks hoisting the reading experience high (by this title's standards). First, the art is a real tour-de-force of dynamic action and intricate detail. And second, there's the solid narration provided by the Cave Rider as he takes the point of view. The Rider's characterization isn't particularly novel or deep, but it does seem sincere. (I dunno. I've given this title my fair share of red-dot ratings, but issue by issue, I seem to be out of phase with the consensus view.)

6.5
Avengers (2018) #64

Oct 14, 2023

The script has some decent lines and plot beats. The art remains formidable (although some panels get a bit cramped and busy). The storytelling is pretty messy, though, in terms of both script structure and visual narrative. There are so many moving parts here. And what's come before has failed to make me care enough to overlook the vague parts, dropped balls, and too-distant callbacks.

5.5
Avengers (2018) #65

Jan 18, 2024

Avenger Prime's story gets told with decent talent, particularly in the art. But neither the premise nor the execution are good enough to outweigh the bigger problems, like this flashback throwing the whole story into a holding pattern or the fact that every significant development in the "Avengers Assemble" arc has been painfully predictable.

8.0
Avengers (2018) Annual #1

Jan 4, 2022

Captain America and Iron Man catch the creation of a brand new Infinity Person when the Soul Stone lands in an endearing young robot. And the B-strip finally brings Fury and Star to where they needed to be a month ago for Black Cat #8 (way to schedule, Marvel!). I like Multitude, the new Stone-holder, and I like this introduction to him. The script is wordy, but a lot of the words are great. The art is clean and sharp and very well-defined. This issue couldn't possibly redeem some of the previous stinkers in Infinite Destinies -- but it's fun and smart enough to justify itself.

6.0
Avengers (2018): Halloween Special #1  
4.0
Avengers Assemble (2022): Alpha #1

Jul 9, 2023

It's either a decent story poorly told, or a poor story decently told. Either way you slice it, it's a weak start to the climax of a years-long saga.

4.5
Avengers Beyond (2023) #1  
7.5
Avengers Forever (2021) #1

May 7, 2022

What if variant Avengers got stuck in a Dethklok video? Impeccably drawn, with prose carved straight from a giant block of cheese. Hope is *literally* a curse word? Oy. Guiltiest of guilty pleasures.

7.5
Avengers Forever (2021) #2

Jun 15, 2022

This comic aims for grimdark in the same over-the-top, tongue-in-cheek way as anything in the WH40K mythos. The torture porn does have a point, be it heavy-handed and simplistic: This pain is forging Robbie into something new. The art's impressive, particularly as a collaboration. If the title page didn't tell me, I'd probably never guess this was a team effort. It's another guilty pleasure, like the last issue, but with a refreshingly different flavor of stupid. I guess I'll just have to see how long the variety holds up.

7.5
Avengers Forever (2021) #3

Jul 13, 2022

It comes across as it should, as a noisy, splashy action extravaganza. Rock-solid art (both in character designs and in execution of the action scenes) helps sell it; there's even some good dialogue. But it remains (for me at least) a fundamentally stupid story. I single out this Tony Stark variant as particularly annoying -- too many alcoholism jokes and too much goofiness cribbed from MCU Scott Lang.

7.0
Avengers Forever (2021) #4

Aug 19, 2022

The art has a high degree of polish, but it's applied to weak bones. There's some embarrassing anatomy lurking in multiple panels. The words feel like "cruise control epic," a somewhat pro-forma performance. The saving grace is that this issue does plot development in spades, genuinely shaking up the status quo and giving Jason Aaron's often-digressive Avengers saga the backside boot it needs.

7.5
Avengers Forever (2021) #5

Nov 22, 2022

Well, this is a hell of a wind-up; it's a pity the resulting pitch is a somewhat-disappointing slow lob. Doom Supreme is revealed to have an awesome modus operandi -- but for motivation, all he gets is a vaguely-foreshadowed retread of the usual "only I can save the world, and I can't be bothered to tell you why" stuff Doom's been doing for decades. Even if it finishes with a bit of a letdown, it's still a fun interlude -- well-drawn and featuring plenty of meaty scenery-chewing monologuing -- in the sprawling, ridiculously uneven landscape of Aaron's Avengers.

7.5
Avengers Forever (2021) #6

Dec 28, 2022

Jason Aaron seems to be fixated on character vignettes and origin stories right now. This example -- a variant T'Challa cribbing story ideas from a host of different superheroes -- is shallow but fun. The premise will support an origin issue and maybe a few spotlight scenes further on, but not more than that. The art features solid (if not groundbreaking) bones and a semi-cartoony finish that I really like. The language is melodramatic and corny, but it doesn't get tiresome. Mashing up Black Panther, Spider-Man, Iron Man, Adam Warlock, and Superman (!) shouldn't work at all, but here, it does, albeit in a fluffy "don't think about this too hard" way.

6.5
Avengers Forever (2021) #7

Jan 6, 2023

It's a simple, solid execution of a *very* simple pitch. The art is strong and the script is tight and speedy. There are some good jokes. It's aggressively not deep, but it's fun in a popcorn-y kind of way. I nearly rated it into the basement of "good comics" territory. Then The Question hit me: Is there anything LESS "Captain America" than kidnapping someone and forcing them to be a soldier without their knowledge or consent? The twist ending practically slaps me in the face with that question. There's ways to address it that would satisfy me; I might even be thrilled with an inventive, thoughtful examination -- and it need not be a long one. But I know it's never gonna get a moment's thought from this author. And that's how a comic slips under the "fun stupid" bar and turns "insulting stupid" for me.

7.0
Avengers Forever (2021) #8

Jan 27, 2023

It looks beautiful in a gritty but highly-refined way. The script is simple, but not bad-simple. I give the author credit for pushing a couple ideas beyond the basic "Thor, but like Iron Fist" elevator pitch. Not a *ton* of credit, because he didn't go *that* far beyond, but this is more than minimum effort.

7.5
Avengers Forever (2021) #9

Feb 26, 2023

It's #7 all over again, but with Captain Marvel instead of Captain America. I rate this one higher despite it being a retread because the formula's been tweaked to fit Carol. (And the art is great.) And most importantly, this time around, the good-guy variants aren't ACTIVELY IMPRISONING THE PROTAGONIST. (Looks like I'm never not gonna be raw about that.)

7.5
Avengers Forever (2021) #10

Apr 26, 2023

On the script front, a little long-awaited clarity about the big picture plot combines with a solid (sappy, but solid) character development story for Ant-Tony to deliver a healthy serving of content here. On the art front, while it's clear that Jim Towe is the backup artist called in when Aaron Kuder needs a break, the visuals are at least clear and functional. I'm getting a little interested now that the Masters of Evil story is finally heading toward meaningful conflict. MAN, what a slog to get here, though! Has Jason Aaron always had these infuriating pacing issues? Did I not notice them in his Thor run because I read that in big chunks instead of monthly issues?

5.5
Avengers Forever (2021) #11

May 25, 2023

Another comic runs afoul of the Eight Deadly Words.

6.0
Avengers Forever (2021) #12

Aug 30, 2023

The character work and humor are decent for a big climactic fight comic, but no more than decent. When it comes to plot, the artists might as well be working from 2 sentences. The fact that they spin some gold out of that straw is the only thing keeping this issue in "average" territory for me.

5.0
Avengers Forever (2021) #13

Dec 26, 2023

Good twist > bad twist > no twist > untwist. And this issue delivers not one but two terrible untwists.

6.0
Avengers Forever (2021) #14

Apr 16, 2024

As the Big Dumb Fight™ rolls on, still hard to care about, the creators invest a lot of effort in personalizing things with a tragic loss on the battlefield. The art has its moments of excellence, the prose is deadly earnest, and together they create some memorable moments. But the grab for the reader's heartstrings is so obviously artificial (and simplistic) that it's self-defeating. Saltier take: This hypothetically-epic battle is built by taking some Avengers Endgame and mixing it up with some Return of the King and a dash of Revenge of the Sith.

7.0
Avengers of the Wastelands #1

Sep 24, 2020

Dwight the new Ant-Man brings Dr. Doom troubles to the doorstep of Bruce Banner Jr. and Dani Cage. I think it's a perfectly cromulent story and a rational continuation of the OML/DML setting. But there's just not enough intrinsic excitement in the storytelling to compel a reader's interest; this is a real "take it or leave it" comic whose subjective quality depends mainly on how much enthusiasm you bring in with you. I liked a lot of the character art!

6.5
Avengers of the Wastelands #2

Oct 17, 2020

Fake Cap's origin story (he's a rebellious Doom lackey) is the highlight of this first installment of the heroes' weird west road trip. The plot's logical and the pace is good, but nothing here really hooked me.

6.5
Avengers of the Wastelands #3

Oct 21, 2020

It's a competently-told story that nobody particularly wants or needs to read. It's a pity; there are some strong points. I particularly like Jonas Scharf's art style; it's a good match for a post-apocalyptic setting.

5.0
Avengers of the Wastelands #4

Dec 19, 2020

For me, this comic falls victim to the eight deadly words: "I don't care what happens to these people." The storytelling's decent but I just cannot work up an interest in what happens next.

5.0
Avengers of the Wastelands #5

Feb 20, 2021

I suppose it's possible to take a cliche premise like "villain with a chronic illness wants to die in glorious battle rather than bed" and turn it into a good story. This series did not do it.

6.5
Avengers: 1,000,000 B.C. #1

Jan 24, 2023

It's drawn very nicely and written pretty well (although the pace drags a bit). It fits with eminent logic into all the foreshadowing the author's done about this secret origin. And it just doesn't light the slightest spark of excitement in me.

7.0
Avengers: Back To Basics #1

Sep 20, 2018

On a wintry day, Ms. Marvel's inspired to dig into Avengers history. She's watching a rollicking Thor-Hulk-Iron-Man vs. Disir & Fenris story of Ragnarok. It takes the story a little while to find its feet, but it's quite compelling when it does. It develops a "welcome to Marvel" tone that's perfect for all-ages readers or MCU fans. I am hoping that Kamala gets more to do - and gets drawn better - in future issues. This first one did just enough to hook my attention and keep me reading. There's a nice spread of humor - everything from slapstick to wordplay to dramatic irony.

4.0
Avengers: Edge of Infinity #1  
6.0
Avengers: Loki Unleashed! (2019) #1  
6.0
Avengers: Mech Strike (2021) #1

May 15, 2021

A "greatest hits" Avengers team just barely manages to clobber a biomechanical kaiju. Tony preps them for the next round with big Vibranium robot-suits. I respect the creative work that went into this, particularly the scrupulous art. But it's *such* a loser of a premise. "Mecha fighting kaiju" feels fundamentally un-Marvel. The mech designs are mighty clunky, and the kaiju antagonists aren't that exciting, either. The fact that each Avenger gets an action figure accessory to go along with their robot feels very toyetic, very 80s. And those are not, unfortunately, good feelings.

5.5
Avengers: Mech Strike (2021) #2

Jun 17, 2021

It's not bad per se, it's just dishwater dull.

5.0
Avengers: Mech Strike (2021) #3

Aug 7, 2021

As Kang plunges Earth into cross-time chaos, the Avengers battle and regroup and find themselves in the dubious care of a dubious ally. I feel bad for Carlos Magno. This is obviously a passion project for him. He pours scads of effort into his mecha-battle scenes. Jed MacKay adjusts the script accordingly, moving slow and leaving plenty of space for visual spectacle. But the finished results just. Aren't. Interesting. At all.

6.0
Avengers: Mech Strike (2021) #4

Nov 22, 2021

The Avengers' Hail Mary against Kang doesn't go well, costing them their unseemly ally Thanos. Look, Carlos Magno just wants to draw giant robots fighting monsters. And Jed MacKay just wants to write Avengers sassing each other. They do these things well enough to make up for the book's deficiencies -- barely -- and hold overall quality at average.

4.0
Avengers: Mech Strike (2021) #5

Dec 23, 2021

Black Panther uses cosmic Eternity power to pull off the most cliched of all time travel victories while his teammates have a filler-fight with their deadly-dull monster doppelgangers. I expected very little from this finale but *wow* was this still a huge disappointment. I wonder if there was a little creator friction at work here. Dialogue at the start and finish suggests the Avengers need to destroy Kang's tech while he's distracted. But in the middle, all they actually get to do is beat on those bland, ugly monster-vengers. Almost like *somebody* insisted on drawing that stupid fight. And this comic does a perfect job of rendering Black Panther's final assertion -- that the day was saved by Avengers bravery, not cosmic power -- entirely false. Ugh.

9.0
Avengers: No Road Home #1

Sep 2, 2019

Voyager returns to assemble a new Avengers team when a sinister force snuffs out every sun in the universe. Hercules is the central hero, but there's admirable attention paid to all his new teammates. The Big Problem comes together in a compelling way, the antagonist is full of promise, and the art is gorgeous stuff. This is very much a sequel to No Surrender - but at the start, it steers well clear of mistakes that held that story back.

7.0
Avengers: No Road Home #2

Sep 9, 2019

8.0
Avengers: No Road Home #3

Sep 9, 2019

Two teams of Avengers find two of Nyx's MacGuffin crystals (and Rocket straight-up calls one a MacGuffin, which is indicative of the overall tone). It's pretty clear this script was split between two different writers, but each part plays well to a different strength: Canny character work on Rocket's team, twisty plotting on Herc's team.

8.5
Avengers: No Road Home #4

Sep 19, 2019

Nyx easily lifts her first MacGuffin from the Avengers, but her son encounters trouble in Nightmare's Realm. And those contemporary developments are the b-story, woven with considerable scripting artistry into Nyx's own telling of her origin. It reaches for the mythic and gets a danged good grasp on it. An artist changeup helps the effort, bringing a fresh take to the characters that balances nicely between novelty and consistency.

8.5
Avengers: No Road Home #5

Sep 28, 2019

The Avengers manage to throw some middle-act roadblocks down in front of Nyx, but circumstances still look mighty desperate. The script is less mythic than the last issue, but it makes up for it with some excellent twists. The art is still splendid on the characters, but it misses some potential in the action. The Spectrum-Witch combo magic deal, specifically, risks seeming overblown because the situation making it necessary -- Nyx holding the Avengers in a darkness bubble -- is too easy to miss.

9.5
Avengers: No Road Home #6

Sep 30, 2019

Wanda has an all-out Conan adventure as the Cimmerian joins her quest for Nyx's shard. It is certainly different but also certainly great; Conan couldn't ask for a better reintroduction to the Marvel universe. Tons of fun in itself and strongly linked to series' larger story, this might be No Road Home's high-water mark. This issue delivers big on characterization as well as action; it sketches a fine portrait of Conan and carves out a fascinating place in his world for Wanda. Exceptional art, too.

8.0
Avengers: No Road Home #7

Oct 9, 2019

Monica's canny leadership reunites the team, but they fail to stop Nyx from claiming one of her MacGuffin crystals. The POV characterization on Monica is incredibly great. A real treat for fans of the character, and a generally good read for anybody who's invested in the series.

6.5
Avengers: No Road Home #8

Oct 15, 2019

Hercules triumphs over despair - which is really kind of his Whole Deal - and Hulk pays for his hubris as the whole shebang climbs toward a climax.

6.5
Avengers: No Road Home #9

Oct 31, 2019

9.0
Avengers: No Road Home #10

Oct 31, 2019

Vision defeats Nyx by comprehending the full potential of the Mystery House, revealed here as the House of Ideas. 80 years of Marvel team up to clobber her. A deus ex machina? A feel-good "power of friendship" victory? Sure. But it is crafted with SUPERB skill, and there's no reason to shy away from it unless you're in one of those adolescent moods where optimism makes you break out in hives. The epilogue with all the status quo updates is more hit-and-miss, but some of the hooks for future stories are mighty sharp.

5.0
Avengers: Shards of Infinity #1

Oct 17, 2018

A rather promising new world domination group is wasted in this incredibly simplistic "Avengers save the world" one-shot. The target audience is surely young; that does not excuse the 40-year throwback to "let us narrate all our heroics" dialogue. Very fine art does elevate the proceedings. This isn't something an adult fan would feel satisfied paying for. If you happen to have a young kiddo who loves the MCU movies and wants to dip her feet in comics for the first time, though, load this on MU and hand your tablet over.

7.0
Avengers: Tech-On #1

Dec 31, 2021

Red Skull uses Infinity MacGuffins to de-power all the world's superheroes. The solution is (eventually) sentai-style Stark power armor for everybody. The cynical reaction is to say that the artist is 200-300% more invested in this than the author. But a more charitable take is that this simplistic script makes a perfectly adequate vehicle for delivering some gorgeous visuals. Personal anecdote digression: Whenever a comics writer unironically puts "I think not!" in their dialogue, I remember an ancient Dave Barry column about his son playing Masters of the Universe. Every fight ended with the boy declaring, "I think not!" in his deepest 6-year-old He-Man voice and then using the He-Man figure to knock the Skeletor figure across the room.

6.0
Avengers: Tech-On #2

Jan 11, 2022

Red Skull keeps the Avengers hopping by dropping a giant Venom on Yokohama. Tony has to reveal the new armor's powerful but risky turbo mode ("Do Hatsu") to defeat it. This is a perfectly adequate execution of a very silly premise. I have no problem with silly premises, but every time I started to really enjoy myself here, there was some storytelling fumble -- a lazily-written line, a badly-blocked panel -- to smack my wrist and say, "no no, just adequate." (Blocking issues aside, the character/armor/mech art remains fantastic.)

5.5
Avengers: Tech-On #3

Feb 16, 2022

Mecha-Loki menaces the Avengers, Tony Stark pulls out an unlikely counter, the day is saved, Red Skull lines up the next threat. This is developing into a real "lather rinse repeat" comic, and the novelty of exquisitely-designed mecha is starting to wear thin.

6.0
Avengers: Tech-On #4

Mar 21, 2022

It's another WYSIWYG episode of this series, where lazy plotting is balanced out by intricate art to produce a perfectly average result.

5.5
Avengers: Tech-On #5

May 7, 2022

As the plot bends toward a climax, the real limitation of this series' "good enough" storytelling becomes clear. There's no tension and no investment in what happens -- at least, these comics haven't gotten *me* invested. Even the artwork is slightly disappointing this time around. There's still lots of talent and hard work on display, but the action scenes aren't as clear and powerful as they could be.

4.5
Avengers: Tech-On #6

Jun 29, 2022

While the art continues to impress -- some -- with its intricate character designs, the script sinks to the bottom of the barrel, rolling out a by-the-numbers plot with incredibly cliched dialogue. The kids playing with the toys will come up with more inventive plots and characterization than this.

8.0
Avengers: War Across Time (2023) #1

Nov 10, 2023

This super-retro story surely isn't everyone's cup of tea. But it is mine. I'm not an Alan Davis fan, but I found his work impeccable here. It has tons of detail and polish, and he definitely made an effort to employ Kirby/Heck principles in blocking and posing. Paul Levitz's script takes a curious approach to honoring Stan Lee's style. It's not as verbose (thank goodness) and the plotting is more rational. But it still features some of the less-lovable features of 1964, e.g., Jan is a flirtatious airhead (but also a fearless fighter) and the final scene is an abrupt mess full of plotholes. Silver Age super-dorkery: I thought Levitz and Davis screwed up the 1964 Mjolnir rules. And they did; if Thor becomes Donald Blake, then Mjolnir should become Blake's walking stick. It doesn't here. But Lee and Heck made the same mistake in Avengers #11, so let's call it an homage.

7.5
Avengers: War Across Time (2023) #2

Mar 7, 2024

This is a loving, finely-crafted example of an awful thing that happened a lot in the Silver Age: the left-field, tall-grass plot derailment. It's still entertaining thanks to the great storytelling and the brisk pace. What I would have preferred, though, was a satirical/deconstructive edge. Yeah, superheroes used to randomly lose interest and bail out of stories in the 60s. How about giving us an insightful/funny look at *why* instead of merely replicating the phenomenon in the comics equivalent of HD? Saltier/sillier take on what just happened: "Dammit, Jack, we were supposed to be fighting Kang this month." "Yeah, but I really felt like drawing some more Norse stuff."

7.0
Ben Reilly: Spider-Man (2022) #1

Jun 3, 2022

I get that this is a treat for readers who grew up with Ben Reilly as "their" Spider-Man, and I see that includes a lot of the users here. But that's not me. I appreciate that this issue gives me a thorough rundown on the Clone Saga mess and how it's affecting Ben at this moment. That background does slow the pace, though. I'm usually all for clarity in comics but this issue shows you can have too much of a good thing. I also like thematic links -- places where the author shows you how different story elements are related. There's a lot of that going on here, but not done with any subtlety. The graveyard scene, for example, feels like Mr. DeMatteis is screaming "Ben! And! Carrion! Have! Very! Similar! Feelings! Right! Now!" while punctuating each word with a face-punch. Aside from the pace, the prose is pretty good. As is the art. The tone is relentlessly broody and hardboiled, though -- a (subjectively) unwelcome throwback to one of 90s comics' subtler problems. It's got loads of dark style, but not a lot of thoughtful substance, which is a poor recipe for "mature" storytelling.

7.5
Ben Reilly: Spider-Man (2022) #2

Jul 13, 2022

I'm neither disappointed nor impressed by the plot and character developments. They make sense, they work, they're not thrilling to me. What *is* impressive is the way the content is presented. The art's really strong. The prose is decent; the structure of the script is formidable. All those layered scenes could be a hideous mess -- but they aren't.

7.5
Ben Reilly: Spider-Man (2022) #3

Aug 19, 2022

This issue holds up the title's consistent visual excellence; it's always fun to look at. On the writing side, though, this is a flip-flop of the last issue for me. #2 was structurally impressive but the content didn't hook me. Here, a much more problematic structure (wonky pace, excessive narration) succeeds in capturing my interest. Submerging the point of view deep inside Ben Reilly's head pays off. The slow development of the plot matters to me more because the author's showing me why it matters to the protagonist. Also, this issue's lettercol -- along with its story -- helps me understand Ben Reilly's appeal. For certain readers in the 90s, Ben was a much more relatable protagonist than Peter Parker. I begin to see how he could capture someone's "favorite spider" slot.

8.0
Ben Reilly: Spider-Man (2022) #4

Nov 22, 2022

I don't think this is a particularly impressive issue in terms of content. Ben's epiphany is pretty feeble, so is Spidercide's motivation, and the fake-out conclusion is underwhelming even when it's revealed to be a fake-out. But I *am* calling this a good comic, because I'm really impressed with the storytelling tricks used to build a mountain out of that molehill of content. The script is very dense, layering inner monologue on top of dialogue and action, but it never loses the thread. It's remarkably clear. The art's formidable, too, keeping the story active and urgent when Ben's navel-gazing might otherwise slow it down.

8.0
Ben Reilly: Spider-Man (2022) #5

Dec 28, 2022

The creators tie a tidy, well-illustrated bow on this little story. There's solid character growth all over the place, good fight scenes, and consistent themes tying the characters together. That consistency still tends to make the character work feel a little repetitive, but that's a very minor fault. I like seeing creators reach for daring goals. But this series reminds me that it's also fun to see experienced folks work with utter confidence inside their wheelhouse.

6.0
Ben Reilly: The Scarlet Spider #1

Nov 4, 2017

Meet Ben Reilly, pants-on-head-crazy survivor of the Clone Conspiracy debacle, currently psycho-ing it up in Vegas with an over-righteous Kaine on his tail. I am putting a *lot* of faith in Peter David when I say this comic shows promise. He invests so much skill in stressing Reilly's anti-heroic qualities here that it's tempting to write him off as irredeemable. (He also sabotages his own attempts at humor by undercutting them with Reilly's psychological damage.) Some very rushed art from Mark Bagley and questionable design choices on the new Scarlet Spider costume also contribute to the hesitant "where are we going" feel that makes this a hard comic to like.

6.0
Ben Reilly: The Scarlet Spider #2

Dec 3, 2017

Ben dances into a very delicate blackmail situation while Kaine does horrible things to track him down. Peter David has ratcheted back Ben's Deadpool-iness by about 60 percent, something I *really* appreciate. He's also scripted a nasty torture scene for Kaine - as in using the threat of waterboarding to get information out of a semi-innocent character - so it's clear that both of our main characters are, morally speaking, painted in shades of gray. I like the balance developing between them, but this title is still wandering in search of an x-factor to make it great. #2 is definitely a better read than #1, though.

6.0
Ben Reilly: The Scarlet Spider #3

Jan 5, 2018

The solicit isn't wrong: Ben getting his classic costume back is the highpoint of the issue. Isn't that a bit sad? While Peter David's protagonist characterization has firmed up considerably, the plot has slowed to a snail's pace. There are fights a-plenty and 20 pages get filled up with action and dialogue, but we don't seem to have moved forward very far from where we were a month ago.

6.0
Ben Reilly: The Scarlet Spider #4

Jan 5, 2018

Kaine gets mistaken for Ben Reilly and gets a closer look at his Vegas doings. He doesn't see anything that sways him from his quest to kill his clone-bro, and that fight's on deck for the next issue. "Prince and Pauper" games are always an option when your two main characters are clones, but Peter David doesn't make this example all that memorable. It's paced slowly and offers little in the way of character revelations - Kaine is murderously vengeful, Ben is slimy and still way too villain-ish - and adding complications to casino owner Cassandra Mercury's B-story is a real non-starter. At least Mark Bagley makes it all look nice, but not even his talented pencil can turn this into a book I care about.

7.0
Ben Reilly: The Scarlet Spider #5

Feb 3, 2018

A knockdown Kaine/Reilly fight pushes this book higher than it's ever been. Turning the show over to Mark Bagley and saying, "Spider-fight. Vegas. Use your imagination," turns out to be solid gold scripting, and the results are beautiful. There's just enough dialogue and plot development happening along with the pretty pictures to satisfy. Even Cassandra Mercury's side-plot is fighty and interesting this month.

7.0
Ben Reilly: The Scarlet Spider #6

Mar 11, 2018

Kaine instantly regrets showing mercy to Ben, but Ben's been distracted by new business with the mysterious Marlo Chandler-Jones. Except if that's really Marlo, I'll eat a hoodie. Didn't Peter David recently repurpose Atropos as a reality-warper villain in Spider-Man 2099? (Pre-Hindsight: My guess is mistaken, but I like it so much I'm preserving it anyway. Turns out, we're *supposed* to pull out our Peter David Character Concordance and look at Marlo's shenanigans in Captain Marvel and Chaos War to figure out what this "Marlo's" arrival might portend.) Will Sliney's art is … man, I hated his art on 2099. Yet this issue's visuals work for me. Mr. Sliney is still Marvel's biggest SketchUp fan when it comes to backgrounds, but his characters here look refreshingly human. The contrast between digital and manual work is minimized and Mr. Sliney blends the two into a cool, cohesive style that makes superb use of detail.

8.0
Ben Reilly: The Scarlet Spider #7

Mar 30, 2018

Marlo isn't Marlo; she's Death, and she's stopped by Vegas to lay some heavy ☠☠☠☠ on Ben Reilly. This wild existential ride is a bit of a head-popper, but it's an excellent - and archetypally Peter David - way to rehabilitate an anti-heroic character and give him reasons to do better. Will Sliney's art continues to surprise me positively; I appreciate the extra effort he invested here in making Ben's expressions suitably gob-smacked while chatting with Death.

7.0
Ben Reilly: The Scarlet Spider #8

Apr 7, 2018

Peter David pulls the trigger and jumps his setting into the post-Secret-Empire "ruined Vegas" status quo. Coming along for the ride are some old faces in the form of the Slingers - wasn't some of them supposed to be dead? Well, we did just get a Significant Visit from Death herself last month … This issue delivers a nicely-sized piece of plot development and some decent characterization. After several issues of sterling performance, Will Sliney's art backslides a little. Poses get stiff and everything is looking sterile again. Tipping a few skyscrapers over in the computer-generated backgrounds does a poor job of suggesting that this is a post-apocalyptic Vegas.

6.0
Ben Reilly: The Scarlet Spider #9

May 7, 2018

Ricochet appoints himself as Ben's heroic team-up buddy and they pursue the Hornet. There's a decent plot unfolding along with a little mystery foreshadowing and some low-grade comic relief. The art is leaving me cold again, and when it comes to settings, the visuals combine with the script to paint a fundamentally unbelievable portrait of a "sorta devastated but not really" Vegas that's less satisfying than just pretending the Secret Empire bombing didn't happen. Plus, Will Sliney draws about a thousand portraits of Ben and Ricochet lunging about in spread-legged jackknife splits - it happens often enough to qualify as a running gag, but it's not funny. These are nits I would not be picking at if the main story did a better job of engaging my attention.

7.0
Ben Reilly: The Scarlet Spider #10

Jun 9, 2018

Ben scores a second-act win against the Hornet and his boss, Silas Thorne. The Slingers can't tell if Ben is good or evil. Peter David's script delivers satisfying developments on the main Ben storyline, but all the sub-plots are growing like unchecked weeds. Will Sliney's art remains great at impressive static shots and bad at conveying motion. This is the third issue that's featured his fancy SketchUp model of a big rooftop HVAC unit. Is this some kind of crazy subliminal ad telling me to buy a gigantic industrial air conditioner? On a corporate marketing level, it's hugely disingenuous to put this issue in a Legacy cover and pretend it's any sort of a jumping-on point.

6.0
Ben Reilly: The Scarlet Spider #11

Jun 23, 2018

Ben has a repetitive chat with Death, the Slingers decide to stick the Scarlet Spider on their enemies list, and Cassandra slides into the middle of the conflict just after (mostly) figuring out Ben's secret identity. The plot is sauntering casually in a cool direction, but at this pace it'll take ages to finish. André Lima Araújo is the issue's guest artist. Even though I've acquired a taste for his distinctive (or dumpy, if you're a hater) art, I believe it makes a generally poor choice for fill-in work and in this title it's an especially bad fit.

7.0
Ben Reilly: The Scarlet Spider #12

Jul 11, 2018

Peter David strikes gold by teaming up Ben and Kaine to tackle the Sketchy Slingers together. Will he recognize the glitter and incorporate more double-spider action in the future, or is this a fluke? The issue finishes on a "bam, surprise continuity porn villain" note. I dislike that trick in general and find this example to be particularly weak. Another promising point is Will Sliney trying a hand-crafted art style, for a change. His subtle portrayal of Dusk is excellent, but some of his other gambles turn out less successful. This feels like a turning point in both words and art; I think this title's about to get either *really* good or *really* bad.

8.0
Ben Reilly: The Scarlet Spider #13

Aug 12, 2018

Slate saves Cassandra, the Spiders and Slingers team up productively to defeat their demonic opponents, and a couple good hooks for future stories are deployed. Peter David's script is short on flaws and Will Sliney's more organic, engaged style continues to impress. I dunno if he got a paycheck bump or what, but the leaps and bounds his art has taken in the last few issues are truly amazing.

5.0
Ben Reilly: The Scarlet Spider #14

Sep 6, 2018

Ben burns the title's Mysterio connection to kindle a tiny moment of empathy and Kaine executes a flagrantly filler-y fight with the Hippo. The Hippo's nice and goofy and deep-cut-y and all, but his role here could be filled by literally any big bruiser baddie. Art, plot, and dialogue are all trying to skate on the lower bound of "acceptable" and the combination doesn't quite satisfy me. Where it really stands out is in exemplifying a skippable comic.

6.0
Ben Reilly: The Scarlet Spider #15

Oct 8, 2018

Ben discovers a tiny new sliver of information about the Diogenes Initiative before Damnation drops over him like a flash flood. All the balance of the issue does is explain Ben's militaristic appearance when he shows up in Damnation #2. The script cracks some jokes, but it's clearly settling into cruise control mode. The art remains at its new, higher standard. This is a fun, visually-pleasing read, but a thoroughly inconsequential one.

7.0
Ben Reilly: The Scarlet Spider #16

Oct 8, 2018

Mephisto @%$#s with Ben for 20 pages and our prize idiot falls for the devil's "I can make it all better" line. It has quality art and corny humor, but the mood suffers severe whiplash. The majority of the book is about as serious as Adam West Batman trying to dispose of a bomb, and then the end goes midnight-dark. It's impossible to say whether Peter David is treating Damnation seriously or making a big joke of it all; this installment veers hard, at the last minute, toward the former.

7.0
Ben Reilly: The Scarlet Spider #17

Nov 10, 2018

A tricky issue to asses. The back half features another excellent Ben-Kaine fight, but the first half is unbelievably indulgent. It's Ben belatedly doing the soul-searching he should have done BEFORE shaking Mephisto's hand. But then, that's Ben Reilly all over, isn't it? Making ridiculously wrong decisions and then second-guessing himself a little too late? The art sticks to its high standard of character rendering, but this issue's layouts look perfunctory. There's a memorable (bad memorable) splash page of the Midnight Sons fighting the Ghost Avengers that features a heap of great character drawings - a literal heap, without rhyme or reason.

7.5
Ben Reilly: The Scarlet Spider #18

Dec 3, 2018

The foreshadowing about Mysterio retiring in Vegas pays off as his daughter makes a supervillain-y debut with a nice magic angle. Both Spiders are roped into investigating her, with Dusk along for the ride. I like this issue's status quo - both Ben and Kaine are trying to push individual plots forward before Mysteria grabs their attention - but sweeping Damnation so thoroughly under the rug feels wrong. So does this issue's pace. Every scene goes on a page longer than it really needs to, suggesting the story as a whole came up short. I love the art, big break though it is from the title's established style. The final pages suggest the visuals are only going to get wilder as the story turns truly supernatural.

7.0
Ben Reilly: The Scarlet Spider #19

Dec 18, 2018

Misty's misguided plan to grab some serious mystical power gets foiled by Ben. Technically by her dad, and then HE has to be foiled by Ben, but it's all the same in the end. This issue offers up some quality ideas undercut by shoddy execution, and the whole thing seems rushed. Kaine and the casino stuck in the Darkforce Dimension were wasted, and Mysterio's "I'll get you all" monologuing feels even more cliched than it was supposed to. I still have an irrational love for the art, and I wish it got more to work with in the DD.

6.0
Ben Reilly: The Scarlet Spider #20

Jan 1, 2019

Ben and Kaine are back to their independent stories: Seeking out super-science help for Abbie and tangling with a leftover Mindless One, respectively. Each story gets an encouraging dollop of forward progress. Unfortunately, a pair of negatives drag the issue right back down to "average at best": It's severely decompressed (especially Ben's story), and the art's fallen off the wagon hard when it comes to computer-generated settings - ugly ones. At least the characters still look good.

6.0
Ben Reilly: The Scarlet Spider #21

Jan 14, 2019

Ben defeats Sauron and his scientist target survives just long enough to bend the story toward the Diogenes Initiative. Surprise surprise, that's where Kaine's story is bending, too. Nice plot developments there. This issue is utterly bereft of interesting character work or noteworthy action, though. The balance of the book is relentlessly average.

6.0
Ben Reilly: The Scarlet Spider #22

Feb 11, 2019

Ben and Kaine get Touched By An Angel™. There's really no other way to describe it. The art is on an upswing and the dialogue is solid, but the subject matter is so exceptionally bizarre (not necessarily in a good way) that the issue becomes a puzzlement.

8.0
Ben Reilly: The Scarlet Spider #23

Mar 18, 2019

It's moment-of-truth time as Ben races to Abbie's deathbed with a supernatural cure. Expectations are doubly defied by a cracking one-two pair of twists. The first one had me nodding; the second socked me in the gut with its self-aware brilliance. Visual and narrative storytelling averages a touch below "good," but the twists knock this issue firmly over the line.

5.0
Ben Reilly: The Scarlet Spider #24

Apr 11, 2019

2.0
Ben Reilly: The Scarlet Spider #25

Apr 25, 2019

8.0
Beta Ray Bill (2021) #1

Aug 4, 2021

A cavalcade of rough times and shabby treatment from his Asgardian pals breaks Beta Ray Bill free for a standard-issue soul-searching quest with his oldest friend, the too-long-overlooked AI battleship Scuttlebutt. The art is scruffy and passionate; the prose is pretty formulaic. But a 10-ton weight of empathy lands as the premise comes together in the last act. Mr. Johnson obviously cares about his protagonist and he's entirely successful at making that care contagious.

8.5
Beta Ray Bill (2021) #2

Sep 7, 2021

A check-in with Odin points Bill in a new direction, and he's now capably stocked with sidekicks -- Skurge and Pip the Troll. It's a straightforward quest plot and I have some qualms about the characterization (The characters seem to prioritize "make Bill pretty again" too highly). But the art is still fantastic in a scruffy back-alley way, and there's still a powerful empathic connection to the protagonist. Maybe not the most momentous read, but tons of fun.

8.0
Beta Ray Bill (2021) #3

Oct 15, 2021

Bill and friends kill a lot of fire-goblins on their way through the first layer of Muspelheim. At the same time, Bill tries to get his head around the change in Skuttlebutt. I think the creators delivered 100% on the goblin-clobberin' action but weren't quite as successful with the character work. The characters struggle to express their feelings but I get a sense that the creators are struggling, too. Still a very good read, though, and I think there's ample meaning lurking beneath the minor writing difficulties.

8.0
Beta Ray Bill (2021) #4

Nov 22, 2021

Skuttlebutt helps Bill free the ship from a memory-sucking monster that torments him with his own past. He defeats it, but his faithful AI companion fails to convince him of his inner beauty. It's sort of a one-note chapter in terms of plot and characterization. It's a strong, true note, though, and the art goes above and beyond to convey the impact of the specific memories Bill confronts.

8.5
Beta Ray Bill (2021) #5

Dec 23, 2021

Bill defeats Surtur with timely assists from his friends. It's a pretty straightforward wham-bam finale, illustrated with great skill and passion. It's an electric guitar solo of a climax. The final scenes sketch in a few hints of melancholy around Bill's victory, hinting at second thoughts and unintended consequences. Being ambiguous about feelings isn't inherently bad, but I personally would have liked to finish with some more concrete character insights. Still, it's a hard-rocking end to a fun series. The creator's intentions have been clear and consistent throughout, and I think he was pretty dang successful in expressing them.

5.5
Betsy Braddock: Captain Britain (2023) #1

Apr 20, 2024

My problem is that the author doesn't seem to know of any other way to establish a plot point than have at least 2 characters talk about it for at least 2 pages. And then, once they have all that space to fill, why not pour in several hundred words of recap, exposition, character opinion, digression, and/or speculation?

9.5
Beyond (2022): Mary Jane & Black Cat #1

Jun 15, 2022

A tie-in prompt from the Beyond arc turns into a perfect excuse for a bonus issue of Jed MacKay's Black Cat. It delivers all the feisty appeal of that series, plus it becomes a stellar spotlight on Mary Jane. I rate it as less than perfect because the plot, while a serviceable vehicle for a fun story and amazing characterization, isn't great on its own. (Not BAD, just not great.) It's not consequential or transformative for the protagonists. And at a few minor points, the storytelling (both in words and art) takes shortcuts, like the creators know the plot isn't the point. I rate it as damn near perfect because the character work (and the humor) are world class. It's these features that make the slight shortcomings of the plot eminently forgivable. This adventure doesn't change Felicia or MJ in any significant way. But it is a powerful lens focusing on them and how they interact, drilling into the characters with exceptional depth, insight, and heart.

4.5
Bishop: War College (2023) #1

Mar 7, 2024

Criminy, what comic were *y'all* reading?

7.0
Bizarre Adventures #1  
9.0
Black Bolt #1

Nov 9, 2017

Black Bolt awakens without powers in the hallucinatory alien prison his brother was supposed to go to. Not even death is an escape; resurrection merely lands the inmates back in their cells. Author Saladin Ahmed is making a carefully-reasoned choice in creating a distinct narrator's voice for this story. His characterization and pacing are brilliant, with essential backstory tidbits tetrised perfectly into the plot and antagonist Crusher Creel doing a splendid job of illuminating the setting for both Black Bolt and us readers. Christian Ward's painted art is equally impressive. It's not just beautifully drawn; it's beautifully designed. Imaginative layouts emphasize the alien character of BB's prison.

9.0
Black Bolt #2

Jan 5, 2018

Black Bolt falls into a pitch-perfect crowd of ruffians as the story climbs steadily toward an awesome jailbreak. Any fears I had about Saladin Ahmed flubbing the characterization in this book (e.g. leaning too hard on Crusher Creel) are put to rest with a brilliant team-building issue. Not only are familiar characters like Boltagon and Creel illuminated wonderfully, but we're introduced to great new folks like Skrull pirate queen Raava and the fiendish Spyder who stands opposed to the "good" (?) guys' incipient jailbreak. Christian Ward's art is spectacular throughout, swapping effortlessly between artsy high-concept layouts, fascinating action, and expressive characterization. This is another all-fronts winner that makes you wonder why all of Marvel's comics can't be this good.

8.0
Black Bolt #3

Jan 15, 2018

The prison break plan swings into high gear, but its ultimate success is locked behind a cliffhanger ending. In both writing and art there are a few tiny missteps, but that's mainly a function of tackling an ambitious amount of story: Issue #3 delivers *a lot* of content. Characterization is still superb. BB realizes on his own that sending Maximus to this hell-prison would have been unforgivable. Restoring Black Bolt's powers solves one issue; Mr. Ahmed can stop worrying about cheapening Blackagar's voice with too much prosaic dialogue. The cliffhanger is just a tiny bit contrived. We don't need a fatality fake-out to keep us reading; this story is easily capable of captivating on its own.

9.0
Black Bolt #4

Feb 12, 2018

Last issue's cliffhanger segues into Creel and Boltagon socked into a terminal-feeling deathtrap. The solid matrix of the story is Creel flashing back through his career in a lovely way, and it's enhanced by sparkly bits of Black Bolt's conversation sprinkled throughout. *Of course* BB is a great listener. While this issue is almost entirely about Creel, Saladin Ahmed's script is achingly sympathetic and the focus is not at all begrudged. Christian Ward's art proves particularly flexible with Creel's wide-ranging memories.

9.0
Black Bolt #5

Mar 30, 2018

Black Bolt and Lockjaw loop back through the prison collecting his buddies and preparing (again) for a showdown with the Jailer. The slight downside of running a repetitive plot is nicely offset by the oodles of love on display in the BB/Lockjaw relationship. Christian Ward's art remains 90 percent brilliant; there's one panel that feels unfinished. Frazier Irving's guest work on the Lockjaw prelude is an excellent fit for the title and the issue.

10
Black Bolt #6

Apr 20, 2018

Black Bolt and friends triumph over their Jailer, but their freedom comes at a cost. There were two, maybe three moments in this comic that felt less than perfect. They were very brief. Saladin Ahmed's script does many amazing things; the way Crusher Creel tears your heart out using fewer words than an average Starbucks order is the most impressive. Christian Ward's art is equally great. For one thing, he's set an eternally, unbeatably high bar for how "Black Bolt unleashes his full power" should look. I would not relish being the next artist tasked with drawing that after him.

7.0
Black Bolt #7

May 14, 2018

Blackagar and Blinky's cruise to Earth is interrupted by a few little challenges. While the overall pace of the series makes this the perfect time for a "breather" episode, both writer Saladin Ahmed and guest artist Frazier Irving take things a little too easy. The result is an issue that isn't quite a disappointment in itself, but it's this title's first skippable issue - and that is just a little disappointing.

9.0
Black Bolt #8

Jun 18, 2018

Black Bolt's return to Earth starts with a New Attilan episode, complete with misunderstanding brawl. It's written and illustrated beautifully, but it's largely another connective episode. It was about to slide down to "good, not great" in my mind, and then we got a firecracker of an emotional scene with Black Bolt and Ahura. It's heartwarming but wonderfully nuanced and it's a firm reminder that these are great creators telling a remarkable story.

9.0
Black Bolt #9

Jul 11, 2018

Saladin Ahmed and Christian Ward pull us with dreadful necessity through the funeral of Crusher Creel. It is very pretty and very moving, but a handful of minor weaknesses leave this just a bit short of the perfection that was Crusher's death. The fact that a surprise villain arrives in the final scene to jerk us back into comicbookland is jarring, too. Though I can't call it perfect, it's *damn sure* still an all-time great comic.

9.0
Black Bolt #10

Aug 18, 2018

Lash makes his play against Black Bolt. He's trying so hard but he is SO NOT going to secure this title's nemesis position. Who is? Well howdy, gigantic surprise ending! The twist, the nice character work on Blackagar and Titania (and even Lash) and the excellent plot all suggest perfection. So too does Stephanie Hans's quietly awesome guest art that nails the midpoint between Christian Ward and Mike Del Mundo. Christian Ward's fight visuals and colors are just a bit rushed. I can see the balance of the book is color-muted to maximize the impact of Medusa in the middle, but what's the excuse for the sketchy stiffness of the fight scenes? Not that this art isn't delightful; it just feels like less than Mr. Ward's best.

9.0
Black Bolt #11

Sep 20, 2018

Black Bolt gets stuck into his final battle with the Jailer, but the focus here is on his ad-hoc supporting cast and their scrambles to help. The last act makes interesting ties to BB's past, and the end promise a wild finale in the next issue. The start comes with some fragmentation in the story and a few pages of rushed art, but these are only weaknesses by the singularly high standards of this title. By the end, it's all high-impact plot developments and stellar visuals again. The contrast between the midnight-blue real world and the watercolors-on-white astral plane is especially gorgeous.

10
Black Bolt #12

Oct 17, 2018

Black Bolt overcomes the Jailer thanks to his loved ones and friends. The issue is deadly serious about that potentially-corny theme, and thank goodness it is. The art is beautiful, the friendships are touching. The logic is questionable at a few points, but there's never been a better demonstration of the fact that a truly great story can leap such gaps effortlessly. While this closes the series in a perfectly satisfying way, it's been such a glorious journey that ending it feels unavoidably sad.

8.5
Black Cat (2019) #1

Dec 27, 2019

Black Cat gets back to her core business: Heisting like crazy with bags of elan. She's got a posse, an antagonist, and a mentor laying groundwork toward a heck of an "One Last Heist" caper. The C strip provides a tantalizing hint of the mentor/mentee relationship. While I admit the art could be sharpened up all around, it struck me as well above average. It's certainly tied tight to the script and stocked with meaningful details. This whole package has a subtle, sneaky depth to it -- a puzzlebox of a comic with tons of potential.

9.0
Black Cat (2019) #2

Jan 25, 2020

At the Fox's direction, Felicia pulls a heist on the Sanctum Sanctorum. Much goes wrong, but hiring Xander the Merciless for a magical consult was the standout mistake of the evening. Plot and pace are solid, the art is serviceable, and Felicia's voice is an absolute delight. She's an antihero you'd totally want to have drinks with -- though any valuables and currency on your person would doubtless go walkabout by the end of the night. Cross-media touchstone: Jed MacKay is the 21st-century comics version of Howard Hawks.

8.5
Black Cat (2019) #3

Feb 27, 2020

Felicia and her faithful lackeys survive their Sanctum Sanctorum burglary-gone-wrong thanks to the Cat's trademark good-bad luck and an adorable little assist from Bats the Ghost Dog. The artist tries some risky cartooning (but some of it I love!), and the resolution feels a little contrived. But these creators are "Mr. Spock's Vulcan mind-meld"-level good at engaging my interest and empathy, and this comic is way, way too fun for storytelling nitpicks to spoil it for me.

8.0
Black Cat (2019) #4

Mar 31, 2020

There's plenty of humor and charm on display, but the bones of the plot strike me as pretty conventional. It's a standard-issue heist story, albeit one fleshed out with great skill. And the protagonist remains engaging as ever.

8.5
Black Cat (2019) #5

Apr 20, 2020

This remains a superb blend of thrill-ride and character study.

9.0
Black Cat (2019) #6

Jun 1, 2020

Felicia decompresses by dining, stealing, and boinking with Batroc. It's an unlikely match-up, but both thieves charm each other as well as the readers. And meanwhile, the Thieves' Guild kidnaps the Black Fox to keep the overarching plot moving. The art is a solid match to the title's established style, and I still find the prose delicious.

7.0
Black Cat (2019) #7

Jun 22, 2020

The Black Cat rescues her mentor after he's delivered an all-revealing diatribe on Odessa Drake and the source of her antagonism to Felicia. It's good character work, but it's delivered in a highly expository way that forces the reader to realize this character sketch of Odessa was the entire point of the kidnapping twist. Combine the artifice with some underwhelming art and you have an issue that's above average for comics as a whole but well below this volume's established standard.

8.5
Black Cat (2019) #8

Jul 23, 2020

It's great to see somebody pick up Kaare Andrews' "Iron Fist has a tween ward" ball and run with it. And speaking of moving balls, this issue feels like a series of tight running plays gradually building up yardage. Not as spectacular as a passing game, but more productive than four bad plays leading to a punt.

9.0
Black Cat (2019) #9

Sep 24, 2020

Felicia and the crew beat the heat by heading to Madripoor for another painting heist. This one belongs to Mr. Patch, so, of course, a Wolverine team-up is inevitable. The story's a winner, the protagonist's voice remains magnificent, and Kris Anka's guest art is the cherry on the top. A great comic all around.

9.0
Black Cat (2019) #10

Oct 17, 2020

A bounty from Kilgore forces Felicia and Logan to spend the whole comic on the run, but it's all part of the Black Cat's plan. Exciting scrapes, beautiful art, and stellar character interactions make this a joy from end to end.

9.0
Black Cat (2019) #11

Nov 9, 2020

The next chunk of tech required for Felicia's bigger scheme can only come out of Stark Unlimited; cue the breathless bamboozlement of Iron Man. Jed MacKay is still in perfect form and artist C.F. Villa makes a welcome addition to the show with his scruffy but impeccably-designed characters and panels. I continue to just love this comic to pieces; it's reliably the most enjoyable read of the week for me.

9.0
Black Cat (2019) #12

Dec 19, 2020

Felicia completes her Stark heist with oodles of style, putting one over on both Iron Man and Odessa Drake. It's an absolute thrill ride, tons of fun, it looks and sounds beautiful. What a crying shame to lose this title to the plague -- but it'll be back with the same creative team for KiB.

9.0
Black Cat (2019) Annual #1

Jun 3, 2020

If only Joey Vazquez could have drawn the whole thing! The art shifts and the inherent limitation of the "plot up an excuse for a fake marriage" premise are the only drawbacks. Otherwise, it's a perfect heist yarn. Felicia and her henchies remain terrific.

9.0
Black Cat (2020) #1

Mar 26, 2021

The Black Cat is back, getting her latest heist spoiled by Knull's arrival and swearing revenge on the cosmic death-god. Everything I loved about the last volume makes the jump to this one; it's still well-drawn, brilliantly written, and dangerously clever. The tie-in to the event is practically perfect. This reads fine on its own, but Felicia's overall role looks significant. A kudo for strategic writing: I love a dual-motivated character. And here Felicia is putting Knull in her sights not just out of wounded pride but also because it's what Captain America told her to do. That is wonderful.

9.0
Black Cat (2020) #2

Apr 30, 2021

Felicia rescues Dr. Strange, as promised. But when he's not ready to step up for void-god-fighting duty, Felicia tries taking his place. This will end well! It's a simple, speedy heist story, integrated nicely into the cosmic apocalypse setting of the event. The plot comes together a bit too easily. But the elegant pluck Felicia and her crew show in the face of truly ridiculous odds make it a blast to follow them on this suicide mission.

9.0
Black Cat (2020) #3

Jun 11, 2021

Felicia is offered Unlimited Powah and though that sure would make it easy to wrap up King in Black, she saves her soul by rejecting the temptation. It's a pretty standard Faustian bargain-scenario, livened up by razor-sharp writing and outstanding art. It's a rare bit of retrospection into Felicia's past, and it's every bit as enjoyable as the rest of Jed MacKay's take on the Black Cat.

9.0
Black Cat (2020) #4

Aug 4, 2021

A guest-star turn for the Queen Cat serves the twin purposes of introducing her and re-familiarizing us with Black Cat's pre-KiB story. The written characterization does a great job portraying QC; whether or not you're familiar with her backstory, you're likely to enjoy this update. Nina Vakueva's lively art is the cherry on top of the sundae, bringing a novel yet appealing look to this "breather" chapter in the title.

8.5
Black Cat (2020) #5

Aug 18, 2021

The Cat launches her great heist: the burgling of the Thieves' Guild's extradimensional vault. Except, as the Fox frustratingly reveals, that was never the plan at all. Although I eagerly devoured the twisty plot developments, they came with a little twinge of disappointment. The Fox's motivations and his plan turn out to be mundane and melodramatic. He also has to do a lot of exposition to explain them, but that's excused by two factors. First, it's all character-based information, and second, it's just as novel and important to Felicia as it is to us readers.

8.5
Black Cat (2020) #6

Sep 25, 2021

The fallout from the heist-gone-wrong is fully unpacked, and Felicia finds herself in a world of trouble. Friends become enemies and enemies become allies and the race is on to save Manhattan, with Felicia trying to shoulder as much of the burden as possible. The dialogue is priceless; I love it to pieces. The plot slows down toward the end, though, and I'm not really enjoying the art. I almost always dislike "celebrity stunt casting" in comics, and the most notable thing about this example is that it's difficult to swipe celebrity likenesses while also delivering so little detail.

8.0
Black Cat (2020) #7

Oct 25, 2021

Felicia chucks the Fox under the bus to save Manhattan. It's pretty simplistic from a plot standpoint, but the title's high standards are upheld by a boatload of stylish storytelling and utter commitment to fully illustrating Felicia's feelings. Not my favorite issue, but I felt it was a fitting end to the story. PS I love Bi Felicia.

8.0
Black Cat (2020) #8

Dec 23, 2021

Felicia launches the Infinity Score proper by yoinking a Stone-holder-person away from Nick Fury Junior. It's a fun heist story told with considerable skill, and it makes a good read. I wouldn't call it great, though, because my first sentence up there encapsulates the plot completely (I refrain from spoiling the identity of the Stone-person, but the comic does reveal it).

9.5
Black Cat (2020) #9

Jan 2, 2022

The Black Cat goes full saleswoman to recruit Star. Then she and her boys capture Overtime, and she starts the sales pitch again. There's brilliant parallelism in the way this issue begins and ends. In between, oodles of style and humor in Felicia's voice, excellent art, and great action. What puts this within spitting distance of perfect for me is that Felicia is DEFINITELY lying a HELL OF A LOT. It's obvious to us, and yet Felicia's con is perfectly convincing to Star. This is so smart it hurts, but it's not so wrapped up in its smartness that it's afraid to be ridiculously fun and funny.

8.0
Black Cat (2020) #10

Feb 3, 2022

Felicia acrobats her way from conversation to conversation, with plenty of shooty-shooty conflict in the middle. It looks good and it's still got this volume's distinctively awesome voice, but it does feel a bit like a rushed effort to get all the loose ends lined up properly for the big finish to come.

8.0
Black Cat (2020) Annual #1

Nov 22, 2021

The White Fox dragoons Felicia into running a one-shot spy caper during a layover in Korea. It's a nice little diversion with a lot of murdery action. This is definitely good, but also definitely non-essential; it doesn't seem to have any bearing on either the Black Cat's ongoing story or the Infinite Destinies event. But it's a fun little bonus for stans of MacKay's Black Cat, of whom I am one.

8.0
Black Cat (2020): Infinity Score #1

Apr 26, 2022

So this story is clearly the injured carcass left behind after a bigger, important-er Infinity Event™ was carved away. That gives the plot an unfortunate air of randomness but the signature style of the Black Cat solo volumes remains. I love that style, so I call this a good comic, even though it could objectively be better. I'm not saying the Mom angle was a last-minute pinch-hit. Although it was only first foreshadowed in the Black Cat series with #10, the "Infinite Fury" B-strips in Infinite Destinies had a (subtle) motherhood theme from the get-go. I just think there was a more cosmic angle to this story when it was first conceived.

7.5
Black Knight: Curse of the Ebony Blade #1

Jul 18, 2021

The Avengers summon Dane Whitman to help defeat a magic monster invasion. That serves as a platform for laying out Dane's considerable psychological issues before the story segues to plot progression. There's a mysterious antagonist gunning for the Ebony Blade and Dane's got a new would-be sidekick in the form of a history student. This debut issue has enough meaty content to get me interested, but I'm not yet sure there are sufficient storytelling skills to stick the landing here. The art is solid and a touch more gory than usual for Marvel, which is great. The script doesn't disappoint, but it doesn't much impress me, either. As others have noted, the Avengers' pity and contempt for the Black Knight is overplayed.

6.5
Black Knight: Curse of the Ebony Blade #2

Aug 28, 2021

I don't know whether this not-so-fresh take on Arthurian mythology is objectively a little dull or subjectively super-dull -- either way, I was not loving this read. It doesn't help that the otherwise-promising characters are all forced to speak in one undifferentiated, super-snarky voice. That's an affliction I like to call "Matthew-Rosenberg-itis," and I hope the cast gets over it soon.

7.0
Black Knight: Curse of the Ebony Blade #3

Oct 2, 2021

All right, ya filthy animals. I don't like the mythology and I don't like how exposition-y the dialogue is. But I admit the art is good, the prose is fair, and there's tons of development to go around: plot, character, mythology. I might not love it but it IS a good comic.

7.5
Black Knight: Curse of the Ebony Blade #4

Nov 22, 2021

Message coming through on the telegraph: THE GIRL'S GONNA BE THE NEXT BLACK KNIGHT STOP ALSO ELSA WILL RETURN AT THE ELEVENTH HOUR STOP TRY AND ACT SURPRISED STOP

8.0
Black Knight: Curse of the Ebony Blade #5

Dec 23, 2021

The Black Knight defeats Mordred thanks to some excellent plot twists and psychological insights. An interesting new status quo is set up at the end. I complained at the last issue that the twists were telegraphed, but I found this finale quite satisfying. The fact that I failed to call the biggest twist of all might have something to do with it. This is a complicated script and the art does an impressive job keeping up. Most scenes are split between two different settings, and in most cases it successfully expands the scope of the story.

8.0
Black Panther & the Crew #1

Oct 31, 2017

A dead activist may light a powder keg in Harlem. His death has already entangled Misty Knight and Storm, and his unfolding superhero history will (hopefully) assemble the rest of the Crew. A fascinating backstory and a very powerful narrative voice for protagonist Misty Knight are up against Ta-Nehisi Coates's fatally glacial pacing and some slightly questionable art in this promising debut. Thanks to the MU delay I know this series died prematurely, but I don't see any probative faults so far.

8.0
Black Panther & the Crew #2

Nov 17, 2017

Storm takes the POV reins as the story inches forward. She reveals a past as a tourist in Harlem, and she feels guilty over not getting involved before. Is this her time for redemption? The action continues to be powerful but slow. Butch Guice's art is growing on me a great deal. Though the lines have a sketchy finish they also have tremendous realism; these feel like scenes torn straight from life. (Still a bit weak at portraying fantastic action, though.) This issue is more about character study than plot progression, and the peek into Storm's thoughts as a black woman rather than an X-Man is pretty compelling.

8.0
Black Panther & the Crew #3

Jan 5, 2018

Storm and T'Challa team up to discover the enemy lurking behind this story while Misty, in the final pages, gets Luke Cage into action. 'Bout time! The art and ideas in this series continue to be absolutely top notch, which leaves the storytelling pace as the flaw bringing this series down. There's fascinating stuff in both the current incarnation of the Crew and their slowly-revealed links to Ezra's 50s Crusade. It unfolds at such a snail's pace, though! Beyond *responding* to what Jonathan Hickman did with T'Challa in his Avengers run, Ta-Nehisi Coates has pinched his glacial "this will be really important a year later maybe" plotting style. That tool is tougher to operate than it looks, and I'm not sure Mr. Coates has really mastered it. And there's the bigger question of whether *every* story can/should be plotted like an intricate long-term tapestry. Also, it takes a bit of the shine off this title when the Evil Scheme stands revealed and you immediately recognize it as a plot Ms. Marvel tackled in Jersey City two years ago.

9.0
Black Panther & the Crew #4

Jan 27, 2018

Luke Cage's arrival signals a twist on the volume knob. Blowing up helicopters and conducting ominous interviews with Hydra-affiliated honkeys; Luke and Misty have got it covered. Before I picked this issue up, I was thinking that one of this title's problems was not letting any of its awesome stars demonstrate their awesomeness within these pages. You had to rely on your prior reading to love T'Challa, Storm, Misty, and Luke. Naturally, Ta-Nehisi Coates and Yona Harvey deliver a script for #4 that's wall-to-wall awesome for its two focus heroes. Butch Guice's pencils are mostly great, with just a few slightly-iffy faces, and whichever writer was responsible for the laser-sharp dialogue (this is by a wide margin the most quotable issue of the title so far) deserves extra kudos. Even Ezra's flashback Crusade scene gets a dose of awesome, and if Mr. Coates wants to continue in comics after he's done with the Panther, I would love to see him do an independent series on the Civil Rights Movement. Either with a superheroic twist or just straight history; it's a part of the American story of which too many of us (myself very much included) are criminally ignorant.

5.0
Black Panther & the Crew #5

Feb 26, 2018

A valiant effort to establish Manifold as a vital member of the Crew fails due to poor scriptwork and disjointed visuals. The bigger story arc takes a baby step forward after Manifold's questionable connection to Harlem is established. This issue shows off the terrible drawback to Butch Guice and company's super-realistic character designs. By replacing inhumanly handsome/beautiful heroes with folks who look like a Bible study group with an average age of 46, they've rendered the image of the Crew doing heroic stuff (i.e. posing in the sky while saving Manifold's bacon) more than a little ridiculous. The Naturalistic Crew may look great when they're sipping coffee and discussing the history of Marvel Harlem, but they're gonna have to get a lot more active - hopefully without looking quite so stupid in the future - to give this story any sort of satisfying closure.

6.0
Black Panther & the Crew #6

Mar 11, 2018

This abrupt end shows the Crew at last expunging the multi-generational infection Hydra has injected into Harlem … maybe. I can't imagine the creators felt great about cancellation undercutting their big "break the cycle" theme the way it did, but they certainly didn't step up and deliver a blow-the-doors-off finale. This feels like a low-energy epilogue to issue 5; the end offered for Ezra's flashback story was especially underwhelming both visually and narratively.

8.0
Black Panther (2016) #10

Oct 31, 2017

Shuri and T'Challa tweak the board before their big showdown with Tetu's rebels. It takes a lot of talking. Shuri convinces Ayo and Aneka to break from the rebels and T'Challa (probably?) enlists Changamire on the side of the crown. A weirdly strident ad for Edmund Morgan's "American Slavery, American Freedom" is included, too. Strong art for a quiet book, and many carefully-chosen words. "Slow burn" is the go-to descriptor for this title, but perhaps it's time to look at the negative connotations of that phrase. Lordy, it's slow. The words are beautiful but the action takes so long to arrive.

5.0
Black Panther (2016) #11

Oct 31, 2017

Tetu's rebellion ends with a fight that's more of a minor scuffle than an epic battle. Putting four different finishers on Chris Sprouse's lackluster layouts do them no favors, but the art isn't the only letdown here. This climactic fight features fewer participants than you'd need for a decent pick-up football game. Ta-Nehisi Coates's plotting is also uninspired; T'Challa saves the day by pulling an Aragorn and letting the spirits of the dead win his war. Changamire also contributes a fatuous "can't we all just get along" speech that impresses the characters a lot more than the readers. This is not a terrible comic, but as the conclusion to a very long and momentous story it's quite the disappointment.

6.0
Black Panther (2016) #12

Oct 31, 2017

The end of the great Wakandan rebellion births a new republic and suggests a new role for the Orphan King. It's a slow and talky issue, but that's hardly surprising based on what's come before. The ideas are as interesting as ever, and there's definitely a sense of closure to this year-long odyssey. I think Brian Stelfreeze has tried to reflect the changes by tweaking his T'Challa design. This Panther looks like more of a man than a god, and I doubt it's accidental. After a three-issue break from Mr. Stelfreeze, though, it also produces some double takes: "Wait, *that's* T'Challa now?"

8.0
Black Panther (2016) #13

Nov 4, 2017

T'Challa struggles with some absentee gods and a new supernatural threat to Wakanda. Lots of action and lots of big ideas. Wilfredo Torres's glamorous art unfortunately extends a persistent problem for this title: Great design work and beautiful talking scenes, but stiff and underwhelming action. This new god-centric story arc would have been a great excuse to poach some talent from the Thor group, and I would love to see this script brought to life by Russell Dauterman or Olivier Coipel. Ta-Nehisi Coates's ideas are more than enough to sustain the title, but they could be executed with more artistic impact.

6.0
Black Panther (2016) #14

Dec 3, 2017

Both T'Challa and his suspiciously-unified enemies use deep cuts into the Panther mythos to bring some old characters back to light. Unfortunately, it looks like Ta-Nehisi Coates hasn't learned from the weaknesses of his first arc. The sins committed here are familiar from the first 12 issues of the title. "T'Challa hosts a conference" remains a dreadfully dull and now overused plot point, and making it a ghost conference of Panther ancestors doesn't do nearly enough to liven it up. The art team takes its cues from the over-quiet, over-slow script, and the visual presentation here is simplistic and cartoony in a bad, short-of-detail way. Even though this issue involves a fair few plot developments, the overall impression is that it's a skippable "status quo" episode in another indulgently long story arc.

8.0
Black Panther (2016) #15

Jan 5, 2018

Wakanda fights off another monster invasion with a distressingly small amount of help from T'Challa. The opening monster fight is fun and exciting, but it's the story of how Shuri and Zawavari saved the day with minor assists from T'Challa and the Midnight Angels. Wilfredo Torres and Adam Gorham's pages are individually impressive but they clash with each other a bit. The two artists' treatment of Shuri is particularly divergent. This is a pretty good comic, but T'Challa needs to stop feeling like a guest star in his own title. The story of the contrite Panther has gone on too long - he makes yet another apology speech to Storm here - and the king needs to reassert himself as a hero already.

7.0
Black Panther (2016) #16

Feb 3, 2018

T'Challa leaves his god-problems on the back burner with Storm while he hunts for the abducted Asira. Beating up the Fenris twins is great fun, and he also gives a pretty awesome "you're better than this" speech to Thunderball, whom we're all more likely to think of as "Dr. Eliot Franklin" now. The cool superheroing is dragged down by a committee scene, because Ta-Nehisi Coates, and the art is a little disjointed. I have a tendency to blather about "good storytelling flow" when I talk about comics art. What does "good flow" mean? Mainly that moving from panel to panel *doesn't* leave you confused and lost, and unfortunately that's a pitfall Chris Sprouse's art falls into a few times this month.

8.0
Black Panther (2016) #17

Mar 11, 2018

Storm and T'Challa are building something sweet together as they stop rains and fight bug-monsters. Ta-Nehisi Coates ennobles the script by building some emphatic structure into it; Chris Sprouse does excellent visual storytelling to keep the plot train on the rails. This issue could have ended up tiresome and repetitive if it weren't executed with such careful skill. Instead, it offers up nuanced meditations on worship, power, and demagogues - and a pretty kick-butt bug-monster fight, too.

7.0
Black Panther (2016) #18

Apr 7, 2018

T'Challa and Shuri do quality monster fighting and plot-exploring while the Midnight Angels go on a spy mission. It all leads to the reveal of a new adversary, which is a little undercut by the fact that Wakanda is damn near drowning in opposition already. This is a fast-paced issue for this title, but full satisfaction is precluded by some hasty-looking art from both Chris Sprouse & Wilfredo Torres. The visuals carry Ta-Nehisi Coates's script up over the run of the mill, but they drop it off a little short of real greatness.

8.0
Black Panther (2016) #166

May 7, 2018

An issue-long spotlight on Klaw does a remarkable job of eliciting sympathy while also emphasizing the depths of his craziness and evilness. It's a pretty excellent story as a standalone, but slotting it in at this moment - thowing an already-slow arc into a holding pattern to do an indulgent amount of antagonist backstory and wearing a Legacy cover that's deceptively welcoming to newcomers - is a pretty unfortunate choice. Though it's good, it's not a good introduction to the current volume or a good continuation of the current arc. And it's not quite good enough to overlook those shortcomings.

8.0
Black Panther (2016) #167

Jun 9, 2018

T'Challa and Shuri fire the Chekov's Gun #16 put on the mantel in the shape of Dr. Eliot "Thunderball" Franklin. He's put to work puzzling out the science-y side of Klaw's threat while T'Challa takes a heavy dose of mythology in the Djalia. This issue delivers lots of impressive content and balances smoothly between plot progression and world-building. Overall it's highly satisfying (the visuals in particular are superb), but there's a bit of pretension to some of the language.

8.0
Black Panther (2016) #168

Jul 11, 2018

T'Challa and friends throw down with Ras the Exhorter and his Originators. The fight gives Dr. Franklin a Big Damn Hero Moment, which is cool. The main story is framed front and back with a b-story about Ramonda and the Dora Milaje going all "plausible deniability" on a mission to rescue the Midnight Angels. It's a slow start but I look forward to seeing how it develops and bites T'Challa on the ass later. Rating this issue was a challenge for me. Chris Sprouse clearly worked hard on the visuals, but it's also clear that several key elements in the script - dynamic fights, sci-fi flyers, and Ras magically shooting down same - are way outside his wheelhouse. I was also disappointed with the way the frame story had to be paced to hit the surprise ending. I can see it had to happen this way for the plot's sake, but it also gives the impression that plausible deniability is a revolutionary Wakandan innovation that T'Challa and Ramonda thought up a few days ago. Ultimately I can't go lower than 8/10 on this. While there were some eyeball-rolling moments, this issue also had me looking up the Church Committee on Wikipedia (again, plausible deniability), and that's not a level of engagement that mediocre comics can achieve.

9.0
Black Panther (2016) #169

Aug 6, 2018

The ridiculously complex villain alliance working against Wakanda collapses in on itself, and Aneka is perfectly positioned for a revenge rampage as it does. True, this issue's spotlight is off of T'Challa, but this little soundless drama (there are some Klaw sonic cloning shenanigans) plays out perfectly as a star turn for Aneka, Ayo, and their fellow Midnight Angels. Ta-Nehisi Coates and Leonard Kirk work beautifully together to invest the little beats of an impromptu escape-and-rescue with tremendous weight. This issue is both tactically and strategically satisfying to me. If T'Challa wants to have a little gloat in the near future about not needing to do much besides wait for this ridiculous alliance to fall apart of its own accord, he'd be entitled.

8.0
Black Panther (2016) #170

Sep 20, 2018

T'Challa and friends overcome Ras's Originators in a nice action issue. Some philosophical gravitas is added by a conversation between Changamire and Tetu, and the whole thing ends with a brilliant twist. The art does a tremendous job moving the story through a busy schedule. Though the visuals aren't too memorable on their own, they make an admirable contribution to the reader's understanding.

8.0
Black Panther (2016) #171

Oct 8, 2018

The Panther settles his statecraft scores and puts Klaw down. A gentle interrogation of Asira unmasks Wakanda's true adversary on the supernatural front. I'm both impressed and infuriated by the perfect execution of the last-page surprise villain reveal. It makes a great dramatic capstone to the plot, but its impact also hinges on how well you know Storm's backstory. The visuals for this big fight issue are strong, but they don't capture quite as much motion as they could/should. Visually and textually this lands soundly in "good" territory, but for me, it definitely falls short of "great."

8.0
Black Panther (2016) #172

Nov 10, 2018

The mystical aspects of Wakanda's troubles get solved in a mighty spotlight issue for Storm. It's a clean, forceful script that sets up parallel climaxes in both combat and character relations. The visuals live up to the potential of the story - just. Without being able to spot any giant weakness, I still get the sense that the je ne sais quoi that could take this from "good" to "great" is missing from the art rather than the writing.

7.0
Black Panther (2016) Annual #1

Sep 6, 2018

Three of the Black Panther's greatest authors create brief new vignettes around the character for us. Priest's is a hardcore nostalgia stroke, Don McGregor's is an excellent epilogue to his 70s Panther stories, and Reggie Hudlin's is, nobler intentions aside, a juvenile bit of wish fulfillment. None of them offer much in the way of story, but they are mostly charming. They're also beautifully illustrated; Daniel Acuña's work on the second strip makes it easy to understand why he got the gig illustrating the latest relaunch of the main BP title. This package is a nice treat for passionate Panther fans, but it doesn't quite shed the "inherently skippable" quality shared by so many Annuals.

10
Black Panther (2018) #1

Dec 3, 2018

We're dropped into a wild sink-or-swim sci-fi adventure along with a T'Challa who might or might not be the king we know from previous volumes. The action is breathless and enthralling. Scene-setting hints and plot foreshadowing are woven through the adventure with exquisite skill, never meddling with the strong pace. There are a few pickable nits (very minor ones), but this new world is so audacious and inventive that I'm absolutely thrilled to explore it.

8.0
Black Panther (2018) #2

Jan 9, 2019

The lion's share of the issue is devoted to T'Challa playing Luke Skywalker in an extended spaceship dogfight. That's backed up by our introduction to Emperor N'Jadaka and some more fascinating hints about the bigger shape of this story. While the art is powerful throughout, I feel like we got the short end of the stick in a "detail vs. speed" tradeoff in the dogfight scene. The Askaris' Masai fighters look embarrassingly generic. Also, giving it an ironic twist did NOT save the repetition of the great "every breath is a mercy" line from feeling forced and cheap.

8.0
Black Panther (2018) #3

Mar 7, 2019

Another year passes, the Empire strikes back at the Maroons, and the first scene sheds welcome light on the setting. It's definitely a "distant future" story; now the key question is: How does this T'Challa relate to the one we know? This is a nice, even presentation that lightly taps a lot of good bases: world-building, characterization, action, and pretty art. Nothing stands out far enough to haul it into all-time greatness, but the balance is good.

8.0
Black Panther (2018) #4

Apr 11, 2019

8.0
Black Panther (2018) #5

May 21, 2019

9.0
Black Panther (2018) #6

Jun 13, 2019

Emperor N'Jadaka takes the stage for a villain spotlight issue that faithfully serves the twin masters of world-building and plot development. The issue also paints an elegant portrait (in words and gorgeous guest art) of N'Jadaka and Bast. It's a decisive, revelatory break from this title's status quo and an absolute blast to read.

9.0
Black Panther (2018) #7

Jul 1, 2019

This kickoff gives us intriguing portrayals of the protagonists, the antagonists, and the key MacGuffin (the Archive) for which they will contend. It also includes a nice slice of action in the form of a deep-space kidnapping. Kev Walker's debut is very welcome, and the clean, character-driven art is the big rocket taking this title back to its space-operatic heights. The script helps, too; one of Ta-Nehisi Coates's greatest talents is crafting these "set up the chessboard" issues in a way that fascinates you and makes you eager to see the game played out.

8.0
Black Panther (2018) #8

Aug 1, 2019

An action vignette shows T'Challa disobeying orders when the opportunity to liberate a shipload of the Empire's latest slaves presents itself. Undeniably short but also undeniably powerful thanks to the intensity and focus of both words and art.

7.5
Black Panther (2018) #9

Sep 9, 2019

7.0
Black Panther (2018) #10

Oct 9, 2019

8.5
Black Panther (2018) #11

Nov 12, 2019

The new girl is revealed as Bast in Princess Zenzi's body, and she drops a mighty load of new direction on the Maroons and us readers. There's a touch of action, good art throughout, and the first of the answers we've been waiting for oh-so-desperately. The curtain is starting to pull back in a wholly-satisfying way.

9.0
Black Panther (2018) #12

Dec 27, 2019

The appearance of Sologon here, just a week after she went MIA in Shuri, makes me wonder about how closely coordinated the two Wakandan series are. Probably it's just a happy accident, but if it isn't, wow!

8.0
Black Panther (2018) #13

Jan 25, 2020

With his memories restored, T'Challa focuses obsessively on contacting Earth. M'Baku calls him on the carpet for ignoring his revolutionary comrades, and they come to blows. Quality storytelling is lavished on a small but satisfying chunk of plot; while the pace remains slow, this new arc seems headed in a promising direction.

7.5
Black Panther (2018) #14

Feb 27, 2020

8.0
Black Panther (2018) #15

Mar 26, 2020

Who's my favorite Marvel editor? It'll be the one who dares to say to the almighty Coates, "You are great at philosophy and grand strategy, at setup and payoff. But if your comics are going to reach their full potential, we need to send you to 'climactic fight bootcamp' and teach you how to script a satisfying on-page resolution." Comedy Count: This issue includes FIVE drinks drunk purely so that characters have something to do with their hands while expositing at each other.

8.0
Black Panther (2018) #16

Apr 20, 2020

It's a good comic, but it's not the great comic it wants to be.

8.0
Black Panther (2018) #17

Jun 1, 2020

Things come to a head as T'Challa confronts whatever remnant of N'Jadaka lives on in his symbiote. There're fascinating ideas in play, but as usual, this title shies away from locking them down with authoritative interpretation. The ambiguity leans more into "intriguing" than "frustrating" this time around -- for me anyway. I think the author is doing better than usual to confine the uncertainty to the *meaning* of events and not let it creep into basic *understanding* of what's going on. This issue enjoys nice art and some interesting formal play with the layouts. The status quo is variable rectangular panels, but heavy conversation pushes it towards rigid 6 or 9-box grids. Action, on the other hand, pushes the panels away from rectangles entirely. Cool stuff!

8.5
Black Panther (2018) #18

Jun 12, 2020

If all this issue did was back-fill a gap in T'Challa's story and recap, it would be no more than average. But it's doing that AND sinking a wicked philosophical hook into the reader: A slaving society, it reminds us, is inherently dishonest, ESPECIALLY about its slaving nature. And the author doesn't just suggest but demands we carry that insight past Marvel and into the real world.

7.0
Black Panther (2018) #19

Jul 13, 2020

I dearly love this art. And I love Shuri taking an important stand. I love the way this issue lays bare one of the title's core themes: That the roles of a good king and a good hero do not fit well together. But. The non-chronological structure of the past three issues is a trainwreck. While starting a new arc, this issue lamely, lately delivers the missing beats that could have given #17 a sense of closure. And this tangled structure retroactively robs #18 -- clearly an inter-arc breather issue -- of any sensible place in the story. Mr. Coates had two ideas for seguing between arcs and tried to use them both. They've tripped each other.

8.0
Black Panther (2018) #20

Aug 9, 2020

T'Challa is challenged for the Djalia by all the past Panthers. In the real world, the Maroons fight a desperate battle and Shuri smacks down BAST in a damned impressive rhetorical display. Great art, great plot developments -- if only all the prose matched the glory of that Shuri/Bast scene.

6.0
Black Panther (2018) #21

Oct 17, 2020

Welp, this issue moves me firmly into the "Black Panther has spent too long doing Star Wars/Star Trek cosplay" camp.

9.0
Black Panther (2018) #22

Nov 5, 2020

N'Jadaka faces bad news on two fronts. Zenzi and Bast make common cause against him and T'Challa successfully convinces his ancestors to magic back the memories of the empire's slaves. Some excellent art in two distinct styles and the smooth evolution of big plot developments give this issue great power. Admittedly, the overall arc has been far too slow, but this is, in itself, an excellent issue.

8.0
Black Panther (2018) #23

Jun 11, 2021

T'Challa rallies a whole lot of heroes for the final battle. N'Jadaka is falling apart ahead of it. And Ramonda makes an unlikely pitch for reinforcements. This last calm before the storm comes with some nice art and some very good speeches. But there are key questions of plot mechanics that go unanswered, and that annoys me.

7.5
Black Panther (2018) #24

Jul 25, 2021

The big battle begins and Prodigy gets a spotlight turn as the heroes' lead strategist. The art is great, but the visual storytelling is less than perfect. And it would need to be perfect to compensate for the feeble, cutesy "combat codeword" thing the script is doing for the majority of the issue. There's satisfying but not surprising action throughout and not much character work at all. The result is a good action comic that is by no means a must-read.

7.0
Black Panther (2018) #25

Oct 15, 2021

The good guys win, Bast is helpful in an infuriating way, and T'Challa ends up as a space-emperor. This finale has some solid storytelling touches, particularly in the art, but I'd contend nobody is going to remember any of the particulars in a year's time. I like the Intergalactic Empire of Wakanda as much now as when I first heard of it, though. It's an inherently appealing premise/setting. Now I hope Marvel does the right thing with it: Stick it on a high shelf until somebody has a really slapping cosmic story to tell with it. (And of course, I'm implying that Mr. Coates's interminable origin saga didn't really fit that bill.)

8.0
Black Panther (2021) #1

Apr 9, 2022

I liked this. The story feels a little messy and slow at this point -- how does the Avengers biz fit in? But all the parts are intriguing (and well-scripted), and they can definitely jigsaw together in the future. It feels right for T'Challa to have reservations about democracy, given his history and heritage. I could wish for some more nuanced politics, but they might not fit into what is, at heart, a spy-movie-type story. On the art front, I was a little disappointed. This looks good, but Juann Cabal can do a lot better than good. (I'm also not a fan of the comics swiping sets from the MCU.) Tangent: Dr. Strange is doing a lot of guest-starring this week for a dead dude, isn't he?

8.0
Black Panther (2021) #2

May 7, 2022

The story goes all in on investigation & espionage in this issue. The narrower focus is great, and there's some nicely-illustrated action. There's still space for a little character work, hitting on T'Challa's justified paranoia. On the other hand, there's little progress on unraveling the mystery assassins; the good guys don't learn much that the readers don't already know.

7.5
Black Panther (2021) #3

Jun 15, 2022

This issue is a dang high-wire act. It's sparse and slow and even repetitive. The art has a few sparks of greatness, but it's mainly just OK. The two artists' styles don't complement each other very well. And then there's that twist in the final scene. T'Challa and the author being clever enough -- *just* clever enough -- to redeem themselves. So I'm still reading and still calling it good. The backup strips are decent. The B strip is cute. The C strip gets me interested in New Guy Tosin and his people. I really wish it didn't spoil where the main story is headed, though.

8.0
Black Panther (2021) #4

Jul 13, 2022

The story comes back to Wakanda just in time for startling developments. This remains the T'Challa show all the way, but there are solid niches carved into the plot for the supporting cast. (I thought Storm did particularly well with just 3 pages.) I'm enjoying the storytelling more. Juann Cabal is throwing in some of his inventive layout tricks while keeping the level of visual polish sky-high. And I'm getting used to John Ridley's unusual way of building and pacing a script; a consequential episode like this shows its full potential for cinematic impact.

9.0
Black Panther (2021) #5

Oct 29, 2022

This arc has been a slow burn, but what a mighty blaze it pays off with here! The script is perfectly paced; thrilling. All of the dialogue is at least solid, and there are some real stand-out lines. On the visual side, the two artists collaborate on a very consistent style. Blocking is excellent and I love the facial expressions. I think there was room for a little more detail overall, though.

8.5
Black Panther (2021) #6

Dec 28, 2022

This issue continues speeding along at the breakneck pace established in #5 until it downshifts for that amazing Storm scene toward the end. The structure works. I love the dialogue and the humor; the speech feels totally natural. (Maybe too American and not Wakandan enough; I may have a subjective bias from watching Wakanda Forever recently.) The art is short of detail, but does incredible work without it. The hard shadows and dynamic posing are terrific in the action scenes, and the artist's faces are expressive enough to carry the conversational moments, too.

7.5
Black Panther (2021) #7

Jan 6, 2023

I think it's a good book, but I may be over-charitable in rating it 7.5/10. The art's dynamic, but not very detailed or clear. The writing is clear, but it's also stretched across so many plot developments that it gets choppy and expository (there are still killer lines in there, though!) That's my take on the storytelling. As to the content, the story itself? I'm torn. I love seeing T'Challa grapple with humbling changes. I like the fast-burning civil war plot (unoriginal though it be). I like the *idea* of this vibranium hippie Tosin, sort of. How he enters the story, though … holier-than-thou attitude, *two* save-the-day moments, other characters shilling for his awesomeness … it's little too "Mary Sue," isn't it?

8.0
Black Panther (2021) #8

Jan 17, 2023

The big conflict resolves fast and sharp, with lots of dynamic action art and terse action-movie dialogue. This arc ends in a just-satisfying way and, when it comes to the plot, I'm happy to see it go. The character side, though! T'Challa buys victory for Wakanda at the cost of devastating personal loss. It feels like it's been an age since I've seen a Marvel story end so *bleak*, and this issue really hammers home how far T'Challa's fallen.

6.0
Black Panther (2021) #9

Feb 12, 2023

7.0
Black Panther (2021) #10

Apr 7, 2023

The art looks even better than the previous issue (more dynamic in the action panels), and the Colonialist story wraps up with merciful quickness. It did offer a few little glimmers of insight into T'Challa's character and challenges, but on balance it was a "not ready for prime time" premise. If you can't catch a thing like that in early drafts, shutting it down as rapidly as possible is probably the next best way to deal with it.

7.5
Black Panther (2021) #11

Apr 26, 2023

This issue grew on me the closer I looked at it. It's fast and plot-heavy, which is not entirely good -- it needed a lot of exposition, and I think the "Shuri pep-talks T'Challa" scenes didn't get enough space. The art's good. T'Challa is terrifyingly close to making another terrible "I must solve this all alone or possibly with my sister's help" decision, which is great dramatic irony given that the whole point of this volume is that he can be too devious for his own good. (When Shuri lampshades how she's played an over-large role lately, though, I find it more annoying than charming. I'd rather storytellers FIX their problems instead of winking at me about them.)

8.5
Black Panther (2021) #12

Aug 30, 2023

Despite some pacing problems, this script really works for me. T'Challa's been in free-fall for a long time; it's satisfying to see him hit rock bottom and start to bounce back toward heroism. There's a lot of prose here, but some of it really sparkles. The art is solid, featuring some particularly soulful faces. Plus, who wouldn't love the Emancipated/Awesome Death Brigade?

6.0
Black Panther (2021) #13

Nov 10, 2023

Whoops, the story's gonna take another lap before getting to the climax. And *what* a lap it is. It's drawn very well. And the prose is decent (with important exceptions). But the plotting choices are dreadful. Splitting the plot into 3 threads is ambitious, but leaving 2 of them hanging spoils the effect. And the thread that is developed! T'Challa gets clobbered (*again*) by a tone-deaf rendition of Captain America. And the surprise ally in the final scene? Unless I missed a *big* rapprochement in prior comics, that makes no sense at all.

6.5
Black Panther (2021) #14

Mar 7, 2024

There is nothing mortally wrong with the way it's written, and quite a bit right with the way it's drawn. But it's just relentlessly average--it would have to be far better to recapture my enthusiasm after the misadventures of previous issues.

7.5
Black Panther (2021): Unconquered #1

May 7, 2023

When a one-shot fires off sequel hooks, judging its quality comes down to one question: Do I want to read more of this? Here, the answer is a full-throated "yes!" The script is a serviceable storytelling tool, but it embellishes the basic action with interesting theme-work and then ties that into some promising character insights. The art does impressive storytelling in its own right, proving more than capable of taking over from the words. It has a clean polish to it, and if it's not super-detailed, it's also notably dynamic in the action scenes. Bottom line: I'm definitely ready for more -- with the caveat that this author needs (and deserves!) the continued support of an artist that can keep up with his cinematic storytelling style.

6.5
Black Panther and the Agents of Wakanda #1

Apr 4, 2020

There are some appealing ideas in here, but not so appealing that they overcome the "throw everything at the wall and see what sticks" presentation. I'm a fan of MST3K, and what this comic reminds me of is the "Concepts" song from the latest Netflix season.

8.5
Black Panther and the Agents of Wakanda #2

Apr 29, 2020

I like Mr. Zub's writing a lot more when he's drilling down on a few characters and a constrained fight rather than completing a "kitchen sink" survey as in the previous issue. The art's pretty appealing, too. I wonder if the next step Mr. Zub needs to take is trying his hand at a solo title. He's always been a team guy and he always seems to end up driving his teams off into the tall grass.

7.5
Black Panther and the Agents of Wakanda #3

Jun 3, 2020

Though I dearly love Bobbi Morse -- in general and as portrayed here -- I don't think this team needs more members.

7.0
Black Panther and the Agents of Wakanda #4

Jul 2, 2020

6.0
Black Panther and the Agents of Wakanda #5

Jul 18, 2020

The efforts to resurrect Black Panther vs Deadpool (OK, fine) and Livewires (good lord, why?) trip each other up instead of synergizing. Jim Zub's conscious effort to emulate Adam Warren's verbosity leaks beyond the Livewires' dialog; the whole script is over-written. The art is strictly middle-shelf stuff. Scott Eaton's insistence on referencing Brian Stelfreeze's iconic Black Panther cover EVERY time he draws the character attracts the eye in a negative way.

7.0
Black Panther and the Agents of Wakanda #6

Sep 24, 2020

It's a fun story, though it's a rather embarrassing showing for the Agents, isn't it? I'm pretty sure Deadpool coulda/woulda solved this whole thing whether or not they were there.

7.0
Black Panther and the Agents of Wakanda #7

Oct 17, 2020

Six Agents are flat-footed by a dragon attack on Avengers Mountain. They fight bravely, with Fat Cobra doing the heavy lifting and Broo eventually uncovering the dragons' motivation. It has some great visuals, particularly in the fight scenes, and the script rolls along at a fast, jolly pace. By refusing to reach for anything beyond a popcorn comic, this issue becomes a pretty fun example of the form.

7.0
Black Panther and the Agents of Wakanda #8

Dec 17, 2020

Foom explains all: He split the hostile parts of his personality off into separate dragons, but they're uncontrollable. Broo provides basic moral guidance to convince Foom to recombine and quit fighting. It's a decent plot with some strong art, but the resolution borders on simplistic and the ending is pretty rushed.

7.5
Black Panther vs. Deadpool #1

May 7, 2019

8.0
Black Panther vs. Deadpool #2

Jun 13, 2019

Wade re-enters Wakanda for the contractually-obligated misunderstanding brawl before he and T'Challa can team up. The script strikes an excellent balance between Deadpool's absurdity and the Panther's pomposity; the combination works where neither could stand on its own. The art is still sketchy, but it's also still packed with vibrant details that disprove any assertion that it lacks effort.

7.0
Black Panther vs. Deadpool #3

Jul 1, 2019

8.0
Black Panther vs. Deadpool #4

Aug 20, 2019

Deadpool gleefully randoms his way to a one-in-a-million win over the Black Panther, but T'Challa's got vengeance on his mind. After wandering a bit, the POV comes home to roost on Wade's shoulder in this issue. I enjoyed the overall absurdity of the plot, and Deadpool is definitely characterized right to excuse/explain it.

7.0
Black Panther vs. Deadpool #5

Sep 9, 2019

7.0
Black Panther: Legends (2021) #1

Mar 3, 2022

If you ignore the giant flashing "BUY ME IN BULK FOR YOUR 7TH-GRADE ENGLISH CURRICULUM" sign, it's a decent all-ages story with a nice blend of multiple continuities. But if you DO consider it as a "teaching tool" book, it's … also pretty nice, with some solid thought- and discussion-provoking links to South African history. The art could be better, though. It is pretty, but it could/should do better visual storytelling. (Why is T'Challa wearing a caucasian-colored band-aid? Because that's a local South African band-aid.)

6.5
Black Panther: Legends (2021) #2

Mar 23, 2022

It's another perfectly cromulent young reader comic, and it has its own "classroom discussion" hook in referencing Ethiopia's Oromo conflict. It treats the characters with respect and it tells a decent story. But it's far from the first Marvel book I'd pick to show off the medium's full potential, even to a younger audience.

7.0
Black Panther: Legends (2021) #3

Jun 29, 2022

There's nothing particularly surprising in this slightly-tweaked tale of earning Pantherhood through ritual combat. The script's solidly structured and it makes plenty of room for dynamic combat art. The way the characters clash and connect is predictable, but those relationships serve well to drive the plot. This is a solid (not spectacular) comic for readers just getting started with the medium.

6.0
Black Panther: Legends (2021) #4

Nov 22, 2022

I've liked this whole series, but dang, this last issue is *messy*. The structure and the prose are okay, but I'm really not sure about the plot. As to the art -- *ambivalent horizontal hand-wave*. The two artists don't fit well together, and one is a lot stronger than the other. The plot hews surprisingly close to the Black Panther's 1966 debut. So close, in fact, that I'm not sure the story makes sense if you haven't read those Silver Age issues. This comic forgets to explain that all the red animals are energy constructs created by Klaw, for example. And in all the mess, Hunter's story doesn't get a good sense of closure. The creators try, but they don't get the job done.

6.0
Black Panther: Long Live The King #1

Jun 23, 2018

Spooky earthquakes wreak havoc with Wakanda's vibranium, but so far only T'Challa can see the weird squid-kaiju associated with them. This is a fairly satisfying read, but it really does not do enough to clamp onto readers' attention and entice them into picking up the next issue. This is the work of an author who knows with bedrock certainty she's going to tell a six-issue story, no more, no less. The faint sparkles of promise dusted over the story so far are kind of counterbalanced by André Lima Araújo's dumpy art. While his stylized visuals are nicely polished, they convey almost none of the grandeur I want to see in depictions of King T'Challa and his kingdom.

6.0
Black Panther: Long Live The King #2

Jul 11, 2018

T'Challa heads into the Mute Zone with Wardog Bros 1 & 2 and meets a pack of smug teens and a female chief with whom he has a mysterious history. Also he has to fight a literal Panther. André Lima Araújo's art is still dumpy but polished, and at this point I'm suspecting that Nnedi Okorafor's story outline clocked in at about four issues and the editor said, "Ennnh, we'll just let André stretch it out." There are some interesting ideas being unfolded v-e-e-e-ry slowly. The amount of teenaged smugness emanating from both appropriate (the Mute Zone's tech teens) and inappropriate (the Wardog Bros) sources is kind of overwhelming to me, but I'm a crotchety geezer. If I had a tween daughter she'd probably *love* reading this, and that is *definitely* the target audience for this title.

6.0
Black Panther: Long Live The King #3

Jul 27, 2018

Nnedi Okorafor's all-ages T'Challa side-story gets interrupted by a completely different (and weaker) kiddie T'Challa side-story. Aaron Covington's script teams T'Challa up with a childhood friend who specializes in robo-animals to take down M'Baku and Baron Macabre. Mario Del Pennino's art is the one silver lining here; it's a perfect model of what "all-ages Black Panther" should look like. Mr. Del Pennino's art drags this issue, kicking and screaming, up to average. If you make Ta-Nehisi Coates's subtle and cerebral Panther your yardstick, though, you can knock a point or two off my rating. It's particularly galling to see Shuri, recently reborn as a uniquely badass spirit-warrior, cast in the role of "helpless mission control girly girl" here. This story suffers considerably in comparison to Ms. Okorafor's; while the previous tale cleared the "kids and parents can both enjoy this" bar (barely), this story chins it and falls into the sad pit of "kids lack critical reading skills so who cares if the plot and characterization are stupid?" That's probably going to be this title's enduring legacy: A clear, concise contrast between "all ages" children's comics and "too dumb for grownups" children's comics.

5.0
Black Panther: Long Live The King #4

Aug 12, 2018

T'Challa and his pal Kantu roll M'Baku up in a pointless display of zappy punchy fighting. There are robo-animals and Shuri gets to shoot at M'Baku a little too, and everything wraps up too abruptly. Letting Aaron Covington stretch his story out into three issues might help the breathless pace, but his script is already woefully shallow at two. The faint suggestions of character insight from #3 fall away, replaced by cartoony jokes about how rare it is for T'Challa to express gratitude. Mario Del Pennino's art weakens noticeably, too. It's clear that power armor and hi-tech jets aren't in his wheelhouse, and he's not getting paid enough to stretch his skill set. This story ends up thoroughly unsatisfying for an adult reader, and while kiddies might be more forgiving, there are countless better comics to give them.

6.0
Black Panther: Long Live The King #5

Sep 6, 2018

T'Challa wraps up the Mute Zone story with surprising but welcome quickness. Since the party responsible for the haunting of Wakanda was "sentient vibranium" created by a magical scientist, it feels like the sooner we can put this all behind us, the better. The script is neither notably special nor distractingly weak. The art is again an unfortunate blend of confident polish and unappealing aesthetics. Although I'm sad that this story didn't reach out and grab me, I do appreciate keeping the Black Panther's world wide enough to try experiments like this.

8.0
Black Panther: Long Live The King #6

Sep 20, 2018

What's supposed to be a relaxing trip home to Lagos turns into a mutant chase and a fascinating social portrait for Ngozi, the Nigerian girl who picked up both Venom and the Black Panther mantle in a Venomverse AU. This little one-shot has a simple plot and some art that veers from rough to downright regrettable at points. There's a vibrant novelty to the protagonist and her setting that rises over the shortcomings and makes this issue compelling. Besides showing Ngozi as well worth further stories, Nnedi Okorafor also paints a fascinating (but grim) portrait of mutant life in Lagos.

4.0
Black Panther: The Sound And The Fury #1

Aug 18, 2018

The Black Panther saves Dubai (mmm, political rumbles, mmm) from Klaw. It's a cash-in for the MCU film and clearly a book targeted at youngsters. These facts do not excuse its shabbiness. The decision to bundle it with the awesomer-in-every-way Fantastic Four #53 ends up being a mistake. Yes, you get a GOOD comic in the mix, but it's also the perfect comparison to show how hollow and dull the modern strip is. The modern story shamelessly cribs the original's ending, too.

4.0
Black Panther: World of Wakanda #4

Oct 31, 2017

Aneka commits the righteous killing that got her locked up at the start of the main Black Panther series. There's some exciting stuff going on here, but it's over-written to the point of melodrama, robbing it of its impact. The art is generally solid but bad at portraying action, which holds the story up at a few critical points.

4.0
Black Panther: World of Wakanda #5

Oct 31, 2017

Ayo and Aneka go rogue as the Midnight Angels; we get a slightly deeper telling of the tale than we did at the start of the current BP volume. Nemesis Folami and supporter Zola are left in open-ended situations that feel like lame sequel hooks. It would have been better to give them real closure. My chief disappointment is still the dialogue. In an effort to make her characters sound exotic and non-American, Roxane Gay has again stuffed their mouths with an overdose of clumsy, stilted half-poetry.

8.0
Black Panther: World of Wakanda #6

Oct 31, 2017

Kasper Cole gets a mission from T'Challa and a pretty swank update. This "put it all on the field" one-shot is a great introduction, standard adventure, and overhaul for the oft-forgotten White Tiger (no, not that White Tiger, the other one). Solid plotting and great art are let down only by somewhat forgettable dialogue and extremely forgettable villains. This is a perfect kickoff for a solo Kasper Cole series, and the fact that one wasn't greenlit is disappointing. Greg "Foolkiller" Salinger can get a five-issue stealth mini but Kasper can't? What the ☠☠☠☠, Marvel?

9.0
Black Widow (2016) #11

Oct 31, 2017

Natasha fights the Baby Widows for the soul of SHIELD. This surprising set piece wasn't what I was expecting to tie up the dangling plot threads - in fact, it does very little of that - but it's an incredibly exciting and satisfying high-concept fight. There's definitely a positive "Die Hard" vibe here. What's most impressive is that this feels like it will be equally satisfying for faithful readers of the title and casual folks who might be unfamiliar with prior issues.

8.0
Black Widow (2016) #12

Oct 31, 2017

The showdown between Widow and the Recluse is fought for the souls of the Baby Widows. It feels just a little disjointed, but it wraps up the series in glorious action movie style. Collect it in trades and ship it off to Marvel Studios; this volume would make a picture-perfect MCU Widow movie. Check out Mark Waid's "I had zero initial enthusiasm for this project" letter at the end; it just makes Chris Samnee's work all the more impressive. This was his baby from start to finish, and it turned out to be a very stylish, very fun ride.

7.0
Black Widow (2019) #1

Aug 1, 2019

I think this is the Black Widow fanfiction Wolverine wrote after grossly overestimating their level of kindred-spirit-ness.

5.5
Black Widow (2019) #2

Sep 9, 2019

4.5
Black Widow (2019) #3

Oct 9, 2019

Madame Masque's disgust at being caught by something as plebeian as fishing tackle was nice.

6.0
Black Widow (2019) #4

Nov 12, 2019

The betrayal twist goes past predictable and into inevitable. The turncoat received far too much story attention for this to turn out any other way; he's the differently-drawn bit of the background in Scooby-Doo that is obviously going to be a "secret" door.

7.0
Black Widow (2019) #5

Nov 27, 2019

This final chapter ties a pretty nice bow on the series. Things got mighty muddled in the middle, though; I think this tale should be filed under "for Widow completionists only."

9.5
Black Widow (2020) #1

Feb 20, 2021

After an easy heist, Natasha gets ambushed in her apartment. Months later, she's living a new life as a San Francisco architect. Mystery abounds! Also abounding: glamorous visual style (in costumes and action) and sharp, lean dialogue. It's a brief but achingly engaging re-introduction to Marvel's greatest super-spy, a fast read that leaves me clamoring for more. My one fear was that Kelly Thompson wouldn't dial up the maturity on Natasha's dialogue. I shouldn't have worried; the Widow gets a unique and uniquely appropriate voice. And good god, the art! This book is delicious from every angle.

9.5
Black Widow (2020) #2

Mar 3, 2021

I think "exquisite" covers every aspect of the storytelling and content here. (And I am firmly in favor of Jeff the Landshark cameos, anywhere and everywhere.)

10
Black Widow (2020) #3

Mar 9, 2021

The "whys" of Natasha's new life are (mostly) explained and she has to bust out the spycraft again to avert a tragedy. For once, a comic unveils its mysteries and I'm not disappointed in the slightest. It has brilliant writing, incredible art, cinematic action, and powerful character work. I know this isn't quite perfect, but I love it so much that I'll say it's as close as mortal hands can bring a comic.

9.0
Black Widow (2020) #4

Mar 17, 2021

Natasha wakes up instead of Natalie. Which is a good thing, as a second wave of goons are incoming. Nat protects her family with her hero-pals' help, then goes through the crushing process of explaining to James why they have to split forever. It's hard to think of any title that's compelled me to fall in love quite so fast and so hard as this one. The flashback features premium top-shelf female spy comic art. Nothing wrong with it. It's trash next to Casagrande, that's all. I hope they don't do that again.

9.5
Black Widow (2020) #5

May 29, 2021

Nat and her friends clobber the bad guys and steer, in elegant super-spy fashion, to what looks like a happy ending. It's been an emotional wringer for the protagonist, though, and full respect is paid to what she's lost even in winning. It's melodramatic stuff, but conveyed with art and prose that are racing each other toward perfection.

9.0
Black Widow (2020) #6

Sep 7, 2021

The Black Widow blasts into an action-heavy start to her latest arc, clobbering a horde of super-powered goons in pursuit of her mysterious new antagonist, Apogee. To relieve the action, this issue also establishes longer-term mysteries and introduces a compelling new supporting character: A young pickpocket who tries to lift Natasha's wallet. The pickpocket is elegantly stitched into the action story by the end of the issue; that delivers one nice payoff while leaving a lot of mysteries on the table. The art is solid and continues to echo the groundbreaking work of Elena Casagrande; the script is even better than the visuals, landing right next door to perfect.

9.5
Black Widow (2020) #7

Oct 15, 2021

Mild friction over recruitment policy and management style don't stop the Black and White Widows from learning more about Apogee. The writing's delicious. The pace is slightly slow, but for the best possible reason: To make space for even more delicious artwork. Elena Casagrande's a treasure and this issue shows why in practically every panel.

10
Black Widow (2020) #8

Nov 22, 2021

The Apogee hunt heats up. Anya goes from spy mode to spider mode to stop the creation of more super-goons. Nat, with Lucy's help on intelligence gathering, makes a timely rescue of Yelena (though things go sour at the end). The ample action is perfectly balanced with some terrific introspective moments for Nat and Lucy. The art is gorgeous, featuring outstanding collaboration between the two pencilers. This is a practically perfect slice of action-drama, with great roles for all four characters.

8.5
Black Widow (2020) #9

Dec 23, 2021

Yelena lives and serum genius Craig is easily swayed to the side of the angels. The Widows and the Spider attack Apogee, kicking off a showdown. Both the plot and the art are a little thin. I'd characterize the visuals as "strong rough draft" rather than "polished and perfected." (At least the collaboration remains smooth; it may be rough, but it's consistent.) And there's plenty of exquisite character work, both comedic and insightful, to push this issue closer to great than merely good. Close … but not quite.

9.0
Black Widow (2020) #10

Jan 4, 2022

Natasha defeats Apogee and de-powers his followers with the help of her full supporting cast + a special guest star. It's an eminently satisfying resolution and the visuals are back up to their GOAT best. This was a solid arc, although I was never too impressed with Apogee as the main antagonist. I'm not eager for him to come back anytime soon -- in fact I'm a tiny bit disappointed that this issue just had to foreshadow his return.

8.5
Black Widow (2020) #11

Jan 21, 2022

After a bit of a slow start, things ramp up nicely when the Widows get fresh tips off the Twins, new antagonists with an interesting powerset -- after, of course, an obligatory brawl. Solid writing and solid art. Rafael De Latorre once again does sterling work maintaining the aesthetic established by Elena Casagrande. While there wasn't a whole lot of new character work (Yelena still doesn't like Natasha keeping secrets, film at 11), Nat slides a mother of a sequel hook into the slower part. This is a pretty average issue for this run, and the fact that it's damn near great demonstrates how strong the whole story is.

9.0
Black Widow (2020) #12

Mar 5, 2022

Mysteries, fights, new antagonists, and some outrageous couture. The plot's a trifle thin and -- my biggest recurring critique for this volume -- the antagonists don't hook my attention. But there's a ton of positives to weigh against that little pound of negatives. There's good character work on Bucky, an astonishing character moment for Natasha, witty banter galore, and of course, an eye-meltingly ambitious action DPS that's the cherry on top of an all-around gorgeous comic. It's not perfect, but it's closer than the overwhelming majority of comics.

9.0
Black Widow (2020) #13

May 16, 2022

Sometimes when talented creators really narrow down their focus, magic happens. This is one great fight conveyed in great detail. The art shift is perfect. This issue has a style of its own, but the dynamic action panels are strongly reminiscent of Elena Casagrande. And the art handles its own storytelling well while the prose is almost entirely devoted to Natasha's train of thought. That train of thought is great, too. The words are elegant in their brevity, saying exactly what needs to be said and no more. This issue leaves a lot of logical questions about the Living Blade unanswered. This was surely intentional. The creators focused on explaining why the fearless Black Widow fears him, and they absolutely nailed it.

9.0
Black Widow (2020) #14

Jul 13, 2022

All the balls are up in the air as the good guys' mission trembles on the knife-edge of success or failure. And the cost is already terribly high thanks to a great last-page bombshell. The art is superb, although this team has done (slightly) better in the past. The script leans toward developing plot rather than character, but the voices still sound right and the relentless buildup of multiple cliffhangers makes this a thrilling, fast read.

8.5
Black Widow (2020) #15

Oct 29, 2022

It's a satisfying end for the arc, but a tiny bit of a letdown as the end of the series. And though I'm sure it was planned all along, this does make a mockery of the previous issue's cliffhanger. The script features few words, but they're chosen with exquisite care. The structure is tight and the pace is good. The art is impressive without any reservations, and all the more impressive as a collaborative effort. I'm glad we get to see one last Casagrande action DPS before it's all over.

4.0
Black Widow: Widow's Sting (2020) #1

Mar 7, 2021

If you wanna read a cheap James Bond knock-off featuring prose that's two generations out of date, here ya go. Marvel, why would you bother publishing this when you've just launched a new Black Widow solo title that's nearly as accessible and 1000% better?

7.5
Blade: Vampire Nation (2022) #1

May 9, 2023

Solid, diligent storytelling (in the art and particularly the words) turns an inherently-goofy vampire story into a pretty taut political thriller. A solid one-shot. When they spun Blade out of the Avengers for this, it sure seemed like there was potential for an ongoing. And this comic does put out some sequel hooks. I'd like to think somebody at Marvel took a look at a map and realized it wouldn't be cool to tell goofy vampire stories in the middle of an active war zone.

5.0
Bloodline: Daughter of Blade (2023) #1

Jan 18, 2024

Maybe someday somebody will write a terrific Bloodline story, and rose-colored hindsight will brighten up this modest early effort.

6.0
Bullseye (2017) #1

Oct 31, 2017

Stupid crazy assassin Bullseye is inexplicably handed a subtle rescue mission in Colombia. Both the character's prior behavior and the way he's shown here make it screamingly obvious that this is a *bad* idea. Aside from the fundamental mismatch between protagonist and premise, this is a decent attempt at evoking a 100 Bullets feel in both plot and art.

6.0
Bullseye (2017) #2

Oct 31, 2017

Bullseye draws out his Colombian target by killing gangsters and a key crooked cop. His FBI Widow lady is still on his tail and everything's very brutal in a pro forma way. Ed Brisson probably mainlined Netflix's Narcos while writing this. (Also it's kinda got the same supporting cast as the current volume of the Punisher.) It's not disappointing, but all signs point to this issue (and probably the title as a whole) dropping right out of your memory as soon as you finish it.

6.0
Bullseye (2017) #3

Oct 31, 2017

Bullseye ping-pongs off his cartel nemesis before collecting the mafia kid he's supposed to save. Said kid shoots him at the cliffhanger, d'oh! This book is relentlessly adequate. The script does lay out an excellent chase scene. The dialogue is strictly forgettable and the art is no more than serviceable. A slightly infuriating amount of time is spent again on the B story of the FBI Lady chasing Bullseye. I spent more time pondering the basic premise of the Bullseye character than what this issue (or this title so far) has to say about him, i.e. not much. If you already think Bullseye is ridiculously awesome, you'll love this. If you think he's just ridiculous, enh ...

8.0
Bullseye (2017) #4

Nov 9, 2017

Bullseye's opponents fight over the right to kill him while he makes snotty comments, and SHIELD rolls up on the last page. Bullseye spends this entire issue duct-taped to a chair and it's my favorite issue in the series. That says plenty about my opinion of Bullseye. Writer Ed Brisson lets his characters respond to the highly stereotypical plot points unfolding around them with rapier wit. The setup that got us here wasn't that enjoyable, but the payoff is pretty fun. Guillermo Sanna's art isn't disappointing but also not that memorable.

4.0
Bullseye (2017) #5

Jan 5, 2018

Bullseye gets the last laugh as this adventure dissolves into a mess of corpses and bittersweet endings. This actually happens: Bullseye hijacks a Helicarrier by incapacitating all of three SHIELD mooks. This entire series runs on an "if it looks cool and it's Bullseye doing it, of course it's possible" rule, and this is where I realize I'm never going to agree with that dictum. I didn't come in convinced of Bullseye's inherent awesomeness and this series did nothing to sell me on that idea. It's very juvenile. No matter how many "mature" cop movie clichés Ed Brisson wants to staple on top, it's fundamentally a brainless thrill ride. Some spectacular visuals might have helped sell this conclusion; instead this issue's art appears to be a set of incomplete sketches finished off with a minimum of time and effort. Thanks to this inept showing, I'm going to dread seeing artist Guillermo Sanna's name come up on future comics.

6.0
Cable (2017) #1

Dec 7, 2017

Time-sheriff Cable busts baddies armed with anachronistic sci-fi weapons in the Old West and Feudal Japan. It's a simple premise executed with journeyman skill. Carlos Pacheco's scrupulous art goes a long way toward hauling this story into entertaining readability; James Robinson's script is a strictly by-the-numbers affair. Even in his debut issue, Cable has to deal with repetitiveness; the story is the same in both time periods he visits and it feels like Mr. Robinson is missing a big opportunity to build something interesting via parallels. Instead the repetition simply serves as emphasis, suggesting the longer story might turn into a real slog.

5.0
Cable (2017) #2

Jan 5, 2018

More feudal Japanese fighting and a regrettable lack of explanations regarding the larger plot. We get one glimpse of the baddie Cable is chasing; it's profoundly unenlightening. Carlos Pacheco's top-shelf pencils are the one thing holding this title up out of the swamp of total disappointment. It'll be tragic if this title doesn't shape up soon and all that artistic talent ends up being wasted on a pointless series.

5.0
Cable (2017) #3

Feb 3, 2018

James Robinson says "here ya filthy animals" and offloads five overstuffed pages of exposition dump to explain the badguy ("Conquest") and his Deal. Eternals/Inhumans war, Time Sword, five MacGuffin parts, Cable's gotta catch him before he catches 'em all. Got it? Okay, back to beating up baddies through time. The Mayan setting is, well, you've seen Apocalypto, right? Like that, but squished into a comic and topped with a potentially-racist serving of "chariots of the Gods" super-tech.

6.0
Cable (2017) #4

Mar 11, 2018

Cable turns the tables on Conquest during their visit to Tsarist Russia. Unfortunately, when Cable tries to cut off Conquest's exposition with an "I don't care," he's speaking for the readers as well as himself. Conquest is a bargain-basement Kang knockoff, and depriving him of the Time Sword is just an average Wednesday for Cable. Artist Yildiray Cinar delivers some outstanding visuals that lend more weight to James Robinson's script than it deserves. The bones of the plot and the pacing are fine, but this issue is a notable storehouse of Terrible Dialogue - line after line that you regret reading.

5.0
Cable (2017) #5

Apr 7, 2018

Cable defeats Conquest with the trick that was painfully telegraphed in issue #3 and James Robinson does woefully little to embellish the script around it. Yildiray Cinar does considerably more on the visual front, squeezing as much fun as possible out of a "history's greatest mooks vs. dinosaurs" premise. Great as the art is, it can't equip this issue (or this arc) with the slightest bit of memorability or re-read value. It does nothing to transform or illuminate Cable as a character; the shallowness of this story and the way it's presented is fundamentally juvenile.

6.0
Cable (2017) #150

May 3, 2018

Ed Brisson and Jon Malin send Cable back in time to explore the "Externals" mess of the Liefeld days. That Highlander reboot folks have been talking about must be DOA if Marvel feels safe going back to these *super* derivative waters. Mr. Brisson contributes some nice tough-guy dialogue that feels very "Die Hard" or "Oceans 11" (in a good way), but his plot isn't promising so far. A straight-up misunderstanding brawl with a baddy Cable's trying to team up with? Ho hum. Speaking of "ho hum" and missed opportunities for irony, Mr. Malin's art is a 90s xtreem throwback executed in painfully earnest "why would you need more than one line width?" style. Jesus Aburtov does heroic work adding much-needed depth and texture with the colors.

6.0
Cable (2017) #151

Jun 9, 2018

After their first confrontation, both Cable and Selene decide to expand their teams. The "who's killing Externals?" mystery chugs slowly toward enlightenment. The storytelling is done in a workmanlike "meets expectations" fashion, but this is one of those tales where the creators have omitted any engaging hooks. There's no compelling reason to pick this story up unless you're already a big fan of the participants. The addition of Armor and X-23 to the hero squad reveal yet another of Jon Malin's artistic weaknesses: He's unable to portray these characters as the adolescent girls the "13 years ago" setting says they should be.

4.0
Cable (2017) #152

Jun 23, 2018

Cable and company zero in on what looks like a big bad, I guess. Ed Brisson's script tells a functional story but completely fails to offer disinterested readers a reason to care about any of this Externals business. The words in this issue do nothing to stir passion, and the art is actively painful. Jon Malin has two modes: questionably competent Liefeld imitation, and definitely-not-competent rough sketches of too-small characters. Mr. Malin was allowed/encouraged, for reasons beyond comprehension, to block out most of this issue in the second mode. The result is entirely too much of "the somnolescent adventures of five color-globs that look vaguely like Cable's team and Doop," and reading it is quite a chore.

5.0
Cable (2017) #153

Jul 27, 2018

Our narrative focuses on Gideon; the heroes spend the whole issue overcoming the goons/psychics/self-destructing-base trap he left for them. Gideon confronts Selene in a murdery fight scene that *really* embraces the Highlander rip-off-itude of the Externals; it's mighty disappointing that Ed Brisson didn't expend any scripting effort in crowbarring them away from their obvious inspiration. Jon Malin's art clocks in at his very best, which means generally unlovely but mostly-functional storytelling. At this point, the speed and forgettability of this arc and this issue are turning into positives. This story doesn't do much entertaining, but at least you can put it behind you quickly.

4.0
Cable (2017) #154

Sep 6, 2018

Cable and company polish off Gideon and the big kahuna paints this story as a successful Blink rescue mission. The script is workable on a nuts-and-bolts level, but it feels scared of investigating the Eternals at any depth beyond the most superficial. Jon Malin's art is Jon Malin's art. Personally I feel that ironic self-aware ineptitude is still ineptitude, and no amount of nostalgia justifies making comics this ugly. Cable's stick-guns are particularly bad; my grandpa sawed more convincing firearms out of scrap lumber for me when I was a kid.

9.0
Cable (2017) #155

Oct 8, 2018

A far more expressive Cable draws Hope into a father-daughter fight against Metus, a horrible shape-shifting techno-organic monster that's chased him for decades. Formidable character work and even more impressive art ennoble a plot that's twisty but just a little predictable. In a major departure from this title's previous brainless story arcs, this new looks like a very cerebral, very scary monster hunt.

9.0
Cable (2017) #156

Nov 10, 2018

The story rewinds to show an earlier Metus encounter during Hope's post-apocalyptic childhood. The transition from the last issue is rather jarring, but this flashback is surely not random. Insanely good art and adroit emotional work in the script make this a delightful - but still very spooky - read. Besides entertaining in its own right, this look at Cable's parental past ratchets up the stakes significantly for the coming showdown with Metus.

8.0
Cable (2017) #157

Dec 3, 2018

Cable teams up with X-Man and a bevy of AU Cables, but their attempt to corner Metus turns into a psychological thriller and ends badly for the good guys. This instalment delivered excellent tension, but I would have liked to keep the story focused tighter on the Cable-Hope relationship. I've developed a pretty certain prediction for the Big Twist in the story, but I hope there's at least one more surprise before the big finish.

7.0
Cable (2017) #158

Jan 1, 2019

Cable flashes back to the time Metus ruined his first Danger Room run with the X-Force team. This does a decent job recreating the feel of that title without subjecting us to full-bore Liefeld visuals. I was hoping for a little more forward progress in learning about Metus, though. Decent character insights for Cable and solid art all around hold this above average.

9.0
Cable (2017) #159

Jan 31, 2019

Cable explains and solves his Metus problem at last. Though this story wandered a little in previous chapters, this resolution is thoroughly satisfying from a plot and character standpoint. The art makes a formidable partner for the script, falling into lockstep in a powerful way - the words and pictures combine into a singular storytelling voice. I really like Hope's role here at the end; she has both a practical and metaphorical job to do. As a whole, this is definitely one of the best Cable stories ever told.

8.5
Cable (2020) #1

Oct 21, 2020

A nice splashy start that kicks off two promising plotlines. But the characterization is a lot less impressive and the art, though talented, doesn't seem like a good fit with the writing. Based on the model of Marauders I fully expect this to be another of DoX's "good but not as great as it could be" titles.

6.5
Cable (2020) #2

Dec 17, 2020

The script is a typical Gerry Duggan joint: Solid prose, but the total amount of plot development comes up short. The art disappoints me -- the bones are impeccable but the finish is awfully rough.

8.5
Cable (2020) #3

Feb 17, 2021

We're back on irreverent track as Kid Cable makes a tentative alliance with the Space Knights and finds himself needing a favor from Deadpool. It's still a bit short on plot development, but improvements in art, humor, and characterization make this (subjectively) a much more likable issue than #2.

8.0
Cable (2020) #4

Feb 20, 2021

Kid Cable and Esme solve their Spaceknight problem with a deus ex machina delivered from beyond the grave by Old Man Cable. That's pretty dumb, but this whole series is dumb and I guess I've embraced the dumbness. The prose wasn't memorable, but I liked the pace and the characterization. On the art: There are two distinct Phil Noto styles. I might be in the minority, but I prefer this one -- with hard outlines and strong colors -- to the softer, more pastel alternative.

8.0
Cable (2020) #5

Mar 3, 2021

Call me perverse, but the invasion of sci-fi horror-locusts was just as interesting to me as the sword-a-palooza main event. And I'll eat a Cerebro helmet if the Vescora don't turn out to be Chekhov's Guns later on. But, setting aside my enthusiasm … "It's been over 10 years, nobody'll notice if we rip off the 'what do you hear/nothing but the rain' catchphrase from Battlestar Galactica, right?" I notice, and I don't like it -- mainly because the X of Swords version isn't nearly as well-crafted as the BG original

8.0
Cable (2020) #6

Mar 14, 2021

Another bit of Saturnyne's caprice suddenly ties the score, after Cable's spirit is broken in defeat. The art is good. The language is terse, but solid. This is fast-paced -- both within the issue and in terms of the overall event -- and the finale that's suddenly on deck has a fine feeling of inevitability. I knew this fight was coming, but the event has been so wild that I have no idea exactly how it'll end.

6.5
Cable (2020) #7

Apr 30, 2021

It's not actually *bad*, but you're never not conscious of how much better it could be. Decompression is probably the biggest, clearest problem.

7.0
Cable (2020) #8

May 29, 2021

Kid Cable leans heavily (to a frankly problematic degree) on Domino's luck to move his Stryfe-hunt forward and keep himself alive in the process. It's a simple plot but it moves briskly. The art's a touch more polished than in the last issue, which I appreciate. I also appreciate the comedic effort invested in the script, though it didn't get big laughs out of me personally. Humor's mighty subjective.

7.0
Cable (2020) #9

Jul 25, 2021

Kid Cable trawls through his and Stryfe's continuity links in an unsuccessful bid to turn up some leads. It's good fun, but undeniably decompressed and basic. And it comes awful close to admitting Kid Cable is a mistake and we should just get back to Grunkle Cable. The art's a treat. I hope before he bows out, Kid Cable gets to have a fairly involved spat with Quentin Quire over who should date which Cuckoo(s).

7.5
Cable (2020) #10

Sep 7, 2021

Kid Cable starts talking to his elders about his Stryfe problem; neither Emma nor Scott is enthusiastic about his "Back to the Future" solution. The Scott conversation is livened up by happening during a bar-fight with some Arakkii mutants. The combination is done well -- but it's also done obviously, a bit of artifice to keep the issue from being entirely talk. I love the art; this is my favorite of Phil Noto's styles. This is a good issue, but it's still a decompressed one with a shortage of plot development.

8.0
Cable (2020) #11

Nov 22, 2021

Grunkle Cable is resurrected so that he and his younger self can run a fast, funny "putting the band back together" montage before confronting Stryfe. So this is essentially the middle act of the Blues Brothers, starring the extended Summers family. The art remains tight, and I think the script makes a fair trade in ditching introspection for humor and fast plot development. Definitely a good comic, but it lacks the depth to be truly great.

7.5
Cable (2020) #12

Dec 23, 2021

The two Cables go their separate ways after killing a Stryfe with their family's help. It's a mess of satisfying little bits of plot and character development, with pretty good art tying it all together. There's perhaps one too many future story hooks. Deadpool is pretty blah here and this version of Stryfe was annoying. But the Esme relationship ended up compelling and the overall concept of Cable v. Stryfe as an unending war across time is cool. We're back to Grunkle Cable as our primary Cable, but as Kid Cable points out, "You know when to find me."

8.5
Cable (2020): Reloaded #1

Jan 4, 2022

Turns out, Rocket wasn't joking about shooting Dormammu with a really big gun. Here's how Grunkle Cable went and fetched it for him, with help from old and new pals. Pay attention, future comics creators: THIS is how you deconstruct and reconstruct an old, problematic style and turn it into something brilliant. This is the tough-guy sci-fi mercenary comic that every 90s issue of X-Force WANTED to be. There are limitations to "tough-guy sci-fi mercenary comic;" the style is inherently stupid and silly. That's why I'm rating this "very good," not "great." In this incarnation, there aren't any storytelling problems to drag the comic down, and I can take the stupidity and silliness shameless and pure.

5.0
Cable/Deadpool Annual #1

Feb 28, 2019

Deadpool gets bamboozled into a time-traveling "creepy male stalker" story and Cable drops in once the mess starts damaging the timestream. This is a moron's idea of a smart time-travel script. (I don't mean too much offense to David F. Walker; I think this is a good writer being lazy rather than real incompetence.) 7th-grade jokes, labored Dr. Who references, a Terminator 2 frame, and Baby's First Summary of "Understanding Comics" thrown in for no good reason. A carousel of artists delivers pointless visual variety; nine different takes on "meh" visuals are exponentially "meh" when combined. Nick Bradshaw's "Pirates vs. mechano-Krakens" scene does look nice, though.

7.5
Captain America & The Invaders: The Bahamas Triangle #1

Jan 25, 2020

Cameos in the first scene: The photographer is Jonah Jameson or an ancestor thereof. The man passing Cap's shield back to him is Jack Kirby.

9.0
Captain America & the Winter Soldier (2022) #1

May 9, 2023

Well, I love it. It's an awe-inspiring wad of backstory and worldbuilding, but tempered with a significant bit of forward plot motion. Plus, it's got gobs of style in its script structure and art. Absolutely required reading for Sentinel of Liberty.

10
Captain America (2017) #695

May 14, 2018

Cap sidles back into a little Nebraska town where he had one of his earliest adventures just after leaving the ice. The local Cap festival justifies some superb examination of Cap's legacy, and the very same white supremacist villains from his first visit try to stage a comeback, too. Mark Waid and Chris Samnee deliver a virtually-flawless interpretation of "legacy comic" here: It responds directly to Cap's recent history but also shows his essence in a way that's simply timeless. This comic raised 2-3 crops of delighted goosebumps as I read it. It is a profoundly and fundamentally Good comic, both in moral terms and with regards to storytelling skill.

9.0
Captain America (2017) #696

Jun 18, 2018

Cap's quiet heartland tour gets noisied up when an upstart legacy Swordsman catches wind of him and he has to fight to save Sauga River, Georgia. It's a fine straightforward fight in Chris Samnee's best style, and Mark Waid invests the script with wholesome "aw shucks" charm. Simple, but more powerful for it.

8.0
Captain America (2017) #697

Jul 11, 2018

Kraven kidnaps Cap and throws him into a Most Dangerous Game scenario with a few awesome twists. It's splendid fun, but when a surprise ongoing story starts up in the final scene, it's clearly taking over for a main story that's run out of steam a little early. This is still a blast - Chris Samnee's art is in top form - but it's not as epic as the last two issues.

8.0
Captain America (2017) #698

Sep 6, 2018

Cap's defrosted in a new future that badly needs a hero. The art does a superb job of selling the post-apocalyptic wasteland and Cap's heroic actions and the tough leadership of Liang, the resistance leader. It's the script that lets us down a little. Most of it is solid, but the action is put on hold for four pages so Liang can tell (not show) Cap how things got so messed up. This expo-dump finishes with a nice twist, but prior to that, it's too lazy and bitter. I'm already getting the feeling that this story was squeezed tighter than it should be so that it can wrap up with a big bow at #700.

8.0
Captain America (2017) #699

Sep 20, 2018

Cap's whirlwind assault on Rampart brings the Hulk and the Thing across his path before dropping him into an interesting conundrum at the end. The visuals are solid and the character work is executed with speedy skill, but the plot is rather threadbare. Even as you're reading it, you can feel this story racing towards becoming a minor wikipedia footnote in a few years' time. At least we get a tiny moment of well-executed confrontation that shows off the evil of Rampart/Babbington's "aristocrats are inherently better" rhetoric. And the art is gorgeous as ever. Like anybody with working eyeballs, I'd happily pay for an ongoing series called "Chris Samnee's Clever Fights."

7.0
Captain America (2017) #700

Nov 10, 2018

Running Post-Apocalyptic America breaks Cap, so he redeems himself by time-traveling back and cancelling the whole thing before it starts. Even the worn-out Cap who went through it all has to go; nobody at all remembers the Rampart Reality when it's done. This issue delivers great art and a fundamentally sound story, but the rush to conclude at the big round number was counterproductive. It ruined the pace. This issue just doesn't succeed at painting Cap as worn down by unending tragedy. All of his reactions and decisions feel influenced more by the page count than by what he goes through. I read the first few pages of this comic and then put it down for two days. That's really not a reaction I get from out-and-out good comics.

8.0
Captain America (2017) #701

Nov 25, 2018

Several centuries in the future, Cap's descendant confronts dangerous secrets lurking just beneath the surface of his shiny happy world. It's a thrilling story, but it's surprisingly exposition-heavy for an arc that'll reach four issues. Stellar usage of stellar guest art for the historical flashbacks counterbalances the somewhat weak characterization and scene-setting. The second flashback is Cap working for SHIELD in 1968 and I LOVE how flagrantly it flips the bird at the sliding timescale.

7.0
Captain America (2017) #702

Dec 3, 2018

Jack Rogers's story expands to include his fellow Historians. That part's pretty cool. Less cool are the steps taken to bend not just the flashbacks but also the main story toward "Cap vs. Red Skull and his Cosmic Cube" for the millionth time. Add in visuals that share the plot's downward trend and you have a slightly above-average issue that bodes ill for the future.

8.0
Captain America (2017) #703

Dec 18, 2018

Jack is either completely helpless or a cunning schemer as the Red Skull breaks open the secret of Kree infiltration on Earth. Alan Davis illustrating the flashback to the Cap's Kooky Quartet era of the Avengers is a high point, and in the future setting, the story just managed to engage my curiosity. I'm thinking/hoping there's a huge twist coming and I can't wait to see it.

5.0
Captain America (2017) #704

Jan 1, 2019

Jack helps the Red Skull throw the Kree off Earth, then turns on him to pull a "Cappily ever after" ending out of thin air. This story lacks heart. That makes the decision to use a "clap your hands if you believe" climax problematic, and it also undercuts the Cap-tastic platitudes at the end. I'm not a fan of the protagonist turning from Joe Underdog into Jack ☠☠☠☠ Bauer for one scene; if the author thought his plot absolutely required a vicious interrogation, he shoulda thought harder. Stacked against these serious drawbacks, what do we have in the plus column? The art is generally solid, swole-headed Skull excepted. And the palette is biased heavily toward red, white, and blue. I guess that's … clever?

8.5
Captain America (2018) #1

Jan 14, 2019

Steve grapples with post-SE reality. This is a world where he's a liability to fighting Nuke-knockoff terrorists. And Selene is starting something nasty by cannibalizing Hydra in Russia. This is a mighty ambitious and philosophical start. It's clearly chapter one in a bigger story, which explains (but doesn't excuse) the nebulous "no closure" feeling. The art is powerful stuff and I recognize the quality, even though I dislike some of the stylistic habits (particularly the "no pupils in action scenes" rule) on display. It's easy to see the promise of all-time greatness, but the pile of small but stubborn weaknesses tells me this issue, by itself, doesn't quite get there.

7.0
Captain America (2018) #2

Feb 11, 2019

Cap fights another pack of Nuke terrorists, Sharon booty calls him (go Sharon!), and the surprise twist ending is Black Panther. Throughout it, Cap's narration makes the point, "Funny how so many of my baddies share my 'I wanna be a strong guy' backstory, huh?" It sounds purdier coming out of Cap, but my version's faster. This issue does more rock-solid character work, but the repetition (not so much the additional Nuke fighting but following it up AGAIN with an inconclusive Cap/Ross spat) and the visuals are holding it back for me. Even though I KNOW it takes talent and effort to do art like this, the finished product leaves me cold.

9.0
Captain America (2018) #3

Mar 18, 2019

Cap takes the initiative, boldly destroying the Nuke army and handing its creator, Zeke Stane, over to T'Challa and Okoye. Meanwhile, Sharon is getting dangerously close to the Power Elite. Taking the heroes out of reactive mode is the key to elevating this into a fully satisfying comic, and the art does a stellar job of selling the big-budget action. A good, satisfying story also makes the philosophy more engaging, but some of the author's points trouble me. The premise that "Flyover America" is in crisis, abandoned by its culture and government, is strong. Leaping to the conclusion that Flyover Americans would sell their souls to cartoonish super-fascists like Hydra and the Power Elite is pretty nasty. Absolving them of responsibility for that soul-selling is downright insulting. "Poor ignorant redneck sheep," it says. "Of course they'd sell out for good wages and decent healthcare, you can't blame them for their childish dumbness." I'm overstating for emphasis, and the author's surely aware of the complexities. The civilian Cap interviews has pangs of conscience. Cap's inner monologue also chews on the problem. It's the big theme this volume is evolving: America's too broken to start fixing itself just because Cap stands up and tells it to do the right thing. Isn't it? This feels like an opportune moment to point out that in dozens of issues by dozens of authors, the only time Marvel mentioned ordinary Americans resisting Hydra during Secret Empire was in David Walker's Occupy Avengers. The series and those issues are hardly flawless, but it is nice that SOMEBODY in the Bullpen thought Flyover Americans might not surrender their country to Hydra without a fight.

7.0
Captain America (2018) #4

Apr 25, 2019

9.0
Captain America (2018) #5

May 30, 2019

Cap defeats Taskmaster and saves Sharon, but his enemies are powerful enough to publicize it in a way that hurts him. Plus, his good work doesn't stop them from bolstering their ranks with a momentous resurrection. Exquisite visual and narrative skills come closer together than ever before to tell a very satisfying story here. Cap at last bending his narration to the fight at hand is terrific, and the art breezes through crucial visual-only storytelling moments with clarity and impact.

8.0
Captain America (2018) #6

Jul 1, 2019

The Lukins exposit their backstory and move forward by framing Cap for murder. Individual scenes and the issue as a whole are sorely lacking in satisfying closure. It's about the only weakness; the art's fantastic and the ideas woven into the dialogue are brilliant.

9.0
Captain America (2018) #7

Aug 20, 2019

Cap appreciates the quality of the frame hung on him for Ross's murder and turns himself in - but actually giving up is the furthest thing from his mind. The plot's building slowly, but that provides space for some truly excellent philosophizing, even by this title's sky-high standards. The art's impressive, too; I think Adam Kubert made a conscious (and really successful) attempt to match Leinil Francis Yu's style. I admire the play between symbol and symbolized that Ta-Nehisi Coates weaves into the script. Steve recognizes at the start that his enemies are after his shield, symbolically, rather than himself. At the end, he turns himself over while ensuring that the literal shield remains out of their reach. They get the literal victory but Steve gets the symbolic one. (I admit, though, if I was investigating a high-profile Marvel murder and the evidence said a thrown shield was responsible? I'd spend a minute or two checking Taskmaster before I arrested Captain America.)

7.0
Captain America (2018) #8

Sep 9, 2019

7.0
Captain America (2018) #9

Oct 15, 2019

7.5
Captain America (2018) #10

Nov 20, 2019

I'm struggling to believe that Strucker (in Street Fighter Sagat cosplay, why?) got that close to beating Steve in a cage match no matter how much yadda yadda yadda about power dampeners I take in or how many Nazi sparklefists I see. But it does LOOK awesome and I like how the big-picture plot is coming together.

8.0
Captain America (2018) #11

Jan 25, 2020

The "old soldier" Steve's referring to is Donald Rumsfeld. Which is a demonstration of the desert-dry wit Mr. Coates brings to Steve Rogers -- I'm pretty sure Cap would only refer to such a world-class monger of needless wars as a soldier in the most deeply sarcastic sense.

7.0
Captain America (2018) #12

Feb 27, 2020

Promising plot developments; uninspiring storytelling in words and art.

6.0
Captain America (2018) #13

Mar 26, 2020

5.0
Captain America (2018) #14

Apr 20, 2020

It's not too hot on its own, and when you consider the wild shifts in art and characterization compared to previous issues, it gets pretty disappointing. Feels like emergency filler supplied by JV creators, though it does stick to the ongoing plot.

5.5
Captain America (2018) #15

Apr 29, 2020

8.0
Captain America (2018) #16

Jun 7, 2020

This issue strikes an excellent balance between Steve hunting Scourge and Kingpin learning how badly the Power Elite has screwed him. Forward plot motion is great, the character voices are acceptable, and this flat (in a good, Ottley-esque way) art style suits the pace & content perfectly. It's a pity the artist carousel will spin around to some less-palatable style soon enough!

7.0
Captain America (2018) #17

Jul 2, 2020

I think one of this volume's problems is that the writer doesn't make any structural allowances for his changing art roster. This issue delivers another demanding scene where the captions send Steve off into the philosophical tall grass and the art needs to convey a clear fight, by itself, while also matching the pace of Steve's thoughts. Mr. Coates is perhaps less aware than he should be that not every artist can do that job as well as Leinil Francis Yu did.

6.0
Captain America (2018) #18

Sep 24, 2020

Steve solves the immediate crisis, putting an end to a riot with inspirational speechifying and assaulting Scourge with acrobatic derring-do. Unfortunately, dreadful art neuters that second development and makes the whole book a chore to read.

5.0
Captain America (2018) #19

Oct 17, 2020

This time around, the Grand Coates Summary™ falls pretty damn flat. Why? Because it's a grab-bag of plot points that were handed to the readers ages ago. Now, they're handed to Cap one after the other, like it's his damn birthday. He might as well have napped through the past 6 issues. Oh, plus, the visuals are a giant bag of nothing special. Also, revisiting a key resurrection 6 months on and explaining it only with "What I will say is that I was needed. And so I came back." is sum bull☠️☠️☠️☠️.

7.0
Captain America (2018) #20

Nov 2, 2020

Oh, look! Supervillains using a satirical exaggeration of contemporary conservative culture to hide their world-domination schemes! THAT'S NEW! But salt aside, the plot is in forward motion and the visuals are improving. I'm cautiously slightly optimistic.

7.0
Captain America (2018) #21

Dec 19, 2020

Cap strikes at Selene after one more belabored examination of her man-trapping scheme, and the shadow of the Red Skull starts looming a little larger. Some clumsiness in the art and way too much detail about Adamsville, but I remain optimistic about the larger plot.

7.0
Captain America (2018) #22

Feb 17, 2021

Other plot threads quiet down so we can concentrate on beating Selene, a baddy who will take some beating. This issue features a nicely-orchestrated long-form fight scene. The art is better, but still hasn't quite got me to "good." And the MCU thievery, culminating in a swiped final line that launches a thousand eyeballs a-rolling, is troubling. The original parts of the script are great: lean and elegant. This issue characterizes Selene, Cap, and Sharon very well.

8.0
Captain America (2018) #23

Feb 25, 2021

Sharon fights a desperate endurance battle against Selene and triumphs. The art does strong work carrying the combat narrative while Sharon's monologue dives deep into her head. But I still say the visuals are the weak point here; those cartoony expressions just can't keep up with the script. It's a good comic but not a great one, and I think some more evocative art could have pushed it over the line. I really like that Selene will be remanded to the Quiet Council on Krakoa.

9.0
Captain America (2018) #24

Mar 3, 2021

Why did Ta-Nehisi Coates withhold this level of writing for so many months? THIS is what we want: Great character work, great interactions, and the parallels between Steve/Sharon and the Lukins -- la chose parfaite! Plus a quantum leap forward in art; please please please let this issue be a new standard for the title and not a one-off fluke.

7.5
Captain America (2018) #25

Mar 14, 2021

Ahh, dammit. Right back to divergent philosophical narration on top of forgettably-drawn fight scenes. The B strip elevates things considerably, though it runs a bit long.

6.5
Captain America (2018) #26

Mar 26, 2021

The good guys win in Madripoor, and Thunderbolt Ross (somehow) regains his Red Hulk form. It's a solid plot with some cool twists. But these creators are just not bringing the talent this story deserves. I like the blocking of the art, but not the way the characters are finished. I hate Steve's dumb doe eyes; I hate Sam's stupid skull mask. And the author continues to rely on divergent narration to philosophize while the action plays out. But it doesn't work as well as he thinks; in fact, I think it's getting worse over time.

7.5
Captain America (2018) #27

May 29, 2021

Cap's exoneration comes with strings attached -- mainly because the Red Skull is out there being way smarter and way less moral about manipulating public perceptions. The art's really working for me this issue, and the script delivers a decent chunk of Steve-centric plot development. The dialogue dips into cheese at several points, though, and the last act doesn't build as much tension as it wants to by drawing out the final twist.

8.0
Captain America (2018) #28

Aug 4, 2021

Sin springs a trap on Cap, turning her middle-act victory into grist for the Skull's philosophical mill. This issue delivers some powerful moments of characterization and social criticism and is a fun all-around read (provided you're not grinding an oppositional ax to the author's worldview). The main plot is losing momentum again, though; this issue is almost a mulligan for the previous one. But Sin's role is executed well enough to raise my rating.

6.5
Captain America (2018) #29

Oct 2, 2021

Back on the side of the angels, Steve and the Daughters take aim at the Lukins. But Sharon pulls a little end run, getting Wilson Fisk involved and giving the plot a twist it desperately needs. I actually like the art; it's clean and effective and well-suited to this script. Hooo, the pace, though! Finish already!

6.0
Captain America (2018) #30

Nov 23, 2021

All we get for a conclusion is an old progressive fantasy. (And I say this as a deeply-committed pinko leftie.) The fantasy is, A: You can convince an authoritarian's followers that he holds them in contempt, and B: This will instantly cause his organization to crumble. It's naive. It's a lullaby we progressives use to rock ourselves to sleep. At least there's a couple pages at the end that admit the fantasy doesn't work -- but that just weakens the resolution of the story, doesn't it?

7.0
Captain America (2018) Annual #1

Apr 6, 2019

A flashback story puts Cap back in his Nazi-punching glory days so he and Bucky can do retail life-saving for a trio of concentration camp escapees. It's got oodles of heart that make it a feel-good read, but the plot is mighty simple and the art looks like what it is: The bland compromise produced by an eight-man committee. One keep-me-up-at-night question: Did Ms. Howard consider telling this story from the escapees' POV? If she decided not to, why not?

6.5
Captain America (2018) Annual: 2021 #1

Oct 28, 2021

Cap and Black Widow try and fail to catch Overtime, the Time Stone Guy. The story's basically functional. The art is mighty rough. I like Overtime (I think he's positioned well for the event moving forward), I'm neutral on this Natasha, and I really kinda hate this Cap. The B strip was a nice spirit-lifter, but not enough to boost my rating much. "Stop blaming the gun!" Of all the wrong replies Cap could have given, that's nearly the wrongest.

7.0
Captain America / Iron Man (2021) #1

Apr 26, 2022

So despite the title, this is actually a villain protagonist story starring Veronica Eden (or as I called her during Derek Landy's Falcon & Winter Soldier, Day-Glo Terrorist Barbie). Veronica's parts and the heroes' parts are decent on their own, but they don't add up to a fully satisfying story -- yet. There's an overdose of exposition, and yet there's still bad confusion (as opposed to good ambiguity) about who's working with whom and why. On the plus side, the art's pretty sweet (though the fight scenes could definitely use stronger visual storytelling) and there's some solid humor along the way.

8.0
Captain America / Iron Man (2021) #2

May 16, 2022

I really enjoyed this, and the certainty that this issue's breezy tone will drive some other readers up the wall just added to my enjoyment. Derek Landy's jam seems to be "superhero sitcom driven by slightly goofy characters," and if you're open to that, he does it very well. I liked the art style, too. I think it's colored a little too dark, though. These visuals cry out for bright colors. I often say that a series will read better in trades, but here I think the reverse is true. A month between issues is a perfect breathing spell, keeping the comedy fresh. If I read the whole thing straight through, I bet the tone would get cloying.

7.5
Captain America / Iron Man (2021) #3

Jun 15, 2022

I'm still laughing, but the ice under the creator's pet protagonist is definitely starting to crack. The book's greatest objective strength remains its art, which is truly outstanding. Angel Unzueta has a rock-solid grasp of conventional superhero visuals. It's cool to see him stretching himself, too, trying out a range of exaggerated "funny faces" on Veronica. I don't think they're perfect yet, but I like watching Mr. Unzueta experiment. Derek Landy must be one charming MF'er to talk editors into letting him do goofy sitcom comics with A-list heroes and top-shelf artists.

7.0
Captain America / Iron Man (2021) #4

Jul 21, 2022

The whole cast teams up to laboriously explain the true plot. It's a complicated writing job, and it's carried off with admirable skill and clarity. But there's a bigger question: Did the plot *need* to be this convoluted? The sheer volume of words crammed in this issue suggests to me that no, it did not. The core premise is intriguing. Veronica Eden has considered the risk/reward balance of superheroes and come up with a conclusion at odds with the Marvel universe's usual take. Thus, she's become a villain with an arguably righteous cause. However, there has *got* to be a better way to explore that premise than this series' "punch-joke-punch-joke-talk-talk-talk-talk" structure. My highest kudos go to the artist, who almost single-handedly gives a feeling of ongoing conflict to what is, in reality, an issue-long plot debriefing.

8.0
Captain America / Iron Man (2021) #5

Aug 19, 2022

The plot coasts to a satisfying if not surprising end. It's safeguarded on its journey by more consistently excellent art. The real treat is a pair of outstanding Cap speeches, almost back-to-back and both exquisitely scripted. On the other hand, creator's pet Veronica cops a cliffhanger "to be continued" ending that rather sours the resolution. This was a good series overall. Definitely improvable, though. I'm a big fan of philosophy in my comics, and this series had a bonus-sized serving. I'd have liked it to be a bit better integrated into the action, though.

7.0
Captain America Anniversary Tribute (2021) #1

Jul 18, 2021

It's the same gag as the redrawn Giant-Size X-Men #1 from last year, letting a different artist draw every page of some classic strips. The mix of Gold and Silver-Age stories is interesting, and once again the artist roster serves as a "who's who" of contemporary Marvel. But as with the previous effort, the main draw is catching peeks of the folks who don't actually draw many Marvel interiors anymore: Marguerite Sauvage, Alex Ross, InHyuk Lee, Adam Hughes, the Dodsons, etc.

8.0
Captain America: Sam Wilson #19

Oct 31, 2017

Rage's trial goes as bad as it could go. Riot time! Aside from happening with fictional quickness, every adversity this trial throws at Rage and Cap is depressingly realistic. It is a bit shortsighted of Cap to forget about catching the real culprits in Rage's burglary until the 11th hour. It makes him look absent-minded at best and at worst it suggests that Cap might be concentrating too much on identity politics.

8.0
Captain America: Sam Wilson #20

Oct 31, 2017

What is Captain America's role when America itself, in all its fractured, intangible, contradictory fury, is the villain? Amazingly enough, things get worse and Sam's prospects get grimmer. This is an emotional freight train, but it falls short of being a must-read masterpiece on its own. This comic just sharpens up the theme of institutional injustice that's been building for the past two issues. It's a pressure cooker built to ensure that things get as dark as possible before this story concludes.

9.0
Captain America: Sam Wilson #21

Oct 31, 2017

Sam Wilson decides he can't be Captain America anymore. Explaining Sam's decision requires a lot of recapping, of course, and that might tempt you toward a lower rating. But it's precisely because this is important that it needs such thorough justification. Both Nick Spencer and Daniel Acuña do brilliant work here. This retrospective on Sam's tenure beneath the shield is both powerful and subtle - and it may be laying the groundwork for a new teen Patriot that I'd love to see.

8.0
Captain America: Sam Wilson #22

Dec 7, 2017

A nearly-beaten Sam decides to concentrate on shepherding the most vulnerable out of Hydrated America. There's a bit of a bitter "kick a man while he's down" feeling to Sam Wilson's latest tale. It's given full voice by Misty Knight, who offers the stinging assessment "if only we had a Captain America to fight them" on the Hydra takeover. Sam didn't have any shortage of guilt prior to her arrival, though. This is a perfect tie-in issue, showing exactly how and why Sam ends up as a refugee smuggler in the main event . Sean Izaakse's art helps ennoble the story a great deal; it really impressed me. This comic doles out a few more clues about the missing period between Hydra's Day Zero and the Secret Empire status quo: There was a "Battle of Chicago" that seems likely to be the place where Stevil hoisted the hammer.

8.0
Captain America: Sam Wilson #23

Jan 5, 2018

Sam burns his Inhuman-smuggling bridges with the Mole Man in order to get the renegade Avengers out of Hydrated America. This is a fine comic, but it's clearly intended to be more "Secret Empire #3.5" than "CA: Sam Wilson #23." Sam is reduced to being a tour guide rather than the protagonist. Joe Bennett's old-school pencils give the whole exercise a classic feel and there's some solid humor regarding Mole Man's fave TV shows. This is a bit of a breather episode in the bigger, darker Secret Empire story. The way the title's drifting away from Sam suggests he's going to fade away rather than going out with a bang.

8.0
Captain America: Sam Wilson #24

Feb 3, 2018

Sam straps on the shield one more time after three insightful conversations. This issue is twice removed from telling its own story; not only does it rely utterly on Secret Empire for plot, its scene structure is built to mirror this week's CA: Steve Rogers. And it's dangerously close to being a superfluous rehash before the new Patriot steps in and *finally* gives Sam some useful second thoughts on the whole "give up the shield" idea. Joe Bennetts' pencils make the book look crazy good, though it would have been nice to see his spandex-friendly style turned to a little more action.

7.0
Captain America: Sam Wilson #25

Mar 11, 2018

Secret Empire #7.5: Emma Frost and T'Challa get jobbed hard and Stevil collects more Cosmic Cube fragments from them, but the tide continues to turn as the good guys get a shard of their own in the unlikeliest way imaginable. This issue is a ton of fun, but the plot developments here are wall-to-wall ridiculous. This is the key book a critic will beat you to death with if you try to argue that Secret Empire is more serious and grim than an average Marvel event. I'm fine with the ridiculosity, but I struck points off my rating here for the tragic art shift, the genericity of Sam's inspirational speech, and the ugly implication that Stevil survived Secret Empire #7 thanks to Cosmic Cube ☠☠☠☠-ery rather than Miles's heroism and Natasha's sacrifice.

9.0
Captain America: Sentinel of Liberty (2022) #1

Dec 28, 2022

I'm a sucker for powerful writing, and the first scenes of this comic have it in spades. It's a beautiful, thoughtful portrayal of Steve Rogers that totally sells me on whatever comes next. The entire script is structured well, and Steve's perfectly-rendered voice is there through to the end. Visually, everything looks at least OK, with some absolutely outstanding panels and spreads sprinkled in (there are also points where the art could be clearer, though). The next steps are still mighty mysterious -- even with extra pages, the creators play it close to the vest, doing plenty of foreshadowing and little explaining. This could get amazing, or it could get very silly, very fast. My money's on the former, though.

8.5
Captain America: Sentinel of Liberty (2022) #2

Jan 6, 2023

I love the way this issue maintains a tight focus on Steve's investigation -- and his new supporting cast -- while also giving us peeks at a vast evil conspiracy. The antagonists are shaping up very Hickman-esque, in an entirely positive way. The art's quite nice. Oodles of detail, though the action scenes could be a touch more dynamic. The script has a good pace. The prose is all at least good, with some real gems of dialogue sparkling even higher. This series is already shaping up into something outstanding.

9.0
Captain America: Sentinel of Liberty (2022) #3

Jan 17, 2023

The basic premises of the story aren't incredibly novel. "Hero vs. all-powerful conspiracy" and "Cap has a sinister secret origin" -- we've heard these songs before. But the way those premises are worked up into a story is incredible. The characters are compelling, the action is exciting, and the plot is stitched together with clear cause-and-effect logic. And it's also supported by subtle details (in both the script and the visuals) that reward close attention with rich nuances. Example: The way the art silently shows Cap stroking the gouges the Redacted left in the wall, a few pages before he discovers the secret message carved in the grooves of his shield? I don't think that's an accident.

9.5
Captain America: Sentinel of Liberty (2022) #4

Feb 12, 2023

So, I love this (does anybody bust out a 9+ rating if that's not the case?). The art is formidable, the philosophical intent is even better, and the script is terrific, too. There are tons of beautifully-turned phrases sprinkled all through the prose. I think the one place it falls short of perfection is that the connection between the philosophy and the plot developments could be a little stronger. But all of the storytelling is handled with such exquisite skill that I'm happy to stretch out and meet the creators in the middle on that point. How many of the Redacted's sneak peeks did you catch before the showdown? I found 3, and I bet there were more. Oh, and if anybody puts in the work to crack the codes on the cover, please share it here! (Unless they're super spoiler-y!)

8.5
Captain America: Sentinel of Liberty (2022) #5

Mar 30, 2023

This is the fancy splashy action climax. It ends with a cliffhanger rather than a resolution; that helps justify the fast pace and relatively simple plot developments. Steve and Bucky each get a nice, strong character moment. The art's maybe a little less detailed than previous issues, but it's still quite clear and dynamic.

9.0
Captain America: Sentinel of Liberty (2022) #6

May 7, 2023

It is NEARLY as operatic as it wants to be. There are some little glitches in the storytelling; a few goofy moves in the action scenes. Even if it doesn't climb as high as its creators hope, it still gets awfully goddamned high. This is a great comic. I have to single out the artist as the prizewinner here. The action panels are good-to-great. But the emotional impact of what's happening is also in the artist's hands, and on that front, they ascend into GOAT territory. (I have no "Bucky would never do that" complaints. That's a step down the dark road to Comic Book Guy-hood.)

8.0
Captain America: Sentinel of Liberty (2022) #7

Aug 10, 2023

It's a very solid episode in an ongoing story that still has a hook deep in me. The art's good and the prose is even better; this is finely crafted work. On the plot front, though, things are a bit pro-forma and step-by-step; this is merely the connective tissue required to get from #6 to #8 in a logical fashion. Which hardly makes this less than a good comic -- but it is the main reason it's not quite a great one.

8.5
Captain America: Sentinel of Liberty (2022) #8

Oct 14, 2023

The art looks great, the dialogue sounds even better, and the plot developments are dramatic (Characterization is solid, too, albeit not revolutionary). I'm rating it shy of greatness only because of this nagging feeling (which might not even be accurate) that it's a little short on content and it zips by a little too fast. Maybe I'm just regretting that it's over so soon.

9.0
Captain America: Sentinel of Liberty (2022) #9

Jan 18, 2024

Spectacular storytelling amply compensates for some ambiguous last-act plotting. (We're stuck in a "what's real, what's not, when did the mind games start?" trap by the end.) This series has been so consistently great that I have complete faith in the way it'll play out. The dialogue is delightful. There are multiple points where a great line drops my jaw and it just stays hanging for a page or longer as the scrumptious prose keeps on coming. The art is equally formidable. While it occasionally gets sketchy, it constantly shoulders the majority of the storytelling work in the action scenes and it never disappoints. Carmen Carnero makes daring layout choices to establish a consistent visual theme; she's created something far more meaningful than basic "here's a panel, here's a panel" blocking.

8.0
Captain America: Sentinel of Liberty (2022) #10

Apr 23, 2024

I respect what the creators are aiming for here, but I think mindscape head games are a little outside their wheelhouses in terms of both words and art. They end up strong in terms of plot and character development, but the start is very shaky. Roger Aubrey proves to be a lifesaver for the authors as well as the Invaders; his story is the magnet that pulls everything together. The art is formidable as ever, featuring superb layouts. The choice to slap MODOC's rictus grin on the faces of other characters is jarring, though--and not entirely in the way intended.

6.0
Captain America: Steve Rogers #10

Oct 31, 2017

Maria Hill goes slightly rogue, Sharon turns SHIELD over to Hydrated Cap, and Steve gets a gimme on killing Jack Flag. The best-written part of this story is the 1940 section, and that's a reheated stew of bits that were more memorable in their MCU incarnation in the first Cap movie. To extend the food metaphors, the art in this issue is suffering from serious "too many cooks" problems, with none of the modern parts measuring up to Jesus Saiz's 40s flashback.

8.0
Captain America: Steve Rogers #11

Oct 31, 2017

Hydrated Cap puts Helmut Zemo in place as his Evil Bucky. This issue has some pretty momentous plot twists, though Cap does go on a bit too long in his "It ain't easy making the world safe for Hydra" inspirational mode while recruiting Zemo. I recognize that Nick Spencer is intentionally maintaining the ambiguity about Hydrated Cap - is it just his memories that have changed or does the whole world's past match them now? - but it's starting to get frustrating here. A few extra sentences from Zemo could clear the whole thing up, but this issue is artfully scripted to keep the reader guessing.

8.0
Captain America: Steve Rogers #12

Oct 31, 2017

Surprising enemies rear up. How hard is Evil Cap going to have to fight for Hydra before he gets to take over the world? Nick Spencer tosses out a few fresh leads for the unending debate over exactly what Kobik has changed: just Cap's brain or the whole world? This issue's evidence is leaning heavily toward the latter. The art isn't bad, but it's definitely an inferior stand-in for Jesús Saiz's work. It's a necessary evil with this title's breakneck shipping schedule.

6.0
Captain America: Steve Rogers #13

Oct 31, 2017

Zemo takes center stage as he assembles a huge Masters of Evil roster. For a title that seems like it's racing to squeeze in all the necessary preamble to Secret Empire, CA:SR sure likes to take its time. Zemo's recruitment drive occupies a full seven pages with minimal dialogue. The hurry is more evident in the plotting. Though Nick Spencer is trying to preserve ambiguity around a lot of key points, I think he's also accidentally obfuscating some parts by shortchanging them on page time.

8.0
Captain America: Steve Rogers #14

Oct 31, 2017

Madam Hydra/Elisa Sinclair assembles her own Hydra faction. Is she gonna lay it at Steve's feet or …? Both artistically and narratively, this is a much more stylish presentation than the grab-bag of baddies Zemo rounded up in the last issue. The curse of Marvel Unlimited is that I'm already aware that Secret Empire is going to turn into a big dumb hero-vs-hero fight; the looming Hydra Civil War presented here is much more interesting to me.

6.0
Captain America: Steve Rogers #15

Oct 31, 2017

In 1945, the Red Skull stole Hydra from Evil Steve's mentors. Now he returns the favor. The big moment here is Steve giving the Red Skull a mighty "I'm loyal to nothing except the dream" line - except this dream is Hydra triumphant! Geddit!?! After mulling it over, I've decided to call this "stolen gravitas." Nick Spencer is counting on Cap's heritage to cloak his Evil Cap story in a weight that it isn't quite earning on its own. This month's melodrama is accompanied by a few pages of fill-in art that make it very easy to slide my rating down a few points. This issue is especially disappointing when compared to the better-written, better-drawn Uncanny Avengers #22. Shame the recap page tells you to read that comic first.

6.0
Captain America: Steve Rogers #16

Oct 31, 2017

Steve takes full command of Hydra and launches the organization against the world. There are a few silver linings (Kobik's out of Hydra's hands) but also an awful lot of bad news (Bucky and Dr. Selvig are apparently dead). This issue confuses "mature drama" with "relentless grimness" and it's pretty tough going. The smorgasbord of artists, including my anti-favorite Jon Malin, certainly doesn't help me buy into the drama. This sets a bad precedent for the upcoming event because it's momentous but not enjoyable; reading this feels like an obligation, a price I'm paying to get up to speed with Secret Empire. There are some emotional and thought-provoking scenes in here, but again, grim and poorly-illustrated.

8.0
Captain America: Steve Rogers #17

Dec 3, 2017

An interview with Supreme Hydra Steve Rogers is equal parts informative and frightening. The interview conceit is an excellent way to gift-wrap "What's Up With Hydrated America, Part 1: Mutants and Inhumans." Besides updating us on those groups (got a "breakaway" republic that's actually a Hydra gimme and socked into concentration camps, respectively), this issue also features a heaping helping of Stevil's chilling #MakeHydraGreatAgain rhetoric. That rhetoric has a frighteningly seductive appeal - and it certainly sounds relevant (maybe even too relevant) in 2017. Strong dialogue and fascinating ideas, but the art is getting positively schizophrenic in its inconsistency and there are a few glimpses of Hydra's "Day Zero" takeover that are more infuriating than intriguing. Stevil hoisted Mjolnir? Picky modern Mother Storm Mjolnir which will not even consent to be lifted by Odin? And we're finding out about it in an incidental flashback panel?

8.0
Captain America: Steve Rogers #18

Jan 5, 2018

Stevil visits Europe to do some fascistic trash-talking to the UN and gets cut off at the knees by T'Challa. Unfortunately, the rising surge of international resistance is too late to float Namor. We get a little bit of insight into why he decided to surrender his Kobik fragment to Stevil, but we're still hoping he has more devious plans. There're strong ideas and strong dialogue here, but there are also some artistic missteps mainly in the province of Andres Guinaldo. Steve - and others, like Emma Frost - are looking *way* too frazzled and middle-aged. It might be intentional, but it is definitely not pleasant to look at. This issue also features a montage of international heroes fighting Hydra that dances on the line between clever deep cutting and too-clever pandering.

7.0
Captain America: Steve Rogers #19

Feb 3, 2018

Stevil ditches the American colors to put on Hydra green and has some frustrating (for him - us readers are delighted) conversations with the Odinson and Sharon. This contemplative script by Nick Spencer does a good job of unpacking Stevil's post-SE #7 state of mind - it's shaky as all hell. Sharon in particular scores some harsh points. This is a solid issue, but it's undeniably a supplement to the event without a plot of its own. Andres Guinaldo's art is a touch disappointing again as well.

8.0
Captain America: Symbol of Truth (2022) #0

Oct 29, 2022

The self-contained action story doesn't really justify 30+ pages; there's just a tiny bit of foreshadowing and quite a lot of scenery-chewing by Zola. But on the positive side, both Caps sound great. And they look even better; this is an absolutely gorgeous book. It's not a great comic by itself, but I'm betting it'll serve as a great prologue to the twin series to come.

7.5
Captain America: Symbol of Truth (2022) #1

Dec 12, 2022

It's a cool story, very well-crafted in its details. Strong points: The art is fantastic and I love the dialogue. Weak spots: The big-picture plot is moving very slowly. Bits of the action scenes were unclear, with (very minor) faults in both scripting and drawing. I'm cautiously optimistic. I want to see how the story unfolds, and I just hope it doesn't take too long to do it

9.0
Captain America: Symbol of Truth (2022) #2

Jan 2, 2023

It's a finely-tuned piece of storytelling all around. The art's great, the plot developments are intriguing, the prose is sharp, and Deadpool's funny (more intellectual than usual, but funny). It's the structure of the script that impresses me most, though; the way it flashes through short scenes without ever dropping the narrative thread or losing any tension is terrific. I also like the way the author leaves a little connect-the-dots work up to the reader. It's risky, though; this issue might seem confusing if you don't pay attention. But I did.

7.5
Captain America: Symbol of Truth (2022) #3

Jan 12, 2023

The art is just insanely gorgeous, particularly for a talk-heavy comic. And the talk doesn't really disappoint; the dialogue is natural and engaging practically all the way through. I'm starting to worry about the big-picture plotting, though. This issue makes less sense than the previous one, and I don't think I've gotten stupider in the past month. I love all these puzzle pieces, but I'm starting to think the author needs to work a little harder putting them together for us.

7.0
Captain America: Symbol of Truth (2022) #4

Jan 27, 2023

The art remains insanely gorgeous, and the 2 styles look great together. The script has a nice action-heavy pace, a welcome change from some of the previous issues. It's cool to finally get some clarity on the baddies' evil scheme. I like it, though I don't think it's complex enough to fully justify how cryptic the hints and foreshadowing leading up to it were.

7.5
Captain America: Symbol of Truth (2022) #5

Mar 22, 2023

I think it's a satisfying end to the first arc, and most of the character work going on is pretty sweet, too. The art is great (though prior issues were even better). While I like the content, I believe the script could have orchestrated it better. There are a lot of words here, but only the brutal exchanges between Cap and the Panther have real impact. I have similar feelings about the arc as a whole. I like the plot, but I think it could have been structured to be both clearer and more suspenseful, with a more dramatic resolution. Similarly, I think the independent plot/character development handed to the Falcon needed stronger writing.

8.5
Captain America: Symbol of Truth (2022) #6

Apr 12, 2023

Well, this is a nice cinematic kickoff for a new arc. Hopefully, this one stays fast and focused, like this issue, and avoids getting lost in the tall grass, like the last arc. The script strikes a nice balance between the talk-heavy bits at the start and finish and the hard-hitting action in the middle. It does everything an opening act needs to do; it makes the first moves and provides enough context to explain their significance. I love the art. I was a fan of Ig Guara before, but he's leveled up since the last time I saw him, adding highly-polished linework to his distinctive personal style. I'm getting tired of the White Wolf's obligatory end-of-issue gloat sessions, though.

6.5
Captain America: Symbol of Truth (2022) #7

Jul 9, 2023

I wish the plot were a little more detailed than "there's a civil war in Mohannda now so Cap and Nomad can spend most of the issue fighting soldiers." It is nice (maybe?) to have Nomad back, though.

7.0
Captain America: Symbol of Truth (2022) #8

Sep 2, 2023

There's a lot of stuff in this issue that I like. Some of the dialogue is tasty; some of the character renderings are beautiful. And I actually appreciate the exposition in the last act explaining what the hell's going on in Mohannda. But structurally, this is a mess. In words and art. The script doesn't build tension or deliver payoffs. Those pretty characters are all too often just posing randomly in a featureless void. This is frustrating. This is *not* a mediocre comic. It's an ambitious one, but this month, at least, the creators' reach exceeds their grasp.

6.0
Captain America: Symbol of Truth (2022) #9

Nov 10, 2023

It looks gorgeous. It makes sense. And it's very hard to care about; this issue is all effect and no cause. (No characterization, either.) This'll probably read a lot better as a trade chapter. I'm taking it month by month, though, so this issue is a problem.

7.0
Captain America: Symbol of Truth (2022) #10

Mar 7, 2024

While I don't think it's a big-picture positive when creators have to spend most of an issue explaining what the hell's going on, I can appreciate it when they recognize the need and do it right. The script doesn't shine and it doesn't cover too much ground, plotwise, but it does move things forward. And more importantly, it does a thorough job of clarifying the story. And it helps that the action is conveyed by some world-class art.

7.5
Captain Carter (2022) #1

Aug 3, 2022

It's a good setup for a Captain Carter story, but goodness, it's slow. Aside from the pace (and a slight over-serving of exposition), there's little wrong with the script. The art could be more distinctive, but it's definitely polished to a high degree. What wins me over to calling this a good comic is the charm radiating from Peggy's voice, particularly her narration. Here's hoping they stomp a little harder on the gas pedal in future issues!

6.5
Captain Carter (2022) #2

Oct 29, 2022

Though I agree 100% with this comic's anti-imperalism and anti-anti-immigrant politics, I can't praise the clumsy way they're shoehorned into this issue. They kill the story's momentum just as it was starting to get some. And there are some missing narrative links that could/should have clarified how the plot and the politics relate. The art's nice. It's not quite as spectacular as it wants to be; the blocking isn't up to snuff. But it's by no means bad.

7.0
Captain Carter (2022) #3

Dec 22, 2022

It's a brisk spy story and a fun little read. The action scenes are exciting and inventive, well worth the pages devoted to them. But I consider this just barely a good comic. Though I like the finish on the art and the blocking for the fight scenes, the visuals have weak foundations. There's a lot of questionable anatomy. The script has good pacing and the prose is decent. This volume isn't doing well on characterization, though. I think it's coasting on readers' pre-existing interest in Peggy and Liz; the supporting cast is awfully forgettable.

6.5
Captain Carter (2022) #4

Jan 8, 2023

It's a simple story with a solid twist ending (which is not as left field as you might think if you read old Invaders comics). It's conveyed with relentlessly adequate storytelling in words and art. It's not memorable, it could definitely be improved, but it doesn't commit any mortal sins. It wouldn't feel honest to call it good, but it wouldn't feel great to dissect its minor flaws. It is an inoffensively average comic.

7.5
Captain Carter (2022) #5

Jan 17, 2023

The plot wraps up with admirable neatness, if not all that much novelty. Peggy's voice is still good, and the script has a nice, thrilling pace. The art takes a lot of daring risks, and I really admire the panels where they pay off. Although this series never got close to "must-read" territory for me, I think it wraps up pretty strong.

6.0
Captain Marvel (2017) #125

May 7, 2018

Dr. Eve and shapeshifter Mim return to drag Carol into some cross-dimensional shenanigans. That's a wonderfully promising story; unfortunately, it occupies at most a third of this book. The rest is filled up with painfully flawed attempts at humor and characterization. Michele Bandini's art is as ever a bright spot. We don't need to touch the visuals or the main plot; they just deserve a script that displays a better (i.e. basically functional) sense of what is and isn't interesting to the reader. I would love to see Margaret Stohl explain why she thinks "Brand wants to go to a spa" is inherently hilarious. I think exploring just how divorced from reality she is on that point could produce a rich vein of Ricky Gervais-type cringe-humor.

2.0
Captain Marvel (2017) #126

Jun 9, 2018

While Captain Marvel grapples with a mark-1 Evil Mirror Universe, her antagonists are on an Indiana Jones trip designed to drag the Reality Stone into the story in preparation for the next Infinity Whatever. Margaret Stohl accidentally demonstrates how shabby Captain Marvel's post-CW2 status quo is by transreversing her supporting cast's personality traits; it turns out Evil Wendy, Puck, and Sasquatch are just as bland and uninteresting as their normal versions. Add in some remarkably terrible names for EM characters and some art that feels like Michele Bandini is losing his enthusiasm for the title and we've got a regrettable reading experience. "Evil Mirror Universe" is an evergreen premise for just about any hero, but this lackluster execution wastes it utterly. On the devil's advocate side, looking at the solicit reveals that this story must have taken a pretty large swerve away from Ms. Stohl's original intentions, and it must have done so late in the production process. Though that doesn't excuse the hard-to-follow nature of the plot, it does explain it. And another silver lining: Natasha Romanoff as a criminal superspy named "the Widower" is a pretty cool idea. I normally go with a 4/10 rating for "bless 'em they're trying their best" efforts, but there were a *lot* of extra negatives dragging this issue down. It has many dreadful moments with the potential to come back to you weeks or months later and remind you of what a bad read it was: "Lord Starkill" is a strong contender, "extra-orbital remote Quinjets" is another, and so is Ms. Stohl's belief that the moral inverse of "Captain" is "Corporal."

3.0
Captain Marvel (2017) #127

Jul 7, 2018

Carol and her Zetas go up against the Ravagers, the eeeeevil mirror universe equivalents of the Guardians of the Galaxy. Swapping Groot for a giant walking carrot called Root is, sadly, this issue's high-water mark. The fight goes sour because Carol loses her ability to take any of this nonsense seriously and goes into a giggle fit. Which is a pretty reasonable reaction, except for the fact that it's all being orchestrated by Margaret Stohl. It's dangerously close to her outright saying, "Can you believe Marvel pays me to write this crap? Why on earth do you pay to read it?" With forensic care, you could piece together a rational plot buried under this issue's cringe-provoking attempts at comedy. It's clear that the Infinity Stone content was wedged in sideways, but Ms. Stohl didn't put a lot of overtime into the effort to smooth out the joints and make the finished product easy to read. You know what this reminds me of? Carol's had plenty of sassy "Sex in the Super-City" conversations where she does funny banter with a pal like Spider-Woman or Jessica Jones. This arc would make a *perfect* crazy anecdote for Carol to tell in a situation like that: "He had a talking carrot named Root backing him, swear to God!" A few hundred words, tops, across two-three pages. It'd be perfect. Seeing it stretched across five issues by an author who doesn't really understand Carol or Marvel or comics or comedy is just bloody torture.

5.0
Captain Marvel (2017) #128

Aug 12, 2018

The Ravagers and Zetas run a poorly-conveyed scam on Thanos the Just. The implication, barely explored at all, that the 616 is considered a hell-dimension by AU folks like Good Thanos, is intriguing. The lesser plot threads - Thanos and Eve's mysterious quest for the Reality Stone - are much more promising than the main space pirate story. Can we hold the creators responsible for failing to recognize that? Hooo, yes. As usual, stellar art by Michele Bandini bravely hoists this issue out of trainwreck territory.

5.0
Captain Marvel (2017) #129

Sep 10, 2018

Carol hears and then thwarts Dr. Eve's plan in double quick time. The net effect is squirting her back into the 616 with a Reality Stone and a free (though still incorporeal) Bean. Here in the last lap, the script reveals a fair-ish skeleton shaping the action. Both plot and structure are sound. The tone is still woefully discordant. Scenes that are structured to be gut-bustingly funny end up pulling winces rather than laughs. There's also a dismal failure to understand which subjects will resonate with readers; this issue gives a full page of spotlight to a fight between AU Puck and AU Rocket over updating spaceship computers while far more promising topics, dramatic and comedic, remain under-explored. As has become this title's unfortunate SOP, superb artwork rescues a tremendously flawed script and keeps this final issue from being an all-out trainwreck.

9.5
Captain Marvel (2019) #1

Jul 26, 2019

Captain Marvel returns to New York, smashing a kraken and getting attacked by the misogynistic Mahkizmo, the Nuclear Man. Filigreed around the edges of the outstanding cape action are some equally-outstanding soap-opera scenes. Carol reconnects with Jess and Rhodey, snarks with Tony, and picks up a promising would-be sidekick in Hazmat. It's a snappy, funny, sweet script that succeeds wildly at making these characters endearing. Combine the words with some polished, top-shelf art and you've got a corker of a #1. I'm not sure I've ever seen such a potent dose of character triage applied to a protagonist who needed it so desperately.

8.5
Captain Marvel (2019) #2

Sep 2, 2019

Captain Marvel gets thoroughly stuck into Fury Road: Roosevelt Island Misogynist Edition. The setting's not the most novel thing, either conceptually or visually, but the character interactions inside it are golden. Carol is portrayed as a leader in ways both overt and subtle. The character art is great, too.

7.0
Captain Marvel (2019) #3

Sep 30, 2019

8.0
Captain Marvel (2019) #4

Oct 31, 2019

Carol finds a scary but effective way to win through the grudge match against Rogue that Mahkizmo has orchestrated. Things build rapidly toward a mother of a climax in the next issue; this one looks spectacular and does superb character work while rapidly progressing the plot. I get the sense that this issue is a fair pick for the title's status quo, and it's a formidable standard of storytelling for the creators to maintain.

8.0
Captain Marvel (2019) #5

Nov 20, 2019

Carol and Rogue's team-up saves the day and leads to a resolution that's both sassy and heartwarming. The mechanics of the climactic fight are rational and compelling, too. It's a solid conclusion to the title's first arc, but it feels like it drifted a little far from the wheelhouse of Carol and the creators.

6.5
Captain Marvel (2019) #6

Dec 27, 2019

6.0
Captain Marvel (2019) #7

Jan 25, 2020

8.5
Captain Marvel (2019) #8

Feb 27, 2020

The press, public, and Air Force all turn against Carol over her Kree heritage, but she's got friends she can lean on. This is a stage-setting issue in terms of plot development, but it's built on granite bedrock of great characterization. The Carol/Jess Drew wo-mance is on full display, supported by consistently excellent dialogue and expressive facial art.

8.0
Captain Marvel (2019) #9

Mar 10, 2020

Continued power loss convinces Carol to seek help. She starts connecting the dots of all her sudden adversities, with the final panels throwing in a fresh twist. Words and art are wonderfully entertaining in the moment, though memorability and re-read value come in a little shy of greatness.

8.0
Captain Marvel (2019) #10

Mar 31, 2020

It's good but not great for me. I'm left scratching my head at the shortcomings of Minerva's plans (she's running two nigh-contradictory schemes against Carol at the same time) instead of admiring the quality of the storytelling.

8.0
Captain Marvel (2019) #11

Apr 29, 2020

This issue, it's Star's turn to ride the paradox train. "You suck, Captain Marvel! That's why I wanna be just like you!" She's a big ol' ball of PTSD and invasive alien technology, though, so it's OK for her to be confused. Kudos to Carol -- and her author -- for calling out (at least a little bit) the inherent contradictions in Star's motivation.

8.0
Captain Marvel (2019) #12

Jun 7, 2020

Captain Marvel clobbers Thor in the opening gambit of a heel turn. It's a wholly-satisfying fight comic, and Carol's narration hits all the right notes. The story is intriguing enough -- but the time-skip at the end is a bit too obviously a mechanism for walking back the worst consequences of Carol's actions.

8.5
Captain Marvel (2019) #13

Jul 2, 2020

Carol clobbers Tony next. Flashbacks and plot progression serve up a perfectly-proportioned serving of explanation. This clarifies the premise and the stakes without revealing all the mysteries, and the action of the Iron Man fight keeps things exciting. It's a very good arc so far, edging toward greatness. Fingers crossed for the future!

8.0
Captain Marvel (2019) #14

Aug 9, 2020

Carol has an extensive (too long, for my taste) discussion with Tony and Thor before getting back to her messy "pretend to kill the Avengers" plan. A brief check-in with Vox and then it's down to clobbering the Black Panther (but he has a Hulk, wuh-oh). This chapter is a satisfying intermediary and there's ample humor in the dialogue, but the pace and art make me pretty certain this won't be the arc's high point in hindsight.

9.0
Captain Marvel (2019) #15

Oct 17, 2020

Carol catches 'em all, but Vox's plans for HER flip the script and set the stage for a rescue mission in the near future. This issue's art is functional, but wow, the script. Perfect pace, perfect amount of revelation, perfect characterization. The Cap-on-Cap fight is absolutely brilliant, and there are three or four other moments of pure delight worked into the action.

6.5
Captain Marvel (2019) #16

Nov 2, 2020

Good character work, fair resolution to the plot, but ouch, that art. There's a subjective clash between my taste and Lee Garbett's style, but I think there's an objective argument to be made that body horror just isn't in his wheelhouse.

8.5
Captain Marvel (2019) #17

Dec 17, 2020

It's more a spec story demonstrating what "Ms. Marvel by Kelly Thompson" would look like, but it's an awful lot of fun.

8.5
Captain Marvel (2019) #18

Dec 17, 2020

Carol's first Accuser gig takes a sideways turn and suddenly Hulkling is having second thoughts about her. It's a pretty simple story, but it unfolds with cinematic grandeur and some tight, clean prose.

9.0
Captain Marvel (2019) #19

Jan 4, 2021

Carol and her new half-sister split the narrative. For Carol, a deepening mystery with more questions than answers. For Lauri, a frankly hilarious "fish out of water" adventure in Manhattan. Ms. Thompson (and the art team) deserve tons of credit for taking a heap of plot and character developments that could be terrible and spinning absolute gold out of them. I second the motion that this is a best-case outcome for an event crossover arc.

9.0
Captain Marvel (2019) #20

Feb 17, 2021

Carol closes her first Accuser case by finding the true culprit for the damage her half-sister was blamed for. But speaking of her half-sister, Lauri-Ell wastes no time stirring up fresh trouble in New York. Plotwise it's a straightforward climax, but impeccable dialogue and some truly terrific art elevate it into a noteworthy read.

9.0
Captain Marvel (2019) #21

Feb 22, 2021

Carol and her supporting cast win a small-scale Cotati fight. More significantly, Lauri-Ell takes up the Accuser hammer and everybody agrees it looks good on her. This issue is pretty low-stakes by the standards of the cosmic event going on, but the art is solid, the characterization is powerful, and the humor is both hilarious and character-driven. This is a terrific conclusion to the current arc.

8.0
Captain Marvel (2019) #22

Mar 3, 2021

Carol is abruptly yoinked out of a UFO investigation mission with her current supporting cast and plopped into the world of Captain Marvel: The End. That wasn't a world I particularly wanted to revisit, but strong character work and dynamic art make me happy to be there. I'm on board for whatever future AU shenanigans come next.

8.0
Captain Marvel (2019) #23

Mar 9, 2021

Strong characters in a weak setting/premise. I respect the creators for keeping the characters smart even if it means letting them point out the faults in the setting. It's not ideal, but it's better than forcing them to carry the Idiot Ball. (And there is the possibility that the whole setting is some kind of mind-whammy put-on that Carol will fight her way out of.)

8.0
Captain Marvel (2019) #24

Mar 23, 2021

Ove makes his pitch for his paradise and creeps on Carol while telling his backstory. The heroes march into the belly of the beast and, inevitably, get beaten. It's nicely drawn and written with wit, but at bottom it's a very familiar story: Heroes walk into a trap expecting a trap but still get clobbered/captured because a dramatic reversal is obligatory at the end of act 2.

8.5
Captain Marvel (2019) #25

May 9, 2021

Amora reveals Ove's true origin before the heroes inevitably bust loose and prepare to wallop the baddies. It's a good balance between expository backstory and action developments, nursed along by good, clear art and Kelly Thompson's trademark "this is simply the best way to describe what these characters see and feel" prose. The premise of this arc remains merely satisfactory to me, but I admire how skillfully the story is being told.

7.5
Captain Marvel (2019) #26

Jun 11, 2021

Cap'n Marvel saves Generic Post-Apocalyptic Land from Ove by letting him go back in time like he wants. I get that it's intentionally frustrating, and Carol is as unsatisfied with it as I am. Still stings. The art's a little fast, a little short on detail, but I do like the new Binary design. And perversely, I like the final-scene surprise. It's a last-ditch attempt to add some weight and consequence to these future AU shenanigans. It might be contentious, but I admire its ingenuity.

9.0
Captain Marvel (2019) #27

Jul 25, 2021

Jessica Drew tries to jolly Carol out of her post-breakup blues with superheroing and speed-dating. A casual hookup with a heroing colleague is Carol's own stab at cheering herself up. This is a fluffy, joyful little slice-of-life interlude, but the creators handle Carol's feelings with great insight and respect. And it seems virtually certain that the hookup will have Consequences down the line.

8.0
Captain Marvel (2019) #28

Aug 28, 2021

Captain Marvel decides that she has to master magic in order to stop Ove from bringing about the apocalyptic future she's visited. Dr. Strange is not half as helpful as she hopes, so she turns to more questionable instructors. It's packed with all the usual wit and sass, but the plot gives me pause. There are big gaps in Carol's logic, and there are some very reasonable solutions that never come up. I feel the author's hand is a little heavy here, railroading the protagonist down her preferred storyline. On the plus side, new artist Jacopo Camagni won me over with his ability to wring great emotion out of minimalist faces -- though I wouldn't mind a little more detail on costumes and characters.

8.5
Captain Marvel (2019) #29

Nov 7, 2021

Carol manages not to reveal the Enchantress's timey-wimey connection to her current quest, but Amora sends her on a quid-pro-quo treasure hunt that has some fairly challenging consequences. It's a fast and rather simple plot, but the art, dialogue, and inner monologue are all impeccable. It's damned funny, but Carol also does some heavy-duty soul-searching, too.

8.5
Captain Marvel (2019) #30

Dec 13, 2021

Carol finds an interesting third option in her conflict with Ove and scores a sweet make-up with Rhodey. The main strip is fighty, with much punching and zapping, but also some impressive on-the-fly thinking from Carol. The art is teetering on the edge of "not detailed enough," unfortunately. But then there's the B strip. What a treasure! Captain Marvel seeks out Ms. Marvel to get a pep talk, and Kamala delivers an epic one. Good Carol/Kamala strips are surprisingly rare, and this one is nigh perfect. It's also so gorgeously drawn that it makes me long for Jamie McKelvie as the regular artist on a Captain Marvel or Ms. Marvel series … it's a pity that Marvel's never gonna shell out the bucks to make that happen.

9.0
Captain Marvel (2019) #31

Dec 31, 2021

Carol and Rhodey, back in love, try to take a vacation. Instead, Lauri-Ell gets them fighting sewer monsters on Throneworld II. It's a self-contained adventure that makes a great breather episode, but it also lays out a wickedly sharp sequel hook. It's beautifully drawn, and it's full to bursting with (what I subjectively consider) brilliant humor -- Lauri-Ell continues to be comedy platinum. It's light-hearted and sassy and a little bit silly … and you know what? That is EXACTLY how I like my Captain Marvel.

9.0
Captain Marvel (2019) #32

Jan 6, 2022

This is the polar opposite of the previous issue, but it's just as great, in a different way. #31 was fluffy sassy funny; #32 is deadly serious. Carol's attacked by a mystery figure wearing her EEEE-VIL suit from the "Last Avenger" arc. She makes the reasonable assumption that Vox Supreme is back, but I wouldn't be shocked if that's a red herring. This is written and drawn right at the border between "good" and "great." The plot is also on that border; the scenes go on so long that it doesn't get past the 2nd plot point. But the way Carol reacts nudges the issue over into greatness for me. It's an alchemical synthesis of plot and character development; I care about this problem because of the way Carol cares about it. (And the real head-cracking question is, the person in this first suit? Is it the AU version of that character that's been around recently? Or has the big bad resurrected the 616 version?)

8.0
Captain Marvel (2019) #33

Feb 16, 2022

Carol saves Ms. Marvel, but that's the only good news. She loses several other allies and meets the antagonist. This is a fast, grim fight comic, and it's a very well-crafted one. My expectations were too high; I was sure there would be a twist, but one never came. This story still has its hooks deep in me, though, and I'm eager to see what comes next. (Although, "special gas"? Ugh.)

8.0
Captain Marvel (2019) #34

Apr 14, 2022

This comic is mostly just punchy-punchy-zappy-zappy. If I didn't come in with preexisting love for the hero and the title, I might be a bit bored. But it is very well-crafted. And there are some nice bonuses: Carol's new power trick gets good logical support. The exploration of the Carol/Mar-Vell relationship doesn't break new ground, but it does feel honest. S'okay, dangit, it is a good comic. (But I'm also always a little disappointed when a Mar-Vell shows up. The only thing more disappointing than the fact that it's *never* the real Marv would be the outrage of truly resurrecting him.)

9.0
Captain Marvel (2019) #35

May 16, 2022

The pace is a bit slow; the antagonists obligingly eff off for the whole issue so Carol can free her friends and ponder mysteries. I don't mind the slowdown, though, because the reunions are great and the mysteries are intriguing. Plus, things really ramp up in the last act and the stage is set for a *huge* fight next issue. This issue restored my flagging engagement with the arc; now I wouldn't miss the finale for the world. The art has an exquisite level of polish to it, and yet it seems a little … sterile? Generic? These are visuals worthy of a top-shelf comic, but they could be for *any* top-shelf comic. They're certainly not *bad*, but art with a little more personality is the missing puzzle piece that could make this comic perfect.

8.0
Captain Marvel (2019) #36

Jul 13, 2022

The series' last dangling plot thread reappears just in time to tie up this arc. It's clever, but to me it's the wrong sort of clever -- like a cheap trick instead of something genuinely inventive. It doesn't help that I found the big cast of allies underwhelming. Few of the heroes have anything substantive to do, and some of their voices don't even sound right. At least they all look dang good in the fight scenes! Wonderfully detailed art, though the posing and blocking does feel a little dated. Balancing out my nitpicks, I do like what's done with Carol's energy doppelganger and I look forward to further developments there. And a little breather episode with some Multi-Marvel action sounds like just what the doctor ordered for the next issue.

8.5
Captain Marvel (2019) #37

Sep 29, 2022

It's cheeky, it's snarky, it's montage-y, it rehashes a lot of content this volume has already covered. (And ugh, snats. Can we all agree that inventing antagonists is Kelly Thompson's Achilles' Heel?) Yet even though this issue takes Binary along exactly the same path Lauri-Ell went down earlier, there's impeccable heart in the way she's characterized. It helps that the art is generally good and genuinely excellent when it comes to facial expressions.

9.0
Captain Marvel (2019) #38

Dec 28, 2022

The intent is obviously to take the book in a different direction, and this issue certainly does it. Mysteries abound -- along with great humor, great character work, and great storytelling talent in words and art. I don't think it's quite as inventive as the creators might hope; these building blocks have all been used before. They come together almost perfectly here, though. I think the creators also want this arc to be a Big Deal and, in my opinion, they're off to a great start.

9.0
Captain Marvel (2019) #39

Jan 8, 2023

Man, this volume is on fire right now! #39 is another stellar installment, in my view. Plotwise, it's a bit slow, but I am completely OK with a slow pace when it makes room for so much good dialogue and characterization. Carol is absolutely perfect in her "trial" scene, reacting with snark and intelligence in equal measure. The art continues to impress. The split storylines are perfect for two very different artists, and they both hit high marks. Not quite "GOAT" art, but there aren't any visual faults to speak of, either.

7.5
Captain Marvel (2019) #40

Jan 24, 2023

The art remains beautiful and there are certainly big ideas at play. I think the pace suffers a little, though, as the words struggle to grapple with those ideas. It all comes together and breaks through to the next plot point in the end, and I think this arc is headed for a great resolution.

8.0
Captain Marvel (2019) #41

Feb 24, 2023

It's a rather quiet resolution (despite all the flame-breathing), but that's eminently appropriate for the way this whole "magic prison" story has played out. The "big twist" was made pretty obvious by the previous issue, but it's still quite satisfying to see Carol resolve it correctly. The art's good. The plot and pace are solid. The dialogue's a little stiff, but that also makes it clear and earnest in a way that helps convey the characters' emotions.

9.5
Captain Marvel (2019) #42

Apr 7, 2023

Kelly Thompson spins absolute gold out of the straw of a one-off event tie-in. (Admittedly, it helps that Judgment Day is a REALLY GOOD event.) The script is boosted into the stratosphere by some superb art. That is a hell of a good-looking cat, but the people and settings are terrific, too. A dash of genuinely significant character growth for Lauri-Ell is the cherry on top.

8.5
Captain Marvel (2019) #43

Apr 26, 2023

This is slow to get started, but dang, it has a lot of fun while it's revving up. The art is consistently great, and as expected for Kelly Thompson, the character work is delightful. It's not dramatic revelatory developments, it's just a constant stream of natural, lovable moments and interactions.

7.0
Captain Marvel (2019) #44

Aug 10, 2023

The prose is solid. The polish on the art comes up to a similar standard. There are good character moments, particularly in the middle. I'm still liking the big-picture story. (This is what my review looks like with the negatives clipped out.)

8.0
Captain Marvel (2019) #45

Oct 14, 2023

The big-picture plot hasn't really hooked me, but I don't think there's anything fundamentally wrong with it. And in this installment, it's boosted by a nice save-the-day moment for Gambit, some solid character insights for Carol, and consistently impressive art. Just a generally good comic.

8.5
Captain Marvel (2019) #46

Apr 16, 2024

A pair of snappy running battles run in parallel here. Plot developments are small but very important, and a touch of real depth in Carol's characterization lends the script weight. The art does a terrific job of turning the issue's brevity into a wholly positive thing. This issue has a ton of dynamic action moments, and they're made gripping by dramatic blocking and superb polish.

9.0
Captain Marvel (2019) Annual #1

Oct 29, 2022

I don't think I'm the only one with a tendency to down-rate one-shots. And the angle of critique here would be that the plot is a pretty by-the-numbers "prison break heist" story. But dammit, this is a *great* prison break heist story. It's full of inventive details, it has terrific structure and pace, and the art is consistently gorgeous. It has a nice, meaty cameo for the Starjammers, too. The character voices are uniformly excellent. This Carol matches the lead in the current volume, but being on a mission makes her sound a little more driven, in a positive way. In fact, this is a perfect counterpoint to the current volume, addressing some of the faults in that otherwise formidable run. This is Space Carol, of whom we've seen very little lately. And it's Active Carol -- much more fun than Reactive Carol, which we get in too many of her comics across multiple runs. Plus, it performs the impossible task of dredging up a dangling plot thread from the woeful "Mighty Captain Marvel" era and spinning it into gold. (And I'm pleasantly surprised that this comic hasn't attracted a flood of arbitrary red dot scores. It engages in social commentary (on for-profit prisons) in a way I was sure would rile up the Grognards.)

7.0
Captain Marvel (2019): Braver & Mightier #1  
6.0
Carnage (2015) #16

Oct 31, 2017

There are some gorgeous early pages of Chthon going absolutely ☠☠☠☠-house on cannon-fodder lizard-women. Then business has to turn to the inevitable day-saving courtesy of Jubulile. It works, Carnage gets captured, the team of heroes splits up. The art trails off considerably after the exhilarating high of the opening scenes. All of the more interesting characters we've met on this journey get shelved and Eddie Brock, of all people, steps into the "I'm the lynchpin character" spotlight.

7.5
Carnage (2022) #1

Aug 4, 2022

Bundling this #1 with a B strip crafted in the "classic Carnage" style is a pretty smart move. It sharpens the contrast between that style and this series' new direction. But it also reminds me how much I loathe "classic Carnage." The A strip makes a good start at breaking the mold, but just a start. The individual scenes are great, but they add up to little in the way of plot development. They raise a lot of questions and provide no answers. The art's improvable, in my opinion; some of the finishes are very rough. But the layouts are imaginative and I see a lot of clever ideas getting through to the finished pages. I've read about a dozen of Ram V's comics at this point. They're all setup issues, and this is one of the better ones. But does the man ever do payoffs?

8.0
Carnage (2022) #2

Nov 22, 2022

Carnage's creepy dialogue is a little much for me, but the very different voice used by the cop shows that the pretension comes from the character, not the author. The plot's simple, but that's good; it lets us focus on all the head games being played. I like the art, but ironically I think I like the everyday panels even more than the crazy reality-warping ones.

7.5
Carnage (2022) #3

Dec 28, 2022

I think this is a very improvable comic. I like the writing (particularly the dialogue), but I wish Carnage's plans were revealed by something more inventive than the ol' villain monologue. I like the new artist's style, but there are some critical places where the visuals need more clarity. But this is definitely a good comic with interesting ideas, and I'm enjoying it a lot more than I thought I would. Carnage never interested me much when he was just a psychopathic knife-blob. But turn him into a psychopathic knife-blob with Daddy issues? I'm captivated.

8.0
Carnage (2022) #4

Jan 6, 2023

It's a nice, brisk chunk of plot development with some truly off-the-wall guest stars. Those add a good sense of mystery and create anticipation for the next issue, but the adventures of the main characters are satisfying on their own. Getting back to the main artist agrees with me. These lines are so natural; I can feel the pens and brushes. On the script side, the prose is tight and to-the-point. Structurally, though, I think maybe we get a little more Dark Elf backstory than we really need? It's a good comic overall, though.

7.5
Carnage (2022) #5

Jan 27, 2023

It's a basic "villain's quest" episode with the requisite serving of fighting, and it's drawn nicely, particularly the vivid action scenes. The script adds depth by engaging in a lot of nested parallel character insights: Kenneth to the elves, the elves to Carnage, Carnage to Kenneth, etc. It's one good, clever step, but the script's so proud of its own cleverness that it doesn't get around to taking a further step.

7.5
Carnage (2022) #6

Feb 26, 2023

It's a nice, brisk little sojourn in Hel. The art is smooth and clear. The prose isn't my particular brand of purple, but I can respect the effort invested. I think the author was hoping to creep me out more than he did, though. "Carnage is *so* evil that even the gods tremble at his ineffable awfulness" yadda yadda yadda.

8.0
Carnage (2022) #7

Apr 12, 2023

This issue rolls along at a fast clip, which I appreciate. The art remains fluid and organic, but particularly clear this time around. The script leans much more toward plot than character development, and it does a good job. It feels like I've learned a lot about Carnage's plans … and yet I still know very little. It's a good mystery.

7.5
Carnage (2022) #8

Sep 2, 2023

I'm pretty clear on the intent here, and I think it's good. But there are a couple of misfortunes holding this issue back. First, I don't think it sticks the landing in terms of meaning. Ambiguity is great for setting a creepy tone at the start, but by the end I was hoping for more specificity. Second, although the art has great bones and some inventive blocking, it's short of detail. And that means it doesn't convey the full, gory potential of what's happening to the protagonist. It's a good comic--but one that's haunted by the ghost of the even better comic it could be with some tweaks.

7.5
Carnage (2022) #9

Nov 10, 2023

At the halfway point, I was thinking this issue was headed in a pretty dumb direction. I'll give the author full credit for swerving and getting interesting. Besides making this a satisfying read, it also makes me optimistic about what he'll do with the various Chekhov's Guns he's put on the mantle. On the art front, I'd still like to see a little more detail. But what is on the page is still dynamic and expressive, so it's hardly like the visuals are *bad*.

7.0
Carnage (2022) #10

Apr 20, 2024

The words in this issue don't stick in my mind at all, and the art isn't much more memorable. Which is not to say there's anything *wrong* with the storytelling here. And even if there were, the heaps of plot development have a memorability all their own.

7.0
Carnage Forever (2022) #1

Jul 13, 2022

"Here's an insanely awesome anniversary one-shot that's horrifying in all the right ways! Now here's the stiff, boring, dull-as-dishwater crap we'll be turning into an ongoing." Shame.

6.0
Carnage: Black, White & Blood #1

Jul 25, 2021

Carnage's latest anthology kicks off with a couple of historical tales and a CYOA adventure. In general, I think Carnage is better suited to this premise than Wolverine, the previous star. There's great art throughout this issue. The scripts are problematic, though; for me, only the Ole West B strip hit the right mix of simplicity and originality.

7.0
Carnage: Black, White & Blood #2

Aug 28, 2021

The first two strips are extremely strong, the third lets the issue down hard. That one is just John Carpenter's The Thing with Carnage embarrassingly pasted over the film's monster. I don't even *like* Carnage and I feel like that does him dirty.

6.5
Carnage: Black, White & Blood #3

Sep 21, 2021

I love the first strip, which deftly pivots from Carnage's usual "blood and guts" MO to craft a neat vignette of psychological horror. I like the second strip, which recasts a Venom/Carnage fight as a piratical sea-battle in a "yo ho ho" vein. But I get the sense that the creators of that strip know pirate stories (and sea shanties) more from cultural osmosis than in-depth familiarity with them. The final strip puts Carnage on the side of angels (accidentally) when he slaughters some murderous fanboys at a comic con. There are some solid ideas there, but the execution feels rough-draft-y. And that strip fulfils this series' ripoff mandate by being a little too reminiscent of the classic "Corinthian crashes a serial killer convention" story from Sandman.

7.0
Carnage: Black, White & Blood #4

Nov 30, 2021

The series wraps up with some extra-powerful strips, artistically speaking. The A strip pits Dylan against the Carnage from the "Venom Beyond" arc and raises some provocative questions about the fate of Eddie Brock. The B strip casts Cletus in a bit of a Taxi Driver homage; it's a cool premise but not much of a story. And the final strip dumps Carnage into an extremely generic apocalyptic wasteland; detailed art and a strong hook for continuation make up for the "meh" setting. I'm not disposed to like this series -- neither Carnage nor "gore for the sake of gore" interest me -- but I recognize the talent on display here, especially on the art side.

7.0
Champions (2016) #5

Oct 31, 2017

The Champions fight a racist sheriff with the help of Gwenpool (not actually helpful). While it's a decent little adventure, Mark Waid is struggling in his quest to make this title accessible to all ages yet also real-world relevant. In this instance, the villain is a bit too gritty and real for the protagonists to get a proper super-heroic grip on, leading to a somewhat unsatisfying conclusion. Issue #3 was a much more daring collision between superheroics and real-world problems; in contrast, this outing seems tame and over-cautious.

6.0
Champions (2016) #6

Oct 31, 2017

The Champions sit around being cute, waiting for the other shoe to drop. Meanwhile, the Freelancers are strapping on a big ole boot. I'm still loving the character interactions in this team, but Mark Waid has *got* to move away from Captain Planet "Evil for the sake of Evil" villains. This title has a laudable message, but throwing the team against cartoonishly evil, inescapably fictional baddies weakens it considerably. While issue #3 had its flaws, it featured the Champions tackling real-world injustice and that is, to me, the whole point of the book.

6.0
Champions (2016) #7

Oct 31, 2017

The Champions fight furiously to protect their reputation from the Freelancers. Wait, seriously? This issue could spur an interesting debate about corporations co-opting socially-responsible ideas. The key points aren't effectively addressed in the comic, though. Worse yet, the more you think about the matter, the weaker this comic's plot looks. Kamala receives some very dubious characterization; would damage to her team's rep really move her to tears and uncontrolled violence? Many of these same themes are addressed in her solo series with infinitely more insight. As the final nail in the coffin, Humberto Ramos draws most of his young heroes as disquietingly-proportioned noodle-people.

6.0
Champions (2016) #8

Nov 9, 2017

It takes a full issue for the Champions to figure out a rather obvious counter to the Freelancers' brand hijacking. Also Viv gets hit with a truckload of character development and looks to be the focus for upcoming issues. Viv's story is fascinating, Sam gets a moment to shine, and there's a touch of nice bonding between Amadeus and Scott. Mark Waid still doesn't get Kamala, though. Starting the issue with her throwing a destructive six-page tantrum is not good. I also take issue with the pacing and lack of insight. Mr. Waid uses fakeouts and smash cuts to keep things shallow until Sam swoops in and solves the branding problem once the story has reached issue length. That whiffs strongly of filler. The issue's also embarrassingly full of pseudo-Millennial slang that rings completely false to me, even though I'm closer to Mr. Waid's age bracket than that of the book's intended audience.

8.0
Champions (2016) #9

Jan 5, 2018

A cute but shallow Viv-centric issue concentrates on introducing a new hero rather than fully unpacking the super-heavy baggage the young synthezoid is carrying. "Shallow" might feel unfair, particularly to newcomer Red Locust, but it does seem accurate. She could be heading great places in the future but for now, she's presented as the Edición Mexicana of the standard 2010's Plucky Marvel Girl. She and Viv bond over a very generic adventure that offers tiny glimpses into the Locust's past and tiny reflections of Viv's own daughter-father relationship. It's a tale told well, but as others have pointed out, the Champions are close to finishing up a full year of comics and it seems to be all prologue. Humberto Ramos's art is back up to full strength, at least; the chance to flex his design chops in creating the Red Locust has inspired him to greatness.

7.0
Champions (2016) #10

Jan 8, 2018

A short Champions team tangles with an Inhuman internment camp. Humberto Ramos's art is mostly great, barring some places where seeking detail results in confusion. Some of the characterization rubs me the wrong way: Should Miles be so hot-headed? Should Viv be so passive? And like many issues of the Champions, this one presents a moral conundrum that can, with a simplistic read, look extremely bad: One of the Inhumans argues in favor of surrendering liberty in exchange for the relative safety of internment (for the children's sake, of course). It gets loathsome because 11 pages earlier, the same Inhuman watched a Hydra robo-guard *incinerate* two teen Inhumans who were discussing escape. What kind of "relative safety" is that? Let us be charitable and assume that Mark Waid is challenging his young readers to carry the moral debate through its next steps. Or let us be harsh and say he's just scoring cheap awareness points by lazily steering his heroes and readers past important debates without daring to really engage with them. Whichever way you lean, it's certainly a more interesting discussion than whether Emma Frost looks better in a black costume or a white one. (The answer's white, BTW.)

8.0
Champions (2016) #11

Feb 12, 2018

The Champions team up with a clutch of other teen heroes to search, almost entirely without success, for Las Vegas survivors. Mark Waid's script includes some valiant stabs at tragic characterization; it's the one made with Amadeus Cho, of all people, that *really* strikes the mark. This issue pins an alarmingly high and specific number of fatalities on the airstrike Stevil ordered - nearly 700,000 people died in Vegas. Though that's sobering, one of the team's responses - to construct a hypothetical strawman who's willing to condone/ignore this genocidal act and then rip on that strawman - is misguided and cowardly. Their rage at Stevil and Hydra is a much better response; I wish Mr. Waid had focused solely on that and explicitly tied it to the kids' willingness to throw in with Natasha's assassination plans in the wider event.

8.0
Champions (2016) #12

Mar 30, 2018

A one-shot fight against Psycho-Man unfilters all of Cyclops's emotions. The manic portions are cheesy comedy, but Mark Waid strikes a rich vein of heartbreak in writing Scott's darker moments. Humberto Ramos's art is a little uneven, but the attention lavished on some crowd fights toward the end shows that this issue doesn't actually have a net shortage of artistic effort. Overall it's well above average, and Cyclops's pain provides an sharp emotional hook that will help a lot of readers fall in love.

7.0
Champions (2016) #13

May 3, 2018

The global day-saving efforts of the Champions and Avengers don't slow down the still-mysterious plans of the High Evolutionary. It's a little frustrating that the HE's lackey gives this busy issue a cliché "your efforts are too late, moo hoo hoo ha" conclusion. Mark Waid's script starts pretty brilliant but runs out of steam halfway through. From the Shanghai scene onward, both the problem-solving and character interactions feel very dull. Humberto Ramos's art is scrumptiously vibrant throughout; this is a very pretty comic.

6.0
Champions (2016) #14

Jun 9, 2018

Viv's a human now, the High Evolutionary gets beat, there's still more heroing to do. In all the crush and hoo-ha, Mark Waid thoroughly lost the thread of strongly-voiced team collaboration that made the Champions special. This is just a nigh-random assembly of Avengers and Junior Avengers taking turns reciting alternating "smart guy" and "tough guy" lines on the road to saving the Earth from an utterly clichéd doom. Even Humberto Ramos's art can only do so much to ennoble this blah story, and everything in this issue beyond the dramatic change in Viv's status quo pops out of your head like a disposable turkey thermometer as soon as you close the book.

7.0
Champions (2016) #15

Jul 6, 2018

Maxi-salt mini-reaction: Hey, the High Evolutionary is "pure electronica" now! Break out the molly and the glowsticks! UNTZ UNTZ UNTZ UNTZ! Viv's "death" ends up shorter than a Brian Michael Bendis fight scene. While the Wasp looks on in dismay, Vision activates a "backup" synthezoid Viv. Human Viv escapes from an under-explored weirdo zone where she was briefly trapped with the High Evolutionary. All of these metaphysical adventures are fascinating, and they tempted me toward a higher rating. But the reason we don't learn enough about Viv is because this issue *also* burns a lot of pages on the stupidest, eyeball-rollingest, most disappointing conclusion to the Avengers crossover *imaginable* - a big pointless hero vs. hero argument. It's a giant waste and Mark Waid even explicitly draws our attention to how he leaves matters unfinished between the two teams. At least Humberto Ramos's art is impressive throughout; the digital High Evolutionary looks cool and Vision's Frankenstein basement is marvelously creepy.

7.0
Champions (2016) #16

Jul 27, 2018

While Viv goes through a creepy sequel to the last Vision series, her teammates hunt up replacements for her. This issue has a shotgun blast of a script, peppering in some absolute brilliance (Viv's scenes, the coyote scene) along with some rock stupidity (Kamala thinking Spider-Gwen - whom she MET recently - is made up, Amadeus and Riri talking in really trivial math). The art team works hard to elevate things. The Champions sections are classic Humberto Ramos, solid and appealing; the Viv portions are cleverly tweaked (more shadow inking, less-saturated colors) to evoke the look of the Vision series.

8.0
Champions (2016) #17

Sep 20, 2018

Viv 2.0 goes full-blown murderous bonkers sooner than anticipated. The Viv-on-Viv conflict is so tense and creepy that it pulls this issue up way past average despite the forgettability of the rest of the team's antics. It's interesting that all the best Champions stories so far have spotlit single team members; why can't the creators make the team as a whole compelling? As seen here, the issue extends to the visuals as well as the scripts; panels with just one or two characters are orders of magnitude better than those with big crowds.

8.0
Champions (2016) #18

Oct 8, 2018

Viv concludes her doppelganger story and the roster finally changes as Cyclops says a touching goodbye. Those pieces are outstanding. This issue is a farewell to the original creative team, too, and it reflects some of their weaknesses as well as their strengths. In several panels, the Champions become an amorphous blob of gangly teen limbs. At the worst point, the blob even speaks with one eerie, communal voice. It's a visual demonstration of these creators' failure to forge the Champions into a real ensemble. Also, Mark Waid can't resist one last chance to cast aspersions on Kamala by writing her an over-fragile "boo hoo hoo" response when Cyclops takes off. Sigh.

8.0
Champions (2016) #19

Nov 10, 2018

Arctic mysteries await the Champions. For now, attention is focused on superb character dynamics and the team's snazzy new super-science ride. The dynamics are all-time great; the Big Blue Brick is just there. The development of the plot suffers from the pages lovingly devoted to the BBB. I think the creators got hung up on the question "How do we get the Champions to the Arctic?" early on in the brainstorming process. Outside of the attention they lavish on their answer, they're doing terrifically promising things with the Champions.

8.0
Champions (2016) #20

Dec 3, 2018

The Champions fall afoul of the Master of the World, who ties them up in a "what do we do when baddies do good stuff?" conundrum. Meanwhile, local girl Amka is tooling up towards becoming a hero herself. Truly beautiful artwork and impeccable characterization make this a delight. The cliffhanger undercuts #20 a little by promising bigger and better things to come, though.

9.0
Champions (2016) #21

Jan 1, 2019

An unnecessary but HIGHLY satisfying Champions/Alpha Flight brawl goes down until the heroes figure out the Master is powering his glacier-building operation with imprisoned nature spirits. Amka makes a satisfying debut, and the creators earn considerable credit for presenting a genuinely intelligent hero-on-hero fight. This comic is also one of the few that dares to swing at a "Carol vs. Kamala post-CW2 confrontation" pitch. It scores a solid triple; in my opinion, this is just as well-done as Kamala's creator's swing in Ms. Marvel #28.

9.0
Champions (2016) #22

Jan 21, 2019

The Champions tackle a modest infrastructure-repair mission in Tanzania while they chew through a heaping helping of status quo updates. All the changes and character work threaten to overwhelm; it's a good thing Viv's turn in the spotlight takes a last-act swerve into the supernatural. The art for this issue is a bit short of greatness when it comes to emotional faces, but the huge cast, fine details, and tour-de-force treatment of Amka's magic show that the visuals are, overall, well above average. The script's character work is magnificent so long as you agree to care about these characters. It pays off that investment powerfully; the final scene is a guaranteed goosebump-raiser if you've bought into Viv's story.

8.0
Champions (2016) #23

Feb 25, 2019

The Champions fight Man-Thing twice, with the undercard being tormented soul-searching for Viv. It's an excellent read, but the story drifts away from Viv and onto new business without pinning down a real conclusion. The intent might be to create ambiguity, but it comes across as unfocused. Still, this is hardly boring or ugly to look at. The art is beautiful and the script has a terrific pace.

10
Champions (2016) #24

Mar 27, 2019

The Champions fade into the background as Miles faces a Very Special Issue brought on by a mass shooting at his school. This comic shuns easy answers or partisan politicking and it's all the better for it. Miles and Kamala - and their creators - approach the issue with commendable honesty. Their take is nuanced enough to underline their idealism and sharpen it with an unflinching counterpoint of realism. You might not be able to save everyone - but that cannot stop you from saving anyone.

8.0
Champions (2016) #25

Apr 18, 2019

7.0
Champions (2016) #26

May 21, 2019

9.0
Champions (2016) #27

Jul 1, 2019

Viv stumbles the Champions into victory by restoring everyone's memories. This issue makes a conscious choice to sideline the Weirdworld plot in order to max out the attention paid to the characters, and I couldn't agree more with that decision. All of the warm fuzzies deliver a "power of friendship" victory that's satisfying instead of cheesy. Or, okay, maybe satisfying AND cheesy. Consistently top-notch art (for both Weirdworld and the real world) furthers the feeling of reading something special here.

8.0
Champions (2016) Annual #1

Jul 1, 2019

Amka heads home for her first post-Champions vacation and finds creatures of Inuk myth threatening her family and friends. Things get very "after school special"-y toward the end. But the visuals throughout are very strong, and Amka gets some fascinating (and much more distinctive) characterization and backstory in the first act. Her anxieties and uncertainties ring true in a way that's both specific and sympathetic.

9.0
Champions (2016) #1.MU

Oct 31, 2017

A kaiju attack interrupts the Champions' introduction to their evil counterpart team, the Freelancers. Jeremy Whitley does his best Dennis Hopeless impression and turns in a funny if slightly overstuffed script. Ro Stein and Ted Brandt do amazing art that resembles a Saturday morning Disney cartoon (ooh, I'm dating myself) in entirely positive ways. This is exactly what an all-ages comic book should look (and sound) like. It's also the only Monsters Unleashed issue so far that has real bearing on its main title. The Freelancers introduced here - the evil money-grubbing FYGM nemeses for the Champions - will play an important part in future issues.

7.5
Champions (2019) #1

Jul 16, 2019

8.0
Champions (2019) #2

Aug 20, 2019

An in-depth flashback reveals what happened in Dubai: Why Mephisto is chummy with Miles, why he's so bummed about it, and what Brawn knows. The individual plot beats are rather familiar, but they're assembled neatly into a strong picture at the larger scale. Some nice art really nails the look of a chaotic, tragic fight. The moral trap that Miles has fallen into is full of dreadful dramatic promise, too. I think even though she gets quickly yoinked back, Kamala's part in this story qualifies as a fridging. She's a tragic prop for Miles to grieve over. I hope she has something to say about this when she figures out what's happened.

8.0
Champions (2019) #3

Sep 19, 2019

Sam gets attacked by an old nemesis, the team has to save Dust from getting embroiled in an anti-mutant protest, and most importantly, Miles connects the dots and realizes the true cost of Mephisto's do-over. All the plotlines are good (do we have to do them all at once?), but that last one is a feelings steamroller and watching it absolutely flatten Miles is rough - in the best possible way.

8.0
Champions (2019) #4

Oct 15, 2019

Miles quits after explaining his devil's pact to Kamala, which shakes her to the core. And Sam grabs an incredibly dumb opportunity: Kaldera will help him retrieve his Nova helmet so she can then kill him honorably. The Sam thread is perfectly suited to the creators' style and comes off terrific. The Miles/Kamala thread lies a little outside their wheelhouse, visually and verbally. It's done well here, but I'm pretty sure it could be done even better.

7.0
Champions (2019) #5

Nov 12, 2019

7.0
Champions (2019) #6

Dec 27, 2019

8.5
Champions (2019) #7

Jan 25, 2020

Brief but important moments for Ms. Marvel and Viv Vision precede the all-Sam-Alexander show, which is actually the all-Kaldera show. Kaldera is insanely great, emphasis on the "insane" -- but she skates on the edge of overstaying her welcome and the "to be continued" ending points to more Sam'n'Kaldera shenanigans in the immediate future. It's cool to get some bonus Nova content, but this is supposed to be a team book, right?

6.5
Champions (2019) #8

Feb 27, 2020

I'm gettin' pretty tired of Scott Adsit and his whole "what if the Nova Corps was run by a George Costanza type" premise. Here, it joins a too-long roster of obnoxious elements that straddle the border between "funny bad" and "annoying bad." Others = Power Man's jerkitude, Kaldera's Manic Pixie Dream Klingon act, and the Freelancers' hackneyed dialogue. Jamming all that into 20 pages hits a Lemony-Snickety critical mass; no matter how ironically self-aware it is, it's too much awfulness for one comic.

6.5
Champions (2019) #9

Mar 26, 2020

6.0
Champions (2019) #10

Apr 20, 2020

Maybe the problem with this volume was that all of the interesting stuff happened in solo sub-plots rather than team missions.

7.5
Champions (2020) #1

Mar 3, 2021

Miles gets the (slim) majority of viewpoint time as the still-growing Champions team finds its footing in the Outlawed world. Opinions are widely divided within the team and in the public, and CRADLE is doing all too well at snatching teen heroes. This issue casts a wide net, and while it captures a lot of cool ideas, I think it slights characterization to explore plot points. The art is frenetic in a not wholly positive way; things get visually confusing when the fighting starts. Still, I've got enough goodwill saved up for these characters to keep following this volume.

7.0
Champions (2020) #2

Mar 12, 2021

Look, not every hero registration story needs "bOtH sIdEs" BS. The Champions are right, the pro-CRADLE guys are wrong. Riri is right about the captive Champions being the priority (but not about other stuff). Quit debating and go bust 'em out of St. Creepy's Brainwashing Academy already! Lord knows it's what the artists are aching for.

8.5
Champions (2020) #3

Mar 17, 2021

The title's plot threads come into perfect balance: The girls stuck in CRADLE jail, Viv being a runaway (not a Runaway) in Kansas, and the final fugitive Champions on the lam. All three are engaging and compelling to me. The art is solid, the dialogue is thoughtful (if a bit earnest, but hey, they're kids), and the plot developments are outstanding. Plus, there's a killer last-page surprise, a real goosebumps moment to close on. This series took a while to set the stage but suddenly I LOVE where we're at.

8.0
Champions (2020) #4

May 29, 2021

A quick team-up with the Marauders does wonders for the Champions (particularly Ms. Marvel), inspiring them to head back home and face the CRADLE music … somehow. A fun dialogue-driven plot, solid art, and excellent characterization make this an excellent (albeit not quite great) read. I especially like how Cyclops's motivation here dovetails with his decision to re-form the X-Men (the team) over in X-Men (the series).

8.0
Champions (2020) #5

Jul 18, 2021

The Champions reunite and use the light of truth to burn off the shadow of corporate perfidy backing Kamala's Law and CRADLE. Roxxon was behind the nastier parts, which explains why the Champions are taking it on head-to-head (with an all-new creative team) in the next arc. This finale ties neat knots in the Outlawed plot-threads. The art looks good. The script could have dug deeper into the characters, but it doesn't make any mistakes. This arc/event was paced a little wonky (blame the pandemic), but overall I think it did a good job capturing the zeitgeist of Generation Z's social conscience.

7.0
Champions (2020) #6

Aug 28, 2021

The Champions struggle to overcome internal conflict and an ambiguous legal situation. Roxxon, their antagonists du jour, are much more on the ball, rolling out a youth-oriented social media propaganda campaign with plenty of sinister foreshadowing. This issue kicks off with a promising fight scene, but then it just takes repetitive swings at setting up the conflict. The heroes' characterization fits with what's been previously established, at least -- these are still the Champions I love. But again, there's a circularity problem there: The other heroes get shorted by the excessive attention spent on Riri's (admittedly valid) frustrations. Also, I already suspect that this arc is just a retread of the Roxxon arc from Immortal Hulk, clumsily dumbed down in a way that risks alienating its younger target audience.

7.5
Champions (2020) #7

Oct 2, 2021

The Champions get one team member undercover at Roxxon -- will Sam go too far in trying to become the 2nd mole? The team also foils a Roxxon-staged bit of protest violence, which (maybe?) fulfills the issue's action quota. I love the art. It has a unique, confident style and it's got oodles of polish. On the script side, I love what the author is doing, but maybe they could do it with not quite so many words? The characters still come through strong and lovable, at least.

8.0
Champions (2020) #8

Nov 30, 2021

Kamala struggles with undercover work and Sam struggles with guilt over volunteering her. But the rest of the team is driving on (while caring about their teammate's feelings), and they figure out Roxxon's plan -- by endangering Viv! Roxxon's plot isn't groundbreaking (it owes a lot to good ol' mutant Sentinels), but that's OK. This issue has many other attractions, including polished, distinctive art and terrific character interactions. A real blast of a teen team book. I agree the dialogue's bloated. I would point out, though, that with the worst offenders -- Viv and the Khans -- the verbosity is there to establish a specific, stilted tone. It probably goes too far, but it's done with intent.

7.5
Champions (2020) #9

Jan 11, 2022

The Champions defeat Kamala's Law and (almost) shut down Roxxon. There's still a big ol' robot fight on deck for the next issue, but the team goes ahead and celebrates the win here. The plot's not particularly compelling, and the script could have done more to fix that. It treats the characters nicely, though, and the art is fantastic.

6.5
Champions (2020) #10

Feb 16, 2022

The Champions fight a few rounds with Roxxon's Chaperone-bots until Miriam Blakemore shuts them down. It's a frustrating finale. But while Ms. Marvel is frustrated because Roxxon comes out smelling like roses, readers are more likely to be frustrated because the Champs don't really have anything to do with the resolution. I liked this arc (and I particularly like Miriam as a low-key pragmatic villain), but I think the Champions deserved a cleaner win. (I also could have done without the stinger scene slapping a pointless question mark on "the end".)

7.5
Children of the Atom (2021) #1

Jul 18, 2021

Meet the Children of the Atom, an X-Men-themed group heroing in the New York area. They're complicated, they're mysterious, and they won't go to Krakoa. I admire how big this debut swings, laying out a complex status quo and bringing up possibly too many questions. The art is great, particularly the costume designs. The script is over-wordy and has a few minor glitches, but it succeeded in whetting my appetite for more.

8.5
Children of the Atom (2021) #2

Aug 18, 2021

The kids have to go a second round with Hell's Belles in a prison break scenario instead of going to a Dazzler concert like they wanted. The art's gorgeous. There's a lot of prose, but almost all of it is delightful. The main plot isn't moving forward, but we're learning tons about the characters and I for one love it. It seems likely we're going to rotate through each team member as the PoV character in the first five issues. It's a bold strategic choice -- and it might end up hurting the title if the author can't get the plot moving.

7.5
Children of the Atom (2021) #3

Sep 25, 2021

The crew screws up dinner with a friend while meeting a potential big bad, Carmen changes dramatically during her PoV issue, and Jay Jay is MIA. A part of me is annoyed at just how much this title puts character over plot. The spaceship joyride flashback that's supposed to explain how the kids got their powers, for example, never gets around to explaining how the kids got their powers. But a larger part of me is impressed and fully engaged because of how well the characterization is done. The art's improving, too.

7.5
Children of the Atom (2021) #4

Oct 26, 2021

A few shoehorned references to the Hellfire Gala don't really impact Buddy's latest plot to get to Krakoa. What DOES get in the way is the sinister goon squad that attacks the kids the next time they attempt to use a gate. POV character Benny gets a nice healthy chunk of character work; each of these kids is a little broken in their own unique way. The art's beautiful and I love the characters; it's just the fact that the plot points are still coming out messy as hell that makes me hesitate to call this a really good comic.

6.5
Children of the Atom (2021) #5

Nov 23, 2021

The X-Men save the kids, the kids save the X-Men, and it all ends … not quite happily ever after. As Jay Jay, the young narrator, points out, all their messy real-life problems are there waiting for them when the costumes come off. I still love these characters and I *really* love the art. What I don't love is the staggeringly generic superhero fight that monopolizes the pagecount. Or the equally-generic antagonists. Or the embarrassing portrayal of the X-Men -- this might be the worst-written Logan to appear outside a parody in years. I was frustrated by this issue, but I hold out a little hope that the finale will give me the closure I crave.

6.5
Children of the Atom (2021) #6

Dec 31, 2021

Carmen argues with her team, attends the Hellfire Gala, comes out to her family, then rejoins the Children for a decent fight scene. All that's left is the big reunion, complete with an easily-called but still-satisfying romantic development. I still love these characters to pieces and I like the way their story ends. But that doesn't blind me to the fact that this is a very simplistic plot, or that this comic contains about two comics' worth of dialogue and that's a problem. I think it'll be a long time before I see the CotA again, but I don't regret getting to know them.

6.5
Chris Claremont Anniversary Special (2021) #1

Apr 23, 2021

To prove her worthiness to Hela, Dani Moonstar takes a timey-wimey journey to fight the Shadow King across multiple eras. Dani is, of course, worthy; the main attraction (in theory) is revisiting high points in the author's career. But these muddled scenarios don't arouse much interest, and the prose is surprisingly clunky. Top-shelf art performances ensure that at least there's some good stuff to look at.

8.0
Civil War II: The Oath #1

Oct 31, 2017

Hydrated Cap gloats over Tony and reverse-psychologizes Carol. Here comes Secret Empire. This is effectively a bonus issue of Captain America: Steve Rogers (Read CA:SR #10 first), and it really doubles down on the ugly yet frighteningly seductive rhetoric that motivates Hydrated Cap. The only thing holding this book back is its grab-bag of artists. Do *not* let multiple people contribute pages to an issue that's aiming for a "painterly" style. The result is inevitably less than the sum of the parts, and even handing the entire book over to the weakest of the artists would deliver better results than this mishmash.

7.0
Cloak and Dagger (2018) #1

Aug 6, 2018

This new series delivers a decent precis on Cloak & Dagger and their respective powers, establishes them as broken up but SO primed to get back together, and kicks off a sinister mystery that looks like but surely isn't Cloak's powers going haywire. Dennis Hopeless's script is a touch simple but executed with solid skill, and the art team under David Messina contributes strong visuals in the Stuart Immonen mold. A decent introduction to the characters, though the story probably isn't headed towards all-time greatness. While I'm not bowled over by the content here, the pricing and medium are impeccable: If you're gonna release a TV show cash-in comic, a digital issue a buck cheaper than a paper edition is the way to go.

7.0
Cloak and Dagger (2018) #2

Jan 31, 2019

The Cloak & Dagger relationship is complicated by the introduction of a third player, Grey. This installment sets up a lot of interesting mysteries about this triangle, but the pace is still slow enough to frustrate. The colors take the "light-dark-gray" theme a little far. The good news is that art is otherwise still very powerful.

6.0
Cloak and Dagger (2018) #3

Apr 6, 2019

A confusing onslaught of first and second-hand tales shows what Grey can do and has done. Tyrone's strong narration is a useful anchor, but this story is harder to untangle than it really should be. The visuals are mostly great, but they also contribute to the confusion. Using the same finish and coloring for contemporary and flashback scenes is tricky, particularly when they're intercut panel-to-panel.

7.0
Cloak and Dagger (2018) #4

Apr 6, 2019

Cloak's client comes through in a big way and vectors him to Grey and Dagger. Their big confrontation does not go well; this story is a long way from over. This serving makes the ongoing mysteries of Grey - how do his powers work, what does he want, how's he still alive - compelling without falling into confusion. My confidence is restored, but I'm still going to need quite a bit of explanation in the final chapters.

5.0
Cloak and Dagger (2018) #5

Jun 13, 2019

8.5
Cloak and Dagger: Negative Exposure #1

Jun 13, 2019

Cloak & Dagger settle into a perfectly fine non-romantic relationship that suits them great - except for all the ways it doesn't. With Mr. Negative taking a particular interest in driving wedges, it seems likely that their relationship is headed into the wringer. This initial glimpse is a bit surface-oriented, but the broad scope - vividly painting the heroes and love interests AND the antagonist - keeps it from feeling shallow. Solid, smooth art effortlessly supports the fast-paced plot.

8.0
Cloak and Dagger: Negative Exposure #2

Aug 6, 2019

Cloak and Dagger reunite, a triumph that's severely undercut by the manipulations of Mr. Negative and his supernatural backer. Smooth action, beautiful art, sassy dialogue - they all contribute to an enjoyable story here. It is definitely a story, though; the narrative craft is good but not good enough to fade away and leave behind a feeling of realism. But "short of perfect" is a long way from "bad;" this is an eminently satisfying yarn.

3.5
Cloak and Dagger: Negative Exposure #3

Aug 6, 2019

After all the effort expended in building a new "broken up" status quo and supporting cast for Cloak and Dagger, this last installment discards it with all the care and class of a yokel hurling fast food leftovers from a moving truck.

8.0
Cosmic Ghost Rider (2018) #1

Jan 14, 2019

After his wonderfully silly-awesome supporting role at the end of the last Thanos series, Cosmic Ghost Rider gets resurrected for fresh shenanigans. The dialogue and art preserve the manic "never mind the details" tone of a REALLY GOOD bar story. The script's pacing is surprisingly slow, though. This issue dawdles to ensure that it gets no further than resurrection + plot point 1.

8.0
Cosmic Ghost Rider (2018) #2

Feb 11, 2019

Fulfilling his mandate to go as big and crazy as possible, Cosmic Ghost Rider seeks parenting advice by looking up Galactus. The question of whether or not baby Thanos can be nurtured into a non-villain remains very open, and it looks like Frank's gonna have to fight for the right to answer it. This issue has fine art and a gleeful sense of the absurd, but there seems to be a strong wall hemming this story in. I can't shake the feeling that the creators were strongly warned to keep this story frivolous and inconsequential. That still gives plenty of opportunities for entertaining fun, and the comic certainly doesn't disappoint on that score.

9.0
Cosmic Ghost Rider (2018) #3

Mar 18, 2019

Cable fights to kill baby Thanos, summoning increasingly-ridiculous numbers of AU heroes to get the job done. I wavered a bit about the tone (I object strongly to a narrative caption telling me "shut up, you like it"), but this book is so pure in its commitment to over-the-top-absurdity that its greatness is irresistible. The way the writer clearly told the artist to "make it crazy" and the way the artist delivered are both outstanding.

8.0
Cosmic Ghost Rider (2018) #4

Apr 18, 2019

9.0
Cosmic Ghost Rider (2018) #5

May 30, 2019

Cosmic Ghost Rider cuts loose with exceptional power to teach his quasi-adopted son what's what. Frank's final actions tie most of what we've seen in this series up in a "never really happened" paradox loop, which I always find frustrating. The character work is truly terrific, though. This issue and the series as a whole serve as a lesson for me: I have a tendency to dismiss books drawn with a "cartoony" style. Doing so here would rob me of an absurdly great read that packs tremendous power into its simple artwork.

7.0
Cosmic Ghost Rider (2023) #1

Jan 13, 2024

The pace is slow, but in a deliberate, menacing way that I like. And Juann Cabal's the perfect artist for that, confident in blocking out empty spaces. It hasn't sunk a hook in me yet, though. It's stylish and well-constructed, but the tone the creators have achieved also makes it difficult to demonstrate great depth. It doesn't help that this is a normal-length comic plus a b strip. I think I would have preferred a plus-sized issue with an extra act in it.

8.0
Cosmic Ghost Rider Destroys Marvel History #1

Sep 19, 2019

A continuity-fudging romp through the history of the Fantastic Four becomes engagingly funny after a shaky start. The creators take a little time to warm up, but once they hit the idea of casting CGR as a storyteller himself, things get golden. I was pleasantly surprised by the visual clarity, and the wisecracking script was (by the end) a delight.

6.5
Cosmic Ghost Rider Destroys Marvel History #2

Oct 15, 2019

I appear to be the sole occupant of the bit of the Venn diagram where "Cosmic Ghost Rider irreverence" meets "obsessive 20th-century Marvel continuity wanking." I'm a fan of Todd Nauck's art, too. But even I can see the premises beginning to fall apart here; the writers have spun up too many plates and the ones further away from the core "CGR cracks wise in historical flashbacks" mission are wobbling in a way that probably can't be fixed.

5.5
Cosmic Ghost Rider Destroys Marvel History #3

Nov 12, 2019

Even though I myself don't have a whole lot of respect for the Punisher's origin story, I realize (pretty late, but still) that this is an outrageously disrespectful way to play with it.

6.0
Cosmic Ghost Rider Destroys Marvel History #4

Dec 27, 2019

This is a knockoff of Lee/Kirby Howling Commandos gussied up with a few streaks of Inglorious Basterds. Pretty solid on its own, but it doesn't do a thing to fix this aimless series' steering problem.

4.5
Cosmic Ghost Rider Destroys Marvel History #5

Jan 25, 2020

I picked up on the fact that CGR actually CAUSED the Castles' deaths by getting pre-Punisher Frank all family-minded and inspiring him to take them to the park. I just wish I was more confident -- at all confident -- that the AUTHORS were aware of that irony and planning to do something with it.

4.5
Cosmic Ghost Rider Destroys Marvel History #6

Feb 27, 2020

This issue jams the story into full-blown shaggy dog territory by the halfway point and ends by converting it into an honest-to-Glob bad bar story. It looks decent in a cartoony way and it has some cute jokes, but it concludes with a profound feeling that the time required to read it was wasted.

3.0
Crazy (2019) #1

Apr 29, 2020

As a rule of thumb, I have a 4/10 floor for rating comics as long as I can believe the creators were making an earnest attempt to entertain. A *lot* of the content in this dumpster fire fails to give me that impression. I think most of the artists were trying, at least.

8.0
Crypt of Shadows (2019) #1

Aug 6, 2019

Leave it to Al Ewing to make an obsolete genre fascinating. This is a classic weirdie anthology - except the usually-unrelated stories are all one story, united with darkly ironic twists. The art is simple stuff that allows you to concentrate on the script, and that yarn definitely rewards the attention.

5.0
Crypt of Shadows (2022) #1

Apr 12, 2023

It's a Catch-22 of an anthology, where obscure characters who aren't popular enough to float long stories get clumsy, too-short strips that won't win them any new fans. (Plus some Elsa Bloodstone and some of Adam Warren being his creepy self with Laura Kinney.) There's some nice art along the way, but this is thoroughly unengaging.

6.5
Curse of the Man-Thing (2021): Avengers #1

Aug 4, 2021

The Avengers struggle against a blatant Poison Ivy expy who's magically turned Man-Thing into an apocalyptic weapon. I like the art and I think the story's workable in a basic, non-spectacular way. But the characters don't feel right. The fundamental differences between the DC and Marvel storytelling styles are brought into sharp contrast by letting Steve Orlando plug the Avengers into a Justice League story.

4.5
Curse of the Man-Thing (2021): Spider-Man #1

Sep 7, 2021

Motivational chats with Curt Connors and Spider-Man convince Ted Sallis/Man-Thing to take some action. Unfortunately, doing so involves a very hinky magical retcon of the character's origin; I don't like that. Meanwhile, the Avengers and the Order of the Web are clobbering bugs all over New York and trying (unsuccessfully) to seem relevant. There's the germ of a workable story in here -- setting aside the retcon issue -- but the storytelling, in words and art, is terribly weak. This is the sort of bottom-shelf execution you'd expect from an out-of-continuity MCU cash-in comic.

4.5
Curse of the Man-Thing (2021): X-Men #1

Sep 21, 2021

Man-Thing saves the world by sucking Harriet into his mind-swamp, now christened the "Dreadscape." Magik and a squad of d-list monster mutants give him a little assist. The art is pretty nice and the story is structured in a workable manner. The prose is often clumsy, though, and I absolutely loathe the changes made to Man-Thing's origin and status quo.

3.5
Damage Control (2022) #1

Jan 27, 2023

4.5
Damage Control (2022) #2

Mar 22, 2023

5.0
Damage Control (2022) #3

Apr 26, 2023

4.0
Damage Control (2022) #4

May 7, 2023

4.5
Damage Control (2022) #5

Aug 10, 2023

7.0
Damnation: Johnny Blaze - Ghost Rider #1

Oct 8, 2018

Johnny Blaze has died and gone to Hell. Turns out, that's just step one in a bigger plan. He's separated from the Spirit of Vengeance, so the two of them have to collaborate. Johnny's voice and the Spirit relationship are handled very well. The art does great with Johnny's face, but the action-packed Hell roadtrip falls a little outside Phil Noto's wheelhouse. This book is also held back by a sense that most of the obstacles in the protagonists' way are arbitrary thoughts dreamed up mainly to keep the front and rear covers far enough apart. It sure is pleasing to see Johnny's death given meaning, though.

7.0
Danny Ketch: Ghost Rider (2023) #1

Apr 16, 2024

This is "just" an average comic, but it's the kind of average I respect…maybe even admire. The story may not be inventive, but it's thoroughly clear. The storytelling may not be spectacular, but it's consistently competent. The backstory recap might slow down the pace for fans of the character, but as a newcomer to the Danny Ketch years, I appreciate it.

7.5
Daredevil & Echo (2023) #1

Apr 16, 2024

Although there are some nits to pick in the script (chiefly with the slow pace), this is probably the best Marvel writing the authors have done yet. The art's consistently gorgeous--a perfect example of my favorite of the artist's personal styles. While I wasn't thrilled with the start or the end, the middle's packed with intriguing mysteries and solid characterization. Maximum sass: "Golly, this 19th-century gangster stuff is great! Imagine if, like, Scorcese made a movie out of it or something!"

9.0
Daredevil (2015) #16

Oct 31, 2017

Daredevil whips a super-serum out of Bullseye while also tackling existential philosophy. This two-parter (with the previous issue) is just stellar storytelling. It grapples nicely with core Daredevil questions like "why be a hero?" Bullseye turned out to be a bit of a MacGuffin delivery service, but the questions Matt asks himself here are top notch.

9.0
Daredevil (2015) #17

Oct 31, 2017

Daredevil begins telling the story of how he got his secret identity back. I really don't want to spoil anything here, because there's a freight train of a twist and it's executed really well. Try to skip the solicit before reading this one. The rest of the writing is great too, neatly encapsulating Matt's post-secret-identity life and his problems with it.

8.0
Daredevil (2015) #18

Oct 31, 2017

Matt continues his confession up to the point where he falls into the Purple Man's clutches. I am fully sold on the story and the way it's being told - in words. When it comes to the art, I'm not convinced that this is "intentionally, stylishly messy" rather than "lazy/rushed/inept messy."

9.0
Daredevil (2015) #19

Oct 31, 2017

With the Purple Man slinging existential questions at him, Daredevil experiences a moment of identity clarity. This issue features an awesome allegory of Matt Murdock drinking in a bar with all the past iterations of Daredevil. Serpentine Killgrave asks him what's the worst thing he could do. After soul-searching that brilliantly manifests itself as several great DD-on-DD brawls, he strikes his answer. What's the worst thing Daredevil could do? Watch the world burn and do nothing. This is the turning point of the "Purple" arc, and though there's one issue to go, the question of how Hornhead got his secret identity back is already practically answered.

9.0
Daredevil (2015) #20

Nov 25, 2017

Matt polishes off his confession with a satisfying explanation of how he regained his secret identity and turns at last to his future. Though there are few surprises left in the plot (with one big exception), the characterization throughout this issue is great. It feels like a well-fitted capstone on top of the title to date. Though I'm not a big fan of Ron Garney's art - he'll always be filed under "similar to Frank Miller and JRJR yet not as good" in my mind - I can recognize he's served up some excellent layouts here.

8.0
Daredevil (2015) #21

Jan 5, 2018

A legal drama bombshell is set off with a rather forgettable villain-foiling. Luke Cage and Echo lend a hand so that Daredevil can get a d-list mook arrested and try some new legal trickery on him. This arc has strong "wow, this is epic" potential, but this opening gambit is not going to be the highlight. Charles Soule deploys some nice pacing and artfully conceals his future plot points to give us a solid twist ending. Goran Sudzuka's art is competent but doesn't even try to jump the bar into memorability. To rate this issue above average requires a touch of charity and a lot of faith in the writer's scripting skills.

8.0
Daredevil (2015) #22

Jan 5, 2018

Daredevil's day in court devolves into an acrobatic fight - big surprise! This 80%-serious look at how superheroes might mesh with a real-world legal system is mostly great, let down by just a few lapses into comic book logic. Goran Sudzuka's flat art sustains the story without earning much notice, and Charles Soule's dialogue is similarly unremarkable. The plot unfolding here is fascinating, though, and it makes both this issue and the whole arc well worth a read.

6.0
Daredevil (2015) #23

Jan 15, 2018

The Kingpin brings legal and criminal muscle to bear. Jen Walters in Hulk mode helps with the latter, but what's Matt going to do about the former? Guest artist Alec Morgan's work lowers the quality of this comic significantly. If Mr. Morgan had been on the job longer and made his style an integral part of the Daredevil experience, it *might* be tolerable. Getting blindsided with this cheap Nick Pitarra imitation is a painful slap to readers already dizzied by the high-stakes game of artist roulette this title has played in the past. The unpleasant visuals spoil some fascinating legal and extra-legal storytelling; this issue might have been all-time great if it looked better.

5.0
Daredevil (2015) #24

Jan 27, 2018

Matt reconciles with Foggy as he faces legal reverses. At least Tombstone's pathetically easy to fend off! The reconciliation scene is great, but it absolutely did not need a full issue. The Tombstone fight is particularly forced. I *really* feel condensing #23-24 into one script and then passing it to a better artist would have been the right choice here.

6.0
Daredevil (2015) #25

Mar 11, 2018

Matt Murdock (and Charles Soule) have spun this whole "let superheroes testify in court" case up onto the point of a knife in order to maximize the drama of the final decision. While this issue does reveal that decision, exactly what it's going to mean to Matt, Daredevil, New York, and the rest of the Marvel Universe is still very much a mystery. The script presents fascinating ideas and some great dialogue, and it definitely deserves better than Alec Morgan's woeful art. But this isn't a case of flawless words assassinated by bad visuals; even with better (i.e. competent) art, there would still be some weaknesses in this script.

8.0
Daredevil (2015) #26

Mar 30, 2018

A slow segue draws Matt out of New York crime-busting and into mystical ninja-fighting in China. The slow pace gives Charles Soule plenty of time to do good character work, and Ron Garney is back to deliver superb fighting along with some impressive vistas. On their own the villains for this arc look underwhelming, but the last-page twist promises interesting developments to come.

8.0
Daredevil (2015) #27

Apr 20, 2018

With Daredevil captured, Blindspot gives him a comprehensive "how I went good then bad" autobiography. Matt is in a tight spot - and not just because his apprentice knows his secret identity now! This is such a satisfying recap that it just solidifies my belief that the first nine issues of this title are skippable; Blindspot tells you everything you need to know here. Ron Garney's deceptively simple art goes past mere storytelling to make a positive contribution to the issue's mood.

8.0
Daredevil (2015) #28

May 7, 2018

Blindspot's mom is so callously selfish that she drives him back to heroing, saving Daredevil in the nick of time. It's a fast conclusion that does a good job of pulling Blindspot back into the heroic fold, and Ron Garney's art rises at a few points out of "good" all the way to "epic." It's eminently satisfying but just a tiny bit too quick and comprehensive; the pivot into the Mayor Fisk plot feels rushed. I'm hoping Sam sticks around; the "you really matter" message this arc sends him will be severely undercut if he fades into limbo again.

8.0
Daredevil (2015) #595

May 21, 2018

The curtain's peeled back on Wilson Fisk as mayor of New York City. The Trump parallels are undeniable, but it's a story that holds up on its own. Charles Soule's script is plot-heavy and characterization-light, which works. Stefano Landini's art is striving for clean storytelling and mostly succeeds, but there's something nebulously cold in the visuals that matches the intellectual feel of the script.

9.0
Daredevil (2015) #596

Jun 23, 2018

Mayor Fisk draws a police dragnet around Daredevil, but that's nothing compared to his plans for Matt Murdock. Charles Soule starts with a thrilling chase and enhances it with a host of impressive callbacks and foreshadowings. Stefano Landini does a sterling job following the rapid pace and providing impressive scenery, and his character stylings evoke a terrific Eduardo Risso vibe. It's a great story on its own, and the solid tie-ins to important characters from earlier in this volume add so much depth that this issue easily lands in all-time great territory.

8.0
Daredevil (2015) #597

Jul 27, 2018

The ramifications of Deputy Mayor Matt Murdock are explored at great length and Daredevil gets pointed toward another run-in with Muse. It's a story told with considerable skill but not a lot of urgency. Stefano Landini's art is still impressive, but this issue invites me to point out his talent for conserving talent. A few good backgrounds and a few sharp faces earn a lot of goodwill; there are a surprising number of bland panels and potato-people when you take a closer look. The ongoing arc still feels momentous, but I doubt this is going to be a high point in retrospect.

8.0
Daredevil (2015) #598

Aug 18, 2018

Muse takes aim at Mayor Fisk in a serial killer artist vein as Matt Murdock & Daredevil pursue more superhero-y solutions. This is a stylish chapter with a scalpel-clever script. The pacing is a little iffy, though, with Muse's scene at the end (his NYPD fight in particular) getting shortchanged in the rush to squeeze so much into this issue. It does a good job of ratcheting up the stakes and pushing the plot forward, but this issue isn't a payoff in its own right.

8.0
Daredevil (2015) #599

Sep 6, 2018

Daredevil spends the whole issue obsessing over Fisk. Wilson successfully blamed Muse's cop killing on the Punisher and Matt can't abide the abuse of truth and justice. (2018 POLITICAL ALLEGORY AHOY!) His obsession ends up hurting Blindspot when the younger hero impatiently confronts Muse on his own. This is a deeply engaging story, but it's progressing slowly and with less memorable writing than it deserves. The art is likewise compromised; the structure is impeccable but the finishes are terribly sketchy.

9.0
Daredevil (2015) #600

Oct 8, 2018

Daredevil's plan to take down Fisk goes awry, Blindspot triumphs over Muse in a Bad Way, and a one-two smasher of a twist ending drops a whole new maze of problems onto the title going forward. The plot is magnificent, as are the visual layouts. The finishes remain sketchy, but there's a confident poetry in the lively linework. The B story celebrates Foggy Nelson. Fair enough, but it doesn't say much/enough about WHY Foggy's worth celebrating. The two monster twists are an excellent way to celebrate hitting #600, though at least one of them arrives with instant questions about how it could possibly make any sense.

8.0
Daredevil (2015) #601

Nov 10, 2018

Mayor Murdock takes charge as the Hand assaults NYC. It's plot-heavy and the developments are interesting enough to carry the issue by themselves. Some impressively clean art helps, though the character proportions have me ever so slightly worried.

8.0
Daredevil (2015) #602

Dec 3, 2018

The Hand's motive and modus for attacking New York are still unclear; Matt and Sam get into a guilt-o-matic squabble over whose fault it might be. Besides that, this issue showcases plenty of good first steps being taken by both mayor Matt Murdock and Daredevil. The strong, simple faces sketched in the mayor's office scenes are wonderfully expressive, and the rear half balances the talking with plenty of action. There are good roles for Foggy and Blindspot to play, too. This issue is surprisingly light given the "demon ninja" plot it's handling, but it's a consistently fun read.

7.0
Daredevil (2015) #603

Dec 16, 2018

Daredevil's plans to defend against the Hand look mighty questionable, and that's before the Beast releases a cloud of Green Yick over the city. The plot barrels along speedily, but Matt comes off unlovably smug in both words and art. The initial Elektra scene offers some wonderfully choreographed action.

6.0
Daredevil (2015) #604

Jan 1, 2019

Father Jordan twists this particular Daredevil vs. Hand fight in a weird Hellboy direction. Introducing his "Order of the Dragon" burns up entirely too much space, and the action in the balance of the book is hurt by weak visuals. This is leaning hard into "forgettable popcorn comic" territory, much as the creators might hate to hear it. For all the attention lavished on the Order, their merits and appeal remain way too hypothetical.

7.0
Daredevil (2015) #605

Jan 21, 2019

The Hand war and the Murdock administration tie themselves up in a pair of related climaxes. The raw storytelling fundamentals for an all-time great conclusion are here, but a multitude of flea bites pull this story down significantly. The art is small-time, making all the action - ESPECIALLY the Battle of City Hall - look cheap and insufficiently epic. The dialogue features way too much clumsiness. The pettiest but most memorable fault, for me, is that the author would have to massage all of two lines to make a solid continuity connection with the last volume of Jessica Jones, but he just can't be arsed.

8.0
Daredevil (2015) #606

Feb 25, 2019

Matt rallies Inhuman help to bring down Mayor Fisk, keeps villains at bay while the NYPD is weak, and closes the book with a truly unlikely left-field twist. The script bops along at an excellent pace and the art is generally good with flashes of gorgeousness, but this doesn't quite hold up as all-time great if you slow down to look at it closely. The plot, in particular, is quite contrived. Still, there's no reason to overcompensate negatively. It might not be all-time great, but that doesn't mean it's not good.

8.0
Daredevil (2015) #607

Mar 7, 2019

The creators really seal in the "Silver Age goofiness" of the saga of Mike Murdock by kicking this issue off with a fight against D-list villains including the Trapster. This comic walks a fine line. The inherent absurdity of everything about Mike makes for a solid comedy digression from the larger, more serious plot to bring down Mayor Fisk. The jokes are funny, but the logic behind Mike's resurrection is a little threadbare. Superb art helps sell the reality of the situation and makes this a satisfying read.

8.0
Daredevil (2015) #608

Mar 27, 2019

The saga of Mike Murdock winds to a close - but not an end. This issue delivers great art, sound writing, and just enough character insight to make a completely crazy decision sound reasonable. I can see Matt's choice here causing no end of problems in the future.

8.5
Daredevil (2015) #609

May 2, 2019

A random but serious accident puts Matt into hurry-up mode for taking down Mayor Fisk. The universe senses his rush and throws plenty of interesting curveballs at him, including a mysterious new antagonist. Most everything here - especially the art - contributes to a promising feel of rising action and impending greatness.

9.0
Daredevil (2015) #610

May 21, 2019

Elektra slides in for a hot sex scene and an assist in the first real battle of the war against Mayor Fisk. Unbelievably great art, a fast plot, and another stellar new antagonist are the formidable factors that go into this issue's plus column. The minus column is practically empty; the way Elektra is seemingly written out of the story at the end of the issue feels just a bit contrived.

8.0
Daredevil (2015) #611

May 30, 2019

8.5
Daredevil (2015) #612

Jun 13, 2019

Daredevil experiences a giant, all-points win, but the final act (unmasking the Vigil) forces him to realize he's been in a coma dream since #609. And so he dies - for about a half a second. The victory lap and the credo at the end come close to excusing this arc's extremely indulgent plot. This is definitely good. It's even fairly satisfying. But it could have, should have been great, and it isn't quite that.

9.5
Daredevil (2019) #1

Aug 20, 2019

Great art and great writing breathe passionate life into Matt's return to Daredevil-ing. Weighty philosophy, unfortunate circumstances, lingering injuries, and just all the Catholic guilt in the world - this volume sure doesn't present Matt with a shortage of challenges. Marco Checchetto's art is scrupulously great, balancing the cerebral script with believable, beautiful action.

9.0
Daredevil (2019) #2

Sep 9, 2019

Daredevil is sure of his innocence, but most everybody else is doubtful. This develops the story well, making both Matt's certainty in his innocence and the ugly facts of the murder case against him compelling. Detective North emerges as a potent nemesis for Daredevil, as righteous as he is dangerous. And it all looks terrific. It's drawn so well that you run the risk of forgetting that it's drawn at all; that's seriously impressive visual storytelling.

8.5
Daredevil (2019) #3

Oct 9, 2019

Daredevil comes within one curly hair's breadth of getting arrested and unmasked, and he has a terrible buddy to thank for his reprieve. While all the storytelling duties are handled with exquisite skill, there's also a hard-to-shake feeling of familiarity. Or perhaps I'm just In A Mood today and if I weren't being so cynical, I could find the bit of je ne sais quoi I'm looking for. That moment when Daredevil silently throws down the gun is certainly a strong contender.

9.0
Daredevil (2019) #4

Oct 31, 2019

Chip Zdarsky makes a classic Matt/Frank catfight mutate in interesting ways, letting some of Frank's criticisms land and some slide off our hero. It looks great, it includes some memorable, iconic moments, and the plot takes a nicely-measured step forward. This feels like a top-shelf comic through and through. While it still feels slightly familiar, the feeling is shrinking as the story develops.

9.5
Daredevil (2019) #5

Nov 27, 2019

I feel bad for Charles Soule because his preceding run on Daredevil was good. But five issues in, this volume is clarifying the vast difference between great and merely "good."

9.0
Daredevil (2019) #6

Dec 27, 2019

8 weeks have passed. Daredevil is "dead," Matt's a parole officer, detective North and mayor Fisk face challenges of their own. Scrumptiously quotable words, shiny happy art (with a dark undercurrent), superb scene structure, and a fascinating new romantic interest -- this is a formidable start to a new arc.

8.5
Daredevil (2019) #7

Jan 25, 2020

Matt struggles with pangs of conscience when he's forced to revisit his last great mistake. Fisk attempts to put his past behind him. And Detective North gets out of the hospital. The script dances flawlessly between the characters' stories, assembling a satisfying yarn even though they're not interacting yet. The art is ordinary in a not-entirely-but-mostly good way; the details and realistic character designs emphasize how down-to-earth this arc is.

8.5
Daredevil (2019) #8

Feb 27, 2020

I was all set to haw-haw about the naivete of the hunting scene -- using rifles on ducks, how ridiculous! But I realized there may be a method to the madness: Hunting ducks with rifles isn't just rare and dumb, it's ILLEGAL. The mayor and the governor engaging in illegal, dangerous hunting probably says something meaningful about the business they're discussing while they do it.

9.0
Daredevil (2019) #9

Feb 27, 2020

The problem with Matt being blind is that he can't see the battalion of red flags flying over this hookup.

9.0
Daredevil (2019) #10

Mar 10, 2020

When Detective North faces a showdown with his corrupt coworkers, Matt is perfectly placed to rescue him. That leads to an immensely satisfying fight scene, but even more impressive than the action are the consequences it will obviously have for both characters. This issue contains less prose than usual for this title, but it still counts as stunningly well-written. The art is terrific, too - Jorge Fornés effortlessly picks up the tone of the series and would make a fine full-time artist for this sort of comic.

8.5
Daredevil (2019) #11

Mar 31, 2020

A wide net snares all of the volume's supporting characters, guest star Spidey, and Matt and Daredevil -- treating those last two as separate folks. Everybody gets one to one-and-a-half great scenes, but right now, the point around which they orbit is unclear.

8.5
Daredevil (2019) #12

Apr 20, 2020

Matt and Fisk both fall into old, destructive patterns in this nice parallel story. The key difference, of course, is that the hero has friends to pull him out of the hole and the villain stares into the abyss alone. In words and art, this stops just shy of greatness -- but it is within spitting distance. I have high hopes for the rest of the arc.

9.5
Daredevil (2019) #13

Jun 1, 2020

Every scene has Meaning, and all the Meanings are related. It's sublimely coordinated, like ballet. I often praise good comics art for being "expressive," which can be a wishy-washy term. To give it meaning, look no further than those four panels where Fisk calls Wesley. Mr. Checchetto tells the *entire* story just in Wesley's reactions. (And Mr. Woodard helps by adding a perfect, subtle flush in the third panel.) To evoke the character and the story so clearly, with such detail -- it's a rare art team that can do that.

9.0
Daredevil (2019) #14

Jun 22, 2020

Daredevil gets into detective North's head, the Stromwyns take aim at Fisk, and Mindy calls out Matt's savior complex. It's 90% conversation, but it's done so exquisitely well it's got a strong chance of being the best comic you read this week. Chip Zdarsky's Daredevil stretches toward Wire-like levels of intricacy and quality. "And all the pieces matter."

8.5
Daredevil (2019) #15

Jul 13, 2020

Daredevil and Elektra carve a key piece of the puzzle out of the governor while Fisk faces a reckoning from the Stromwyns. It's an elegant, action-heavy dose of plot progression and that makes it a lot of fun to read. But it mostly sets aside this title's unique strength -- morally-ambiguous characterization -- in favor of a more black-and-white morality. (It's fascinating that Fisk falls on the side of the angels when this issue draws its lines.) I have full confidence that subsequent issues will circle back and muddy up these latest developments in a thought-provoking way.

9.0
Daredevil (2019) #16

Jul 18, 2020

Amazing prose, amazing art, amazing plot. But the art is far enough from the book's standard, stylistically speaking, that I couldn't ever put that distance out of my mind. And the plot is so cool and subtle that important little details are overlook-able. Still one of Marvel's finest ongoing titles!

8.5
Daredevil (2019) #17

Sep 24, 2020

The Stromwyns look unbeatable and the Owl starts playing dirty, too -- Matt's life is suddenly full of challenges. Our hero doesn't make a lot of good progress, but this examination of what he's up against is compelling. Solid if unspectacular art gets the story told well.

9.5
Daredevil (2019) #18

Oct 17, 2020

For me, the art was a bit shy of greatness -- only a very little bit. And every other part of the comic was resoundingly great.

9.0
Daredevil (2019) #19

Oct 17, 2020

The Kitchen burns as the Stromwyn's pet supervillains attack it. A wide range of protagonists rise up to stop them, from the people of the kitchen to North's good cops to, of course, Daredevil himself. The storytelling, words and art, lands a little shy of greatness. The development of the plot is absolutely impeccable, though. This is a perfect vehicle for building anticipation in advance of a blockbuster showdown.

9.5
Daredevil (2019) #20

Nov 9, 2020

Daredevil saves the Kitchen with the help of expected (the amateur DDs, Cole North, Typhoid Mary (!)) and unexpected allies. It's wall-to-wall awesome action, with the lulls perfectly filled with shocking twists. This is right next door to a perfect reading experience.

9.0
Daredevil (2019) #21

Dec 17, 2020

I feel it's just a little shy of perfect as a single issue. So much of its impact hinges on paying off stuff that's been set up for 20 issues (and more). It's still damn sure great if you've read all that groundwork.

9.0
Daredevil (2019) #22

Feb 26, 2021

The court case against Daredevil takes shape. Rather than prepare for that, Matt's setting his vigilante affairs in order. Fisk gets a few pages, too; his plotlines are slow, but they're still interesting. The scripting on this book remains fantastic and Francesco Mobili delivers some worthy, highly-detailed art.

9.5
Daredevil (2019) #23

Mar 6, 2021

Matt continues tying off his loose Daredevil threads before his trial. He intimidates the top-level gangsters, then has an AMAZING rapprochement with Spider-Man. The script is close to perfect; the art is even closer. And all this great storytelling is employed in the service of a brilliant story -- it rarely gets better than this.

9.0
Daredevil (2019) #24

Mar 15, 2021

The last moments before Daredevil's trial provide enough reverses to shake his faith and tease enormous tension right up to the final page. The prose is good, verging on great, and the structure of the script is genuinely great. The art is strong, too -- but it's just different enough from Marco Checchhetto's to introduce a touch of confusion.

9.0
Daredevil (2019) #25

Mar 17, 2021

Elektra comes to Matt in prison, but she brings no answers and gets no trust. She wants his help, so she'll need to earn that trust. The storytelling is good, the story itself is fantastic. The creators successfully revitalize the "been done" idea of Daredevil in prison by adding a brand-new twist with Elektra.

9.0
Daredevil (2019) #26

May 9, 2021

In the prison and on the streets, Matt and Elektra's stories are overrun by the King in Black. It's solid action, and it's layered on top of continued excellence in characterization. This is a digression from the title's course, but a welcome one. It hasn't quite happened yet, but it seems very likely that the tie-in will end up being tied thematically to what this title's characters are going through.

8.5
Daredevil (2019) #27

May 23, 2021

Matt overcomes Knull possession and Elektra-Devil fakes her way out of Typhoid Mary's attack, stumbling into a sidekick situation at the same time. Good plotting, good art, good prose, but this time the sum of the parts falls just shy of greatness. Perhaps this issue is hampered by the limitations of an event tie-in?

9.5
Daredevil (2019) #28

Jul 18, 2021

Matt and his supporting cast process their recent traumas. Their disparate stories are tightly stitched together with shared themes, and it's all conveyed with impeccable, unbeatable storytelling. Not a perfect comic -- but almost as close as you'll find crafted by human hands.

9.0
Daredevil (2019) #29

Aug 18, 2021

While Matt fields a prison assassination attempt, Elektra-Devil contends with Izzy Libris for control of the Kitchen. And Wilson Fisk has schemes of his own. The plot developments are well-executed if just a touch decompressed. The character work is solid if not ground-breaking. And the visuals, as usual, are a treasure. This issue falls into this title's usual sky-high groove: It's great, but past performance reminds us that this creative team can do even great-er.

8.5
Daredevil (2019) #30

Oct 2, 2021

Elektra has her first confrontation with Butch and gets reason to re-think her position re: teen sidekicks. Matt and Fisk also get small nudges pushing their plots forward. Elektra's big fight scene is even bigger than it seems and the other scenes are very brief; it feels like this issue is chopped up to obfuscate a slight lack of plot development. It's no great sin, though; the writing is still terrific and the art is far better than most collaborative efforts.

8.0
Daredevil (2019) #31

Nov 22, 2021

Bullseye starts to run amok while both our Daredevils are busy punching their way to unrelated plot developments. The art's very nicely polished, but it just doesn't stick in my mind. Similarly, the script has no great faults but doesn't wow me. Perhaps it's the way two key scenes (Mike meeting the gangsters and Elektra confronting Izzy) just sorta peter out without decisive conclusions.

9.0
Daredevil (2019) #32

Dec 23, 2021

Elektra confronts Bullseye after he's killed dozens of innocents. Matt investigates the shady dealings at the prison before making a dangerous misstep (exploding whatever mad science thing the Warden is doing). And there are pretty damn dramatic moments for most of the other cast members, too. I'm honestly stunned at how this issue is so pivotal for so many characters; a climax in every sense. The art and the prose are ever so slightly improvable; the plot and structure are essentially perfect.

9.0
Daredevil (2019) #33

Dec 31, 2021

Elektra survives her doppel-Bullseye fight and links up with other heroes. Creepy behavior-modification stuff unfolds with wonderfully deliberate pacing at Matt's prison. And we get brief check-ins with Fisk and Butch. I don't think this is a great comic by itself (those check-ins are so brief as to be annoying), but it's a great chapter in a larger story. And the return to stem-to-stern art by Marco Checchetto is great. The Elektra fight in particular is a visual feast. The sweep of the bigger-picture plot is also intriguing, with plenty of compelling questions along each thread of the plot. WTH is up with Marvel's super-spoilery title pages lately, though? This issue's recap spoils Matt's entire plotline for this issue.

8.0
Daredevil (2019) #34

Jan 11, 2022

Daredevil speeds through explaining the "Re-Cid" plotline -- it's an over-the-top supervillainous spin on the prison-industrial complex -- before jumping toward the Bullseye fight. This is a solidly-constructed chapter, with good art and strong script structure. But I detect a little rushing and stretching as the author struggles. He can't let the climax start prematurely. But I also think he realizes the Re-Cid story is far weaker than the other ongoing plots and he's trying to get past it as fast as he can. This is a good issue, but it's also probably one of the volume's weakest. Best we do what the author wants and speed through it quickly.

6.0
Daredevil (2019) #35

Mar 5, 2022

Even though I'm a big-time BLM/Defund pinko, it didn't feel good to see Spidey shame a random cop like that. It's a sentiment I agree with, but the time, place, and speaker were all wrong. But that didn't factor into my rating much. The initial fight scene was visually disastrous, the final resolution was unsatisfying, the Fisk/Mary story just got thinner and less believable, the prose is some of Mr. Zdarsky's weakest, and Izzy Libris has become this arc's appendix -- totally vestigial. OTOH, the theater scene was deliciously demented, featuring the level of visual and conceptual quality I expect from this title. So I still rated this issue above average (a little). If only the rest of it was anywhere close to that!

8.5
Daredevil (2019) #36

Apr 14, 2022

This was a redemptive issue -- for the creators and my faith in them, rather than for the characters. The extra pages gave them great opportunities to trim up their plotlines and re-motivate their characters, and they made full use of them. Everything looks and sounds very good. (Although I found Matt a little passive here.) The wedding scene is skillfully crosscut. Maybe it's an homage/ripoff of the baptism scene from the Godfather, but if so, it's a well-done one.

9.0
Daredevil (2019) Annual #1

Feb 17, 2021

Goofy alias turned almost-real-boy Mike Murdock returns from comic book Limbo. Here we get his scheme to magic himself up a real past combined with grim flashbacks to that past. Mike Murdock is inherently absurd, but this self-contained story invests him with gravitas thanks to talented storytellers playing him deadly straight. A really fun tangent to explore, and one that Chip Zdarsky just might come back to.

7.5
Daredevil (2022) #1

Jan 8, 2023

It's a good comic. I'm trying not to be disappointed, but with these creators' track record … I was hoping for a great comic, and this isn't quite it. The script's folded up into a puzzle box. The prose is laconic and functional; it works, but it doesn't sparkle. Several scenes (the "twisting fate tricks" in particular) call for sharp visual storytelling, but they're not quite clear enough. There are definite high points in the art, but also a few surprisingly rough patches. The hints at future plot and character developments are good, intriguing. They're enough to pull me on into #2 by themselves. But I get the feeling that the creators believe their material is inherently great, which it isn't -- this issue's content on its own doesn't quite justify the slow, pretentious way it's conveyed. (My opinion could change if future issues live up to the gravitas, though.)

8.5
Daredevil (2022) #2

Jan 24, 2023

This episode is a little slow, but it does a good job of building Goldy up into an insane, dangerous wild card. I find myself pretty tolerant of the retcon, even though origin-tinkering seems to be getting a little too common at Marvel right now. The clean flashback art contrasts very well with the gritty modern art (though things get pretty confusing in the train crash). I think the guest artist pages were nicely set up, though some were more impressive than others. The B strip is a nice little treat, too. Some good Zdarsky art and a Nocenti script that's clever but also comprehensible.

7.5
Daredevil (2022) #3

Feb 24, 2023

This plane is having trouble pulling away from the gate.

8.0
Daredevil (2022) #4

Apr 7, 2023

It's still moving ponderously, taking itself a little too seriously, but it IS moving forward. That's good. Cole North and his outsider perspective are vital. I know it's a classic narrative trick (a good alternative to exposition), but that doesn't mean it doesn't work. The art isn't Checchetto-detailed, but it's incredibly dynamic. That comes in handy for all of this issue's non-verbal storytelling.

8.5
Daredevil (2022) #5

May 25, 2023

Now we're cooking with gas. A plot that's exciting in itself while also serving as a lens for examining Matt's character. Gorgeous art. Snappy lines that land with impeccable timing. But it's not flawless. Some of the scene transitions are choppy, and not because the creators want to build tension. Stegron has no place in this story, but the creators *really* wanted him here. His cameo ends up being the prime example of a rough scene cutoff.

8.5
Daredevil (2022) #6

Aug 10, 2023

Although the script's words aren't truly world-class, its structure is admirably complex and there's some great thematic work running all the way through this issue. Things are similar on the visual front: While this isn't the title's a-game Checchetto art, it certainly gets the storytelling job done. This volume may have started slow, but now it's ramping up toward a fearsome climax (I hope).

8.5
Daredevil (2022) #7

Nov 10, 2023

The storytelling in words and art is up to the title's usual formidable standards. This is a well-structured, well-drawn, well-written book. A pleasure to read. And I like the ideas. The big political/philosophical ideas, and the smaller ideas about how the characters are developing. I particularly like the way that they're related; the insights and developments come from how the characters think about the same issues the readers are thinking about. I get the sense that the author might be regretting the "war with the Punisher" plotline he's obliged to get through. This issue shows it's possible to make progress on it while addressing other interests--but the combination could be smoother.

9.0
Daredevil (2022) #8

Mar 7, 2024

There's a solid chunk of character insight carried in the PoV narration, and there are some significant long-term plot developments. But the overall amount of plot-character content isn't that high. And it's completely forgivable when it's skillfully woven into a massive full-issue battle. Brilliantly illustrated, paced, and structured--this is a real pleasure to read. It makes a thoroughly satisfying payoff to the story so far, too.

8.0
Daredevil: Woman Without Fear #1

May 21, 2022

This is a stylish start to a solo sidequest for Elektra, albeit a little slow with all its flashbacks. I'm no Elektra scholar, so I don't know if this is new, familiar, or retcon content. Between this issue's covers, though, it works very well. Elektra has a sharp, honest voice when reflecting on her past. There aren't any dazzling flares of greatness in the prose or the visuals, but it's thoroughly talented storytelling with no serious flaws. This is a solid base to launch a story from, and greatness is definitely possible in the future.

8.0
Daredevil: Woman Without Fear #2

Jun 29, 2022

So this whole miniseries is gonna be Elektra vs. Kraven, with the running battle used as a vehicle for introspective character examination. That's cool. It's supplied with solid combat pacing and some nice dynamic art. I don't think the character insights are profound or revelatory enough to make this great. They supply sufficient meaning to make it good, though.

7.5
Daredevil: Woman Without Fear #3

Jul 21, 2022

This issue polishes off the least interesting of the miniseries' plotlines and leaves the others flapping in the breeze. It primes Elektra for reentry into the main Devil's Reign series. But it's published a week early and spoils a huge development from DR #5. Surely that's not the creators' intent? It's still elegantly crafted, but the frustrating loose ends make this (for me) slightly weaker than the previous issues.

7.0
Dark Ages (2021) #1

Jan 6, 2022

This series is headed for Steampunk Marvel, but first Spider-Man has to tell the story of how the heroes shut off electricity to save the world. The whole point is to make this set-up more engaging and dramatic than a mere elevator pitch, but personally, I don't think the creators were entirely successful. The script's good and the art's halfway to fantastic, but I think the author picked the wrong format. Pete's telling us all this in the past tense, and that puts the story past tension. Despite the stakes and all the hero-deaths shown, this comes across as historical and therefore a little too dry.

8.0
Dark Ages (2021) #2

Feb 16, 2022

Peter Parker narrates us through how the superheroes super-heroically work to rebuild civilization after the EMP disaster. But as promised by the end of #1, Apocalypse is out there pursuing villainous goals via villainous means. This is setup, like the last issue, but I liked it more because it felt immediate and present-tense in exactly the way #1 didn't. The art's still great, which also helps.

7.5
Dark Ages (2021) #3

Mar 23, 2022

This is a pretty nice execution of a very basic idea. It's like your standard Big Dumb Event Comic™, but without the crossovers and tie-ins. Which is a good thing, I guess. The art looks a little rougher in this issue. Pacing is good. The plot isn't smart, but it works. Characterization is limited to jokes and light continuity gags. This is a slightly positive example of a "popcorn" comic: aggressively shallow, but entertaining.

7.0
Dark Ages (2021) #4

May 21, 2022

It's clear to me that early on, the creators asked themselves "how do our heroes get to Europe?" and fell completely in love with their answer. This chapter isn't plot-critical; the journey could be dismissed in a page or two. Instead, we get a huge gob of world-building and a big MCU-style action set-piece. It's thoroughly unnecessary. And it's a blast. Artist Iban Coello might be enjoying this digression more than anybody else. He goes nuts inventing new costumes, gadgets, vehicles, buildings -- all skillfully worked into well-composed panels. While the bones are impeccable, the finish is a little rough. This is really good art that could be great if it were more polished. The script doesn't do much characterization. There are some solid lines sprinkled around to distract from the flatness of the characters; they're not that successful. But in place of character work, we do get more fascinating details on this post-electricity world.

8.0
Dark Ages (2021) #5

Jul 13, 2022

This comic is definitely good, without really approaching greatness. The characters sound right, but they're a little shallow. The plot is compelling and twisty, but also episodic -- a chain of distinct set pieces. The art's imaginative and dynamic, but the finish is a little rough. It's a fine comic to enjoy, but it'd be hard to get passionate about. That's my subjective take, anyway. Pete claims the heroes didn't take any casualties, but does anybody see Laura or Blade at the end?

7.5
Dark Ages (2021) #6

Sep 29, 2022

Not too much to say here. It's an ending of a piece with the rest of the series: Satisfying, beautifully drawn (though the visuals are a touch dated), aggressively not deep. Maybe it comes across a little rushed. Dark Ages wound up being a great popcorn comic: Something fun and exciting to read that never demanded much in the way of thought.

6.5
Dark Web (2022) #1

Aug 10, 2023

I agree with Kreniigh.

7.0
Dark Web (2022): Finale #1

Jan 18, 2024

I really like the status quo tweaks made in the final scene. The Big Dumb Fight leading up to it is pretty weak tea, though. There are some funny quips, but they're slotted into a *very* simplistic structure: "Everybody split up into smaller fights, then take turns making a joke and resolving your conflict so we can gang up on Chasm and end this." The artists work together fairly well. But I also think they're all tired; this is nobody's A game.

7.5
Dark Web: Ms. Marvel #1

Aug 30, 2023

The writing could be sharper and the art takes a little getting used to (it's sharper and more mature than prior Ms. Marvel books--not necessarily a good thing), but overall, the storytelling is fine. I love the angle the creators take: They fully commit to filling the hole in the Marvel shelf left by the absence of an ongoing Ms. Marvel solo. This reads more like a crossover than an event miniseries, and that suits me just fine.

8.0
Dark Web: Ms. Marvel #2

Nov 10, 2023

This two-shot ends with the same tone as it began, one I love. The creators approach this as though it's an event tie-in in a nonexistent Ms. Marvel ongoing. It's all the better for it. The Chasm fight and trip to Limbo are handled quickly, like editorial mandates, and the bulk of the series concentrates on the effect Dark Web has on Kamala's personal world. The art remains sharp and mature in a mostly-good way, and it does good visual storytelling. The script is cleanly structured and well-paced and the prose has improved from the last issue. I hope that when Ms. Marvel *does* get another ongoing, the slight status quo adjustments made here (tweaking her powers, giving her some new nemeses) are carried over.

8.5
Dark Web: X-Men #1

Aug 12, 2023

I spend too much time critiquing Gerry Duggan's skills as a dramatic storyteller; I tend to forget that he's a top-tier comedian. Character and plot development take a back seat to wise-cracking here, but that doesn't mean they're inconsequential or mishandled. The characters sound right, and though they're small, the plot developments are important to the event. Rod Reis putting his own spin on a solid Sienkiewicz impression is just the icing on the cake.

8.5
Dark Web: X-Men #2

Sep 2, 2023

It's not as funny as the previous issue, but way more meaningful. Madelyne and Alex's characters are probed with depth and sincerity, and the plot marches forward by a satisfying distance. Things are gorgeous all around on the art front, although personally, I think Mr. Reis is working just a little harder than Mr. Noto.

8.0
Dark Web: X-Men #3

Dec 26, 2023

Madelyne Pryor's Dark Web arc takes an abrupt swerve away from villainy. It's not the strongest or most engaging idea, but *damn* is it executed well. The art's gorgeous and the script is packed with some of the best prose Gerry Duggan's ever put on paper. Mark this down as another case where the tie-ins are trouncing the main event in terms of quality and appeal.

7.0
Darkhawk (2017) #51

Jun 18, 2018

Chad Bowers and Chris Sims turn this issue into a public audition to meld Chris "Darkhawk" Powell into Gerry Duggan's current run on Guardians of the Galaxy. It might be a tremendous treat for passionate Darkhawk fans, but that's not me. As an ignoramus on the subject, I found this a thorough introduction - maybe too thorough, but pretty compelling. I think it pulled the curtain a little too far back for a one-shot: Yeah, Powell's complex relationship with his father could be developed into a nice parallel to mentoring the semi-independent Razor in an ongoing series. It weighs this single issue down too heavily, though. Kev Walker's art is superb for the gritty story of Officer Powell; I'm not sure he'd be the right long-term artist if the story heads in a strictly Cosmic direction.

6.0
Darkhawk (2021) #1

Jan 4, 2022

The Darkhawk widget passes to teen basketball star Connor Young, after a very long introduction and an MS diagnosis. I do like the status quo established at the end: new teen hero, mysterious powers, complex relationship between supporting cast and antagonists. MAN, it's a slog to get there, though. I was about to drown in the basketball cliches before I reached the MS. As to that, I'm sure some readers will dismiss it as a gimmick. And I'll admit Connor doesn't have much else to distinguish him yet -- how could he, with such a slow start? I'm willing to stick around and watch him develop, though.

7.5
Darkhawk (2021) #2

Feb 3, 2022

On the personal side, Connor struggles to adapt to his MS. On the superhero side, all the secrets come out between him and Derek. I was really impressed by how much mileage this issue got out of the complex relationship established in #1. So many lines took on extra weight and meaning! I hope that level of intricate character work continues. I liked this issue, but I'm really struggling with the art. The layouts, posing, and anatomy are all fine, but that shading is killing me. It looks like every character just climbed out of a chimney.

7.0
Darkhawk (2021) #3

Mar 5, 2022

This is an awfully speedy issue and I see some storytelling problems, particularly in the visuals. But Connor remains a compelling protagonist, and this book is great about exploring the nature of the Darkhawk from his outsider perspective. I'm a lot more forgiving of the occasional fumble when creators are hammering out a strong, simple story, and this sure fits the bill.

7.0
Darkhawk (2021) #4

Apr 14, 2022

On the one hand, in terms of plot and storytelling, I found this to be a completely bog-standard teen superhero origin story. On the other hand, I had an absolute blast reading it. There were just enough twists and bonuses to turn "simple" into "special." The MS content continues to be strong but not overwhelming. The continuity links, to Marvel as a whole and to Kyle Higgins' Winter Soldier series, were great -- Miles and Cap felt like organic team-up picks.

6.5
Darkhawk (2021) #5

May 21, 2022

Here at the end, I still feel that this is a standard-issue teen superhero origin story lifted up past average by good characterization and committed creative work. I really liked the Connor-Shawn fight. The problem is, that above-average "business as usual" stuff is only about 60% of the issue. The rest of it is "wrap up the series" content, and it is woeful. The last-minute introduction of Sarah, the tease of the OG Darkhawk, and especially the supporting cast montage -- all anchors on the book. (Also, the next time Juanan Ramírez draws big cannons by tracing upside-down Star Wars blasters, he should remember not to include the pistol grips and triggers sticking out the top.)

6.0
Darkhawk: Heart of the Hawk #1

Aug 18, 2021

I am astonished that Marvel has found even more writers (besides Chad Bowers and Chris Sims) who want to try to make Darkhawk happen. With that bitchy line hopefully establishing my level of interest in/appreciation of the character, I'll say I was pleasantly surprised by this anthology. I liked the trick of tying all 3 strips together with an over-arching story, and the notion of actual character development in the future was a bit promising. But the first strip is letting the team down with shabby art and excruciating (both dated and poorly-crafted) writing.

6.5
Darkhold (2021): Alpha #1

Feb 3, 2022

Doom digs up the true Darkhold, alerting the Scarlet Witch to trouble. They laboriously explain the threat of Chthon, then Wanda gathers a team of heroes to oppose him, then it all goes wrong. I like both the premise and the format of this mini-event; sort of a themed anthology series. This introduction goes on way-hey-hey too long, though.

7.5
Darkhold (2021): Iron Man #1

Mar 3, 2022

In this origin-gone-wrong, Tony Stark chooses to focus on the medical abilities of his armor. The results are more Lovecraft than cyberpunk, to the growing horror of Pepper Potts. I enjoyed the premise and the results, but I think the storytelling could have been pushed much further. The art really only scratches the threshold of body horror, not living up to either the cover or the Iron Man shown in the Alpha issue. And the script has a lot of the drawbacks inherent to HP Lovecraft: A slow pace and a reliance on florid "the horror was ineffable" prose instead of plot development. Pepper's point of view is brilliant, though. And I can buy the idea that the Lovecraftian weaknesses in the writing stem from it being an intentional homage.

8.0
Darkhold (2021): Wasp #1

Mar 23, 2022

This intense psychological study of a reciprocally-abusive relationship is *not* what I was expecting in a Darkhold book, so I was initially a little disappointed. The closer I looked, though, the more impressed I was by the subtle effort invested by the creators -- visually, verbally, and thematically. This is offbeat and grim, but in the best possible way.

5.0
Darkhold (2021): Blade #1

Apr 14, 2022

While I'll sometimes describe scripting as "action-movie-like" and art as "cartoony" and mean to be at least somewhat positive, this issue is action-movie-like and cartoony in all the wrong ways. I'm not totally dismissing the workmanship, but the resultant style is off-putting. So are the world-building and character adjustments -- it's hard to care about these characters, what they do, and why.

8.0
Darkhold (2021): Black Bolt #1

Apr 14, 2022

Once again, the one-shot creators go much further into "psychological horror" than I'd expect from a Darkhold book, and once again they do a good enough job to wipe out my potential disappointment. The prose was decent, the art was great, and the characterization of BB and Maximus was solid if not ground-breaking. Best of all, the author successfully bait-and-switched me with the big twist. I was certain Maximus had taken the place of the doctor right up until the real twist was revealed, and it satisfied me thoroughly. Troubling big-picture event thought, though: This issue and the Wasp issue don't seem to fit the monster team revealed at the end of the Alpha.

8.5
Darkhold (2021): Spider-Man #1

May 7, 2022

Now *this* is what I'm looking for in a Darkhold one-shot! A great blend of basic gross-out horror with more nuanced, character-driven darkness. The visuals are sketchy, but they deliver the nastiness where required. The prose is all solid, with a few literary touches lifting it up without getting too purple. The premise is sized and developed just right for a one-shot. The only thing keeping this shy of greatness is that the twists were all pretty easy to call. Thanks to the sterling storytelling work, it's still very good even if it is predictable.

4.5
Darkhold (2021): Omega #1

May 16, 2022

The pace drags terribly. The prose is pure cheese. Every character not named Maximoff comes off as a nigh-useless dupe. The art is decent, but in a forgettable, middle-shelf way. This series turned out pretty rough. I still like the idea of a themed anthology series, but putting bookends around it turned out bad. Some of the character issues were good, even almost great, but they get zero support from the frame story. Ew. I just realized Steve Orlando probably thinks it's incredibly clever to bring back that one character in an issue called "Omega."

9.0
Daughters of the Dragon (2018) #1

May 30, 2019

Colleen Wing drags Misty Knight into the most California-iest martial arts adventure imaginable. 21st-century hippies and weaponized psychedelic drugs and a villain ailing from the Dim Mak Death Touch; it's like Elmore Leonard and Tom Robbins sat down in a *really good* weed patch to write a novel together. I dig this so much it's not even funny. I recognize that what I see as tiny snags (mostly overdoses of enthusiastic experimentation in the layouts and dialogue) might be bigger problems for other readers. For me, though, this slides straight into my comics dopamine receptor with a smoothly-machined "click."

9.0
Daughters of the Dragon (2018) #2

Jul 1, 2019

Nick Fury Jr. comes to town, meaning it's spy-games galore for Colleen and Misty. Things are less psychedelic in this installment, but a gleefully over-complicated game of double-triple crossing ensures this story is in no danger of getting simplistic. The art's a little spare, but it keeps the complicated narrative straight and even delivers a few noteworthy bits of symbolic detail work. More premium sass, more thrilling action, city-melting space lasers, and a quality Taskmaster cameo, too! Everything a growing boy could ask for in a crazy adventure comic.

4.5
Daughters of the Dragon (2018) #3

Aug 20, 2019

7.0
Dazzler: X-Song #1

Dec 18, 2018

Alison is trying to concentrate on her music, but the ugly growth of a mutant-supremacy movement on the fringe of her fanbase forces her to do a little heroing. It's a pretty well-told story and the art is outstanding, but good Lord the stakes could not be lower. Spending all this talent to bring forth baby's first "Bigotry Is Bad" moral is a let-down. It doesn't help that the script falls into a classic "aimless protagonist = aimless plot" trap, either. It's quite enjoyable, but it's also thoroughly lightweight.

9.0
Dead Man Logan #1

Jun 13, 2019

OML goes on a pre-death quest to ensure the 616 never turns into the Wasteland. He ends up kick-starting the very villainous scheme he's trying to stop; I love the dramatic irony of that. Sharp detective-type dialogue and some clean, stylized art made this a thoroughly enjoyable read for me, particularly after the irony became clear.

7.5
Dead Man Logan #2

Jul 1, 2019

9.0
Dead Man Logan #3

Aug 20, 2019

Logan gets tore into the Avengers and the story focuses on how people react to him - the villains tormenting him, the X-Men, and more. It's a static role for the protagonist, but the creators do an exquisite job making the supporting cast dance around him. I'm especially enamored of the portrayal of the Avengers here. They sound at least as good here as they do in their own title, if not better.

7.0
Dead Man Logan #4

Sep 1, 2019

7.0
Dead Man Logan #5

Sep 28, 2019

8.0
Dead Man Logan #6

Oct 31, 2019

Old Man Logan makes his last arrangements, says his last goodbyes, and returns to the Wasteland. Including the Logan-on-Logan conversation this book literally could not skip. Everything in here - writing, art, characterization, plotting - is well into "good" territory but I also think it's all well shy of "best." Still a lot of fun to read, though.

7.0
Dead Man Logan #7

Nov 12, 2019

7.0
Dead Man Logan #8

Dec 27, 2019

Great art and character work here.

7.5
Dead Man Logan #9

Jan 25, 2020

The plot seems short of momentum and I'm beyond tired of Logan's busted healing factor being Very Important yet not limiting him in any way. It still looks great and the characterization is solid, though.

6.0
Dead Man Logan #10

Feb 27, 2020

It's not bad, it's just predictable. And neither the art nor the prose engage in any razzle-dazzle to make up for that.

6.5
Dead Man Logan #11

Apr 4, 2020

6.0
Dead Man Logan #12

Jun 1, 2020

Punishingly average. I may just be too old; this was a mark-one "hard man's death" and I've seen scads of them. Many equal, some worse, plenty better.

7.5
Deadly Neighborhood Spider-Man (2022) #1

Apr 12, 2023

This issue is chock full of fascinating imagery, in the words as well as the art. It's incredibly mysterious, in a mostly-not-entirely-good way. Pete's nightmares are strange and scary enough to put a hook in me; I want to read on and see how all the pieces come together. But I can also admit that the widely-scattered pieces, the slow pace, and the current opacity of the plot make it hard for this issue to stand on its own. I'm calling it good while being fully aware that I'm bringing a lot of optimism to the table.

7.5
Deadly Neighborhood Spider-Man (2022) #2

May 25, 2023

Where #1 was all mystery, all the time, #2 swings hard in the other direction, taking great pains to explain (some of) what's going on. I'm glad there are still some mysteries left, though! Also, I thought the art was even better this time around. Having some concrete, expositional storytelling to latch onto gave the visuals an added rigor and clarity. But they're still wild and gorgeous and strange; an excellent balance.

7.0
Deadly Neighborhood Spider-Man (2022) #3

Sep 2, 2023

The artist is working his fingers to the bone and the results are impressive. Over on the script side, though, I'm adrift. I'm hoping for inspiring language or intriguing plot development (ideally both), but I'm getting neither. And that mires my rating for this book in "average" territory. The high end, because it's so pretty, but still…average.

7.5
Deadly Neighborhood Spider-Man (2022) #4

Dec 26, 2023

As with previous issues, this is a visual feast above all else. Fantastic details and trippy ideas splash across the pages. The script has a good pace and some solid thematic ideas. If the dialogue gets weak in the middle, it's not enough to bring down the overall story. This is a fun, imaginative read.

8.0
Deadly Neighborhood Spider-Man (2022) #5

Apr 20, 2024

The story climaxes in a way that's both technically and viscerally satisfying. The dialogue might be a trifle simple, but the script's structure and pacing are just fine. The art remains knock-your-eyes-out gorgeous. Getting a new superhero that's worth revisiting is the icing on the cake.

6.0
Deadpool & The Mercs For Money (2016) #8

Oct 31, 2017

Negasonic Teenage Warhead punches the reset button on her bad fix for the IvX conflict. Just how powerful is she? This little alternate future folds up with the rather depressing suggestion that the IvX conflict is/was inevitable. There's some nice characterization with Wade and some decent art to appreciate; overall this is a satisfying two-part tie-in tale.

4.0
Deadpool & The Mercs For Money (2016) #9

Oct 31, 2017

The Mercs make a hash out of trying to steal Shiklah's monster wand. This issue was a disappointing lesson for me: There's no such thing as a sure thing. I would have sworn that Christopher "Gwenpool" Hastings scripting a comedy book was guaranteed gold, but this issue is packed with unfunny humor and dull plot developments. Iban Coello's art is a silver lining, though. I will never like the ridiculous boobs he's given Domino, but he draws a whole lot of monster wackiness here and he does it with commendable talent.

8.0
Deadpool & The Mercs For Money (2016) #10

Oct 31, 2017

The heroes undo a bunch of Shiklah's schemes. That's great, except that they've delivered a romance-minded Dracula to a very receptive Monster Bride. Whoops. This is the first installment of this event I've really enjoyed. I think a big part of it is *finally* giving Christopher Hastings a full comic's worth of plot to work with; he adds plenty of humorous embellishments to this eventful adventure. Iban Coello's art game is also in top form, and beautiful visuals help a great deal to make this comic fun.

4.0
Deadpool (2015) #25

Oct 31, 2017

Deadpool 2099 finishes up with several answered questions and a few dangling plot threads. Warda gets reined in by having electronic Preston installed in her head, Deadpool tells the story of Shiklah's last stand - sort of - and Ellie's mutant power is revealed. The art has slid out of parody into straight 90s cheese and the writing is strictly forgettable. Sorry that this is mostly summary. It's just such a "meh" comic!

6.0
Deadpool (2015) #26

Oct 31, 2017

Madcap ruins Deadpool's Valentine's Day. Let it be a testament to talented creators that even though I am sick unto total death of Madcap, this was still a pretty entertaining read. Taut pacing with plenty of plot twists helped a great deal. I kinda wish we got the Rogue appearance the lying solicit promised us, though.

7.0
Deadpool (2015) #27

Oct 31, 2017

Phil Coulson watches Steve Rogers handle some very suspicious time-travelers with Deadpool's help. As Secret Empire #-1 starring Phil Coulson, this isn't a half bad comic. As a part of Deadpool's ongoing story it's a hot load of nonsense, though. Deadpool is a star exhibit in the case against double-shipping. It feels like story, art, and characterization have all been compromised significantly to pump out more issues faster.

8.0
Deadpool (2015) #28

Oct 31, 2017

Shiklah just can't take Deadpool anymore, so it's time for a breakup. Also an apocalyptic monster vs. humans war, wuh-oh. Wouldn't it be great if *this* apocalyptic monster war had something to do with the *other* apocalyptic monster war going on in Monsters Unleashed? Oh Marvel, never miss an opportunity to miss an opportunity. I think this issue has a slight misalignment between its tone ("wacky Deadpool marriage hijinks") and its plot ("monsters take Manhattan"), but it's certainly a lot of fun. Strong, clean art by Salva Espin helps.

6.0
Deadpool (2015) #29

Oct 31, 2017

The Deadpool/Shiklah breakup is finalized, gigantic property damage is downplayed, and the crossover ends with a sad trombone noise. This event wasn't worth putting three series on hold. There are some decent one-liners here and Salva Espin's art is excellent, but the plotting, pacing and characterization feel quite flawed. Gerry Duggan's way of writing Spidey is to dial Deadpool down from "R" to "PG," and the "character development" offered for Shiklah and Wade is more of a "enh, let's wrap this up already" surrender than a dramatic and satisfying change.

6.0
Deadpool (2015) #30

Nov 17, 2017

This rather indulgent "Deadpool's Guide to the Galaxy" vacation produces a novel solution to Wade's Madcap problem: He's gonna sell him to the Collector. It's two issues' worth of funny stretched over four issues' worth of pages, and all in all, it's not something I'm eager to ever read again. Most of it was "LOL Memes" Deadpool at his most forgettable, and Gerry Duggan roundly ignored the opportunity to provide some backstory on the new Nova Corps. That feels appropriate for a silly Deadpool book, but also a bit frustrating. Mike Hawthorne's endlessly adequate art gets slightly notable when an Asgardian interlude lets him briefly imitate Russell Dauterman.

9.0
Deadpool (2015) #31

Dec 7, 2017

Wade commits the eighth deadly sin: Choosing the Wrong Side. I don't want to spoil how this plays out, though the cover is strongly suggestive. How serious are things getting? Cap asks Deadpool to can the humor on this mission, and Wade complies. Even though his faith in Cap starts off absolute - as he says, "who's ever said 'Cap is on the wrong side of this' and been right?" - he recognizes by the end of the issue that he's made some soul-mangling choices on Stevil's orders. A brilliant look at grim deeds with a powerful script and very nice art; Gerry Duggan has written exactly the sort of tricky morality riddle that a high-concept event like "Cap turns evil" makes possible.

8.0
Deadpool (2015) #32

Jan 5, 2018

A paternal Deadpool is working as a Hydra enforcer and developing some serious second thoughts. Gerry Duggan adds in rock-solid links between Wade's personal experiences with his daughter and the renegades he's supposed to be hunting down for Supreme Hydra Stevil. We also get some nice worms-eye glances at how Hydrated America is working. Why is Deadpool flying around in a Battlestar Galactica Viper, though?

8.0
Deadpool (2015) #33

Jan 27, 2018

Dadpool and Ellie have a Serious Talk about life under Hydra and a fascinating flashback story about Preston and Deadpool on Day Zero kicks off. This flashback story is even more interesting than the main tale of Hydrated Deadpool - which remains plenty interesting in itself. The family drama (crossed with super-spy drama!) unfolds with real weight. Artwise, the storytelling duties are carried off capably but I've got a hard-to-define sense that this issue could be stronger visually. For one thing, I think the restricted palette used to set off the flashback scenes is way too brutal.

8.0
Deadpool (2015) #34

Feb 3, 2018

While present-day Deadpool runs a wacky prison scheme with the Trapster, past Deadpool compounds his sins in a flashback showdown with Preston. Some very dark moments nuzzle up to some fine comedy, and the tag-team art by Matteo Lolli and Mike Hawthorne displays it all serviceably. The plot is suddenly jam-packed with mysteries, but I have faith in Gerry Duggan's ability to circle back to his foreshadowing in later issues.

8.0
Deadpool (2015) #35

Mar 11, 2018

For those of you who didn't connect the dots between Deadpool #34 and Secret Empire #8, Gerry Duggan does it for you while also singing a swan-song for Deadpool's days as an Avenger. Superb - if pretty depressing - character work elevates this issue above average and gives Deadpool's Secret Empire story a rather more meaningful end than the main event received.

8.0
Deadpool (2015) #36

Mar 30, 2018

Deadpool wraps up one volume and prepares for another. It involves a lot of arson, and that speaks eloquently to Wade's current mood. We're back to bleak outlooks and black humor. While this transitional issue setting up Despicable Deadpool is nicely executed, it doesn't go too far out of its way to distinguish itself. Art and characterization are both incremental, building on what's come before and pointing down into a grim new chapter for Wade's life.

8.0
Deadpool (2018) #1

Dec 18, 2018

Deadpool struggles to return to the merc-ing biz armed only with corny jokes and Negasonic Teenage Warhead as his shamelessly cinema-synergized sidekick. The art is grubby, but it matches the book's tone flawlessly and it's packed with tons of fun details. The plot moves slowly; each development is paused so that we can go prospecting for situational humor. Some of the diggings are more productive than others. Unfortunately, Wade's own attempts at humor are a weak spot so far, but it's still early days. And this issue certainly isn't short of funny coming from other sources. I love that the script isn't quite the random pinball game it appears at first glance. Note that after Wade despairs of low-rent jobs like killing bikers, the Monumental Event the script queues up for him is slaying a Celestial - one with a distinctly biker-ish appearance. That there's an ironic theme, son!

9.0
Deadpool (2018) #2

Jan 14, 2019

Deadpool learns of the coming of Groffon and sets out to defeat puke-themed Galactus all by his lonesome. This issue had me laughing quite a lot; I'm glad many of the jokes drew from sources beyond, "Ha ha! Puke!" The pacing (i.e. comedic timing) has improved dramatically since #1. The art is still grimy and detailed in a good way. The visuals are quite willing to play silly along with the script, though. I think the best overall description of this issue's tone is "Quality Looney Tunes, but made for an audience of lightly-stoned college students."

7.0
Deadpool (2018) #3

Feb 11, 2019

Deadpool saves the day and the first story arc unspools at the end like Return of the Kings: Nekkid Merc Edition. There's still a fair serving of quality humor and sick (good sick) art, but the portion's gotten smaller. This issue is leaning too hard too fast into running gag territory; Deadpool's ridiculous stuffed animal underpants have definitely worn out their welcome.

8.0
Deadpool (2018) #4

Mar 18, 2019

Hunting an embezzler who's fled all the way to Weirdworld throws Wade into an issue's worth of fantasy shenanigans. It's "Deadpool falls in love with Jennifer Kale," which at least has novelty going for it; Jennifer hasn't appeared on-page since Secret Wars. The story relies a little too heavily on Deadpool's narration and turns into a big ol' shaggy dog at the end, but passionate artwork committed to emphasizing the "weird" in Weirdworld keeps things enjoyable.

5.0
Deadpool (2018) #5

Apr 18, 2019

6.0
Deadpool (2018) #6

May 21, 2019

8.0
Deadpool (2018) #7

Jul 1, 2019

Disgruntled present-free kids hire Deadpool to kill Santa Claus. According to immutable Deadpool law, this turns into a team-up after a little mandatory gunplay. I appreciate that this is a nice gimmick-premise teed up and hit cleanly for one-shot distance; Marvel's been stretching too many such premises into five-issue miniserieses. This one gets strong art, funny gags, and a balanced characterization for Deadpool - goofy but not moronic - that suits me fine.

7.0
Deadpool (2018) #8

Jul 16, 2019

It's a pretty good story, but the amount of credit Skottie Young expects for using Ellie is both obvious and distasteful.

7.0
Deadpool (2018) #9

Aug 20, 2019

7.0
Deadpool (2018) #10

Sep 19, 2019

7.0
Deadpool (2018) #11

Oct 15, 2019

Good Night lays out his complete backstory which, as Deadpool points out at the end, is a tactical error when you're battling somebody with one of Marvel's strongest healing factors. It's got a certain grandeur to it, but Good Night's relentless focus on specific vengeance rather than general justice ensures that he has none of Batman's righteousness. It'll be incredibly easy to root against him in the climactic beatdown next month.

6.0
Deadpool (2018) #12

Nov 12, 2019

It feels like this volume bought the "suicidal Deadpool with tragic father-daughter relationship" loot crate instead of grinding its way to that pathos honestly.

8.0
Deadpool (2018) #13

Dec 27, 2019

Deadpool is dispatched to Australia to fight trolls, and with his new, silly local hero pals, that's exactly what he'll do. Excellent indie-style art and a solidly humorous "endearing jackass" voice for Deadpool. The Australian heroes work just fine for a brief arc where their main duties are to be punchlines.

4.0
Deadpool (2018) #14

Jan 25, 2020

7.0
Deadpool (2018) #15

Feb 27, 2020

Deadpool wastes some time reviewing this volume's forgettable cast before settling the whole Weasel/Mephisto/Good Night conflict. This finale goes heavy on the self-deprecation, of the material as well as the author, which seems like a good-natured recognition of the fact that this volume fizzled. We all know this is bound for the memory hole; #15 says, let's have a few more cheap laughs before we toss it.

7.0
Deadpool (2019) #1

Jun 7, 2020

When it comes to Chris Bachalo's art, I contend that the emperor's clothes have been gone for some years now. Many panels are blocked in inherently-confusing ways. More panels are turned confusing thanks to the flat, heavy-handed linework from Mr. Bachalo's massive inking posse. And the cherries on top are grotesque character and monster designs that are far too similar to the artist's prior work. This script deserves a distinct visual identity instead of being rendered as "Chris Bachalo Monster Comic™ #114."

7.0
Deadpool (2019) #2

Jul 23, 2020

I love everything about this except the art. I Can't Even with these visuals. There are a few nice Mignola-esque drawings, but I'm struggling to think of another comic that fails so hard at panel-to-panel visual storytelling. There's no clarity, no flow -- the (great) words carry the pictures in a way that makes a mockery of the medium.

7.5
Deadpool (2019) #3

Oct 17, 2020

Deadpool returns, banishes Elsa, and takes an extremely large number of pages to get to know his Honor Guard -- all while taking fire from an off-page Kraven. There's plenty of good humor, but the inherent absurdity of the pacing rubs me the wrong way. This is a 3-scene comic, which is an achievement of the not-entirely-positive sort. The art works better for me than past issues -- Mr. Bachalo does have a knack for dynamic fight panels.

8.0
Deadpool (2019) #4

Nov 2, 2020

Deadpool whales on Kraven for a while and then gets saved by the return of his Guard. He has a crisis of faith, but Elsa talks him into not abdicating. Holding onto the "King of Monster island" status quo is the right choice. The most impressive thing about the writing is how these first four issues have been big-picture orchestrated. Kelly Thompson guides Wade through an organic shift from "wacky hijinks" Deadpool to "compassionate anti-hero" Deadpool without losing the funny along the way. Plus, the fine fit between this issue's content (lots of monster fighting) and the artist's tastes finally delivers some visuals I can appreciate.

8.5
Deadpool (2019) #5

Nov 9, 2020

This one-and-done provides a compelling snapshot of what Deadpool's monster-kinging days are like. Plenty of jokes and violence, of course, but at the core is a heartfelt and sympathetic kinship with the monsters. Elsa Bloodstone is moved to discover it, and us readers are, too. Some nice high-intensity art proves particularly suitable to the action scenes.

8.5
Deadpool (2019) #6

Dec 19, 2020

Magik bottom-lines this issue in three sentences: "What do we do with him now? Also this shark is adorable … can we keep it?"

8.0
Deadpool (2019) #7

Mar 3, 2021

Getting serious about helping Elsa leads Wade into the realm of the Bone Beasts. Despite the rather grim plot, the volume's usual humor shines through, fully justifying the high word count. The art … the art works. But it's not my favorite style and I think it could be done much better.

8.5
Deadpool (2019) #8

Mar 9, 2021

Deadpool tears through a standard "fight your way to freedom" plot with some predictable developments and some surprising ones. The art's still super-90s and not to my taste, but I'll admit it's really well-suited to this story and setting. The character work on Wade and Elsa adds some awesome depth to this otherwise fight-heavy comic.

8.0
Deadpool (2019) #9

Mar 26, 2021

Everybody makes it out of the Bone Beast story alive (not intact in Wade's case, but he's *alive*). The action and the resolution are perfectly satisfactory; what pushes this issue up close to greatness is the continued excellence in evolving the Wade-Elsa relationship. We're rooting for you so hard guys!

6.5
Deadpool (2019) #10

May 9, 2021

My sorrow at seeing this title go is kept in check by seeing Kelly Thompson send it off with a rehash of her comedy highlight reel. (To be more specific, she lost me on the interview montage page and never got me back.)

5.5
Deadpool (2019): Nerdy 30 #1

Jul 18, 2021

This big grab-bag of Deadpool birthday strips runs a gamut from satisfying to regrettable, with none of it coming off particularly memorable. There are little bright spots worth appreciating, like Paco Medina's art and Kelly Thompson's dialogue. But on the whole, this is an easy skip for even the die-hard-est of Deadpool fans if they're pressed for time or money.

8.0
Deadpool (2022) #1

Apr 26, 2023

I think the two plot lines are pretty weak on their own, but they combine nicely. The pace is brisk, the prose is good, and the jokes are funny. The art is consistently solid with a few extra-nice panels sprinkled in. I particularly like Deadpool's pansexuality being pulled further forward than usual. Not exactly in your face, but not the usual afterthought.

8.0
Deadpool (2022) #2

Aug 12, 2023

This volume is telling Deadpool's story in novel, unexpected ways. The art is beautiful, but a lot more delicate than usual for the Merc with a Mouth. The prose has a similar tone -- much smarter than the Deadpool norm. There's an honest-to-God bilingual dad joke (une blague de papa) in this issue. It's still plenty dirty and gory, though. The plot remains a little thin, but there's enough material to make for a fast, satisfying read.

8.5
Deadpool (2022) #3

Dec 26, 2023

There's a lot of brunch in this issue, isn't there? I adore the character work and (most of) the dialogue. And I'm pretty fond of the art; it's highly refined and I really dig its distinctive style. There's not a lot of forward story motion, though, and some plot holes open up as the issue progresses. But it's cute, charming, fun, and a little bit gross--which are exactly the things I like in a Deadpool story. I won't rate it as great, but it's definitely very good in my book.

8.5
Deadpool (2022) #4

Apr 20, 2024

The plot's a bit of a hot mess, but the humor's solid, the art is gorgeous, and the pace is impeccable. Plus, the mysterious Valentine Vuong is well on their way to "breakout character" status.

6.0
Deadpool Kills The Marvel Universe Again #1

Jan 15, 2018

Deadpool is getting mind-controlled into quite a lot of hero murders. Can an all-star detective squad take him down? The most promising part of this story is the least-expected one: The detective squad is surprisingly well-written and their chemistry is fascinating. The "Deadpool killing heroes" content, though, leaves a lot to be desired. We've got a shockingly high body count but the number of *memorable* deaths is low. And for an AU Deadpool book, the fourth wall is remarkably solid so far. The "From Zagreb With Love" art team (Dalibor Talajic and Goran Sudzuka) plays some nice stylistic tricks to distinguish Deadpool's POV from our view of the "real" world, but they are a little too successful at making that real world look ugly and grim. I can see this book disappointing a *lot* of different expectations, but there just might be an interesting story in it anyway.

6.0
Deadpool Kills The Marvel Universe Again #2

Jan 27, 2018

Deadpool lays waste to a lot of spider-people while the detective squad chasing him gains an interesting operative. There are little twists to this story of Wade getting OML'ed that make it interesting, but each positive is counterbalanced by some bit of weakness. Cool guest star and intriguing plot? Aha, but the dialogue's dreadful. Awesome fantasy scenes featuring Babysitter-Pool and a fruit pie eating contest? Aha, but many of the character designs are horrible and the fight scenes are woefully stiff. Like a lot of Marvel's less-enjoyable current series, this feels like a first draft effort fast-tracked into the market by an uncaring editorial team.

4.0
Deadpool Kills The Marvel Universe Again #3

Mar 11, 2018

Deadpool's killing spree starts to whittle down the detective squad tracking him, but the violence is starting to lose what little shreds of novelty it had. Ugly art and a dull script that requires liberal application of the idiot stick to the heroes' heads to make the plot work. It's an awful lot of "meh" to wade through for a payoff that's leaning too far toward "this is what Deadpool did at the start of the OML timeline."

4.0
Deadpool Kills The Marvel Universe Again #4

Mar 11, 2018

Deadpool unceremoniously caps the Detective Squad chasing him along with a lot of heavy hitters. Gwenpool provides a vital twist that turns Wade against his puppet-masters. This issue features some more threadbare stylistic allusions in the art, many of which are used to conceal the deaths of underage heroes - a smart decision but not a brave one. Forgettable execution of a threadbare premise leaves us wondering yet again what the point of this exercise is.

4.0
Deadpool Kills The Marvel Universe Again #5

Apr 7, 2018

Deadpool turns on the badguys up to and including the Red Skull. The end of this miniseries lands him in some very Logan-esque territory, and while there's a certain conclusiveness to the way the plot wraps up, the payoff is by no means big enough to justify all the pages spent in the journey. Not only is it the capstone to a profoundly unnecessary series, but it's a *generic* one that has minimal bearing on the past four issues of hero-killing. The Talajic/Sudzuka/Mrva art closes on a realistic, gory indie note. There's nothing wrong with it, but it doesn't have a hope of elevating Cullen Bunn's forgettable script.

6.0
Deadpool vs. Old Man Logan #1

May 3, 2018

Deadpool and OML are randomly (*really* randomly) thrown into a bog-standard "dangerous new mutant on the run" story. It starts with a slow-paced but brilliant "crosses the line twice" joke that establishes a notably high visual bar; Mike Henderson and colorist Lee Loughridge deliver great art throughout. As the script unfolds, though, it becomes clear that Declan Shalvey is struggling to merge an absurdist sense of humor with a fast-paced plot, and his attempt ends up hurting both. Even worse, he can't find a strong voice for either Wade or Logan. Besides sounding "off," their comedy chops stink, and that's a pretty big problem for a title that wants to be silly.

7.0
Deadpool vs. Old Man Logan #2

Jun 9, 2018

Deadpool and Logan tumble through an expository chase sequence that makes all the actors and the stakes clear, leaving us about where we should have been at the end of #1: Omega teleporter girl being chased by corporate goon squad, go! The pace is badly flawed, as is Declan Shalvey's take on Deadpool, but Mike Henderson's art is a big silver lining. This is a notably gorgeous take on a "chase da new mutant" script that any Marvel fan could write in their sleep.

8.0
Deadpool vs. Old Man Logan #3

Jul 6, 2018

Deadpool and Logan fall into the clutches of the Genericorp baddies along with Maddie. Declan Shalvey's grip on the characters finally becomes adroit, and their interactions are highly entertaining in a snarky MCU-type way. Mike Henderson's art continues to satisfy with elegant simplicity and Lee Loughridge's colors add depth. The villains and the setup are a bit too simplistic to call this all-time great, but it's definitely a fun little read. This issue pulls the series up to "top discount bin pick" or "lazy Sunday Marvel Unlimited read," and it won't be too hard to keep it there for a few more issues. On the "blah"-ness of the antagonists, though: I'm consciously choosing to think of them as "Genericorp" and their lead baddie as "Mr. Badguy" because I know with terrible certainty that they're never, ever, going to matter outside of this series. And inside it, their only role is to handle the kidnapping and getting-shot-and-snikt-ed duties because somebody's gotta do it.

7.0
Deadpool vs. Old Man Logan #4

Jul 27, 2018

Maddie and her heroes navigate themselves out of the clutches of Genericorp, but uncovering some Horrible Mystery turns Logan against the idea of freeing her and puts the "vs" back in Deadpool vs. OML. It will surely be justified in the final issue, but for now the sight of Logan - LOGAN! - arguing "this young mutant girl is too dangerous to be free" is horrible. The art continues to delight in a minimal/brutal way, but I'm losing the few shreds of faith I had in any of this being memorable enough to stick in my mind after I've finished the series.

5.0
Deadpool vs. Old Man Logan #5

Sep 6, 2018

In a huge anticlimax, Wade and Logan discover they've been played by the "innocent" girl. And that's it. No satisfying closure. I suppose releasing a brand-new villain into the wilds of the Marvel universe is kind of productive. The creators were sorely mistaken in thinking that stretching a first act out across five issues would produce a complete story, though. I still love the art, but it's dragged so far down by this anchor of a script that I'm really struggling to think of another comic where words and pictures were so far apart on the quality spectrum.

8.0
Deadpool vs. The Punisher #1

Oct 31, 2017

Frank and Wade face off over a brilliantly inventive plotline. Rock-solid, brutal gunplay is backdropped with some outstanding settings here. The characterization on our two leads is also handled very well, building up great parallels in their thought processes. I've never been much of a fan of either guy and I'm suffering from serious Deadpool overload right now, but I gotta respect a book put together this well.

8.0
Deadpool vs. The Punisher #2

Nov 4, 2017

The Punisher starts using Wade as a trick sidekick. Turns out when Deadpool wakes up from getting shot in the head, he can't quite remember that he's feuding with Frank. This arrangement sorta uses up the issue's allotment of clever, and the rest of the story is formulaic "Wacky Deadpool" hijinks (fighting the absurd Dia de los Muertos-themed Don of the Dead) with the Punisher hanging around to provide a sardonic counterpoint. The Bank is turning some wheels to save his own butt further down the line and it's hard to tell where this title is headed. I really hope it all turns out satisfying in the end.

8.0
Deadpool vs. The Punisher #3

Nov 25, 2017

Taskmaster takes on the key villain role as the Deadpool/Punisher team-up rolls onward. While this issue's revelations are fascinating and surprising, they don't *quite* blend into the previous issues. The humor is back up to top quality and there are more than enough cool twists to build anticipation for the next installment. There's also an outstanding chase/fight going on here, capably illustrated by Pere Pérez's smart layouts and clean lines.

8.0
Deadpool vs. The Punisher #4

Dec 7, 2017

Punisher and Deadpool team up to defeat Taskmaster and save the innocent kid. So heartwarming! And then Wade celebrates by shooting Frank in the head. Um, that sentence gets a lot more serious when you reshuffle the names into that order. Wade has a pretty wonderful conversation with the kid at the start of this book, and then we're into full-on three-way fight time. In both scripting and art this fight is ambitious, but I think the finished effect isn't *quite* as amazing as the creators hoped. It's still better-than-average entertainment and it does a perfect job of building anticipation for the finale.

6.0
Deadpool vs. The Punisher #5

Jan 5, 2018

The series ends with lame meta-humor, fourth wall abuse, and a super-dated Batman vs. Superman joke. Who do you think won? Deadpool runs this issue from start to finish. Perhaps the best way to say it is that Fred Van Lente is *way* better at writing archetypal Deadpool than archetypal Punisher. His attempt to subtly explore the fundamental questions of Frank Castle's motivation a la Born - in the middle of a Deadpool fight - is doomed from the start. The art is still impressive and the action is fun, but the way the larger plot falls away and leaves us with nothing but two action figures smashing together is a bit of a let-down.

6.0
Deadpool: Assassin #1

Jan 1, 2019

Cullen Bunn and Mark Bagley prove that they can produce a really boffo Deadpool story according to the expectations readers might have brought to the table 20 years ago. Which is … great, I guess? Did we have a shortage of good turn-of-the-millennium Deadpool stories or any doubt that these particular guys could make more? There are the tiniest hints that this story might develop real complexity as it goes on. Even if that happens, I don't think it'll be able to retroactively ennoble this thoroughly "meh" start.

7.0
Deadpool: Assassin #2

Jan 9, 2019

Deadpool's dumped into a stand-up fight with the Guild of Assassins in New Orleans. The rigor of a nice one-issue premise gives this comic the spine its predecessor was lacking. Brutal combat, outstanding art, and a much firmer grasp on its philosophy (Wade's a killer, but with standards) are all assets here. The continued uncertainty of flashback limbo, though, is still an anchor. The longer it takes the creators to get around to explaining how this series connects to contemporary Deadpool, the less satisfying the explanation is likely to be.

7.5
Deadpool: Assassin #3

Jan 21, 2019

Deadpool makes nice with Threnody and maybe resolves his business in New Orleans. A perfectly-tuned 4th wall break at the start addresses some of my concerns about this title's continuity problems - but why Weasel is alive is still a mystery. A nice pace, nastily inventive violence, and continued artistic excellence land this issue closer to "good comic" territory than I thought this series could ever get. The 90s throwback feel still goes in the minus column for me, though.

7.0
Deadpool: Assassin #4

Feb 4, 2019

Deadpool collects his supporting cast and tries to recruit the Hellhouse into fighting the Assassins' Guild with him. Finally, the purpose of this series becomes clear: to merge some OG 90s Deadpool threads into his current continuity. That's a mighty modest goal for so many pages, and this issue gives a perfect demonstration of the indulgent way the creators go about it. Wade does an action montage of merc jobs with Threnody. It takes 7 pages to show 12 gigs - very stylish, but also very definitely filler. For other readers, this might easily be a good comic. It fails a subjective but vital test for me, though: I have absolutely zero interest in ever re-reading this.

6.0
Deadpool: Assassin #5

Feb 28, 2019

Deadpool racks up a huge body count as he pushes his "retirement" adventure toward its end. This issue spoils my theory that the point of the series is to import 90s characters into Deadpool's current orbit - I'm no longer sure anybody except Wade is going to survive. And I'm really at a loss to identify another point. Although Deadpool claims to be a stylish and effective killer, the rest of this issue contradicts his claim. There's very little memorable about the violence, and the issue's Big Death is DIRECTLY attributable to poor planning (i.e. stupidity) on Wade's part.

6.0
Deadpool: Assassin #6

Mar 13, 2019

Deadpool's attempt to Captain-Kirk-talk Threnody out of murdering an unborn child gets interrupted by one last vampire fight. The tone of the script is impressively bleak and the art is quite strong, but there's a critical lack of logic to the plot. The resolution is ambiguous. In a better-built story it might read as intentional mystery; here it just seems like laziness or flip-flopping.

3.0
Deadpool: Bad Blood (2022) #1

Oct 29, 2022

I could almost believe Mr. Liefeld's modern comics are self-parody; this issue could be an intentional attempt to confirm the "Rob Liefeld can't draw feet" meme. But I just can't credit him with the intellect or talent necessary for self-parody.

4.5
Deadpool: Bad Blood (2022) #2

Dec 28, 2022

This is remarkably good for a Liefeld comic. It's still below average by the standards of the day, but I was surprised and then double-surprised that the surprise was pleasant. The story's actually pretty focused and there's a touch of insight in the characterization. The jokes are even (mostly) funny. The pencils are still Liefeld pencils, with all that that implies. His artistic collaborators went an extra mile or two to make them look as nice as possible, though.

4.0
Deadpool: Bad Blood (2022) #3

Jan 9, 2023

2.5
Deadpool: Bad Blood (2022) #4

Jan 31, 2023

This issue has 29 pages of art. Only 14 of those pages have any background elements whatsoever. Only *2* pages have background elements that can be described as more than "random crates and bits of concrete."

6.5
Deadpool: Black, White & Blood #1

Dec 30, 2021

Deadpool's trip through the BWB wringer kicks off with three strips that offer decent "wacky for the sake of wackiness" hijinx. The art's nicely executed throughout, though not all the styles align with my personal taste. On the scripting side, though … Stories like these are exactly why Gwenpool finds Deadpool to be "too LOL memes." And the best of the strips, the Honey Badger one, is tarnished by being an undeniable retread of All-New Wolverine #31.

7.5
Deadpool: Black, White & Blood #2

Jan 11, 2022

Deadpool vs. Purple Man, Deadpool teams up with Gambit, and Deadpool helps Daniel Warren Johnson defeat writer's block. This collection shows a nice spread of the different "meta" approaches creators can take with Deadpool, from subtle background gags to DP actively critiquing the story to full-on author interaction. (Normally I hate that last set-up, but DWJ makes it work.) All 3 strips are drawn well and they all made me laugh. I did not know Karla Pacheco was familiar with New Orleans, but she equips Wade with some excellent local gags to throw at his "beignet buddy."

5.5
Deadpool: Black, White & Blood #3

Feb 16, 2022

In order to get to the treat of Stan Sakai drawing Deadpool, the reader has to slog through 2 pretty terrible strips. The A and B strips are Deadpool at his "LOL memes"-iest. The fact that they're nicely drawn, especially the A strip, doesn't overcome their crushing stupidity. And the Stan Sakai strip isn't much of a reward. It's definitely Stan Sakai drawing Deadpool, but it isn't anything more than that, if you catch my drift.

7.0
Deadpool: Black, White & Blood #4

Mar 21, 2022

In the B and C strips, Deadpool says "please buy Deadpool Samurai" and Deadpool gets subjected to some low-calorie X-Statix weirdness courtesy of the Allreds. I wasn't too impressed with those. I dearly love the A strip, though, where Deadpool saves AIM from a deadly copyright-infringing monster. It's an epically stupid idea, but the creators build it out in just the right way to tickle my fancy. It doesn't hurt that Christopher Yost and I apparently have very similar senses of humor.

6.0
Deadpool: Secret Agent Deadpool (2018) #1

Mar 18, 2019

A slooooow introduction to the high concept "What if Deadpool subbed in for James Bond?" (Not a James-Bond-like generic spy; this is as close to Bond as Marvel can get without incurring a lawsuit.) It's a decent concept, but this issue is paced as though the creators were trying to explain it to an invertebrate with a head injury. What's a good word for "almost offensively inoffensive storytelling?" Bland? Yeah, that's the ticket. This is incredibly bland. Is it really gonna take a full six issues to tell this story?

7.0
Deadpool: Secret Agent Deadpool (2018) #2

Apr 6, 2019

Deadpool's spy-impersonatin' days are numbered and his stone-faced antagonist closes in on a mysterious, multiversal MacGuffin. This issue felt like a real step up, with a much speedier plot and a larger helping of absurd humor. I like the intellectual gags more than the slapstick stuff, though this issue deploys plenty of both. The art conveys motion well but it's still regrettably forgettable in its portrayal of the characters.

7.0
Deadpool: Secret Agent Deadpool (2018) #3

Apr 13, 2019

6.0
Deadpool: Secret Agent Deadpool (2018) #4

May 2, 2019

5.5
Deadpool: Secret Agent Deadpool (2018) #5

May 21, 2019

7.0
Deadpool: Secret Agent Deadpool (2018) #6

Jun 13, 2019

4.0
Deadpool: The Duck #3

Oct 31, 2017

A poorly-connected episode sees DeadDuck headed to a secret Roxxon lab in Dubai. Some tasty art and a bit of funny dialogue do not plaster over the huge cracks in this title's plot. At the end of the day I think all that can be said about this title was that an effort was made to deliver on the premise, and that effort isn't worth a reader's time by itself.

6.0
Deadpool: The Duck #4

Oct 31, 2017

Howard gets control of the DeadDuck body just in time to get stuck in a SHIELD/Roxxon crossfire. Some decent plot twists, added focus on Howard, and the still-great art all collude to drag this title up into respectable entertainment. Don't get me wrong, I still wouldn't recommend the title as a whole, but this is probably the high water mark.

2.0
Deadpool: The Duck #5

Oct 31, 2017

Wade and Howard get separated, Dr. Bong is foiled, and puke-eating is given way too much attention. Just because Deadpool notes that the finale is revolting and anticlimactic doesn't make it any less so. A good miniseries should be like a killer bar story: It's awesome or hilarious or hair-raising; definitely worth sharing. The story of Deadpool the Duck is none of these things. It's embarrassing and tedious and tiresome. It's something all the participants - readers very much included - would like to put behind themselves as quickly as possible.

4.0
Death Of The Inhumans #1

Jan 14, 2019

Well, the title's not kidding. The creators put on an authoritative but dusty-dry voice. Like an obituary, but in a tiny small-town paper where storytelling talent's in short supply. (And characterization talent left this town years back.) The visuals, like the words, are stiff and dull. They do a poor job of conveying emotion, narrative flow, and action, and that doesn't leave a lot of room for artistic positives. I detest the plot choices - not just the characters and races eliminated but also the decision to ignore so much of Royals. Vox is a mighty contender for the worst villain. His look is stupid and his description is juvenile. A Super-Inhuman? Really? I'd be less disappointed if they went full Silver Age and called him Grim Reaperon. Yeah, the Inhumans have been over-exposed in the past 5 years. Yeah, a lot of their stories in those years stank. That should earn them a healthy stretch in comicbook limbo, not this vindictive and, again, juvenile murderfest.

4.0
Death Of The Inhumans #2

Feb 11, 2019

Black Bolt strikes back against Vox and the Kree before things inevitably take a turn for the even worse. The storytelling, visual and narrative, comes close to basic satisfaction, but the plot it serves remains punishingly stupid. The Boss Kree lays out notably problematic reasoning for this series. It's a classic "1) Murder a bunch of Inhumans 2) ???? 3) Kree Empire is strong again" plan and this issue is flagrant in its refusal to fill in step 2. Add on Vox chewing through scenery like a runaway buzzsaw and you've got another thoroughly unenjoyable comic.

5.0
Death Of The Inhumans #3

Mar 18, 2019

While Black Bolt breaks himself out of prison - getting to be a habit with him - Medusa and pals waste A LOT of pages to go find an ally out on the very edge of left field. I like the ally in general, in principal; nothing in this issue suggests that I'll like how he's used in the next 2. Heaving Ronan onto this series' corpse-pile is yet another bit of short-sighted over-the-top-ery that honks me off. The art is bland and functional; this series would be a lot better - possibly even satisfying - with Ariel Olivetti's old painterly style. I do like almost-dead vengeful Black Bolt a lot, even if he is cribbing his new Death Litany attack from Arya Stark. You know what would be way more entertaining than this series? A video of Donny Cates and Charles Soule (possibly boozed up) debating which Inhumans live and which ones die. Is there any space left in the Daredevil lifeboat?

6.0
Death Of The Inhumans #4

Apr 18, 2019

4.0
Death Of The Inhumans #5

May 21, 2019

7.5
Death's Head (2019) #1

Feb 27, 2020

Yondu banishes Death's Head to Earth where he stumbles randomly (IS it random?) into Wiccan and Hulkling. It's a brisk in-media-res start with a lot of promise, and I strongly suspect it'll go somewhere great -- but I'm not 100% sure yet. Art and writing are well above average, but there's some roughness that feels unintentional along with the more stylistic punk roughness.

7.5
Death's Head (2019) #2

Mar 10, 2020

Death's Head 1 meets Death's Head 5 and the pair of them come face-to-screen with Dr. Necker, a strong nemesis candidate. This issue rounds out the plot nicely and answers a lot of questions. It looks and sounds good, but the themes ("sentient robots are not property" and a nuanced exploration of "upgrading") are rather forced. The way the ideas hop from character to character erodes the illusion that these are all separate people. A little. Still a fun read once I dial down the literary criticism and start enjoying the funny robots. Also, this series is well on its way to being a stealth Young Avengers reunion, and that's cool.

8.0
Death's Head (2019) #3

Apr 4, 2020

The Death's Heads and their squishy organic friends battle their way through Dr. Necker's lab in an issue-long brawl that pauses only for quality character introspection. The previous issues got the pump primed and made the heroes involved interesting on their own and in combination; now it's just a matter of hanging on as they plow through a lot of vividly-illustrated chaos.

6.0
Death's Head (2019) #4

Jun 1, 2020

Death's Head navigates his way to a happy ending, saving the Young Avengers and turning Dr. Necker into an ally. It's a fun ride distinguished by a few great turns of phrase, but the plot is a mess and the art is not that special.

9.0
Defenders (2017) #1

Jan 5, 2018

A blast from Luke's past, Diamondback, unites four street-level heroes. While there are a lot of questions opened up by this start - and some of them are salty "how the ☠☠☠☠ does this fit into continuity" questions - overall this looks like a mustn't-miss treat. Brian Michael Bendis's script is rolling along at (for him) breakneck speed, and the art produced by superstar team David Marquez and Justin Ponsor is several cuts above the ordinary. It's delicious for comics fans of every sort even though it was prepared as a feast for folks coming straight off the Netflix series. Try to read the FCBD teaser first, as this issue connects directly to the events shown there.

9.0
Defenders (2017) #2

Jan 5, 2018

Some mystifying scenes at the start and finish frame an absolutely golden fight scene - Jess, Danny, and Matt vs. Diamondback. Solving Luke's poisoning is a bit arbitrary, and the surprise twist ending is a giant WTH moment, but it's intentional. In between is a magnificent fight scene showing off David Marquez's best art, and that's one hell of a good best. There's also plenty of solid dialogue. There may be a mandate that this series has to include everybody who's appeared in Marvel's Netflix shows, and that could be responsible for the some of the questionable bits of this issue. It might not be flawless, but it's definitely not boring, and the pace is remarkably fast for a Brian Michael Bendis joint.

10
Defenders (2017) #3

Jan 27, 2018

Diamondback gets even more dangerous and the Punisher learns that you reeeeally want to have a plan for handling Luke Cage before you go shooting his wife, no matter how rubber-bullet-y you're being. There are about three weaknesses in this comic, all of them highly forgivable. On the other side of the scale, there are at least a half-a-dozen "holy ☠☠☠☠!" moments that tempt you to put the issue down and applaud. Some of them are pure writing goodness, some of them are visual triumphs, and some are rare combinations of script and art working in perfect harmony. What do I mean? A panel where Daredevil's baton hits the Punisher's gun just as he pulls the trigger, sending a bullet past the mook it was aimed at and right into the reader's face, that's what I mean. This is a great issue by many measures, but artist David Marquez's performance is the most praiseworthy. He should be able to pick up future work by slapping this comic down in place of a resume - and he'll deserve every paycheck it gets him.

8.0
Defenders (2017) #4

Mar 11, 2018

Some background on Diamondback's current criminal endeavors combines with a pretty satisfying fight scene that lands him in police custody. The focus of the title is starting to spread out a little too quickly (Ben Urich is filling in for Daredevil this month, apparently) and I'm disinclined to give Mr. Bendis too much credit for tying into his other titles. This issue connects to Spider-Man #17 in a way that's less "fun easter egg" and more "crass cross-promotion." Along with the script, the visuals are also looking slightly less polished here. This is still an excellent book, it's just not quite the tour-de-force that the first three issues were.

8.0
Defenders (2017) #5

Mar 30, 2018

Diamondback busts out of custody and the Defenders scramble to oppose him. This is a solid issue, and if you're gonna paper over plot holes with banter, it might as well be some of the industry's funniest, toughest dialogue. Amusing as it is, the sheer volume of chatter works against this issue, tying David Marquez up into too many too-small panels. The story's well worth following, but this is a quiet "get from point A to point B" episode, not a blockbuster. Granted, there's a twist ending that kinda contradicts that description, but my words are accurate up to the last three pages.

8.0
Defenders (2017) #6

Apr 20, 2018

Recapturing Diamondback and socking him into court barely slow him down at all. While Jessica solicits help from Deadpool, Diamondback reveals he has an even bigger guest star of his own. David Marquez's art is back on the top of his game. This issue lets him do some exceptional fight scenes and a remarkable "courtroom sketch" interlude that's refreshing without any disappointment. The script is not Brian Michael Bendis's best, but this series forces you to confront the fact that even on cruise control, Mr. Bendis is *still* one of the most entertaining voices in the Bullpen.

8.0
Defenders (2017) #7

Jun 9, 2018

Elektra and Danny have a glorious fight, Diamondback makes a maybe-notable kill, and Deadpool moons somebody. It's a very busy script by Brian Michael Bendis's standards. David Marquez's art is epic. The eight-page Elektra/Iron Fist sequence is a triumph of visual storytelling, complete with clever thematic color-coding by Justin Ponsor and Paul Mounts. The visuals are so strong that I *almost* overlooked the fact that this series has a kitchen-sink "chuck it in" mess of a plot. The humor's a little cheap and the story is absurdly forgettable. As a vehicle for ferrying Mr. Marquez from one memorable spectacle to another, though, this issue's script hums like a well-maintained sports car.

7.0
Defenders (2017) #8

Jul 6, 2018

The Defenders soldier on as their story risks Total Villain Overload. At least Daredevil shared his secret identity; that's nice. Individual scenes in this book are brilliant, but the overall picture is aimless and messy. Speaking of aimless and messy, David Marquez's art looks rushed this month. Michael Avon Oeming (oooh!) helps out by drawing an artfully-designed but slightly underwhelming flashback. How many times does Brian Michael Bendis want to revisit the "Fisk takes over from Don Rigoletto" scene? It's already become the Kingpin's Uncle Ben moment, and Mr. Bendis deployed it in Spider-Men II way too recently. This title is still tons of fun, but the sprawling scope of the story and the rushed art leave me thinking this issue is only a bit above average.

8.0
Defenders (2017) #9

Aug 12, 2018

Diamondback goes down in a guest-star-studded fightstravaganza. Brian Michael Bendis seems already to be taking a victory lap on his way out the Bullpen door; this script is stuffed full of his effortless characterization. "Effortless" is a double-edged word, of course; while it's easy to love these characters, it's hard to see much passion in their portrayal. David Marquez's ever-swank art is cut from finer cloth. The superb visuals shut the door to disappointment the script might have left open and render this an all-around solid issue. This series as a whole won't be remembered as a turning point in Marvel history, but it's always a blast to read.

7.0
Defenders (2017) #10

Sep 6, 2018

Series called on account of creator switching publisher horses in mid-stream. A few conclusory scenes put the kibosh on the Hood; the balance of the book is fulsome farewells. The fact that these are both scripted by and directed at Brian Michael Bendis is pretty weird. The art is solid (albeit not David Marquez's best) and there are some good laughs, but it's far more a victory lap than a cohesive storytelling comic.

7.5
Defenders (2021) #1

Dec 31, 2021

The Masked Raider delivers a magical time-travel crisis to Doctor Strange. He wastes no time putting together a team and breaking the laws of magic as he does so, plunging them into the soup unprepared. This is definitely an indulgent passion project for both of the main creators; what Javier Rodríguez does with the art is a lot easier to appreciate than Al Ewing's writing work. The script is stuffed with big, challenging ideas -- and "challenging" isn't necessarily a compliment. I hope that future installments are a little more plot-driven, with more characterization and less esoteric hoo-ha.

7.0
Defenders (2021) #2

Jan 11, 2022

"WOW!!" Am I ever NOT a "fan" of the way AL EWING chooses to "write" Taaia's DIALOGUE!!! It's way "too much" of a GIMMICK!!! *Sarcastic parody mode off* I really liked the Silver Surfer here. I just wish I didn't come away with the feeling that every other character was replaced with a cardboard standee, awaiting their turn as the Designated Three-Dimensional Character™ in a future issue.

8.0
Defenders (2021) #3

Feb 16, 2022

The Defenders' run through the 5th cosmos passes quickly with an easy victory over Mor-I-Dun. Art and prose both really tickled my fancy this time around; the Harpy's point of view delivered exactly the sort of insight I was looking for. I can only hope that the next POV character agrees with me too.

8.5
Defenders (2021) #4

Apr 28, 2022

This comic made my head hurt, in the good way. While I think this is a little bit lacking in terms of pure plot and great prose, the structure of the story is fine. The visuals remain gorgeous, which certainly helps. And to make up for the fact that this is only a so-so superhero story, we get a heaping great stack of cool meta-fictional insights. There are fascinating observations (and some subtle critiques) about the comics medium, the superhero genre, and the way Marvel comics are managed. I think it's damned classy that Al Ewing remains wholly optimistic about the value of breaking cyclical stories, something he's been trying to do at Marvel for 6 years. He even references one of his own great cycle-breaks -- changing Galactus from Devourer to Life-Bringer -- without any bitterness about the fact that later writers stuck Big G back in his cage. (I do detect a *hint* of bitterness at what Donny Cates is doing to the Hulk, though, maybe.)

8.5
Defenders (2021) #5

Jun 3, 2022

After some intense meta-fictional navel-gazing, this series coasts smoothly to a halt with a corny twist, a classic "power of teamwork" win, and a "home sweet home" end for Dr. Strange (pity he's about to die). The visuals remain exceptionally powerful, though they're slightly simpler than past chapters. This works well with the primordial setting, I think. I'm OK with the similar simplicity of the plot resolution. The script still does all its other jobs extremely well, with some nice bits of sparkle poking out of the dialogue. Overall, this volume of the Defenders was profoundly weird and fun, but definitely not for everyone. This is a story for lazy afternoon contemplation, possibly under the influence of substances.

8.0
Defenders: Beyond (2022) #1

Jan 9, 2023

This issue demonstrates that the series will be exactly what I want it to be: Insane Al Ewing cosmology experienced by a dysfunctional team of nigh-crazy heroes, as illustrated by Javier Rodríguez's audacious layouts and bold colors. It's already delivering plenty of madness, comedy, and charming characterization. But I leave my rating in "good comics" territory because we really haven't done anything but meet the team yet.

8.5
Defenders: Beyond (2022) #2

Jan 27, 2023

It looks exciting and it moves shockingly fast, considering how much cosmic navel-gazing it does along the way. I think the cosmic ideas and the basic "Defenders have an adventure" plot are in an uneasy, imperfect balance. They affect each other and they're both good on their own, but personally, I found the cosmic stuff *so* cool that I didn't fully appreciate the adventure story on the first read. But there's *so much* thoughtful, imaginative stuff happening here that "I had to read it twice" is an entirely positive comment.

8.5
Defenders: Beyond (2022) #3

Mar 22, 2023

In contrast to the last issue, in this one, the philosophy-adventure balance leans a little toward the latter. The philosophy's still there, albeit mainly just playing with some pretty familiar (for Al Ewing) ideas. The adventure story's great, though; I loved that this was Tigra's big spotlight moment. And of course, it all still looks gorgeous. A very good comic.

9.0
Defenders: Beyond (2022) #4

Apr 12, 2023

I admire the straight-up devil's bargain presented to the Defenders here and the way they (America and Taaia in particular) step into the spotlight to turn it down. I do love heroes making choices. The art remains formidable and there's just enough wild philosophy embroidered around the edges to elevate this into more than an ordinary heroes' journey.

10
Defenders: Beyond (2022) #5

May 25, 2023

No objectivity from me on this one. No analysis. Just boundless love and joy and agreement. Yes.

8.0
Demon Days (2021): X-Men #1

Jun 17, 2021

Peach Momoko massages Marvel characters into a Japanese period piece about demon fighting. It's a fun little story with an engaging twist at the end. The art is the star, and the characters and settings are terrific. The action can be a little hard to parse, though.

8.5
Demon Days (2021): Mariko #1

Oct 28, 2021

The contemporary story kicks off with young Mariko learning momentous secrets about her heritage and discovering she has a nemesis. It's a simple story, but a very strong one; it's mythical in a wholly-positive way. I felt the art was even better than the previous issue, with smoother panel-to-panel flow. Demon Days is a great AU treat.

8.5
Demon Days (2021): Cursed Web #1

Jan 6, 2022

Mariko meets allies and enemies on her way up the mountain -- reimagined versions of Spider-Gwen, Sabretooth, and Mystique. The art's still unique and gorgeous. Though the visuals are very cute, they're also gory, and there are midnight-dark threads tied into the plot. Mariko's racking up quite a body count. Like all good fairy tales and myths, this one is all about life, death, and blood. Wait, is Reina supposed to be Spider-Gwen or Silk? I thought with the pink, surely Gwen-65, right?

8.0
Demon Days (2021): Rising Storm #1

Apr 28, 2022

The present-day action is a trifle simplistic, but I deeply love how fully-formed and satisfying the revealed backstory is. Plus, of course, it all still looks exceptionally gorgeous. This isn't a complex story, but it's told with formidable talent.

8.0
Demon Days (2021): Blood Feud #1

Aug 19, 2022

It might be the most beautiful installment yet, but the plot tapers off in an open-ended way that's as likely to frustrate as to satisfy, if not both. I don't want to pile too much scorn on the translator, but I do think the missing piece of the puzzle is bold dialogue. There's nothing WRONG with the prose as rendered; there's just not much notable to it. The language doesn't want to step on the creator's ideas, which is a noble goal. But that temerity leaves the words limp and generic in a way that the art definitely is not. It's an unfortunate contrast. If there's an easy fix, I'm not smart enough to point it out. And not all of the narrative problems are in the prose. As noted above, the final scenes are distinctly anticlimactic -- and that's not an element the translator came up with.

8.0
Demon Wars (2022): The Iron Samurai #1

Jan 14, 2023

Peach Momoko's personal AU just gets more and more gorgeous; this issue is a bonafide visual feast. On the words and story side, I really like the deep dive into Mariko's character; it draws me in. I can't say the same of the plot yet; it's a little slow and opaque so far.

7.0
Demon Wars (2022): Shield of Justice #1

May 9, 2023

Gorgeous as always, but I gotta admit both plot and character are getting a little murky.

8.5
Demon Wars (2022): Down In Flames #1

Jan 18, 2024

This feels like a distinct uptick in the series. The visuals remain delightful, the plot progresses in a clear fashion, and Mariko is a compellingly active protagonist this time around. It makes a fun read, and the process of digging into all the mythological and Marvel connections is fun too.

8.0
Despicable Deadpool #287

Apr 20, 2018

Deadpool gets straight to business in trying to kill his buddy Cable, but time-travelers are infuriatingly tough to pin down. Gerry Duggan delivers a fast, funny script that ramps up to greatness by the end. The semi-low-key portrayal of Deadpool as suicidal is terrific. Scott Koblish's art is a bit of a limiter. He's strong on faces and figures, but some of his layouts are confusing and these action scenes shine an unwelcome light on his limitations when it comes to drawing guns. At the end of the day, this issue isn't ugly or anything, but the visuals don't have the smooth flow or dramatic impact they'd need to push the issue to all-time greatness.

9.0
Despicable Deadpool #288

May 7, 2018

Cable barely has time to prepare for Deadpool's arrival when he's stuck in TVA custody, but he still manages to gain the upper hand. This is a beautifully-paced issue with a nicely twisty plot. There's a lot of violence, a little dark humor, and plenty of fascinating questions about where we go next. Scott Koblish's art complements the tone of the script perfectly, and the whole package is an ideal read for folks who are ready for a near-nihilist Deadpool.

7.0
Despicable Deadpool #289

May 21, 2018

A serious attempt to kill Stryfe turns into an absurd "LOL memes" hypothetical. It's fun in a very silly way, but it feels like a comedy relief detour on the longer arc. I'm not sure if Gerry Duggan is successfully threading the needle between "laugh at my jokes" and "cry at my pain;" it feels weird to look back at *this* Deadpool expressing suicidal feelings just a few issues ago. Scott Koblish's art continues to aim for fun über alles, with details suffering slightly. But hey, he draws a pretty dang good dinosaur fight!

8.0
Despicable Deadpool #290

Jun 23, 2018

As promised by the giant stone cover-letters, Cable dies. That makes this a Cable-centric issue, and rightly so. Gerry Duggan unloads a lot of wild ideas on the time-traveling mutant here, and their exciting-but-derivative nature is perfect for the highly absurd tone this story arc is aiming for. It's a very good issue but it's too feather-light to be a great one. Scott Koblish's art, which veers into Ed "Big Daddy" Roth madness at some points, also fits the "good fun but not epic greatness" quality level.

8.0
Despicable Deadpool #291

Jul 11, 2018

The Stryfe/Cable/Deadpool fight ends in a big loss for the good guys. Wade is back on the hook as Stryfe's murder bitch, and the duty weighs heavy on his soul. This story is headed into grim territory, but Gerry Duggan deserves fair credit for navigating the shift in tone from manic time travel shenanigans to crushing depression in a consistently believable way. The high point of humor for this issue is Wade making a "Bruce Timm" crack when he's teleported onto Stryfe's blimp. It's a solid gag just for the general blimp-itude of the setting, but it's also a fair humblebrag on Scott Koblish's art. While Mr. Koblish is dirtying up the details of his characters to match the grimness of the script, there *is* a Timm-esque strength and clarity to his underlying designs.

7.0
Despicable Deadpool #292

Jul 27, 2018

Deadpool distracts himself from the grimness of being Stryfe's hired gun by indulging in a very "LOL memes" visit to Stevil's prison. There's not too much wrong with this, particularly if you're in the mood for wacky Deadpool, but it's a half a good comic stretched out to fill 20 pages. Rather than making hay out of the deep opportunities offered by a conversation with Stevil, Gerry Duggan has Wade blow up his toilet, har-de-har. At least next issue promises a catch-up with Rogue.

8.0
Despicable Deadpool #293

Aug 12, 2018

Rogue tries and fails to arrest Deadpool while also doing some basic psychoanalysis. Constructing the entire issue as one smooth fight scene makes it feel deceptively short, as do the visuals. Ruth Redmond lays some vibrant springtime colors over Matteo Lolli's art, and I inadvertently found myself speeding through the panels faster than the art deserved. On the other hand, there is something subtly disconcerting about Rogue's character design, and slowing down to scrutinize it doesn't help. This is fast but fun, and I think the frustration I feel with this title's pacing will disappear when it's all completed and available in one big beautiful chunk.

7.0
Despicable Deadpool #294

Sep 6, 2018

Madcap reconnects with Deadpool but his revenge plans are stymied by the fact that Wade has thoroughly ruined his own life since the turn to "Despicable." It's a rather thin premise and it's not polished much, particularly not in the visuals. I'm satisfied with it, but I think that would change if I had paid money for it rather than reading it for free via MU. On the plus side, if this is a firm goodbye to Madcap, I'll be very happy. I never was much impressed with the premise of "let's use Eeeevil Slapstick to out-Deadpool Deadpool."

8.0
Despicable Deadpool #295

Sep 20, 2018

Wade comes up with a creative dodge on his "kill Evan" assignment, but he still executes a lady, racking up more of that negative karma. This issue has a good plot, good pacing, and three concentrated Thoughtful Points where the author tried extra hard. It's an enthralling read, and yet it doesn't really stick with you. There's a hard ceiling on how much the art can do, too. Some troubling facial work on Kitty Pryde, and a rare rush job on the coloring.

9.0
Despicable Deadpool #296

Oct 8, 2018

Deadpool vs. Cap! It starts as a standard "here's some punching so this looks more active than a text spat" fight, but at the halfway mark it quantum-leaps forward. Wade bamboozles Steve repeatedly and effectively while scoring some excellent philosophical points. I think that's the only real drawback: Steve plays the chump a bit too thoroughly. Sure, his confidence is rattled after Secret Empire, but in order to put Wade on top, this script forces him into total rookie mistakes. Setting that point aside, the issue is pretty superb. The script is fast but not shallow, the art is bold but detailed, and Wade's character development is both thoughtful and clever.

8.0
Despicable Deadpool #297

Oct 8, 2018

After "Deadpool fights heroes," the logical next arc is "Deadpool fights villains," and this issue sets that up. It's very black humor and it gets a little decompressed at the end, but it does introduce a promising road ahead of Wade (probably a very bumpy one). Wade's characterization is deliciously demented and the art does a good job of telling the story while also making the world around the protagonist look a little extra grotesque.

9.0
Despicable Deadpool #298

Nov 10, 2018

Deadpool vs. Taskmaster & Bullseye & Differently-Able Bystander is a gem of pure absurdity. It looks great, it makes good jokes, and it's strictly obedient to its own deranged logic. The final page (foreshadowing another round of Deadpool vs. Heroes) is quite the letdown, but mainly because what comes before is just that brilliant.

8.0
Despicable Deadpool #299

Nov 10, 2018

Deadpool reiterates his "nobody loves me" grievances, this time to an audience of Hawkeyes. In the background, key supporting cast members - Preston and Adsit - are prepped to take the field in the upcoming climax. It's executed very well, but there's a definite tinge of "seent it" that's limiting my appreciation of NLM Deadpool.

7.0
Despicable Deadpool #300

Nov 25, 2018

This volume of Deadpool's adventures closes with a triple dose of gross-out humor, desperate hero-to-Deadpool combat, and heavy memory erasure following a spotlight reel of hypothetically "greatest" hits. This is thoroughly in line with the rest of the volume, so I expect it'll be satisfying to a fervent fan. That's not the way I'd describe myself, though, and in between these widely-separated covers, I just don't find enough memorable fun to call this a really good comic.

8.5
Devil's Reign (2021) #1

Apr 26, 2022

So this is the umpteenth time we've seen "outlaw heroes hunted by legally-empowered villains." It's thoroughly familiar, safe territory. But this magnificent execution shows why so many concepts and conflicts in superhero comics are evergreen. The wide-ranging action is gorgeously illustrated. The script is perfectly timed, and some of the dialogue (I'm thinking particularly of the Cap/Daredevil talk) stands as tall as any ever written on this premise. Plus, this is a great all-killer-no-filler continuation of Mr. Zdarsky's volume of Daredevil. All the best plotlines are continued and combined, and all the duds have been cleared away. Not quite a great comic -- because of the familiarity -- but a very, very good one.

8.5
Devil's Reign (2021) #2

May 8, 2022

This issue is a buffet of awesome scenes. There are cracking great bits of dialogue, awesome little plot twists, and some all-time great art. But it falls just shy of becoming a great comic on its own. It is very good, and very entertaining, and it's vital to the larger story. It's just a little too scattershot to approach perfection by itself. (Also, this is where one of my nightmares starts. People are finally gonna notice Danny isn't the Iron Fist anymore, wonder when that happened, and then go and read Iron Fist: Heart of the Dragon. The horror, the horror!)

8.5
Devil's Reign (2021) #3

Jun 15, 2022

This issue is an express train of plot development, and it's got some truly GOAT art. (Like, trust Marco Checchetto to illustrate "Sue steals a paperclip and it's clearly important but not obvious" without any words.) But all that creamy-smooth plot development's not without its price. Character work and big ideas are pushed well onto the back burners as the plot-machine gets complicated. That doesn't make this a bad comic by any means. But it's why this is very good instead of great.

9.0
Devil's Reign (2021) #4

Jul 1, 2022

Character, plot, plot, character, plot, plot, CHARACTER/PLOT BOMBSHELL. And it reads smooth and looks gorgeous all the way through. It's a chain of tight, cool scenes one right after the other. Big props to colorist Marcio Menyz, too; his ability to tone lines as well as voids is a major asset to the art.

8.0
Devil's Reign (2021) #5

Aug 3, 2022

The plot barrels along like a train without brakes. The art keeps up with top-shelf visuals, including some insanely detailed action scenes. But somehow this isn't really engaging with me. It could be that the story's gotten too big and too distant from the characters. This issue features some solid attempts -- Fisk is intense, Jessica Jones gets some key beats, and Mike Murdock is heartbreaking -- that subjectively fail to hold me. Despite the efforts invested in making this epic, I'm kinda watching the clock, waiting for the inevitable reset button and the few token consequences. Of course it doesn't help that not only did Daredevil WWF #3 spoil the final twist last week, Elektra even called the double-secret twist explaining it.

8.5
Devil's Reign (2021) #6

Oct 29, 2022

I gotta admit, this finale changed the status quo a lot more than I thought it would. I'm excited to see what happens next (except with Butch; that guy's as spicy as mayonnaise). It's a finely-crafted story in words and art, but it's a bit of a problem that I'm more interested in the next chapters -- this one failed to grab my full attention. The script is beautifully constructed, with a nice pace. The prose isn't all that memorable, though; cliches abound. The art is exquisite by general standards. But this particular artist can do and has done better, even within this miniseries. Ultimately, it's a very good issue, and the event overall was good (some of the tie-ins, not so much). But it never quite got over the hump to greatness.

7.5
Devil's Reign (2021): Omega

Dec 22, 2022

I found the first strip to be a good epilogue to Devil's Reign, distinguished by some nice, deep character work. The B & C strips, taken together, worry me. I liked the B *a lot* more than the C; the fact that it's the writer of the last one that'll do the upcoming Thunderbolts series gives me pause. That strip is so expository, so tell-don't-show; ugh. The B strip is pretty fluffy, but it does a much better job of getting me excited for the Thunderbolts. I like the cartoony art; I also like that Monica Rambeau shows the same spiky refusal to suffer fools that she had in ASM #92.BEY.

9.0
Devil's Reign (2021): Winter Soldier #1

Jun 15, 2022

9 times out of 10, when I say a comic puts style over substance, I mean it in a bad way. Welcome to that 10th time, when I decide great style trumps weak substance. This is a visual triumph, for a start. Amazing layouts, blocking, characters, shadows, colors -- just gorgeous all around. Nico Leon's been a favorite of mine for a long time and it's great to see him excel with darker material. The script does a great job setting up the art, providing a potent conflict between two characters each portrayed in an intriguing, novel way. It's in the details that a sense of pretension creeps in. Some of the allusions whiz over my head because I don't know enough Bucky continuity. But some I grasp entirely, seeing that they're just there to make the authors and readers feel smart. I mean, wielding an American flag as a weapon? That's the illustration for "pretentious" in the comic book dictionary. But there's *just enough* substance alongside the literary wanking. Bucky *does* come across as demon-haunted and his mysterious new adversaries *do* seem intriguing. A great read by itself and great foreshadowing for what's to come.

6.5
Devil's Reign (2021): Spider-Man #1

Jul 13, 2022

This little side-quest is a better Beyond tie-in than it is a part of Devil's Reign. It shines a light on Ben Reilly's day-to-day in a way that the current arc of ASM never seemed to get around to. His relationship with his handler Marcus is great here. But this book is a long way from perfect. The art's pretty solid, but the script leaves much to be desired. The pace is uneven, with the early scenes dragged down by dissonant narration. The Rose's voice is generally excruciating, and there are little flaws in other characters' dialogue, too. I get that the Rose is halfway to being a joke-villain, but this issue invites me to mock him for being poorly-written, not for being overconfident and incompetent.

7.5
Devil's Reign (2021): Moon Knight #1

Jul 21, 2022

This is a fun -- dark, but fun -- Moon Knight side-quest. The gradual reveal that Marc has his own agenda is terrific. The way his character changes in prison is cool. Moon Knight #9 already shows that his "wild dog" period doesn't last, though. I loathe this art style. The manga-esque designs, the lack of detail, that dumb ink spatter everywhere -- ugh. And yet, Federico Sabbatini demonstrates strong visual storytelling skills. This art is effective at conveying both emotion and action. I might not LIKE how it does the job, but it does the job. My rating barely hits "good comics" territory. It's not just my subjective distaste for the art. The front half of the script isn't nearly as good as the back half; it's slow and aimless.

5.0
Devil's Reign: Superior Four #1

May 21, 2022

There's not much I like reading less than a writer with a thesaurus trying to sound smarter than he is.

5.0
Devil's Reign: Superior Four #2

Jul 2, 2022

The pretentious vocabulary is still like nails on a chalkboard to me, and I think the pace is messed up (too slow). But I do think the core plot is fundamentally sound. The art's pretty fun. This series' protagonist is hardly related to the Otto in the main Devil's Reign series, and in general, this is about 20% more megalomaniacal than I like my Ock.

5.0
Devil's Reign: Superior Four #3

Jul 21, 2022

I think there's a workable conclusion buried under all that pretentious language. Otto learns a good lesson. I like the art. The flow from panel to panel is stiff, but many of the individual panels are great. I contend that the overblown vocabulary isn't just subjectively bad; I think it has a negative impact on the story. It makes it less clear. And part of what it's concealing is weak logic; there are a couple of key decisions by Otto-616 and the Supreme Ock that don't stand up to the slightest bit of scrutiny.

6.0
Devil's Reign: Villains For Hire #1

Jun 3, 2022

Fisk's new Thunderbolts prove the same point that's made in at least half of all "villains masquerading as heroes" stories: Some villains are just too murdery for that gig. Give them some teammates who want to do the job right and bam, instant intramural conflict. The structure of the script is heavily slanted toward letting the art team demonstrate the gorn-y glory of the villains in long fight scenes. That's far from my favorite tactic, but it's a valid one. The art didn't wow me, though. Plenty of detail, but terribly stiff; motion is clumsily implied instead of dynamically demonstrated.

7.0
Devil's Reign: Villains For Hire #2

Jul 13, 2022

I like #2 more than #1. It certainly helps that John Walker's motivation aligns with my main criticism of the previous issue: You put mooks like these behind badges, it's only a matter of time before they break bad, duh. Walker also provides the protagonist figure that #1 sorely lacked. Which is not to say the script is great. Walker's tough-guy narration is corny and overdone, the pace is uneven, and there are some logical inconsistencies. The plot is shaping up nicely, though, with a hefty surprise at the end that makes #3 impossible to predict. I like the art, too. The heavy hand-drawn lines give everything a greasy, organic look that really suits the subject matter. And the bones of the art beneath -- the blocking and anatomy -- are strong.

5.5
Devil's Reign: Villains For Hire #3

Nov 14, 2022

I was just starting to get into the swing of this series. Agony's turning into one of my favorite D-listers, and her flirty relationship with John Walker was cool. Imagine my disappointment when the plot dead-ends in the middle of this issue and the leftover pages are devoted to paralleling Devil's Reign #5.

8.0
Devil's Reign: X-Men #1

Jun 3, 2022

Granted, this could be act 1 of a one-shot instead of issue 1 of a 3-issue mini. S'very decompressed, is what I'm saying. But Phil Noto's the man for decompressed stories, making sure the art gives you your money's worth. It also helps that this concerns Gerry Duggan's intriguing new Fisk/Frost history much more than his contemporary X-Men. I have tons of issues with Mr. Duggan's writing (definitely including his zeal for decompression), but his world-building is probably what I like best about him.

8.0
Devil's Reign: X-Men #2

Jul 13, 2022

The flashback revealing what Fisk has on Emma Frost holds zero surprises, but it's still entertaining thanks to stylish visuals and some witty dialogue. And the present-day twist at the end gives a nice pop of sorely-needed novelty. I should note I'm reading this via Marvel Unlimited, which plays a role in how satisfying I find it. I expect I'd feel quite differently if I were buying it at full cover price.

7.0
Devil's Reign: X-Men #3

Aug 19, 2022

The series marches in lockstep to the expected conclusion, with few twists along the way. The art's still gorgeous and the words, if not spectacular, are efficient and witty. (Not as witty as previous issues, though.) I half-admire the old Silver Age dodge the author employs to stretch the series: Throw a cheap cliffhanger into one issue and burn off several pages at the start of the next one undoing it. It's executed well here -- but not so well that I overlook it being filler.

8.5
Doctor Doom (2019) #1

Apr 29, 2020

Benevolent dictator Doom is tormented by visions of an alternate reality, mysterious visits from Kang the Conqueror, and a save-the-world project he is certain will go awry. The script does an admirable job bringing Doom to life and orchestrating a fascinating plot. The art is decent for characters and action and genuinely world-class when it comes to settings. Castle Doom has never looked better.

6.5
Doctor Doom (2019) #2

Jun 1, 2020

My enthusiasm nose-dived with this issue. Chalk up my disillusionment to the janky plotting (jerking the rug out from under Doom's surrender + the Fatality Fakeout ending) and a rapid frosting of my enthusiasm for Mr. Larroca's art. He's once again portraying all his characters by dressing up the same two standard-issue comics mannequins. Plus, having your antihero quote Richard III is the very epitome of sophomoric cleverness. But the dialogue and characterization are still pretty tasty. The synchronicity of developments in this title and ASM has me seriously wondering if Nick Spencer has carte blanche to strip-mine plot points from other Marvel writers.

7.0
Doctor Doom (2019) #3

Jun 22, 2020

Watching the plot unfold is exciting. But the characters seem to be experiencing the plot the same way as the readers, passively waiting for the unfolding. That includes Doom, which is a shame. Sure, he'll punch and zap those things that offend him. But so far, entirely too much help/information has just been handed to him.

5.5
Doctor Doom (2019) #4

Jul 18, 2020

"Unrelated caption conversation on top of mostly-visual story" is a lot harder than it looks, isn't it? I have a terrible suspicion that the entire conversation is supposed to be between Doom and MODOK (I point to the calculation-talk, the third-person references to Kang, and the smooth segue into the in-person conversation.). If so, then it's even clunkier than it seems when you assume it's Doom and Kang talking.

7.0
Doctor Doom (2019) #5

Sep 24, 2020

All of the forces hunting Victor dogpile him at the same time. It's fortunate for him, because at that moment he was busy making a horrible first impression on his future bride. I arrive at the average rating via an unconventional route: I see this as unspectacular storytelling delivering a pretty cool story. I get the impression that the reverse (messy story with good words and art) is the majority opinion.

8.0
Doctor Doom (2019) #6

Oct 17, 2020

Doom and Kang inch across the Southwest on the way to picking up Doom's ace in the hole. The concept of casting two scenery-devouring Silver Age arch-villains as Bob Hope and Bing Crosby is inspired. The execution could use a little work, though. I'm a particular anti-fan of Christopher Cantwell's forced insult vocabulary.

7.0
Doctor Doom (2019) #7

Feb 26, 2021

Doom takes a breather to connect with/terrify/cull his loyal supporters. And meanwhile, Blue Marvel almost-but-not-quite fixes the black hole. This issue has solid writing and some visually-impressive panels, but I can't shake the feeling that this will look like a speedbump in hindsight. I'm betting the other parts of the arc, before and after this, will seem far more important.

5.0
Doctor Doom (2019) #8

Mar 7, 2021

Woo, somebody's cramming to finish an arc prior to cancellation! I like the plot points this issue speeds through, but I strongly dislike how they're presented "in summary." The art's not great and neither is the prose. But worst of all, the bits supposedly written by Doom … do not sound like Doom.

6.0
Doctor Doom (2019) #9

Mar 15, 2021

Doom's save-the-world plan is undone merely by Reed Richards calling him up to wish him luck. Not only is it not a proud moment for Doom, it's a move that Reed really should know better than to pull. As for Doom, he's often been exactly this dumb and self-destructive in the past -- but this is his third straight swing at the "be no more a villain" pitch, and the previous two attempts (under Bendis and Zdarsky) felt a lot more thoughtful and creative than this one. Heck, even this one was better for its first six issues; the quality of the story has declined abruptly.

7.5
Doctor Doom (2019) #10

Apr 3, 2021

Doom gets to vacation in his "shiny happy Doom" AU. His doppelganger makes the full pitch for peace, love and understanding. And once the pitch is made, Doom burns it all down, the whole shiny happy universe. A pretty definitive ending. The language had to get awfully exposition-y to cram in all the points the author wanted to make. There's a last burst of artistic excellence, spent well in illustrating the splendor of the AU. Flirting with redemption is the eternal theme of Doom-centric stories, and the great thing is, different authors can take him to opposite ends of the moral spectrum. Doom is flexible in his inflexibility; this is certainly not the last time he'll be tempted by the light. I doubt this particular temptation story needed 10 issues, though. Maybe 6. Maybe less. Of course, 2020 being what it was, I could also believe that the author was given the go-ahead to extend his story, only to catch a premature COVID cancellation after starting his second arc.

8.0
Doctor Strange (2015) #16

Oct 31, 2017

Dr. Strange banishes Dormammu with a display of archetypal Dr. Strange-iness. It's a much-anticipated return to form at the end of a rather disappointing story arc. It feels like it's been years since we've seen good old Doc S making with the sparkle-fists and chanting dread incantations, but it's finally back. The subtle flowering of the supporting cast is fun, too. Wong is about to play a central role, and there's some nice foreshadowing pointing toward big things in librarian Zelma's future.

6.0
Doctor Strange (2015) #17

Oct 31, 2017

Mr. Misery finally unleashes his revenge plan on Dr. Strange, and it's a doozy. There's a final-page surprise guest star that sort of throws off this issue's pacing; the longer story about beating Mr. Misery is thus stuck at the first plot point. Guest artist Frazier Irving contributes painterly art that's passably beautiful as long as you can forgive a nigh-total absence of backgrounds.

8.0
Doctor Strange (2015) #18

Oct 31, 2017

Thor helps Doc S save his old patients from Mr. Misery in tumor form. Saving Wong, though - that's up to Stephen alone. Jason Aaron doubles down on the body horror in this gloriously nasty medical thriller. Chris Bachalo's artwork is at its height and together the creators really sell the "bizarre and revolting" part of Dr. Strange's work without actually driving the reader away. It filled me up with creepy-crawlies but it also had me turning the pages at top speed. There is a bit of "power creep" on Thor that you can use to work yourself into a rage if you wanna be an insufferable comics know-it-all.

8.0
Doctor Strange (2015) #19

Oct 31, 2017

Dr. Strange defeats Mr. Misery (sort of?) in this subtle examination of his relationship with Wong. This is a tricky comic. You have to read it very closely to catch all of the character development, and I see valid arguments for rating it anywhere between 9 and 4 out of 10. Mr. Bachalo's art is likewise polarizing: This serving is simply going to reinforce your existing opinion of his talents. This issue certainly isn't flawless; I think the key complaint both fans and haters can agree on is that the details of how Mr. Misery's beaten and where he goes could use some more attention.

8.0
Doctor Strange (2015) #20

Jan 5, 2018

Aaron and Bachalo's farewell to Dr. Strange cements Zelma into his story at the expense (maybe) of Wong. This goodbye is full of warm fuzzies, and even Wong's departure is reasonable (and easy to reverse if future creators are so inclined). Sorry to spoil the supporting cast change, but there's not much else in this issue to discuss. It's a rather safe script and a rather indulgent one. It's a victory lap for the creators' whole run, and fortunately, that run has been just epic enough to make this celebration feel justified. Kevin Nowlan's Weirdworld interlude paradoxically makes Marvel's wildest fantasy dimension look mundane, but it works as a contrast to Chris Bachalo's insane Sanctum Sanctorum status quo.

8.0
Doctor Strange (2015) #21

Dec 7, 2017

Doctor Strange runs into a grab-bag of cool allies beneath the Darkforce Dome - will they be able to break Mordo's hold on New York? Turn your Doctor Strange book over to Dennis Hopeless, get Jessica Drew and Ben Urich added to your cast. I'm A-OK with that transaction. His characterization of Jess and Ben is flawless, of course, and he also demonstrates an insightful take on the very stressed-out Strange. Plus Daredevil and a surprise special guest are in the mix too. Niko Henrichon's messy art is vibrant and brilliant for showing people and monsters separately, but the scale challenge of "human heroes vs. giant monster" makes some of the action scenes hard to follow. So there are a few flaws on display here (the dialogue pushes just a touch too hard to get Stephen and Jess into "snarky buddies" territory ASAP), but this story could definitely be headed to great places.

8.0
Doctor Strange (2015) #22

Jan 5, 2018

Questionable ally Kingpin offers some "deal with the devil" help that even Dr. Strange is (eventually) hesitant to accept. This issue is beautifully drawn by Niko Henrichon and Dennis Hopeless's script packs in a ton of laughs. Maybe too many laughs and too much sass; that's where it falls short of true epic-ness. It's particularly hard to ignore the fact that Spider-Woman is completely superfluous here. Even Ben Urich plays a more important role in the plot; Jess is apparently just along to crack one-liners. They are amusing one-liners, at least!

7.0
Doctor Strange (2015) #23

Jan 27, 2018

Dr. Strange teams up with demon-ridden Kingpin, white knight Ben Urich, and ghost-plane-flying Spider-Woman to take down Mordo before he can gobble up every last bite of scenery in Manhattan. It seems Dennis Hopeless is pretty contemptuous of Secret Empire, but his over-the-top D&D parody tie-in dances on the line between "whew, much-needed comic relief" and "ugh, wacky for the sake of wackiness 'LOL Memes' humor." Niko Henrichon's messy art heads in the same direction: Is it exuberant and vivacious or hopelessly rough and unpolished? Reader attitude will ultimately be key in deciding whether this issue is delightful or tiresome, but a stronger creative effort could have grounded it solidly in the former camp.

5.0
Doctor Strange (2015) #24

Mar 11, 2018

Dr. Strange beats Baron Mordo through trickery. I'm not avoiding spoilers; the issue provides precious little detail beyond that. It's also so poorly-scripted that it actively discourages you from digging into greater depth. This whole tie-in ends up as a pointless shaggy dog story - the characters themselves admit that defeating Mordo was just a side-show. Artist Niko Henrichon has a little more endurance than writer Dennis Hopeless; he continues providing valiantly intricate visuals well after the script runs out of steam. Even the art has its limits, though, and the story wraps with a thoroughly disappointing sad trombone sound.

8.0
Doctor Strange (2015) #25

Apr 7, 2018

Doc S and Zelma get their breakfast ruined by a magic blast from Strange's past and he has to confront a short-sighted fix he dropped on a problem many years ago. Some sterling character work and outstanding visuals elevate this one-off story into something a bit special, though the ambiguity of the ending pulls it up short of all-time greatness. Kevin Nowlan and Juan Frigeri fight a noble battle for top art honors; both the former's Mignola-esque flashbacks and the latter's present-day Bachalo-inspired work are great. Though this doesn't carry a "Legacy" banner, it turns into a very thoughtful contrast between the humble, humorous Dr. Strange Jason Aaron has built and his colder, more melodramatic characterization from the 70s & 80s.

8.0
Doctor Strange (2015) #26

May 3, 2018

Zelma and Doctor Strange do a little classic dungeon delving in this thoughtful look at their mentor-pupil relationship. Niko Henrichon's art is scratchy and brilliant if just a teeny bit lacking in long-term memorability. John Barber's character work on Zelma is outstanding. It's clear though she snarks at Strange constantly, if their adventures cost her a leg, she'd show up the next day with extra snark about how her sudden shoe surplus was all Strange's fault. Sorcerous adventure has got its hooks deep into her, and that's wonderful to see when it's illustrated so well.

9.0
Doctor Strange (2015) #381

Jun 9, 2018

Loki is Sorcerer Supreme? How can that be?! Donny Cates pens a fascinating new chapter that builds directly on Jason Aaron's work. Some parts of the previous volume are accepted whole-heartedly (Zelma, yay!) and others are respectfully challenged (the "high cost of magic" concept). There are engaging mysteries stretching out both ahead of and behind this new status quo. Beautiful art, sharp character work, and successful touches of humor all combine to promise something special from this new story.

9.0
Doctor Strange (2015) #382

Jun 18, 2018

Dr. Strange explains the Exile of Singhsoon, but there are still tons of mysteries on the table. There's also plenty of heart and heartbreak; this is a mighty eventful comic. Let us not overlook, between the "OMG the dog" and "OMG Stephen's ally" shockers, there's also a huge "OMG Stephen did *what* to Zelma?!" surprise. Not only does Donny Cates double up on twists, he also packs the spaces around them with plenty of lovely characterization. Gabriel Hernandez Walta's art sells the emotions and the action perfectly; this is every inch an A-list comic.

8.0
Doctor Strange (2015) #383

Jul 6, 2018

Doctor Strange has a Baldrickian cunning plan to regain his power and humiliate Loki. Step one involves getting the Sentry to help him commit some medium-strength magic burglary in Asgard. The Baldrick-ness of Stephen's plan comes through in both its absurdity and its hubris. We get a flashback explaining just how he lost his position to Loki. Even though the Vishanti said, quite explicitly, "you need taking down a peg or two, proud man," Stephen is rattling hell-for-leather down a path practically guaranteed to earn him an ironic comeuppance. The tone of Donny Cates's script becomes a little inconsistent and the visuals are weakened here by a Niko Henrichon flashback that doesn't quite rise to Gabriel Hernandez Walta's visual standards. There's still a core of sincerity and heartbreak - wrapped around Bats, of course - that holds this issue at "great" or "near great" even if it's a bit weaker than the last two.

8.0
Doctor Strange (2015) #384

Jul 27, 2018

Doc Strange hurls all his stolen Asgardian power at Loki, backed by a few clever/dangerous twists. It's all fun and games until the stakes hop abruptly into the world-destroying tier at the end. Gabriel Hernandez Walta's art looks superb and Donny Cates's character work is fine. I worry about the relationship between this volume and the last one. When the Empirikul became an existential threat to all of magic, Stephen didn't do as much or risk as much as he's doing now. And remember, his current motivation is basically "the Vishanti gave my job to Loki and I bungled the transition." It looks terribly petty of him to unleash … what he's unleashed … over that.

8.0
Doctor Strange (2015) #385

Sep 6, 2018

Loki and Strange save the world, restore magic, and put the Cloak of Levitation (with all the rest of the Sorcerer Supreme responsibilities) back on Stephen's shoulders. Doctor Strange's success comes with fearsome costs. It's a decent ending, but the script opens a can of ambiguous worms regarding Loki's motivations and doesn't really put it to bed in a satisfying way. Solid art and high stakes keep this issue from getting disappointing, but the ambiguity anchors it at "good" without crossing over into "great."

7.0
Doctor Strange (2015) #386

Sep 20, 2018

Dr. Strange tries to drive Mephisto off the material plane in a rigged card game. It goes just about as poorly as a rigged card game could. I half-appreciate how thoroughly this issue recaps the Damnation one-shot; it does a fine job of standing on its own. It's a bit repetitive and slow if you're all caught up, though. The scribbly art style works great on Mephisto and demonic hordes and possessed blackjack cards, but it's a little glitchy in portraying Stephen's face.

7.0
Doctor Strange (2015) #387

Oct 8, 2018

Doctor Strange undergoes a twist in Mephisto's captivity. The script is full of potential and features really strong plotting. The visuals let me down, though, specifically in their repeated fumbling of human facial anatomy. The characterization and dialogue in this comic are really delicate; I can't appreciate their full impact when every page distracts me with wall-eyed women and creepy skeletal teeth. Compositions and finishes are great, but the characters within them are so relentlessly disturbing that I have to penalize the finished product as less satisfying than it could/should be.

8.0
Doctor Strange (2015) #388

Nov 10, 2018

Another turn of excellent work - pushing Doc Strange halfway through the mental prison Mephisto has trapped him in - cements Bats's place as the breakout star of both this title and the Damnation event. Plot developments here are a little uneven. Stephen continues to act a sucker even after all of Bats's hard work, and by the final pages, the plot creaks under the weight of one guest star too many. For me, the art is also a balancing act: I love the action scenes and the Eldritch Horrors, but I remain an anti-fan of this style when it comes to ordinary people's faces.

8.0
Doctor Strange (2015) #389

Nov 10, 2018

Dr. Strange leapfrogs his personal story right past the end of Damnation. Magnificent monster-fighting art, solid humor with Bats, and some quality character work make this a thoroughly impressive comic. I'm not sure I agree with the title page's suggestion that this takes place "concurrently" with Damnation #4, though; you really need to read that issue before this one.

9.0
Doctor Strange (2015) #390

Dec 3, 2018

Stephen closes a chapter in his life by getting a proper goodbye from Zelma. And Spidey is there in maximum "Kooky Peter" mode to sand down some of the awkwardness. The core relationship chat delivers excellent closure, though it's a bit understated. I was in the perfect mood for Kooky Spidey, so that turned into a nice little bonus bringing this finale up to greatness in my eyes.

6.0
Doctor Strange (2015) #1.MU

Oct 31, 2017

Low-power Dr. Strange struggles to defeat a monster with the help of Googam, son of Goom. I was doubly underwhelmed here as both a fan of Chip Zdarsky and of comics in general. The humor seems somehow lazy and strained at the same time. Superb art from Julian Lopez helps make this story entertaining, though.

7.0
Doctor Strange (2018) #1

Dec 18, 2018

"Remember when we sent Iron Man into space for a couple of months? Let's do that for the other Awesome Facial Hair Bro." "Brilliant! Can we make it look gorgeous?" "Done." "Now, can we make the characterization novel and compelling?" "Enh, all we've got is Mark Waid's imitation of Jonathan Hickman's Aging Hero's Burden routine." "Well, it'll have to do. Say, aren't we doing 'Avenger Lost In Space' over in Black Panther right now, too?" "Shhh, nobody'll notice."

7.0
Doctor Strange (2018) #2

Jan 1, 2019

Doc escapes into the universe thanks to picking up an exotic alien "Indiana Jones of magic" partner. A chronic risk with Dr. Strange is that his plots tend toward arbitrary "it's possible because magic" resolutions. Here, we get a heavy dose of that arbitrariness even though Stephen is short of magic. Stephen's slapped together with literally the perfect partner? And she pulls magical escape MacGuffins out of thin air? Twice in an issue? This remains artistically beautiful and the issue has a nice pace; but the convenient coincidences are piled SO deep ...

8.0
Doctor Strange (2018) #3

Jan 14, 2019

Dr. Strange's magical mystery tour gives him the opportunity to snaffle the Time Stone off Kl'rt the Super Skrull. It's a very well-told tale in itself. I was dead bored during the "space magic" montage at the start, though, and conclusion promises more of the same in the future. It's disappointing after the body of the issue delivered so much Infinity Stone drama. Excellent art, although there are some heinous copy-paste beat panel moments.

7.0
Doctor Strange (2018) #4

Feb 28, 2019

Stephen loses Kanna and gains a Nidavellirian mentor in a botched rescue job. It's a fine story with tons of promise for future installments, and of course, it's just as gorgeously illustrated as past issues. There are 2 structural problems that keep me from calling it "good," though. The scenes are jumbled up into non-chronological order, I think strictly to make the story more complicated. And the dwarf abruptly swaps from being antagonistic to helpful for no good reason. He doesn't come right out and say, "Ah, the comic's named after you, I better buddy up," but he doesn't offer much in the way of reasonable in-character justification, either.

7.0
Doctor Strange (2018) #5

Apr 6, 2019

Dr. Strange's cosmic story swerves into a left-field twist ending. A few cool concepts and visuals are introduced prior to the twist, too, but the nuts-and-bolts storytelling doesn't give them the epic feeling they should have. Stephen's Clever Plan for saving the Earth is a perfect example: It's a clever idea, revealed in a pair of silent panels with very "blah" visuals. I think stronger writer/artist collaboration could have helped here; this particular script demands a lot of cinematic action and though this particular artist has great strengths, cinematic action is not one of them.

8.0
Doctor Strange (2018) #6

Apr 18, 2019

8.0
Doctor Strange (2018) #7

May 21, 2019

Stephen, Kanna, and Bats do heaps of lovable character work while their hunt for Casey ticks over to the next plot point. The relationships are enjoyable and heartwarming even if they border on simplistic; they make this issue a tasty serving of comfort food. The big art team does a surprisingly great job supporting the character focus. This script gets exactly the sort of emotive artwork it needs - lots of excellent faces here.

8.0
Doctor Strange (2018) #8

Jun 13, 2019

The character work is remarkable in its merciless insight into Stephen's flaws.

7.5
Doctor Strange (2018) #9

Jul 1, 2019

8.0
Doctor Strange (2018) #10

Aug 20, 2019

Strange finally meets the Magic Accountant and learns what sort of world-cracking debt he's racked up in his hubristic "magic doesn't have a cost" phase. It's a relief to finally have the Big Picture plot out on the table, though it doesn't look like the most inventive story now that it's clear. Formidable art does a lot to sell this as a good comic. The milestone backup strips (especially Nightmare's nightmare) help, too.

7.0
Doctor Strange (2018) #11

Sep 9, 2019

6.5
Doctor Strange (2018) #12

Oct 9, 2019

Stephen says, "I'm sick of doing the same three Dr. Strange stories over and over." The universe hears him and replies, "OK, Mr. Sorcerer Smug-preme, let's see how you do with premise #3 from the Galactus playbook." I like the last act because it actually stirs the Galactus chocolate into the Dr. Strange peanut butter with delicious results, but the first two-thirds are rather blah. I can't tell whether the start is too meta or not meta enough. Could it somehow be both?

7.0
Doctor Strange (2018) #13

Nov 12, 2019

In the end, this JUST clears the bar that springs up in your mind when you hear "Galactus is loose in the Mystic Realm." It's as big as it should be … but no bigger.

8.0
Doctor Strange (2018) #14

Dec 5, 2019

Respect the craft: The creators added an extra Watcher-analog (Ykolon) to their Galactus story just because they could.

7.0
Doctor Strange (2018) #15

Jan 25, 2020

Shear away the magic fleece and this is a VERY standard-issue "Galactus is gonna destroy the universe unless this big pile of heroes does something heroic" story.

5.0
Doctor Strange (2018) #16

Feb 27, 2020

I'm unpleasantly reminded of that Futurama episode where they parodied Star Trek's technobabble + analogy problem-solving: "Like putting too much air in a balloon!" Also, when you kill the Silver Surfer in act 2, all you're really doing is killing all the tension and guaranteeing that Stephen is going to CTRL-Z this whole crisis away in the end.

6.0
Doctor Strange (2018) #17

Mar 10, 2020

Strange remakes the universe just as we knew he would. He has to pay a fearsome price to Mephisto, though. I like the price a great deal more than the remaking; it provides exactly the edge I needed to stop me from rating this down as too clichéd to enjoy.

8.5
Doctor Strange (2018) #18

Mar 26, 2020

This issue scores especially well on timelessness. Doc wearing his current wetsuit costume is the only thing that ties this one-off to any particular era; with a clothes change, this could fit smoothly into any of six decades of Strange stories. The efficient, effective, succinct way the supporting characters are established deserves to be studied by aspiring storytellers.

7.5
Doctor Strange (2018) #19

Mar 31, 2020

To make Doc's gamble seem reasonable (or at least human) was a major writing challenge. Mark Waid succeeds but does not excel, know what I mean?

8.0
Doctor Strange (2018) #20

Apr 20, 2020

Hopefully it's not too backhanded to say Mark Waid has crafted a good story out of some potentially-terrible ideas here.

6.0
Doctor Strange (2018) Annual #1

Jun 1, 2020

The A strip gives me that same disjointed feeling I get from a lot of Tini Howard's work. It's like all the best bits from multiple drafts have been jammed together, but nobody checked to make sure that the final plot follows rational cause-and-effect rules.

9.0
Doctor Strange (2023) #1

Jan 18, 2024

The big plot just barely gets rolling here, but that's because this book spends plenty of time establishing a new status quo. And the process is *delightful*. The structure is clear, the pace is smooth, and the prose is clean. It's not quite as sparkly as the author's very best, but it's certainly leagues beyond average. The art is a bit of an acquired taste, but very palatable, easy to acquire. Very rewarding, too; there's a lot of extra visual-only content to appreciate. Like Luen Yang's Shang-Chi, Jed MacKay's Dr. Strange suffers because Marvel has chopped it into many different series. That tempts you into overlooking the integrity of the whole; this #1 is the latest chapter in a consistent story that's been building since Death of Doctor Strange.

6.0
Doctor Strange and the Sorcerers Supreme #5

Oct 31, 2017

A spotlight on Newton reveals a dark, driven soul. Our heroes take their first tentative steps on the road to tracking him. I feel like the author could have done more to make Newton relatable; this felt very generic to me. Guest artist Nathan Stockman delivered a very enjoyable visual experience; I'm hoping to see more of his work in the future.

6.0
Doctor Strange and the Sorcerers Supreme #6

Oct 31, 2017

One brief plot point stretches into a whole issue thanks to choose-your-own-adventure timey-wimey shenanigans. The writing is nothing special but the art is fairly impressive. Overall, I enjoyed this trick more when the Unbeatable Squirrel Girl played it. Not an actual disappointment, but a mighty "meh" reaction is probably not what the creators were hoping for when they dumped extra effort into this gimmick issue.

6.0
Doctor Strange and the Sorcerers Supreme #7

Oct 31, 2017

The sorcerers team up with the Avengers to beat Newton, but there's a bigger demonic threat right on his heels. Though I can tell this is an entertaining book, it's one that disengages me rather nastily. It starts with bad dialogue in the front and wraps with a demon design at the end that I find laughable. In between is a heaping helping of questionable writing. Javier Rodriguez's art is a major bright spot, though. Except for that demon, all of the fighting and quipping here looks great.

8.0
Doctor Strange and the Sorcerers Supreme #8

Dec 3, 2017

Newton's bigger threat, the grabby hand-monster, plays the "not magic, advanced alien" card and the battle against it rolls on. It's a tremendous relief to get a nice, unambiguous monster baddie that needs beating. This issue is devoted entirely to explaining its Deal, so the beating will commence next month. Other potential downside? Grabby the Author-Monster still looks ridiculous. The rest of this book is very solid, though; Robbie Thompson understands that you have a double duty to bring the funny when you get both Spidey and Howard the Duck as guest stars.

7.0
Doctor Strange and the Sorcerers Supreme #9

Jan 5, 2018

Grabby the magic monster is defeated and many (not all) of the heroes' injuries are healed. But the victory is not without cost. I won't spoil the exact nature of the cost; it should be screamingly obvious to anybody who's paid attention to the previous issues. That's my biggest fault with this issue: The plotting is lazy. Characterization is also strictly pro forma, but at least the dialogue is decent. So why isn't this whole comic a disappointment? Because problematic as it is, the plot gives artist Javier Rodriguez an excuse to go completely ☠☠☠☠ mental in a great way, especially in the first scene. The first five pages of this issue are likely to stick in your memory long after the larger story has faded away. It's definitely a treat for the eyes. It's just a pity this issue couldn't be a treat for the brain as well.

8.0
Doctor Strange and the Sorcerers Supreme #10

Jan 27, 2018

The source of Wiccan's fatal power-up is revealed, and it's going to be a real doozy for Strange and the other sorcerers to tackle. Robbie Thompson has a weird talent for riding his serieses right to the ragged edge where I'm about to give them up and *then* making with the amazing plot twists. His pal Nathan Stockman delivers some guest art that works great for the wild future X-Men interlude that fills the majority of this book, but I'm not sure how well it's going to fit the more sorcerous action coming up. This issue did a fine job of reviving my interest and building anticipation for the last two issues.

8.0
Doctor Strange and the Sorcerers Supreme #11

Mar 11, 2018

The surprise left-field fight against Grownup Evil Valeria Richards turns out more satisfying than it has any right to be, with Big Damn Hero moments for Future Wiccan and the Mindful One. As with the series as a whole, not every shot taken by Robbie Thompson's script here scores points. The balance is still stacked heavily in favor of hits, though. Nathan Stockman's art helps a great deal by grounding all the magical action with emotive faces, and Jim Campbell's colors are impressive as well.

9.0
Doctor Strange and the Sorcerers Supreme #12

Mar 30, 2018

All the Sorcerers Supreme ride together one last time to get Yao where he needs to go. It's a very fun trip. Though it lacks real conflict, the characterization work and Nathan Stockman's visuals are impeccable, and this is a terrific reward for sticking with this series. United by a great theme running start-to-finish, this issue ends up entertaining, impressing, and satisfying.

8.0
Doctor Strange: Damnation #1

Sep 6, 2018

Doctor Strange resurrects Las Vegas and Mephisto hitches a ride into the mortal realm. It's a premise that generates a few memorable moments, but this presentation feels more like a prologue than chapter one. While Mephisto manages to show off some promise for the future, casually ping-ponging 700,000 people over the net of death leaves a sour taste in my mouth. The art is as good and Sienkiewicz-y as it wants to be once the demons come to town and things get magical.

5.0
Doctor Strange: Damnation #2

Sep 20, 2018

Wong assembles his wacky heroes, takes them to Vegas, and immediately gets them into a heap of trouble when they try to fight Mephisto's eeevil Ghost Rider-Avengers. There's some entertaining humor and wit in the script, but it's all very "easy layup" work. The pace of the event is in trouble; this makes two issues straight that are drowning in redundant recaps. This issue's visuals commit my #1 mortal sin of comics art: They make the finished product less enjoyable to read than a prose-only script. This comic is relentlessly disappointing to look at.

5.0
Doctor Strange: Damnation #3

Oct 8, 2018

The Midnight Sons all together do less to advance their cause than Bats the Ghost Dog does in this issue. Also, Johnny Blaze gets hard done by. I think the script has plenty of potential, but the visual rendition is frankly unacceptable to me. There are clear signs of both incompetence and apathy, and the story does not nearly have the strength to overcome the unloveliness of the art. I could dig out at least two more ratings points if this were illustrated better.

8.0
Doctor Strange: Damnation #4

Nov 10, 2018

The good guys thoroughly beat Mephisto by bamboozling him on multiple levels. It's a standard-issue Nick Spencer Big Conflict: Pompous narration on top of strong visuals that ends up less memorable than word-free art would be. Once the battle is won, things take a turn for the better with some solid character work for Stephen and Wong. The art isn't the best-ever example of painterly work, but it's a healthy step above average. This is a nice comic to look at and that helps make it a pretty fun read.

8.5
Doctor Strange: Fall Sunrise (2022) #1

May 25, 2023

It's gorgeous right out of the gate, and by the end, it's become the good kind of mysterious. I won't pretend that I understand it all, or that I expect to once it's complete. It's Jodorowsky-esque in that way, and that's entirely a good thing to me. Sass: I hereby dub this variant "L'Oréal Dr. Strange."

9.0
Doctor Strange: Fall Sunrise (2022) #2

Sep 2, 2023

This is exactly how good you need to be to do "weird for the sake of weird" and pull it off. No, that's too trite. What distinguishes this issue and makes me rate it higher than #1 are the strong islands of rational plotting that rise from the weirdness. There *is* a fascinating story here (not to mention a comprehensive, unique cosmology), and it's a perfect match for the gorgeous, surreal art. Is it clear? Easy to understand? Definitely not. But there's nothing else I'd rather be reading this week.

9.0
Doctor Strange: Fall Sunrise (2022) #3

Jan 13, 2024

It falls shy of perfection by aspiring to be a bit more profound than it really is. Lord, it's ambitious, though! And it's presented with knock-your-eyes-out art on every page. It's a great comic to ponder, and we don't get too many of those in the Marvel universe. Max flippant reaction: I got big 3rd Age of Middle-earth elf vibes from Yalda. "I can explain exactly what the forces of evil have in store for you, but I am too overcome with ennui and despair to help you, sorry."

10
Doctor Strange: Fall Sunrise (2022) #4

Apr 20, 2024

Most comics are cinema. This one is poetry. A rare gem.

3.5
Doctor Strange: Nexus of Nightmares #1

Oct 29, 2022

It's been six months, so it's time for another painfully-antiquated Ralph Macchio one-shot starring the MCU's hero du jour. I think of these things as an exotic pension scheme for Mr. Macchio rather than as readable comics. This one's a particularly weak example: Besides its pretentious and dated language, it's tackling subjects far outside the creators' wheelhouses. The artist isn't much better at drawing magic than the author is at writing psychological torment.

8.0
Domino (2018) #1

Nov 10, 2018

Domino introduces herself and her partners and tries to plead her life story as a hard-luck case. A loving, continuity-gag-heavy birthday party undercuts that theme, but a cliffhanger attack by a mystery villain gets it back on track. Art and writing are both talented, but loose and stylized. This feels like an acquired taste in words and visuals, and both feel like less than the creators' best efforts.

8.0
Domino (2018) #2

Nov 25, 2018

Domino is rattled by threats external (the Topaz deal) and internal (is one of her friends betraying her?). Solid character insights, another brilliant merc gig - one that deserves more space, in fact - and superb art all make this delightful. Balanced against that, the pacing is still disjointed and the script machine-guns out a surplus of good ideas instead of polishing just a few into greatness. The overall level of quality is still very high, and there's far more enjoyable audacity than nitpicking material here. The Topaz Deal is sketched out more fully here. I like that the most obvious inspiration - the Picture of Dorian Gray - isn't name-checked directly. Yet.

9.0
Domino (2018) #3

Jan 1, 2019

Domino's backstory starts informing her present Topaz problem. Amadeus Cho sends her on a fascinating mission to master her luck powers, and her characterization at the start of this issue - her fury at Topaz - is highly persuasive. Generally superb art also helps make this feel extra-special; while it's not without flaws, they are eminently forgivable.

8.0
Domino (2018) #4

Jan 21, 2019

Domino does goofy flirting with Shang-Chi, her supporting cast takes steps to support her, and the full Topaz Deal is revealed to be exactly what we thought it was. The comedic characterization is charming as all get-out, but the simplicity of the bad guys is ever so slightly disappointing. The art remains distinctively gorgeous, and the fake "Deadly Hands of Domino" cover is a treat.

8.0
Domino (2018) #5

Feb 25, 2019

Shang-Chi Yodas Domino through her fight with some ambiguous insights while her pals face off against Prototype and Topaz. I think this comic makes an ambitious leap from very basic bits of popcorn entertainment to very subtle symbolism, and while they both work, I'd have appreciated some concrete, logical storytelling in between. On the subtle symbolic side, surely it's not an accident that Domino accessing her luck power again is mirrored by Prototype experiencing misfortunes in his fight against Diamondback and Outlaw, right? I'm rolling on to the conclusion of the arc very satisfied but also hoping for a lot of clarification.

8.0
Domino (2018) #6

Mar 27, 2019

Domino closes her Topaz story in a way that manages to be both dark and uplifting. I think the script is at its weakest with the supporting cast; the Domino-centric parts are perfect. The art has a taste for the grotesque but it's impeccably polished. This issue had plenty of nits to pick, but the overall storytelling craft is very strong.

8.0
Domino (2018) #7

Apr 25, 2019

7.5
Domino (2018) #8

May 30, 2019

6.0
Domino (2018) #9

Jul 1, 2019

More Shoon'Kwa, please! She invites curiosity by adding tons-o-potential backstory & visual design to her basic "Wakandan Cassandra" premise.

7.5
Domino (2018) #10

Jul 26, 2019

8.0
Domino (2018) Annual #1  
8.0
Domino: Hotshots #1

Sep 19, 2019

Domino's new challenges are a Celestial MacGuffin and some new teammates with questionable loyalties. This globe-trotting superspy mission gets off to a stylish start, and the expanded roster has lots of promise.

7.0
Domino: Hotshots #2

Oct 15, 2019

Reading a second take on the "I don't trust the new girls" scene from #1 brought on a disagreeable feeling of deja-vu.

7.0
Domino: Hotshots #3

Nov 12, 2019

I'm OK with making loyalty and leadership key themes of the title, in theory. Surely there's a better way to put the theory into practice than by having Neena give a "when you're a Jet you're a Jet all the way" speech in EVERY issue, though.

7.5
Domino: Hotshots #4

Dec 27, 2019

White Fox washes out of the Hotshots and Domino leads the team to a preemptive victory in their Celestial mess. It's handled well, and the pace picks up nicely compared to past issues. But that has a flipside; it seems like this series threw a lot of filler before finally getting to the main course.

7.0
Domino: Hotshots #5

Feb 27, 2020

7.5
Dr. Strange (2019) #1

Jul 13, 2020

Dr. Strange introduces his new hybrid surgeon/sorcerer career. Surprise, he's burning up both ends of the candle and gets his ass handed to him by a villain that would be trivial if he weren't exhausted. The storytelling is good all around; I love the wise distribution of visual detail exactly where it's needed. I'm a lot less impressed with the plot, though; so far this is one of those "cruise control" stories that becomes less interesting the more you think about it. Also, the shots fired at US healthcare are embarrassingly shallow. Real "I watched three episodes of a primetime hospital soap opera before writing this" stuff.

8.0
Dr. Strange (2019) #2

Sep 24, 2020

Doc wins a rematch with the Wrecker (with Thunderball in tow), but he recognizes that there's a still-unknown bigger bad to deal with. Outstanding storytelling work ennobles a plot that still feels a little "blah" to me. And it's a shame to see Dr. "Thunderball" Franklin breaking bad again; I guess his redemption doesn't extend beyond the pages of Black Panther.

9.5
Dr. Strange (2019) #3

Sep 24, 2020

Dr. Strange exorcises a tattoo demon. It's a brilliant one-shot, but it also ends with a solid tie to the larger story arc. Smart ideas and absolutely gorgeous art; when Mark Waid and Kev Walker are on, they are REALLY ON.

8.0
Dr. Strange (2019) #4

Oct 17, 2020

Direct attacks from an unknown antagonist threaten to smash the wall Strange is trying to maintain between his sorcery and his surgery. Only the timely intervention of Dr. Druid saves him from getting killed and taking the whole hospital with him. The individual bits of the story are familiar, but they're arranged with great skill and great pacing, and the overall arc offers compelling mysteries.

8.0
Dr. Strange (2019) #5

Dec 17, 2020

Stephen finally figures out who stole his magic stuff. Dr. Druid slots in nicely as Stephen's sidekick/Dr. Watson and plays a key role in the investigation. This plot is coming together and I'm still liking Kev Walker's chunky but detailed art.

7.5
Dr. Strange (2019) #6

Dec 19, 2020

I liked watching Madame Masque evolve into Kate Bishop's nemesis; I don't much appreciate the attempt to drag her back to her old "Tony Stark Stan" characterization. Beyond that, it's a functional plot ennobled by some outstanding art.

9.0
Edge of Spider-Geddon #1

Feb 28, 2019

Spider-Punk takes an issue to fight off Kang the Conglomerator before he falls in for Spider-Geddon duty. Is it essential reading? No. But it's nearly free of faults, and it has two giant positives in its favor. First, this is one of the greatest-ever match-ups between artist and subject matter: Spider-Punk's world is the ideal grist for Gerardo Sandoval's mill. And second, this comic is fully, deliciously aware of the irony of pitting Hobie against the evils of commercial commodification right before he dives into a Big Dumb Cash-Grab Event™.

8.0
Edge of Spider-Geddon #2

Mar 13, 2019

SP//dr and Peni Parker meet Addy Brock and VEN#m. Everybody tangles with an electricity-vampire kaiju named M.O.R.B.I.U.S., Peni suffers some more heartbreaking evolution of her supporting cast, and Spider-Ham yoinks her into the event before her home-universe story can nail down a satisfying conclusion. This is, simultaneously, a pretty dang good comic and a hollow imitation of the first SP//dr story. Like, I had fun reading it, but if it winds up making it harder to tempt Gerard Way and Jake Wyatt back to Peni Parker, I'd consider it a bum deal. Besides the problem of derivativeness, using two villains/conflicts makes this issue feel a little rushed and overstuffed. It's scoring high on the "forget the event and give me a dozen more issues of Peni Parker, please" scale, though, and that's not too shabby.

8.0
Edge of Spider-Geddon #3

Apr 6, 2019

Spider-Ben recounts a jumbled-up but fascinating story of his crime-fighting partnership with his nephew. This issue delivers a huge amount of story information, but it also feels like the aggressively complicated structure is a questionable choice. Each scene's plot developments are tied into dense little knots, and the untangling process is exhausting. And there are some ambiguous points that just refuse to make sense. An infuriating editor's note suggests this issue might be both prologue AND epilogue to this team's role in Spider-Geddon. The visuals have a sketchy finish but the layouts are beautifully crafted, which I like a lot.

6.0
Edge of Spider-Geddon #4

Apr 11, 2019

7.0
Edge of Spider-Verse (2022) #1

Jan 14, 2023

As with most anthology strips, a lot of these are hampered by having no real plot to speak of -- even the nearly-full-issue-sized Araña strip. But on the other hand, the storytelling work is good all around, particularly the art, and this does a nice chunk of foreshadowing for the upcoming event. I like the idea that Araña's going to be the lead. And I *frikking love* Spider-Rex. I know the concept is ridiculously stupid; that is the *point*.

6.5
Edge of Spider-Verse (2022) #2

Jan 24, 2023

Spider-Gwen felt right and comfortable, though her story was a little aimless. The new Spider-UK is… well, I ain't fallen in love yet. But it could still happen -- let me see her do some actual heroing (notice how her government pals saved the day here?) without constantly interrupting herself with powers-and-identity exposition. The 3rd strip was a very pleasant surprise, gorgeously-drawn and intriguing (to me, anyway). The sisterly wasp/spider conflict is a perfect starting place for a Big Dumb Event™ plot. But there's a hint of deeper philosophy hidden underneath, with the wasps proposing a deterministic shape for humanity while the spiders are standing up for free will.

6.0
Edge of Spider-Verse (2022) #3

Feb 24, 2023

I like the fact that Night-Spider is (so far) unredeemed; making Jean DeWolff her key supporting figure is cool, too. But otherwise, her debut strip doesn't have much of a story to tell, and the issue's other spiders get even less narrative mileage.

7.5
Edge of Spider-Verse (2022) #4

Feb 26, 2023

Spider-Ham: It's a not-quite-a-story vignette. Pete Spiderman is a treasure, though. Spinstress: Glorious. The homage is line-and-letter perfect. I've always liked Luciano Vecchio, but I never realized his true calling was full-on Disney art. Spider-Mobile: Cute, not original. Another not-quite-a-story. And it's already used up its full allotment of spotlight; any more will be annoying. Sun-Spider: Good advocacy, terrible storytelling. That's regrettable.

6.5
Edge of Spider-Verse (2022) #5

Mar 30, 2023

It's a not-bad-not-great anthology, almost certainly non-essential for the event to come. Spider-Kraven is satisfying but predictable. Web-Weaver is over-the-top camp and drawn in a style I don't much like, but I appreciate how well-developed his world and supporting cast are. Syllie Spider is a cute idea -- but a bit of a waste of David Lopez's artistic talents.

6.0
Edge of Venomverse (2017) #1

Jan 5, 2018

X-23 + Venom + homeless kiddies = lots of hard-knock street life. There's a few great twists in Matthew Rosenberg's script that make this an exciting story. It ends with a wonderful surprise cliffhanger, too. However, Roland Boschi's art is letting the reader down. It starts at a "just barely acceptable" level and slides into actual "I can't tell what's going on" illegibility by the end.

8.0
Edge of Venomverse (2017) #2

Jan 27, 2018

An illuminating and hilarious romp with Gwenompool (she's still working on the name) reveals some handy Venomverse information and an adorable crush on Matt Murdock. This might be the high-water mark of the title thanks to Chris Hastings' self-aware commentary. He makes a great point about "alternate universes = no consequences" that I will bet a zillion dollars main series author Cullen Bunn completely lives down to. Irene Strychalski is pushing her art into an interesting Will Robson area that works perfectly for a silly story like this. It's a fun read but also a feather-light one, and my suspicion that the main event won't be nearly as enjoyable is overpowering.

9.0
Edge of Venomverse (2017) #3

Feb 3, 2018

Simon Spurrier and Tigh Walker crank the crazy up past the redline to deliver an insane Road Warrior AU for the Host Rider - Robbie Reyes enslaved to the twin demons of the Spirit of Vengeance and Venom. It's a delicious, madcap ride and the only disappointment is knowing that the Host Rider's role in the upcoming event cannot possibly be as cool as this introduction. Not only does the Rider rampage through SHIELD to get to Mr. Hyde and eat his sins, he also has to best a gloriously absurd antagonist - Octosquatchpool!

5.0
Edge of Venomverse (2017) #4

Mar 11, 2018

OML slashes through some generic daddy issues before getting Venomized and sucked into the crossover event. Where previous issues took a high concept and put a fascinating spin on it, Ryan Key's script is a strictly by-the-numbers affair. Considering that OML has to fight a t-rex to get his universe's symbiote, this is a real waste of potential. André Lima Araújo's art perpetuates a love-hate affair. I love a lot of his technical linework and blocking, but I've never been impressed by his signature "look how dumpy these heroes are when I put spandex on realistic bodies" move.

6.0
Edge of Venomverse (2017) #5

Mar 11, 2018

Venomized Deadpool battles evil tapeworms for 20 pages. If that sentence sent a thrill down your spine, this comic will be quite satisfying. Shine on, you beautiful broken diamond! If your response was more "WTF" or "gross" or "☠☠☠☠ no," this comic isn't strong enough to change your opinion. What value it does have comes almost entirely from James Stokoe's brilliantly horrifying art; Clay McLeod Chapman's script is Marvel's millionth trip to the "forgettable psycho clown Deadpool" well. It's notable only in being exceptionally shameless in its "wacky hijinx are the whole point" attitude.

8.0
Elektra (2017) #1

Oct 31, 2017

Elektra battles action movie clichés and (eventually, presumably) Arcade on her trip to Vegas. This introduction leans a bit too hard on shopworn plot points, but there's impressive style on display in both the writing and the art. It's a comic of voids, so far. The creators paint a Las Vegas full of open spaces pulsing with menace and latent threats. I love the little freeze-frame calamities Juann Cabal hides in the backgrounds. This series could be bound for greatness if we get some quality characterization and inventive plotting to go along with its exquisite style.

6.0
Elektra (2017) #2

Oct 31, 2017

Elektra is caught in a dumb ol' Murderworld. She's rightly embarrassed to have this much trouble with Arcade. More stylish choreography from Juann Cabal helps save this from being a full-on disappointment, but the realization that we're in for three more issues of Elektra vs. Arcade is an anti-thrill. I wish the creators had dared to include a little character insight; I'm not coming into this title with any real love for Elektra and the odds of me developing any here are looking increasingly slim.

6.0
Elektra (2017) #3

Nov 4, 2017

Elektra cruises through a very standard Murderworld fight and a showdown with Screwball is pending. The most damning thing I can say about Matt Owens' script here is that its empty platitudes nearly turned me against Juann Cabal's splendid art. He deserves to sink his teeth into a deeper, meatier Elektra story. His potentially-memorable art is wasted on a shallow miniseries that's doomed to instant forgettability.

4.0
Elektra (2017) #4

Dec 3, 2017

Elektra beats Screwball and rescues her pal; all that's left is the inevitable pro forma spanking of Arcade. The one pure positive this title was giving me was Juann Cabal's clean, high-quality art, so I have difficulty describing just how disappointed I was to turn to page one and meet a Cro-Magnon Elektra charging at me like I was defending the world's last bathroom from her epic case of ninja diarrhea. Martín Morazzo's feeble Frank Quitely impersonation was certainly not the je ne sais quoi this title was missing. I appreciate the effort expended to weld it to Juann Cabal's work, but I cannot say that effort was successful. With that depressing start, I was on edge and negatively primed to catch the cringe in every one of the lame gamer jokes Matt Owens packed into the script. There was a bit of perfunctory characterization that saved this issue from being a complete wreck. The problem is not a lack of talent; there's still plenty of potential in evidence. I think a sharp editor - really anybody with the time and power to exercise the faintest bit of oversight - could have corrected a lot of the missteps taken here.

6.0
Elektra (2017) #5

Jan 5, 2018

Elektra beats Arcade. Was there ever any doubt? It's not a disappointing issue, but this series as a whole is tremendously irrelevant. It alters Elektra's character not one bit, and though Arcade bows out with a few hints about a bigger plot affecting the "Daredevil family," there's a certain je ne sais quoi screaming that nobody except Matt Owens cares about this foreshadowing. Jaunn Cabal's art closes out the run with nearly as much style as it had at the start, but it's been a big waste of talent and opportunity. Mr. Owens *could* have told a meaningful and interesting story and he had the artistic backing to make it truly epic. Instead we got two issues' worth of Arcade fighting stretched into five issues and a story that even the most die-hard Elektra fan would likely call skippable.

5.5
Elektra (2022) #100

Oct 29, 2022

The target audience here consists solely of completionists who are committed to getting every Elektra and/or Ann Nocenti comic ever published. A strip: Words, art, and concept are all pretty decent, but it's a Typhoid Mary story, not an Elektra story. It's cute the way the author nods 2 or 3 times at current continuity before launching into a psychological study of her personal, not-really-in-continuity Mary variant. B strip: A well-executed example of the achingly clichéd "Daredevil and Elektra fight and it's sensual" scene. Yawn. Sunday funnies backups: Perfectly cromulent gag strips that would be welcome in a good Elektra anthology. They haven't a prayer of elevating this one.

7.0
Elektra: Black, White & Blood #1

May 16, 2022

I never thought of Elektra as a big-time AU/variant character, but there are some interesting reimaginings here. Art leads the way in all three strips; these look fantastic. They all have decent premises for short strips, too. This made for a pretty satisfying little read. Leonardo Romero should leave the prose to full-time writers, though.

6.0
Elektra: Black, White & Blood #2

Jul 13, 2022

Most of the strips are gimmicky, and only Greg Smallwood's beautiful no-dialogue demon-hunting C strip really works. The gimmick's too flimsy in the B strip. The A strip is almost a complete story, but it's also a demonstration of the fact that Greg Land's art just gets worse when you take the color out of it.

6.0
Elektra: Black, White & Blood #3

Aug 19, 2022

The first 2 strips are style over substance all the way; the 3rd swings too far in the opposite direction. (i.e., a valiant effort to cram way too much plot into 10 pages.) I liked the concept of the 1st, though the visuals let it down. The 2nd is the most stylish, but also the weakest in substance: "Primal attraction to Matt Murdock interferes with Elektra's assassining, film at 11!" The whole collection's like that; each strip has a large-scale problem holding back whatever promise it possesses.

7.5
Elektra: Black, White & Blood #4

Dec 20, 2022

In the final (?) issue, Elektra goes through one nicely-rendered flashback adventure before things are closed out with a pair of gorgeous, artsy strips that are a real pleasure to look at. It rustles my jimmies that the final strip doesn't credit the poet who wrote the words. Sure, plugging a line into Google will tell you it was WWI poet Alan Seeger, but it would have been much classier for the creators to credit him.

8.0
Empyre: Avengers #0

Nov 9, 2020

After Iron Man dreams of the origins of the Kree/Skrull war, the team is called to the moon and introduced to the next evolution of the struggle. The enemies have united to attack the Cotati, and when the Celestial Messiah asks the Avengers for help, Tony takes the lead in agreeing. It's a decent chunk of groundwork, and it recaps one of Bronze-Age Marvel's trickiest stories with admirable clarity. Beautiful art also helps make this a surprisingly enjoyable read.

7.5
Empyre: Fantastic Four #0

Dec 17, 2020

A cosmic out-of-gas detour throws the FF through a casino/arena caper where they pick up a Kree boy and Skrull girl forced to fight each other. And Reed puts together the pieces of recent cosmic history, deducing that the Kree/Skrull war is over. It's got fine art and I really appreciate the ample role given to Franklin and Val, in contrast to the norm of the current volume of FF. The story's fun, but this issue's Empyre stage-setting is a lot less essential than that of the Avengers #0.

7.0
Empyre #1

Dec 17, 2020

The big ole action scenes look very good, but it's a classic misunderstanding brawl. The plot skewed a little too dumb for me. Franklin's objection to getting sidelined was all too right. And I hold it against both the characters and the writers that the Kree/Skrull side neglected to take the 10 seconds required to school the Avengers. This whole battle could have been avoided if they said, "Your tree-buddies want to wipe out all animal life, BTW."

8.0
Empyre #2

Dec 17, 2020

The Avengers and Fantastic Four survive their initial brush with the Cotati, but the baddies escape and the plants are attacking Earth. It's nice to get this epic story underway, though the continued flashbacks have a braking effect on the pace. Solid top-shelf art and interesting plot developments are the big draws here.

8.0
Empyre #3

Dec 17, 2020

A solid story, decent words, and excellent art. Somehow the spark needed to take it from "good" to "great" is missing, though.

8.0
Empyre #4

Dec 19, 2020

It's Double-Cross Day as both the Empire and the Cotati spring tricks on their friends and enemies. It's got blockbuster art and snappy dialogue, but this issue really lives or dies on whether you find the plot twists clever or corny. I'm in the latter camp, so I rate it pretty darn good.

7.5
Empyre #5

Jan 4, 2021

It's a death-march to NoHopesVille, with some casualties along the way with which I strongly disagree. I don't like the grimness and I don't feel the tension. I *am* feeling Ben Grimm's Big Moment, though. And the Kaplan/Altman wedding turned out to be both heartwarming and surprisingly plot relevant. Add on some more top-shelf art and you've got an issue I didn't quite enjoy yet still consider good.

7.5
Empyre #6

Feb 20, 2021

The crisis resolves with some simplistic action and the traditional undoing of all the event's "cheap heat" deaths. It promises a dramatic change of the cosmic status quo; we'll see. The dialogue feels like the high point here; the visuals are polished but somehow forgettable. I feel like there's a Catch-22 going on between this issue and FF #23; whichever you read first, the second will feel a bit repetitive. To me, this one is the better presentation, with the kids' impact on the event shown in greater depth.

7.5
Empyre: Road To Empyre: The Kree/Skrull War #1

Nov 5, 2020

Even though the info-dumps were nicely written and beautifully illustrated, they still felt like unwanted interruptions to what would otherwise be a fantastic bonus issue of "Meet the Skrulls."

8.0
Empyre: Aftermath: Avengers #1

Feb 22, 2021

Teddy and Billy get a big glamorous space-wedding. Marred by a few gloomy overtones: Teddy's Skrull grandma promises doom and Abigail Brand quits Alpha Flight because they were sidelined during the event. But there's happy times as well, and some thought-provoking changes to the cosmic status quo are proposed. The only big failing is that it's not really a story, just a collection of continuity updates, changes, and wanks that all happen to happen at the same wedding. But it's well-written and well-drawn, and the continuity stuff is (to me, anyway) inherently interesting.

8.0
Empyre: Fallout: Fantastic Four #1

Feb 22, 2021

Family comes first in this epilogue that ties off the Cotati threads before closing with a bombshell. Like the Avengers epilogue, this one is scattershot, but it has a stronger central plot: the fate of Kree/Skrull war orphans. Excellent art and heartwarming character work is balanced against some definite cheese in the dialogue. I smell an intentional and shameless Scooby-Doo reference from Quoi.

7.5
Empyre: Avengers #1

Dec 17, 2020

The Agents of Wakanda and some under-utilized classic Avengers split up to whomp on plant-baddies around the world. It's all just standard issue event combat, but intricate art and snappy conversation keep it interesting. Also, some of the big-picture plot details are very helpful in making sense of the wider event.

7.5
Empyre: Avengers #2

Jan 4, 2021

Developments on the other two storylines pale to insignificance compared to the Savage Land story, where Shanna and Ka-Zar face major upheavals and Wanda and Jericho do some awesome magic. No complaints on the visual front; big tentacle-y battles are what Carlos Magno was born to draw. Hypothesis: What if Empyre: Captain America started off as this title's B-story and then got spun off into its own mini? It would certainly explain the "last-minute filler" feel of the Mexican thread here.

5.5
Empyre: Avengers #3

Feb 17, 2021

With the past issues, I could enjoy the fun and overlook the faults. Three disappointing endings make it impossible to ignore the miniseries' pointlessness now, though.

7.0
Empyre: Captain America #1

Dec 17, 2020

Cap rounds up a squad of GI Joe-types to go save Mexico from the Cotati. It's a refreshingly militaristic Cap adventure, something I don't think we've done in a while. The storytelling is rather simple, but by no means disappointing if you're willing to embrace the premise.

7.0
Empyre: Captain America #2

Jan 4, 2021

Cap uncovers the Cotatis' body-snatching ability and rallies conventional forces to save Mexico City. On the one hand, I really like the often-overlooked "what are military and government forces doing during a comics crisis?" plot. On the other hand, the characterization is woeful. This is a particularly cardboard-y rendition of Cap.

6.5
Empyre: Captain America #3

Feb 17, 2021

The fight in Mexico City goes to the ragged edge before Cap saves the day with personal (and frankly a little deux-ex-machina-y) heroism. The creators lay down a little more storytelling skill than this yarn deserves, rescuing the story from disaster and keeping the overall reading experience in the middle of the road. This issue proves you get sharply diminishing returns on the "Cap's eyes fall into shadow and it's all dramatic" trick.

7.0
Empyre: X-Men #1

Dec 17, 2020

It's the battle of the high-concept memes as plants fight zombies on Genosha. There's plenty of fun and humor inherent in the concept, but I don't think the script provides enough in the way of unifying plot and structure. The art doesn't agree with me, either.

6.0
Empyre: X-Men #2

Dec 19, 2020

Proof that "salty old broad" dialogue is, like many writing tasks, harder than it looks. And what's with the conscious decision to draw everybody in their pre-DoX costumes?

8.5
Eternals (2021) #1

Apr 18, 2021

Ikaris brings Sprite into a resurrected world of Eternals. Their mission: control Deviants (transitioning into investigating an Eternal murder by the end). It looks gorgeous, and Kieron Gillen is essentially the perfect author for "godly types interacting with mortals" stories. There are an awful lot of comparisons to make to DoX, though -- and they're leaning into it with those datafile pages.

9.0
Eternals (2021) #2

May 23, 2021

Ikaris barely escapes from his first fight with Thanos. In what I think is quintessential Eternal behavior, they fall to scheming and conspiring and utterly fail to hammer out a plan for opposing the mad Titan. The art's just getting gorgeous-er and the prose is pretty delicious, too. Maybe this story isn't going to get anywhere, but gawd, I'm loving the journey so far.

9.0
Eternals (2021) #3

Jul 18, 2021

Bringing Thena into the conspiracy is an excuse to unpack her Deviant-loving character in a fascinating way. Ikaris provides top-notch comic relief in his brief scenes with the very human Robson family. And Druig kicks the plot-ball down the road at the end, reporting more murders in Polaria (which put him in charge of that city and make him a suspect). It's moving a bit slow, but when the visuals are this gorgeous and the prose is so razor sharp, taking one's time is no bad thing. This is a comic built to savor.

8.0
Eternals (2021) #4

Aug 28, 2021

I fear we've already reached the point of diminishing returns when it comes to plot complications.

8.0
Eternals (2021) #5

Nov 22, 2021

Though I'm confused, I also feel like I'm reading an epic myth, which I think is the sweet spot for Eternals.

9.0
Eternals (2021) #6

Dec 23, 2021

The Eternals fix their machine and save the world, but failings and revelations turn the victory to ash. Thanos escapes them. The big revelation is a perfectly-timed shocker, and the way the arc-plot ends is great. The art is nigh perfect; the prose could be a little sharper. But if this comic's storytelling isn't quite perfect, the end result is definitely great. This is a very powerful read.

8.5
Eternals (2021) #7

Mar 21, 2022

It's another gorgeous installment, but this one is slanted toward political plot development. It's ample compensation for dialogue that's a little drier than usual, and this issue comes out intriguing and strong. Shyeah, like people would ever vote against their own self-interest and elect a flagrantly evil leader. *looks back at last 10 years of history* Oh, right. Objection withdrawn.

9.0
Eternals (2021) #8

Apr 28, 2022

There's something magical about this issue's pace. The perfect servings of dialogue combine with the wide-open panels to make each scene feel slow in a good way. It's stately. Yet this issue accomplishes so much! Solid, incremental developments teach us lots more about the characters and the world, and the plot builds steadily toward a climactic confrontation. This is a "middle chapter" comic, and I rarely rate those as high as 9/10. I'm a sucker for big, dramatic changes. But this issue packs in so much content and does it so stylishly that I'm happy to call it great and admit that big changes aren't a prerequisite for greatness.

9.0
Eternals (2021) #9

Jun 3, 2022

If I had to sum this up in a single word, I'd pick "consequential." There's a lot of awesome action and plot development going on, but what really stands out is how much of the story is driven by character choices. The script probes deep into causes and effects. Plus, the final twist is a real goosebump-raiser. On the art front, the necessity of using a fill-in artist is regrettable. Guiu Vilanova doesn't measure up to Esad Ribić, but who does? Colors and designs remain consistent and the fill-in section doesn't shirk its visual storytelling duties. It's pretty close to a best-case scenario -- *if* the fill-in is truly necessary.

8.5
Eternals (2021) #10

Aug 3, 2022

The Eternals' infiltration story is a bit too slow and catty, but incredible, awesome, fearsome things are happening with Thanos. I wish the latter elevated the former, but I think it's the reverse. The sit-com-y Eternals hold the Thanos developments down and strand this issue just shy of greatness. But only just. The art's formidable as usual, although there are a few goofy faces (the artist's trademark Achilles heel) at the start.

7.5
Eternals (2021) #11

Oct 29, 2022

There are a lot of moving parts here, which explains the short, choppy scene structure. The prose is delicious as ever, but maybe a little too catty for a dramatic story approaching its climax. The art does decent storytelling, but I don't care for the style. I also believe someone else (like Esad Ribić) could have made this issue a *lot* more spectacular.

8.5
Eternals (2021) #12

Dec 20, 2022

Well, I guess I should have expected a shaggy dog anti-climax after the last issue bent toward farce. I'm not really disappointed in the way this played out, because I'm confident this is exactly what the creators intended. I'm cool with a disappointing ending if it's disappointing by design. So this is a good comic in my eyes, but not a great one. On the visual front, it's certainly gorgeous, but it also seems clear that the artist was in a rush. The level of polish and texture varies from panel to panel, hinting that even more beautiful results could have been achieved with more time.

8.5
Eternals (2021): Thanos Rises #1

Jan 21, 2022

This historical retrospective gives a streamlined account of Thanos's origin tailored to the current Eternals series. But it also includes a lot -- maybe a little too much -- of extra mythic background. The art's a nice fusion of retro styles with plenty of Kirby, but also lots of European influence. I think it even complements Esad Ribić's art nicely. This is an informative, rewarding issue, but it narrowly misses the brass ring of greatness and must-read-itude.

8.5
Eternals (2021): Celestia #1

Feb 16, 2022

This issue stitches a silk purse out of the sow's ear of Jason Aaron's Celestial canon, making it seem like a rational part of the current Eternals run. It also does some pretty nice character work on Ajak and Makkari, and the writing is entertainingly witty throughout. The art doesn't agree with my subjective taste, but I can admit it's very well done. This is another deeply satisfying supplementary issue to the new Eternals saga.

3.5
Eternals (2021): Forever #1

Mar 3, 2022

The Deviants run a feeble Manchurian Candidate plot to get Ikaris to reveal the location of Eternals' city. The Eternals repel them, of course. The art is basically OK; the script is a tragedy. The "plot" is transparently a mechanism for expositing -- at tedious length -- on an Eternals status quo that doesn't actually exist in any other continuity. I feel bad beating too hard on the predictable mediocrity of these Ralph Macchio one-shots. What if these assignments are his Marvel pension plan? But OTOH, the possibility that a newcomer reads this and gets the mistaken impression that this is about average for modern comics makes me sad.

8.0
Eternals (2021): The Heretic #1

Aug 4, 2022

It's a history lesson, which makes it dry and talky. But it's important history, and it produces a gut-punch of vital plot development at the end. Being beautifully illustrated certainly helps keep it interesting. This feels like a mechanical but necessary piece of Kieron Gillen's Eternals story, a little bit of clockwork that keeps the whole thing running. Uranos has to do a Thing and the reader needs to understand who he is, why the Thing matters. And this issue gets that done.

6.0
Excalibur (2019) #1

Jun 1, 2020

I see promise in the foreshadowing of plot developments to come and some of the character work. The art is nice. But the prose fills me with dread. It waxes clunky the closer it gets to magical subject matter, and given the expected direction of the story, that could be a big problem. I think the difficulty with Tini Howard's writing is that her structural plotting demands attentive reading but her nuts-and-bolts prose does not hold up to the scrutiny. Comedy reaction: I'm going to call Apocalypse "Brackets" as long as he's trying to make that name happen.

7.5
Excalibur (2019) #2

Jun 7, 2020

Kate Pryde delivers the new Excalibur squad to the old Excalibur stomping grounds in England, where they're immediately swamped with magic shenanigans. I like the crisp, detailed art, the brisk plot progression, and the increased distance between Brackets and the more heroic protagonists. But I don't appreciate the one-note characterizations for Gambit and Jubilee; this cast is too small to marginalize two characters. And the script implies a lot of interesting things, but always in a confused, ambiguous, frustrating way. (Brackets is my name for Mr. "Dont-Call-Me-Apocalypse.")

7.0
Excalibur (2019) #3

Jun 22, 2020

The Excalibur team's first Otherworld fight is enlightening but inconclusive. Brackets pulls Rictor into the title -- his reasons are weird, but Rictor himself is full of promise. In fact, the character work throughout the issue is rather excellent. The plot is shaking itself out into a straightforward tale, which is both good and bad. It makes the reading experience clearer, but at the same time, the overall shape of the story becomes less impressive as it becomes less ambiguous. This issue and the last one give me a strong suspicion that Tini Howard's only interest in combat scenes is that they make her characters' dialogue a little more shouty. Marcus To's action art is good, but not good enough to make a fight meaningful without any support from the script. Also, I agree with the folks pointing out Rictor isn't a great fit, power-wise, for the "master of stone" role. You know whose powers DO fit that bill and who isn't being used in any other DoX series? Magma!

7.5
Excalibur (2019) #4

Jul 13, 2020

I don't think the magical superheroing and the UK/Otherworld politics are in proper balance. But both sides get compelling development here, and I find both interesting. Solid art and decent character work make this a pretty enjoyable read.

8.0
Excalibur (2019) #5

Jul 23, 2020

Rogue waking up is exactly what I needed. For me, her dream sequence was the visual, narrative, and characterization high point of the series so far. Here's hoping she can serve as the unifying tentpole this title needs so badly. But on the saltier side: My optimism may be misplaced. The author has already flubbed two tentpole attempts with Apocalypse and Betsy -- and the latter in particular felt like missing an easy pitch.

7.5
Excalibur (2019) #6

Aug 9, 2020

The prose is still weaker than I'd like, but the way the arc-plot ties up is cool and the visuals remain strong.

6.5
Excalibur (2019) #7

Sep 24, 2020

Brackets sends Excalibur off to fetch some Warwolf heads. They whine about their boss's trustworthiness and take it in stride when Cullen Bloodstone -- the new owner of the wolves -- inevitably turns on them. It's a solid premise, but the words and art feel disjointed. "Can we trust Apocalypse" and "Mopey Gambit is mopey" are getting tiresome.

6.0
Excalibur (2019) #8

Oct 17, 2020

It's a small slice above average, I think. But not nearly far enough above to make me forget or forgive those pretentious Krakoan horoscopes. The way the climactic confrontation from the last issue fizzles and the plot circles to set up the hunt again suggests to me that Tini Howard came up 10 pages short on her first draft of this arc.

5.5
Excalibur (2019) #9

Nov 2, 2020

Excalibur takes the first few steps toward Starlight Citadel. We spend nearly as much time with its current Majestrix, Lady Saturnyne, who is just boiling to get into a war with the mutants. Good art and some good plot developments, but they're awash in a sea of dead-end foreshadowing, pretentious mood-building, and missed opportunities for characterization. It looks nice, at least.

5.5
Excalibur (2019) #10

Nov 9, 2020

It's not hard to make a reality warper feel like a serious threat, but this comic fails pretty abjectly at it.

7.0
Excalibur (2019) #11

Feb 17, 2021

The Excalibur party reaches the Citadel, though Jubilee and Shogo must stay behind. I was pleasantly surprised how compelling and rational the world-building and large-scale plotting were in this issue, and those are combined with still-outstanding art. Appealing character development, too.

7.5
Excalibur (2019) #12

Feb 25, 2021

Brackets (f.k.a. Apocalypse) completes his magic scheme to open a big gate and prepare for X of Swords. I'm impressed with the way the title's other plot threads tie in; Excalibur's Otherworld adventures play a key role in the magic. The prose is rough to me, but the art is smooth and the plotting/world-building holds my interest well.

7.0
Excalibur (2019) #13

Mar 6, 2021

All three Braddocks come to Saturnyne's Citadel and spat with her and each other. Some of it is genuine; some of it is a put-on to trick her out of the Starlight Sword. It's a complex story told with annoying prose that is neither as clear nor as poetic as the author thinks it is. Nice art, though! And although there are annoying loose ends, the progress of the plot is interesting. Tini Howard Comics: Where the Characters' Plans Are None of Your Damn Business™.

8.0
Excalibur (2019) #14

Mar 12, 2021

Event: OK, so Saturnyne's just going to ☠☠☠☠ with the rules whenever and however she wants. That turns X of Swords from a trial by combat into a dog-and-pony show. All that really matters is that Genesis/Annihilation feels fairly beaten at the end; otherwise, the Arakki are gonna roll over Otherworld and Krakoa regardless of the outcome. I am … surprisingly OK with this? This Issue: A pretty good dog-and-pony show. I do love an absurd turn, and I also like the art. Doug's dialogue coulda used some more oomph, though.

8.0
Excalibur (2019) #15

Mar 15, 2021

As I expected, the contest ultimately boils down to how Genesis feels at the end. And how she feels, in a word, is PISSED. So it's war time. This is Two Towers-esque, and we've reached the darkest, most desperate moment before Gandalf arrives to save the day. (The part of Gandalf will be played here by Captain Britain.) I found the plot good, the art excellent, and the script … workable. Doug whiffs another chance to say great things. I do wonder why Saturnyne was surprised/disappointed in the result of her actions here. Obviously, she expected to get a BETTER Captain Britain. We really needed a line or two explaining WHY she expected that.

8.0
Excalibur (2019) #16

Apr 3, 2021

The team draws itself together and goes hunting for 616 Betsy, with only Rictor feeling any real regret for also losing Apocalypse. Very pretty art, a solid pace, and intriguing plot developments are the positives for me. It's a pretty wordy comic, though, and some of the character voices sound "off."

6.5
Excalibur (2019) #17

May 9, 2021

Betsy makes her way home from the AU where she reigns as Queen of England, just in time to interrupt a medium-serious fight with Coven Akkaba. There are good moments sprinkled all through the issue, but somehow it doesn't come together into a cohesive story. Some scenes are too long, others are too short. The art does well with characters but not so well with action. And I'm thoroughly underwhelmed by Betsy's apology to Kwannon. It's abrupt, it's not memorably worded, and it's not directed at the right person.

7.0
Excalibur (2019) #18

May 23, 2021

Excalibur slowly works out that the returned Betsy isn't the right Betsy. They have a little outside psychic support at the beginning and end, and Rictor inches his "magic of Apocalypse" sub-plot forward. It's a fair serving of plot development, and the art is good. I don't think the script comes across as mythic as the author hopes, but it's still a smooth, satisfying story.

7.5
Excalibur (2019) #19

Jul 25, 2021

Betsy Braddock's spirit and body are brought back together, but to actually resurrect her, Psylocke has to go on a quest and fetch her out of Otherworld. This conclusion offers solid proof that though she might not always convey them as clearly as I would like, Tini Howard *does* have her plot-ducks in a row. This story wraps up very satisfyingly, and the art's enjoyable, too. The big reveal here, though, strikes me as too similar to recent developments in X-Factor. Jordan D. White's done a generally excellent job editing the X books, but he missed an opportunity to sit Ms. Howard and Ms. Williams down and say, "can we juggle this so that your books don't do 'malicious possession by a mystery villain' arcs *quite* so back-to-back?"

8.5
Excalibur (2019) #20

Aug 7, 2021

Betsy takes an issue to capture and try to redeem Malice, with some hefty support from Kwannon. This premise is ideally suited to the author's tastes and talents. Ambiguity becomes an asset in sketching out this mature character study and sewing together the themes of alienation and possession shared by the main characters. I also admire the smart way the plot develops -- the redemption offered to Malice is not as conditional as it first seems, and her resistance to it does not disappear in a facile way. The writer maneuvers to a happy ending without forcing any of her characters to make stupid choices. Back this beautiful script with some outstanding art and you easily have my favorite issue of the title so far.

8.0
Excalibur (2019) #21

Oct 26, 2021

The Gala dumps a major political development in Betsy's lap; Coven Akkaba is about to become a real problem. Embroidered around the edges is some sweet character work, particularly for Rictor. I'll admit that enjoyment of this comic is contingent on sharing, to some degree, the author's priorities for plot and character development. I don't think it's right to call this a bad comic -- or even merely average -- if you don't share those priorities. Unless of course you've got an ax to grind ...

6.0
Excalibur (2019) #22

Nov 30, 2021

Betsy leads Excalibur against Merlyn and Pete Wisdom gears up to take on Coven Akkaba. I found this to be a very scattershot issue, digressing to world-build while leaving the coming conflicts with a shortage of tension. And I begin to see why others have had problems with this volume's character work. I'm not a big Gambit fan, but I'm pretty sure he can be written better than *this*. I also took an instant dislike to the shucks-howdy Sheriff of Blightspoke, whose scene doesn't seem to have any bearing on … anything. At least the art remains a treat.

6.5
Excalibur (2019) #23

Jan 11, 2022

Excalibur faffs around trying to be cute as they follow Doctor Doom to the Crooked Market, sweeping up the breadcrumbs of plot development he leaves in his wake. I actually like this rendition of Doom, albeit more for his actions than his dialogue. The art's nice, but the script is bumpy. The closer I look at this issue, the more passive and aimless the protagonists appear, and I think that's a problem.

7.0
Excalibur (2019) #24

Feb 16, 2022

I'm so fickle. My usual reaction to this title is "Wah, too mystical! The plot is too ambiguous!" Now I get an issue that's wall-to-wall political plot development with minimal ambiguity and I'm like "meh, s'okay."

7.0
Excalibur (2019) #25

Mar 21, 2022

This issue has a dense, wordy script, but I appreciate how skillfully the choppy scenes are woven together. The STRIKE scene feels a little filler-y. The art is pretty strong for characters, but I get the sense that the action could be more spectacular. Overall, it's an ambitious issue. Not wholly successful, but well above average.

7.5
Excalibur (2019) #26

Apr 28, 2022

This series' writing never agreed with me, and true to form, I find this last script severely over-written and loaded with a lot of annoying digressions and dead ends. But … It delivers *a lot* of dramatic plot development and it sets the stakes extremely high. Combine that with clean, bold art that I really like, and this issue accomplishes its key goal of getting me interested in what happens next. I'll definitely give the follow-up series a shot. I don't think I'm as engaged with the characters as the author would like, but I'll take responsibility for that being subjective. There's plenty of meaty character work here, and just because it doesn't work for me doesn't mean it doesn't work.

7.0
Exiles (2018) #1

Nov 10, 2018

A multiverse-eater, a rogue Tallus, and Unseen Nick Fury start building a new Exiles team around Blink. You can see the talent and passion lavished on the book, and that makes you think "good comic." But there's an elusive shadow of doubt that says otherwise. My theory? The creators are engaged with the story rather than the characters right now, and the familiarity of the story - here comes Mindless Bitey Destroy-The-Multiverse Monster No. 46 - is fundamentally unsatisfying in a way that not even the cleverest layouts in the world can make up for. Those layouts ARE pretty and clever, though!

5.0
Exiles (2018) #2

Nov 10, 2018

The last two heroes slot into place and a new arc plot gets slapped on top of the existing one about the Time-Eater: There's also a cabal of Watchers gunning for the Unseen. While I think this new twist is mighty promising, it also serves to weaken the first two issues even more: The introduction of the Time-Eater now looks premature, and the "origin universe tour" seems like a horribly uneven first draft. Sure, Wolvie rescuing delicious pies from Li'l Magneto is a gem. But it follows the weakest Surtur fight ever committed to paper, and the stops in #1 weren't so hot, either. So far this series seems inexcusably half-baked. Tremendous potential doesn't make up for uneven plotting, off-putting characterization, and problematic visual storytelling.

7.0
Exiles (2018) #3

Nov 25, 2018

The broken Tallus ports the Exiles to three new AUs. Peggy "Captain America" Carter and her sidekick Becky Barnes are gold nuggets. They're embedded in a LOT of spoil that really should have been bashed away in a lengthier, more critical writing/editing process. A terrible Morph cameo, the continued obsession with the Unseen, hippie Namor, building Khan's "character" out of wall-to-wall cliches - this title's ratio of good ideas to bad ones is MESSED UP. Racing through LOTS of ideas fast doesn't help. The good ideas are exceptionally good, though, and they're delivered to the reader in a chariot of excellent art. The layouts strike a perfect balance between innovation and readability. My objection to hippie Namor is due to his exceptional pointlessness in the story; as an isolated element, he's hilarious. But that's this volume of Exiles all over: Excellent ideas being wasted and loser ideas receiving too much attention.

8.0
Exiles (2018) #4

Jan 1, 2019

The creators finally stop over-thinking the Exiles and throw one down according to the simplest possible formula: "Exiles must complete self-contained AU adventure A to earn plot coupon B and get back to Bigger Picture Plot C." It works splendidly thanks to some broad strokes characterization and superb storytelling. Neither the AU setup nor the revelation of the World-Eater's identity are particularly novel, but they do a fine job of moving the story along. The nods to King Kirby throughout all the visuals work very well.

7.0
Exiles (2018) #5

Jan 21, 2019

The Exiles triumph over the Time-Eater by locking it into a paradox, but not before one of their own has to make a mortal sacrifice. There's some awesome art and the paradox idea itself is clever. It couldn't be explained any worse, though; Iron Lad spits it up like the worst sort of last-act Star Trek gambit. A second instance of Blink running into an old teammate makes it clear that the creators are foreshadowing an OG Exiles reunion. Another good-in-theory idea with flawed execution; Sabretooth's cameo, like Morph's in #3, derails the main story without offering up any substantive sub-plot.

8.0
Exiles (2018) #6

Feb 25, 2019

The Exiles do some welcome bonding during their vacation, then get slammed faster than expected into their next adventure. The Ole West world they visit is pretty straightforward, but some sterling guest art (combined with a fast pace) does a great job of making it interesting. Somehow this title just works better when the creators keep their ambitions modest.

8.0
Exiles (2018) #7

Mar 13, 2019

Blink and friends win a costly victory over their foes. There's some definite roughness to the art. This issue's arch-antagonist gets drawn with a riff on 80s-era Sienkiewicz, though, and I'm a total sucker for that when it's done well. It's done VERY well here. The script has some powerful beats, but the overall pace is rushed. Given the introduction of another artist for the last three pages, I'm thinking this story got compressed when Rod Reis's schedule kept him from drawing a third issue.

5.0
Exiles (2018) #8

Mar 27, 2019

The "Trial of the Exiles" turns out to be a transparent excuse to recap origins, expand the roster, and restart the adventure. The roster additions are welcome, the recaps are redundant, and the ease with which the Exiles escape is anticlimactic. This issue seems to have fallen into a bad crack: too much of a re-introduction for regular readers, but not compelling enough for new readers. Another turn on the artist carousel doesn't do this issue any favors, either. It's funny/tragic that no two artists can agree on how to draw Wolvie.

7.5
Exiles (2018) #9

Apr 25, 2019

5.0
Exiles (2018) #10

May 30, 2019

6.0
Exiles (2018) #11

Jul 1, 2019

7.0
Exiles (2018) #12

Aug 20, 2019

This series never really hooked into a bigger Big Idea than "let's have some Exiles running around saving the Multiverse again," and I think that shortcoming explains why it ended so soon.

8.0
Extermination (2018) #1

Feb 28, 2019

The O5 X-Men are thrown into their endgame by a pair of high-profile killings. The deaths might look like "cheap heat," but the plot threads backing them are given solid details and lots of tempting questions. The good guys face antagonism on two fronts, one villainous and one semi-friendly. Ample support from the Gold and Red teams is appreciated, as are the confident, cinematic visuals.

8.5
Extermination (2018) #2

Mar 13, 2019

The X-Men get their first peek at Young Cable, plans are made to little effect, and Teenclops shoulders the burden of most of the issue's characterization. The script is - without being at all disappointing - a little too simple to achieve greatness. The art pushes the book close to that mark, though. An all-star cast, tormented faces, dramatic action; all are handled with consummate skill. It's gorgeous to look at even if the words fall short of deathless prose.

8.0
Extermination (2018) #3

Apr 11, 2019

7.0
Extermination (2018) #4

May 21, 2019

7.0
Extermination (2018) #5

Jul 1, 2019

This issue's memory trick is a pretty flagrant example of how comic book psychic powers are usually treated as omnipotent magic. So long as you can claim with even a half-straight face that the effect is somehow related to the mind, you're good to go.

6.0
Extermination (2018): X-Men #1  
6.0
Extraordinary X-Men #18

Oct 31, 2017

Forge gets a gentle letdown from Storm and a pep talk from Old Man Logan. This series has burned a lot of panels discussing how under-appreciated Forge is; the message ends up decidedly mixed. Logan's contribution owes a lot (i.e. way too much) to Fury Road in its writing and especially its Andrea Sorrentino art. In terms of the bigger IvX plot, this issue does let us know that Forge's responsibility is to blow up the last Terrigen cloud. Good luck with that!

8.0
Extraordinary X-Men #19

Oct 31, 2017

This title ended at #16 and we're deep into "DVD extra" territory with these last four one-shots. In this one, Sapna picks the Absolute Worst Moment to bug Illyana about her afterlife in the Soulsword. Jeff Lemire employs some questionable plotting and forgettable dialogue to revisit the fate of the protege Magik had to kill three issues back. The "blah" writing is elevated by some gorgeous art provided by Eric Koda. I'm amazed at his command of anatomy, expressions, and lighting. It's well worth a look-see, particularly for us Marvel Unlimited subscribers who don't have to get resentful about dropping cash on an issue that is beautiful but undeniably superfluous.

6.0
Extraordinary X-Men #20

Oct 31, 2017

Though I didn't even notice it, Cerebra went MIA during IvX. This issue rescues her and closes this phase of the X-Men's story with a good ol' baseball game. It's a very modest finale, but modesty is the appropriate choice when your whole series (with the exception of #17) has been a consistently mediocre exercise in status quo maintenance.

7.5
Extreme Carnage (2021): Alpha #1

Nov 23, 2021

As a senator gears up to use anti-alien hysteria for political gain, Iron Man grabs Flash Thompson and puts him on the hunt for Carnage. It's a good start to a good thriller. While it doesn't go over-the-top memorable, it's extremely well-crafted, particularly on the script side. I appreciate the social commentary and think the creators could have pushed it much further. What makes it onto the page will probably be more than enough to piss off the right people, though.

7.0
Extreme Carnage (2021): Scream #1

Nov 30, 2021

Scream falls under the sway of Carnage's siren song, forcing its host Andi Benton to take extreme measures. This is a pretty nice one-shot, with the character's existing themes of family tying nicely onto Carnage's current MO. The prose is solid; the art is nicely done, though it's not to my taste. I appreciate the character work (and the serious consequences) enough to push this up (just barely) into "good comic" territory.

6.5
Extreme Carnage (2021): Phage #1

Dec 13, 2021

Flash Thompson races to help Andi Benton at Alchemax, but Phage gets to her first, with more dramatic consequences. I was pleasantly surprised by how tightly this connected to the last event issue, and I'm getting invested in the big-picture story. The storytelling here didn't thrill me, though. Steve Orlando and Gerardo Sandoval aren't going to appear on my "favorite creators" roster anytime soon, and if this outing didn't push my opinions of them down further, it also didn't raise them any.

6.5
Extreme Carnage (2021): Lasher #1

Dec 30, 2021

Carnage scores another symbiote, and so does Andi, resurrecting herself in a new form. This issue has a lot of nifty ideas, particularly the chilling premise of the Lasher symbiote riding a dementia patient. The verbal and visual storytelling doesn't fully capitalize on the ideas, though, leaving my rating in the average zone.

5.5
Extreme Carnage (2021): Riot #1

Jan 4, 2022

Carnage recruits Riot and Andi/Silence has some trouble connecting to the symbiote hive mind. This is a mediocre comic. Mediocre isn't terrible -- my rating's still in the "average" zone. But this number got dogpiled by a heap of real problems. Andi's plot moves terribly slow, the symbiote du jour is (at least in this issue) punishingly dull, and the constant change of artistic styles is starting to hurt story continuity. The symbiote visuals here are pretty cool, but the non-symbiote stuff, yikes.

4.0
Extreme Carnage (2021): Toxin #1

Jan 11, 2022

In this issue, Extreme Carnage sinks to the worst case scenario for a symbiote story: It's just palette-swapped Venoms sneering and slashing at each other while debating morality on a Saturday morning cartoon level.

5.5
Extreme Carnage (2021): Agony #1

Jan 21, 2022

Agony and her new host Gemma are remarkably charming for a couple of pages here. I could totally stand to read more about them, especially if they get more of Fran Galán's cool art. Extreme Carnage, though? Still angling down into a trainwreck. The heroes get to the big ceremony after making some very stupid assumptions and the stage is set for a big dumb symbiote brawl after one last murder-y twist.

5.5
Extreme Carnage (2021): Omega #1

Feb 3, 2022

As the solicit says, Carnage wins. There's some solid, gory symbiote action and it's quite well-drawn. I have no problem with a downer ending or with a story where the heroes do everything wrong -- and both of those apply here. But this issue races from fighting to failing to explaining the grim new status quo, and there's nothing along the way that feels like a satisfying conclusion. Perhaps if Carnage's parting words were deeper and darker than saying (essentially), "I win, you lose, nyah-nyah-nyah."

7.5
Falcon & Winter Soldier (2020) #1

Oct 17, 2020

Hydra takes a swipe at Bucky's government agency and the Falcon is pulled in by a missing veteran from his support group. It's a fast, smooth story with some sketchy but very dynamic art. It takes an inevitable hit from me, though, because the new antagonist (the "Natural") feels way too much like the kid from Bucky's last miniseries.

8.5
Falcon & Winter Soldier (2020) #2

Nov 5, 2020

Bucky and Sam clobber their way through a trainload of Hydra recruits to confront Baron Zemo's protege. The combat is handled well, but it's piled a little deep. The plot is nice and twisty, and the glue that holds it all together is the exquisite, sardonic, very very funny byplay between the two leads. It falls shy of greatness because the fighting starts to feel like a clock-watching exercise, but overall this was a blast to read.

8.5
Falcon & Winter Soldier (2020) #3

Mar 1, 2021

And THAT'S how you do a last-page twist. This is a flippant, comedic take on some very dark stuff; it's the SNL parody version of Secret Empire. I think it works for me because Derek Landy's sense of humor aligns closely with mine. (For example, anybody who pluralizes Captain America as "Captains America" is speaking my language.) It's mighty subjective, but screw it; for me, this is a really good comic.

7.5
Falcon & Winter Soldier (2020) #4

Mar 6, 2021

Even though I really like this series, I'll admit that "Villains portrayed as goofy, endearing people" is the pony's one trick and it grows a little stale here. Also, Veronica should have had a different color scheme. All that hot pink makes it a bit too obvious that she's Hydra Harley Quinn.

7.5
Falcon & Winter Soldier (2020) #5

Mar 15, 2021

Everything ends in an absurd fight that successfully walks the tightrope between silly and satisfying. The good guys win (mostly), Bucky Learns A Thing™, and Hydra is spared the embarrassment of taking orders from Day-Glo Terrorist Barbie. This was a fun ride, and even if it's never going to come up as a pivotal moment in the protagonists' stories, it'll probably be worth a casual re-read in years to come.

9.0
Falcon (2017) #1

Apr 20, 2018

Falcon and his apprentice, the new Patriot, take a stab at defusing Chicago's gang problems. The plot verges on the simplistic, but as it serves primarily as a vehicle for delivering characterization and insight, the simplicity does very little to impede my enjoyment. The characterization is superb. Sam's tumultuous thoughts after Secret Empire are given the space and complexity they deserve, and Rayshaun "Patriot" Lucas *finally* clicks into place as an awesome character after some false starts in his previous appearances. Rodney Barnes turns in a super-dense script with tons to ponder, and Joshua Cassara's art is likewise jam-packed with appreciable details. It has a scratchy vitality that makes action scenes and introspective moments look equally great. Though it's not quite flawless, this #1 is so ambitious and overstuffed that it's just about the most appealing offering on Marvel's menu at the moment.

7.0
Falcon (2017) #2

May 21, 2018

Chicago explodes in full-blown riots, but the farcical incompetence of the baddies makes it look like Falcon's taking this too seriously. Inconsistent tone and a surplus of jokes - most of which get very stale very quickly when you re-read the issue - hold Falcon #2 back. Joshua Cassara's art is still very tasty, though. His initial riot scenes are impressive in their grit and detail.

8.0
Falcon (2017) #3

Jun 23, 2018

Falcon, Patriot, and Dr. Voodoo are united and take a clear run at Blackheart. It all goes great until the shocking final moment when it really, really doesn't. This is a fight-heavy issue and Joshua Cassara puts in hard work to make the art tell most of the story. Rodney Barnes's script is excellent, dialing back the pop culture humor and stiffening the story with excellent thematic links from start to finish. It's a fun, fast read and it definitely makes #4 look unmissable.

8.0
Falcon (2017) #4

Aug 12, 2018

Sam has to fight through an identity crisis to escape Hell. While it feels terribly goofy at first glance, the longer I look at it, the more impressed I am. Rodney Barnes's script does a great job of raising the stakes on Sam's "who am I" worries, using the threat of damnation to make them much more than self-indulgent angst-for-the-sake-of-angst. It also helps that Mr. Barnes ambitiously tackles older identity issues (like "Snap" Wilson, yowza) in addition to Sam's recent conflicts with Steve Rogers. Joshua Cassara's gritty art still works great at portraying a violence-torn Chicago and now it does equally good work conjuring up a memorable Hell. This issue really locks the arc down as a perceptive and transformative portrait of Sam Wilson.

8.0
Falcon (2017) #5

Sep 6, 2018

Falcon brings his Chicago/Hell story to a fitting end. Some interesting scene structure choices liven up a script that's a bit short of issue-sized; things still end up a trifle too wordy. I do like spreading the focus and the heroics around ensemble-style; Sam did plenty of soul-searching in the previous issues and sharing the big win feels reasonable. The art sticks at a high level and helps pave over the weak spots, leaving me with a satisfying read.

7.0
Falcon (2017) #6

Oct 8, 2018

While Deacon Frost revs up his antagonist engines, Sam and Shaun play romantic games (not with each other). Their line-to-line progress is pretty sweet, but by the end of the issue, a surprisingly small amount of ground has been covered. The visuals are deceptively quiet. All they do is match up with the prior artist and carry the story forward with a horror-comic twist - and that's actually a much bigger achievement than you might think. This issue is more than moderately satisfying, but there's also a distinct air of unfulfilled potential.

7.0
Falcon (2017) #7

Nov 10, 2018

A simple vampire-fighting story is ennobled by two solid character scenes. Sam promising Shaun's mother to keep him safe gives the front half much-needed emotional depth. Misty shutting down Blade's romantic interest is clever and fun. The word-light action scenes are competent but don't stick much in your memory, and Deacon Frost's plan falls into the depths of badguy cliches. The content on the page is satisfying and entertaining, but building it up into something more than an average-plus comic relies too much on the enthusiasm of a charitable reader.

6.0
Falcon (2017) #8

Dec 3, 2018

Sam saves the day with plenty of help from his friends. His romance with Misty is rekindled, Shaun comes through OK, and Blade is the big loser. He doesn't get the girl, he doesn't help out much, and his arch-nemesis gets killed in front of him by a bird. Poor Blade! This issue had nice visuals and some excellent moments, but the plot didn't make nearly enough sense. And some of the moments were a lot cheesier than they should have been. "The only place I wanna see feathers is on a plate." Really, Blade? You eat your chicken unplucked, do ya?

6.0
Fallen Angels (2019) #1

Jun 3, 2020

This issue's art isn't going to get Szymon Kudranski off my @#$%-list, but it's not a trainwreck. Definitely the bottom of the barrel, but it still has a healthy whiff of that "everything is new again DoX" smell.

5.0
Fallen Angels (2019) #2

Jun 12, 2020

Psylocke relives her morally-shady past and accepts that she needs to learn heroism from her partners as much as instruct them in badassery. First up: Following Cable's lead on a nasty Overclock cartel. I respect the shape of the morality play the creators are laying out. But the pace is slow and the storytelling (words and art both) is painfully pretentious.

3.0
Fallen Angels (2019) #3

Jul 2, 2020

In my dream world, any Marvel editor who wanted to hire Szymon Kudranski would have to sign an affidavit to that effect on a copy of the "Cabbage Patch Kid Psylocke" page.

3.5
Fallen Angels (2019) #4

Jul 13, 2020

Now this series stands revealed as what it is: Poor portrayals (in words and art) of three mutants that deserve far better, shoehorned around the edges of a clichéd "rampant AI" cyberpunk story. It's all been done before, even the Oedipal connection. Apoth's plan to cyber-evolve humanity is familiar from -- among many other stories -- past Hickman comics, including Powers of X. The difference is, Mr. Hickman can tell these stories with compelling wonder and without (much) character assassination.

4.0
Fallen Angels (2019) #5

Jul 23, 2020

Laura expands the team while Psylocke does some soul-searching and evolves a little bit. The character work on Psylocke has value; that value is not nearly high enough to excuse the horrors of the art and the way the other characters are wasted or outright character-assassinated. (Yes, I'm still salty about the author wiping out Laura Kinney's development from ANW. I always will be.)

3.5
Fallen Angels (2019) #6

Sep 24, 2020

Her team faffs around fighting goons while Psylocke defeats Apoth in a weakly-conceived, poorly-rendered showdown. She wins, of course, and learns a thing, of course, and surrenders leadership duties to X-23. This series may have had some decent ideas to play with, but it's the rare case where verbal and visual storytelling were so thoroughly incompetent that it's hard to even see what the creators were aiming for. The one trait that shines through clearly -- pretension -- is not a good one.

7.0
Fantastic Four (2018) #1

Feb 25, 2019

The Fantastic Four fail to reunite. This felt like a good zero issue or a pair of good B-stories, but the headline action the Fantastic Four need is MIA. So far 2-in-1 remains a better FF comic than FF without even trying. I found the first strip's art surprisingly shoddy for this title and this artist. The second strip was visually stronger but featured one of the most questionable character designs ever for Dr. Doom. The Impossible Man gag strip actually sealed the deal and ensured I rated this short of "good." It's full of that reprehensible smugness that aging Marvel writers develop once they're sure that they outrank the fans: "I know [plot development X] infuriates you, but I'm not gonna do anything about, ha ha, ain't I a stinker?" Though this issue was stuffed full of reasons to dislike it, it also did a pretty great job of characterization, particularly with the Thing. Ben Grimm is the easiest character in the whole Marvel universe to make lovable, but it's still done notably well here.

8.0
Fantastic Four (2018) #2

Mar 27, 2019

We rewind to discover what led to Reed & Sue sending that awesome signal. This issue is split between exploring strange new worlds and running desperately from a mighty new foe. That big "4" in space wasn't so much a "put the kettle on, we're coming home" signal as it was an SOS. We STILL haven't reached the actual talk-and-hug reunion, but this issue delivers an admirable load of Star-Trek-ish multiverse adventure. It's fun to read and gorgeously illustrated. It might not be the sort of deathless epic that justifies a 3-year wait, but it's a good story.

8.0
Fantastic Four (2018) #3

May 30, 2019

With his very extended family united, Reed Richards has no trouble bamboozling the Griever. It's not a face-punching knockout; he straight-up out-clevers the embodiment of entropy. The rest of the family has plenty to do, and there's time for a lot of heartwarming hugging during and after the fighting. Fundamentally sound portrayals combine with pre-existing love for the characters to produce a good read, but this title is still too young (and the storytelling, unfortunately, is too rushed) to get to all-time greatness.

7.0
Fantastic Four (2018) #4

Jun 13, 2019

9.5
Fantastic Four (2018) #5

Jul 16, 2019

Sue has a heartwarming flashback while helping Ben practice his dancing, Johnny throws a hilariously terrible bachelor party, and Reed acts a dick throughout, hoping that one grandiose gesture at the ceremony will make him look lovable. So, that's pretty good work on Ben's teammates. There's some cute stuff in the bachelor party and the ceremony itself. And it's all blown straight out of the water by the jewel that is Sue's flashback. The creators aimed to make at least one part of this wedding truly, timelessly great, and I say they succeeded brilliantly.

8.0
Fantastic Four (2018) #6

Aug 1, 2019

The FF race to Latveria. Classic Doom is getting stuck into Classic Galactus, and the heroes' attention is occupied by Doom's new Herald. The script and the art go all-out in presenting a gloriously bombastic Silver Age Doom. That's lovable, albeit a bit safe. Things build to a convincing cliffhanger, suggesting that #7 may be just as satisfying as this issue. A particularly excellent performance by Aaron Kuder on the art.

8.0
Fantastic Four (2018) #7

Sep 9, 2019

Doom artfully manipulates the FF into helping him capture Galactus. His scheme is twisty but eminently logical. I liked seeing a little panel space devoted to Galactus's recent history. Ultimately, though, the idea of resurrecting Lifebringer Galactus is just a red herring Doom uses to get Reed's cooperation. It's an engaging story in a Silver Age-y high adventure mode. The art's a little less spectacular than in #6 but still utterly reliable when it comes to telling the story clearly.

6.0
Fantastic Four (2018) #8

Oct 9, 2019

I agree with this issue's letter-writers; it's disturbing and disappointing that this volume can't find a regular artist. The constant art shifts and Dan Slott's "greatest hits" plotting reduce this to comfort food. It's tasty if you're in a nostalgic mood, but if you're looking for something daring, this is way too bland.

6.0
Fantastic Four (2018) #9

Nov 12, 2019

8.0
Fantastic Four (2018) #10

Dec 27, 2019

Val and Franklin struggle to fit into Yancy Street, making peace with the neighborhood just as Frost Giants show up to try and stomp it flat. I couldn't be happier with the content and tone; I do love my FF with an extra serving of family interactions. The visuals are good tending to great, but the artist carousel is still a problem. Paco Medina's Sue stood out in a bad way for me, for some reason. If I'm repeatedly distracted by asking myself "OK, is that Sue?" then I'm not giving my full attention to the story.

5.0
Fantastic Four (2018) #11

Jan 25, 2020

I don't know what's worse, my feeling that this issue is essentially "What if the Fantastic Four starred in a Simpsons episode," or my suspicion that if I said that to Dan Slott, he would take it as a compliment.

8.0
Fantastic Four (2018) #12

Feb 27, 2020

The Grimms' honeymoon is spoiled with a Hulk fight, and in the B strip, the Future Foundation roster is tweaked (with the addition of Julie Power) for its upcoming miniseries. The A strip is a lovely ballet with great choreography, and I like the status quo being set up for the Foundation. But I also have misgivings: It feels like breaking the Thing off of his family is how you write the FF in easy mode. And the storytelling style on the Foundation strip (cartoony art and wordy dialogue) is rubbing me the wrong way.

7.5
Fantastic Four (2018) #13

Mar 10, 2020

Ben soldiers his way through a monumental Hulk fight that puts some nice new spin on a classic formula. I liked the fairly active role allotted to Alicia (also cool to have it confirmed that she pulled a shady during the Wedding Special). The countdown clock was awfully gimmicky, though, and I can't set aside the feeling that crafting a good Thing comic is not the same as crafting a good FF comic.

9.0
Fantastic Four (2018) #14

Mar 26, 2020

Seeing their original spaceship inducted into the Smithsonian stirs some powerful feelings among the Fantastic Four. Or the "adult dude" portion of the Fantastic Four, that is. I loved the spirit of this story, the characterization, and the top-quality art. But cutting the kids out and handing Sue a simplistic role ("Oooh, Reed, I love it when you're explore-y!") makes this feel like another "easy mode" FF story.

7.0
Fantastic Four (2018) #15

Apr 20, 2020

The story recasts the FF as alien invaders of the planet Spyre, sketched out with its own squad of heroes (overlarge) and Star-Trek-y social gimmicks (arranged marriages, divided society, sinister Overseer). The visuals are solid; the script tears off huge Silver-Age-y mouthfuls of scenery. This arc looks to be headed in a "planet of the week" direction, which isn't bad per se, but the setup in the last issue could have launched something so much better.

8.5
Fantastic Four (2018) #16

Jun 1, 2020

The story's not impressing me, but the portrayal of the FF is. Particularly in the art, particularly for Sue: It feels like the real Invisible Woman has returned after a long absence. Can we *please* get Sean Izaakse assigned to this book permanently?

7.0
Fantastic Four (2018) #17

Jul 2, 2020

Sue and Reed figure out the big secrets as Johnny and Ben end up on opposing sides of the monster revolution. It's a fun, speedy story, with excellent character work on Ben and Sue in particular. But the idea of the Overseer's flagrant evil going unaddressed for decades waiting for some heroes to fix it is so Captain-Planet-level simplistic that the author seems downright hesitant to focus on it. That, I think, is what creates the frustrating "do all the Spyricans understand the situation or not?" ambiguity. Kudos to Ben and the writer for memorably bullseye-ing the theme, though: "This ain't no perfect world. Not if it ain't built fer everybody!"

6.5
Fantastic Four (2018) #18

Aug 9, 2020

When Carlos Magno comes aboard the artist carousel, well, that's the exact moment I need to get off and have a little lie-down.

6.5
Fantastic Four (2018) #19

Oct 17, 2020

That one page where Reed gets a rare chance to direct his guilt over creating the FF at someone else is powerful. The "sneak preview" scenes with Wyatt are interesting. And, of course, Sean Izaakse is my favorite of the 700 artists who have worked on this volume. But on balance, the way the Spyre arc wraps up verges on trainwreck territory. It's a nigh-random stew of orphaned plot points.

9.0
Fantastic Four (2018) #20

Nov 2, 2020

What can I say? I like my FF glurge-y. And "T-Rexes respond to bird-speech" is just crazy enough to work.

7.5
Fantastic Four (2018) #21

Dec 17, 2020

Franklin and Val get the war-orphans back to Yancy Street, but they can't stop them scrapping with each other (and a bigger conflict looms with some Cotati allies). Spider-Man and Wolverine manage to make things a lot worse when they show up, but it's not their fault. This felt like a pretty pro-forma plot to me, but the art is solid and I dig the characterization and dialogue.

6.5
Fantastic Four (2018) #22

Dec 19, 2020

Val and Franklin faff around and lose one of their orphans to *squints* Shaolin Cotati fanboys? Okay, whatever. Dull antagonists, dull plot, predictable twist. The orphan loss seems to be a cheap move to make sure this arc fills 3 issues. Top-shelf art and decent dialogue hold it up out of the depths of mediocrity, though. Observation: Dan Slott is packing this volume with boring new characters that will moulder for decades until the next generation's version of Al Ewing saves them from obscurity. Coming summer 2043, Rise of the Dark Harvest!

7.0
Fantastic Four (2018) #23

Feb 20, 2021

Val, Franklin, and their supporting grown-ups save the day with the power of lurrrve. It's a simple but workable story with a solid link to the main event. Art is good, pace is good. Aw, but the cheese in the dialogue! This is Dan Slott Spider-Man at his cringey worst. It's a good comic (barely), but like the rest of this volume, it's held back by a goofy, all-ages-except-adult vibe. Like the majority of the Star Wars prequels.

7.5
Fantastic Four (2018) #24

Mar 1, 2021

It's a few slices of "alien kids say the darndest things" cheese on top of a greasy ole nostalgia burger. That suits my taste (just), but I can see that it's chasing a niche audience.

7.5
Fantastic Four (2018) #25

Mar 6, 2021

Sure, it's a promising start. Every arc in this volume has started off promising; few of 'em have ended that way.

8.0
Fantastic Four (2018) #26

Mar 14, 2021

Valeria figures out (awfully fast, grumble grumble) how to operate the Forever Gate. And so it spends an issue dredging up this volume's dangling plot threads. The intent with most of these is to be charming and funny, and they worked as advertised on me. But wait, didn't the FF leave one of them "invincible cosmic monster" threads dangling in their first story? Wuh-oh, here comes our next arc.

8.0
Fantastic Four (2018) #27

Mar 26, 2021

The shoe finally drops and the Griever attacks. But the FF have plans. I admire the way the script is structured, though the prose doesn't thrill me. On the art, I have the reverse impression: A lot of strong pages, but no unifying stylistic consistency. And I do like the plot, particularly the finale. It's a really good comic, but also definitely an improvable one. Never trust editors, particularly when they say things like, "Oh, we've got one full-time artist now."

6.0
Fantastic Four (2018) #28

May 9, 2021

Out of a mishmash of desperate gambits, the FF send the Griever packing with an unsatisfying last-minute ploy. This issue has some serious problems, but they're not in the visuals, which look great. No, it's Dan Slott's scattershot script that holds this one back. From the inexplicable elevation of Dragon Man to an equal footing with the stars to the ambivalent "bait and switch" ending, this feels like a messy puree of EVERY idea Mr. Slott had for finishing the arc. One refined idea -- any ONE idea -- would have been preferable to this stew.

7.5
Fantastic Four (2018) #29

May 23, 2021

Johnny gets a chance to bond with his alien soulmate Sky before Knull arrives and ruins everything -- with, unfortunately, some help from Sue. The event crossover gives this issue a plot-trellis to climb on, and it ties admirably to what we've seen in KiB. Decent art and the usual servings of corny humor and familial heart. Of all the classic FF features to bring back, though, did we have to do "Sue messes things up by doing stereotypical female tropes"?

7.5
Fantastic Four (2018) #30

Aug 18, 2021

The Fantastic Four's slice of King in Black ends with the Knullified members hurling vicious psychological criticism at their unpossessed teammates. Then the story skips straight from conflict to epilogue without any real climax in between. It's well-illustrated and the dialogue is entertaining, making this a satisfying read. These two tie-in issues seem mighty skippable, though.

6.5
Fantastic Four (2018) #31

Sep 7, 2021

Ben and Reed go on a brief dimension-hop together, but they still have time to join in on the incremental character work that the whole cast is doing this month. Secrets are revealed, future twists are foreshadowed, and quality developments … develop. It's well-drawn and well-written. And somehow I can't bring myself to care about any of it. Some of these latest revelations should land like gut-punches, but they feel like mouse farts to me.

7.0
Fantastic Four (2018) #32

Sep 25, 2021

Readers who focus on the upcoming Doom-wedding and the impressively sinister Alicia development will think this is decent. Readers who focus on the absolute sh*tshow of Johnny's romantic life -- it's a farce in all the wrong ways -- will hate this. And both camps are right; this is a *very* uneven issue where the good is very good and the bad is *extremely* bad.

7.0
Fantastic Four (2018) #33

Oct 28, 2021

This is just so damn sitcom-y. I'm not saying there's no such thing as a good sitcom. But this isn't edgy and outrageous like Always Sunny, or thoughtful and sweet like the Good Place. This is pure lowest-common-denominator Chuck Lorre pablum. Yet no matter how low it sets the bar, it does (as do some Chuck Lorre shows) hop over that bar with talent.

6.5
Fantastic Four (2018) #34

Dec 23, 2021

The wedding of Dr. Doom ends after an impressive amount of zappy-zappy and double-cross-y, with semi-significant consequences for one of the FF. It's gorgeously illustrated, the pace is smooth, and the dialogue's even decent. This plot is just so stupid and gimmicky, though! It's a real Rube Goldberg machine: Constructed with incredible care, but designed to accomplish extremely questionable goals. And it never answers the key question: How much of the plot did Doom anticipate, or even engineer? Also, even if your purpose is to make a joke about how awful it is, it's still pretty awful to have Namor hitting on Sue in 20-goddamn-21. (I'm also definitely not a fan of Doom semi-sorta slut-shaming his fiancee at the start.)

7.5
Fantastic Four (2018) #35

Jan 21, 2022

Multiple iterations of Kang compete to kill the Fantastic Four at multiple points in their history. Reed Richards, of course, outwits and defeats them. I appreciate the care and cleverness with which this is put together, but it manages to replicate some of my least-favorite features of late Silver Age anniversary issues and Kang stories. And JRJR was an unfortunate choice for the main artist; one thing he absolutely cannot do (even with all these collaborators) is adjust his style to reflect past eras. And that's the one thing the A strip art really needed to do. I enjoyed the C strip more, which had some heartwarming insight and really fleshed out this volume's revised FF origin story.

8.5
Fantastic Four (2018) #36

Jan 23, 2022

Efforts to allow Johnny to flame off fail. Plus, his affliction burns (metaphorically (mostly)) his alien soul-mate Sky. It's a simple, character-driven episode, but the way different characters reflect on Johnny is engaging. What's even more engaging is the superb artwork of Nico Leon. FF always has the budget for highly-polished art, and it gets a full issue's worth here. But Mr. Leon has a formidable emotional insight that's tailor-made for an introspective issue like this.

9.0
Fantastic Four (2018) #37

Mar 4, 2022

The Profiteer tries to steal Jo and Nikki back from the Grimms after the kids execute a gloriously goofy Halloween scheme. And all the cast's other personal melodramas (excepting Franklin's depression) get addressed, too. The heartwarmery is spread a little thin, but I can't deny it's handled well. Also handled well -- to a ridiculous degree -- is the art, which I straight-up love. It's not just pretty to look at, either; it performs sterling work keeping this dense script running smoothly.

7.0
Fantastic Four (2018) #38

Apr 14, 2022

So Dan Slott's clearly feeling nostalgic for the time he was writing She-Hulk's solo. Now he's chucked the FF into one of her absurdist super-court shenanigans. I loathe the premise, but it's not done poorly. She-Hulk remains a supporting character; this is still a Fantastic Four comic. It's wordy and a little slow, but not dull. There are plenty of superpower confrontations, giving the artist opportunities to prove he can handle far more than just custody conversations. This is not my cup of tea, but it's not a *bad* cup of tea. (Isn't it *damned* handy that Jason Aaron just reset She-Hulk back to her 2015 status quo in this week's Avengers?)

8.5
Fantastic Four (2018) #39

May 21, 2022

This issue delivers solid character beats in its testimony. Johnny's soul-searching isn't deep, but it works. The art is great. The twist ending to the court case made me roll my eyes and seemed typical for this "not quite great" run. But the double twist on top of that struck me as genuinely clever and made me uprate this issue.

7.0
Fantastic Four (2018) #40

Jul 2, 2022

It's a universe-spanning pastiche of snappy little scenes, all serving to set the mood or foreshadow future developments. And the glue that holds it all together -- weakly -- is Reed acting weird and his family fretting about that. Despite repeated assurances that the stakes couldn't be higher, it all feels a little pro-forma. This is set up as a suicide mission for multiple members of the team; I don't buy it for a moment. On the visual front, this is a challenging comic. The art is fantastic as art -- insanely detailed, with gorgeous character designs and spectacular settings. But as a storytelling tool, it's problematic. It's a jarring shift from what's come before. The aggressively inventive blocking can be hard to follow. And I don't think the colorist has really hit on the best way to shade these lines.

7.5
Fantastic Four (2018) #41

Jul 21, 2022

Battlefield dispatches keep us up-to-date with the Reckoning War. I'm interested in the way the plot's developing even if I don't really buy into the risk to the characters. Surprisingly, the thread I enjoyed the most -- Johnny Storm's -- was the one I thought I'd like the least. The writing is very Silver Age-y, in ways both positive and negative. (So much exposition!) The art still hits me as talented, but challenging; Rachael Stott makes lots of bold choices for better or worse.

6.5
Fantastic Four (2018) #42

Oct 29, 2022

The art's the best part of this issue, and even there, I have nits to pick. Although I generally love the way the characters are drawn, the blocking is pretty generic. It's like an overcorrection to the artist's previous issues, in which the blocking veered too experimental. I could write a thousand words on the shortcomings of this script, but the logline is this: This is an embarrassingly generic Big Dumb Event™ plot where individual developments are meaningless until some character melodramatically exposits on their significance. (Plus the dialogue is infested with lazy cliches.) This arc is creating the illusion of complexity with a bunch of cheap (and not even particularly well-executed) storytelling tricks.

6.0
Fantastic Four (2018) #43

Dec 20, 2022

Usin' a couple panels of your dumb-ass won't-change-nothing cosmic war story to take a cheap shot at Doreen Green? You oughta be ashamed, FF creators. (I know a more charitable reading is that the Cormorant was complimenting Squirrel Girl's prowess, but whatevs. This arc isn't good enough to get my charity and it's not SG's job to lend villain-of-the-week cred to some lame Space Smurf.)

5.0
Fantastic Four (2018) #44

Dec 28, 2022

I feel bad for the artists. They worked really hard, and though their different styles make a less-than-perfect blend (some of the different interpretations of Toomie hurt my eyes), they deliver a lot of pretty panels. All that artistic sweat is wasted on this script. Subjectively, I certainly loathe it, but I believe it's objectively weak as well. The dialogue is lazy, stuffed with exposition and cliches and lacking authenticity. Not only do I not buy the apocalyptic stakes on their own, I'm not getting any strong connection to the characters that might incline me to care on their behalf. Despite my distaste, I'm not rating this too far below average, and not just for the art. The execution might be shabby, but the long-term plotting checks out. Lots of earlier plot threads tie together here; I just wish the author could get me more interested in the knot.

5.0
Fantastic Four (2018) #45

Jan 8, 2023

Well, now I know where to find the all-time perfect example of what the phrase "playing it painfully straight" means. From the moment Reed bounced up OK, I was waiting for the other shoe to drop. And not in a "wouldn't it be cool if there were a twist coming?" way; this story is a dumpster fire without that other shoe. And it never did drop. The art is good and the prose is okay. They're just being wasted on the stupidest, most pointless reset button hit I've seen in ages.

6.5
Fantastic Four (2018) #46

Jan 27, 2023

The art's terrific. The barrage of heartwarming moments works, though I think whether or not it's earned is highly debatable. The loose-end-wrapping-upping is mostly, not entirely, successful (Oy, like *this* you're resurrecting that guy?!). I love the *idea* of Reed Richards having a non-super scientist sibling. I *don't* love introducing her in this orbital role, where her whole narrative purpose is to be a sounding board for Reed to emote at. I love her being a WoC, too, but that just makes her passive role and spiky attitude problematic for a few more reasons.

7.5
Fantastic Four (2018) #47

Feb 26, 2023

You're gonna do "Die Hard in the Baxter Building?" Okay, I'm in -- if only to see how on-the-nose you play it. You're casting Oubliette Midas as Hans Gruber? Now you have my attention. I *want* to like this, but in my opinion, it's not quite ready for prime time. The art is beautiful and Oubliette sounds great. But it's off to a terribly slow start and Reed Richards *will not shut up*. The "Divergent Narration" trick is a lot harder than it looks, and this is a good example of how not to do it. I'll call this a good comic on balance, though -- partly because I suspect the next issue will be even better.

5.5
Fantastic Four (2018) #48

Apr 7, 2023

Well, I couldn't have been wronger about this mini-arc getting better. A story where the protagonist and antagonist are both women should warm my progressive heart, right? Wrong! Those women are entirely defined by their relationships to men. Reed's non-stop narration steals Sue's thunder just like he used to do in the Silver Age. No matter how much awesome stuff she does in the panels, what REALLY matters, according to the author, is her brilliant husband's admiration. Oubliette's daddy issues aren't just cliched, they become downright insulting when the author converts them into the "instant win" button that hands Sue an abrupt and unsatisfying victory. I'm a big fan of Oubliette despite her limited page time, and it pains me to see her beaten so cheaply.

7.0
Fantastic Four (2018): Wedding Special #1

Jul 1, 2019

The Ben & Puppet Master story is a delight: a near-perfect homage to the glory days of Lee & Kirby.

6.0
Fantastic Four (2018): 4 Yancy Street #1

Mar 26, 2020

A decent story with good characterization of Ben. The art, though, is approaching the worst-case scenario for a collaboration. Some potentially-decent visual flavors turn into a total mess when stirred up together.

7.5
Fantastic Four (2018): Negative Zone #1

Jun 12, 2020

The A strip is a simple sci-fi premise executed well. I like Mike Carey's voices for the team; they're distinct from the contemporary FF title but still sound very in-character. The B strip is a cute little thing, but wordy. It's not lighting a fire in me to see more Fantastix stories.

8.0
Fantastic Four (2018): Grimm Noir #1

Oct 17, 2020

A fun, well-crafted read, with particularly awesome art. There's a 95% chance we'll all forget about this entirely, though, and then misremember it as "The Thing Vs. Nightmare."

8.0
Fantastic Four (2018): Road Trip #1

Mar 17, 2021

Reed can't resist sliding a meteor soil sample retrieval mission into a family vacation. The soil's contaminated, leading the FF into a Cronenberg horror of melty bodies that they fix at the last minute. Good characterization/interaction and terrific body horror art. The plot is rushed by the short length and some characters get shortchanged (Alas poor Johnny, you're barely in this). But the core concept is terrific: Family claims to want to spend time together; family doesn't spend time together; family is forced together in a literal, grotesque, and ironic way by science-horror. So Val's part of the horror is regressing in age. That doesn't explain why she starts out (and ends up) looking about 5 years too young. I KNOW somebody must have told Filipe Andrade, so I want to hear how and why he successfully argued for a prepubescent Val. (I love the art otherwise.)

6.5
Fantastic Four (2018): Reckoning War Alpha #1

Jun 29, 2022

The art and the plotting live up to standards of an event comic, and Dan Slott does have his long-term ducks in a row. But the dialogue is extremely cliched and the characterization is pond-shallow. It's the start of a cromulent Big Dumb Event™ and though it's certainly good-not-great, it failed to hook me. My future reaction will be based on how far this spreads beyond Fantastic Four, i.e., if this derails She-Hulk's new solo, I'll get disappointed.

9.0
Fantastic Four (2022) #1

May 7, 2023

It's an amazingly sweet start that combines terrific character spotlight on Ben and (especially) Alicia with a compelling one-off mystery. And we get some subtle hints, both plot and theme-related, about why the FF are broken up. It looks and sounds great, with a lot of heart and humor packed into the dialogue. I particularly like the deft way the author and artist team up to keep the story rolling, with prose and art seamlessly sharing the job. I can empathize with readers who are frustrated with the absence of the full roster and the mystery of what split them up, but dismissing the comic because of that frustration is kinda like burning down the forest to spite a few trees. (As long as those folks aren't just hiding a pre-reading decision to dislike any FF book written by the Squirrel Girl guy, of course.)

8.0
Fantastic Four (2022) #2

Aug 10, 2023

It's a valiant effort and it makes for a fun read. But there are a lot of nits to pick, making this issue hit me weaker than #1 did. (The fact that they're both "small towns with a weird sci-fi secret" stories sure doesn't help.) I think in both words and art, the creators haven't quite zeroed in on their portrayals of Reed and Sue yet. There's nothing in the characters that feels out-and-out wrong -- but not much that feels fresh and distinctive, either. But the bottom line is, I'd be perfectly satisfied if #2 turned out to be the volume's storytelling quality standard.

7.5
Fantastic Four (2022) #3

Oct 14, 2023

It's a pretty nice house, but it's built on a crumbling foundation. The pro-labor premise is good. Johnny's voice sounds great, and there's plenty of humor. The art looks good (maybe a touch too cartoony?). But the logic of the plot leans too hard, for too long, on this iffy "Johnny Storm can't figure out how to beat a mook without hurting him" proposition. Johnny's impulsive and brash, but he's not a total moron. Other than that, it's a satisfying read. I'm enough of a retro nerd to know that "Johnny Storm sucks at secret identities" is a grand tradition going back to the early Silver Age.

8.0
Fantastic Four (2022) #4

Apr 16, 2024

The art's solid and the pace rolls along pretty well. The characters' interactions might not be deep or novel, but they're earnest and believable. And big props to this series for resolving its "six months earlier" mystery in a timely fashion (big side-eye toward ASM here). But the parallel mysteries resolved here--what happened to the Baxter Building and what happened to the Grimms--don't hit equally. The first gets some excellent "next steps" evolution to make it powerful. The second doesn't, and that omission weakens both premises. It's a good Fantastic Four yarn, well-crafted and entertaining. But I don't think it's headed for any GOAT lists. Little note, though: I do love how casually the FF use their powers, with the author trusting the artist to make the readers understand.

7.0
Fantastic Four Anniversary Tribute (2021) #1

Mar 23, 2022

It's the 3rd swing at this interesting format: Letting a different guest artist redraw each page of some classic comics. Once again, the result is pretty but non-essential, serving mainly as a catalog of artists that will currently return Marvel's calls. But a really cool aspect emerges if you use Marvel Unlimited (or what have you) to read this side-by-side with the originals: The number of guest artists who choose to preserve Jack Kirby's layouts or blocking or both is really high. It's a testament to how much the King contributed to these stories. (Also, kudos to David Lapham, John Romita Jr, and Leonardo Ortolani for honoring the fact that the Thing looked more "mud man" than "rock man" in FF #1.)

6.5
Fantastic Four: Antithesis #1

Feb 17, 2021

The FF engage in their usual antics, saving Manhattan from Annihilus and then an ominous meteor. The final scene gives the plot a cosmic twist for future issues, but it just didn't excite me. Neither did the writing; Mark Waid's "how do you do, fellow kids" touches are cringeworthy as ever. Neal Adams's art IS exciting, but in a distinctly retro way. Looks like this is going to be a decent nostalgia series, but not of much interest to anyone except die-hard FF fans.

4.5
Fantastic Four: Antithesis #2

Feb 26, 2021

The dialogue is a textbook example of "retro in a wholly bad way." The third-act fight (Annihilus, again) is pure filler. The now-revealed premise -- "We have to team up with Galactus to defeat super-Galactus!" -- feels painfully stale. I'm downgrading this from "for die-hard FF fans only" to "for die-hard Neal Adams fans only."

5.0
Fantastic Four: Antithesis #3

Mar 7, 2021

The team gets a Power Cosmic boost and some fancy new uniforms. They go suck up Galactus's stolen energy and Reed SCIENCES it into a win over Antithesis. Oh, but we've got an issue left; cue the twist. I'm cautiously optimistic about the twist, but I think the desperate way the story NEEDS it just demonstrates how weak the original "we have to fight Super-Galactus" premise was.

5.5
Fantastic Four: Antithesis #4

Mar 15, 2021

Reed tries to take down Galactus as part of a suicide plan. The simplicity and fatuity of the arguments his family uses to talk him out of it are borderline offensive to both the readers and the characters. Nice art, though.

4.5
Fantastic Four: Grand Design #1

Jun 1, 2020

It's as fun as a pop quiz in Marvel History 101. I've got the knowledge to ace the test, but that doesn't mean that taking it is at all enjoyable. Also, this comic is going to go down in art history as the prime cautionary example of why making your go-to layout the 25-panel grid (!) is a bad idea.

3.0
Fantastic Four: Grand Design #2

Jun 12, 2020

The 4 Fs of FF Grand Design: Fails as a history because it makes too many pointless story changes. Fails as a character analysis because it changes the characters drastically. Fails as an independent, "reimagined" story because it's chaotic and ugly. Fails as parody -- a role it otherwise fits perfectly -- because it's not funny.

8.0
Fantastic Four: Life Story #1

Oct 2, 2021

This origin retelling tweaks the FF's story less than I'd anticipated, changing some relationships and adding historical context but leaving the characters mostly intact. It's subtle and subdued to a surprising degree -- perhaps that's an effect of letting Reed have the PoV. I hope the other cast members get their shots as the series progresses! The art's great and the prose is decent. This isn't a must-read, but it's far from disappointing.

7.5
Fantastic Four: Life Story #2

Nov 7, 2021

The team and the Richards' marriage fragment in the 70s, largely because Reed's obsessive focus on Galactus isolates him from the social changes that Sue is seeing. It's beautifully drawn and it has big ideas, including some awesome celebrity cameos and an interesting new origin for Dr. Doom. But it all still remains a little distant and a little cold; stronger writing could have gotten me more engaged with the characters.

6.5
Fantastic Four: Life Story #3

Dec 31, 2021

The '80s see the FF splinter and drift ever further apart, but they come back together to save the world from a nuclear war. It comes with fatal consequences for one of them. I can see that this tragedy is nicely engineered, yet as with previous installments, the writing just didn't get me invested on an emotional level. Which is where I think you have to be for a big death scene. The art continues to be outstanding, but it's not quite enough to lift this into "good comics" territory for me.

7.5
Fantastic Four: Life Story #4

Jan 21, 2022

The '90s bring redemption, romance, and cautious optimism to the world as a whole and Ben Grimm in particular. There's plenty of melancholy lurking under the surface, though, and the end (the arrival of the Silver Surfer) drags everything back to darkness. Writing an endearing Ben Grimm is one of the easiest jobs in Marvel. I still enjoy seeing it done well, and it's done very well in this issue, especially the early part. The art is pretty strong, with a smooth collaboration. The two artists could have made their Alicias more consistent, though.

8.0
Fantastic Four: Life Story #5

Apr 26, 2022

This came together slowly, but the resolution of the Galactus plot was eminently satisfying. The art is strong. The script is clear and well-structured, although I personally found the prose a little beige. This series has never really gotten a hook into me, but I can't deny it's well done (barring some weakness in the middle issues).

8.5
Fantastic Four: Life Story #6

Jun 29, 2022

In the broad strokes, it's a thoroughly safe story without any particularly surprising plot twists. I'll be damned if it isn't executed with meticulous skill in the details, though. The pace is good, the dialogue's solid, and the art is shockingly, consistently great for a collaboration. And Reed's story ties it all together on an uplifting, heartwarming note.

7.0
FCBD 2019: Spider-Man #1  
7.0
FCBD 2022: Avengers / X-Men #1

Jun 29, 2022

A: This strip makes the issue for me and actually gets me interested in Judgment Day. That's mainly because it's written by Kieron Gillen; that dude could get a brand-new idea at breakfast and whip it into sounding like inevitable destiny by lunch. I hope he plays a large role in the event. B: I'm ambivalent. I like the idea of getting Blade out of the Avengers and on his own, but I'm not sure I like doing it by giving him a teenage daughter. C: While I'm happy to see that robo-Moira is still a part of the X-Men story, I liked the way Benjamin Percy handled her better than this. He didn't saddle her with a bad Scottish accent, for one thing.

5.5
FCBD 2022: Marvel's Voices #1

Jun 29, 2022

I'm ignoring the reprints (you get what you pay for, eh?) and just rating the new Moon Girl strip. I … guess the prospect of new Moon Girl is, hypothetically, a good thing? This example is pretty saccharine and corny. Nice art, though.

5.0
FCBD 2022: Spider-Man / Venom #1

Jun 29, 2022

Nothing in the strips gets me half as excited as the editor's page news that Jed MacKay gets another Black Cat series.

6.0
FCBD 2023: Avengers / X-Men #1

Jan 18, 2024

I appreciate the way the A & B strips work together and there's plenty of juicy foreshadowing. But it's still just advertainment, so I'm not rating it past average.

6.0
FCBD 2023: Marvel's Voices #1

Jan 18, 2024

Mainly of interest to Ironheart fans (of whom I am one). She's ready for a new series, and the A strip is a solid teaser for one. The rest of the book is a pack of reprints, many of them partial, that merely reminds us Voices is a Thing. But should that even be in the present tense? All reprints, and nothing at the back but a plea to pick up old issues and anthologies thereof. My rating of the A strip by itself would, I think, be a point higher.

6.5
FCBD 2023: Spider-Man / Venom #1

Jan 18, 2024

These previews are nigh-painfully on-brand for their respective writers. Hickman takes the 1610: Cryptic and intriguing, check-check. Al Ewing Venom: Yes, *of course* 1940s Flexo was actually a symbiote. Zeb Wells Spider-Man: Snappy humor, action scenes that triumph or flounder based entirely on the artist, and plotting that I'm struggling to say anything nice about.

7.0
Fearless (2019) #1

Feb 27, 2020

A: There's a flicker of interest here, but having three protagonists burns a lot of momentum while they're all still separated. B: It'd work better as an installment of an ongoing Millie series, but it doesn't make a compelling case for starting one up. C: Just a single gag; thank goodness it's a great one.

6.0
Fearless (2019) #2

Mar 10, 2020

5.0
Fearless (2019) #3

Apr 20, 2020

6.0
Fearless (2019) #4

Jun 1, 2020

The ongoing A-story ends in trainwreck territory, but as throughout the series, there's some nice work going on in the backup strips.

6.0
Foolkiller (2016) #4

Oct 31, 2017

Deadpool spirit-guides Foolkiller through a meta-fictional, self-referential wank of middling quality. Meta-fictional wankery is author Max Bemis's wheelhouse, so there's a healthy load of humorous "comics about comics" material here. This feels like the place this title should have started, and it makes the previous three issues look that much worse in comparison.

5.0
Foolkiller (2016) #5

Oct 31, 2017

A few swerves lead us to more meta-wankery with a side of very generic-feeling daddy issues. The point of the issue and the series appears to be "villains are people too - but, like, murderous deadly people who can't be trusted." No amount of self-aware introspection is gonna make me forget that this series introduced a poop-themed villain named ☠☠☠☠ King, though.

9.0
Friendly Neighborhood Spider-Man (2019) #1

Jul 26, 2019

Spidey gets a small-scale title to showcase his littlest, most retail problems. Like, say, alien refugees in his building and ominous family health crises. The ongoing plot hooks are a bit ridiculous (and lacking in novelty), but the most important thing, the TONE of the book, is perfect. This issue breathes terrific life into Peter's neighborhood and makes his relationship with it incredibly endearing.

8.5
Friendly Neighborhood Spider-Man (2019) #2

Aug 6, 2019

Spidey, ever the fount of good ideas, calls in Johnny Storm as a babysitter while he gets deeper into the mystery of the orange kids. This issue leans more toward straightforward super-heroics than the first, but there are some solid threads tying back to the friendly neighborhood. The art's very clean, and the script delivers a perfectly-sized portion of well-done Spidey humor.

9.0
Friendly Neighborhood Spider-Man (2019) #3

Sep 9, 2019

His neighbor Marnie, actually vintage superhero "the Rumor," drags Spidey into a counter-kidnapping caper in the secret troglodyte city of Under York. The story is really shameless in its pulpy Silver Age simplicity, but the script is too fast and too funny to let the premise wear thin. Some truly great art effortlessly sells both the impossible spectacle of it all and the humanity of the people caught up in it.

9.0
Friendly Neighborhood Spider-Man (2019) #4

Sep 30, 2019

Spidey and the Rumor stand up to the boss of Under York. And paying off this title's groundwork in magnificent fashion, the whole Friendly Neighborhood stands up with them. It looks great, it's got some memorable prose, and it's heartwarming as all hell. The "secondary" Spidey title with the slower publishing schedule is, once again, consistently outperforming ASM in terms of overall quality.

9.0
Friendly Neighborhood Spider-Man (2019) #5

Oct 31, 2019

Pete panics when he learns May has cancer. But a head-clearing bout of web-swinging leads to friendly neighborhood Spider-Manning, heavy on the "neighborhood." The applicability of this little adventure is contrived … and that doesn't do a thing to reduce the tremendous appeal of the story and the way it's told. Strong visuals and some best-in-the-business humor are wrapped around an impeccable moral: It's never too late to do the right thing, whether you're a spider-powered hero or just somebody's nephew.

9.5
Friendly Neighborhood Spider-Man (2019) #6

Nov 20, 2019

The premise is a bit of a layup. In terms of storytelling skill, though, it's a Michael Jordan layup: The points damn sure get on the board and you get the pleasure of seeing them put there masterfully.

8.5
Friendly Neighborhood Spider-Man (2019) #7

Dec 27, 2019

The bigger plot takes time to get rolling, but the slice-of-life stuff setting the stage for it is delightful. It's meaningful, too; all of that attention really cultivates interest in the story once it gets underway.

8.0
Friendly Neighborhood Spider-Man (2019) #8

Jan 25, 2020

Spidey teams up with the Prowler and the Rumor to investigate suspicious doings at Fairgray Pay, the crowdfunding company tied to FEAST. The teaming-up works for me; the revelation of Fairgray's monstrous boss, not so much. But this issue's a textbook example of how great character work and (mostly) solid art can put me at ease with a plot that turns me off.

8.0
Friendly Neighborhood Spider-Man (2019) #9

Feb 27, 2020

I'm enjoying this a lot, but Marnie and Helminth are mighty short of detail in terms of superpowers and motivations. And this case shows that detail and meaning aren't reversible; you can infer meaning from details but you can't do the opposite. Also, this is one of those stories where the author strains the analogy between super-villainy and mundane evil to the breaking point. Yeah, Spidey's right, you can't punch a corrupt system in the face. But here the problem is less "corrupt system" and more "the system's being run by a supernatural misery vampire," and I'm pretty sure that's EXACTLY the kind of problem that needs to be solved with hero-punching.

8.0
Friendly Neighborhood Spider-Man (2019) #10

Mar 10, 2020

9.0
Friendly Neighborhood Spider-Man (2019) #11

Mar 26, 2020

Peter takes a day-nap after an exhausting troll fight, letting MJ carry the narrative (and handle a troll-fight of her own). It's an excellent one-off adventure that scores all-time great characterization points. A thorough blast. The art isn't quite as great as the writing, but the visuals are a long way from disappointing.

9.0
Friendly Neighborhood Spider-Man (2019) #12

Apr 4, 2020

Spider-Man dies for a page as a gambit to flush out an assassin. It's a solid story with plenty of plot-work for the "friendly neighborhood" to do, and also a lot of great humor. It moves fast and every step is a pleasure. It's not quite an epic for the ages, but it has a strong lock on winning your personal "most fun read of the week" trophy.

6.5
Friendly Neighborhood Spider-Man (2019) #13

Jun 1, 2020

Spidey and the FF solve Under York's dictator problem with suspicious speed and simplicity. The fast pace combines with an unfortunate attack of "artist carousel" to render this issue a disappointment compared to previous ones. It's still OK, but the creators have set the bar so much higher in the rest of this series!

8.0
Friendly Neighborhood Spider-Man (2019) #14

Jul 2, 2020

A city-wide power outage threatens Peter's promise to stick to May's bedside as she goes through surgery. Spidey's friends pitch in to mind his neighborhood, but he STILL has to fix the power cut himself, because he's Spider-Man. The premise is simple, the heartful characterization is terrific. The art is functional. That's disappointing, but only in that it's screamingly obvious this script would fare even better with a different, more expressive visual style. The art foibles in #13-14 and the abrupt way the last arc ended make me think this volume was canceled before its time.

6.5
Future Fight Firsts: White Fox #1

Apr 29, 2020

I agree with the consensus: The White Fox strip was acceptable verging on good; the Future Avengers were too forgettable. (The title page intro does a better job telling the team's story than the strip does, ouch.) White Fox remains my favorite alternative to the new Agents of Atlas characters.

6.5
Future Fight Firsts: Luna Snow #1

Jun 1, 2020

Luna Snow's origin story comes out a bit on the generic side, but I'm a sucker for sound storytelling fundamentals and this strip has got 'em in spades. Luna gets a solid supporting cast and even a nemesis; she's now set up nicely for an ongoing series. The B strip continues to be relentlessly kiddie-oriented, but besides its simplicity, its only problem is treading a little too lightly around the edges of the Future Avengers cartoon.

7.5
Future Fight Firsts: Crescent & Io #1

Jun 1, 2020

I know some comics grognards will complain about Shang-Chi getting beaten in any circumstances. But I think if you think Shang-Chi wouldn't dial it down when sparring with an adorable 10-year-old, your understanding of Shang-Chi is a lot more messed up than Alyssa Wong's.

6.0
Future Foundation (2019) #1

Feb 27, 2020

The art has a cartoony personal style that seems polarizing. But instead of "love it or hate it," it's a matter of "hate it or be indifferent to it." (Wow, that sounds worse than I thought it would!) The script features nice prose and nice plotting, but a little too much of both.

5.5
Future Foundation (2019) #2

Mar 26, 2020

Story: Less a Future Foundation story than a "what pet characters can we get away with sticking onto the Foundation?" exercise. First Julie Power, then Yondu and an AU (maybe?) Maker, now an AU gender-flipped Bucky. Where will it end, and when will it start meaning a damn thing to the Foundation? Art: Good Lord, the abs.

5.5
Future Foundation (2019) #3

Apr 20, 2020

So far, this series feels like a playdate with my young nephew where he promises to tell me an epic superhero tale and then spends 40 minutes explaining each of his action figures' backstories.

7.0
Future Foundation (2019) #4

Jun 3, 2020

5.5
Future Foundation (2019) #5

Jul 13, 2020

Jeremy Whitley's ability to convert a first arc into a "stealth canceled" miniseries is a lot like Harvey Keitel's corpse-disposal talents in Pulp Fiction. It's a formidable skill, but you don't want to think too hard about how he must have developed it.

7.0
Gambit (2022) #1

Jan 12, 2023

This issue's art and prose are messy and rough around the edges, like Gambit. And like Gambit, they both have an undeniable charm. This is a fun read. The plotting worries me, though. The Shadow King gets a lot of attention, then the last page pivots to a very different (and much less promising) story. If this were 20th-century Claremont, I'd be sure the Shadow King would be coming back. With 21st-century Claremont, though, who the hell knows?

6.5
Gambit (2022) #2

Jan 31, 2023

This is one nude scene away from being an 11 PM Cinemax "thriller" movie circa 1991.

5.5
Gambit (2022) #3

Mar 22, 2023

7.0
Gambit (2022) #4

Apr 7, 2023

I was pleasantly surprised when this series' seemingly-random plot threads started to weave together; it gave my reading experience a real shot in the arm. Now if only the art weren't quite so dated and T&A-driven…

7.5
Gambit (2022) #5

May 9, 2023

This issue doesn't deserve Bonehead. No comic deserves Bonehead. I love Bonehead. Gambit #5? Enh, s'awright.

7.5
Gamma Flight #1

Nov 7, 2021

Gamma Flight, left to their own devices, launch a side-quest investigating a new Gamma-mutate mystery. Though I'll admit the storytelling standards here aren't up to those of the Immortal Hulk, the writers and artists are striving and I say they get well above average. Most importantly, characterization is right in line with the parent book. I wanted to hear more about these folks, and it's clear as can be that they're still the same folks.

7.5
Gamma Flight #2

Dec 13, 2021

Gamma Flight rescues new mutate Dionne after fighting a couple rounds with Skaar, though their exit teleport goes haywire. We get a first glimpse at our big bads, and Titania exposits on the team's relationship drama. The plot's trotting along briskly and the art still looks damn good -- but the writers build up their new love triangle with all the subtlety of a highway construction crew. This title continues to deliver exactly what it promises: an Immortal Hulk side-story, crafted with skill, that doesn't quite measure up to the brilliance of the original. If I'm not delighted, I'm at least thoroughly satisfied.

8.0
Gamma Flight #3

Jan 2, 2022

The field team struggles through a weird Gamma half-dimension before the home team -- following some cool psychological insights -- teleports them back. I'm not sure if this issue lands its Gamma cosmology ideas, but the art is good and the character work is terrific. I appreciate the way the mysteries of the plot are starting to jigsaw together. There's enough subtle logic to reward close inspection, but the book isn't too obvious about revealing its secrets.

8.0
Gamma Flight #4

Jan 23, 2022

Gamma Flight takes the fight to their enemies after listening to Dionne's backstory and lining up a plan. Of course there are reversals and there'll need to be a big showdown before it's done. This is a pretty didactic, expository script. But it works. The character work, particularly on Dionne, engages sympathy (at least from me). And the art really goes above and beyond to create the excitement and interest that the talky script needs.

8.0
Gamma Flight #5

Mar 3, 2022

Gamma Flight routs the Abomination and stops his plans. It's a soft resolution; the bad guy gets away. There's some outstanding character development for the good guys, though, and this is a hell of a good day's work for Dr. McGowan. Dang, I hope we see more of her in the future! This final chapter is written and drawn well, though not without its moments of clumsiness. Still, this is a good enough team book that I'll agree with the letterhacks who want more Gamma Flight.

6.0
Gamora #3

Oct 31, 2017

Gamora connects with her Badoon princess. Again. The art continues to be gorgeous but in a rather generic "sci-fi dystopia #12b" way. I see some of the same trouble in the story - this issue in particular feels like "Biography of Space Princess L'Whatever guest-starring Gamora as the Assassin." It has a surprise ending that leaves me very optimistic about the next issue, though - it should be a deep dive into Gamora's psyche.

6.0
Gamora #4

Oct 31, 2017

Gamora faces a moral quandary: Will she hold vengeance as her prime motivation or choose a more constructive path? Nicole Perelman has made the questionable storytelling choice of putting this moral cart well in advance of her basic plot horses - the question of how Gamora and/or anybody else is escaping from Ubliex is still very up in the air. I'm not surprised to find out artist Marco Checchetto has also done a lot of Star Wars work; his designs and choreography make this story feel a lot (too much?) like "MCU Gamora's Jakku Vacation." (Maybe technically a Nar Shaddaa vacation for all you SW hyper-nerds.)

6.0
Gamora #5

Dec 7, 2017

Grinchy Gamora's heart grows three sizes and she decides to escape with a pack of noble refugees instead of her bloodthirsty bandit relatives. Nebula pops up at the end to try (and fail) to provide last-minute tension. She's handed a pack of trite pop culture villain jokes that would fit perfectly into Beverly Hills Cop; they sound wildly out of place in the mouth of an exotic alien assassin. A shallow action script elevated with some top-notch Star-Wars-esque art plant this comic firmly in middle of the road. It'll satisfy folks who arrive with a pre-existing love of Gamora, particularly in her MCU incarnation, but there's nothing here to win the character new fans or elevate this title into a must-read.

8.0
Generation X (2017) #1

Nov 25, 2017

New fish Nate "Hindsight" Carver discovers the X School. Plus side: Jubilee! Downside: Quentin Quire, Purifier attacks, general madness. Does he really want to try surviving this experience? Christina Strain makes a valiant effort to split the difference between "welcome to the X School, newcomer" and "here's all the cool folks you remember from Wolverine & the X-Men, faithful superfan." The tension between those two poles makes up for a lack of novelty, and strong characterization throughout also helps. Amilcar Pinna's art is highly stylized; he loves using forced perspective to exaggerate facial features. Though it feels gimmicky in places, I can respect the amount of effort lavished on the details and the precise linework. This debut is a long way from flawless, but there aren't any horrendous mistakes and this series is off and rolling with oodles of promise.

6.0
Generation X (2017) #2

Dec 7, 2017

The Purifiers are dispatched like the jobbers they are; Jubilee reveals that this clutch of students is the Xavier Institute's remedial vo-tech class. That's an intense disappointment to Bling and Quentin Quire, but it sounds just about perfect to newcomer Nate. I don't have fundamental objections to following low-powered mutants, but I don't like the defeatist "lower your expectations" attitude Jubilee hands them. If this doesn't turn into the story of great kids exceeding modest expectations *very* fast, it'll be a horrible waste of time and potential. Amilcar Pinna's distinctively weird art is shrinking on me rather than growing; his fisheye-lens faces appear to be a pony's single trick rather than one of many distinctive artistic tools.

6.0
Generation X (2017) #3

Jan 5, 2018

The Generation X class assembles on its own to confront a mysterious threat in Central Park. Nate's powers get some excellent spotlight, Nature Girl gets a rare chance to talk, and we even find out what janitor Andre's Deal is. Amilcar Pinna's art is getting more consistent but it's still aggressively odd. That might be an asset with a stronger, more confident script, but Christina Strain's work isn't quite solid enough to carry the unconventional visuals. This issue is the start of the heartwarming "come together and exceed expectations" story this title needs so desperately, but it's handled in a strictly by-the-numbers fashion.

4.0
Generation X (2017) #4

Jan 27, 2018

Face to face with Monet/Emplate, the GX class fails to cover itself in glory. Christina Strain tucks a decent character study of Bling! into this issue along with some nice development of Jubilee. The wider plot has a fair few flaws, and then there is the art. Let me be as clear as possible: I would rate this issue *at least* two points higher with better art. While previous issues left me unthrilled by Amilcar Pinna's work, bringing Martín Morazzo aboard to pinch-hit is about the *last* corrective step I would have recommended. His is a completely different acquired taste, and it clashes dreadfully with Mr. Pinna's in addition to being generally hard to look at. This art commits the one unforgivable sin of comics visuals: It steals the reader's attention with its ineptitude. A delicate script like this desperately needs all of that attention focused on the interplay between the characters.

6.0
Generation X (2017) #5

Feb 26, 2018

Eye-Boy gets a hand from Nature Girl when his mutant powers go on the fritz. While there are some undeniable glitches in both scripting and art, they're accompanied by plenty of imagination and heart. This ends up being an entertaining read even though I didn't fully buy the power-fritzing - the lack of a solid explanation for that would be King Glitch #1.

8.0
Generation X (2017) #6

Mar 30, 2018

Quentin Quire shanghais Nate and Ben into Shenanigans at their friendly local supervillain auction. Eric Koda's art does an impressive job of fusing some strong anatomy and natural posing with inventive layouts that echo Amilcar Pinna's weird style. Pity the linework is so uniform - but that, too, is a choice designed to keep this title's visuals consistent. Christina Strain's found an excellent balance of plot and characterization by trimming the roster again; I'd much rather see a deep dive like this than some shallow attention spread across the whole team.

7.0
Generation X (2017) #7

May 3, 2018

The supervillain auction stuff turns out to background noise, which is actually a good thing for this title. (Kade Kilgore drops a huge insult on Quentin before fading out, which is fun.) Focusing most of her attention on Ben Deeds, Christina Strain paints a nicely-nuanced portrait of a realistic angsty teen. Speaking of realism, Eric Koda's art veers a little too hard into it. He sticks with clean linework even though the shortage of detail renders a lot of his characters interchangeable.

6.0
Generation X (2017) #8

May 21, 2018

Roxy gets unwelcome counsel, Monet exists, and a surprise guest for Quentin Quire causes a catastrophe, typical. It's a good thing Christina Strain keeps the students entertaining, because this issue's script does very poorly at advancing the plot. Random crap happens, but at least we like the characters it happens to and their reactions to it. Amilcar Pinna's art has slid into an unfortunate groove: It's getting cleaner and prettier, but also thereby less distinctive.

8.0
Generation X (2017) #9

Jun 9, 2018

The team reunites while cleaning up Krakoa's mess. While nobody's seriously hurt, some important relationship developments provide more than enough drama to make this issue fascinating. Christina Strain's script does an excellent job of weaving together prior plot points into a consistent tapestry. Amilcar Pinna's art is also on a serious upswing. His panel composition and storytelling flow have firmed up considerably and now he adds distinctive flourishes that are weird and delightful rather than weird and off-putting. This issue was a tremendous surprise not just because it's terrific in itself, but also because it pays off a lot of prior work in the title that seemed questionable at the time. This is the issue where I become a real fan of Generation X by Strain & Pinna.

8.0
Generation X (2017) #85

Jul 6, 2018

Monet/Emplate is suffering some serious schizophrenia, but that doesn't stop her/him/them from invading the Xavier School in a terrifying way. The lion's share of the issue is devoted to soap operatic teen angst and romantic triangle woes in a way that would be torturous if you dropped into it with zero preparation. Since this is a 10th issue, though, Christina Strain is perfectly justified in assuming her audience is committed to loving these characters and she pays off that love in spades. Amilcar Pinna's art remains wonderfully weird. While some of his attempts at emoting miss the mark, plenty of them land in the bullseye. This is another book where it's downright *wrong* of the Mighty Marketing Marvel department to claim that "legacy" means "good jump-on point," though. The solicit is shamefully deceptive.

8.0
Generation X (2017) #86

Jul 27, 2018

Jubilee fetches Quentin back to the Institute just in time for a serious Monet showdown. There are quality relationship upgrades and plenty of attention for all the core cast members before a mother of an ending delivers a huge status quo change. Christina Strain's script is excellent. Amilcar Pinna's art delivers great details and characters. This issue portrays a lot of action, though, and at multiple points Mr. Pinna's work looks too static. Also, the twist ending is a little too ambiguous. I had to seek out internet help to understand what happened on the final page - and I don't think the blame for the confusion falls entirely on me.

8.0
Generation X (2017) #87

Sep 6, 2018

Monet is saved, Jubilee is back to sparkling, all the relationships tie up beautifully, and we get heartwarming goodbyes from this crew. This is one of those bittersweet ends where all the threads tie up together and you're ready to see the team tackle a dozen more challenges, but the cancellation demon says no. Words and art are both on top of their game in depicting this happy triumph.

6.0
Generations: Banner Hulk & The Totally Awesome Hulk #1

Feb 12, 2018

Amadeus Cho is dropped into a classic Banner Hulk vs. Army brawl in the desert. Swapping ideas with Silver Age Banner leads Amadeus to admit for the first time that his Hulk is, like Bruce's, a curse. This revelation would mean a lot more if I had the slightest iota of confidence in Greg Pak integrating it into Amadeus's ongoing story. Mr. Pak's Totally Awesome Hulk is such a poster boy for "live and don't learn" that I can't see this blast from the past meaning much in the future. Nitpickety art note: Does Marvel *really* not have anybody in the editorial food chain who noticed or cared that Matteo Buffagni equipped General Ross's Hulkbusters with *Nazi* tanks here?

9.0
Generations: Wolverine & All-New Wolverine #1

Feb 26, 2018

Laura finds herself in a position to help Logan rescue his adopted daughter from the Hand. Tom Taylor turns in a letter-perfect action script with a freight train of great feels tied onto the final scene. Ramon Rosanas's art is amply serviceable throughout, guiding the reader through fights and emotions with equal aplomb. There's a tiny hint of something missing from the visuals, suggesting that strong as this is, it could be even stronger, but I can't put it into words. Still, this is a mustn't-miss performance and the undoubted standout of the Generations series.

9.0
Generations: The Unworthy Thor & The Mighty Thor #1

Mar 11, 2018

Two Thors meet in an Ancient Daze Vikings vs. Apocalypse fight, and both Thors Learn a Thing. Besides impressive reciprocity, Jason Aaron also gifts his script with a wise protagonist: Unlike previous Generations issues, in this one we get to follow Thor (Jane edition) along the path of reasoning from "where the ☠☠☠☠ am I?" to "looks like I need to team up with this other Thor." It might be a short trip, but it feels *really* good to actually follow our protagonist through it. Mahmud Asrar contributes some powerful (if slightly short of detail) art and the entire journey is a no-drawbacks blast from start to finish. A healthy helping of solid humor helps things along considerably.

8.0
Generations: Hawkeye & Hawkeye #1

Mar 11, 2018

Kate is sucked into a Deadliest Game setup with a *very* early Silver Age Clint. Sass and teamwork and the accidental introduction of the word "asshat" to the Silver Age ensue. The script is even smarter than it seems, and it seems plenty smart. The story ends up being funny and just a little heartwarming, with Youthful Clint unconsciously earning Kate's admiration all over again. Stefano Raffaele's art is a bit of a high-wire act, particularly in the faces: He goes for broke every time. While sometimes his faces end up mismatched with the script, when he *does* nail the right expression the results are epic. I do wish both the script and the art spent a *little* more effort on the climactic Bullseye fight; it comes off too short, too confused, and it wastes a nice Chekov's Gun.

8.0
Generations: Phoenix & Jean Grey #1

Mar 11, 2018

A time-jaunt that dumps her into the presence of Phoenixed-but-not-evil Jean Grey gives Teen Jean the opportunity to grill her older self on the firebird. Does she take the chance? Does she dare warn older Jean about what comes next? This is a pretty decent read and R.B. Silva's art is a pleasure to see. I'm not sure why Marvel commissioned a painstaking imitation of "Generations: Phoenix by Dennis Hopeless and Stuart Immonen" instead of just hitting up those creators directly, though.

4.0
Generations: Iron Man & Ironheart #1

Mar 30, 2018

Riri Williams supposedly gets amazed by a peek at the woo-woo future of Sorcerer Supreme Tony Stark. This is a resounding failure on multiple fronts. Brian Michael Bendis's not-as-clever-as-it-wants-to-be script makes two big calls on the ridiculously over-staffed art team: To show us an amazing future and to show us how much it impresses Riri. The first goal is, debatably, achieved; the second is just completely hosed. Of the many many plot problems, The one which irks me most is that Riri is sidelined into a snarky but passive cheerleader for the "lookit how awesome Tony Stark is" show. Again.

4.0
Generations: Captain Marvel & Captain Mar-Vell #1

Mar 30, 2018

Carol and Mar-Vell team up to save some throwaway yellow pacifist aliens from Annihilus. While there are a few nuggets of gold lurking deep in the script, they're buried under a deluge of forced humor and ham-handed characterization. It feels like Margaret Stohl studied Mar-Vell by reading his 1968 series and she gave it up for a lost cause in the middle of Arnold Drake's writing tenure. While this rendition is slightly better than Drake's, it's still terribly dull and it lacks the cosmic nobility of Starlin's Captain Marvel - a giant missed opportunity. Brent Schoonover's art is earnest and ambitious, but also terribly stiff in a lot of places. While a touch of charity allows you to believe that both writer and artist are trying their best, describing the results of their efforts as successful, satisfying, or entertaining would be going too far.

8.0
Generations: Captain Marvel & Ms. Marvel #1

Apr 7, 2018

Ms. Marvel visits the days when Carol Danvers ran a women's magazine and Kamala takes the long look at her hero that she's needed since Civil War II. Even though G. Willow Wilson's plotting and joking lean hard into the corny "very special episode"-ness of the premise, she can't resist doing some pretty brilliant character work while exploring Kamala's view of Carol. Good development, a strong thematic message, and yes, lots of cheesy humor from "Awesome outfits cost less than $20 in the past? I want to go to there!" to a cute Peter Parker cameo. Paolo Villanelli runs wild with the mandate to turn this into "70s Hair: The Comic," and the results are awesome. Ian Herring's sepia-toned palette helps sell the retro ambiance too.

7.0
Generations: Miles Morales Spider-Man & Peter Parker Spider-Man #1

Apr 7, 2018

Miles travels back to a pivotal point in Peter's history: ASM #31-33, the classic "If This Be My Destiny" arc. Bendis and Pérez concentrate on quieter moments outside the action of the original, jiggering the plot just a little to give Miles (and us readers) a maximally-satisfying peep at this moment in Peter's life. It feels like an oversight that Marvel didn't think to package this with a reprint of "If This Be My Destiny" or even throw in an ad or an editor's note or something. No, actually, what feels like an oversight/total bull☠☠☠☠ is that Stan Lee and Steve Ditko don't even get a pro-forma "Spider-Man created by" credit here despite the fact that Bendis and Pérez lifted a *lot* of words and images directly out of ASM #32. No credit at all. LEGACY! The new story is sentimental but not flawless. I feel like Ramón Pérez takes an extra foot out of the inch given to him by a "make it look sketchy like Ditko" directive, and Brian Michael Bendis's script drags more than a little before landing at the solid gold final scene. You'll feel really great after finishing this comic, but a closer review will show that virtually all of that goodwill comes out of about six pages. Cornball coloring error: How can you have three white hands in a panel where the only people present are Peter and Miles?

9.0
Generations: Sam Wilson Captain America & Steve Rogers Captain America #1

Apr 7, 2018

Nick Spencer closes out Generations by telling an achingly important story about Sam Wilson. In the Vanishing Point, he gets to live out an entire life. It still intersects with Steve Rogers's, but this experience gives him superb reasons to hand back the shield and become the Falcon again. He wants to forge his own path. Paul Renaud's art is ever so slightly a limiting factor, but it still delivers powerful storytelling and enhances the emotional impact of the script.

7.5
Genis-Vell: Captain Marvel (2022) #1

Jan 12, 2023

This gets off to a very nice start, drawing me in with a complex structure, intriguing plot developments, some good jokes, and the beginning of a delightfully complicated five-way romantic tangle (love pentagon?). Line to line, the dialogue is sometimes a little rough. The strategic plotting looks rock-solid, though. I know Juanan Ramírez from Darkhawk (2021). Thankfully, he's upgraded his shading so it's a lot less distracting (maybe working with a different colorist helps). His human characters are still a little weak, but this issue reveals he was *born* to draw crazy space settings and aliens. I love those. Lemme take up the slack on editor's notes for all these resurrections: * Genis-Vell: Cloned sans memories in Captain Marvel (2019) #33-35. * Rick Jones: Pulled from Hell and resurrected in several monstrous forms in Immortal Hulk (2018). Restored to human form in Gamma Flight (2021) #5. * Surprise last-page guest star: Last resurrected in Eternals (2021) #1. "Exiled into the timestream" in Eternals #12, presumably landed here.

7.5
Genis-Vell: Captain Marvel (2022) #2

Jan 27, 2023

Some deft continuity nods and dangling-but-clearly-important plot threads elevate an adequate but not particularly remarkable space adventure. It's written and drawn decently; what makes it good is the strong sense that the author has a cool big-picture plan for future installments.

7.0
Genis-Vell: Captain Marvel (2022) #3

Mar 22, 2023

Taking a month-long break on either side of #3 does it no favors. This is another series that'll read better in trade.

6.5
Genis-Vell: Captain Marvel (2022) #4

Apr 7, 2023

7.0
Genis-Vell: Captain Marvel (2022) #5

May 25, 2023

I'm surprised and pleased to find some depth and change in a latter-day Peter David comic.

2.0
Ghost Rider (2016) #3

Oct 31, 2017

Poorly-written Hulk and Wolverine continue their monster hunt with very vestigial involvement from Ghost Rider. Silk is added to the lineup; this twist is spoiled by the cover's corner box. Though it's clear this book is aimed at a younger audience, this does not in any way excuse the terrible writing and lazy art featured throughout. Biggest question: why is "Totally Awesome Hulk and All-New Wolverine Team-Up Featuring Special Guest Stars Silk And Maybe Ghost Rider" being published under the title "Ghost Rider?"

4.0
Ghost Rider (2016) #4

Oct 31, 2017

Robbie *actively refuses* to get involved with the stupid guest-star plot that's monopolizing his title. Pity his own concerns aren't any more interesting. We are four issues in and much like its protagonist, this title shuns the call to adventure. The art is satisfactory for a bottom-shelf book (that's Danilo Beyruth's beat, apparently) and some of the dialogue is okay; plot, pacing, and characterization are all still terrible.

2.0
Ghost Rider (2016) #5

Oct 31, 2017

Ghost Rider finally deigns to blast the purple space monster with generic shut-you-up hellfire for several pages. The guest stars are utterly useless, Ghost Rider wastes a lot of time, and readers are left without any engaging character or story hooks whatsoever. Artist Danilo Beyruth seems to be just as tired of this story as I am, contributing some lackluster art that really seals in the "blah" feeling of the series as a whole. Even the fan letters at the end illustrate the problem of this series: Fans love Robbie Reyes but have only the most generic of compliments for this particular story. Robbie is a great *concept*, but concepts don't generate entertaining comics by themselves.

8.0
Ghost Rider (2019) #1

Apr 20, 2020

This is mainly a stage-setting issue; as somebody without a lot of Ghost Rider knowledge, I appreciate that. The characters are rendered well in both art and words, and this gets me interested in how the story develops.

7.5
Ghost Rider (2019) #2

Jun 1, 2020

The Lilith plotline isn't pulling its weight yet.

8.0
Ghost Rider (2019) #3

Jul 2, 2020

Danny goes "Achilles in his tent" for an issue, wishing that he could just wave goodbye to the Spirit of Vengeance. But of course that's not The Right Thing To Do, as he eventually gets reminded. While he's having his moment, cutaway scenes add some nice texture to the brewing Hell conflict(s). I'm not really engaging with Danny's troubles, but the storytelling is good enough to keep me from being bored and the big picture plot remains intriguing.

7.5
Ghost Rider (2019) #4

Jul 23, 2020

I like the "big picture" plot and the art, but I don't particularly like either Ghost Rider. Which could become A Problem.

8.0
Ghost Rider (2019) #5

Oct 17, 2020

Mephisto clues Johnny in to the threat of Lilith and Wolverine + Punisher take a swipe at Danny to prove how tough his new Spirit of Corruption is. This is a collection of great scenes but there's very little within the issue tying them together. A textbook example of a "one chapter in a larger story" comic.

8.0
Ghost Rider (2019) #6

Oct 21, 2020

I'm still not a big Ghost Rider lore-guy. Is "exposition hydrant" always the Caretaker's job? I really appreciate her insights here -- but on the other hand, them being so sorely-needed isn't entirely a good thing, is it?

7.5
Ghost Rider (2019) #7

Dec 17, 2020

Danny and friends stab the demonic corruption out of Johnny, freeing him up to prepare for his war with Lilith. The prose is rather beige, but the art is impressive and the way the gears of the plot smoothly turn each other is satisfying.

8.5
Ghost Rider (2022) #1

Jul 13, 2022

It's creepy and gross in the right ways, and it's all laid down with solid words and art. The execution isn't quite good enough to convince me that all the pieces matter, though; much of what's on the page comes across as nasty for the sake of nasty. Although, devil's advocate: I also see that *a lot* of the nasty is carefully planned and foreshadowed. This doesn't want to be the Immortal Hulk, but it wants to be *as good* as the Immortal Hulk. Although that's an impossibly high bar and this comic doesn't quite clear it, it's still damned good.

7.0
Ghost Rider (2022) #2

Sep 29, 2022

I hoped this volume wasn't ripping off the Immortal Hulk. But now Johnny is losing time, fretting about the Rider splitting into a separate identity, starting a series of creepy one-off road-trip adventures, and being pursued by a new supporting character … Yeah, this is "Immortal Rider." The one-off story du jour is entertaining, a solid combination of general creepiness and well-integrated world-building. The writing is OK (I found the prose a little florid) and the art's good. This Talia Warroad character, though … She's completely over the top, with no sign of being a parody. She's why we laugh at high school goths. Me taking her seriously is not a thing that will happen without a major shift in tone.

6.5
Ghost Rider (2022) #3

Dec 28, 2022

I'm rating too harshly because I just can't get away from the Immortal Hulk comparison. This is aiming for the same tone but its storytelling is not as good, and (so far) its plot and character development are much weaker. None of which means it's actually a *bad* comic. It's just not good enough to make me forget there's another series out there that aimed at the same target and got a lot closer to the bullseye. I can still definitely be won over if the story develops in interesting ways, though.

8.0
Ghost Rider (2022) #4

Jan 6, 2023

This issue drills down into its little horror vignette with a focus that really works for me. The art is super-detailed and expressive, though I thought the creepiest parts could be a little creepier. The script is a lot more restrained, less poetic than past issues. For me, at least, this tighter, more disciplined prose works much better than strained motorcycle analogies. (I'm also glad a thought was spared to emphasize that this is *not* standard operating procedure for the Circus of Crime.) If the one-and-done story is nicely turned out, the big picture plot might suffer a little for it. I still haven't bought into the arc/volume as a whole, but this issue is a nice reminder that the creators can do cool, scary stuff at the tactical level.

7.5
Ghost Rider (2022) #5

Jan 14, 2023

I often talk about comics being either "fun stupid" or "insultingly stupid." This issue reminds me that that distinction is subjective. I'd contend that the race is objectively stupid. But while I don't find it all that fun, I bet a lot of readers do, and that's valid. The storytelling is pretty solid. Johnny's narration is florid, but not excessively so. The art's really impressive; a perfect mix of subtle creepy and over-the-top creepy. Bring this comic to me in a bar and I'd happily spend my whole 3rd beer arguing about which character is the most absurd race participant.

7.0
Ghost Rider (2022) #6

Feb 12, 2023

To me, this issue is a solid execution (words and arts both) of a problematic premise. I just can't stop looking at the exorcism as a narrative metaphor. Like the author is trying to carve away weaker bits of the story in the middle of the telling. Better done now than not done at all, I suppose.

7.5
Ghost Rider (2022) #7

Apr 7, 2023

To me, it feels like this volume is finally kicking off the story it's always wanted to tell, and I really appreciate the clarity. Some of this issue's art is outstanding, too.

7.5
Ghost Rider (2022) #8

May 7, 2023

I found it to be a pretty choppy chapter. There's meaningful stuff going on, but as an independent issue, it doesn't really build to anything, doesn't have a lot of tension. A middle chapter. Which is not to say it's without its high points: That hearse-ride is something Cory Smith's probably been waiting to draw since #1. And it looks great. And Johnny's line toward the end about "how America works" is terrific, too. Overall, #8 is not a turning point in the story. But it's hardly like it gives you a reason to quit reading.

7.0
Ghost Rider (2022) #9

Aug 10, 2023

The first half of this issue really gets me going. The art is top-notch and the writing's tight. But things seem to unspool at the halfway mark. Plot points disconnect, the prose turns aimless and "grim for the sake of grim," and even the visuals get rougher. The back half has "this scary dream was incredibly vivid but I have no idea what it means" energy, and though that can spur a reader's curiosity, it's not a strong backbone to build a story on.

7.0
Ghost Rider (2022) #10

Nov 10, 2023

This is some real Avatar Press-type stuff--lurid and gory and grimdark and, in my subjective opinion, a little juvenile. Not my cup of tea at all. But setting aside my aversion to the style/tone, I think it's done pretty well. The plot develops with a vengeance, there's a touch of character development, and I'm optimistic about the groundwork laid for the next story.

6.5
Ghost Rider (2022) #11

Mar 7, 2024

While the issue itself is a slow, clunky read, it does good work by burying (literally and metaphorically) the last traces of Exhaust before this series really gets rolling on its next arc.

6.5
Ghost Rider (2022) #12

Apr 23, 2024

This issue faffs around with a lot of Avatar-press-level Grand Guignol theatrics before finally dragging the protagonists to the place the solicits brought the readers 2 months ago: They need to deal with Danny Ketch. To me, this is a competent but thoroughly superfluous middle chapter.

6.5
Ghost Rider (2022): Vengeance Forever #1

Jan 17, 2023

I'm pretty sure they threw in that panel of a female witch turning into a Ghost Rider specifically to stop readers like me from complaining that this issue's sexist for excluding Alejandra Jones and Kushala. Guess what, IT DIDN'T WORK. (Maybe it's a little racist, too? Not saying the creators went there consciously, but that Spirit o' Vengeance sure do love him some white dudes…) The art's gorgeous, though.

6.5
Ghost Rider: Return of Vengeance #1

Apr 12, 2021

This entertained me for 24 pages but afterward, the pile of ☠☠☠☠s I give about Vengeance remains microscopic.

9.0
Ghost-Spider (2019) #1

Mar 10, 2020

Lotta critics (and users, I guess) are panning this book for not having the same indie-punk feel as the Latour/Rodriguez days. I get that, but I think there's some rose-colored hindsight at work, too. Latour/Rodriguez Gwen had a lot of problems. This version of Gwen features safer but much more polished storytelling. If it can just get down to business and keep the plot from meandering, it'll be great. And in this first issue, at least, I think it's off to a great start on that score.

8.5
Ghost-Spider (2019) #2

Apr 20, 2020

Gwen settles into a busy dimension-hopping routine that she finds -- mostly -- satisfying. Cutaways give us glimpses of sinister forces moving against her in the 616, though. While the larger story is unfolding slowly and in familiar ways, the day-to-day details of Gwen's life are compelling. It's not a groundbreaking read but it's a very enjoyable one.

9.5
Ghost-Spider (2019) #3

Jun 1, 2020

Aaaaah I love the dialogue. So tasty. I wanna eat it with a fork.

8.0
Ghost-Spider (2019) #4

Jun 12, 2020

Gwen's status quo falls into a "waiting for the other shoe to drop" lull. Benji's missing, there's a fresh gang to fight, Gwen actually makes it to band practice. This is the minutiae of a superhero life, and it makes for entertaining reading thanks to dedicated storytelling. But we need some serious plot motion in the immediate future.

7.5
Ghost-Spider (2019) #5

Jul 13, 2020

I loved the plot developments and the chaos Jackal-616 inflicts on Earth-65. The words and art were rough, though. Many polishing opportunities were missed.

8.5
Ghost-Spider (2019) #6

Jul 23, 2020

Gwen enjoys a little downtime, ferrying the MJs to alternate-universe concerts and then helping her Dad handle a bank robbery/hostage case. And in the foreshadowing column, we're introduced to the Awful Social Media Influencer Earth-65 versions of Sue and Johnny Storm. It's a breather episode, but it goes heavy on the charm and wit to produce a thoroughly enjoyable reading experience.

8.5
Ghost-Spider (2019) #7

Oct 17, 2020

Gwen marvels at the still-mysterious return of Sue and Johnny Storm, who in her world are awful social media influencers who might well have picked up their usual superpowers during their five-year disappearance. There's a lot of compelling ideas here, and the action is illustrated with the usual level of awesomeness. The pace is slightly off, though. This is the first time I feel like the title's "one instance of retail-level superheroing per issue, always" policy works against it. I'd rather steam ahead with the Storms than digress to watch Gwen save a (ludicrously ugly-cute, I admit) pug.

6.0
Ghost-Spider (2019) #8

Nov 2, 2020

Gwen makes little forward progress investigating her world's Storm siblings, instead getting sidetracked with a spikey Outlawed argument with Peter Parker. Her character is great throughout, but the argument is a serious momentum drain on an already-slow arc. Pretty nice visuals, though!

7.5
Ghost-Spider (2019) #9

Jan 4, 2021

After excising the last of the Outlawed plot-tumor, Gwen turns the majority of her attention to the mystery of the Storms. Or that's what I keep telling myself: That this book really is mostly about the Storms. But the even focus on Gwen's many different concerns makes the story feel scattershot even when it's not. This is a book that's getting into trouble by loving its main character too much; we're a little too deep in her head and a little too far from the plot.

7.5
Ghost-Spider (2019) #10

Feb 17, 2021

I'd rate at least a point higher if this wasn't a surprise cancellation. So disappointing! It's particularly unfortunate that the current state of the plot makes Gwen's withdrawal from Earth-65 look like an all-out retreat.

6.0
Giant Man (2019) #1

Nov 27, 2019

6.5
Giant Man (2019) #2

Dec 27, 2019

It's really not written or drawn to accommodate the reader taking two-week breaks between issues. Best read all at once when the series is complete, I think.

5.5
Giant Man (2019) #3

Dec 27, 2019

I suspect in an earlier draft, this was a much stronger story. The plot mechanics made sense and the character's individual themes were all clear. But that story would need 4 or even 5 issues, and the creators messed things up good condensing it all down to 3.

9.0
Giant-Size X-Men (2020): Jean Grey And Emma Frost #1

Oct 17, 2020

When Storm is found unconscious, it's up to Jean and Emma to delve into her mind in this mostly-wordless story. They really weren't fooling about top-tier art being the big draw in this miniseries; the visuals here are exquisite. The allegorical visions in Storm's mind are piled up quite deep; there's lots to unpack here.

7.5
Giant-Size X-Men (2020): Nightcrawler #1

Nov 5, 2020

Nightcrawler leads a team to investigate the abandoned Westchester mansion, where they find old friends, old enemies, and an uneasy peace. (They strike a deal with a Sidri nest to let them stay in the mansion in exchange for rescuing Lady Mastermind.) This one-shot does some strong world-building, but it's more of an ensemble than a Nightcrawler story. The Alan Davis visuals are Alan Davis-y as all get-out.

7.5
Giant-Size X-Men (2020): Magneto #1

Dec 17, 2020

The stories in this series are rather insubstantial; they utterly require epic visuals to lift them up. Unfortunately, all the folks following after Russell Dauterman are … not Russell Dauterman.

8.0
Giant-Size X-Men (2020): Fantomex #1

Dec 19, 2020

Rod Reis is the perfect artist to illustrate this aggressively surreal reframing of Fantomex's origins. Fantomex has used whole generations of heroes to help him sneak back into the World, the sinister super-science Eden he was cast out of (and where his twin brother is engaged in sinister schemes). Short on concrete plot development but very long on style, this is a great ride if you're looking for spectacle. If you're looking for answers, not so much -- but does every comic have to be a textbook?

8.0
Giant-Size X-Men (2020): Storm #1

Feb 25, 2021

The running plotline caps off with a few helpful mutants taking Storm into the World to cure her techno-virus. It's a straightforward plot, verging on simplistic, but it's embroidered with witty dialogue and some truly fantastic art to make it a good read overall. I believe this is DoX's first exploration of using the Resurrection Protocols for a sort of "curative euthanesia." Storm rejects the possibility for strong emotional reasons, but there's still a lot of philosophical and moral ground to cover there.

7.5
Giant-Size X-Men (2020): Tribute to Wein & Cockrum #1

Mar 1, 2021

Now this is a weird thing. Not just an artbook but not quite an ordinary readin' comic. Normally, "riding the artist carousel" is a guaranteed way to kill my enthusiasm, but in this case, the higher purpose of the tribute soothes the visual inconsistency for me. Maybe the best way to think of this book is as a who's-who roster of the artists Marvel considers its a-listers in late 2020. (That being said, WHY can't Marvel land Marguerite Sauvage for a full-time title?!)

8.0
Giant-Size X-Men (2020): Thunderbird #1

Nov 22, 2022

The plot's pretty thin to be the main attraction. The art, while solid, isn't memorable enough to be the main draw, either. But the character work is excellent and the dialogue really pushed my "hoorah" buttons; I had a blast reading this. I also like that the question "Is the idea of the government selling minority citizens as lab rats believable?" is a great privilege check. I initially thought it was far-fetched, but I'm very white. And my second thought was of the Tuskegee Experiment, and I realized my first thought was very much mistaken.

9.0
Giant-Size X-Statix (2019) #1

Jan 25, 2020

Edie "U-Go Girl" Sawyer's secret daughter, Katie, is dragged against her will into a fresh burst of X-Statix shenanigans. This is all about legacy, in the most ridiculous and contrived manner possible, and it would be terrible stuff if the original X-Statix creative team weren't on board and better than ever. One-of-a-kind art and prose with a magic ability to balance between inane and profound: This one-shot has exactly what it needs to resurrect the X-Statix.

7.0
Gold Goblin (2022) #1

May 9, 2023

It's a pretty meaty, dense start to an intense character study. The art is solid and the ideas are compelling. But the way the author structures it doesn't spark joy in me. Layering narrative over narrative over narrative takes away more than it adds, in my opinion.

7.5
Gold Goblin (2022) #2

Aug 30, 2023

Even though I find Norman's psychological torment powerful, I think the author wants it to be profound and operatic and unique, and I wouldn't pile those kind of superlatives on. I wish the plot were the straightforward "Norman vs. Queen Goblin" conflict Norman is looking for; the loose ends (Jack O'Lantern in particular) don't excite me. I'm not thrilled by the art, either.

8.5
Gold Goblin (2022) #3

Oct 14, 2023

Going in, I wanted more Queen Goblin and less Jack O'Lantern. This issue delivered the exact opposite…and I really like it. The author's found the right balance between narration and action. The words themselves are good. The art is surprisingly strong considering the huge collaborative crew working on it. What I find most impressive is the bold choice the creators make, spending most of the issue looping back over previous plot points to establish that Norman's stuck in a cycle he has to break. Of course, his more destructive thoughts in the front of the book are still cause for concern. Sass: So Norman is now capable of being a hero--unless he's sleep-deprived, in which case all bets are off.

7.0
Gold Goblin (2022) #4

Mar 7, 2024

Powerful moments undercut by poor art.

7.5
Groot (2023) #1

Apr 20, 2024

It's essentially a middling Star Trek story, but I appreciate how smoothly the Marvel elements have been massaged into the script. It's nicely-paced, too, holding interest as the action ebbs and flows. The art's imperfect, occasionally dropping the ball when it comes to detail and dynamism, but there are also plenty of visual flares. A touch of great expression, a spread of inventive blocking--ultimately, I like the visuals. Subjectively, at least, it succeeds in the core mission of any #1: It has me looking forward to #2.

4.0
Guardians of the Galaxy (2015) #17

Oct 31, 2017

Gamora ignores an offer to get off Earth and instead gets imprisoned by Captain Marvel. This is some medium-to-heavy character assassination of Carol Danvers. She's weepy and contradictory and she chunks Gamora in prison to await trial for "crimes against the United States government." Didn't Gamora come to Earth *at Carol's request* to help her fight a war? Other "attractions" in this comic are a few over-complex breadcrumbs you can use to chart out Thanos's story arc from CW2 through Unworthy Thor and over to his solo series.

4.0
Guardians of the Galaxy (2015) #18

Oct 31, 2017

Angela gets all of three pages to reflect on non-Guardians business (like the fact that *the love of her life is MIA*) before she gets mistaken for Gamora and swallowed up by "here comes Thanos a-bloody-gain" foreshadowing. It's surprising to find out this arc and this title are going to wrap up with a Thanos fight. Not a good surprise. It was at least nice to see an acknowledgment - however brief - that Angela was torn straight out of a "happily ever after" situation for this volume of Guardians nonsense.

2.0
Guardians of the Galaxy (2015) #19

Oct 31, 2017

Brian Michael Bendis's farewell to the Guardians is monstrously self-indulgent in many different ways. The good side: This double-sized issue features some superb art by Valerio Schiti and a cavalcade of A-list guest artists. The bad side: All that brilliance is enslaved by a script so aggressively terrible that I half suspect it's a put-on. Like Mr. Bendis is saying, "See, you complain about my Guardians being slow and directionless, but a fast, driven Guardians book stinks!" No, Mr. Bendis, *your* fast, driven Guardians book stinks. I recommend reading Mr. Bendis's self-indulgent two-page farewell letter at the end. He comes within an inch of admitting that he glommed onto the Guardians in order to hog as much MCU spotlight as possible.

6.0
Guardians of the Galaxy (2015) #1.MU

Oct 31, 2017

Groot has a grudge match with a fiery Leviathon while his teammates bicker. This would have worked a lot better as Rocket & Groot #1.MU. The rest of the team is largely wasted. There are flashes of brilliance to David Baldeón's art here, but he runs out of steam on his splash pages and produces less memorable work than he could.

7.0
Guardians of the Galaxy (2017) #146

May 14, 2018

The Guardians join up temporarily (?) with Scott Adsit's Crappy Novas to try and make them less crappy. The plot splits up like a backwoods road and in this issue we follow Ant-Man and Gamora on an interesting rescue mission. It's a good yarn and Ant-Man has some impressive anti-charisma with Gamora. Fun plotting and solid visual blocking are counterbalanced by a slight lack of polish in the way the characters are finished, both artistically and narratively. I'm also a little uncertain about Gerry Duggan's tone with the Novas; while I can see the promise in treating them as corrupt cops in need of reform, so far they're coming off a bit farcical.

8.0
Guardians of the Galaxy (2017) #147

Jun 9, 2018

Gamora and Ant-Man come home safe, Peter Quill and Rich Rider kiss and make up, and awesome pregnant Nova Eve Bakian has a Big Secret. This issue surfs through these three plot points with sketchy, speedy visuals and a little bit of cute dialogue, but the polish of Gerry Duggan's words is terribly rough. This book opens with a line that I can't believe was proofread by a competent editor, and a few similar clunkers pop up throughout the book. Mr. Duggan might just be overstretched with all his double-shipping commitments, and he's getting ☠☠☠☠all in the way of editorial support. Fast and rough though it is, this issue tells an impeccably cool story.

8.0
Guardians of the Galaxy (2017) #148

Jun 18, 2018

Drax finishes the last first-tier Nova Corps quest and the Guardians don't quite hit the road to go find the next quest-giver NPC. There's quality plot development and good character work, but the Nova Corps storyline feels like an anchor in a negative way. Marcus To's art is a lot like Gerry Duggan's script - packed with real talent, but moving just a touch too fast to drill down and do something truly remarkable.

7.0
Guardians of the Galaxy (2017) #149

Jul 6, 2018

While Groot and pals get stuck into a nice fight with the rogue Groots, Rocket solves the rogue Nova problem in an incredibly clever way so that he and Star-Lord and Adsit can prepare for an imminent Raptor assault. Gerry Duggan's script is magnificently paced and features tons of intricate twists unfolding with huge satisfaction. Marcus To's art is powerful and great at capturing both dynamic motion and expressive faces. But the dialogue is so cheesy and the art is so under-detailed! If these gentlemen had two more weeks … If Mr. Duggan could sand away the clichés and use the *best* joke instead of the first joke. If Mr. To could detail up his characters and *especially* his settings to make this into a real space opera instead of a rehearsal on a barely-dressed stage. What a comic it could be with a little more time and work! Another potent bullet in my "double shipping ruins comics" arsenal.

8.0
Guardians of the Galaxy (2017) #150

Jul 11, 2018

A big Raptor fight gives Ant-Man a chance to shine, but the rest of the book turns into a too-busy roster shuffle. Adam Warlock gets a healthy slice of attention, but for now, his storyline is quite separate from the Guardians. There's so much going on in Gerry Duggan's cosmic world that the "where to next" picture for the Guardians isn't as clear as it could be. Marcus To's art is a noteworthy high point; he's closing this volume down with a triumphant demonstration of his full potential. Great to look at, but a little confusing to read - this issue is a nice allegorical capstone for Mr. Duggan's full Guardians run to date.

8.0
Guardians of the Galaxy (2019) #1

Aug 6, 2019

I enjoyed this plenty, even though I've got a pretty bad case of Thanos fatigue. In hindsight, after reading the whole arc, the identity of Thanos's Horcrux is clear but not blatantly obvious here. That's pretty dang good strategic writing.

8.0
Guardians of the Galaxy (2019) #2

Sep 9, 2019

Peter Quill is shell-shocked and apathetic and completely fails to pull his new team together. Eros resurfaces and does much better at assembling a team of Dark Guardians to hunt Gamora. I'm not sold on the overall direction of the plot and I've already forgotten about the art, but sweet sassy molassy, the script is good. The wit and snark used to polish individual lines is mirrored in the confident pacing and always-surprising structure. I don't know how all these plot twists will fit together, but each one is delightful when it arrives.

7.0
Guardians of the Galaxy (2019) #3

Sep 30, 2019

7.0
Guardians of the Galaxy (2019) #4

Oct 31, 2019

8.0
Guardians of the Galaxy (2019) #5

Nov 27, 2019

This is a pretty dang good Thanos comic. But it's supposed to be a Guardians of the Galaxy comic.

7.0
Guardians of the Galaxy (2019) #6

Jan 25, 2020

I get the impression that Donny Cates's passion lies with the plot rather than the characters. Which is a valid way to build a story and I think it even lines up with what DnA Guardians fans want. But it doesn't get me fired up, at all. (And I agree that the cast is too big and lacks chemistry.)

8.0
Guardians of the Galaxy (2019) #7

Feb 27, 2020

The latest threat to the Galaxy and the Guardians' disastrous first swipe at it are revealed in flashback. It's fast, it doesn't hesitate to peg the stakes to the highest point, and it's illustrated impressively. But there's a continued, now chronic, lack of characterization. The identity of the issue's narrator is concealed by the fact that all the characters sound the same as much as by writerly craft.

8.5
Guardians of the Galaxy (2019) #8

Mar 10, 2020

That deathbed scene took my reaction up into "wow, this is GOAT" territory -- briefly. I can't fully explain why, but by the end of the issue, I was right back down to "enh, s'okay."

6.5
Guardians of the Galaxy (2019) #9

Apr 4, 2020

6.0
Guardians of the Galaxy (2019) #10

Apr 29, 2020

It's an artistic mountain tied to a molehill of a script.

7.0
Guardians of the Galaxy (2019) #11

Jun 3, 2020

I'm just not at all invested in the clackety-clack of these Guardians game pieces shuffling across the cosmic chessboard. Pretty art, though.

6.5
Guardians of the Galaxy (2019) #12

Jul 13, 2020

It's a satisfying ending, but the assertion that all of Donny Cates' cosmic stories combine into a grand tapestry doesn't thrill me at all.

7.5
Guardians of the Galaxy (2019) Annual #1

Dec 27, 2019

A status update on some of the MIA cosmic heroes goes well, presenting a nice variety of stories for them. Well, until the end, when it's revealed most of them have been suborned by a mega-bad-news new antagonist. This is more engaged with its main series than usual for an annual, and I think the change is refreshing. That format takes it teetering to the edge of must-read territory (for readers following the Guardians, at least), and solid creative performances tip it on over.

9.0
Guardians of the Galaxy (2020) #1

Aug 9, 2020

Nova gets worried about the Olympian gods causing trouble across the galaxy. With the Guardians enjoying their retirement on Halfword, only Quill, Rocket, Moondragon, and Phyla-Vell answer his call … for now. They accumulate some more teammates (Marvel Boy and, on the last page, Hercules) and then their infiltration plan rapidly falls to pieces. A fast pace, promising plot developments, exquisite dialogue, and very strong art all combine to kick this volume off with a big bang.

8.5
Guardians of the Galaxy (2020) #2

Oct 17, 2020

The Guardians defeat Olympus and rescue Hercules, but the "victory" comes at a fearsome cost. It's an epic story -- it feels, in a good way, like the creators are striving to bring a "Dawn of X" level of import to the Guardians -- but the polish necessary for all-time greatness is lacking. It's still a hell of a good comic and a very enjoyable read, though.

8.0
Guardians of the Galaxy (2020) #3

Nov 2, 2020

The Guardians react to Quill's death. Gamora's crushed, Rocket's out, Drax forges a connection with 616 Moondragon. And elsewhere in the galaxy, a new player lines up complications by subcontracting the Guardians for an assassination. It's got an ambitious, compartmentalized structure that fits the large art team, and the script makes some daring leaps. In the end, it's a good read -- but not quite the great read Al Ewing was hoping for.

8.5
Guardians of the Galaxy (2020) #4

Dec 17, 2020

Two teams of Guardians go head to head, with Marvel Boy being the round-one standout. But the final pages bend toward a Moondragon-vs-Moondragon fight that looks far more consequential. It's got a fast pace and good, solid writing. The character art is beautiful, but some of the layouts get a little over-ambitious.

9.0
Guardians of the Galaxy (2020) #5

Dec 19, 2020

The Guardians wrap up their assassination gig. The nuts and bolts of the gig plot are satisfying, but it's the thematically-linked stories about healing the team and the Moondragons that really impress. That and the avant-garde art; Mr. Cabal reaches for the brass ring with his fancy layouts and takes it firmly in hand.

9.0
Guardians of the Galaxy (2020) #6

Feb 20, 2021

Nova goes to his first therapy session, providing a decent excuse for a deep dive into where the Guardians are at now. The character work is sublime and there are some powerful turns of phrase in the dialogue. It falls short of perfection only in that it's a recap/breather episode. The art is good, but I don't think this style quite fits "cosmic space adventure."

9.0
Guardians of the Galaxy (2020) #7

Mar 6, 2021

Whoah, was that Adam Ant?

9.0
Guardians of the Galaxy (2020) #8

Mar 9, 2021

Drunk Rocket playing detective lends a comedic air to a story that takes a decided turn for the grim. He solves the case and prevents (some) war, but the shadow of Knull looms by the end. Solid art, terrific writing, and a rare star turn for a Chitauri make this payoff every bit as satisfying as the setup in the previous issue.

8.5
Guardians of the Galaxy (2020) #10

Apr 18, 2021

Star-Lord's return would be a giant boon in the war against Knull, but his new cosmic power comes with strings attached. His team is grateful to have him back, but also unnerved by his sheer power level. Storytelling has backed off a little since the wild previous issue, but the developments are still plenty fascinating.

7.0
Guardians of the Galaxy (2020) #11

May 29, 2021

The Guardians take an issue to hammer home how very conflicted and tense they are with each other, which will make their pending victory over the Olympians that much more impressive. I guess I like the character work done here -- although "Gamora is mad at Quill" feels pretty tired. This is a good comic, but I predict with confidence that if you re-read this run a year later, this is gonna be the #1 "oh yeah, I forgot this was in here" issue.

9.5
Guardians of the Galaxy (2020) #12

Jul 25, 2021

The Guardians defeat the Olympians in a goofy, gloriously-illustrated brain-twister of a fight. Along the way, Moondragon and Phyla-Vell reconcile and the readers are treated to a li'l Infinity Stone secret. It all wraps up with an optimistic new status quo and snazzy new jackets. It's psychedelic and ambiguous and ambitious as hell, and I love it. "Pynchonesque" is not an adjective I throw around lightly in describing comic books, but this one is it.

8.0
Guardians of the Galaxy (2020) #13

Aug 18, 2021

A triple-header of new threats gives the Guardians a chance to show off their new super-heroic MO. They save Hala from a Progenitor raid in a one-and-done confrontation, but the other dangers remain for further development. It's a fast, high-flying story and it's nicely illustrated throughout. There's not much space for character work here, but I'm quite satisfied with the generous serving of plot development.

7.0
Guardians of the Galaxy (2020) #14

Sep 25, 2021

This is EXACTLY why Doom doesn't like to use his Ovoid bodyswap power.

6.0
Guardians of the Galaxy (2020) #15

Nov 7, 2021

This is a commentary track to S.W.O.R.D. #6. Magneto and Nova threw a super-powered hissy fit at each other just to keep the entire issue from being comment comment comment comment (with a dumb surprise at the end). Maybe I'm just pissed because I absolutely loathe this sort of "something vague and ominous is coming, and its ominousness is exceeded only by its vagueness" foreshadowing.

8.5
Guardians of the Galaxy (2020) #16

Dec 13, 2021

Dormammu attacks multiple planets and the Guardians (and friends) scramble to react. Though the buildup to this event didn't appeal to me, now that the shoe has dropped, I'm really enjoying what I see. The script sets a fast pace and has a suitably epic scope, and the art sold me on the scale and drama of what's happening. I also appreciate how big the cast is getting; there's space enough for non-Guardians like Hulkling and Wiccan to play significant roles. (Perhaps even too significant; I liked their parts even more than any of the Guardians in this issue.)

8.0
Guardians of the Galaxy (2020) #17

Jan 2, 2022

The Guardians redeploy to fight Dormammu, though Nova has reasonable doubts about running Dr. Doom's game plan. Dormammu, of course, has a fresh trick to make things worse at the end. This is a solid second-act chapter, intended to keep all the players on stage while introducing a few new plot twists. It's very talky -- in fact, this issue is just four long conversations -- but the dialogue is tasty. And the art does a formidable job upping the excitement quotient with lots of great battle panels and splashes.

8.0
Guardians of the Galaxy (2020) #18

Jan 23, 2022

The Guardians defeat Dormammu in an unsurprising but satisfying way. And for dessert, we get a nice ominous peek at some of Dr. Doom's true planning. The visuals are solid Big Event Art, and the plotting is rational. The prose ain't particularly special, though. I think I prefer my Ewing Cosmic Climaxes to have full-strength mystic weirdness, like #12. This issue does offer the prospect of a lot of nifty non-heteronormative hookups at the afterparty, though.

8.5
Guardians of the Galaxy (2020) Annual #1

Dec 30, 2021

Meet the Prince of Power, the rock-stupid yet strangely charming Hercules knockoff! Born a hapless schmuck on Planet He-Man, everything changed when he swallowed the Power Stone -- literally, in that he blew the entire place up not long after. This is absolute Looney Tunes. But the goofiness is invested with a lot of gags that (subjectively, at least) work well, and there's a glimmer of pathos underneath that gives PoP his endearing appeal. Plus, the B-Strip is absolutely gorgeous and delivers a great plot development.

8.0
Guardians of the Galaxy (2023) #1

Jan 13, 2024

A taut action scenario with excellent, chunky artwork is good fun. This is a satisfying comic by itself. The big-picture premise and the characterization are big bags of question marks so far, though. But that's not a mortal sin in a #1--particularly not after a time jump.

6.0
Guardians of the Galaxy - Mission: Breakout #1

Nov 9, 2017

By the extremely limited standards of what it is, a piece of Disney memorabilia, this is a successful comic. It will amuse 10-year-old MCU fans on their way to or from the associated Disney World ride. The fact that Marvel or your LCS will sell you a copy for $5 is a little embarrassing, but you can easily avoid that by just not buying the thing. I hope the creators are happy with their paychecks, because their lackluster work certainly isn't going to pay any dividends in the form of critical acclaim.

6.5
Guardians of the Galaxy: Cosmic Rewind (2022) #1

Apr 26, 2023

It's just a throwaway ohe-shot, but there's a pleasantly surprising amount of effort invested in the storytelling. Gerardo Sandoval does his usual weirdly stylized but highly polished art, and Kevin Shinick cobbles up a pretty well-structured script. He does some good MCU-based humor, too. The plot's pretty weak, though, and the Celestial hurts more than it helps. I think Marvel should slap a label on comics like this to just say up front, "This is an MCU tie-in and has nothing to do with 616 continuity." (Although in this case, Drax's characterization is a neon sign saying the same thing.)

4.0
Guardians of the Galaxy: Dream On #1

Oct 31, 2017

The Guardians are trapped in a lotus-eater machine and escape by turning it around on their captor, Death's Head. Quietly decent art can't rescue a script full of tired jokes and weak characterization that's terrified of doing a single thing that might confuse MCU fans. The plot is also nothing special, featuring a telegraphed twist that is at least executed at a good pace. This has *got* to be a cash-in for the second Guardians film. The fact that it's bundled with a reprint of Guardians (1990) #1 which introduces Taserface supports this. Overall, terrifically skippable.

6.0
Guardians of the Galaxy: Mother Entropy #1

Nov 9, 2017

Taking a lame bodyguard gig to satisfy their debts, the Guardians fall afoul of a horrible pan-dimensional space-plague. And Pip the Troll. I think grandmaster Jim Starlin is way more interested in his villain than his heroes, which makes this introductory adventure a little dull. It reads like a very lazily-run D&D session: "You're drinking in the local tavern and you review your debts. You're terribly broke. The local guard says you must complete the quest he offers." Alan Davis's art doesn't delight me, either, but this miniseries has plenty of potential.

6.0
Guardians of the Galaxy: Mother Entropy #2

Nov 17, 2017

Mother Entropy starts testing the Guardians (and Pip the Troll!) to find her new avatar. Dream sequences are inconclusive; next up is bodyswapping. This title just isn't connecting with me. There's plenty of potential left, but so far it feels stuck in neutral. I still think Jim Starlin is more interested in Mother Entropy than his heroes, but this little psychodrama provided frustratingly few insights into her character and I wasn't really feeling the funny in the dream sequences. Alan Davis's art is a little stronger this time around and his Gamora is looking less hydrocephalic. I am optimistic about the comedy potential of the body swaps.

4.0
Guardians of the Galaxy: Mother Entropy #3

Nov 25, 2017

A blasé bar fight crowns Pip the Troll as the new Mother Entropy; next, the Guardians have to save the Shi'ar from him or visa-versa. The body-swapped fight could have been great. Unfortunately, crafting distinctive character voices is not one of Jim Starlin's strengths. After this desultory kickoff, the whole Mother Entropy plot is looking underwhelming; it's extremely easy to predict what plot points the last two issues will be hitting. Whether it's intentional or accidental, Mr. Starlin is writing Pip and the Guardians as morons, and that's not a lot of fun to read. Alan Davis's art commits no sins, but neither does it step up to provide any of the excitement that this script sorely lacks.

6.0
Guardians of the Galaxy: Mother Entropy #4

Dec 3, 2017

The Guardians' fight against Mother Entropy goes very wrong very fast. Can Quill and Groot save the day? You can't ever fault Jim Starlin for lacking scope and ambition; this story turned into a universe-spanning version of "Invasion of the Body Snatchers" with impressive quickness. Trimming the team down to the under-utilized pairing of Groot and Peter is an interesting choice; between their lack of a common language and the huge scope of their enemy, their future looks mighty grim. It's a welcome bit of tension after the last issue, but it doesn't look like this title is going to end up being particularly memorable.

4.0
Guardians of the Galaxy: Mother Entropy #5

Dec 7, 2017

Groot saves the day by manifesting never-before-seen abilities and the creators point us ham-handedly toward a "let's all forget this ever happened" ending. Did you know Groot is the *only* sentient being in the known Marvel universe who doesn't breathe oxygen? That's the biggest of the bitter assumption pills Jim Starlin would like you to swallow but by no means the only one. Granted, this series is clearly intended for a young, non-critical, MCU-loving audience, but that in no way excuses the feeble storytelling on display here. Kiddies (and grown-ups and just generally everybody who picks up a comic) deserve better than this.

4.0
Guardians of the Galaxy: Telltale Games #1

Feb 3, 2018

Writer Fred Van Lente guarantees this is gonna be "the greatest comic book based on a video game based on a movie based on a comic book in Marvel history." I wish anything that happened in this issue was as clever as that sentence. Some half-hearted attempts to replicate the decision-making process of a point-and-click video game fail to add novelty to the cut-and-dried story. Salva Espin's art looks shockingly effort-free, and he distinguishes himself negatively by drawing the worst Rocket Raccoon I've ever seen in a professionally-illustrated comic. A few glimmers of genuine humor avert total trainwreck catastrophe, but this is a terribly inauspicious start to a series.

5.0
Guardians of the Galaxy: Telltale Games #2

Mar 11, 2018

A trip to Sakaar devolves into a lot of absurd sub-plots, and some of them get pretty enjoyable. The revelation of the Guardians' target is quite welcome, and Fred Van Lente manages to sock Rocket and Drax into an impressively silly gladiatorial scheme. Salva Espin's art is decent, with the continued exception of his woeful Rocket. While this book is still definitely flawed and assembled with a minimum of effort, it has some rewards to offer up to readers who grace it with their attention.

4.0
Guardians of the Galaxy: Telltale Games #3

Apr 7, 2018

Even with a cute backstory for Cosmo, this story dragging the Guardians to Titan struggles to justify the time it takes to read it. Salva Espin's cruise-control art is the stand-out shortcoming, but Fred Van Lente's plotting isn't all that memorable either. The character work is the silver lining, and even that is uneven.

5.0
Guardians of the Galaxy: Telltale Games #4

May 7, 2018

Prior to a Blood Brothers showdown, Groot hilariously short-circuits a heist plan to retrieve Cosmo's "treasure." It's fun, but it's also a very over-elaborated riff on Groot's prison break gag in the first movie. Salva Espin's art is particularly nice this time around, but it doesn't do quite enough to elevate the lazy script all the way up to roundly entertaining. The "quasi-MCU" setting suffers badly in a post-Infinity-War world, as the creators could draw freely from already-released films but had to guess at how Thanos and Titan should be portrayed. Their take on the Black Order - a nihilistic death-cult worshipping Thanos but flying totally below his radar - is kind of too good for a crass tie-in miniseries.

4.0
Guardians of the Galaxy: Telltale Games #5

Jun 9, 2018

Thanos and the Eternity Forge (the Telltale game's MacGuffin) put in brief appearances as the Guardians extricate themselves from Titan and discover their adventures have basically brought them through a dangerous loop right back to where they started. Cosmo does at least imply that this has all been pointless, but a hint of abashed self-awareness is not nearly enough to mollify readers (like me!) who feel like their time has been wasted. This series definitely isn't worth paying for, and I would debate the wisdom of even reading it for free on Marvel Unlimited. The time it takes is not rewarded all that well by the feeble humor, shaggy dog plot, and lazy art.

7.0
Gunhawks (2019) #1

Aug 20, 2019

Wrapping it all up as a one-shot obliges the story to squeeze in more exposition than it really should have.

8.5
Gwen Stacy (2020) #1

Sep 24, 2020

A fun if thoroughly un-necessary idea. I'm a big booster of Todd Nauck's detailed toon artwork, and this is a top-notch example of his strengths. I read this on Marvel Unlimited, though; the weak-ass bonus content would knock a couple points off my rating if I had paid full cover price.

7.5
Gwen Stacy (2020) #2

Oct 21, 2020

Gwen insists on prosecuting the investigation into her dad's frame, and has some considerable success. I think this is a rather average story -- the investigation plot just barely holds together, and the menace of Norman Osborn comes entirely from the future-knowledge the reader brings in. But I want to sing the praises of the storytelling skill on display here. Sound prose, strong scene structure, and art that strikes a perfect balance between cartoony and detailed.

7.5
Gwenpool Strikes Back #1

Mar 10, 2020

I like the general direction of the plot, but both Gwen and her author are a little too good at being obnoxious. And the stuff that looks like SURELY it will come back around to mean something later on -- won't. At least the art's easy on the eyes.

6.5
Gwenpool Strikes Back #2

Mar 31, 2020

Deadpool: "Hey, this is just a comic book." Gwenpool: "Hey, this isn't just a comic book." How could the writer and editors so completely miss something so simple? Pretty art, tho.

7.0
Gwenpool Strikes Back #3

Apr 29, 2020

I love a lot of the jokes and the art continues to impress. But I'll admit it doesn't add up to a very satisfying story.

7.5
Gwenpool Strikes Back #4

Jun 7, 2020

It is, as it says, yikes. But not quite enough of the endearingly goofy sort of "yikes" it's aiming for. David Baldeón deserves acclaim for copying some distinctive styles for the appropriate Alter-Gwens, particularly GuriHiru and Humberto Ramos.

7.0
Gwenpool Strikes Back #5

Jul 13, 2020

Y'all heaving the 1/10 bricks after taking "Gwen's a mutant now, LOL" at face value need to read slower, maybe. It's a survival gimmick and a lame one, yeah. That's why THE PROTAGONIST HATES IT AND DOESN'T FULLY ACCEPT IT. It gets her out of her battle royale predicament, but this series gives Gwen and her next author a giant blank check that can undo the Krakoa connection with a snap of her fingers. On the Devil's Advocate side, though, this whole miniseries is a sin against the Elmore Leonard precept to "leave out the parts people tend to skip." Five issues of superfluous connective tissue; if you actually had a GOOD Gwenpool story to tell, bridging to it from Unbelievable Gwenpool should have taken three pages, max.

7.5
Hallows' Eve (2023) #1

Apr 23, 2024

It's a simple "meet the antihero and see what she can do" story. The details are laid out in clear if not particularly memorable language, and some fine, delicate art livens things up. Nothing I'd call bad, but not exactly an instant favorite, either. But then the creators drop Maxine Danger and the Beyond Corporation into the mix, and that's exactly the kind of bonus that makes me sit up and pay attention. I'm eager to see where this goes.

8.0
Hawkeye (2016) #1

Jan 9, 2018

Kate's second try at becoming an LA private eye is off to a rollicking good start. She starts accumulating a supporting cast with speed, and this issue celebrates everything we love about Kate Bishop without ignoring all the baggage the character has accumulated. This solid start has plenty of promise, and Leonardo Romero's stylish layout designs combine with Jordie Bellaire's sun-drenched Venice Beach palette to give this title an instantly distinctive look.

9.0
Hawkeye (2016) #2

Jan 9, 2018

The arrival of the splendidly salty Detective Rivera caps off Kate's new supporting cast, and Kelly Thompson moves the script into real action with laudable speed. This series was idling on the launchpad up to the awesomely-designed alley fight; now we're rocketing off into a thrilling neo-noir caper that promises to be really delightful. The villains are intriguingly menacing, the action is laid out with visuals that would do David Aja proud, and this title shoots right to the front of the pack in terms of ongoing Marvel solos.

8.0
Hawkeye (2016) #3

Oct 31, 2017

Hawkeye and her new Scooby gang find Mikka in the belly of the still-mysterious TBC cult. The pacing is a bit slow here and the art is still not my favorite, but Kate's lovable sass keeps this soft-boiled detective story chugging. I do like how much effort is lavished on the settings, but I wish the actual characters got a little more artistic attention too.

8.0
Hawkeye (2016) #4

Oct 31, 2017

Hawkeye beats the baddie by forcing him to listen to the Sound of Music. There is lots of other stuff going on and lots of the other stuff is great but "Hawkeye saves the day thanks to Julie Andrews" is very much a thing that happens. I'm gonna roll with it because I like lots of the other stuff, but I'm not ignoring this development which could be charitably called "wacky and whimsical" and more harshly termed "corny and saccharine."

10
Hawkeye (2016) #5

Oct 31, 2017

Kate Bishop + Jessica Jones is just as much of a snarky detective-fest as you dreamed it would be. They're on the trail of a "missing" person who is probably a shapeshifter. Or the recipient of *incredibly good* plastic surgery who also owns a pet dragon. The characters are expressed perfectly and the pace is flawless. This episode concludes with a satisfying cliffhanger that promises another great ride next month. Guest artist Michael Walsh seamlessly blends into the title's style, and the clever layouts and fight scenes more than make up for the occasional lack of facial detail.

8.0
Hawkeye (2016) #6

Nov 9, 2017

Kate and Jess solve their case once it becomes clear that Dhalia is a shapeshifting dragon Inhuman. This team-up fizzles at the end, due in no small part to the complete exhaustion of Michael Walsh's artistic talents. The ties to the title's growing long-term story about Kate's dad are pretty cool. There's also still plenty of wit in the Jessica/Kate team-up, but by the final (poorly-rendered) cliffhanger panel, I'm very ready to welcome regular artist Leonardo Romero back.

9.0
Hawkeye (2016) #7

Jan 5, 2018

Hawkeye is invited into an incredibly obvious trap and powers straight through it in an awe-inspiring way. A complicated and brilliant action scene is tempered by cuts to Kate's past that flawlessly establish the personal stakes of this new arc and ratchet up the impact of the twist ending. Kelly Thompson delivers one of the strongest single-issue scripts I've ever seen. It could use a little more artistic oomph, but even Leonardo Romero's detail-lacking visuals sell the greatness of this story. He might not draw the most realistic people but he certainly puts in some hours designing impressive layouts.

9.0
Hawkeye (2016) #8

Jan 9, 2018

Kate's confrontation with her dad goes so great she punches her way into a potentially-deadly fight club situation immediately afterward. This issue presents a lot of plot threads to sort through, and Kelly Thompson's script tackles the challenge with admirable vigor. She uses an excellent intercut scene structure to maximize the emotional impact of everything Kate's dealing with. Leonardo Romero's art is really clicking with me, for a change. I get it: Once you find the perfect line, why ☠☠☠☠ it up with any extra ones? His action scenes are superb. I do still wish he'd study up a little more on expressive faces, though.

8.0
Hawkeye (2016) #9

Feb 12, 2018

Kate wraps up her fight club caper and consciously avoids diving into her whole mess with Madame Masque and her Dad. She's instantly guilty about it; I wonder if Kelly Thompson isn't projecting a little regret about punching the pause button on the main plot this month. The last issue had a flawless intertwining of the case-du-jour with the bigger family plot, but this month's offering isn't really weakened by focusing mainly on the former. It brings the case to a resounding conclusion and offers plenty of fun along the way.

9.0
Hawkeye (2016) #10

Mar 30, 2018

Gosh, isn't Kate acting strange? Smooching her Scoobies and shooting guns and all? Let's talk about the *amazing* way the creative team split this book into two incredibly different stories while keeping them related. Thoughts, dialogue, art, colors - the split between Kate and Fake-Kate resonates in every creative choice. It's an impressively thorough job and I think the only place that could *maybe* stand improvement is the rather sketchy (even for Leonardo Romero) finishes in the Fake-Kate section. That's the tiniest and most forgivable of flaws; this book is a really thoughtful and exciting treat. Killer cliffhanger, too.

8.0
Hawkeye (2016) #11

Apr 20, 2018

The "Madame Masque as Dupli-Kate" story winds down a little early to do some welcome character work with Kate. Everything going on in her head is fascinating. Her Scoobies are rather less interesting and starting to look a bit cardboard; this is the second issue in a row where "handsome brown boy" plays an important role and I still can't remember his name when I'm not looking directly at it. Leonardo Romero's artwork was good throughout, particularly in the double Kate fights. I liked most of Kelly Thompson's writing but kicking the issue off with that over-clever, over-twisted "apple doesn't fall far from the tree" line was a dreadful mistake.

8.0
Hawkeye (2016) #12

Jun 9, 2018

A reasonably compelling contrivance brings Laura Kinney and family to LA to pursue an investigation together with Kate. It's not the most momentous crime-fighting but it is a supremely enjoyable load of cute bonding between a lot of lovable female characters. (Plus a dog and a wolverine.) Michael Walsh's art is workable, and he gifts Laura with a few really splendid grimace-faces along the way. It's an enjoyable breather and also an opportunity for Kelly Thompson to flex her characterization muscles.

8.0
Hawkeye (2016) #13

Jun 18, 2018

Kate's Momquest takes a backseat to dealing with the lady who's out for Clint's blood. Kelly Thompson has elected to get some extra mileage out of the Hawkeye Legacy one-shot by recycling her new villain from it. While the imposition gets slightly cheesy at the end (the Secret Empire connection is gilding the lily), overall it works awfully well. Kate and Clint have a seamless chemistry and treat each other as true equals. Leonardo Romero's art is in top form, and he clearly went the extra mile to make the Graumann's Chinese Theater showdown look great.

9.0
Hawkeye (2016) #14

Jul 11, 2018

While Clint enacts the stupidest, short-sighted-est, Clint-iest plan ever to try and save her, Kate is going through some top-notch powerful family feels. A very strict assessment of this comic on pure storytelling grounds might peg it at "good but not great," but anybody who rolls into this after enjoying the last 13 issues will get a significant boost out of this comic's running gags (frozen peas, exploding bobby pins) and gently sarcastic self-awareness (what *is* up with Kate's hip-holes, anyway?). For fans of Kelly Thompson's Hawkeye - and who else is reading at this point? - this *is* great.

9.0
Hawkeye (2016) #15

Aug 18, 2018

The Hawkeyes and their antagonists break contact and strengthen their positions before meeting up for a final showdown. It's an awesomely busy plot carried out with continuous sass of the highest quality. The art maintains a solid story flow through two very busy fight scenes. In its penultimate issue, this title is glorifying in the smarts and heart that made it great. Even if the next one ends up disappointing (not that I think that's likely), this issue is a treasure - and a tremendously fun and funny read.

8.0
Hawkeye (2016) #16

Sep 20, 2018

A basic (though wonderfully entertaining) triumph over Eden and Masque turns into something bigger. The end of the series forces the creators to jam a few long-term plot points into the finale. It's a good read overall, but at least two developments are clearly included here because there's no more space to address them later. They don't clash but they don't quite blend. The visuals are particularly great. It's a word-heavy script, but to keep things from getting boring, the layouts are a little extra inventive. There's more detail than usual, too.

9.0
Hawkeye: Freefall #1

Jul 18, 2020

An intriguing plot, engaging characterization, and scruffy but amazingly dynamic art. This rendition of Clint is great proof that dudes can be sassy too. I'm not normally a fan of sketchy, low-detail art, but Otto Schmidt has the storytelling chops to make it work. His visuals synergize skillfully with the script, like a jazz duet.

9.0
Hawkeye: Freefall #2

Sep 24, 2020

The plot's not that spectacular, but the art is great and that slice-of-life dialogue is eat-it-with-a-fork delicious.

7.5
Hawkeye: Freefall #3

Sep 24, 2020

Clint reveals how he's being Ronin, adopts the hacker from the last issue, and piles up the sitcom-y complications. The art remains sketchy but strong. The script lost me with the lame explanation of the dual identity and it never really won me back. The prose seems a bit clumsier than the previous issues.

8.0
Hawkeye: Freefall #4

Oct 21, 2020

Clint preserves his dual identity through a series of increasingly desperate (unlikely but hilarious) dodges. He has a whole squad of friends hunting him now, and fighting the Hood isn't a particularly safe prospect itself. The art remains scruffy in a mostly-positive way, the character work is outstanding, and the plot wobbles back over to the right side of believable -- just barely.

8.5
Hawkeye: Freefall #5

Jan 4, 2021

Clint's double-identity plan continues to totter on the brink of disaster. This is another excellent example of a story segueing from humor to drama and weathering the change thanks to great characterization. The smooth art helps, too.

8.5
Hawkeye: Freefall #6

Feb 20, 2021

Clint defeats the Red Hood, but at a steep cost, both personal and social. It's a grim end to a series that started out very light-hearted, but it works well. What could have kicked it from "very good" to "flat-out great" would be some more polish on the art and -- a tall order, I know -- and a little more humor woven in without breaking the climactic tension.

6.5
Hawkeye: Kate Bishop (2021) #1

Apr 9, 2022

I like this art. I think the author did a good job with Kate's voice, and structurally, some of the scenes are impressively layered. The plot (with a giant caveat) intrigues me. But there are two things that curb my enthusiasm. First is Susan Bishop: I'm sick unto death of Bishop family drama. Second is the MCU synergy. New MCU-ish costume? Blah. And the leg sweep is Kate's "signature move" now because Hailee Steinfeld did some good ones? Double blah. These are petty nits to pick. The storytelling and the premise are strong -- just not strong enough to get me over the nits. I'll follow along, though, and I think more good storytelling will shut me up and get me rating higher.

8.0
Hawkeye: Kate Bishop (2021) #2

May 7, 2022

This issue hooked me in just the way that the previous one failed to do. Getting past introductions and dealing with a nice meaty mystery plot does wonders for my interest. I'm liking this art more and more. This style might be an acquired taste, but I'm acquiring it. There's still a little discord in the writing; little leaps of logic in the way some lines relate to each other and/or to the art. But it does all make sense with a little thought, and the added level of puzzlement actually suits a detective story. This issue's fight scene is a bit better than #1's. It being one-on-one instead of Kate vs. a goon squad adds clarity; it being plot-central instead of "action for the sake of action" helps even more.

6.5
Hawkeye: Kate Bishop (2021) #3

May 21, 2022

And I'm falling back out of love with this title. My acquisition of the taste for the art hit a wall. It seems like the delicate balance between textual and visual storytelling breaks down, causing *lots* of confusion. I'm no longer liking the character designs (it doesn't help that all of Kate's relatives are terribly plain-looking). The pace is way too slow. The dialogue is obtuse; most of the jokes don't work for me. The ideas lifted out of Fraction/Aja Hawkeye feel cheap and derivative. I could look past one or two of these problems. When they all hit at once, though, I can't call the result any better than average.

6.5
Hawkeye: Kate Bishop (2021) #4

Jul 1, 2022

It's a story that can hold your interest -- just -- if you're already a Kate Bishop fan. And the art has an eccentric appeal (my taste for it returns this issue). But it's just not well-crafted enough to attract new fans to the protagonist or the author. File this one under "for Kate Bishop completionists."

6.0
Hawkeye: Kate Bishop (2021) #5

Aug 3, 2022

The series coasts to a rather unsatisfying finale, brought home by decent storytelling work: a safe script, some ambitious but flawed art. The characterization is pretty solid, but not nearly good enough to elevate the overall reading experience. What this series felt like was a promising first draft. Look at the way Fifi turns into a solid antagonist here at the 11th hour; that feels like a happy discovery an author makes while feeling out her story for the first time. But even in the final issue, there's an annoying first-draft lack of clarity. The key fact that Pascale's mind-controlled the mansion staff is never directly stated. Even the basic job of establishing that Cassie's code-name is Stinger is left undone, ruining the issue's best joke for readers who don't already know that. This story was full of potential. But it's been scripted, edited, drawn, polished, published, and completed -- at this point "this could be turned into something good" is a negative, not a positive.

9.0
Hellions (2020) #1

Nov 5, 2020

Mr. Sinister takes charge of a dirty-half-dozen of psychopathic mutants. With Psylocke as field commander, they step out in search of a niche to call their own. This intro did a superb job of informing me about the team, many of whom were unfamiliar to me, and getting me excited to see where they go next. The art's not quite to my taste but I recognize the skill and effort involved. The writing IS to my taste; Zeb Wells' motormouths delight me. He takes Hickman's "Court Jester" approach to Mr. Sinister and absolutely runs wild with it.

8.0
Hellions (2020) #2

Dec 17, 2020

The Hellions' run-in with the Marauders and the Goblin Queen goes just about as bad as an x-mission can go. Solid scripting and top-shelf art ensure that this fast read is still satisfying. I appreciate the fundamental logic that drives this plot: A "team" of psychopaths that mostly hate each other is no team at all.

7.5
Hellions (2020) #3

Feb 17, 2021

Though I don't much care for these sorts of grimdark mutant stories, I can appreciate that this one is done well.

8.0
Hellions (2020) #4

Feb 25, 2021

Against all odds, the Hellions pull out a qualified win. The survivors emerge scarred but ready to continue, and there's some fascinating foreshadowing about next steps. Quality writing and drawing pull me in even though I'm still at odds with the brutal tone. For a monster-demon lady who wants to see Krakoa burn, Madelyne Pryor earns a surprising amount of sympathy as she goes down.

8.5
Hellions (2020) #5

Mar 3, 2021

Thank God. You really shouldn't do a big event without a designated comic relief title, and this fits the bill perfectly. A delightful respite from the slow-moving, occasionally pompous tone established so far. Plus, it even stands a chance of becoming relevant to the big-picture plot! Plus plus, Carmen Carnero is playing it deadly straight and delivering top-shelf prestige art, which makes the reading experience that much better.

8.5
Hellions (2020) #6

Mar 14, 2021

The Hellions' mission and Sinister's mission turn out to be wholly separate. The former is a brutal failure; the latter, a devious success. It's a generally-strong issue, enhanced by a lot of black humor and the thrill of seeing somebody push a tangent agenda right through the big crossover event. It stops shy of greatness mainly, I think, because Tarn and his Locus Vile are strictly one-note antagonists.

8.5
Hellions (2020) #7

Mar 17, 2021

The Hellions are up and running again with commendable speed. Next mission: Go boost Nanny's ride so she can make Orphan-Maker a new suit. Comes with built-in antagonist! These mutants are broken in the most delightful ways, the art is strong, and Mr. Sinister remains an absolute treasure.

9.0
Hellions (2020) #8

Apr 18, 2021

The Hellions retrieve Nanny's ship and blow up Cameron Hodge and his racist robots. They're remarkably effective considering they're all pursuing separate, often secret, often conflicting agendas. Hodge gets most of the melodramatic dialogue; the mutants are pretty terse. It's still a funny book, full of dry, sharp humor. The art is also well-polished. This is a great story told with speed and skill.

6.5
Hellions (2020) #9

May 15, 2021

Mastermind kidnaps Mr. Sinister and the Hellions reluctantly pursue him. The pace is very fast, in a good way. Except that it doesn't leave room for many character beats, and right now I like the characterization a hell of a lot more than the plot developments. That surprise antagonist, ugh. I'm also quite "ugh" about Mastermind's mind-@#$%ery. The visuals are nicely-polished but also indistinct. This arc has nowhere to go but up, in my opinion -- and I do trust this creative team to take it there.

7.5
Hellions (2020) #10

Jun 17, 2021

Arcade tortures the Hellions and Sinister to chisel a prize out of the latter. It's a straightforward story shined up with a glaze of dark humor and good art. The characters wear their motivations on their sleeves, but I think that works in the comic's favor. I like the simple explanation for Arcade: He's a crazy sadist and he gets off on this. He doesn't need to be any more complicated than that, and he's scarier (much!) in his simplicity.

7.0
Hellions (2020) #11

Sep 21, 2021

Arcade goes back to being an easily-foiled chump, and Sinister's master plan (or part of it) stands revealed. Psylocke is super frustrated about getting played again, and I'm getting a little frustrated myself. I love Sinister as a smug charmer and a devious schemer, but it turns out I don't like to see him win. I responded better to #6, which was also a Sinister win, so, what's different here? This one seems less funny. And the psychodrama of the psychic Murderworld didn't impress me nearly as much as the weird team of Arakki mutants in #6.

8.0
Hellions (2020) #12

Oct 25, 2021

The Hellions make a marvelous mess when they crash the Hellfire Gala. Structurally, it goes a little heavy on "party chat" scenes. In contrast to this week's disappointing Marauders, though, this issue has some heft thanks to illuminating peeks at the teams' relationships. It's also terrifically funny and quite well-drawn; a thoroughly satisfying read.

7.5
Hellions (2020) #13

Nov 23, 2021

Sinister's chickens come home to roost, and it's not going to be pretty for the Hellions. Plus, the opening scenes promise more fallout coming right behind the Amenth mess introduced by Sinister's clone. It's a dark, rich story and I'm eager to see how it plays out. The pace is a bit wonky in this issue, though, and I'm not loving the new artist. This issue calls for a lot of Meaningful Looks and I think they could have been drawn meaningful-er.

8.0
Hellions (2020) #14

Dec 30, 2021

The Hellions and the Locus Vile get fighty. Sinister and his clone manage to team up and escape, because of course they do. I like how the plot's developing, I LOVE how creepy Tarn and his cronies sound. I see the sparkling flash of cool ideas studded all through the story, enhancing a suspenseful conflict that's plenty entertaining by itself. I could wish for stronger art, but I don't think there's any real fault in the visuals. This isn't quite a great comic, but it's a very good one.

8.0
Hellions (2020) #15

Jan 6, 2022

Against all odds, the Hellions send Tarn and the Locus packing. All of Sinister's secret biz comes out along the way, and the team furiously confronts him. But it all ends in ashes from an unexpected direction. The plotting is brilliant and tragic and clever, and there's a lot of juicy meat in the script -- equal parts comedy and horror. The limitations of the art get a little more regrettable, though. There's the potential for some Immortal Hulk-level body horror here and the visuals don't pay it off in full.

8.5
Hellions (2020) #16

Feb 16, 2022

The Hellions shatter in the aftermath of their latest adventure. But the bad news never stops; this issue visits some extra sorrow on Nanny when the Right (and her ex-husband !?!) attack her. The script is slow and terse and I think the art, though nicely polished, could be more expressive. But this issue is a powerful demonstration of how badly hurt the whole team is at this point; it's an effective (though dark) ensemble character study.

8.0
Hellions (2020) #17

Mar 21, 2022

Despite the (relatively) straightforward plot and the dark ending, there are some real sparks of character work earlier on. The terse script leaves a lot of room for visual storytelling; though I would have liked a little more expression-work, the art is overall very good.

8.5
Hellions (2020) #18

Apr 26, 2022

I'll agree that this series has been great. The finale isn't free of storytelling faults, though. The art is good but not memorable. The pace is indulgent and uneven; I think this might have been a tighter, better issue if it weren't bonus-sized. That being said, this is an amazingly satisfying end to the story, showing off stellar character work all around. It's not just the Hellions, either; the Quiet Council and the X-Men are portrayed very well, too. The satisfaction comes from rock-solid plot work tied tightly to the characters; this feels like a proper and earned ending for just about everybody.

6.5
Heroes Reborn (2021) #1

Sep 21, 2021

Blade is the narrator and sole survivor in this AU where the Squadron Supreme reigns and the Avengers never happened. I subjectively dislike a lot of the character work, and I'm not interested in the mashup villains (with the exception of the Silver Witch). But the basic detective story of Blade figuring out what's happened and how to fix it does manage to hook me. The creators aim for over-the-top corniness and I think the artist does a lot better than the author. This is a great comic to look at, but some of the dialogue is downright painful to read.

7.5
Heroes Reborn (2021) #2

Sep 25, 2021

Hyperion brutally handles a supervillain prison escape. Although a few of the baddies give him hints to the truth, Hype easily shakes off his doubts -- and meanwhile, Blade convinces a freshly-defrosted Cap that this world is wrong. It's drawn like a shiny straightforward hero comic, and written with an appropriately sinister edge. But a dark take on Superman is hardly groundbreaking. And although Hyperion's jingoism is intentionally unpleasant, it's also pretty toothless. I think in 2021 you can get a lot more incisive when critiquing American hyper-patriotism -- even if you are working in the Disney Comics Entertainment Product Factory.

7.5
Heroes Reborn (2021) #3

Oct 2, 2021

Blur vs. Silver Witch comes off half-satisfying to me. Lots of insight into Blur, little into Wanda -- though she gets some killer one-liners. I was more impressed with the B strip, which throws out an intriguing possible origin for the AU. I'm pretty sure it's a red herring, but it's fun to think about. The art starts good and gets better; writing throughout is at least acceptable with a few nice turns of phrase.

6.0
Heroes Reborn (2021) #4

Oct 15, 2021

Bounty hunter Rocket Raccoon is hired to put a stop to psycho space-cop Dr. Spectrum. He fails -- but his defeat awakens another powerful Squadron opponent who knows this world has been tampered with. The fight is pretty simplistic and features some dreadfully corny dialogue. Spectrum's "Manifest Destiny IN SPAAACE" schtick makes him the least interesting of the Supremes featured so far. The grotesque art is done well, displaying tremendous skill -- but this style just doesn't line up with my tastes at all.

6.0
Heroes Reborn (2021) #5

Oct 25, 2021

Feels like it gets caught up in "look how much Batman I can do" rather than saying something meaningful about the character or the setting. I'm no fan of the art, either -- reminds me of the crappy illustrations you'd find in 90s RPG sourcebooks.

8.0
Heroes Reborn (2021) #6

Oct 26, 2021

Power Princess, portrayed here in "vodka aunt" mode, goes to Asgard to see (and fight) Thor as he shakes off his amnesia. I love this take on Zarda. She's vain, bloodthirsty, and lonely, but Jason Aaron avoids the cliche trap of making her an out-and-out sadist. The art is perfect for the script's tone; Erica D'Urso's cartoony exaggerations are just right for a story that flirts with going full-blown farcical. Plus, the end of the A strip suggests a little big-picture plot movement as the Squadron finally realizes they have an Avengers problem.

7.0
Heroes Reborn (2021) #7

Oct 28, 2021

At Power Princess's urging, the Squadron swings into action investigating the Avengers. They find them (and Wakanda) and tee up for The Big Showdown. It's all intercut with AU takes on great/infamous comics events. Those flashbacks are indeed a Catch-22. They're (mostly) amusing, but they slow down the main story -- or, saltier take, conceal how short and simplistic it is. Despite getting seven issues and 10 tie-ins, all plus-sized, Heroes Reborn still hasn't really dug into its premise any deeper than the elevator pitch. And maybe that's OK. Maybe Jason Aaron deserved a no-brainer vacation after his Thor run. But he's had the Avengers trapped in popcorn-comics-land for 3 years now, and I'm getting tired of it.

7.0
Heroes Reborn (2021): Hyperion & The Imperial Guard #1

Sep 25, 2021

Teen Hyperion's last adventure with the Shi'ar Imperial Guard. It's an interesting sort of retro: Allegedly published in 1992. It's actually a very late-80s kind of story, but told with modern storytelling techniques. I admit I prefer this approach rather than trying to replicate the more irritating stylistic features of the time. And the Starjammers B-strip is the icing on the cake: Pure continuity porn for a continuity that never existed. The art is good throughout, the writing is decent. The stories are rather formulaic, but the meta-historical approach is fascinating.

8.0
Heroes Reborn (2021): Peter Parker, The Amazing Shutterbug #1

Sep 25, 2021

In this AU, Peter Parker missed the super-spider bite thanks to bullying. The bullying theme comes back hot and heavy when his first encounter with Hyperion turns tragic, and then later events give Pete one grim but fulfilling chance to be a hero. This is a surprisingly thoughtful story. The art is spare and a little too simple for my taste, but it gets the job done. It's the script that really impresses, with sharp dialogue, compelling ideas, and amazing thematic work. A real treat.

6.0
Heroes Reborn (2021): Magneto & The Mutant Force #1

Oct 15, 2021

The mutants bust Emma Frost out of prison to try and resurrect Xavier 10 years after Power Princess killed him. The mission nets them a savior, but not the one they were expecting. The script moves fast, with a complex but clear structure. The art isn't to my taste, but I can tell an admirable amount of effort went into it, particularly the character design and layouts. The prose is adequate at best, and the creators don't convince me that they really have any interest in following this up. That's just as well; I'm not particularly interested in reading more.

6.5
Heroes Reborn (2021): Siege Society #1

Oct 15, 2021

In the past of the HR universe, after their Civil War, Nighthawk tries to set up a splinter Squadron in Europe. He's opposed, unsuccessfully, by a band of rogues assembled by Zemo. It's a great big non-stop superhero fight. I like the solid world-building, the cheeky "homages" to DC heroes, and the thoroughly top-shelf art. I don't know if this needed to be a bonus-sized issue, though; it feels stretched and slow at some points. And the dialogue gets a bit clumsy when the characters get righteous.

7.0
Heroes Reborn (2021): Young Squadron #1

Oct 15, 2021

This universe's versions of Kamala Khan, Sam Alexander, and Miles Morales come together as a kiddie team after some painstakingly Silver-Age-y origins. But they don't adventure long before some trenchant commentary from guest antagonist Deadpool forces them to recognize the dark side of their heroes in the Squadron. It's a solid story and it does a good job shining a light on this AU's moral problems. The art's good, as is the character work. The earnest naivete that it starts off with sticks around a little too long, though.

5.5
Heroes Reborn (2021): American Knights #1

Oct 25, 2021

Luke Cage plays Commissioner Gordon to Nighthawk's Batman during the hunt for a Daredevil-esque vigilante. The story's not told particularly well, with a lot of avoidable confusion. There's lots of good ideas here, but they don't connect. Not to each other, not to the wider AU, and not to the shabbily-told story beneath them. Those ideas are like an oversized serving of sprinkles dumped on an ice cream sundae that's already melted. Which is what I'm coming to expect from comics authored by Paul Grist.

9.0
Heroes Reborn (2021): Double Action #1

Oct 25, 2021

Nighthawk and Falcon are subbed into the Night Gwen Stacy Died, and it works far better than it has any right to. The art team absolutely nails the Bronze Age look. And the script did three things that really impressed me: 1) Streamlined the original story and massaged Nighthawk into it seamlessly, 2) Made it a vehicle for meaningful character development for him, and 3) wrapped it all up in a self-contained package (it took Spidey months if not years to fully unpack the effects of the original story). This blows the rest of the event away in terms of quality -- yet it lifts up the other issues instead of overshadowing them. Young Squadron, for example, is improved by this issue's added context.

6.5
Heroes Reborn (2021): Squadron Savage #1

Oct 26, 2021

This uses the core premise from the later Secret Avengers volumes -- brainwashed heroes doing super-sketchy spy missions -- appropriately darkened up for this AU. But it would need a lot more storytelling horsepower to get past average. The characters are ruthlessly forgettable and the art, though impressive, doesn't feel like the right style for this story. Plus, the pace is wonky, rushing through the team formation and then bogging down in way too much combat. Cap it off with an unsatisfying double character reveal and an over-grim epilogue, and you just don't have a very fun read. (Apparently the Redeemers are a little less random if you've read Mark Gruenwald's Squadron Supreme miniseries from the 80s?)

7.5
Heroes Reborn (2021): Night-Gwen #1

Oct 26, 2021

Gwen Stacy's business is helping the criminally insane, by day as a Ravencroft psychiatrist and by night as Nightbird, Nighthawk's sometime partner. The story at hand is a straightforward stalker case: The Jackal resurfaces. Gwen defeats him after slowly working through some pro-forma story twists. Where this comic really shines is building up a rich personal world for this version of Gwen; she's got a great supporting cast and a lot of interesting ideas. Of all this event's one-shots, this feels like the one most suited to continuation.

5.0
Heroes Reborn (2021): Weapon X & Final Flight #1

Oct 28, 2021

Logan and Alpha Flight fight a hopeless battle against the Squadron in the ruins of Canada. It's a decent vengeance/betrayal script, reaching at least action movie levels of quality. The art's damned hard on the eyes, though. And I couldn't get past the fact that Hyperion's resurrection went unexplained. I THOUGHT "the dead stay dead" was a core tenet of this AU, but I guess the narrative needs of the moment outweigh internal consistency. (I'm sure that Coulson just blipped him back with his Hell-Cube but c'mon, at least SHOW us.)

5.0
Heroes Reborn (2021): Heroes Return #1

Nov 5, 2021

It all ends in a big dumb fight, which is just as big and even dumber than I was expecting. Once the Hellahedron (ugh) was revealed in #7, it was of course just a matter of letting the Avenger's 2 biggest guns -- the Starbrand and the Phoenix -- team up and melt it. The world's put right and the lingering consequences bore me. Still, I won't hold the frustration and pointlessness of the whole event against this one issue. It's an almost-acceptable brainless fight comic, mainly because Ed McGuinness invested way more effort than anyone else, including me as a reader.

8.0
History of the Marvel Universe (2019) #1

Feb 27, 2020

Gorgeously illustrated and backed with scrupulous scholarship, this painstaking history isn't quite a story and isn't quite a reference volume. The main purpose seems to be showing that recent continuity additions by Hickman, Aaron, and Ewing blend in tolerably well during a fast chronological slideshow. Alternate Comedy Take: Odin did not get enough silly hats.

7.0
History of the Marvel Universe (2019) #2

Mar 10, 2020

Visualize any of Ennis's wartime Frank Castle stories. Now they're set in the "Siancong" war, where Frank fights Asian super-criminals in search of the magic "Dragon's Breath." Yeah, doesn't really work, does it? This series remains gorgeous and scrupulously-researched, but I strongly object to the retconning.

7.5
History of the Marvel Universe (2019) #3

Apr 4, 2020

I view its greatest value as giving Javier Rodríguez an excuse to create awesome retro spreads and honestly, there are worse reasons to put together a comic. I'd prefer some "behind the scenes" insights from the artist as the backmatter rather than "Mark Waid's Marvel Unlimited study guide," though. It looks super-pretty, but it's in no danger of dethroning Marvels or Grand Design when it comes to retrospective storytelling.

6.5
History of the Marvel Universe (2019) #4

Apr 29, 2020

The "story" of the Marvel universe grows disjointed as developments stack up in the 80s and 90s. The shift from hero- and team-related history to editorially-mandated events is clear and unfortunate. Even the art is fading a bit.

7.0
History of the Marvel Universe (2019) #5

Jun 3, 2020

The Marvel universe's story in the 2000s flows out smoothly -- reasonable, since this is the era of line-wide editorial control. Rational progression combined with more stellar splash/collage pages restores this title to pleasant, above-average readability as it nears the finish line. The Hulk falls afoul of consecutive "freak accidents" just three pages apart. It makes me wonder if Mark Waid is over-fond of the phrase.

8.0
History of the Marvel Universe (2019) #6

Jul 13, 2020

Galactus wraps up Marvel history, integrating some existing alternate futures into a cohesive timeline and offering hints toward stories yet to be published. Then he passes the mighty tuning-fork hat to Franklin for the next cosmos. The art remains excellent, and my concern about a lack of Spider-Man focus is mollified by the use of the "great power great responsibility" moral as the theme of the entire Marvel universe. Nice.

10
House of X #1

Feb 27, 2020

The script is ever so slightly open to critique, mainly of the "I have issues with the author's signature style" variety. The art, though, is quite simply impeccable. This is gorgeous and mysterious and oh-so-thought-provoking.

10
House of X #2

Feb 27, 2020

Surely this will be a prime contender for the 2020 single issue Eisner.

9.5
House of X #3

Mar 26, 2020

The lesson this issue holds for me is that it's appropriate neither of these initial series carries the "X-Men" title. Because Scott and his team are out there driving the plot forward, but it's really not their story, is it? This issue shines most of its Badass Character Spotlight™ on Emma and Sabretooth; even the Orchis scientists get more attention than the X-Men. There's nothing wrong with this; these series are telling the story of the X-Men's new world rather than the X-Men themselves. And Lordy, it makes for fascinating reading.

10
House of X #4

Mar 26, 2020

Possibly the most "Serious Consequences"-packed X-Men comic ever. You know it'll get walked back, but the creators do a stellar job of making you feel it right now. You have no idea HOW it'll be undone, but you can't wait to find out.

10
House of X #5

Apr 4, 2020

How can a book that's SO HEAVY on exposition be SO MUCH FUN to read? That's the Hickman magic: His world-building is bold, clever, and inventive enough to compel fascination all by itself. And the plot is hardly stalled out; important things happen even as we get tons of answers to key Krakoa questions.

10
House of X #6

Apr 20, 2020

It ends with fireworks, but I'm amazed by the threads of darkness running through the nation-building process. So many things could/will go wrong! And they'll all be worth reading about. In that way, the big party is entirely deserved; this is a full-on renaissance in one of the medium's biggest franchises. Xavier's final monologue leans HARD on Mr. Hickman's quintessential theme of parental duty, doesn't it?

9.0
Hulk (2016) #2

Oct 31, 2017

A little PTSD Hulk-Out for Jen sends things spiraling toward disaster for her client, though the connections are subtle right now. "Subtle" is really this title's watchword. Both the art and writing invite you to peer closely into small moments in Jen's life and unpack the meaning hiding beneath the surface. Keep your eyes peeled for Patsy Walker in the final pages!

8.0
Hulk (2016) #3

Oct 31, 2017

Backstory for Jen's client (her Deal is that she's an allegory for Jen's Deal) and a visit from the Hellcat. I'm hoping this "slow burn" doesn't slide into "no burn," but this is a quiet interlude in an already-quiet series. It's still wonderfully subtle and stylish, but there's just not a lot of action to illustrate this month. I think critics who have said this title would make a better GN than a monthly series might be right.

8.0
Hulk (2016) #4

Oct 31, 2017

The fires are about to burn out of control as Jen Walters confronts the darkness in Maisie Brewn. This issue is hung up on a bit of a catch-22. It works well as a fresh introduction to the title. Maybe too well - it feels slightly redundant after the story that's unfolded in the previous issues. This arc is clearly paced to fit a complete story into the first trade. That means the big climactic fight can't really start before #5, and for all its self-sufficient quality this issue feels a lot like filler.

8.0
Hulk (2016) #5

Nov 4, 2017

Jen finally queues up a Hulk-out when Maisie reveals she's turned to an uncontrollable inner demon to protect her from the world. (ALLEGORY!) Is it decompressed? Oooh yeah. Is it suffering from some of Marvel's most tone-deaf marketing (i.e. deceptive solicits and covers) ever? Yeah, and that's saying something. I do love the way fan reactions mimic the social challenges that real PTSD sufferers have to deal with: "You're not even the same person," "This is just generic trauma and your story isn't special," "I'm trying to be compassionate but get over it already, LOL." I've heard a third-hand rumor that this title's slow pace is editorially mandated; i.e., Jen has to remain traumatized up to Secret Empire. If that's the case, it still seems like a poor choice to stretch one three-issue story into six issues. None of these individual issues are disappointing, but the slow pace makes it impossible to call any of them great. This month's flashback to Jen in the hospital - and her subtle, achingly great conversation with Carol - shows that there's no shortage of tangents we could explore instead of hammering on this allegorical connection until it starts to fray.

6.0
Hulk (2016) #6

Dec 7, 2017

Jen at last Hulks out to beat the fear-golem-whatever-thing her client has cooked up. On both the allegorical "Jen faces her fears" and the straightforward "Hulk smash monster" levels, this is underwhelming. I feel like this story arc has run out to that fragile edge where experimental creators sink or swim, and this issue feels mighty sinky. The intent in script and art was to make this fight look tense and scary; the result is a muddle that seems afraid of showing off its star. Jen's new Hulk form looks incredible, but we're intentionally denied any good opportunities to scope it. The generic blobby opponent is particularly forgettable; colorist Matt Milla makes a valiant but unsuccessful attempt to perk it up with some mottled greys and browns. The bright spot in this mess is the implication at the end that Jen's decided it's time to stop hiding from the world and start rebuilding herself properly. Here's hoping the next arc is a little more eventful and a little faster.

8.0
Hulk (2016) #7

Jan 5, 2018

We jump ahead in Jen's healing journey and start a new story about what looks like YouTube pranksters administering MGH to unsuspecting folks and filming the results. Mariko Tamaki continues to handle Jen's evolving character with great skill and sensitivity, and the setup for this new arc looks impressively novel. Georges Duarte's art is pretty solid, though both script and visuals appear to be moving away from the "Hulked-out Jen is uncontrollably feral" precedent established last month. That's a tiny bit disappointing. Overall, though, this issue delivers just the dose of forward progress that the title needed.

6.0
Hulk (2016) #8

Jan 27, 2018

Some detective work with her assistant gives Jen a good handle on what's happened to baking guy Oliver. This issue really shows the perils of decompression. Mariko Tamaki's script runs in a large circle with weak scene transitions and a confusing chronology. Georges Duarte's art offers similar frustrations. He uses computer trickery to create his settings, and the results are impressive; he's got a real talent for perspective and blocking. Where he attempts to imitate Nico Leon's character work, though, he gets into trouble. His visuals are on firmer ground the closer Jen is to Hulking out. That makes him an imperfect fit for her current "hesitant hero" situation.

5.0
Hulk (2016) #9

Mar 11, 2018

The Hulk puts a fright into the scumbags who dosed Oliver with MGH, but Oli is still on the loose. The big-picture plot continues to shamble along like Man-Thing with a flat tire. Ms. Tamaki lards the script with too many naturalistic but ultimately inconsequential conversations. A talent for replicating small talk *absolutely can not* substitute for dramatic plot or character development. Add in a horrific case of fill-in-artist mismatch and you've got a pretty disappointing issue.

6.0
Hulk (2016) #10

Mar 30, 2018

Jen lets out the Hulk to finish Oliver's monster story in a slightly unsatisfying way. There's a lot of play about duality here, and Jen's narration segues from glib Frankenstein chatter into some great talk about rage and suffering. The art is a remarkable disappointment. Julian Lopez & Francesco Gaston both do great work. Either could easily produce an above-average Hulk comic on his own. And their hugely contradictory styles could be cleverly merged by making one responsible for Jen and the other responsible for the Hulk. Simply splitting the book in half, though, manages to weaken both of their productions and significantly degrade the comic's reception. Basically, you are guaranteed to hate at least 50 percent of how this book looks. This issue gets a 6/10 rating by the most frustrating route: balancing hugely promising ideas against hugely flawed execution.

8.0
Hulk (2016) #11

Apr 20, 2018

Sassy "talk to the readers" Jen makes a welcome reappearance on a momentous date night. Going this comedic might be a surprising choice after the last 10 issues, but the creators carry it off with tremendous skill. It's a very fun read and an especially great showing for Patsy Walker. And there's a nice little hook tying this otherwise self-contained one-shot into the stalkery foreshadowing that started in #10. Bachan's art is expressive and funny without being short of detail, but Frederico Blee takes a heavy-handed approach with the colors that detracts significantly from the linework.

6.5
Hulk (2021) #1

Apr 9, 2022

It's a decent presentation of a premise that leaves me stone cold. Or maybe it's the disconnect between strategic and tactical premises that gets me. "Banner is the real threat" -- okay, I could go with that. "Mini-Banner drives Mecha-Hulk over Iron Man like a steamroller" -- noooope. And I find myself again in an "emperor's new clothes" situation with Ryan Ottley's contemporary art. This shows his signature style, but the finish is very rough. (Another problem, I think, is that Frank Martin is the wrong colorist for this.)

6.0
Hulk (2021) #2

Apr 28, 2022

I found the art much better this time around. More polished and featuring a brighter color palette. Strong visuals suit a fast, action-heavy story like this. Character work was virtually nonexistent. There *was* a bit of plot development, but it continues to underwhelm me. Plus, the meta-fiction gags really ticked me off. "See Hulk gib a much-belated ripoff of Warren Ellis's Authority, har har!" "We got Ryan Ottley to gore up an A-list Marvel title like a mid-run issue of Invincible, har har!" These are a stupid person's idea of meta cleverness. (If the real reason for the Authority gag was to fix a "whoops, our issue is 3 pages short" problem, that'd be just awful.)

8.0
Hulk (2021) #3

Jun 3, 2022

The brakes slam on (literally as well as metaphorically) and this title finally does something besides SMASH-ing. We get some nice world-building on the new AU the Hulk is in, as well as a few foreshadow-y glimpses of Bruce's current inner turmoil. I like the ideas. I'm OK with the writing; I love the art. If this run can strike a better balance between action and insight, I might end up loving it.

8.0
Hulk (2021) #4

Jul 2, 2022

This issue segues smoothly out of world-building and back into SMASH. I have exactly enough context to appreciate the smashing now; the world-class art certainly helps. I can't help but grumble about the sad, hollow world of Earth-122, though. It seems tailor-made to allow for all-out Hulk mayhem while minimizing repercussions on Earth-616.

8.5
Hulk (2021) #5

Sep 29, 2022

The plot develops in spectacular (not clever, but spectacular) ways, the prose gets a little literary (in a good way), and the art remains great. It's exciting to read and it leaves me with some huge questions I'm happy to be asking. I was underwhelmed with the start of this volume, but now that the method to the madness is becoming clear, I think it stands on the cusp of greatness.

7.5
Hulk (2021) #6

Oct 29, 2022

I admire the way this story is told, even though I don't much care for the details. The art is beautiful and the script has a really impressive cross-cut structure. It all comes together with a thrilling pace. But I'm really struggling to care about this dumb new Titan-Hulk form. I *am* curious about the nature of Not-Betty -- so much so that this issue's lack of explanation frustrated me.

7.5
Hulk (2021) #7

Dec 22, 2022

As I expected (since it's the same artist), the art is just about as brilliant here as it was in the last chapter. There's some confusion in the script that the artist could have helped clarify, though. Narrative cause-and-effect get messy, especially in the first half. Though I'm unclear on how we get there, I do like where we're at at the end.

7.0
Hulk (2021) #8

Jan 24, 2023

Martin Coccolo is certainly convinced that this is a Meaningful Ultimate Showdown, and so it's a beautifully-drawn one. But it starts with some more of that overselling I noted at the start of the arc. Uatu assures us we're about to see a definitive answer to the "who would win in a fight" question. The potentially-disappointing draw we get, loaded with extenuating circumstances, is no answer at all. The good news, though, is that this is a pretty meaningful issue on the character-exploration front, with insights into Thor and a chance for Odin to grow. As per annoyingly usual with this crossover, the key beats for one title's characters appear in the other title.

7.0
Hulk (2021) #9

Mar 30, 2023

This issue is a perfect example of the way a comic book script can be less of a script and more of an artist's prompt. In this case, with this artist, it actually works, and the spectacular visuals elevate this issue -- barely -- above average.

7.5
Hulk (2021) #10

Apr 26, 2023

I'll give the author credit for revealing some solid, intriguing ideas setting up this new "Hulk Planet" setting. It pleases me to discover this is a direct sequel to the volume's first arc. It's fun and a little bit thoughtful, even if it isn't exactly "Dawn of X" level world-building. The art is still great (though maybe something is a little off about the coloring this month?).

6.0
Hulk (2021) #11

Dec 26, 2023

It's the Hulk-vincible-iest issue yet, which doesn't sit well with me.

8.5
Hulk (2021) #12

Apr 16, 2024

The same creative setup as last issue delivers a much juicier payoff when Donny Cates steps in to bring all the plot-chickens home to roost. It makes all the difference in the world, keeping the pace up and creating a rising sense of tension. The art still looks solid and it functions as a fine-tuned storytelling tool along with the script. Personally, the most important distinction between this issue and the last is that, after finishing this one, I'm eager to see what happens next.

6.5
Hulk vs. Thor: Banner of War (2022): Alpha #1

Dec 12, 2022

This sure is one spectacular Hulk vs. Thor fight. It's a big opportunity for the artist to flex, and the visual results are formidable. On the story side, though … Uatu promises that this will be a unique Hulk/Thor fight unlike any previous one. And that is not at all what I'm seeing so far. Even the first semi-revelation about the Hulk's El Paso mystery is underwhelming in its familiarity. I did at least like the last-page twist, and Bruce's brutal solution to getting Mjolnir-pinned. I'd rate higher if the Watcher/the author hadn't oversold this at the start.

7.0
Hulk: Grand Design (2022): Monster #1

Sep 29, 2022

It's an inventively-presented summary of the Hulk's first 20 years. The visuals are especially cool, with some collage work that would warm Jack Kirby's heart. But it's also another "Grand Design" shot that fails to bottle lightning like Ed Piskor's original. That went beyond summary and found its own story. Here, the writing does a good job evoking classic Hulk themes like resentment and loneliness, but it doesn't build a narrative. What's left is an inevitably dry survey. It's a very nicely-done textbook for Hulk 101, but a textbook nonetheless.

6.5
Hulk: Grand Design (2022): Madness #1

Nov 22, 2022

In contrast to the last issue, this one covers Hulk-events with which I'm not familiar. That makes it even harder for me to find any narrative thread in this one. I'll be fair to the creator; it's not his fault that the Hulk did a lot of *stupid* and repetitive stuff in the 80s and 90s. But it's just not much fun to read in this super-compressed digest form. The art's not as impressive as that in Monster, either. There's some stylistic variation to show the passage of time, but the different styles don't always match up to what comics looked like at the appropriate moment.

6.5
Hulkverines #1

Sep 9, 2019

The script sank a "popcorn comic" hook in me, but this issue doesn't have a strong enough line, visually speaking, to reel me in.

7.0
Hulkverines #2

Oct 9, 2019

The heroes and villains all work out that they're being puppeted, which promises some intense craziness for the bigger bad (Agger?) in the near future. The action, art, and dialogue are quite solid, and it's a pleasure to see the big guest stars, Logan and Devil Hulk, both putting their base cunning to work. Plus, I ain't gonna turn my nose up at a last dance with the endearingly bonkers Dr. Alba from Weapon H.

7.0
Hulkverines #3

Nov 12, 2019

I like the long-term outlook this miniseries leaves behind. It'd be outstanding to see Dr. Alba pop up along with the Leader when he next rears his gigantic head.

7.0
Hunt For Wolverine #1

Nov 10, 2018

The Reavers try to rob Logan's tomb; that segues into the discovery that his body is missing. The A story covering the robbery is excellent. The B story setting up four extremely-questionable follow-up titles is disappointing. On a pure storytelling level, it's satisfactory, but the core premise is rock stupid. Logan's corpse going MIA SHOULD trigger an all-mutants-on-deck X-Stravaganza. Who do we send out instead? One X-team that's all female for some reason, one villain squad, and two teams made up of the Netflix Defenders plus Spidey and Iron Man. It's abject nonsense. The poor planning in the B story is worth at least one penalty point; if I was buying at full cover price instead of reading this on MU, the penalty would be higher.

7.0
Hunt For Wolverine: Dead Ends #1

Mar 13, 2019

Kitty Pryde, Daredevil, and Tony Stark thoroughly recap the Hunt for Wolverine miniserieses. That's not actually a bad thing; getting all the updates in six pages of dense exposition is way better than buying and reading hundreds of pages of super-decompressed dross. The tail end of the book introduces them to a thoroughly blah antagonist whose only noteworthy trait so far is staggering naivete (with terrible fashion sense as a runner-up trait). Introducing your save-the-world plan with mass murder is a big ethical lapse in any universe, and expecting your killings to scare Marvel superheroes into leaving you alone is extra foolish. Add in some art with sound bones but glitchy polish and you have a comic that falls right in between "average" and "good."

8.0
Hunt For Wolverine: Adamantium Agenda #1

Nov 25, 2018

This issue does a good job identifying the reader's key question - why THIS lineup of Wolverine's Avenger buddies? - and building the answer into a compelling flashback mystery. The script delivers a team dynamic that's strongly reminiscent of Brian Michael Bendis (in a good way), and the visuals are suitably cinematic for a globe-trotting James-Bond-esque thriller. The question of how integral this story is to Logan's return is still open, but the creators have done a good job of making it interesting in its own right.

7.0
Hunt For Wolverine: Adamantium Agenda #2

Jan 1, 2019

The Avengers team stumbles sideways into a genuine antagonist and a new partner gives them some extra Wolverine Family credit. I like the core plot developments, but this script is padded within an inch of its life. The art also falls well short of maximum effort. I think it's cute that the artist (or maybe the colorist?) thinks ballistic missile submarines have headlights.

6.0
Hunt For Wolverine: Adamantium Agenda #3

Jan 21, 2019

The heroes fight off Mr. Sinister, shut down the black market submarine, and intimidate the next plot point out of a captive. In an exceptionally vague flashback, Logan and Tony have an ominous but still-unspecific conversation about secrets. This issue is really only noteworthy in demonstrating how far down unengaged creators can drag a promising story. The laziness is most apparent in the visuals, but the script is quite a ways from maximum effort too. This issue puts Jessica Jones, Luke Cage, and Spider-Man into Iron Man suits. It steers that premise away from any "woah, how crazy awesome" memorability and renders it a thoroughly "meh" affair. That's quite an achievement, but not one to be proud of.

5.0
Hunt For Wolverine: Adamantium Agenda #4

Feb 25, 2019

The Pseudo-Vengers do a little more fighting. Tony is tempted to not blow up Mr. Sinister's creepy DNA database, but recalling his key flashback conversation with Logan reminds him to do the right thing. Everybody retires to the Cage-Jones apartment for comic relief with Danny Rand and Tony rams a couple arbitrary revelations in at the last minute. One's a forced plot coupon for the Hunt for Wolverine, the other's a personal tidbit for Laura that just emphasizes how superfluous she was to this title. This issue features decent art and dialogue, but the way the whole present-day plot was Taylor-made (I'm not ashamed of the pun) to Teach Tony a Lesson is contrived and disappointing.

7.0
Hunt For Wolverine: Claws Of A Killer #1

Dec 3, 2018

This dense introduction to the villainous Logan-hunting party delivers some welcome attention to the Soteira Group, the bigger bads who have possession of Logan right now. While the nasty characterization of the protagonists is refreshing, it clashes with the "dirty-faced angels" treatment they're getting in other titles (Daken in X-Men Blue and Deathstrike and Sabretooth in Weapon X). The darker take shown here isn't deep enough to override the goodguy treatment; this just muddies the waters. This issue also has some visual problems: the marvelously real faces are great in individual panels but the progression from picture to picture is disjointed. This only gets worse as the story moves away from talking and toward fighting.

6.0
Hunt For Wolverine: Claws Of A Killer #2

Jan 1, 2019

Deathstrike and Sabretooth catch up to the "☠☠☠☠! Zombies!" point, and Daken earns one tiny further development: "This town has commando dudes in it, too." That is NOT a lot of plot progress for the characters, and us readers get none at all. The dialogue is pretty good, but the art has weaknesses aplenty to balance out the slight value of the words. All of the Hunt For Wolverine serieses suffer from a shortage of content, but this one takes an early and impressive lead in dealing with its shortage via blatant decompression.

4.0
Hunt For Wolverine: Claws Of A Killer #3

Jan 31, 2019

Daken, Deathstrike, and Sabretooth have a surprising amount of trouble surviving Zombietown USA. The plot is fundamentally sound but the storytelling skills used to flesh it out are sorely lacking. The stiff, disjointed visuals make a hash of the action scenes. They're matched by dialogue with a lot of logical gaps; the words take the promise of the plot and render it confusing in all the wrong ways. This is profoundly unsatisfying both as a standalone comic and as a chapter in the miniseries.

5.0
Hunt For Wolverine: Claws Of A Killer #4

Feb 28, 2019

Sabretooth and Deathstrike just barely escape, leaving behind a dead Daken and drawing some strongly mistaken conclusions about the Soteira organization. This was a very subtle comic in both words and art, and that's a poor tonal fit for an "antiheroes versus zombietown" premise. I have great respect for the creators but I feel their talents were mostly wasted on this particular story.

2.0
Hunt For Wolverine: Mystery In Madripoor #1

Dec 3, 2018

An all-female crew of Logan's mutant pals goes hunting for Magneto in Madripoor, but instead they "just happen" to run into an all-female baddie squad. This is a strong contender for the least enjoyable comic I've read in years. The all-X-chromosome gimmick is unjustified, the flashback characterization of Logan and his ladies is pond-shallow, and then there's the art. It's not just me disliking Thony Silas's shovel-faced Nagel-ripoff style - though I certainly do dislike it. No, what really arouses my ire is the fundamental and, I contend, objective incompetence shown in anatomy, blocking, and visual storytelling. Logan's double-barrel chest on the very first page, the inept and confusing portrayal of Mindblast's airport disguise, the way Storm's keepsake is almost-but-not-quite-perfectly hidden from view ... There is no end to the artistic missteps. This comic is a failure even on the basest level of juvenile titillation. T&A were definitely in the cards - look not just at the rosters but also at the X-Women LITERALLY and EXPLICITLY dressing in stripper clothes for their Magneto meeting. But sexy, too, falls outside Mr. Silas's wheelhouse today.

3.0
Hunt For Wolverine: Mystery In Madripoor #2

Jan 9, 2019

Kitty takes the POV, the villain squad gets a little too much panel space, and the art plunges into new depths of embarrassment. The costumes, proportions, and breasts are all ridiculous, but you know what I'm really gonna have nightmares about? Viper drinking booze out of what looks like an ashtray. The artist couldn't draw a convincing GLASS. How the editors (and this comic had FOUR) gave that a thumbs up is beyond me.

2.0
Hunt For Wolverine: Mystery In Madripoor #3

Feb 4, 2019

Domino has the POV and she uses it to flash back to having had a "sport#$%@" relationship with Logan back in the day. Yick. In the present, the heroes race to stop the baddies' satellite launch, Magneto gets loose, and Psylocke clobbers Sapphire Styx from inside her own head. It's all illustrated with art that would put you into a genuine "Lordy how do I say anything nice about this" quandary if the artist showed you his DeviantArt gallery. Its presence in a Marvel comic sold for money is a mystery. And now the script, with far too much wingding cursing and direct-to-video action movie "tough girl" characterization, races the art down to the bottom of the barrel. In the wider "Hunt for Wolverine," I'm dismayed that storytelling quality and plot relevance seem to be inversely proportional. This title and "Claws of a Killer" are the ones dropping constructive hints about the Soteira organization; "Weapon Lost" and "Adamantium Agenda" are the ones I can read without groaning.

5.0
Hunt For Wolverine: Mystery In Madripoor #4

Mar 7, 2019

The core Mystery in Madripoor story ends with futility, pointlessness, and more embarrassing art. But the good news is, a healthy chunk of #4 is devoted to Psylocke Development Theater, complete with actually competent guest art. It doesn't redeem the series or even the issue, but it does pin this closer to "average entertainment" than any of the previous numbers. This is just good enough (barely) to satisfy the inevitable, curious Psylocke fans who drop in for her status quo updates.

7.0
Hunt For Wolverine: Weapon Lost #1

Nov 25, 2018

Daredevil goes into maximum hardboiled mode and treats Logan's absence as a missing person case. He recruits from the ranks of the NYPD, teaming up with Frank McGee and Misty Knight. I like the team and love the tone, but the pace seems slow. The flying vehicles and making a big joke out of crazy Cypher sit poorly with me, too. This definitely wouldn't convince me to buy the series in floppies, but it makes a fine MU read.

7.0
Hunt For Wolverine: Weapon Lost #2

Dec 18, 2018

A few false leads fill up space before the Detective Squad gets onto Logan's trail in a serious way. I like the core detective story, but I think it's padded for length and some of the padding - particularly "Cypher's internet addiction is just like a smack habit" - disagrees with me. The visual style is heavy, but it does great with dramatic moments.

7.0
Hunt For Wolverine: Weapon Lost #3

Jan 14, 2019

Daredevil's detective squad discovers even their best lead is a red herring, but a left-field development promises one more issue of plot. This issue was yet another batch of decent ideas given not quite enough polish to make it all the way to "good comic." The script is by no means perfect, but it's a ways ahead of the art. This is the series's Big Action Payoff, and the visuals don't have nearly enough impact. The isolated positives - particularly Misty and Frank getting themselves a taste, woo-hoo! - keep this a bit above average.

7.0
Hunt For Wolverine: Weapon Lost #4

Feb 11, 2019

The detective squad pulls out an 11th-hour win, securing some useful info on Soteira and its relationship to Wolverine. Quality character work and nice revelations, but I have some problems with the way the plot is structured and presented. "Misty's magic arm-tech saves the day" is used three times, i.e. twice too often, and Daredevil narrating the whole thing in the past tense makes it feel like telling instead of showing. And sadly, Frank McGee's flying motorcycle makes one last appearance to demonstrate that the artist still doesn't know how to make it look cool/real.

6.0
I Am Groot #1

Dec 3, 2017

Baby Groot is sheared off his team and plonked onto the wild world of Terminal for some presumably adorable hijinks. The Flaviano / Marcio Menyz art team dishes up some enjoyable toonish visuals. Before we can get into the intriguing mysteries of Terminal, we have to struggle through an overlong dose of the Guardians at their most marketable and kid-friendly. This is notably the stupidest Peter Quill has ever been portrayed on-page, and after the last few years that's *really* saying something. I think an uptick in subsequent issues is very possible now that we've weathered a somewhat dull, pro-forma start.

8.0
I Am Groot #2

Jan 5, 2018

Terminal is a spectacularly weird world, but at least Groot finds a pal who can understand him. This series is clearly designed to amuse both kiddies and parents, and I think it achieves those goals. There's an edge of grotesquerie to Flaviano's art that's sure to delight children, and the bigger question of what the Terminal world is *really* intended for will keep grownups guessing. This feels like a modern swing at the sort of fantasy themes addressed in Bill Mantlo's original Rocket Raccoon miniseries, and I mean it as the highest sort of praise when I say this series is shaping up as a worthy successor to that one.

6.0
I Am Groot #3

Feb 3, 2018

There's a magic portal on Terminal that can return Groot to his native dimension, but the Administrator will throw every last robot on the planet between the little tree and his goal. Writer Christopher Hastings clutters the script up with "buddies" to provide exposition for our verbally-challenged hero - lazy. The Administrator phones in to exposit more and explain the whole core conflict - lazy. Even artist Flaviano gets in on the lazy action by blowing up some super-loose panels to splash-page or double-spread size and pretending they're impressive. None of this makes the issue terrible; it just makes me feel like an idiot for comparing this title to Bill Mantlo's original Rocket miniseries last month.

6.0
I Am Groot #4

Mar 11, 2018

Another edition of "Flaviano's CuteGroot sketchbook with random plot threads by Christopher Hastings," hooray! Except not hooray, because this kinda stinks. There's about a ten-year age gap between the reader who will delight in the pretty pictures and the reader who'll be interested in and capable of puzzling out Mr. Hastings' mystery plot. I cannot really imagine #5 as a big answer-everything conclusion that redeems the time we've invested in this series, but I guess anything's possible. This issue barely hits 6/10 even with a bonus point for my suspicion that the Administrator's "trap a perfect moment forever" agenda is a super-stealthy critique of the tiresome superfans who believe there's a progressive conspiracy to make Marvel comics suck now. Even if that *is* Mr. Hastings' intention (and I may just be projecting), it's executed too subtly (and in a poor venue) to really bite.

6.0
I Am Groot #5

Apr 7, 2018

A heap of explanations makes satisfying sense out of Terminal and Groot gets a chance to fight a surprising guest star before getting plopped back home. The final scene with the Guardians, like the start, is painfully clichéd, dragging down an otherwise above-average conclusion. A farewell letter from writer Chris Hastings notes the difficulty in telling stories about a protagonist with a three-word vocabulary; it's a pity his response to that challenge never got much past "What's that, Grooty? Timmy fell down the well?" levels. The final dose of Flaviano art is quite impressive, capably balancing out any remaining script problems and ensuring that this issue ends up being decently entertaining.

7.0
I Am Iron Man (2023) #1

Apr 23, 2024

This is a simple--almost simplistic--story idea spun out to issue length with incredibly stylish scripting and art. I appreciate the subtlety and nuance, and I think the storytelling's talented, but even with close scrutiny, I don't see a whole lot of content. If this series is going to be a semi-sorta anthology of little untold stories throughout Tony's career, starting with the timey-wimey future story is a *damned* weird choice.

8.0
Ice Man (2018) #1

Mar 27, 2019

Iceman returns to protagonist duty. The soap opera/slice of life stuff at the start (in the vein of his last series) goes over like a lead balloon, but things get much more promising when he and Bishop fight a pocket Mutant Massacre with the Morlocks. Decent art throughout, good foreshadowing, and excellent plotting suggest this series will develop nicely if Sina Grace continues to lean on solid X-Men tropes.

5.0
Ice Man (2018) #2

Apr 25, 2019

5.0
Ice Man (2018) #3

May 21, 2019

5.0
Ice Man (2018) #4

Jul 1, 2019

7.0
Ice Man (2018) #5

Jul 26, 2019

8.0
Iceman (2017) #1

Jan 5, 2018

A succinct and well-rounded introduction encapsulates Bobby Drake (OG) and what's going right and wrong in his life right now. Sina Grace takes pains to script some genuinely touching moments that show Bobby at his best: Instructing his younger self and saving a young mutant from a Purifier. He's an exemplary senior X-Man and that's always worth remembering. On the downside, his fight with a single very green Purifier is underwhelming and the initial "Bobby writes a dating profile" conceit is a bit too cute for the room. Nicely-integrated family drama makes it clear his Terrible Parents haven't even accepted him as a mutant yet; his sexuality is gonna be a whole other kettle of fish. This isn't flashy, but it's a rock-solid base to build a great character study on.

4.0
Iceman (2017) #2

Jan 5, 2018

Bobby and Kitty have an Uncomfortable Ex Chat in the middle of rescuing a new mutant. This could have been a really nice comic; it's a pity we get a problematic rough draft instead of a finished product. It's riddled with ugly spots that betray a lack of polish. That applies to both the writing (corny jokes with bad delivery, lack of smooth line-to-line flow) and the art (sterile poses, poor faces, minimal design continuity with the last issue). I don't think rushing this issue out the door to meet a double shipping schedule was a good idea. To paraphrase Shigeru Miyamoto, a delayed comic can eventually be good, but a rushed comic is forever bad.

8.0
Iceman (2017) #3

Feb 3, 2018

The Purifiers, apparently on a "spoil Bobby's relationship with his parents" mission now, strike during what was supposed to be his coming-out dinner. Jokes aside, this issue is an achingly good execution of the classic "mutants as a stand-in for homosexuals" trope. It's a splendid action story, too, and expanding the Purifier attack from #1 into an ongoing plot is much appreciated. Alessandro Vitti's return to art duties is also a good thing; let's hope moving this book to a monthly schedule fits his capabilities.

7.0
Iceman (2017) #4

Mar 11, 2018

Iceman faces off with Daken when Zach, the increasingly-horrible mutant teen from #2, goes AWOL. Sina Grace's plotting and characterization are rock solid, but his dialogue is painfully contrived and not half as hep as he'd like it to be. Visually, Edgar Salazar does sterling work on settings and characters, but his pencils are robbed of their impact by Ed Tadeo's scratchy, shallow inking. There's potential for greatness here - most notably, this creative team is terrific at using Bobby's powers in smart, novel ways - but the flaws aren't overlookable. I can't really call any comic "great" when the dialogue delivers eyeball-rollers every two pages.

8.0
Iceman (2017) #5

Mar 30, 2018

Bobby's coming out to his parents goes poorly even before the Juggernaut attacks. Sina Grace's script does a good job juggling the two struggles and building them into something greater than the sum of their parts. Easy-to-miss feature: This issue has superb links to other X-Books. Juggsy's whole excuse for attacking the school is the mistaken idea that the Blue squad (they teleported him to Hell last year) lives in Central Park. And Quentin and Idie walk directly into this issue out of Generation X #6 without missing a beat. Alessandro Vitti's art is a bit of a limiting factor - it tells the story well but some of the people in it look simply dreadful.

7.0
Iceman (2017) #6

Apr 20, 2018

Losing Natasha in Secret Empire makes this OG Champions reunion a rather sad affair. And Sina Grace bends his script heavily toward Bobby's first gay date, so his old teammates serve primarily on wingman duty. Some of the romance gets glitchy when Mr. Grace pushes too hard toward sass, but the hero relationships are rock-solid. Robert Gill's art is just barely satisfactory. It gets the story told but it doesn't attract any positive attention; scripts that park Warren Worthington, Johnny Blaze, and Bobby Drake together all in civilian clothes are probably haunting Mr. Gill's nightmares now. Thank goodness for leather biker jackets!

7.0
Iceman (2017) #7

May 14, 2018

Bobby does a sterling job of flattening ersatz Sentinels and getting through his first date, then decides to make a big change. I respect the lofty goals this comic is aiming at. Though its successes elevate it above the ordinary, its failings can't be ignored. Sina Grace portrays Bobby very well, but his dialogue skills are too rough to make this breezy slice-of-life Claremont-esque plot structure work. Robert Gill is a talented penciller who does noteworthy fight scenes, but the potential of his artwork is undercut by messy lines that lack hierarchy - sometimes the shading overwhelms the outlines. This is a would-be-great comic held back by critical talent shortages. I hesitate to say it needs *different* creators; maybe they need more time and/or assistance. I think adding a dedicated inker, for example, might elevate Mr. Gill's visuals to true greatness.

6.0
Iceman (2017) #8

Jun 18, 2018

A family dinner with the Drakes and both Bobbies takes a disturbing turn, and Daken presents himself for a key antagonist role in future issues. While this comic covers plenty of promising ground, once again it feels like Sina Grace's script is an under-worked rough draft stab at developments that could/should land with much more memorability. How the Bobbies react to the Drakes' insta-creepy desire to treat time-displaced Bobby like a potential parenting do-over is a perfect example. Elder Bobby's condemnation of this idea *should* be the capstone of the issue, but Mr. Grace has him spew a bunch of forgettable platitudes in this oh-so-crucial moment. Robert Gill's art stays in its usual groove: Wonderfully detailed, but robbed of clarity by a lack of lineweight variation.

4.0
Iceman (2017) #9

Jul 11, 2018

Daken turns Bobby's farewell party into a villain apotheosis. He's activating a Death Seed, and he wants to do it in front of Bobby because … I dunno? He feels that Bobby's "timey-wimey nonsense gave me a gay revelation" schtick is stepping on the toes of his own more simplistic "I'm bi and sleazy and evil" deal, maybe? It's not fun to look at (except for a few pages of nice Bobby vs. Daken fighting), the jokes aren't funny, and the otherwise promising plot takes way too much effort to unearth. I agree with the MFR review: Reading this series is a chore. I wish it weren't, but it is. Sina Grace is so obsessed with packing his dialogue full of snark and wit and bad jokes and tryhard hipness that deciphering the actual plot points is a headache. I have no problem with portraying Bobby as a devotee of lame jokes. When *literally everyone he talks to* shares an obsessive need to wise-crack (and does a generally terrible job of it), the result is unpleasant and exhausting. Daken's first line is a Doge meme reference. He goes on to make a lampshade-hanging joke (not a good one) about "fridging" as he commits a notably terrible (in the "ooh, what a cheap twist" sense) murder. "Fridging" is usually bad because it exposes the shallowness of the victim; it reveals they exist solely to complicate the protagonist's life. While this issue's death avoids the misogynistic overtones of many fridgings, it is every bit as cheap and crass as the other worst examples of the trope. Robert Gill's art is almost as problematic as the script. Ed Tadeo's inking lends Mr. Gill's lines some needed variety, but he burns up all the slack Mr. Tadeo provides and then some. Most of the issue is filled with bland, indistinct, inexpressive characters wearing scrupulously detailed but also very boring civvies. As noted above, things do get more exciting once Bobby and Daken *finally* start to fight, but that's two pages out of 20.

6.0
Iceman (2017) #10

Aug 18, 2018

Bobby drives Daken away and everybody realigns their status quos a bit as they pick up the pieces. This issue is mostly brawl, with solid art and deadly-serious scripting, but it really only manages to engage my interest in the implications of the aftermath. It's a definite improvement over the previous issue, but I'm suffering from a little "once bitten twice shy" hesitation after essentially writing this title off at #9.

7.0
Iceman (2017) #11

Sep 20, 2018

Bobby goes on an abortive date with Rictor and the pair of them get called in to simmer down a fractious self-hating middle-aged mutant right in the Drakes' old neighborhood. Some excellent flashbacks to key points in Bobby's life - from his pre-Xavier childhood to as recent as Teen Jean outing him - deepen the story. This issue whacks the "mutant = gay" bell as hard as it's ever been whacked, and most of it works well. "Pray away the mutation" is a bit on the nose. The visuals are serviceable and the script is structurally sound. There's still plenty of roughness around the edges of the dialogue, though.

8.5
Immoral X-Men (2023) #1

Apr 20, 2024

We've reached the part of the event where plot developments march forward to a relentless drumbeat, leaving little room for subtlety or nuance. That's not a bad thing when the story is told this well. Nicely-polished art, snappy dialogue, and the delicious treat of Emma Frost's PoV make this a delightful issue.

7.0
Immortal Hulk #0

Feb 25, 2021

There are fantastic new framing scenes, but this is still a reprint and that pulls my rating down. Not too far, because these are key Hulk stories with a clear influence on the present volume. Plus, this is the first time Peter David's #-1 has been put on Marvel Unlimited.

10
Immortal Hulk #1

Dec 18, 2018

A flawless one-shot demonstrates the new Hulk formula: Kill Bruce Banner, and the Hulk will rise. This Hulk is a monster in form and speech, a terrifying combination of physical and psychological danger. In words and art, this series is launching at the very apex of its game. It's like the creators know, with absolute confidence, that they're bringing us something special. And they ABSOLUTELY are. This is unmissable.

9.0
Immortal Hulk #2

Jan 14, 2019

Bruce Banner takes the POV as he stumbles across mysterious small-town deaths and inevitably works out a gamma connection. A good mystery, great characterization, and gorgeous art make this a superb read. It falls short of perfection only by stumbling into the oh-so-common problem of a good "whodunnit": The finale feels slightly anticlimactic after the mystery is solved. Still beautiful and fascinating; best of all, this issue gives TONS of great details on Banner's current status quo.

8.0
Immortal Hulk #3

Jan 31, 2019

The Hulk leaps into another gamma mystery. We learn about this one after the fact through a Rashomon-style pastiche of Jackie McGee's interviews. The differing perspectives are illustrated by subtly adjusting the tone of the script as well as by inviting in guest artists. The result is a very fun, intriguing read, but the details of the mystery are left a little too open-ended for all-time greatness.

9.0
Immortal Hulk #4

Feb 11, 2019

The Hulk's ongoing story kicks into high gear as Jackie McGee and Walter "Sasquatch" Langkowski come together as the nucleus of a supporting cast. Walt's expository flashbacks slow the plot a little, but the odds of any of the information he shares being wasted are slim. This issue's stellar cliffhanger marks the end of the title's introductory "one-shots" phase. The whole art team is burning the midnight oil, and the results are magnificent.

10
Immortal Hulk #5

Mar 18, 2019

The Hulk and Sasquatch have a slam-bang hospital-wrecking fight, which is glorious, and a shocking amount of character development happens organically along the way. The tone gets a little melodramatic (that's how literature nerds say "cheesy"), but I find it very forgivable thanks to the huge amount of fascinating information revealed about the characters and the story. This issue answers a lot of big questions and yet it flawlessly preserves the title's sense of mystery and horror - behind the big questions are yet more questions, even bigger.

9.0
Immortal Hulk #6

Apr 6, 2019

Long-term plot points slide smoothly into place, most notably the introduction of General Fortean and his Shadow Base as the creepy government antagonists du jour. Between the guest art (strong but just not the same as Mr. Bennett's) and the slightly scattershot story, it's tempting to rate this down as a filler issue. But I've read further ahead. There's NOTHING random or red-herring-y in this issue's details. The "Bruce Banner associates" being monitored by Shadow Base, for example, are wall-to-wall Chekov's guns.

10
Immortal Hulk #7

Apr 25, 2019

The Hulk - now rightfully christened "Devil" Hulk - comes within an inch of beating the current Avengers team. The Hulk's combat moves are drenched in devious wit as well as bone-cracking brawn. It's not just a perfect rendering of the new Hulk at his nastiest; it's also a fascinating take on the current Avengers lineup. As well as being a ridiculously satisfying one-off fight, it clicks seamlessly into place as part of the title's larger story. This is, quite simply, everything I could ask for in a Marvel comic right now.

10
Immortal Hulk #8

May 21, 2019

Walter and Carol launch a heroic new Hulk-hunting operation. That's just the sideshow; the star attraction here is the Hulk surviving a scary-detailed vivisection before tearing his way free of Shadow Base. It's the sort of vivid spectacle that sticks in the reader's memory for years to come. The script is in top form, delivering a brisk text and a bumper crop of subtext. The art is something special, even by the sky-high standards Joe Bennett has already established. The Hulk's escape calls for striking imagery, and it's simply impossible to imagine anything more striking than the horrific scenes we get here.

9.5
Immortal Hulk #9

Jun 13, 2019

Crusher Creel wanders into the clutches of Shadow Base and thence into combat with the Hulk. The fight's memorable enough - and not finished by a long shot - but the lead-up using a divided narrative to follow Devil Hulk and Creel simultaneously is even more memorable. It's an impressive piece of structure, yet the creators do not hesitate to break its rules when the story demands it. Creel's POV gets beautiful guest art, and on the Hulk side, we get outstanding Devil Hulk narration. Add in some more ominous portents regarding the overall shape of Hulk's antagonists and you have an issue that slides smoothly into this title's usual ratings parking spot, right next door to perfect.

9.0
Immortal Hulk #10

Jul 1, 2019

The Hulk's supporting cast is literally sucked down with him as the Absorbing Man fight tumbles into the worst possible outcome. It leads to a dramatic change of setting through a direct encounter with the mysterious "Green Door," and future issues will doubtless deliver even bigger revelations about the new mythology of evil the Hulk faces. This one is fast, brutal, and remarkably successful at building anticipation.

9.5
Immortal Hulk #11

Jul 16, 2019

Hell's new visitors have some superb conversations with each other and the Hulk confronts old dead friends. The art is gorgeous and there's some interesting philosophy salted in, but it's the character work that truly shines here. It's another superb read that lands shy of perfection only because it further heightens the ominous sense of something even bigger coming down the pike.

8.5
Immortal Hulk #12

Aug 6, 2019

The Hell-trapped Hulk and his friends close in on a climactic confrontation with Brian Banner and the One Below All. It's a quiet issue in terms of plot development, but the character work is as superb as ever. And a rare thing for any sort of comic: There's a lot of thought-provoking theology here. Al Ewing casts a wide net in his search for divine parallels to apply to the Hulk's dual nature as hero and monster. Endlessly fascinating.

9.5
Immortal Hulk #13

Aug 20, 2019

Okay, yes, the theology waxes on a bit, and it doesn't build to a clear, satisfying conclusion the way the main plot does. But … " 'Cause I love you, you stupid kid." If that page didn't hit you dead in the heart, I'd blame your anatomy long before I criticized the creators' aim.

9.0
Immortal Hulk #14

Sep 19, 2019

Betty attends her father's third funeral and then reconnects with her husband in an unexpectedly violent way. This title segues smoothly into a new arc, and I'm pretty thrilled that a well-written Betty Ross is the next recruit to the expanding supporting cast. The guest art is pretty tormented stuff, which fits the subject matter very well.

8.5
Immortal Hulk #15

Sep 30, 2019

Doc Samson gets a nice chat with the Devil Hulk. It's revealing, but mainly only in small areas. Lots of continuity cleanup here -- particularly in Samson's own flashbacks. The big questions, particularly "Why ARE all the Gamma mutates resurrecting?" remain deliciously unanswered. This is a rather quiet issue, by the standards of the title. That still means it's a formidable and more than satisfying read.

8.5
Immortal Hulk #16

Oct 15, 2019

In this story all about Rick Jones, it's Doc Samson who plays the hapless sidekick, and I find that fascinating. The Doc timidly accuses Devil Hulk of sadism and is no help at all in a fight. General Fortean is back in the shadows, ominously cranking out both long and short-term antagonism for the Hulk. It looks superb and the plot developments are satisfying, as is the climactic re-introduction of a new old Hulk personality. The "divergent narration" trick pulled with Rick's autobiography tends to interrupt the flow of the story in unfortunate ways, though.

9.0
Immortal Hulk #17

Nov 27, 2019

Joe Fixit versus Bushwacker doesn't end well for the plastic man. As is typical for this series, this issue handles a straightforward fight with polish and cleverness while also peppering the proceedings with ominous foreshadowing and cool references. A few bits got too cute for me personally (the Aliens gag and Dr. McGowan talking about the "rules of the Hulk"), but I'm pretty sure the fault is in my mood rather than the material.

9.5
Immortal Hulk #18

Dec 27, 2019

Gamma Flight is queuing up to become a very interesting foil to the Hulk, particularly with Titania raising the point that "good guys" can be even more destructive than bad guys when they get hung up on "regrettable necessities." This issue's allotment of action is brief but in no way disappointing; wall-to-wall terrific visuals sure help.

10
Immortal Hulk #19

Dec 27, 2019

The Abomination/Hulk fight forms the background for Betty's full arrival in the story. It's a special sort of nightmare, even by this title's highly-refined standards. It is fire and fury and shame and pride, and it rockets instantly to the top of the list of "all-time greatest Harpy comics." The words are as subtle and effective as the visuals; while the latter lay bare anatomical horrors, the former slice into Betty's psyche like instruments of torture. A fearsomely, shiveringly, keep-you-up-at-night good comic.

9.0
Immortal Hulk #20

Jan 25, 2020

Though it's sandwiched with philosophical stuff, the core of this book is action-heavy. Hulk clobbers the forces of Shadow Base and rides off into the sunrise with a fascinating crew of ad-hoc allies. The verbal and visual storytelling has, without committing any real errors, lost a little focus. This is still an outstanding issue, but I suspect it'll get overlooked when we look back in hindsight to identify the best of the title.

9.5
Immortal Hulk #21

Feb 27, 2020

General Fortean makes a brutal solo strike against Gamma Flight, spacing out the action with flashbacks to some of his formative moments. The balance between forward motion and retrospective insight is perfect, and the character spotlight is appreciated. Ryan Bodenheim's guest art is a best-case scenario. It has an appealing style of its own while still linking closely to the title's established character designs.

9.0
Immortal Hulk #22

Feb 27, 2020

With fine orchestration, Gamma Flight and Team Hulk both show up at General Fortean's Shadow Base simultaneously. A huge confrontation is obviously imminent, but these final machinations to set it up are highly satisfying in themselves. Lots of interesting character work going on, but Betty is the standout again thanks to her wonderfully ambiguous new habit of only letting Bruce see the Harpy.

9.0
Immortal Hulk #23

Mar 26, 2020

Hulk and friends get tore into the action at Shadow Base. Hulk's share of combat is absolutely over-the-top in terms of gore and body horror, but the part that REALLY captures my attention is the sneaky side-plot. Eventful, captivating, and it's got a high body count -- and yet, this is an "act 2" issue that may well fade when compared to the subsequent climax.

10
Immortal Hulk #24

Apr 20, 2020

Hulk defeats General Fortean and springs surprising plans on Shadow Base. The wholly-satisfying finale of the fight is accompanied by a well-integrated b-story about the Hulk's allies, and the entire package is sandwiched between some epic cosmic horror that keeps the overall stakes pinned to the highest possible level. When I give 9/10s for issues in this title, I tend to say something like, "It's great, but it's not a payoff." #24 IS a payoff, and it's glorious.

9.5
Immortal Hulk #25

Jun 1, 2020

Where it falls short of perfection is that -- as you can see from the ratings spread here -- it's still possible (and legitimate) to dismiss the storytelling style as post-modern "weird for the sake of weird." You miss some awesomely imaginative stuff if you do so, though.

9.0
Immortal Hulk #26

Jun 1, 2020

Powerful character work and a dramatic shift in focus signal a new direction here: It's the Hulk versus late-stage capitalism, with Dario Agger and Roxxon playing the (more) villainous role. The storytelling in words and art remain at the highest standards, but this is a bit of a quiet issue, mainly concerned with groundwork and philosophy and politics. But of course, you can't read this far into this stellar volume and lose faith in the fact that there'll be plenty of SMASH in future issues. One thing that strikes me is how similar this issue's media cutaway pages are to the cutaways in the "Hulk goes to Hell" arc. It's politics in place of theology.

9.0
Immortal Hulk #27

Jun 7, 2020

Hulk strikes a crushing blow against Roxxon while the Minotaur explains its significance in real time thanks to a nifty parallel scene structure. The noteworthy way the pages are laid out does limit the overall amount of content the creators can deliver, but it's a premise carried out with exceptional skill and complete success. The Hulk's shocking power-up at the end is a powerful reminder that as twisty and turny as this volume has been, this arc is really the first time we've seen Devil Hulk and Bruce Banner working together -- and it's a frightening prospect.

9.0
Immortal Hulk #28

Jul 2, 2020

This issue takes the pulse of public/Roxxon reaction to the Hulk's new campaign by following Agger and a low-level security guard through their very different days. It's terrifically clever. The artists pull lots of nuance out of the script, and there's a lot there. The prose is both beautiful and brilliant. It falls short of perfect mainly because the guard's story lacks closure, and the possibility of it being intentionally ambiguous makes it no less frustrating.

8.5
Immortal Hulk #29

Jul 23, 2020

Before it kicks off an epic Hulk vs. Kaiju fight at the end, this issue weaves some brilliant ideas between multiple characters and scenes. The kaiju fight is a trap and Team Hulk knows it's a trap -- and there are far more subtle traps extending further into the cast. Both parts are great, but it's a pretty big tone jump. It's like watching a good ballet and then watching Wrestlemania.

9.0
Immortal Hulk #30

Sep 24, 2020

In a superb combination of retail monster-fighting and wholesale villain-scheming, the kaiju fight in Phoenix turns into a big win for Roxxon and the Minotaur. There are plenty of cool/scary/awesome/sad moments for our heroic characters in the middle of the action, but the themes -- the bigger picture -- belong to the villain. Combine outstanding long-term plotting with some insanely great monster art and you have yet another awesome issue.

9.5
Immortal Hulk #31

Sep 24, 2020

Dr. McGowan gets a major slice of backstory; appropriate, as she's also responsible for booting the main plot forward (She recognizes Savage Hulk is in trouble in Vegas and beams him out before Xemnu can finish flipping the script on him). Both parts of the story get excellent art and despite their disparate styles, they harmonize very well. Al Ewing works similar magic with the plotting, jumping nimbly between the ongoing plotlines and tying them all together. This is an absolute delight to read -- while also being wonderfully creepy.

10
Immortal Hulk #32

Oct 21, 2020

It's the Living Hulk, Marvel's most beloved hero, versus the Devil Robert Banner, Gamma-terrorist! This psychological horror issue slowly, spookily ensures that every reader understands how Xemnu has messed with the world's collective memories. It's standard-issue greatness, as expected for this series. But some splendid bonus moments (the big body horror splash, Dr. McGowan's amazing conversation, and that new Hulk alter) easily elevate this issue to GOAT status.

10
Immortal Hulk #33

Nov 5, 2020

Savage Hulk gets loose (with a little mindscape help from Worldbreaker Hulk) and makes Living Hulk Sauce out of Xemnu. It's an action-heavy finale and it succeeds on all points thanks to solid scripting and truly world-class horror art. It's a visual feast -- but there are still plenty of intriguing plot and character developments to consider, too.

9.0
Immortal Hulk #34

Nov 9, 2020

It's the whole story of the Leader's life, from the accident that gamma-fied his brain on down to his current role in the Green Door saga. Al Ewing smoothly massages decades of continuity into a coherent character arc, and Butch Guice's art is a nice change of pace. This doesn't make any forward plot progress -- but the hints it has about the Leader's role are transformative. It's all different from here on.

9.5
Immortal Hulk #35

Dec 17, 2020

While Bruce struggles to free the Devil Hulk again, Savage Hulk gets a day in the sun as the world credits him with defeating Xemnu and Roxxon. The Leader won't let him have anything close to a full issue of happiness, though, striking in the final scene. This adroit change of pace is well-written, and the shift to more stereotypical top-shelf superhero art suits the tone perfectly.

9.5
Immortal Hulk #36

Jan 4, 2021

Gamma Flight strikes, making Savage Hulk's Worst Day Ever that much worse. The focus is on action and body horror, and the creators deliver in a big way. There's still smart writing on display, but the priority is clearly on evolving the plot -- specifically, the Leader's villainous plot.

10
Immortal Hulk #37

Feb 25, 2021

There's furious action on every front, in Iowa, at Shadow Base, and even in the Below-Place. The Leader's scheme comes into sharp focus, and he gets ample opportunity to chow down on the scenery in an entirely-positive way. Great words are welded to eye-popping art that masters a wide variety of surreal and hyper-real visual challenges. And this issue impresses on the conceptual front, too, making significant additions to the Green Door mythology. This issue is a masterclass in setting up a significant climax; I can't wait to see what comes next.

9.0
Immortal Hulk #38

Mar 3, 2021

The Leader's triumph turns to ashes as the title's protagonists -- across all the settings the Leader occupies with his puppets -- fight back against him. This is still a great comic (particularly on the visuals, where Joe Bennett dominates), it's just a little bit lower than the "villain's scheme revealed" issue that came before and the "villain gets his richly-deserved whupping" issue that's doubtless on the way.

9.5
Immortal Hulk #39

Mar 7, 2021

I spoke too soon when I predicted the Leader's imminent defeat! Here he turns things around in grand, gory style, exiting the Mindscape with the prize he wanted and leaving behind a sad casualty. The script is good, the plot developments are great, and the art continues to be the greatest body horror tour de force on the shelves today.

10
Immortal Hulk #40

Mar 14, 2021

New boss HP Gyrich is embarrassed when Joe Fixit effortlessly escapes from the Alpha Flight Space Station. The Gamma Flight team figures out that the Leader is the bigger-picture villain. I really enjoyed taking a step back from the more mystical/mythical aspects of the story and reconnecting with the supporting cast. It's still action-packed, the art is terrific, and the script included just the right amount of comic relief for my taste.

10
Immortal Hulk #41

Mar 26, 2021

Oh, c'mon. They can't ALL be perfect … oh, wait, yes they can. Al Ewing and Joe Bennett are comic-ing on a whole different level.

9.0
Immortal Hulk #42

Apr 23, 2021

Bad news everywhere: Gyrich fires Gamma Flight, Jackie quits her job, and even the Leader is having trouble with his Gamma-manipulating schemes. Going for multiple artists is a good idea with this collection of wide-spread "check-in" scenes. The different styles keep all the conversations fresh. Of course, it helps that the character and plot developments are, as ever, fascinating.

9.0
Immortal Hulk #43

May 15, 2021

Joe Fixit presents Grifting 102, Peter Gyrich presents U-Foes 101, Gamma Flight meets a monster, and the U-Foes square off with the Skinny-Savage Hulk. The thoughtful/useful bits of texture presented in place of more plot development are outstanding. Joe Fixit is a fun narrator. The rundown on the U-Foes is helpful for a lot of readers, including me. The police brutality scene that brings forth the Savage Hulk has the sharp sting of contemporary realism. Even the unfortunate, possibly-unintentional inclusion of anti-Semitic imagery in the 1st edition is food for thought.

9.5
Immortal Hulk #44

Jul 18, 2021

The U-Foes kill the Hulk while his Gamma Flight supporting cast confronts the Leader's cast-off Gamma husk in New Mexico. Terrific grotesquerie in the art, significant plot development, and sharp needles of important characterization throughout. Even though this issue kills its protagonist, the specialized rules of the title make this a 2nd act story rather than a climax. It's a nigh-perfect book. Peter Gyrich (ugh) spoils things just a tiny bit with some clumsy narration.

8.0
Immortal Hulk #45

Aug 7, 2021

As the supporting cast does exposition in the desert and the U-Foes nervously babysit the Hulk's corpse, Savage Hulk and Joe Fixit go through a big turnaround in the Below Place. It's speedy, entertaining, and gorgeously illustrated -- but it's far less self-contained than usual for this title. I feel like this issue's quality hinges to a great degree on what happens next.

9.0
Immortal Hulk #46

Sep 21, 2021

In this fast, fighty installment, Gamma Flight votes to join Team Hulk, Hulk brutalizes the U-Foes and (after a comedic bar scene) round 2 of Hulk v. Avengers is teed up. It's a barreling fun read with plenty of comedy, as well as a dark edge. It falls shy of perfection only because it's such a perfect prelude. It's a setup for something even better, and I have complete confidence in these creators sticking the landing next month.

9.0
Immortal Hulk #47

Oct 25, 2021

Hulk vs. Avengers, round two, is an absolute blockbuster in terms of spectacular visuals. It comes to a satisfying if not decisive end. It's such a complex fight that I think the issue is just a bit short on character and plot development. Also, with Jen Walters narrating throughout, this is one of those issues that proves "Divergent Narration" is really hard to do. I think She-Hulk's captions cause some minor hiccups in storytelling flow. Still a great read, though.

9.5
Immortal Hulk #48

Nov 23, 2021

Betty and Joe steal a moment for a stunning heart-to-heart. It's one of the quietest issues of the series and it's absolutely gripping thanks to flawless character work, beautifully real-sounding dialogue, and tremendous insight. The art's no slouch, either, even when it's taking a break from body horror. Plus, there's exactly enough outside perspective (from Jennifer Walters and Jackie McGee) to give contrast to the core conversation -- and to bump the plot along a little.

9.0
Immortal Hulk #49

Dec 30, 2021

Jackie McGee narrates as the Hulk enters the Baxter Building, gets bullied by the Avengers, rescued by the Fantastic Four, and sent to Hell. The writing and art are very good -- but this creative team can do better. (And I don't like the "illustration + sidebar" format that Al Ewing so loves.) But I balance the little disappointments against some truly world-class content; tons of great insights into character and philosophy. This is the capstone on Mr. Ewing's inspired contrast between the Hulk and the FF, and it's pretty damn triumphant. I await the end with bated breath.

10
Immortal Hulk #50

Mar 3, 2022

This finale is a brilliant comics version of the book of Job, and it appends a profoundly optimistic modern response ("If you suffer, what do you do with that suffering?") to the ancient debate. Plus, it's insanely well-crafted. It takes on even more than you'd expect from 80 pages, and it does it all nigh-perfectly.

8.0
Immortal Hulk: Great Power #1

Sep 24, 2020

A poorly-executed bit of "help" from Loki lodges the Hulk's Gamma in Spider-Man, and the Fantastic Four help set things aright. It's a fluffy little piece of crossover fun, though its edges make a poor fit with the jigsaw of the main Immortal Hulk series. Outstanding character writing and art help elevate the plot and turn this into a very good comic.

7.5
Immortal Hulk: The Threshing Place #1

Mar 1, 2021

Bruce Banner and Devil Hulk work together (sort of) to solve a rural murder mystery with a Gamma twist. It's a nifty blend of the old Incredible Hulk TV show and the episodic adventures from the start of the current volume. Devil Hulk's body count is gratuitously high, though. And while this plot satisfies during the reading process, it's all too likely to fade sooner rather than later.

8.0
Immortal Hulk: Flatline #1

May 29, 2021

Bruce's old physics teacher tracks him down in his obscure dish-washer hideaway to smack some sense into his head -- the big green head. It's a nicely-structured, nicely-drawn meditation on the Banner-Hulk relationship. There are some neat ideas, expressed more in the art than the serviceable prose. This one-shot's relationship to the Immortal Hulk is uneasy. It doesn't flat-out clash with the ongoing series, but it doesn't particularly complement it, either.

8.0
Immortal Hulk: Time of Monsters #1

Oct 2, 2021

A prehistoric tale of the very first Gamma monster is followed up by a vignette showing just how completely the Marvel Scarecrow is outclassed by the Immortal Hulk. Together they make a nice contrast, an ancient and a modern Gamma myth. The lead strip is definitely the heavy hitter, though, with Juan Ferreyra's art being the MVP. This isn't essential, but the stories are well-crafted enough to make it very rewarding reading.

8.0
Immortal Iron Fists #2

Mar 11, 2018

Pei gets a lesson in high school tribalism, Danny lays out the threat of the Exponential Demons, and Madame Yeoh smoothly lubricates potential friction between their two worlds. This title is building toward something outstanding, and it hasn't made any serious errors so far. Afu Chan's stylized art is settling into a solid groove and Kaare Andrews's script delivers plenty of forward motion. There are just a few glitches in his Millennial tween dialogue, but he hits more pitches than he misses.

10
Immortal She-Hulk #1

Feb 26, 2021

I loved this so much I can barely even pretend to be objective about it. I guess if I must put on the devil's advocate hat, I would say that this reframes Jen as a supporting character in the horrific Immortal Hulk rather than the light-hearted solo star she's been in the past -- and some readers might object to that. But heck, "supporting cast in one of Marvel's best ongoing titles" is a better gig than most long-running B-listers get.

8.5
Immortal X-Men (2022) #1

Sep 29, 2022

Kieron Gillen's feet are big enough to fill John Hickman's shoes, thank God, so we're treated to a worthy continuation of Hickman's big-picture "mutant realpolitik" story. I love virtually everything here. Sinister's snarky voice is a letter-perfect continuation of prior portrayals, and the issue's big development is a terrific reveal of (some of) his scheming. The art is uniformly excellent, both polished and expressive. But, no matter how much it tickles my fancy, this issue can't hide that it's mostly a mother-huge recap and infodump, a review of the ludicrously complex Quiet Council status quo. Although it's necessary and it's done extremely well, it also holds this issue just shy of greatness.

8.0
Immortal X-Men (2022) #2

Dec 20, 2022

This is a very well-crafted story. The art is excellent and the script is truly exquisite in its structure and its dialogue. But I'd also argue that it's a rather dumb story, the same sort of action movie fare that's filling the main X-Men title right now. And being embroidered with a higher grade of snarky dialogue doesn't boost it (quite) to greatness. This issue also highlights the problem of Hope Summers while making the best possible use of her. She's made out of equal parts excessive competence and false modesty. It's ironic that this issue includes a Cyclops contingency plan (written out as a datafile). The rest of the issue shows that step 1 in all such plans should be, "If Hope is available, have her Mary Sue us out of trouble. If not, proceed to step 2."

10
Immortal X-Men (2022) #3

Dec 30, 2022

And *this* is what I was hoping for when I started reading a series focused on high-level X-politics written by Kieron Gillen. God, it's magnificent. Beautiful, expressive art brings out the full emotional weight of the script. The writing strikes a superb balance between cosmic prophecy and the intensely personal matter of Destiny's marriage. It's heartbreaking and fascinating and it completely lives up to the biggest of the big-picture plotting Hickman used to kick off the Krakoan era. Is this volume going to be 12 issues with each taking the point of view of a different Council member? Dang, that'd be cool.

8.5
Immortal X-Men (2022) #4

Jan 8, 2023

A very good issue. Exciting plot developments keep the mutants off-balance. And Emma Frost's point of view is delightful. The art's excellent; a very clean, confident style of linework, perfectly enhanced by some rich, textured colors. Plot and character aren't as tightly-integrated as in previous issues, though. Outside of dropping her bombshell at the Council meeting, Emma is rather passive as the grand strategic plot unfolds. Good plot + good Emma = really good comic, but not quite a great one like #3.

9.5
Immortal X-Men (2022) #5

Jan 14, 2023

Before House of X, I had no idea who Exodus was. In the years since, I've developed only the vaguest understanding of him. After reading this, I'm halfway to slotting him into my "favorite mutants of all time" roster. *That* is what a good spotlight issue can do. And this is a great one. The character work is terrific and the event-connected plot is solid. The prose is a little plain, but that's entirely intentional -- part of the characterization. It's super easy on the eyes, too. Michele Bandini always delivers good linework, but David Curiel's weighty colors really boost the art to the top tier.

8.0
Immortal X-Men (2022) #6

Feb 12, 2023

I don't much like Sebastian Shaw, and I don't think Kieron Gillen likes him much, either. It'd explain why the "Shaw issue" has so much Destiny in it, along with a li'l Sinister aperitif. It also goes heavy on recaps and foreshadowing, relatively light on real developments. (Though I think I picked up a big, big clue about the Progenitor's modus operandi.) The script might not be joyful, but it's certainly talented and fun, as is the art. (I love Lucas Werneck's trick of giving the Progenitor one nasty Celestial eye even when it shape-shifts.) I think this is the gristle of this series, the unexciting but necessary connective tissue. It's still a better read than most of the other books published this week.

8.5
Immortal X-Men (2022) #7

Apr 7, 2023

I found this surprisingly messy considering that Mr. Gillen has assembled the rest of the event like a Swiss watch. But that's not even really a bad thing, this is tremendously vibrant. It swaggers, just like Nightcrawler. The art's solid and there are a lot of cool/mindblowing plot developments going on. They don't add up to a very clear picture by themselves, but this will doubtless be a vital puzzle piece in the event as a whole.

9.0
Immortal X-Men (2022) #8

May 9, 2023

It's solid world-building and a cracking good adventure story, all wrapped up in a double layer of literary homage. This kind of thing is like catnip to me, and I love this issue. The art is perhaps not spectacular, but consistently solid. The prose is likewise maybe a little pedestrian for this author -- but it delivers an amazing amount of plot without feeling rushed or cramped.

9.5
Immortal X-Men (2022) #9

Aug 10, 2023

The plot certainly develops with a vengeance. Sinister is at his sneering, villainous best, and the other characters sound good too. It's illustrated with admirable detail and impressive gore. The pace varies a little too much, but the story flows smoothly through a complicated structure. Taken altogether, it's a nigh-perfect issue.

8.0
Immortal X-Men (2022) #10

Dec 26, 2023

This issue delivers plenty of developments conveyed with solid verbal and visual storytelling. But I'm not as entranced as I usually am with this title. The art's a little cartoony; the prose is a little beige. And the developments--particularly that last-page swerve! I'm certainly surprised, but in an unpleasant, frustrated way. It's still an excellent comic, but I think the title's other issues are better at standing on their own. This one is going to need strong follow-up material.

7.0
Incoming #1

Jul 13, 2020

Partly a continuation of Marvel Comics #1000-1001, partly a trailer reel, this wide-ranging story pulls the "chain storytelling" trick from Amazing Spider-Man: Full Circle across a much wider stage. I enjoyed this more than I expected to, thanks to solid storytelling and good character work in most of the scenes. It helps that as a Marvel Unlimited reader, I can soak up all this foreshadowing and know that it'll all make its way to me -- eventually -- without requiring any additional financial outlay. (And it also helps that I've read plenty of bronze-age Avengers. I know that "killer trees did it" is not nearly as random as it sounds when your story involves Kree history.) I've knocked a point off my rating for the obscene pricing. I'm satisfied with this as a surprise gem on MU with a marginal cost of $0. I would NOT be satisfied if I was slapping down the price of a full month of MU access just to get 84 pages of coming attractions.

6.0
Incredible Hulk (2017) #709

May 3, 2018

Greg Pak and Greg Land spew up *just so many* words and pictures to say "Sakaar turned into Fury Road after Banner Hulk left." (Which I think contradicts a *bunch* of follow-up development *done by Greg Pak* but whatever.) Hair-Gel Hulk settles into protecting innocents and fighting gladiator fights, and Mr. Pak's script offers the raw materials for a nice "Cho's Trunk Monster = the Worldbreaker" comparison. There are sharp limits to how much credit I'll extend an author for giving me a Character Development Kit rather than actual character development, though. Mr. Land's art is polished, as ever, and thoroughly generic, as ever.

5.0
Incredible Hulk (2017) #710

Jun 9, 2018

The Hulk clears one gladiatorial hurdle and waits patiently for the next one. Meanwhile, serious realpolitik is going on right under his nose and he remains oblivious. For the Marvel universe's eighth-smartest hero, Hairgel Hulk sure does act like a knob most of the time. Greg Land's art has polish, but there's a credible fault against it: It's already *hard as heck* to care about Sakaar's population of random red muppets; Mr. Land isn't helping by making them difficult/impossible to tell apart. The sheer squandering of potential here does disappoint me. Why even bother going back to Planet Hulk if this is all we're doing with it?

4.0
Incredible Hulk (2017) #711

Jul 6, 2018

The Hulk's interminable Gauntlet battle against the Generic Sakaar Warlord drags on, with this issue's final-page surprise promising us a no-doubt lazy script-flip of Thor: Ragnarok in the near future. The general quality of storytelling in this arc (both words and art) remains close to average. (Greg Pak shamelessly stealing the best line from the Ragnarok trailer is a notable low, though.) This is my third serving of oatmeal in a row and the consistent blandness is pushing my rating down even if the gruel is otherwise inoffensive. Cho-Hulk buying into the Warlord's obviously-rigged "rule by gladiatorial combat" system is profoundly disappointing. I think it's my dissatisfaction with that lazy, non-heroic decision that drives my fundamental dislike for this arc. *Some* heroes can descend into gladiating (not a word, I know) and find compelling stories on the bloody sand. Hairgel Hulk is not one of them. The entire point of him is tempering strength with intellect, but his behavior from page one of this arc has been childishly stupid. On the ripoff front, check out the masks Greg Land puts on the Warlord's bodyguards. They're psychos from the Borderlands games, and this iteration of Sakaar does look a lot like Pandora. While the games' makers were keenly aware of the absurdity of their setting and mined it for both humor and drama, Greg Pak and Greg Land expect readers to take their flimsy imitation far too seriously.

4.0
Incredible Hulk (2017) #712

Aug 12, 2018

Over the backdrop of a by-the-numbers Hulk vs. Odinson arena fight, Amadeus Cho retreats inside himself to have Baby's First Utilitarian Morality Debate with his Trunkmonster. He defeats the monster's simplistic "needs of the many/ends justify the means" argument and manages to win the day without killing his Asgardian pal. The issue closes with an exceptionally dumb cliffhanger, promising us that the next and final dose of Planet Fury Road will be just as frustrating as the previous ones. Greg Land has one unique talent: He has an unerring nose for picking out scripts so shabby that his shortcut-riddled art won't look like the weak link in the creative lineup. If this issue's story were at all compelling, you might work up the interest/outrage needed to figure out if Mr. Land flat-out swiped his Odinson from Leinil Francis Yu and/or Olivier Coipel or if he was just "heavily inspired." But it's just blah pictures beneath blah words and the stakes are too low to get really incensed about some derivative art.

5.0
Incredible Hulk (2017) #713

Sep 6, 2018

Hulk Saves the Day. Inside Amadeus's Hulkmobile metaphor, the kid falls to the Trunkmonster. While that's hypothetically ominous as all get-out, it has approximately zero effect on the pro forma conclusion of the Sakaar story. The Warlord, leading contender for "most generic nemesis 2018," is killed after being beaten by the Hulk. Amadeus doesn't even get to worry about the ethical implications of the killing; one of his random bug-people followers handles the shanking. The rest of this comic's storytelling sins are minor, but the Hulk dodging that killing is a huge mistake. In fact, the story would work so much better with the Trunkmonster forcing Amadeus to kill that I wonder if that wasn't the direction Greg Pak wanted to go before being editorially vetoed.

8.0
Incredible Hulk (2017) #714

Oct 8, 2018

The Trunkmonster Hulk returns to Earth, and his supporting cast begins to realize something is wrong after he administers a vicious beating to an old foe. It's satisfying to FINALLY fire the Chekov's gun that was set up two years ago with the Trunkmonster personality split. Replacing random Sakaar mooks with the book's established supporting cast is good, too. The pace is a little slow and the Sherlock Holmes fight mechanic ripoff is disappointing. Some top-shelf art compensates for the script's weaknesses; this is exactly the way Cho-Hulk should look.

8.0
Incredible Hulk (2017) #715

Nov 10, 2018

The struggle between Amadeus and the Hulk develops internally and externally. There's solid character work going on and a fair slice of action, too. I'd agree that the biggest problem with this story arc is its title; nothing except the protagonist's travel itinerary links this to the original World War Hulk. This issue features more art at a very nicely refined level, virtually every panel is clean and clear and attractive. I think the script also deserves some credit for convincing me to re-engage with the Trunkmonster conflict despite how old it is at this point. Some astute handling of the supporting cast - Greg Pak writes a great Kamala - bolsters the issue further and puts it solidly into "good" territory.

6.0
Incredible Hulk (2017) #716

Nov 25, 2018

A powerful roster of friends and peers turns up to fight the rogue Hulk, but the outer struggle is secondary to the metaphorical fight between the Hulk and Cho. The script digs profitably into the meaty, satisfying center of that inner conflict. Unfortunately, some artistic weakness holds my rating in the realm of average. The pencils handle blocking and anatomy well, but the faces and linework are problematic. I'm unpleasantly surprised by the inking; I think better work there could have solved a lot of the visual problems.

6.0
Incredible Hulk (2017) #717

Dec 3, 2018

With help from his friends (and especially from his sister's day-saving technobabble), Amadeus finagles a "meets minimum closure standards" victory over the Dark Hulk. The aftermath: He loses a bunch of muscle mass and now maybe he's permanently green? And he feels real contrite? And New York nabbed all his Olympus Group moolah to pay for property damages. This conclusion is clearer about Amadeus's FINANCES than it is about his super-powers or his feelings - it's fair for me to be underwhelmed by that, right? Add in some mercurial art that includes too many disappointing panels and you have a recipe for a big finale that finds itself stuck at "thoroughly average."

8.5
Incredible Hulk: Last Call #1

Dec 27, 2019

It's "It's A Wonderful Life" starring Bruce Banner, and that's not at all a bad thing.

8.0
Infamous Iron Man (2016) #2

Oct 31, 2017

Doom takes steps to right things in Latveria, but it looks like he'll have to deal with Mommy first. Mr. Bendis bears down and tells a *lot* of story by his standards, and Mr. Maleev's art is looking its best. It falls short of greatness only because the cliffhanger suggests that the next issue is going to be a barnburner.

8.0
Infamous Iron Man (2016) #5

Oct 31, 2017

Doom's tense meeting with Mommy is gussied up with a few other scenes and a big twist. Without spoiling it, I can say that Mr. Bendis has picked the perfect nemesis for Iron Doom. This series looks to be headed for exciting places in the near future. This issue was highly satisfying, though it probably isn't a good pick as evidence in the case for Alex Maleev as a great artist. Rather underwhelming visuals.

4.0
Infamous Iron Man (2016) #6

Oct 31, 2017

Doom gets embarrassingly worked by the Wizard, of all people, while other antagonists queue up for subsequent issues. The Sharon Carter character assassination started in the other Iron Man title continues here; Mr. Bendis simply doesn't care that Sharon is not Maria Hill and writes her as though she were. If you know your Doom history, this plot (particularly the flashback) is underwhelming. If you don't know your Doom history, the flashback is nigh-gibberish. That's a hell of a Catch-22. Final infamies: Alex Maleev makes most of the action look stiff and pens a heinously unrecognizable Ben Grimm in a college flashback.

8.0
Infamous Iron Man (2016) #7

Nov 4, 2017

Wonder of wonders, Doom is starting to win Ben Grimm over, slightly, to the idea that he might be doing good. What is the Maker gonna say about that? This issue had some points against it: The pace is still terribly slow and the art can only be considered great with the huge caveat of "for Alex Maleev" appended to it. (Mr. Maleev just cannot deliver action in an exciting way.) I was won over by the great dialogue put into the Doom/Thing conversation, which felt extremely in-character for both parties. In fact, Ben was a treat throughout this issue. I love him in salty PI mode.

6.0
Infamous Iron Man (2016) #8

Dec 3, 2017

Doom brushes off Riri and discovers he's receiving future visions from an incomprehensibly surprising source. Alex Maleev supplies decent art for a script that is basically 2.5 conversations, but Brian Michael Bendis fumbles *many* balls here. For a start, this issue doesn't tie to the latest Invincible Iron Man in a satisfying fashion. Doom & Riri's talk is pretty brilliant; the Maker & Ben chat is a lot more forgettable. Riri's endless sniping with Tony-AI is even less entertaining here than it is in Invincible, and the final half-conversation where Doom meets his surprise guest star is just a giant WTF moment. On a strategic scale, Mr. Bendis is really dragging his feet on bringing Doom and the Maker into direct conflict. What's getting put on the pages is decently entertaining, but the amount of wasted potential building up here is woeful.

9.0
Infamous Iron Man (2016) #9

Jan 5, 2018

Victor gets confused by future Tony, captured by SHIELD, and kidnapped by his mom. This is an incredibly fun issue, and the fact that the protagonist is unconscious for most of it somehow makes it better. Brian Michael Bendis scripts smart, well-characterized decisions for Riri, Ben, Mama Doom, and an anonymous pack of SHIELD grunts. There's also probably a ton of foreshadowing going on here, covering everything from Iron Doom's endgame to the eventual return of the Fantastic Four. Alex Maleev's art is particularly impressive; he might struggle a bit with ordinary superhero action but he's quite bloody brilliant at magic. Art and plot are above average, but it's the dialogue - particularly the superb film-noir-ish conversation between Ben and Johnny Storm - that really pushes this issue into greatness.

9.0
Infamous Iron Man (2016) #10

Feb 3, 2018

Doom gets some really nice moments with what looks like his mom, but the jig is up and we're headed into a heck of a climax. Is it time for a Doom-Grimm teamup? I've had my issues in the past with the way this title is paced and drawn and written, but it is *really* firing on all cylinders at this point. I think one of the real keys that makes this issue work is that we get to see Victor do something clever, and it's shown with subtlety rather than told like a lecture. This issue is a big fat reward for sticking with Infamous, and the prospects for the finale look especially bright.

8.0
Infamous Iron Man (2016) #11

Mar 11, 2018

Doom's surrendered himself to SHIELD, and here comes Dr. Strange. But then Brian Michael Bendis upsets the whole apple cart with a monster twist that sure doesn't lack for ambition. The finale will have to be *exceptional* to make this revelation fit with previous issues in a satisfying, "not a cop-out" way, though. Alex Maleev's art is especially impressive this time around, and I'm starting to suspect he would have been a significantly better fit throughout if this was a straight "Dr. Doom" title instead of a DoomStark hybrid. The guy can draw the ☠☠☠☠ outta magic is what I'm saying.

5.0
Infamous Iron Man (2016) #12

Apr 7, 2018

Brian Michael Bendis loses big on a double bet: that A) we'll be satisfied with an "it was Mephisto all along" ending instead of the Maker fight we wanted and that B) *four pages* of Mephisto-as-Zack-on-Saved-By-The-Bell soliloquy is the best way to explain everything. Possibly the most blatant copout ending in the modern Marvel era. Character relationships are handled decently and Alex Maleev's magic art is still superb. Rating this gets a little tricky because everything outside the Mephisto soliloquy suggests an above-average comic. But I have a rather fundamental rule: 6/10 comics have to be satisfying, and "satisfying" is simply not an adjective I can attach to any book that resolves a major plot thread in such a lazy and contemptuous way.

8.5
Inferno (2021) #1

Feb 3, 2022

Moira vs. Mystique/Destiny starts grinding toward a confrontation. And Orchis is still out there with its Nimrod(s). I opened the book ready for that iterative Hickman pacing -- an expanded replay of a prior scene, surprise! -- so that wasn't disappointing. And all of these big, slow scenes are gorgeously illustrated. While this ain't going to set any records for "amount of content in a double-sized issue," I do like to see progress toward the last of the author's mutant plotlines.

9.0
Inferno (2021) #2

Mar 5, 2022

This script shows off the best of Hickman: Some twists that are easy to predict, some that are much more surprising, and lots of spare, sharp language. But there are some weaknesses, too. Despite how eventful this issue is, the pace is still slow. On the art front, though, I have zero complaints and a ton of kudos. I love exaggerated faces, and it's rare to see them done so well in such a polished, top-shelf style. If developments here actually tie to recent developments in X-Force, that would be uncanny. Also, how long do you reckon Mr. Hickman has been dying to use the line "Solve for X"?

9.0
Inferno (2021) #3

Apr 26, 2022

The words deliver a marvelous combination of shocking revelations and intriguing plot developments. And speaking of marvelous combinations, this issue is the rare example of an artist carousel being a good thing. Each artist is in top-shelf form, and the scenes are divided up wisely so that their different styles serve to create distinct moods. (It also helps that character overlap is minimal and character design is highly consistent.) I hold my rating below perfect because there's a lot of artifice in the dialogue. Conversations get interrupted or the lines get cryptic, all obviously done to preserve a few last mysteries. This isn't realistic speech, but I'll happily give a pass to characters caught up in such an epic story.

9.5
Inferno (2021) #4

May 16, 2022

For all the "inside baseball" talk about how Mr. Hickman was rushed to a premature ending, I thought this finale was fully satisfying and exquisitely scripted. It did a formidable job revealing twists, tying up loose ends, and leaving the playing field in a fascinating position for the next stage of the X-story. The prose is all at least good, with a lot of the dialogue (from Doug's entrance onward) rising to all-time great. On the art front, there are a whole lot of magnificent panels. The two artists collaborate wonderfully, creating one consistent tone. But there were a few points (mostly in the action scenes) where the visual flow got hard to follow. It's still a beautiful comic, just a very slightly improvable one.

8.0
Infinity Countdown #1

Sep 6, 2018

Four very incidental event pages are wrapped around a double helping of Guardians of the Galaxy. That's mostly but not entirely a good thing. The characterization done in the dialogue isn't so hot - Drax and especially Rocket sound like idiots. The two big battles burn a lot of pages, too - it feels like each one gets twice as much attention as it really needs. The visuals start strong and hit a truly high note by the end; even the colors get magically deeper as the Gardener fight bends towards its climax.

8.0
Infinity Countdown #2

Nov 10, 2018

Our Guardians heroes are all collected together again and Warlock starts doing his own heroic stuff. This issue's script pays off a lot of foreshadowing, sets up plenty of awesome sights, and takes a fair stab at humor. It's a buffet presentation, though, and I would have liked a bit more of a centralized, developing plot. The art pays off in a big way on everything the script promises, especially in the Guardians section. I particularly like the watercolor hues; they add tremendous depth to the already-detailed linework.

8.0
Infinity Countdown #3

Nov 25, 2018

Warlock rescues the Silver Surfer from Ultron, but that doesn't produce an ally. The Guardians manage to turn the Power Stone on thanks to a tip from Robbie. There is a lot of excellent stuff going on, but it feels like all the parts of the story are orbiting a still-hidden center. This book is pulling my attention to a point exactly equidistant between Adam Warlock and the Guardians of the Galaxy. Marvelous balance, but there's nothing exciting there and while I'm squinting at nothing, the many other moving parts are losing focus. This doesn't ruin the story, but it keeps the individually-good pieces from assembling into a great whole.

7.0
Infinity Countdown #4

Dec 18, 2018

The Guardians break for a little planning and bickering while Warlock, Surfer, and Galactus fight a good fight against Ultron. I'm torn by the outcome and what it does to Big G. It's a very satisfying resolution to this story, but it burns some bridges that didn't need to be burned. This issue's art was also problematic for me; it seems to be sliding from good-weird to weird-weird.

6.0
Infinity Countdown #5

Jan 31, 2019

The Guardians splinter under the strain of the Infinity Stones and a reunion with Warlock. Meanwhile, Dr. Strange takes the lead on the Earth side of the story and sad #@%& happens to Hank Pym in Soul World. Gamora's characterization is strong and heartbreaking; so is Hank's misfortune. The overall plot is a hot mess, though. Too many of the complex storylines weaving through this issue dead-end in "why's this happening and why's it important?" questions, and this event has already burned WAY TOO MANY pages to remain so opaque. The glimmers of good character work and the slightly above-average art do not do nearly enough to offset this issue's giant potential for frustration. The armor-forging prologue scenes throughout the Countdown series are, to me, symptomatic of the event's bigger problems. A Mystery Dwarf forges Mystery Armor for a Mystery Antagonist. Here, before we've learned ANYTHING substantive about the forging, the Mystery Dwarf gets sworded to death by ANOTHER Mystery Antagonist - or maybe the same one? That's just too many mysteries for an event that's been rolling for four months.

8.0
Infinity Countdown: Adam Warlock #1

Aug 18, 2018

Kang lays out the Infinity Ballgame for the freshly-resurrected Adam Warlock. I can see the huge challenge in front of the script: This needs to be newbie-accessible, but also satisfying to Warlock mavens. I'm not sure it's entirely successful, particularly on the 2nd point. The art fills in the gaps and elevates the tone, supplying the grandeur that this cosmic prologue desperately needs. We move forward into the event with the shocking news that Magus is just going to be the warm-up nemesis; the face of the Big Bad is still hidden.

7.0
Infinity Countdown: Prime #1

Sep 6, 2018

A story that's primarily expository recap is livened up by a Wolverine fight with a twist and a surprise villain shift at the end. Those two scenes are outstanding, particularly in their writing. The visuals are a classic Deodato/Martin presentation. I know their work has tons of fans. Me? I usually can't get over how lazy the style is, and this issue is no exception. Pointless fractal panel-grids are slapped down to conceal that the average panel-per-page count is under 4. I take away the impression that many pages are just monotinted line drawings, even though that's really not the case. Frank Martin does some careful coloring work but then washes too much of it away in a misguided effort to build "bold" one and two-color themes for each scene. Taken together, words and visuals combine into decently entertaining and even talented storytelling. As yet, I'm missing the cohesive anchor to get me engaged with this latest Infinity Whatsis. The villain shift at the end of this issue might do it, but for now, this is just another "thank goodness MU lets me read this cheap" event.

7.0
Infinity Countdown: Daredevil #1

Dec 3, 2018

This one-shot chronicles how loser thug Turk Barrett stumbled across the Mind Stone and how Daredevil almost but not quite retrieved it from him. It's a fun, clever, but thoroughly non-essential bit of background for this year's Infinity Mess. The art is a major missed opportunity; considerable talent is assembled to produce a very non-memorable set of visuals. This would be a severe disappointment as a full-price purchase, but it's a nice collection or Marvel Unlimited read.

7.0
Infinity Countdown: Captain Marvel #1

Dec 16, 2018

Carol shows off the possibilities of the Reality Stone by touring AUs where critical moments in her life went differently. It's a fascinating selection of possibilities and the art is outstanding, but the script doesn't quite succeed at making Carol's reactions seem rational. Perhaps the AU vignettes should have been in a different order? It seems to start at the highest emotional intensity and then trail off.

5.0
Infinity Countdown: Black Widow #1

Jan 1, 2019

Natasha defends the Space Stone against Jaime Braddock and relieves him of some enslaved kid-minions with a little magical assist from Merlin. The art is exactly the sort of shabby display that puts me in a nit-picking mood. I moved seamlessly from visual inconsistencies, like the flick knife that should have chopped off Natasha's fingers, to script flaws, like constantly breaking its own "line of sight teleporting only" rule. While the comic manages to avoid any truly terrible outrages, its lukewarm performance across all of the metrics I might judge it by - as a Black Widow story, as an Infinity Stone story, as a magic story - renders it thoroughly unsatisfying.

8.0
Infinity Countdown: Champions #1

Jan 1, 2019

Sam Alexander catches wind of Warbringer's part in the Infinity Whatsis, so he's gotta go face him down. His Champions teammates insist on coming with. The pace of plot development is a little flabby, but the extra space is put to good use to do outstanding characterization. This may not be essential Inifinity reading, but it's a real pleasure for Champions fans. Pretty art is another strong selling point.

8.0
Infinity Countdown: Champions #2

Jan 14, 2019

The Champions defeat Warbringer and survive close contact with Thanos, but not without some nasty psychological damage. I'm torn over this issue's characterization. The Riri/Viv scene is an absolute gem; the calamitous change dumped on Sam in the final scene feels a little cheap. The visuals are serviceable throughout, but they're better at portraying action than emotion - and even so, this issue's fight scenes aren't all that memorable.

8.0
Infinity Countdown: Darkhawk #1

Dec 3, 2018

Chris Powell is stuck on the Earth-sidelines as Big Raptor Events unfold out in the cosmic world. A left-field fight opens up a surprising hitchhiking opportunity for him, though. This series kicks off with tons of promise and some distinctively great manga-style art. This issue burns a few too many words mulling over new power limitations, but that's a pretty minor nitpick. The balance of the book is thoroughly enjoyable, and it does an excellent job building "and then what happened?" anticipation.

7.0
Infinity Countdown: Darkhawk #2

Jan 1, 2019

Chris makes it to space, but his meeting with the OG Raptors goes just about as bad as possible. I find myself torn in rating this. I like the creators' high-level strategic choices: devoting significant page-time to Marlene, boosting the stakes on Chris's conflict with the Raptors, engaging in cosmic world-building to tie the Raptors to the Phoenix Force, etc. The tactical execution of those ideas just doesn't hook me here, though. The visuals are the same way. I like the way GH Lim's style stands out in comparison to contemporary Marvel, but there are some rough patches.

8.0
Infinity Countdown: Darkhawk #3

Jan 9, 2019

Some mumbo-jumbo help from Razor gets Chris back on his feet and hot on the tails of the Raptors. I really enjoyed the cosmic backstory bits, and the visuals throughout were quietly awesome. Although there was some definite artifice in powering up the Darkhawk, it was done in an entertaining fashion and it struck the right balance between magic and logic.

8.0
Infinity Countdown: Darkhawk #4

Jan 21, 2019

Rich Rider drops by to play a significant guest-star role in the conclusion of Chris Powell's Big Space Adventure. The fighting is a bit too vague - both in terms of visual effects and verbally-described consequences - but it builds to a pretty satisfying wrap-up. This isn't so hot as an isolated issue, but it works really well (excepting the final surprise announcement of more Infinity Shenanigans to come) as a capstone for the series as a whole.

5.0
Infinity Wars (2018) #1

Feb 11, 2019

Dr. Strange's sad Infinity Watch is assembled. (Ugh, Bullseye. Really?) Towards the end, plot developments develop dramatically and the forward progress is blissfully welcome. Requiem's identity is revealed and that's just the first of the climax's double-barreled surprises. The script drops signals suggesting that this ridiculous plot was once supposed to be EVEN MORE labyrinthine: When did Thor meet "King Thor"? When did Iron Lad sub in for Kang? What's the Kree trouble Carol is supposedly dealing with? Life of Captain Marvel, which just started? I feel again like the kid pointing out the naked emperor when it comes to the art. From the first scene inexplicably taking place in an Old West saloon to the last scene relying on random doll heads to try (unsuccessfully) to portray an emotional Gamora, I hate these visuals. And the script for this issue is busy enough to expose a brand-new fault in the "fractal" panel layouts: While the smaller boxes are usually just arbitrary divisions of a bigger scene, SOMETIMES they're separate, all-new panels. There's no way to tell the difference, and it makes the story that much harder to follow.

6.0
Infinity Wars (2018) #2

Feb 28, 2019

Infinity Stone powers make the battle for possessing them tricky, but Gamora's the big winner. This issue seems to be an abrupt end to the Stones' Earth connections and a launching pad for all-new cosmic weirdness. That suits me just fine. I appreciate the good work that went into scripting this big fight; I wish it was supported by stronger visuals. The character portrayals are OK, but the art fails to illustrate the use of the Stones well. Us clever readers are left to puzzle it out from the words. Credit to the colorist - he does help. But with better art, we wouldn't NEED clues like "green wash = active Time Stone."

6.0
Infinity Wars (2018) #3

Mar 27, 2019

After Gamora squishes all her potential opposition into a ridiculous mashup pocket universe (i.e. a holding pattern), she focuses on the one mysterious place hidden from her nigh-omnipotent sight. This issue auditions several different partnerships that could be used to exposit the main event's plot: Gamora/Loki, Gamora/Thanos's Ghost, Loki/Flowa, Gamora/Flowa. I think it's unfortunate that the author settles on the last one; it seems less interesting than the others. While neither the script nor the art strike me as criminally bad, my reaction to both settles firmly on "blah." This is a banal slab of doughy comics product with snarky dialogue and random character mashups sprinkled through it like chocolate chips, or raisins, or both. It just manages to spark a little interest in the mashups; it's utterly unable to paint them as anything more than shameless time/money wasters. If some of them embrace their absurdity and aim for sheer awesomeness, they might turn out great. I feel similarly about the main event. Though they're faint, there ARE signs of a Master Plan threaded through this issue. I think this story, even more than most Big Dumb Events™, is gonna make a lot more sense in a collection than it does issue-to-issue.

3.0
Infinity Wars (2018) #4

Apr 25, 2019

This comic has a ton of problems, but drawing Kamala Khan's costume bodypaint tight is a special kind of Wrong.

4.5
Infinity Wars (2018) #5

May 21, 2019

Loki's new set of Stones is half 616 and half Warp World. His pickpocketing gets him the 3 616 stones taken from Gamora and the 2 WW Stones he gave to Ms. Marvel and Ant-Man, and with his WW Soul Stone, they make a no-duplicates set. (And Gamora still has 3?) Considering how much sweat went into setting that up, I'm amazed that this issue's script is so subtle about it. Perhaps it'll become crucial in #6? I'm thinking his multiversal mix of Stones might be how he broke through the Quarry where Gamora could not.

5.0
Infinity Wars (2018) #6

Jul 1, 2019

5.0
Infinity Wars (2018): Prime #1

Feb 4, 2019

Warlock and Dr. Strange fret about Soul World; Thanos joins the too-long list of villains teased and then discarded as the event's Big Bad. I'm starting to really struggle to come up with positives about this event, but there's no shortage of negatives. Add on a notably lazy serving of art by one of my least-favorites and this issue ends up being functionally competent but thoroughly unenjoyable for me.

9.0
Infinity Wars (2018): Fallen Guardian #1

Jul 1, 2019

Gerry Duggan writes the ode to Arthur Douglas he's been aching to put on paper for a year or two. It's a sweet celebration of a crazy but not complex character, and it's built to function as a solid, all-in-one launchpad for Drax's inevitable return somewhere down the line. Andy MacDonald's clean, chunky art is perfect for illustrating Arthur's "K-Billy's Super Sounds of the 70s" vibe, but the artist also does very well with the contemporary bits of Infinity Wars that poke into Arthur's story. Is it essential? Weeeell, that's an interesting question. I guess "no," not in terms of Earth-shaking status quo changes. If the trainwreck of Infinity Wars taught me anything, though, it's that big status quo shakeups do not, by themselves, make for good reading. Plus, the creators found a legitimate (not entirely SANE, but legitimate!) way to include the Thanoscopter!

7.5
Infinity Wars (2018): Infinity #1

Jul 16, 2019

8.0
Infinity Wars: Arachknight #1

May 7, 2019

A supernatural mugging in his childhood costs Peter Parker his aunt and uncle and his single-personality sanity. He assembles a Moon-Knight-esque gestalt, but discovering the perpetrator of the mugging 15 years later upsets his equilibrium. I really liked the wisely-constrained scope that doesn't go completely overboard on extra mash-up characters. The manga-esque art delivers good character designs and binds them into good layouts.

7.0
Infinity Wars: Arachknight #2

Jun 13, 2019

9.0
Infinity Wars: Ghost Panther #1

Jun 13, 2019

T'Challa turns his back on Wakanda and becomes the stunt-rider Johnny Blaze. But his father's assassination drags him back for vengeance and a Faustian pact with Zarathos. While I'd admit the writing and art aren't flawless, they have incredible ambition and unique style in their favor. The result is a story that's bold, memorable and appealing even with some storytelling faults. The sometimes-stilted formality of the dialogue is intentional. But it's calling back waaay further than Ta-Nehisi Coates. It goes back to the mid-70s, when Don McGregor was bringing his intricate plotting, in-depth characterization, and questionable vocabulary to two epic stories: "Panther's Rage" in Jungle Action and Killraven in Amazing Adventures. Using the Warp World premise to combine characters from both McGregor sagas is brilliant.

6.5
Infinity Wars: Ghost Panther #2

Jul 1, 2019

7.0
Infinity Wars: Infinity Warps #1

May 30, 2019

Swiping an excellent trick from AvX's A+X, Infinity Wars includes a gag series, and here it is. In general, it's nice comic relief and a welcome palate cleanser. The Moon Squirrel strip is a gol-durned treasure, though. It features a genuinely thoughtful story, remarkable (perhaps misguided given Warp World's lifespan) world-building, and a flawless combination of the greatest strengths - clever-absurd writing and charming art, respectively - of Squirrel Girl and Moon Girl.

5.0
Infinity Wars: Infinity Warps #2

Jul 1, 2019

9.0
Infinity Wars: Iron Hammer #1

Apr 11, 2019

On a stormy Scandinavian night, Sigurd Stark wanders into conflict with Krimson Kurse and the dark elves. From there it's on to a crazy (good crazy) Nordic retelling of the MCU Iron Man origin and a smorgasbord of absurd mash-ups waiting to fight the Iron Hammer in the next issue. This series strikes gold with a heavenly tone-to-content match: Silver Ager bombast is the perfect tool for managing the absurdity of Warp World. Rock-solid art and a talented, lovingly loquacious flood of words make this a delight to Silver Age fans like me.

8.0
Infinity Wars: Iron Hammer #2

May 21, 2019

8.0
Infinity Wars: Sleepwalker #1

Apr 18, 2019

6.0
Infinity Wars: Sleepwalker #2

May 7, 2019

7.0
Infinity Wars: Sleepwalker #3

Jun 13, 2019

7.0
Infinity Wars: Sleepwalker #4

Jul 1, 2019

6.0
Infinity Wars: Soldier Supreme #1

Apr 6, 2019

The origin of Stephen Rogers, Soldier Supreme, just manages to get me engaged by the time the first act is over. Words and art are basically sound, but Stephen's mashup supporting cast rubs me exactly the wrong way. Each new introduction looks progressively sillier. Each of them carries away a bit of my interest in following this story through to its end, and that first act didn't pile up a lot of interest to begin with. The endless mashups provide lots of breadth, but depth would have held my attention much better.

8.0
Infinity Wars: Soldier Supreme #2

May 7, 2019

6.0
Infinity Wars: Weapon Hex #1

May 2, 2019

4.0
Infinity Wars: Weapon Hex #2

Jun 13, 2019

At least this comic proves (by negative counter-example, unfortunately) that it's harder than it looks to make Gabby endearing the way Tom Taylor and Mariko Tamaki do.

6.0
Inhumans Prime #1

Oct 31, 2017

The Inhumans track down Maximus, sock him in prison, and shift closer to a democracy. This is Al Ewing's launchpad for the upcoming Royals title, and it demonstrates some great and less-great ideas. I love adding Marvel Boy to the mix and he's got a great angle on the Inhumans' situation. I also love bringing Swain back onto center stage. The parade of mediocre artists cripples this book. None of them are standouts, and the constant stylistic shifts dragged my attention back to the mediocrity over and over. The artist carousel knocked at least two points off my rating - possibly more.

8.0
Inhumans: Judgement Day #1

Aug 6, 2018

A last-ditch psychic gambit allows the Inhumans to send the Progenitors packing, and Medusa gets her hair back, hooray! This issue has a resonant core of outstanding character work as Medusa and Black Bolt reunite on the Astral Plane. It's wrapped in infuriating cheese and untapped potential, though. The Medusa & Black Bolt scenes are very sweet stuff. They're great on their own, but they do NOT draw enough water to fully redeem all the time and imagination wasted in the Royals series. The art echoes the script: Kevin Libranda's reality scenes are the dreary packing material safeguarding the luscious psychic core illustrated by Mike del Mundo.

9.0
Inhumans: Once And Future Kings #1

Mar 11, 2018

We meet the young adult versions of the Boltagon boys and Medusa as the three of them are whirled up in potentially-lethal court intrigues courtesy of the Unspoken, the King-Regent who would really like to supplant the House of Boltagon permanently. Christopher Priest writing an Inhumans mini? One that tackles the Alpha Primitive problem head on? Has Marvel started intercepting my letters to Santy Claus or what? Phil Noto's art is achingly good, too; this story is kicking off with all the potential in the world.

8.0
Inhumans: Once And Future Kings #2

Mar 30, 2018

Elisha the rebel Alpha shepherds his exiles to a meeting with the Wizard; back in Attilan the Unspoken chucks more familiar faces (Karnak & Gorgon) into the mix. Thanks to Christopher Priest and Phil Noto, this is exquisitely conveyed in words and art, but it's a quiet slow-burning foundation-laying episode that doesn't really deliver a "wowser" moment.

8.0
Inhumans: Once And Future Kings #3

Apr 20, 2018

Bentley the Wizard grows increasingly suspicious, Medusa spats with Elisha, and we get a lovely peek into the boyhood of Karnak and Triton. Phil Noto's art remains beautiful and this issue is plotted and characterized quite well. But Christopher Priest is intentionally mangling a lot of dialogue (especially Black Bolt's and Medusa's) to emphasize how alien and royal the speakers are. It's both unpleasant and contrived, and there are countless ways to achieve a similar effect that don't sound like fingernails on a blackboard. It's the one ham-handed technique deployed in a book that's otherwise remarkable for its subtlety.

8.0
Inhumans: Once And Future Kings #4

May 14, 2018

The royal kids uncover Kadlec's plot against them while also dealing with a fairly hilarious FN Spider-Man encounter. There's great humor and dramatic character work done here, but it's not without faults. Most of all, I'm wondering if the non-chronological order really earns its keep; this would still be a great story if it progressed in 1-2-3 order. There are ample sub-plots (Triton, Karnak, Crystal) to intercut with to keep the structure complex. Phil Noto's art is nigh flawless on a panel-by-panel basis but sometimes the storytelling flow relies too heavily on the words rather than the visuals.

8.0
Inhumans: Once And Future Kings #5

Jun 18, 2018

Black Bolt gets his first real opportunity for heroism and kingly sagacity as he leads his family against Elisha. The story as a whole has been very entertaining, but some characters were under-utilized (Crystal, Bentley Wittman) and some (Gorgon!) were completely superfluous. Also, the resolution relies on a nested double example of "my plan hinges on hard-to-visualize hacking so I'm just going to shout about it during a fistfight" that rubs me the wrong way. Phil Noto's art is gorgeous to the end though, and I finish the story *almost* as enthusiastic about the idea of more "Inhuman Babies" adventures as Christopher Priest wants me to be.

8.0
Invaders (2019) #1

Aug 1, 2019

OG Human Torch Jim Hammond starts the ball rolling toward handling Namor's current antagonism as an Invaders problem rather than an Avengers problem. Strong character work - particularly the complex portrait of Namor - and some well-above-average art make this a fun read all by itself. And the many mysteries still to be revealed do a great job of fulfilling the prime duty of a #1: Making us interested in #2.

8.0
Invaders (2019) #2

Sep 9, 2019

Cap, Bucky, and the OG Torch ferret out more of Namor's present-day plans. Wartime flashbacks continue to illuminate and complicate the story. The prose is decent, as is the art, on average (some highs and lows). The plot is the real draw here; it's an outstanding spy-thriller tale that is enough to hold my attention all by itself.

7.0
Invaders (2019) #3

Oct 9, 2019

My reaction was similar to other commenters, except when art makes me go "ugh," I actually ratchet down my rating.

7.5
Invaders (2019) #4

Oct 31, 2019

7.0
Invaders (2019) #5

Nov 20, 2019

8.0
Invaders (2019) #6

Dec 27, 2019

This arc wraps up as a bleak but compelling portrait of Namor and a rare defeat for Captain America.

7.0
Invaders (2019) #7

Feb 27, 2020

Namor sinks deeper into madness, Iron Man barrels around like a loose cannon, and the exciting realpolitik chess game ratchets forward by several moves. This series is doing great at engaging me via plot; I remain stubbornly unhooked on the visuals or the character work.

7.5
Invaders (2019) #8

Mar 10, 2020

"Little by little … you're just letting yourself become … Tyler Durden. I mean, Tommy Machan, yeah, that's it."

6.0
Invaders (2019) #9

Mar 31, 2020

I dig the fundamental themes, particularly Namor's torment. But it's buried under a lot of sound and fury I don't enjoy; at several points, the words and art both seem to be hindering the story more than telling it.

6.5
Invaders (2019) #10

Apr 29, 2020

The plot continues to develop in interesting ways, but my established antipathy to both the art and the prose keep my enjoyment capped at "just an average comic" levels.

7.0
Invaders (2019) #11

Jun 3, 2020

5.0
Invaders (2019) #12

Jul 13, 2020

The Invaders rush to defeat Machan and save the world, with Namor mostly on board. The series really needed another issue to tease out Machan's plans organically; instead, we have to make do with a clumsy expository summary. Speaking of clumsy, Carlos Magno's Big Fight Art draws its fingernails across the chalkboard of my soul with stiff figures, poor focus, and a distressing lack of motion. This script needed spectacular art to work, and in my subjective opinion, it absolutely did not get it. (Also, are readers supposed to forget that Machan body-jacked a dude to get into the real world? How do you punish Machan without punishing Roman? Or was there something said about Roman being dead forever?)

6.0
Invincible Iron Man (2016) #4

Oct 31, 2017

A half-a-fight issue sees Riri sidelined while Pepper kicks a lot of ninja butt. It's moving at the classically glacial Bendis pace, but it's a nice straightforward fight with some excellent art. Not memorable but definitely enjoyable. It's nice to take a break from obsessing about Riri's identity, even if we do it by watching her underperform in a fight.

6.0
Invincible Iron Man (2016) #5

Oct 31, 2017

Riri beats the Techno Golem, her mom is being sweet, AI Tony is being weird. It's satisfying to close the Techno Golem story and Stefano Caselli's art is especially great. By the standards of the title, this is a strong comic, but I contend that those standards have been bashed down too low. Take the Techno Golem story that's run from #3 to #5. I think *any* 20th-century comics writer would consider this to be a one-comic story: Protagonist teams up with a guest star to defeat a villain while the supporting cast runs a few soap opera scenes. Brian Michael Bendis has turned that one comic into three and that's not okay.

6.0
Invincible Iron Man (2016) #6

Oct 31, 2017

The whole world suddenly has an opinion on Ironheart (IRONIC META COMMENTARY). In quick succession, Riri gets "hay come work with us" offers from the ladies of Stark Industries, MIT, and the Champions. Riri gets a bit anxious over her sudden celebrity. In the shadows, multiple actors move on Latveria, suggesting that Riri's story is headed for a collision with her "Substitute Iron Man" peer, Victor Von Doom. The plot is light on action, but the dialogue is solid and Stefano Caselli's art remains very pleasant.

8.0
Invincible Iron Man (2016) #7

Nov 25, 2017

Riri experiences a loss, struggles with the admiration of AI Tony, and the Latverian crisis comes closer to boiling over. On the one hand, the "welcome to trade paperback #2" feeling in this issue is almost palpable. On the other hand, it's a textbook-good example of how to do a reintroduction issue. The key plotlines to address in future issues are queued up nicely, and SHIELD espionage is used to great effect to drop good character info on top of some "day in the life" scenes of Riri. Stefano Caselli's art is a pleasure as always, and this feels through and through like a premium top-shelf comic. If you were ignoring Invincible up till now, this would make a splendid "jump on board" point.

8.0
Invincible Iron Man (2016) #8

Jan 5, 2018

Riri enlists in Sharon Carter's war with Lucia Von Bardas, but she's smart enough to ask insightful questions about why she should be doing it. The questioning of authority is rounded out with a pretty awesome fight vs. Lady Octopus and some iffier flashbacks to Riri's early days as a precocious kid. Mr. Bendis is choosing to make gags with a theme that could arguably be summarized as "silly genius-girl, black women don't face oppression any more." It's a fast, comedic treatment of a contentious subject that deserves way more serious thought. In more tactical matters, the dialogue in this issue is pretty snappy (weird plug for Freaks and Geeks, though, and a weird decision not to drop astronaut Mae Jemison's name even though two different scenes are clearly referring to her) and Stefano Caselli's art does a good job elevating a middle-of-the-road script into something above average. Colorist Marte Gracia is also doing great work; the tweaked lighting on Ironheart's armor in the crime scene spread is super impressive.

8.0
Invincible Iron Man (2016) #9

Jan 27, 2018

AI Tony takes center stage while Riri beats Bardas with the world's simplest trick. By this point, I suspect that everything in this title besides the AI Tony/Riri relationship is just background noise. It's a view that offers tremendous potential frustration, as it really kind of closes the door on the thing I want to see most: Riri leaving Tony's shadow and blossoming on her own. Stefano Caselli's art is polished as ever, but there are some tiny hints of hustle in the colors this month. It's still one of the most visually-appealing books Marvel is publishing, and the stable art team is highly appreciated.

9.0
Invincible Iron Man (2016) #10

Feb 26, 2018

Against all odds and expectations, Riri navigates the Latverian crisis to a happy and hilarious ending. I do love it when everybody acts smart and everybody wins - well, everybody except for horrible villains like Lucia Von Bardas. Some more beautiful art from Stefano Caselli and a remarkably funny script carry this story arc out on a high note.

7.0
Invincible Iron Man (2016) #11

Apr 7, 2018

We fill some time in the run-up to Legacy with guest artists and the hagiography of Tony Stark. Brian Michael Bendis complicates this indulgent party with his afterward, revealing that the most eye-rollingest "c'mon, seriously" thing Tony's shown doing here is something that his saintly recently-deceased neighbor actually did. Sentiment aside, it's a just slightly above-average retrospective on Tony Stark, most of which (excepting the abrupt pivot into generic manga-town in the final pages) looks very pretty.

6.0
Invincible Iron Man (2016) #593

May 3, 2018

The Stark Women find out Tony is missing and all of Infamous Iron Doom's captured supervillains have busted out of prison. I said recently that even when he's on cruise control, Brian Michael Bendis is still good, but this issue's script was apparently designed to make me look like an idiot for saying that. Terribly slow pacing, go-nowhere dialogue, erratic characterization, bonafide typos (a shocking lot of them) - how did things go so wrong so fast? How did Mr. Bendis lose Doom's voice *completely* in the few short weeks since writing him last? Ben Grimm's little speech to him is the *only* nicely-written part of the book. Stefano Caselli and Alex Maleev do triage by supplying some very strong art, but this issue is too far gone to get pulled past "acceptable" by nice visuals. There are the tiniest of tiny hints that Mr. Bendis has a method to the madness, and some of the seeming errors (Doom sounding *wrong* and a picture of unmasked Spider-Man appearing at the Stark Expo) *might* suggest Mephisto is still lurking in the background. But a better-crafted, faster-paced book would make my alternative theory - "everybody up to and including editor Tom Brevoort is in 'phone it in mode' right now" - a lot less convincing.

6.0
Invincible Iron Man (2016) #594

Jun 9, 2018

The Tony Stark Nanny Squad fights the Stark Board, Iron Doom fights his grudge-group of villains, and nobody in this story called "The Search for Tony Stark" has actually started searching for Tony Stark yet. How exactly did the creators combine two titles into one and *still* end up with a shortage of material? Brian Michael Bendis's script is way too lazy and digressive, and it feels like Stefano Caselli and Alex Maleev are in a contest to see who can put in less effort on the visuals. Mr. Maleev is the winner in this issue, slapping muddy green washes over linework that I think would look downright shameful without color. Mr. Caselli is *definitely* trying for the slacker prize too, though, and his pages aren't up to his usual high standards. Also, this issue adds yet another checkmark to the box on Riri's "heroism" scorecard labeled "passively survives a dangerous situation until a third party neutralizes the danger." Sigh.

6.0
Invincible Iron Man (2016) #595

Jul 11, 2018

Riri scores a PR coup over the Stark Enterprises weasels and the Nanny Squad abruptly finds a big lead in the MIA Tony case. Infamous Iron Doom is also there in the form of five desultory pages, three of which are good. The visuals throughout this issue are superb, and the bones of each main plotline are promising; to assemble all this potential and then deliver about eight good pages wrapped in a bunch of tiresome "lazy Bendis" filler is a real shame. A comic that half-satisfies on each of the Riri, Tony, and Doom fronts turns out barely satisfactory overall. This issue is less than the sum of its parts.

7.0
Invincible Iron Man (2016) #596

Aug 12, 2018

Riri deals wisely with the Starkweasels confiscating her gear, Tony hallucinates a cool conversation with Howard, and Doom nearly loses an embarrassing fight. The art throughout is solid and most of the character work is entertaining, but this comic is stuck in neutral when it comes to plot progression. This issue is effectively "random scenes from the lives of Tony Stark and associates." Brian Michael Bendis doesn't let Tony take center stage but fails to promote a usable replacement, sticking us with this weak quasi-anthology that might be entertaining but can't really be called a story.

6.0
Invincible Iron Man (2016) #597

Sep 20, 2018

Riri gets shuffled into a whole new supporting cast at MIT. Infamous Iron Doom has a lengthy, unsatisfying, unsuccessful fight against Parker Robbins and his Blue-collar Bandits. The developments aren't all that interesting, and the art for the fight scenes is remarkably bad at conveying what's happening. There are two marvelously interesting panels at the start where Doom says bitter words over his mother's grave, though. That's mighty slim pickings when you consider all of this title's potential.

6.0
Invincible Iron Man (2016) #598

Oct 8, 2018

Tony makes a frustrating sort of contact with Riri and her new pals. Doom's story is twisted arbitrarily into a collision course with Iron Man. Visual and textual storytelling are both solid here, but avoiding mistakes is not nearly enough to overcome the entrenched antipathy to this storyline I've built up. This might not be the WORST of the title's "marking time till 600" issues, but there's no doubt it's one of that fraternity.

6.0
Invincible Iron Man (2016) #599

Nov 10, 2018

Doom, Tony, and Riri all bend toward the climax in this surprise-sodden issue. The art is excellent and some of the dialogue is very nice; balanced against that is the inescapable feeling that we're about to fall into a giant, stupid traffic jam. The introduction of Leonardo Da Vinci is the clearest sign of impending disaster. There is just the tiniest possibility that that surprise could be made entertaining with a LOT of development. A lot of development is exactly what it's not going to get thanks to all the other stuff queued up for #600. Instead, it's just going to be a hallucinatory widget, a weirdo thing for all subsequent writers to ignore.

5.0
Invincible Iron Man (2016) #600

Dec 3, 2018

Brian Michael Bendis spent eight issues setting up six major stories (plus many smaller mysteries) and refusing to develop them. Each deserved a full arc for resolution. Now they're all abruptly chopped off in a single double-sized issue. And just to make sure that things are extra train-wreck-y, art duties go to a rapidly-spinning carousel of A-listers. That ensures that the issue lacks a consistent artistic vision and comes out extra super disjointed. My vote for "favorite train wreck moment" goes to Mike Deodato refusing to let Alex Maleev have the "Parker Robbins is really a demon" point to himself. And Bendis and the editors just let him poach it! Despite all the strikes against them, I did find a few of this issue's payoffs enjoyable. Rhodey's resurrection was straightforward and satisfying (if not all that logical), and uniting Miles and Riri almost made the SHIELD 2.0 idea interesting. Moving forward, though, this issue leaves a bumper crop of dangling plot threads that are potentially toxic. If nobody on Earth ever speaks the words "Tony Stark, Sorcerer Supreme" again, I'll die happy. About the only thread I'd be interested in seeing continued is Doom vs. Hood, because it's the most flagrantly unfinished story.

7.5
Invincible Iron Man (2022) #1

Aug 12, 2023

It's a well-told story. The art is strong, Tony has a consistent and appealing voice, and though the pace is slow, that allows the issue to hit every base in the Iron Man saga from his origin to what he was up to last month. So why am I slotting this in the very bottom of "good comics" territory? Well, for all the storytelling talent, it's not particularly novel. This feels like off-the-shelf Tony in an off-the-shelf situation, dealing with off-the-shelf Iron Man problems. It *is* good enough to get me to stick around and see if this volume gets distinctive over time.

7.0
Invincible Iron Man (2022) #2

Dec 26, 2023

It's well-crafted in both words and art, but the main story just doesn't get a hook in me. Tony Stark on the skids--how many times have we seen that over the decades? And how much progress on that story does Tony actually make in this issue? I'm much more interested in the B-Plot starting up around Ironheart. I guess the storytelling is strong enough to carry me along until we learn more about that.

7.0
Invincible Iron Man (2022) #3

Apr 16, 2024

There's nothing criminally wrong with either the story or the way it's told. But nothing very exciting, either. This would be fine and dandy as a limited miniseries or a supporting series. As the flagship Iron Man title, though, it's a bit feeble.

8.0
Invisible Woman (2019) #1

Jan 25, 2020

Sue starts a rogue mission to save an old SHIELD buddy. It has a nice pace, a workable theme (can Sue handle "kill or be killed" espionage?), and gorgeous art. But it's about the furthest thing in the world from a novel story, and the yeoman script doesn't show any signs of rising above its clichés. That theme is really just a retread of the fundamental "Sue is a damsel/mom, not a badass" problem that's been with her since 1962, and I'm sure this series is going to hand her a bunch of ready-made "check out this badassery" opportunities -- but I'm down for that, if they're done well.

7.0
Invisible Woman (2019) #2

Feb 27, 2020

It's Indiana Sue And The Raiders Of The Lost Generic Spy Story!

8.5
Invisible Woman (2019) #3

Mar 31, 2020

Sue takes her next two steps on her own, which is tremendously refreshing. Inventive use of her powers is still the script's strongest suit, and the art reaches a truly jaw-dropping level of gorgeousness. The back half of this issue takes a big leap in quality, fully paying off the "Sue as super-spy" premise and introducing a promising plot twist.

8.5
Invisible Woman (2019) #4

Jun 1, 2020

The plot develops predictably, but the story is crafted well enough to be admirable. Like a fine watch -- the fact that the seconds tick off one after another doesn't detract from the impressive engineering.

8.0
Invisible Woman (2019) #5

Jun 12, 2020

The art remains fantastic, with Mr. De Iulis going above and beyond on "tormented Sue" faces. The script doesn't quite live up to the art, tying up the plot threads in a simple, predictable bow and undercutting some thoughtful ideas about Sue by conveying them in clunky language.

9.5
Iron Cat (2022) #1

Jan 2, 2023

Jed MacKay gets back on the Black Cat? Excellent. Pere Pérez needs a new place to do awesome drawing now that Spider-Woman is over? Even better. The words and art completely live up to my excessive expectations; this is gorgeous, thrilling, funny, and captivating. The only shortcoming -- a tiny one -- is that the shape of the plot is pretty clear by about page 4. This issue's "big twist" is a lot less shocking to me than it is to Felicia. But I expect there will be some bigger surprises in the issues to come, and I'll enjoy every panel that leads us to them.

8.5
Iron Cat (2022) #2

Jan 12, 2023

This is an extremely good issue, but not great like #1. Tamara's point of view is superb (as is all of the art) -- so good that it makes Felicia's share of the issue pale a bit in comparison. While Felicia and Tony are driving the story forward in narratively-important ways, it's Tamara that provides the real intrigue and interest. Felicia's a fairly well-known quantity at this point; learning more about her antagonist just ratchets up the anticipation for the dance to come.

9.0
Iron Cat (2022) #3

Jan 24, 2023

It's a smooth, action-heavy evolution of a solid story. There are short, brilliant bits of character insight and a lot of insanely great fight art to admire. This installment isn't particularly complicated, but it's told with exquisite skill.

8.0
Iron Cat (2022) #4

Feb 26, 2023

It still looks great and it's scripted well, but this issue pulled my enjoyment down a couple notches. First, Tony gets the PoV. It's not done badly by any means. But there are dozens of people who can write a good Tony Stark; how many people can write Jed MacKay's Felicia? Second, we're barrelling into "it's act 3 of the heist movie so the storytellers are straight-up gonna lie to us to conceal the scheme" territory. It's impossible to take any of the "shocking" twists at the end of this issue seriously.

8.5
Iron Cat (2022) #5

Apr 14, 2023

This finale ties up the plot in a satisfying, if not incredibly inventive, way. I like that the author fired a couple of well-placed Chekhov's guns; it tightens up the series as a whole. Tamara and Felicia's reconciliation ties a nice little heartwarming bow on it all. The art is beautiful, but … I think that the tweaks that could take this issue to greatness are mainly in the visuals. Tamara's exit from the climax could have been clearer, and the artist could have done … something … to make the fight scenes more exciting. Improvable -- but still beautiful as it stands.

8.0
Iron Fist (2017) #1

Oct 31, 2017

Danny Rand struggles without K'un-Lun to anchor him. A super-ominous kung-fu tournament on a mystery island sounds like the perfect next step! There's some skill in the way Danny's gritty status quo is introduced, both visually and narratively. I have hopes for the future, but so far this title's fighting a severe case of decompression. This issue could have hit at least one more plot point without losing anything substantive.

6.0
Iron Fist (2017) #2

Oct 31, 2017

Danny gets through 1-1/3 of seven kung-fu duels along with a *lot* of yackety-yak from his hosts. Several references to the events of "Immortal Iron Fist" tempt one into drawing inevitably unfavorable comparisons between the two series. This issue has pacing problems, some underwhelming kung-fu, and so. much. talking. There's still space to turn it around, and there are some tempting mysteries in the air that could develop into greatness if treated properly.

6.0
Iron Fist (2017) #3

Nov 9, 2017

Choshin grabs the villain ball and sabotages Danny's trial progress. I see more shortcomings than strengths in the creators' work here. Ed Brisson's plot leans toward "kung fu cliché-fest" rather than "loving homage" and Mike Perkins' hyper-realistic art works well for fight scenes but gets glitchy and unnatural when portraying talking heads. (The cliffhanger ending is also hobbled by some artistic muddiness at the worst possible time.) This issue does a fine job of scratching the kung fu itch, but it's not doing so in a way I find particularly memorable.

6.5
Iron Fist (2017) #4

Jan 5, 2018

It's time for Danny to wrap up the trial nonsense and get straight to the big bads. More workable but non-memorable kung-fu action, including more villainous kung-fu scheming. This arc is serving its purpose of recentering Danny and reminding him that being the Iron Fist is about protecting something bigger than his own skin. I will give artist Mike Perkins some extra credit: He artfully conceals a pretty major twist with the appearance of the next trial fighter through the first half of this book. Then Danny rapidly chews through three more competitors and gets ready to clear his name.

8.0
Iron Fist (2017) #5

Jan 15, 2018

Danny's final fight with the Wolf ties everything back to K'un-Lun in a compelling way. In retrospect, I think the creators did an admirable job of laying a solid fire in every issue of this title. While the spark didn't kindle for me in #2-#4, here the deep continuity did the trick and lit a mighty blaze. I really liked this! The final fight has impact thanks to artist Mike Perkins and colorist Andy Troy; the Wolf's Tiger Claw style is memorable in a way that much of the prior kung-fu was not. Ed Brisson's script is solid, too. A few lines of dialogue still veer into cliché, but this issue also offers up strong storytelling. This is a fine conclusion for the first arc and it's sold me on the prospect of another.

6.0
Iron Fist (2017) #6

Feb 12, 2018

Iron Fist gets tossed into a Shang-Chi team-up against the kung fu equivalent of the Purple Man. The script offers some decent quippery and a few not-all-that-amazing plot twists. Mike Perkins' art is overloaded with detail; there are some points where storytelling flow and character emotions take a backseat, visually, to proving how very realistic Mr. Perkins can be.

8.0
Iron Fist (2017) #7

Mar 30, 2018

Danny triumphs even after his mind-control opponent throws Shang-Chi against him. The setup that got us here didn't do much for me, but I really dig the payoff. Quippy humor, brutal kung fu, and Danny exercising just a touch of wisdom - all things I love in my Iron Fist comic. I really respect Ed Brisson and Mike Perkins for zeroing in on exactly how much story they can chew and then biting off just that amount, no more and no less.

6.0
Iron Fist (2017) #73

Apr 20, 2018

Choshin comes to New York and Danny recruits Sabretooth to help him solve an Important Burglary. You better believe these plots are connected. Ed Brisson holds my attention by salvaging the best bits of his Liu Shi storyline; on the other hand, he and Mike Perkins conspire to turn Danny and Sabretooth's pre-team-up brawl into an epically forgettable formality. This particular issue drags the title back down to nurturing the seeds of greatness. This arc might do amazing things in future issues, but its outset is pretty blasé.

6.0
Iron Fist (2017) #74

May 14, 2018

Sabretooth and Danny track down the fake Constrictor and Choshin's crew rolls up just in time to set the stage for a three-way battle royale next issue. Ed Brisson's script is brisk but shallow, and Mike Perkins's art is overstuffed with heavy shadows and too-realistic faces (and disturbingly small hands). Dialogue tags are absolutely essential to figuring out who's who, and that's never a good thing. While this issue has plenty of action, none of it is lent memorability by the way it's drawn; what we end up with is violent noise that drops into the background and gets forgotten pretty much instantly. This is a serviceable popcorn comic whose creators absolutely refuse to turn it into anything more.

6.0
Iron Fist (2017) #75

Jun 18, 2018

Choshin bends the story toward K'un-Lun for real and some nick-of-time character development deals Sabretooth in for further adventures. The character stuff is done pretty well; Ed Brisson's script is a cut above average. But Mike Perkins's "realism uber alles" art continues to rub me the wrong way. To my mind, sacrificing distinctiveness for realism is a very bad trade. I'd much rather have flashy, anatomically-improbable fights if they made it clear the stars were Iron Fist and Sabretooth rather than "wiry dude in an Iron Fist costume" and "slightly beefy hairy dude with long fingernails."

8.0
Iron Fist (2017) #76

Jul 11, 2018

War for K'un-Lun! The creators, particularly Mike Perkins, bring the ruckus to make this fight look as epic as it should. The plot and pace are pretty epic as well; I just wish the dialogue was drawing deep water, too. Sabretooth injecting salty everyman humor into the fight for kung-fu heaven is pretty good, but there are a whole lot of missed opportunities for memorable lines. Worst of all, Choshin gets stuck into a fight + argument with Sparrow, the current Yu-Ti. When he takes a perfectly loathsome villain-appropriate "woman quit kung-fu-ing and get back in the kitchen" tack, Sparrow matches stupid with stupid by using an "I'm trying to save K'un-Lun from phallocentric man-perialists like you" approach. It makes you feel like an idiot for rooting for her. Ah well, at least their fight *looks awesome.*

9.0
Iron Fist (2017) #77

Aug 18, 2018

Danny drops back into the fight for K'un-Lun and saves the day. He arrives exactly when I was expecting; his backup was a huge surprise but also hugely welcome. A perfect pace and heaps of action-movie-style "hell yeah" moments made this climax delectable for me. Though I had many issues with how the creators executed the story as a whole, the payoff is thoroughly satisfying.

8.0
Iron Fist (2017) #78

Oct 8, 2018

Danny Rand is blessed with the first good Damnation tie-in. He goes through a Penance Stare fever dream and emerges to find Fat Cobra is just the first of the old friends waiting for him. The whole plot is outstanding, though the front half is a bit of a continuity wank. The art speaks to me. I prefer this expressive style, cartoony yet finely-detailed, to the photorealistic dross of previous issues by miles. It captures a deeper truth and speaks more clearly to who the characters are and what they're doing.

8.0
Iron Fist (2017) #79

Oct 17, 2018

There's a lot of "win fights to reclaim your soul" going around. Eventually, the machinations of middle-management demon D'Kay suck Danny and Fat Cobra into the mess along with Orson. By the end of the issue, everybody's got somebody they have to fight for. This is something of a best-case scenario for an event tie-in: A compelling story, some quality continuity ties that demonstrate love for the protagonist, and a logical use of the event as a launching pad. More of that smooth, expressively stylized art sure helps, too.

7.0
Iron Fist (2017) #80

Nov 10, 2018

The Iron Fist conflict collapses into the laziest possible setup: All the heroes versus a dozen anonymous demons in a battle royale. The art does the best storytelling it can, but it's held back by an appallingly cheap and cliched story. Two major plot developments that should rightfully have been discarded as "nah, that's too easy" are played depressingly straight. It's a decent comic, but as a resolution for the arc and a finale for the series, it's pretty sad.

7.0
Iron Fist (2018) #1

Apr 18, 2019

7.0
Iron Fist (2018) #2

May 21, 2019

5.5
Iron Fist (2018) #3

Jul 1, 2019

5.0
Iron Fist (2022) #1

Jul 2, 2022

I don't give a fig about the politics. I have no problem with Lin Lie becoming the next Iron Fist. It's a good idea. But this is not a good comic. The art is borderline incompetent, which is disastrous in a martial arts book. Somehow, Lin Lie has brought the pacing and storytelling problems of his solo series along with him. Explaining his status quo twice in one issue is inexcusable, even if he is talking to 2 different people. It's all the more disappointing because Alyssa Wong handled the character really well in his last outing, Death of Doctor Strange: White Fox #1.

5.5
Iron Fist (2022) #2

Sep 29, 2022

It's a small improvement over the previous issue in characterization and particularly in the art. But the plot moves terribly slowly. A lot of pages are given over to action and a few to Danny Rand -- neither feel particularly important to the main story right now. I agree wholeheartedly with the inclusion of feminist and self-realization themes -- and the way they're linked is great. I just wish they were appearing in a stronger, better-told story.

6.0
Iron Fist (2022) #3

Dec 20, 2022

A mediocre waste of time -- not even bad enough to get riled up about.

6.5
Iron Fist (2022) #4

Dec 28, 2022

This is another thoroughly average comic, but not offensively so. Solid journeyman work all around. The art is notably good in the initial scenes, which are dynamic and exciting. Sadly, the visual quality falls as the book goes on, but it doesn't ever get shabby.

5.5
Iron Fist: Heart of the Dragon #1

Apr 30, 2021

Danny's excursion to all the heavenly cities turns into a fight when he finds ninja-zombies hunting the cities' dragons under the leadership of some appropriately martial-arts-themed villains. It's a simple, workable story. The art is 90s retro, but it handles action well. The dialogue, though! Are the villains suffering some magic curse that makes them all talk like 80s Skeletor? The writing's too much of a throwback for my taste -- but even if I can't enjoy it sincerely, I do see a little cornball charm to it.

6.5
Iron Fist: Heart of the Dragon #2

May 29, 2021

Mother of Mercy charts out a nice apocalyptic scope for the story ahead; Danny leads his pals (with more Immortal Weapons) straight into the Hidden City. I like the dynamic strength of the art, and this issue's script doesn't feel as pretentious as the last one. It's got an enjoyable fast pace, too, but the abrupt way it cuts off is a bit disappointing.

5.0
Iron Fist: Heart of the Dragon #3

Jul 18, 2021

Iron Fist and friends split up for some nifty team-ups as zombie-filled floating cities appear all over Earth. Dave Wachter does some cool stuff with the fight scenes. The dialogue is disappointingly stiff, though, and most of the plot progression comes from various characters passing around the "exposit what happens next" ball. I do like the guest star selection, though.

5.0
Iron Fist: Heart of the Dragon #4

Aug 18, 2021

While the main hero-team flails about dropping ninja-zombie bodies by the cartload, the story sets up a d-list Iron Fist supporting cast member and Okoye, of all people, as the prime combatants. The art looks pretty good in a messy, vibrant way, but I'm not loving the script at either the big or the small scale. Besides the looming irrelevance of Iron Fist in his own miniseries, I'm also troubled by the fact this issue seems to be at least 1/4 filler.

4.5
Iron Fist: Heart of the Dragon #5

Sep 21, 2021

Iron Fist and pals team up with Okoye to fight Evil Abe Sapien, but only after Quan Yin vouches for the Wakandan's character and lays out the next plot point in laborious hand-holding exposition. Plus there's a cliffhanger in the final pages that I find more annoying than intriguing. My dissatisfaction with this script extends well beyond disliking the prose, though I certainly also do that. The art's pretty sweet, though. And I do like the absurdity of an all-powerful demon lord baddie referring to his sidekick as "Brenda."

4.0
Iron Fist: Heart of the Dragon #6

Oct 25, 2021

Oh no, there might be editors' notes in the near future that say "Danny Rand no longer has the Iron Fist! See IF: Heart of the Dragon!" The damage done to Danny's character is bad enough; what's truly tragic is that notes like that might encourage more people to read this miniseries. I should really stop being surprised by this; Marvel loves to hide big status quo changes in terrible titles. cf. Betsy Braddock and Kwannon getting split in the execrable "Hunt for Wolverine: Mystery in Madripoor" series.

9.0
Iron Man (2020) #1

Feb 25, 2021

Tony goes through a tech-and-money shunning midlife crisis. It's beautifully illustrated throughout, but the script doesn't really gel until Patsy Walker shows up and starts needling the hell out of Tony's cliched soul-searching. With that little burst of self-aware criticism, the writing goes from competent to terrific. This initial issue fills me with optimism. (And that quasi-Silver-Age armor design is outstanding!)

8.5
Iron Man (2020) #2

Mar 6, 2021

The plot threads are a little too separated and the dialogue isn't as sharp as #1. The art's still gorgeous; this issue might not be great but it's definitely good. And there's a sneaky method in the madness: While this issue's fight scenes seem disconnected in terms of plot, Patsy Walker stitches them together thematically. They represent a new, self-destructive streak in Tony's character; can he alter course in time?

9.5
Iron Man (2020) #3

Mar 12, 2021

Tony grapples with his relationship to the public/humanity. By the end of the issue, he'll meet his less-conflicted match in a new, god-aspirant Korvac. The visuals are still insanely great, and the script is equally talented at soul-searching and comic relief. Patsy Walker gets a great character moment. But what I most admire is the way Tony's soul-searching comes off as completely earnest when he's alone and completely fatuous when he shares it with Patsy (or anyone, really; those teachers on the playground take the wind out of Tony's sails just as well as her.)

8.0
Iron Man (2020) #4

Mar 26, 2021

Korvac grinds ahead on his "ascend to godhood" plan, having captured Rhodey in between issues. Meanwhile, Tony and Patsy are too busy resolving their weakly-foreshadowed sexual tension to make much progress against the baddy. I still like this volume's storytelling, but I begin to doubt the quality of the actual content being conveyed. It is extremely hard for an author to predict how many plot-dots a reader will be comfortable connecting on her own and I think this issue edged past the line for me. Also, big tone shift: Note how we went from tons of Tony monologue to NONE in this issue? Feels like an over-correction at best.

8.5
Iron Man (2020) #5

Apr 18, 2021

Tony collects a z-list crew of allies and races to confront Korvac. That suits the baddy's schemes; he wants to settle his Iron Man hash before leaving Earth. It looks gorgeous and the plot is moving quickly now. The script's character work is a mixed bag. Not all of it works, but the parts that do -- like Patsy's torment -- work very, very well.

8.5
Iron Man (2020) #6

May 29, 2021

With a broken neck held together by his armor and his blood now half painkillers, Tony refuses to give up the hunt for Korvac. His whole supporting cast believes this is a bad idea, but decides to go along because he'll just get himself killed on his own if they abandon him. Some gorgeous storytelling touches, particularly the parallel themes drawn between Tony and Patsy's damage. But not a lot of plot development, and Korvac is proving to be a pretty dull antagonist.

8.0
Iron Man (2020) #7

Jul 18, 2021

In the quiet moment before the big confrontation, Tony's D-list team waxes philosophical. He and Patsy have a momentous psychic meeting with Korvac, finally revealing his big utopian plan. And then the big space dogfight starts. Solid story developments, sound character work, and gorgeous art here. I think there's room for a little more je ne sais quoi in the prose, though.

6.5
Iron Man (2020) #8

Aug 18, 2021

Tony enjoys a bye month and Patsy goes on a voyage of psychic self-discovery while the rest of the cast acts out a feeble knockoff of the Millennium Falcon space battle* from the original Star Wars. The guest art is stiff and the dialogue is awash in cliches. Still, I love Patsy Walker nearly as much as Mr. Cantwell does, so the basic psychological insights into her character delivered a fair amount of reading satisfaction. * I'm genuinely surprised that nobody told the Scarlet Spider not to get cocky.

7.5
Iron Man (2020) #9

Oct 26, 2021

Korvac tries to claim kinship with and make an ally of original Human Torch Jim Hammond. Unfortunately, part of the process is sharing the memory of Korvac's unforgivable sin -- that time he kinda killed the Avengers for a minute. This issue looks beautiful and it's pretty powerfully written, but it's too honest to try and erase the fact that Korvac's a fundamentally boring villain. I do give the author some bonus credit for showing (not telling) that the sins Korvac's most ashamed of actually came before the Avengers thing, though.

7.5
Iron Man (2020) #10

Nov 30, 2021

Iron Man finds himself washed up on Megiddo, a cosmic island of misfit toys, and slides right into the local society. It's a curious, dreamy interlude. It's exactly mysterious enough to make up for the slow pace and the apparent lack of plot development. A detour to be sure, but an interesting one. It sure helps that it's still got crackerjack art and insightful character work.

6.5
Iron Man (2020) #11

Jan 2, 2022

Iron Man gets away from his castaway utopia after exposing the rotten secret beneath it -- and after it's developed into a clunky metaphor for Korvac's plan. The prose is good and the art is fantastic. I hope it doesn't sound backhanded if I say Mr. Uzueta is giving CAFU a real run for his money. The big-picture plot gives me pause, though; I'd wager a modest sum that Tony's actually lost in a morphine dream and Patsy is just checking on him in a sweaty spaceship bunk, not psychically reaching out across the stars. In fact, I'd actually prefer that to other outcomes; I really don't like a "God minus one" entity like the Living Tribunal stepping in to meddle with Tony Stark. Also, way to really wear your inspiration on your sleeve with that title, Mr. Cantwell.

6.5
Iron Man (2020) #12

Jan 21, 2022

An increasingly battered and drug-addled Tony staggers through a standard-issue "storm the castle" scenario before getting stopped cold by Korvac's crew. Avro-X fulfills his inevitable, very call-able purpose. This arc is unfolding as a weird mix of pretentious strategic plotting combined with hackneyed short-term plotting and I don't think I like it. I respect how it's being done, but I question why it's being done. I'm still holding onto the long-shot theory that Tony slipped into a drug hallucination some time ago and he'll eventually wake up in traction or rehab.

7.0
Iron Man (2020) #13

Mar 3, 2022

Tony and his Space Friends get real close to stopping Korvac in this speedy running battle. It's a nicely-crafted episode in words and art; very entertaining. But it's still not doing enough to bolster my shaken faith in the big-picture plot. I have no idea where this is going, but with every issue, I suspect more strongly that I won't like it.

8.0
Iron Man (2020) #14

Apr 9, 2022

Tony shouldn't be the only one pissed off about how basic his psychological problems are shown to be here. Once again I feel like vast cosmic premises are being undermined by penny-ante action-movie execution. That's harsh, though. The artists are certainly going all-in on the cosmic-ness. Though I could wish for finer prose, this looks absolutely gorgeous.

7.5
Iron Man (2020) #15

May 7, 2022

Despite the cosmic scale (nicely expressed in the art), this boils down to a mark-one comic book good vs. evil fight, with the usual outcome and the usual hyperbolic language. The "sole survivor" frame story isn't novel, but it's executed decently, and it adds a much-needed touch of narrative complexity. I basically take this chapter as an unavoidable necessity, a tendon linking the Korvac story to the upcoming "Iron God" story. It's pretty good, but it's not special.

8.5
Iron Man (2020) #16

Jun 15, 2022

Sometimes I'll fixate on the way a particular author does a particular part of the writing job in a way I dislike. Happily, a comic often breaks me out of it by demonstrating its author's other strengths. This issue is like that when it comes to Christopher Cantwell's ability to write snappy dialogue, which is on formidable display here. It made this a really fun read and got me to quit fixating on the problems I have with his plotting. It's a very talky comic, but the Big Wheel scene provides a nice bit of counterbalancing action. (It also lets the artist show off his well-rounded chops; he can handle both conversation and combat very well).

8.5
Iron Man (2020) #17

Jul 13, 2022

Tony's godhood unravels in a predictable -- but not boring -- way. It's obvious that a big ol' reset button is gonna undo most of these consequences, but they're still fun to see thanks to beautiful art and imaginative writing. This Korvac/Iron God saga has gone through some twists and turns that I've found off-putting, but I'm really engaged as it rises toward its climax.

9.0
Iron Man (2020) #18

Aug 19, 2022

It's got an insightful read on Tony's character. The Jekyll and Hyde comparison is well-executed. There's a workable link between character and plot development, and it's all wrapped up and booted toward greatness by some superb art. Gosh, it's grim, though! Tony ends up painfully aware of the hubris-to-humility cycle he's caught in. Neither he nor his creators can offer a lot of hope for change.

8.5
Iron Man (2020) #19

Nov 22, 2022

It's speedy (I've heard of beat panels, but *multiple beat pages*?) and it's subtle, and at first glance, it could be easily dismissed as underwhelming. But it's drawn with gorgeous detail and realism, which certainly helps (particularly in the silent beats). And when I look closer, I can see great confidence and restraint in the script. The things it does do, it does flawlessly, and this feels like an appropriate end to the Korvac story -- not flashy, but natural and real in a way that's a lot harder to do than it looks.

6.5
Iron Man (2020) #20

Dec 28, 2022

Much as I love seeing Iron Man's roller skates alive and well in 2022, this issue strikes me as a misfire. The Patsy section isn't developed enough for even half an issue, and padding it with the absurdity of a talking gorilla fight certainly doesn't alleviate the lack of depth it has thanks to some limp prose. The art's exquisitely detailed and shaded -- and unfortunately, not the right style at all for the wacky shenanigans the script calls for.

8.5
Iron Man (2020) #21

Jan 9, 2023

It looks gorgeous, it sounds smart, and I'm a gigantic fan of the way the one-shot fight du jour segues seamlessly into the next story arc. This is definitely a good comic, so good that I'm wondering if maybe it's actually great. I hope the creators are happy with their work here; I sure am.

7.0
Iron Man (2020) #22

Jan 14, 2023

8.5
Iron Man (2020) #23

Feb 24, 2023

It's a solid if not super-deep character study of Tony Stark spiraling down into obsession in a self-destructive way for about the millionth time. What makes it nigh-great, though, is that it's delivered through the medium of a *superb* (and gorgeously-drawn) heist/spy story. Pace and structure are great, and I really respect the deft balance between narration and dialogue.

8.0
Iron Man (2020) #24

Apr 12, 2023

The wonky pace threw me for a loop, initially; I don't think anybody was expecting this arc to end with 6 pages of hero-on-hero argument. But the more I think on it, the more I like it. This resolution is the perfect counterpoint to the messiah/martyr complex Tony's been rocking throughout the arc. I think the argument skewered Tony's instinct to go it alone in a powerful, yet respectful, way. The art lives up to its usual standard of excellence, and there were plenty of spicy lines to keep the large amounts of dialogue from bogging down. (Also, I'm shocked, shocked to see that a comic where a young woman of color gets the best of an adult white man gets a bunch of lowball ratings. Well, not that shocked.)

8.0
Iron Man (2020) #25

May 9, 2023

The lead strip is a little stretched and a little indulgent, but it's also beautifully-illustrated and written with a wonderful sense of melancholy. It's a good capstone for this volume. The B strip has got me pumped for the same creators' upcoming I Am Iron Man, so, mission accomplished. The C strip, oy. Why won't somebody just give Kurt Busiek his damn "I've read every Silver Age comic" sticker already?

8.0
Iron Man (2020) Annual #1

Oct 25, 2021

Miles Morales sics Iron Man on the Assessor and his teleporting pet, Quantum. Tony shuts down their operation, but they escape. It's a pretty dang good Iron Man one-shot, and the way Tony ties this adventure to his origin story is great. Nice art, too. But it's not so hot as an introduction to/explanation of Quantum, who remains the flattest of the new Stone-holders (by a wide margin). The B strip is beautiful and full of promise, but it's just a character sketch with the actual story still to come.

8.0
Iron Man / Hellcat Annual (2022) #1

Jan 2, 2023

Whoo, *somebody* wants to get his Patsy Walker solo book green-lit! Though I think this gets off to a shaky start (in both scripting and art), it firms up as it goes and by the end, it's sketched out a promising direction for Patsy. So what the hey, I'm on board if Marvel wants to do that solo.

7.0
Iron Man 2020 (2020) #1

Aug 3, 2020

The robot revolution is in full swing, with Fake Tony Stark popping in to cheerlead it and Arno opposing it. This issue lays out a lot of plot points and illustrates them with shiny chrome, but it retains the signature problems of Dan Slott-era Iron Man: shallow characterization and facile "hot takes" on big ideas. Nobody takes the protagonist role, stranding this issue as a sort of survey.

7.0
Iron Man 2020 (2020) #2

Sep 24, 2020

I think HERBIE's sass is the tone-touchstone for this event. If you think Reed Richards' cute-bot cussing and quoting Terminator movies is the greatest thing since sliced bread, you'll love this event. The sass isn't a deal-breaker for me -- but it doesn't go in the "plus" column when I rate this comic, either.

6.0
Iron Man 2020 (2020) #3

Oct 17, 2020

Arno captures Mark One and the plot grinds to a halt as he makes a classic (bad classic) villain speech. It's equal parts recap and "come join me" pitch, with Pseudo-Tony obviously rejecting the latter. It's written just fine and the art is pretty great, but the big problem is that although Pseudo-Tony needs the catch-up, us readers already know about 90% of what Arno says.

7.0
Iron Man 2020 (2020) #4

Nov 9, 2020

Arno dives into the villainous deep end while Mark One pulls himself together and decides to be Tony Stark. This issue has good art and the writing in the individual scenes is strong. But taken as a whole, it's a very messy and unsatisfying story.

7.5
Iron Man 2020 (2020) #5

Dec 17, 2020

Tony reconstitutes himself with some fancy new holographic armor and takes the fight to his brother. Fantastic art elevates a rather by-the-numbers story.

5.5
Iron Man 2020 (2020) #6

Feb 17, 2021

This series' best (possibly only) silver lining is it gave us 6 issues of quality Pete Woods art. Hanging lampshades on the characters' more amoral decisions -- the cruelty of Tony's "solution" for his brother, Jocasta's hypocrisy in manipulating Sunset Bain -- just makes the decisions (and the characters) even less likable.

5.0
Iron Man: Hong Kong Heroes #1

Oct 8, 2018

A very MCU-ish Stark Expo in Hong Kong is attacked by Arnim Zola, Baron Mordo, and a bunch of magic Hydra-bots. Tony will need the help of a full Avengers roster and new local heroes Arwyn and Wendy Wong to save the day. I like the basic concept of the Wong sisters and the SERE-X suit Arwyn wears. I look forward to seeing them in a quality story. This doesn't quite qualify; there are a LOT of problematic storytelling glitches.

8.0
Ironheart #1

Jun 13, 2019

Ironheart gets an old- and new-reader friendly intro as she foils a terrorist plot by Clash, makes a much-needed friend, and picks up stirrings of the 10 Rings organization. The storytelling has its glitches. The overall plot and characterization look stellar, though. The fact that they're clear despite a little nuts-and-bolts clumsiness confirms that the problems really are minor. It's all ennobled by some very strong artwork that does plenty to enhance the flow of the story.

8.5
Ironheart #2

Aug 1, 2019

Ironheart pushes against sinister forces in both Boston and Chicago, but it's the hometown story - with tight connections to her traumatic past - that takes the lead. A good, brisk pace, insightful characterization, and beautiful art bring this a step up from the previous issue. Things might turn out great if the further evolution of the plot lives up to this high storytelling standard.

8.0
Ironheart #3

Sep 1, 2019

8.5
Ironheart #4

Oct 9, 2019

Midnight's Fire rolls by Riri's garage to make a Darth Vader pitch. It's compellingly nasty stuff, but he errs by pushing too hard for a paternal role; it sticks in Riri's craw coming shortly after she and her Mom reminisced about her stepfather's wisdom. This is a formidable issue in words and art, rolling straight up to the precipice of greatness.

8.0
Ironheart #5

Nov 12, 2019

Ironheart exposes and shuts down the gadget-stealing plot, confirming along the way that it's linked to Midnight Fire's bigger-picture villainy. The resolution of that plot thread is merely okay, but the personal growth Riri demonstrates along the way is outstanding. It produces a lovable ending and ensures I'm going to come back for another adventure.

8.0
Ironheart #6

Nov 27, 2019

Riri accepts a mission to check up on Miles when he goes MIA for two weeks and rescues him from a timey-wimey trap. It's a rock-solid story combining several classic comics tropes that have become uncommon: the (nearly) self-contained one-shot, the crossover team-up, the one-and-done villain. They're used so effectively here that they make a deceptively persuasive argument in favor of resurrecting them. The secret is that the storytelling required to make them work is a lot trickier than it looks; this issue has really strong writing and art working very well together.

8.0
Ironheart #7

Dec 27, 2019

Wasp is in town just in time to help Riri with a zombie outbreak. The plot strikes a great balance between ongoing story and one-off adventure, and the dialogue is spare and scalpel-sharp. The art amplifies cartoony style with well-chosen detail and plenty of polish. Visually and verbally, this title is a great bridge between "all ages" stuff and Marvel's top-shelf cape books -- just a teensy bit simpler than the A-listers, but put together with just as much passion and care.

8.5
Ironheart #8

Jan 25, 2020

After bidding the Wasp a nice farewell, Riri does a little demon-busting with Dr. Strange before getting a plot-developing info-dump from him. Pace and plot are a little bit off, but I am really loving the art and characterization. It's a textbook example of a comic where you have to like the protagonist to enjoy the content -- and the creators do a sterling job making sure I do like the protagonist.

8.5
Ironheart #9

Mar 10, 2020

After a frosty first impression, Ironheart and Shuri bond fighting magic demon-things and repairing the damage they cause. It's a nice twist on the classic "misunderstanding brawl." Instead of zapping and punching, these women get sidewise with each other through unintentional rudeness and pride. It's pretty realistic and it's a nicely complicated foundation for an ongoing relationship. The art's generally solid, with a few particularly pretty panels bucking for extra memorability.

9.0
Ironheart #10

Mar 31, 2020

Turns out I am super forgiving of an "ugh, you're gonna pull a Star Wars, really?" twist if you pack your dialogue with tons of golden sass.

8.0
Ironheart #11

Jun 1, 2020

7.5
Ironheart #12

Jun 12, 2020

Riri's paternal reunion is a bust, but some handy magic saves the day, shares his backstory, and helps Riri make some simple but powerful revelations about herself. The character art remains superb, and when the prose takes a turn to the direct, it suits Riri's analytical mind.

6.0
IvX #3

Oct 31, 2017

Inferno and Iso save the day and rally the NuHumans to oppose the X-Men where their royals failed. It's still paint-by-numbers Big Dumb Event plotting, with the added irritation of inserting parallel scenes so that both sides can agree that the authors' chosen plot railroad is the Only Possible Way to proceed. The characters are nicely done (both in writing and art), which just makes it that much more disappointing to see them stuck in this meatgrinder of an event.

6.0
IvX #4

Oct 31, 2017

Medusa starts busting out of Limbo; Mosaic trawls through Magneto's head and brings some shocking news to his NuHuman pals. Discount the unwelcome comedy routine in the middle of this book where a bug-eyed Mosaic-in-Magneto runs around looking for the bathroom; that's unquestionably embarrassing. The ending twist, which casts the allegiance of the NuHumans into question, is danged exciting.

6.0
IvX #5

Oct 31, 2017

Karnak's got it right: "This conflict … was inherently flawed from the beginning. I suspect events may have begun to fracture." The key fracture in this issue is that the NuHumans have sided with the X-Men and Moon Girl is helping Forge rebuild his Terrigen-killing machine. That doesn't stop Emma Frost from attacking them when they show up in Iceland. Even though their goals are highly compatible with hers, nope, we gotta fight. After more than 50 years, the Misunderstanding Brawl is still Marvel's go-to meat-and-potatoes conflict. Javier Garron's art remains decent but distinctly underpowered for a big splashy event.

3.0
IvX #6

Oct 31, 2017

The entire war was Emma Frost's breakdown, and fortunately, that message gets out during the final battle. I'm mostly in favor of the status quo this event leaves behind, but the rigamarole required to get us to here was *epically* dumb. Medusa punched a literal "save the X-Men" button at the climax of the event. And what are the odds that Storm's going to face any negative consequences for *launching a war* when the right solution was a two-minute phone call to New Attilan?

7.0
Jane Foster & The Mighty Thor (2022) #1

Dec 28, 2022

I have the same problem here that I have with a lot of #1s: I can't tell if this series is headed on an upward or a downward trajectory. I like the occasional flashes of poetic purple in the script, but the pace is uneven. I like the art at the end, but I think it's a lot rougher at the beginning. I like the Jane-Mjolnir-Odin team, but I can't get a good feel for the antagonists yet. I'll bump it above average because I believe this could be the foundation of a good story, or even a great one. But it's far from guaranteed.

7.5
Jane Foster & The Mighty Thor (2022) #2

Jan 6, 2023

This is a busy story. The writer has a knack for keeping it moving while still indulging her passion for purple prose; the sharp pivots from elegant language to exciting plot development are (usually) strong. The art is frustrating. It does good visual storytelling, and some panels (particularly faces) are shockingly beautiful. But on balance, the lines are faint and sketchy, sometimes overwhelmed by the colors. I find it an imperfect issue, but also a satisfying and engaging one.

7.0
Jane Foster & The Mighty Thor (2022) #3

Jan 17, 2023

I WANT this to be good. And it is, intermittently, good. I love the portrayal of Jane (and several of the other characters). There are some brilliant lines in the script, some incredibly-blocked panels in the art. But as a whole, it's closer to "average" than "good."

7.5
Jane Foster & The Mighty Thor (2022) #4

Feb 26, 2023

This is a dreamy beautiful book in both art and words. There are scenes, lines, fragments, moments, that are just breathtaking. But it's late in the day and the overarching plot remains frustratingly opaque. The quality of the individual pieces make it (*barely*) a good comic, but the missing factor that would boost it toward greatness is definitely clarity.

6.0
Jane Foster & The Mighty Thor (2022) #5

Mar 30, 2023

It's… fine, I guess? The words and art do adequate storytelling, but ultimately this adventure doesn't seem to have much of an impact on Jane or Thor. It's much more eventful for Rūna, but it's frustrating that her significant developments are crammed in here at the last minute. This is another series that fares poorly being published month-to-month; I think it'd read much better in trade or as an OGN.

9.0
Jean Grey #1

Nov 9, 2017

Jean's "me time" in Kyoto is interrupted by the Wrecking Crew and, more seriously, a vision of the Phoenix Force. Dennis Hopeless deftly handles the challenge of establishing Teen Jean as a character separate from both her past incarnations and her current team. Whomping the Wrecking Crew is a good way to demonstrate her abilities, and I loved the inventive way telepathy was portrayed. Victor Ibáñez contributes brilliant art that's vibrant without being too sketchy. Jean's voice still needs some work to differentiate it from Mr. Hopeless's previous protagonists (i.e. Spider-Woman), but this strong start suggests that won't be a problem with a bit more time.

8.0
Jean Grey #2

Dec 3, 2017

An all-star team of Phoenix alumni is tons of fun to hang with, but ends up providing Jean with little insight. The Phoenix squad (Colossus, Magik, Quentin Quire, Rachel Grey, and Hope Summers) is portrayed in script and art with oodles of style, humor, and entertaining characterization. In point of fact, they'd be *way* more fun to follow than several of the extant X-teams. *cough Gold cough Weapon X cough* The weakness of this issue is that aside from going on a high-octane Reaver hunt, the Phoenix alumni association doesn't actually do a lot to help Jean or us readers understand what's going on with the Firebird right now. Though we don't know where we're going, it doesn't matter as long as the ride is this much of a blast.

8.0
Jean Grey #3

Jan 5, 2018

Alongside a giant sea-monster fight, Namor offers Jean a rock-solid idea about standing up to the Phoenix. The entire issue is constructed as a frame around the sharing of that tremendously simple idea. The frame is equal parts awesome fight and snarky conversation, and both aspects work extremely well. The characterization of both Jean and Namor is superb, and the art team goes all-out in giving this underwater caper a distinctive and attractive look.

7.0
Jean Grey #4

Jan 27, 2018

The Odinson turns an orc bar-brawl into a rather shallow lesson about flexibility in combat for Jean. There's a rollicking fun spirit to this casual fight, and Harvey Tolibao loads the art with impressive helpings of detail. Yet reading the script closely reveals a lot of unsatisfying glitches. Why doesn't the Odinson mention that he and Thor fought the Phoenix recently? The captions contradict the dialogue (and the art) about the setting - is this Jotunheim or Norway? We're not gonna go deeper than Jean's "Lord of the Rings rejects" snark about the fact that LotR orcs are Suddenly Just a Thing in the Marvel universe? And then once we're picking on nits, why do a solid 60% of Mr. Tolibao's faces fail to match up with the feelings suggested by the dialogue around them? Impressive as these visuals are, they'd be much improved by a stronger script and a firmer attachment to the emotions of the characters.

8.0
Jean Grey #5

Mar 11, 2018

Psylocke puts Jean through a little sink-or-swim training to sharpen up her psychic weapon skills. It's another quality standalone story, but the bigger plot is also moving forward very nicely. Dennis Hopeless does great scripting and characterization work. Anthony Piper's art is functional but a little limited; this issue feels like it could have been truly epic with stronger visuals.

7.0
Jean Grey #6

Mar 11, 2018

Dr. Strange's questionable assistance puts Teen Jean properly in touch with the Mystery Voice in her head: It's the "don't you dare call her 'real'" Jean Grey that sorta-lives in the White Hot Room, and she'd like to feed Teen Jean a triple serving of unpleasant truths. This story has no shortage of ambition, but there are some flaws where the creators' reach exceeds their grasp. Dr. Strange ends up rather useless and his introduction is mangled. Paul Davidson's art is impressively weird and distinctive, but his era-hopping parodies don't quite land with full force. He's also struck with the perennial guest artist's problem - fully embracing a very personal style isn't a great idea when he's in and out in a single issue.

8.0
Jean Grey #7

Apr 7, 2018

This week on the Teen Jean sitcom, Ghost Jean does her very best to ruin a mental health day with the Scarlet Witch. I sort of made peace with the episodic, comedy-heavy aspect of this series back in #4, and this time I can just enjoy the remarkable way Alberto Jiménez Alburquerque's art pays off all of the humor in Dennis Hopeless's script. Mr. Alburquerque crafts tremendously detailed settings and executes a lot of great sight gags; this comic has a visual depth and density that's sorely lacking in most modern Marvel books. The dramatic twist at the end promises a lot more conflict in the next issue - exactly what this book needs - making it an excellent cherry on top.

8.0
Jean Grey #8

May 7, 2018

Ghost Jean steers Teen Jean through an Emma Frost dreamscape to extract a remarkable prize. Somehow Dennis Hopeless's try-hard humor worked for me, mostly, so I found the journey more than satisfying. Victor Ibáñez's art gets the story told and triggers no disappointments, but it's also not adding much in the way of memorable visuals. The ending certainly introduces some tension and ratchets up my anticipation for the next issue.

8.0
Jean Grey #9

Jun 18, 2018

Ghost Jean's scheming puts Teen Jean in serious trouble, events bend toward a climax, and Dennis Hopeless shows off some stellar byplay between Emma and Ghost Jean. Victor Ibáñez contributes some superb action art (and lots of good fire, which is thematically important) but flubs a few faces. This was an awfully good issue - top-quality presentation of a straightforward premise - but I was hoping for even more awesomeness. I have so many questions about the shard of Phoenix Force in Emma Frost. Was it responsible, maybe, for her recent villainy? But I've gotta remind myself that this is Jean Grey's comic, not Emma's - no matter how well Mr. Hopeless writes them both.

8.0
Jean Grey #10

Jun 23, 2018

Teen Jean versus the Phoenix is quite the epic battle, and it drives to an unexpectedly grim conclusion. The script is extremely strong and it navigates a tricky shift in tone perfectly. Alberto Alburquerque's art is strongly reminiscent of Mark Bagley's work in a positive way, but his faces veer a little into cartoony bathos when it's time to illustrate dismay and shock. All in all it's a surprising, satisfying high note for this title to build to, and we're apparently supposed to wait till after Phoenix: Resurrection to explore the aftermath.

8.0
Jean Grey #11

Aug 12, 2018

Teen Jean faces a cavalcade of past Phoenix hosts in the White Hot Room, then argues her way into a resurrection. It's a fun story and TJ is at maximum lovability throughout. With 30 pages to play with, failing to reserve 2-3 of them for the conversation the finale is BEGGING FOR is criminal, though. Teen Jean and Grownup Jean taking a hot minute to compare notes and say "grats on the 1UP" to each other? Psssh, who'd want to see that? EVERYONE, MARVEL, EVERYONE WANTED TO SEE THAT. I'd probably be less disappointed if Teen Jean wasn't being turned over to the tender mercies of Cullen Bunn immediately after this. He's damn near the Bullpen's least-introspective scripter and Jean NEEDS a little psychological unpacking after this ordeal.

9.0
Jessica Jones #1

Nov 17, 2017

Jessica's life has fallen apart to an appalling degree. What did she do to her family? Can she distract herself with a case leading into the cracks in the Marvel universe? As a #1, this issue is built out of questions. That applies to Jessica's personal life, the details of her case, and also the fundamental workings of Marvel reality. Yowza. All of the questions are fascinating, and they fill this series with promise. Michael Gaydos's gritty, empathic artwork might have been too dark for the shiny, happy Jess we've seen in other titles lately, but this script jerks her back to the dark days of Alias and makes the visuals work perfectly.

9.0
Jessica Jones #2

Nov 17, 2017

Jessica's daughter is alive but everybody else in her life is angry with her. Including folks she doesn't even know - like the mystery party that's just sent the Spot to kidnap her. A satisfying answer to one of this title's big questions is incredibly welcome, but there are plenty of other mysteries. Read close. Hanging above all the other questions is a huge one. This issue implies with terrific subtlety that Jess has burned all her bridges for a reason - what mission is she on? Michael Gaydos's art holds pace with the fascinating script, illustrating complex scenes effortlessly.

8.0
Jessica Jones #3

Nov 17, 2017

Jess meets Alison, a lady who wants to harness her considerable rage for almost certainly sinister purposes. The whole issue is a classic Bendis conversation with a few frills to liven it up. The conversation is a fascinating one and there are plenty of interesting questions still to answer. I felt this issue fell short of perfection because Michael Gaydos fell into headshot exhaustion illustrating Alison & Jessica's endless chat. True, the point of the art may have been that these are two give-nothing-away hardass ladies with the ability to throw world-class RBFs, but it translates into a pretty dull sequence of visuals.

9.0
Jessica Jones #4

Nov 17, 2017

Jessica is not completely alone on her mystery mission. Though this issue is even talkier than the last, the amount of character and plot development packed into the conversations makes this quite the engrossing tale. This series is where all of the cleverness that was MIA during Civil War 2 landed. A little insight into where Luke's head is at right now definitely helps, too. All this plus a dose of classic Bendis "crazy cape imitators in the police station" humor.

8.0
Jessica Jones #5

Nov 17, 2017

A yawning void of nihilism reaches for Jessica and she makes some frightening choices. This is about as dark as we can get and still pull up. This issue is robbed of a little impact because there's not really any doubt that the pull-up is coming, but it's damned interesting to bring Jess to the edge of the abyss. There's frightening, fascinating alternate-reality weirdness down there, but the odds of going any further are slim. Just this glance is enough to scare the pants off Jessica Jones, and when you consider what a hardass she is, that's pretty dang scary.

8.0
Jessica Jones #6

Nov 17, 2017

Jessica's sting works perfectly but Luke takes Danielle. So not such a big win. The lion's share of the issue is Jess and Carol's big sting going down. And it's a rather underwhelming show. I can see a superb long-term plot reason to make this unsatisfying: It ratchets up Jess's guilt over risking her family to discover that the villainous scheme she foiled here is super forgettable. Regret is an awfully tricky emotion to aim for; though Brian Michael Bendis hits it, the resultant feeling isn't all that pleasant.

9.0
Jessica Jones #7

Nov 17, 2017

Danielle Cage comes super-close to reuniting her parents, but no cigar. Awww. Meanwhile, why is Maria Hill bleeding all over Jess's bathroom? This is the issue where the subtle themes of self-destruction that have run through the whole title really come to the forefront. One of the biggest but subtlest running questions has been "is Jess gonna start drinking again?" In issue #7 we get an emphatic "no" after a little supreme temptation. Though her first attempt to patch things up with Luke doesn't work out great, making the effort counts. And the upcoming Hill case should do a great job of giving her detective brain something to chew on while she keeps trying with Luke.

10
Jessica Jones #8

Nov 17, 2017

Maria Hill lays out her case for Jess like she's just another Alias client. This is quite simply a flawless setup throwing two great characters together with all of the dialogue and characterization responsibilities handled by a supremely talented writer who also happens to be their creator. It's really Bendis at his positive Bendis-iest, right down to the joke about how Tony Stark is offensively good at sex. There's even a decent rooftop chase scene at the end to let Michael Gaydos shake off the stiffness of a conversation-focused front half.

8.0
Jessica Jones #9

Jan 5, 2018

Jessica finally patches up her marriage after snarking her way into prison a second time. This month the progression of the Maria Hill plot takes a backseat to Jess's personal life, and that's entirely OK. Some high-quality Bendis conversations make this issue a cut above the norm; they're counterbalanced by some underwhelming art from Michael Gaydos. Some of his drawings are terrific, but there's a lot of copy/paste going on and his filtered photo backgrounds grow tiresome.

7.0
Jessica Jones #10

Jan 15, 2018

'Twas Maria Hill put the hit out on Maria Hill! Can Jess solve things by looking at family connections? "Oh, ☠☠☠☠, the whole book's just one scene and I've only got 6 pages left! Maybe I can bump up the scene with Jess's mom and tie up the parental stuff in cheap parallelism? Need a name for the new detective then … Susanna … Punch! That sounds like a human name, sure!" There's plenty of good stuff in this title, but sometimes reading it issue-by-issue leads to an aimless feeling. I also get the feeling that Alias didn't have that disjointed sense, but I might have a case of rose-colored hindsight.

8.0
Jessica Jones #11

Feb 12, 2018

Jessica brings a mysterious secret to Maria from her father. We get some tempting clues about it, but not the secret itself. Instead, we get a whole lotta mature humor. Javier Pulido does a brave Steranko impression in this issue's flashback, but the ambition outstrips the execution. Jokes about uterus punching and forcing Maria Hill to pee in a cup make a fair substitute for swift plot progression. Solidly-executed humor only goes so far, though.

7.0
Jessica Jones #12

Mar 30, 2018

See issue #10; it really *was* Maria Hill who put a hit on Maria Hill, and now we finally know why. It's a cool idea but it was executed indulgently, taking way too long and leaving way too many loose ends. Javier Pulido's flashback art is even less impressive the second time around. The layouts are nice but the level of detail put into the drawings just does not say "premium $4 comic experience."

8.0
Jessica Jones #13

Apr 20, 2018

Jessica goes pretty damn paranoid at the news that Killgrave is loose in the world. The story that unfolds suggests that, if anything, she's *not being paranoid enough.* Carol Danvers provides comedy relief, Luke Cage is archetypal Luke Cage, and Danielle appears to be the crux of it all, yikes. A fascinating premise and great characterization, but the pace is a bit slow and Michael Gaydos's art pulls up short of the "epic" mark. (I'm even tireder of his filtered photo backgrounds now than I was back in #9.)

9.0
Jessica Jones #14

May 21, 2018

"Purple Man speaks to Jessica Jones through her daughter" is a mother☠☠☠☠ of a set-up, and Brian Michael Bendis puts on his superstar hat to deliver on all of the creepiness the premise has to offer. Some of the supporting scenes (particularly Alpha Flight on babysitting duty) get cheesy, but some of them are just as formidable as the key scene itself. Carol and Danny get chances to do great good. Michael Gaydos's art is as strong as ever, and this script really hits the ideal tone for his visuals: Profound alienation and strong undercurrents of fear. This issue builds anticipation for the next chapter to almost unbearable levels.

9.0
Jessica Jones #15

Jul 11, 2018

It's finally time for a direct Jessica Jones/Killgrave confrontation. Brian Michael Bendis twists expectations magnificently after a head fake toward a would-be-disappointing "Netflix Killgrave gave me nifty ideas about making him a contrite monster" direction. Events actually play out in a *far* more interesting manner. While this series as a whole has had some pacing problems, within this issue the inevitable, awful progress from page to page is essentially perfect. It all builds to a terrifically intriguing cliffhanger; besides being enjoyable on its own, this issue sells the ☠☠☠☠ out of #16.

8.0
Jessica Jones #16

Aug 12, 2018

Killgrave takes the upper hand. For the first time in the series, Jessica drinks whiskey. I love how significant Mr. Bendis makes that. What I love a lot less is him poaching his big last-page twist out of the first season of the Netflix Jessica show. I was so happy to see this series take another direction last month; seeing it circle back is disappointing. There's still plenty of heft to the dialogue, characterization, and art leading up to the twist. This is a good comic. I just wish it could have been a novel one.

8.0
Jessica Jones #17

Sep 20, 2018

The Purple Man bows out in a philosophical way. It's written pretty well and the art does impressive tricks to liven up a talk-heavy script, but this isn't quite all-time great. Killgrave doesn't deserve an ending like this; it's more suited to a villain with some shreds of sympathy. The Purple Man has never been more than a monster, particularly in Jessica Jones's orbit.

9.0
Jessica Jones #18

Oct 8, 2018

Did you notice that every hero Mr. Bendis writes has fought the Armadillo in the past couple of years? Here's where his girlfriend hires Jessica to find out why. By itself, it's a decent one-shot. The ending's a little rushed. Why? Because this book makes space for extra helpings of quintessential Jessica Jones casework: a big client interview and then enthralling clue-gathering with a lot of different heroes. This is absolutely a victory lap for Mr. Bendis and Mr. Gaydos and Jessica and they absolutely deserve it and it's absolutely a blast to read.

9.0
Jessica Jones (2018) #1

Jan 31, 2019

Somebody in New York is killing women, most (but not all) of them superpowered. Jessica Jones lands firmly in the middle of the mystery, and these two chapters take her through being killed herself (makes sense in context (sort of)) and finding a killer team-up opportunity. Some stellar art and superb writing make this a treat and an instant contender for greatness. The art aspires to David Marquez levels of character detail and achieves it an awful lot of the time. The script is very close to flawless - formidable characterization, natural voices, compelling & mysterious plot development, outstanding pacing, exceptional salty humor.

9.5
Jessica Jones (2018): Purple Daughter #1

Aug 1, 2019

The bottom falls out of Jessica's world as she struggles with her daughter's purplefication. Kelly Thompson's script does an exquisite job of sharing the protagonist's agonies. The fact that this situation subjects Jess and Luke to subtly different nightmares is highlighted in a terrific way, too. The visuals are also a treat, pushing our depressed, desperate, drunken heroine through both emotional torment and some powerful action scenes.

9.0
Jessica Jones (2018) #2

Mar 13, 2019

Jessica navigates an extremely twisty case with some help from Elsa Bloodstone and Mary Jane Watson. As she says at the beginning, she's got the who and the how and the when, and the subsequent comic shows them to us. All that's left is the why - and, of course, who makes it out alive. The art is very good, but the script is all-time great. Brilliant characterization and compelling plotting. Every development is both fascinating and perfectly-timed. This series as a whole looks to be a masterclass in "how to take over a beloved character and exceed all storytelling expectations with them."

10
Jessica Jones (2018): Purple Daughter #2

Sep 9, 2019

I admit I was drinking a strong gin & tonic while reading this, but even discounting potential drug interactions (alcohol + euphoric visual & narrative storytelling), I'm pretty sure this issue took me to comics nirvana. You need to have read the last issue, care about Jessica Jones, and have a basic understanding of Emma Frost (powerful psychic, sexy, snobby). Provided you fulfill those conditions, this is a perfect comic, full stop.

9.0
Jessica Jones (2018) #3

Apr 11, 2019

Jessica solves the mystery of the reality-warping doppelgangers. The plot gets a little simplistic and I thought the art stumbled in portraying the reality-warping combat, but there are ample compensations for those weaknesses. Danielle's birthday party is a sweet epilogue, and more importantly, Jessica's dialogue in the climax is a true work of art. It goes past "misogyny is a special kind of evil" to make a more universal point about personal responsibility. The result is a triple success - clever, applicable, and satisfying. And the whole thing closes with a mother of a twist ending.

8.5
Jessica Jones (2018): Purple Daughter #3

Sep 30, 2019

Jessica survives mind control thanks to the worst possible ally. Everything ends well for her, but not before she goes to the ragged edge of murder & suicide. The art's spectacular, both the "conventional" combat at the end and the deeply creepy mind-control segment that precedes it. The dialogue is solid and the character work is moving. The plot works mainly on a rational cause-and-effect level, though. That makes the finale satisfying, but it doesn't have as much emotional muscle as the heavyweight set-up that came before.

7.5
Joe Fixit (2023) #1

Oct 14, 2023

The front half will be painfully slow for readers that are already familiar with Joe Fixit. But for readers who come in with only vague notions about Joe, this is a perfect introduction. The art is solid journeyman work all the way through, and once it's (finally) done with its exposition, the script trots along nicely. A good opening plot point is nailed down, the story to come looks promising, and there's even some sharp dialogue to enjoy. It's a good comic provided you keep the intended audience in mind.

5.5
Joe Fixit (2023) #2

Mar 7, 2024

The storytelling's all generally decent, with a couple of nice conversations and some good fight art. But the plot isn't all that interesting and it feels like every scene's been stretched to cover the maximum number of pages with the minimum amount of development. Also: "Antihero Hulk likes bedding floozies in teams? Who would bring that chestnut back in 2023?" *looks at author credit* "Oh, right."

8.0
Journey Into Mystery: The Birth Of Krakoa #1

Mar 27, 2019

Nick Fury and his Howling Commandos stumble accidentally into Krakoa's creation in a secret a-bomb test. There are a thousand and one nitpicks for the WWII history buff, none of which actually hurt the story. It's a terrific premise, and the script and art do a fine job of exploring it with a Hellboy-esque horror angle. The flat, vivid colors are particularly powerful. The plotting and character work fall short of all-time greatness, but it wouldn't be fair to punitively rate the book down for that. I stumbled into this with 0 expectations and 0 financial investment thanks to Marvel Unlimited; I admit my reception would probably be colder if I had handed over $5 for the book at my FLCS.

5.0
Journey Into Unknown Worlds #1  
8.0
Juggernaut (2020) #1

Feb 26, 2021

I was pleasantly surprised; this was better than I expected. Not great, but definitely good. Both Juggernaut and D-Cel get some compelling mystery, and they have nice team-up chemistry. The art is strong but rough around the edges -- as are the characters; the visuals and the words are unified by an appropriate tone.

7.5
Juggernaut (2020) #2

Mar 6, 2021

Capturing Devil Hulk and subjecting him to a shame-session backfires when Cain realizes he himself is guilty of the sins the Hulk's victims are complaining about. That's a pretty cool premise, and the art is strong and vibrant. I think the dialogue is starting to slip, though; the characters' voices are less distinct and less contemporary than in the previous issue.

7.5
Juggernaut (2020) #3

Mar 14, 2021

Cain's civil trial is interrupted by, of course, a supervillain fight. (This one may be D-Cel's fault, though.) Although there is a larger plot unfolding, this series has become episodic in a mostly-but-not-entirely good way. The prose is simple but effective, and the art is deceptively rough. There's a lot of smart visual work going on at the blocking level.

7.0
Juggernaut (2020) #4

Mar 23, 2021

Juggsy clobbers Arnim Zola, collecting his next plot coupon and delivering his mandatory flashback along the way. It still looks scruffy-great and the script is functional enough, but now the series' formula is a little too clear and this feels like adventure by the numbers.

5.5
Juggernaut (2020) #5

May 23, 2021

Juggernaut busts into the ominous Dungeon prison, has a chat with the Warden, and … doesn't do anything to curtail his operation? Oh well, at least D-Cel's story gets a happy Krakoan ending. This is a frustrating way to finish a series. A great status quo for ongoing adventures comes together, but instead, we're done. This issue's storytelling felt very "cruise control"-y, though. The Warden gets it the worst; instead of a credible antagonist for further stories, he's just hot air and an utterly forgettable visual design.

7.0
Ka-Zar: Lord of the Savage Land (2021) #1

Jan 11, 2022

Ka-Zar struggles to get a grip on the new mystic connection he has with the Savage Land. Meanwhile, trouble's a-brewing with some kind of techno-organic infiltrator he's not aware of -- but his son is already halfway in its pocket. The Plunder family drama doesn't make a big impact on me, positive or negative. I'm getting interested in the mystery intruder, though. I have a tough time gauging art like this. The talent is obvious, but the intentionally sketchy finish gives me the (unfair) impression that more effort could have been made on polishing and detailing.

7.0
Ka-Zar: Lord of the Savage Land (2021) #2

Mar 3, 2022

Matt accompanies his parents in their first confrontation with the techno-organic Polyscion. There are many uncertainties in the antagonist, but also in Ka-Zar's new powers, which cause more damage than anyone wanted. And Matt still knows more than he's telling. There are a lot of details left out of the writing and *especially* out of the art. That sort of thing usually drives me crazy, but for now I'm liking this title's mysteries and ambiguities. For now.

7.5
Ka-Zar: Lord of the Savage Land (2021) #3

Mar 23, 2022

This issue does a pretty good job paying off the groundwork laid in the previous ones. I like the characterization and the dark plot developments. I like the broad strokes of the visuals -- but that's all there is, the broad strokes. I feel a lot of potential bio-mechanical horror goes to waste with this low-detail art.

6.5
Ka-Zar: Lord of the Savage Land (2021) #4

Apr 28, 2022

Well, I really liked the art shift. Here are all the natural and biomechanical details I was hoping for, and plus, the action scenes are wonderfully dynamic. On the writing front, though, I'm losing faith in this all making sense in the end. There are occasionally vivid bits of dialogue, but the big picture remains frustratingly opaque. What it reminds me of -- and this is not a good association -- is Marvel's lesser auteur comics from the 70s. Stuff like Deathlok, Killraven, the more incoherent of Steve Gerber's works. Like those old comics, this one dumps flat superheroes into a bubbling stew of weirdness, unreality, and symbolism. But they're just left there, floundering, without clear themes to tie the story together and establish real meaning (and without enough compelling character work to excuse the confusing plot). It's "weird for the sake of weird" storytelling, satisfying entertainment only for the heavily-stoned.

6.5
Ka-Zar: Lord of the Savage Land (2021) #5

Jun 29, 2022

This series' Message (and it definitely has a capital-M Message) turns out to be nothing more than what's been hinted at all through: Yay nature! Yay balance! Yay mindful stewardship! And characterwise, Ka-Zar becomes an immortal super-evolver, now biologically as well as ideologically empowered to defend the Savage Land. Great. I don't object to this Message; in theory, I'm a big supporter of it. But I can't really enjoy it when it's articulated via prose that sounds like it was written by a weepy 16-year-old who just watched a deforestation documentary. It also doesn't help that the previous 4 issues were just an amorphous dream journal foreshadowing this ham-handed finale.

8.0
Kang the Conqueror (2021) #1

Jan 2, 2022

Young Nathaniel Richards of the 31st century enters the tutelage of Kang the Conqueror, then eventually rebels against his older self. I hate Kang. This comic, with its finely-crafted melodramatic narration, its intricate art, its self-defeating wheels-within-wheels schemes, and its paradoxes galore, helps me hate Kang for all the right reasons. A glorious portrait of a contemptible figure.

8.5
Kang the Conqueror (2021) #2

Jan 21, 2022

Young Kang's sojourn in Ancient Egypt includes an unsuccessful stab at heroism, more romance, and a lot of adept continuity-spinning. This stitches a cohesive tale of destiny and tragedy out of disparate bits of Kang's backstory and the many times Marvel has gone to Ancient Egypt. Rama-Tut, Moon Knight, Iron Lad, Apocalypse, the Scarlet Centurion, the FF -- they're all here, and they all work. Nathaniel's narration remains properly pompous. Though it's often distant from the action in the art, it provides enough character insight to keep this retrospective tale from sounding too expository. And the art is pretty formidable stuff by itself; this is a well-crafted issue all around.

8.0
Kang the Conqueror (2021) #3

Mar 3, 2022

Young Kang defeats Old Kang (and guest star Dr. Doom), but when he tries to start changing his past (Future? Dang time travel), the story of Kang begins folding in on him paradoxically. The verbal and visual storytelling remains rock-solid (albeit not spectacular), and this installment is thoroughly satisfying on its own. The big-picture plot is looking even more impressive; can these creators really tie up Kang's hopelessly messy continuity into a rational knot? I'm eager to find out.

8.0
Kang the Conqueror (2021) #4

Mar 23, 2022

There are little stylistic choices in the words and the art that annoy me, but I recognize that's purely subjective. This is really well done, really epic, and it links up with the start of the series with beautiful dramatic irony. I'm looking forward to seeing how it all wraps up.

7.5
Kang the Conqueror (2021) #5

May 7, 2022

Well, it comes in for a landing on the most predictable runway. The creators go the extra mile to make it seem inevitable and tragic; I think the artist did better than the writers. I'm disappointed, but not so much so as to say this isn't a good comic.

6.0
Karnak #6

Oct 31, 2017

Karnak confronts Adam and finds the young reality warper's flaw. Is the victory thanks to Karnak's skill, or was it Adam's gift to him? Warren Ellis presents Karnak as a big ball of repressed shame and jealousy over missing out on Terrigenesis. Is that deep or shallow? The sketchy "Alex Maleev crossed with Mike Deodato" art is a hindrance rather than a help and a major factor in making this issue (as well as the whole title) rather forgettable.

9.0
Killmonger (2018) #1

Jul 1, 2019

This vengeance-minded origin story begins to unpack the bloody baggage of Erik Killmonger. It's a dark tale told with fierce skill in words and art. The script relies on some pedestrian antihero tropes, but they're employed with single-minded purpose and absolute confidence. It reads smooth and looks terrific; this series is primed to become something special.

9.0
Killmonger (2018) #2

Jul 1, 2019

Erik's inaugural gig with the Chessmen is a gloriously gory bullet-ballet, but cozying up to the Kingpin proves to be a risky strategy. The art is still well-designed, detailed, and atmospheric. The script once again builds a tremendously effective machine out of familiar plot points. It's all cemented together with a singular talent for hard-hitting, laconic dialogue; this might be the best "tough guy" comic Marvel has done in ages.

8.0
Killmonger (2018) #3

Jul 16, 2019

9.0
Killmonger (2018) #4

Aug 20, 2019

This title's plot is simplistic, but I think to hold that too harshly against it, a la BNP's Oz Longworth, is to heave a pretty nice baby out with the bathwater. Killmonger is a "style over substance" story, like a good Luc Besson movie. Its mission is to orchestrate spectacular moments, and it does that with superlative skill, even if the plot & character work tying them together is a bit cut-n-paste generic. I dearly love the "rising tide of blood" design premise in the last act.

7.0
Killmonger (2018) #5

Sep 19, 2019

This kinda ran out of steam. Granted, doing a prequel makes it tough to bring real closure to a character's story. This issue tries to dodge the problem by focusing on the end of Knight's story, but it never gets entirely out from under the "you know that's not actually your protagonist, right?" cloud.

8.0
King In Black #1

Mar 17, 2021

Knull comes to New York and it's even awful-er than Eddie expected. Things look particularly dire, yet somehow I suspect the heroes will pull out a win. I like the setup and the broad scope appeals to me. The art, not so much. Muddy colors. Exaggerated faces that make most of the characters impossible to take seriously. Definitely not to my taste -- but I know it's really well done, and even I appreciate the high level of detail.

9.0
King In Black #2

Apr 3, 2021

Spidey salvages Eddie after his big fall and 4 Yancy Street becomes anti-Knull HQ. An impressive roster of heroes and concepts join the fight -- but this issue is more about the Brocks than their allies. The plot is decent and I think the structure of the script is really formidable. Great execution of good ideas. The finale hits hard in the moment, though I don't buy its permanence.

8.0
King In Black #3

Apr 30, 2021

Knull takes Dylan as the apocalyptic sound-and-fury crossover conflict continues. Celestials in action! Thor brought low! Surprise final-page guest star! It's all well-paced and nicely-drawn and strongly-written, but it still doesn't get me tense over the outcome. I know all the most drastic effects are gonna be undone by the end. (Also my dislike for Frank Martin's muddy colors is intensifying.)

8.5
King In Black #4

May 29, 2021

A succession of expected and surprising heroes join forces to support Dylan and turn the tide against Knull. I enjoyed the developments here, particularly the big payoff twist. But the "this is very important, dammit" tone doesn't have the intended effect on me.

6.5
King In Black #5

Aug 7, 2021

If that's how the Enigma Force is supposed to work, wow am I glad it doesn't show up much anymore.

9.0
King In Black: Immortal Hulk #1

Mar 26, 2021

Sure, Immortal Hulk's in the middle of a tight story and this is an event tie-in, but HULK WANT CHRISTMAS! So he gets Christmas and it's terrific. This is a no-words issue, but that hardly means author Al Ewing is slacking off. He assembles a silent tale with wit and charm, and Aaron Kuder does a bang-up job illustrating it. Not an essential tale for either the series or the event, but way too fun to skip.

6.0
King In Black: Iron Man/Doom #1

Apr 12, 2021

5.5
King In Black: Marauders #1

May 15, 2021

On their way to rescue Storm and Cyclops, the Marauders get sidetracked saving a human-trafficking ship caught up in the KiB crisis. It's a neat idea, but it's also palpably rough on the script side. I can picture Gerry Duggan using the opportunity of an event one-shot to tell a Marauders story he couldn't figure out how to work into the main series -- but I can also picture him slapping this script together without bothering to edit much. Luke Ross contributes some fair visuals, with odd but workable designs for many of the characters. It's obvious he didn't come aboard (ha!) with a lot of experience drawing boats, though. This is a decent comic, but just a little additional effort could have made it good.

8.5
King In Black: Black Knight #1

May 15, 2021

Dane Whitman faces hard truths when he faces Knull, but he emerges with a renewed sense of purpose. The Black Knight is also teaming up with Aero and Sword Master in Shanghai, and the interactions between the heroes offer a definite comedic high point. The action plot, and the medium-strong retcon of the Black Knight's premise, are decent. But it's the comedic character work (and the beautiful art) that pulls this up close to greatness.

8.0
King In Black: Black Panther #1

May 23, 2021

The Black Panther shoves the loss of Ororo out of his mind and works the problem: Saving his country from the void god. He succeeds, because it's that kind of Panther story. The premise on its own is a little thin, but the creators -- particularly Germán Peralta -- put in the work to make it impressive. And it is; if you want a big conventional good-guy win in King in Black, this'll do the trick.

5.0
King In Black: Captain America #1

Jun 17, 2021

Bucky and Sam are there to support their pal as Cap struggles to shake off the psychological after-effects of being Knullified. It's a decent idea, but it's not really executed with competence. Being thrown on the Artist Carousel does Danny Lore's script no favors, but it's got problems of its own. This feels like a teachable moment where a veteran editor should sit down with the author and parse the comic panel-by-panel, identifying the faults and suggesting improvements.

7.5
King In Black: Wiccan and Hulkling #1

Jun 17, 2021

I have some issues with the way the script comes together, but I'll gladly go on record saying "Lauri-Ell third-wheels Wiccan and Hulkling's honeymoon" is an absolutely beautiful premise, and this execution captures a lot of the potential fun.

9.0
King In Black: Spider-Man #1

Jul 25, 2021

Overwhelmed by King In Black and close to panicking, Spider-Man gains some much-needed retail heroing inspiration by teaming up with Reptil. It's mainly a launching pad for Reptil's upcoming solo series, but exquisite characterization and strong art make it a refreshing one-shot that brings a fresh, positive perspective to Spidey. The connection to the KiB event is a bit glitchy, but this comic is strong enough to excuse a few continuity issues.

6.5
King In Black: Scream #1

Jul 25, 2021

Scream ties up her Demagoblin plot thread (sort of) and then launches into a direct confrontation with Knull himself. This book had straightforward storytelling goals and did a good job achieving them. This is a chunk of YA fiction filtered through the lens of a crossover tie-in. I'm not really in the target audience, but there's somebody out there who likes frenetic action, symbiotes, and teen angst, and they're gonna love this. Also, in writing Demagoblin, Clay MacLeod Chapman presents a unique and creepy take on the event's "god of Symbiotes" themes by twisting Christian dogma to fit them.

7.0
King In Black: Ghost Rider #1

Aug 4, 2021

KiB serves admirably as an excuse to add lots of symbiote-fightin' action to this makeshift finale for the last Ghost Rider series. I recognize it's done well -- especially in the art -- but I never much liked the narrative priorities in that run, and they continue here. I would have liked a lot less Death Rider and a lot more Lilith.

8.0
King In Black: Gwenom vs. Carnage #1

Apr 23, 2021

Gwen-65 brings a refreshing outsider perspective to the KiB event. She struggles with the symbiote rain and makes things worse by trying to head back to her home universe; that (somehow) brings MJ-65 to her and puts them both on Knull's radar. It's a cool thrill-ride with some impressive, improvisational art. Us readers are left to connect a few continuity dots. I think it's smart to merely imply the "Gwen moves into the ESU dorms" development that happened after Ghost-Spider #10.

7.5
King In Black: Gwenom vs. Carnage #2

May 15, 2021

Mary Jane Carnage beats on Gwen, goading her into fighting with barbs about her being a selfish friend. Gwen and Knull have an antagonistic mental meeting. MJC webs away to do Knull's bidding and Gwen pursues her. It's a brisk comic and the fight is enjoyable, thanks mainly to the wild Flaviano art. The prose and the structure of the script are sound, but MJ's resentful motivation comes off a bit … *makes the horizontal hand-waggle gesture for "ehh"*

6.0
King In Black: Gwenom vs. Carnage #3

Jun 17, 2021

Gwen saves MJ, of course, but they're both still stuck in the 616. Somehow I wasn't feeling the script here; it felt like a couple of scenes doubled up so that the series just stops instead of proceeding to a 3rd act with a real resolution. The art's pretty gorgeous and it deserves more passionate prose.

7.5
King In Black: Namor #1

Mar 23, 2021

Namor thinks back to a bright (for now) teenage adventure. He and Attuma, promising princelings, are sent on an epic quest with the Swift Tide, the premier ocean heroes of the day. How does it tie into the King in Black? Who knows, so far! The art is retro in a good way, the script … not quite as good-retro. Mr. Busiek gets a little too deep into his "exposition-soaked Bronze Age author" character. It's still a good comic if you like retro, and I'm optimistic about the event ties firming up in the future.

7.0
King In Black: Namor #2

Apr 12, 2021

How the Swift Tide became the Black Tide is, they got sucked into the Cthulhu Mythos. Which is okay, but me, I like the olden days when Marvel writers would take a second to file the serial numbers off their Lovecraft swipes. The script is well crafted and the art's really nice; I was just hoping for something more original.

7.5
King In Black: Namor #3

May 9, 2021

The Black Tide rolls across the sea, leaving bones and sorrow in their wake. Namor, Attuma, and Dorma trail them, shell-shocked and lost. It's a grim adventure yarn, told with fair skill but not memorable in itself. The script adds just enough deeper exploration of the Tide's coming role and its effect on Namor to bump this issue up into "good comics" territory. The way this new experience slots neatly into Attuma's history to help justify his dislike of Atlantis is cool, too.

6.5
King In Black: Namor #4

Jun 11, 2021

Namor, Attuma, and Dorma make it back to Atlantis a day ahead of the Black Tide and all hope seems lost. Solid words and art strive to keep the story entertaining, but this issue's plot is very thin and filler-y. I'm betting Mr. Busiek got to the middle of this script and said, "Aw, dang, we didn't need 5 issues for this."

5.5
King In Black: Namor #5

Aug 18, 2021

The only surprising thing at the end of this miniseries is the lack of a twist, swerve, or last-minute deconstruction. It's exactly what it looks like: A retro flashback story about young Namor and friends watching an undersea superhero team get corrupted by Cthulhoid evil and just barely stopping their rampage. Then contemporary Namor unleashed them to make an utterly pointless contribution to the fight against Knull, and now they lurk in the seas waiting to cause trouble. It's told with competence and a nigh-embarrassing amount of earnestness, but this series is pointless unless and until somebody circles back to write the "contemporary Namor vs. the Black Tide" story Mr. Busiek has so scrupulously set up.

5.0
King In Black: Planet Of The Symbiotes #1

Apr 23, 2021

A symbiote event throws a lifeline to some symbiote-adjacent titles that couldn't make it on their own. I'm more interested in seeing Chapman's Scream continue than Tieri's Ravencroft, but unfortunately, neither of these strips do a good job of justifying the time it takes to read them. The Scream strip features better storytelling while the Ravencroft strip has better development -- if you're in the market for yet another new gimmick-symbiote, which I am not.

6.0
King In Black: Planet Of The Symbiotes #2

May 29, 2021

American Kaiju and Hobie Brown (once Prowler, now Hornet): These are characters that exist in the Marvel universe. Their event strips are satisfying reads, but they offer little incentive toward giving these characters more pages.

5.0
King In Black: Planet Of The Symbiotes #3

Aug 7, 2021

Cloak and Dagger go through their umpteenth estrangement plot and Toxin, with a cool new host, finds himself fighting Alchemax rather than Knull. The Toxin strip is a little promising; the C&D, not so much. The art is nothing special and the prose is notably bad. Things are different for Toxin; the plot of the moment is so-so but the creators invest some worthwhile effort in giving the symbiote a status quo that's worth a further look.

7.0
King In Black: Return Of The Valkyries #1

Apr 18, 2021

Valkyrie runs into trouble (and a potential ally) while trying to take the Sentry to Valhalla. I sense good character and plot ideas rumbling beneath the surface. But the flowery prose embroiders the edges of those ideas instead of diving deep into them. The visuals are good on characters, but don't express the full wonder of the cosmic/mystic settings. This is a good start, but I see room for improvement.

9.0
King In Black: Return Of The Valkyries #2

May 15, 2021

The nameless new Valkyrie is dispatched to fetch her ax. Dani fights a void-dragon and Jane links up with her (and Hildegarde!). Brunnhilde provides some welcome exposition that neatly stitches Knull's origin story to the Valkyries' affairs. That's not a lot of plot progression, but I am deeply in love with how the characters are written here. And Brunnhilde's contribution opens up the possibility that the Valkyries' story might have a significant impact on the wider event. Speaking of the wider event, how sad is it that in 100s of pages, nobody's provided a better name for Knull's symbiote dragons than "symbiote dragons"?

8.0
King In Black: Return Of The Valkyries #3

Jun 11, 2021

ValJane and Dani launch Brunnhilde's plan to weaken Knull's Necrosword. Hildegarde makes a sacrifice play. And That Other Valkyrie reclaims her axe. It's a good comic, with vibrant art and tasty language. But the scenes are left open-ended; this issue needs a terrific finale to follow it up.

8.5
King In Black: Return Of The Valkyries #4

Aug 4, 2021

All the Valkyries living and dead team up to weaken Knull's weapon and rescue the souls trapped in the dead Celestial. It's a perfectly-paced yarn that balances cosmic action against deep character exploration with Jane Foster (and the new No-Name Valkyrie gets some nice focus, too). Slightly rough storytelling -- moments of clumsy prose or detail-shy art -- do keep me from calling this truly great, but only barely.

6.5
King In Black: Thunderbolts #1

Apr 23, 2021

Mayor Fisk sends a random pack of Thunderbolts out on a do-or-die mission to stop Knull. The z-listers all get kilt to make us think the stakes are high. It's got decent sass and pretty good art (not the artist's A game, though), but I'm just way too hung up on how badly it misrepresents Star. "So, this Star chick. She's, like, evil Captain Marvel, right?" "... No, not really. But none of us are getting paid enough to care, so go ahead and run with that." (Note I'm also well past the threshold where Matthew Rosenberg team sass seems fresh and edgy. It's the same damn sass coming out of different characters every time he writes a team book.)

7.5
King In Black: Thunderbolts #2

May 23, 2021

The T-Bolts snark their way out of Ravencroft, fighting through some Knullified inmates and executing the first step of a profoundly stupid plan. Whatever, I'm not here for the plot, I'm here for c-list supervillains sassing each other like Real Housewives, and I get plenty of that. The art's pretty nice, too.

7.0
King In Black: Thunderbolts #3

Jun 17, 2021

The Thunderbolts pull a big win out of their suicide mission, of course. It looks pretty good and it moves fast and of course it still has that textbook Matthew Rosenberg sass. It executes a pitch for an ongoing pretty well, but I'm kind of conflicted by that prospect. Batroc's is the only characterization here I particularly like.

8.5
King Thor #1

Mar 31, 2020

I'm not disappointed, but I'm not as impressed as I hoped to be.

8.0
King Thor #2

Jun 1, 2020

Thor vs. Gorr is still a pretty good song and dance, but a familiar one. I'm sure there are a few twists still to come.

9.0
King Thor #3

Jun 7, 2020

The Thundergirls bring awesome reinforcements to extend the fight against Gorr, but the baddie doubles down on his "all is lost, moo-hoo-hoo-ha" MO. I still have some doubts about the storytelling in art and words, but the truly cosmic scope and the tidy links to the original Gorr stories are just too dang good for me to rate this as less than great.

9.0
King Thor #4

Jul 13, 2020

It's a perfect capstone for Jason Aaron's Thor tenure -- even when it digresses into oddities like Cop Thor. Though it wanders, it comes home to the heart in the end. You cannot listen to the sound of Aaron's thunder and doubt his love for Thor.

8.0
Kingpin (2017) #1

Oct 31, 2017

Maybe-honest Kingpin hires washed-up reporter Sarah Dewey to write his biography. This is a very strongly written comic, and it starts up a story I'm interested in following. The art is aiming for a hard-boiled look, but it seems a bit rushed and some panels appear unfinished. Certainly a very promising debut.

7.0
Kingpin (2017) #2

Oct 31, 2017

Kingpin slowly, subtly briarpatches Sarah into working for him. I'm not thrilled with getting two fancy ball scenes in as many issues, but other than the repetitive settings there isn't much wrong with this. The art is solid and there's some real insight in the characterization. It's tough to tell at this point whether this series is being dramatic or melodramatic, though.

10
Kingpin (2017) #3

Oct 31, 2017

You thought this title was gonna be Daredevil vs. Kingpin with Sarah stuck in the middle? Wrong! Have a Kingpin/Tombstone gang war instead! I have huge respect for Matthew Rosenberg for taking some cliched scenarios and making them fresh again through sheer storytelling effort. Ben Torres's art also comes into its own. It's solid throughout and when this issue explodes into a fight at the end it gets truly stellar. I love the way Wilson Fisk is a little larger-than-life not only in terms of size but also cartoony animation. It's subtle but it makes a difference, and it keeps the focus firmly centered on him whenever he's on-page.

9.0
Kingpin (2017) #4

Nov 17, 2017

The Kingpin saves Sarah's life first literally, then metaphorically. But does he taint all he touches? Miguel Sepulveda's guest art is the only potential weakness in this issue, and it's not really all that weak. Matthew Rosenberg's script delivers action, emotion, and heavy moral quandaries for both Sarah and the reader. (Also a surprising amount of solid humor.) This is Sarah's "too good to be true" moment, and the only questions left for the final issue are how and why it's all going to fall apart - and what will be left in the aftermath.

7.0
Kingpin (2017) #5

Jan 5, 2018

Sarah's story with Fisk comes to an abrupt and perfunctory end. Bad guy wins, comic over, go home. Of all the miniseries Marvel's launched in the last year or so, this one more than any other needed at least one more issue to wrap up its story. Here, Sarah discovers she's let the Kingpin get his hooks in too deep and makes the fateful decision to roll with it. Her choice is presented with too much subtlety and speed to have the proper impact, and getting illustrated with some very non-evocative art by Ben Torres doesn't help.

7.0
Knights of X (2022) #1

Nov 22, 2022

It's an even more direct sequel to the last volume of Excalibur than I expected. It's equipped with good art and an admirably focused plot. The characterization and prose are less impressive, but not really flawed. In my opinion, it just squeaks through into "good comics" territory.

7.5
Knights of X (2022) #2

Dec 28, 2022

It's a fast, fun fantasy adventure. The plot develops rapidly and there's a bit of good character work, too. Everybody on the team has something interesting to do, which is a welcome change of pace. Some of the scenes trail off messily, particularly toward the end, giving the issue an unfinished feeling. The art's a little short of detail, but it also features some inventive, dynamic blocking. The storytelling could be improved, but it's already a good comic.

8.0
Knights of X (2022) #3

Dec 30, 2022

The art is clean and clear. Though I like my characters blocked a little bigger and more detailed, these visuals work. On the script side, all of the beef I usually moan about when I read a Tini Howard comic is gone. Digressions are minimal, the prose is focused, the scenes are tight, the pace is good. This is just a dang good comic. I have my doubts about the permanence of the Big Sad Thing that happens at the end, but it's well-orchestrated to have maximum effect here in this issue.

7.5
Knights of X (2022) #4

Jan 9, 2023

This issue has some really beautiful ideas for developing its plot and characters. The writing and art do a lot to convey those ideas; I think the storytelling is well above average all around. And yet the fact that the premise excites me more than the execution leads me to conclude that the execution could/should be a bit better. This is good. The ideas could carry it to greatness, and I wish they did, but it needs some more storytelling horsepower.

7.5
Knights of X (2022) #5

Jan 31, 2023

This is a pretty dang satisfying conclusion to the series. I appreciate that the author tightens up her prose to maximize clarity and answer all the big questions. The art's pretty fun to look at, too. This is one of those "back on the comics limbo shelf with you" finales, but I have no problem with it. The series went through some wild adventures, and Captain Britain and Otherworld go onto the shelf (probably not for long) appreciably changed.

4.0
Legion (2018) #1

Aug 6, 2018

David Haller and his nemesis personality Lord Trauma race each other to New York and celebrity psychologist Hannah Jones. This issue is plagued by a shortage of passion and creativity. It feels like a B-minus performance from a pair of 19-year-olds with a "tell a story about multiple personalities" assignment early on in a freshman-level creative class. The technical skills are decent, but the material is devoid of interest. The thing of which I am most certain is that Wilfredo Torres's flat no-shadow visual style is an absolutely TERRIBLE choice for a tense psychodrama-slash-horror story. This is close to a 5/10. If it had had ONE engaging character, ONE compelling mystery, ONE little hint that it was more than a crass "we can earn some bucks slapping any old thing onto the LCS shelves with a Legion title thanks to that new TV show" exercise …

4.0
Legion (2018) #2

Sep 20, 2018

David Haller dumps Hannah the psychologist into his mindscape with zero preparation. Therein she encounters Tami and tons of yippee-skippy symbology, like a super-low-rent imitation of Alan Moore at his most whimsically magical. Though the script is far from flawless, I can just believe that the writer is earnestly trying to tell a good story. I do not get a similarly earnest impression from the art, and the contrast leaves this issue doubly disappointing.

4.0
Legion (2018) #3

Oct 8, 2018

Psychologist Hannah tries to rally David's alters against Lord Trauma. I could just about make peace with the plot; it's pond-shallow but functional. But the art remains far too rough-draft-y. It makes it impossible to contend that this is a professionally-finished comic. The human characters are terribly sketchy, and the visuals blatantly refuse to deliver the wild dreamscape that the script calls for inside David's mind.

3.0
Legion (2018) #4

Nov 10, 2018

Dr. Hannah wins a skirmish against Lord Trauma, but that just focuses the baddy's attention on her. The script is mechanically sound, but the inescapable realization that David Haller is merely the supporting character/setting in his own title is incredibly disappointing. The fill-in art also proves that "different" doesn't mean "better." It's still terrible at settings, plus it fumbles the portrayal of action so badly that the characters have to narrate everything in Silver Age Stan Lee style.

4.0
Legion (2018) #5

Dec 3, 2018

Dr. Whozits defeats Lord Trauma while David looks on with vague approval. It's approaching a decent story, but fundamental problems strategic (why is this Dr. Whozits' story instead of Legion's?), tactical (ugh, that twist ending), and visual (what was the art budget? Tree fiddy?) drag it down into thorough disappointment.

8.5
Legion of X (2022) #1

Dec 22, 2022

Objectively, I think this is a very good comic, but not a great one. The storytelling in words and art is solid, but definitely improvable. The dialogue is particularly messy (and there's an awful lot of it). I didn't think it was possible for dialogue to be *too* natural, but this issue's accents and stutters and pauses need to be dialed back by a good 20%. That being said, I absolutely love this to pieces. So much world-building! So many fascinating new characters! Such intriguing plotlines kicking off! While I'd love for this story to be told a little better, I wouldn't change a thing about the content itself. Subjectively, this is pure "why I read comics" stuff.

9.0
Legion of X (2022) #2

Dec 28, 2022

It's messy and it's glorious. Multiple plotlines spool out simultaneously, with their relationships and relative importance currently unclear. I'd be annoyed with the mess if I weren't absolutely entranced by the script. The ideas and the dialogue are delightful. The art's no slouch, either; it's a solid storytelling asset with its own enjoyable style. Plus the author is toying with me in the best way when it comes to the mystery god's identity. Through #1 I was thinking, "Ah, it must be … Oh, but it isn't." And now I'm thinking, "Ah-hah, it *is*!" It's done so deftly that I wouldn't even mind if the pendulum swings a couple more times.

8.5
Legion of X (2022) #3

Jan 6, 2023

Some comics are just *messy*. That's not a value judgment in itself. Sometimes the mess takes the form of an unappealing stew; other times, it's the proverbial candy store: Such a wealth of treats, you don't know where to start. I love this comic, but it's definitely a candy store. Fascinating ideas explode every which way, so many that they risk overshadowing the thread of the story. It's still in there, though, moving briskly along. Focused writing preserves the flow. The art's worth praising, too; the artist throws down some gorgeous surreal craziness without letting any panels slide into confusion.

7.5
Legion of X (2022) #4

Jan 14, 2023

And here I'm reminded of the way that being messy can be a bad thing in a comic. The plot is twisty and intriguing and it makes satisfying forward progress. Even twistier are the wide-ranging philosophical points, which are nicely tied to the characters. But there's a shortage of storytelling excellence here. The writing and art are good, but they're not strong enough to stitch the sprawling ideas into a cohesive story. Or, rather, there *is* a cohesive story, but the vast amounts of material *around* that story overwhelm it. This can be a super-fun comic if you're in the mood for deep thought and forensic analysis. If you just want to be entertained, though, this could be a bit of a headache.

8.0
Legion of X (2022) #5

Feb 26, 2023

The plot wraps up in a shockingly neat bow, considering how digressive and speculative the arc has been. The art's looking a touch rough, but it remains a solid storytelling tool. And the philosophical content is down at low tide compared to previous issues. Which is probably a good thing and probably a major factor in making the resolution so tidy.

8.5
Legion of X (2022) #6

Apr 7, 2023

This is a tie-in to a tie-in (it's what Legion and Nightcrawler did during X-Men Red #5), which should be a deal-breaker by itself. But it's just too dang GOOD. A confession on the art: I like these representations of Uranos's war machines MUCH more than the ones in X-Men Red. The script makes a deep dive into Legion's head, and there are some powerful feelings in there. But the prose has a tendency to get -- as David himself calls it -- ineffable. That cosmic ambivalence is why I won't rate the issue as great. But it's right next door to great. (Also I support a postmodern meta-reading of this comic where Legion's feelings toward Magneto are a reflection of Si Spurrier's feelings toward Al Ewing.)

8.5
Legion of X (2022) #7

May 7, 2023

There's a fascinating story (slowly) unfolding here, and the script has a nicely-orchestrated structure. And good god, the art is beautiful. But oy, the vocabulary! I credit the author with smoothly translating so his ideas are clear even if you skip the MEGO words -- but that just drives home that they're unnecessary showing off. I like it and I think it's a good comic, but I could 100% understand a reader shouting "pretentious git!" halfway through and throwing it down in disgust.

8.0
Legion of X (2022) #8

Aug 12, 2023

It's a Gordian Knot of a story. Following *some* of the plot-threads through the tangle is highly satisfying, but others are less rewarding. The art has its ups and downs, too. It's generally beautiful and dreamy, but some things (like fight scenes and flashbacks) are dreamier than they should be. On balance, the highs outweigh the lows and I believe this is a good comic. It helps that it's razor-smart and that for all its digressions, it keeps its plot developments firmly tied to its characters.

8.0
Legion of X (2022) #9

Nov 10, 2023

I do love it when a range of different threats coalesces into one big threat--when it's done well. This script does it well. The art feels like it changed gears, but the visuals tick all the boxes this title needs: action, conversation, cosmic weirdness, body horror. I'm just surprised that Krakoa finds itself facing a giant existential threat so abruptly, and one that I didn't expect to show up in Legion of X. It's a good issue--but it'll be challenging for this arc to stick the landing.

9.0
Lockjaw (2018) #1

Sep 20, 2018

Lockjaw's quest to find his siblings entangles Dennis "D-Man" Dunphy. It's a wild collection of topics that go into greater depth than you'd expect from a teleporting dog comic: Good Boys! Depression! Hilariously prejudiced retirees! Space hamsters! Stellar art and smart writing make this ride weird and wonderful, though the introductory Inhuman cameos are just a touch indulgent. It's a perfect "oh, wow, what is this craziness?" find on Marvel Unlimited.

8.0
Lockjaw (2018) #2

Oct 8, 2018

Lockjaw and D-Man's Savage Land trip delivers some exquisitely-drawn animals and a fair helping of humor. The characterization is a little off. Ka-Zar takes a weird turn in the final scene. Prior to that, Dennis tries to paste an "I'm depressed" monologue over a fight scene that doesn't suit it. Those sour notes make this a slight step down from the awesome debut, but it's still an excellent comic.

8.0
Lockjaw (2018) #3

Nov 10, 2018

A trip to Spider-Ham's world hooks Lockjaw and Dennis up with a heap of helpful exposition from the dog's sentient sister, Doc Jaw. Doc Jaw is terrific, and this issue's cartoony visuals are absolutely tops. The now-revealed big picture plot is a little flimsy, but I recognize its primary purpose is setting up fun adventures for our protagonists. It does that job extremely well. This title is in no danger of getting deep, but it remains thoroughly enjoyable. And I might be mistaken about lacking depth; this issue's script includes some interesting hints that Lockjaw's sibling quest will impact Dennis's relationship with his own sister in a powerful way.

10
Lockjaw (2018) #4

Dec 16, 2018

The story concludes by revealing a shockingly good origin story for Lockjaw, showing his triumph over Annihilus, and kicking a healthy slice of action and growth to D-Man. Superb art and formidable funny writing throughout. Sheer enjoyability and the significant service this series has done in clarifying Lockjaw's origins make this final issue all-time great. Plus, the creators take a one-panel dig at Brian Michael Bendis's impromptu resurrection of the Ultimate Universe.

8.5
Loki (2019) #1

Feb 27, 2020

This issue did a sterling job of charming me with its Loki; this is a perfect continuation of Jason Aaron's bitter-edged rogue. The foreshadowing gets the job done but hasn't quite hooked me yet; that's completely forgivable when the protagonist is this appealing. The art pushes into that border zone between "good" and "great," but it's held back by some unclear layouts.

8.0
Loki (2019) #2

Mar 10, 2020

Loki pesters Tony Stark and gets turned down flat as a potential Avenger. The plot's becoming a little muddy, but this issue sails smoothly thanks to another whopping bag of charm and humor. With the uncertainty about the big-picture plot, I think this is falling shy of true greatness. It's enjoyable as all get out, though!

8.0
Loki (2019) #3

Mar 31, 2020

It's odd that after he was so insistent about there being a price for what the Children of Eternity were offering him, Loki signed up without actually learning what it was.

7.0
Loki (2019) #4

Apr 29, 2020

I appreciate the line "we'll murder each other like civilized people" nodding at the debt Loki owes the Princess Bride here. Vizzini would be proud of his scheming.

7.0
Loki (2019) #5

Jun 7, 2020

Loki crams an abrupt conclusion and a happy reunion on top of a perfunctory Wild West Wolverine team-up. I love the character and the dialogue and admire all the wild, transformative intentions (Loki identifies now as the God of Outcasts). But there just aren't enough pages to do it all justice, and the WWW team-up loses out big. Visual problems don't do it any favors, either. For an Ole West story, you need an artist who can handle "heads wearing hats" without making it look like people are missing chunks of skull.

8.5
Lords Of Empyre: Emperor Hulkling #1

Dec 17, 2020

This is a thoroughly essential tie-in. Besides the cute/bittersweet love story, it fills in some vital blanks by explaining how Hulkling got the throne and the challenges that face him.

6.5
Lords Of Empyre: Celestial Messiah #1

Dec 19, 2020

Sorry, I'm a little too familiar with the original Celestial Madonna/Messiah stories and at this point I've got flashback fatigue.

7.0
Lords Of Empyre: Swordsman #1

Feb 17, 2021

A run-in with Alchemax leaves a Cotati tree-grove devastated and leads Swordsman and Quoi to change their thinking. This issue is far from flawless -- the dialogue is stiff in a Star-Wars-y (bad Star Wars) way. But the character developments are great, and they illuminate how these characters went from outsider heroes to genocidal maniacs.

6.0
Love Romances #1  
8.0
Luke Cage (2017) #1

Nov 25, 2017

A supposed suicide draws Luke Cage to New Orleans to explore his superhero roots. A positively beautiful character introduction leads into a slow mad science mystery, but then we wrap up with a nice fight scene with some startlingly high stakes. David Walker has definitely started an intriguing story here, and most impressively he's captured the neo-noir detective feel of the old-school 70s Cage comics. Nelson Blake's art is clean and spare, but it those traits have negative consequences. That final fight is apparently set on America's Loneliest Highway. Blake's clear talent for inventive action layouts fills me with hope, though.

8.0
Luke Cage (2017) #2

Jan 5, 2018

Luke discovers that Dr. Burstein left behind a brewing super-powered gang war when he died. And did he commit suicide or was he helped into the grave? Great characters (in both writing and art) and a great plot come together nicely here. There are a lot of missing details, (again in both words and art) though. David Walker's dialogue leans pretty heavily on clichés, and Nelson Blake's art shows off a little too much background that looks a little too generic. If you asked me how to sharpen up the art - and the series as a whole - I would say faster, tighter, messier.

7.0
Luke Cage (2017) #3

Jan 27, 2018

Luke fights his way deeper into a twisty southern-fried kudzu gang war. It might seem like we haven't made much progress, but they key is that Luke now knows what he doesn't know and what questions to ask. Plus we get more excellent characterization for him and for Warhawk as well. Nelson Blake's figures continue to look great, and they're blocked into the panels nicely, but we've gotta talk about backgrounds comma lack of. They're under-detailed and oh-so-clean. Luke's moving through a world without shadows, which feels wrong both for the general noir-ish tone of the story and the supposed New Orleans setting. Probably an issue colorist Marcio Menyz shares responsibility for.

7.0
Luke Cage (2017) #4

Feb 26, 2018

Luke confronts Dr. Burstein, but the many other dangerous factions moving around the good doctor replace Luke's final reckoning with a lot of deadly fighting. This issue has an excellent script with insight, great pacing, and strong character work. It also has some distinctly disappointing art. Nelson Blake still draws nice figures but they're still adrift and motionless in too-big, too-blank spaces.

6.0
Luke Cage (2017) #5

Apr 7, 2018

The New Orleans story comes to a tragic end and Dr. Burstein firmly sticks the "mad" - as in psychologically *wrong* mad - in mad scientist. Luke displays some awesome skills that go beyond punching; the way he deals with KevLar at the start is brilliant. Nelson Blake's art is dragging this book down for me. From the rushed "close enough" characters to the column-dropping Morgan mansion, the visuals are consistently underwhelming. There are some good, expressive faces and a few nice action poses, but they're drowning in a sea of regrettable panels.

8.0
Luke Cage (2017) #166

May 3, 2018

Luke tries road-tripping home and gets tangled in a mind-control mess in small-town Mississippi. Four issues ago, I said this series needed to get "faster, tighter, messier" - mainly in its visuals, but also in its plotting. This new arc looks to be exactly that. Guillermo Sanna's simple but evocative art is superb, and Marcio Menyz's strong colors fit it perfectly. David Walker balances the script on an interesting line: The ominous problem of a superhero stumbling into a villainous scheme is conflated with the more real-world problem of a wrong-colored stranger in an unwelcoming town. The issue is not *about* that contrast, but it looms huge over the story in a way that I think readers who are sensitive to subtle racism will find very gratifying.

7.0
Luke Cage (2017) #167

Jun 9, 2018

We get a brisk, ominous look inside the Ringmaster's mind-control prison. Luke's memory is on the fritz and we still have tons of questions. That's this story's compromise: It's atmospheric and ambiguous, but that means we don't get a ton of forward plot progress. The good news is that the story is told with enough confidence in words and pictures to satisfy even without a comprehensive rundown on the villain's plans. The cafeteria fight scene gets sadly undercut by the detail work applied to Guillermo Sanna's otherwise-excellent art. Flat tattoos and execrable jumpsuit lettering draw the eye in a wholly negative way.

7.0
Luke Cage (2017) #168

Jul 6, 2018

A full breakdown of how and why the Ringmaster ended up mind-controlling a Georgia prison and the little town around it. Also includes a few pages of Luke Cage content! Guillermo Sanna's art is full of life and the details of the plot are explained with skill, but there's an undeniable sinking feeling when we realize we're gonna concentrate on Ringmaster getting himself stuck in a Loop of Futility and pretty much ignore all the dramatic potential of amnesiac Luke Cage.

8.0
Luke Cage (2017) #169

Aug 6, 2018

Luke gets his memory back and wallops his way through the Ringmaster's mind-control victims to shame the man himself. It's a simple story but not at all a bad one; Luke polishes it off with an impeccable moral about the special evil of forcing people to deny their true natures. Guillermo Sanna's art is also deceptively simple. This issue is mostly "Luke Cage beats up a prison," but the anatomy and posing are consistently flawless and the shading is done with notable care. The creators kick off the issue with a nice "If This Be My Destiny" homage, too.

9.0
Luke Cage (2017) #170

Sep 6, 2018

Luke and Danielle tell a wonderful bedtime story together. It illuminates the bonds of love running through the whole family and does a superb job of capturing the boundless imagination of kids. It falls short of perfection only in that the real-world art is slightly rushed; the fantasy scenes of King Luke and Princess Danielle are outstanding. This whole series has been solid but largely unmemorable; it ends here with a standalone issue that easily slots itself into the short list of "all-time great Danielle Cage-Jones comics."

6.0
Luke Cage (2018) #1

Feb 28, 2019

Luke Cage faces a heat wave, a sick daughter, potentially serious health problems of his own, and an egalitarian serial killer with supervillain support. This comic builds up to an excellent place and I'm eager to see what happens next, but it takes an awfully long time to get there. The visuals along the way aren't so hot, either. They just manage to handle slice-of-life conversations OK, but things turn nonsensical when the action starts. The final fight scene is particularly muddled and confusing.

6.0
Luke Cage (2018) #2

Apr 6, 2019

Luke struggles with himself and his enemies. Danny Rand helps out, and Everyman plunges Harlem into chaos. Good character work and solid plot developments, but the script's movement from one development to the next is clumsy. It's not helped by the art. The visuals are generally unimpressive (scratchy finish, lack of detail) and actually harmful in some of the action scenes. This series still has plenty of promise, but it's just not being built on very well.

7.0
Luke Cage (2018) #3

May 2, 2019

Luke saves Harlem in this big finish. The story has its heart firmly seated in the right place, and that made the whole conclusion satisfying. A little comics magic saves Luke from the threat of imminent, crippling CTE without (I think) getting trite or disrespectful.

7.5
M.O.D.O.K.: Head Games #1

Mar 17, 2021

MODOK finds himself run out of the newly-reunified AIM owing to strange memories tormenting him. It's a little bit funny, a little bit grotesque, and surprisingly deep: The creators have fascinating ideas for getting into that great huge head. I'm on board for whatever comes next.

9.0
M.O.D.O.K.: Head Games #2

Apr 18, 2021

MODOK and Tony (inexplicably) team up to crash the supervillain tech expo where Monica is auctioning off the bit of Starktech they need to fix MODOK's brain. This plot is driven entirely by the Rule of Funny -- and that's entirely OK when the humor is this good. This is a real blast of a silly read.

8.5
M.O.D.O.K.: Head Games #3

May 29, 2021

Gwenpool attacks MODOK but then uses her meta-narrative powers to help him when she realizes he's a solo protagonist undergoing character growth. Good art, great humor. Decent story. I'm not a fan of the final twist, but I don't need to love the destination when the journey is this solid.

8.5
M.O.D.O.K.: Head Games #4

Sep 7, 2021

MODOK survives a potentially-deadly reunion with his dad -- survives and, indeed, triumphs. This issue finishes off the series' impressive segue from all-out wackiness to heartfelt character study. (It does require one critical moment of sitcom shenaniganry to put MODOK on top, though.) The art is formidable and the script shows that the authors are more than capable of thriving beyond just jumping from joke to joke. All that, and it even stitches the MODOK cartoon characters into 616 continuity at the perfect level -- future writers are free to use or ignore them as they like.

8.0
Maestro (2020) #1

Feb 17, 2021

After dreaming of a perfect life, a smart merged-personality Hulk wakes up in a bunker under LA. He was held in protective custody by AIM as the world melted in nuclear fire. Now he has no interest in joining their rebuilding efforts; he leaps away for parts unknown. Beautiful art and some strong, subtle character work -- but this is mainly a setup issue and I found the apocalypse scenario rather generic.

8.0
Maestro (2020) #2

Feb 26, 2021

Hulk crosses America, finding devastation at every turn. But what about this "Maestro" who rules a post-apocalyptic New York City? Gotta meet him. It's a solid story, I dig the characters, and the art's fantastic. On the world-building front, though, this post-apocalyptic wasteland is (so far) way too generic.

8.0
Maestro (2020) #3

Mar 6, 2021

Hulk stomps steadily toward megalomania. Though he hasn't gone full evil yet, he's starting to express contempt for "ordinary people." The words are decent and the art is excellent, and now we have enough plot development to push the generic-ness of the post-apocalyptic setting out of focus.

8.0
Maestro (2020) #4

Mar 15, 2021

Banner vs. Hercules, 2 rounds. How Hulk loses, followed by how Banner wins. It's gorgeously illustrated. The script is solid, but it plants itself pretty aggressively in "good enough" territory rather than reaching for greatness. The final victory is abrupt, but that's not a problem. Its inevitability, though … chalk it up to the universal problem with prequels: We all knew how this was going to turn out before we turned the first page.

7.0
Maestro (2020) #5

Apr 3, 2021

Banner/Maestro still thinks post-apocalyptic humans are sheep to be led, owned, and slaughtered when necessary. Rick Jones still thinks that's wrong. Less a continuation of the climax than a loop back to underline the already-established points. The big twist is that there is no big twist; Banner just woke up after the apocalypse and decided the only course of action was to out-bastard everybody he came across.

7.5
Maestro: War & Pax #1

Apr 30, 2021

Maestro is on the march, conquering other wasteland settlements and formulating plans for a more permanent rule. Great powers watch him from the shadows and prepare to oppose him. It's got an interesting plot, solid art, and excellent pacing. It's not the most nuanced book when it comes to characterization, though. Distant and cold, but well-crafted enough to satisfy.

8.0
Maestro: War & Pax #2

Jun 11, 2021

With a little help from Dr. Doom, the Pantheon successfully traps the Maestro. How long can they hold that tiger by the ears, though? It's still a fast-paced story featuring very nice art. I appreciate the deceptive smoothness of the script; organizing a finely-tuned story like this is harder than it looks. Peter David's natural, terse language is so subtle that its quality risks being overlooked.

7.0
Maestro: War & Pax #3

Jul 25, 2021

"Wheels within wheels" trickery allows the Pantheon to pull out a psychic win against the Maestro. He just looks more done for than ever now, but of course we know it ain't over yet. It's cleverly plotted and nicely illustrated, but the character work is weak and the humor tends toward over-explained puns. I recognize that this is done well, but "dark, dad-joke-y, and heartless" is not how I like my comics.

6.5
Maestro: War & Pax #4

Aug 18, 2021

The Maestro resurgent wipes out 2/3rds of the forces opposing him; all that remains for the finale is Maestro v. Doom. That's cool in theory, but the speedy way this issue resolves its conflicts suggests the big climax may play out less than completely satisfying. The art's pretty good, but the script is fast in a negative way. The key introspection scene, where Maestro bolsters Banner's resolve, reads like a facile swipe from the Immortal Hulk, which I found disappointing.

5.5
Maestro: War & Pax #5

Oct 15, 2021

I like the art and it succeeded in getting me vaguely interested in a sequel. This issue and the miniseries as a whole didn't impress me much, though; I think the writing gave me too much plot and not enough characterization. And I'm not a fan of abrupt downer endings.

8.5
Maestro: World War M (2022) #1

Jul 1, 2022

This start really impresses me, though I didn't like the previous minserieses much. The dialog is still rather dull, but the art is gorgeous and the script structure is nigh-impeccable. Plus it helps that this issue features Abomination as a proper anti-hero rather than Maestro as an out-and-out villain protagonist.

7.5
Maestro: World War M (2022) #2

Aug 19, 2022

And we now return to our regularly-scheduled "Maestro SMASH" programming. It's aggressively shallow, but it's honest -- the creators have no pretensions about delivering anything here except a brisk brawl. It certainly helps that the story's carried along by an outstanding artist who's fully committed; this looks great. The dialogue isn't too cheesy, but it doesn't sparkle, either. What impresses me about the script is the structure. The author knows where he wants to end up and how much smash he wants to do before that. It's less than a full issue, but instead of adding superfluous content, he stretches out the intro scenes, and that works well to build tension.

7.5
Maestro: World War M (2022) #3

Nov 22, 2022

This is a pretty quiet episode, with a lot of time (if not a lot of depth) devoted to soul-searching among the Maestro's enemies. Even the art is a bit subdued -- but a long way from bad. I'm fully satisfied, though, because I can see that the author is winding up a hidden twist-punch to deliver later on. I'm eager to see how it plays out.

7.0
Maestro: World War M (2022) #4

Dec 30, 2022

This installment is briskly scripted. The writing's not deep, but it is clear, and there's plenty of dark humor if that's your cup of tea. The writing whiffs of cruise-control to me, but the art definitely doesn't. It's still insanely well-illustrated, probably much better than this story deserves. Though Maestro comes off nigh-reasonable in this installment, I'm pretty confident that he's gonna get awful in #5. And I'm looking forward to it.

7.5
Maestro: World War M (2022) #5

Jan 9, 2023

There wasn't any doubt about where we'd wind up, but the last leg of the trip is still pretty fun. The guest artist does a commendable job sliding into the existing visual tone. The script smoothly rolls its brisk plot out to the end, with plenty of bleak humor along the way. I appreciate the dramatic irony of this last chapter: For all his strength and cunning, the Maestro's victory ultimately relies on the psychological flaws of his enemies (Abomination's suicidal nihilism and Namor's crippling self-doubt).

8.0
Magnificent Ms. Marvel #1

Sep 28, 2019

The next chapter in Kamala's life opens with a flood of challenges both superheroic and prosaic. There are human and alien villains to fight, a brief origin recap, and two (or maybe three) interpersonal crises in the supporting cast. The art makes it all look fantastic, particularly the fight scenes. The script comes in word-heavy and occasionally clumsy as it juggles all the different plot-balls. But if this isn't an all-time great Ms. Marvel comic, it's still a very good one -- and just recreating the distinctive Ms. Marvel feel right out of the gate is no small achievement.

7.5
Magnificent Ms. Marvel #2

Oct 31, 2019

Kamala unravels the mystery of the alien attacks and her parents' disappearance with a lot of help from Bruno. Maybe too much help; he's narrating the comic and using his magic sci-fi scanner to move the plot along. At the close of the book, Kamala's praised for her "brilliance" (among other things), and it's hard to ignore Bruno as the real source of most of that brilliance. I think story, words, and art are all good, but they're all also only ARGUABLY good. You can find plenty to dislike if you approach from an antagonistic or even neutral perspective. It's a satisfying comic if you make a conscious decision to love it, though.

9.0
Magnificent Ms. Marvel #3

Dec 27, 2019

I don't see any problem with sending Kamala on her wildest adventure ever when the creators combine "in space" with "tagalong parents." The latter keeps things grounded and keeps Kamala more focused on her home than ever before. Muneeba's unique narration is the cherry on the top.

8.0
Magnificent Ms. Marvel #4

Jan 25, 2020

Kamala falls deeply in love with Cheb Hura's plucky revolution, though not so much with the man himself. She fights in a battle between oppressors and rebels which takes a last-minute swerve. Decent art and some thoughtful Kamala narration give this comic the distinction and enjoyability that its somewhat by-the-numbers plot doesn't deliver on its own.

8.5
Magnificent Ms. Marvel #5

Feb 27, 2020

The space adventure is going to fade from memory quickly, but the lingering changes to Kamala's status quo -- new costume of alien provenance, strengthened secret identity -- look promising. (Terribly derivative of Spidey-canon, but promising.) Good art and the protagonist's ever-appealing point-of-view do more than enough to make up for a forgettable plot.

8.5
Magnificent Ms. Marvel #6

Mar 10, 2020

8.0
Magnificent Ms. Marvel #7

Apr 4, 2020

Great characterization -- for the supporting cast as well as Kamala -- elevates a by-the-numbers zombie story and ensures it turns out enjoyable.

8.0
Magnificent Ms. Marvel #8

Apr 29, 2020

I think the deciding factor in whether you consider this issue "strictly average" or "pretty good" is picking up on the thematic links. Kamala's narration muses on the difference between good and bad growth (including a deft little touch on her father's illness) and the potential drawbacks of people forming protective shells around themselves. Overlook those links, and this is a forgettably lightweight zombie/body horror yarn. And because the script leaves those links overlook-able, I wouldn't call this issue great. But willfully ignoring them would be perverse.

9.0
Magnificent Ms. Marvel #9

Jun 1, 2020

A desperate turn in Kamala's father's health is complicated by a Mr. Hyde attack … and a momentous smooch with Bruno. The plot is ever so slightly contrived, and that doesn't hurt at all thanks to the scrupulously well-done character work done throughout the issue. Outstanding art also helps launch this into greatness.

8.0
Magnificent Ms. Marvel #10

Jun 22, 2020

Kamala throws down with Mr. Hyde while her supporting cast keeps the dramatics rolling back at the hospital. It's a good brawl with insightful thoughts from the star throughout, and it segues right into a new problem. This is a nice continuation of all the title's plot threads, and it doesn't skimp on action. If it falls short of greatness, it's mainly because it's so thoroughly an "Act 2" in a larger story.

8.5
Magnificent Ms. Marvel #11

Jul 23, 2020

8.0
Magnificent Ms. Marvel #12

Sep 24, 2020

Ms. Marvel puts the boot to her rebellious super-suit and gets back to her classic look. In supporting cast developments, her father pulls through and she and Bruno start almost-for-real dating. That's a lot of good news, but the sharp insight into Kamala's thoughts and feelings puts a bittersweet spin on most of what we see. She's so good, but she blames herself for not being better, and that's a big part of why I love her.

9.0
Magnificent Ms. Marvel #13

Oct 17, 2020

Kamala's latest night off segues of course into demon-fighting and then into a "meet the new hero" team-up. It's simple plotting -- I feel particularly that this volume has already hit the "night off transforms into heroics" button too often -- but it works. And most importantly, this issue continues to add to the rich tapestry of Kamala's supporting cast. Significant developments with Bruno, a promising new friend in Amulet, and best of all, some quietly momentous stuff happening with Kamala's Abu. Top it off with some vibrant, detailed art (which I frankly prefer to the work of series regular Minkyu Jung right now) and you've got an outstanding comic.

8.5
Magnificent Ms. Marvel #14

Feb 22, 2021

Kamala fights her way through some meaningful dreams to regain consciousness and face the new reality of Outlawed. It's an introspective interlude without a lot of plot movement, but the inward dive is way too deep and compelling to dismiss this as a "nothing happens" comic. This is insightful, well-written, and strongly-illustrated. Not quite great -- but very, very good.

8.0
Magnificent Ms. Marvel #15

Mar 3, 2021

Kamala goes back to school, but realizes there's no going back to pre-Outlawed days. Even when she does a little head-clearing hero-ing, Dum Dum Dugan is there to try and arrest her. The story moves forward admirably and the writing is strong. I think the art is the weak link here. It's still a good comic -- but stronger visuals would take it to great.

7.5
Magnificent Ms. Marvel #16

Mar 12, 2021

Kamala's supporting cast is tied in knots by the Outlawed business. So when she runs into Amulet, she dives on the opportunity to do a straightforward monster-bashing mission instead of untangling the briar patch of opinions expressed by her friends and family. Although that's a natural, human choice to make, I don't think there's enough distance between Kamala's choice and the creators'. Outlawed raises complicated grown-up issues and it feels like we're dodging them to go on a well-told but meaningless demon-hunt.

9.0
Magnificent Ms. Marvel #17

Mar 26, 2021

Ms. Marvel gets Dugan off her back by teaming up with him against one of her established villains. The fight does show off Kamala at her best; Dum Dum's not the only one who should be impressed. The storytelling is strong, particularly the art. There are a lot of dangling plot threads left behind. But Dugan's arc wraps up so nicely that the issue is a very satisfying read.

8.0
Magnificent Ms. Marvel #18

Jun 11, 2021

Of course Kamala's Homecoming dance can't just be a happy return to normalcy; she has to square off against her rebellious alien battlesuit one last time. This finale hits all the bases and earnestly digs into some nice feelings. It's well crafted. But it's an extremely safe "wave bye-bye as this character goes onto the comics limbo shelf" farewell. It's a good reward for faithful readers, but not a great comic on its own merits.

2.0
Major X #0

Feb 27, 2020

Eight pages of new content wrapped around a pair of nigh-meaningless Wolverine issues from 2000. Direct comparison just shows that Mr. Liefeld's storytelling skills have stagnated or even regressed in 19 years.

3.5
Major X #1

Oct 15, 2019

This story could be satirical comedy gold if it was being told by creators who were willing to acknowledge/celebrate its stupidity. But I'd as soon take a blood transfusion from a turnip as I would expect self-aware irony from a Rob Liefeld comic. He seems like a nice guy in interviews and even willing to joke about his various infamies. But on the comics page, he's all deadly seriousness and earnest naivete and "what do you mean attacking Wolverine with a future sword forged out of his own bones isn't the coolest thing ever? Did I mention it's FROM THE FUTURE?!"

3.0
Major X #2

Oct 31, 2019

I like the part in the middle where Jordan White and Annalise Bissa ran out of time to edit (or #@$%s to give) and let some painful 9th-grade vocabulary mistakes slip through. "Convoy" instead of "envoy," "procured" instead of "explored," and "atmospheric beauty."

3.0
Major X #3

Nov 12, 2019

A few nice character renderings by Whilce Portacio are the only parts of this comic that can be appreciated earnestly; all else is fodder for MST3K-type mockery or "what the hell is wrong with this guy?" psychoanalysis.

2.5
Major X #4

Dec 27, 2019

Major X winds up with the young X-Ential in his custody, and I think both he and his author miss the fact that that makes his mission a win. The art's dull, the writing is actively terrible. Another interminable serving of gunplay and badly-fumbled action movie one-liners nudges me closer to certain that there's not going to be an ironic twist to any of this.

3.0
Major X #5

Dec 27, 2019

That is one pathetically passive protagonist.

2.5
Major X #6

Jan 25, 2020

These characters talk like Siri reading a plot synopsis. Even with access to Marvel Unlimited -- 30,000 comics across 8 decades -- I don't think I can find a comic with dialogue worse than Major X #6.

7.0
Man Without Fear (2019) #1

Jul 16, 2019

6.5
Man Without Fear (2019) #2

Jul 26, 2019

7.5
Man Without Fear (2019) #3

Aug 1, 2019

8.0
Man Without Fear (2019) #4

Aug 6, 2019

Wilson Fisk visits Matt Murdock to gloat and tell a story of an old Kingpin/Daredevil battle. This script plays fast and loose with the secret identity, but it's easily intense and insightful enough to earn itself some leeway on that score. This issue tells me as much about Kingpin as it does about Matt, and the (slight) widening of focus is appreciated.

7.0
Man Without Fear (2019) #5

Aug 20, 2019

6.0
Man-Thing (2017) #1

Oct 31, 2017

A talkative version of the Man-Thing squares off against the classic mindless beast version. So existential! Kiddie horror megastar RL Stine tries his hand at comics. He's undeniably a big fan of the Silver Age; besides overblown dialogue and narration, this issue features a bonafide four-page weirdie as a backup story. The curious thing is that Mr. Stine is throwing Man-Thing back about a decade past his origins and heaving overboard all of the mature cynicism that made Steve Gerber's original a formative influence on the gritty Bronze Age. Overall quality-wise, I'm not sure if this experiment is a success. It was probably a blast for the creators, but so far this feels like too much of a departure from the established character and the norms of contemporary comics.

4.0
Man-Thing (2017) #2

Oct 31, 2017

Ted "Man-Thing" Sallis stumbles around his swamp making terrible dad jokes. At the end there's a faint glimmer of an actual plot starting up. Writer RL Stine builds his script with a "comics are for 10-year-olds" attitude that I thought was safely extinct these days. It's a shame Steve Gerber isn't with us any more, because I would love to hear what he thinks of this version of the character.

3.0
Man-Thing (2017) #3

Nov 4, 2017

An endless recap, a single new plot point about an evil queen forcing Man-Thing into a gladiatorial battle, and a terrible B-story. In case you haven't had the pleasure of reading Marvel's shoddier comics from the early Silver Age, RL Stine is on a mission to recreate their shortcomings down to the last detail. Plotted not with creativity or passion but with laziness and an endless supply of dad jokes. The art is nice, but it can't distract you from the constant (and astute!) suspicion that this title will become an obscure footnote of crappiness ("Didn't RL Stine write a Man-Thing comic? Oh yeah, it totally sucked.") in a few year's time.

4.0
Man-Thing (2017) #4

Dec 7, 2017

Man-Thing is forced to kill the Oldfather. Sure he's been hypnotized and jerked through a bunch of hallucinatory craziness, but this murder *definitely* happened for real. RL Stine has mistaken Man-Thing for Hulk, dream sequences for plot development, and his readers for idiots. The plot is virtually random, and the only bright spot is that it gives German Peralta plenty of opportunities for great art. The natural takeaway from this issue and the series as a whole is "why can't Mr. Peralta get put on a *good* title?"

3.0
Man-Thing (2017) #5

Jan 5, 2018

Man-Thing saves the Oldfather but ends up losing himself in a trite alternate-reality "surprise" ending. The series concludes with a twist that matches the Twilight Zone in tone but falls far, far short of that standard in terms of quality. This issue and the title as a whole prioritized cringe-y dad jokes over character or plot and put the Man-Thing through a bunch of sooner-forgotten-the-better nonsense adventures. RL Stine half-resolves his plot with a pair of MacGuffins, driving home the point that this story is first and foremost a vehicle for delivering lame jokes. Let us never speak of it again.

9.0
Marauders (2019) #1

Jun 1, 2020

The first outside creators to leap into Jonathan Hickman's new X-sandbox build a magnificent castle out of top-shelf art, compelling premises, great humor, and an instantly-endearing new take on Kitty, sorry, Kate Pryde. I get that this won't be everybody's cup of tea -- for certain X-fans, the sight of their darling Kitty chugging whisky and running out of #$%@s to give will be a monocle-popping outrage -- but this is very much to my taste.

8.0
Marauders (2019) #2

Jun 7, 2020

Kate and her Marauders serve as Emma's catspaw in the business of putting Sebastian Shaw in his place. It's a good combination of swashbuckling and boardroom intrigue, with fun humor and quality art. But it also feels like this issue came in short of content and rather than inventing more, the author stretched the main story threads in a talented but contrived way. And there's the change in Kate's character. Drunk, sassy, cursy, kissy, going in for tattoos on a whim. I don't think it's an accidental misread. And I don't think it's a comedic "yarr pirates LOL" change. This is cry for help behavior, and I shudder to think of why Mr. Duggan is putting Kate through it.

7.5
Marauders (2019) #3

Jun 22, 2020

Somebody oughtta tell Sebastian Shaw about playing catch with your son, because his "take a walk with me" style of fatherly bonding gets boring fast.

8.0
Marauders (2019) #4

Jul 13, 2020

This is Dawn of X's "Jack of all trades" series. It's rolling through several solid concepts: Slapstick pirate antics, global mutant/human politics, Hellfire boardroom intrigue, and a compelling portrait of the mercurial Kate Pryde as the spine holding it all together. But as this issue's all-too-brief dose of piracy shows, it's harder than it looks to keep the concepts balanced.

7.5
Marauders (2019) #5

Jul 18, 2020

This is another issue supporting my belief that Gerry Duggan is a good writer with the potential to be great -- but we'll never know for sure, because he'll never slow down and really reach for the brass ring. This comic has some great ideas and great character moments, but also some clumsy prose and a very jagged pace. We dawdle endlessly in Hellfire Bay, shortchanging the action at the end and making the climax terribly abrupt. The art is likewise stranded shy of greatness. Some superb character work, but details (particularly on the ships) are often lacking. The match between Matteo Lolli and Lucas Werneck is excellent, though. Their styles blend very well.

8.5
Marauders (2019) #6

Aug 9, 2020

The Marauders believe they win the battle of Madripoor Bay -- but Kate's teammates unknowingly abandon her to the final, fatal part of the baddies' plan. It's a good story, eminently satisfying -- and yet, given the Capital-C-Consequences of the climax, it feels like it could/should have been pushed to greatness. Back-forming the verb "coronate" out of "coronation" is like marrying your cousin: It may technically be legal in some places, but it's something you should feel ashamed of doing regardless.

8.0
Marauders (2019) #7

Sep 24, 2020

Callisto arrives to take up Kate's protagonist slot, and the shoe of Kate's disappearance refuses to drop just yet. Bishop's on the case, though! This is uniformly high-quality storytelling, but it nudges many plotlines along by small increments rather than delivering any one big development.

8.5
Marauders (2019) #8

Oct 17, 2020

It's the team reacting to Kate's death. Solid character work -- particularly Bobby's fury and Ororo's grief -- makes up for a slight shortage of plot development. All these steps are good, but I can't escape the feeling that the same beats could, somehow, be made grander.

8.5
Marauders (2019) #9

Oct 17, 2020

Emma Frost coordinates a psychic mission to expunge Yellowjacket from Pyro. It's not enough of a victory to make her feel happy, though: Efforts to resurrect Kate aren't working. This is an awesome story conveyed with well-above-average skill. It misses true greatness, I think, by being a little too roomy and decompressed. The scenes are a little too long, that datafile is a little too big, the art is a little short of detail. Marauders remains one of my fave DoX titles, but I can't deny this issue is improvable.

8.5
Marauders (2019) #10

Nov 9, 2020

The Marauders, stinging over the loss of Kate Pryde, go to war, neutralizing the power-neutralizing tech their enemies have developed. It's a brilliant special-ops story with a great pace and some inventive tactical ideas. Outstanding art helps breeze the story along. I say this is about as good as an issue can be without breaking through into "great" territory.

8.0
Marauders (2019) #11

Jan 4, 2021

Kate Pryde's death is undone in a way that manages, despite its simplicity and abruptness, to be satisfying and uplifting. It's good to have that plot done with; looks like Hellfire corporate intrigue and international realpolitik are next up and I am stoked for that.

7.5
Marauders (2019) #12

Feb 22, 2021

It's not exactly a filler issue, but it's one that's all about emotional reconnection. And with all due respect, the creators don't bring enough storytelling heat to do the job decisively. Readers have to lean out and meet the creators more than halfway; this comic relies too much on pre-existing love of Kate Pryde. I also wonder about the process that leads to creators/editors deciding to take the climactic moment of the final scene and spoil it on the cover.

6.5
Marauders (2019) #13

Mar 3, 2021

The most bloated chapter yet. This is a one-comic story stretched to the length of two comics, and that fact is a persistent anchor dragging almost every scene down. The entire plot's easily call-able by page 5, and Lord, reading that Shuri conversation feels like being stuck in detention. That being said, it IS great to see Storm in butt-kicking protagonist mode. She's been relegated to wallpaper duty far too often, going back to well before the DoX era. The big behind-the-scenes question: Was Gerry Duggan taken off this issue by higher powers, or did he recuse himself after getting a look at the assignment?

9.0
Marauders (2019) #14

Mar 9, 2021

It's fancy dinner time for the assembled champions of Krakoa and Arakko. It's all subtle assessments and veiled barbs -- until it suddenly isn't. Stefano Caselli does an incredible job on the huge cast and wild setting; this is gorgeous. And the script is terrific, too. Most of the mutants are being extremely clever here, and I do love clever heroes. When I see this issue's unexplained red ratings, I can't help but imagine a pack of kindergarten boys frustrated to the point of breathless tears, blubbering out "Wuh-wuh-why don't they fuh-fuh-fight already?!"

7.5
Marauders (2019) #15

Mar 12, 2021

Both islands came to dinner with the intent to cheat, so they cancel each other out. The aftermath reveals some interesting character traits, but the end isn't as appealing to me as the beginning. I'm afraid it has a lot to do with the artist flubbing key bits of visual storytelling -- a real shame after he did so well with the Death/Storm dance last time. (Plus I'm surprised by how much I didn't want to see Magik wearing a "goofy childlike wonder" face.)

8.0
Marauders (2019) #16

Mar 23, 2021

After a case of "revenge called on account of crossover," Kate and Emma finally deliver Sebastian Shaw's comeuppance. It's wonderfully drawn and full of inventive bits of cruelty, but it's undercut by Kate and her pals choosing to leave him in about the dumbest possible position: hurt and humiliated, but all too capable of continuing to scheme against them.

8.5
Marauders (2019) #17

Apr 23, 2021

Emma starts preparations for the Hellfire Gala, Kate takes an interest in opposing Verendi's redevelopment of Madripoor, and Callisto gets her powers back in the approved "gladiatorial suicide" way, with Storm doing her the favor. This title has many irons in the fire, but they're all interesting. The prose is terse but memorable, the art is outstanding. I love this "courtly intrigue" focus; it's like DoX meets (the good seasons of) GoT.

6.5
Marauders (2019) #18

May 29, 2021

Verendi spoils Kate's "help Madripoor" plans by unleashing a new clutch of Reavers. Decent plot developments and very nice art, but they're held back by a weak script. Without a central spine, this becomes an "anthology" issue of disparate scenes and it's left to the reader to contextualize them. The prose is shockingly shabby: clumsy and cliched.

7.0
Marauders (2019) #19

Aug 7, 2021

The Marauders save Lowtown. Or, more accurately, they have Callisto call in some deep cut Morlocks to stomp Verendi's Reavers and save Lowtown. It's fine in a second-string action movie way. I suspect more and more that killing and resurrecting Kate Pryde was the end of Gerry Duggan's long-term plan for this title and he's just stringing it along piece-by-piece now. (Either that or his Next Big Thing has to come after the Hellfire Gala and he's just killing time until then.)

7.5
Marauders (2019) #20

Sep 21, 2021

Storm's farewell dinner with the Marauders is a dense show, filled with cool anecdotes and friendly betting about how many knives she has on her. "Storm is awesome" is always a message worth sharing, but this issue feels too "tell-y" and not "show-y" enough. It all kind of unravels at the end, with Storm's final goodbye and the light foreshadowing about upcoming plot points falling flat. Solid art, some good dialogue, and healthy character respect all make this a good (if far from flawless) read.

5.0
Marauders (2019) #21

Oct 25, 2021

We get the opening pleasantries of the Hellfire Gala and the departure of the shocked guests at the end and NONE of the meat in between. Some decent (but thin-spread) character moments are the only real highlights. I don't hold "continuity gags that go over my head" against a comic, but that's far from this issue's only offense. The couture element is an embarrassing failure; these are bad designs badly rendered. And cutting straight from intro to epilogue in a misguided attempt to build tension for subsequent issues is the kiss of death as far as I'm concerned. I agree this would make a nice free preview; pretending it's a complete comic by itself is just infuriating.

7.0
Marauders (2019) #22

Dec 13, 2021

The Cuckoos realize they need to do more meddling to fix junior psychopath Wilhemina Kensington, and Emma tells Sebastian Shaw the true story of Lourdes Chantal. There's not too much plot motion in the present, but the retcon-flashback is pretty impressive. Nice art and engaging foreshadowing make this a good comic and a fun read.

7.0
Marauders (2019) #23

Jan 2, 2022

Banshee calls the Marauders into a gangster/Reaver fight over Krakoan drugs. The Cuckoos finish their business with Wilhemina Kensington. Barring a few shreds of foreshadowing, this is a one-and-done adventure. It gives some under-used mutants a chance to shine -- Banshee, Jumbo Carnation (in combat), and Tempo -- but with attention split between them, it's not really a spotlight issue for anyone. The cartoony art is nifty, but it's a big jump from how this title usually looks. The humor worked just enough to bump my rating from "average" to "good." I'm not sure an Irish reader would agree, though; Banshee and his kinsmen are Oirish enough to approach the "offensive stereotype" boundary.

6.5
Marauders (2019) #24

Jan 21, 2022

When a shameless Lando Calrissian knockoff comes to Arakko to complain about Emma Frost stealing his spaceship, she, Kate Pryde, and Sebastian Shaw try to settle the matter Hellfire-style. Meanwhile, Lourdes Chantal pokes her nose out back on Earth (Probably bucking for a transfer over to Duggan's X-Men). It's a cute, fluffy run at a simplistic (and frankly derivative) premise, but it's not over yet. This installment was fun, but the fact that both creators are definitely cruise-controlling it doesn't bode well for follow-ups.

7.0
Marauders (2019) #25

Mar 5, 2022

This chaser to last month's clunky space story is livened up by some inventive problem-solving and a healthy turn in the badass spotlight for Kate Pryde. It still lacks really first-rate storytelling in both words and art, but it did a better job engaging and entertaining me. (I'm inclined to sci-fi nitpicking, though. This is comics; it wouldn't be hard to draw the Marauders in zero-G instead of the *really poorly-justified* gravity shown here.)

5.0
Marauders (2019) #26

Apr 14, 2022

Gerry Duggan thinks his "Krakoa has a whiskey distillery" idea is endlessly amusing. Gerry Duggan is sorely mistaken. Substantive critique: Not enough content. This is 2 weak B-stories padded out to make a very weak imitation of a comic. I don't think the character work on Harry and Lourdes is all that impressive if you're not looking at it through rose-colored hindsight-glasses.

8.0
Marauders (2019) #27

May 21, 2022

Though I've been disappointed in the way this title has been drifting without a rudder, I like this finale. It's got great art, good character beats, and even some nice humor. It's a low-key conclusion, a comic where the author races to make his final status quo adjustments before bowing out. The changes are conveyed with skill and I find them interesting in themselves, so this is a pretty good comic in my eyes.

5.5
Marauders (2022) #1

Oct 29, 2022

Well, damn. This is an interesting story. I want to read what happens next. And it's great to finally have Cassandra Nova back on the game board. But it's written by Steve Orlando. There's just something about the way he structures a comic and writes dialogue that drives me up the wall. He raises my hackles, he rustles my jimmies, he scratches my chalkboard. One specific point: I like character-driven plots; Mr. Orlando likes plot-driven characters. He'll turn his characters into *absolute morons* if that's what it takes to get to the next plot point or "cool" idea. And I hate that. One specific example: Cassandra is introduced while vivisecting Krakoa -- surely a violation of the "respect this sacred land" law. But the other characters ignore that angle, turning a little bit stupider to get that "cool" visual onto the page. (Cf. Sabretooth -- Melter's been thrown in the Pit for doing essentially the same thing.) The art's not to my taste, either, but I can admit it's objectively well done. The polish is far more impressive than the bones, though.

4.0
Marauders (2022) #2

Nov 22, 2022

OK, so I hate this. And a big part of that is subjective, personal loathing for the author -- I have a low opinion of Mr. Orlando's storytelling skills, and I don't think we could even agree on what constitutes a "good" story. (See my comment on #1.) But I firmly believe this is also *objectively* bad. The art neither helps nor hurts. It's an acquired taste for sure, and I don't like how generic and inconsistent the characters are (e.g. Daken can apparently gain or lose 50 pounds of muscle at will). But there's tremendous energy within the panels, and some of them are formidable. The more the author vaguely, repetitively foreshadows this "First Blood Spilled" secret, the less faith I have in his ability to make it pay off. The Kin Crimson and their many secrets are dull and over-complicated. The established characters are handled little better, given a feeble illusion of depth mostly through corny, poorly-placed comic relief lines. Cassandra Nova is the only part of this I come even close to enjoying, and the author's helped there by the fact that irredeemable villains are a lot easier to write than heroes or shades-of-gray characters.

4.5
Marauders (2022) #3

Dec 28, 2022

Although we *still* haven't gotten to the First Blood secret, at least there are enough plot-cards on the table now to grasp the scope of the story. I say it's a sound premise. I also say it's very stupid and tangled by too many superfluous sub-plots, but it's a workable skeleton. That skeleton supports some journeyman storytelling in words and art here. Not terrible, but not in any way exceptional. And this is a notably bad installment in terms of characterization. Cassandra sits on a mountain of smug, but otherwise, instead of character insights, all we get are lame continuity nods.

4.5
Marauders (2022) #4

Jan 8, 2023

Maybe the artist is a bad influence on the writer. She's telling this story with frantic dynamism and the result is busy, but comprehensible. The author is frantic, too, but the script is much less coherent or enjoyable. He manages to make a total hash out of his big First Blood reveal and his dive into Tempo's powers, squandering what little potential those ideas had.

4.0
Marauders (2022) #5

Jan 27, 2023

6.0
Marauders (2022) #6

Feb 12, 2023

As usual, I have a ton of reservations about the way this is written (but a more positive response to the way it's drawn). But I gotta give the Marauders (and their creators) credit for ambition. This deep dive into the psychology of the Progenitor situation is unique in the event. Though I think it could have been carried out with a little more insight and clarity, I like the themes and emotions that come through in this issue.

6.5
Marauders (2022) #7

Mar 30, 2023

It's a very expository issue where little happens, plot or character-wise. A few nice phrases and a big wad of world-building make up for the overall didactic tone -- barely. The story of Threshold is new. Not great, but at least new. I particularly liked the art this time around. Taking a couple of issues off gave Eleonora Carlini a big boost. Or maybe I'm just getting used to her style.

4.0
Marauders (2022) #8

May 7, 2023

3.5
Marauders (2022) #9

Aug 10, 2023

3.0
Marauders (2022) #10

Oct 14, 2023

3.5
Marauders (2022) #11

Apr 16, 2024

6.5
Marauders (2022) Annual #1

Jun 15, 2022

My reaction is one of mild irritation: "Dammit, why can't this be better?" A sure sign of promising ideas combined with mediocre execution, that. The art's decent. It does clear visual storytelling using safe, familiar tools. But it's journeyman work. Not polished enough to be conventionally great, not daring enough to be uniquely great. The script has similar limitations. The structure's very good in an action movie way. Scenes are either tight and fast -- drop a cool idea, cut away on a good line -- or lavish combat setpieces. The author wants this comic to be about more than just good guys punching bad guys, but I'm not sure he knows how to make it happen. And at the center of my frustration, Brimstone Love. It's possible to combine scenery-chewing cartoon villainy ("Let's bond by torturing this mutant together") with complex shades-of-grey villainy ("Krakoa's elitism is a betrayal of Xavier's dream"). I don't think this debut did a very good job of it. The smart parts are too smart and the dumb parts are too dumb and it strains belief to see them coexisting as written.

7.0
Marvel (2020) #1

Oct 17, 2020

In the frame story, Nightmare has conquered the world, and the anthology strips are presented as peeks into the dreams he owns now. The frame is outdoing the content so far. The Avengers strip is a maybe-too-successful recreation of Lee/Kirby Avengers, and the Spidey strip, though arty, is just too roughly-finished to satisfy. This series kicks off squarely in the "catch up on MU, don't spend money on it" zone.

8.5
Marvel (2020) #2

Mar 15, 2021

The rare anthology where everything is good and at least one thing is great. Eric Powell + Ben Grimm is a match made in heaven, and I love that middle strip to pieces. This issue should go down smooth with virtually any Marvel fan -- X-Men + Fantastic Four + Avengers is a cover-all-the-bases recipe for success.

5.0
Marvel (2020) #3

Apr 3, 2021

A somewhat feeble "hooray art, hooray comics" strip from Bill Sienkiewicz and a bunch of Golden Age throwback stuff. (And a nice portrait of Rocket Raccoon.) Basically, this issue isn't going to be of interest unless you're the kind of comics fan who's invested significant time and/or money reading Golden Age strips. I AM such a fan and I still don't like this much.

6.0
Marvel (2020) #4

May 9, 2021

These strips explore a Deviant-dominated AU, poke fun at the repetitive stream of giant monsters that filled Marvel comics before the arrival of the FF, and take a sour-then-sweet look at Ben Grimm's origin. It's all crafted well, but none of it really stands out as exceptional. In the end, the greatest part of this issue is the amazing cover, which answers the question "What would it look like if Alex Ross satirized Rob Liefeld?"

6.0
Marvel (2020) #5

May 29, 2021

Wong handles a magical startup bro, Nick Fury toasts Cap at the end of WW2, and Cyclops and Xavier tritely analyze Wolverine as he claws at the Hulk. Unfortunately, this anthology's main achievement is proving, by negative example, that good-to-great art can't create a good comic when it's paired with mediocre writing.

6.0
Marvel (2020) #6

Jul 18, 2021

In the frame story, Strange pulls out an inevitable win over Nightmare, illustrated by Mitch O'Connell's trippy retro art. First, though, the last two anthology strips: A loving homage to Nick Fury's Steranko days and a gorgeous but roughly-written dirge featuring the Silver Surfer. This series proved why Kurt Busiek's original anthology concept for Marvels was shelved for so long: Without great writing, great art can only go so far.

5.5
Marvel 2099 (2019): Alpha #1

Jun 7, 2020

I'm nth-ing the opinion that this is a decent ad for future issues and a pretty sub-par comic in its own right. Also, everybody remember to carve another notch on your tally of "Marvel AUs/events where Doom rules a grim dystopia claiming he's mankind's only hope of survival."

7.0
Marvel 2099 (2019): Fantastic Four #1

Jun 7, 2020

A fairly promising "gather the new team" story takes a dark swerve in the last scene. I liked the set-up and the twist, and I thought they were built out with sound but not quite great storytelling. (Like for instance, the artist and colorist do an insanely great job creating a Mobius-esque world and then come up short when it comes to making characters emote.) As a self-contained story it's rather frustrating. But it does a bang-up job on the world-building that the Alpha issue shorted us on.

6.0
Marvel 2099 (2019): Punisher #1

Jun 12, 2020

A new Punisher rises, eventually, after a lengthy detective story about a cop discovering that he serves a crooked system. It's packed full of interesting -- albeit not novel -- sci-fi world-building, but that works to the detriment of the story and the main character. As a platform for launching a Punisher 2099 story, this would be a failure; it's a good thing it's just a vignette in a bigger event.

5.0
Marvel 2099 (2019): Ghost Rider #1

Jun 22, 2020

The character premise is simple but fundamentally sound. But the tone is a zero-irony throwback to the juvenile "slang and gore and cyberpunk clichés" style that made so many of the original 2099 comics embarrassing. Read it and enjoy it, but don't mistake it for anything but retro pandering. Pusbags.

8.0
Marvel 2099 (2019): Venom #1

Jun 22, 2020

Venom gets turned into a miracle drug by Alchemax and of course forms a mutually-beneficial symbiosis with the teen girl it's first tested on. On the one hand, it's just a simple "characters come together and establish a premise for an ongoing story" #1. But on the other hand, it's executed VERY WELL, and having that unified purpose puts it head and shoulders above the rest of this event's one-shots. The connection to the latest developments in Venom/Absolute Carnage is super cool, but yeah, the odds seem heavily stacked against the rest of the event biting that hook.

7.0
Marvel 2099 (2019): Spider-Man #1

Jul 2, 2020

I don't think Marvel's new "let's do events without an event miniseries, just character tie-ins" experiment is working out. Neither 2099 nor Annihilation Scourge are headed toward hall of fame territory. Even the better issues -- and this is one of them, I think -- are undercut by the certainty that the finale cannot possibly provide satisfying closure.

7.0
Marvel 2099 (2019): Doom #1

Jul 2, 2020

I get how and why it's clever, really I do. But the pace felt labored, I didn't like the art, and it doesn't fit into the rest of the event. (Mainly by operating on an entirely different plane of quality, but still.) And while a second read does unlock the puzzle box of the script, the results aren't impressive enough to wipe away the frustration of the first read.

4.5
Marvel 2099 (2019): Omega #1

Jul 13, 2020

The Omega closes out 2099 as a non-event. It was all setup and no payoff. An origin. An act one. Blah. The "Doom over all" aspect might tempt you to compare this to Secret Wars 2099, which is a way better story. But the closest analogue is really that Marvel Knights 20th miniseries from a few months back. They share a "heroes sloooowly waking up in a world without superheroes" premise, and they have similar "total lack of closure" problems.

8.0
Marvel Comics (2019) #1000

Mar 26, 2020

This is a Brobdingnagian riot of one-page vignettes. Some are exquisite, some are pointless, some are infuriating. Al Ewing threads a centuries-long plot through them all to create groundwork for a continuity-heavy story to come: The saga of the Eternity Mask. It's not something to read straight through repeatedly, but it has some jewels and the foreshadowing succeeded in hooking my interest.

4.5
Marvel Comics (2019) #1001

Apr 20, 2020

The unappetizing doggie bag left behind after the belly-busting feast of #1000. Even less structure than the previous issue; each page is left to sink or swim on its own. Some swim, but the ratio is pretty woeful. The prospect of reading this a second time is unwelcome, and that's the sure sign of a comic that deserves a below-average rating.

6.0
Marvel Comics Presents (2019) #1

Aug 1, 2019

5.0
Marvel Comics Presents (2019) #2

Sep 9, 2019

For a good 3-strip anthology, you need 9 good things: 3 good ideas, 3 good scripts, and 3 good art performances. By my count, this issue is 7 good things short. There's 1 good idea and 1 good art performance and, tragically, they're not on the same strip.

6.0
Marvel Comics Presents (2019) #3

Oct 9, 2019

6.5
Marvel Comics Presents (2019) #4

Nov 12, 2019

6.0
Marvel Comics Presents (2019) #5

Dec 5, 2019

5.0
Marvel Comics Presents (2019) #6

Jan 25, 2020

5.0
Marvel Comics Presents (2019) #7

Feb 27, 2020

The Wolverine strip takes a nice uptick. The Rien character is a purpose-built parenting challenge, though; contrived like a five-course molecular gastronomy meal.

6.0
Marvel Comics Presents (2019) #8

Mar 10, 2020

I loved the White Fox strip. TBH, she seems so much more promising than any of the "Lin-come-lately" Asian heroes Greg Pak et al are connecting to the Agents of Atlas.

6.0
Marvel Comics Presents (2019) #9

Apr 20, 2020

I found both strips mediocre -- not in the exaggerated, pejorative sense, but in a technical "this is neither objectionable nor noteworthy" sense. The B strip features good storytelling, but like the last stab at the EXE_Men (What If? X-Men #1 2018), it pretends that stale cyberpunk tropes are fresh. The "badass in cyberspace, Walter Mitty in meatspace" idea is very old -- I think it might predate William Gibson.

9.0
Marvel Knights: 20th #1

May 21, 2019

Daredevil wakes up in an altered world that's missing its heroes. He initially spurns allies, but there are some formidable villains lining up against him. This issue's script did a brilliant job of laying out the mystery and characterizing the players, especially Matt. Excellent art shows off a dramatic and, to me, very positive evolution in Travel Foreman's style. The final scenes seem to overdose a bit on baddies, but I'm excited to follow the story into fresh revelations.

7.0
Marvel Knights: 20th #2

Jun 13, 2019

6.0
Marvel Knights: 20th #3

Jul 1, 2019

6.5
Marvel Knights: 20th #4

Jul 1, 2019

It's not that I don't *want* to know everything I know about the plot. It's just that at this point, I'm so far ahead of the heroes that I can't imagine the wrap-up could possibly satisfy. Either the protagonists are gonna catch up at an unbelievable pace, or the story is gonna get terribly boring as they plod through the "who what why how" answers we've already got.

7.0
Marvel Knights: 20th #5

Jul 16, 2019

5.5
Marvel Knights: 20th #6

Aug 20, 2019

When the only substantive argument offered in favor of "turning off the world" is that superheroes beget supervillains, not clarifying exactly how/why Doom and Fisk and their lackeys woke up is REALLY unsatisfying.

7.0
Marvel Legacy #1

Apr 7, 2018

Jason Aaron nearly spoils a bunch of awesome coming attractions by trying to thread a story through them. The most preview-tastic parts of his story - the million-year-old Avengers, the resurrection, the revelation of the mystery narrator - are all highly welcome. Robbie Reyes's impromptu African adventure is decent. But Thor, Sam Wilson, and Ironheart stopping Loki's frost giants is terrible. It's not *just* the in-your-face shilling for the "makes sense only to Jason Aaron" Thor/Sam romance; the humor is atrocious, too. But! The previews are awesome and there are great blast-off points here for a dozen epic stories, many of which absolutely *demand* to be followed. The deep and talented art roster does mostly outstanding work; as always, anything that results in Esad Ribic drawing more Marvel pages is a good thing.

4.5
Marvel Monsters (2019) #1

Mar 26, 2020

Aside from the pinups and cross-sections, the point is to pitch a new volume of Monsters Unleashed. Cullen Bunn is the only person who really wants that series; I think the sales figures on this one-shot will probably back that up.

8.0
Marvel Rising #0

Feb 9, 2019

Kamala's class, supervised by mild-mannered Comp Sci student Doreen Green, runs into AIM goons, followed shortly by Squirrel Girl and Ms. Marvel. This little taste basically demonstrates that these two heroes are in good hands with these creators, and also briefly introduces Ember as the sullen newbie protagonist.

8.0
Marvel Rising: Alpha #1

Jan 1, 2019

Squirrel Girl and Ms. Marvel share focus as new protagonist Ember Quade's Inhuman powers mature. There's a solid "youngster misguided into villainy" narrative building up. Both the script and the art are surprisingly dense; the sheer volume of story is actually the limiting factor for me. The narration flips back and forth between all three characters and regularly diverges from the events going on in the art. It packs in a ton of information, but the pace of the story suffers a bit.

8.0
Marvel Rising: Squirrel Girl/Ms. Marvel #1

Jan 14, 2019

Ember wrecks a college campus while searching for power enhancements. Kamala and Doreen organically work out each other's identities, and they also bolster the cast by getting America Chavez and Inferno into the action. But as America points out, they're not doing so hot yet at stopping Ember. Excellent art and scripting on this double-sized romp. The long creative roster is starting to creak, though. The organic, sketchy art style used in the second half of this issue is generally good, but it clashes with the more polished style of previous artists. Squirrel Girl is nearly absent in the rear half, as though the writer was leery about using her. And this issue's scripting styles are clearer than the heavily-layered narration used in the Alpha. That's good for readability but bad for consistency. I have a lot of nitpicks, but there's a lot of material to examine. And it is WAY more passionate material than you might expect from a cartoon tie-in story. This might not be great, but it is really, really good. I think this may wind up as a perfect intro for tween/teen readers starting into Marvel comics - great characters and a fun story, but also plenty of the creative and editorial warts they can expect to find all over the Marvel universe.

7.0
Marvel Rising: Ms. Marvel/Squirrel Girl #1

Feb 11, 2019

The heroes and readers are subjected to an exhausting gauntlet of video game material. Meanwhile, Ember pivots from villain to victim and the real antagonist steps out of the shadows with a fanfare of sad trombone sounds. Quality picks up as the issue goes on - the back half is better-written and much better-drawn - but overall, it becomes a bit of a patience-tester.

5.5
Marvel Rising: Omega #1

Mar 27, 2019

Squirrel Girl leads her pals through a desultory defeat of Arcade and Ember plops a trite "happily ever after" on the end. The art delivers a lot of weak moments, including many faces with glitchy emotions, a big pet peeve of mine. The script is no pillar of strength, either, running short of oomph just when the finale could use a little extra cleverness. All of the "don't work too hard, it's just a cartoon tie-in" conservation of effort in the Marvel Rising series seems concentrated here at the end. This gives the story a conclusion, but the previous chapters deserve a better one than this.

6.0
Marvel Rising (2019) #1

Oct 9, 2019

5.0
Marvel Rising (2019) #2

Nov 12, 2019

The thorny Quake characterization suggests Ms. Magruder would really rather be writing a new volume of Secret Warriors for an older audience.

4.5
Marvel Rising (2019) #3

Dec 27, 2019

A fine example of what "going through the motions" looks like in both art and scripting.

5.0
Marvel Rising (2019) #4

Jan 25, 2020

6.5
Marvel Rising (2019) #5

Feb 27, 2020

The heroes overcome Morgan when their empathic approach sways her followers, including the river monster. Some cute, solid character art and nicely-done narration from Squirrel Girl's point of view end this series on a (modest) uptick. We took a meandering path to get here, but it's a nice destination.

4.0
Marvel Super Heroes Adventures: Spider-Man and the Stolen Vibranium #1

Nov 10, 2018

When Doc Ock tries to steal Wakanda's vibranium, the Black Panther calls in Spidey for a team-up. Both that specific plot and the concept of a kiddo-friendly "Stan Lee's Avengers Babies" title are sound, but Marvel does readers of all ages a disservice by executing them so cheaply. The super-deformed, unsettlingly-muscular character designs are polished up nicely, but nobody bothered to ask if the result was attractive. It is not. Spidey's humor is handled poorly. As an ultimate sign of how much care was taken with this comic, the creators and editors all managed to miss the fact that Okoye misspells her own name when introducing herself.

6.0
Marvel Super Heroes Adventures: Inferno #1

Mar 13, 2019

Inferno is sent to help Spidey with a standard-issue Venom fight, but he has an interesting case of "new kid" shyness to work through. Spider-Man is super-supportive and patient with him. It suffers through the title's usual over-moralizing and it's surely a drag for grown-up readers, but it's pretty nifty that the series is trying to help with very specific kid problems.

5.0
Marvel Super Heroes Adventures: Captain Marvel - Halloween Spooktacular #1

May 7, 2019

7.0
Marvel Super Heroes Adventures: Captain Marvel - Mealtime Mayhem #1

May 21, 2019

8.5
Marvel Super Heroes Adventures: Spider-Man - Web of Intrigue! #1

Sep 1, 2019

One good Spider-team adventure and one great one. In the A strip, Spidey's usual "great responsibility" moral is meaningfully amplified with a sweet "you don't have to tackle responsibilities by yourself" addendum. The B strip offers a flawless serving of "parents like it too" all-ages humor as the classic Sinister Six shoot themselves in the feet when they try growing their team to deal with multiple Spiders.

6.0
Marvel Super Heroes Adventures: Spider-Man - Spider-Sense of Adventure #1

Sep 19, 2019

8.0
Marvel Team-Up (2019) #1

Oct 15, 2019

Fate brings Spider-Man and Ms. Marvel together and pits them against a classic team-up situation. The "two parallel stories" gimmick is nicely executed, with each track satisfying on its own and combining into an even better whole. Character work on the two leads is quietly encouraging, building a recognizable base while also ramping up for the theme of the story.

8.0
Marvel Team-Up (2019) #2

Nov 12, 2019

With a classic bodyswap going on, Kamala and Peter experience charming little failures while trying to hold down each other's lives. Solving the bodyswap problem and tackling the Jackal are effectively on hold, but the shenanigans we get instead are ample compensation for the slow plot. The script does excellent character work, particularly on Kamala. The art is solid, but it also feels like a digital-first or out-of-continuity all-ages book rather than a top-shelf Marvel title.

8.0
Marvel Team-Up (2019) #3

Dec 27, 2019

Spidey and Ms. Marvel get through a little more comedy and light drama in the process of beating the Jackal and getting their body-swap undone. It's a pretty talented take on a well-worn premise. The decision to immediately bury the story under a memory erasure does sting, though. The story ends up thoroughly enjoyable but a little too lightweight to consider calling it "great" at any point.

5.5
Marvel Team-Up (2019) #4

Feb 27, 2020

Some forgettable humor puffs up a plot that's rather thin and problematic. It delivers some basic entertainment, but if you're pressed for resources (time, money, etc), this should definitely be at the bottom of your "gotta read" list.

5.0
Marvel Team-Up (2019) #5

Mar 26, 2020

This is like the second draft of what could become a good comic with more work. The polish on the art and the characterization are both mighty rough, though.

4.0
Marvel Team-Up (2019) #6

Apr 20, 2020

What a weird place -- i.e., in the middle of a narrative trainwreck -- to introduce a new Starforce team with some sweet visual designs and interesting ideas. Salvaging this story is unfortunately far beyond their power, though.

10
Marvel Two-In-One (2017) #1

Jul 6, 2018

We follow Ben Grimm through a star-studded meditation on the legacy and future of the Fantastic Four. It looks gorgeous and spends 18 pages Tarzanning its way from one heartstring to another in a wholly positive way. Ben Grimm is one of the easiest characters to do "heartwarming" with in the whole Marvel universe; that takes away nothing from the truly beautiful performance Chip Zdarsky puts him through here. Mr. Zdarsky's Doom is also fascinating. Where Brian Michael Bendis's Infamous Iron Doom is a hero with a villainous past, Mr. Zdarsky's Doom is a villain trying to be a hero. The difference is important. For me, it achieved that rarest and most precious of reading experiences: Stripping away decades of crusty maturity and converting me into a giddy kid again, progressing with wide-eyed passion from awesome panel to awesome panel, fully entranced. This comic is a treasure.

9.0
Marvel Two-In-One (2017) #2

Aug 6, 2018

Ben gets into a classically silly fight on Monster Island before Doom steps in to steer the story in a Machiavellian manner. Chip Zdarsky's big scripting fault is making the question of who's manipulating whom between Ben and Doom a little too ambiguous; the details and general tone of the book are otherwise perfect. Jim Cheung's art is even closer to perfect; his only fault is missing a clear opportunity to SHOW that Reed's prank is as perpetual as Ben says it is. The election schtick backing the fighting scene is super cheesy, but consider how tricky it is to tell a political joke in 2018 without alienating anybody.

8.0
Marvel Two-In-One (2017) #3

Sep 6, 2018

Ben tries to solve Johnny's power seep before they go gallivanting into the multiverse; this leads them to supporting character Rachna Koul and some nice upping of the ante. There's also a Hydro-Man fight thrown in there. The pace is excellent and the humor is fun, but this script is a delicate structure that cannot hold up to much examination. Large pockets of stupid lurk just under the surface. I also find Rachna deceptively shallow. Her "superpower maintenance gig" is pretty novel, but her character - snarky, spiky, overconfident genius lady - is very Central Casting so far.

9.0
Marvel Two-In-One (2017) #4

Oct 8, 2018

Johnny and Ben finally tee up to a delightfully interesting AU, but before they get there, Rachna really pegs out the awful-person-o-meter by insulting Spidey. It's like they always say, a super-scientist who is nice to you but mean to Spider-Man is not a nice person - but then, Rachna's not nice to ANYBODY. I appreciate the way this title gives each issue a firm focus. The concentrated themes allow for significant depth and there's plenty of strong characterization to weld the episodes into a coherent whole. Plus the art has been pretty stellar throughout.

10
Marvel Two-In-One (2017) #5

Oct 17, 2018

Johnny and Ben watch the "Doom triumphant" AU spin toward its end, but their presence pushes AU Reed and some surprising allies into action. Forget all the "I can't wait for the FF to come back" stuff; this RIGHT HERE is everything you want from the Fantastic Four. Highest stakes, tremendous heart, and imaginative ideas, all conveyed with the strongest possible storytelling skills in words and art. The nonstop drumbeat of questions answered and new questions raised makes this issue both a delight in tself and a powerful advertisement for future issues.

9.0
Marvel Two-In-One (2017) #6

Dec 16, 2018

It's the big finish for the Doomlactus AU, and the creators peg the needle on bigness. Epic action with superb "Time Runs Out" visuals, important lessons for the Infamous Iron Doom, and a couple all-time great "Holy ☠☠☠☠!" surprises. The only hesitation is in the tone of the ending, which seems to fall short of its full potential for meaning because our heroes are leaving this AU behind.

6.0
Marvel Two-In-One (2017) #7

Jan 9, 2019

Our heroes visit a strong contender for "most generic post-apocalyptic AU evva" and start unpacking Dr. Rachna Koul's mysteries. Speaking of mysteries, this title's calamitous drop in quality is tough to explain. The visuals are a whole lot rougher, but so too are the words. Most of the plot developments were heavily foreshadowed in previous issues, and that makes the unpolished nature of the script extra-mystifying. Did the whole creative team get a giant pay cut, or what?

7.0
Marvel Two-In-One (2017) #8

Feb 4, 2019

Johnny and Ben have suffered through de-powered life for two months, and now Ben's masquerade breaks down. Johnny confronts the fact that their family is dead. Powerful character work and excellent dialogue pull this up out of the ordinary, but the rough visuals rob the script of its full potential. The art feels like a watching a pair of random Steinbeckian "ordinary joe" characters reciting lines; there are very few points where I actually believed these joes were Johnny and Ben. The words coming out of these strangers are awfully powerful, though.

8.0
Marvel Two-In-One (2017) #9

Mar 13, 2019

Fighting the Mad Thinker and his shabby Ersatz Four is exactly what Ben and Johnny need to patch up their "brothers by choice" relationship. Plus, the final page sets up a magnificent reunion in the immediate future. The script is tremendously endearing but also decompressed; it's obvious that this issue's plot is stretched to reach that boffo cliffhanger. The art does sound storytelling work, but it's unlikely to get bookmarked as anybody's favorite.

7.0
Marvel Two-In-One (2017) #10

Apr 11, 2019

9.0
Marvel Two-In-One (2017) #11

May 21, 2019

Reed Richards takes a resentful Ben Grimm on an interdimensional road trip and they sort some things out. This series is obviously hamstrung by the start of Dan Slott's Fantastic Four, but I deeply love this issue for taking its own stand on Reed's motivations. It features fairly strong art and epic characterization, and I'm glad the author doubled down on his fascinating ideas regarding Reed and Doom from the Annual.

8.0
Marvel Two-In-One (2017) #12

Jun 13, 2019

The Mole Man provides a little monster-based antagonism to draw Rachna Koul back into the orbit of the reunited FF. A focus on Johnny Storm works nicely with the end of her story, building parallel themes about how far is too far to go to protect your loved ones. It's got excellent plot and theme work. This ends good, but it could/should have been great.

9.0
Marvel Two-In-One (2017) Annual #1

Jan 1, 2019

A Doom-centric special offers up a brain-popper of a theory as to why Reed and Sue seem dead in the 616. Victor is displeased to hear it, and also to discover a new force at work in the multiverse. The key idea is positively world-class, but two factors dissuade me from a perfect rating. First, the art is a little too minimalist and a little too easy to forget. Second, the way the issue plays out essentially takes this great idea and wraps it up in paper stamped "feel free to ignore this, future writers of Doom."

9.0
Marvel Zombie (2018) #1

May 2, 2019

Simon Garth, Marvel's classic voodoo zombie, is injected into an apocalyptic zombie plague scenario. The script does a brilliant job of adopting a child's perspective, and the art packs a lot of skilled storytelling into its panels. Since it's a one-shot, the creators pit their premises - "friendly zombie" vs. "Marvel heroes under zombie siege" - against each other in a deathmatch. I think a lot of us would have preferred the other outcome. If this were to be an ongoing, though, I think you'd want to preserve both premises and ratchet up the tension between them.

8.5
Marvel Zombies: Resurrection #1

Feb 20, 2021

So, it's more "Walking Dead" -- far, far more -- than previous iterations of Marvel Zombies. I can dig it, for now; the writer and artist are investing top-shelf effort and it's paying off. But like WD, this could be headed for angst overload. In the future, I hope for more inventive Marvel touches (like Forge's horrible zombie-weapons) and less "crushing weight of leadership" woe for Peter.

8.0
Marvel Zombies: Resurrection #2

Mar 3, 2021

Our scruffy heroes are on a classic heroes' quest; in this issue, they meet up with some zombie-fightin' robots. It's a straightforward story with good words and art, but the highlight of the series remains the impressive amount of thoughtful world-building that's smoothly massaged into the dialogue. This is still the most thoughtful Marvel Zombies yarn we've seen in a long, long time.

7.5
Marvel Zombies: Resurrection #3

Mar 3, 2021

The plot races toward a climax, with the heroes captured by the zombie horde and prospects looking grim. The storytelling falters slightly. Sliding a full explanation of the zombies' origin into this issue obliges the creators to resort to classic villain monologuing. Still a good comic and a lot of fun to read. And there's hope for the finale issue: This one sets up a lot of character tension that will hopefully resolve in a dramatic, transformative way.

5.5
Marvel Zombies: Resurrection #4

Mar 12, 2021

It's always a shame to see a story wrap up with a sequel hook after the creators have fumbled the third act; it makes the hook a lot less tempting.

8.5
Marvel Zombies: Resurrection #1

Jun 1, 2020

Galactus's corpse washes up in the solar system, alarming Earth's heroes and signalling the start of a new zombie apocalypse. The last act delivers full-on hero-chomping action, but prior to that, the creators do a surprisingly good job of speculating on Galactus's biology and portraying Marvel's a-listers. Magik reacting with bemused contempt when Wolverine approaches her with his usual "mentor the teenaged girl" shtick is a thing of beauty.

5.0
Marvel's Avengers (2019): Iron Man #1

Jul 2, 2020

After the Avengers struggle to defeat the C-List Lethal Legion, Tony tracks down a spy stealing his latest software. This is a workable but unspectacular premise, a real "we only took 10 minutes to brainstorm" idea. It's conveyed with also-unspectacular storytelling work. Mr. Diaz's art seems particularly stiff; I suspect he was shackled very tightly to the video game's character models. "I was vulnerable to his high-tech gun but then an OS upgrade made me bulletproof again" wins the prize for dumbest plot point.

6.0
Marvel's Avengers (2019): Thor #1

Jul 23, 2020

The dialogue's feeble. The art is solid, although Mr. Gill has some trouble making the videogame Thor design look good. And I like the nod to Jack Kirby's earliest Thor comics -- Loki is foiled thanks to water here, and in those first books water was full-on Kryptonite to his magic powers.

6.5
Marvel's Avengers (2019): Hulk #1

Sep 24, 2020

The Hulk gets the cleanest Gamerverse one-shot yet, setting up an interesting relationship for Banner and letting Jade-Jaws clobber Zzzax. It's still not storytelling for the ages -- it's totally skippable -- but there's not a lot wrong with it, either.

6.5
Marvel's Avengers (2019): Captain America #1

Nov 2, 2020

Memories of a brilliant comrade in WWII help Cap outthink Batroc in an armored car heist with a twist. Solid middle-shelf art and prose are lifted up by some smart ideas and a strong link to Cap's past.

7.0
Marvel's Avengers (2019): Black Widow #1

Nov 5, 2020

Black Widow's integration into SHIELD throws her into contact with the future Taskmaster. No points for guessing how the double agent plot plays out. It's a sound if simple story, elevated by some nice, clean art. I'm a little concerned by the "SHIELD and Russia are enemies" feeling. And, with Black Widow's movie delayed, I can't help but wonder if this origin for Taskmaster aligns with the MCU.

7.0
Marvel's Spider-Man: The Black Cat Strikes #1

Aug 3, 2020

Spidey stumbles into ex-GF Black Cat in the middle of a curious caper. A large chunk of the issue is devoted to a flashback showing their flirtatious first hookup. The pace is fast and the plot is pretty interesting. The art's serviceable and the dialogue, with a few wobbles, does a good job portraying a sexy relationship. (But MJ's also in the mix to add some triangular complications going forward.)

7.5
Marvel's Spider-Man: The Black Cat Strikes #2

Sep 24, 2020

The issue strikes a nice balance between flashing back to Felicia's abortive career as Spidey's sidekick and the present day, where Spidey is making all the wrong romantic choices and ensuring that his new love triangle becomes A Problem. There's some nice comedy, a functional plot, and solid art -- this is a very good book so long as you keep your expectations modest.

7.5
Marvel's Spider-Man: The Black Cat Strikes #3

Oct 21, 2020

Spidey follows the Black Cat through the latest tricky evolutions of her fight with Hammerhead. Far more importantly, MJ shares her feelings regarding Pete's past romance with Felicia and the latest triangular developments. The MJ moments and the relationship content are so good that they make the superheroics seem more forgettable than they are. This comic's a little out of balance, but the heights of the best parts easily justify reading it.

6.0
Marvel's Spider-Man: The Black Cat Strikes #4

Dec 19, 2020

Spidey suffers through a whole issue of faux "ooh, is Black Cat really dead?" tension. The momentum of the story is killed by a badly-placed "insert 6 hours of gameplay here" montage, and all that's left is some thoroughly middle-of-the-road storytelling.

7.5
Marvel's Spider-Man: The Black Cat Strikes #5

Feb 22, 2021

Black Cat returns, letting Spidey take down Hammerhead and (she hopes) swooping in to grab his loot. Of course it doesn't play out in her favor. The story is average at best and still suffers from video game pacing problems, but the reading experience turns out fun thanks to the writer and the artist working extra-hard to entertain.

8.0
Marvel's Voices: Indigenous Voices #1

Mar 14, 2021

A nice collection of strips featuring established indigenous characters and fresh indigenous creators. All of them are at least average, and I fell hard for the Mirage strip. It works so well as so many different things! It's a good Dani story. It's a good mutant story. It's a good Native American story. And it's even a good "Dani & Rahne" story, complete with romantic subtext.

5.0
Marvel's Voices: Legacy #1

Jun 11, 2021

A diverse pack of creators throw up short, simple strips celebrating some of Marvel's more melanin-rich heroes. The folks who dare to actually try telling a story do a decent job of it, but this is more about making statements than entertaining readers. The strips aren't exactly groundbreaking, but the statements are worth making. For example, Nnedi Okorafor's Venom strip is rather weak tea as a comic story. But if it gets you to Google "EndSARS," it's done good work.

8.0
Marvel's Voices: Pride #1

Nov 7, 2021

You know the drill: It's a big collection of strips united by a shared minority demographic, in this case, all the queer sexualities. These anthologies are never essential, but this one is a hell of a lot of fun (unless you're a homophobe). There's a lot of good art, thoughtful writing, sharp characterization, and best of all, terrific humor. Not every story is great or even good, but the good ones really slap. My subjective opinion is that this becomes a must-read if you stan one or more of these characters/couples: Charlene McGowan, Nico & Karolina, Prodigy, and Mystique & Destiny. And again subjectively, I believe the very best strip is the flashback one that matches closeted Bobby Drake with Magneto (not that way). It's beautifully drawn, it's hilarious, it's heartwarming; what more could I ask for?

6.5
Marvel's Voices: Identity #1

Jan 4, 2022

It's the usual Voices drill, a grab bag of short strips produced by creators from a particular demographic box. This time it's Asians, Asian-Americans, and Pacific Islanders. There are a few regrettable strips, a few solid ones, and a few standouts. I felt the Shang-Chi and Ms. Marvel strips were well above average. As a whole, the collection is satisfying if (as usual for Voices) inessential.

5.5
Marvel's Voices: Comunidades #1

Apr 26, 2022

It's par for the course for a Voices anthology: Strong displays of diversity, interesting cross-cultural education, a few bold statements, and, unfortunately, some really weak-ass superhero stories. This collection does have some strengths. There are cool plot-links tying a few of the strips to each other. Some of the art, particularly in the earlier strips, is truly formidable. There's a food focus throughout the whole collection that'll make you salivate. It's not an essential read even for stans of the characters involved, but it is a fun and enlightening diversion.

4.5
Marvel's Voices: Heritage #1

May 21, 2022

I've always admired the mission of the Voices series. And I don't want to insult this issue's creators. But this is really the bottom of the barrel; this anthology is *rough*. There is one silver lining: The American Eagle strip is a gem. It has real heart and biting wit, and it's drawn satisfactorily.

7.0
Marvel's Voices: 2022 #1

Jul 2, 2022

In the latest Voices anthology, the single-page strips run a narrow gamut from acceptable to forgettable. The longer strips, though, are uniformly good. A wide array of strong art styles are represented, and most have fully-formed stories, good character work, and a fair amount of humor. The Shuri and Moon Girl strips are my personal faves.

7.0
Marvel's Voices: Identity (2022) #1

Dec 20, 2022

I really like the move toward fewer, longer strips and I hope this isn't the only Voices anthology to do it. I was disappointed in the Ms. Marvel strip; that's way more passive than I like my Kamala. The Mantis strip was terribly confusing, but I think it'll be significant for the six readers (besides Steve Englehart) who fully understand her backstory. And the first and last strips were great. There's some real fire in the character friction between Jimmy Woo and Shang-Chi in the first one. And the last one is a light but rock-solid (and beautifully drawn) little Wong adventure.

6.0
Marvel's Voices: Comunidades (2022) #1

Mar 22, 2023

Sigh. The last couple Voices anthologies were moving toward longer strips; this one is entirely 7-pagers. And as it demonstrates, 7 pages isn't a lot of space to do anything meaningful. It's certainly not a big enough launchpad for … whatever the hell that one author wants to do with White Tiger and some overly-mysterious new hero. The other strips are mighty cute, but also featherweight.

7.0
Marvel's Voices: Wakanda Forever #1

Apr 16, 2024

8 pages is a tough length to work with, and the various strips in this anthology display a lot of the common pitfalls: not doing enough, trying to do too much, doing the right amount but in a flawed way. But the damage is rarely fatal, and there are some gems here. The Shuri strip in particular is awesome in concept, words, and art.

9.0
Marvels (1994): Epilogue #1

Feb 27, 2020

The Marvels creators reunite to create a mature capstone for the story. I use the word "mature" in a more middle-aged sense than the usual "blood and boobs and cynicism" meaning it has in comics. This is a final word on Marvels from a sentimental, parental point of view, which I appreciate a great deal. Marvels already has darker, more cynical endings in the original miniseries and the sequel, and those remain perfectly valid if you prefer them. But having a lighter, more optimistic ending that emphasizes the cross-generational appeal of comics is good, too. Also, a new story with full-power Alex Ross panels demonstrates how much he's grown and how formidable he really is now. Truly one-of-a-kind visuals!

10
Marvels Annotated (2019) #1

Sep 2, 2019

The classic story of a humble photographer witnessing the birth of the Marvel universe has lost none of its power. It's gorgeously painted, and beautifully written, too. The supplementary materials are a nice bonus, adding considerable insight to the package. EDIT: I originally went with a 9/10 when I was rating #1 on its own. But CBRU doesn't want to index each issue, so this rating has to cover the whole series. And for that, nothing less than a 10/10 will do. Marvels is a great series by the end of #1. But by the end of #2, it's something else entirely. I had chills, teary eyes, and goosebumps after reading it - and that wasn't even my first time through. There's undeniable magic at work; this series is historically, intellectually, and emotionally stimulating all at once. It's a testament to the full possibilities of the medium in general, and specifically what can be done with careful hindsight looking back on decades of continuity.

8.5
Marvels Snapshot (2020): Sub-Mariner #1

Oct 21, 2020

Betty Dean's attempt to loosen up Namor with an amusement park outing segues, of course, into a superhero fight. Guest-starring Marvel's Golden Age A-list and featuring a wonderfully nuanced look at PTSD, this is a best-case scenario throwback to a 1946 comic. Jerry Ordway's intensely detailed period art manages to outdo even the thoughtful script; this is a gorgeous read. I recognize this isn't for everybody, though; if a Golden Age setting and "heroic trauma" ideas turn you off, this isn't your cup of tea.

7.5
Marvels Snapshot (2020): Fantastic Four #1

Nov 5, 2020

Johnny Storm's 10-year high school reunion comes in some sweet, some bitter, then a cute twist throws the needle firmly into heartwarming territory. It's a nice little story if you like in-depth Silver-Age scholarship. The storytelling is above average but definitely improvable. A little more polish, a little more depth, would have moved it from "sorta good" to "definitely good."

9.0
Marvels Snapshot (2020): Captain America #1

Nov 9, 2020

We follow Felix, a talented teen technician on the fringe of the Madbomb story. When the bomb wrecks the South Bronx around him, Felix gets disillusioned by the lack of government and superhero assistance in rebuilding. Frustrated, he takes an internship at AIM. But his conscience kicks in when he finds the group building its own Madbomb, and he sabotages it, earning Cap's appreciation and attention. It's got decent storytelling in words and art, and the whole thing is elevated by some compelling thoughts about poverty woven through the story.

9.0
Marvels Snapshot (2020): X-Men #1

Feb 25, 2021

The continuity twist is that this is Scott Summers as a self-made hero instead of as Xavier's protege. I was surprised by how much I liked it. Solid writing, good indie art, and an impressive color strategy all combine to deliver a great alternate take on Cyclops's origin.

5.0
Marvels Snapshot (2020): Spider-Man #1

Mar 3, 2021

It's a nice, earthy, slice-of-life story that features hardly any character growth and even less Spider-Man. I guess you can just totally ignore the premise of an anthology series if you come into it with a "grandmaster of the industry" reputation.

4.5
Marvels Snapshot (2020): Avengers #1

Mar 14, 2021

A new-in-town paramedic and a rookie cop protect civilians while the Avengers fight a giant robot. It's a nice ground-level look at the Marvel universe, and the romantic angle is sweet. But the creative work, words and art, just isn't ready for primetime.

8.0
Marvels Snapshot (2020): Civil War #1

Mar 17, 2021

A nebbishy SHIELD agent in Toledo realizes he's on the wrong side of the Civil War with a little help from a young superhero. It's a simple story with an impeccable message. The script is laser-focused on its theme and I think hammering on the moral helps. This is one silver lining to contentious (even crappy) crossover events: Later creators can always revisit them and tell BETTER stories within their framework. This is also a fine 30-page summary of what Civil War meant -- from the Cap side of things. I HOPE we've finally all realized that's the right side ...

6.5
Marvels Snapshot (2020): Captain Marvel #1

Jun 11, 2021

A frustrated teen activist gets to watch an A-list superhero fight and then get one-on-one inspiration from Ms. and Captain Marvel. The creators deliver a successful "have the courage to be yourself" message, but that's a super-low bar to clear. I'm consciously setting aside some "missed opportunity" frustration. Carol + Kamala stories are surprisingly rare, and this is a thoroughly "meh" entry on that list. I treasure the little detail about Carol's idol-crush from her piloting days, though. If you read this and find (correctly) that Kamala's origin flashback is the high point, make sure you read Ms. Marvel (2014). The flashback is a condensed version of that series's #1, and it gets even better from there.

7.0
Marvels X #1

Jul 23, 2020

There are some powerful, intriguing ideas lurking in this comic. The storytelling used to convey them is, unfortunately, quite middle-of-the-road.

6.0
Marvels X #2

Sep 24, 2020

"We now interrupt your mediocre 'ordinary boy in a super-powered apocalypse' story to bring you a mediocre-y-ier story about the superheroes of that apocalypse."

6.0
Marvels X #3

Nov 2, 2020

That is some *stiff* dialogue.

6.0
Marvels X #4

Dec 17, 2020

David's saved from Kraven by a full roster of A-list heroes, now united on the mission to protect him. It's a solid plot, but the art is no more than functional and the prose is still very stiff. You could call this a good comic, but only by turning a blind eye to a lot of storytelling shortcomings.

6.0
Marvels X #5

Mar 1, 2021

The ideas and feelings put forth here are fun to think about. Taking in the words and art, though, is another matter. It's an interesting story told with less skill than it deserves.

7.0
Marvels X #6

Mar 6, 2021

The need to park this miniseries at the starting point of Earth X adds some welcome structure to this issue. It's mostly but not entirely a good thing. The closure on Kraven and Norman Osborn is flawed, but the emergence of Earth X Hulk works great. And there's a last grand twist to be played with David, the Ordinary Boy: He actually does make it into Earth X in an unexpected form. The bigger-picture plot developments elevate the "nuthin special" storytelling and push this final issue up above average.

9.0
Mary Jane & Black Cat (2022) #1

Aug 30, 2023

Jed MacKay's Black Cat rides again! The story's intriguing, the pace is exciting, the art is tight, and my God, I could eat every line of dialogue with a spoon. I love this. That's completely subjective, but I think there's a hell of a lot of objective quality here, too. I'm suddenly a lot less frustrated with ASM/Zeb Wells dragging their feet in revealing MJ's Deal if Jed MacKay gets to do it here instead.

9.0
Mary Jane & Black Cat (2022) #2

Nov 10, 2023

Well, I'm still loving this. The visuals are great. The dialogue is strong, perhaps not the author's very best, but still hugely entertaining. What's best of all is the way the words and art combine to put multiple layers of content on the same page. This is a fast, action-heavy issue, but it doesn't feel short or simplistic. At several points, we're getting visual action + narration + conversation + an aside conversation, and it never gets confusing. Though it's slightly frustrating that the leads haven't unpacked their romantic baggage or the specifics of MJ's missing time, at least we get a thorough breakdown of the mechanics of MJ's new powers.

8.5
Mary Jane & Black Cat (2022) #3

Apr 16, 2024

The art is solid, though it doesn't evoke the full potential of fighting Limbo-demons. The plot grows thin and strained. And these things are okay, because the *real* point is showcasing the most ridiculously great character interactions imaginable. Felicia, MJ, and S'ym are pure vaudeville in the best possible way. Still, at this point I'll admit there's not much here outside the comedic triple act, and that's not everyone's cup of tea. So I'm pulling my rating down from "great"--but only down to "almost great". It's still a damn good comic however you slice it.

7.0
Master of Kung Fu (2017) #126

May 21, 2018

Shang-Chi crushes a cheap Hand scientist's dreams of training Kung-Fu animals. CM Punk has worked hard to deliver a funny story, but his jokes are too generic and his antagonist is too lightweight to carry more than 2-3 pages against *any* Marvel hero. This is a "kooky tone-setting scene explaining why Shang-Chi has a monkey sidekick" moment inadvisably blown up to issue length. As an introduction or standalone story it's just too flimsy; this might do as a comedy breather episode in an ongoing Shang-Chi series. Dalibor Talajić does at least work hard to make it look pretty.

4.5
Mech Strike: Monster Hunters (2022) #1

Jan 2, 2023

Marvel has once again taken something that should be packaged with an action figure (à la 80s He-Man) and inexplicably published it like a real comic book.

6.5
Mech Strike: Monster Hunters (2022) #2

Jan 14, 2023

Don't get me wrong, the plot is still incredibly stupid. And not the fun kind of stupid. But the artist's loving mech renderings and the author's full-bore comic relief? Those *are* the fun kind of stupid. The creators enjoy those parts enough to get me enjoying them, too. (It also helps that the jokes heavily outnumber the stupid plot developments in this issue.)

6.0
Mech Strike: Monster Hunters (2022) #3

Jan 31, 2023

The mechs continue to look pretty, the heroes get in a few wisecracks, and the plot rolls forward with a distinct lack of originality. This could be boring if it weren't so brisk, and it would definitely be disappointing if you're expecting more than "smack the action figures together" conflict. But accept it for what it is, and it's an adequate comic.

4.5
Mech Strike: Monster Hunters (2022) #4

Feb 26, 2023

4.0
Mech Strike: Monster Hunters (2022) #5

Apr 14, 2023

7.0
Meet The Skrulls #1

Sep 19, 2019

7.0
Meet The Skrulls #2

Sep 30, 2019

Alice finally gets on board her family's espionage business, but her continued public shape-shifting draws the Skrull-hunter dude right to her. This script has a nice crosscut structure; very suitable for a thriller. Dad's deep disappointment in Alice is a crushing scene, but it makes it hard to get a read on the characters -- is there actually anybody here we can root for?

6.5
Meet The Skrulls #3

Oct 31, 2019

I appear to be in the minority who have read this far with our heart-strings still stubbornly un-plucked. I see where and how the creators are trying, and I like the mechanics of the spy-plot, but these characters have failed to connect with me. @Raist819 bullseyed this series back on #1: It's "The Americans" with Skrulls instead of Soviets. And just like the TV show, the comic stretches the tension between "these are sympathetic characters who have to do monstrous things" and "these are monsters with occasional moments of sympathy" too far for my taste.

7.0
Meet The Skrulls #4

Nov 12, 2019

8.0
Meet The Skrulls #5

Dec 27, 2019

There's a dark inevitability to this conclusion, but also a great deal of hope. It took me a long time to get on board with these characters, but I can root for them in the end. Turning them loose into the wider Marvel world feels like a very good step.

4.0
Merry X-Men Holiday Special #1  
5.5
Midnight Suns (2022) #1

Jan 27, 2023

6.0
Midnight Suns (2022) #2

Apr 12, 2023

Well, I can't say there's anything fundamentally wrong with it. There are a lot of storytelling tricks (mainly in the script) that just drive me nuts, though. Mainly the heroes being a little too passive and the author's hand being a little too obvious while it's concealing plot details. I won't penalize the creators for my subjective distaste -- but I won't be calling this better than average, either.

5.5
Midnight Suns (2022) #3

May 25, 2023

4.5
Midnight Suns (2022) #4

Sep 2, 2023

4.5
Midnight Suns (2022) #5

Jan 13, 2024

I'm a "takes notes on comics" sorta nerd. You wouldn't believe how many times I wrote "(somehow)" while summarizing this comic's plot.

8.0
Miles Morales: Spider-Man (2018) #1

Jul 1, 2019

After giving readers a thorough "get acquainted/reacquainted" intro, Miles gets into a misunderstanding brawl and picks up an unlikely ally in his investigation of brainwashed kids. The main focus of the script is establishing the right tone and voice for Miles. It succeeds in a solid (albeit not spectacular) way. The finely-detailed art with a good feel for action is a treat. The character work is excellent so far; future issues will hopefully massage the political message deeper into the story.

9.5
Miles Morales: Spider-Man (2018) #2

Jul 26, 2019

Spider-Man rolls deep into his Rhino team-up, with a healthy dose of Miles soap opera backing the costumed antics. With the introductory groundwork out of the way, this series goes straight into high gear. Javier Garrón's intricate art packs a lot of panels onto the page and Saladin Ahmed's script takes full advantage of the density. This issue has great character interactions. Spidey/Rhino is the star, but Spidey/Tombstone and Miles/Ganke are also noteworthy.

8.5
Miles Morales: Spider-Man (2018) #3

Sep 9, 2019

Captain America lends a hand in solving the case of the enslaved/powered kids. Continued excellence in characterization and interactions and more dense, detailed art make this issue another joy to read. The pacing gets a little fast, particularly at the end, but the meat of the story is more than enough to satisfy even if the conclusion is a little glitchy.

7.5
Miles Morales: Spider-Man (2018) #4

Sep 30, 2019

8.0
Miles Morales: Spider-Man (2018) #5

Oct 31, 2019

Miles keeps his various soap opera pots stirred while also zeroing in on the gang war Tombstone is brewing by trying to take over Brooklyn. Excellent art helps keep me engaged with a plot that seems to be scattered all over the map. Hard to predict where we're going next -- but sometimes life is like that, yeah?

8.0
Miles Morales: Spider-Man (2018) #6

Dec 5, 2019

Miles teams up with Starling to clobber Tombstone. It's pretty well-worn ground when it comes to introducing a new super-teen, and Miles's soap opera entanglements remain a little scattershot. I was pleasantly surprised by how endearing Starling wound up, though; I'm looking forward to more of her.

7.0
Miles Morales: Spider-Man (2018) #7

Jan 25, 2020

#7's rotation through different artists and points of view is structurally impressive, but it feeds into an ongoing and unwelcome feeling that this volume is telling Miles's story in little vignettes that aren't tied together tightly enough.

8.5
Miles Morales: Spider-Man (2018) #8

Jan 25, 2020

Miles is imprisoned and subjected to power-testing that he's not expected to survive. It's a dark gimmick, and the creators commit to it utterly, evoking some intense despair. It's fascinating both as a standalone scene and as part of a wider story -- it certainly makes me eager to learn more about the mysterious Assessor who's torturing Miles.

9.0
Miles Morales: Spider-Man (2018) #9

Mar 10, 2020

This feels meaningful to me in a way that some previous issues in this volume just didn't.

8.5
Miles Morales: Spider-Man (2018) #10

Mar 31, 2020

It's a pretty solid birthday celebration, including a nice bit of new character background -- a solid explanation for Miles having his mother's last name. And the current creative team plants its flag on plot points BM Bendis introduced in his post-Secret-Wars Miles comics. That ground's ripe for rehabilitation; Mr. Bendis was deep into "two weeks' notice" territory at that point, particularly in the tragic yank-around that was Spider-Men II. Wouldn't it have been cool to slide a caption in there tying Miles's hero-sabbatical to the nasty Mephisto-deal he went through in Champions? Ah, well, missed opportunity.

7.0
Miles Morales: Spider-Man (2018) #11

Apr 29, 2020

I was frustrated by the comprehensive survey of all Miles's sub-plots, many of which are stuck in holding patterns. It's tiresome, like that coworker who spends a whole hour every day complaining about how busy she is.

8.5
Miles Morales: Spider-Man (2018) #12

Jun 1, 2020

On the surface, it's just a punchy-punch comic, but it's underpinned by the fascinating and impeccably-written relationship between Miles and his uncle. Add on a truly exceptional serving of art -- Javier Garrón is reaching outside his comfort zone (successfully!) to create big, impressive splashes -- and you've got a rock-solid read.

7.5
Miles Morales: Spider-Man (2018) #13

Jul 2, 2020

8.0
Miles Morales: Spider-Man (2018) #14

Jul 18, 2020

It's a fast but solid story with nice character work on Miles. The art collaboration is functional. It's at least on par with having a single guest artist, but not as good as having the title's main artist (Javier Garrón) handle it.

8.0
Miles Morales: Spider-Man (2018) #15

Sep 24, 2020

Miles defeats the Green Goblin again, but Brooklyn Visions gets trashed in the process. It's an action-heavy climax, and the combat looks mighty good. The words aren't particularly memorable, but they don't commit any real errors. This is a perfectly satisfying finale.

8.5
Miles Morales: Spider-Man (2018) #16

Oct 17, 2020

Miles babysits his sister and manages to run into Spider-trouble as he does so. The Prowler conducts another Ultimatum heist and falls afoul of his boss (Ultimatum's put together the pieces and concluded Miles and Aaron both come from the 1610.). Some snappy dialogue and a remarkably good match for Javier Garrón's art from Cory Smith elevate this simple yarn into a highly entertaining read.

8.5
Miles Morales: Spider-Man (2018) #17

Nov 9, 2020

It's another round of "day in the life" action for Miles, except all of the scenes showcased here lean into the Outlawed event. It makes for a compelling and insightful look at how the new law affects Miles, who's the perfect candidate for contemporary Marvel's archetypal teen hero. The art is solid and David Curiel's high-intensity colors are perfect for a teen book set in sunny summer Brooklyn.

9.0
Miles Morales: Spider-Man (2018) #18

Feb 20, 2021

Miles goes three rounds with his doppleganger while lower-intensity conflict lands on his family and his school. The plotlines are a bit wide-spread right now, but all of them are compelling. I'm especially impressed by how efficiently the creators handle Rio and Jefferson -- their story becomes exciting in just a few pages. I think this arc is headed to great places.

8.5
Miles Morales: Spider-Man (2018) #19

Mar 3, 2021

All is revealed when Miles and Ultimatum finally come face to face. It's terribly refreshing for a modern comic to build up a bunch of mysteries and then explain them comprehensively in one big climax. But this issue is in no danger of coming off too talky; there's plenty of action in the 3rd act. The subplot about Miles's school friends admittedly gets a little cheesy -- but the surprise guest star there is Marvel's master of taking cheese seriously. Sharp writing, strong art, a fast pace, and a bucketload of much-anticipated answers make this a highly satisfying read.

7.5
Miles Morales: Spider-Man (2018) #20

Mar 9, 2021

Circumstances, i.e. a horde of goblinoids, serve to organically gather up a nice supporting cast around Miles. It's a non-stop fight issue and the script is built for that; this isn't the place for flowery prose. Unfortunately, this IS the place for well-blocked art, but this book's visuals are a little disappointing. Some characters sink into the action, making it hard to follow the narrative thread. Others float on top like collage pieces. The finish is great and most of the characters (by themselves) are well-rendered, but the blocking and layouts could use work.

7.5
Miles Morales: Spider-Man (2018) #21

Mar 17, 2021

Miles faces the Ultimatum showdown with all the bravery and grit he needs. But the win comes from a sacrifice play made by someone else, leaving the victory tasting like ashes in his mouth. This is a solid end to the story, but it could be told a little better. Marcelo Ferreira's art is nice and polished, but I regret him burning 2 pages on cover-style splashes at the start; 2 extra pages used to ramp up the tension later on could have pushed this up to greatness.

7.5
Miles Morales: Spider-Man (2018) #22

Apr 18, 2021

Romance is in the air during this breather episode. Miles and Starling team up against joke-nemesis Frost Pharaoh before a fateful kiss, and sparks fly further down in the supporting cast, too. Plus some coordinated discussion throughout the issue about the importance of names. It's a sweet little issue, another peek into Miles's day-to-day, which this title does an awful lot of. Too much? Maybe us readers need some fresh "fall in love" moments.

7.5
Miles Morales: Spider-Man (2018) #23

May 29, 2021

Miles discovers his venom blasts are strong against Knull's symbiotes -- which is handy when he has to throw down against Knullified Ms. Marvel. The plot zips by too fast, and this issue's depiction of how symbiote dragons work runs contrary to every other depiction. But set those points aside and this is a good, fun comic. Ms. Carnero's Knullified Kamala looks awesome. Even though I don't mind it myself, I admit this issue hands a pretty strong example to the "Miles always venom blasts his problems away" critics.

8.0
Miles Morales: Spider-Man (2018) #24

Jul 25, 2021

Miles and Kamala recover from all their recent crossover ordeals with a quiet hang-out. But of course there's a small touch of heroing to do, with a nice edge of social conscience to it. The art is good and the characterization is terrific; I love how clear it is that Miles is still struggling with a lot of anger after losing his uncle. This is nearly a best-case scenario for a "breather" episode; I hope this same level of storytelling is applied to future arcs.

8.0
Miles Morales: Spider-Man (2018) #25

Sep 7, 2021

Miles gets fully stuck into his personal Clone Saga. He gets only a little Peter Parker support at the start (and has to fight a misunderstanding brawl first); by the end, he's on his own. This issue holds to the volume's standard formula: Solid but safe plotting, lifted up by a deeply realistic and empathic portrayal of the protagonist. The B strip is a cute idea with VERY cute art, but the dialogue serves mainly as a reminder that writing good Gen Z dialogue is a lot harder than Saladin Ahmed makes it look.

8.5
Miles Morales: Spider-Man (2018) #26

Oct 15, 2021

Miles gets to meet his clones, tough customers who have no interest in explaining themselves. Peter Parker is still around to provide moral support -- and as soon as he leaves Miles manages to dig himself into much deeper trouble. It's a fast, action-heavy book; the solid storytelling is tailored to the breakneck pace. This is such a consistently great teen book (in terms of intended audience) that it's in constant danger of being mistaken for a merely good adult book.

8.5
Miles Morales: Spider-Man (2018) #27

Oct 28, 2021

I often call an 8.5/10 comic "nearly great." Saying why a comic is "nearly" is usually difficult. Not in this case, though. Selim is such a dastardly smart villain -- until the needs of the plot require him to be a moron. He leaves Miles, and to guard him he picks the ONE dude on his team he KNOWS is getting sympathetic to Miles. Look up "Idiot Ball" on tvtropes.org; this is like a dictionary definition thereof. I stress that everything else in this issue -- dialogue, art, characterization -- is great. If only advancing the plot didn't require this clumsy bit of artifice!

7.5
Miles Morales: Spider-Man (2018) #28

Dec 13, 2021

Miles saves his sister from his evilest clone. It's touch and go until one of the others (Shift) throws in on the hero side of the equation. This is a nicely-crafted climax to Miles's Clone Saga; it's drawn particularly well. The prose doesn't disappoint (albeit it doesn't much impress, either), but there's something a little too safe, a little too cut-and-dried, to the plot developments. It's a well-told story, but not a particularly challenging one for either the creators or the readers.

8.0
Miles Morales: Spider-Man (2018) #29

Dec 31, 2021

Miles adapts to a lot of changes after the Clone ruckus, including settling Shift into a nice status quo and getting a new costume. I'm not 100% in love with all the changes, but I do really like some of them. It's great to see Miles cautiously optimistic about his future. I struggled more than I should have to adjust to the new artist (yikes, that Rio), but there's an impressive amount of detail in there and some really well-drawn characters. Opening a can of worms: On the one hand, progressive kudos for putting non-binary Kenneth in the supporting cast. On the other hand, is Kenneth actually just an old camp gay stereotype dressed up in pronoun play to please progressive readers? I'm thinking it over and maybe you should too.

6.0
Miles Morales: Spider-Man (2018) #30

Feb 3, 2022

I guess I'm the odd man out. Normally I have no problem with a shortage of plot development in this title, but this anthology was the straw that broke my camel's back. No great faults in these strips (except the heinous slang in the c-strip), but also nothing that rendered them non-skippable.

7.5
Miles Morales: Spider-Man (2018) #31

Mar 3, 2022

Taskmaster makes a full-issue assault on Spidey and Starling, winning the day with one Big Dumb Twist™ along the way. It's a very fast issue, maybe a touch too fast. This fight strikes me as *almost* as impressive as the artist wants it to be. But the visuals aren't quite good enough to overcome the very basic "summarize it fully in 1.5 sentences" plot. Still a good issue, but not in danger of being mistaken for a great one.

7.5
Miles Morales: Spider-Man (2018) #32

Mar 21, 2022

It's a solidly-constructed issue at the tactical level, but the unanswered questions at the end are quite frustrating. The art shows off tons of detail. But again, a drawback: The blocking and posing is stiff. It looks retro, and not (to me) in a good way.

7.5
Miles Morales: Spider-Man (2018) #33

Apr 28, 2022

The only real disappointment is that this issue leaves you wanting more. But not in the good "that was delicious, are there seconds?" way, more in a "you call that a serving? I'm still hungry!" way.

8.0
Miles Morales: Spider-Man (2018) #34

Jun 3, 2022

Just like the last issue, this one is extremely fast, extremely fighty, and pretty dang well-illustrated. This one is significantly better to me because Miles drops a potent truth-bomb moral on the end, perfectly fitting the spiders' situation and pumping me the reader up nearly as much as his clone-bro.

8.5
Miles Morales: Spider-Man (2018) #35

Jul 13, 2022

This is an elegant, satisfying pivot from one story to another. It's packed with as much action as previous issues, but it adds a ton of compelling plot development. Best of all, that development is driven by consequential decisions made by the characters. Of all the storytelling tools that can really hook me on a comic, that's one of the best. The art is solid and nicely polished. If it's not all that distinctive, it is remarkably consistent for a collaboration.

8.0
Miles Morales: Spider-Man (2018) #36

Sep 29, 2022

Although the author's last stab at reviving Exiles didn't work out great, here similar material (including a direct callback to that series) does a good job of developing an ongoing story. The words and art are solid all around, albeit not truly spectacular. They make a good match to the material. This issue would be hard to call great, but it's easy to call good.

7.0
Miles Morales: Spider-Man (2018) #37

Oct 29, 2022

This is a chapter told well in both words and art. It's speedy, but that's a good thing -- because there's not a lot of substance here. The plot works, but it's definitely not novel or fascinating. Ultimatum fills up a lot of pages and that attention doesn't really pay off. It's a good comic, but just barely.

7.5
Miles Morales: Spider-Man (2018) #38

Dec 28, 2022

It's another fairly speedy installment. The plot remains rational and the character voices are still excellent. The art is, on balance, good, though the shift between artists is a little jarring. As a crusty ol' geezer, I don't see much novel or ground-breaking in this particular rendition of "visit a dystopian future-AU and help overthrow the evil dictator". But I didn't see anything about this plot that was particularly problematic, either; it's a perfectly valid skeleton to build an adventure on.

7.0
Miles Morales: Spider-Man (2018) #39

Dec 30, 2022

It's satisfying, it's enjoyable, it moves the arc along. It's crafted with solid skill and zero serious faults in either words or art. It'll please people reading through the series. But this issue isn't a reason to start reading, and I don't think it'll stick in anyone's memory as a high point.

7.0
Miles Morales: Spider-Man (2018) #40

Jan 9, 2023

The story rolls briskly along, and the art's well-done, particularly in the early action scenes. The plot develops in satisfying if not surprising ways. The prose is nigh-disappointing, though; a lot of the lines are too familiar (in a bad way) and none are very memorable. It's a good story that needs some more fire in its language.

5.0
Miles Morales: Spider-Man (2018) #41

Jan 27, 2023

8.5
Miles Morales: Spider-Man (2018) #42

Mar 22, 2023

This is a tasty way to close out the volume. The episodic structure makes the pace a little slow at the beginning, but it builds to a superb action sequence that displays Miles's growth in a great "show don't tell" (okay, maybe "show then tell") way. Being broken down into episodes also smooths the joints between the artists. They're each good individually, but they don't really harmonize. The structure minimizes the negative impact of the shifts.

6.5
Miles Morales: Spider-Man (2018) Annual #1

Jan 2, 2022

Miles Morales stumbles into the trademark monster-hunting activity of Amulet, leading to a team-up. This fourth-ever outing for Amulet provides a thorough introduction along with some added depth that'll doubtless be appreciated by the world's three Amulet stans. And it's drawn and written quite well. But it means nothing to the Infinite Destinies event and very little to Spidey; Miles's performance here is embarrassingly passive. The B strip does clarify chronology a little, establishing that Nighthawk and Fury took their swing at the Infinity People before the Black Cat. But it also shows them capturing Star with trivial ease, and that snaps even my usually-elastic suspension of disbelief. So far we've seen her escape Loki, Captain Marvel, Scarlet Witch, and the Black Order. And these guys take her down with a taser rifle? Please.

8.0
Miles Morales: Spider-Man (2023) #1

Aug 10, 2023

I started with negative notions about the author, but this script really blew them out of the water. Insightful dialogue (with restrained, natural-sounding slang for a change), excellent setup-payoff links, and a promising big-picture plot. The art was frenetic, occasionally confusing me, but there's rock-solid blocking and oodles of style in there. This isn't the most original #1 in the world, but it's a very well-crafted one.

7.5
Miles Morales: Spider-Man (2023) #2

Nov 10, 2023

It's fast and frantic, like the art. And that's a good thing--again, just like the art. The plot is developing nicely and the same could be said for the main antagonist. The surprise guest star is cool. The missing piece I'm wishing for is a little more depth in the characterization and relationships. Miles's angst and the problems that cause it feel a little thin, as does the advice he receives. There's nothing *wrong* with it, it's just stuff we've heard a million times before.

8.5
Miles Morales: Spider-Man (2023) #3

Jan 18, 2024

The art is dynamic as all hell, and the script makes plenty of room to let it breathe. That makes the overall pace very speedy, perhaps even too fast. The pieces and parts used to advance the plot and develop the characters (particularly Raneem) are all off-the-shelf stuff. Nothing revolutionary. Yet they're assembled with utmost skill, doing a perfect job of making the new antagonist compelling and threatening. Some of the dialogue is downright exquisite, particularly in the first 2 scenes.

8.0
Miracleman by Gaiman & Buckingham #0

Mar 30, 2023

This is a very strong showing for an anthology. It's refreshing to dip your toes into a completely different multiverse, and these strips range far enough to make Miracleman's world feel wide and wild. And Jason Aaron's strip brings it home, focusing on the meta-narrative idea of a superhero character rebelling against his creator. The art is excellent all around, a diverse array of styles which are all impressive. Peach Momoko's presence was surprising in the best way. I doubt I'll see more of Jakksa Gun in the follow-up series, which is proper -- he seems to be a very tertiary character. But Mike Carey's Jakksa strip was my favorite. A seamless transplant of a Chandler-esque detective story into a sci-fi setting, tongue ever so slightly in cheek? I could stand to read about 30 more issues of that.

5.5
Monica Rambeau: Photon (2023) #1

Aug 12, 2023

This is more of a character sketch than a story, and that's just not enough for me.

6.5
Monica Rambeau: Photon (2023) #2

Nov 10, 2023

With a continuity-heavy thud, the plot finally kicks into gear, though it's still moving none too fast. The prose is decent, the art is good--and all the more impressive for being a rather seamless collaboration. Even if I'm starting to get interested in the "cosmic mystery" plot, I remain thoroughly unengaged by the character work. It's not bad, but neither is it deep or novel.

7.5
Monica Rambeau: Photon (2023) #3

Apr 16, 2024

To me, this series is slowly but surely evolving into a fun story. From character study to backstory recap, at last it gets down to real plot development. Monica gets plenty to do besides react, the new alien race is cool, and the art lends everything an air of distinctive talent.

6.0
Monsters Unleashed #2

Oct 31, 2017

The monster war accelerates as Elsa Bloodstone tracks down Kei Kawade. The real plot inches forward in the shadows around another monster-bashing extravaganza issue. The best parts are the cool Kirby references. Kei Kawade's Orrgo hoodie is amazing. We learn something interesting about Greg Land's curious artistic style here: If you want him to draw a realistic teenage girl, hand him a nine-year-old character. His Lunella looks excellent except for looking twice as old as she should. Alas, she's the only character in the book that escapes the Generic Land Female Face.

4.0
Monsters Unleashed #3

Oct 31, 2017

Kei Kawade's role is explained - he's a bloody Inhuman, sigh. According to Karnak, it is his destiny to stand against the "Leviathon Mother" and her kaiju hordes by summoning Kirby monsters from the 50s. Stiff dialogue, lazy art, and poor structure spoil some good plot twists here. Leinil Francis Yu is a great artist, but this issue is miles away from his best work. I dunno whether his deadline was too short, or he wasn't getting paid properly, or he just thinks Monsters Unleashed is stupid, but every page of art radiates a palpable aura of "I barely give a half a ☠☠☠☠."

4.0
Monsters Unleashed #4

Oct 31, 2017

Half of Marvel's heroes protect/cheerlead Kid Kaiju while the other half punch monsters. This event has a nice premise, but the main title has barely any more narrative backbone than Marvel's 90s swimsuit specials. Salvador Larroca's art is great but his talents are spread too thin; every panel is a completely separate monster fight. Random heroes shouting out the names of random Kirby monsters does not equal a thrilling global catastrophe story.

4.0
Monsters Unleashed #5

Oct 31, 2017

The Leviathon Mother is defeated by Kei's five all-new monsters in a transparent pitch into the subsequent ongoing. A ton of clumsy, easily-fixed missteps in both the writing and the art make it clear that the creators mistook "aimed at a young audience" with "A-game effort not required." This event could have been an awesome celebration of King Kirby's birthday; instead, it was a crass extrusion of minimum-effort comics entertainment product by creators who were palpably uninvested in the story.

9.0
Monsters Unleashed (2017) #1

Oct 31, 2017

Kei and his monsters settle into their incredibly weird status quo, but they're soon challenged by Mole Man and the New Intelligencia. All of the character and humor and fun that was missing from the Monsters Unleashed event comes home to roost here. Between the excellent writing (from Cullen Bunn, no less! I'm reevaluating my opinions for sure!) and David Baldeon's swing-for-the-fences awesome art, this was incredibly enjoyable. It's a thrilling all-ages debut, but there's enough complexity in the setup (particularly the Kawade family's relationship with SHIELD) to satisfy grown-ups as well as youngsters. Plus Scragg is brilliant.

8.0
Monsters Unleashed (2017) #2

Nov 25, 2017

Mole Man breaks from the Intelligencia to make a heart-wrenching plea for Kei's help. I feel like the narrative is suffering from focus loss; this issue concentrates on the bad guys and is weaker for it. The Mole Man stuff is pretty brilliant, and the climactic revelation of the baddies' new minion is really promising. Left to their own devices, Kei's monster crew is half-entertaining. David Baldeon's art is cartoony, clear, and entertaining, but it falls short of epic memorability. The final-page character-reveal splash is a little disappointing - but then Frank Cho is a tough act to follow.

7.0
Monsters Unleashed (2017) #3

Jan 5, 2018

Kei gets reunited with his monsters in the clutches of the Intelligencia after a Bloodstone/Hellbender brawl. The fight scene and all of the dialogue are packed with cheese that should be delightful to younger readers but it gets just a bit tiresome for grownups. I'm struggling with some personal antipathy to the way David Baldeon draws Lady Hellbender. While I admit Frank Cho's original rendition was a rather generic Cho Glamazon, Mr. Baldeon's "Joker's Daughter crossed with a Power Rangers villain" take isn't doing much for me. Design choices aside, the visuals are energetic and fun. On the writing side, I'm getting worried by the lack of agency Cullen Bunn gives the heroes. Right now, this is just a bunch of things happening to Kei and his monsters; they need to start making choices and taking control of their story.

5.0
Monsters Unleashed (2017) #4

Jan 27, 2018

Kei escapes from the badguys, mostly, but he's not out of the woods yet. Next issue, maybe, finally, some monster fighting! It's starting to feel like all the potential of this series is getting wasted. Letting Ramón Bachs pinch-hit for the last six pages certainly doesn't help. His line quality is extremely rough compared to David Baldeón, and though his designs are consistent, his posing and blocking are clumsy.

6.0
Monsters Unleashed (2017) #5

Feb 26, 2018

Kei and his allies have their long-awaited showdown with the Intelligencia and their monsters. Cullen Bunn's script is a very satisfying one, held back by the occasional clumsy line of dialogue. Ramón Bachs's art is, unfortunately, holding the comic back much further. His layout and posing skills look very good, but there's an unfinished, unvaried roughness to his lines that distracts over and over again.

6.0
Monsters Unleashed (2017) #6

Apr 7, 2018

Kei Kawade recaps his whole Deal and lays a new problem at Elsa Bloodstone's feet. Cullen Bunn's script has gone a bit too far into "fresh start" mode. Andrea Broccardo's art delivers some nice polish, but underwhelming and inconsistent character designs are a big problem. Visually, Kei's hero-monsters are starting to look interchangeable, and the redesigned twist ending guest star is supremely underwhelming. This new arc could be headed to interesting places, but the odds seem to be against it.

7.0
Monsters Unleashed (2017) #7

May 3, 2018

Jive Sucka Foom stands revealed as the Poison version of the Foom we know and love. He gives Kei's monsters a ton of trouble, largely because of a fascinating psychic echo between master and beasties. Kei's doubting himself, so the monsters are doubtful too. It's a nice attempt at adding needed depth to this title, but tying into Venomverse is a real clunker of a "problem du jour." On the art side, it's clear now that Andrea Broccardo is aiming for a manga feel, but it's not quite working when it comes to Elsa and Kei's faces. You certainly can't fault him for lack of detail, though; his monsters and his Savage Land (and his dinos!) are all bursting with vibrant life.

7.0
Monsters Unleashed (2017) #8

Jun 9, 2018

Proper Fin Fang Foom (in continuity with his last appearance in the Drax solo, no less) saves the day with kaiju battling and telepathic psychological counseling just when Kei needs it. The story comes to a satisfying conclusion, and the heavy bias toward monster fighting suits Andrea Broccardo's artistic tastes. While I was initially grumpy about the Venomverse tie-in, the crossover wound up enlightening me regarding the main event: Venomverse was a close-to-all-ages piece of kiddie action-horror. That makes it eminently suitable for tying into the kid-focused world of Monsters Unleashed and explains why I was so underwhelmed the event itself. It was never *meant* to be complex and mature and meaningful, and it was my mistake to fault it for not being those things.

8.0
Monsters Unleashed (2017) #9

Jul 6, 2018

A giant bee attack gives Kei a chance to bond with the Mighty Scragg as they tackle the insects on their own. The result is a silly but very visually-rich adventure thanks to Francesco Gastón's confident art. He brings equal levels of polish to Kei and his monsters, a talent *you would think* would be absolutely necessary to drawing this title. Justin Jordan's script is also a treat, clearly drawing its inspiration from premium Warner Bros cartoons from the 90s (e.g. Tiny Toons & Animaniacs). Aiming wholeheartedly at an all-ages audience renders this issue just a little insubstantial, but it's so earnest and full of passionate fun that a lack of maturity isn't really a problem.

7.0
Monsters Unleashed (2017) #10

Jul 27, 2018

Kei and Aegis go charging into a Cthulhu ripoff situation to help Elsa. This title is wobbling down the slope from "fun for all ages" to "aiming at young, uncritical readers excuses mediocre storytelling," but it hasn't quite reached that sad destination yet. Bachan's art is fine for mecha and monsters but lets us down tremendously when it comes to people. Elsa's drawn in that curious caricature style that makes me think I'm looking at an old Mad Magazine parody.

8.0
Monsters Unleashed (2017) #11

Sep 6, 2018

A moon excursion with Karnak and Lockjaw gives Kei and Mekara time to bond. I love Mekara from start to finish; rather than handing her a "you need to loosen up" moral, this comic settles on a wholesome "you be you" message that teaches younger readers there's a time and a place for order and rules and, yes, nannying. The art is great for Mekara and most of the moon-fight, though Kei is veering a little too cartoony again. This is a good solid comic for adult readers; it becomes positively stellar if you're looking for a "read with kiddos" book.

6.0
Monsters Unleashed (2017) #12

Oct 8, 2018

The title wraps with a classic misunderstanding brawl that pits Kid Kaiju & Moon Girl against another kiddie Inhuman with mechs to match Kei's monsters. It's a featherlight concept. The writing slides past "all-ages" into "kids only" and the visuals - besides being another jarring turn of the artist carousel - become downright disappointing in some places. This is an abrupt but understandable end to the book; the title's promise was always there, but it was too rarely brought forth on the pages.

5.0
Moon Girl (2022): Miles Morales and Moon Girl #1

Dec 30, 2022

Comics characters failing to use contractions in their dialogue is a bugaboo of mine. So, *good lord*, I just found the bottom of the barrel on that score. I don't think I'd need 2 hands to count the total number of contractions in this issue. I like the art and I think the premise of the plot is sound. But the stilted dialogue (some of it would be clumsy even with contractions) ruins the pace and characterization for me. It's a shame because this issue features a lot of characters who *should* be terrific wise crackers.

4.5
Moon Girl (2022): Avengers and Moon Girl #1

Jan 17, 2023

"The Avengers" is a damned strange way of saying "Captain Marvel with brief assists from Iron Man and Shuri."

5.5
Moon Girl (2022): X-Men and Moon Girl #1

Feb 12, 2023

This is by far the strongest, most appealing chapter of the story. I can finally see some cool wit and imagination beyond the stilted language -- but the prose is still a problem.

7.0
Moon Girl and Devil Dinosaur #15

Oct 31, 2017

Moon Girl realizes she has Dr. Doom gunning for her. Riri Williams is there as a cheerleader. Ironically, their in-universe relationship - unknown Lunella fawning over famous, fabulous Ironheart - is pretty much a reverse of the real-world situation - contentious flame-magnet Riri desperately hoping some of Moon Girl's well-earned adoration rubs off on her. Some nice art goes a long way toward making Lunella's obstinate arrogance seem cute instead of infuriating.

8.0
Moon Girl and Devil Dinosaur #16

Oct 31, 2017

Lunella is very rude to Dr. Strange and has her first clash with Dr. Doom, all on Halloween. Her ideas about magic and Dr. Doom are frustratingly scattershot, and the way this issue tiptoes around the idea of Doombots is a problem. But the action and pacing are great, and there are a lot of visual treats worked into Natacha Bustos's Halloween extravaganza. Next month's stop on Lunella's Marvel universe tour (X-Men ahoy!) looks promising too.

7.0
Moon Girl and Devil Dinosaur #17

Oct 31, 2017

With a little superfluous X-Man assistance, Lunella figures out she's facing transdimensional Doombots. The X-Men cameos are cute, but a bit forced. The art is a high point, as usual, and clarifying the nature of Lunella's opposition for this arc is very satisfying. I also think there are promising signs here that the "having friends is a good thing" message of all these team-ups is, at last, getting through to Lunella.

9.0
Moon Girl and Devil Dinosaur #18

Nov 4, 2017

Lunella calls in all the super-friends she's made for a Doombot showdown on Thanksgiving. It's not a perfect comic, but it's awfully close. Don't be too quick to dismiss it as kid's stuff. Pay attention and you'll see that this comic goes past "yay teamwork" and "yay diversity" and has excellent points about *why* those things matter. The lessons Lunella shares here are exactly the ones I was hoping she'd pick up over the course of this story arc, making this a tremendously satisfying conclusion.

9.0
Moon Girl and Devil Dinosaur #19

Dec 3, 2017

Everybody gets bored in science class, but when Lunella gets bored in science class it means it's time to launch a Moon Girl interstellar rescue mission. I hope I'm not overselling it when I say this comic is the next best thing to inviting Bill Watterson to put Spaceman Spiff in the Marvel universe. I checked; there are just two pages in this issue that I don't adore. The dialogue is entertaining throughout, the plot poses plenty of fun questions, and finishing the issue gave me a feeling I don't get often enough from contemporary Marvel titles: Eager anticipation for what comes next! I can only imagine how hard it must be for Marvel-savvy parents reading this title with their kids to restrain themselves for a whole month. Planet with a beard? We know where this is going!

8.0
Moon Girl and Devil Dinosaur #20

Jan 5, 2018

Moon Girl identifies Girl Moon's problem but doesn't solve it. Instead, she's got parallel universe shenanigans to deal with. Once again Natacha Bustos and Tamra Bonvillain spoil us rotten with some superb kid-friendly art. This is gigantic visual treat. Brandon Montclare's script is fun and funny, but my inner 8-year-old is tugging at my sleeve asking "but WHY didn't Moon Girl help Girl Moon?" I don't know, tiny me. I don't know. We'll have to wait a whole month to find out, argh!

8.0
Moon Girl and Devil Dinosaur #21

Feb 3, 2018

Devil Girl and Moon Dinosaur are unbelievably irritating, but Lunella has to learn a bigger lesson by *not* getting tangled up in a drag-out fight with them. The impact that this mirror universe detour has on the bigger story of Illa the Girl Moon is unclear. If you're gonna take indulgent side-trips, though, taking the one that leads to big beautiful t-rex fights and Lunella mocking Moon Dinosaur as a Barney/Big Bird hybrid is definitely the right choice.

7.0
Moon Girl and Devil Dinosaur #22

Mar 11, 2018

Moon Girl uses a Brilliant Trick to solve the Illa the Girl Moon's orbital mechanics problem. Much as I loved Lunella's solution and the characterization done around it, I felt like the nuts-and-bolts writing was a bit weak here. Skipping Ego's reaction to meeting his daughter felt like a missed opportunity, but we do have one issue left in this arc. And Lunella ignoring the mushy stuff after she's solved the problem might be part of her characterization, too. The art is still gorgeous, keeping the overall reading experience for this issue well above average.

9.0
Moon Girl and Devil Dinosaur #23

Apr 7, 2018

Turns out, Illa the Girl Moon gets her Tender Reunion Moment with her dad Ego after all. And since we're booked on the feels train already, Lunella takes us back to the Valley of Fire for a huge decision. We may not agree with her choice, but it's certainly not a casual one. Stellar visuals and a moody pace ensure that this big moment lands with all the impact it deserves. A good comic, but a rough one to read with little Moon Girls of your own, I think.

7.0
Moon Girl and Devil Dinosaur #24

May 7, 2018

Lunella misses Devil Dinosaur a bit and sees the wisdom in partnering up again. The universe throws some outrageously inappropriate possibilities at her. This issue showed off some great characterization for Lunella, some "meh" guest art, and some real "WTH were you thinking" guest-star choices. It's a fun read for grown-ups, but you might want to get this one lost in the mail if you're reading Moon Girl with your own mini-Marvelite. Not that anything in *this* issue is bad for kiddies, but a Lunella-age fan developing a sudden curiosity about Mojo, Ghost Rider, or Daredevil might be problematic.

8.0
Moon Girl and Devil Dinosaur #25

Jun 9, 2018

"Moon Girl without Devil Dinosaur" is off to a roaring start as Ben Grimm and Johnny Storm fall into Lunella's orbit. The art and characterization are well up to this title's usual lofty standards. While DD's absence is keenly felt - especially by young readers, I bet - he still plays a tremendous role in influencing Lunella's thoughts. From a grownup perspective, it's pretty magnificent storytelling and it illustrates Lunella's growth in a beautiful "showing not telling" way. But some of the character intricacies are *so* subtle that I wonder if I'm not reading into the comic and giving writer Brandon Montclare unearned extra credit. It's a good book for sure, but I think if it were a great one I wouldn't have that doubt.

6.0
Moon Girl and Devil Dinosaur #26

Jul 11, 2018

While Ben Grimm and Eduardo have a frustrating encounter with a mostly-off-panel FF imposter, Galactus fails to impress Lunella or us readers with the arrival of "Omnipotentis," a lamewad "Double Galactus" baddie that eats universes instead of planets. Lunella also anti-endears herself by sassily demanding more respect for her intellect, first from the Silver Surfer and then from *Galactus.* She explicitly believes that because she survived one babycakes space adventure in the vicinity of Ego the Living Planet, she is, by some outrageously optimistic reading of the transitive property, Galactus's superior. The currently-ongoing arc has a lot of strong pieces to it. I'm willing - maybe even hoping - to believe that Lunella being a jerk to Galactus and the big bad being horrifyingly stupid are weak links that couldn't be removed/fixed without collapsing the whole story. Maybe Mr. Montclare felt he wrote himself into a corner. Maybe he just plumb ran out of time to polish and refine. It does happen. Good bits: Eduardo (aka El Dinosaurio!) and Ben are, by every measure, more interesting (and lovable!) protagonists than Lunella right now. They keep this issue from trainwrecking. Alitha E. Martinez also delivers some excellent guest art. It preserves the premium cartoon feel of the title while also putting a unique spin on the characters. Her Ben Grimm is especially terrific.

8.0
Moon Girl and Devil Dinosaur #27

Aug 12, 2018

Lunella takes the reins of the new Fantastic Three, piloting them through a perfect low-stakes mission (getting a cat out of a tree) before turning back to the ongoing universal destruction threat. The slowdown is vitally necessary, as is Lunella's reasoned acceptance of the value of teamwork. The return of Natacha Bustos's art is also highly welcome; she puts satisfying cartoony polish on a plot that leans heavily on slapstick.

8.0
Moon Girl and Devil Dinosaur #28

Sep 20, 2018

The Fantastic Three make a mediocre showing against the Super Skrull, convincing everybody that another teammate is needed. This issue is slightly short of plot development, but retrenching and clarifying the current situation works out well. The art hits its usual sweet notes, with some especially pretty profile portraits this time around.

8.0
Moon Girl and Devil Dinosaur #29

Oct 8, 2018

Lunella finally agrees that her team needs a fourth to take on Omnipotentis. Her pick is obvious. On the other hand, Galactus's role in her plotting is a little too far from obvious. That mystery balances out the wonderful twist ending, holding the issue down in "good but not great" territory. Intro scene villain Cellar Dweller is very random and, frankly, too promising for a three-page left-field cameo. I hope we see him again!

8.0
Moon Girl and Devil Dinosaur #30

Nov 10, 2018

Lunella and her ersatz Fantastic Four save the universe, of course. The resolution of the conflict is thoroughly middle-of-the-road. It's average for any comic and notably sub-par for this title - both visual and textual storytelling are weak. But the final scenes go for all-out heartwarming as Lunella applies learned lessons to her relationships. She advises Ben & Johnny to go find their family and gives an epically great apology to Devil Dinosaur. These moments are precisely what's needed to redeem the "meh" heroics earlier in the book.

8.0
Moon Girl and Devil Dinosaur #31

Dec 18, 2018

Lunella fills a PSA obligation with this anti-smoking one-shot. A remarkable amount of creative horsepower goes into this, and the result is surprisingly enjoyable. The preachiness goes over-the-top toward the end, but prior to that, there are excellent links to neonicotinoid pesticides killing bees, a perfectly-chosen villain, and some notably excellent art. This is the best Devil Dinosaur's looked in a long while - I might be biased because I so love seeing him wearing t-rex-sized lab goggles.

8.0
Moon Girl and Devil Dinosaur #32

Jan 9, 2019

Lunella struggles with her brain-switching while an adopted Fisk kid stirs up trouble at her school. This issue launches a promising story and features some excellent supporting cast interactions. The critique of performance-based standardized testing is a little feeble and 20 years late, but it does a good job of explaining the Wrongness of the idea to young readers. This is an excellent opening chapter and it builds up a strong "and then what happened?" feeling of anticipation.

8.0
Moon Girl and Devil Dinosaur #33

Feb 4, 2019

Princess Fisk's story continues with some ambiguity and Lunella decides it's time to solve the brain-switching problem. Results are, of course, unexpected. The issue rolls along with the title's usual high standards of storytelling skill, particularly in the art. On the script side, I begin to suspect that scenes petering out inconclusively is a chronic problem for this creative team. It probably bugs grownup readers more than kids. The brain-switching does tend to make it more notable.

8.0
Moon Girl and Devil Dinosaur #34

Mar 7, 2019

Devin Dinosaur breaks all records for adorability. This issue doesn't do a lot of plot development work, but careful attention paid to the characters and terrifically cute art makes it thoroughly satisfying.

8.0
Moon Girl and Devil Dinosaur #35

Apr 11, 2019

9.0
Moon Girl and Devil Dinosaur #36

May 7, 2019

Kingpin's plot against P.S. 20 comes to a head on the day of the big test, and Lunella and DD triumph despite another ill-timed brain-switch. This conclusion features delightful character work in both words and art, and the neatness with which the plot threads come together is impressive. It's simple without being simplistic, which is perfect for its target audience. And there are surprisingly complicated ideas about intentions vs consequences woven into the story (contrast Moonbot and Princess's decisions) for older readers to consider.

8.5
Moon Girl and Devil Dinosaur #37

Jun 13, 2019

A disgruntled elf crashes Santa's sleigh on Yancy Street, and it's up to Moon Girl and Devil Dinosaur to save Christmas. It's a fine plot with its heart firmly in the right place, and Gustavo Duarte supplies some outstanding cartoony illustrations. This would be a superb choice for repeated Christmastime reading with young Marvel fans.

8.0
Moon Girl and Devil Dinosaur #38

Jul 1, 2019

7.0
Moon Girl and Devil Dinosaur #39

Aug 6, 2019

8.0
Moon Girl and Devil Dinosaur #40

Sep 9, 2019

The grownups weigh into Lunella's conflict with Bad Dream and we get a frightening backstory for him. The final victory, of course, will all come down to Lunella. It's pretty classic Moon Girl, this issue: gorgeous cartoon art, Lunella learning important things unintentionally, and another thoughtful yet disturbing glimpse at one of the weirder child-rearing possibilities of the Marvel universe.

6.0
Moon Girl and Devil Dinosaur #41

Oct 9, 2019

I can't shake the feeling that I wouldn't be able to explain this comic's plot to a curious six-year-old -- and I don't think the fault lies on my end of the reading experience.

6.0
Moon Girl and Devil Dinosaur #42

Nov 12, 2019

I'm getting tired of Moon Girl's MO for dealing with older, wiser characters: Dismiss their wisdom, reason her way to a poorly-paraphrased version of what they're trying to teach her, then show them a grain of respect as a very self-deceptive way of admitting they were right. I'd really just like to hear her say "You were right." Once. To SOMEBODY. The artistic change-up is refreshing. Devil Dinosaur trying to do acrobatics is adorable.

6.0
Moon Girl and Devil Dinosaur #43

Dec 5, 2019

It's charming, sure. Charming enough to excuse the rough storytelling in the script and the very sketchy finish on the art? The creators hope yes, I say no. It'll be fun for a juvenile Lunella fan, but it doesn't deliver the "all ages" parent-pleasing appeal this title normally has.

8.0
Moon Girl and Devil Dinosaur #44

Jan 25, 2020

Lunella is blasted into the 60s in this one-shot time-travel shenanigan, working out for herself (with minimal Dr. Strange help) that you can't improve the present by meddling in the past. A decent plot, fine character work -- Grandma JoJo is a treasure -- and a strong art performance bring this up to the title's usual high standards. Alitha E. Martinez does a superb job tying her work onto the style established by Natacha Bustos.

6.5
Moon Girl and Devil Dinosaur #45

Feb 27, 2020

This issue makes a hash out of a couple premises that could be epic: DD reacting to a fossil T-Rex and a recognition of Zoe and Eduardo's adorable crush on each other. The heart's still in the right place, but the storytelling is really breaking down. Perhaps it's for the best that this title is on its last lap.

6.0
Moon Girl and Devil Dinosaur #46

Mar 26, 2020

Suddenly Yancy Street isn't big enough for Lunella and the Fantastic Four. She has repeated antagonistic run-ins with Reed Richards; is this gonna be the story that finally teaches her the value of listening to other people? The art's charming as ever (Ms. Martinez handles Reed's stretchy powers particularly well), but Lunella's characterization is thoroughly (intentionally, but still) unpleasant.

7.0
Moon Girl and Devil Dinosaur #47

Apr 20, 2020

Lunella goes through a smart-off with Reed Richards until a threat demands a team-up. Lunella takes the lead with a successful, simple plan. The end results are mutual bonds of respect, which Lunella surely needs. A decent script, cute art, and solid, heartwarming feelings send the title out on a satisfying if not epic note.

7.5
Moon Girl and Devil Dinosaur (2023) #1

Apr 26, 2023

I love a series that swings big right out of the gate, and this one does that. It drops a heap of status quo adjustments for Lunella, most of which are great. It fleshes out her parents' lives for the first time ever. And the art is wonderfully cartoony; Alba Glez has a real flair for tween characters. Unfortunately, the weakest part of this might be the antagonist and the core conflict. Not only are they not particularly compelling, their complex set-up in the final scenes boots the target reader age of this book up by about 5 years. It's a good start and a good finish -- but each one is good for a very different audience. (Also I have to admire a new Marvel series admitting that the Inhumans exist.)

8.5
Moon Girl and Devil Dinosaur (2023) #2

Nov 10, 2023

This is a marked improvement on #1, and #1 wasn't at all bad. The plot develops briskly, the supporting cast starts to distinguish itself, everybody is smart (but not "break the story" smart), and there's real tension in the conflict between Lunella and Olivia. And the art deserves the highest kudos of all. It's relentlessly cute and fun to look at, but it's also a potent storytelling tool. There are tons of great details that reward attentive observation. Some support the story, some foreshadow future developments, and some are just funny. This is turning into the best kind of kiddy comic. It's eminently suitable for readers in the same age bracket as the characters, but the story is told with craftsmanship that grownups can appreciate.

8.0
Moon Girl and Devil Dinosaur (2023) #3

Mar 7, 2024

The art remains exceptional here. There's plenty of plot and character development to move the story along. There were some minor hiccups in the jumps from plot point to plot point. The information's all there, but putting it together is harder than it needs to be. This is no mortal sin, but it's not ideal in a book aimed at younger readers.

9.0
Moon Knight (2016) #11

Oct 31, 2017

Marc's history gets as far as meeting Frenchie, and in the Overvoid, Marc is inches away from getting ritually sacrificed. This issue is a somewhat quiet interlude in an altogether epic story, but it is completely non-disappointing. Mr. Lemire is laying down a definitive new origin for Moon Knight, and it's a pleasure to see it unfold. Mr. Smallwood's art continues to set the gold standard for good "sketchy" work.

9.0
Moon Knight (2016) #12

Oct 31, 2017

Marc gets a hand from his alternate personalities so he doesn't die in the Overvoid. Back in his origin story, his mercenary work propels him into the Bushman's orbit. This is a fast, "get from point A to point B" issue and a deceptively simple one. Seeing Marc's other identities resurface is initially great - then you realize it's a potent reminder that his brain is still broken.

8.0
Moon Knight (2016) #13

Oct 31, 2017

The stage is set for a climactic final issue that will show both the birth of the Moon Knight and, hopefully, the death of Khonshu. While it's written and drawn with consummate skill, this issue is so clearly focused on groundwork for the climax that it can't really be great in itself. There are no revelations here, just a slow amplification of tension and a raising of the stakes. The commitment to the parallel structure (i.e. putting both the origin and the climactic fight into the last issue) is impressive but also perhaps a little over-ambitious.

9.0
Moon Knight (2016) #14

Dec 7, 2017

For today, Khonshu bends to Marc Spector's will, cast down as merely a manifestation of his mental illness. Who knows what tomorrow might bring? Of all the brilliant things in this finale, the very best might be the fact that it steers well clear of anything as trite as "Kill the bird-god, cure the illness." Marc is not cured, but his triumphant realization is that even with flaws and damage, he is a good man. He's confident again that whatever this tricky thing called reality is, it includes a place for Moon Knight. This issue didn't deliver the full-on origin recap that I was expecting, but there's no disappointment in getting this tremendously focused and powerful conclusion instead.

8.0
Moon Knight (2017) #188

May 21, 2018

Max Bemis makes a bold choice by making this issue entirely an introduction to a new nemesis; it's a brand-new Moon Knight book starting without a scrap of Moon Knight. It's also, challengingly, a direct sequel to the last volume; I don't think this would make a lick of sense without reading the Lemire/Smallwood volume first. Jacen Burrows's art is flat but beautifully detailed and finished. This is a promising start but there are still giant questions marks over how the series will evolve.

9.0
Moon Knight (2017) #189

Jun 18, 2018

Moon Knight arrives in his own title with a tremendous splash. Max Bemis continues the story of new nemesis Patient 86, shows Moon Knight taking down a perfect, creepy single-issue villain, and plants his flag on a distinctly different but undeniably fascinating take on the character. Where the previous volume was moody and symbolic, this one is stuffed with complex ideas and characterization. Setting up Jake Lockley as Spector's "mad dog on a chain" personality is remarkable. The art team (Burrows/Ortego/Lopes) does a tour de force with this issue's gritty settings and brutal action. There are remarkable gory details; the way the villain's lip rings tear out when Moon Knight beats on him is going to stick with me for a while. The sheer density of Mr. Bemis's script slows the story down slightly, but that's not much of a problem when the writer clearly has so much to say.

9.0
Moon Knight (2017) #190

Jul 11, 2018

Our mystery villain gains a name (Sun King) and an ally (Bushman) and throws a doozy of a takedown plan at Moon Knight. It involves Marlene and a gigantic twist and plenty of great character interactions inside and outside Marc's head. Jacen Burrows's art is still highly refined, and the way the plot develops is utterly entrancing. Some cracks in the facade are appearing, though, because Max Bemis can't resist indulging in some self-aware humor. I've read other stories by Mr. Bemis that *needed* a gloss of ironic detachment to climb up to readability; I hope he realizes this arc is strong enough (like "all-time great" strong) to stand on its own. A layer of hipster "it's just a comic LOL" gags could actually do a lot of damage to this philosophically twisty story.

7.0
Moon Knight (2017) #191

Aug 12, 2018

Marc meets his daughter and the Sun King kidnaps Marlene. Lots of words are burned setting up Ra vs. Khonshu as a mythic Apollonian vs Dionysian conflict. Mr. Bemis is clearly enjoying a little Alan Moore cosplay here, but it's superfluous to the story and not executed all that well. Marc doesn't NEED abstract cosmological motivation when the baddies are holding Marlene hostage. This issue also struggles in introducing Dia, Marc's pink-haired daughter. Mr. Bemis misses the brass ring when it comes to scripting natural and/or endearing dialogue for a kid. The art is still outstanding and the plot is moving along nicely, keeping this comic well above average. It's just not achieving the mythological greatness it's aiming at.

8.0
Moon Knight (2017) #192

Sep 20, 2018

Marc lets himself be drawn deep into the Sun King's trap, but he breaks plenty of bones along the way. The core story of sassmonster Moon Knight treating idiot villains to benevolent contempt is brilliant. The first and last scenes aren't up to the middle's high standards, though. The first is a wank-y walkback of Zombie Frenchie and the last is another colonic dose of Ra vs. Khonshu philosophy. It's an interesting opening salvo in an ethical debate, but Marc fabricates a cliffhanger by abruptly declaring a victor in that debate - disappointing. The visuals throughout are stellar, with a complex combat double spread at the midpoint standing out even further.

8.0
Moon Knight (2017) #193

Oct 8, 2018

After brutal preparations, Marc faces off with the Sun King. The superb art succeeds in selling this as the desperate, scary struggle it should be. Going strictly by the script, there's an unsatisfying "clap your hands to make him stop believing" Tinkerbell magic to the way Marc wins. This comic is a testament to the positive difference an engaged artist can make.

8.0
Moon Knight (2017) #194

Nov 10, 2018

Marc tells a ripping scary story about running into a crypto-Nazi villain as a young boy. It's a gripping tale, but I don't think it makes quite as much of an impact as the creators would like. It gives Marc's Jewish heritage some appreciable attention. The villain raises a ton of questions, though - how/why would an ardent Nazi impersonate a rabbi and keep it up for SIXTY YEARS? - and the story chooses to answer only the dullest one - how is he still alive? - in the dullest way possible - generic comicbook super-science. It does leave a nice door open for a sequel in another flashback, or even a contemporary tale.

9.0
Moon Knight (2017) #195

Dec 3, 2018

Moon Knight was really hoping that he'd filled his quota of "weird" for this volume, but nope, here comes the Collective, a Cronenbergian nightmare of malevolent melded-together misanthropes. I felt the self-deprecating hipster origin of the Collective went on a touch too long, but this was otherwise magnificent. Ambitiously, audaciously crazy. I appreciate how shamelessly the villain is tailored to the hero, thematically speaking. This issue knocked the physical confrontation out of the park; I can't wait to see the psychological match-up in the next one.

9.0
Moon Knight (2017) #196

Jan 9, 2019

Moon Knight and his creators take full advantage of the "anything goes" rules of the Collective's mindscape and defeat the monster from the inside out. Though I know it's not the case, it sure FEELS like significant portions of the script boiled down to "insert 4 pages of 'weird for the sake of weird' po-mo wackiness here." It's still a blissful read thanks to absolutely awesome art. The go-for-broke visuals effortlessly Fezzik the ailing script up the Cliffs of Insanity and reach greatness at the top.

9.0
Moon Knight (2017) #197

Feb 4, 2019

A society of world-class sadists meets up to share their passion and Moon Knight invites himself along. The slightly sophomoric stories of the sadists are livened up considerably by strong structure, excellent art, and a beezer of a cliffhanger. It's a pretty transparent "homage" to de Sade's 120 Days, but I like the modern touches like throwing a Terry Richardson analog into the mix.

7.0
Moon Knight (2017) #198

Mar 13, 2019

Marc Spector endures Ernst's sadistic gauntlet without help from his alters. I could tag a lot of negative adjectives onto the gauntlet scenes: pretentious, cringe-inducing, "clever" (those are super-sarcastic quotation marks), juvenile, and more. The art is fine on characters, weak on settings, and the "everything is purple-blue" coloring is ridiculous. Yessir, a lot of negatives. And they're ALL redeemed by the blockbuster Spector vs. Lockley confrontation at the climax. Almost. It's a breathtakingly brilliant moment. It would be just as brilliant if it were hitched to a lead-up that didn't flirt with unreadability, though.

6.5
Moon Knight (2017) #199

Apr 11, 2019

7.5
Moon Knight (2017) #200

May 7, 2019

8.0
Moon Knight (2021) #1

Dec 13, 2021

This #1 is a nice blend of backstory recap, status quo update, and new antagonist foreshadowing, with a small dollop of character assessment on top. The art didn't click for me -- not detailed or dynamic enough -- and I would have liked a little more character insight. But this is a solid (re-)introduction to Moon Knight and it does a great job sinking "what happens next" hooks in the reader.

7.0
Moon Knight (2021) #2

Jan 2, 2022

Moon Knight's mystery antagonist sends a creepy d-list mind-controller after him. MK weirds him into a coma with his weird ol' brain, and now he knows he has a mystery antagonist. This is a well-told story, particularly in the prose, but the premise and the baddy felt weak. I appreciated getting more Reese, though!

8.5
Moon Knight (2021) #3

Jan 23, 2022

Hunter's Moon takes his first swing at Moon Knight. Our hero wins a fast, smooth fight, but intriguing information is exchanged along the way. This is my favorite issue so far, mainly because the scope of the story and the speedy pace are in alignment. This is exactly as much content as is needed to make a satisfying issue with this terse (but clever!) prose and this flat (but iconic!) art. Plus, I really like the way the supporting cast is coming together.

8.5
Moon Knight (2021) #4

Mar 5, 2022

It's another speedy little one-shot, but I appreciate the way the status quo and the supporting cast continue to evolve. The villains are, from a strict plot standpoint, unimpressive. But *thematically*, they're amazing choices, anchoring this entire issue into a discussion about masks and faces.

9.0
Moon Knight (2021) #5

Mar 23, 2022

It's a pretty simple story and you might even call the villain reveal underwhelming. But this issue packs a major punch thanks to the deep character insight in Marc's therapy session. There's also fine storytelling craft in the way the session is tightly interlinked with the villain plot. Overall, this is a great payoff to what the title has built up so far.

8.5
Moon Knight (2021) #6

May 7, 2022

The action climax sort of fades away and we segue into a character study of Dr. Badr, the Hunter's Moon. I'd say this issue is a little short of plot. And my enthusiasm for the art is on the wane again: great blocking and shadow-work, but some of the anatomy looks wonky. But on the other hand, this issue is *amazingly* well-written. The structure is complex but clear, the character work is great, and a lot of the dialogue is delicious. And this script chimes on all of the main themes (masks, brotherhood, community) established in the volume so far, creating a harmonious chorus. It may not be action-movie climactic, but in a more subtle way, this is a perfect capstone for the volume's first arc.

8.0
Moon Knight (2021) #7

Jun 3, 2022

This is an elegant take on a standard-issue "follow a trail of lesser baddies to the big bad" sequence. The script gives Marc plenty of opportunities to sound badass, and the scenes are cut together with style. I actually like the dynamism of the art; some of the characters seem poised to leap off the page. But the finish (or lack thereof) really irks me. What's with the ink spatter everywhere? Why so few details? And why did the artist fail to draw important things that the dialogue explicitly says should be visible?

8.5
Moon Knight (2021) #8

Jul 1, 2022

Every storyteller has at least one of these "stories are living things" stories in them, and here's one of Jed MacKay's. Is it revolutionary? No. Is it incredibly deep? No. But it's a damn fun read. It's well-illustrated. And best of all, to me, it serves to do some significant character work on Hunter's Moon. Take it all together, and you've got something that's not quite great, but not far from greatness. (And that one line, you know the one, is worth some points all by itself.)

9.5
Moon Knight (2021) #9

Jul 21, 2022

The one-shot premise is perfect, as is its execution in storytelling terms. The breadcrumbs pointing to the long-term plot are by no means bad, but they do keep the issue from being a perfect 10/10. I LIKE them, but I recognize they're adding a whisper of dissonance to a phenomenal standalone story. In the past I've lowballed artist Alessandro Cappucio, mainly because I don't like his scratchy shading on the hero. But the masterful visual storytelling on display here (inventive layouts, bold shadows, awesome patterns), makes me admit he's a world-class artist.

9.0
Moon Knight (2021) #10

Oct 29, 2022

It's just a small step along the road to the inevitable Zodiac showdown. And the big twist of the story is a little telegraphed. Those are about all the faults you can lay against this issue; these creators know exactly where they're taking Moon Knight and what tone (in words and art) they want to use to get him there. It's stylish and speedy and a hell of a lot of fun to read.

9.0
Moon Knight (2021) #11

Dec 22, 2022

The antagonist, his motivation, and his scheme are all a little weak, but they're far from bad. One can certainly build a great story around them, as the creators capably demonstrate here. The art is good; the script is nigh-flawless. This remains one of Marvel's best ongoings, and now it's climbing toward a captivating climax.

8.5
Moon Knight (2021) #12

Dec 30, 2022

It's a tense, speedy combat comic. The verbal and visual storytelling is good -- but both have been done better in this volume. The story being told, though, is nearly flawless. This remains an extremely good comic; the two-ton twist ending certainly helps it land with a bang.

9.0
Moon Knight (2021) #13

Jan 8, 2023

The art is good, but not this volume's best. The script is packed with lots of intriguing information, but not a lot of real character activity. Tightly-intercut scenes conceal the dearth of action and build a modest bit of content into a fully satisfying issue. This issue could fall short of greatness with less-talented creators, but it doesn't. And lord, the language! Sharp dialogue everywhere. If it has to be expository, it also does rich character work at the same time. This issue is a strong reminder that Jed MacKay also wrote the last, best Taskmaster solo comic. I love his take on the character; ridiculous and deadly in equal measure.

8.5
Moon Knight (2021) #14

Jan 14, 2023

The language and art are excellent here. But the creators take a bold gamble and I don't think it fully pays off. Author and artist collaborate on the conversation between Moon Knight's personalities, but the artist is left to tell the real-world fight story on his own. Mr. Cappuccio does a very good job with that. But the conversation side of the comic is *so* intensely great that it overshadows the fight. Which is the long-winded explanation for why I'm rating this issue almost-but-not-quite great as a whole.

9.0
Moon Knight (2021) #15

Feb 12, 2023

It's got the usual bags of visual style and brisk cross-cut scenes. It explains how Moon Knight's alters are working together now and demonstrates them in action. And it hits like a freight train. The art is very strong, but it's the script that's truly remarkable. It's a master class on quality over quantity and the virtue of simplicity. At its heart, this issue really only does about 4 story developments, all relatively simple. The way they're twined together and perfectly paced is masterful, though.

8.5
Moon Knight (2021) #16

Apr 12, 2023

It's a very good issue. We learn plenty of cool new stuff, meet a cool new vampire, and witness a brutal, consequential (maybe) fight. The art's stylish and the script is positively packed with sharp dialogue. But it's not quite great. My main bone to pick is that like #14, it leaves the action storytelling entirely up to the artist, and I think it works to the same good-not-great level this time around.

8.0
Moon Knight (2021) #17

May 7, 2023

It's speedy and stylish. So speedy, in fact, that it went by a little too fast for me. And I think my subjective pendulum is swinging away from the artist again; I found some of the most potentially-dramatic moments to be visually underwhelming.

8.5
Moon Knight (2021) #18

Sep 2, 2023

This title has "style over substance" down to a T, and this issue is a great example. Which is not to say it's insubstantial; it just that the style is flawless. The only problem with the substance is that there's not quite enough of it. The art isn't detailed, but again, that's not an all-bad dealbreaker. This is a perfect example of what I mean by saying art has "good bones." The faces and the settings might be sketchy, but the anatomy and blocking are impeccable. Look at the *hands* in this comic--they're as expressive as the faces, if not more. Soldier's little soliloquy explaining how malevolent organizations feed on angry young men is incredible. It *nearly* fills this issue's content gap and it's brilliant by itself. Put it all together and this is (subjectively) as close to "great" as you can get without quite crossing the threshold.

7.5
Moon Knight (2021) #19

Nov 10, 2023

An absurdly deep cut is a tricky thing. Sometimes I love it, sometimes I hate it, and I struggle to define the difference. This is a case where I hate it; Commodore @#$% Planet's 3rd appearance after 40+ years is one small step above a generic goon as an antagonist. That being said, this issue still offers the title's high standards of dynamic visuals and snappy prose. The fact that most of the latter is coming out of Zodiac promises interesting developments ahead--and a little Khonshu-philosophy from Hunter's Moon is welcome, too.

8.0
Moon Knight (2021) #20

Jan 18, 2024

It's another fast, action-heavy episode. As usual, the art works perfectly for that, and the prose is no slouch either. The in media res start could have been fine-tuned, but it all works. Jake Lockley's role is inspired. I even like the B strip almost as much as the A. It's dense and well-plotted for just 8 pages, telling a pretty complete story. It introduces a cool flashback character and provides a solid excuse for future Blade cameos--one which I hope the regular creators use.

9.0
Moon Knight (2021) Annual #1

Apr 14, 2023

The script is as taut and sharp as ever for this series, and the guest artist acquits himself well. This is a fast, fun read. Where it really excels is in firing deep-cut references from Moon Knight's past into his current status quo, without slowing down the story at hand. Plus, it dives pretty deep into Hunter's Moon's character as well as MK's. It's a great standalone story that slides smoothly into just about any point in the current volume.

7.0
Moon Knight: Black, White & Blood (2022) #1

Dec 12, 2022

It's the usual mix of strong and weak ideas and strong and weak storytelling. I say this particular issue averages out a bit above average, though Chris Bachalo's needlessly confusing art in the A strip is a big boat anchor. I'm particularly charmed by the B strip, which elevates a decent story by giving it excellent art and terrific deadpan humor in the Spidey/Moon Knight relationship.

6.5
Moon Knight: Black, White & Blood (2022) #2

Dec 28, 2022

The 2nd and 3rd strips are pretty solid. Dialogue in the 2nd is great; art in the 3rd is even better. The 1st strip's a stinker, though. The premise is too grim and the storytelling isn't good enough to make the depressing vibes tolerable. The art has good bones and makes excellent use of the red, but it's so sketchy that I wouldn't hesitate to call it downright unfinished.

6.5
Moon Knight: Black, White & Blood (2022) #3

Jan 9, 2023

The first strip is fun and funny; the second is well-crafted and thoughtful, featuring a much deeper conflict than you usually see in 10 pages. The third ... all I can say is that commenting on it would violate my new years' "if you can't say anything nice" resolution.

6.0
Moon Knight: Black, White & Blood (2022) #4

Jan 31, 2023

I guess Chapter 1 in "Writing Moon Knight for Dummies" is, to fill 10 pages, pit him against an Egyptian-themed cult that he beats after overcoming some pro-forma mind@#$%ing with his alternate personalities.

8.0
Morbius (2019) #1

Jun 3, 2020

Morbius kicks off a super-science feud with the Melter. This intro strikes a nice balance between explaining Morbius's fundamental status quo and showing him in action -- with a bonus serving of Aristotelian philosophy helping to explore his character. A sound script is ennobled with some outstanding horror art. It's a satisfying read in itself and it's successfully engaged my enthusiasm for future chapters.

6.5
Morbius (2019) #2

Jul 2, 2020

It's a tale told well, with some nice art. But that first long, melodramatic scene squished my enthusiasm and it never really recovered.

6.0
Morbius (2019) #3

Jul 23, 2020

If your plot is just going to laze around the house, you really need to bring more storytelling oomph than this issue does.

7.0
Morbius (2019) #4

Sep 24, 2020

Elizabeth brings oodles of melodrama, conflict, and interesting plot developments. The script is messy, but it's chock-full of life and good ideas. The art remains lurid and dynamic, nicely-suited to a high-intensity vampire story. On the flip side, Spidey is under-utilized and ineffective.

7.0
Morbius (2019) #5

Nov 2, 2020

Morbius redeems himself, some, by teaming up with Spidey and Liza to stop the Melter. Lurid monster-fighting art combines with some interesting personal philosophy in the script to haul this up above the run of the mill. The art team's a little too big, though; I'd always rather see one artist's consistent vision than a compromise between multiple points of view. Also, WTF is this "to be continued"? This issue is a perfect conclusion for a 5-issue miniseries.

4.5
Morbius (2019): Bond of Blood #1

May 23, 2021

A faustian team-up with Mr. Hyde leads Morbius to some fresh tragedy that matches his (fully recapped) origin. Faustian bargains and regret thereof are Morbius's jam. This extremely retro-written one-shot will give the reader Morbius 101. But a wikipedia page could do that, too. And since this could be somebody's first comic, it risks giving a terribly mistaken impression -- most modern comics aren't this dull and clichéd. So it's a bad thing that this exists. The clean art is far better than this script deserves.

6.0
Mosaic #5

Oct 31, 2017

Mosaic cuts his father's puppet strings after learning he's been dancing to Daddy's tune for 12 years. His origin story has gone on for too long and built expectations too high for this noisy, logic-impaired action movie ending to really satisfy. I can only hope that Morris's next stop is New Attilan. Not only is the start of his heroic career long overdue, but it'd be nice for somebody to take a second to *name him Mosaic* before he crosses the six-issue threshold.

8.0
Mosaic #6

Oct 31, 2017

Mosaic is snatched out of his ongoing origin story to meet the Inhumans. Bout time! An extended interlude with Lockjaw gives this issue some excellent humor, Morris finally gets named "Mosaic," and he contributes to CW2 without really understanding what's going on. This interlude was a perfect break from Morris's increasingly-dull origin story. Bruno Oliveira's guest art gets the job done, but it's another case where I don't think speeding up the shipping schedule was worth losing Khary Randolph's distinctive style.

6.0
Mosaic #7

Oct 31, 2017

Morris flirts with Iso and self-awareness, summarizes IvX, breaks with the Inhumans, and falls bass-ackwards into a fight with Diablo and Moloids. This issue puts in some solid storytelling work on explaining Mosaic's powers, a decent romance with Iso, and Morris struggling with selfishness. In each case, though, the author neglects to stick the landing, and the last act takes a rather unwelcome turn into conventional villain-bashing as Mosaic stumbles arbitrarily into a chance to be a hero. Bruno Oliveira's art is vibrant and dynamic but a little unpolished. There are seeds of greatness here but they're not being tended properly.

9.0
Mosaic #8

Dec 3, 2017

Mosaic finds his heroism in a solo fight with Diablo that brings a surprising amount of heart. This is an outstanding way to polish off an origin story, and the train of thought that pulls Morris from "ain't my problem" to "I've gotta save the day" is a local that hits every one of the right stops. Khary Randolph's art is in fine form, seamlessly jigsawing Diablo's classic design into his distinctive style. The only downside here is how well this capstone could have wrapped up Mosaic's origin story earlier. This title started losing focus around issue #5; who knows how far it could have gone if the creators had used this bow to wrap up the origin earlier and then taken their hero into bigger and better adventures.

9.5
Mr. and Mrs. X #1

Feb 4, 2019

Rogue and Gambit's impromptu wedding is examined in great - and greatly entertaining - detail before their outer-space honeymoon is hijacked by "X-Men in space" nonsense. Capable art, dialogue that's both nimble and clever, and some of Marvel's finest characterization combine into a blissfully satisfying read. I rate it a half-point shy of perfection because although I can't zero in on specifics, I do get the feeling that the storytelling could still be improved a little.

8.0
Mr. and Mrs. X #2

Mar 7, 2019

The Imperial Guard, Deadpool, and then the Technet crash the honeymoon, all focused on swiping the egg-MacGuffin that's landed in Rogue's hands. This was a fun, fast adventure, but the sheer amount of antagonism slung at the heroes makes me think the core plot might be too simplistic. Gambit fades into the background a little too far, the art fumbles a few (a very few) of its storytelling tasks, and Deadpool, while portrayed well, is a bit superfluous. Like he's here to reassure comic bro-hams that this title isn't gonna be lovey-dovey all the time. But all the problems are very minor, and on the other side of the scale, we get to enjoy another heaping helping of superb characterization.

8.0
Mr. and Mrs. X #3

Apr 6, 2019

Rogue and Gambit rush their way through more space shenanigans, pausing along the way for basic plot exposition and basic romance. It's not really flawed, but it feels to me like it's settling into a pretty safe formula/rut. Fighty, exposition, fighty, awww, they love each other, fighty, kinky sex joke; rinse and repeat until sales figures drop. A serving of art that barely claws its way into "good comics" territory is certainly a contributing factor to my saltiness here. Rogue calls out the excess of "clone and golem crap" she's been subjected to. Between Rogue and the clone hijinks Ms. Thompson threw at Kate Bishop, I'm wondering if she might have a fetish for doppelgangering her protagonists.

7.0
Mr. and Mrs. X #4

May 2, 2019

8.0
Mr. and Mrs. X #5

Jun 13, 2019

Rogue and Xandra stop the fight with a risky ruse - not only does Remy suffer through a fatality fakeout, but Rogue's powers get messed up. I appreciate that while these two adverse outcomes aren't (and shouldn't be) precisely balanced, Remy's heartbreak is given plenty of respect. An emotionally powerful script brings this arc in for a very satisfying conclusion.

9.0
Mr. and Mrs. X #6

Jul 1, 2019

Rogue and Gambit's belated engagement party goes off with plenty of good cheer, a slice of combat, and several quality servings of ominous foreshadowing. Both the art and the dialogue are strong, but I believe this is a case where my love for the title inspires me to turn a blind eye to some weak spots. That love was well-earned and continues to be rewarding, though!

8.0
Mr. and Mrs. X #7

Jul 16, 2019

7.5
Mr. and Mrs. X #8

Sep 1, 2019

8.0
Mr. and Mrs. X #9

Oct 9, 2019

Gambit thieves and Spiral fights while Rogue dives into her memories. She comes up with a very simple explanation for her power control issues. Simplicity doesn't stop it from being logical and satisfying. Giving Rogue's introspective journey the lion's share of panel space is actually great for the Gambit and Spiral stories; brevity sharpens them to formidable points. Wrap it all up in some clean, powerful art (and give it a notable absence of Mojo!) and you've got a comic I'm eager to read and to call good.

7.5
Mr. and Mrs. X #10

Nov 12, 2019

Frank D'Armata deserves a medal for his contribution to this comic's visual appeal.

7.0
Mr. and Mrs. X #11

Dec 5, 2019

8.0
Mr. and Mrs. X #12

Jan 25, 2020

Gambit -- with plenty of help -- defeats Candra and emphasizes his control of the Thieves' Guild. It's nice to give him some center-stage time at the end of the series; it fixes the perennial problem of him coming in behind his wife in terms of narrative attention. The whole Guild plot is a little limp and obvious, with Candra playing the villain in the stupidest possible way. That's probably why the script is upfront about tying it to Remy thematically, and that gives the plot the relevance it needs.

9.0
Ms. Marvel (2015) #15

Oct 31, 2017

The unfortunately-named Doc.X troll demonstrates just how badly he can mess with Kamala. Now it's true that "mind-controlling computer villain" is nothing new in the Marvel universe, but this is Kamala's first swing at that particular pitch. The author is concentrating on how it applies to modern folks with their incredibly fragile online lives, and we're cultivating some nice social commentary here along with a cool villain to be smacked down in the near future.

10
Ms. Marvel (2015) #16

Oct 31, 2017

The Doc.X virus sets its sights not on Kamala but on the people around her; it's Zoe's turn to step up and be a hero. This storyline is a slap in the face to folks who consider the problems of high school kids inherently fatuous or melodramatic; flawless characterization makes it easy for even a crusty old geezer like me to understand their concerns and empathize with their challenges.

9.5
Ms. Marvel (2015) #17

Oct 31, 2017

Kamala beats the Doc.X virus by counter-infecting it with positive vibes. While it's a trite, cheesy victory, it's harnessed to a gut punch of glorious compassion at the start that rendered me completely non-objective. It's a total melt-your-heart Fall-In-Love Moment, and it serves as a reminder of just how powerfully a comic can speak to you. Regardless of what comes after, the first four pages of this comic are unqualified, undeniable awesomeness. I would give them 10/10 on their own; I would give them 8/10 harnessed to the worst comic in the world. An optimistic, slightly naive "beat the sentient computer virus with the power of love" story is no real burden for this brilliant opening to bear.

9.0
Ms. Marvel (2015) #18

Nov 17, 2017

Bruno's adventures involve vibranium theft, a Black Panther cameo, and an awesome power of friendship moment. True, this issue features an almost-complete lack of Kamala, but it's still damned brilliant. Bruno is feeling very sorry for himself for very sensible reasons - his injuries are serious, permanent, and likely to get worse over time. But his roommate Kwezi refuses to let him brood and the boys' caper ends up prodding Bruno toward re-engagement with the world. A filler issue? Yes, indubitably. But unless you absolutely rebel at reading about Bruno without Kamala, this comic is sure to delight. Guest artist Francesco Gaston does an excellent job of bringing to life a vibrant and distinctive Wakanda that meshes well with other contemporary books without feeling like a swipe or a retread.

9.0
Ms. Marvel (2015) #19

Jan 5, 2018

It's Eid time and all is not well in Jersey City: Hydra's back with a sinister new agenda. G. Willow Wilson dives into another Marvel event with another unique take. While this storyline doesn't ship under a Secret Empire banner, it addresses a lot of the same issues and pits Kamala against similar enemies. And with her family at risk, it looks like the stakes are only going to get higher. New artist Marco Failla does a great job with both the prosaic minutiae of Eid at the Khan house and Ms. Marvel's new, more elasticated fighting style.

10
Ms. Marvel (2015) #20

Jan 27, 2018

As though Ms. Marvel weren't challenged enough by Hydra Chuck taking over her city, by the end of the issue she realizes her brother's already fallen into the baddies' clutches. After the first five pages, this is a rock-solid Ms. Marvel comic. There's brilliant art and tons of Ian Herring's magnificent, weighty colors and a good fight scene and a fast-moving plot. The issue opens with Aamir giving a tour-de-force soliloquy on extremism and Muslim-Americans. You may not agree with him. You may want to argue vehemently against him - but you can't argue against G. Willow Wilson for provoking thought in an incredibly polished and insightful way. This is not apropos-of-nothing soapboxing; Aamir's words are intimately tied to his own situation and, in a subtle way, to the still-unknown identity of Discord, Jersey City's newest villain. Taking time out of your busy baddie-punching schedule to ask important questions about society: What could be more Marvel than that?

8.0
Ms. Marvel (2015) #21

Mar 11, 2018

Kamala unmasks Discord while powered prisoners take refuge in her local mosque. This issue serves quite well at moving the larger plot forward. There's some great action and great art. The character dynamics are a lot trickier, and G. Willow Wilson's script still shows some rough spots where past events and characterization have been hammered on to make them fit the arc's political themes. Though the attempt to explore tensions between civil rights and public safety is ambitious, it's not entirely successful. There's still quite a fascinating story going on behind the politics, so this is definitely a better-than-average book. It would need a bit more script polishing to be truly great.

9.0
Ms. Marvel (2015) #22

Mar 30, 2018

Basic Becky gets her comeuppance, but it's a bittersweet win for Kamala. While she does plenty to save the day, I love that this script also has space for a lot of other people to contribute to the victory: A superpowered buddy whose return is very welcome, the citizens of Jersey City led by Tyesha and Nakia, and the proper authorities in the form of the mayor and the cops. Kamala's mood lends the conclusion a sad air, but it's eminently justified and it points to more dramatic developments in the future. Marco Failla's art is ambitious and almost entirely successful, and Ian Herring is as always the double-secret MVP keeping Ms. Marvel consistent with his richly nuanced colors.

8.0
Ms. Marvel (2015) #23

Apr 20, 2018

Red Dagger relocates to New Jersey just in time to get thrown into a runaway train adventure with Ms. Marvel. The fact that she calls it "my whole life in one garbage metaphor" *mostly* makes up for its contrivance. It's just an excuse to do character work, but the character work is great, as are Diego Olortegui's visuals. Still, the discovery toward the end that this little train situation is going to push on into another issue was slightly disheartening. The opportunity to learn more about the rather delicate state of Kamala's head will more than make up for another serving of NJT-based drama, though.

8.0
Ms. Marvel (2015) #24

May 21, 2018

The mechanics of stopping the runaway train remain a bit blah, but the character examinations they set the stage for are exquisite. Kamala learns tons about herself here, and the Jersey love warms the hearts of ex-Garden-Staters like me. Diego Olortegui's art is pretty magnificent, particularly his faces; he also invests a lot of creative energy in making a silk purse out of the sow's ear of the train situation. It's still fairly dumb if you overthink it, but it *looks* fantastic.

9.0
Ms. Marvel (2015) #25

Jul 6, 2018

Kamala is missing! The Coles Academic Crew worries about her and fills in for Ms. Marvel and *just* fails to connect the dots. Superb characterization by G. Willow Wilson, hilarious background gags in Nico Leon's art, and a looming return engagement with the Inventor, Ms. Marvel's first nemesis. Busy times in Jersey City! The weakest bit of the issue is probably the abrupt introduction of Bruno-substitute Naftali, Kamala's "kosher lunch buddy." There's nothing wrong with him as a character and he moves the plot along in an important way; the suddenness of his introduction is still slightly suspicious.

8.0
Ms. Marvel (2015) #26

Jul 27, 2018

Zoe Zimmer is our full-time protagonist as she takes the lead on investigating the Inventor's return. Naftali's still working the "MIA Kamala" case, but Zoe's efforts prove that Ms. Marvel's supporting cast is capable of carrying an independent story on its own. I really love this script; unfortunately, Nico Leon is having an off month with the art. He pivots too wildly from careful detail to emoji-style sketchiness. When he's working hard he's still creating great visuals, though; the overall effect here is certainly not disappointing.

8.0
Ms. Marvel (2015) #27

Sep 6, 2018

The rest of the Marvelettes rescue Zoe, but they recognize their inability to tackle the Inventor. That leads to an awesome call for backup at the end. I like the byplay between Red Dagger and the Marvelettes, I love "maybe that costume IS magic," and I respect the all-ages Social Darwinism 101 debate that develops from the Inventor's monologuing. The art is fast but fun. There's a rare misstep in the coloring; the washed-out pastel look dominating the book is unappealing. Naftali's missing person investigation eating the first three pages is rather unwelcome too.

7.5
Ms. Marvel (2015) #28

Oct 8, 2018

Kamala comes back, the Inventor is foiled, and there's even (barely) space for a Cap'n Marvel/Ms. Marvel reconciliation. Everything that makes it onto the page here is pretty solid, but I think Kamala got shortchanged in the rush to wrap this story up. Even having her deliver narrative captions over most of the issue doesn't do enough to examine her decision to run away and then return. Going shallow on those key points renders the whole story slightly unsatisfying. I think this story REALLY needed another issue's worth of space.

9.0
Ms. Marvel (2015) #29

Nov 10, 2018

Kamala's first kiss happens, with perfect dramatic timing, at a pinnacle of awkwardness. This is immensely strong in both script and art, but is it all-time-great? I think yes - just. The first act goes a little too deep into corny territory. It's no accident that my favorite moment of the book is Sheikh Abdullah's sarcastic over-reaction to Kamala's melodrama: "The end of the ENTIRE WORLD! We have to call your parents! The local newspapers! The HARAM POLICE!" The gentle mockery emphasizes the subjective nature of Kamala's crises at the perfect time, in the perfect way. The issue overall isn't quite perfect, but it is incredibly close. Not to be missed if you're at all invested in Kamala's story.

8.0
Ms. Marvel (2015) #30

Dec 16, 2018

Team Bruno beats Team Red Dagger on a technicality - Bruno's coming back to Jersey City and Lal is going back to Karachi. But Bruno IMMEDIATELY creates a new romantic triangle by making nice with Kamala and Mike at the same time. Oh, and supervillain Mean Girl Kaylee is unmasked as a Doc.X Bot and defeated at the Spring Fling dance. It all looks good and there's solid humor and characterization, but the sheer number of developments prevents any one of them from getting satisfyingly deep.

9.0
Ms. Marvel (2015) #31

Jan 9, 2019

Ms. Marvel business, in the form of 3 guest-creator mini-stories, gets in the way of Kamala's big slumber party. I was unsure about an anthology for a milestone comic (This is the 50th regular issue of Ms. Marvel when you combine both volumes), but this works out great. Almost perfect, except for the seriously flawed final story with Miles. The other two are terrific, and the frame story, with its important and overdue and delightful secret-sharing, is a perfectly cromulent way to celebrate Big M's big milestone.

9.0
Ms. Marvel (2015) #32

Jan 21, 2019

Bruno and Kamala team up again, and things will definitely be different this time … naturally, it takes just pages for them to get overwhelmed with science and crime-fighting shenanigans. The creators wisely bolster the "greatest hits" protagonist pairing with some novel ideas about Kamala's powers and an excellent corny villain turn from the Shocker. Wrap it up in the series's usual distinctive Jersey City visuals and you've got a delightful start to a story.

9.0
Ms. Marvel (2015) #33

Mar 13, 2019

Kamala's battle with the Shocker expands in several weird directions. Bruno is on his own trying to apply science to her superpower problems with all possible haste. This story proceeds with deceptive speed, but there's a lot of subtle detail lurking in the background - both artistically and narratively. The Shocker clearly knows more than he says, for example, and his schemes are full of mysteries still to be revealed. And of course, there's a healthy nostalgia factor invoked by combining Kamala and Bruno again.

9.0
Ms. Marvel (2015) #34

Mar 27, 2019

Kamala encounters a wild "new" friend and Bruno makes important discoveries about her powers; this is a very multiversal issue. It all ties neatly back to the fight against the Shocker at the end, but the imaginative digressions are deeply rewarding. Besides wild pan-dimensional adventures, there's also some touching character work on Bruno. Holographic Professor Xavier is a random inclusion, but his role in spurring Bruno's thoughts here is brilliant.

9.0
Ms. Marvel (2015) #35

Apr 25, 2019

Kamala and Bruno banish the Shocker to New York with a little help from Singularity. It's a good performance all around, but Bruno's bravery at multiple points is the big standout. Gutting up and giving Kamala a no-strings "I love you" deserves a giant hooray for sure. The storytelling falls shy of perfection, but as is usually the case with Ms. Marvel, oodles of heart more than make up for minor technical glitches.

9.0
Ms. Marvel (2015) #36

May 30, 2019

A potentially-romantic evening for Bruno and Kamala segues into an unlikely but endearing flashback to the meeting of Kamala's human and Inhuman ancestors in medieval Persia. It's undoubtedly odd, but strong storytelling commitment makes it compelling. You might think it's a last-minute digression before the end of the volume, but it's tied to the current status quo with impeccable logic.

8.5
Ms. Marvel (2015) #37

Aug 20, 2019

Water mains burst in Jersey City, producing a pocket catastrophe that serves mainly as an excuse to do cute development work on Kamala's supporting cast. It's a lovable last look at this volume's great setting-as-character, and there's plenty of heartwarming stuff spread throughout the issue. This is trying to split the difference between "Kamala as protagonist" and "Kamala as background character," though, and the seams between the two are distracting. A key part of this comic is showing a community united through neighborly proximity and shared adventures rather than cultural or class identity. It's a town where a lost baby can pass safely and smoothly through a dozen compassionate hands before being reunited with his family. It's utterly prosaic. Yet in its own quiet way, it's just as magically heroic as a girl with stretchy superpowers.

7.0
Ms. Marvel (2015) #38

Sep 1, 2019

7.5
Ms. Marvel (2022): Wolverine #1

Jan 17, 2023

It's a pretty simple plot, with more than enough space devoted to "allow me to introduce myself" background on Ms. Marvel. And the bug-fighting action does drag on a bit; I'm not sure this needed extra pages. But the storytelling's solid all around. Good art, good dialogue, a good rendition of Kamala's voice, and some thoroughly enjoyable jokes.

8.0
Ms. Marvel (2022): Moon Knight #1

Jan 24, 2023

It's a straightforward detective story, and it makes good use of its guest star(s). This is about as noir-y as I've ever seen Ms. Marvel, and I think it works well. The art's particularly impressive; the copious detail and heavy shadows really help set the mood.

7.5
Ms. Marvel (2022): Venom #1

Feb 24, 2023

The crossover ends with a visit from Dylan Brock-edition Venom, and the heroes foil the baddies' plot in a thoroughly satisfying way. Kamala's been a solid and insightful protagonist throughout. This gives an enticing peek into where the current volume of Venom might be headed, too. It's a good issue and a good miniseries overall. It's not a well-written ongoing Ms. Marvel book, but it makes a decent stopgap until one comes along.

8.0
Ms. Marvel: Beyond the Limit (2021) #1

May 7, 2022

It's cute, it's fun, it spends an awful lot of time re-introducing Kamala to the reader. It's drawn beautifully in a style that proves simple isn't bad. The plot barely gets started, but what's there looks promising. I'm not sure if the humor is quite the right kind of corny for the character. Or maybe my head isn't in the right place today. Is it as good as the first half of GW Wilson's Ms. Marvel? No. But no other Kamala run -- not even the rest of Wilson's run -- has ever been that good. This is certainly no disappointment, and it's certainly great to have Kamala back.

7.5
Ms. Marvel: Beyond the Limit (2021) #2

May 21, 2022

There's plenty of fun stuff happening here -- in fact, a little too much stuff. The script spreads plot and character development around a little thin, with the result that the pace lags and there's some wheel-spinning. The mysteries facing Kamala are still intriguing and her voice sounds authentic, though. It helps that the art is absolutely great; this clean cartoony style fits the protagonist and the story to a T.

7.5
Ms. Marvel: Beyond the Limit (2021) #3

Jul 13, 2022

The story and writing are both flawed. Not fatally, but in a nasty Catch-22 way; I wish one was stronger to make up for the weakness of the other. Example of the symbiotic flaw situation: The last-page revelations (story) aren't particularly exciting, and their impact is reduced by being so rushed (writing). The script does have merit, though. The articulation of Kamala's jealousy and suspicion is terrific. And the art remains delightful. It establishes the perfect tone for the story. Young Wasp would be a great guest star. I hope she gets to do more than cameo in the future.

7.0
Ms. Marvel: Beyond the Limit (2021) #4

Aug 19, 2022

This was a fairly good Ms. Marvel comic in the first half. Then the rest of the issue was devoted to the dull antagonist's dull backstory. A shame. I'll commend the creators (the artist especially, but the writer too) for successfully capturing the spirit and character of Kamala Khan -- this is the same Ms. Marvel I fell in love with. They've just stuck her in an utter clunker of a story, that's all.

6.0
Ms. Marvel: Beyond the Limit (2021) #5

Nov 22, 2022

Woof. Well, the art's still nice. On the script side, though, what a mess. Even the silver lining of previous scripts -- that the characters' voices were a lot of fun -- dims here. Those cool voices are buried by torrents of exposition and technobabble that desperately try to rationalize the set-up from #1 before the series ends. If Marvel is intentionally trying to shrink the fanbase for its niche characters (aside: Does Kamala even count as niche anymore?), these mediocre 5-and-done miniseries with weak premises and flawed execution are the perfect tools to do it.

7.5
Multiple Man (2018) #1

Jan 9, 2019

The Dead Souls crew discovers a live Madrox dupe. The question of how he survived his M-Pox death is outdone by the last-act arrival of more dupes who've picked up ridiculous crossover powers via time-travel shenanigans. The character interactions and the twisty mysteries point toward "good comic." It doesn't quite get there for me, though. It relies a little too much on "lookit how waaaaaacky Madrox's life is" shock value, and the art really struggles to convey the action and emotion the script calls for.

6.0
Multiple Man (2018) #2

Feb 4, 2019

Madrox's future selves blip him into a cheap "Days of Future Past" dystopia where one of his dupes is the Evil Emperor. There's a resistance movement carved out of his backstory, the characters snark a bunch at each other, and the timey-wimey plot begins to swallow itself. I disliked this issue pretty thoroughly, but I think my unfamiliarity with the character is as much to blame as anything. It's something that stronger writing or better art could surely get me past, though.

7.0
Multiple Man (2018) #3

Feb 28, 2019

All of Jamie's time-travel shenanigans come to naught and a lot of violence puts our protagonist face-to-face with his evil dictatorial dupe. Either this plot is starting to make sense or I'm coming down with Stockholm syndrome. Absurd Madrox-on-Madrox violence and a palace stuffed with "I conquered the Marvel universe" trophies are fertile subject matter for the art, which I found more impressive than in the previous issues. I'm still not convinced we're seeing anything meaningful - for either the character or the Mighty Marvel Status Quo - but this episode was definitely more enjoyable.

7.0
Multiple Man (2018) #4

Apr 6, 2019

The final act rewinds to show the first events of the series from the time-travelers' perspectives. It's an easy layup of a revelation, and the stories of the future-dupes gaining their superpowers don't quite justify the space taken to tell them. It's a fairly enjoyable read, but now the pattern is clear and you can use the remaining mysteries in #1 to predict just what timey-wimey shenanigans will come in #5.

7.0
Multiple Man (2018) #5

May 21, 2019

6.0
Murderworld (2022): Avengers #1

May 9, 2023

I get it. Jim Zub watched Squid Game and then thought, "Man, what if Arcade watched Squid Game!" But just because you can turn your premise-establishing elevator pitch into an entire issue doesn't mean you should. It's a waste of good art, if nothing else. But I don't have any problem with the nuts-and-bolts writing, which was crafted well. I even liked the twist. But this appears to be a bog-standard Battle Royale clone with some annoying trend-chasing, and the real story hasn't even started yet. (And the title-justifying integration of the Avengers was crass and weak.)

6.5
Murderworld (2022): Spider-Man #1

Sep 2, 2023

The plot is picking up a bit and the new protagonist isn't as viscerally loathsome as the last one, but it's still a pretty average comic. If this series is swapping protagonists with every issue, it's a real crapshoot--one that hasn't paid off yet. And the connection to the titular superheroes just gets crasser and crasser.

5.5
Murderworld (2022): Wolverine #1

Jan 13, 2024

Still not bad in and of itself; still not good enough to excuse the crass marketing gimmick.

7.0
Murderworld (2022): Moon Knight #1

Apr 16, 2024

The series finally gets interesting as it heads toward the endgame. The pace is brisk, the plot is twisty, and the LMDs are *finally* more than just a marketing gimmick. The art's exaggerated in a way that I happen to like.

7.0
Murderworld (2022): Game Over #1

Apr 23, 2024

The plot takes a darker twist than I expected here. It's a good story, and this final chapter is particularly well illustrated. But the darkness is undercut by two factors: First, the protagonist/PoV character is incredibly flat, spurred on by the most generic motivations. And second, the resolution turns this entire series into a shaggy-dog preamble for a hypothetical Black Widow vs Arcade story. And if the authors *had* that story, they coulda/shoulda told it here.

8.0
Namor: Conquered Shores (2022) #1

Apr 7, 2023

There's a lot of cool world-building to dig into here. The script perhaps digs a little too deep, bogging down in wordy political debates at times. But the art is a BIG booster, painting a gorgeous portrait of a drowned Earth and drawing the characters with energy and expressive detail.

7.5
Namor: Conquered Shores (2022) #2

May 9, 2023

It's slow and contemplative, and I get that that's a reflection of Old Man Namor's character. It does make the story drag a bit, though. Good thing the art's still beautiful and the plot developments are interesting!

7.0
Namor: Conquered Shores (2022) #3

Aug 30, 2023

Some interesting plot developments come out of this trip to Latveria, and I think the way they intersect with the exploration of Namor's character is fascinating. But it's all conveyed with tremendous subtlety, maybe too much subtlety. The surprise guest star is a pretty corny gimmick, too.

6.0
Namor: Conquered Shores (2022) #4

Dec 26, 2023

6.5
Namor: Conquered Shores (2022) #5

Mar 7, 2024

The resolution of the plot is, I suppose, satisfactory. Though the colorful art could definitely be more polished, it's also definitely well-constructed. Gosh, the script is clunky, though! Both the ideas and the expression thereof are stiff and dull.

6.5
Nebula (2020) #1

Sep 24, 2020

Nebula fights her way through a space station to get a super-science probability prediction widget jammed into her head. She's unrepentantly nasty throughout, and her characterization is probably the strongest part of the book. Words and art both have a lively, improvisational feel. The visuals do a much better job with this than the language, though. It's consistently pleasant to look at; the same can't be said of reading the words.

7.0
Nebula (2020) #2

Oct 21, 2020

It's still pretty derivative; this issue is extremely "Star Wars." But the character work has charm and the art is growing on me. Though the way she was delivered to us was clumsy, amnesiac Nebula is turning out to be a real treat.

8.0
New Fantastic Four (2022) #1

Dec 30, 2022

I like the art. I'm halfway hooked on the plot; it's a bit slow to start, but I'm eager to learn more. That's mainly because I *love* the humor. There's a lot of it, maybe too much for some readers, but I liked every gag. I never expected Peter David and I to achieve consensus on comedy (or anything, really), but here we are.

7.5
New Fantastic Four (2022) #2

Jan 9, 2023

This issue isn't quite as funny as the last one, and I feel like the plot-hints offered instead of jokes weren't as enjoyable. Seems like a pretty standard "figure out the demon's plot and then stop it" kinda story. It's still enjoyable thanks to solid storytelling and good creator teamwork. The author slows the pace down for some in-depth fight scenes, and the artist makes sure they look cool enough to pay off the added attention.

7.0
New Fantastic Four (2022) #3

Jan 14, 2023

Marlo Chandler?! In a Peter David flashback comic?! I'm shocked. Shocked! Well, not that shocked.

6.5
New Fantastic Four (2022) #4

Feb 12, 2023

5.5
New Fantastic Four (2022) #5

Mar 30, 2023

This series coasts to a soft landing. This is just 3 scenes stretched out to fill the page count, and neither the plotting nor the characterization are particularly deep. The art isn't to my taste, but it is polished to a pretty nice finish. This issue does the job of wrapping up the story, and while it's not really bad, it's also aggressively not good.

9.0
New Mutants (2019) #1

Jun 1, 2020

Pleased with the new Krakoan status quo, the New Mutants (+ Chamber and Mondo) head off to space to retrieve Cannonball. Things go sideways through a combination of inquisitiveness and the Starjammers being dickish. The plot looks a trifle simple, but top-tier sassy banter and painted art with a gorgeous, Sienkiewiczian bent make the reading experience delightful. Even though it feels like this title and Marauders start off in the same sandbox, I'm loving both takes so far.

9.0
New Mutants (2019) #2

Jun 12, 2020

The New Mutants get convicted of space-crime, succeed in their Cannonball-finding mission, and get hurled straight into another fine mess. Exquisite art, brilliant sass, and superb pacing turn a potentially-tiresome screwball comedy into an absolute delight. I love this -- and I will keep this issue in mind the next time I cast aspersions on Jonathan Hickman's ability to do comedy.

7.0
New Mutants (2019) #3

Jul 2, 2020

I dearly love the premise this issue starts with: Compassionate, friendship-driven check-ins with less-famous mutants. It shows a nice slice of day-to-day Krakoa business, and it achieves a tone DoX hasn't really touched on yet: heartwarming. But then it all goes down the crapper at the end thanks to the arrival of a dishwater-dull antagonist, drawn in the unique style that I almost believed Flaviano had put behind him. (Namely, a roided-up, colorblind pimp who would get cut from Street Fighter for being too tacky).

6.0
New Mutants (2019) #4

Jul 13, 2020

This issue has sound ideas and some good dialogue, but I found the decompressed pace, passive heroes, and sketchy art disappointing. Dawn of X is mostly a triumph, but the aggressive publishing schedule forces Marvel to fill out these should-be-flagship titles with rushed, "digital original" levels of storytelling quality. That's a pocket tragedy.

9.0
New Mutants (2019) #5

Jul 23, 2020

Another serving of the New Mutants' Space Yarn gives me lots of chuckles -- but it also bolsters my suspicion that this whole thing is a shaggy-dog story that's going to be a footnote in the history of DoX. It looks fabulous and this is the one place in the X-portfolio where Mr. Hickman truly puts character ahead of plot and world-building, so I don't really mind the footnote thing at all.

5.0
New Mutants (2019) #6

Sep 24, 2020

There's a nugget of interest in the idea of a young mutant team fighting a Latinx drug cartel. And also a nugget of interest in giving the twins the moral education they desperately need. But the storytelling used to dig up those nuggets has been terrible. I object to this issue's "cheap heat" fatalities, too.

8.5
New Mutants (2019) #7

Oct 17, 2020

I said this would end up as a shaggy dog story, and indeed, here's the super-shaggy conclusion. Like all good shaggy doggers, it delivers enough humor to forestall any resentment over the story winding up pointless.

5.5
New Mutants (2019) #8

Oct 17, 2020

Sebastian Shaw picks up the drug cartel plotline and Magma leads Armor and Boom-Boom to a needed victory over the monsters blocking Brazil's Krakoa gate. It's a thoroughly average story. The skeleton's good, so seeing it developed with such forgettable words and art is a little disappointing.

5.0
New Mutants (2019) #9

Oct 21, 2020

The Venn diagram of "X-Books I have read" and "X-Books Ed Brisson has read" doesn't have enough overlap to make this arc a fun read for me. I liked the art; the dialogue, much less so. Mr. Brisson only has two voices for his New Mutants -- one snarky, one stilted -- and as the roster expands, that's a real problem.

6.0
New Mutants (2019) #10

Nov 9, 2020

Cypher and Armor lead the backup squad into the same nightmare trap that ate Boom-Boom's squad. The edges are filigreed with a little political/media storm and poor Magik, back on Krakoa, is several steps behind the action. I like the concept and the art is OK, stretching to good in the nightmare panels. But the prose is clumsy and the pace is slow, leaving this issue not as much fun to read as it should be.

7.5
New Mutants (2019) #11

Dec 17, 2020

I do not envy the next artist who has to draw Cosmar after Flaviano leaves.

6.5
New Mutants (2019) #12

Feb 20, 2021

This thoroughly average comic doesn't deserve that last Glob scene. But I am glad I got to read that scene.

8.0
New Mutants (2019) #13

Mar 3, 2021

This is an interesting, introspective issue that's wholly occupied by one key problem: Doug Ramsey is about the last mutant you'd pick for a high-stakes interdimensional sword-fight. He knows it, so does everybody else on Krakoa, and it's discussed at length. Although Cypher doesn't grow or change here, the multiple takes on his situation build up a nuanced and sympathetic portrait. In addition to the surprising depth of characterization, this issue is boosted by some terrific painterly art and some well-done Sienkiewicz emulation on Warlock.

8.0
New Mutants (2019) #14

Mar 26, 2021

The classic New Mutants find themselves volunteered as teachers for the younger generation. It's a very simple set-up, but the character work is terrific and there's more than a little humor. Magik is the star, but I'm also delighted to see Scout (aka Gabby aka Honey Badger) back and handled well. I have a conflicted reaction to the art. I love the blocking, the colors, a lot of the faces. But the linework is so very improvable!

5.0
New Mutants (2019) #15

May 9, 2021

The New Mutants and their younger students swirl in a directionless stew of slice-of-life melodrama. Rahne's son is missing, Gabby's feeling ignored, and Cosmar struggles with body image issues. The character work is actually quite appealing to me -- when I recognize the participants. The art is outrageously rough, though, and the lack of a unifying plot does serious damage to the reading experience. Mr. Reis has now taken a mile out of the inch afforded by "It's New Mutants, so the art can be sketchy like Sienkiewicz." These visuals are a good start; they're undeniably and unacceptably unfinished.

6.5
New Mutants (2019) #16

Jun 11, 2021

The New Mutants' many storylines all ratchet forward: The Shadow King is doing creepy stuff with kids, Mirage and Karma go on an Otherworld rescue quest, and Rahne finds herself abandoned in a vulnerable moment. This is a wide, character-driven ensemble story. Where the last issue left me feeling lost at sea, though, now I'm caring about what happens to the characters. That's a respectable achievement in storytelling, even if I still find the art roughly-finished and the prose none too memorable.

8.0
New Mutants (2019) #17

Sep 7, 2021

Xi'an and Dani bring their Otherworld rescue mission to a (slightly) surprising conclusion. The Shadow King's lost children move forward in their mind-swapping shenanigans in ways that are both heartwarming and ominous. I really like the way this title's plot threads are developing, and the character work is terrific. My antipathy to the art just gets stronger, though; I'm convinced Rod Reis is putting style over substance and -- though the results look pretty in a "discount Sienkiewicz" way -- it's ultimately hurting the storytelling.

9.0
New Mutants (2019) #18

Oct 15, 2021

Karma goes through the Crucible and Warpath and Wolfsbane help Gabby work through her concerns regarding the Shadow King. Strong storytelling (the art is finally living up to the writing, in my opinion), strong plotting, and absolutely impeccable character work. This issue suggests big things are coming and it totally succeeds in getting me interested in what's next for these characters.

6.5
New Mutants (2019) #19

Oct 28, 2021

The cast deals with Gala shenanigans while almost in the background, something tremendously important happens with Gabby. I actually love the Gabby development, dark and ambiguous as it is. The Gala shenanigans were cute and in character, but inconsequential. Ironically, this issue reveals more about the Gala's Big Reveal than any that have come before, almost by accident. And then there's the art. I will be charitable and say it improves over the course of the book. But I will be uncharitable and say it reaches "competent" at best, starting well below that mark.

6.5
New Mutants (2019) #20

Dec 13, 2021

Gabby's friends start to take her concerns seriously now that she's dead. And troubling (but nonspecific) things are happening to Rahne. I really like the characters involved in this story and the challenges they're presented with. But the storytelling always seems to leave something to be desired. This time around, I'm cool with the art, seeing a lively improvisational style at play. No, in this issue, it's the writing that disappoints me. Stiff, clumsy phrases pop up at the worst possible moments. I like the issue's themes, though. Pretty much everything that happens here drives home the moral "friendship means caring all the time, not just when it's convenient."

8.5
New Mutants (2019) #21

Jan 6, 2022

Everybody comes around to the view that the Shadow King killed Gabby, so the ruckus is ON. (But I expect a few more twists in the story before it's over.) The prose is decent, the art is good, and my stars, the content! Great developments for both plot and character, and a healthy slab of world-building, too. This issue does a whole lot, without feeling either rushed or bloated; that's the sign of a well-structured script. The B story even got me interested in Warpath's junior class -- not quite to the point of learning their names, but I'm getting there. Plus, as a gigantic Gabby stan, I'm delighted with what the creators and the Five do with her here.

7.5
New Mutants (2019) #22

Feb 16, 2022

While Scout has a heartwarming reconnection with the "Lost Club" kids, things go poorly for the New Mutants with the Shadow King. He pitches his "training" of the kids in social Darwinist terms, and when his audience isn't sold, his "plan B" is good ol' psychic torture. I like the ideas in the Shadow King section and the character work on the younger kids, but this issue just barely reaches "good comics" territory for me. The pace is slow and the art, while beautiful in some spots, doesn't quite make up for it.

9.5
New Mutants (2019) #23

Apr 14, 2022

The New Mutants and the Lost Club team up to defeat the Shadow King on the astral plane and save the soul of Amahl Farouk. That's the whole of the plot -- very simple. But it's executed with such exquisite craftsmanship that this issue comes dangerously close to perfect. I've teased Rod Reis a lot about doing a shabby Sienkiewicz impersonation, but here he pulls out all the stops and delivers a tour-de-force performance that the master would be proud of. The script is where a little tweaking could improve the issue. If Rahne's conflict were streamlined, maybe the script pages could be eliminated. But the writing as it stands is already so good that I'm willing to forgive that too-common sin of the Hickman-era X-books: using datafiles as narrative shortcuts. This script handles the characters magnificently and really lays their hearts bare. Also, the visual contrast between Cosmar and No-Girl's usual designs and their astral projections is heartbreakingly great.

8.0
New Mutants (2019) #24

Jul 1, 2022

An issue of wall-to-wall character growth moments is challenging -- both to create and to read. This one avoids wearing out its welcome by never putting a foot wrong; every change is laudable. If you're a stan of a particular character, the odds are great that how they're treated here will make you cheer. That being said, the creative work keeps this issue from making the leap from good to great, no matter how much the reader loves the characters. The language is earnest, but never truly profound, and maybe even a bit repetitive. The art works, but it never quite delivers a wow. (It's also slightly disappointing that 2 major character design overhauls happen without any visual wows.) If it's not great, it's definitely good. And what's more important is that it's deeply satisfying for long-time readers.

8.0
New Mutants (2019) #25

Dec 20, 2022

This is *such* a first chapter that I'm finding it hard to judge. It's a good start -- but will it head up into greatness or down into forgettability? I'll put my money on an upward trend based on this issue's formidable storytelling. The art's gorgeous, including the perfectly retro-fied flashback. The prose might not sparkle, but it's clear. And scriptwise, the structure is terrific. The first plot developments flow smoothly, and the rich embroidery of extra material (the storybook pages) add substance without messing up the pace.

8.0
New Mutants (2019) #26

Dec 30, 2022

This issue packs a lot of short and long-term plot development on top of a pretty brisk action story. The art still looks very good and the script does an admirable job keeping all its information clear. This is definitely a good comic. The "Old Man/Old Lady variant" trope is getting pretty threadbare, though.

9.0
New Mutants (2019) #27

Jan 8, 2023

This issue is kind of an alternate take on the premise of the last one: another Young-Magik-Old-Magik team up. For me, this one hit way harder and was much more impressive. The structure of the script is elegant; some of the prose is labored, but some of it is wickedly sharp (and funny). A lot of the art is gorgeous, and even the sketchier panels are powerfully expressive. There's terrific character work all through the Rasputin family here. Though I'm not clear on all of the callbacks and foreshadowing, it all combines into a fully satisfying story between the covers. It's done so skillfully that it really boosts my confidence in the author's big-picture plot; I'm sure that they're sure exactly where this story is going.

8.0
New Mutants (2019) #28

Jan 24, 2023

Based on the previous chapters, maybe I should have been able to call the final twist here. But I didn't, and it made for a thoroughly satisfying end to the story. The art was a little sketchy and the script was a little verbose, but the neatness with which every plot thread tied up was impressive. I think the author took a few more swings at justifying Magik and Madelyne's deal than were really necessary, but with something that tricky, it's probably better to err on the side of excess clarity.

5.5
New Mutants (2019) #29

Feb 12, 2023

6.0
New Mutants (2019) #30

Feb 26, 2023

Confession time: I have a Bad Art Event Horizon, beyond which I struggle to enjoy even the nicest, most heartfelt story. And most of this pseudo-anthology is, subjectively, well over the BAEH.

8.0
New Mutants (2019) #31

Apr 14, 2023

I'm filing this one under "not all messy comics are bad." And boy, it IS messy. Character work flying every which way, and Martha/Cerebella/No-Girl flat-out stealing the spotlight (and the plot) from the new protagonist. And I'm there for it. The art is cute and cartoony, but with a polished edge and a solid command of visual storytelling. The characters are charming, even if they can't agree on whose story this is. (I'm also eager to see what fig leaf the transphobic red-dot raters are wearing for this issue.)

8.0
New Mutants (2019) #32

Jul 9, 2023

I love what's going on here and I'll happily call it a good comic -- while remaining aware that my subjective enthusiasm is adding some charity. The storytelling in words and art is…wildly uneven, I guess. When it works it REALLY works, like when the identity themes line up or a fantastically-drawn face amplifies the emotional impact of a conversation. But when things don't work, they risk throwing the story (particularly the development of the plot) entirely off the rails.

6.0
New Mutants (2019) #33

Sep 2, 2023

I like the conclusion of this arc--in a big-picture, broad-strokes kind of way. I still find the characters appealing and I like the premise of the plot. But particularly here in the final issue, I have to admit that the storytelling doesn't hold up in detail, line-by-line and panel-by-panel. There are a lot of wonky drawings and a lot of questionable connections. It's an admirably ambitious finale, one I'm glad to have read, but the nuts and bolts could use a lot of work.

8.5
New Mutants Lethal Legion (2023) #1

Jan 18, 2024

This is a good comic, but I'd call it provisionally good. It can be a blast to read--so long as you meet the creators halfway. I did and I had a blast. There are half a dozen valid reasons not to reach out that way. One of them is dumb ("I want more of the 'real' New Mutants!"), but still valid. And then there's the *evil* reason to dislike this book. You know the one. If you don't like this book, that's fine. Without that reader reach-out, this might be an "average" comic, or a "meh" comic, or at worst, a "mediocre" comic. But this isn't a red-dot bad comic, and if you claim it is, it's probably because of the evil reason. Don't take the coward's route of pretending that the other reasons offended you sooo much. Drop your red dot and move the fuck on.

6.0
New Mutants: Dead Souls #1

Oct 8, 2018

Magik and a pack of younger d-list mutants foil a very lazily-conceived zombie attack before racing off to their next hypothetically-scary X-Files mission. It's a promising roster, the general premise works, and there's some good characterization, but the specific case featured here is a clunker. The art is functional in a rather generic indie horror way. I'm betting both the editor that issued it and the artist who cashed it looked at the check for services rendered on this issue and went, "meh."

8.0
New Mutants: Dead Souls #2

Oct 17, 2018

The New New Mutants fail to gel as a team as their second mission takes them into the Arctic. The creative team is doing a better job of pulling together than the mutants - the character-to-character friction is intentional and conveyed well. The less complicated setting also favors the art style, and this a stronger issue all around when compared to the first one. A wonderful twist ending hooks my interest hard, and now I'm definitely looking forward to the next installment.

8.0
New Mutants: Dead Souls #3

Nov 25, 2018

This issue is a runaway train that goes heavy on the comedy in the runup to a cards-on-the-table confrontation with the team's antagonist. The breathless pace works flawlessly and this issue bursts with 2-3 comics' worth of top-quality sass. The art continues to run hot and cold. When it's successful it's amazing; when it fails it fails HARD. Though this series is struggling to find a consistent tone, the highs are brilliant enough to excuse the lows.

9.0
New Mutants: Dead Souls #4

Jan 1, 2019

Magik faces the consequences of failure after she gets Riktor killed in a plane crash. Putting her through pull-no-punches emotional torment and crafting a noteworthy third-act twist make this issue something special. I've been successfully hooked, and that gives the words and art a little extra impact.

9.0
New Mutants: Dead Souls #5

Jan 21, 2019

Illyana discovers why breaking into the Sanctum Sanctorum is a bad idea. Her teammates have a fascinating time while she's grappling with the main plot. The high point is undoubtedly the way the rift between Rahne and Guido is adroitly explained and moved toward healing. The layouts get audacious to illustrate the weirdness of the Sanctum, which works very well. I'm falling deeper in love with the way this series treats these characters; at its best, it triggers happy Claremont flashbacks. I, too, wish this were an ongoing.

9.0
New Mutants: Dead Souls #6

Mar 13, 2019

The inevitable confrontation between Illyana and Shan sets new records for "that didn't go well"-itude. The earthquake-level shift in the New Mutants' status quo doesn't provide any of the closure you might expect from a series finale. After much thought, though, I've decided I like this WAY better than the "we've generated a TPB worth of marketable story, now we'll slap the characters back on the pantry shelf until it's time to make another serving of comics product" approach so many Marvel serieses take. This issue and the series as a whole had some foibles, but it's a magnificent and meaningful journey that lives up to the highest standards of OG Claremont New Mutants.

8.0
New Mutants: War Children (2019) #1

Apr 20, 2020

The creators are leaning pretty hard on the nostalgia button. You can't call it all-time great without a lot of rosy hindsight -- but you can't call it less than good without an unhealthy dose of cynicism. The best-case scenario is probably inspiring a new generation to read, say, the Demon Bear arc. Yes, youngins, Claremont and Sienkiewicz did this unique storytelling month after month for *years* back in the day.

9.0
Nick Fury (2017) #1

Oct 31, 2017

Nick Fury Jr. takes the field in an incredibly stylish fight against Frankie Noble, Agent of Hydra. The premise here is simple. James Robinson delivers a satisfying "super Bond" script, and the very capable art team - ACO, Hugo Petrus, and Rachelle Rosenberg - is unleashed with a mandate to make Jim Steranko proud. Speaking as a giant fan of Steranko's Agent of SHIELD, I say they succeeded most impressively. It's stylish and extremely fun, and it might go a long way toward mending fences if you're an anti-fan of Nick Fury Jr.

8.0
Nick Fury (2017) #2

Nov 25, 2017

Frankie Noble complicates what should be a perfectly ordinary "stop the sci-fi samurai yakuza mob from holding the Earth hostage with their moon-based plate tectonic ray" mission for Nick Fury Jr. Shallow? Yes. But this is one case where style and brilliant art forgive a multitude of sins. There's simply not a better-designed book in the Marvel lineup right now, and diving too deep into the absurd premises behind these missions or pausing the action for character development would spoil the whole ride. This series badly needs to introduce some depth and complexity with its next issue, though.

8.0
Nick Fury (2017) #3

Jan 5, 2018

Nick Fury Jr. checks off the "sexy flirting" and "traintop fight" boxes on his Baby Bond Spy Experience card. This is still a very stylish ride, but it's certainly not breaking any new ground. It relies a great deal on spy clichés, and the absence of Frankie Noble suggests that this is destined to be the skippable "status quo" issue of this brief title. This is also where the creeping suspicion dawns that ACO's artistic brilliance outshines James Robinson's scripting skills by a significant margin.

7.0
Nick Fury (2017) #4

Jan 15, 2018

Nick Fury Jr shoots a Hydra spy in Atlantis. This issue's plot is so spare that it's hard to write more than a few sentences on it without encapsulating it completely. Attuma's a hopeless jobber, too. ACO's art is still beautiful, but it's rather detached from the story. The highlight is probably a few lines of solid world-building on contemporary Atlantis. I get the feeling that James Robinson *really* wants to write a Namor solo.

7.0
Nick Fury (2017) #5

Feb 12, 2018

Nick Fury Jr is sent on vacation in a sleepy little town with nothing to hide … or is it? Of course it devolves into superspy action, and once again ACO's art leads James Robinson's script around by the nose. Yes, there's an exceptional eyeball-popping four-page quad-spread at the climax. For all its beauty, it's a virtually random collage of "weird spy stuff" floating around Nicky - that makes it a too-apt summary of the series as a whole. Frankie Noble is still MIA, we still know virtually nothing about the Mission Control voice in Nicky's ear, and the limitations of this title's consistent "style over substance" approach are all too clear.

7.0
Nick Fury (2017) #6

Apr 7, 2018

Let me be clear when I deliver a lowball rating: This is not a case of "meh, it was alright, the art was above average." No. This is 9/10 art wedded to a 3/10 script. It delivered magnificent visuals and *virtually none* of the satisfying plot payoffs I was looking for. The callbacks to Jim Steranko's Nick Fury #3 were decent. The wasted potential of Frankie Noble and her Hydra plan were dreadful. Nicky coming out on top because he had the foresight to bring along an "instant win" button was also terrible.

8.0
Nightcrawlers (2023) #1

Apr 16, 2024

The art looks pretty and the script cruises smoothly along at a fast clip. The titular Nightcrawlers don't make much of an impact, characterization-wise, but there's plenty of fascinating plot development to make up for that. I think Sins of Sinister is going to hit a lot harder when I can read the whole thing at once instead of month-to-month.

8.0
Non-Stop Spider-Man (2021) #1

Jul 18, 2021

The action starts in media res as a designer drug problem at ESU pits Spidey against some particularly well-armed goons. The storytelling delivers on the "fast action" mandate, but I think the creators do a good enough job salting in plot developments to keep it from feeling mindless. Not a great story yet, but definitely a good one.

7.5
Non-Stop Spider-Man (2021) #2

Aug 18, 2021

Spidey teams up with Norah Winters and deduces that the A-Plus drug has super-science brain-draining effects. And it's dealt disproportionately to minority students, adding a nasty racial edge to the mix. Per the premise of the series, there's plenty of explosive action, mainly thanks to the Zapata Brothers in this installment. The story is ticking along nicely, but this second issue lets the core conceit fade a little -- this is becoming "just another Spidey yarn" rather than the most action-packed thrill-ride ever. And that's not actually a bad thing; there's enough thought invested in the set-up to make it worth further reading.

7.0
Non-Stop Spider-Man (2021) #3

Oct 25, 2021

I've got Zapata fatigue. Excellent move by Norah Winters, though!

8.0
Non-Stop Spider-Man (2021) #4

Jan 4, 2022

Spider-Man pursues Zemo relentlessly, hindered by his annoying new Nazi protege, Wulf. It is, as promised, non-stop action. But it's smartly structured, well-illustrated, and packed with a surprising amount of clever dialogue. A real treat. When I saw this number was gonna be Spidey vs. Zemo, my main thought was, "Man, I hope they don't soft-pedal Zemo being a Nazi." Needless to say, it did not disappoint on that score. What's not to love about Spider-Man going ape on unrepentant white supremacists (other than the fact that the bad guys win this round)?

6.0
Non-Stop Spider-Man (2021) #5

Feb 3, 2022

For some reason, once they reach a certain age, comics writers REALLY start to love shaggy dog endings. This is a perfect example, and ooh, I hate it. The ending, that is. I'm also no fan of the artist carousel. If my rating is higher than other users', though, it's because I enjoyed the "stupid Spidey" jokes entirely too much.

7.0
Not Brand Echh #14

Jun 9, 2018

Two solid gag strips (from Gwenpool and Squirrel Girl, no surprise there) carry some forgettable "funny" filler and a fascinating study in smugness wherein Nick Spencer accurately identifies but in no way apologizes for some of Secret Empire's key weaknesses. A perfect Marvel Unlimited book - it gave me some solid chuckles, but I'd feel downright dirty paying full price for it.

8.0
Nova (2016) #3

Oct 31, 2017

Sam absorbs life lessons from Rich while failing to note that the elder Nova has come back to life with horrifying eldritch powers. Something is clearly super duper wrong with Rich Rider, but we haven't really unpacked it yet. It's just one of many promising plot threads; too many stories advancing too slowly might be this book's one weakness. It certainly isn't the art, which is still superb.

6.0
Nova (2016) #4

Oct 31, 2017

Sam and Rich have a good date night - not, like, together - before Cancerverse tragedy strikes. Several questionable creator choices made it tough for me to enjoy this book: "What if we draw Sam as a prepubescent 12-year-old for the first time ever?" and "What if we put Rich & Gamora through a bald-faced ripoff of Dan & Laurie's date in Watchmen?" While the book's technical storytelling is decent, those questions suggest an answer to the bigger question of why this title got canceled so quickly.

6.0
Nova (2016) #5

Oct 31, 2017

Surprise surprise, Rich is a living door to the Cancerverse and therefore a gigantic threat. He admits this to Sam and tries to sacrifice himself to solve the problem, but there's one last twist. This is a seriously under-finished book, particularly in the art. Ramón Pérez draws beautiful figures, but they're left hanging in featureless ziptone panels for fully half of the book. Granted, Sam and Rich are having a hugely emotional conversation in Sam's backyard, but just blanking all the backgrounds feels like the laziest possible way to downplay that fact.

8.0
Nova (2016) #6

Nov 9, 2017

The chunk of the Worldmind Rich left in the Cancerverse has turned just as nasty as you might think. Is Sam too late to save Rich from its clutches? While Worldmind's story isn't much of a revelation (and might contradict some continuity), it's delivered in creeptastic style via some excellent art and writing. Guest artist Scott Hepburn saves the day by making the Cancerverse look just as horrifying as it should. Can Sam Alexander pull a similar trick next month and rescue Rich?

9.0
Nova (2016) #7

Jan 5, 2018

Rich and Sam have a thrilling hoo-rah team-up to liberate Rich from the last vestiges of the Cancerverse. This title goes out with a bang, delivering on all the possibilities a Sam/Rich book has to offer. Great dialogue, solid art (including a glorious callback to a key Annihilation moment), and a heartwarming resolution. This was another new Marvel series that shot itself in the foot by delaying the end of its debut story arc to try and launch sub-plots. (cf. Mosaic.) I hope somebody takes another swing at a Sam/Rich Nova book and tackles it a bit more directly next time around.

6.0
Occupy Avengers #4

Oct 31, 2017

The LMD situation is awesomely sorted out with the awesome assistance of Tilda "Nightshade" Johnson, who is awesome. Guess who's joining the team? This issue offers a serious Tilda overdose, and I'm saying that as somebody who likes the character. I think the author's conceit of looping her narration back to the same themes three times is more lazy repetition than clever emphasis. The question of who's stealing LMD parts is left frustratingly unanswered, but Nick Fury Jr. gives Hawkeye a paranoid "trust no one" warning.

9.5
Occupy Avengers #5

Oct 31, 2017

Hawkeye and pals run into a nifty take on the "rural town with a dark secret" trope. There's an excellent twist in the final pages and it gives the book great strength on your second read-through. Gabriel Hernandez Walta is a brilliant choice for the art; superheroes in the mundane world seems to be his wheelhouse. His scrupulously-detailed panels deserve an upward rating nudge for sure.

6.0
Occupy Avengers #6

Nov 4, 2017

A slow evolution of the deadly standoff in Dungston reveals that the bad guys are Skrulls, just like some (not all) of the townsfolk. This comic took a tranquilizer and slowed down to a dangerous degree. Some generic action movie scenes inch the plot forward and give each character a tiny nibble at the character development pie. David Walker is doing that thing where the captions tell a slightly divergent story on top of the story told in the art and dialogue, but added complexity does not equal added depth. It doesn't help that Gabriel Hernandez Walta's art is unusually hasty and unpolished this month. I have the awful feeling that this issue is going to end up as the superfluous filler that could be cut out to tighten up an otherwise-strong story arc.

8.0
Occupy Avengers #7

Dec 7, 2017

Wheels does a little day-saving before joining the team, they check in with Nick Fury Jr. again, and it's off to the next adventure. This three-issue arc was an issue too long, but the conclusion's pretty satisfying. Wheels combines with the team's fly "Vantastic" ride to beat on some Skrulls and Gabriel Hernandez Walta manages to make some very Transformers-esque action look fresh. The script perhaps lingers on Wheels too long at the expense of the refugee Skrulls in Dungston; it feels like we're dropping their story only half-told. Overall I really like the idea of picking up team members one per story arc; I just hope David Walker gets enough time to expand the team further.

6.0
Occupy Avengers #8

Jan 5, 2018

The Occupy team chooses to take the fight to Hydra in an incredibly awesome way - but the telling of the tale is incredibly flawed. How do you rate a comic built around a scorchingly great idea when several of the smaller plot twists feel like petty "bite the hand" in-jokes and the art looks like last-minute work bought on a budget of tree fiddy? The issue as drawn is tough to love. The idea of giving David Walker six issues and a top-shelf artist to tell the "Green Dawn" story of a popular anti-Hydra uprising is beautiful, but sadly it's headed straight to the "what could have been" file. The reality is a lot less impressive than that ideal.

8.0
Occupy Avengers #9

Feb 3, 2018

Hawkeye bails like a punk and the rest of the Occupy team goes out in a Butch & Sundance storm of fury. The tone is bitter turning to bittersweet by the end, and there aren't any on-page deaths, but this is definitely a "burn it all down" ending. It's written well and there's plenty of awesome combat; the biggest and most gratifying surprise is that Gabriel Hernandez Walta can draw a *hell* of a battle scene when you give him the chance.

7.0
Old Man Hawkeye #1

Jul 27, 2018

Five years before the original Old Man Logan, Hawkeye's failing eyesight inspires him to do … something heroic. This issue doesn't have time to start providing details. And that's the crux of the problem; this comic spends so much time assuring us that we are really no foolin' back in the OML Wasteland that it doesn't have time to get a story going. Marco Checchetto's art is gorgeous, but its splash-heavy style also messes with the pace and further limits the amount of ground that can be covered in 20 pages.

7.0
Old Man Hawkeye #2

Sep 6, 2018

Hawkeye, Bullseye, and Venomdrox drift across the Wasteland like a body-dropping conga line. The script is too tight-lipped about motivations and plans, particularly Clint's. I can tell this is aiming at a Sergio Leone-type vibe, but the individual plot developments aren't interesting enough to make it work. An editor really should have told Ethan Sacks that attempting to up the ante by sending his two villains down the exact same path is terribly counter-productive. The art is supremely polished, but the lack of memorable content to illustrate makes it a bit of a wasted effort.

7.0
Old Man Hawkeye #3

Oct 8, 2018

Hawkeye's first vengeance kill at last reveals his intentions. His quest and his motivations are workable but not novel; as a revelation after three issues of build-up, they're slightly disappointing. Also slightly disappointing is the art's ability to move the story through fight scenes. The characters' actions get lost in a storm of debris and detail. This story is a bit above average, but there's also clear room for improvement.

8.0
Old Man Hawkeye #4

Nov 10, 2018

Now that Clint's Thunderbolt-hunting mission is clear, the plot rolls smoothly along. It's a harsh post-apocalyptic story and it delivers plenty of brutal action and flinty-eyed manliness. The art remains a little stiff in the action sequences, but the overall level of detail deployed in setting the scenes remains admirable.

8.0
Old Man Hawkeye #5

Dec 3, 2018

Clint gets overwhelmed with Venomdroxes and Bullseye goes thoroughly rogue. This issue has a pace - overall and particularly in the fight scenes - that perfectly suits the visuals. I hope it's a case of the writer learning his collaborator's strengths and playing to them rather than just a happy accident. Bullseye's story is starting to parallel Clint's in a very interesting way.

7.0
Old Man Hawkeye #6

Jan 9, 2019

Hawkeye + Hawkeye fight Venomdrox. I was left surprisingly cold by the main hero story this month; both scripting and art seemed underdone by this title's high standards. There's still sterling quality in the Red Skull vs. Bullseye undercard, though. I felt that all the tension evaporated from the hero storyline the instant Kate mentioned t-rexes. And in terms of characterization, I think it's a gross waste of potential to use Kate mainly as a mouthpiece for "Clint you idiot" grousing.

7.0
Old Man Hawkeye #7

Jan 31, 2019

An issue-long flashback provides all the gory details of how the Thunderbolts betrayed Clint on Victorious Villain Day. It's useful in-fill, but the extent to which it does not surprise is in itself surprising. This issue's biggest accomplishment might be setting up Clint vs. Zemo as the series' ultimate showdown. The art feels like a missed opportunity. It's not bad or anything, but replacing this title's distinctive visuals with Just Another Big Fight™ art is a shame.

7.0
Old Man Hawkeye #8

Mar 7, 2019

The two Hawkeyes and Bullseye amble over the last obstacles preventing their showdown. Storytelling standards are high, but the art is stiff and the words edge toward action-movie cliché. I agree that Wasteland Kate Bishop is an underwhelming and insufficiently-aged presence. It's frustrating that her participation in a pointless gas-gathering battle is prioritized evenly with (or even possibly ahead of) Clint's confrontation with Songbird. This issue does a decent job of carrying us along, but it misses two big opportunities (the Winter Soldier fight along with Songbird) to become memorable in its own right.

7.0
Old Man Hawkeye #9

Apr 11, 2019

7.0
Old Man Hawkeye #10

May 21, 2019

7.0
Old Man Hawkeye #11

Jun 13, 2019

8.5
Old Man Hawkeye #12

Jul 1, 2019

Clint navigates his blind butt to survival thanks to considerable Kate Bishop assistance. I found the tone of the last couple of pages off-putting, but the "post credits" page is insanely great. Before that, we have the pleasure of seeing a pure action-movie climax moment come together in a way that relies - solely and successfully - on visual storytelling.

8.0
Old Man Logan (2016) #17

Oct 31, 2017

Logan's torments in the Wastelands and outer space fold together as he flips through a laundry list of potential nemeses. This whole adventure is a serious head trip and it's really difficult to determine in mid-story-arc whether this is awesome or forgettable. My hopes remain high, especially after this issue's twist ending. The art is generally strong, although the "Warlord of the Wastelands" is drawn in a rather disappointing way.

6.0
Old Man Logan (2016) #18

Oct 31, 2017

Jean Grey is indeed responsible for Logan's nightmares. Cutting a Brood bio-widget off her neck solves all his problems - or does it? It's been quite a while since this title was great; Andrea Sorrentino's stylish violence can only sustain us for so long without some stronger story development. This arc stretched the plot of one semi-busy issue out into three issues, and there aren't enough stylish double spreads in the world to make me think that's okay.

8.0
Old Man Logan (2016) #19

Oct 31, 2017

OML looks in dark corners for help returning to the Wasteland. Logan is pursuing a course of action - rescuing the Banner Baby from his future - that literally everyone is telling him is stupid and wrong, but stubborn is as stubborn does. I had some issues with the writing (it's unusually wordy for this title and some of the dialogue is clunky), but this time around Filipe Andrade's guest art worked very well for me. I do love his expressive characters when he's actually making an effort.

6.0
Old Man Logan (2016) #20

Oct 31, 2017

Logan gets an evil sorcerer to blast him back in time, setting up a new arc about his past. First up: The war of 1812. I don't feel at all guilty about spoiling this "twist." The utterly contrived way that the complexities of Logan's trip were dodged throughout the issue made it clear well in advance that we weren't gonna end up in the Wasteland. Filipe Andrade closes his guest artist stint with a half-great half-lazy performance that echoes the shortcomings of Jeff Lemire's script.

4.0
Old Man Logan (2016) #21

Oct 31, 2017

While Asmodeus auctions off Logan's body to random baddies in the present, his soul goes skipping through his past and lands at his debut fight with Hulk and Wendigo. Get into it any deeper, and this book is severely underwhelming. The "greatest hits" time-travel montage is pointless so far, and Eric Nguyen's War of 1812 art is deeply embarrassing for a Napoleonic nerd like me. Bolt-action rifles and 20th-century combat knives? Besides being poorly researched, the art is a pale imitation of Mr. Sorrentino's work. The writing is decompressed to a fault, and my one-sentence summary encapsulates all the meaningful developments in this issue.

4.0
Old Man Logan (2016) #22

Nov 4, 2017

Logan is on a no-free-will tour of Wolverine's greatest hits. This month: His debut fight, the Phoenix, Mariko, and Madripoor. The discovery that he can't make any changes on his trip down memory lane is nearly as depressing for us readers as it is for him. Jeff Lemire could have written a better reaction for Logan; resigning himself to being fate's plaything is a sad choice. Eric Nguyen's art is similarly disappointing: Just good enough to remind us of Andrea Sorrentino but not good enough to really enjoy on its own. (I particularly miss Mr. Sorrentino's inventive layouts.) This might be a tolerable quiet spell when the story is collected in trades, but it makes for a very "blah" read as a single issue.

6.0
Old Man Logan (2016) #23

Nov 17, 2017

When Logan's past tour unexpectedly reunites him with his Wasteland family, he decides his journey's over. Bet that'll stick! A few more scenes from Contractually-Obligated Flashback Theater dump us out at last on an interesting plot point. This arc is bending toward a cool finish, but I don't think anybody can really defend the meandering, blasé journey that got us there. A little artistic cleverness in tweaking the visuals to match the different eras Logan travels through could have helped this arc a lot; instead, Eric Nguyen sticks to his C-Plus Sorrentino impersonation throughout.

6.0
Old Man Logan (2016) #24

Dec 7, 2017

OML gets a classic lesson: You can't go home again. It's given an uplifting spin and Logan is ready for bigger and better things. Logan's next adventure will pass to a new creative team, and Jeff Lemire says goodbye with a heartwarming but very safe script. Eric Nguyen's art continues to ape the weakest part of Sorrentino's skill set - his figure drawing - and ignore the part that actually makes Sorrentino great - his inventive layouts. This ends up being a satisfying conclusion, but it would be over-charitable to ignore the fact that this title has been appallingly paced since #19 and weakly illustrated (like "barely better than a prose-only script" weak) since #21.

8.0
Old Man Logan (2016) #25

Jan 5, 2018

Maestro and a pack of hillbilly Banner Boys have somehow followed Logan to the 616. Time for a whole lotta smash'n'slash! Virtually nothing about this new story arc interests me, but it's executed with undeniable skill both visually and narratively. It's a straightforward story of incredible violence leading toward lots more violence and it all works. It's slightly disappointing for Logan to get dragged into another Wasteland tussle after he made peace with his past so nicely in the last arc, but his opponents here certainly need to be put down. Mike Deodato's art looks a bit action-figure-y, but that feels perfectly suited to this simple fightin' tale.

7.0
Old Man Logan (2016) #26

Jan 27, 2018

Maestro shows some brains and Logan keeps trying to go it alone. This month that approach wins him a whole lotta bullets. Ed Brisson's happy to keep his script simple, brutal, and fast. Mike Deodato's art works very well, and the excessively-stumpy cast - Hulks, Logan, and Puck - is perfectly suited to his figure-drawing strengths. The odds against this run becoming truly memorable are high, but so are the odds in favor of it entertaining readers who are in the market for a straightforward popcorn comic.

6.0
Old Man Logan (2016) #27

Mar 11, 2018

Logan busts free of the Banner Boys, earning a little insight in the process. He picks up an ally, and Cambria, the token non-evil member of the Maestro's team, slides into the middle ground between the bad and good guys. It's a perfectly average performance from start to finish. There's no reason to stop reading now, but also not a lot of rewards for soldiering on so far.

7.0
Old Man Logan (2016) #28

Mar 30, 2018

Logan accepts Hawkeye's help, Maestro has to fight to hang onto his Hulks, and Cambria executes her heel-face turn. It's a solid plot slammed through its paces like the action on a rifle. Unfortunately, the dialogue isn't all that memorable, and my antipathy to Mike Deodato's art is still in full force. Plus, the decisive integrity of this issue makes me wonder why we needed so many previous issues of faffing around to get here.

6.0
Old Man Logan (2016) #29

Apr 20, 2018

OML goes head to head with Maestro at last. There're some good teeth-clenched tough-guy lines and the art is nicely refined (Mr. Deodato employs some decent chiaroscuro), but the solution to the Hulk Gang's worldwide nuke strike is a fundamentally unsatisfying cop-out.

6.0
Old Man Logan (2016) #30

May 14, 2018

The "nuke everything" plan was already foiled last month, so all that's left for OML and Hawkeye is separating the innocent Hulk-kids from Maestro and sending him packing in an utterly formulaic "we shall meet again" defeat. It feels like Ed Brisson and Mike Deodato wanted this to be more than a by-the-numbers popcorn comic, but they both went about "enhancing" it in the laziest possible ways. Mr. Brisson's fatuous finale where Logan gives Clint some insultingly simple "forgive yourself" advice is the grand prize winner, but it's by no means the only storytelling trick than ends up doing more harm than good. I'll admit the possibility that the truck zooming past them as OML speaks is being driven by freshly-resurrected Real Logan is pretty hilarious.

7.0
Old Man Logan (2016) #31

Jun 18, 2018

OML and the Silver Samurai work into a superpower drug scheme from opposite ends, and Gorgon and the Hand are stirred up in there too. On the plus side, there's a decent plot with good pacing and a few genuinely clever embellishments. Logan deducing that three regenerating gangsters are using an enhancement drug because mutants or inhumans wouldn't all have the same powers is brilliant. Negative side, Mike Deodato's art is at its messiest and it is way, way too easy to lose the thread of the action. The story's just interesting enough to get me looking forward to the next chapter.

6.0
Old Man Logan (2016) #32

Jul 6, 2018

OML and Gorgon finally clash over their mutual interest in Regenix, though Gorgon is also motivated by the villainous glee of revealing his new Scarlet Samurai to Logan. Structurally this is a great comic. Pacing and scene arrangement are solid, the twists are twisty, and the page layouts are remarkably talented. The tactical details - dialogue and character drawings - are lacking, though, particularly the latter. Mike Deodato can pull together a *heck* of a great page. The elements he's assembling are mostly minimum-effort tracings, and their underwhelming combination wipes out all his good layout work. The "Uzi tracing + 3-second bottle sketch = hi-tech autoinjector" panel in the lab scene is what I'm talking about. Brisson's dialogue is completely workmanlike and non-memorable, too. This comic is built on the bones of greatness, but it's fleshed out in a strictly pro-forma fashion.

6.0
Old Man Logan (2016) #33

Jul 27, 2018

OML strikes an "would be unlikely if the whole arc hadn't been bending this way" alliance with the Silver Samurai as he takes the fight to Gorgon. This story still has a decent structure with the potential to be good, but for every promising development there's a clumsy line or a bit of artistic shortcuttery that pulls it back to average at best.

7.0
Old Man Logan (2016) #34

Aug 12, 2018

Logan and Mariko work together to find their drug-MacGuffins and defeat Gorgon. A touch of interaction in the comic's first scene suggests with the faintest of brushstrokes that things are Complicated between them. The balance is rather forgettable fighting, but Ibraim Roberson and Carlos Lopez are more engaged with the material than the last art team. That makes a positive difference. Someday Ed Brisson must learn that scowly guys growling stuff like "so be it" and "not so" are just the background noise of action comics; it takes engaging characterization or novel spectacles (with good art) to make these stories memorable.

6.0
Old Man Logan (2016) #35

Sep 6, 2018

Mariko saves the day, Gorgon and the Hand roll off, and we visit Silver Samurai one last time to tie a bow on his part of the story. Though the wrap-up scenes are great, they take about six pages max, and the balance of the comic is fight filler. Some notably nice art keeps the slashy-slashy from getting too boring. Mariko is turned loose into the world with a giant neon "use me in another wistful Wolverine story ASAP" sign attached to her silly samurai armor.

7.0
Old Man Logan (2016) #36

Oct 8, 2018

Logan returns to New York and immediately gets tangled in a murderous mystery that pits him against Mayor Fisk. This is a modest story executed with great skill. Kingpin has to play the idiot to make the plot move, but it's entertaining in its motion. Add on some quiet but impressive art - great faces for both main characters and bystanders - and you've turned a thoroughly average story into something significantly more enjoyable.

8.0
Old Man Logan (2016) #37

Oct 8, 2018

OML teams up with Sarah Dewey but has to fight Bullseye before anything can be revealed about the contents of Kingpin's mysterious MacGuffin drive. It's a very simple story, but perfect pacing and excellent chemistry make it something notable. It helps a lot that Logan's interactions with both Sarah and Bullseye have strong, well-executed comedic overtones. The action scenes present Bullseye's craziness with inventive novelty, and the art keeps up with the off-the-wall combat moves.

6.0
Old Man Logan (2016) #38

Nov 10, 2018

OML concludes his Fisk story by confronting the Big Cheese personally. It's a very basic wrap-up that sheds a lot of this arc's potential in order to bring it to an abrupt halt. Glitchy art further erodes the quality of the finished product, but it's not a trainwreck. While I disagree with Jon Comics's overall rating, I'm 100 percent on board with his view that this is OML patched into a Mark 1 Daredevil story. The creators passed up a lot of promise by refusing to acknowledge or play with that fact. I called the contents of the MacGuffin drive at the start of this arc. Choosing the most obvious reveal is just one more way the story runs short of steam here in the last chapter.

7.0
Old Man Logan (2016) #39

Nov 25, 2018

Logan hops by the Xavier Institute for a checkup. He'll be stumbling into Glob Herman's Big Date Story in the near future, but the storylines haven't crossed yet. The Glob story is a breath of fresh air and it features gorgeous art, but reducing Logan to a sideshow in his own book is undeniably problematic.

7.0
Old Man Logan (2016) #40

Dec 3, 2018

OML rallies a skeleton crew of mutants to fight off a Purifier attack and support poor Glob. This is incredibly simple, textbook X-Men stuff, but it's executed quite well. I really hope Ibraim Roberson is the first illustrator in line for any future Glob stories; he does great with the big pink dink. I liked the hints of affection going from Shark Girl to Glob, and I wouldn't have been sad to see them get a little less subtle with it.

8.0
Old Man Logan (2016) #41

Jan 1, 2019

A regretful Kraven has decided to put OML out of his misery. But misery is like ice cream to Old Man Logan; he's not giving his up without a fight. This issue introduces a very simple premise with only the tiniest of complications. (Namely, what's Kraven gonna do with that severed Logan hand?) It's executed with admirable purity in words and art, though, and that makes its simplicity an asset rather than a drawback.

7.0
Old Man Logan (2016) #42

Jan 9, 2019

Logan beats Kraven and leaves him to the mercy of Ka-Zar. It's an easy victory, but not easy enough: Logan's left brooding on the hunter's point that he's getting too old. It's a decent conclusion, but the brevity of the action scenes gives the whole book an "over too quick" feeling. Also, this story ends with Logan wanting to find his way back to his Wasteland home; this title has churned up that little chestnut far too many times for it to be at all shocking here.

8.0
Old Man Logan (2016) #43

Jan 21, 2019

Bullseye is after vengeance on OML, and he's dragged in his FBI agent opponent from his last miniseries, too. This is transparently a continuation of that series snuck into a different title, and it's … actually really good. Perfect pacing and high-test "tough guy" macho oozing from every pore. It is pure and shameless and a hell of a lot of fun, and I say that as someone who absolutely hates Bullseye. The art is impressively polished, although the posing and emoting skills don't quite live up to the formidable shading and layout work.

9.0
Old Man Logan (2016) #44

Feb 4, 2019

Bullseye hunts the characters left over from his miniseries. That doesn't quite jibe with the last issue and it makes OML feel like a guest star in his own title. Aside from that focus drift, this is an outstanding caper story. Nice pacing, solid tough-guy dialogue, and the art is simply magnificent. The plot actually gets stronger on a second read; nothing written or drawn here is accidental. I can't wait for the next issue.

9.0
Old Man Logan (2016) #45

Feb 25, 2019

The heroes take Bullseye down, but not without cost. The relationship between OML and Bullseye veers toward action movie cliché; fortunately, that relationship is not even close to the only appealing thing this story has to offer. The art finishes off phenomenal, and I'm strongly enthusiastic about the way Vendetta is set up to become a recurring character. I love when creators successfully imply that the off-page Marvel universe is every bit as exciting as the on-page one, and Vendetta's story does that very well.

7.0
Old Man Logan (2016) #46

Mar 7, 2019

OML ratchets closer to his end with some grim medical news from Shaman. It's just the prelude to accompanying Alpha Flight on a standard-issue "stop an invasive alien plant-monster" mission. The casual treatment of such a crazy premise starts off clever, but it becomes a drawback in the last act when the creators suddenly ask us to take the plant-monster seriously. Sound art and good characterization make it something above average, but the lack of overall progress keeps it short of good.

6.0
Old Man Logan (2016) #47

Mar 27, 2019

The wrap-up of OML's little Alpha Flight adventure is perfectly satisfying but also, unfortunately, perfectly skippable. Puck vectors Logan into his next arc in a way that emphasizes this one's inconsequentiality. The climax of the story is contrived so that the only option is OML absorbing a punishing amount of damage; this sits poorly with the long-term theme that his healing factor can't handle shenanigans like that anymore. The art for the human characters has a simple strength, but the plant monster never really seems to be moving.

7.0
Old Man Logan (2016) #48

Apr 11, 2019

8.0
Old Man Logan (2016) #49

May 2, 2019

OML wakes up just in time to crash the execution of the two guards who brought him to the Maestro. The first quarter of the book is Logan's Wasteland nightmare, and the subsequent scenes are stretched to put the big confrontation off to the next issue. While we're waiting, though, this issue delivers a wonderfully ominous portrait of the Maestro's kingdom.

7.0
Old Man Logan (2016) #50

May 21, 2019

7.0
Old Man Logan (2016) Annual #1

Mar 18, 2019

We're back in the Wasteland for "Old Man Logan meets Old Man Punisher," and the sheer promise justifies an OMP B story with a blatant sequel hook. I like the scripts and especially the idea of taking OML out of the main 616, but the art on both strips is too sketchy for my taste. I can see that it could be an intentional aesthetic choice - but I could also see it as an effort-minimizing shortcut. Still, lay on a more polished art style and I'll be there with bells on for an OMP series and/or a new volume of OML that returns to the Wasteland.

5.0
Old Man Quill #1

Aug 20, 2019

6.5
Old Man Quill #2

Sep 9, 2019

6.0
Old Man Quill #3

Sep 28, 2019

6.5
Old Man Quill #4

Oct 31, 2019

7.0
Old Man Quill #5

Nov 27, 2019

5.5
Old Man Quill #6

Dec 27, 2019

Pulsar's got some nerve sneering at our puny Earthling technology. He's wearing a costume that's about as tough as edible lingerie, apparently. And his cheesy, melodramatic tone of voice seems to have infected the other characters.

7.5
Old Man Quill #7

Jan 25, 2020

Argh, I didn't want to be hoodwinked so thoroughly, but this issue sent me back to browse the previous ones and the twist is SCRUPULOUSLY supported by everything that's come before. Well done!

7.5
Old Man Quill #8

Feb 27, 2020

The flashback is short on surprises, but the story is told pretty well and there's just enough forward motion in the contemporary plot.

7.0
Old Man Quill #9

Mar 26, 2020

The action continues to be desperate and the body count is high, but it doesn't make as much of an impact on me as I was hoping for.

6.0
Old Man Quill #10

Apr 20, 2020

I still want to see how the story ends, but this isn't going to be a highlight episode.

7.0
Old Man Quill #11

Jun 1, 2020

4.5
Old Man Quill #12

Jun 22, 2020

"Put the glowy rock into a gun; it transmogrifies into a magic bullet and kills the evil god" is pretty @#$%^#@ stupid even by comic book standards.

7.5
Outlawed (2020) #1

Nov 2, 2020

Bookended by some harsh congressional hearing scenes, this is the story of how the Champions wrecked Kamala's school while saving it from a dragon attack. The writing's on the wall and teen super-heroing is prohibited by law. It's a workable premise, and this script brings it to life with excellent character work. The art, I can take or leave: I see and respect that Kim Jacinto is stretching himself, but the finished product is a bit too exaggerated for my taste.

3.0
Patsy Walker, A.K.A. Hellcat! #15

Oct 31, 2017

Patsy has a mystical head cold that makes something stupid happen every time she sneezes. Sharon's property gets demolished. Ha ha? Sometimes I'm tempted to cut this title some slack because it's so whimsical, but then I remember that *every other* whimsical title Marvel publishes (Squirrel Girl, Gwenpool, Moon Girl, Howard, Wasp, etc etc) shows way more effort and talent than this one. The art is so simplistic that a page with more than one panel background is exceptional, and the dialogue is strictly "Buffy fan fiction by a sophomore who's never read her writing out loud" quality.

4.0
Patsy Walker, A.K.A. Hellcat! #16

Oct 31, 2017

Patsy ties up her traumatic problems with the help of a suspiciously friendly Belial in this penultimate issue. Though this title has repeatedly failed to make me a fan, I admire the plan to wrap up the main story here and then use the final issue as a celebratory bonus. This issue gives Patsy a little closure for her adventures, but it does also make her look a bit weak. The art remains too shoddy to call this a satisfying read.

6.0
Patsy Walker, A.K.A. Hellcat! #17

Nov 4, 2017

Patsy and friends get their happily-ever-after mall outing spoiled by a pair of wannabe villains who really just want Patsy's attention. Turns out their Patsy fandom is a cover for a big gay crush on each other and our heroes react, of course, by being super supportive. What an appropriate way to close out the series. The finale brings plenty of heartwarming. Many of the congratulatory goodbye letters filling the last three pages mention PWAH as the correspondents' first comic book. If these folks like Leth & Williams' PWAH, I can only imagine that giving them something like Gillen & McKelvie's Young Avengers will make them lose their damn minds. The "cute, queer-friendly, fun" combination is not as rare as they think and most other examples of it are better-crafted (especially better-drawn) than this.

6.5
Peter Parker & Miles Morales: Spider-Men Double Trouble (2022) #1

Jul 9, 2023

Perfectly serviceable for what it is. The real attraction here for readers above the target age group is the remarkable visual storytelling. This isn't just cute; it reads just as clearly without the words as with them.

7.5
Peter Parker & Miles Morales: Spider-Men Double Trouble (2022) #2

Sep 2, 2023

This is a nice evolution/upgrade from the previous issue. "Miles can take care of himself" emerges as a major theme, the plot rolls along briskly, the humor's a little sharper, and of course, the art remains superb. The cherry on top is seeing GuriHiru render just about every Marvel villain imaginable in their unique style.

7.0
Peter Parker & Miles Morales: Spider-Men Double Trouble (2022) #3

Dec 26, 2023

This issue is, again, visually delightful. The plot develops according to gleefully demented Looney Tunes logic. The choice of guest-nemesis didn't settle well into my crotchety old-man brain. But I doubt readers in the target age bracket will have that problem. And I shouldn't forget the precedent set by a certain infamous memetic helicopter.

7.0
Peter Parker & Miles Morales: Spider-Men Double Trouble (2022) #4

Apr 20, 2024

It's a satisfying, simple conclusion to the story--though it borders on simplistic. Once again, the best cutesy art in the business elevates the proceedings and keeps this kiddie comic from getting tiresome for adults.

9.0
Peter Parker: The Spectacular Spider-Man (2017) #1

Jan 5, 2018

Bringing himself home to New York exposes Spidey to old friends, new friends, potential romance, and a surprising family connection. Chip Zdarsky is great at humor, and his only sin here might be pushing the "loser" part of "lovable loser" a little too hard. It's good to differentiate this take on Spidey from the "Tony Stark Jr" approach still being used in ASM, though. Plenty of laughs and a lot of fascinating new plot threads promise quite a ride in the issues to come. Adam Kubert's art feels polished and big-budget; he mostly restrains his impulse to cover faces with scratchy 90s shading. My favorite deep cut is the whole plot of the backup story: Attacking Spidey for no reason is *exactly* what the Black Widow did back in 1970 when she debuted her spy catsuit in ASM #86.

7.0
Peter Parker: The Spectacular Spider-Man (2017) #2

Jan 27, 2018

Spidey juggles a date, a sister, a mild misunderstanding brawl with Ironheart, and two different criminal conspiracies. The issue's spoiled for plot threads. Stitching it all together with Seinfeldian humor doesn't work as well as you might think; it feels like Chip Zdarsky is presuming too much on his readers' willingness to accept wacky Spidey. It also doesn't help that Adam Kubert's level of polish has dropped off significantly since the last issue. This issue is mostly talking and I think the artist was getting drowsy by the final scenes. This series remains full of promise but the tone could definitely use a tune-up.

6.0
Peter Parker: The Spectacular Spider-Man (2017) #3

Mar 11, 2018

Silly Spider-Man confronts a super-smug Kingpin; hijinks ensue. Chip Zdarsky is putting comedy first; that's okay in theory. In fact, turning Spidey into a buffoon and drowning him in poorly-characterized guest stars is a *very bad* way to build this title. (Weaving an over-complex plot for a straightforward funnybook is a mistake, too.) Adam Kubert's art is great at telling the story, but it's also clearly crafted with minimum effort. It's all too easy to imagine him reading the script and deciding around page four that this issue doesn't deserve his A-game. What the hell's the point of the "Insulting someone about their weight is the same as leveling those insults at others who are larger!" line? It's damn sure not funny and it doesn't even make sense beyond pure tautology.

6.0
Peter Parker: The Spectacular Spider-Man (2017) #4

Apr 7, 2018

The Tinkerer obligingly serves as a classic scenery-chewing villain. Some of the character work is great, (a little of it is less-great - this issue treats Robbie Robertson pretty shabbily) and the plotting gains some much-needed clarity and momentum. Remarkably, it's the *humor* that doesn't work in Chip Zdarsky's script this time around. Spidey's abortive moment on a stand-up comedy stage could/should have been funny-unfunny, but it ends up plain old unfunny. Adam Kubert still appears to be drowsing his way through the drawing process, taking a lot of shortcuts that produce shabby results and doing very little to sell the emotional or humorous possibilities of the story to the reader.

7.0
Peter Parker: The Spectacular Spider-Man (2017) #5

May 3, 2018

Spidey and Teresa fight the Vulture to a draw and Spidey starts making plans. Chip Zdarsky is also making plans, mainly by clarifying his plotlines and lining up potential funny interactions for the future. Adam Kubert is waking up as well. He invested some extra effort in impressive layouts here and deigned to do a few detailed faces - but he's also still clearly not at maximum effort. Does he feel like he's not being paid enough or what? This issue feels like the embryonic start of a turnaround, like the title is sloughing off the elements that don't work. There's plenty of room for improvement, so here's hoping the creative team makes smart choices!

9.0
Peter Parker: The Spectacular Spider-Man (2017) #6

May 14, 2018

An emotionally-weighty meeting between Spidey and J Jonah Jameson drives to a genuinely surprising twist. The conversation between the two principals is essentially perfect. I took a couple of points away because the connections to the ongoing arc were clumsy and because artist Michael Walsh, no matter how hard he works, is still a fill-in artist. His simple indie style is better suited to being a long-term visual theme than a one-shot affair. The way he handles these characters is good, but it would have been *better* if he had five issues' experience drawing Chip Zdarsky's Spider-Man. The sheer historical impact of the outcome is worth a bonus point, bringing us back to 9. The content makes it Important, but the creators' hard work also makes it Great.

8.0
Peter Parker: The Spectacular Spider-Man (2017) #297

Jun 9, 2018

Peter negotiates an nicely-scripted "escape challenge" plot that brings him face to face with Agent Mintz, a potential big bad for this whole Grey Blade arc. The art has a constrained layout (count dem six-panel pages) to match the theme, but a lot of the work in the panels is rough, particularly the shadows. Jameson's role evolves in exciting ways, and Chip Zdarsky does a fair job of getting serious.

8.0
Peter Parker: The Spectacular Spider-Man (2017) #298

Jul 6, 2018

Peter Parker escapes imprisonment with the Gray Blade, and he and Teresa slide into a splendid "on the lam in the 616" story - full of awesome guest-star connections and featuring a knockdown bridge fight. Further conflict with even bigger baddies is foreshadowed. To me, the highlight of the issue is that Adam Kubert woke up and put on his premium artist pants again; from the sixth page on, this is a visual feast. Chip Zdarsky's humor is still a little groan-inducingly dad-joke-y. It's great to get a (slightly) clearer understanding of where this arc is heading - but it feels like we should know much more after eight issues.

8.0
Peter Parker: The Spectacular Spider-Man (2017) #299

Jul 27, 2018

The Tinkerer's herd of c-list villains is nicely counterbalanced by a flood of guest Avengers. This is a lot of fun even though the Tinkerer deploys a BS "instant win" button to put his team on top heading into the big climax. JJ Jameson and Betty Brant are nicely positioned at the center of the storm, too. Adam Kubert & Juan Frigeri do mighty work on the visuals, making this look just as big-budget as it needs to.

8.0
Peter Parker: The Spectacular Spider-Man (2017) #300

Sep 20, 2018

#300 invites us onto an oversized crazy train of big battles and audacious plot developments that double and redouble the stakes. The characterization is superb; I'm particularly loving Jonah's new role as a hesitant accomplice in Spider-shenanigans. The actual mechanics of the plot are a little shaky; I feel like I'm being asked to "play along with the wackiness" a bit more than I should. When I do buy the ticket, though, the ride is awfully fun.

10
Peter Parker: The Spectacular Spider-Man (2017) #301

Oct 8, 2018

Cast backward to the halcyon Silver Age days of 19*cough*cough*, Peter, Teresa, and Jameson run wild with every possible time-travel shenanigan. The humor is flawless, the characterization is heartwrenching, the art is generally brilliant and specifically reminiscent of Steve Ditko. This is very close to the perfect Spider-Man time-travel story. "Ah, but," you say, "this is an alternate timeline and Spidey can't do anything in the past to save his present from the Tinkerer." Yes, true. But! Read carefully when he explains the scheme to his younger (hilariously Andrew-Garfield-looking) self. He's after "the key to beating the Tinkerer" - this is a fact-finding mission, not a direct attack on 616 Tinkerer.

8.0
Peter Parker: The Spectacular Spider-Man (2017) #302

Oct 8, 2018

Norman Osborn drives the plot forward, and his actions dig up rich veins of dramatic irony. This alternate past is in deep trouble, and it's all the fault of our time-traveling heroes. The progression of the story is plenty of fun and it's still charming, but the big dramatic developments for Teresa didn't quite work for me. I've never had that Fall-In-Love Moment with her as a character; I wonder if any reader has.

8.0
Peter Parker: The Spectacular Spider-Man (2017) #303

Nov 10, 2018

Spidey wraps up his time-travel adventure with a humongous load of continuity gags. The main story of Present Spidey vs. Past Osborn really is stellar, as is the loving play with core moments of Spider-Man history. I see too much of a quality differential between that main story and the Tinkerer & Teresa subplots, though. I think in hindsight, I'll remember a lot of the gags fondly, but the frame story and Teresa's role will probably provoke a wince.

8.0
Peter Parker: The Spectacular Spider-Man (2017) #304

Nov 25, 2018

Peter and friends actually believed Dr. Doom when he said their time-travel adventure would have no repercussions. Ha! Now they've landed in the "present" of the timeline they messed up, and it's … well … messed up. It features some intriguing plot twists and an excellent character moment for Jonah. The art puts a ceiling on my rating, though. It had fine bones but the finish is terribly rough. I'm an MU reader and I'm wondering what this issue looks like on paper. There's a healthy chunk in the middle that feels like half-pages floating in gigantic black borders; how's that look in print?

8.0
Peter Parker: The Spectacular Spider-Man (2017) #305

Jan 1, 2019

The story wraps with a big victory over Norman Osborn and lessons learned for multiple Peter Parkers. It's a satisfying remix of classic Marvel beats reorganized into a novel story. A little weakness in the visuals (particularly character design) closes the door to all-time greatness, but this is still a very good read. I like that in total contrast to how this time-travel story started, the end leaves behind a vibrant AU that's worth revisiting.

8.0
Peter Parker: The Spectacular Spider-Man (2017) #306

Jan 9, 2019

Spider-Man, his sister, and Jameson get back to the terribly dull alien apocalypse happening in their own time. The script struggles to hook my interest, but by the end, a transparently contrived "Spidey must sacrifice himself" play does the job. It's artificial and of course Spidey is in no real danger, yet it still gets me to care. Rock-solid art that gives emotional faces the weight they need helps a great deal.

8.0
Peter Parker: The Spectacular Spider-Man (2017) #307

Jan 31, 2019

Spidey saves the day, of course, and Teresa makes an interesting choice at the end. The plot developments border on cliché, and it's pretty corny that the Tinkerer is overcome with the power of spider-empathy. The script and the art are sincerely invested in this story, though, and that's enough to defuse the potential silliness and make this a good read. Not a great one; I doubt any of us will be talking wistfully about the resolution of the Vedomi arc 18 months from now. But for now, the day is saved and Spider-Man survives, and that's plenty.

9.0
Peter Parker: The Spectacular Spider-Man (2017) #308

Feb 28, 2019

Spidey is there for the Last Day of Flint Marko. And what comes next is quite the mystery! This is a quiet, intimate, emotional story that lands heavily on the heartstrings. It's a surprisingly good fit for this artist, whom I'm normally not a fan of. Finding nobility in a monster is right in his wheelhouse, and that's exactly what the script needs.

8.0
Peter Parker: The Spectacular Spider-Man (2017) #309

Mar 27, 2019

The conclusion of this story is undeniably a letdown after the last issue: Spidey gets temporary Sandman powers and the Human Torch drops a transdimensional MacGuffin on the baddie. It's still a good comic, but #308 was a great one. The art in #309 falls short of its ambition; what could/should be epic duelling sand-monsters come out as drab, confusing messes. The script at least has fun with Sandman's wild multiversal experience and drops some interesting consequences onto this title's time-travel adventure back in #301-305.

10
Peter Parker: The Spectacular Spider-Man (2017) #310

Apr 11, 2019

A vox pop documentary project assembles a ground-up picture of Spider-Man, focusing on one special relationship with one not-special-special kid. Strong, simple art with surprising nuances illustrates a Hulk of a script. It's a story that dances effortlessly from comedy to heartbreak and, in 20 amazing pages, delivers a tremendously compelling answer to the question "Why do you love Spider-Man?" Because he always tries to help, even after he fails. It's exactly that simple - and this deceptively simple story is packed with exactly the sort of subtlety that's kept Spidey fascinating for decades.

7.0
Peter Parker: The Spectacular Spider-Man (2017) #311

May 2, 2019

8.0
Peter Parker: The Spectacular Spider-Man (2017) #312

May 30, 2019

Spidey's fight with Morlun gets serious. Excellent supporting work from both Miles and Jameson teams up with a more incisive portrayal of Spider-Man himself to make this issue more engaging than the last. It also has impeccable ties to the larger event and the art is consistently strong.

9.0
Peter Parker: The Spectacular Spider-Man (2017) #313

Jul 1, 2019

Spider-Man puts down Morlun for a fourth time. The defeat is not too devastating but Spidey's astute criticism is. He's got Morlun pegged: The monster never feels the need to bring anything except his physical superiority into battle. He's faster and stronger, but Spidey will out-clever him every time. It's a good script and great art gives it a solid boost. The comic relief is endearingly cheesy, in classic Spidey style, and it adds laughs without spoiling the mood.

8.0
Peter Parker: The Spectacular Spider-Man (2017) Annual #1

Jan 1, 2019

Spidey hovers around the edges as Jonah struggles with a forgotten rival in the A story. In words and art, it's striving for greatness, and there's a single exceptional page that gets there all by itself - you'll know the one. But the B story is a big bag of nothing special. I do appreciate the little "status quo maintenance" jobs the A story handles, answering questions like "what happened to that nice standup comic lady?" and "how'd Jonah get another radio show gig?" It's also cute/sad/alarming that Nick Spencer has mined this series HEAVILY for ideas for his own ASM run. This "stalking Jonah" plot will be recycled with a bigger budget and less heart in ASM #11 just six months after this annual - complete with Arcade in a supporting villain role.

8.0
Phoenix Resurrection: The Return Of Jean Grey #1

Jul 11, 2018

Kitty Pryde assembles a big X-Roster to investigate a worldwide rash of spooky stuff, all of which is linked by so-far-subtle connections to Jean Grey and the Phoenix. This issue's glimpses of the Phoenix spookiness are superb in a very dreamy Twin Peaks way. The X-Men's investigation, though, is just bog-standard Big Dumb Event content so far. Beast delivers science-ish exposition, the saltier antiheroes crack wise, yadda yadda yadda. The good news is, both the script and the visuals perk up significantly in the opening and closing Phoenix scenes. It's the promise of those parts that makes this (for me, at least) a pretty darn strong opening.

9.0
Phoenix Resurrection: The Return Of Jean Grey #2

Jul 11, 2018

The X-Men admit they're facing a Phoenix problem and fret about their ill-timed lack of psychic firepower. "Elsewhere" Jean starts going quietly crazy, and an encounter with Magneto bridges the gap between "Elsewhere" and the 616 in a remarkable way. While we aren't getting any answers yet, the questions are just getting more fascinating. Carlos Pacheco's art is subtly perfect, handling a gigantic cast without missing a beat. Matthew Rosenberg is using this miniseries as an excuse to give the X-Men a high-level organization that we didn't realize they needed, but it's hugely welcome. The "Weapon X" team becomes the "Silver" team and Mr. Rosenberg also introduces immensely promising Black and Yellow teams. It's a pity their odds of outliving this miniseries look slim. I also love Mr. Rosenberg's broad sense of humor; he handles Bobby's horrifying dad jokes and the more subtle continuity gags peppering "Elsewhere" Jean's story with equal aplomb.

6.0
Phoenix Resurrection: The Return Of Jean Grey #3

Jul 27, 2018

Inside Elsewhere, Jean's world is falling apart. Outside, it looks like the X-Men have found Elsewhere … maybe. It's a fast and mysterious story, but too much of the mystery derives from poor storytelling instead of intentional ambiguity. Joe Bennett's art does a remarkably unsatisfactory job of both portraying the characters and telling the story. Not all the problems are visual. For some reason, Mr. Rosenberg has abruptly dumped his nicely defined X-Teams and replaced them with "Kitty Pryde + a rotating chorus of random a-list mutants." It's okay if the "globe-trotting response teams" concept didn't fit the story. If that's the case, though, it *really* should have been axed early in the scriptwriting process rather than brought all the way out to the published work. I wonder if it was forced in by editorial edict.

7.0
Phoenix Resurrection: The Return Of Jean Grey #4

Aug 6, 2018

The X-Men enter Elsewhere and Matthew Rosenberg burns away most of the premise's ambiguity. While there is a cool mystery here, this issue explores it in the laziest possible way: By letting a pair of Hank McCoys hypothesize at tedious length about what's happening and what it might mean. There is technically a fight scene, but it's start-to-finish arbitrary, as is Kitty's assembling of yet another picked team that ends up doing squat. OML is abruptly shoved into the spotlight as the key mutant who needs to make contact with Jean; this development REALLY should have been foreshadowed by giving Logan's POV some prominence before this. Ramon Rosanas's art does a fine job of storytelling, but it's so aggressively neutral that it leaves the script to sink or swim on its own. The story has enough promise and import to pull my rating above average, but Good Lord could it have been told more skillfully.

8.0
Phoenix Resurrection: The Return Of Jean Grey #5

Aug 12, 2018

The X-Men fall back to spectate as Jean Grey gives the Phoenix the mother of all breakup speeches. Matthew Rosenberg's words strike a good balance between philosophy and intimacy. Joe Bennett does an impressive job of aligning his art style to Leinil Francis Yu's, including a hash-shading technique that works so well he should pull it into his permanent toolbox. It's a satisfying resurrection - provided you don't want to put on your superfan pants and dictate how the Phoenix "should" work - but the ending confirms that this story never needed a cast o' thousands. Shoehorning in all the most marketable X-Men was a mistake that needlessly weakened and lengthened the story.

7.5
Phoenix Song: Echo #1

Mar 4, 2022

When she accidentally kills a robber, Maya realizes she needs help controlling the Phoenix. Forge fails to imprison her; she returns to the Rez and meets a dude who could help her with psychic ancestor voodoo. I like this comic. The art is bright and clean, packed with good detail. I think Maya's characterized very well. Gosh, but the plot and the dialogue are very "comic book"-y! That's not a bad thing, but it might be a limiting factor as things get more spiritual and timey-wimey.

5.5
Phoenix Song: Echo #2

Apr 14, 2022

There's a sharp disconnect between the two artists' styles, and only a weak plot point to excuse it. Every other aspect of the storytelling is adequate, but never more than that. I'm left looking at an issue that has no major faults, but also doesn't do anything to hook me into reading onward. I'd probably rate a point or two higher if I was a big Echo stan, but I'm not. (Also, I really don't like the villain, palette-swapped Mumm-Ra.)

7.0
Phoenix Song: Echo #3

May 7, 2022

I enjoyed this issue. The story really picked up, and I don't think that's just subjective: There's an impressive amount of plot and character development done here. I definitely prefer the main artist's clean, expressive style to the grubbier work in the Forge scene. (But I recognize the grubbiness is (mostly) a stylistic choice.) The script wasn't spectacular, but it also wasn't flawed. I still find the writing more "comic-book-y" than I'd really like, but it works in an issue like this where there's plenty going on.

6.5
Phoenix Song: Echo #4

Jun 3, 2022

I like this abrupt swerve into a fantasy life. It goes on a bit too long and it could be tied to the main story better, though. The main art's cool and once I finally grasped the meaning of what's happening, I liked the plot. There are some *rough* moments of dialogue. Ms. Roanhorse needs to remember people use contractions when they talk. Also, dammit, Marvel. I don't know what your criterion is for giving a comic the trigger warning/suicide hotline treatment, but I sure as hell think this one needed it.

7.5
Phoenix Song: Echo #5

Jul 13, 2022

After getting lost in the tall grass in the middle issues, this series wraps up pretty strong. The prose remains a bit rough, but the art is highly polished and the plot marches confidently to a satisfying resolution. It's a classic, clean win for the good guy. Though the script takes a few too many pains to lay out its themes, that's probably preferable to ambiguity.

7.5
Planet Hulk: Worldbreaker (2022) #1

Jul 9, 2023

Though it didn't really fire me up personally, I can appreciate the solid and consistent storytelling. Strong art, respectable character work, a decent premise, and very nicely-paced plot development. The "unintended consequences matter more when you're nigh-immortal" theme is interesting, too. Even the "let me do a contemporary Skaar title pleeeease" b-strip was similarly solid (if slightly less visually impressive). Alternate take with much more salt: Oh, Greg Pak wants to write an Old Man Cho miniseries? I'm shocked, shocked! Well, not that shocked.

7.0
Planet Hulk: Worldbreaker (2022) #2

Aug 12, 2023

The world-building remains compelling, but I can't say the same of the storytelling work.

7.5
Planet Hulk: Worldbreaker (2022) #3

Oct 14, 2023

This issue is at its best when it's exploring the thousand-year remorse of Old Man Cho (the 1st scene is the high point). That character insight is what makes it (barely) a good comic. I can't rate it higher because that depth and craftsmanship just aren't apparent in the other characters. Or the dialogue, the plot, the action art -- none of these things are really *bad*, but they're not nearly as good as Cho's characterization.

6.0
Planet Hulk: Worldbreaker (2022) #4

Apr 20, 2024

This is one of the strongest pieces of evidence I have for my theory that Marvel should be publishing more OGNs. As Chapter 4 in the Planet Hulk: Worldbreaker story, this is decent (not great or even good, but serviceable). As #4 of a miniseries, published a month after the last issue and standing on its own, it verges on trainwreck territory.

8.0
Planet-Size X-Men (2021) #1

Oct 28, 2021

Okay, that's a good reveal. Good fireworks. It looks spectacular; the artist did a formidable job. I stand by my lowball ratings for the earlier issues that teased this, though; I firmly believe they fumbled the build-up. For the remaining Gala issues, the celebrity cameo that I'm gonna be looking for is "pissed-off Elon Musk."

8.0
Power Man and Iron Fist (2016) #13

Oct 31, 2017

Tombstone is winning the war for Harlem. How will Alex Wilder strike back? Guest artist Elmo Bondoc is one of this issue's biggest draws for me. He draws characters like they're actual three-dimensional forms that catch light and cast shadows. Amazing! The dialogue and characterization remain very solid, but the larger plot is still disjointed and less compelling. Luke and Danny are still just reacting to events instead of taking action.

6.0
Power Man and Iron Fist (2016) #14

Oct 31, 2017

Luke and Danny face a street magic war for the soul of Harlem. The saga of Alex Wilder has gone on too long without closure or a win for our heroes, but it looks like we're finally headed for a big one. While both the art and the dialogue are getting too rough and unpolished for my taste, I do really like how the plot is shaping up. I'm very happy to see Jennie and Black Mariah playing an important role in this final arc.

8.0
Power Man and Iron Fist (2016) #15

Oct 31, 2017

The Heroes for Hire save the day when everybody decides to drop by their pad for the showdown. This series stumbled a few times along the way, but it wraps up in glorious style. Though I'm still not a fan of Sanford Greene's sketchy art, it helps a lot that David Walker contributes a perfect script and a glorious fight scene to wrap it all up. Add in a dollop of appropriate feelings and shake well for a fitting send-off to a rightly-beloved series.

8.0
Power Pack (2017) #63

May 14, 2018

Katie spins a storytelling assignment at school into a Power Pack tale. It's all in good fun, but there's a definite bittersweet overtone thanks to Alex's current "MIA with the Fantastic Four" status. Also perhaps Devin Grayson's script drills in too deep to the Katie/Alex relationship, shortchanging the team as a whole. It's a good choice to make for the integrity of the story at hand even if it might not satisfy die-hard Power Pack fans. The Rashomon effect used to parallel Katie's memories with her teacher's impressions was notably great.

8.5
Power Pack (2020) #1

Mar 15, 2021

A thorough introduction to Power Pack precedes their latest adventure, which takes a decided swerve at the last minute. It's a well-drawn and well-written re-introduction, and it does a great job capturing the Powers's youth. It falls just shy of greatness; though: Full enjoyment does require the reader to lean into the "youthful superhero sibling team" premise just a bit. And heavy-duty fans who are already familiar with the Power Pack premise might be a bit bored with the "ground-up" approach.

8.0
Power Pack (2020) #2

Apr 12, 2021

The Power Pack finds a mentor who is, of course, too good to be true. There's a decent if slow-paced serving of plot development here, and it's garnished with an ample side of Ryan North Humor™ that I really liked. I felt like I was surely going to hit a blinking "EDU-TAINMENT!" sign by the time the turbine diagrams came out, though. But I would 100% endorse giving or reading this to a nerdy kid.

7.5
Power Pack (2020) #3

May 23, 2021

Julie frets through a "too good to be true" day now that working for Agent Aether is part of the Pack's routine. Sure enough, the other shoe slams down when the kids' superpowers desert them during a fight with guest-villain Taskmaster. (Excellent new streamlined Taskmaster design in the art; his voice in the script, though, ouch.) It's a smooth, fun read. The plot is awfully slow and simple. Fun as it is to dive deep in the Powers's thoughts, I think this series might be too introspective. I'm conflicted about the two panels that show Julie's thoughts drifting to her girlfriend. I like that they're there (I like it A LOT). But I think the risk of confusing people who haven't read Future Foundation (2019) #5 (and there are a LOT of them) is too great.

8.5
Power Pack (2020) #4

Jun 17, 2021

Jack relates how the family escaped from the Wizard. They survived, but without powers, and they put in an SOS to Wolverine to help them plan a counterattack. It's a simplistic story, but the telling of it is delightful. This issue pulls a great trick with its characterization of its narrator. Jack's initial vlogging conceit is the most obnoxious thing in the world. But then the way he interacts with his siblings tears through him to show a real heart of gold. It's a real Fall-In-Love-Moment for Jack.

8.5
Power Pack (2020) #5

Aug 18, 2021

The Power Pack defeats the Wizard with some basic trickery. It's wrapped up in absolutely adorable details, though, so that's a big win. The art still looks simple and great, and the author flexes a little by rotating through all four kids' viewpoints without missing a beat. A fully satisfying conclusion to an airy confection of a miniseries -- there's absolutely nothing wrong with simplicity when it's executed so skillfully.

6.5
Power Pack: Grow Up #1  
9.0
Powers of X #1

Feb 27, 2020

The flashback portion is tiny but does a much better job capturing my interest than the future bits, which lean heavily on science fiction clichés and expo-dumps. It's all fascinating, but it's drier and more cerebral than its sibling series.

9.0
Powers of X #2

Mar 10, 2020

The future stuff is fascinating in a general sci-fi way, but it doesn't have the empathic hooks of the more contemporary mutant affairs. While I won't hesitate to call this a great series, four issues in, I'm pretty sure House of X is my preferred jam between the two.

9.5
Powers of X #3

Mar 10, 2020

The "+100 years" timeline resolves with some absolutely brilliant twists, locking into the other stories in a thoroughly satisfying way. This whole twin-series adventure is going to condense into a fantastically complicated ball of timey-wimey surprises, and I can't wait for more of them.

8.0
Powers of X #4

Mar 31, 2020

It's not that I'd say Jonathan Hickman is *bad* at comedy; it's just that I don't think any rational observer would put his comedy talents close to the top of his resume. This combination of contentious retcons with an absurd new slapstick portrayal of Mr. Sinister is not the sort of breather I was looking for after the bombshell of HoX #4. The issue as a whole presents plenty of food for thought, but as others have noted, it's mighty exposition-y.

8.5
Powers of X #5

Apr 20, 2020

More tasty world-building. As a classics nerd, I appreciate the audacious snobbery of using the Nike of Samothrace as a bit of Meaningful Set Decoration and leaving it up to the reader to work out what message Emma is sending by meeting there.

9.0
Powers of X #6

Apr 29, 2020

Between the repeated pages and the underwhelming "twist" resolution of the future timeline, I initially thought this fell shy of GOAT territory. But then I considered the remarkable things this issue does for Moira's story. HoX #2 showed her shift from building mutants up to breaking machines down from her seventh life onward; this issue gives her impeccable motivation for the change. And it puts her in a marvelous, ambiguous position going forward -- she's got to keep the Krakoan experiment from veering either too Xavier OR too Magneto.

6.0
Prowler #4

Oct 31, 2017

This issue is dedicated to bringing Hobie's story in line with the latest status quo from Clone Conspiracy #4. Sadly, he decides to blame Julia Carpenter for New U falling apart - a serious error on his part. The necessity of tying into the bigger event hurts this title a lot. In this particular issue, some tired writing tricks and some clean but sterile art also hold things back.

6.0
Prowler #5

Oct 31, 2017

The title goes on despite the notable handicap of the protagonist (sort of) dying. Frigging clone shenanigans. Despite the other notable handicap of dealing at length with the dullest part of the Clone Conspiracy for its first 13 pages, this issue manages to give Clone-Hobie a moving sendoff. The art remains outstanding all the way through.

6.0
Prowler #6

Oct 31, 2017

Hobie imagines potential futures instead of going out and forging one. What a depressing way to finish. This title had stylish art, but it really needed more imaginative plotting. I know this title had a big handicap in its tight connection to Clone Conspiracy. Writer Sean Ryan could have exercised a *lot* more creativity and bravery in facing that handicap. This finale is an admission that Mr. Ryan is stumped with the idea of what else to do with Hobie. The potential futures illustrated here are dull; they feel like the first four ideas spun from a "where to next?" brainstorming session.

4.0
Punisher (2016) #8

Oct 31, 2017

The Punisher shakes off his nemesis Olaf with the help of a tough old lady. The writing is thin, but it might have made it to entertaining - old lady Ethel is pretty awesome - if it hadn't been backstabbed by some *terrible* art. Besides being incredibly rushed and unpolished, it has a sleek Euro look that could well be the least appropriate aesthetic in the world for a Punisher story. It's so insanely out of place that I'm wondering if Erica Henderson is on deck as the next guest artist.

6.0
Punisher (2016) #9

Oct 31, 2017

Agent Ortiz turns the tables on Face; Punisher spends the issue driving to Canada. I don't mind focusing on Ortiz when she's doing stuff this cool. The revelation that Olaf is still alive is less fun. Everybody's headed for a big Canadian showdown. Artist Matt Horak is no Steve Dillon, but he has a knack for inventive panel layouts that keeps this book looking good.

1.0
Punisher (2016) #10

Oct 31, 2017

Olaf turns into the big bad, the Punisher gets himself captured, and Agent Ortiz is nibbling around the edge of the story. In both the gleefully juvenile action scenes and the inept grotesqueries of the art, this issue reeks of Avatar Press. Marvel and the Punisher are supposed to be better than this.

2.0
Punisher (2016) #11

Oct 31, 2017

Olaf clutches the Idiot Ball tightly and enables the Punisher to clobber his boat full of mercs. Artist Matt Horak does an Avatar Press-level imitation of Steve Dillon and writer Becky Cloonan apes the stupidity of a direct-to-video 80s action flick in a thoroughly regrettable way. While this issue is an improvement over the last one, I would prefer simply not having a Punisher title to having this sad travesty. It's relentlessly disappointing and I think this whole series is destined for the ashcan as soon as better creators get ahold of the character.

4.0
Punisher (2016) #12

Nov 25, 2017

Agent Ortiz saves the day by breaking up a Punisher/Olaf knife fight. The bad guys go to jail; what sorta Punisher story do you call that? This is an inoffensively bland comic. As the finale of a twelve-issue arc, it becomes plenty disappointing. This story has been short of impact for at least six issues, and while the action of this climactic fight is conveyed decently, it's been robbed of meaning and interest by what's come before. In the end, "easy to forget" is the highest compliment one can pay Ms. Cloonan's Punisher.

8.0
Punisher (2016) #13

Jan 5, 2018

One of Frank's guns is missing, and he goes to marvelous lengths to get it back. This one-shot serves as a potent reminder that Becky Cloonan is quite capable of plotting great Punisher stories. Some top-shelf guest artistry from Kris Anka helps sell this simple, sweet tale of a community-minded (though still ice-cold) Punisher retrieving a revolver stolen by a kid. There's still a bit of questionable dialogue that drags this book down, but it's a great palate-cleanser after the disappointing finale of the last story arc.

7.0
Punisher (2016) #14

Feb 3, 2018

Frank saves some women and foils a murderous burglary during a blackout. It's a high concept one-shot story and a very ambitious one. Lee Loughridge's low-light colors are impressive; Matt Horak's art (particularly faces) is a little less so. I really admire Becky Cloonan's script, but it's got its flaws. While it's true that the details of a MacGuffin don't matter to a story's plot, that doesn't mean the audience doesn't want to know them! This story never reveals what the burglars are after. Some of Frank's tactical decisions are omitted, too, and the ones that are shown rely on "rule of cool" more than good military sense. Yes, it's silly/stupid for Frank to trick out a car with a big Punisher skull on the hood. But OMG it looks so cool!

5.0
Punisher (2016) #15

Mar 11, 2018

Frank eliminates a subway killer with no clear motive and the dress sense of the ☠☠☠☠ Hamburglar. The script could easily deliver a decent one-shot adventure, particularly with an awesome homeless Vet giving Frank an assist. Absolutely woeful art and a bit of overdone gore let the script down.

5.0
Punisher (2016) #16

Apr 7, 2018

Face, from the interminable Condor arc, returns to menace Frank and New York as a generic monster-baddie. I can't tell whether this is a generally-inept comic ennobled by a nicely-paced plot or a nearly-average comic hobbled by a host of minor flaws (lame humor, weak art, poor characterization, etc). Either way, it's not quite entertaining and not quite memorable.

2.0
Punisher (2016) #17

May 7, 2018

Frank kills Face while a jackass with a camera and a tough actress follow him around. The final issue of Becky Cloonan's Punisher does a much better job answering the question "why did Marvel hand this title to a new creative team?" than it does of entertaining. Ms. Cloonan had a few good storytelling moments and her idea of treating Frank as the monster in a horror movie was promising, but she had a notable lack of good plot ideas and the decision to stretch her initial arc into 12 issues was epically bad. Resurrecting the least-interesting of the generally-uninteresting characters that arc introduced makes for a dull finale. Matt Horak caps it all off by doing a remarkable imitation of somebody frantically drawing his first-ever Punisher comic under a fill-in deadline. This is, in fact, his 10th Punisher comic, but he's getting booted before he ever managed to draw a good one.

7.0
Punisher (2016) #218

Jun 9, 2018

Nick Fury Jr. points Frank toward the War Machine armor and toward Chernaya, a failed state that's just packed with villains who need Punishing. Matthew Rosenberg's script does a superb job of building interest and anticipation, but I can't get over the multitude of visual sins Guiu Villanova's art commits. The faces are too close to their MCU actors. Giving them big cartoony grins is horrifying. The first peek at the War Machine armor - built up by a stellar cover and a whole issue of good foreshadowing - is singularly disappointing. The story will bring me back, but I'll be complaining all the way if the art doesn't improve.

8.0
Punisher (2016) #219

Jun 23, 2018

Frank lands in Chernaya and immediately contextualizes his fight by protecting an awesome farmer from rapacious soldiers. I'm liking Guiu Villanova's art much more now; his War Machine looks better in action. Matthew Rosenberg has loaded some thought-provoking if not exactly Chomsky-deep political ideas into Frank's discussions with Vakha the farmer. The point he's aiming at is "soldiers allowed to do bad things for good reasons will eventually move on to doing them for bad reasons or no reason at all" - not the world's most inflammatory or contentious assertion. (If it seems partisan to you, you should probably dial down your political sensitivity a couple notches.) I'm more concerned with Frank's callousness, which risks crossing the boundary into outright viciousness here. But then, wobbling on that border is where the *best* stories put the Punisher. This story hasn't quite broken through to greatness, but the creators have brought us to the threshold.

7.0
Punisher (2016) #220

Jul 27, 2018

The Punisher has difficulty locating the dictator, so he just resolves to liberate concentration camps until somebody takes notice. "Somebody" takes the shape of five rogue SHIELD operatives, each wearing a set of armor as powerful as the War Machine. Wuh-oh. Matthew Rosenberg's script is admirably efficient at the front but starts decompressing like a decapitated SCUBA tank at the end, culminating in a rather dull Fatality Fakeout. Guiu Villanova's art is turning me off again. This looks like an excellent set of sketches submitted to illustrate the artist's intent; they should have gotten a thumbs-up from the editors and then gotten polished up to a professional level, not published as-is. Political aside: If Matthew Rosenberg tells a long, gory story about a murderous American vigilante making a unilateral strike on a foreign dictatorship *without* discussing moral implications at some point, I'll be thoroughly disappointed with both the author and the publisher.

8.0
Punisher (2016) #221

Sep 6, 2018

Frank is considerably tougher than the War Machine armor; he has to operate without it while arranging repairs. And that part's pretty glorious. Then he gets back in the armor and institutes an increasingly ridiculous campaign of terror against the dictator's lackeys. But they're bad guys. Remember that when our hero is literally tearing men in half lengthwise. I don't see a lot of creative flaws; the script is especially strong. Solid characterization and dark humor hold my interest even as the subject matter drifts away from my taste.

8.0
Punisher (2016) #222

Oct 8, 2018

Petrov goes from threatening to launch to actually launching his nuke. Of course Frank can't stop that until the big climax in the next issue; he devotes this one to creatively massacring some more of Fury's rogue SHIELD goons. While it's not the strategic direction I would pick, it's a traditional one for the Punisher and it works quite well here. The art is strong and skillful in the way it renders characters and blocks out panels. The always-rough line finishes (particularly on faces) and the minimal backgrounds feel like weaknesses to me. I wonder what this comic would look like if Guiu Vilanova was paid more to polish or got the support of a dedicated inker. I'm disappointed by how poorly this comic tracks the SHIELD rats. Petrov starts with four and Frank kills two, but the numbers in between are wonky. I am virtually certain we get at least a few pages showing three rats left after Frank's already got his kills.

7.0
Punisher (2016) #223

Oct 17, 2018

Punisher wipes out the Petrov regime in a potentially-cool display of natural killing prowess vs. high-tech armor. I can almost accept this absurd action-fest as an "ignore the stupid and enjoy the carnage" Commando-type confection. But the script pushes Frank too far into schlocky invulnerability and the art cuts too many corners. The character renderings are nice, but Chernaya has become "the land of no backgrounds" - placing the action in a total vacuum makes it that much more unbelievable. I did like the brief recognition of the fact that this arc has shoved Frank onto the world stage as an international terrorist of the worst sort; I hope that rep comes back to bite him.

7.0
Punisher (2016) #224

Dec 3, 2018

Frank tries to go back to business as usual, but that's not gonna fly with all of New York's heroes stirred up against him. Captain Marvel is quarterbacking the attack with Nick Fury Jr. playing mission control. This is just the first round of a fight that will, hopefully, get even bigger. The accusations laid against Frank here are exactly what I wanted to hear. This issue's art disappoints me, though. So much more could be done with this script's heavy dose of action and huge cast of guest stars.

7.0
Punisher (2016) #225

Dec 16, 2018

The Punisher holds his own against a ridiculously huge roster of heroes in a big fight that manages not to embarrass anybody involved. Things get a little sillier as he keeps ahead of the heroes' magic nano-tracker long enough to disable it, then effortlessly grabs Nick Fury Jr. for a nice gritty conversation. Net result: Frank's going Hydra-hunting. Good dialogue and pacing, but the art's underwhelming to me and the whole nanotech tracking deal feels like a plot hole. Frank's also still running a bit high on viciousness.

8.0
Punisher (2016) #226

Jan 1, 2019

Frank taking his pocket war to Hydra turns out very well for us readers. It's touch-and-go for Frank, but some remarkable backup saves his bacon and promises even wilder adventures to come. This is a pretty great script; I wish it was boosted a little further by memorable art.

8.0
Punisher (2016) #227

Jan 21, 2019

Frank, Natasha, and Bucky have brilliant, sassy chemistry and dive right into an anti-Hydra mission. It segues smoothly back into the "Frank vs. every other hero" story as it evolves. This issue's script is a staggering gem, but it needs stronger visual support. The low-detail art is fine for quiet restaurant snark, but it's doesn't do the "3 expert killers vs a literal mountain of supervillains" fight scenes justice. The script cruises right along, treating the art way better than it deserves and playing its plot developments close to the chest.

8.0
Punisher (2016) #228

Feb 4, 2019

After some more fighting, manly soldier-talk from Rhodey convinces Frank to surrender himself. It's a satisfactory end of one chapter - feels like we got full value out of the Punisher War Machine premise - and the final pages promise we're headed straight into another adventure. The manly talk was excellent and the art was pretty solid. One exception was the portrayal of Ghost's powers; I found that part a bit underwhelming.

5.0
Punisher (2018) #1

Mar 7, 2019

An attempt to relaunch Frank as a vengeful super-spy has its tendons slashed by a slow-starting script and 30 pages of PROFOUNDLY ugly art. The last act delivers some interesting plot development, but it's preceded by long stretches of hopelessly muddled storytelling. This art does not convey motion or emotion well. It has no narrative flow. It doesn't make characters or settings look good; more often, it does the exact opposite. It is contrived and "artful" in all the wrong ways. For me, it slaps down a supremely discouraging unwelcome mat in front of this new volume. Szymon Kudranski joins Matteo Buffagni on my roster of "jerk artists who think it's cool to bust out the Nazi reference material when the script says 'draw a tank.'" I don't object to Frank somehow acquiring a tank to breach the Roxxon compound in the 2nd act. I very much object to him acquiring a King Tiger, a Nazi tank of which there is ONE drivable example left in the world.

4.0
Punisher (2018) #2

Apr 11, 2019

5.0
Punisher (2018) #3

May 7, 2019

5.0
Punisher (2018) #4

Jun 13, 2019

3.0
Punisher (2018) #5

Jul 1, 2019

6.5
Punisher (2018) #6

Jul 26, 2019

5.0
Punisher (2018) #7

Aug 20, 2019

4.5
Punisher (2018) #8

Sep 1, 2019

5.5
Punisher (2018) #9

Sep 28, 2019

4.0
Punisher (2018) #10

Oct 15, 2019

3.5
Punisher (2018) #11

Nov 12, 2019

5.0
Punisher (2018) #12

Dec 27, 2019

7.0
Punisher (2018) #13

Jan 25, 2020

Punisher's return to New York starts unfolding much to my liking: He's conducting a dirty gutter-level war against Hydra stragglers while Zemo and Fisk combine to launch supervillains and military troops against him. There's still plenty of storytelling here that I find fault with, but the plot is holding my interest much better than the last arc. Plus, that scolding of pro-Punisher cops is very welcome.

5.5
Punisher (2018) #14

Feb 27, 2020

I think the Punisher/Zemo conflict has gone on so long (and the baddie has received so much jackass characterization) that the continued lack of a decisive conclusion reflects poorly on both characters.

4.5
Punisher (2018) #15

Mar 26, 2020

The Major Spoilers review isn't wrong about the sexism.

4.0
Punisher (2018) #16

Apr 20, 2020

I know I'm alone in the ratings basement, but I'm playing this volume off with one last smack on the "dull story, terrible art" drum.

8.5
Punisher (2022) #1

Aug 3, 2022

The Punisher isn't usually my jam; he has to be done VERY well to grab my interest. My interest is thoroughly grabbed here. The gorgeous art is a big part of the attraction, of course. So too are the intriguing twists thrown on the Punisher's status quo. The more you know about the parties involved, the more this makes a dreadful kind of sense. What might impress me most is the stately, perfectly-tuned pace. Each twist is worked for maximum impact; hinted and teased for just long enough before being fully revealed. (To users calling the 1st scene pointless: With respect, you need to read more thoughtfully. The 1st scene is incredibly important. It narrows the Punishers' origin from the "gangsters killed my family" we all know to a more focused "I watched my wife die in front of me." The issue's final twist pays off that refinement powerfully -- and also probably establishes a core theme for Frank's future characterization.)

7.0
Punisher (2022) #2

Nov 22, 2022

Now I start to suspect where this story is headed, and maybe I rated #1 too high. I'd still contend that this is a well-crafted story, particularly in the art, which is glorious. In a vacuum, it'd be great. But it isn't in a vacuum, is it? It's making changes -- dramatic ones, and not in a good way -- to a long-established character. This series is gonna put the Punisher into semi-permanent comics limbo, isn't it? And thoroughly assassinate his character as it does so. It reminds me of Death of the Inhumans. When Marvel gets embarrassed about one of its properties, why are they never satisfied to just shelve it? Why do they have to ruin it first? (Also I'm anti-thrilled about the revelation of the antagonist's identity. Such a simplistic, obvious choice.)

7.0
Punisher (2022) #3

Dec 22, 2022

I don't like this volume. Each issue makes me change my mind about whether there's an objective basis for my distaste, though. I'm calling #3 an objectively good comic that I just don't like. It's decently written and gorgeously drawn, and the concepts are interesting. I might loathe the idea of Frank working with the Hand, but I love the idea of him becoming the Punisher at age 10. If only it weren't tied to the Hand story! And much as I dislike it, right now I can see that Frank taking over the Hand isn't really out of character. Making deals with the Devil? Letting the ends justify any means? That's *all the Punisher does*. Some of the best Punisher stories are tragic tales about Frank going too far down that road, just like he's doing now. Besides, while I might subjectively believe the Hand story is stupid, I know it won't end up being the stupidest Punisher story (because Frankencastle).

8.0
Punisher (2022) #4

Jan 8, 2023

The story takes a dramatic twist here, and I like it. Is it because the author's opened a loophole that can re-retcon away most of this volume's contentious changes? Well, yes. Partly. But I also suspect there are more layers to this onion. If that Archpriestess is manipulating Frank so deeply, this moment of rebellion against the Hand may just be another manipulation. One big twist in who the Punisher is and what he does? I don't like that. But *many* twists that leave him questioning his identity and his mission? That, I can get behind. It helps that the storytelling remains excellent. The art is gorgeous. The nuanced present panels and the chunky flashback panels start getting intercut faster than ever before, and yet the two styles harmonize better than I thought possible. The dialogue is decent; things still tend to go over the top with the purple-prose death-cult prayers. The script has an impressively complex structure and an excellent pace, though.

7.5
Punisher (2022) #5

Jan 17, 2023

The art remains gorgeous, in both sections, and the script is decently put together. The latest plot developments snap in like Lego; not particularly surprising, but making plenty of sense. Oddly, I found that the words and art teamed up better in the flashback than in the present scenes. Those "unholy scripture of the Beast" red boxes get kinda annoying (not least because it's too easy to mix up scripture, omniscient narration, and the Archpriestess's inner monologue).

8.0
Punisher (2022) #6

Feb 12, 2023

It goes down smooth and brutal and enjoyable, particularly, as usual, in the art. But there's also hints of absurdity in the testosterone-overdosed conflict and the unrelentingly dark examination of Frank's psyche. I think this is a good comic. But I also think, as is common with a lot of grim-dark hyper-serious Punisher comics, it's a little bit silly.

8.5
Punisher (2022) #7

Apr 26, 2023

This strikes me as an all-around solid issue, extending the volume's run of good storytelling. And there are some extra-good bits that drive my rating up: Maria taking over the PoV in the flashback segments was great. Her thoughts/dialogue are terse, natural, and full of feeling. Paul Azaceta's flashback art is particularly impressive. It makes me appreciate the different kinds of detail an artist can deliver. Mr. Azaceta doesn't do fiddly scene-setting details. But he DOES make strong, substantive contributions to the story by blocking his panels around meaningful sights and nudging the reader's eye to them.

7.5
Punisher (2022) #8

Aug 10, 2023

This issue features the usual solid storytelling (beautiful art, nice terse prose) and more compelling insight into Maria's mind. But I'm disappointed that the plot takes just one small step forward. Sure, there are a few details embroidered into the narrative, but this issue only takes us from "that thing is going to happen" to "now that thing is *just about* to happen."

8.0
Punisher (2022) #9

Dec 26, 2023

By themselves, the events in this issue don't quite add up to a good comic. Even just stacked on top of each other, they wouldn't do the trick. But they're stitched together with admirable skill in both the words and the art, and that makes a big difference. The way Frank's fight and Maria's thoughts are interwoven elevates them both. And the foreshadowing for the next arc is salted through the whole issue at a perfect pace.

6.5
Punisher Kill Krew #1

Mar 10, 2020

I get that the entire premise is basically "Punisher is mad unfazed by fighting crazy fantasy monsters," but this installment was a little too deadpan for my taste. Plus, as others have noted, this felt like it was more than 50% recap.

6.5
Punisher Kill Krew #2

Mar 31, 2020

I get that the humor is supposed to be dark and dry as a Saharan midnight. This Punisher veers too psychopathic for my taste, though, particularly when he's massacring his way across Counter-Earth like the whole planet is a free-fire zone. It's madness, but dang if it isn't beautifully drawn.

7.0
Punisher Kill Krew #3

Apr 20, 2020

This whole miniseries is a bit too "giggly comic book guys brainstorming through a 2AM weed haze" for my taste, but it works pretty well in this issue. I think it's the crazy Frank-Foggy-Cain dynamic that hooks me.

8.0
Punisher Kill Krew #4

Jun 1, 2020

It's finally coming together for me. I enjoy cartoony ultra-violence a lot more when it's all directed at clearly-deserving targets. I guess I'm an ethical snob that way. The script doesn't deliver much in the way of deathless prose, but it does set up strong pitches for Juan Ferreyra's art, all of which he knocks out of the park.

8.5
Punisher Kill Krew #5

Jun 7, 2020

The heroes achieve their goal thanks to a nice spotlight moment for Foggy Nelson. And there's plenty of space left to chart an epilogue that's dark, beautiful, and perfectly Punisher. I had tons of doubts when this series started, but I love the way it ends. And I agree with Gerry Duggan's farewell letter; the consistently excellent art is a big part of this series' strength.

7.5
Punisher War Journal (2022): Blitz #1

Dec 30, 2022

This makes a nice companion piece to the current volume of Punisher. It's the same "Frank runs the Hand" premise, but here we see the arrangement as Frank wants it to be: The Hand ninjas as mere weapons in his arsenal and no magical mumbo-jumbo in sight. It's a nice, brutal, tough-guy Punisher story, complete with the now-obligatory swipes at the kind of fans who put the Punisher's skull next to their "Let's Go Brandon" bumper stickers. The art has a nice sense of weight thanks to its deft use of light and shadow. The script delivers plenty of laconic, hard-boiled dialogue. It also makes a fairly complicated structure work in its favor. I don't think the issue's themes come out quite as consistent and insightful as the author hoped, though. It's still a fun, gory war story even if it's not really profound.

7.5
Punisher War Journal (2022): Brother #1

Apr 7, 2023

It's a solid action story and it gets a little added depth thanks to the philosophical exchange between Jigsaw and Frank. It looks and sounds good, but the words and art could both be clearer. There are several moments of storytelling ambiguity -- the bad "what the hell's happening" kind, not the good "ooh, I wonder what that means" kind.

8.5
Punisher War Journal (2022): Base #1

Apr 20, 2024

It's an excellent combination of slow-burn psychological study and hard-boiled Punisher combat. The tough, terse, symbolic language suits the protagonist to a T. The art demonstrates a remarkable facility for both subtle character interactions and hard-hitting action--not easy to do in this heavy-line style. I think I might like Torunn Grønbekk better on the Punisher than on Asgardian business.

7.0
Quicksilver: No Surrender #1

Dec 3, 2018

Quicksilver got to make the sacrifice play in No Surrender; now we get to find out what happened to him. He's stuck in a hypertime trap where loneliness soon gives way to Mysterious Antagonism. His predicament is laid out with polished words and speedy art, but it hasn't yet sunk a hook in me. I'm not fully sold on the collage-style art. It's still an admirable blend of promising ideas and solid work, though; I'll keep reading.

7.0
Quicksilver: No Surrender #2

Jan 1, 2019

Quicksilver is fighting all over the world as his eerie lightning-doppelgangers threaten friends and family. The script takes the opportunity to paint a multi-faceted, mercurial portrait of Pietro; that's excellent. The art curls up deeper inside the constraints of the story - limited palette, sketchy characters - and becomes thoroughly unimpressive to me. This is an above-average comic, but (thanks mainly to the visuals) it's not one I'd ever care to read again.

7.0
Quicksilver: No Surrender #3

Jan 21, 2019

Pietro delivers an in-depth retrospective on his life with his sister while he works furiously to save her (and some other Avengers I GUESS) in his trap world. It's a stellar script dragged down by unsuccessful art. The two key visual jobs that need to be done are conveying motion and emotion; the contemporary art doesn't do either well. The flashbacks receive much stronger guest art, but counterproductively, they emphasize the limitations and inadequacies of the main visuals at every turn.

7.0
Quicksilver: No Surrender #4

Feb 25, 2019

Super-speedster Quicksilver works his way to the idea "maybe it's my anger and resentment that have trapped me here" with painstaking slowness and a few too many hints from his sister. A very straightforward script puts fewer demands on the visuals. The result is a well-told story whose overall importance seems questionable.

6.0
Quicksilver: No Surrender #5

Mar 18, 2019

Pietro's final challenge takes the shape of a straight-up struggle against a doppelganger. The author bravely charges headlong at a very touchy-feely resolution: Sometimes making peace with yourself really is just a matter of forgiveness. It's a satisfying conclusion but a rather simple one; it feels like this series maybe didn't need to be this long. I'm coming down pretty hard in the "anti-fan" camp when it comes to the art. Pietro's return reveals that the color palette is the only thing separating the frozen world and the real world, visually. Some of this issue's pages look downright rough-draft-y, far beyond an acceptable "it's supposed to look rough" sketchiness.

6.5
Ravencroft #1

Sep 24, 2020

Mark my reaction to "Dark Reign 1.5" down as a thorough "meh." There are promising pieces on the board (though familiar ones), but little of note is being done with them so far. Some of the art is notably good, but an equal amount is flawed.

4.0
Ravencroft #2

Oct 17, 2020

Fisk's historical link to Ravencroft is revealed -- he used to feed corpses to the Unwanted during his early gangster days. Now they threaten his new version of the asylum, and the staff and inmates are prosecuting their own schemes. It's the barest bones of a mediocre story, fleshed out with the sort of creative work that should give editors buyer's remorse when they cut paychecks.

4.0
Ravencroft #3

Nov 5, 2020

Ravencroft is a disaster for most of the villains and all of the heroes featured therein.

5.5
Ravencroft #4

Feb 20, 2021

"Die Hard in a supervillain prison" is such a good (albeit not novel) premise that it can get this comic close to average, even with such deeply flawed storytelling.

4.5
Ravencroft #5

Feb 22, 2021

Would I like to learn more about this sinister new organization? Of course. But if the only way to do so is to slog through more of this shoddy bottom-shelf storytelling, it's going to take me a long time to get around to it.

7.5
Reckoning War: Trial of the Watcher (2022) #1

Aug 4, 2022

It's a cute high concept story executed with skill, particularly in the art. And it does appear to play a small but important role in the Reckoning War story. But it's VERY high concept, easily summarized in a single sentence, and there's no twist to liven it up. Just a plodding march to the obvious conclusion. At this point I suspect Marvel doesn't even HIRE Javier Rodríguez. I think he just BAMFs into place, like Nightcrawler with an artist's tablet, whenever an editor greenlights a script that suits his tastes. Not that I'm complaining. The results -- as here, where he's going all-out on a Jack Kirby homage -- are invariably delightful.

9.0
Red Goblin (2023) #1

Mar 7, 2024

My expectations couldn't have been lower, but this went skyrocketing past them. It delivers a more than generous share of plot development (even for a "1.5 issues" extra-pager), sharp, clear storytelling in words and art, and fascinating developments for Normie Osborn as a character. It's even nicely self-contained--no mean feat given its convoluted continuity history. A healthy serving of memorable dialogue is the icing on the cake.

6.5
Red Goblin: Red Death #1

Jun 1, 2020

This fills in some nifty but undeniably non-essential holes in the Red Goblin arc. The first two strips are decently put together but punishingly pedestrian. The final strip is the high-wire act, trying bravely for some deeper meaning and artsy symbolism. It's not fully successful, but the attempt is exactly what this anthology needs to keep it out of disappointing territory.

8.0
Reptil (2021) #1

Oct 15, 2021

Reptil catches us up on his latest developments: He's settling in with family in LA and is ready to leave super-heroing behind him. But of course, the villain that comes hunting him in the back half is having none of that! This book is evenly balanced between family drama in the front and wham-bam fighting in the back, polished off with a nice set of twists that encourage me to keep reading. While the dialogue in the first half can get a little dense and expository, I appreciate the level of depth and nuance all that information brings out of the character relationships. I love the art throughout. I also like the subtle shift in tone that comes over both words and writing when the action starts; everything gets faster and more dynamic. A great start!

6.5
Reptil (2021) #2

Nov 7, 2021

Eva's incredibly convenient magic allows the kids to jump to Dinosaur World and get a vital infodump from the Hag of the Pits, the creator of Beto's amulet. And the kids are handed their antagonist's identity (more convenience). I like the characters and the art, but golly, the plot is arbitrary and contrived. And while I agree 100% with the author's ideas on why representation is important, there has GOT to be a more elegant way to work them into a story. But set that aside and the creators have put together a decent all-ages dino-adventure here.

6.0
Reptil (2021) #3

Dec 13, 2021

Beto and his cousins escape Dinosaur World with ease, ready to leap right into Scooby Doo-ing the antagonist. They solve a few plot mysteries before the big bad appears and obligingly connects the rest of the dots; then everybody breaks for a breather before the final confrontation. In my opinion, this story has solid, workable developments for both plot and character, but those developments just aren't presented with strong storytelling skills. It's a little too earnest, a little too clumsy to get more than an "adequate" rating from me.

6.5
Reptil (2021) #4

Jan 23, 2022

Reptil defeats his nemesis in a festival showdown. The conflict and its resolution are simple but thoroughly entertaining. The dialogue prior to the fight gets very verbose and expository, but it does so in order to make good points. I appreciate that this issue makes sure every Chekhov's gun primed in #1 goes off. This is still just a high-average comic for me, but I do recognize that some of the verbosity probably stems from editorial meddling. I think even in 2021 nobody plans for a series to get just 4 issues; this was probably a case of premature cancellation. And if it is, the author did a decent job of making sure he still hit all the points he wanted to.

8.0
Return of Wolverine #1

Apr 6, 2019

Logan wakes up in the middle of chaos; he has to grapple simultaneously with amnesia and murderous Soteira goons tearing up a lot of innocent-looking people. It's a fun story and the visuals are pretty strong, but it defeats its own efforts to be a super-great epic by trying a little too hard. The slow pace and the overabundance of structure - amnesiac Logan is offered, like, THREE paths to recover his sense of self - end up doing as much harm as good to the story.

5.0
Return of Wolverine #2

May 7, 2019

4.0
Return of Wolverine #3

Jun 13, 2019

5.0
Return of Wolverine #4

Aug 1, 2019

I have an idea. When a writer submits the fourth of five scripts for "Return of Wolverine" and it calls for Wolverine to be pinned to a wall while the antagonist narrates his fights to him in the past tense, a good editor should arrange a face-to-face meeting so that she can physically pop the writer's knuckles with a ruler and say, "No!"

4.0
Return of Wolverine #5

Sep 9, 2019

So this WHOLE STORY happened because this Persephone chick got inspired by a late-night rerun of Moonraker? I can see why they waited until the last possible moment to let THAT cat out of the bag.

8.5
Revenge of the Cosmic Ghost Rider #1

Jul 13, 2020

The stylish, bloody quality of the words and art -- and the joy of pulling Cammi out of comics limbo -- do plenty to make up for the bass-ackward way Cosmic Ghost Rider stumbles into this adventure. And the B-strip features contemporary Punisher kicking CGR's ass a bit. You're more than welcome to take it as a meta-critique on how much of a trainwreck "CGR Destroys Marvel History" was. (Am I the only one that picked up on the fact CGR didn't just fail to prevent but actually CAUSED the Castle Family Massacre in that series?)

7.5
Revenge of the Cosmic Ghost Rider #2

Aug 3, 2020

Cammi whines (but charmingly) about Cosmic Ghost Rider refusing to let her kill anyone in her new role as his sidekick. And the Cosmic King, blah, bookends the "cosmic Punishment" montage by beating up Mephisto and then initiating showdown mode with Frank. I don't much like that first page; even if Mephisto is under house arrest, it doesn't feel right for him to get clobbered between issues by a born-yesterday villain who is so far perfectly encapsulated by the words "big space gangster". The art and the sass are good-bordering-on-great, the character work about innocence is good (perhaps a bit repetitive). But yeesh, this plot.

9.0
Revenge of the Cosmic Ghost Rider #3

Oct 17, 2020

It's an issue-long dustup between CGR and the Cosmic King, with city-levelling collateral damage. Plus a flashback to Frank's OG deal with Mephisto. It's a stupid fight and a stupid antagonist, but GOOD LORD do the creators sell it. They transmogrify the stupid into the fun kind of stupid, and this issue does a stellar job of recapturing the "frantic heavy-metal guitar solo" tone that CGR had under his original creators.

8.0
Revenge of the Cosmic Ghost Rider #4

Nov 5, 2020

Cammi's day in the spotlight uses wormhole shenanigans to give her (and us) a clear understanding of the Cosmic King situation, while also being admirably funny and violent. This issue is a confident and talented continuation of the series' already-established madcap tone.

7.0
Revenge of the Cosmic Ghost Rider #5

Jan 4, 2021

CGR gives up a genuine redemption in order to save Cammi and keep his CGR powers out of the hands of the cosmic tapeworm. Well, 1 out of 2 ain't bad. I don't mind a circular story that lands back at the status quo -- and Mephisto prancing around at Maximum Smug is fun -- but Cammi getting burned so bad leaves an unpleasant taste. The art is still solid, but the script is mighty cliche-heavy. A slightly-disappointing end to a series that deserved better.

9.0
Rise of the Black Panther (2018) #1

Jul 11, 2018

Evan Narcisse explores T'Chaka's story and the beginning of T'Challa's through the prism of T'Chaka's two wives. It's a deep and thoughtful look at an under-represented slice of Wakandan history, and it becomes tremendously gripping once the ideas sink their hooks in you. Paul Renaud's art and Stēphane Paitreau's colors make it visually rewarding in every panel. Their style is a painterly, deliberate refinement of John Romita Jr's art from the start of Hudlin's Black Panther. Evan Narcisse's script only has two real faults: It's so packed to the gills with interesting ideas that it sometimes feels breathless and rushed, and the emotional interactions (particularly between T'Chaka and N'Yami) betray a little of the novice writer's stiffness. To obsess over these minor faults and miss the incredible vista of Wakanda history laid out beyond them would be a serious mistake. I look forward to seeing Mr. Narcisse's style develop further. If he cultivates a little restraint, this miniseries could end up as an all-time great read.

9.0
Rise of the Black Panther (2018) #2

Aug 18, 2018

A formidable first confrontation between T'Challa and Namor. The Panther is significantly cannier than a standard hero doing a standard "punch punch now we are friends forever" misunderstanding brawl/team-up. I respect the statecraft and royal demeanor the Black Panther shows. The art is superb. About the only failing is an overload of realpolitik dialogue wedged into the final fight. It's a clumsy but I suppose necessary way to apprise the reader of Wakanda's regional rivals. Killmonger is foreshadowed in a much simpler, more satisfying way.

9.0
Rise of the Black Panther (2018) #3

Sep 20, 2018

T'Challa springs an abrupt intro between Wakanda and the outside world. Both his court and the world are surprised, but the goons who sicced the Winter Soldier on him win top "bad idea" honors. The fight is tasty, livening up this issue's big servings of realpolitik and continuity porn. I can recognize that the sheer density of this issue might disagree with some readers, but it fits my palette precisely. I'm loving this; the visuals are still superb and the words are getting tighter and more economical without surrendering their audacity.

8.0
Rise of the Black Panther (2018) #4

Oct 17, 2018

T'Challa flips the script on Doom and visits him in Latveria. The resulting story expands on the Panther's off-page encounter with the Fantastic Four and further stirs the pot of internal turmoil lurking in Wakanda. Another heaping helping of cool ideas, but the tension between words and art breaks down with the shift to a new artist. While the visuals in this issue are perfectly serviceable, they surrender all storytelling duties to the script. Verbosity holds this installment back.

8.0
Rise of the Black Panther (2018) #5

Nov 25, 2018

Storm guest-stars in the fast-paced story of Jakarra's defeat. There's also a little flashback cameo so that Luke Cage can provide a cheesy action-movie one-liner T'Challa repeats at the climax. This issue shows that the author has mastered the art of getting strictly to business and telling a fast story without heaps of exposition. The art firms up and shoulders a significant portion of the storytelling work. This is a very good read on a simple level, but I'm not sure the more thoughtful undertones are as refined as they could be.

7.0
Rise of the Black Panther (2018) #6

Dec 18, 2018

T'Challa wraps up his business by bringing down Killmonger in an action-heavy finale. Action-heavy is fine, but unfortunately, it doesn't counterbalance a sudden shortage of the thoughtful ideas that made this title great. Instead, it tries to make do with a slab of "preemptive war" thinking cribbed from the MCU Black Panther. The result is an ending that definitely feels like a bit of a low note.

8.0
Rocket #1

Nov 17, 2017

Somewhere between getting Grounded and sliding back into Guardians mode, Rocket gets tempted into a caper by an otter-lady ingenue he knows from way back. It's Lock, Stock, and Two Smoking Flarknards time. Al Ewing's letter at the end cites two main inspirations: The original mad Mantlo/Mignola Rocket comics and Donald Westlake's "Parker" novels. The result is just about exactly what you'd expect: a heist yarn with a bit more bite than a Hollywood movie and a cast of talking animals, plus a healthy slice of Mr. Ewing's usually-repressed Englishness. It's a feather-light confection but it's off to a pretty enjoyable start.

8.0
Rocket #2

Jan 5, 2018

Betrayal by his Technet "buddies" lands Rocket in court and he discovers Otta Spice may have fed him a pack of lies to get this adventure rolling. The front half of the book is a pretty forgettable fight that's too self-aware about its silliness. The courtroom scene is pure gold thanks to an inspired Daredevil satire. The overall plot is still playing heavily on Noir clichés, but the ride is undeniably enjoyable. If we've (mostly) put the Technet fools behind us, I'm really going to enjoy the subsequent issues.

8.0
Rocket #3

Jan 27, 2018

Rocket busts out of prison to avoid a fate worse than death - getting busted out of prison by the Technet. Trust me, that makes sense. "Rocket busts out of prison" should really be a hopeless cliché - he does it at least once per series. Fortunately, this version is scripted by Al ☠☠☠☠ Ewing, and he would not *dream* of disappointing us. Every last thing we and Rocket see in the prison gets converted into a Chekov's gun for the beautiful escape payoff, and the whole story's topped with a whipped cream dollop of surprise final page guest star. Adam Gorham's art does a superb job of telling the story.

8.0
Rocket #4

Mar 11, 2018

A team-up with Deadpool in maximum Sad Clown mode helps Rocket get the Technet back on his side with a bunch of stolen gangster money. This play on hardboiled crime stories is a bit of a tightrope act; if it weren't backed by a superb and insightful read on Depressed Deadpool it might end up disappointing. Adam Gorham's art isn't all that thrilling, but Al Ewing's script has more than enough twists and gags to keep the read entertaining.

7.0
Rocket #5

Mar 30, 2018

Rocket's vengeance heist runs into cliffhangery problems. Untangle this story and put it in chronological order and it's terribly simplistic. That's probably why Al Ewing tied it up in a knot, and the structural complexity does a decent job of making a by-the-numbers story entertaining. (It relies on one of the Technet clowns having literal do-anything powers, which I think is a Very Bad Sign.) The quality of the series as a whole is very much going to be decided by its final issue. This might be clever groundwork for an awesome conclusion or a time-wasting exercise holding back a disappointing finale. If it were an all-around *stronger* piece of work, I wouldn't be so worried about the latter possibility.

5.0
Rocket #6

Apr 20, 2018

How Did Rocket Not Die is, unfortunately, a question that can only be answered with "Technet magic bull☠☠☠☠." Convenient Technet powers turn out to be the key to the entire heist, and poor Rocket ends up loathed by everybody. Of all the unsatisfying bits in this finale, I'm most irritated by Al Ewing's coy ambiguity regarding Rocket's Halfworld days. Mr. Ewing probably *wants* to retcon the dark twist Abnett and Lanning gave them in Annihilators, but he doesn't have the time to do it properly. Instead we get wishy-washy "who's to say what really happened" waffling. And the fact that all my attention is focused on a Halfworld dream that has *very little* to do with the main heist plot just underlines how underwhelming that plot was.

8.0
Rocket Raccoon (2016) #3

Oct 31, 2017

Rocket discovers getting chased by an unstoppable hate machine like Kraven is no fun - except for us readers. This is a great funnybook with a nigh-perfect script. I feel like Jorge Coelho's very skilled but very gritty pencils don't really match the tone, though. As good as it is now, I think it would be even better if readers were less likely to lose track of Rocket in the clutter of the scratchy, sketchy backgrounds.

8.0
Rocket Raccoon (2016) #4

Oct 31, 2017

Rocket blows up the Statue of Liberty a little, landing himself in ET Gitmo. The script offers superb humor and very nice characterization. This title's a bit too light to support an allegory about refugee camps and there's still a bit of dissonance between the art and the subject matter, but on the whole it's a highly enjoyable/ridiculous interlude in Rocket's life. Socked into a prison, what else would Rocket do but build a flamethrower out of plumbing fixtures and bust right back out?

8.0
Rocket Raccoon (2016) #5

Nov 4, 2017

Rocket and Kraven do an awesome Itchy and Scratchy impersonation at the end of this generally solid cartoony series. There are a whole bunch of red flags in this issue that would normally suggest serious problems: many cringe-worthy jokes, the dead-end fetch quest throws off the pace, and Jorge Coelho's excellent art still feels at odds with the Looney Tunes tone of the title. I think the brilliant characterization of Rocket and Kraven and the excellent chemistry they share weld the mess together into something good. It's like pizza topped with [your favorite unlikely pizza topping]: It looks crazy, but every bite is delicious.

8.0
Rogue & Gambit (2018) #1

Jul 11, 2018

Rogue writhes and Gambit smirks as they start a recon mission that forces them to impersonate a couple with relationship troubles. Kelly Thompson's script is impressive. It delivers sass and fun, but it also works hard to avoid the pitfalls of making the premise look contrived or making Remy look like a stalker-y torch-bearer. Ms. Thompson's continued performance on these tightropes will be interesting to watch as the series progresses. Pere Pérez's art stands in contrast to the words. It's effortlessly gorgeous (there're a few copy-paste shenanigans going on, but they're hard to spot), but also generic. Very high-quality superhero art … suitable for use in any superhero story. It does not require careful interrogation the way the script does - and therefore it's far easier to forget.

8.0
Rogue & Gambit (2018) #2

Aug 18, 2018

Rogue and Gambit break into the restricted areas of the Paraiso resort while also reviewing their shared history. Rogue regrets the fact that their first meeting was tainted by Shadow King mind control. The sinister purpose behind the resort gets some very creepy developments and a new antagonist, but the whole picture is still indistinct. This is close to greatness. All I want to see in future issues is the baddy situation fleshed out with a level of care and inventiveness close to that lavished on the Rogue & Gambit relationship.

9.0
Rogue & Gambit (2018) #3

Sep 20, 2018

Rogue and Gambit experience another creepy reset, making it clear to them and us that somebody's messing with their memories. I like the way this issue balances between evolving the protagonist's relationship and pushing their investigation forward. Whether you're looking for heroic sexytimes or an audacious action payoff (in the form of exactly the sort of clone brawl suggested by the cover), this issue does not disappoint. Dialogue and art are both absolutely top-of-the-line stuff here.

9.0
Rogue & Gambit (2018) #4

Oct 17, 2018

Rogue and Gambit face the full complexities of the scheme against them: power draining, power swapping, and memory exchange thrown into the bargain, too. It's wonderfully inventive stuff, and the script delivers just as much careful attention to the heroes' feelings, too. The art hits high standards again, with a slight confusion in the action scenes being the one place this issue falls short of perfection.

10
Rogue & Gambit (2018) #5

Nov 25, 2018

Rogue and Gambit close down their story with a thoroughly satisfying victory. It clarifies and evolves the two heroes' relationship and also leaves Lavish on the table as a tremendously promising future antagonist. Perfect pace, wonderful character work, and gorgeous art come together to make this an essentially flawless execution of a strong, simple premise.

6.5
Rogue & Gambit (2023) #1

Jan 18, 2024

There's nothing seriously wrong with it. The prose is clean, the structure flows nicely, and the art is polished (if a little cheesecake-y). But it hasn't sunk a hook in me at all. It may be that this issue's plot points are only connected by proximity and authorial fiat. Optimistically, that's a problem that may fade away as the story goes on. And maybe the harsher reviews here are correct, and the characterization is flawed. (Certainly no one in this issue endears themself to me.) That's a harder problem to fix, and it may get worse.

8.0
Royals #1

Oct 31, 2017

Marvel Boy convinces most of the top-tier Inhumans (and Swain!) to take a road trip to Hala. This is a busy, beautiful mess. I don't like all of the storytelling choices Al Ewing is making, but on balance, there's a lot more that's awesome than questionable. A starring role for Marvel Boy in Maximum-weirdness Morrison mode is probably the most promising bit of the story for me. Jonboy Meyers's art is drawn in my least favorite style, but it's so polished, so detailed, and so passionate that I can't call it anything but gorgeous. I just worry about the shipping schedule - can Mr. Meyers draw two issues this well every month?

6.0
Royals #2

Oct 31, 2017

The Royals face Medusa's illness, fight Chitauri, and discover they've brought the wrong Boltagon brother, whoops. Al Ewing's writing ping-pongs between brilliant and embarrassing for me. For all the great parts like Gorgon swearing fealty to Medusa whether she likes it or not, there are also cringey parts like Marvel Boy saying that Medusa is "dying of metaphor" and not getting mocked or punched or anything for making such an epically fatuous statement. It certainly lacks the sustained excellence I would need to overlook the fact that Jonboy Meyers can't keep up with a double-shipping schedule and his pinch hitter, Thony Silas, does a C-plus job on his fill-in art.

8.0
Royals #3

Nov 25, 2017

A hefty and momentous chunk of Maximus backstory changes up the character and perhaps the Royals' current mission. Al Ewing does what he does best, diving deep into established continuity and giving things a major twist. Maximus and Black Bolt and their relationship are redefined here. It's excellent writing that's slightly undercut by a weak art team. Thony Silas hangs like grim death onto the sacred designs left to him by Jonboy Meyers; he doesn't have a lot of distinctive talent of his own to offer. In the flashback sequences, Will Robson injects a dissonant note of humor. At some points it's appropriate but it's definitely unwelcome at the finale.

6.0
Royals #4

Jan 5, 2018

The Royals crash on Hala and fall right into the clutches of an angry Ronan. Once this series is collected into a trade, this issue will probably be a lot less frustrating. On its own, though, with its copious double spreads, low-detail art, and pages wasted on the "last Inhuman" flash-forward, this feels like a half-a-comic. It does wrap up in an interesting place and it offers a fascinating look at Ronan's Black-Vortex-amplified powers.

8.0
Royals #5

Jan 27, 2018

After defusing their confrontation with Ronan, the Inhumans turn to hardcore continuity tweaking. Marvel Boy gifts Ronan a new Supreme Intelligence and as a byproduct, we get an awesome new layer of cosmic mythology that paints the Kree as an engineered race just like their offspring. Primagen and Progenitors and the mysteries of the Skyspears ahoy! Thony Silas's art does a fine job. His anatomy might still be a little sketchy but he does impressive layout work in this issue, and Al Ewing contributes one of his better scripts.

7.0
Royals #6

Feb 26, 2018

Medusa takes Maximus to the Universal Inhumans in chains and left-field antagonists pop up at the last minute. This issue features two stellar conversations awash in a sea of pretty art (Kevin Libranda is a very welcome addition to the team) and B-plots that frankly feel like filler. I'm a huge fan of Al Ewing, but by this point I think it's pretty clear Royals is going to end up as a brilliant six-issue miniseries that's been swaddled in fluff so it fits into 12 issues without rattling. I know the "Last Inhuman" segments are eventually going to get important, but so far they've been a huge drag.

6.0
Royals #7

Mar 30, 2018

The Snarkwar kicks off and immediately starts to drag. Gorgon gets spoon-fed background on it; everybody else basically sits around and gets one little nibble of character development pie to tide them over until things *really* start happening. Kevin Libranda's art tells the story perfectly well, but there's not a lot of story to tell. I think this issue will be quickly and comprehensively summarized in a sentence when we write the full story of the Royals.

8.0
Royals #8

Apr 7, 2018

The Snarkwar is mercifully ended, Noh-Varr comes up with some clues for the Progenitor hunt, and a super-surprising but also super-satisfying romance blossoms. It's a development that *really* tempts you to slap on the superfan "Let me tell you where you're wrong, Al Ewing" hat. But it makes fatalistic sense based on how desperate the Royals' current situation is, and it's executed very well. Kevin Libranda's art swoops smoothly through a busy, perfectly-paced plot and Javier Rodriguez's flashbacks make a positive difference.

8.0
Royals #9

Apr 20, 2018

The Gordusa romance speeds forward, Flint deals with a crazy powerup, and the Royals dive headfirst into wild Progenitor hijinks. While I begrudge the attention given to the romantic pairing, it's not because I think I know the characters better than Al Ewing. He does a good-to-great job of justifying their feelings here (though it's also clear the relationship will have some weighty plot purpose later on). It's simply that there's fascinating high-concept cosmic stuff happening that deserves more attention. Javier Rodríguez delivers some smashing great vistas that ring the Kirby bell in a wholly positive way, but he also does some complex and subtly tricky layouts. This matches the puzzlebox feel of the Progenitor plot very nicely.

8.0
Royals #10

May 21, 2018

The Royals' first look at the World Farm of the Progenitors is wild and imaginative. Javier Rodriguez blows the doors off the wild vistas and the creative layouts, but the character portrayals seem to have gotten rougher. That's just on the visual side; Al Ewing's script is so packed with plot development and world-building that there's mercifully little time for contentious characterization. I wonder if this isn't a wider-scope problem affecting the whole back half of the series: It's either all-action or all-character issues, with surprisingly little blending.

7.0
Royals #11

Jun 9, 2018

The Royals' mission turns into a desperate Indiana-Jones-style smash and grab. As promised, somebody gets left behind, and it's a fairly impressive and heart-wrenching sacrifice. Al Ewing's script is strong and imaginative, but the dialogue is pure melodrama and the imagination doesn't stretch to providing the characters with emotions that go beyond soap operatics. Although Javier Rodríguez is generally a strong artist with some distinctive talents, conveying sorrow and drawing dynamic fight scenes aren't among them. In a story this emotional and fighty, those shortcomings become too significant to ignore. Strong as it is, Al Ewing's script isn't strong enough to shuffle you past the artistic weak spots in blissful ignorance. This is an ambitious comic and that makes it lovable, but the creators' execution on their big ideas is indubitably flawed. Bigger picture complaint: When is Marvel going to realize putting Al Ewing on their standard 2010s Artist Carousel is an endless disaster? All of his post-Secret Wars work has been wildly ambitious, imaginative stuff, and *all* of it has been undercut by jarring art shifts. The man wants to build strange new worlds. Pay a good artist enough to stick with him all the way through the building process, Marvel, jeez.

7.0
Royals #12

Jun 23, 2018

Present-day Maximus mindlinks with far-future Maximus and watches in horror as the Progenitor story plays out to the worst possible end. Go buy Inhumans: Judgement Day to see how the contemporary story ends! Are the Inhumans and Earth doomed? (Hint: No.) After all the wild galaxy-spanning adventures it's been on (Remember when we went to war with the Snarks for two issues? What was *that* about?), Royals closes with a dreadfully safe "Ghost of Christmas Future" scenario. Both the flowery language and the wild visuals fall into an "OK, not great" groove, and here at the end, the entire Progenitor saga looks built out of bog-standard sci-fi clichés. Al Ewing's closing letter describes Royals (at least in part) as a "eurocomix-influenced far-future quest" and emphasizes the importance of the artists in telling this story. He thoroughly lipsticks that pig and lavishes praise on all of his collaborators, some of whom *really* do not deserve it. I already mentioned on Royals #11 that I felt artist roulette did significant damage to this title, but the point feels even more valid when the writer reveals a goal - telling a "eurocomix-influenced" story - that's more or less impossible to achieve while illustration duties are being hot-potato-ed around the Bullpen virtually at random.

5.5
Ruins Of Ravencroft: Carnage #1

Jul 23, 2020

This is a 7.5 horror flashback wrapped in a 4.0 expository frame story. The differential in the art -- Angel Unzueta draws Marvel characters like he's working from second-hand police reports -- illuminates the divide in the writing, too. The more Frank Tieri uses original characters and the less he saddles known characters with his idiosyncratic prose, the better he does.

6.0
Ruins Of Ravencroft: Sabretooth #1

Aug 3, 2020

The story's sound, but the words and art used to convey it are aggressively non-memorable.

5.0
Ruins Of Ravencroft: Dracula #1

Aug 9, 2020

"Maybe if I throw a lame Cap vs. Dracula flashback in the middle, nobody'll notice that I completely failed to conclude the 'Ruins' story before moving on to the 'Reborn' story."

8.0
Runaways (2017) #1

Mar 30, 2018

The new Runaways devotes #1 entirely to resurrecting Gert. On the one hand, making that the whole issue shows respect for the enormity of the task. On the other, having Nico repeatedly bumble the necessary spells goes past painting her magic as tricky and casts her in an uncomfortably incompetent light. And there's the lingering suspicion that this single-scene issue is dragging its feet just a bit to make sure all of the "who's where why now?" questions get put off until #2. On the plus side, there's good characterization work and solid humor going on here, and considered as a comic alone (as opposed to an installment in a franchise with a notoriously unpleasable fanbase), this is plenty entertaining. Kris Anka's art helps tremendously, showing the positive possibilities of clean, lightweight lines laid down with confidence and skill.

7.0
Runaways (2017) #2

Apr 20, 2018

Chase and Nico catch Gert up on the Runaways. It's dressed up with quality characterization, but this is mainly an acerbic review of the painful stories the characters have been subjected to by previous authors - Mystery Runaways Theater 3000. Gert plays the admittedly-apt role of critic-in-chief. This retrospective is arguably necessary, but I'm betting #2 is not going to top anybody's "ooh, let's reread that" chart a few months from now. All signs point to this series being constructed from the get-go in trade-sized chunks, though, so we need to balance "this is an underwhelming single issue" against "this is obviously part of a larger story."

8.0
Runaways (2017) #3

May 21, 2018

Calling Karolina into the fold goes awry, Chase and Gert start unpacking important stuff, and Nico makes a surprise turn. Though this series continues to be slow-paced in terms of action, the way the character relationships build on each other is so perfect it hurts. Rainbow Rowell is knocking it out of the park by melding great humanity with loyalty to past portrayals of the characters; whether you've followed every word ever written about them or you're just starting out, you'll get hooked on these kids. The foreshadowing of sinister stuff to come is not actually bad, but it drags the issue down a little because it hasn't had a chance to get as specific and engaging as the relationship work.

9.0
Runaways (2017) #4

Jun 23, 2018

Dr. Grandma is just exactly as sinister as she should be and also grills a mean cheese sammich. Victor is awake (don't tell anybody but Molly!), Molly is wonderful, Gert makes a surprising decision. Rainbow Rowell continues to invest these characters with brilliant realism and to unearth drama in the unlikeliest places. Kris Anka's art is confident on characters and makes Dr. Grandma's house look like a notably real and welcoming place. Dr. Grandma herself has the tiniest tinge of ominous foreshadowing in dialogue, plot, and art; I can't wait to see her other shoe drop.

9.0
Runaways (2017) #5

Jul 27, 2018

Victor is forced to reveal himself to Chase because Chase *will not shut up* and Molly realizes Gert is deeply depressed. These two threads link up (along with an unexpected scene of Carolina rallying Nico) to bring the gang back together, united against Dr. Grandma, ready to dive straight into all the awesome action that the past few issues said couldn't happen. This whole arc is looking like one superb unit, and unless the climax in #6 turns into a complete trainwreck I think this story will be all-time great. Kris Anka's art is in top form. A potential limitation turns into a strength; the similarities in his character designs work wonderfully for a team as tight as the Runaways.

8.0
Runaways (2017) #6

Aug 18, 2018

The team reunites and takes a willing Molly from her evil grandma. It is definitely a good comic, but I was hoping for greatness. It feels like a premature victory lap: "Here you go, Runaways reunited! Address your congratulatory love-letters to mheroes@marvel.com!" "What about Dr. Grandma? Are they turning her over to the Avengers or what? And what exactly did Karolina's big fight-winning zap do?" "Enh." Nitpicks in the aftermath of a "good not great" conclusion: * Starting the issue by calling Chase stupid, lame, and useless is nasty. Though he goes on to play the emotional anchor in an obviously-important way, it feels like the criticism is shouted and the rebuttal is whispered. * The colors scrupulously replicate the dim, dull, indistinct haze of pre-dawn. It's done with deliberation and skill and I think the end result is ugly. On the plus side, the character art continues to be spectacular. Molly's expressions are downright phenomenal.

9.0
Runaways (2017) #7

Oct 8, 2018

Business as usual for the Runaways - school, jobs, romance - is pretty enthralling. Every character gets illuminating attention. All the internal relationships are fascinating, so the addition of an external one - Molly and her middle-school BFF Abigail - fits well. But of course, the new link develops a sinister overcast that promises drama soon. This issue is really a testament to how thoroughly and successfully the creators have made their team endearing. It's full of prosaic minutiae, but because we love the characters, it all matters. Also, as this issue's first letter-writer notes, the art tells us just as much about the Runaways as the words, and that's surely to Kris Anka's credit.

9.0
Runaways (2017) #8

Oct 17, 2018

Molly's pal Abigail makes a Sinister Offer and Julie Power and Dr. Doom come-a-calling at the Hostel. The action scenes are nearly all-time great, and Molly's plot genuinely is ATG - especially Julie's ironic contribution to it. One visual nitpick: Why is Julie's rainbow trail so muted? The colors are otherwise terrific, as is the art.

10
Runaways (2017) #9

Nov 25, 2018

The superhero-y fight from the last issue melts away into a mass of soap operatics. They are essentially flawless soap operatics, and any comics writer struggling to understand team dynamics could use this as a masterclass in the subject. The script deftly weaves consistent themes out of a variety of incremental plot developments. It's supported by quietly brilliant art throughout. Visuals and words are in perfect agreement on our protagonists' feelings, and that makes for a sublime reading experience.

9.0
Runaways (2017) #10

Jan 1, 2019

The team finally figures out what's happened and confronts Abbie to put everything right. It's a great story, but it has an audacious and potentially-confusing structure. The emotional climax comes at the start, so you're likely to still be drained when the plot resolves at the end. There's a little twist of heartbreak to the final page, too. Not exactly a fun read, but a moving one.

9.0
Runaways (2017) #11

Jan 31, 2019

The identity crisis issue brings a little humor and a lot of great character work. Stellar art, as usual, and more confident stretches where the writer clams up and trusts the artist to handle all the storytelling work. I particularly liked the way the backup story tied into the overall theme and gave the whole team a sobering "are we sure being a Runaway is so terrific?" bit of collective soul-searching. It's a quiet episode, but the way the characters interact and the way the creators tell the tale is supremely satisfying.

10
Runaways (2017) #12

Mar 13, 2019

An (almost) all-romance issue makes two very different matchups and takes them, by very different routes, to one sweet and soulful investigation of what love is. It's thoroughly beautiful in both words and art. This issue gives you even more reasons to love the characters and rewards you powerfully for doing so. It's an absolute delight and a fitting capstone to this title's first year. But that shocking final page lets us know we'll be resuming our regularly-scheduled drama with a vengeance next month.

7.0
Runaways (2017) #13

Mar 27, 2019

Alex Wilder returns, and he brings a host of eldritch trouble with him. The connection isn't wholly clear yet; neither is Alex's mostly-hostile yet very effective relationship with his former team. The script kicks off a promising new arc, but the guest art is a shocker. It's not at all bad by itself, but it's a jarring jump in tone and, inevitably, a disappointment compared with Kris Anka's work.

7.0
Runaways (2017) #14

May 2, 2019

9.0
Runaways (2017) #15

May 21, 2019

The Gibborim plot takes baby steps forward; in this issue, we follow Nico off on her own to have a revelatory conversation with the Staff of One. This issue's sole problem is that the digression reinforces the feeling that the main plot lacks momentum. The splendid character work (in words and art) and the provocative answers to big, long-standing questions are more than enough to make up for that. This is mustn't miss reading.

9.0
Runaways (2017) #16

Jul 1, 2019

Nico magics up a quality Christmas for the Runaways. The conciliatory gesture of inviting Alex to celebrate with them leads to shouty talk about the end of the world - so, just like everybody's family Christmas, really. Great art, great characterization. It has a bit of a soft ending, but it lands with that "aaaaaagh I wanna read the next issue now now now" feeling that tells you it's not a real problem.

9.0
Runaways (2017) #17

Jul 16, 2019

The much-anticipated confrontation between the Runaways and the Gibborim explodes in messy furball of quickly-shifting allegiances. It's eminently satisfying even with a big ole cliffhanger instead of a resolution. This issue dials back the character work a bit to concentrate on plot, and it works well. There are fascinating decisions and consequences throughout, and I couldn't be more excited to press on and find out how it all resolves.

8.5
Runaways (2017) #19

Sep 28, 2019

Molly running away with Alex turns into a pretty sweet day out. They have wonderful interactions and the main team takes her back at the end. That ending is slightly abrupt; all else is golden. Andrés Genolet does an impressive imitation of Kris Anka's visuals; this is a best-case scenario for a smooth fill-in art performance.

9.0
Runaways (2017) #20

Nov 12, 2019

Gib is starving, Molly's depressed, and Victor makes a big decision. The creators commit to showing over telling, and while that makes things a little slow on the surface, there's powerful stuff tucked into the subtext. Andrés Genolet's art continues to be delightful. His Old Lace, in particular, is glorious. He knows his drawings are the dino's sole means of expression, so he invests extra effort in making her silently eloquent.

9.5
Runaways (2017) #21

Dec 5, 2019

Chase goes about his business, being awesome, getting groceries, completely failing to notice his helpful clerk is hitting on him. He continues his awesomeness when he gets home and talks to Molly, and Karolina experiences powerful stuff on her day out. This looks and sounds fantastic and it does an amazing job of turning insightful characterization into a star attraction.

9.0
Runaways (2017) #22

Jan 25, 2020

Doombot's resurrection goes awry, interrupting some excellent character interactions and raising tricky problems for the future. The art's sound and the characterization continues to be spectacular; this is one of Marvel's most consistently delightful ongoings.

8.5
Runaways (2017) #23

Feb 27, 2020

It's a fast read and, for once, I wouldn't chalk the speed up entirely to the author's butter-smooth dialogue. This might be a little content-light. Still looks great, though, and it yanks hard at the heartstrings.

9.0
Runaways (2017) #24

Mar 26, 2020

Nico and Karolina sneak off to be heroes. Their night is nearly a bust, but they get stuck into an exciting fight in the final act. The action (which was nearly overdue) is handled well. Plus, the fight puts big plot developments on the horizon. Add in a couple excellent, cleverly-integrated mini-scenes to keep me updated on the rest of the team and voila! It's another nigh-perfect issue of Runaways.

9.5
Runaways (2017) #25

Apr 20, 2020

Chaos drives the Runaways out of the Hostel, right toward the ambiguously creepy new hero Doc Justice. Even if it is a bit of a railroad, the plot moves forward with impressive speed. And this issue shows that the creators have their priorities straight: The title's magnificent character work isn't shorted by the accelerating pace.

9.0
Runaways (2017) #26

Jun 1, 2020

Doc Justice's heroic enthusiasm infects the Runaways, who eagerly sign up to fight crime with him. They are missing a ton of red flags as they do so. It's a clean, simple story that reaches greatness by being consistently, perfectly believable every step of the way.

9.0
Runaways (2017) #27

Jun 3, 2020

The team starts fighting crime with Doc Justice. Gert, sidelined, starts collecting the first hints that all is not well. The return of Kris Anka is a treat, the story continues to be fascinating, and the characters are still charming as all get-out.

9.0
Runaways (2017) #28

Jul 13, 2020

Still next door to perfect. Nitpick: The pace is a bit slow and Gert's POV gets tangled with the narration in the first act. But compensatory kudos: That final page is a god-damned work of dialogue art. Doc J is objectifying the kids in the second-worst way possible. And Matt's objections to Gert getting sidelined sketch a powerful "got picked last for dodgeball" kinship between them.

9.5
Runaways (2017) #29

Aug 3, 2020

Gert discovers that the J-Team has been a teen-hero-killing machine for decades, which obviously worries her. We see enough of Doc Justice separate from the kids to confirm he's a baddie. Great art and smooth, natural dialogue make this a terrific pleasure to read. The subtle parallels building up between Gert and Matt are particularly nice.

8.5
Runaways (2017) #30

Oct 17, 2020

My rating falls below my usual 9-to-10 "greatness zone" for two reasons: 1) It feels a little stretched (like the finale issue ran too long and the creators split out the first act and inflated it to issue length) and 2) I worry that some key details (like the identity of the "terrorist" target) were a little too subtle. This is still a terrific comic, but not quite as all-time great as many previous issues.

8.5
Runaways (2017) #31

Nov 2, 2020

The Runaways manage to foil Doc Justice's murderous plans at the last minute. It's a brutal victory, with a lot of blood spilled. Though it brings closure and satisfaction, this issue doesn't, in my opinion, quite climb to greatness. The action-heavy plot speeds past in the blink of an eye.

8.5
Runaways (2017) #32

Apr 7, 2021

The Runaways are badly shaken in the aftermath of Doc Justice. Gert provides new focus by deciding to go back to school -- but the wounds and pains of the previous arc are far from healed. This is a great, quiet mood piece that starts laying track for new stories while reminding us that the characters have a lot of baggage to unpack in the future. Solid guest art lives up to the challenge of carrying a lot of storytelling weight when the script needs it to.

9.0
Runaways (2017) #33

May 15, 2021

The day-to-day mini-dramas of the Runaways are quietly satisfying in themselves, and then a plot-development truck comes crashing into the final scene. It looks terrific and the character work is delightful as ever. If you've read this far, you've fallen in love with this team, but they keep giving you fresh reasons to do so, issue by issue.

8.5
Runaways (2017) #34

Jun 17, 2021

Fun developments ensue when the Runaways team up with Logan and Pixie after realizing Molly might not be the only mutant loose in Griffith Park. The characters are, as usual, delightfully portrayed in words and art. The plot chugs along just fine, but at an ever-so-slightly indulgent pace. I think moving a little faster would do more good than harm.

9.0
Runaways (2017) #35

Aug 7, 2021

The mutant storyline fizzles out, but in a satisfying way; Nico shares a shocking (to Karolina) secret with her girlfriend; and the creators spring an even bigger surprise with the last two pages. It is rare for a Big Two comic to let a couple spend seven pages talking through important -- but undeniably relationship-y -- stuff. But then, it's even rarer for an Important Relationship Conversation to be executed this well in any medium. What a delight to read!

8.5
Runaways (2017) #36

Oct 2, 2021

Aww, yeah! it's the Gert romance issue! With double the Gert! Gert and Chase! Gert and Victor! (And Chase and Van! I'm rooting for you, Van!) This is the sort of amazing romantic ... rhomboid? ... you can only get with time-travel shenanigans. It's beautifully rendered in words and art, and yet ... it's satisfying, deeply satisfying. But It's not quite jaw-dropping, ya know?

8.5
Runaways (2017) #37

Nov 23, 2021

The final moments before a big change are conveyed sans dialogue. The character beats range from cute (Gib) to critically important (the Gerts), and the artist does stellar work with all of them. Still, it's an odd selection of moments. Tons of Gib, but no Molly. And who the @#$% wants the J-Team dredged up again? The weirder selections sap the more central ones of energy. It's not a deadly mistake, but it does pull this issue down from great to very good.

8.0
Runaways (2017) #38

Dec 31, 2021

An eventful finale breaks the team up, taking two core members out of the mix. I love these characters and I think this script treats them with great respect. They're also drawn beautifully; Andrés Genolet has a remarkable ability to express emotions with spare linework. But both of the main resolutions we get here (Gert's and Karolina's) are unsatisfying, feeling like we skipped key points along the way. ESPECIALLY with Karolina. I do like splitting the team up and the sequel hooks, though. And perhaps it is time to let a new creative team follow up on them. I'd wager pretty heavily that "we end at legacy #100" came down as an editorial edict and the author was forced to wrap up her plots faster than she wanted to.

8.0
S.W.O.R.D. (2020) #1

Mar 23, 2021

Brand gives Magneto the nickel tour of the new, mutant SWORD and shows off the party trick of her new "circuit," the Six: They can teleport to an incredibly ineffable super-reality and make stuff (also ineffable) there and bring it back. It took me two reads to dig it, but now I REALLY dig it. Enough sci-fi-minded writers have gotten entranced with doing this woo-woo "end of 2001" stuff that editors should really have a toolkit for snapping them out of it when it turns sour. (Not saying this comic is anywhere close to there yet … but it's a risk.)

8.0
S.W.O.R.D. (2020) #2

Apr 23, 2021

SWORD swings into action, working the King in Black problem with a fair degree of panache. It's well-drawn, and the way the team is written, they just ooze competence -- even though they haven't made much progress yet. I like reading about a high-powered team with big ideas. But so far, attention and characterization are spread so thin that it's hard to connect with individuals.

7.0
S.W.O.R.D. (2020) #3

May 23, 2021

A crisis crossover "day in the life" episode starring Manifold. He fails to recruit Snarks to help with Knull and discovers HP Gyrich is a bad guy (duh). That's not a lot of plot. The art looks great, though, and there's a nice serving of character insight that turns this, on balance, into a rewarding read.

7.5
S.W.O.R.D. (2020) #4

Jul 18, 2021

Manifold and Frenzy drive Knull off of Kid Cable and Krakoa. Magneto takes charge of recovery efforts with his trademark sinister charm. This is a nicely-paced action story with some outstanding hoorah moments, and there are intriguing hooks laid out for future plot development. Characterization is problematic in both the dialogue and the art, though. I found myself asking "wait, who's this now?" far too often. I think getting slammed with a crossover event on its second issue did this title no favors.

7.5
S.W.O.R.D. (2020) #5

Aug 28, 2021

Fabian Cortez gets his "let's not worry about murdering humans" day in court, and it's about as farcical as it should be. Meanwhile, Abigail Brand is engaging in some morally-shady sci-fi realpolitik -- and SWORD's bonkers pan-dimensional "Mysterium" harvesting is about to get explained. Exciting days! The script delivers plenty of material and the dialogue has some real cracking lines. The art, though … it's not bad, it just doesn't land as heavily as it could. My reaction to several panels was, "this would be the perfect place for some impressive art" rather than actually being impressed. (Plus, per the title, this issue is trying to do a film-snobby thing and evoke a specific movie genre that requires striking visuals, and they're mostly MIA.)

9.5
S.W.O.R.D. (2020) #6

Nov 7, 2021

The cosmic fallout of the Gala starts unfolding. Mysterium is explained and the mutants use it to bribe their way to recognition as the masters of the solar system. The art is gorgeous, the political ideas are fascinating, and some of the dialogue is positively shocking in its greatness. Letting this creative team handle the big followup revelations might be the smartest editorial decision in the whole event. I think it falls shy of perfection only in that its best character moments go to guest stars (particularly Captain America and Doctor Doom) rather than the main cast. Magneto does get an incredible moment, though. Does he count as a cast member? (Also why is Brand cosplaying Callisto?)

8.5
S.W.O.R.D. (2020) #7

Dec 23, 2021

The Last Annihilation swings into full gear and Brand commits SWORD to rescuing Emperor Hulkling (for ominously pragmatic reasons). And Doom and Storm sass each other a bit about Mysterium. It's still brilliantly written. Stefano Caselli is the equal of previous artist Valerio Schiti, but the transition is just a bit jarring. And there's a focus problem: This is more an issue of "The Last Annihilation" than it is an issue of SWORD. That's OK, I'm starting to enjoy the event. But I was enjoying SWORD more when I was reading #6, and this title's already been hard-hit with crossovers.

8.0
S.W.O.R.D. (2020) #8

Feb 3, 2022

Storm handles a bit of Arakkii business -- punishing Tarn for causing trouble over in Hellions -- with considerable badassitude. It's an impressive showing for Storm in both character and power, and it also does some nice world-building on the Arakkii Great Ring. Drawbacks: It's yet another digressive issue, of which this title has had far too many. And though the artist strives greatly to make this look epic, he just doesn't have the chops, bless him.

7.0
S.W.O.R.D. (2020) #9

Mar 5, 2022

The art is pretty good and there are some nice spicy lines in the dialogue. But all those bodies dropped in the big fight scene? I went straight to the Eight Deadly Words: I don't care what happens to these people. (Also, way to give Brand new tattoos and then not let us see 'em! Frustrating!)

8.5
S.W.O.R.D. (2020) #10

Mar 23, 2022

The way in which this story is told is improvable, in both words and art. The story itself, though, did a perfect job of scratching the itch that previous issues gave me. I love Wiz-Kid's voice, and the plot is developing very much to my taste.

8.5
S.W.O.R.D. (2020) #11

May 7, 2022

First, on the series as a whole: I think SWORD was less about telling one story than it was about making the mutant-related status quo changes Al Ewing needs for his big cosmic plans. I get a strong impression that this title was at the bottom of the writer's priority list all through its run. That being said, dang if it doesn't end in a cool way. The status quo changes are impressive and the clarification of Brand's sinister new role is awesome. It's all conveyed with solid (but not GOAT-y) storytelling in words and art. There's no shortage of action, and the issue is structured to really ramp up the tension. I was disappointed from time to time reading this series, but definitely not here at the end.

8.0
Sabretooth & the Exiles (2022) #1

May 7, 2023

The earnest desire to spend time on Sabretooth, and all the Exiles, and the villain leaves the structure as a whole feeling a bit scattershot, but all the pieces are enjoyable. When it comes to the details, there are some nice panels in the art and rather more cool lines in the prose. It's a highly readable continuation of the last Sabretooth series -- though I suspect this will be even better as part of a binge read rather than as a single issue.

7.5
Sabretooth & the Exiles (2022) #2

Aug 30, 2023

The story marches forward at a brisk pace. The script features tight cross-cuts and some juicy dialogue. The bones of the art are great, though I'd like to see a little more detail on them. I feel similarly about the content; although the plot and character developments are good, they could dig deeper. Victor LaValle has read a lot about the dark side of medical history and he's eager to demonstrate that. I find it charming--for now--but I wouldn't blame a reader for disliking it.

8.0
Sabretooth & the Exiles (2022) #3

Jan 13, 2024

The pace continues to accelerate, and that's (mostly) to the good. This isn't so hot as a standalone issue, but I think it makes a compelling chapter in a bigger story. The words and art are both improvable, but not at all disappointing.

7.5
Sabretooth & the Exiles (2022) #4

Apr 20, 2024

This is a pretty choppy installment in terms of scene structure and plot developments. Things are happening rapidly, and this issue doesn't spend much time explaining their import. It's all illustrated pretty well, though, and past performance gives me confidence in the upcoming finale.

8.5
Sabretooth (2022) #1

Jun 29, 2022

Though I have a ton of questions about the future of the plot and whether or not this characterization of Sabretooth fits, I loved actually reading the comic. The art's solid and just gory enough, the structure and pace are smooth, and Creed's dialogue sparkles with little bits of wisdom and wit. This story might go steaming full-speed off the rails in the future, but for now, it's an awfully fun ride.

8.0
Sabretooth (2022) #2

Aug 3, 2022

As the pace slows, I hit some frustrating points. I think this issue is way too coy about the crimes of the new inmates, for instance. And my unfavorite Krakoan-era trick -- using "datafile" pages to add extra scenes in narrative form -- makes an appearance. But there are still bits of brilliance to the script. Like using Apocalypse to establish that this is a flashback story -- that's quality "show don't tell" storytelling. The art remains solid and Sabretooth (the character) remains intriguing even as focus shifts to the other inmates -- who also do a good job holding my attention. I'm still excited to see the next steps.

8.5
Sabretooth (2022) #3

Nov 22, 2022

Is the appeal of the "here's a bunch of historical anecdotes that relate (subtly or obviously) to the story" technique a subjective thing? All I know is that I *love* it, and this issue is a treat for me. The strong, confident art helps move things along, and all those anecdotes support a wickedly clever plot. All the good plot work leaves characterization oh-so-slightly shortchanged (This is a super-important issue for Melter, though). So I rate it as very good, not quite great -- but right on the point of crossing over.

8.5
Sabretooth (2022) #4

Jan 2, 2023

First, the minor quibbles. The art remains solid, but the inker makes things mighty chunky. And while I'm glad to get the full story on the team's crimes (and Madison's surprising connection to the current arc of Wolverine), I do regret that all that info had to be squished into a datafile. It's a shame this series is only going 5 issues. There's *tons* of material in that datafile; it could easily fill a series twice as long. And I'm a big fan of how this creative team would do it. They raise big philosophical questions (with plenty of applicability to contemporary society) while also probing deeply into the characters. And it's all sewn together with wickedly sharp, clipped dialogue that's simultaneously natural and artful. I'm gonna miss this series when it's over.

8.0
Sabretooth (2022) #5

Jan 6, 2023

This is a good comic, but not at all the good comic I was expecting. I thought the creators would go for the complete wrap-up; instead they're furiously laying track for a sequel. And I *want* to read that sequel. The art, as in the last issue, is a little chunky and short of detail for my taste. But it's still a strong tool for visual storytelling. The story (plot and characterization) gets a bit messy as it tackles both resolution and foreshadowing; some of the loose plot threads get tied off with a line or two when I'd like to see them get pages or whole issues of their own. And the prose is terrific. It's terse, economical, but those words are picked for maximum impact. There are some magnificent lines in here. I like the way titles in this phase of X-books seem to shake out into pairs, each presenting 2 different takes on similar subject matter. Immortal and Red, Marauders and Knights. This volume, with its focus on punishment and justice, is the perfect foil for Legion of X. And since Legion marches on, this book's sequel needs to get rolling ASAP.

4.5
Savage Spider-Man (2022) #1

Jun 29, 2022

Without the context provided by Non-Stop Spider-Man, this is a total garbage fire. With the context, well … it's not on fire.

4.0
Savage Spider-Man (2022) #2

Aug 19, 2022

I thoroughly dislike the way the story's told in words and art, but I think that's subjective. The story itself, though … I believe the story is dull and dumb in a way that goes beyond personal taste.

3.0
Savage Spider-Man (2022) #3

Dec 22, 2022

Were I stranded on a desert island with 1 comic for entertainment, I'd pick a Liefeld book over this.

4.5
Savage Spider-Man (2022) #4

Dec 28, 2022

Peter's transformation into Spock-Spidey gives this story some of the clarity it sorely lacked in past issues. The basic premises of the Immaculatum are still mighty dumb, but the latest plot twists are smarter. The art remains decent but frustrating. Gerardo Sandoval has a well-defined personal style and he executes it with great confidence. But his art isn't the best visual storytelling tool, and visual clarity is vital in a story like this where the writer tends to wander off into the tall grass. I still wouldn't call this good, but this issue is much better than the last few.

5.5
Savage Spider-Man (2022) #5

Jan 9, 2023

The final conflict is nice and cerebral, albeit not exactly novel. And it in no way justifies the *heaps* of weak storytelling that led to it.

4.0
Scarlet Witch #15

Oct 31, 2017

In her last freelance witching gig, Wanda exorcises the Emerald Warlock from a young boy, and then it's back to the Avengers. There are decent bones to this story, but the words and art used to flesh them out are distinctly non-enjoyable. To call it a trainwreck would be spiteful (I've developed a general antipathy to both James Robinson and Vanesa del Rey), but to call it satisfying would be way too charitable.

8.0
Scarlet Witch (2023) #1

Oct 14, 2023

I enjoyed this, and my favorite part might be the new status quo it establishes. Wanda's Emporium is a great set-up, it's high time we got Darcy into the comics, and this issue lays plenty of groundwork for future stories. On the art front, it also looks gorgeous. Complex coloring and a little inking support bring Sara Pichelli back up to her full top-shelf potential. The plot du jour is a little trite ("ooh, look out, he's Killgrave, but *magic*"), the pace dawdles a bit, and there are a few clumsy lines. But overall, the script is very strong--there are a lot more sharp lines than clumsy ones. This is a much stronger performance than I expected, being no big fan of Steve Orlando. Mark me down as pleasantly surprised and eager to read more.

8.0
Scarlet Witch (2023) #2

Jan 18, 2024

This series stays firmly on its rails for its second issue, and that's all to the good. Viv's nightmare problem makes a nicely-portioned one-shot plot. Some solid character insights for Wanda and especially Viv deliver satisfying depth, and the art continues to be a big boost.

7.0
Scream: Curse of Carnage #1

Jun 12, 2020

I'm sold on the creators' sincerity, but I'm unsure of how much substance there is beneath the attractive style.

7.5
Scream: Curse of Carnage #2

Jul 13, 2020

8.0
Scream: Curse of Carnage #3

Sep 24, 2020

Scream takes the fight to Grendel's Mother and it does not go well for her or Andi. I admire this comic a great deal without glossing over its flaws. The art is very scruffy at points, and the Olde Englishe at the start is grating. But the mythology is fascinating. This issue makes the Beowulf connections clear and compelling, and Andi's addition of Rapunzel tropes is terrific. The visuals have some great highlights and make inventive use of the ideas delivered by the script.

5.5
Scream: Curse of Carnage #4

Oct 17, 2020

I'm not inclined to rate kindly when a comic pulls a plot loop-de-loop and leaves its protagonist back exactly where she started.

7.0
Scream: Curse of Carnage #5

Nov 5, 2020

Andi accepts a familial bond with Scream that allows them to defeat Mother. It's a rock-solid plot and theme, but the repetitive way we got to the climax detracts from its satisfaction. Storytelling is generally sound, with the script outdoing the art at its best moments. This series hasn't turned me into a Scream/Andi Benton fan -- but it's opened a door to that that wasn't open before.

8.0
Scream: Curse of Carnage #6

Nov 9, 2020

Scream takes some first steps to protect at-risk kids on the streets, stumbling straight into other characters -- the Punisher and the Sandman -- with the same idea. It's a nice, basic street-hero story, livened up by some passionate art and a touch of thoughtful philosophy. Everybody's agreed that child predators need to get shut down, but opinions vary wildly on how much force is justified to achieve that goal.

7.0
Season's Beatings #1  
8.0
Secret Empire #0

Oct 31, 2017

Hydrated Steve springs a three-pronged trap on the world. Two huge batches of heroes are taken off the table; how will the remainder react? I was mostly thrilled with Nick Spencer's script here. It's an incredibly satisfying payoff to all the groundwork he's laid. If Secret Empire gets even better from here, we're really in for a treat. I do dislike the over-large role played by the Tony Stark AI. It cheapens his supposed incapacitation and undercuts Ironheart to have him zipping around Iron Man-ing as though nothing's happened. My other quibble would be with Daniel Acuña's art. It's brilliant in parts, but his muddy palette and occasional shortages of detail do a serious disservice to this incredibly epic script.

9.0
Secret Empire #1

Nov 9, 2017

Some months into the Hydration of America, desperate rebels struggle to survive in Vegas. Stevil reacts by carpet-bombing the city; yikes. Taking a time jump allows Nick Spencer to ratchet the alienation up to 11; right from the first scene there's an overwhelming feeling that this is no longer the Marvel universe we know. Appropriately for a #1, this issue raises more questions than it answers. The scope is so ambitious that not everything can work. Personally I have several objections to how the Tony AI is handled, and I'm not looking forward to the confusion that different artists are going to bring to the huge cast. Steve McNiven's pencils on Cap are notably excellent here, though. This is a tormented man on many different levels and the artist does a great job of capturing his worries. Mr. Spencer's writing also illuminates that torment; the very best bits of the script are Cap with Elisa and Cap with Rick Jones.

8.0
Secret Empire #2

Nov 25, 2017

The resistance splits up, things are terrible in New York, and we're introduced to a mysterious, still-good Steve Rogers waiting in the wings. It's a wide-ranging meditation on the idea of "hope" tied to a healthy chunk of plot progression, which is darned welcome in an event as complex as this. The surprise backup Steve raises a lot of fascinating questions. While I recognize that Andrea Sorrentino is capable of great layout and blocking work - it's capably demonstrated on several pages in this issue - I am severely underwhelmed by his capabilities in rendering characters. His men are ridiculously interchangeable. His women (particularly Natasha) are dressed in disappointing bodypaint costumes. Rod Reis, the artist for the Good Steve coda, does a much better job.

6.0
Secret Empire #3

Dec 7, 2017

Stevil trundles toward his first direct conflict with some good guys, but he's not there yet. This is a connective issue that mostly spools up stories to be told in spinoffs. It offers up a bunch of conflicts without resolution, which is frustrating: Natasha is asking a bunch of too-idealistic teens to turn into assassins, Stevil is failing to convince Sharon that Hydra's not so bad, Sam Wilson is sure the war is lost yet also doing everything the heroes ask him to, and so on. And beardy hero Steve is still waiting in the wings in his mysterious blue Forest Of Allegory. Add in the usual Andrea Sorrentino art - incredible layouts starring barely-recognizable mannequin-people - and you've got a workmanlike issue that's more of a plot point briefing than a fun read.

8.0
Secret Empire #4

Jan 5, 2018

Goodies vs. baddies at Ultron's secret hideout turns, brilliantly, into a crazy dinner party and an in-depth exploration of Hank Pym's character. This is definitely not what I was expecting or hoping for, but it's got a left-field genius to it. It raises some new questions, answers a few outstanding ones, and winds up being thoroughly entertaining. Besides looking at Hank in depth, this psychological party confrontation gives Scott Lang a well-deserved chance to shine, and Nick Spencer's dialogue for him is terrific. Natasha's plot (and the Punisher hunting her!) progresses a little too. Leinil Francis Yu's art is one factor holding this issue back. He's undeniably great, but this is also undeniably not his strongest effort. He clearly had no idea how to handle Hanktron's half-robot half-human face and didn't come up with a workable approach until halfway through the comic.

8.0
Secret Empire #5

Jan 5, 2018

The Resistance enters its darkest hour as the Kobik hunt proves fruitless and Hydra comes knocking at their base. This is an overwhelmingly eventful episode; it's the polar opposite (in many positive ways) of #3. The main struggle between Stevil and the Resistance shifts heavily against the good guys, the "Mystery Forest" story moves forward with plenty of fresh questions, and Black Widow is out there fighting the good fight in *bad* ways. The plotting and characterization are tremendous, the pacing is fast but not rushed, and the art is mostly great. My opinion on Andrea Sorrentino's art remains "love the layouts, hate the figures," with the added observation that he could use a dedicated colorist whose principles extend beyond "red=important." Some embarrassing grammatical errors suggest that this comic sped past its editors without any serious scrutiny. In terms of historical callbacks, at this point it's looking like Jonathan Hickman's Secret Warriors belongs at the top of the "required reading" list for this event.

7.0
Secret Empire #6

Jan 27, 2018

The battle of the Mount goes pretty hard against the good guys. I dunno how often the words "painful duty" occurred to Nick Spencer while he was writing this, but they're foremost in my mind while reading it. This script is a chore to read. Being illustrated by a pack of talented artists who are mostly in cruise control mode doesn't help. But the overall sprawl of the plot is fascinating, there are a few great character moments, and it includes one of the finest "Clobberin' Times" I've seen in quite a while. It's terribly bleak, but it certainly doesn't lack for ambition.

8.0
Secret Empire #7

Feb 3, 2018

Stevil and Miles have the showdown that's been coming since Civil War II. There is a heartbreaking surprise death here, but the good news is that the balance of hope swings to the good guys for the first time since the start of the event. The core fight scenes and the last-page surprise are raise-the-roof magnificent. Nick Spencer's script is formidable throughout; when he's not throwing amazing twists into the plot, he's doing stellar characterization and thereby correcting a lot of CW2 mistakes. There really aren't a lot of places (with the solitary exception of the Punisher scene) where the writing could be improved. The same cannot be said for Andrea Sorrentino's art. He's a terrific layout artist and there are probably a half-dozen pages in this book that feature poster-worthy graphic design. But Marvel let Mr. Sorrentino handle all of his own coloring and character rendering, and my rating on this issue is two points shy of perfect. No coincidence, that.

7.0
Secret Empire #8

Mar 11, 2018

Some triumphant Sam Wilson leadership Assembles some significant opposition to Hydrated America and Evil Cap. There's fun to be had here, but for an event that's gone on so long through so many tie-ins, the number of twists that show up as left-field dei ex machina is shameful. The Deadpool connection is tight, though. Some good panels from Daniel Acuña are counterbalanced by some woeful additional art that inhibits the enjoyment of the story.

8.0
Secret Empire #9

Mar 11, 2018

All of the heroes in the world get together to put a hurting on Hydra, but Stevil stands as the Final Boss they'll have to defeat next issue. This is 30+ pages of congratulatory but slightly premature triumph; it goes on for way too long and the hoo-rahs are spread mighty thin. It doesn't help that the art was cobbled together by eight people; way too many cooks. For all that talent, there are *a lot* of embarrassing visuals here for the penultimate issue of a big capital-E-Event. Still, christening Amadeus Cho "Hair-Gel Hulk" is worth a little bonus.

7.0
Secret Empire #10

Mar 11, 2018

Kobik's Emergency Backup Good Steve saves the day. The finale of the event doesn't feature a lot of twists, making the end, satisfying though it is, something of a foregone conclusion. A few allusions to classic moments (particularly Cap facing down Thanos) help give this episode a little chunk of the grandeur it needs. In the end, though, it's a bit of an underwhelming, by-the-numbers exercise, the inevitable drive back to the status quo that we were all hoping this event could do better than.

9.0
Secret Empire: Uprising #1

Dec 7, 2017

Black Widow puts a perfected Champions team into an absurd infiltration mission with the Hydra Youth Choir. Yes, this book has an absurd premise … absurdly awesome! Natasha easily justifies the choir infiltration but the big, tense question about spying vs. assassination remains. It's foremost in the teen heroes' minds. The Freelancers are back too, receiving a surprising amount of depth. The comparison to Mark Waid's Champions is inevitable, and this frankly blows that out of the water. Writer Derek Landy delivers a tour-de-force show. His command of the teens' characterization is impressive and he packs an incredible amount of action into a single (albeit oversized) issue without rushing anything. Joshua Cassara's art is also delightful; combined with Rachelle Rosenberg's colors it makes this book look like a busier version of the last Vision series, and that's an extremely good thing. This is what all Marvel comics could look like if the company committed to attracting and retaining a higher level of artistic and narrative talent.

7.0
Secret Empire: United #1

Jan 5, 2018

A complicated false flag operation exposes the tensions brewing between Hydra and New Tian. Writer Jim Zub is handed a tough job here: There's a *lot* of political backstory and event news to squeeze in around the actual story. It ends up being a reference book you read for those general Secret Empire updates rather than a compelling story about particular characters. Ario Anindito's art is mostly excellent, but it can't redeem the comic's detached "and then this happened after this happened after this happened" tone.

8.0
Secret Empire: Underground #1

Jan 5, 2018

A Savage Land safari nets the good guys a Kobik shard and us readers a lot of funny sass. This little adventure is a bit lightweight, but it's a lot of fun. Jeremy Whitley's script is humor-centric and Eric Koda's art is imaginative and vibrant. Sam Wilson starts getting slightly suspicious about his teammates, but plot developments for the wider, grimmer event are otherwise blessedly absent. Take a load off and enjoy a solid dinosaur-bashing vacation before we get back to the grim business of taking down Evil Steve.

8.0
Secret Empire: Omega #1

Mar 30, 2018

Backup Good Steve and Stevil finally chat. While there are considerable philosophical refinements, the chat basically boils down to Stevil saying, "You know, people aren't going to forget this," and Good Steve saying, "Good." Andrea Sorrentino contributes some stellar design work to the layouts to keep it lively. The book also has trailers for three coming attractions: Bucky, Hawkeye, and the search for Black Widow; the Punisher's self-initiated Hydra-stomping quest for redemption (with Nick Fury Jr.?); and some pages of … something with Emma Frost, suggesting that the mutants deserve a realpolitik story devoted to nation-building. Reading through Marvel Unlimited makes it clear that that last story never materialized, and this teaser is doubly disappointing because it reminds us that the mutants suffered a shortage of attention in Secret Empire, too. As to Stevil, this nice conversation with him is just enough to make up for the disappointing realization that yeah, Nick Spencer is sticking him on ice so that some other writer can use him in some later, dumber event/story.

5.0
Secret Empire: Brave New World #1

Jan 5, 2018

"Thou shalt release a cash-in anthology series of shoddy tie-in strips following c-list characters through thy crossover event" reads one of the modern Marvel Bible's commandments, apparently. Invaders: Namor is attempting to Switzerland his country through this Hydrated America nonsense and that involves taking the OG Human Torch and Toro prisoner. The sooner the focus of this story switches to Namor's shoulders, the better. Giant-Man: Jeremy Whitley uses Secret Empire as an excuse to pitch a Ms. Marvel-esque ongoing solo for Raz Malhotra. I wish him the best of luck; it feels like a good enough idea for a series. Gwenpool: Surely Marvel's best genre-savvy 4th-wall-breaker has lots of hilarious and insightful commentary to deliver on this, the company's most contentious event … no, never mind, they're just gonna do a lame Baba Booey joke. That's a pretty huge missed opportunity.

5.0
Secret Empire: Brave New World #2

Jan 5, 2018

Vast swathes of mediocrity wash away some promising story hooks. This collection is just entertaining enough to recoup the time it takes to read it; it's aggressively non-memorable. Patriot: Contrary to the interesting and angry introduction Nick Spencer gave him, here the new Patriot gets suited up as a smarmy do-gooder who bravely polices the Resistance's cafeteria line while America burns in the clutches of Hydra. Hydra Bob: Bob is surviving as a Hydra grunt, even when confronting a powerful Inhuman. You will forget this an hour after you read it. Invaders: One interesting twist keeps the story of Atlantis readable. Featuring a surprise guest star as the leader of the resistance opposing Namor!

6.0
Secret Empire: Brave New World #3

Jan 15, 2018

The third installment offers a slight bump in quality. In hindsight, they should have cut Starbrand entirely and expanded the Daily Bugle story. Daily Bugle: Ethan Sacks' script is ambitious and accomplishes a great thing by reuniting JJ Jameson with the Daily Bugle, but compressing the story down to eight pages cramps its style. Starbrand: This is a C-plus character study of Starbrand without even a vague excuse for a story. Pass. Namor/Invaders: Jim Hammond Screws Everything Up and Namora makes a shocking choice. The plot developments are rather meh but Brian Level and Jordan Boyd make it all look notably pretty this time around.

7.0
Secret Empire: Brave New World #4

Jan 27, 2018

Misty Knight's bizarre Amish/Burning Man/Pirates/Survivalists road trip is my favorite story from BNW. It's my kind of crazy. Misty Knight: I know this "road warrior cosplay" stuff is weird but it somehow really clicked with me. Alex Arizmendi's art really impresses. Emma Frost: Nooooope. A mortally clunky script drags down some decent but unspectacular art. It was a shame the story was so blah; I'm normally a huge fan of Ms. Niemczyk's work. Invaders: The Torches spend a whole 'nother episode in prison and Namor faces *more* reverses. Slightly good art doesn't redeem scattershot scripting. This series has chewed *way* more than it bit off.

7.0
Secret Empire: Brave New World #5

Feb 26, 2018

The Invaders series ends as a woefully pointless shaggy dog story, but we've got a beautifully silly Blade strip to soften the blow. Blade: Kindergarten Cop, vampire style. It's a simple premise executed with skill, exactly as fun as it should be. Domino: A bare-bones vignette rather than a real story, but how much can you pack into four pages? Domino's attempt to assassinate Emma Frost goes awry and the struggles of hot women are highlighted. This is a polished execution (assassin pun!) of a simple idea. Invaders: Bucky shows up at last, and the whole rebellion turns out to be a put-on to teach thorny ole Namor a lesson. This story ended up as a big fat missed opportunity. By trying to spotlight both Namor and his Invaders teammates, Paul Allor managed to shortchange everybody, readers *very much* included.

7.5
Secret Invasion (2022) #1

Apr 26, 2023

This seems like a perfectly cromulent espionage/infiltration story. It's crafted well in words and art. It just hasn't gotten a hook in me yet. It's good enough for me to read on and give it another chance, though.

8.0
Secret Invasion (2022) #2

Aug 10, 2023

The storytelling continues to be smooth and refined as the plot marches forward. A few more espionage developments succeed in hooking my interest; I like a cat-and-mouse game when both cat and mouse make smart moves.

7.0
Secret Invasion (2022) #3

Oct 14, 2023

I *loved* Ryan North's Squirrel Girl. To an unreasonable degree. But even I can see that this issue leans *way too hard* on USG's "fugitive Skrull" arc (#37-40). Tony (and the author) also spend too much time justifying their scheme and not enough time justifying hiding it from Maria -- or explaining why Tony reveals the scheme in the worst possible way at the worst possible time. As a result, the pace is off, the 2nd act loses a lot of tension and momentum, and (in contrast to #2, where I said everybody was smart) Tony looks pretty dang stupid. The art is nice and the dialogue is solid, so I'm rating this at the upper edge of "average". It almost gets a green dot…but not quite.

5.5
Secret Invasion (2022) #4

Mar 7, 2024

8.0
Secret Warps: Soldier Supreme Annual #1

Jan 25, 2020

The lead strip sets up a full-on crisis event for Warp World as a whole, which is plenty of fun. The onslaught of fresh warp-characters combined with comprehensive check-ins on the existing ones verges on overwhelming, though. The B strip is a capable demonstration of Warp World's ongoing potential, showing how a simple hero vs. villain tale can be significantly enhanced with thoughtful probing of the AU's oddities.

7.5
Secret Warps: Weapon Hex Annual #1

Jan 25, 2020

The crossover crisis continues in the A strip, and the relentless pace of fresh mashups is giving me whiplash. It's a little too hard to buckle down and care about the phoney baloney big picture threat when the villains and the threat du jour are constantly churning. The B strips are starting to outshine the A strips for me. The one in this issue is refreshingly restrained after the bonkers A strip. I liked the villain, the premise, the execution, the humor -- a lovely little treat that puts the spotlight on Weapon Hex and Speed Weasel much more effectively than the A strip.

7.5
Secret Warps: Ghost Panther Annual #1

Feb 27, 2020

5.0
Secret Warps: Arachknight Annual #1

Feb 27, 2020

The supremeuniversal warp-characters were the ramp, and the ending twist was the shark this series just jumped over. Subjectively speaking, anyway -- your mileage may vary.

6.0
Secret Warps: Iron Hammer Annual #1

Feb 27, 2020

I wish this series had started out with a warning that it was going to go all the way to "facial hair on top of masks" ridiculous by the end. Perhaps the warning was Ulysses Klorb, the villain with a giant ear for a head, and I should have paid more attention to it.

8.0
Secret Warriors (2017) #1

Nov 17, 2017

Daisy "Quake" Johnson assembles a quality collection of Inhumans to take a stand against Hydrated America. Daisy's in full Nick Fury protege mode, which bodes very well for a spy's-eye view of Secret Empire. Her new pals, Moon Girl, Ms. Marvel, Inferno, and Karnak (!) are also full of promise and delight. I have minor quibbles with some of the plotting and art, but overall this looks to be a terrific start. The dialogue is already outstanding and I think this team is only going to get better as the inter-character relationships develop.

8.0
Secret Warriors (2017) #2

Dec 3, 2017

A superb cross-country road trip is livened up with a little fight against the Howling Commandos. This title offers an incredibly fun core story and developing it further is challenging the creators to push outside their comfort zones. The pushes aren't entirely successful - writer Matthew Rosenberg is struggling with the flashback pacing and the busy layouts with tiny figures are shortchanging artist Javier Garrón a little - but the creators are hitting way more shots than they're missing and even the missteps are entertaining. I could nitpick endlessly, but the very engagement that would inspire me to do so signifies a gigantic success: In two issues I have become *deeply* invested in this team and what they're doing next.

9.0
Secret Warriors (2017) #3

Jan 5, 2018

The "New Tian" leg of the Warriors' road trip dissolves into lots of X-Men-fighting and a serious argument about torture. Matthew Rosenberg and Javier Garrón understand the rule of thumb that readers will give a new title three issues to make them fall in love, and so they absolutely knock this one out of the park. This story has great teamwork, great conflict, smart characterization, memorable dialogue, and outstanding meta humor (nobody will ever let Inferno forget he's the Marvel universe's fifth-most interesting Fire Guy). Mr. Rosenberg earns the second spot on my "writers I trust to handle Kamala Khan properly" list, and Mr. Garrón has a field day filling up the pages with half-forgotten X-Men, fun action, and expressive faces. This issue proves the creators can handle heavy as well as fun; both Kamala and Daisy get to lay out compelling and in-character arguments on the question of torture.

8.0
Secret Warriors (2017) #4

Jan 27, 2018

Lunella does six impossible things before breakfast, but then gets separated from the team. There's plenty of fun and funny here, and the plot developments that push Lunella to the front feel quite natural. On a wider scale, things are getting just a bit breathless; the team doesn't get a moment's rest - or even enough time to have the full-force Kamala/Daisy argument that's brewing. The destination remains unclear but the journey remains thrilling, so following this title is no hardship.

7.0
Secret Warriors (2017) #5

Mar 11, 2018

The Secret Warriors' inaugural storyline ends in a bit of a whimper as the team liberates New Attilan. Leer's role in the story proves to be red herring-ish, and Javier Garrón's art feels unfortunately rushed. This isn't a bad comic by any means, and one great conclusion is that Daisy fully commits to the team. Too bad it falls apart around her at the end! I was really hoping that the first arc would wrap up with more of a bang and less of a "breaking of the fellowship" moment.

6.0
Secret Warriors (2017) #6

Mar 30, 2018

Daisy tries to Ahab Deadpool while Inferno gets sucked into the frustratingly vague Karnak/Sinister/Dark Beast conspiracy. Hyper-sketchy art by Juanan Ramirez and some unpleasantly rough dialogue by Matthew Rosenberg really drive home the fact that this is half of a filler story marking time until we get back to proper business with #8. Not a comic I can see myself ever reading a second time. While that doesn't imply true badness, it's not a tier into which this title's previous issues fell.

7.0
Secret Warriors (2017) #7

May 3, 2018

The team, led by Moon Girl, rallies to save Daisy from going murderous. The resurrection of proper team dynamics is very welcome and it elevates this issue a fair bit. Daisy's vengeance quest is still rather cut-and-dried and Juanan Ramirez's art is a sketchy mix of panels that do and don't work. This breather arc ends stronger than it started, but as a whole it still feels like an unnecessary detour.

7.0
Secret Warriors (2017) #8

Jun 9, 2018

The Secret Warriors get a fortunate drop-in, Magik, to help them solve the mystery of the abducted children. While I like the plot developing here, the character interactions and the art are glitching. There aren't any deal-breaking horrors, just a mountain of little "meh" moments that pile up surprisingly high. The smugly not-really-self-deprecating "Sorry, bickering is kind of what we do" is where I lost the vital fan enthusiasm that could have eased me past all the glitches. This is an earnest attempt to craft a great comic, and while it wasn't particularly successful, I think the result ends up well above average. Kamala's hair continues to be mystifyingly gray. I'm wondering if it might be worth firing a polite WTH tweet at colorist Israel Silva.

8.0
Secret Warriors (2017) #9

Jun 18, 2018

The Secret Warriors return kidnapped kids and draw a giant question mark over Karnak - what exactly has he done with Mr. Sinister, and is it forgivable? Matthew Rosenberg's script is wonderfully strong with the characters and the humor, but he's holding his plot-cards a little close to his chest. I can sail on into another issue in confident mystery, but the bigger story really needs to make sense when all is said and done. The art collaboration between Javier Garrón with Will Robson is mostly excellent. Mr. Garrón benefits a great deal from a little relief pitching, and toward the end the two styles start blending in an impressive way.

8.0
Secret Warriors (2017) #10

Jun 23, 2018

Dante finally starts doing stuff. Entire rest of team: "Dante, NO!" But while he's acting foolish and headstrong, Karnak's giving a lot of signs of turning downright *evil*. This is an entertaining and complex ride, but it's playing fast and loose with Inhuman lore (and Kamala's feelings) in a way that's far too likely to rustle fans' jimmies. The art is a little troublesome as well, with both Javier Garrón and Will Robson making too many contributions to the Gallery of Regrettable Faces.

8.0
Secret Warriors (2017) #11

Jul 11, 2018

The good guys defeat Mr. Sinister in a highly satisfying Ultimate Showdown. Karnak gets shuffled into the losing column in a fascinating, philosophical way. This issue reaches up to true greatness with the thought-provoking arguments that finish it off, and it's exhilarating to see Karnak's brutal pragmatism get repeatedly dunked on. Counterbalancing that notably awesome content, though, is a broken art collaboration. The four pages contributed by Will Robson are decent, but there's no longer any good excuse to justify the jarring clash in styles. Javier Garrón makes the majority of the book look outstanding. The climactic fight scene has a cast of dozens and is ridiculously intricate, but the emotional moments are also fully supported with superb facial work. If only he had time to do those other four pages as well!

9.0
Secret Warriors (2017) #12

Jul 27, 2018

Lunella cons the team together with a fake birthday party so she can use cake and boardgames to get some hatchet-burying done. It's equipped with solid art, heartwarming dialogue, good stuff happening to characters we like, and a charming, novel premise - the board game is Marvel Risk, complete with Latveria and Atlantis and little plastic Cap playing pieces - so this ends up being a wonderfully satisfying conclusion to the series.

7.0
Secret X-Men (2022) #1

Jul 1, 2022

It's intended to be a rollicking good time, and that works -- for me. But the character-based fun is subjective, and I think more objectively, there are some significant structural problems. The pace is slow and the plot developments could be a hell of a lot clearer. On the art front, the polish is exquisite, but there are some real fumbles in anatomy and design consistency. I call it a good comic, but just barely good enough to forgive the flaws. Cutting the length and complexity would probably do wonders for it.

7.0
Sensational Spider-Man: Self-Improvement #1

Feb 27, 2020

An alternate take on giving Spidey a black costume in the 80s and a straightforward "Spidey shares his Signature Moral with an at-risk kid" story. Neither of these strips is Earth-shattering, but they feature veteran creators laying down solid storytelling work. The "behind the scenes" peek at Randy Schueller's pitch is cool, too. This was a nice little Marvel Unlimited surprise.

6.0
Sentry (2018) #1

Jan 9, 2019

Welcome to a fresh status quo for the Sentry. As usual, bringing a little stability to Bob Reynolds's life involves tremendous risks. But the benefits are … are there benefits? That's one of the missing keystones here. I was also turned off by the art, the pace, and the incredibly bland sort-of-Silver-Age-but-not-really adventure Bob experiences in his make-believe world. But balanced against that, the conversations Bob has with Billy and Misty are absolutely stuffed with ominous potential.

8.0
Sentry (2018) #2

Feb 4, 2019

Bob's story rapidly grows more complicated as his "parole" arrangement breaks down and the Sentry gets loose. This issue was a big leap forward for me; I like it when the divide between Bob and the Sentry is emphasized. The characterization is good and grim, the plot is twisting in an interesting way, and the art is stronger. The visuals could use an even bigger separation between Sentry World and the real world, though.

8.0
Sentry (2018) #3

Mar 7, 2019

This issue takes us back to the Beginning of the Trouble: Billy recruiting Cranio for his audacious scheme to replace the Sentry. After an enlightening and entertaining look at their motivations, we catch up to the last issue's status quo and push forward into new plot territory. Ambitious characterization and tremendously talented, gritty art for the "real world" setting make this a pleasure to read.

8.0
Sentry (2018) #4

Apr 11, 2019

7.0
Sentry (2018) #5

May 7, 2019

7.0
Shang-Chi (2020) #1

Mar 1, 2021

Pretty standard storytelling, but the content managed to pique my interest. I've read the OG Master of Kung Fu comics, so I thought revisiting the "Shang-Chi vs. Daddy" well was a huge mistake. But Gene Luen Yang has an interesting take on it -- starting with Not-Fu-Manchu dead is an excellent decision. (I'd bet a large amount of money on "Surprise, Daddy's not dead!" happening if the series goes on long enough, though.)

7.5
Shang-Chi (2020) #2

Mar 7, 2021

Shang-Chi's relationship with his sister is explained in flashback and evolved in the present. Well-crafted family dynamics combine with a little Kung Fu mysticism to move the story briskly along. Although there's room for improvement in the words and the art, they do a fine job of holding (and even deepening) my interest here.

7.0
Shang-Chi (2020) #3

Mar 15, 2021

Training and combat against Sister Hammer bring Shang-Chi and his other "siblings" closer together, but the hero is still bedeviled by supernatural problems. It's a fast-moving story served with decent words and art, and the kung fu action and the mystical stuff are well-balanced against each other.

6.5
Shang-Chi (2020) #4

Apr 12, 2021

I dunno about nationalist propaganda, but this comic mentioned Clif Bars 4 times, and that's pretty terrible.

5.5
Shang-Chi (2020) #5

May 9, 2021

Shang-Chi ends his sister's vampire threat and does a chunk of character development for her as well as himself. The words and art in this last issue are rather rough, but I like the new status quo it establishes for the character. Although that's really a series-wide accomplishment that was 80% complete in the first issue ...

7.5
Shang-Chi (2021) #1

Oct 2, 2021

This arc kicks off with a nice Spidey team-up. I'm glad it's not the straight "vs the Marvel universe" fight suggested by marketing; it's more like Shang-Chi desperately trying to conceal his new role as a crimelord from his superhero buddies. The story's fast and simple, but satisfying. It has scruffy (good scruffy) art with very strong bones, and the dialogue's decent. Sister Esme is along to provide comic relief, but I appreciate that there's a well-justified frustration underneath her sass.

8.0
Shang-Chi (2021) #2

Nov 22, 2021

Shang-Chi and Deadly Sabre are off to Macau when a triad puts a Cosmic Cube up for sale. "Supervillain auction" is not the most novel premise -- didn't we just see it in the MODOK miniseries? -- but the creators do a commendable job putting their own spin on it. A very funny start segues into a Captain America team-up featuring some solid plot twists. And on the strategic scale, I appreciate how these self-contained adventures are also building up a novel rogues' gallery for Shang-Chi.

7.5
Shang-Chi (2021) #3

Dec 23, 2021

The latest addition to Shang-Chi's supporting cast is an exiled half-sister who proves to be a mutant; thus, inevitably, there's a confrontation with Wolverine. The art's good, the writing's decent, the plot is a little by-the-numbers. I continue to enjoy the world-building, though; Zhilan is another excellent new character. But I'm tiring of the continual "you want us to be good instead of evil WHAAAA?" conflicts between Shang and his siblings; he really should have sat them down to have a 30-minute chat about morals and ethics ages ago.

7.0
Shang-Chi (2021) #4

Jan 11, 2022

Shang-Chi and his family rescue another relative, this time from the Negative Zone, resulting in a brief Fantastic Four fight. It's fast-paced (in a good way) and well-drawn, and I like the comic relief Sister Dagger is throwing down. This title has already got a formula going, though, and this installment follows it a bit too closely.

6.5
Shang-Chi (2021) #5

Mar 3, 2022

Shang-Chi's encounter with Iron Man is mainly a classic misunderstanding brawl. The long-term plot is advancing (slowly, though) and the art is still nice. I didn't much care for the short-term action this time around. This issue took at least two swings at "Man, Shang-Chi is a badass!" moments, neither of which worked for me. I'm still hooked on seeing how the long-term story plays out, though.

8.0
Shang-Chi (2021) #6

Mar 23, 2022

It's a nice slam-bang conclusion to this arc, and it leaves the board arranged in an interesting configuration for the next one. Although the prose is a little basic and action-movie-y, Shang-Chi's choice has impressive weight -- it's both personally meaningful and plot-relevant. The art's extremely dynamic, to the point that it risks being confusing. Overall, this is a nice popcorn comic with some deep character work tucked inside.

7.5
Shang-Chi (2021) #7

May 16, 2022

Shang's mom's backstory segues into the big showdown with the antagonist, explaining his identity with perfect timing. It's a straightforward narrative delivered with fair storytelling skill, particularly in the art. I love the watercolor colors. To call this especially good, though, I'd need to see a twist or complication in the plot or some memorable prose, but they just aren't there. This issue is well above average -- but it's equally far from great.

7.5
Shang-Chi (2021) #8

Jun 29, 2022

I think this series is ideal for the classic younger comics demographic: not "all-ages" tots and tweens, but teenage readers. The strong, simple language; the broad strokes plotting, the scruffy, dynamic art -- all are great for youthful eyes. And all are on pretty strong display here in this issue.

7.0
Shang-Chi (2021) #9

Jul 13, 2022

Perhaps I'm just too old and crusty and familiar with narrative tropes, but this strikes me as a strictly by-the-numbers story. The plot undergoes workable complications as Shang-Chi's grandpa settles into the safe, scenery-chewing role of a mark-one nemesis. Prose and pictures are both delivered with journeyman skill -- no big faults, but not a lot of notability. For artist Marcus To in particular, this issue is good but far from his best. Of course, I could easily see rating this up a couple points if you're a fan of the protagonist or the creators. And even discounting reader love, the consistently solid, fault-free work makes this a bit more than average.

7.0
Shang-Chi (2021) #10

Aug 19, 2022

The prose is pretty simplistic -- and expository -- but the art's solid and there are interesting plot developments. Character work is a bit thin on the ground. And Chieftain Xin is pretty dang stupid, even for a comic book villain (this is 2 issues running where he's given up the chance to win a fight because … he's the bad guy and bad guys don't win). I'm never gonna consider this series deep or inventive, but I also won't hold that against it. It doesn't pretend to be any more complicated than it is, and it does a decent job of entertaining.

7.0
Shang-Chi (2021) #11

Oct 29, 2022

The prose is really, really simple. It leans heavily on clichés. But the script's structure is solid and things develop at a thrilling pace. The art is simple, too, but in a more positive way. In every panel, it's clear that a confident artist is laying down exactly what he wants the reader to see, without distractions. Once again I close an issue with the feeling that I've just read a good comic, but one aimed at readers a lot younger and less critical than me. I'm sure this installment will get the grognards grousing about shoving the MCU's version of the Ten Rings into the comics. Whatevs. It's been decades since anybody did anything worthwhile with the Mandarin's rings, right?

6.0
Shang-Chi (2021) #12

Dec 12, 2022

It might be harsh for me to describe this as a "relentlessly adequate" comic, but that's how I feel. The art's nice, though I think some prior issues have looked nicer. Strategically, the script is OK. The plot's a trifle predictable, but the character work is solid. The nonstop cliches in the dialogue, though! Every eyeball-rollingly familiar phrase helps persuade me that this story just isn't special. Not *bad*, but not nearly as good as it could be. A dialogue overhaul that made Chieftan Xin sound like 20% less of an idiot would make me a lot happier with this comic. He could even still *act* like an idiot if he talked a little smarter.

7.5
Shang-Chi and the Ten Rings (2022) #1

Jan 9, 2023

This is a pretty good kick-off issue. It brings the reader up to speed with Shang-Chi's status quo without interrupting the rising action pace. Plenty of fighting here, and it's all drawn very nicely. The script is structured well and the prose uses fewer cliches than in the last series, for which I'm grateful. Here's hoping that Delilah, Shang's would-be girlfriend, gets 2 or maybe even *3* appearances in this volume!

8.0
Shang-Chi and the Ten Rings (2022) #2

Jan 27, 2023

An extended homage to Shang-Chi's 1975 Bond-esque spy adventures is the last thing I expected from this title, but here it is. And the creators carry it off brilliantly. It's well-drawn as always, and the script works with the art to keep the pace fast and exciting. The plot is built on sturdy foundations for a tricksy heist story, and I credit the author for carrying off the big twist with commendable skill.

7.5
Shang-Chi and the Ten Rings (2022) #3

Mar 22, 2023

The MI-6 story wraps up awfully fast with some good (if not super-memorable) action scenes. The pivot toward the next arc is done very well, though, and the art continues to be relentlessly solid. The visuals handle a turn toward body horror very well.

8.0
Shang-Chi and the Ten Rings (2022) #4

Apr 12, 2023

I'll say it's a simple story provided you agree to take that word as neutral or maybe even a little positive. The tournament is laid out clearly and succinctly and we get straight to the clobbering. There are plenty of deep cuts into Shang-Chi's history in the cast. The art looks great. While it could be more detailed, its clarity makes it even more dynamic in the action scenes. The pace is a little rushed, though. The author committed to having 10 competitors, so some of them have to be dispatched abruptly.

7.0
Shang-Chi and the Ten Rings (2022) #5

May 9, 2023

The backstory was pretty cool, but the tourney scenes and character work seemed to suffer a little in comparison. The art's solid all the way through, but I felt the script (and/or the protagonists) took too long to get serious about Leiko's plight.

8.0
Shang-Chi and the Ten Rings (2022) #6

Sep 2, 2023

This is a thoroughly satisfying finale (or maybe it's more of a chapter-ending? Why has Marvel split Gene Luen Yang's run into all these miniserieses, anyway?). The art remains clean, dynamic, and appealing. The dialogue's decent, the conclusion delivers some nice insight into Shang-Chi's character, and I for one was pleasantly surprised by the Big Twist™. This series had humble goals throughout, and consistently solid storytelling really made the most of them.

7.5
Shang-Chi: Master of the Ten Rings (2023) #1

Oct 14, 2023

It's a good story. The storytelling used to convey it is a little simple when it comes to prose and art, but the structure is solid. The writer does a particularly good job keeping up the pace and building tension. This is a satisfying way to cap off his run.

7.5
Shatterstar #1

Apr 18, 2019

The character work on Shatterstar, with its strong metafictional edge, is intriguing.

8.0
Shatterstar #2

May 21, 2019

6.5
Shatterstar #3

Jul 1, 2019

6.5
Shatterstar #4

Jul 16, 2019

7.0
Shatterstar #5

Sep 1, 2019

Now that it's all over, I think the big fault was trying to squeeze the kidnapped tenants and the vengeful ex (complete with her own supporting cast) into the same story. The creators should have picked one over the other (the tenants, if I had my druthers); there just wasn't space in 5 issues to do both justice.

7.0
She-Hulk (2017) #159

May 21, 2018

Jen Walters falls afoul of baddies who have an evil interest in her Hulk-itude. While this new story is packed with promise, its pace is still lethargic and decompressed. Jahnoy Lindsay's art is clean, but it reacts negatively with the slow scenes and makes this issue feel too empty. The simplistic coloring doesn't help, either. I'm weirdly fascinated by the stalkerish Robyn Malt. She proves in creepy ways that those who appear scatterbrained aren't necessarily stupid - or harmless.

7.0
She-Hulk (2017) #160

Jun 23, 2018

The Leader's sinister plans for Jen and Robyn finally crystallize. They're wonderfully operatic, but his end goal remains hidden. Jahnoy Lindsay's art is growing stronger in an encouraging way. Unfortunately, just as the visuals get good, Mariko Tamaki weakens the characterization work. She gives Robyn a backstory here, and it's an utterly clichéd "bullied nerd worships a hero in all the wrong ways, becomes an easy pawn for the villain" tale. The nuts-and-bolts storytelling is done well, but take a step back and it's definitely sculpting a mountain out of a way-too-familiar molehill.

5.0
She-Hulk (2017) #161

Jul 27, 2018

After more than an issue of continuous "you have to kill somebody, there's no other way out of this" pressure, Jen solves her problem without killing anybody. The fact that it causes some psychological torment and produces a little narrative progress at the end does not make it feel like any less of a cop-out. Mariko Tamaki's scripts are taking three issues to deliver one issue's worth of insight, and Jahnoy Lindsay's art likewise feels about 33% satisfactory.

4.0
She-Hulk (2017) #162

Aug 18, 2018

Jen's therapist doses her with some sort of metafiction-boosting drug, allowing her to enter her own subconscious and face her biggest fears: an uncontrollable Hulk, death at Thanos's hands, and outliving her cousin Bruce. It's not a total cure, but we get proper green She-Hulk out of the deal. The script has tons of potential, but it's such a wildly imaginative and visual story that it could not succeed without strong art. That is the absolute opposite of what it gets. These visuals are incompetent.

8.0
She-Hulk (2017) #163

Sep 20, 2018

She-Hulk summarizes her progress over this volume while defending a politically-active mutant kid from nasty humans-first protestors. It looks great and it does fascinating work tying Jen's inner struggles to her outer work as a hero and a lawyer. As a finale, though, it brings a bittersweet twinge. This issue shows a little too clearly what this series COULD have been doing all along.

9.0
She-Hulk (2022) #1

Jun 3, 2022

I absolutely loved this and rated accordingly. It's not an objectively fair rating, though. This script introduces Jen's new status quo in "show don't tell" fashion. Which is usually terrific -- but this issue shows the potential pitfalls. I know this will be a *lot* less impressive to readers who don't recognize Titania or Mallory Books or the final scene guest star. But I think it's still a dang good book on its own. The art is great -- so dynamic and expressive. The dialogue's sharp and fast, just like Jen. And if you *do* get all the continuity gags, this is fanservice heaven. That's an *exact* visual recreation of Jen's apartment from the Byrne era, isn't it?

8.5
She-Hulk (2022) #2

Jul 13, 2022

Very sweet, but very slow. Looks like this volume is going to read better in trades than month-by-month. I appreciate the thorough and heartfelt portrait of Jack of Hearts and the changes he's going through. But I also recognize it's an anchor on the story, holding us fast at the first plot point. At least the individual story beats are fun on their own, despite not adding up to much yet. The art's nice and stylish, but there's room for more detail and polish. I do love the facial expressions -- and Jen's gravity-defying ponytail.

8.5
She-Hulk (2022) #3

Oct 29, 2022

I know it's slow. Like, objectively too slow for a monthly series. And I'd like more smashing -- I'm starting to think the Titania fight in #1 was an editorial mandate. But doggone it, this series tickles me in all the right places. I love its slow-moving, all-talking, "comic where nothing happens" confidence. I love the minimalist art style that always nails the important details. I love the witty repartee. And I love the fact that what's happening isn't actually "nothing"; it's a slow (yes, very slow) burn toward something wonderful. I won't rate it in "great" territory because I know it's aimed at a very narrow niche (and because of the pacing thing). But because I'm deep in that niche and I love what these creators are doing, I will shamelessly rate it as almost great.

8.0
She-Hulk (2022) #4

Jan 2, 2023

I love this series, but I gotta admit it barely works as a month-to-month book. It's well-drawn and hilarious and the character work is impeccable, but the plotting is sooo slow. The more comedic "slice of She-Hulk life" stuff in the front half of this issue would work fine as the supporting material to a different main plot. Jack of Hearts' story is fascinating, but it's just not paced or portioned for 11 pages a month. This is hardly the first time I've said "this'll read better in a trade," but I don't think it's ever been more applicable than with this series.

7.0
She-Hulk (2022) #5

Jan 9, 2023

This issue, unfortunately, is where I shift from "haha, yeah, this is slower than normal for modern comics" to "aw dang, this is too slow *for me*". The dialogue remains great, as does the art. I'm still fascinated by the story -- which is why I find it frustrating that it's developing so glacially.

9.0
She-Hulk (2022) #6

Feb 12, 2023

Turns out there's an upside to taking things very slow: When stuff *does* start developing (and you hold on to all the heart, wit, and charm you've developed), it can be just brilliant. This issue moves both Jen and Jack forward, and if the steps aren't huge or surprising, they are incredibly satisfying.

7.5
She-Hulk (2022) #7

Apr 26, 2023

I still love this volume (probably always will), but this is another issue I have to admit is glacial. That new client better turn out to be a mother of a Chekhov's Gun later on. Even if he does, still, 8 pages to get him in the story?! I'll call it a good comic, because of the love, but just barely good, because of the glaciality.

8.5
She-Hulk (2022) #8

May 9, 2023

Okay, it's not the most inventive backstory for our baddies -- particularly because, by accident or design, it shares quite a lot with the She-Hulk TV show. But the creators do a good job of injecting humor and heartbreak into this somewhat predictable story. The author, in particular, stitches little bonus moments of empathy and tragedy around the edges. (Admittedly, a lot of the tragedy comes from not-at-all-accidental allusions to Flowers for Algernon.) It's not quite great, but it's very good, especially as part of the ongoing story. (One visual detail I wish was a little less subtle: Mark's wristbands and April's gloves are a control mechanism repurposed from Mark's robotics research.)

7.5
She-Hulk (2022) #9

Sep 2, 2023

This is a perfectly cromulent climax (or the start of one), hampered by the fact that its slow build-up in previous issues didn't build enough tension. And this issue's big surprise--Jen doing That Thing for the first time in a long time--seems to miss the mark. The feelings are there, but the target is unclear. Was this a hit or a miss? Personally, I think an ambiguous result is the same as a miss. I still love this series, thus my maybe-charitable score. The art's strong and the dialogue is sparkly enough to forgive minor sins like April un-ironically monologuing the first act away.

7.5
She-Hulk (2022) #10

Apr 20, 2024

This is still an incredibly charming portrait of She-Hulk, the superhero you'd love to party--or commiserate--with. The art is right in line with the charming-ness, and it's (for me, anyway) a really fun read. But the important scenes take so long, and so much space is devoted to showing the passage of time, that this issue just can't make much progress. *One* development on *one* plotline. No motion on the mad science antagonists at all--the characters even lampshade the lack of development there. And not a word said about the 4th-wall-breaking elephant the last issue dropped in the middle of the room.

7.0
Shuri (2018) #1

May 2, 2019

6.0
Shuri (2018) #2

Jun 13, 2019

This issue's youthful, technophiliac, all-science portrayal of Shuri put a sadness on me. I thought the last issue worked hard to blend MCU Shuri with the more spiritual Shuri from the last volume of Black Panther. Now it's all MCU all the time, and the blending seems like a wasted effort.

8.0
Shuri (2018) #3

Jul 1, 2019

Shuri's sojourn as a passenger in Groot's head is a bit of a digression from her brother-finding mission, but lordy, it's a lot of fun. Minor storytelling glitches (in words and art) are more than counterbalanced by the ambitious, inventive weirdness of the subject matter. Characterization is solid, and Nnedi Okorafor finesses the Groot language barrier with tremendous skill.

7.0
Shuri (2018) #4

Aug 6, 2019

6.5
Shuri (2018) #5

Sep 9, 2019

7.0
Shuri (2018) #6

Sep 28, 2019

I liked the concept for the story just fine. I would have liked to see Nnedi Okorafor write it, though. Vita Alaya does well, but hindsight makes it clear that Shuri-by-Okorafor has a distinctive voice that's not easy to duplicate.

7.0
Shuri (2018) #7

Oct 31, 2019

5.5
Shuri (2018) #8

Dec 5, 2019

"Memories are the sweetest music" and "Once a story is written, it can never be unwritten." I wish all of the storytelling lived up to that imaginative, poetic high point. But it devolves into frantic space bug fights and hacker-chasing, alas.

7.0
Shuri (2018) #9

Jan 25, 2020

Shuri herself comes off cool and confident, which is great. I wouldn't say the same thing about the story as a whole, though; it continues to be disjointed in a hard-to-explain way.

7.0
Shuri (2018) #10

Feb 27, 2020

At the end, this series loops back to the promising status quo Ta-Nehisi Coates established for Shuri. It feels like a lap run in the wrong direction, though; it broke Shuri down and put her back together instead of actually using that status quo. There was some daring storytelling along the way, but this wasn't really the Shuri story anybody wanted -- not even, it seems from the adios letter in the back, the author.

4.0
Silk (2015) #17

Oct 31, 2017

Silk watches clone-Mattie sacrifice herself in what feels a lot like an appendix to the Clone Conspiracy. By straddling the line between telling its own story and addressing the event, this issue manages to fail at both jobs. Also, while I've fallen in love with Irene Strychalski's art, I have to admit she does a sub-par job of drawing a zombie apocalypse here.

6.0
Silk (2015) #18

Oct 31, 2017

Cindy confers with friends and family after the Clone Conspiracy makes her question her heroic motivation (again). She decides to accept Mockingbird's offer to join SHIELD. The fact this series ends next issue makes it strong evidence in favor of my theory that "joined up with SHIELD" is the Marvel hero version of "moved to a nice farm upstate." This issue's touchy-feely hug-heavy agenda is nicely suited to Tana Ford's expressive art, but this is a book where the closest we get to an action scene is Cindy fetching a kite out of a tree. Good grief.

5.0
Silk (2015) #19

Oct 31, 2017

Silk races through a confrontation with Fang that could/should have been a lengthy story arc. Then it's on to the happily ever after. Fang was supposed to be Silk's long-term nemesis, and it feels like a waste to dispatch her in 12 pages before pivoting to self-congratulation. Tana Ford's art offers no shortage of cringe-worthy moments. Action has always been her Kryptonite, but here she even flubs the happy emotional moments in the conclusion. Even if this issue had a better artist, it would take a lot of preexisting love for the character to say this was anywhere close to a satisfying ending. Satisfying or not, it feels very permanent; I'm afraid it'll be a long time before anybody puts Cindy Moon in the protagonist slot again.

8.5
Silk (2021) #1

Aug 4, 2021

Cindy Moon is back in action. Her first news scoop tangles her in a gang slaying with supervillain overtones and subjects Jonah Jameson to criminal attention that will need Silk help. It's a nice, smooth-rolling story and it looks gorgeous. It's slightly over-written, but Cindy's narrative voice is charming enough to excuse a little excess verbiage.

6.5
Silk (2021) #2

Sep 7, 2021

Silk fights the demon-cat from the last issue and, though she doesn't know it yet, Cindy Moon is under attack from another direction. The art's good verging on great. The dialogue is (mostly) good. But oh, that plot and pacing! This issue does very little beyond confirming the suspicions established in #1. And while I like cute/funny stuff in my comics, I like it integrated into the story. Putting the plot on hold to do cute/funny is no good.

8.5
Silk (2021) #3

Sep 25, 2021

The plot drops back into "drive" as Cindy's secret identity is put at risk. Plus a nice revelation about Big Bad Saya's identity, and a seriously heartwarming dinner with Jonah. Good characterization and art tie it all together, and the dialogue goes razor-sharp at a few points (the Cindy/Saya confrontation in particular) to push this issue right to the edge of greatness.

8.5
Silk (2021) #4

Nov 7, 2021

Silvermane tells Saya's story to Cindy as Saya fights the cat-demon. It's told in beautiful balance with excellent cross-cut connections. The final result is maybe not surprising, but pretty satisfying. It looks great and some of the prose is particularly beautiful. I think in terms of content this is a merely average story, but the skill with which it's told makes this issue a very good read.

7.0
Silk (2021) #5

Dec 30, 2021

Silk and Saya team up to resolve their cat demon problem before Saya slips away. The fight-y resolution is rather perfunctory, but the rapid complication of the Silk-Saya relationship makes for a solid consolation prize. And as always, the storytelling chops are pretty impressive. Clearly, this arc had three goals: tell a decent superhero fight story, give Silk some cool new antagonists, and justify an ongoing series via good sales numbers. Well, I say achieving two out of three ain't bad. The fight story WAS decent, the new antagonists ARE cool. It's a pity this didn't find its audience; maybe the ongoing plague conditions are partly to blame? Devil's Advocate: A more engaging, inventive story -- one that inspired me to hazard an adjective stronger than "decent" -- probably would have sold more books. Saya's romantic interest in Cindy felt rushed. But I'm pretty sure that was something planned for a later arc that the author crammed in here so that it's canon. I think that was a good decision, one that justifies revisiting the character in the future.

7.0
Silk (2022) #1

Jun 3, 2022

I liked Silk before reading this. I like Silk after reading this. It didn't change my Silk-pinion in any meaningful way. Which might be a problem. Maybe if solo Silk comics weren't always "not great, not bad, just satisfying", she wouldn't be getting constantly restarted. And maybe the two problems are enabling each other -- one thing holding back too many Silk issues (like this one) is that they have to reestablish her status quo for the spillionth time.

7.0
Silk (2022) #2

Jul 13, 2022

The script delivers on Cindy's charming voice, which is about the start and finish of its achievements. It doesn't do anything *wrong* per se, it's just not remarkable. The antagonist isn't interesting, and having her Deal explained via infodump doesn't help. Guest star Luna Snow is cardboard-flat. Silver lining: The visuals are a real treat. Takeshi Miyazawa is in top form, and it's great to see their talents applied to adult characters.

7.5
Silk (2022) #3

Sep 29, 2022

The plot and themes are laid out in full. There's an admirable consistency and solidity to them; at this point it's clear why everything that's in there is in there. Combined with the still-terrific art, the "sewn-up" nature of the story makes this my favorite issue so far. But I still have plenty of nits to pick. Mainly, Lordy, this issue is slow at the start. When you hint at your themes and then circle back to confirm the hints, the pace can feel glacial for readers who picked up on the hints the first time.

8.0
Silk (2022) #4

Nov 22, 2022

It's par for the course for this volume: Great art, an exquisite inner voice for Cindy, and a solid but slow plot that's prone to repetition. I could certainly understand a reader dismissing the first two-thirds of this issue as repetitive "getting old sucks" moaning. I have faith in the author, though. The thematic threads between Silk's current old-ification and the FOMO worries that started the arc are already in place and I expect them to pull everything together neatly in #5. But I'll also confess I don't expect much out of the big hero-villain showdown.

8.0
Silk (2022) #5

Dec 20, 2022

This series sails into a nice, smooth wrap-up. Although the antagonist and the plot never really sparkled (despite the last-minute addition of a nifty feminist angle here), Cindy's characterization and dialogue remain solid throughout. So does the art -- it's a very pretty comic from start to finish.

8.0
Silk (2023) #1

Apr 16, 2024

This kicks off with a bold in media res start and some intriguing questions. The "variant Silk" premise is explained perhaps too soon, but it segues nicely into an entirely different mystery--and the variant shenanigans are by no means over. I'm hooked. It certainly helps that the art is gorgeous. I'm a big Ig Guara fan, and this issue goes straight onto the shortlist of examples I'd use to explain why. For once, a B-tier character is served well by Marvel's "endless stream of miniseries" format. Emily Kim's second shot at Silk is off to a better start than her last (2022). She's got another good idea for the character, but this time she's tying on firmly to Maurene Goo's series (2021). It looks mighty promising.

6.0
Silver Sable and The Wild Pack (2017) #36

Jun 9, 2018

Silver Sable runs into the Symkarian Supremacist Sisterhood while going about her usual mercenary business and stabby stabby kerblow kerblow ensues. These baddies are way too promising for a one-shot; Sable fighting the SSS should be at least a three-issue arc. The art by Paulo Sequeira & José Luís is great, and their character designs are a big part of what make the SSS compelling (in a "I want to see them get beat" way). Writer Christa Faust could use a hand fine-tuning her storytelling skills into the comics medium, though. She doesn't do a lot to make Sable unique or interesting here. The pacing and structure of the narrative are uneven. I could be down for a Silver Sable ongoing, but some veteran scripting support would be ideal.

8.0
Silver Surfer (2016) #9

Oct 31, 2017

A romantic getaway on a holographic planet turns into an existential crisis for Dawn. In this issue, Dawn and Norrin are in maximum Dr. Who mode as they uncover a super questionable social order and completely fail to address it. (This is an oversight more than a few Dr. Who stories have made. Did this comic really need to follow suit?) Other problems burbling beneath the surface: Though Dawn and Norrin are totally in love, there are humongous differences between an ordinary Earth girl and a nigh-omnipotent Herald of Galactus. The "cute" jokes about "waste excretion" are just the tip of the relationship iceberg here. (Again, a common Dr. Who problem.) A satisfying adventure and some excellent long-term plot groundwork (plus, as usual, beautifully weird art) keep this issue well above average.

8.0
Silver Surfer (2016) #10

Oct 31, 2017

Dawn & Norrin have to help Galactus save the universe. Short and sweet. It's a feather-light but definitely heartwarming adventure that introduces our protagonists to Galactus the Lifebringer and sees them throw in together against a universal threat. Some terrific layout work helps to elevate this vignette of a story and give its happy ending a satisfying impact.

8.0
Silver Surfer (2016) #11

Nov 17, 2017

Space nonsense - in the form of a duel with feeble, forgotten baddie "Warrior Zero" - gets in the way of Dawn's Earthly life. What will this mean for her partnership with Norrin Radd? Another gorgeous but somewhat shallow adventure for Dawn and the Surfer, at least until the end slams down a hammerblow of feelings. This series has been very lighthearted and consequence-free, but it looks like Dawn will be forced to face the fact that nothing comes without cost. Though this issue itself isn't best-of-the-best, I feel it's doing perfect stage-setting for an epic conclusion.

9.0
Silver Surfer (2016) #12

Jan 5, 2018

It takes Dawn a full issue (and nearly two months in-story) to properly process the death of her father. It's pretty breathtakingly great. Dawn's way of grieving - cocooning herself in pleasant feelings on planet Euphoria - looks unhealthy at first. A little help from friends gets her over the ridge into true healing. Norrin's patience is spotlighted in a heartwarming way without cheapening Dawn's experience at all. All this and some of Mike Allred's most expressive art! This is a powerful read, and the closer you identify with Dawn's situation, the more of an impact it's likely to have.

10
Silver Surfer (2016) #13

Feb 26, 2018

Well-intentioned time travel goes haywire and strands Dawn and Norrin in the universe before their own. This series is bending to its end, and this issue is very much a finale. If you pick it up at random, it's a very good comic. If you've read all the previous chapters of Dawn Greenwood's story, this is an incredibly moving capstone. The pace at the start is ever so slightly delayed, but I think this is a perfectly acceptable choice in order to present a truly special moment, complete and uncompromised, in the back half of the book.

10
Silver Surfer (2016) #14

May 7, 2018

A touching afterward reveals how the Surfer has memorialized Dawn. He did three tributes, all of which are clever and fulfilling. This is less of a standalone story than the previous issue, but as the conclusion to a series, it plays symphonically on all the emotional bonds forged with faithful readers. It also achieves something I would have sworn was impossible: It *completely* redeems all of the Nor-Vill foreshadowing seeded through the previous volume. A perfectly satisfying (maybe also emotionally exhausting) way to conclude Dawn Greenwood's story.

8.5
Silver Surfer (2016) Annual #1

Mar 18, 2019

A bit of ancient Surfer history does a fine job showing off the character's fundamental angst. This gets very close to greatness, but the script holds it back. It is great and original, but the part that is great (the Surfer's characterization) is not original, and the part that is original (the musical bug-people) is not great. The art does make the leap to greatness; a conscious and successful drive to emulate Moebius's "Parable" art pays off with superb visuals. There's also a small but critical coloring fault: When you're drawing an important distinction between purple bugs and red bug-people, doing shadow-work by sometimes coloring the latter purple is REALLY confusing.

9.5
Silver Surfer: Black #1

Jan 25, 2020

Trippy, imaginative, and thoughtful. This feels Grant-Morrison-esque in a wholly positive way.

9.5
Silver Surfer: Black #2

Feb 27, 2020

The Surfer escapes from Knull with help from an unexpected ally. Usually when a writer and artist share "storytelling" credit, I roll my eyes and break out the blowjob pantomime. But this series delivers a true creative symbiosis; words and art are equally sublime. This is something special, something great, and if I rate it less than perfect, it's only because the creators have inspired tremendous confidence in even greater spectacles to come.

9.0
Silver Surfer: Black #3

Mar 10, 2020

This one goes by a little faster than the previous issues, but it's every bit as gorgeous and thought-provoking.

9.5
Silver Surfer: Black #4

Mar 31, 2020

The creators deliver an epic confrontation between Galactus and the Surfer -- not a fight, but a profound conversation. It holds true to both characters while also delivering an entirely new reading experience. The art is in clear GOAT territory, combining personal style with timeless imagination. On the script side, simple philosophical points are enhanced with some poetic flourishes in the prose, and the shape of the climax is artfully foreshadowed without any mystique-dispelling specifics.

9.5
Silver Surfer: Black #5

Jun 1, 2020

I'm going shy of perfect in rating this because the poetic words didn't move me the way the author hoped. But that's probably a fault in me rather than the comic; this is a *damned* impressive story on every front.

7.5
Silver Surfer: Ghost Light (2023) #1

Jan 18, 2024

It's a fascinating story and it's a direct sequel to the Silver Surfer's first truly great solo comic (SS #5; which I highly recommend you read if you can). The art isn't super-detailed, but it can get super-expressive. On the writing side, the good news is, this issue delivers a ton of information. And the bad news is, this issue delivers a ton of information. Very slow, very expository, with very stiff dialogue. But the premise and the characters are well worth the effort. And I feel optimistic about how the story will develop now that the groundwork is laid.

5.0
Silver Surfer: Rebirth (2022) #1

Jun 3, 2022

8 pages of mighty space action CRAMMED into 20 comics pages! I'm down here in the ratings basement because I'm not reading this in rose-colored hindsight. The art is nice, the prose is bland, and the pace is so slow that all we get is character introductions and the setup -- JUST the setup -- for the first plot point. The solicit does more plot development than the entire issue. Maybe it'll be part of a cool story in a trade, but it's not great as a standalone comic.

6.5
Silver Surfer: Rebirth (2022) #2

Jul 13, 2022

The plot's shaping up nicely and the art is truly great. The pace is still slow and the dialogue's riddled with cliches, though. My rose-colored hindsight deficiency keeps me from calling it good -- but the series is improving. I'm optimistic.

6.5
Silver Surfer: Rebirth (2022) #3

Sep 29, 2022

I'm still loving the art and I'm warming up a bit to the prose. The structure is still pretty weak -- when you do the "last page reveal" 2 issues in a row you just highlight how cheap it is -- and my already-low interest in the long-term plot is on the wane again. There's nothing BAD in this comic. But subjectively, there's not enough good for me to rate it much more than average.

6.5
Silver Surfer: Rebirth (2022) #4

Nov 22, 2022

For a consciously retro comic, it's crafted well -- better on the art side than the writing, I would contend. I have no problem with people loving this if it fits their tastes; it just doesn't fit mine.

7.0
Silver Surfer: Rebirth (2022) #5

Dec 30, 2022

It's pretty much the pro-forma heroes' victory I was expecting, with all the same retro weaknesses as the previous issues. But 2 elements nudged me into rating this as (just barely) a good comic. First, the wild visual effects of the Reality Stone are a lot of fun to look at. Second, the Surfer stumbles into profundity when he says Tyrant is "confus[ing] power with purpose". That's a common problem for megalomaniacal villains (eg, it perfectly fits Korvac in his recent arc in Iron Man). It's just a shame that though the author lets the Surfer lampshade this shortcoming, he doesn't do much to fix it.

7.5
Sinister War (2021) #1

Nov 30, 2021

Sinister War kicks off with a surprisingly tight connection to the Amazing Mary Jane miniseries. Mark Bagley contributes solid (albeit not spectacular) villain-on-villain combat art with a suitably enormous roster. Spidey risks getting sidelined yet again; fortunately, this issue ends with him in the clutches of his obsessive anti-bro Kindred. That ensures plenty of torment for Peter as the story continues to unfold, and it's told with enough storytelling skill to get me interested in the unfolding.

4.5
Sinister War (2021) #2

Dec 30, 2021

3 of the villain teams play keep-away with Spider-Man (who could be/practically is played by a football) while Nick Spencer does a C-minus job revealing how Kindred recruited them. This volume's established tragedies -- Passive Pete and artist roulette -- are in full effect, and in this issue, they drag an average-at-best premise down into the depths of mediocrity. Perhaps the one silver lining to the way this volume is ending is that it demonstrates, in excruciating clarity, why Marvel shouldn't publish ASM (or any title) so quickly.

5.0
Sinister War (2021) #3

Jan 2, 2022

The villain-on-villain game of Spidey keep-away continues interminably. New plot developments: A handful of the baddies are having second thoughts, keeping Spidey alive. And the Sin-Eater has risen from his grave, collecting yet another villain squad to menace Spider-Man. I see a slight uptick in the art here; Mark Bagley gets enough pages to set the tone and his collaborators do a decent job, for once, of trying to match him. I am past done with the keep-away angle and passive Spidey, but I'm cautiously optimistic about the new developments.

5.0
Sinister War (2021) #4

Jan 6, 2022

Sinister War comes to an abrupt end. Spidey survives and Kindred is foiled when the most and least noble of the villains turn against him. The art suffers from the usual "too many cooks" problem. The script is pretty impressive, though, which I credit to Ed Brisson. This must have been hellishly difficult to write, and he did formidable yeoman work. More Spidey narration than Nick Spencer would have used, which is a treat. The resolution makes sense, but it feels too small for the buildup. It's certainly too small for the fatality incurred at the end of the fight. As to Kindred's interminable narration, I quote the great Star Trek VI: "I'd give real money if he'd shut up."

9.5
Sins of Sinister (2023) #1

Jan 13, 2024

I said Immortal X-Men #10 needed a strong follow-up. Welp, here it is. The art and writing are good without being world-class. The story they weave, though, is breathtaking in its imagination, audacity, and integrity with what's come before. I can point to better-crafted comics/events, but few are as imaginative and intriguing right out of the gate. Of course I know, I know, I *know* we're headed toward a reset button at the end--but the journey shows every sign of justifying itself regardless of its destination.

8.0
Slapstick #4

Oct 31, 2017

Slapstick faces the ugly fact that the "chosen one" all of Dimension Ecch's toons are chasing is actually his pal Mike. He's gotta enter the toonworld himself to save his buddy. This issue links him up with the WARD.O.G.S., a picture-perfect parody of the classic 80s GI Joe cartoon, who will be his allies in the coming fight. The gorgeous ARMOR agents (and Taurette!) are coming along for the ride, too. This title is giving Deadpool: Too Soon a run for its money in the "perfect infinite funnybook" category. Very nice art and superb comedy; the fact that the toon references are all strip-mined straight out of my formative years helps a lot.

4.0
Solo #4

Oct 31, 2017

Solo finishes off the Zoo Crew all by himself before discovering Egghead was a Red Herring - who's the Big Bad here? The answer to that question will surely be underwhelming. After three nicely-drawn but puddle-shallow issues, here's how Solo finally explains his antipathy to terrorists: "It's not really like a job for me. More like a vocation. Because, reasons." And then he shoots a bad lady in the head. This is appallingly bland, and anybody with a high school-level capacity for critical reading should be able to recognize that. Sound and fury without even the fury. Commando on Xanax.

4.0
Solo #5

Oct 31, 2017

Yondu guest-stars in the denouement of Solo's pointless freelance SHIELD adventure. This is a comic imbued with plenty of talent but it's relentlessly failed to forge a personal connection. The art is fairly brilliant, the story is compelling if a bit over-stretched (these five issues could be done as two busy issues in a less-decompressed title), and Solo's character has plenty of potential. The creators should have painted a more compelling picture of Solo instead of adding needless complexity to his adversaries and detouring into SHIELD office politics. Phone calls with his girlfriend talking about his motivations are a shabby substitute for actually illustrating what drives Solo.

8.0
Spider-Force #1

May 21, 2019

7.0
Spider-Force #2

Jun 13, 2019

I thought the space station was a cool addition to Earth-3145. Also, I found a considerable amount of promise hidden in the scrambled-up plotting and character work. This author does love to switch things around and present effects before their causes.

4.5
Spider-Force #3

Jul 1, 2019

Astro-Spider was interesting, woefully brief though our acquaintance was.

8.0
Spider-Geddon #0

Apr 11, 2019

8.0
Spider-Geddon #1

Apr 25, 2019

6.0
Spider-Geddon #2

May 7, 2019

6.5
Spider-Geddon #3

May 21, 2019

4.5
Spider-Geddon #4

Jun 13, 2019

6.0
Spider-Geddon #5

Jul 1, 2019

I might be alone in this, but I'd kinda like to read a full issue of Otto and Pete arguing about the morality of this plan. I don't like either the "murder doesn't count if we clone our victims" idea or how quickly the hero-spiders endorsed it. Forget Doc Ock, those sound like straight-up Dr. Doom ethics.

8.5
Spider-Girls (2018) #1

May 7, 2019

Mayday Parker yoinks Anya and Annie into the event - Annie's super-spider-sense will be important. The script is upfront about prioritizing Annie's story; this is very much a continuation of RYV. It's also very clear about staging big Annie vs. Mayday contrasts in the future. I don't have enough experience to judge whether this is entirely fair to May, but it makes an excellent standalone story. It's also graced with some impressive minimalist art.

7.0
Spider-Girls (2018) #2

Jun 13, 2019

7.0
Spider-Girls (2018) #3

Jul 1, 2019

9.0
Spider-Gwen (2015) #17

Oct 31, 2017

Gwen's busy sojourn in the 616 includes a multiversal crime scheme to spoil, a Spidey Sr. cameo, and a surprise guest star that really tangles the romantic threads. This is about the wordiest issue this title has ever had, and some of the intricacies of the plot get drowned out. The focus on characterization and relationships is excellent, though, and it's exactly what this romantic team-up arc needs. Robbi Rodriguez turns in some superb art, and there's a healthy dose of humor maxing out the issue's overall fun.

5.0
Spider-Gwen (2015) #18

Oct 31, 2017

Gwen throws a wall of AU Spideys at Miles's Scorpion problem and their romance fizzles out with a "let's just be friends." The depths of my distaste for this finale kind of surprised me. Deus ex Spiderverse is exceptionally lazy, and it's already something of a crutch for Spider-Gwen thanks to all her cross-dimensional travels. Even though I was expecting (even hoping for) the romance to fizzle, it could have been handled with more insight than this. And I may also be crabby because the badguy plan here - let's build a multiversal crime syndicate - is one of my favorites and I hate to see it get such perfunctory treatment.

6.0
Spider-Gwen (2015) #19

Nov 9, 2017

Matt Murdock introduces Elsa Brock and Venom-65, woo woo, and Gwen is tasked with redeeming Harry Osborn. Venom-65 is just the beginning; there's also a surprise AU hero at the end. This new arc is packed with hype, but the contents in this issue are rather a mess. Writer Jason Latour flubs a couple of vital conversations, and as a result it's way harder than it should be to discern key motivations. Also, super petty, but Robbi Rodriguez needs to expand his male costuming options beyond baggy business casual. When everybody from NYPD cops to zillionaire Norman Osborn looks like a kid attending prom in his big brother's suit, it's time to study up on men's fashions.

8.0
Spider-Gwen (2015) #20

Dec 7, 2017

Gwen teams up with Harry and decides to stand against the world. With incredibly cool AU Wolverine action! Wolverine-65, memorably dubbed "the Immortal Mr. Murderhands," is absolutely terrific. So is the surprise guest star arriving in his wake. Their fight-heavy scenes at the front of the comic are serious Fall-In-Love time, showing off the considerable action and world-building capabilities of this creative team. Their fight visuals are particularly beautiful. Unfortunately, the back half is over-loaded with more Matt Murdock melodrama and unsatisfying villainous plotting. Gwen's choices and actions throughout are a reassurance that though the destination is still unclear, the journey is going to be enjoyable as hell.

8.0
Spider-Gwen (2015) #21

Jan 5, 2018

In a semi-circular rehash of her status quo, Gwen (and the reader!) finally grasps the plots arrayed against her. This issue actually marks an unwelcome anniversary: It's been a full year since the Spider-Women crossover ☠☠☠☠ up Gwen's powers. It's only now that we can finally see some light at the end of the tunnel. Unfortunately for Gwen, that light is mighty Venom-shaped. I appreciate the way Jason Latour's script finally sets out some clear stakes and suggests some next steps. Robbi Rodriguez's art is looking mighty rough (maybe rushed?) this month.

6.0
Spider-Gwen (2015) #22

Feb 3, 2018

Gwen decides to take the Venom plunge and her dad gets attacked by the Rhino. It'd be easy to say this issue is crippled by the clash between guest artist Jorge Coelho's style and Robbi Rodriguez's. That definitely doesn't help, but I have issues with the pacing and the script that go beyond the visuals. This issue is strictly about "Gwen deciding;" we have to wait (yet) another month for the actual Venomization. Some of the scenes included here, though compelling, are clearly filler. And I feel that the "Rhino attacks Captain Stacy" plot point was badly mangled and comes off far less tense than it could/should.

6.0
Spider-Gwen (2015) #23

Mar 11, 2018

As a lovely slice-o-life with the Mary Janes, 8/10. As a chapter in the ongoing story of Spider-Gwen, which is already hideously stalled, 4/10. Had I been subscribed to this title, I wouldn't be after #23.

8.0
Spider-Gwen (2015) #24

Apr 7, 2018

Gwenom is released at last after a surprising, exciting fakeout possession. The large-scale plot developments are tremendously satisfying, as is Robbi Rodriguez's art. There's a lot of action rendered with great vitality, and the debut of the Gwenom design proves to be worth waiting for. There are a few technical questions about the mechanics of this universe's Venom that are either unanswered or poorly explained, but Gwen's Venom saga is a long way from finished.

8.0
Spider-Gwen (2015) #25

May 3, 2018

Venom pushes Gwen to a very scary edge, the Punisher is back, and Murdock keeps on scheming. I have some pretty serious issues with Jason Latour's script, both in terms of overall plot beats and some clumsy dialogue. That's easily counterbalanced by some truly exceptional art from Robbi Rodriguez and Rico Renzi. Spider-Gwen has always had a distinctive, sketchy look. Now Mr. Rodriguez unleashes a design that is perfectly and uniquely suited to his style: He is truly the only one who could make this Gwenom work, and make her work he does. I might not be thrilled with the words, but there an awful lot of stop-and-stare brilliant panels.

7.0
Spider-Gwen (2015) #26

Jun 18, 2018

Gwenom pings Cindy Moon (Earth-65 edition) for advice, and just outside her line of sight, her supporting cast is mobilizing to help her. The plot is headed in an interesting direction, I think, and there are some funny moments in this issue. But Jason Latour's dialogue for the crucial Cindy/Gwen conversation is a hot mess and Robbi Rodriguez's art is veering way too far into unfinished scribbles. I know vibrant sketchiness is this title's signature jam, but many of these panels look like half-finished placeholder sketches that the artist could/should polish up (a LOT) before the comic goes to press.

7.0
Spider-Gwen (2015) #27

Jul 6, 2018

Gwenom gets turned from vengeance by an unlikely offer from Frank Castle, but ends up looking for mentoring from a more wholesome father figure. Jason Latour's script is extremely strong, though we do spend a few pages too many learning about Richie the corrupt cop. The art is packed with potential - Olivia Margraf has an excellent take on the Gwenom design - but it's even sketchier in places than Robbi Rodriguez's work. There's simply not enough space between that standard and "unacceptably rough," and this issue's visuals edge into the latter category a few times.

8.0
Spider-Gwen (2015) #28

Aug 12, 2018

Gwen reveals her identity to her supporting cast in search of some, well, support. Matt Murdock shares his grim backstory and does a superb job of personalizing his struggle with Spider-Woman. A mother of a climax is coming. Jason Latour's script delivers superb characterization. Robbi Rodriguez's art is, for me, holding this issue back. Workmanlike layouts filled with way-too-sketchy panels. Again I get the impression that this is the rough draft of a strong comic that's ready for the artist to start polishing; to call it finished astounds me.

8.0
Spider-Gwen (2015) #29

Sep 20, 2018

The climax of the Gwenom story pulls her to the very knife-edge of committing murder. The heart of the issue is a spectacular four-way fight (Gwen-Murdock-Punisher-Cap) that pulses with visual and emotional weight. Unfortunately, the presence of Watchers strongly disagreed with me. Bad enough to kick off the issue with them pointing out the key "wow, that's messed up" bit of #28; for them to stick around through the entire fight baby-stepping us through the story's meaning is terrible. Back on the plus side, the twist ending points us in a wild new direction I can't wait to explore.

8.0
Spider-Gwen (2015) #30

Oct 8, 2018

While the two Watchers futz around with multi-versal Gwen nonsense, Gwen-65 herself and almost-but-not-quite Gwen-616 have some excellent conversations. The Gwen-on-Gwen stuff is all-time great, especially visually. Subtle stylistic tricks make it constantly clear that one Gwen is from 2018 and the other is from 1970. I wish that the rest of the issue lived up to the double-Gwen action, but it's just not as compelling. Taking yet another detour on the road to concluding the Gwenom vs. Murdock story is frustrating, too.

8.0
Spider-Gwen (2015) #31

Nov 10, 2018

Gwen's sojourn on Earth 617 wraps up with some fascinating world-building. Inspiring as these ideas are, the nuts and bolts storytelling is glitchy for both Gwens. I had to lean far too much on the supplemental encyclopedia entry at the end to make sense of Gwen-617's story, and in strategic terms, her upstaging the protagonist isn't good. No matter how much I enjoyed this particular digression, the incredibly slow progress on the main story drags down my big-picture assessment of the series.

7.0
Spider-Gwen (2015) #32

Dec 16, 2018

Gwen rallies her friends after publically unmasking and stares down Matt Murdock. This issue aims for grand plot developments and big, heartwrenching moments, but it didn't land the latter with me. I can recognize this story's ambitious intentions. It lacks a solid foundation of storytelling skill, though, and good intentions don't make for a fun reading experience all by themselves.

7.0
Spider-Gwen (2015) #33

Jan 1, 2019

We skip right over the trial and straight to Gwen Stacy's "guilty" verdict. She's off to prison and she's resolved to Take The Weight. There's a lot of ambitious, ambiguous subtext to her prison thoughts, but this issue suffers from a little too much navel-gazing. The disjointed art match-up doesn't help, either.

8.0
Spider-Gwen (2015) #34

Jan 31, 2019

This chapter of Gwen's story concludes with some superb father-daughter conversation. Gwen does a good job summarizing what she's been through without stating the comic's themes too baldly. The art is solid and standard for Spider-Gwen; unfortunately, there's no memorable farewell splash in the visuals. The inclusion of the Mary Janes (in a scene dropped into the book virtually at random) didn't feel at all necessary, either. I fell out of love with Spider-Gwen a ways back, but this last serving downplays the weaknesses and shows off the strengths in a wonderful way.

7.5
Spider-Gwen: Ghost-Spider (2018) #1

May 7, 2019

8.0
Spider-Gwen: Ghost-Spider (2018) #2

Jun 13, 2019

Spider-Gwen gets to know the local Spider-history (tragic) and makes an uneasy alliance with AU Peter Parker (actually a bit of a jerk). This is a quiet interlude devoted to world and character building, and I enjoy the deft skill with which this is handled. While Gwen pays more than passing service to her urgent desire to rejoin the Big Dumb Event™ now in progress, her creators are laying groundwork for longer stories.

7.0
Spider-Gwen: Ghost-Spider (2018) #3

Jul 1, 2019

7.0
Spider-Gwen: Ghost-Spider (2018) #4

Jul 26, 2019

8.5
Spider-Gwen: Ghost-Spider (2018) #5

Sep 1, 2019

Giving up her secret identity makes it hard for Gwen to be Gwen instead of Spider-Woman. A new antagonist rises against her, and a chance encounter gets her thinking about heroing for hire. It's a formidable character study. The script is highlighted by some lines that have gut-punching insight. The art is smooth, appealing, and warm. Given the art team, it's not surprising that they make this feel like a spider-version of Ms. Marvel. That's 80-90% a good thing, but it does shortchange Earth-65 a little.

8.0
Spider-Gwen: Ghost-Spider (2018) #6

Sep 28, 2019

Gwen continues her quest to become a Friendly Neighborhood Spider-Woman, as yet unaware of the villainous forces moving against her. And she's also getting some ominous headaches she should really start worrying about. This sort of "slice of life" cape comic can be stultifyingly dull; it really has to have superlative storytelling in order to make it work. And that's precisely what this issue gets: a brilliant script, beautifully inventive art. Really good stuff.

9.0
Spider-Gwen: Ghost-Spider (2018) #7

Oct 15, 2019

Dating Harry Osborn is a bit of a disaster. But Gwen's hero-for-hire business is starting to pick up, so she's got that going for her, which is nice. Rock-solid art, snappy dialogue, and a superb little episode of retail life-saving heroism are all big positives, and negatives are pretty thin on the ground. Taking a panel to pet a cat is sweet, too.

8.0
Spider-Gwen: Ghost-Spider (2018) #8

Nov 12, 2019

Dr. Elsa Brock is MIA as Gwen's symbiote-related headaches get worse. Everything's going slow, steady, and delightful up to the final scene, which slams an abrupt, unfinished-feeling curtain down on the issue. What would be a serious fault in a book I find less engaging is a forgivable foible here.

8.0
Spider-Gwen: Ghost-Spider (2018) #9

Dec 27, 2019

Gwen gets furious after the concert bombing and puts the Man-Wolf down fast and hard. It looks and sounds dang good. This wraps up a bit faster than you might expect, but it's thoroughly satisfying. Certain rules hold in every AU: You mess with the Spider's loved ones, he/she pulls out all the stops to take you down.

7.5
Spider-Gwen: Ghost-Spider (2018) #10

Jan 25, 2020

It's an enjoyable story about a character who's tops for lovability, but only the most slavish devotion could make a reader overlook the ample room for improvement.

7.0
Spider-Gwen: Gwenverse (2022) #1

Aug 3, 2022

That antagonist is nearly dreadful enough to spoil the whole thing. "Finale the Living Meme?" That's gonna age like raw milk -- in fact, it already feels dated. But I like pretty much every other aspect of the script. The characterization, the humor, and even the operational details of the plot. Those are all at least promising if not downright delightful. This art style isn't my favorite, but it gets the job done. And there are some undeniably cute-cool panels sprinkled throughout. It's immensely frustrating to see Spider-Gwen given to creators who really GET her Earth-65 status quo. Instead of evolving it, though, they're taking her off to the damn alternate universe timey-wimey races again. She's spent way too much time in the Multiverse. I initially thought this should just be titled What If…? Spider-Gwen, but there is (barely) enough of a difference in the premises. What If…? Miles Morales deals solely with new AU variants. This series is gonna have a lot of variant shenanigans too, but it's definitely a new chapter in the ongoing story of Gwen-65 (and that's one of the things I like most about it).

6.5
Spider-Gwen: Gwenverse (2022) #2

Oct 29, 2022

I like this comic (both the series and the issue), but not so much that I can overlook the limitations of the storytelling. There aren't any serious faults in the words or the art. But this is a tricky premise, and it'd take a little more verbal and visual oomph to bring out its full potential. This issue could be a nice treat for fans of Spider-Gwen -- but it's not likely to make any new fans.

5.0
Spider-Gwen: Gwenverse (2022) #3

Dec 28, 2022

This issue has some good jokes, and it's drawn very nicely. It's a train wreck in the plot department, though. The most interesting ideas aren't clearly explained, and the ideas that are clear seem terrible. It's the most unfortunate sort of Catch-22. I'd love to see what this creative team could do if somebody handed them a better premise for a Gwen Stacy variant team-up story.

6.0
Spider-Gwen: Gwenverse (2022) #4

Jan 9, 2023

6.0
Spider-Gwen: Gwenverse (2022) #5

Jan 27, 2023

It leans hard on a "self-esteem saves the day" theme that didn't work for me, but I'll accept my share of the responsibility. If the creators didn't reach out too far, neither did I.

5.0
Spider-Gwen: Shadow Clones (2023) #1

Apr 23, 2024

I'll credit the creators: They put in the work, and there's nothing mortally wrong with the storytelling here. Except they failed to accomplish the most important task. My eyes roll at the basic premise: "Gwen meets more variants, but this time they're villains! And clones!" (And I bet mine aren't the only eyes rolling.) All the creators had to do was give us *something* beyond that tired elevator pitch, some spark of novelty or mystery. And they didn't. Comedy Rule of Threes: If Marvel goes back to this well *again*, it might become hilarious. But the "Gwen vs. variants" count stands at two, so this is just sad.

7.0
Spider-Ham (2019) #1

Jul 13, 2020

It's a solid funny animal tale, given a touch of all-ages appeal by characterizing the protagonist as a vainglorious jerk. But the verbose script just plays extra innings in the "Primetime Fox cartoon" game rather than using its density of language to try anything inventive or risky. Excellent art; this is surely a dream assignment for Will Robson.

7.5
Spider-Ham (2019) #2

Sep 24, 2020

Spider-Ham and his 616 buddy "Spidey II" (har!) get some directional assistance from Reed Richards. And Porker's other cartoon-hero buddies fight on against the color-draining crisis in their home dimension. It's all put together well, and some of the gags are truly hilarious. The creators have vastly overestimated how interested I am in the Sca-Vengers and the other inhabitants of Larval Earth, though.

7.0
Spider-Ham (2019) #3

Oct 17, 2020

Sorry, I tend to break out in hives when a comic goes "we'll do something annoying with the narrative but make meta jokes about how annoying it is."

8.5
Spider-Ham (2019) #4

Oct 21, 2020

Putting Larval Earth at risk of destruction by villains who consider it too childish is INSPIRED meta-storytelling. It allows the narrative itself to grapple hand-to-hand with real-world criticism -- and it tells terrific jokes along the way. Added bonus: Spider-Man is surely the ONLY Marvel A-lister who could jump into a fight this absurd.

8.0
Spider-Ham (2019) #5

Nov 9, 2020

Mojo gets to do his usual meta-media commentary, dragging Spider-Ham through parodies of "mature" cartoons like Family Guy and Bojack Horseman. The good guys bust loose and triumph in the end, of course. The art is good in a cartoony vein and the humor elevates the rather straightforward plot.

7.0
Spider-Man & The League Of Realms #1

Nov 27, 2019

6.0
Spider-Man & The League Of Realms #2

Dec 27, 2019

The art remains delightful and I don't have any problems with the development of the plot and characters. But the script presents this perfectly workable story in a way that makes it feel freeze-dried and vacuum-packed. (It is conceptually nice for somebody to try diplomatic solutions in one of these Big Dumb Event™ wars, and Spidey's a good choice for the somebody.)

6.0
Spider-Man & The League Of Realms #3

Jan 25, 2020

6.0
Spider-Man & Venom: Double Trouble #1

Jun 1, 2020

It's a bespoke AU where Spidey and Venom are fractious roommates and Ghost Spider is their long-suffering downstairs neighbor. And the big ongoing plot is a mark-one body-swap between the leads. The target demographic is so young that we're not even fooling with dual identities here. The story doesn't stretch very far toward accommodating adult readers. The art's delightful, though, and this series should be a treat for Mini-Marvelites. Pop a couple extra points on my rating if you're shopping for something solid for a reader whose age is still in/close to single digits.

6.0
Spider-Man & Venom: Double Trouble #2

Jun 22, 2020

It's obnoxiously insistent about taking place circa 2019; I don't think it'll age well. (But I did love the "Jeff the Land Shark" cameos the artists put in.)

7.0
Spider-Man & Venom: Double Trouble #3

Jul 18, 2020

Now we're getting into a vein of Looney Tunes absurdity that tickles my fancy. The art remains the highlight of the presentation. (The saltier way to say that is GuriHiru cuteness is practically the ONLY value added to the bare-bones plot. But GuriHiru cuteness ain't nothing!)

6.5
Spider-Man & Venom: Double Trouble #4

Sep 24, 2020

Ghost-Spider is an integral part of saving the day and getting everybody back to the right bodies. The finale continues in the same vein as the rest of the series: A simplistic plot and very basic jokes saved from disappointment by some fantastic cartoony art.

8.0
Spider-Man (2016) #13

Oct 31, 2017

Miles goes into idiot mode when confronted by the Earth-65 version of his Dad; fortunately, Spider-Gwen is there to save his butt. I'm a huge fan of the gorgeous combat acrobatics Sara Pichelli draws for Gwen. I'm less certain about Miles dropping into "hapless newbie" shellshock; he's young but he has definitely seen some ☠☠☠☠.

4.0
Spider-Man (2016) #14

Oct 31, 2017

A messy dimension-hopping whirlwind sweeps Miles and Gwen through 20 lackluster pages. This issue's point is pretty transparently "make sure this crossover ends up trade-sized," and some valiant art from Sarah Pichelli and a quick gag about visiting the DC universe cannot make this feel satisfying. Additionally, I feel like there was a real art breakdown on the final scene - if Miles does actually get spit out onto Earth-65 as his narration suggests, that really should be clearer on the page. Final offense: The wedding cover is re-used within the book in a way that makes it clear the romance aspect of this crossover is 80-90 percent tease.

6.0
Spider-Man (2016) #15

Oct 31, 2017

Spidey has an awesome romantic talk with his dad and a gut-wrenching "I know your secret" talk with his mom. The two conversations are good, but not quite good enough to excuse monopolizing almost all of this issue's pages. So it ends up being another too-slow episode in Miles's life. Szymon Kudranski's art is satisfactory in some panels and has a nice noir-ish atmosphere, but taken altogether it betrays a lot of lazy shortcuts - computer modeling and too much copy-pasting. In pacing and art, this issue is teetering right on the edge of disappointment.

8.0
Spider-Man (2016) #16

Nov 9, 2017

Miles does some honest humble web-slinging while Black Cat stirs up real trouble. You can't expect the glacial, crossover-plagued pace of this title to turn around overnight, and so this issue doesn't score very high on dramatic events. It's a step in the right direction, though. It's laying solid groundwork that could turn into something great. It's also nice to see a hero get back to simple street-level crime fighting, which is cathartic for both readers and Miles (until he goes too far). New artist Oscar Bazaldua provides decent linework and colorist Justin Ponsor does a terrific job of melding it into the title's world with some beautiful and consistent colors.

8.0
Spider-Man (2016) #17

Jan 5, 2018

Hammerhead beating hard on Bombshell doesn't do anything to help Miles's embattled state of mind. It's a pleasure to watch this title swing into high gear after ages of drifting. This issue is speedy and eventful, and the plot is building to something epic in future issues. Oscar Bazaldua's art continues to impress and Brian Michael Bendis tucks more than a little humor into an otherwise-grim storyline. The decision to close the issue with Miles's mom doing not much - while our protagonist is in mortal peril - feels like a huge mistake, though.

6.0
Spider-Man (2016) #18

Jan 15, 2018

Goldballs saves the day, Rio gets awesome, Bombshell gets the Wrongest of Ideas. This issue has a lot of character work, which is bread and butter to Brian Michael Bendis. He does it well, but there seems to be a shortage of memorable dialogue. Or perhaps I was distracted by the art, which took a shocking plunge toward disappointment here. All of the relationship content called for sensitive face work, which Oscar Bazaldua sadly did not provide. Perhaps he felt cheated by having to rely on Goldballs for the main action scene? Goldballs can't be fun for a penciller. "Just draw him standing there being brave and slap a buncha circles on the layout and have faith in your colorist." At least Justin Ponsor delivered on those colors; the balls do look nice.

5.0
Spider-Man (2016) #19

Feb 12, 2018

Ganke brings up a Heavy Idea in this all-talk issue: Maybe it's time for Miles to stop being a Spider-Man cover band. Art and dialogue are both cruising along at a "meets minimum professional standards" level, and though there's some nice character development, this is pretty much the *last* title on the Marvel roster that needed to slow down and take a breather.

7.0
Spider-Man (2016) #20

Mar 30, 2018

Spidey is having a teenage crisis and Ganke eggs him into running away from home - all the way to Tokyo, dropping him neatly in the orbit of the Techno Golem. Nico Leon's art is pretty, and Brian Michael Bendis has enough confidence in his artist to script some great visuals-only content, but it still feels like the strategic plot is in free fall. The pieces are shaking together in a promising way, though, and this installment was a lot more fun than the last issue.

9.0
Spider-Man (2016) #21

Apr 20, 2018

Miles's sticky situation with Tomoe the Techno Golem resolves itself thanks to spider-skills, good familial advice, and the shining example of Jackie Chan. This arc wraps up very funny, very satisfying, and very visually appealing. Nico Leon does some remarkable shadow and action work in addition to excellent character portrayals. The one questionable part is the left-field reveal of Miles's secret super-spy ally; I dunno if that setup would ever pay off even if Mr. Bendis hadn't jumped ship to DC.

8.0
Spider-Man (2016) #234

May 14, 2018

It's not just the formation of a new Sinister Six, it's also the return of Lori "Bombshell Sr." Baumgartner and Goldballs. The first two developments are promising enough to make up for the way Fabio shows up dragging a momentum-killing love triangle behind him. The issue's a little light on action but it does tons of promising setup. Oscar Bazaldua's art is looking better, too; he seems to be bending in a good way towards a David Marquez style.

7.0
Spider-Man (2016) #235

Jun 18, 2018

The Iron Spider draws his Sinister Six closer to prime-time, Miles beats on the Armadillo with weird new powers, and the Bombshells angle toward a showdown. It's a mighty eventful script by Brian Michael Bendis's standards, but it also features lots of indulgent examples of his cutesiest "let's all talk over each other in tiny sentence fragments, that's *super* realistic" dialogue. Oscar Bazaldua's art is dropping some points, too. He's excellent with layouts and high-tech stuff, but the lack of detail he provides on human characters is rough. The issue ends up slightly above average for me thanks to the novelty of the story being told, but the style of the telling leaves so much room for improvement.

5.0
Spider-Man (2016) #236

Aug 18, 2018

Miles has a momentous showdown with the Iron Spider, the Baumgartners have an *epically messed-up* mother-daughter relationship, half of the new Sinister Six are already scheming on backstabbing the other half, and Ganke's relationship with Spider-Fangirl inches forward. The script is a whole lot of nothing special and Oscar Bazaldua's art, while probably produced with an earnest desire to entertain, is definitely not good. There are a few nice attempts at expressive faces toward the front of the book, but it's way too little to make up for all the forgettable noodle-people in the back half.

7.0
Spider-Man (2016) #237

Aug 18, 2018

Key characters have key conversations, two generic Bendis Central Casting tough guys stand in for Red Hulk and Hobgoblin, and after what feels like two years of half-hearted development, Danika slides down into awfulness. While there's useful and important stuff going on here, it evolves very slowly. The art evolves as well; it attacks a wide range of emotional expressions. While the balance is tilted toward successful portrayals over unsuccessful ones, the ratio seems wrong for a title that could/should be in Marvel's A-list. This comic strives to be better than average but doesn't quite stick the landing; to me, this is the epitome of a 7/10 issue.

6.0
Spider-Man (2016) #238

Sep 20, 2018

The Sinister Six steal their helicarrier. In a display of situational mis-reading that would have looked foolish in 1968, Miles and the Rulk manage to disable each other and let the baddies get away. A few glimmers of good characterization get lost in a landslide of "lookit the purty MCU Helicarrier" double spreads and the ongoing plot-gears grind on, slow and none too smooth.

7.0
Spider-Man (2016) #239

Oct 17, 2018

Miles grabs some backup to prep for the big showdown with the new Sinister Six. There's a touch of decent banter going on, but the pace remains terribly decompressed. When the last act switches into double-page spreads for the start of the big fight scene, it feels like the goal is to burn up pages rather than showcase exciting action. Even if it's a small helping, the plot progression is very appreciated.

7.0
Spider-Man (2016) #240

Nov 25, 2018

Miles is dropped out of his climactic fight into a hospital bed. It's a good-to-great love letter to the character but a horrendous conclusion to the ongoing storyline. It's a small mercy that Mr. Bendis only includes the mildest of references to his "Leonardo Da Vinci's SHIELD 2.0" albatross idea.

8.0
Spider-Man (2016) Annual #1

Feb 25, 2019

A flashback story charts new ground in Miles's universe-straddling history. This shows a critical moment in his development towards Spider-Man by chucking him into a Skrull fight during Secret Invasion. This issue doesn't settle the question of exactly how 1610 Miles fits into the 616, but that's actually a good thing for the story at hand. It delivers a solid, focused moral and lets Miles come to a well-justified decision about being a hero. Solid art and realistic dialogue help strengthen the A story. The B story isn't really a slouch, but it's a piece of puff pastry compared to the weighty philosophizing Miles goes through during his Skrull fight. The full package isn't quite a must-read, but it's thoroughly satisfying.

6.0
Spider-Man (2019) #1

Apr 4, 2020

For something so hyped, there's a shocking lack of storytelling polish when you open the comic. Sara Pichelli is a superstar, and there are some powerful bones visible in the artwork. But most pages look unfinished, like a couple hours of tightening and polishing work were skipped. The script, too, has a second-draft feel. The story's straight and the pacing is worked out well, but the detail and distinctiveness that would make you really care about the characters and events are missing. What you get is a generic AU story told generically. Not a tragic disappointment in itself, but miles away from the "important blockbuster" the editors and marketers promised you.

6.5
Spider-Man (2019) #2

Apr 29, 2020

The script reads like what it is: Bare-bones dialogue written by guys who expect to fill in the balance of their world and story by directing actors and DPs and special effects teams to deliver details. The sketchy art tells me they didn't figure out that they could/should collaborate with their artist in the same way. I can't help but like Faye, though.

5.5
Spider-Man (2019) #3

Jul 13, 2020

I wonder if this story would get better or worse if they just went all in and made the bad guy Peter's dad.

4.5
Spider-Man (2019) #4

Feb 26, 2021

A villain upgrade fails to increase the tension as our "heroes" stumble blindly through a poorly-conceived plot and spout unfunny comic relief lines. The characters and the challenges facing them are exactly stupid enough to encourage reader contempt instead of engagement. Sara Pichelli is a good artist, but she can obviously tell she's on a sinking ship and she's not over-exerting herself as it goes down. I don't hold it against her, though; she's made the right choice.

3.5
Spider-Man (2019) #5

Mar 23, 2021

Ben is saved by an unwelcome surprise and a poorly-conveyed sacrifice. The supporting cast is careful to kill any sense of tension dead with badly-timed comic relief, and the whole thing gurgles down the drain with a sad fart of a sequel hook cribbed from the MCU. The art is decent, which is actually a step down from Sara Pichelli's usual quality level -- but as with the previous issue, I don't fault her for rightly sensing that she's stuck on a project that doesn't deserve her best efforts.

6.5
Spider-Man (2022) #1

Mar 30, 2023

Enemies are friends, friends are enemies. That's the whole ball game. Strong execution, but the premise is sadly simplistic, and that really makes this issue drag. My wrath will be considerable if the character executed here to make the stakes look high doesn't get resurrected by the event's end.

6.5
Spider-Man (2022) #2

May 7, 2023

Maybe the author is being lazy or I'm too old and savvy, but it's clear to me that a lot of this issue's stupid is intentional bait-and-switch stupid that'll be reversed later on. For example, I rarely make predictions, but I'd put money on Araña being the Chosen One, not Spidey. That's how all the event build-up went. Gosh, it's still A LOT of stupid, though! Not very well-paced stupid, either. And even the art can't rescue it. It's far from bad, but also far from the artist's best. (Finally, though I loved Spider-Princess in her solo introduction, WOW is she not suitable for team-ups.)

7.0
Spider-Man (2022) #3

Aug 10, 2023

One good thing about this issue's "shocking" last-page twist is that it at least guarantees the death in #1 will get undone before this carnival is over.

6.0
Spider-Man (2022) #4

Oct 14, 2023

This story just hasn't gotten me interested enough to make it seem worthwhile to keep track of all these moving parts. Even the art, normally a guaranteed high point, suffers from cramped blocking in this too-busy instalment.

7.0
Spider-Man (2022) #5

Apr 16, 2024

Taken by itself, the main strip is a refreshing break from the event. It's a thoughtful, well-crafted origin story for a variant Peter Parker, loaded with plenty of continuity nods to the Silver Age. Strategically, though, it feels indulgent to step away from the messy big-picture story for so long. And it seems unlikely that this variant is going to matter for more than one or two more issues. Plus, the backup strip is just a trainwreck.

6.5
Spider-Man (2022) #6

Apr 23, 2024

This issue features perfectly acceptable storytelling conveying a complicated, fast-moving plot that I am really struggling to care about. I'm giving myself half-credit for my Chosen One bet--I knew it wasn't Peter, but I picked the wrong alternate Spider. Ah well.

8.0
Spider-Man / Deadpool #14

Oct 31, 2017

The forces driving Spider-Man to murder stand revealed at last. Surprise, it's (kinda) Deadpool's fault! This issue ties the title's ongoing story into the upcoming crossover about the implosion of Deadpool's marriage. It's an incredibly apt connection whether it's a day-one contrivance or a happy accident. The plotting in this issue is strong and thought-provoking, but the script and the art are a bit confusing. In the first act, you're keeping track of a frenetic three-way sparring match and two important conversations all happening simultaneously. It's an over-abundance of quality material that you have to consciously unpack and ponder.

6.0
Spider-Man / Deadpool #15

Oct 31, 2017

A Deadpool-obsessed Parker Industries researcher who also happens to be the last heir of the Van Helsing family takes center stage in Shiklah's monster war. Poor Cami Van Helsing is the ridiculous living MacGuffin in the middle of this relentlessly adequate crossover adventure. Deadpool repeatedly mistakes Blade for Wesley Snipes; that's a fair example of the insight and wit the script has to offer. This issue is a poor substitute for a new chapter of Joe Kelly's already way-delayed Itsy Bitsy story.

6.0
Spider-Man / Deadpool #16

Oct 31, 2017

The heroes beat Dracula at video games to recruit him and the Merc team goes from the frying pan to the fire. This isn't an unforgivably terrible comic, but it's very disappointing to interrupt three titles to tell this messy, forgettable, not-as-funny-as-it-should-be crossover. It's sure to be a hit with the approximately zero readers who are more interested in the Shiklah breakup than the "Itsy Bitsy" story Joe Kelly and Ed McGuinness are apparently not allowed to finish. This installment is especially weak because the main story obviously came up short and the Mercs for Money become pinch-hitters to fill pages.

8.0
Spider-Man / Deadpool #17

Nov 9, 2017

Spider-Man and Itsy Bitsy go into showdown mode, with Deadpool desperately playing Jiminy Cricket in the background. It's a wonderfully entertaining presentation, with great pacing, strong dialogue, and beautiful art. But by this point, the premise of the arc - put Spidey through a "Killing Joke" challenge with meta commentary on his recent history - is getting pretty threadbare. So too is Itsy Bitsy, less a character than an animated plot point. The fact that this struggle is playing out in a comedy-focused team-up book guarantees that it's going to resolve with a hard drive back to the status quo, robbing this story of the impact that actual consequences might have given it.

8.0
Spider-Man / Deadpool #18

Jan 5, 2018

Deadpool steps in front of a moral quandary bullet for Spidey, as expected. This story - and Kelly & McGuinness's tenure on the title - wraps up with a solidly above-average conclusion, but I'm not sure true greatness was ever in the cards. In the end, the creators were aiming for a lower mark, and though they hit it with skill, they leave behind a lot of "what could have been" questions. Spidey and Wade are both slotted back into status quo situations, and Itsy Bitsy is left a little too available for future stories. Though it was highly entertaining, this arc is firmly banished to the "let's never speak of this again" realm of barely-canon supplementary stories.

6.0
Spider-Man / Deadpool #19

Jan 15, 2018

Mobster trickery conspires to send Spidey, Deadpool, and Slapstick after the same MacGuffin. How do you judge a book that executes solidly on an incredibly vapid premise? The pacing is decent, the dialogue is solidly humorous, the plot is thin but workable, Slapstick gets a fair shake in the script. But it's all so low-rent that it feels like a cheap digital Infinite comic, not a $4 premium book. Will Robson is not as good a fit with Slapstick as you might think. Marvel's living cartoon combined with one of the company's best contemporary cartoony artists? No-brainer, right? Wrong. The problem is that Mr. Robson's knob is broken off at "11" when it comes to cartoony; he fails to make any contrast between Slapstick and the supposedly-more-real characters around him. Diego Olortegui did a far better job of it in Slapstick's last solo book - a humble Infinite comic that ambitiously punched up out of its weight class where this story is definitely punching down.

4.0
Spider-Man / Deadpool #20

Feb 12, 2018

Deadpool goes funny again, Spidey saves the day, Slapstick says "dingus." I've written more than a few reviews along the "this script has potential but the art drags it down" line. Here I get a perfect reverse: This art could be good or maybe even great if it were attached to a better script. The humor's underwhelming and the plot dissolves into a bona fide trainwreck. Will Robson struggles valiantly to lend the story some visual panache, but Joshua Corin's script is beyond redemption.

6.0
Spider-Man / Deadpool #21

Mar 30, 2018

Arcade aims his latest Murderworld at Spidey and Deadpool. The humor is cheap rising to fun as the story grinds on, but both plot and pacing are way too lazy. Writer Elliott Kalan has come to a common conclusion: Lots of really funny stories have silly or nonsensical plots; therefore, plot is irrelevant to funny stories. His detached, disengaging script for this issue is proof that that conclusion is mistaken. Todd Nauck's art is a high point, and better than this script deserves. I really wish Mr. Nauck could break through into illustrating *good* funnybooks already.

7.0
Spider-Man / Deadpool #22

Apr 20, 2018

Spidey and Deadpool shutdown Murderworld Madripoor in a strictly by-the-numbers zany plot. It's certainly not memorable, but the proceedings are uplifted by a few quality gags and Todd Nauck's passionate art. Unlike, say, Adam Kubert on Spectacular Spider-Man, Mr. Nauck isn't going to phone it in just because you hand him a "meh" script. The result here is the *prettiest* forgettable funnybook you ever did see, and the visuals alone are responsible for pulling this up a bit above average.

7.0
Spider-Man / Deadpool #23

May 21, 2018

A Deadpool impersonator is selling stolen SHIELD tech, which is *really* undercutting Deadpool's plan to sell stolen SHIELD tech. Spidey's there to put a stop to one or two of them, but so far he's one breathless step behind Wade the whole way. Robbie Thompson sets up an interesting and comedically-fertile new status quo for Deadpool and his stolen helicarrier full of zanies, but slotting Spider-Man in as Wade's straight man - again - isn't paying off yet. Chris Bachalo's pencils are pretty, with the exception of his too-young Peter Parker, but he's doing us no favors by coloring his own work in vast swathes of disappointing grey.

7.0
Spider-Man / Deadpool #24

Jun 9, 2018

Wacky ole Deadpool drags Spidey, by the nose, into a pit of Bachalo monsters AKA Tabula Rasa. Webs has to contend with Husk in the fight for the guest-star slot, and this remains primarily the "LOL memes" Deadpool show. Which is fine except for the fact that Gerry Duggan is doing a pretty excellent job of handling both "comedy mask" Deadpool and "tragedy mask" Wade over in his solo book. The script here is good but not "get passionate" good, and the art is pretty in the slow panels but confusing in action.

5.0
Spider-Man / Deadpool #25

Jul 11, 2018

Chameleon and Deadpool *both* bamboozle their way out of Tabula Rasa, leaving Spidey holding the bag and Husk genially hating him. This is a story told with workmanlike skill. It's only when you consider how much you *could* do with "Deadpool and a helicarrier full of crazy creepy crawly characters" that this issue's low-effort shenanigans start looking hollow and dull. Scott Hepburn assumes control of the art at the halfway mark. He makes a cool effort to link to Chris Bachalo's established style before gradually moving into his own look. It's more than welcome; Mr. Bachalo did a remarkably woeful job on the front half.

8.0
Spider-Man / Deadpool #26

Jul 27, 2018

Decrepit Deadpool gradually convinces Paraplegic Peter Parker to come out of retirement for One Last Hero gig. The plot develops a little slowly, but taking the time to make these new Geezer AU versions of the heroes compelling was an excellent move on Robbie Thompson's part. His script did an impressive job of convincing me that this is a story worth reading; I started out feeling pretty much the opposite and he won me over. Scott Hepburn's scrupulously silly art helped a lot, too. I officially became a fan at the panel where a burglar punches the dentures out of Peter Parker's mouth. Mr Hepburn makes that look *at least* as hilarious as it sounds.

8.0
Spider-Man / Deadpool #27

Aug 18, 2018

Wade dodges many pages of Standard Bachalo Tentacle Monsters to steal pan-dimensional goodies from another abandoned SHIELD dungeon. He also pours his heart out to Spidey along the way - he thinks. I like Wade's voice; it feels authentic. I also appreciate the twistiness of the plot. This issue gives you plenty of knots to untangle. The art, I can take or leave. It took NINE people to produce Another Damn Chris Bachalo Monster Comic™?

7.0
Spider-Man / Deadpool #28

Sep 20, 2018

A little Rashomon trickery is used to expand three brief scenes into a full issue. The script delivers a fair amount of fun, but the differences between the "Spidey sez" and "Deadpool sez" flashbacks are too minor. A slow recap like this was the last thing the larger story needed. On the art front, Matt Horak takes responsibility for the flashbacks while Chris Bachalo handles the contemporary scenes. It's a good division of labor and the structure smooths the joint between their styles. This would have been an excellent time to call up a third artist so that Deadpool and Spidey's stories looked different, though.

8.0
Spider-Man / Deadpool #29

Oct 8, 2018

Some questionably competent investigation by Old Men Spidey and Deadpool reveals the secret of Deadpool's personal clone saga. The script develops its ideas in a rather pro-forma way, but quality art shores up the weak spots in the reading experience. The goofy visual style is executed with absolute confidence; even when it's ugly, it's pretty in its ugliness. The colors are mighty nice, too.

6.0
Spider-Man / Deadpool #30

Oct 8, 2018

Chameleon tests his super-LMDs in Manhattan. Team Deadpool and Team Spidey (with added Silk!) run into each other while looking for the baddie. This title has a built-in disadvantage because it CAN'T do anything meaningful or transformative to its stars. At its best, it can reach fun destinations by concentrating on the Spideypool relationship or going flat-out for humor. This issue is a misfire because Spidey is doing the former and Wade is doing the latter. The Chameleon gets a lot of page time, but it's wasted on nonstop villain cliches. The art delivers an interesting blend of Chris Bachalo's anatomical style with much lighter linework. It's pretty enjoyable, but there's really no point where you can forget that it's a substitute for Mr. Bachalo's work.

6.0
Spider-Man / Deadpool #31

Nov 10, 2018

The LMDs break away from Chameleon, throwing yet another curveball into this unending story. The art veers wildly from blow-your-eyes-out wild to the nothingest of nothing special, there's a shortage of good jokes, and Branch sacrificing itself left me cold. I literally did not know Branch was a separate entity until its sacrifice; I cannot get behind Team Deadpool's furious grief. Even though I like the new rebel LMD twist, I strongly dislike seeing it tied to my least favorite bit of Spidey-Lore. Reading this was baseline satisfying, but I'm not at all excited to see what comes next.

8.0
Spider-Man / Deadpool #32

Nov 25, 2018

The Old Man Spideypool story gets a healthy dose of explanation and the creators take the audacious step of folding it into the contemporary Arms Race story with some time-travel shenanigans. Plotting, characterization, and art are all a skosh above average. The issue's also free of major faults, turning this into a surprisingly high-quality read.

8.0
Spider-Man / Deadpool #33

Dec 3, 2018

Old Man Deadpool has actually REPLACED contemporary Deadpool, lending an extra air of insanity to an already-insane standoff between the LMDs and everybody else. We're closing in on a resolution, and I don't have much hope for it in terms of drama, but this issue was a lot of fun thanks to scrupulously crazy art. The jokes and characterization also set an excellent "but not too serious" tone to relieve the more melodramatic aspects of the plot.

7.0
Spider-Man / Deadpool #34

Jan 1, 2019

Young Deadpool visits the Old Man future just in time to see the Master Matrix triumph. He high-tails it back to the present with Old Spidey in tow. Old Spidey yammers at extreme length about how Wade develops into a good person. Visually, the same bonkers cast-o-thousands excess from the last issue is continued by two fresh artists, delivering a couple of superfluous stylistic shifts. This issue isn't at all BAD, but it definitely feels like a remedial digression designed just to make absolutely sure readers appreciate how tricksy and convoluted the long-term plot has gotten.

6.0
Spider-Man / Deadpool #35

Jan 14, 2019

Master Matrix sidles up to Peter Parker as his ickle robo-brother, just in time to team up for fighting the Chameleon in the next issue. The balance of the book attempts to spin comedy gold out of Double-Deadpool and Double-Spidey matches. The script is a bit above average, but the art's a countervailing bit below. Net result: A thoroughly middle-of-the-road comic.

6.0
Spider-Man / Deadpool #36

Jan 31, 2019

Master Matrix's contribution, as expected, turns the tide and delivers a big win. The script disposes of the Old Men heroes neatly and establishes a new status quo; there's also some solid humor. As with the last issue, though, I found myself let down by the art in equal proportion to being pleased by the writing, pegging my rating at average again. Plenty of individual panels look good, but when I think of how much more could have been done with this issue's showpiece battle ...

7.0
Spider-Man / Deadpool #37

Feb 25, 2019

Deadpool and Spidey have devoted a shocking amount of time to "raising" Master Matrix, but this issue breaks them out of their SHIELD safehouse and subjects the robot to real-world heroing. Decent art and decent humor, but this issue holds firm to the title's standard roles for its protagonists. Wade is the wackiness generator and Pete is the "quit having fun" wet blanket. It's starting to stagnate, and it's a particularly poor use of Spider-Man. This issue also offers a unique form of disappointment: Mockingbird announces she's off to fight monsters in an urban salt mine with Husk, Silk, and the SS Deadpool crew. That sounds WAY more interesting than Wade grinding his way through every possible "my two dads" joke with Pete and Master Matrix; why can't we read THAT comic?

7.0
Spider-Man / Deadpool #38

Mar 18, 2019

A trip to the Savage Land is livened up with talking dinosaurs and Wacky Deadpool™ humor. The art, characterization, and jokes land it on the line between "good" and "almost good." Unfortunately, I see a lot of potential irritations encouraging you to round down and not many standout strengths encouraging you to round up. The blatant meta-plug for Ryan Stegman was the key irritant that lost my sympathy, with the musical content being a strong runner-up.

6.0
Spider-Man / Deadpool #39

Apr 11, 2019

5.0
Spider-Man / Deadpool #40

Apr 25, 2019

7.0
Spider-Man / Deadpool #41

May 30, 2019

6.0
Spider-Man / Deadpool #42

Jun 13, 2019

8.0
Spider-Man / Deadpool #43

Jul 1, 2019

The Spideypool roadtrip takes an endearingly weird turn through the Negative Zone's Kirby Korner. A relentless pace, funny jokes, and some "very 90s in a mostly-good way" art all conspire to put this well over the title's average bar. It's silly and fluffy as ever, but this time around, the sheer speed of the story - and keeping the protagonists tightly connected - makes it work.

5.5
Spider-Man / Deadpool #44

Aug 1, 2019

6.0
Spider-Man / Deadpool #45

Aug 20, 2019

5.5
Spider-Man / Deadpool #46

Sep 1, 2019

4.5
Spider-Man / Deadpool #47

Sep 28, 2019

4.5
Spider-Man / Deadpool #48

Oct 9, 2019

Script is swinging upwards, art is going the other way.

5.0
Spider-Man / Deadpool #49

Oct 31, 2019

I honestly don't know whether I do or do not want that to be Earth-1218 there at the end.

6.0
Spider-Man / Deadpool #50

Nov 20, 2019

Aw, nertz. I got around to reading this while waiting for the last issues of Gwenpool Strikes Back to come out, and this sort of "the author was the real antagonist all along" ending was what I was hoping to see in that series. Now, even if GSB does something similar but better, I'll be stuck with the thought that it's derivative. Tinfoil hat idea: What are the odds that this arc started life as a rejected pitch for a Gwenpool mini?

8.0
Spider-Man / Deadpool #1.MU

Oct 31, 2017

A witch spell designed to summon Deadpool's "heartmate" embarrassingly coughs up Spidey just in time to fight a giant eggplant monster in Toronto. It's another good monster fight with healthy doses of rather generic SpideyPool humor. The coven of schoolgirl witches responsible for all this is a notable standout, and the "heartmate" joke is what will rightly put this comic on the fandom radar.

4.0
Spider-Man 2099 (2015) #20

Oct 31, 2017

Miguel's nemesis/father hijacks his girlfriend while Man-Mountain Marko beats on Miguel. It's an interesting chunk of plot, but it's wrapped in some dreadfully off-putting art. Will Sliney is good at drawing three-dimensional volumes and hopeless at assembling those volumes into living, breathing people. The results vary between stiff and frightening, and the faces in this issue are particularly nightmarish.

6.0
Spider-Man 2099 (2015) #21

Oct 31, 2017

Pivoting from his dad/girlfriend crisis, Spidey captures Electro 2099. I'm not sure about the long-term plotting, but the action in this issue is nicely conveyed. I somehow suspect looking at this issue through "They Live" glasses would reveal a blank book stamped ENJOY COMICS. Will Sliney's scrupulously detailed but stiff and sterile art probably has something to do with it.

6.0
Spider-Man 2099 (2015) #22

Oct 31, 2017

Miguel bamboozles key information out of Electro with the help of Lyla, his AI Gal Friday. This issue has a lot of questionable plotting and dialogue choices, but they're mostly redeemed by an excellent twist that I hope I'm not giving away. This ends up being a perfectly serviceable story, and if I had experienced a Fall-In-Love Moment with this title I'd probably have another rating point or two to award this issue. It doesn't contain its own FILM moment, though, so it wound up providing me with nothing beyond solid entertainment.

4.0
Spider-Man 2099 (2015) #23

Nov 9, 2017

Miguel's jump to 2019 to stop the Fist devolves into a 12 Monkeys situation. Peter David engineered the fast pace of the fight by stuffing the first half of this issue with total nonsense. The stupid Pokemon Go knockoff has a slightly-subtle role to play, but it's introduced in a terribly ham-handed fashion. On the art side, I've figured out my antipathy to Will Sliney's work. He follows a very 90s value system that deifies the killer character-centric splash page at the expense of dynamic motion, natural blocking, and realism. I can respect the effort he lavishes on detail but I'm never gonna go ga-ga for the stiff, artificial results.

6.0
Spider-Man 2099 (2015) #24

Jan 5, 2018

The full scope of the Fist is finally revealed and Miguel learns a lot of disturbing stuff about 2019. Writer Peter David drops a lot of answers here, which is much appreciated. Aisa, the mysterious lady running the Fist, gets de-mystified. There's some last-minute time travel family complications slapped onto the "to do" list along with the matter of saving the day; the big conclusion next month should be momentous. Will Sliney's art is what it is: detailed, scrupulous, and polished, but also soulless and sterile. It's like robot sculpture.

5.0
Spider-Man 2099 (2015) #25

Jan 27, 2018

Miguel saves the day mostly via his friends telling him the day is saved. Man Mountain ☠☠☠☠ Marko is brought back to create a cheap imitation of a climactic fight scene. A few questions get answered, Mr. Sliney gets to burn up some bonus pages with stiff mannequin-looking splashes, and Peter David would really *really* like you to write in and pester Marvel to give him a "Defenders 2100" title. This lackluster finale for a lackluster series doesn't have me raring to sign that petition.

6.5
Spider-Man 2099: Exodus (2022): Alpha

Nov 22, 2022

Art and prose are of similar character here: At first glance, the visuals are flashy and impressive and the prose is intriguing and fast-paced. But it's all incredibly delicate; looking even a little closer reveals serious flaws in both visuals and words. What ties it all together is a plot that doesn't seem to have much potential; a hopelessly cliched Spidey grudge-match dressed up in some sci-fi tinsel.

5.0
Spider-Man 2099: Exodus (2022): Omega

Feb 12, 2023

Pretend this comment is just a link to "Eight Deadly Words" on tvtropes.

7.5
Spider-Man 2099: Exodus (2022) #1

Dec 22, 2022

Though I usually moan at length when I'm rating a Steve Orlando comic, this one really agreed with me. Here the author's "plot first" approach works well; character and story are scaled to each other and prop each other up. The Winter Soldier's mission makes just enough room for a petite character study, and there's some cool world-building going on too. Top it off with some solid, gritty art that's perfect for a dystopian future story and you've got something that even I will admit is a pretty good comic.

6.5
Spider-Man 2099: Exodus (2022) #2

Dec 28, 2022

It's a good premise executed with journeyman storytelling skill all around. Neither the artist nor the author commit any major sins, but they also don't evoke any real thrills.

5.5
Spider-Man 2099: Exodus (2022) #3

Jan 6, 2023

The basic idea of the plot is sound, but this script doesn't elaborate on it much past the basic elevator pitch. The pace is uneven and there are some lazy/repetitive vocabulary choices. All these characters make for a nice chunk of world-building (albeit pretty fast, shallow work) and the art is done better than the writing. Add it all up and I call it a nearly-average comic.

4.5
Spider-Man 2099: Exodus (2022) #4

Jan 8, 2023

My reaction to this comic is to frown my eyes shut and pinch the bridge of my nose. Exasperation, in other words. The art's okay. So's the dialogue, in a "minimum expectations met" kind of way. But when it comes to basic cause-and-effect in developing the plot and explaining the characters, this comic is *broken*. Stuff just happens, and it seems like how and why it happens is none of the reader's business. I'm overstating things. There are a few explanations. Not enough, though, and the ones that do slip through are punishingly stupid.

4.5
Spider-Man 2099: Exodus (2022) #5

Jan 14, 2023

5.5
Spider-Man Annual (2019) #1

Jan 25, 2020

Would make a better Instagram feed than a comic. Lots of cute/clever moments, but the off-putting narrative makes it tiresome to read all the way through. Jason Latour writes as though he's afraid it would literally kill him to produce a comic that didn't get called "clever."

8.0
Spider-Man Noir (2020) #1

Oct 17, 2020

Spider-Man Noir is tempted into a globe-trotting adventure by a femme fatale client, a murder at Felicia's Black Cat club, a Babylonian mystery, and the gentle urging of Aunt May and MJ. The visuals and plot points are pure film noir while the pace and scope come straight from Indiana Jones. The creators both love this setting a great deal, and that obvious personal appeal does a lot to elevate a straightforward detective yarn.

7.5
Spider-Man Noir (2020) #2

Dec 17, 2020

Spidey-Noir makes his way to Berlin, dodging thugs at every step (and losing the Cicada Stone, whoops). There's a nice fast pace, but the dialogue is verbose and cliched and the mystery plot is a bit too mysterious. It sure does look pretty, though!

7.5
Spider-Man Noir (2020) #3

Feb 17, 2021

Spidey-Noir doesn't cover himself in glory here, getting stomped by Electro, saved by other heroes, and then dragged to Babylon by his companions. It's a simplistic story but it's told well, with competent words and nigh-perfect art. The protagonist's passiveness is a problem, though. And this title relies too much on the reader whole-heartedly embracing the "Indiana Jones, but starring 30s Spider-Man" premise. As in, the creators want a pass on shallow characterization and predictable plot twists because lots of middle-of-the-road "pulpy" stories have those problems. Also, "glow stick"? In 1939?

4.5
Spider-Man Noir (2020) #4

Feb 26, 2021

Why does everyone in this international cast talk like a Damon Runyon knockoff (think Ben Grimm, but awful)? Why does everyone turn into a stupid-looking monster? Why is it, when a hero finally takes charge and starts kicking butt, it's the sidekick instead of the protagonist? Why did the author think Indiana Jones + the Mummy + a brief glance at the Wikipedia article on Mesopotamian mythology would add up to a good plot? How did this title jump the shark so quick and so hard?

4.5
Spider-Man Noir (2020) #5

Mar 8, 2021

Huma turns into a Babylonian goddess; this fails to ramp up the tension. Spidey saves the day more via grit and deus ex machina than actual heroism. The pages fill up with clumsy, wordy dialogue, squeezing a lot of the art down smaller than it wants to be. It's a thoroughly disappointing end to a series that started off with real promise.

7.0
Spider-Man: City At War #1

Sep 30, 2019

7.5
Spider-Man: City At War #2

Oct 31, 2019

Zeroing in on Miles Morales does wonders for this issue, neatly counteracting the scattershot feel of #1 and giving this one a heavy emotional core. The art still looks great and there's a nice feeling of significant events unfolding behind the story of Miles and his dad. That makes the whole world feel vibrant and alive. Some solid humor in here before the feelings train offloads, too.

7.5
Spider-Man: City At War #3

Dec 27, 2019

MJ plays and then over-plays the part of Spidey's plucky reporter sidekick. Yes, she uncovers the key details in Mr. Negative's scheme. But she also gets herself captured. On balance, there's just enough quality MJ work to make up for the shortage of Pete/Spidey attention (he is TECHNICALLY supposed to be the main character, you know). The art is gorgeous and airy and does a nearly-flawless job of moving the story along.

6.5
Spider-Man: City At War #4

Jan 25, 2020

Though the new Doc Ock story is promising, the pro-forma way this issue dismisses Mr. Negative doesn't inspire a lot of confidence. Still looks nice, though!

6.0
Spider-Man: City At War #5

Feb 27, 2020

6.0
Spider-Man: City At War #6

Mar 10, 2020

5.0
Spider-Man: Enter The Spider-Verse #1  
9.0
Spider-Man: Life Story #1

Sep 30, 2019

Four years into his Spidey career, Pete frets over Vietnam, has a major showdown with the Green Goblin, and charts a dramatically different path with his supporting cast. This issue's storytelling lived up to the sky-high expectations set by the premise, just, but I'm slightly worried about Cap's role -- particularly that shocking final scene. It risks overshadowing Spidey; I'm really eager to see if/how their relationship continues to evolve further down the timeline.

7.5
Spider-Man: Life Story #2

Oct 31, 2019

The 70s swats Peter with a heartbreaking version of the original Clone Saga. The art and writing are very good, but the premise of the series is starting to rub me the wrong way. 30 pages of comic per decade is a mighty small serving for a life as busy as Peter Parker's, and trying to keep us updated on a new history of the Marvel Universe at the same time just packs the schedule even further. This pace is more suited to a historical survey in the "Grand Design" mode, not the intimate character study the creators want to do. Really, you know you're moving too fast when you've got Chip Zdarsky on Spider-Man and your pace leaves no room for humor.

8.0
Spider-Man: Life Story #3

Nov 27, 2019

Peter survives -- barely -- an inventive combination of the Alien Costume Saga and Kraven's Last Hunt. The Cold War turns hot and super-powered, but global politics are a distant third behind Spider-business and the unending tragedy of Pete's personal life. It's a story well-told and gorgeously-drawn, but it's damned bleak so far. Zdarsky & Bagley may end up doing an excellent job showing why we DON'T want to follow ageing superheroes through generations of traumatic adventures.

9.0
Spider-Man: Life Story #4

Dec 27, 2019

Peter Parker lets Ben take over his life after they go through a magnificently-remastered version of the Clone Saga. Chip Zdarsky works wonders in his script, taking full advantage of a smaller cast and a narrower scope to give this issue focus that the last two lacked. Mark Bagley caps it with another career-highlight performance, combining classic Spider-action with really well-aged faces.

9.0
Spider-Man: Life Story #5

Feb 27, 2020

Super-heroics complicate Peter's life again on personal and global scales as Morlun and the Civil War have to be dealt with simultaneously. This starts off at a nigh-unbeatable summit of greatness. There are small storytelling stumbles as the issue continues, and a few more pages to weld the stories together at the end and let Peter react to his family developments would be much appreciated. But "reader demands more story" is possibly the best "problem" to have at the end of your comic. This series is certainly more thoughtful and moving than most other retro Spidey stories. *Glares directly at Symbiote Spider-Man*

9.5
Spider-Man: Life Story #6

Mar 26, 2020

Spidey's final mission saves the world from the villainous aftermath of the Civil War and neatly ties off this series' dangling plot threads. I found a few of the choices along the way goofy, but the mood of the finale was impeccable. It raised pleasant goosebumps; totally satisfying. The reimagining of the Superior Spider-Man was particularly clever.

9.5
Spider-Man: Life Story Annual #1

Jan 4, 2022

The creators of Spider-Man: Life Story swing back to fill in a few holes in the original series in this portrait of J. Jonah Jameson. They do it masterfully, locking multiple puzzle pieces into the previous narrative like they were always meant to be there. It's beautifully drawn and written. Everybody knows Chip Zdarsky writes a damn good Spider-Man. What this comic spotlights, though, is that he writes THE BEST Jameson, full stop. This is perfectly enjoyable as its own story, as an epilogue to the original, and as a remarkable piece of comics craftsmanship. At the risk of being spoiler-y: Is this the first we've heard about the fate of Life Story's Gwen Stacy clone? I was obsessively interested in what happened to her when I was reading the original.

8.0
Spider-Man: Master Plan #1

Jan 15, 2018

Teen Peter just wants to see his not-Hamilton ripoff musical, but a crime wave conspires to tie him up with Spidey-business. Synergy has a positive impact for a change: Ordering a one-shot encore to last year's Spidey series is the ideal way to get a teen spider-book on the shelves in time for Spider-Man: Homecoming. This is a simple tale but not a simplistic one, and it delivers plenty of humor and acrobatic spider-action. Pairing it with the Vulture's debut from 1963 is a great way to highlight how Robbie Thompson and Nathan Stockman have lovingly pulled some of the strongest narrative and artistic devices forward from the original Lee and Ditko days.

5.0
Spider-Man: Reptilian Rage #1

Jan 25, 2020

Teenage Peter Parker blows an ESU internship interview because the Lizard needs Spider-attention. That's the way the "great responsibility" cookie crumbles. This is a very simple comic, verging dangerously into simplistic. Part of that is due to the light continuity and the conscious effort to cater to younger readers. But a larger part of it is due to Ralph Macchio's prose style being dated if not obsolete.

7.5
Spider-Man: Spider's Shadow #1

Aug 18, 2021

Peter goes through a slow burn as his life gets frustrating and only his weird alien suit offers peace and clarity. He rides that solace right over a cliff at the end, becoming something other than Spider-Man. It's an extremely well-done story in script and art, but the deliberate pace frustrated me. And this might actually be a little too new-reader-friendly; starting practically from square one slows it down even more.

8.5
Spider-Man: Spider's Shadow #2

Sep 25, 2021

Pete surrenders (almost) entirely to the symbiote, racking up quite the bodycount as supervillains start moving against him. Next up, a surprising Sinister Six is taking aim. The story is pretty close to perfect, but there's room for tiny improvements in the way it's told in prose and pictures. Tiny, tiny improvements -- this is already awfully good.

8.0
Spider-Man: Spider's Shadow #3

Oct 26, 2021

Pete-Venom fights the Sinister Six and Jameson is the hero of the hour. It's a satisfying story told with appreciable skill. So satisfying, in fact, that I'm a little sad this series goes on for another 2 issues. I'd be perfectly happy with 1 issue to wrap up the secret identity problem; I'm not at all excited about the new conflict suggested by the final scene.

8.5
Spider-Man: Spider's Shadow #4

Nov 30, 2021

Pete attempts to clean up his mess, but things have progressed at a terrifying pace at the Baxter. Symbiotized Reed unleashes frightening offspring. I started this issue with trepidation; I didn't want to see all the same old symbiote spawn. So I'm delighted the creators came up with something new, unusual, and scary. Excellent prose and art, although both seem just a tad … "impressionistic"? Broad, skillful strokes, but not too much detail. It's definitely a good comic; if it's not full-on great, it's right next door to great.

8.5
Spider-Man: Spider's Shadow #5

Dec 31, 2021

Peter defeats the symbiote with clever thinking and help from the Fantastic Four. That points to a fitting new status quo at the end. The plot is a little bit safe (almost but not quite predictable), but the storytelling is high quality all the way and there's even some nice character growth for Pete. This is an encouraging, thoroughly enjoyable start to the new "What If …?" line. (I coulda done without that epilogue, though; it was terribly clichéd.)

8.0
Spider-Man: The Lost Hunt (2022) #1

May 7, 2023

It's a pretty dense story, and the language and art both give off heavy retro vibes. But not in a negative way. Quite the reverse, really. I should probably stop prefacing my thoughts on JM DeMatteis comics by saying "I usually don't like 90s-style writing, but…" The fact is, Mr. DeMatteis doesn't build stories the way I expect, or the way I think they should be built. But his stories WORK the way he builds them. Yeah, the language is melodramatic and all the characters' feelings are worn on their sleeves. And, when handled with such skill and elaborate structure, that's OK. To me, it's like watching a highly-skilled player launch a brilliant game using a tatty, beat up chess set. The pieces aren't attractive -- but the POINT is how they relate to each other and how that changes as they move through the game/plot.

7.0
Spider-Man: The Lost Hunt (2022) #3

Dec 26, 2023

It's still a nicely-told story, but I'm falling out of love with it. Though this issue does plenty of plot and character development, none of it feels particularly novel. All of the artists do good work, but it doesn't mesh together very well. I'm still invested enough to read on, though!

7.5
Spider-Man: The Lost Hunt (2022) #4

Apr 16, 2024

While Peter's story takes a small but important step forward, Orisha spins out her backstory. And in the process, the author weaves a remarkable tapestry, stitching a new thread through everything we know about Kraven and Spider-Man and creating a new pattern. Rich themes and symbolism. Unfortunately, it's another case of "too many cooks" on the art front. Though I dearly love getting a whiff of Marguerite Sauvage, the overall mix just doesn't blend well.

7.0
Spider-Man: Velocity #1

Mar 26, 2020

The chemistry between the two leads is handled with humor and heart. That combines with some generally solid art to make a more-entertaining-than-the-average-bear story out of this.

6.5
Spider-Man: Velocity #2

Apr 20, 2020

7.5
Spider-Man: Velocity #3

Jun 1, 2020

I think some of the revelations (particularly MJ connecting the dots) verge on "tell instead of show" territory.

8.0
Spider-Man: Velocity #4

Jun 7, 2020

Spidey finds himself trapped in fast-forward while Blur is unconscious. It's a nice solo spotlight for him: problem-solving, soul-searching, and of course a little criminal-foiling. The author and artist do a bang-up job of taking this seriously, making "Speeder-Man" look great and making his thoughts engaging.

7.0
Spider-Man: Velocity #5

Jul 13, 2020

Spider-Man gets the Blur kid to calm down, but not without being a bit of a dick about it. Solid storytelling on a simple resolution here, though this version of Spider-Man definitely needs some more work on his empathy skills. Kudos to the creators, though, for making me believe it's a natural failing on the part of the character rather than clumsiness in how he's portrayed.

8.0
Spider-Men II #1

Jan 27, 2018

Purple transdimensional mojo brings the two Spider-Men together again - but how can there be a new gateway to a dimension that doesn't exist anymore? The premise looks promising and Sara Pichelli's art is a treat, but the pace so far is troubling. Pete beats on the Armadillo for the millionth time and Miles has a meet cute with a new classmate. That's great, but are those scenes *really* more vital than explaining why/how there's a bonus Miles running around the 616 or exactly how the Spiders have interpreted the Incursion/Secret Wars/death of the 1610 mess? We appear to be headed in a good direction - can we hurry up and get to the meaty stuff already?

8.0
Spider-Men II #2

Feb 26, 2018

Weirdo AU Taskmaster works the two Spideys embarrassingly hard. What light can Jessica Jones shed on the mystery of 616-Miles? This wound up being a strong, above-average comic that was plenty entertaining for me. However, it got there by averaging really good bits with really questionable ones. My biggest concern: I have *no* confidence in Miles's little romance sub-plot serving any purpose beyond page-count inflation.

8.0
Spider-Men II #3

Apr 7, 2018

The question "what's the deal with 616 Miles?" is thoroughly answered in a full-length flashback. It's quality work though it relies on some ret-conning, and if you can resist the impulse to second-guess Brian Michael Bendis it's quite entertaining. The Pichelli-Ponsor art team, as ever, delivers in spades and makes this a highly enjoyable gangster story.

7.0
Spider-Men II #4

Jun 9, 2018

616-Miles's goals become clear and the Spideys tee up to where they were in #1. Though it's been interesting to learn about 616-Miles and his multiversal obsession, this is terribly weak as a Spider-Men story. It barely connects to Miles and doesn't connect *at all* to Peter. Sara Pichelli's art remains outstanding, with the notable exception of a few pages suffering from dreadful panel layouts. This series seems like a misfit toy: The structure is too complex for a month-to-month ongoing, but the story isn't dense enough to make it satisfying as a trade or GN.

4.0
Spider-Men II #5

Jul 6, 2018

616 Miles slides right past the Spideys as they have a Silly Feelings Talk about how 1610 Miles is ready to give up the burden of Spider-Manning. He (616 Miles) lands in total Brian Michael Bendis fantasyland, a happily-ever-after version of the 1610 where Peter Parker is the Amazing Spider-Man and the Ultimates are noble heroes and Riri "Ironheart" Williams is one of them (!) and whoops, we all just contracted diabetes from the 20 metric tons of sugar Mr. Bendis dumped on us. This issue featured pretty run-of-the-mill storytelling, particularly from the artists, but I feel like the laziness and stupidity of the larger plot easily earn a double penalty. Mr. Bendis is *really* reaching for a "have your cake and eat it too" resolution to the question of Miles giving up the Spider-Jammies, and his last-minute presentation of a "greatest hits" edition of the Ultimate universe is equal parts pandering and personal fetish indulgence. Spider-Men II wound up as a five-issue series even though it presented enough material for, *at best,* a slightly-oversized annual for Miles's solo series. I reckon it's been about ten years since anybody on the Marvel editorial staff had the gonads to tell Brian Michael Bendis, "tighten this up." If they were willing to rubber-stamp self-indulgent drek like this from him, I say his departure for DC is very welcome if not long overdue.

7.0
Spider-Punk (2022) #1

Oct 29, 2022

I'm not a punk guy (I caught maybe 2 of the spillion musical references here) and I'm really not a Cody Ziglar guy (I find his slang addiction intolerable), but this issue is a pleasant surprise to me. The plot's nothing special -- but nothing terrible, either. The pace is a little wonky. But the dialogue's solid, with the author employing merciful restraint on the slang. And the art's a lot of fun to look at. It has the perfect blend of scruff, detail, and dynamism. The visuals do as much as the words to establish this comic's passionate street-level tone.

6.5
Spider-Punk (2022) #2

Dec 20, 2022

The art continues to be deliciously grungy. I still like the writing -- though not the way the slang quotient is climbing. But the structure and pace of these first 2 issues is outstanding; they do an excellent job assembling the team and revealing the challenge that awaits them. I do wish that challenge was a bit more inventive. This plot feels awfully safe, particularly for a "punk" comic. It's definitely a satisfactory comic, and readers in its target niche will probably rate it more than satisfactory. But I'm not in the niche.

6.5
Spider-Punk (2022) #3

Jan 8, 2023

The art's still the most distinctive and appealing part of this for me. The writing and plotting, I can take or leave. It works fine; it doesn't excite me. By this point Marvel's got a decent stack of rave letters to print in the back. This excites plenty of people who aren't me, and that's great. Pretty much everybody who writes in mentions already being a fan of punk music, Spider-Punk, or both, though. That suggests to me that the folks that are loving this are coming out and meeting the creators at least halfway.

5.0
Spider-Punk (2022) #4

Jan 14, 2023

6.0
Spider-Punk (2022) #5

Feb 24, 2023

I think I've had my fill of "variant Spidey defeats variant Osborn" stories for the time being.

5.0
Spider-Verse (2019) #1

Apr 20, 2020

So now Marvel is just straight-up trying to monetize trending hashtags? #GreatIdeaHeSaidSarcastically! This sort of survey story has the potential to dig up some gold nuggets, but I didn't see any here. The news that future issues will continue the game of "Creator Russian Roulette," rotating through writers as well as artists, fills me with the opposite of confidence. And I strongly agree with the Comics: The Gathering review; #1's notable feature is its spectacularly regressive take on Miles's character.

7.0
Spider-Verse (2019) #2

Jun 7, 2020

If it was just a standard superhero "our powers plus our heart will win the day" story, it'd be too light. Good thing it gets booster shots of nerdy multiverse theory and thoughtful moral philosophy to anchor it. Even for a "survey" series, though, Miles's role in this story is a bit peripheral.

7.5
Spider-Verse (2019) #3

Jul 2, 2020

I loved most of the world-building and a lot of the art. But the ComicBooks.com review has a point: Lack of characterization is a gigantic problem here.

7.0
Spider-Verse (2019) #4

Sep 24, 2020

Miles teams up with the Wild West Web-Slinger for a satisfying little adventure saving a village from the local Scorpion equivalent. Pleasant dialogue and nice character work make this worth reading; it's got an excellent balance between the guest star and Miles.

7.5
Spider-Verse (2019) #5

Sep 24, 2020

Spider-Man Noir gets a handy resurrection just in time to team up with Miles in an Indiana-Jones-esque caper. They're stealing the Spider-Totem from Noir's gender-bent version of Swarm. It's a fun little story, brisk if inconsequential. I'm not sure about the art, though. Juan Ferreyra is a formidable creator, but restricting him to a mostly-gray palette seems to be a mistake.

7.0
Spider-Verse (2019) #6

Oct 17, 2020

Miles and Spider-Zero lead a cavalcade of spiders to liberate Annie May from a cancerous bit of the Web that's grown self-aware. It's got ridiculously busy but well-polished art and basically functional plot and characterization. The morals and meanings are a bit too "Saturday morning cartoon" for my taste, though.

8.0
Spider-Woman (2015) #15

Oct 31, 2017

The Spider-Woman vs. Hobgoblin showdown is set up around an epically satisfying romantic moment. I fully recognize that this issue comes with exceptionally lazy plotting and some highly-questionable art. I bumped its rating up because I have had some great Fall-In-Love Moments with Jess Drew in this title and so seeing her romantic life come together is a real treat.

8.0
Spider-Woman (2015) #16

Oct 31, 2017

There's enough day-saving to be done to cut Jessica, Roger, and even an awesome final-act guest-star in for slices of the hero pie. This issue is equal parts climactic fight and love letter to Jessica Drew. Since Roger is our narrator, that works perfectly. There are a lot of memorable lines here, and it's a great payoff for fans of the character - just like the last issue, in fact. I would give up small chunks of anatomy to see this script drawn by someone other than Veronica Fish, and her lackluster art is responsible for shaving at least one point off my rating.

8.0
Spider-Woman (2015) #17

Oct 31, 2017

An uncomfortable bookend party where Natasha slags off Jessica's new boyfriend is thankfully interrupted by baby Gerry developing superpowers. Compare it to issue #1; the parallels, particularly in the art, are undoubtedly intentional. For once, I'm happy with Veronica Fish's work. The artistic shortcomings are mainly down to poor editing; some of the party guests' appearances are contrary to the current Marvel status quo: "Whoops, this is clearly She-Hulk, but Jen doesn't do 'big green party monster' anymore. I guess we'll just color her pink and pretend she's not transformed. Jen Walters is a seven-foot bodybuilder, right?"

9.0
Spider-Woman (2020) #1

Nov 2, 2020

Dead broke, Jessica Drew resorts to taking a billionaire bodyguard gig. The result is a surprisingly brutal yacht-fight with a horde of kidnappers; Jess is as surprised as any bystander at her own brutality. The creators hit the ground running with a fast pace, a clever structure, scads of action, snappy jokes, great characterization, and some insanely gorgeous art. It's an ideal introduction all around.

8.0
Spider-Woman (2020) #2

Dec 17, 2020

Jess figures out the source of her health problems -- it's her employer, Michael Marchand. Reluctantly teaming up with him, she meets a credible antagonist in the course of stealing some rare spiders for Marchand. Excellent art and compelling dialogue make this a fun read. It takes a lot of words to get through the Byzantine plot twists, though, and this issue isn't as self-contained as the last one.

8.5
Spider-Woman (2020) #3

Feb 17, 2021

A continuous barrage of antagonism drives Jessica and her (sort-of) friends to the next big plot twist. It's a simple chase story with an-almost-too-fast pace, but it's livened up with outstanding characterization. The art is spectacular on characters and nicely polished, but the fight blocking leaves a little bit to be desired.

9.0
Spider-Woman (2020) #4

Feb 26, 2021

Momma Miriam keeps Jess's head spinning with non-stop backstory revelations, and our hero remains a little behind the curve even as a rematch fight with Octavia Vermis breaks out. Jess's character is a little loopy here, but for all the right reasons. The pace remains extremely fast, and deep engagement with the title's crazy super-science questions keeps me committed even though we're coming up short of answers so far. "Karla Pacheco answering letters" is definitely one of this title's most entertaining characters. Don't skip the lettercol!

6.0
Spider-Woman (2020) #5

Mar 6, 2021

Here, the creators aim to break conventions, but I think they also cause collateral damage to storytelling fundamentals. Karla Pacheco throws a big betrayal into the script; it comes so early and so suddenly that it's confusing and alienating. Pere Pérez draws female characters seriously clobbering each other; between injury and fury, his faces end up disturbing rather than compelling. I'm still on board the story and want to keep reading, but #5 is going to be the issue I gloss over with a murmur when I summarize the series.

8.0
Spider-Woman (2020) #6

Mar 14, 2021

Jess clobbers her way through space looking for the High Evolutionary. Captain Marvel accompanies her, but Jess is too hopped up to really hear her "you need to get off the Marchand goof-juice" concerns. I think an intervention is called for. This was a fun issue, and the art is stellar. But the plot/character work is pretty repetitive, holding the issue down to good, not great.

9.0
Spider-Woman (2020) #7

Apr 3, 2021

Carol summons Jessica home to clobber a Knull-dragon. She resents her friend doing so in a completely unjustified/justified manner. This "Marchand Serum" thing snuck up on us in the form of "curing a super-disease," blinding us to the fact that Jess is actually caught in an addiction scenario. The reality is (hopefully) clear now, and combining some stellar art with the nasty (good nasty) plot pulls this title back up into greatness.

8.5
Spider-Woman (2020) #8

Apr 18, 2021

With a concise admission that Jess isn't in her right mind, this issue teams her up with Octavia Vermis to do some burglarizing in Knull-covered New York. It has little to do with the event, really, and it's an awfully straightforward fetch quest. But snappy dialogue and art that handles characters and action with equal brilliance make this a very fun read.

8.0
Spider-Woman (2020) #9

May 29, 2021

The High Evolutionary provides a cure for Jessica's sickness, but there's plenty of fighting thanks to a sudden yet inevitable betrayal. I'm not at all clear on the reasoning behind the various plot developments, but it's fun and exciting to read. Pere Pérez's art is terrific; I like this rendition of "mature women in brutal combat" a lot more than #5's.

8.5
Spider-Woman (2020) #10

Jul 18, 2021

Jess punches her way to a happily-ever-after resolution for her second arc. The art looks fantastic. The script uncovers a few last, dark wrinkles before tying everything up nicely. Karla Pacheco doesn't make it look effortless, but she does put in the work, and I appreciate that. The Jess-Carol rapprochement scene could have used a little more oomph, though.

8.5
Spider-Woman (2020) #11

Aug 28, 2021

Back in her classic costume, Jess leaps eagerly into fighting some street-level bank robbers with an identity gimmick (they're conquistadors) that should just about support a small arc. Simultaneously, though, she ignores Roger at what turns out to be the worst possible time to do so. It's standard-issue Spider-Book content, straight out of the 70s, really: meet some potentially-memorable villains + Soap Opera Relationship Trouble. The execution is outstanding, though, particularly in the art.

8.5
Spider-Woman (2020) #12

Sep 25, 2021

Jess closes the book on the Espadas Gemelas by capturing the loose brother during a failed prison break. But more importantly -- more sadly -- her recent poor treatment of Roger has consequences. I love the sharp gut-punch of the final relationship development. And the art throughout is gorgeous; Pere Pérez is right up there with Jamie McKelvie now. But the Espadas are just too weak to carry this book to greatness. I respect their premise, but damn, are they dumb. Case in point: Their prison break scheme totally would have worked if Luis could have resisted the temptation of calling Jess in.

8.0
Spider-Woman (2020) #13

Nov 30, 2021

Jess engages in an insane non-stop merc chase when d-listers try to steal the High Evolutionary's data from her. True, Jess (and maybe her author?) are trying to avoid thinking about the crushing relationship blow dealt in the last issue. This chase is a *hell* of a distraction, with gorgeous art, audacious ideas, and tons of corny (good corny) humor.

8.5
Spider-Woman (2020) #14

Jan 2, 2022

Jess confronts her brother and eventually discovers he's gone full supervillain with the High Evolutionary's tech (and with the ominous influence of his new girlfriend, Rose Roche). It's extremely funny in the front half, extremely creepy in the back, and gorgeously-drawn throughout. I'm predisposed to love a Spider-Woman comic from this creative team. How do you guarantee my love? 1) Stuffed Jeff the Landshark 2) Those insane sound effects 3) BABY FIIIIGHT! But my rating lands at "very good" rather than "great" because while the funny and cute stuff is great, the dramatic and creepy stuff is only good -- yet another round of Marchand intrigue is not where I wanted the plot to go.

9.0
Spider-Woman (2020) #15

Jan 21, 2022

It's BABY FIIIIGHT, for REAL. I LOVE THIS FREAKIN' COMIC.

8.0
Spider-Woman (2020) #16

Mar 5, 2022

It's a perfectly satisfying ending, and the climactic fight scene employs some nice, audacious visual parallelism. But I think some potential insight and complexity was sacrificed for the showy combat. This arc infused a lot of characters with a lot of promise (particularly Rebecca and Rose); it's slightly disappointing to see them exit the stage after one cleverly-blocked street brawl. It's a good comic -- again, a satisfying ending -- but not a great one.

8.5
Spider-Woman (2020) #17

Mar 23, 2022

This is, I admit, just a filler/breather episode (despite its sequel hook). But it's so dang fun! The script is stuffed with wit and the art remains insanely great -- GOAT polish combined with daring layouts, most of which are smashing successes.

9.0
Spider-Woman (2020) #18

May 21, 2022

The end of the previous issue and a link to Devil's Reign launch this series into a scary new arc with tons of promise. The issue at hand is no slouch, either; it has a great pace, gorgeous art, and lots of well-conveyed Jess fury. Perhaps most impressively, it leaves breadcrumbs through almost the whole issue pointing to the identity of Jess's new antagonist. But the story's paced so well that the final reveal should be satisfying no matter when you realize what's coming.

9.0
Spider-Woman (2020) #19

Jun 29, 2022

The little Veranke mini-arc comes to a thoroughly satisfying conclusion. This takes some of this title's strongest points -- snappy banter, insanely great art, fast-paced running battles, hilarious child endangerment -- and adds on an antagonist with deep historical ties to Jess. Which is great. But it's also why I'm a little worried about the final scene reveal: I'm not super-pumped for the next set of antagonists.

8.5
Spider-Woman (2020) #20

Jul 21, 2022

I like wacky antics. I love this volume's particular brand of wacky. But dang, the Anti-Arach9 are a bit much even for me. Not all of the comedy zests my personal lemon, but I recognize it's done well. So is the scripting -- the structure is surprisingly complex, but not confusing. The art's very good, but a little more subdued than usual. I can only hope Mr. Pérez is conserving his energy for #21. Much of my minor disappointment stems from the fact that Jess is going through momentous personal growth. But there's not enough character development to fill the issue; thus the villainous comedy cavalcade.

8.5
Spider-Woman (2020) #21

Sep 29, 2022

Well, it's a full-issue fight starring all of this volume's new antagonists plus a few blasts from the past. The comedy and especially the art hit an extremely high level -- not the best of the volume, but still miles above average. Yet I'm ever so slightly disappointed. I had no doubt that this creative team could blow the doors off of "insane extended fight scene" -- they've done it plenty of times before. They do it well here. I just would have liked to see some deeper character insight in a grand finale.

7.0
Spidey: School's Out #1

Dec 18, 2018

Pete's summer trip to Nerd Camp is off to a great start thanks to a big, destructive Shocker fight on his first day. This issue has good art and decent writing, but it's not compelling enough (yet) to get me past the blatant MCU synergy going on. I can't drop the suspicion that the primary point of the exercise is to selectively paste key bits of Miles's story onto "greatest hits Peter Parker" in order to Frankenstein together a better comics counterpart to Homecoming.

8.0
Spidey: School's Out #2

Jan 1, 2019

Somebody sabotages Gloria's hologram project and Spider-Man has to shut it down. Still being young and slightly inept, Spidey saves the day but manages to leave the impression that he's one of the baddies. This issue profits from greater focus than the first one; it's one big, evolving action scene with excellent art and solid humor.

7.0
Spidey: School's Out #3

Jan 14, 2019

The Black Panther's presence complicates Stark Camp life for both Spidey and Peter. The script and the art are both well above competent, but they seem to lack noteworthy goals in this particular installment. It's a highly satisfying read but nothing much sticks in one's memory.

8.0
Spidey: School's Out #4

Jan 31, 2019

Secret identity problems, exhaustion, and the paramount need to protect Aunt May elevate this issue's Spidey into a truly great hero. The art capably keeps pace with a busy script and fully delivers on the promise inherent in its big fight scene. Just like previous outings, this Spidey series starts good and gets better. That added bit of stress and urgency really pushes Spidey - and his story - to flourish.

8.0
Spidey: School's Out #5

Feb 11, 2019

Spidey shuts down the Vulture with plenty of Black Panther help, but he's a few steps behind figuring out his antagonists. Peter is also a few steps behind on figuring out his Stark Camp project. How will it all wrap up? This installment is a little bit simplistic, but passionate art and very sincere characterization keep it very fun.

8.0
Spirits Of Ghost Rider: Mother Of Demons (2020) #1

Sep 24, 2020

Less a Lilith special than Ghost Rider #4.5, but none the worse for that. Some good plot development and nice, stark language. The art is, like, distractingly good. I can't appreciate it fully because I'm already sad that I'm not going to get more of it when the GR saga moves on.

6.0
Spirits of Vengeance (2017) #1

Apr 20, 2018

Slow-moving supernatural apocalypse noise gently nudges Johnny Blaze into Daimon Hellstrom and they call up Blade at the very end of the book. The pacing and the vagueness of the threat are not promising, but David Baldeón's art is. Andres Mossa's colors are overblown, which does a little more harm than good. The characters are handled nicely, and if this story throttles up quickly, it may end up great.

8.0
Spirits of Vengeance (2017) #2

May 21, 2018

Hellstrom lays out this title's stakes in a mix of action and exposition. It's exactly the infodump I needed to get on board. I'm sold on what Victor Gischler's revealed of his plot so far; now I just need to see him put his protagonists to work in a cool way. David Baldeon's art continues to impress with its polish, but his designs feel a little same-y - Satana, Razan, and a lot of supposedly-different demons all look like they were sketched up in one brief jam session.

6.0
Spirits of Vengeance (2017) #3

Jun 18, 2018

Necrodamus exposits on his villainous plot at tiresome length and the heroes get embarrassed by Ravan. We now know far more than we need to about the baddies; meanwhile the sentence "the Spirit of Vengeance heroes are awesome because …" remains disastrously incomplete. David Baldeón's passionate artwork does do a bit to redeem Victor Gischler's flawed script, but the visuals are a long way from perfect. An attempt to cram every panel with full-page-splash levels of detail and awesomeness backfires, leaving the action scenes hard to follow and the quieter scenes dull. This title still has enough potential to (barely) make it to average, but the odds of pulling something memorable out of this mess are shrinking fast.

5.0
Spirits of Vengeance (2017) #4

Jul 27, 2018

Satana and Hellstrom let Daddy explain the whole plot and us readers get to listen in. Victor Gischler used up all his creative energy crafting the underwhelming badguy scheme for this arc. All we get for a plot is four exceptionally flat heroes slowly uncovering the scheme. This issue alone features three "tell us what's going on" interviews, and one abortive fight scene does a poor job of concealing how talk-heavy this story has become. While this sort of structure can be made enthralling - half of all mystery fiction is built on skeletons like this - Mr. Gischler overlooked the fact that readers need to truly connect with the protagonists over the course of the investigation. Seeing a few frenetic fight scenes and hearing a few shabby wisecracks does not cut the mustard. David Baldeón's art strains mightily to make the story look nobler than it is, but the fundamental storytelling faults keep it from breaking through into "satisfying read" territory.

7.0
Spirits of Vengeance (2017) #5

Aug 18, 2018

The Spirits, particularly Ghost Rider, save the day. It's a straightforward fight + noble sacrifice. Lots of space (too much) is reserved for scrupulous explanations of what happened and attaboys for the heroes, but they do manage to earn them. The art is still gloriously over-the-top, but the fire effects are a step too far. They conceal how exaggerated the Ghost Rider design has become and confuse the action at a few key points.

5.5
Spirits Of Vengeance: Spirit Rider (2021) #1

Nov 22, 2021

A mindscape quest to rid Johnny Blaze of a new demon allows Kushala to explore her own relationship with vengeance. She masters her unique vengeance-spirit and navigates to an interesting new status quo. I do like the outcome. The expansion of her backstory is a bit grandiose, but it works. The visual style isn't my favorite, but Paul Davidson obviously put in a strong effort. My God, though, this gets off to a rough start. That diner scene is *painful*. These authors could really use some guidance on how to write casual, conversational dialogue.

9.0
Star (2020) #1

Jul 23, 2020

"Smart woman you can empathize with makes an endless stream of bad choices" is an excellent way to do a villain story. It fits well with the "Earth-woman swept unknowingly into cosmic chaos," too.

8.5
Star (2020) #2

Oct 17, 2020

Wanda counsels Star to use her powers more responsibly while they fight demons. Really smart writing and great portrayals of the characters. The actual plot -- the journey through the cave -- is a bit underwhelming, though.

9.0
Star (2020) #3

Nov 5, 2020

Snapped back to the real world, Star evades the heroines hunting her and runs into a villain in the form of Black Swan on her way toward an action showdown. This issue's Roosevelt Island flashback is much meatier than past issues, really digging into the friction between Star and Captain Marvel. Continued artistic excellence and some great characterization across the whole cast makes this a great read.

8.5
Star (2020) #4

Feb 17, 2021

The Black Order attacks, forcing Star and Captain Marvel to team up. It goes surprisingly well for them -- until the end, when it doesn't. Terrific character work in the script and an interesting plot. The art takes an unfortunate turn halfway through the book, though, and it never quite recovers to the standard set by previous issues.

8.5
Star (2020) #5

Feb 22, 2021

Star finally gets tired of getting handled by the heroes, instead cutting her own deal with the Black Order. It's a sinister birth of a new villain, but Star's received enough attention throughout the miniseries (and here at the end) to make her decisions understandable and even a little sympathetic. Besides an insightful character study, it's also a pretty action-packed fight comic -- good stuff all around.

8.0
Star-Lord (2016) #1

Dec 3, 2017

8.0
Star-Lord (2016) #3

Oct 31, 2017

The Legendary Bar-Lord's quiet sad Earth-life is interrupted by Daredevil's pestering questions about that bank robbery last issue. He's also got a murderous alien sister to worry about as well as the sinister owner of the Bar With No Name. This title is three issues away from cancellation and it's putting way too many plot balls in the air. Aside from that, this is a very charming issue, with both the writing and the art illuminating overlooked aspects of Peter Quill's character. (Also, as Kate Bishop would point out, hot abs.)

8.0
Star-Lord (2016) #4

Oct 31, 2017

Quill's second-chance-friendly approach to villains gets him tangled up in a caged crook caper courtesy of Black Cat. Chip Zdarsky starts weaving his plotlines together in a way that allays my fears from the last issue; it seems certain now that he's got a clear arc in mind for this title. He spent some time figuring out what makes the "Andy Dwyer in space" version of the character tick, and this story (even though it's barred from using an "in space" setting) is tailor-made to work with that lovable scamp.

8.0
Star-Lord (2016) #5

Oct 31, 2017

With special guest assistants Daredevil and Old Man Logan (and Shocker!), Peter and his buddies the Allens almost turn the tables on the Black Cat. Almost. This "dueling heist capers" story takes a dark turn at the climax, and I'm eager to see how it wraps up next month. There's really no question of calling this epic as long as Kris Anka's drawing it; his talents start and definitely end at characters striking poses in cool outfits. Detailed backgrounds and smooth action sequences? Mr. Anka ain't got time for that.

8.0
Star-Lord (2016) #6

Nov 5, 2017

Pete gets swamped with Feelings and Heartwarming Moments before Abbie Brand kicks him off the planet. The heartwarming stuff is done with real sensitivity and insight, but it's all a bit scattershot. There's also a lot of near-farcical humor that makes the tone very uneven. In the end, though tons of good things happen in this issue (and throughout the series), it feels like it lacks a unifying purpose. I have made peace with Kris Anka's art; though he's never gonna impress me with his environments, he can do a hell of a great job putting cool characters into cool poses.

8.0
Star-Lord (2016) Annual #1

Dec 3, 2017

Peter Quill gets stranded on a Wild West planet. Just when the premise gets a little too corny, a monster twist reframes everything and delivers a thought-provoking finale. Chip Zdarsky's farewell is impressively scripted and definitely above average. The twist pulls me toward rating this issue even higher; that suggestion is counterbalanced by the relentless averageness of Djibril Morissette's art. You could also make the usual complaint about this being MCU Star-Lord instead of Abnett & Lanning Star-Lord, but you know what? It's time to let that one go. MCU Star-Lord is plenty interesting in his own right, particularly when he's written this well.

8.0
Storm & the Brotherhood of Mutants (2023) #1

Mar 7, 2024

It features tight, snappy storytelling--plenty of quality in both prose and art. It's done well enough to make it a good comic and a fun read. I appreciate that this issue makes some firm continuity nods toward my favorite parts of X-Men: Red. But there's not too much real plot here (it's awfully recap-y), and there's a lurking big-picture problem. Choosing to homage/recycle the premise of Powers of X puts the whole event in a long shadow, and it'll be a challenge for the creators (talented though they be) to fight their way out of it.

5.5
Storm (2023) #1

Apr 16, 2024

"Written by Ann Nocenti" has become a synonym for "acquired taste." "Retro throwback comic" is another audience-narrowing term. And the wild art doesn't help. I'm using "wild" in a mostly-negative sense; the artist hits some bullseyes--but just as often, they miss the target entirely. This book has a very niche audience that'll find it delightful. I'm not in the niche, and I think for the rest of us, this struggles to reach average.

7.5
Strange (2022) #1

Jul 21, 2022

It's a good comic. Had it been streamlined down to standard issue length, though, I think it could have been great. The art and writing both seem uneven. Some parts are great; others are definitely not. I much prefer "snarky wear-the-Cloak-as-a-bathrobe" Clea to "fire-headed-have-I-mentioned-I'm-a-Warlord" Clea. Over the course of the extra pages, the latter Clea becomes repetitive. Plotwise, a lot of interesting threads get started … and don't go anywhere yet. I'm sure they'll progress and intertwine in the future, but the lack of progress makes this issue seem slower than it is. Alternate take on the length problem: Cut the last 8 pages off and put them in a subsequent issue. I'd rate the remainder higher without them.

6.5
Strange (2022) #2

Oct 29, 2022

I find the art confused and confusing. There's real talent in fits and starts, but no unity, no flow. The writing is disappointing. The prose is occasionally strong, but the pace and scene structure are problematic in the extreme. I get the sense of a writer who wants to do an ongoing story chafing under an editorial mandate to tell a very different miniseries story. Trying to do them both isn't working; they're wildly imbalanced. (Trying to segue between them with those snarky bathrobe scenes cribbed from Black Cat isn't working, either; the humor doesn't fit -- no matter how much I like it.)

8.5
Strange (2022) #3

Dec 28, 2022

This issue furthers my hypothesis that there are 2 stories at war in this title. Here, the "limited series where Clea resurrects Strange" story is shelved so we can focus entirely on the "ongoing series where Clea is the Sorcerer Supreme" story. And I love this story a lot more than the other one, or a combination of the two. This is an action-heavy installment, so there's not much forward progress. The art is polished but a little generic. Those points aside, it's a blast of a read. Non-stop badassery from Clea, and this time, the domestic comic relief moment works.

7.0
Strange (2022) #4

Jan 12, 2023

There's nothing wrong with this script, but not very much good about it, either. My expectations of Jed MacKay are perhaps unreasonably high. This is a fun issue to look at! Marcelo Ferreira is trying some bold experiments with facial expressions and some of them get a little goofy, but the artist is clearly having fun with it. He's no slouch at the magic combat scenes, either.

8.0
Strange (2022) #5

Jan 24, 2023

Clea and Moon Knight make a great combo, and the way Clea learns from him is handled very well. The action is fun and the art's pretty dang gorgeous. I'm conflicted about the twist. It makes sense and I really like it. I think this issue could have handled its revelation better, though. The penny dropped for me very early on, and it was a little painful to wait 15 pages for Clea to catch on too. I'm super glad this series isn't ending at #5 or 6.

9.0
Strange (2022) #6

Feb 26, 2023

I like Jed MacKay. And I like Raymond Chandler. And it turns out, Jed MacKay likes Raymond Chandler too, so this is a delightful treat for me. But it's also such a loving homage to hardboiled Marlowe-style detective fiction that it shares some of the same weaknesses. The way none of the scenes seem consequential until the end, mainly. It's very old-fashioned storytelling. But I'm familiar enough with the form to know the method in the madness. Most of the "inconsequential" scenes have hidden agendas -- and even if they're just building a mood, they're doing good work.

8.5
Strange (2022) #7

Apr 14, 2023

Finally I realize that this script structure -- big splashy fight scene with dialogue/monologue in captions on top of it -- is Jed MacKay's favorite party trick. He's very good at it, but he needs the support of a very good artist to really nail it. He's got that support here. Marcelo Ferreira's whirling, dynamic art (and expressive faces) easily pick up the storytelling slack while the author turns the words to Clea's inner monologue. It looks great, it sounds great. The one shortcoming is that, as well as it's done, this issue's share of plot development is pretty small.

8.0
Strange (2022) #8

Jul 9, 2023

Stylish storytelling and a smooth pace elevate this big infodump into a quality comic and an enjoyable read. (Of course it helps that the info being dumped is fascinating.)

8.5
Strange (2022) #9

Aug 30, 2023

It's a brisk read, and a very pretty one. Clea's voice is strong as ever, and the writing even establishes some nice thematic links. But the plot is pretty dang dumb: Heroes run gauntlet of baddies, Big Bad gloats at them, unleashes his Ultimate Mook, yadda yadda yadda. It's hardly a deal-breaker, but that simplistic plot is why this is a good comic rather than a great one.

9.0
Strange (2022) #10

Dec 26, 2023

Although the front half speeds by a little fast, the conclusion of this issue (and series) is outstanding. The premise isn't the most novel, but the execution--particularly the pacing--is flawless. The story wraps up in a fully-satisfying way, buoyed along by strong art and solid character work.

8.0
Strange Academy (2020) #1

Oct 17, 2020

Emily Bright is the first in a horde of new young characters who are assembled to study magic in New Orleans. This issue is mostly scene-setting and roster introduction, but the little lashings of characterization are all encouraging. It's a beautifully-illustrated introduction that succeeds wildly in being charming and engaging.

9.0
Strange Academy (2020) #2

Dec 17, 2020

The student body races through their first day of classes. Mostly it's a montage of cute/cool moments that delivers admirable attention for every character. There are a few sharp spikes of plot foreshadowing, though (Emily moves the ball by raising the point of how the cost of the students' magic is paid for). An ensemble cast this big and this new really shouldn't work, but it does. Smart dialogue and incredible art (Humberto Ramos's best ever) go a long way to explaining the success.

8.5
Strange Academy (2020) #3

Mar 1, 2021

The Academy students get a lesson in the Eye of Agamotto before stirring up some trouble in the French Quarter. Nifty character interactions are still the prime draw, with incidental hints about future troubles adding long-term depth (Also, Emily is pulling ahead of the class as the magical heavyweight). The art's still insanely gorgeous and I'm still loving these kids.

8.0
Strange Academy (2020) #4

Mar 7, 2021

Day-to-day duties and shenanigans alike carry plenty of risk at Strange Academy. The short-term story is fun, and it's livened up by a few hints about bigger picture matters. The art is still good, but not as undeniably great as it was in prior issues.

7.0
Strange Academy (2020) #5

Mar 12, 2021

The other students realize Calvin is missing. According to the laws of "adventure school" stories, they shout down the option of going to the teachers and instead launch their own rescue mission -- which, of course, rapidly runs into trouble. I still like these kids, but this plotline is simplistic and the storytelling is getting less impressive. The art's good, but not as great as it started off. Some of the dialogue is clumsy and the Strange-Voodoo conversation is out-and-out bad. I hope this is just a transitory blip!

8.5
Strange Academy (2020) #6

Mar 23, 2021

The students try and fail to save themselves, then get rescued by well-timed grown-up intervention. It comes too late to shield them from serious consequences, though. Some stakes-raising casualties ramp up the tension nicely, and the art is back on an uptick. This issue borders right on the edge of greatness, particularly if previous ones have succeeded in making you care about the kids.

9.5
Strange Academy (2020) #7

May 9, 2021

Emily recovers from her last ordeal; Doyle is not so lucky. Drilling down into the feelings of a single student really sells this issue. Fantastic art doesn't hurt, of course; this is a delight to look at! This is basically a gut-check on whether or not the creators have managed to make you care about Emily; if you do, this is a nigh-flawless comic. That's a pretty big if, though …

8.0
Strange Academy (2020) #8

May 15, 2021

Emily and Doyle get some nice scenes (separately) to unpack their recent ordeal. Meanwhile, the zany business of running a magic school continues; guest stars Agatha Harkness, Rocket Raccoon, and Groot do their part to keep things weird and wild. I'm loving the art and the character work on the key students. The zaniness is okay. The script has a slippery structural problem where none of the scenes feel finished; they just sort of fade into one another. It makes this issue go by a little too quickly.

8.5
Strange Academy (2020) #9

Jul 18, 2021

Family Day at the Academy brings obligatory shenanigans for most of the students. Bereft of parents, Doyle and Calvin head off to share a little character-development adventure. This issue crystallized the Strange Academy formula for me: Every student has a Backstory Mystery, a Magical Talent, and a Crush. Mix-and-matching those attributes can generate a lot of plot mileage, and continued artistic excellence from Humberto Ramos will bolster the reading experience. But no character seems to have more than that basic 3-point characterization, and the shenanigans seem to be non-negotiable. Those facts will make it hard for this title to make the leap from good to great.

8.0
Strange Academy (2020) #10

Sep 21, 2021

On a field trip to Asgard, the usual magic school shenanigans are pushed into the background so the creators and readers can concentrate on the Emily-Doyle-Iric love triangle. That triangle is broken in a thoroughly satisfying way. While the background shenanigans remain a little saccharine, the character work at center stage is outstanding. The art remains exceptionally great, and I welcome the feeling that the writer is re-focusing toward his main characters and away from ensemble comedy.

7.5
Strange Academy (2020) #11

Oct 26, 2021

When crystal kid Toth gets shattered, Doc Voodoo calls in Howard the Duck to investigate. The dark subject matter mutes the humor. And as I discovered in the last issue, I like the lead characters (Emily in particular) more than the supporting cast, and this issue is all about the ensemble. This isn't my favorite portrayal of Howard the Duck, either. But the fundamental charm of the series and the outstanding art are still there, lifting this up toward "good comics" territory despite my subjective nit-picking.

7.5
Strange Academy (2020) #12

Jan 4, 2022

The Academy kids band together to save Calvin from Misery, the Shoggoth-esque villain from Jason Aaron's run. It's (almost) an all-fight comic, but enhanced with some nice sparks of character work. The winning strategy is a little trite. I think I'd actually like it more if they straight-up quoted Futurama's classic "like putting too much air in a balloon!" line, because that's exactly what they do. And the ending's a little saccharine for my taste -- but less-crusty fans will probably like it just fine.

7.5
Strange Academy (2020) #13

Mar 21, 2022

Everything's pulled together by nice parallels on the theme of wishes, and the art is dang good. But there's an earnestness to the theme work that comes out in wordy, expository dialogue. Not a subtle comic, this -- but hardly a bad one.

7.0
Strange Academy (2020) #14

Apr 28, 2022

I'm slipping out of this comic's target demographic and I feel old. There's nothing wrong with how this story is executed in words and particularly not the art. (Well, maybe there's a little cliche dialogue that could be avoided.) All these developments are so familiar and predictable, though! The struggling kid plows through a forest of red flags to make a Faustian pact! A generic "we will grow up to fight each other" future with an appallingly bland prophecy! A ham-handed drugs metaphor! But there really isn't anything wrong with the storytelling. I'm sure this will be a blast for younger readers who aren't cranky and crusty and over-exposed to narrative tropes like me.

6.5
Strange Academy (2020) #15

Jun 3, 2022

Calvin's wish-drug story is progressing with all the realism and subtlety of a 90s after-school special, and I mean that in the least complimentary way possible. It's even tarnishing the other plotline by association; I can't say that the latest Doyle-Emily developments are handled with any greater storytelling skill. The art's still pleasant to look at, with some notably great panels. But some also seem a bit cruise-control-y. The visuals remain the high point, though. It's in plotting and scripting that I'd like to see a *lot* more effort. For example, I'm a huge anti-fan of the most important conversations in the comic being students talking to Dr. Voodoo *between* issues. The usual disclaimer: It's by no means a *bad* book and could be a very good book for a reader younger and less crusty than me. But the ceiling on how much I personally enjoy it keeps descending.

8.0
Strange Academy (2020) #16

Jul 13, 2022

This issue reeled me back into fandom. The art's up to its usual high standard, which helps. There are some really sweet character beats in the script, too. Most of all, though, the plot(s) develop much in line with my taste. I appreciate skipping the 2nd act of Calvin's boring drug story, and I'm glad to see that the Emily-Doyle-Iric love triangle hasn't actually been resurrected. Plus, the 1st scene suggests we're finally going to be unpacking the Academy's "cost of magic" situation.

8.5
Strange Academy (2020) #17

Aug 3, 2022

Events spiral toward a conclusion in this installment that's evenly balanced between spectacular magic fights and slow, but arguably necessary, exposition of all the prior developments leading to this point. The art's got the "spectacular magic fights" part sealed up, and it's no slouch in the talky scenes, either. There might be a lot of exposition, but the characters are handled very well. The slightly overblown righteousness of the kids is … not exactly realistic. But it's in line with the finest traditions of YA melodrama. It serves its purpose to create tension for the finale.

7.5
Strange Academy (2020) #18

Jan 6, 2023

The writing is merely adequate in terms of prose and particularly plotting. The big twist was not particularly surprising. (And what is even the point of bringing Dr. Voodoo to the big fight if all he's gonna do is deliver a regrettable "ladies, calm down" line and then fold like an accordion when the magic starts flying?) But when I say the script is "adequate" I also mean it gets the job done. These plot developments move the story along in a rational, enjoyable way, and I think readers who are invested in this volume and these characters will be quite satisfied. It helps that the art is relentlessly gorgeous; I think there are all of 2 panels of this issue that are less than perfect.

7.5
Strange Academy: Finals (2022) #1

Apr 14, 2023

There are some improvable points in the art, and rather more of them in the script. On balance the storytelling is strong, though, and it's still very easy to care about what happens to these characters. The scenes run on pretty long, but the overall pace feels brisk and I'm eager to get to the next chapter.

7.0
Strange Academy: Finals (2022) #2

Jul 9, 2023

The art's a delight, as always. The script struggles its way through a plot that's really not that complicated, but also as always, the empathic characterization shines through.

7.5
Strange Academy: Finals (2022) #3

Sep 2, 2023

As usual, I could pick a bunch of nits off the script. And as usual, the art is stellar and the characters are endearing. What I'd rather focus on with this issue is a rare and under-appreciated quality this volume has. I wind up saying "this'll read better in trades" with a lot of series. This one is the reverse: Each issue is nicely self-contained and satisfying while still advancing the larger plot. Strange Academy and SA: Finals read really well month-to-month, and I wish more titles did.

8.0
Strange Academy: Finals (2022) #4

Apr 20, 2024

As the plot marches slowly towards a confrontation, the day-to-day business of finals seems a little superfluous. The storm preparation stuff at the end is a different matter, though; that's charming. And the shifting character allegiances are engaging. The whole thing is wrapped up in another serving of refined, distinctive art. This strikes a great balance between entertaining on its own and building anticipation for the finale.

8.0
Strikeforce (2019) #1

Apr 20, 2020

7.5
Strikeforce (2019) #2

Jun 1, 2020

Comics like this are dragging me around to the opinion that making Jess Drew a mother was a strategic error. Writers don't want to ignore that fact, but these ham-handed "have I mentioned I'm a mom today" lines aren't much of an improvement.

8.5
Strikeforce (2019) #3

Jun 7, 2020

My confidence in the characterization and the plot are growing.

8.5
Strikeforce (2019) #4

Jul 2, 2020

The team gets a moment's respite, filling it up with three personal Vridai "ghost" stories. The well-conceived, well-illustrated yarns are exactly interesting enough to excuse the pause in the main plot, though the over-mysterious cliffhanger begins to strain my patience just a bit. Still, this series has gone so well so far that I have confidence in the next issue's ability to pay off the mysteries.

7.0
Strikeforce (2019) #5

Jul 23, 2020

A new pair of antagonists rope most of the team into a raise-the-dead adventure. Both script and art take a sharp swerve here. This side-story is hardly connected to the Vridai tale, and the switch to cartoony art is rough (though it is GOOD cartoony art). I'm really not sure what to make of this; I'll have to see how the detour wraps up.

6.0
Strikeforce (2019) #6

Sep 24, 2020

[Insert Rick and Morty meme of Rick saying, "That just sounds like raising zombies with extra steps."]

6.5
Strikeforce (2019) #7

Oct 17, 2020

Strikeforce noodles around Monster Island, chatting with Deadpool and losing Count Ophidian to Birgit. (They pursue them to our next destination, Svartalfheim.) It's got decent writing and good art, but there's no rhyme or reason to the plot. Things just happen and it's hard to follow the characters' decision-making process.

7.5
Strikeforce (2019) #8

Dec 17, 2020

The team's stay in Svartalfheim rushes past in a blur, as challenges split and recombine the team repeatedly. This is clearly a compressed adaptation of a story that was intended to be larger, but I had fun with it. I feel that the packed plot-schedule keeps the writing focused, and Germán Peralta is an excellent artist for packing a lot of content into every page.

5.0
Strikeforce (2019) #9

Dec 19, 2020

You just slog through these vague scenes and dull lines and hope like hell the randomness gets explained at the end. And it does, and it's not nearly enough of a reward.

7.0
Superior Octopus #1  
8.5
Superior Spider-Man (2018) #1

Jul 16, 2019

The Superior Spider-Man has every part of his life together - except the romantic side. Good thing Anna Maria is there to … hold him unflinchingly accountable for all his past and potential future crimes?! It's a great development, putting a complicated capstone on what might otherwise risk being a simplistic story. Nice, smooth visuals help the reading experience along that much further.

6.0
Superior Spider-Man (2018) #2

Aug 6, 2019

The script and the art are identical meme-Spideys, pointing accusatory fingers at each other and saying, in unison, "I thought YOU were gonna bring the razzle-dazzle!"

7.0
Superior Spider-Man (2018) #3

Sep 9, 2019

SpOck wins a desperate battle against Terrax, and the whole affair does a great job of setting this title up with a sustainable status quo. Anna Maria is on board as Otto's self-appointed "supervillain probation officer." The fight itself isn't going to go into my mental scrapbook of great-looking conflicts, but I've got a good feeling about where this title is headed.

8.0
Superior Spider-Man (2018) #4

Oct 9, 2019

Anna Maria pushes SpOck into helping with rescue work after his big battle. It creates tremendous characterization opportunities. A clever idea on the part of both Anna Maria and the author. Some quietly brilliant art helps it all along - I could stand to see some brighter colors, though.

8.0
Superior Spider-Man (2018) #5

Nov 12, 2019

Master Pandemonium attacks Otto, but not before he ruins date night all by himself. Then it's on to demon-fighting and Doctor-Strange-calling. The set-up is full of promise, but this issue spends a lot of time on ground rules and exposition. It doesn't make any missteps, but it puts off greatness until another day.

8.0
Superior Spider-Man (2018) #6

Dec 27, 2019

Otto and Strange defeat Master Pandemonium. The fight is good, but I like the aftermath even better. I think it's a testament to the creators, particularly Christos Gage, that I am far more interested in Otto's ongoing character development than I thought I could be.

8.0
Superior Spider-Man (2018) #7

Dec 27, 2019

Frost Giants invade San Francisco. Ock can handle that, but he admits he'll need help to tackle the no-doubt-magical origins of the problem. He recruits the West Coast Avengers and they go looking for Asgardian assistance in New York. It's a great use of the WCA and it features a surprisingly effective portrayal of Gwenpool. Christos Gage makes her sound both rational and crazy, which is a perfect take on her as a guest star.

8.0
Superior Spider-Man (2018) #8

Jan 25, 2020

Otto and his "minions" bounce into a few other realms before his "win the whole ballgame" ambitions fall apart. But Gwenpool, yes Gwenpool, restores his purpose and morale with a superb motivational speech. The plot's transparently a vehicle for delivering sassy chatter, but the chatter is top quality. The art is polished and nicely-blocked, though a little short of memorable.

7.0
Superior Spider-Man (2018) #9

Feb 27, 2020

The tricky thing about Turner D. Century is, joking about how much he sucks does not make him not suck. My rating slides to the bottom of the stack because of that suckitude and because the art rubbed me the wrong way, particularly at the start. Also, apparently, because I find the "genius man-baby needs his emotional diaper changed" premise a lot less thrilling than most readers.

8.0
Superior Spider-Man (2018) #10

Mar 10, 2020

8.0
Superior Spider-Man (2018) #11

Apr 20, 2020

The art is on an upswing, but the script suffers a serious (not fatal) momentum leak when Mephisto shows up and things get a bit too lawyerly. The story finds it way back to the road soon enough, though -- and there is some moving character work on Anna Maria thrown in.

9.0
Superior Spider-Man (2018) #12

Jun 1, 2020

Doctor Octopus returns, settling the Superior Spider-Man's scores in a hard but honorable fashion. He sheds more than a few tears for the end of his heroic moment -- but ever in private, which is completely appropriate for the character. My reaction to this ending is perversely opposite to the general consensus. I consider the storytelling flawed and improvable, but I absolutely love the story being told. Otto burning his bridges and being a total drama queen about it is impeccably true to his nature.

6.0
Sword Master (2019) #1

Feb 27, 2020

6.0
Sword Master (2019) #2

Mar 10, 2020

Feels like both strips are treading too-similar "origin story" ground.

5.0
Sword Master (2019) #3

Mar 31, 2020

4.5
Sword Master (2019) #4

Apr 20, 2020

The art's not bad, but it doesn't deliver the spectacle that would justify the glacial pace of the script.

5.0
Sword Master (2019) #5

Jun 1, 2020

Lin Lie is portrayed as clueless and incompetent. Between the glacial pace of the A strip and the fact that those same traits show up in the B strip, I'm afraid this is going to be chronic and it's going to make it awfully hard for me to ever fall in love with the character.

4.5
Sword Master (2019) #6

Jun 22, 2020

B strip: Surprisingly funny and satisfying conclusion. A strip: Since that one-shot where the Avengers team up with cologne-themed teen heroes to sell Axe Body Spray exists (and so does Major X, of course), this can't be the worst Marvel comic of the year. But WOW, is it not much of a step up.

4.0
Sword Master (2019) #7

Jul 18, 2020

Demons ambush the impending Lie/Shuangshuang fight, reducing them instead to snarking at each other as they clumsily (particularly in Lie's case) combat the baddies. It's a decent little serving of plot development, but it's terribly decompressed, the characters are unlikable, and the art's a hot lot of nothing special.

4.5
Sword Master (2019) #8

Sep 24, 2020

Lie vaguely clobbers the demons chasing him and begins to exert some slight control over his sword. These are solid developments, and they convince Shuangshuang to recruit him, but lordy, they're far too late. It's still glacial, and the little sparks of brightness are spaced too far apart, lost in a sea of thoroughly "blah" storytelling.

4.5
Sword Master (2019) #9

Oct 17, 2020

Lin Lie and Shuangshuang hook up with street rat Cheng, but as usual, the scenes are too bloated to get them all teamed up on their road trip to Shuangshuang's base. Some nice background art in crowded downtown Shanghai is the issue's primary selling point. Lin Lie remains a lovable jackass with the "lovable" part being very debatable.

4.5
Sword Master (2019) #10

Feb 20, 2021

This loses some points for "cowabunga" and "get off my lawn" -- and it didn't have a lot to spare.

3.5
Sword Master (2019) #11

Mar 3, 2021

Far past its welcome. It's been over a year and we're taking the, what, 3rd? 4th? stab at the hero's backstory? Clumsy writing and shabby art just intensify the pain.

4.0
Sword Master (2019) #12

Mar 14, 2021

Lin Lie FINALLY gets nudged toward his second plot point: He needs to train with Shuangshuang before he's ready to face the god of war/find his father and brother. But handily, his brother -- his obviously, cartoonishly evil brother -- is about to arrive at the mansion! Except whoops, the series is over. I have zero regrets about this story going unfinished.

5.5
Symbiote Spider-Man #1

Oct 31, 2019

The editor and writer agonize in the backmatter over how brave and controversial it is to use the WTC as "this story takes place in the 20th century" set dressing. Who do they think they're fooling?

5.0
Symbiote Spider-Man #2

Nov 20, 2019

6.0
Symbiote Spider-Man #3

Dec 27, 2019

5.5
Symbiote Spider-Man #4

Jan 25, 2020

4.5
Symbiote Spider-Man #5

Mar 10, 2020

5.0
Symbiote Spider-Man: Alien Reality #1

Jul 2, 2020

I'd be down in general for a "retro Spidey thrown into an alternate universe" story. But the storytelling used in this example, in words and art, is like fingernails on a chalkboard to me. Peter David's script is full of dad jokes and lazy plotting and the latter is supposed to be okay because it's all oh-so-waaaacky. Seriously, a @#$% open-topped mattress truck? And Greg Land is still Greg Land. I guarantee he'd draw the redhead in the Black Cat costume exactly the same whether it was supposed to be Natasha or MJ. And without Frank D'Armata's hair-coloring, it could be literally any sexy superheroine.

6.0
Symbiote Spider-Man: Alien Reality #2

Jul 23, 2020

Yeah, that's a mighty inventive (and cruel, but good cruel) twist to throw in Spidey's origin. But the prose is "meh" and Greg Land's art is, as ever, worth penalizing.

5.0
Symbiote Spider-Man: Alien Reality #3

Sep 24, 2020

It's like lower-tier fast food: You know it's bad for you, and it doesn't even taste particularly good.

6.5
Symbiote Spider-Man: Alien Reality #4

Oct 21, 2020

To me, this is essentially a best-case outcome with this creative team.

4.5
Symbiote Spider-Man: Alien Reality #5

Dec 17, 2020

The coronavirus spoiled this issue's best joke: Black Widow gets magicked into a movie theater.

6.0
Symbiote Spider-Man: Crossroads #1

Dec 23, 2021

Spidey puts in a busy day defeating Chameleon and d-list evil wizard Moondark before the final scene launches the story proper: He's dumped into a weirdo magic dimension with an angry Hulk. Although this issue is merely a prologue, it's an entertaining prologue with a lot of clever twists. The storytelling, as usual, rubs me the wrong way and keeps me from fully investing. This comic takes a lot of shortcuts both visually and verbally: cruise-control dialogue and art that stays locked inside Greg Land's none-too-spacious wheelhouse.

6.5
Symbiote Spider-Man: Crossroads #2

Jan 4, 2022

After a long, splashy Hulk-fight, Spidey finds himself in prehistoric days. This is a breezy read and for once the humor tickled my fancy -- not necessarily the jokes in the dialogue, but the sheer absurdity of the situations. The art is still by Greg Land, though. Spidey vs. Hulk could be a real barn-burner, but here it's just 8 pages of Land.

5.5
Symbiote Spider-Man: Crossroads #3

Jan 23, 2022

Spidey continues to hop from one alternate-reality frying pan to another, with his course dictated by external forces both friendly (Dr. Strange) and not (Karnilla and more). This is where the series really clicked for me, but not in a good way. It's "Spider-Man gets to quip and fight with every character on Peter David's 'want to visit/revisit' wishlist." Which is cool. For Peter David. Me, not so much. And looking at Greg Land art still makes me itch.

5.0
Symbiote Spider-Man: Crossroads #4

Mar 3, 2022

Spidey confusedly picks up fresh allies as the plot spirals to its conclusion. And surprise surprise, that plot is "stop the evil sorceress from using the magic space rock" -- not the most inventive premise of the year. It's still workable. But the humor didn't charm me this time around and I found some of the lazy, cliched dialogue choices downright anti-charming. And Greg Land's art is still Greg Land's art.

4.5
Symbiote Spider-Man: Crossroads #5

Apr 9, 2022

This comic makes it clear early on that having a Big Dumb Fight™ isn't the way for the good guys to win. It then presents a Big Dumb Fight™ of interminable length anyway. The resolution is the worst sort of unsatisfying deus ex machina. I did like the running gag about naming the Hulk, but there's also a lot of dreadful cliches in the dialog. On the visual front, Greg Land demonstrates that "clarify the difference between regular and giant-sized characters" is yet another skill he never bothered to master.

5.5
Symbiote Spider-Man: King In Black #1

Mar 14, 2021

Peter fights against a shadow-force (Knull, duh) possessing his old foe Alistair Smythe. He gets the Black Knight to assist, at random, and space cutaways show us we can expect Kang and Rocket Raccoon (?!) and maybe Uatu to tie in later on. It's a fair premise, but the storytelling so far inspires little confidence. The script is slow and indulgent. And the art? Some artists struggle with drawing space battles or magic powers or scary monsters. Greg Land? He meets his Waterloo trying to leap more prosaic hurdles. Like drawing a child that looks human, or convincing readers that his Alistair Smythe is a whole different person rather than "Peter Parker + wig and goatee."

5.0
Symbiote Spider-Man: King In Black #2

Mar 26, 2021

Spidey and the Black Knight let themselves get split up, and the wall-crawler does better with his personal shadow-monster fight. Kang and Rocket stop by in a frustrating final scene; I hope they get properly engaged in the story soon. If they don't, they're just going to be a deus ex machina and these little foreshadow-y previews won't convince me otherwise. Greg Land remains Greg Land. He's not the only comics artist who goes into meltdown when he has to draw "people on stairs," but he might be the highest (most-over) -paid.

6.0
Symbiote Spider-Man: King In Black #3

Apr 18, 2021

Kang, against all odds, becomes the driving force of the hero team. Plenty of laughs come as he and his compatriots head to Knowhere behind Mister E. This isn't a story I care about and I'm still opposed in principle to Greg Land art. But this is a very funny issue.

6.0
Symbiote Spider-Man: King In Black #4

Jun 11, 2021

The heroes whip Mister E and also deal with Ulik, but their quest to secure the Ebony Blade isn't quite finished. I'm never gonna like the art, but the simple action story is fast-paced and it's got some good gags. This'll do just fine for a popcorn comic.

4.0
Symbiote Spider-Man: King In Black #5

Aug 4, 2021

Knull unleashes Mr. E for a doomed rematch. The heroes defeat him through relentless contrivance (MacGuffin + energy powers = instant win) and entirely too much Watcher-meddling. If my rating looks unkind, please know that this comic hit multiple subjective hate-buttons for me harder than I thought a modern Marvel comic could. The characterization, the humor, the plot development, the art, the resolution -- over and over again, this issue is executed exactly contrary to my tastes.

8.0
Tales of Suspense (2017) #100

Jul 6, 2018

After Secret Empire, somebody's started assassinating Hydra goons in a very Black-Widow-y way; Hawkeye wants to know who's doing it. This issue is all about slapping him into a team-up with Bucky and establishing that Matthew Rosenberg can write a pretty solid Fraction-Hawkeye-lite. Travel Foreman's art is a big positive surprise; he's worked *very hard* on his anatomy and this looks leagues better than his underwhelming human characters from Ultimates 2. I'm not sure whether it's fair-to-middling execution of great ideas or great execution of "blah" ideas, but either way it's terrifically readable and enjoyable.

8.0
Tales of Suspense (2017) #101

Aug 12, 2018

Clint and Bucky buddy up and manage to be both productive and hilarious. Matthew Rosenberg's script is close to flawless, albeit slanted toward the "lovable loser" Fraction style of Hawkeye. Travel Foreman's art is challenging in a mostly-positive way. I suspect he's extended the split between goofus Clint and gallant Bucky into the way he draws them. Clint's anatomy looks a little questionable in the first scene, though - he appears to dislocate all the joints in his arm when he's chucking that sandwich. Also, tiny coloring nitpick: Since when is the GWB red?

6.0
Tales of Suspense (2017) #102

Sep 6, 2018

The Hunt for Natasha continues, and the boys are furious with the discovery that someone's building a new Red Room and dropping lots of bodies in the process. There are solid bones for the plot, but the pace, tone, and visuals are all fumbled in this installment. The momentum evaporates after the first scene with Yelena and it takes the entire issue to rebuild it with a slightly different direction. Character poses are getting stiff. The colorist has to do more than her fair share to set the scenes - the background lines are woefully short of detail. For all the little faults, this is a decent comic; it's just an abrupt step down from the last two issues.

9.0
Tales of Suspense (2017) #103

Oct 8, 2018

Our POV leaps to Natasha and this issue fully explains her resurrection. The New Red Room becomes pretty clear, too, but there's a delightful veil of uncertainty over what the Widow's next steps will be. Both text and art are positively stellar in the weirder Steranko-esque parts of Natasha's story; catching up with Bucky and Clint in the final scene feels comparatively weak. This crazy upending of the status quo is exactly what I needed to restore my faith in this story. I'm really loving it again.

7.0
Tales of Suspense (2017) #104

Nov 10, 2018

Natasha tears the New Red Room apart and the lads bumble into the last act to sort of help. Was it all part of her master plan, or did she have to improvise? This story concludes with ambiguity, but it doesn't feel fully intentional - more "We can't be arsed to settle the full meaning" than "we want to leave it up to the reader." The art is impressively ambitious, but it feels compressed. I'd love to see these panels expanded and given more space - this feels like a standard comic's worth of script but 1.5-2 comics' worth of art.

7.5
Tarot (2020) #1

Jul 18, 2020

A sinister magic threat stretches from WW2 to the Bronze Age, tying the Invaders, Defenders, and Avengers together in a struggle against mystic mind control. It's a good plot and it enjoys some above-average art, but the characterization is a bit on the chilly side.

6.5
Tarot (2020) #2

Sep 24, 2020

Besides its many other retro qualities, this comic has a 20th-century belief in "more heroes = better comic, always."

4.5
Tarot (2020) #3

Oct 17, 2020

"Alternate universes collide" is, like, the opposite of a novel premise. So it's extra-disappointing to see veteran creators ☠️☠️☠️☠️ it up this badly.

5.0
Tarot (2020) #4

Nov 5, 2020

The amalgamated heroes muddle through their predicament and restore their proper reality. The whole thing makes the Hulk's head hurt, and he's not the only one. It's irrational and arbitrary -- at least it has the decency to admit as much in the final scenes. Paul Renaud's art is a highlight, but not enough of one to make this an enjoyable read.

9.0
Taskmaster (2020) #1

Mar 12, 2021

Taskmaster leads an absurd life, where a charity golf tournament can turn into a desperate superspy team-up in the blink of an eye. This introduction delivers solid art and tons of humor, but it also does an admirable job of setting up a miniseries-sized challenge for its anti-hero. The basic premise and fast pace are enough to get me invested; the comedy is the icing on the cake. I'm already a big Jed MacKay fan, and this series kicks off with a tone very similar to his exquisite Black Cat.

8.5
Taskmaster (2020) #2

Mar 26, 2021

Tony and Nick Fury Jr tackle what they figure is their hardest mission first: Phil Coulson, who tends to hang out with Hyperion these days. "Taskmaster vs. Hyperion" should only go one way -- but look at whose name is on the book. The creators show exactly what you need to do to turn a potentially-boring slugfest into a fascinating struggle. My two favorite bits are the outstanding timing (those planning flashbacks are perfectly placed) and the slurred but significant character revelations Tony shares as he gets clobbered.

8.5
Taskmaster (2020) #3

May 23, 2021

Taskmaster's trip to Korea requires some ridiculous superspy gambits to get Amy Han's kinesic signature. It's the good kind of ridiculous, with a perfectly-orchestrated combination of clever planning and unexpected complications delivering plenty of happy surprises. Alessandro Vitti squeezes some nice emotive work into his solid "hooray for gritty details" style.

8.0
Taskmaster (2020) #4

Jul 18, 2021

Taskmaster's trip to Wakanda is a relatively straightforward affair. He has a plan to fight Okoye, and she obliges him. Tasky's fretting about who is really driving the big-picture plot (as well as some interesting thoughts on fridging) gives a thoughtful edge to an episode that might otherwise be too simplistic. Mr. Vitti's art is a bit too "ugly-detailed" for my taste, but I recognize that it's executed very well.

7.5
Taskmaster (2020) #5

Jul 25, 2021

Taskmaster's little caper wraps up with some simplistic action-movie logic. This is a case where "action-movie" is a negative. But I'll give full credit to the creators, particularly the writer: They make it work in an enjoyable fashion. Plotwise, this series will fade quickly, like a bottom-tier Bond movie. But it paints a memorable picture of the protagonist, good enough to follow up with further adventures.

6.0
Thanos (2016) #3

Oct 31, 2017

The Shi'ar Imperial Guard captures Thanos while talking heads deliver a set of "who is this Thanos guy?" Cliffs Notes. Though the recap-friendly structure is executed well, it's definitely telling us why Thanos is important rather than showing us. Similarly, the art uses a lot of textural tricks - ziptone, chiaroscuro, cool blocking, etc - to add weight and depth to the visuals. While it's done well, a good artist could achieve the same effect by just investing more effort in the drawing itself.

7.0
Thanos (2016) #4

Oct 31, 2017

Rewind to find out how poor Thane, cosmic patsy, fell into the center of this plot to take down Thanos. Jeff Lemire shows off his knack for combining plot and characterization in a fast-moving mix. Thane is such a pushover that he's both hilarious and tragic, and he'll almost certainly be the weak link in the plot against his Daddy. Mr. Deodato's art is … I guess "sufferable" is the right term? He assembles decent visuals out of a busy collage of bits that don't quite impress on their own.

6.0
Thanos (2016) #5

Oct 31, 2017

Thanos stays in Shi'ar captivity for like a hot minute before busting out. Thane and his pals get onto Terrax's ship and reveal their target: the Phoenix Force. Some strong (by his standards) artwork from Mike Deodato Jr makes up for some terribly weak writing by Jeff Lemire. Eros distracting Terrax should be an epically clever conversation; instead, it's so painfully ham-handed that it makes Terrax seem too stupid to fly a spaceship without adult supervision.

6.0
Thanos (2016) #6

Nov 4, 2017

Thanks to Death's machinations, Thane gets hold of the Phoenix Force, usurps his daddy's throne, and depowers Thanos. For a super-eventful book with tons of cool plot twists and splash pages, this issue was mighty short on memorable words and visuals. The sheer momentum of the plot is just enough to sustain interest over the lackluster illustrations. This is Thane's moment of triumph, but I do like the way Jeff Lemire makes it clear that Death is Lady Macbeth-ing this whole scheme. The likely plot for the next few issues - the adventures of a depowered Thanos - is pretty promising.

8.0
Thanos (2016) #7

Dec 7, 2017

A ruined Thanos hits rock bottom in the ruins of Titan. New art team Germán Peralta and Rachelle Rosenberg are handed an opportunity to shine thanks to a dialogue-light script that calls for exceptional visual storytelling. Unfortunately, despite their superb rendering, the tropes used to illustrate a humbled Thanos are so well-worn that you almost expect Charlie Chaplin to pop up. The ending and its resumption of the larger plot also suggest that whatever redemption story comes next is going to be a rather formulaic affair. I'm still eager to see how it takes shape under Germán Peralta's pen.

6.0
Thanos (2016) #8

Jan 5, 2018

Thanos easily takes charge of thwarting his son and hitches a ride to see "the "Witches of Infinity" about regaining godly power. There's something lazy and throwback-ish about the way Jeff Lemire scripts this. Maybe it's the speaking-directly-to-the-reader narration or the shallow dialogue or the golly-how-convenient way the plot evolves - this definitely feels like less than the author's best effort. Germán Peralta's art helps keep things entertaining, particularly by distorting things crazily when Thanos jumps through a black hole.

6.0
Thanos (2016) #9

Feb 3, 2018

A decompressed episode shows off Thanos and Thane's archetypal roles, Eros throws a snit-fit, and Nebula makes a booty call. My slight bit of admiration for Germán Peralta's art is counterbalanced by a slight bit of disappointment for Jeff Lemire's lazy plotting, leaving my rating stranded yet again at "perfectly average comic." There aren't any faults here, but there's also no daring - and a woeful shortage of plot development.

7.0
Thanos (2016) #10

Mar 11, 2018

Thanos gets repowered after being "tempted" with a cute "lead the Avengers" fantasy in the God Quarry. The art is top quality and I like the overall direction of the plot, but there's a certain forgettable feel to the dialogue that makes me think Jeff Lemire is sort of cruise-controlling his way through his script here.

6.0
Thanos (2016) #11

Apr 7, 2018

Thanos and Thane fight so hard they destroy a planet. It's capably illustrated by Germán Peralta, but Jeff Lemire's script is so lazy that there's really no way or reason to summarize this resolution-free fight scene with more than one sentence. Mr. Peralta's visuals deserve more memorable words.

8.0
Thanos (2016) #12

May 7, 2018

Thanos concludes his latest adventure in a triumphant fashion. Thane's fortunes reverse themselves a bit too abruptly, but otherwise this issue does a stellar job of redeeming the rather pro-forma way the past few issues' scripts have played out. Germán Peralta's visuals conclude the arc nearly as strong as they started, and this ending is exactly the sort of definitive statement on Thanos's character that this story needed.

9.0
Thanos (2016) #13

Jun 9, 2018

Sinister but unbelievably awesome forces snare Thanos and drop him into a time-twisty new premise. Donny Cates's script is a jewel. In just three pages, he makes the Chitauri work in comics for the first time ever. Geoff Shaw's art has a slightly scratchy finish, but the bones of his visuals are impeccable. This looks cinematic as all get-out, and the story lives up to the art. This might be the perfect heavy metal comic. Cosmic fire and blood and conquest and an unrestrainable tidal wave of *pure awesome* washing you right past any weak spots. I have no idea if this level of enthralling fun can be sustained but I'm just slavering to find out in the next issue.

9.0
Thanos (2016) #14

Jul 11, 2018

Old Man Thanos has summoned his younger self for help. The concept is so odious to contemporary Thanos that *of course* we have to have a misunderstanding brawl. Donny Cates proves he paid attention to Jonathan Hickman's Avengers; he absolutely nails the same "awesome words on top of unbelievably epic events" tone. There's a little twist of sass and silliness (Cosmic Ghost Rider says "This time travel @#$% is already confusing as @#$%" and he's right); it's just exactly enough to keep the story from getting pompous. Geoff Shaw's art and Antonio Fabela's colors are also brilliant. They're illustrating this like, well, like Mike Deodato and Frank Martin would if they actually gave a @#$%.

9.0
Thanos (2016) #15

Aug 6, 2018

Old Man Thanos explains he's brought his younger self to backstop him in one last titanic fight that will finally win Death's attention, you betcha. Donny Cates's script reserves the first peek at the adversary for the final page, so prior to that, we get some entertaining but rather filler-y content. The Hulk's introduction is transparently the loading of a Chekov's Gun. The revelation of the Cosmic Ghost Rider's identity is generally impressive, but I wonder why it falls here in the story. Old Man Thanos snidely, insightfully dismissing his younger self's pretense of getting over Death is the high point of the issue for me. The visuals from Geoff Shaw and Antonio Fabela are also tremendous. The amount of smugness and cruelty they put into their Thanoses is terrific.

9.0
Thanos (2016) #16

Sep 20, 2018

Before we get down to the brass tacks of Surfer vs. Thanoses Round One, the creators treat us to a delightful dose of Cosmic Ghost Rider backstory. It's not revelatory but it is a blast. The cliffhanger, with Surfer showing off a hell of a gamechanger for Round Two, is both awesome AND shocking. This issue brings the story back to its core principle: The pure comics equivalent of bitching heavy metal guitar solos. Rock on!

10
Thanos (2016) #17

Oct 8, 2018

Young Thanos and Old Thanos versus a Mjolnir-carrying Silver Surfer. The creators know it's a fight for the ages and their passionate work fulfills all the promise of the setup. And yes, that includes the basement-dweller you almost think they forgot. This is the flawless execution of a simple idea. It's brutal and breathtaking and if you shut yourself off from it by saying it's too juvenile you've made a terrible mistake.

9.0
Thanos (2016) #18

Nov 10, 2018

The story ends, inevitably, with Thanos-on-Thanos action. Plus a cruel twist; Thanos demands nothing less. Undoubtedly great, but short of perfect because the narrator yammered about how meaningful things were instead of injecting actual meaning. Or just shutting up and letting the art carry the story - that was an option too. Also, I'll be the one to say it: That's Sandman Death from the DC universe wearing some anti-copyright-infringement face tattoos.

9.0
Thanos (2016) Annual #1

Nov 10, 2018

A thoroughly impressive anthology of Thanos stories. It neatly splits the difference between black humor and existential dread. While not every strip in here is all-time great, they are all well above average. And some of them ARE all-time great. The combination sets this firmly above most of Marvel's other recent Annuals, and it delivers a superb capstone to top off the Thanos series.

7.0
Thanos (2016): Legacy #1

Mar 18, 2019

Donny Cates and Brian Level tapdance for 18 pages before introducing the raw nub of an idea that MIGHT grow into The Next Thanos Story. Gerry Duggan and Cory Smith do tons more with their 10-page backup, telling a grim, complete, dialogue-free story of Thanos's parenting of Gamora. There's a palpable difference between a Donny Cates story that started with Mr. Cates pitching an awesome idea to an editor and one that started as an editor asking Mr. Cates for X pages of "trademark Donny Cates awesomeness." The A story in this book is a textbook example of the latter and all the potential faults therein.

7.5
Thanos (2019) #1

Nov 12, 2019

Ariel Olivetti really is an impeccable choice to draw a comic with a hard sci-fi edge.

8.0
Thanos (2019) #2

Dec 27, 2019

Gamora quickly learns the ropes of living in Thanos' deadly orbit. Zero Sanctuary is just chock-full of very clever people, and watching them all scheme against each other is delightful. It's a very character-driven story, and that's working well. The art continues to push toward greatness, too.

8.0
Thanos (2019) #3

Jan 25, 2020

Becoming the apple of Thanos's eye costs young Gamora an arm and a leg, literally. Ebony Maw and Butcher Squad aren't pleased to see the paternal relationship flower and take steps against it. The art is smooth and quietly formidable, and the script makes sharp, cool stitches through the story. The thread of the plot isn't drawn tight, though, making this issue feel a bit digressive.

8.0
Thanos (2019) #4

Feb 27, 2020

It's time for parenting Thanos-style! If your crew of space pirates and your adopted daughter hate each other, lock 'em in a space station for a survival of the fittest battle royale and see who makes it out!

6.5
Thanos (2019) #5

Mar 26, 2020

Feels like the whole issue belongs in "this might all make sense after the finale" territory. Still looks good, though!

6.5
Thanos (2019) #6

Apr 20, 2020

6.0
Thanos: Death Notes (2022) #1

Jul 9, 2023

Like most anthologies, this feels inessential. It's drawn nicely, written decently, and it throws a few good plot-breadcrumbs toward the next arc of the main Thor title. But its positive qualities are counterbalanced by the needless tinkering with Thanos's backstory (particularly in the JMS strip).

7.0
Thanos: Infinity: The Infinity Siblings #1

Oct 17, 2018

Jim Starlin's take on "Thanos forced to work with Future Super-Thanos" is a lot subtler and more ambiguous than Donny Cates's. This story tangles Thanos, Eros, and Kang together in a time-travel mess that has wheels within wheels within wheels. It's cerebral and satisfying and it has solid art. It's rewarding if you buy into it, but it hides its merits pretty deep - it's a cold story.

7.0
The Best Defense: Namor #1

Jul 1, 2019

8.0
The Best Defense: The Immortal Hulk #1

Jul 1, 2019

8.5
The Best Defense: Doctor Strange #1

Jul 1, 2019

Old Man Strange faces down Dormammu in a generic future wasteland. This one builds constructively on the Immortal Hulk issue, answering some questions and posing new ones in a magnificent way. High-powered art adds to the feeling that I'm reading something special here.

9.0
The Best Defense: Silver Surfer #1

Jul 1, 2019

The Silver Surfer and his boss encounter the Train which will presumably be the key antagonist/situation in the team-up conclusion. Like a lot of Surfer/Galactus stories, this one gets a little bogged down in trying to make things as cosmic and grandiose as possible. There're an awful lot of ideas here, and sometimes the jumps from one to the next get tricky. Still, I'm an absolute sucker for a book this wildly imaginative. It plays its part in the miniseries while also offering up lots of new ideas that are well worth further storytelling attention. All the ambition successfully drives the story into mythic territory, particularly the key Surfer/Galactus conversation. Plus I'm also an absolute sucker for a BoJack Horseman cameo.

8.0
The Best Defense: Defenders #1

Jul 1, 2019

The four Defenders unite to pull off Old Man Strange's mulligan plan for saving Earth from the Train. It's an insane yet logical plot that would warm the cockles of Steve Gerber's heart, particularly the "random jaguar demons short-selling Mephisto's souls" idea that sets everything in motion. Joe Bennett's art makes this finale look gorgeous. His layouts are wildly inventive while also delivering seamless panel-to-panel flow. Doing the Immortal Hulk has really inspired him to up his game. In hindsight, the groundwork in the build-up issues doesn't quite fit the payoff here. The Namor issue, in particular, stumbled by failing to clarify that Vodan was a whole other planet.

8.0
The Black Order #1

May 30, 2019

Corvus Glaive takes us into a tale of dark ultraviolence that's livened up with subtle, bone-dry wit. He spends the whole issue wondering whether or not he's the Order's "funny guy" and completely misses the fact that it's his wife who's the comic. The way she parries a general insult onto the Black Swan is hilarious, as is the fact her joke wooshes right past the Swan and her other teammates. Detailed illustrations with some truly remarkable layout work further enhance a story with a lot of hidden depth to it.

7.0
The Black Order #2

Jul 1, 2019

Though his name sounds at least as silly as those of this issue's new cosmic characters, Gabriel the Air-Walker is actually a deep cut from 70s Fantastic Four comics.

5.0
The Black Order #3

Jul 26, 2019

This issue's coy little Hitchhiker's Guide reference got me thinking: This title's ratio of humor to villainy is completely backward. This should be an absurd, cosmic version of Superior Foes of Spider-Man, not a retread of Hickman's Infinity flavored with a LaCroix-intensity dollop of comedy. That goes for the visuals even more than the writing; an expressive, cartoony treatment would be much more interesting than standard-issue Big Dumb Event™ art.

6.5
The Black Order #4

Sep 9, 2019

4.5
The Black Order #5

Sep 19, 2019

S'cute and all that the Maw SAYS the Order will be playing for themselves the next time we see them -- but we've already read Donny Cates's Guardians, where the Order is right back to toiling in Thanos's salt mines.

4.0
The Clone Conspiracy #5

Oct 31, 2017

Spidey gets a bronze medal for day-saving behind Anna Maria and Doc Ock. The art is very nice, but the writing is an absolute mess. It feels like Mr. Slott badly needed more time to neaten up the dangling plot threads and de-hacknify the dialogue, but he just didn't get it. There are a number of logical inconsistencies in both Spidey and the Jackal's plans, and the issue ends with several embarrassing saving throws (Oh, X isn't dead! How fortunate/convenient!) to make last minute tweaks to the status quo. It's no wonder this event gets a surprise Omega issue to wrap things up better.

6.0
The Clone Conspiracy: Omega #1

Oct 31, 2017

It's a welcome deck-clearing in the aftermath of the big event. Some supporting characters are checked up on, the Kingpin makes it clear that PI is headed down the tubes before pointing Peter Parker toward Norman Osborn (what, again?), and Ben Reilly gets launched into his own anti-heroic series. Heavy-hitting art from Cory T. Smith, Mark Bagley, and Stuart Immonen help make this an enjoyable read. Ultimately, this band-aid isn't enough to redeem the seriously flawed Clone Conspiracy, but it is a nice look ahead at what's next for the spider-books.

8.0
The Death of Doctor Strange #1

Jan 23, 2022

After a "day in the life" overview of Dr. Strange's status quo, he's murdered, shocking his friends and endangering the world. The overview is a little slow, and some Divergent Narration from Stephen taps the brakes as well. But it's so damned well crafted that it's an excellent read. The art is beautiful and expressive, the dialogue is great, and the narration builds up a powerful theme about life and death using the legend of Koschei as an apt metaphor.

8.0
The Death of Doctor Strange #2

Mar 4, 2022

It's a nicely-crafted issue, but the storytelling skill doesn't quite hide the fact that this is also very exposition-y. The Avengers jobbing irks me, but I am interested in how the plot develops. It wants to be great, but it's only good. Which doesn't make it bad.

7.5
The Death of Doctor Strange #3

Apr 9, 2022

I think this is crafted pretty well, though it's slow and exposition-y at the start. It picks up nicely by the end. The art is strong, but not the most detailed stuff in the world. This issue starts to explain the Big Bad, the Peregrine Child, and I found the character rather underwhelming. There could certainly be a few more twists down the road, though, and I'm optimistic about that.

7.5
The Death of Doctor Strange #4

May 8, 2022

This issue does a good job reminding us that the threat of the Mothers is looming over Earth -- even while the plot grinds to a halt so Strange can chew up the scenery in an almost irony-free "accusing parlor" scene. The dialogue is done well, with Strange sounding 40% more pompous than everybody else. And the art has powerful bones (though I'd love more detail and polish). It took me a while to decide I liked the accusing parlor scene. What ultimately won me over is that I've read all the Silver Age Dr. Strange stories, and this sort of cheesy melodrama is *exactly* the sort of thing Stan Lee would have done with Strange in the early 60s.

8.0
The Death of Doctor Strange #5

Jun 15, 2022

This winds up pretty darn satisfying, despite the main conflicts being a little "meh" and the art being a little improvable. It helps that this finale circles back to #1 in terms of its terrific grasp on Dr. Strange's voice and character. I'm a sucker for consequential comics and it's hard to get more consequential than this. This miniseries lives up to its title and throws a serious change into the magical status quo of the Marvel universe.

7.5
The Death of Doctor Strange: Strange Academy Presents #1

Mar 5, 2022

This comic operates on the "use the tie-in as an excuse to do a bonus issue of an ongoing series" model, so it's a given that it's inconsequential to the event. It's a welcome addition to Strange Academy, digging deeper into the Enchantress's role as a deadbeat mom there. It's also a Mike Del Mundo Weirdworld comic, though, which will be a dealbreaker for some readers. I think it's good, but I'll freely admit it isn't good enough to power through if the art rubs you the wrong way.

9.0
The Death of Doctor Strange: Avengers #1

Mar 5, 2022

So, it's an event tie-in. And it's more an Iron Man story than an Avengers story. And there are any number of little quibbles that could be argued about the storytelling. But on balance, holy mother, is this a well-crafted comic. Exceptional art, inventive language, solid characterization. What impressed me the most were the thematic elements and Chekhov's guns the author used to stitch the whole story together, making the outcome seem not just rational but poetic. Paknadel and Bodenheim put in way more effort than you'd expect for a tie-in one-shot, and the result is a remarkably compelling standalone story.

7.0
The Death of Doctor Strange: White Fox #1

Apr 14, 2022

There are definitely problems here. As usual, when Marvel's growing roster of API heroes come out, the creators are obliged -- not without reason -- to do a lot of background exposition. I really like the way that all the background on the protagonists becomes plot-relevant in the climactic battle, though. The art is overall well-done, but the two artists' styles don't match well. That this adventure has serious consequences for the protagonists and their status quos is what nudges this over the line into "good comics" territory for me.

9.0
The Death of Doctor Strange: Spider-Man #1

Apr 14, 2022

This comic is impeccably scripted and beautifully drawn, and it achieves an amazing number of good goals. It's a generally fun "hijinx" story, it's the touching eulogy to Dr. Strange that this event sorely needs, it's an excellent side-story to the "Beyond" arc in ASM, and it's even a little bonus episode of MacKay's Black Cat. It's a really well-executed crossover, tying two contemporary events together with solid continuity links -- and a nice Moon Knight cameo, too.

5.5
The Death of Doctor Strange: Blade #1

Apr 26, 2022

This has got a solid plot-premise, and the art is good stuff. But the script doesn't handle the characters and their interactions very well; there's no development or change in how these people relate to each other. It's also pretty wordy, getting expository in all the wrong places. It's a flawed swing at a decent pitch.

8.5
The Death of Doctor Strange: Bloodstone #1

May 21, 2022

So another thing you can use an event one-shot for is a stealth pilot for a new story, and I think this is a great example. Tini Howard wants to write a Bloodstone mini or ongoing, and after reading this issue, I want that too. The sibling interactions are great and there's no shortage of action. The art is messy but gloriously dynamic. I love the humor but I recognize objectively there's a little too much of it. And Lyra Bloodstone, the new sister, is promising but not very developed yet. So I rate this almost but not quite great. I'd definitely welcome more.

8.0
The Death of Doctor Strange: X-Men / Black Knight #1

Jun 3, 2022

An event one-shot can be used to further an author's unrelated narrative agenda. This can be done well and done poorly. Mr. Spurrier does it very well here, helped along by some great art that manages to be both cartoony and creepy. I love how thoroughly the problem du jour and its solution are tied to the author's evolving Black Knight world-building. The X-Men and the Death of Dr. Strange do capable service in setting up the problem, and Faiza locks in as an appropriate short-term ally with tons of long-term potential. It's not flawless, though. The recap on the current "dual Black Knight" situation is absolutely necessary, but it could have been made a lot smoother. And I don't like how long it takes for Jacks's character development to finally get in gear. I like where it ends up, though; she learns a solid lesson about the value of teamwork.

6.5
The End (2020): Miles Morales #1

Jul 23, 2020

There's something sadly appropriate about Miles killing himself in the process of winning one last fight that Comic Book Guys can dismiss by saying "venom strike is his only move LOL." This art needs one of the world's biggest "acquired taste" caveats (and some more nuanced coloring), but it's not bad if you go along with it.

9.0
The End (2020): Venom #1

Aug 3, 2020

Venom's powers are couched in idiosyncratic time and space-defying ways to make him immortal. This turns him into the champion of all life, fighting a doomed battle against AI at the end of time. It's packed full to bursting with cool sci-fi ideas, and the prose and art nearly keep up. It's a remarkable story told well -- but not quite perfectly. The sheer amount of imagination rockets this straight into contention for "best issue of the 'The End' series," though.

7.0
The End (2020): Deadpool #1

Sep 24, 2020

Deadpool defies the concept of ending by offering up comedic multiple-choice finales for his story. It's got great art and some good gags (I love the idea of Captain Marvel and Iceman being evenly-matched romantic possibilities), but it's very labored. Like, I get that filling a plus-sized comic with a half-comic's worth of story and then tapdancing to fill out the page count is intentionally dumb, but the intent doesn't cancel out the dumbness.

8.0
The End (2020): Captain Marvel #1

Sep 24, 2020

Carol comes home to save the Earth after failing to do so during an earlier apocalypse. She has great banter with the survivors, an all-star roster of grown-old heroes and descendants, and the character work on her is heartfelt. (Beautiful art, too.) But the apocalyptic premise is aggressively generic, giving this the feel of an avant-garde play where actors (good ones!) act on a bare stage.

9.0
The End (2020): Doctor Strange #1

Sep 24, 2020

I guess I gotta make the missing statement: This is a direct sequel to What If? Magik (2018), from the same creators. It's got an overly-macabre sense of humor and the storytelling, verbal and visual, is a little rougher. Still, a very worthy follow-up to a great one-shot.

5.5
The End (2020): Captain America #1

Sep 24, 2020

Hey, it's I Am Legend starring Captain America! It's a mighty derivative premise and there's some further clumsiness in the plotting -- Cap explaining the status quo to the survivors right after the narrator explains it to us is redundant. On the art side, I can see the intent was to pay tribute to Jack Kirby, but the results aren't all that attractive.

6.0
The Great Lakes Avengers #5

Oct 31, 2017

Bertha gets involved with mad science and Good Boy skips town. This title really chews more than it bites off, and the chewing just isn't that memorable. Zac Gorman forgot that readers would probably like to see the GLA work together as a team at some point. They don't even need a win, just some shared challenge to forge them into more than a random collection of characters. At least Will Robson's art is nice and distinctive.

6.0
The Great Lakes Avengers #6

Oct 31, 2017

Dr. Nod mutates into the sort of villain that just might be able to drag these heroes together into a team. It's great to get all of the plotlines lined up and moving in parallel, but I doubt any of the humor deployed here is going to stick in your head. Did we really need *six* pages of Doorman being intentionally bad at his psychopomp job?

6.0
The Great Lakes Avengers #7

Nov 4, 2017

Dr. Nod is defeated by some actual heroic teamwork before Deadpool drops by to announce that GLA is canceled. When this issue hit the fourth instance of GLA members critiquing their own one-liners, I finally realized it: This title wants to be Marvel universe Archer. A noble goal; it totally missed the mark. It needed tighter plots, better villains, and funnier humor to get there. Will Robson's art has done a great job in making this series look distinctive. It's Zac Gorman's plotting that let us down. He was scared of addressing the thorny pre-existing character dynamics of this team, so he juggled a bunch of different plots to keep them separated as much as possible. *Terrible* decision.

9.0
The Last Annihilation: Wiccan & Hulkling #1

Jan 6, 2022

The story of how Teddy fell in love with Billy is entangled with the story of how Billy and Teddy turned the tide in the fight against Dormammu. It works better than I dreamed it could. Strong themes run all the way through the book and tie up in an amazing bow at the end. There are a few little storytelling faults -- a blown line here, a goofy-looking panel there -- but the strength of the story and the resolution make them eminently forgivable.

7.5
The Last Annihilation: Wakanda #1

Jan 21, 2022

M'Baku saves the Shi'ar and earns himself a new place in the Intergalactic Empire of Wakanda. This comic is packed to bursting with cool ideas and the character work on M'Baku is great. The art's solid and it features inventive graphic design -- I love those animal space helmets! Where the issue stumbles is in pacing and flow. Even though the heroes have lots of clever tricks to play, the story of the conflict drags at several points. I admire the author's intentions here, but I think his execution is highly improvable.

6.5
The Legend of Shang-Chi #1

May 15, 2021

Shang-Chi stops Deathstrike from stealing a magic soul-sucking katana. That's an OK premise, and it's executed with OK storytelling. Truly, there's nothing wrong with this one-shot. Except for the fact it doesn't light a spark of desire to see more from the character or creators. While it has its own flaws, the recently completed Shang-Chi miniseries does much better at introducing the character and giving him a status quo to build on.

7.0
The Life Of Captain Marvel #1

Jan 31, 2019

A troubling panic attack in the middle of an Avengers fight sends Carol home to her family's summer home in Maine. Generally-uncomfortable family history segues into actual tragedy, and the final scene drops extra melodrama on both the superhero and family burners. A few artistic flourishes (particularly in the flashbacks) and an "exceeds expectations" script bump this up a little above average. There's considerable space between my expectations and "good comic." My expectation is an instantaneous "that's dumb" reaction to a lot of lines; here, I have to think about it for a moment to detect the dumb. It's damn sure there, though.

7.0
The Life Of Captain Marvel #2

Mar 7, 2019

Carol picks through her family history threads while Space Nonsense - now in the form of a Terminator-esque Kree Glamazon - stalks ever closer. Art and prose reach a noteworthy high point in the flashback to Joe Danvers' funeral, and they're not too shabby elsewhere. It's the sheer volume of plot threads that make the issue stumble. It feels like two subordinate plots - Carol's brother and her long-term relationship with Lou the Donut Dude - are advanced at the expense of the main plot about her parents. The plot balance in the last two scenes is particularly bad - major developments with Joe Jr are sidelined in favor of derivative nonsense with the Glamazon. Dang, that cover is brilliant, though!

7.0
The Life Of Captain Marvel #3

Apr 6, 2019

Super-conflict comes to Podunk, Maine as Carol and the Kree Glamazon square off. The final page drops a mother of a curveball into the Danvers family story. Visual and narrative storytelling fell a bit short of "good" for me this month. WHY would Carol babble a bunch of inner monologue lines out loud during the romantic scene? WHY was it so gat-danged difficult for the present-day artist to stage a "Cap'n Marvel vs. softball-sized space-drones" fight clearly? But the biggest question of all (I hope I'm not spoiling future issues raising it here) is: How stupid/crazy were both Carol and her mother to let this secret legacy lie buried for so long? Perhaps Margaret Stohl's YA novelist experience is at fault, because this sort of "you have a secret heritage" storyline would be perfectly cromulent for a young protagonist on her first adventure. It defies belief that Carol and Marie would leave this sleeping dog alone through DECADES (both in and out-of-continuity) of superhero adventures, though. Just imagine how many times Marie would have to consciously choose not to reveal it: "Oh, your powers came from the … Gree, was it? Who are they? Aliens? From space? Golly!"

3.5
The Life Of Captain Marvel #4

May 2, 2019

1.0
The Life Of Captain Marvel #5

Jul 1, 2019

7.5
The Marvels (2021) #1

Sep 7, 2021

A grab-bag of interesting scenes across decades of Marvel continuity start to sketch out the first hints of an epic story. Sin-Cong and the supernatural feature strongly, and the whole thing feels timey-wimey. I trust Kurt Busiek (perhaps too much), I like the art, and I feel some of the scenes are terrific. The thread connecting them is currently invisible, though. This is a lot of sizzle and very little steak -- but I'm betting it will make a lot more sense in hindsight.

7.5
The Marvels (2021) #2

Oct 15, 2021

A spotlight on new guy Kevin Shumer gives this issue some welcome consistency, though cutaways show that the other "strands" of the story continue to develop. On balance, I liked this a lot. The art's solid, the ideas are compelling, and this issue answers just enough questions while holding on to a lot of mysteries. The prose didn't really thrill me, though, and I'm not at all sold on the "store-brand Gaiman meta-narrative goons" Ace and Threadneedle. I think this is a good series, but it hasn't landed a "fall in love" hook in me yet.

7.5
The Marvels (2021) #3

Nov 22, 2021

It feels like it's 80% continuity porn. The real percentage isn't that high -- there's a solid story in here -- but still, there are lots of "go wiki this" additions that don't really contribute in a narrative sense.

7.0
The Marvels (2021) #4

Jan 2, 2022

Everyman Kevin Schumer is swept up into the world of A-list heroes as they save him from monsters and then fret over Siancong. This is busy, but well-structured. The art and dialogue are strong. Oh, but this plot! We've got a bog-standard "new villain menaces the Earth and a grab bag of headliner heroes team up to stop her" thing going. There are many potential twists offered to liven that plot up -- too many. They "Three Stooges" each other on their way into the comic. I trust Kurt Busiek to make sense of it all in the end, but on its own, this is a pretty confusing chapter.

7.5
The Marvels (2021) #5

Feb 3, 2022

Heroes jump in and out of the core team like jackrabbits and the super-messy plot gradually narrows down toward Cap's dive into Siancong from #1. I'm at the point where I can enjoy this goofy, scattershot, deep-diving story for what it is. It helps that Yildiray Cinar's art strikes the perfect "classic comic books" tone. I'm a giant Marvel nerd. Giant like, I recognize both Dakota North and Aarkus. I know this is not the first time Steve Rogers has been caught reading Tolkien. I might be the ideal reader for this series. It's a little bit of a shame that I rate it 7.5, the numerical equivalent of saying, "Enh, it's okay, I guess."

8.0
The Marvels (2021) #6

Apr 14, 2022

I admit, taking a whole issue to do backstory and villain intro is a daring move. This title already has focus and pace problems, and this digression doesn't help with those. But it's done so dang well! World-building conducted through a strong character POV might be Kurt Busiek's signature skill, and this is an excellent example. This really fleshes out Lotus and Siancong, two vital puzzle pieces needed to bring the story together in the future. Plus, this issue does a lot to make Siancong more than a cheap Vietnam analogue -- a job that's desperately needed doing since Marvel introduced the country.

7.0
The Marvels (2021) #7

May 16, 2022

After positively soaking in context, we finally catch up to the "in media res" confrontation from #1. And it's … fine. It's a classic superhero scrap, with plenty of dynamic poses and punching and zapping and scenery-chewing and an expected-unexpected last-page twist. It's just awfully basic. Not flawed, not bad, just shockingly straightforward and simple. The art's good in a classic way, and if the prose is corny, it's the right kind of corny. I'm still hoping that the main story develops into something more complex than a delivery truck for obscure continuity wanking, but maybe my appreciation for the creators is making me too optimistic.

7.5
The Marvels (2021) #8

Jun 29, 2022

It's a nicely-done chapter that doesn't do much to restore my flagging interest. There's no flaw I could point to in the storytelling; the art and the words are quite well done. The plot is complicated and wide-reaching, but not confusing or any more mysterious than it should be. If I have one strategic complaint, it's that the heroes tend to be passive. They're swept along by that big complicated plot, and on the rare occasion when they do take action, it tends to be by executing the most predictable superhero tropes. Which is not *bad* and can produce a good story in talented creative hands -- which this series is in. But can a story with such flat characters ever break through into greatness?

6.5
The Marvels (2021) #9

Aug 4, 2022

From the moment I heard about Siancong, I knew it was a bad idea: Because it opens the door to comics like this. Too realistic to be a good fantasy, too fantastic to be history; instead, it's just a big swampy mess. It wants to be morally gray while also leaning on simplistic, melodramatic character motivations. The Vietnam War is complicated enough. You don't turn it into a clear story by fictionalizing it, giving it a fuzzy timeline, adding magic and superheroes, and further gumming up the works with an unwieldy number of continuity callbacks. (Maybe if we all chipped in to buy Kurt Busiek a fancy "Master Marvel Scholar" certificate he'd get back to writing lean, tight stories.) At least the art's nice. And I remain inexplicably interested in Lady Lotus, even as her story gets messier and less appealing.

7.5
The Marvels (2021) #10

Dec 20, 2022

Art, prose, and structure all remain unspectacular but solid, like a top-shelf book from 15 years ago. I find myself caught up all over again in the mysteries of the plot -- even though that last scene is a flashing neon sign indicating we're headed toward a meta-fiction wank-fest rather than a real revelation. I still have great confidence in the author; if what comes next is stupid, it'll probably be fun-smart-stupid -- and I'll probably enjoy it.

6.5
The Marvels (2021) #11

Dec 28, 2022

Well isn't that just the god-damned Busiek-est to reveal the final plot twist … I think I'm gonna really like what the author does to Siancong in #12. This one features perfectly acceptable words and art, but I'm holding my rating close to average. #11 might be even worse than #8 when it comes to passive heroes. Our protagonists read a comic that explains the plot, fly off to the next issue, and that's it.

5.5
The Marvels (2021) #12

Jan 9, 2023

8.0
The Mighty Captain Marvel #0

Sep 10, 2018

Carol is plagued with nightmares after CW2, but Earth needs a mighty defender STAT to deal with an alien refugee crisis. Two thumbs up for this solid re-introduction to Carol Danvers and the problems she's facing. The depredations of CW2 are handled in a brisk but not dismissive way and it's clear that the new direction is aiming to get back to the glory days of Kelly Sue DeConnick's tenure with the character. Here's hoping they get over that rather modest bar with room to spare!

6.0
The Mighty Captain Marvel #1

Sep 10, 2018

Carol has a refugee crisis, a sinister bounty hunter, and a stupid TV show to deal with. I can't put thumbs up for this hot mess of a title yet. It'll be quite welcome to die-hard Carol Corps members, although I hope nobody gets so blinded with Carol love that they overlook the significant problems with this issue. I have a sliver of hope that it will shape up and get better.

6.0
The Mighty Captain Marvel #2

Oct 31, 2017

Cap'n Marvel's powers are on the fritz, and it might be due to her new Kree orphan. Plus the bounty hunter Carol saved her from isn't done by a long shot. I truly want to like this title but Margaret Stohl is making it challenging. Maybe I'm reading too critically because I'm emotionally invested, but there are a lot of narrative choices here I disagree with. The biggest one remains Ms. Stohl's dedication to the "Captain Marvel has a TV series" subplot. It's definitely stupid, but not the sort of ha-ha stupid the author is aiming for.

4.0
The Mighty Captain Marvel #3

Oct 31, 2017

Some bit of genetic nonsensium in alien kids like the orphan Bean is messing with Carol's Kree super-biology. The shapeshifting bounty hunter who's still after Bean reveals there's some as-yet-undefined nemesis waiting for Carol once she gets her ☠☠☠☠ together. This book is a hot, disjointed mess of sub-Star-Trek caliber technobabble being poorly held together by sub-sub-sub-Buffy caliber dialogue and plotting that's equal parts nonsensical and disappointing.

2.0
The Mighty Captain Marvel #4

Nov 4, 2017

Carol foils Dr. Eve's plan (Who? Exactly.) to turn her into a mind-controlled person of mass destruction. Both the plan and the foiling are conveyed with dreadful ineptitude. This is an unacceptable comic on every level. From how much sense the overall plot makes (none) to the inter-character relationships (forced) to the quality of the "clever" zingers Margaret Stohl tucks into the dialogue (cringe-worthy), this script is a junker. The tag-team art lives down to the potential of the words. One of the artists arbitrarily decided to put Carol into her red-and-blue costume instead of her newer red-and-black one. This is *supposed* to be the same outfit throughout (it shows consistent damage), but it just isn't, and the implication that readers should ignore the discrepancy is offensive. Marvel doesn't give a ☠☠☠☠ about the people reading this title, so I advise you not to be one of them.

6.0
The Mighty Captain Marvel #5

Dec 3, 2017

Carol enlists three cadets just in time to get swept up in the Secret Empire mess. The good news about adding teen characters is that it plays hard to Margaret Stohl's writing strengths. The Alpha Cadets form a terrific emotional core that should make this new arc a lot more relatable and interesting than the last one. Bad news? Ms. Stohl's still not so hot at writing Carol Danvers or snappy one-liners. Michele Bandini's art is generally pretty good, although the Chitauri attack taxes his crowd-drawing skills. This issue had two colorists and they couldn't even agree on which parts of Cap'n M's uniform are what colors; it's a problem that marginally competent editorial oversight could/should have fixed. It's another point in favor of my theory that Marvel doesn't give a ☠☠☠☠ about the quality of the finished product on this title. At least there's more creative talent on display here than there was in the last arc.

4.0
The Mighty Captain Marvel #6

Jan 5, 2018

The Teen Alpha Flight squad establishes contact with Wendy on Earth. Also, they get Carol knocked out, oops. There's a perfectly fine plot at the core of this story, and the outside looks pretty gorgeous thanks to Michele Bandini's excellent art. All the bits between the surface and the skeleton - characterization, pacing, motivation, technobabble - are made of suspicious-smelling cheese. I was hoping that Margaret Stohl's YA novelist chops would synergize with this arc's plucky teen protagonists, but so far these kids are hard to sympathize with or even really remember. In the background of their story, Carol is still stomping around as a mercurial, not-very-military, not-very-clever, not-fun-to-read-about drama queen. The space station might be running out of supplies; fortunately, this version of Carol Danvers can subsist entirely on a diet of scenery.

5.0
The Mighty Captain Marvel #7

Feb 3, 2018

Carol is so impressed by her cadets' pointless scheme from last month that she invites them along on her own pointless scheme this month. Alpha Flight's situation is unchanged and the Carol/Cadets relationship is evolved by all of two lines. This feels like the best, least error-prone work the creative team can put out and it's a real shame it's so mediocre. This arc is set up like a season finale from an ensemble TV drama, but we haven't had the chance to get to know 80% of the cast. Margaret Stohl's dialogue is also woefully stiff; we could really use an emotive actor to step between the page and the audience to bring these cardboard characters to life.

4.0
The Mighty Captain Marvel #8

Mar 11, 2018

Cap'n Marvel rehashes her part in the end of Secret Empire at greater length than SE #8, but somehow provides *less* depth. Cliched dialogue, repetitive plot points, and continuity clashes aplenty. The artwork is still decently finished, but now I'm finally putting two and two together: Margaret Stohl's scripts are lifeless and need help connecting with the reader? That's a job the art *should* be doing, but isn't.

6.0
The Mighty Captain Marvel #9

Apr 7, 2018

This breather/soul-searching episode features some pretty solid humor and superb cartoony art by Ro Stein & Ted Brandt. The first four pages are tainted with an absurdly tone-deaf "616 Jessica Jones is exactly the same as Netflix Jessica Jones, right?" assumption. What in the *world* are editors for if they don't nip ☠☠☠☠ like that in the bud? But that stupid misstep doesn't spoil the whole issue; the other jokes, the art, and the character work are refreshingly well-done.

6.0
The Mighty Thor (2015) #16

Oct 31, 2017

The Shi'ar gods have snatched Thor out of the War of the Realms for some sort of celestial pissing match, and she's exactly as angry about this stupid plot twist as she should be. I'm very ambivalent about the "pantheon of ridiculous gods a la Terry Pratchett" direction the author is taking; interrupting a big dumb war with an entirely different big dumb war feels to me like bad plotting. Russell Dauterman's art is beautiful as ever, at least.

8.0
The Mighty Thor (2015) #17

Oct 31, 2017

The Shi'ar sideshow becomes entertaining as the rest of Asgard weighs in behind Thor. A flashback scene shows that, duh, the Shi'ar gods *just happened* to pick a bone with Thor because Loki stirred them up. It's a classic distraction maneuver, and it's worked quite well so far. Has Thor pushed the bird-gods too far when they call down The Ultimate Judgement? This issue has done a great deal to restore my faith in Jason Aaron's long-term plotting. Russell Dauterman's art is especially delicious when he gets to draw boats full of Asgardians in all-out war mode.

9.0
The Mighty Thor (2015) #18

Nov 4, 2017

Thor and pals humiliate the Shi'ar gods so thoroughly that even Gladiator and the Guard turn against them. In a petulant rebuttal, they summon the Phoenix, and our only hope is, sigh, Quentin Quire. Mere words cannot express how awesomely satisfying it is to see those terrible Shi'ar jerk gods get their comeuppance. Even Quentin Quire's presence is tolerable. Yeah, his self-obsessed awfulness provokes an "ugh" reaction, but that's precisely what it's supposed to do. Some insanely great artwork helps shuffle this issue firmly into best of the best territory. This is exactly what you want comicbook art to be: A glorious, lavish production that pushes the limits of what talented artists can put together in a month. Colorist Matthew Wilson is contributing just as much as line guru Russell Dauterman.

8.0
The Mighty Thor (2015) #19

Nov 25, 2017

Even though the Odinson throws in to help face down the Phoenix, the conclusion of the Asgard/Shi'ar War is not quite as satisfying as it could be. The plot pivots abruptly back to the War of the Realms and Asgardian court politics after the Shi'ar stuff is disposed of. Jane FosThor gets a chance to shine, but she also pops in some cringe-worthy "girl power" dialogue while slinging her hammer. I hope it's not slagging Valerio Schiti off too much to say that even his outstanding work is a distant second to Russel Dauterman's greatness. The combination of their art is good, but not as good as an all-Dauterman issue.

10
The Mighty Thor (2015) #20

Jan 5, 2018

A dark turn in the War of the Realms gives birth to the War Thor. I'll refrain from spoiling the new Thor's identity, though it's not hard to see coming once you start the issue. It's definitely a case of the journey holding value even though you know the destination. This is the sort of epic storytelling that reminds you why Jason Aaron on Thor is a very good thing, and it's a positive balm after a few issues skewing a little too "yass queen." Valerio Schiti provides powerful art that does an admirable job of enhancing the drama in the script. I feel this is a perfect "momentous" issue: Not only does it make a Big Change to the status quo but it does so in a highly entertaining (albeit dark) way.

8.0
The Mighty Thor (2015) #21

Jan 27, 2018

The War Thor saves Nidavellir and then lights out for "go too far" territory. The cover and solicit *lie,* this is no team-up, Odinson and Thor don't show up until the final pages. Valerio Schiti's art is outstanding and the plot is pretty great. Flaming Jason Aaron uses one flaming word too flaming much to emphasize how flaming annoying the flaming badguys are. The exact word slips my mind.

9.0
The Mighty Thor (2015) #22

Feb 26, 2018

We get introduced to Sindr, queen of Muspelheim, right before War Thor arrives to wreck her realm. There's gorgeous fighting, but what I most appreciate is the pitch-perfect treatment of Sindr. She's a totally welcome addition to the world of the Realms, a jealous daughter of Surtur and a perfect tooth-gnashing baddie. Valerio Schiti's art does strong work threading a legible story through a land of flame and flying rock. Lava sharks? Lava sharks!

8.0
The Mighty Thor (2015) #23

Apr 7, 2018

War Thor vs. Thor wraps up in a satisfying way that is almost but not quite as epic as Jason Aaron and Wizard Bloodroot think it is. Valerio Schiti puts in strong art but the script doesn't quite reach epic territory. Jane gets to be empathic, and Roz Solomon and the Odinson get a nice look-in as well.

9.0
The Mighty Thor (2015) #700

May 3, 2018

700 issues of Thor! We celebrate with a mighty tangle of story-threads; it's appropriate with the Norns taking center stage in the War of the Realms. While not every story here interconnects and not every one is up to the standard of the Thor/Hulk thread or the Odinson/Karnilla thread, this definitely feels like a boisterous and noteworthy celebration of the big anniversary. It's packed with hoo-rah moments and fearsome foreshadowing (and Throg!), and it's a great way both to celebrate what's come before and look forward to what comes next.

9.0
The Mighty Thor (2015) #701

Jun 9, 2018

VOLSTAGG takes an issue-long whupping as the object lesson in a brutal Mangog 101 class. This issue faces a formidable challenge: It has to present Mangog as a top-tier threat in a way that's credible and entertaining both to total novices and to veterans who have seen Mangog run amok a dozen times before. I think #701 succeeds wildly, thanks in no small part to James Harren's magnificent Simonson/Kirby-esque guest art. Jason Aaron's script is no slouch, either. While he moves the Mangog uncomfortably close to Gorr's territory, he definitely paints him as a deadly opponent for the whole of Asgard.

9.0
The Mighty Thor (2015) #702

Jul 6, 2018

The Mighty Thor impresses the seriousness of the War of the Realms on us and rallies Hercules to her cause in a hilarious arm-wrestling match. The Odinson talks her into dropping the hammer long enough to take Jane's chemo, but just when we think she might be going quiet into the good night, bam, Jane calls out Odin. The ensuing argument comes with a triple serving of "but wait, there's more awesome!" It's passionate and eventful and thanks to Russell Dauterman it looks every bit as gorgeous as Asgardian soap opera should. The only thing holding this back from a 10/10 rating, really, is the certain knowledge that things are about to get even more epic.

9.0
The Mighty Thor (2015) #703

Jul 27, 2018

As the Mangog starts inflicting fearful damage on Asgardia, Jane's closest friends intervene to force her to choose between a chance at life or the death of embracing the hammer. It's another riveting chapter in an all-time epic story, but once again the palpable sense that this is merely preparation for even greater moments keeps me from rating it a perfect 10/10. Also, the ongoing "will she or won't she" tension regarding Jane's chemo has pretty much reached its boiling point.

10
The Mighty Thor (2015) #704

Sep 6, 2018

Flashbacks, hospital scenes, and the fall of Asgardia come together to paint an unmissable statement on the rage that can be inspired by the cruel indifference of the universe. This issue has gorgeous art and memorable fights and a crushing Loki/Freyja talk. What will stick with me for years, though, are the insanely great parallel themes linking Mangog and Jane Foster. They are both furious at the world, but they've used that fury in completely opposite ways. Their methods are headed for a collision in the near future, but the end of Jane's story is already verging on perfection.

10
The Mighty Thor (2015) #705

Oct 8, 2018

Only deaths - plural - can stop the Mangog. Jane Foster makes them count. This is, in every possible sense, a fitting capstone to the tale of her time with the hammer. I had a few wobbly moments with a few panels of the art, but the majority of the visuals were extremely strong. And the script is just as close to perfect as it could humanly be.

10
The Mighty Thor (2015) #706

Nov 10, 2018

Jane Foster's story has one last twist left. While from a strict nuts-and-bolts perspective it's slightly gimmicky to hand her an immediate resurrection, the obvious passion and love lavished on the story easily counterbalances any misgivings. Together with the climax in the previous issue, this epilogue dramatically underscores Jane's story with thunder and passion. I really appreciate that unlike a lot of other Legacy titles, the Mighty Thor was allowed to end organically at #706 rather than getting arbitrarily squished or stretched to hit a round number.

8.0
The Mighty Thor (2015): At The Gates Of Valhalla #1

Dec 3, 2018

The Goddesses of Thunder meet their hero, Jane Foster, and Malekith chows down on a hearty Elvish Breakfast - all scenery, all the time - before promising to bring the War of the Realms to Midgard. Though these are very non-essential bonus stories, they are full of heart and bile, respectively. Solid art - especially for the Goddess story - helps lock this in as a good read.

9.0
The Mighty Valkyries (2021) #1

Aug 28, 2021

When this comic says, "Karnilla has kidnapped some babies," -- without further explanation -- it splits the readership into two groups. One group will lean forward with twinkling eyes and say, "Does that mean … Is she going to … are they gonna be …" And the other group will say, "So? How many @#$% books am I gonna have to buy before they explain that?" My condolences to the second group, because I think those of us in the first group are going to have a blast with this title.

8.0
The Mighty Valkyries (2021) #2

Oct 2, 2021

I think this series is gonna read better in trades. From love of the specific characters and creators involved, I have faith that all these disparate scenes are going to add up to a coherent story -- but now I recognize that the comic itself can and should do more to encourage such faith.

7.5
The Mighty Valkyries (2021) #3

Oct 28, 2021

Karnilla stitches her orphan story onto Jane's with a little help from Loki. Rūna's story looks to be headed that way as well. Yet the overall ties between these scenes remain awfully loose. I'm still finding value in the mythical flavor and in much (not all) of the artwork, but I can completely understand dropping the series at this point. The "Rūna saves the oracle" thread looks a hell of a lot like a shaggy dog, and I am perhaps a fool for hoping that it will make more sense as part of a bigger picture. I wish Marvel still did OGNs. This arc might be a good story, might even be great. But it's definitely not a good serialized story; it suffers from being broken into issues. It'd read better released all at once -- perhaps, if I'm really wishing for the best, with Mattia De Iulis illustrating the whole thing.

7.0
The Mighty Valkyries (2021) #4

Dec 23, 2021

Hel turns against Hela and the tide of the plot sweeps toward a mythic high-water mark. The Valkyries (and us readers) are swept along in the waves, helpless and uncomprehending. I think this series, and this issue, have a lot of impressive building blocks, including some great art. But what's missing is a narrative spine built out of characters making choices and taking action. All of the choices and motivations are buried deep, hidden for far too long. So what we get is a "great story toolkit." Somebody could build a great story out of these parts -- but the work hasn't been done.

6.0
The Mighty Valkyries (2021) #5

Jan 21, 2022

Beautiful nonsense. Is Mattia De Iulis a good artist? Certainly! When it comes to beautiful painterly renditions of characters, he's top-tier. But *gorgeous character rendering is not a comic artist's only job*. There are many poor blocking and layout decisions here that do nothing to help the reader parse the story -- and some that actively hurt comprehension. Usually, I regret it when a good artist shifts to doing mainly or exclusively covers. But that might be the right way for Mr. De Iulis to go. As to the writing, well, I find myself reaching for the sort of faint, damning praise usually evoked by open-mic poetry. "I'm sure you're very passionate (about what, I don't know), and I'm sure many listeners will be moved (I wasn't, though) by this (whatever the hell it was)."

7.0
The Prodigal Sun: Fantastic Four #1

Jan 25, 2020

I'll be the crossover comics/literature nerd who points it out: Prodigal/Peter David totally stole the catchphrase "What fresh hell is this?" from Dorothy Parker.

7.5
The Prodigal Sun: Silver Surfer #1

Mar 10, 2020

The basic premise isn't all that memorable, but the gorgeous art and the sharp comedic edge to the dialogue combine to make it a pretty fun read.

5.5
The Prodigal Sun: Guardians Of The Galaxy #1

Mar 31, 2020

Somebody should tell Peter David that they don't have an Eisner category for "most abrupt shaggy dog ending" yet.

8.0
The Rise Of Ultraman (2020) #1

Feb 22, 2021

This is an intriguing, newbie-friendly introduction to the world of Ultraman (where I certainly qualify as a newb). Ambitious young recruits are swept into the kaiju-fighting world of the United Science Patrol. This multi-strip issue strikes a great balance, explaining a little and hinting at much more in a way that hooked me hard. Some outstanding character art from Francesco Manna helped a great deal. The greatest potential weakness is flat characterization; hopefully, that will be remedied as the story goes on.

8.0
The Rise Of Ultraman (2020) #2

Mar 3, 2021

Kiki scrambles around uncovering sinister USP secrets while Shin gets an exposition dump from Ultra. The storytelling's sliding a little bit, but I'm still interested in the worldbuilding -- and this issue's a goldmine on that front.

7.0
The Rise Of Ultraman (2020) #3

Mar 9, 2021

We get some nice Ultraman action, but every dang character is suddenly super-coy about sharing the backstory/worldbuilding I really want to hear. At least with the protagonists, they have compelling reasons for withholding information. The art's still pretty nice, but the characters haven't really deepened like I'd hoped.

7.0
The Rise Of Ultraman (2020) #4

Mar 23, 2021

The K-Ray mystery is finally explained, Kiki gets (semi-) rescued, and at last, we have a real "Ultraman vs. giant kaiju" fight on deck. Frustration with the time it took to get here (and the verbosity of the K-Ray explanation) is nicely counterbalanced by anticipation of what comes next. The visuals remain a pretty strong positive, too.

6.0
The Rise Of Ultraman (2020) #5

Apr 18, 2021

This issue does everything well except the giant kaiju fight. Which, given the premise of Ultraman, is a pretty big red flag.

7.5
The Thing (2021) #1

Mar 21, 2022

It's off to a slow start, and I think it weighs Ben down with a little too much melancholy. The art looks terrific, though, and this first issue gives me just enough puzzle pieces to get me curious about how they fit together.

7.0
The Thing (2021) #2

Apr 28, 2022

This issue is unevenly paced. The dialogue's uneven, too, with some razor-sharp lines counterbalanced by some horrible infodumps. On the plus side, the art is fantastic, particularly in the fight scenes, and the big picture mysteries continue to intrigue me. I like the kid, too -- when he's not spouting exposition. I like that the characters hang a little lampshade on how unlikely the plot twists are. That nod doesn't give me much confidence in getting a satisfying explanation in the end, though. (Also I really kinda hate New Manhattan. It's an unoriginal concept and it's explained via the issue's driest exposition.)

6.5
The Thing (2021) #3

May 21, 2022

I can tell there's a big strategic plan here, and all of these mysteries will probably end up making sense. But the prospect of future answers doesn't fix all the little scripting problems that make this a rough read. It's not bad writing, but it's not good comics writing. The dialogue doesn't sound at all natural. This take on the Thing is interesting, but deeply at odds with his usual characterization. It's destined (I hope) to be buried deep in the "weird variant" closet when this series is done. I'm rather infuriated by the idea of Reed and the Fantastic Four having an "interrogation room." It's so wrong that CBR did a whole "hey, WTF?" article about it. The art's still terrific, at least!

5.5
The Thing (2021) #4

Jun 29, 2022

The mysteries get deeper, the dialogue gets more obtuse, and the art's power to redeem the frustrating script is weakening. I think making this a miniseries rather than an OGN was a huge mistake.

7.5
The Thing (2021) #5

Jul 21, 2022

At last the creators pull back the curtain and explain the plot. And dang it, I really like the explanation. Ben's new pals make a ton of sense now. The art remains delicious and is still the best part of the package. Though I understand the logic now, it's not quite good enough to defuse my crankiness over the last few issues. I'm not as patient as Ben Grimm is with foreshadowing that stays in neutral gear for months. When there's not a lot of other substance to distract from the mysteries it's especially infuriating. (e.g., Walt Simonson teased Surtur for YEARS in his Thor run, but Thor was doing tons of awesome stuff in the meantime.) To support my position, I point to the way all the short-term foreshadowing about Bobby and Amaryllis works in this issue. It's terrific because it's paid off within the issue instead of meandering for months as "weird for the sake of weird".

8.0
The Thing (2021) #6

Oct 29, 2022

Although I didn't much like the middle of this series, I really like where it ends up. This issue features some terrific Alicia action and it ties a nice, neat bow on top of the plot. (Dr. Doom gets a little shortchanged, though.) The dialogue is minimal and some of it still sounds a little "off." The script's structure is impeccable, though. It makes plenty of room for spectacular art and Tom Reilly delivers in a big way. This is a satisfying read all around, but it's especially strong in its visuals.

8.0
The Totally Awesome Hulk #15

Oct 31, 2017

Amadeus and a multi-generational spread of Asian-American heroes have a Seinfeldian bonding night. A comic like this is a complete waste of time if the characterization isn't done well. Thankfully, it's done very well here, and Mahmud Asrar delivers some quality art to boost things along nicely.

8.0
The Totally Awesome Hulk #16

Oct 31, 2017

The Asian Dream Team becomes the Protectors when a chunk of Manhattan gets swept up in a cannibal alien kidnapping scheme. I didn't expect this story arc to go past two issues, but I'm not at all sad at the prospect of a little alien-whomping action. It'll be particularly nice to see some civilians shine, and there's also a faint possibility that Amadeus might finally start learning how to play well with a team. He's not so hot on that score so far.

6.0
The Totally Awesome Hulk #17

Oct 31, 2017

Stage one of the Protectors' fight against people-eating alien fiends. It's a competently-told tale in both words and art, but it's a bit non-memorable. This does demonstrate two things, though: Amadeus tends to perform better when he's got effective co-stars, and a Protectors title would be a pretty good replacement for TA Hulk.

6.0
The Totally Awesome Hulk #18

Oct 31, 2017

Amadeus makes the underwhelming climax of the Protectors' story a cheap pulpit for a sermon about the value of mercy. Pay attention to hipster banker Jeffrey Gunderson in all this. He got killed by the man-eating aliens, and the climax of this arc is Amadeus stopping Jimmy Woo from killing the head baddie in revenge. While Amadeus spouts noble platitudes about holding oneself to a higher heroic standard, poor Mr. Gunderson gets forgotten. This paints Amadeus as pious, egotistical, and perhaps even a bit cowardly. (He's always avoiding the hard parts of heroing.) I'm not sure if this was Greg Pak's intent, but i think it's a pretty valid and insightful way to see the self-proclaimed "Totally Awesome" Hulk. I just wish that after 18 issues he'd start to develop at least a sliver of self-awareness.

6.0
The Totally Awesome Hulk #19

Dec 3, 2017

The Hulk co-opts the Weapon X story completely. This first issue brings Hulk readers up to speed on the WX plot and goes all the way to Amadeus's first big mistake. Art and plotting are refreshingly top-shelf here, but Greg Pak has irritatingly reset Amadeus's character for the Nth time - once again he's the know-it-all do-it-all begging to be humbled. Live and don't learn, that's Mr. Cho's motto. I would be angrier about Logan, Sabretooth, and Domino turning into Amadeus's sidekicks here if it weren't perfectly clear that this was the point of Weapon X (the current series) from the beginning.

7.0
The Totally Awesome Hulk #20

Jan 5, 2018

Meet Bobby, who is dead certain gonna get cyborged into a horrible Hulk-weapon very, very soon. This issue shaves most of the Weapon X team away to concentrate on Amadeus and Lady Deathstrike, a pairing with weirdly fascinating chemistry. It also serves as a fairly comprehensive summary of the state of the crossover. I get the distinct impression that Greg Pak respects Hulk-only readers and wants to make sure they don't get lost without the tie-ins. (But dangit, WMD Alpha was so awesome!) Robert Gill's art is decent, but adding a little image inducer trickery into the mix reveals he's not so hot at drawing distinctive faces.

7.0
The Totally Awesome Hulk #21

Jan 27, 2018

Some fun shenanigans on the road to confronting Weapon X. Sabretooth picks a fight with the Hulk for giggles; that tells you everything you need to know about Sabretooth. This book has some fun moments and Robert Gill's art is looking particularly strong, but a slow pace and poor service to some of the characters (Domino is a one-joke gag character and Warpath is virtually ignored) make this issue less than it could be.

4.0
The Totally Awesome Hulk #22

Feb 26, 2018

After all the time wasted on Bobby's characterization, the new Weapon H turns out to be a complete stranger who is artistically and thematically underwhelming. Also, Amadeus revisits his Trunkmonster metaphor for the millionth time and Dr. Alba chows down on a triple helping of mad scientist ham. It's a medium-disappointing comic on its own; as the wet raspberry payoff to a fairly involved crossover it earns a bonus glaze of frustration.

8.0
The Totally Awesome Hulk #1.MU

Oct 31, 2017

The Hulk saves South Korea from … not the monster you think. Plus a backup story with Lady Hellbender! Man, why couldn't she have been absorbed into the main event? We coulda had a Lady Hellbender/Elsa Bloodstone team-up! But sure, I bet Kei Kawade will get interesting aaaany day now. This issue has superb plotting but the main story's art is just too rough to be considered great. Jahnoy Lindsay's art on the Lady H backup is cut from finer cloth.

6.5
The Trials Of Ultraman (2021) #1

Jul 18, 2021

The public rollout of the USP goes poorly. Shin chafes at the fact the new transparency doesn't extend to Ultraman. And the OG Ultra-Guy from the 60s gets kidnapped by sinister forces. This issue's script follows the pattern set by the art: Individual moments are quite strong, but the issue as a whole doesn't gel into a cohesive story.

7.0
The Trials Of Ultraman (2021) #2

Aug 28, 2021

Shin and Kiki rescue OG Ultraman Dan Moroboshi from anti-USP terrorists. So far the plot is developing with laborious slowness and not a lot of ingenuity. But on the plus side, both the dialogue and the art succeed in making the main characters sympathetic and endearing. I want to follow them into more adventures, even if those adventures continue to be a little dumb/silly/slow.

6.0
The Trials Of Ultraman (2021) #3

Oct 2, 2021

Dan Moroboshi is a big batch of no help, but Shin and the USP do (eventually) figure out the robo-kaiju threat. It's wordy, it's slow, and it's frustratingly coy about revealing the deeper mysteries of its premise. But for all that, it's a pretty fun read. Artist Francesco Manna is going above the call of duty here, investing this story with a visual appeal that it might not deserve.

6.5
The Trials Of Ultraman (2021) #4

Nov 23, 2021

After lengthy hemming and hawing, Ultraman and friends get stuck into the first round of their Iceland showdown. I think this is a solid story, with a plot and characters worth paying attention to. It's being told in mighty broad strokes, though, burning through more words and page space than it really needs. It could be a lot tighter and faster.

7.0
The Trials Of Ultraman (2021) #5

Dec 30, 2021

Ultraman and the USP save the day in Iceland, but it's tough to enjoy the win when the conspiracy theorists who just witnessed a kaiju battle first-hand continue to deny the reality of kaiju. Shin works through some heavy family drama. And it all ends with a grim twist. This issue's content is pretty dark stuff, but I think that actually works in the comic's favor. Some realistic consequences and relationship challenges are just the thing to keep the kaiju-fightin' from getting too goofy.

7.0
The Unbeatable Squirrel Girl (2015) #17

Oct 31, 2017

Thanks to benefactor Melissa Morbeck, Doreen takes to the air as the Ungroundable Squirrel Girl. Mysterious benefactors never turn out to be sinister, right? Most of this issue is up to the title's usual standards, but I take exception to Doreen "fixing" the Rhino by telling him to be a unicorn. Doreen's nonviolent solutions usually make a certain amount of off-the-wall sense; this one relies entirely on the Rhino reacting like an 11-year-old girl rather than a hardened middle-aged criminal.

8.0
The Unbeatable Squirrel Girl (2015) #18

Oct 31, 2017

We figured out Melissa was evil thanks to a few panels about chicken-eating at the end of the last issue. Doreen needs half an issue, two over-long conversations, and a *lot* of help from Nancy to get there. While this issue looks at an archetypal "having the ability to take over the world obliges me to do so" villain scheme with wit and insight, it also does so with *way too much depth*. Must we really spend two whole pages discussing the intricacies of getting chickens through international borders?

6.0
The Unbeatable Squirrel Girl (2015) #19

Oct 31, 2017

Blowhard Melissa fills a third straight issue with interminable monologuing and Doreen is no closer to foiling her. Ryan North learned nothing from his Enigmo story arc; this one is also way overstretched. The culprit in this case is a creator falling in love with his villain and lavishing an *extremely* undeserved amount of attention on her ramblings instead of moving the plot forward. By the time your villain starts explaining how funny animal clips on YouTube are part of her sinister schemes, you've let her yak too long.

6.0
The Unbeatable Squirrel Girl (2015) #20

Nov 25, 2017

Melissa Morbeck's designed-to-fail plan fails with some minor nudging from Doreen and friends. The finale of a story arc that should have been all about fighting animals minimizes the amount of animal-fighting shown in-panel (less than 3 pages total), replacing it with yet more bickering. Melissa announces her intention to frame Squirrel Girl for all her villainy (and her goal was what again?) to provide an arbitrary and easily-foiled plan for the heroes to work against. There is a fair bit of humor to enliven the proceedings, and the fascinating grossness of nair-ing Tippy Toe, but overall this arc has overstayed its welcome by quite a bit.

8.0
The Unbeatable Squirrel Girl (2015) #21

Jan 5, 2018

Squirrel Girl lets her supporting cast carry the crime-fighting duties for a few days. Brain Drain, Koi Boi, and Chipmunk Hunk do a commendable job - eventually. This one-shot issue is navigating a few different tightropes. For a start, there's the question of whether or not the supporting cast can hold our interest without Doreen. The answer there's a resounding yes. Then, there's the question of whether the creators can thread that cast through a few bad decisions without making them or the readers feel like idiots. Yes again. And most importantly, can three z-list dudes left to their own devices be funny and endearing? Hooray, yes they can!

9.0
The Unbeatable Squirrel Girl (2015) #22

Jan 27, 2018

Horrible dark event going on? Time to send Squirrel Girl, Nancy, and Tippy-Toe on a Savage Land vacation! This issue strikes a perfect balance between plot development and cool jokes, and the final act delivers on dinosaur hijinx in a wonderful way. (It certainly warms the cockles of my "grew up watching Jurassic Park in the 90s" heart.) The chance for Nancy to make a lurrrve connection is great, too. While Erica Henderson's art is as ever an acquired taste, the amount of care lavished on the dinosaurs is definitely appreciated. Keep your eyes peeled for Doreen giving a thumbs-up in front of an iguanodon who is also giving a thumbs-up!

8.0
The Unbeatable Squirrel Girl (2015) #23

Mar 11, 2018

Doreen and friends come to grips with the challenge of reprogramming the failing systems that support the Savage Land. The overall plot takes a break (but comes back in an *awesome* way at the end) so that we can focus on humor and romance. Nancy and her new Latverian pal prove that there are few things as awkward-adorable as nerds in love. This issue is amply stocked with funny gags, but it's visually underwhelming. Erica Henderson appears to be taking it as easy as possible after drawing last month's dino-heavy tour-de-force.

8.0
The Unbeatable Squirrel Girl (2015) #24

Mar 30, 2018

Oh blorg, Ultron's a dinosaur now! This issue is mainly a hilarious explanation of how that came to be and whether it's a good thing. (Hint: No.) Antonio the Doombot gets an all-too-brief stint as Squirrel Girl's partner, and things are looking seriously grim (well, by Squirrel Girl standards) by the cliffhanger. Erica Henderson's art isn't too impressive under close examination, but it does a fine job of telling the story. If you want to get out the microscope and examine this issue closely, it's really Ryan North's script that serves up the delights here. Has the author perhaps cribbed from his previous work involving over-confident T-rexes? Maybe! In a good way!

8.0
The Unbeatable Squirrel Girl (2015) #25

Apr 20, 2018

Squirrel Girl saves the day with plenty of help, and she even manages to finesse a non-lethal solution to the Ultron problem. Art, gags, and plotting all seemed off at the start, but things began to gel when Nancy rallied the programmers and the fight swung to the good guys. The conclusion was roundly satisfactory - once the creators knuckled down to tell a funny story instead of just cracking comp sci jokes, it got great.

8.0
The Unbeatable Squirrel Girl (2015) #26

May 21, 2018

WINNERS: * Brain Drain's gloriously inept cheer-you-up comics * Kraven vs. Spider-Man diss comics * Galactus & Silver Surfer remapped onto Garfield & John Arbuckle, which works better than it has any right to * Howard the Duck submitting a pornographic comic starring himself because yeah, Howard WOULD do that * YOU if you like absurdist humor in a Dinosaur Comics vein with a few mild connections to Squirrel Girl and other Marvel heroes. LOSERS: * Baby's First Introspective Wolverine Comic drawn in SuperDouche™ indie style by somebody you just KNOW has Opinions about his community's vegan dining options. * A well-intentioned but unsuccessful attempt to draw a mobius/palindromic/pinwheel comic strip for Loki * YOU if you consider a conventional narrative starring Squirrel Girl to be a mandatory prerequisite for an issue of the Unbeatable Squirrel Girl.

9.0
The Unbeatable Squirrel Girl (2015) #27

Jun 23, 2018

Nancy and Tippy-Toe get space-kidnapped thanks to last volume's Galactus shenanigans. Doreen enlists the Sorcerer Supreme to help find them, and that means a surprisingly tight connection to Donny Cates's current "Loki as SS" storyline. Ryan North doubles the usual joke content, with delightful absurdities both subtle and blatant on virtually every page. Erica Henderson's art is strong albeit stuck firmly in the distinctive USG style. Letterer Travis Lanham assists with some outstanding onomatopoeia jokes in the back of the issue; Loki's costuming spells make a "COOUUTURE!" sound while more general Sorcerer Supreme magic goes "DITKOOO." So far both the development of the plot and the general gags running alongside it are outstanding.

8.0
The Unbeatable Squirrel Girl (2015) #28

Jul 27, 2018

Doreen and Loki get to the Squirrel Planet, recruiting Drax along the way, Nancy twigs to the fake surfers' scam and proposes a counter-scam, and the *real* Silver Surfer shows up, causing cliffhanger-y Problems. All that happens in a remarkably small number of pages at the end; the front of the book delivers an absurd and funny but undeniably superfluous foiling of Dormammu. "Seinfeldian" is the adjective I gravitate to when describing this issue's tone. It's a good comic, but it's pulled down from its full potential by its digressive pace and some art that feels rough even by the standards of this title.

9.0
The Unbeatable Squirrel Girl (2015) #29

Sep 6, 2018

Loki contributes a cavalcade of awesome guest stars to the Silver Surfer/Squirrel Girl misunderstanding brawl. Once that's resolved, a rollercoaster of rising stakes repeatedly redefines the story and adds greater interest. This issue has a magical balance between sarcastic humor and absurd plot progression; this is what the Unbeatable Squirrel Girl is all about. I particularly like the developing loathsomeness of this arc's villains, the Space Hunks. In this issue, their hurricane of shabby excuses for their thievery - "We didn't know it was wrong, it was just a prank, it was a social experiment" - feels very au courant for 2018.

8.0
The Unbeatable Squirrel Girl (2015) #30

Oct 8, 2018

Doreen concludes her Big Space Adventure with some supremely goofy fence-mending shenanigans. It features a vengeance-obsessed Nancy for no good reason and digresses in several odd ways. Fortunately, many of them are hilarious, and this issue does deliver the priceless greatness of the Silver Squirrel. Definitely not the strongest performance this creative team has ever given, though.

10
The Unbeatable Squirrel Girl (2015) #31

Nov 10, 2018

A hypertime trap forces Squirrel Girl and Nancy to pack 60 years of flawless feelgood friendship into a single weekend. The script is smart and sweet, full of humor and heart. This is artist Erica Henderson's farewell issue, and she rises magnificently to the challenges of the premise. Her visuals turn the abstract concept of months and years and decades passing between panels into undeniable reality, and this is as much a treat to look at as it is to read. It's also gloriously dense. You'll swear this book is over-sized, but nope; it's just packing a near-record-setting amount of great stuff into 20 ordinary pages.

8.0
The Unbeatable Squirrel Girl (2015) #32

Nov 25, 2018

Doreen and Nancy have a brainstorm: Kraven needs non-super-powered activities to keep him on the straight and narrow. So that's how Kraven ends up running an escape room with Doreen and friends. It all turns deadly, because comics. It's a solid adventure and the debut of a new artist goes pretty well, but there are a few weak points. The visual portrayal of action, particularly in the issue's double spread, is not so hot. The first act is charming, but it takes a long time to "organically" produce the story's premise. Overall this is tons of fun, though.

8.0
The Unbeatable Squirrel Girl (2015) #33

Jan 1, 2019

Squirrel Girl and friends solve a few deadly puzzles and easily foil the ridiculous deep-cut villain running this escape room. It's fairly entertaining, but the standout is the twist ending. It finally addresses a long-term issue with this series: Doreen's "he's agreed to stop doing crimes" MO for reforming villains is rather at odds with the rest of the Marvel universe. Future issues look poised to deliver some really memorable fun on that topic.

9.0
The Unbeatable Squirrel Girl (2015) #34

Jan 21, 2019

It's the fateful trial of Squirrel Girl … and more ominously, Kraven, who comes over a lot more Hunter-y than normal for this title. The core court scene teaches an important lesson about the mutability of facts, and the balance is amply stocked with humor. There are a few tiny hints of filler, but (except for the final page) they're mostly in the form of quality beat panel jokes.

8.0
The Unbeatable Squirrel Girl (2015) #35

Feb 25, 2019

Squirrel Girl and her supporting cast manage to defuse a Spider-Man/Kraven fight - no small accomplishment. Kraven brings the story to a bittersweet end by admitting that he's not ready for the clean slate Doreen wants to give him. It's a nicely-rendered story, particularly in its art, but it's talky and it feels decompressed. Still a thoroughly satisfying conclusion, which is something this title sometimes struggles with. This whole arc has been a nicely-nuanced look at the limitations of Doreen's optimistic "why don't you just quit doing crimes?" MO. Kraven turning down her team-up offer nudges her into recognizing more complex moral questions without being cruel about the potential naivete of her usual outlook.

9.5
The Unbeatable Squirrel Girl (2015) #36

Mar 27, 2019

A powerful ghost librarian subjects New York to a curse of silence: Time for a no-dialogue one-shot! The script cheats the premise a little bit by relying on books (and custom t-shirts) to convey plot-critical information. On the other hand, you get characters drawing THEIR OWN no-dialogue comics WITHIN the no-dialogue comic to communicate, and that's dang clever. It's sweet, it's funny, it's stuffed with background gags - everything Squirrel Girl is supposed to be.

9.5
The Unbeatable Squirrel Girl (2015) #37

Apr 25, 2019

The funeral of Squirrel Girl features a Tom Sawyer dodge and a flashback that explains quite well why the Avengers think SG is dead. The tone is absurd and absurdly entertaining all the way through. Whether the heroes' last-scene hypothesis proves to be right or wrong, I simply have to see what comes next. This one zooms close to perfection.

8.0
The Unbeatable Squirrel Girl (2015) #38

May 30, 2019

Squirrel Girl's personal take on Secret Invasion organically expands to pull in Tony Stark. Nifty plot developments, good humor, and some excellent characterization on Tony. Plus, USG fully supports his own comic's current focus on AI rights. I got into the swing of this issue eventually, but I agree with Tippy-Toe: That was the nerdiest "any of us could be the bad guy" situation ever.

8.5
The Unbeatable Squirrel Girl (2015) #39

Jul 1, 2019

Squirrel Girl draws out the Skrull menace, but actually catching the alien and saving Tony Stark relies on a lot of hilarious and effective help from Doreen's supporting cast. As with prior issues, this one goes a little heavy on the comp sci nerdery. It doesn't hurt the flow of the story and it is pretty educational. Derek Charm's art is generally strong, with his super Silver-Age-y rendition of a Skrull being a noteworthy high point.

9.0
The Unbeatable Squirrel Girl (2015) #40

Jul 26, 2019

Fugitive Skrull Gillian finally gets to tell her story, and it's a doozy. The Silver Age-style visuals add considerably to the fun. I felt the script was tap-dancing a little to contrive last-act challenges; the heroes' final solution, which was great, could/should have been obvious as soon Gillian's story was told. And yeah, that means Tony had to act unusually dickish (by USG standards) for a minute so that Doreen's heartwarming redemption argument had a little opposition to work against. As an added bonus, this story imports the MCU's "heroic Skrull refugees" angle into the comics in a wholly-organic way.

8.5
The Unbeatable Squirrel Girl (2015) #41

Sep 1, 2019

An absurd quiz-loving villain leads to a fun adventure with guest stars - Thor and She-Hulk, but most particularly Peter Parker during his brief separation from Spider-Man. It's a pretty funny romp, but Squirrel Girl herself has a relatively minor role in the proceedings.

9.0
The Unbeatable Squirrel Girl (2015) #42

Sep 28, 2019

Kang the Conqueror tries to clear a dystopian future-version of Doreen out of his path, which ends just as badly as you'd expect for him. This one-shot alternate-self teamup is an ideal way to celebrate a milestone. It's funny, it's memorable, it looks cute, it's plenty heartwarming, and it gives Doreen's ongoing story a little permanent twist. Plus, it gives some top-tier catnip to Squancy shippers.

9.0
The Unbeatable Squirrel Girl (2015) #43

Oct 31, 2019

Loki uses his last moment in New York to send Squirrel Girl on a Canadian Frost Giant hunt. It's a dense book with a lot of irons in the fire, and that's one of the secrets of its success. Another is that this issue makes full use of Squirrel Girl's Asgardian connections. It's a very good SG comic, a very good WotR comic, and a few other things besides. Tons of great humor, wide-ranging art of excellent cuteness, and a touching farewell to Loki all help.

9.0
The Unbeatable Squirrel Girl (2015) #44

Nov 20, 2019

Ratatoskr has come to Midgard to, against all odds, *team up* with Squirrel Girl. Marvel's greatest optimist and an amoral mischief goddess trying to work together is just as magically broken as you'd expect, and this is delightful through and through. Plus, Ryan North & Derek Charm deliver on premises Jason Aaron & Russell Dauterman don't have the guts to touch: Hot Frost Giant Makeouts! Yeah!

9.5
The Unbeatable Squirrel Girl (2015) #45

Dec 27, 2019

I think my favorite Squirrel Girl issues are the ones that function equally well as charming adventures and as sound all-ages life advice, and this is one of those. The frost giant psychoanalysis is remarkably on point.

9.0
The Unbeatable Squirrel Girl (2015) #46

Jan 25, 2020

My favorite joke might be the serendipitous one that the creators could barely have planned. The heroes send a pack of frost giants storming back to Jotunheim, intent on instigating democratic reforms. A thorny problem for the realm's king -- who, as we've learned in the main series, is now LOKI. Ratatoskr must be delighted that she caused such trouble for Loki as a byproduct of helping out her new pal Scarlett AKA Squirrel Girl.

9.0
The Unbeatable Squirrel Girl (2015) #47

Mar 10, 2020

I'm pumped for every part of this except the identity of the nemesis; this issue's final scene shows she's still exhaustingly verbose. Villain casting aside, though, this looks fantastic.

9.0
The Unbeatable Squirrel Girl (2015) #48

Mar 31, 2020

Melissa gloats about Doreen lacking ambition in what she did with Brain Drain's mind-machine interface. Ok, but she herself just hacked her way into control of all of Tony Stark's tech, and she's using it as a small part of a scheme to kill Marvel's most adorable adolescent comic relief character. Her own ambitions leave something to be desired there.

9.5
The Unbeatable Squirrel Girl (2015) #49

Apr 29, 2020

This full-issue brawl seesaws between the heroes and villains, organically expanding to include nearly every character this series has created or touched on. It's a celebration of all things Squirrel Girl that includes a solid combat plot and tons of humor along with the wealth of character callbacks. The art is good but not quite as great as the script, which is why I'm holding my rating shy of perfection here.

9.0
The Unbeatable Squirrel Girl (2015) #50

Jun 3, 2020

The meta aspects tread lightly on the toes of the Unbelievable Gwenpool finale, and it's pretty saccharine overall. If ANY series has earned the right to go out in a burst of fondant sweetness, though ...

5.0
The Union (2020) #1

Mar 17, 2021

Let's just cut the event tie-in foreplay and get to the part where they meet Captain Britain, yeah? Actually, scratch that, the creators need to go back and take a second pass at making us give a ☠☠☠☠ about these new characters because wow, mission not accomplished.

6.0
The Union (2020) #2

Apr 23, 2021

Union Jack rallies the heroes (and their supporting cast) to fight off the initial Knull infection. It's drawn pretty well and the prose is decent, but it's still struggling greatly with the core mission of making me care about these folks. There's a little satire/criticism of modern British society that's so mild it doesn't move the quality needle either way for me. And I have misgivings about how easily Knull's minions are dealt with here. This doesn't fit the event very well -- reasonable, I guess, since it was originally intended to latch onto an entirely different event (Empyre).

4.5
The Union (2020) #3

Jun 11, 2021

Woah woah woah, don't go chucking a bunch of new characters at us; you ain't made the first batch interesting yet. I agree the art is pretty good. The script's just dreadful, though.

4.0
The Union (2020) #4

Aug 4, 2021

The Union recovers, slightly, but not fast enough to stop Doc Croc (and betrayal from their own supporters). A decent plot strives to hold up solid art, but it's undercut by aggressively crappy scripting, a mish-mash of recycled action movie cliches, and the world's feeblest political satire. I really thought Marvel quit publishing scripts this weak when Mr. Cebulski took over. But no.

4.0
The Union (2020) #5

Sep 21, 2021

It's all too appropriate that this series ends with a "doo-doo" joke.

7.5
The United States of Captain America #1

Nov 22, 2021

When his shield gets yoinked by a super-speedster, Steve Rogers enlists Sam Wilson to help track it down. They discover the first of many "freelance" Captains America along the way -- and somebody's trying to kill those self-made Caps. I like the premise a lot, the first new Cap is pretty cool, and I'm a fan of this sassy take on Sam. The art's good but not particularly memorable, and I have qualms about the script structure. I know that a three-course soliloquy on the American Dream is what every writer wants to do with Cap, but I'm not sure launching straight into it on page 1 is the best move.

7.0
The United States of Captain America #2

Dec 23, 2021

Steve and Sam meet the Captain America of Harrisburg, PA. Their antagonists attack them repeatedly, artlessly motivated by a need to explain their plans to the heroes and the readers. This issue, like the previous, is distinguished by some charming character work. The special guest Cap is a little less impressive than the last one, though. And the plot is in serious trouble; the villains are behaving like idiots and the heroes aren't much better. I begin to suspect "weak plotting gradually outweighing good characterization" should be my go-to critique of Christopher Cantwell's work.

8.0
The United States of Captain America #3

Jan 4, 2022

Steve and Sam team up with Joe Gomez, the Kickapoo Cap of Kansas. They deduce the identities of their antagonists (finally) and pick up a new teammate at the end. I like the big-picture plot and I love the character work, particularly on Joe. The A strip is a bumpy read, though, with rough scene transitions and some plot holes. The B strip's stronger. What's really great is that the two strips work together: The first sets up a mystery that the second solves. Art's solid throughout and this turns into my favorite issue of the title so far.

5.5
The United States of Captain America #4

Jan 23, 2022

… And then the wheels came off. Start with the good part: The Cap du Jour, Arielle Agbayani, is nice. Her B strip is a fluffy but well-crafted example of Cap inspiring heroism on the smallest scale. Arielle doesn't fit at all in the A strip, though, which explains why she's barely in it. The antagonists there just get stupider and stupider -- so stupid they'll even hang a lampshade on how stale and failure-prone their master plan is. Walker is no great addition to the hero team, either. He sharpens up by the end, but his alcoholic introduction borders on character assassination.

6.5
The United States of Captain America #5

Mar 4, 2022

I liked the idea of the Captains Network, and all of the members we met, particularly Joe Gomez. The art was pretty strong all the way through, especially here at the end. The dialogue had some great flourishes to it, like Sam's witty voice. But yikes, this plot! A grab-bag of garbage antagonists running an epically stupid plan, and the heroes' foiling of it ain't so smart either. And then there's Aaron's cringe-inducing speech. Not cringe-inducing politically; I'm pretty much right in line with this series' politics. But there's something cowardly about an author addressing his audience in a conciliatory, apologetic way (particularly as directly as this). It suggests a lack of confidence and a toxic sort of self-doubt. Jeez, Mr. Cantwell, if you're gonna apologize for something, apologize for the weak-ass villains!

8.0
The Unstoppable Wasp #2

Oct 31, 2017

Nadia starts recruiting GIRL geniuses and meets Moon Girl. Plus, her Red Room past is coming back to bite her. I'm at peace with the somewhat cartoony art; it's a perfect fit for the title's tone. What really impressed me is that after spending a day with Ms. Marvel last month, Nadia refers back to the experience at several points in this issue. Guest-star-heavy books like this too often overlook that sort of persistence; meeting all these cool heroes should have a lasting impact on a newcomer like Nadia.

8.0
The Unstoppable Wasp #3

Oct 31, 2017

A Devil Dinosaur assist temporarily solves the Wasp's Red Room problem. More recruiting! Each new member of the GIRL team is getting rather more backstory than they need; Nadia's own history with the Red Room is thrown into a holding pattern. I like the tension between Nadia's manic optimism and the much grimmer past that she's eventually going to have to address. I do hope she gets to it sooner rather than later.

10
The Unstoppable Wasp #4

Oct 31, 2017

Nadia delivers a tour-de-force Krav Maga show and then runs into her Red Room buddy again. Poundcakes is the perfect villain to demonstrate that our nerdlinger 16-year-old protagonist is also a lethal Red Room brawler. I had a Fall In Love Moment when "Nadia's Neat Assassination Facts" showed up, and I like that she is just as talented (if not as enthusiastic) in combat as she is in science. The final scenes show that we're pivoting from the GIRL plot back toward Nadia's sinister past, which I'm all in favor of. Top it all off with a healthy dose of heartwarming Jarvis action and you've got a pretty epic book.

9.0
The Unstoppable Wasp #5

Nov 9, 2017

Nadia assembles her GIRL lab to save her friend, but a last minute swerve converts them into support crew as she Wasps up to handle the problem superhero style. This issue folds the GIRL plot into the Red Room plot and the result is a cuteness singularity. I can understand if this ensemble approach rubs you the wrong way, but this issue really solidifies the premise. The GIRL thing is not a sideshow but the core of this title. The time invested in characterizing Nadia's new friends in earlier issues pays off big here, and I'm fully sold on the idea now.

7.0
The Unstoppable Wasp #6

Jan 5, 2018

Both Wasp and the GIRL Lab triumph, but a surprise cliffhanger spoils the happy ending. The GIRL group removes the bomb from Ying's head by jury-rigging a pair of Vision hands - and the actual on-page story is a lot less impressive than that summary. In this issue plotting, art, and colors are all struggling a bit, but the core characterization that makes Nadia and her friends easy to empathize with shines through. This title's racked up a lot of goodwill with rock-solid storytelling in previous issues; the rather weak effort made here burns up some of that credit.

9.0
The Unstoppable Wasp #7

Jan 15, 2018

After the mess of the last story arc, it's up to Jan to save the day. Veteran Wasp coming through! Writer Jeremy Whitley probably had this grand finale in his back pocket from the very beginning of the series. It's a shame he's called on to deploy it right after the first arc, but it's going to finish off the story of the two Wasps in memorable style. It's not a flawless comic, but it's a fun and fascinating one and Janet certainly flourishes when she gets an all-too-rare chance to slide into the protagonist's seat. Veronica Fish's art makes a decent complement to the shift in POV and tone.

9.0
The Unstoppable Wasp #8

Feb 12, 2018

Janet arranges a happily-ever-after for Nadia and GIRL Labs with her amazing powers of money and connections. That's about the saltiest possible way to summarize this and I was absolutely sure the indulgent happily-ever-after content would drop an 8/10 ceiling on my rating, but dammit if amazing character work by Jeremy Whitley and shockingly impressive art by Ro Stein & Ted Brandt didn't turn this into something more special than I thought it could be. The Unstoppable Wasp ends here. That's regrettable, but the characters get a splendid "the adventure continues" finish that hints at life getting better for Nadia, Janet, and all the folks they've touched along the way. It will be missed.

9.0
The Unstoppable Wasp (2018) #1

May 2, 2019

Nadia comes back in a big way, getting support from her GIRL squad as she fights AIM. The supervillain thread looks promising, foreshadowing Hank-Pym-related developments in the future. The art is consistently gorgeous and the script deftly juggles a lot of information. Characterization is slightly rushed, but universally adorable. The creation of GIRL in the previous volume was good, but this issue suggests that GIRL in action is gonna be great.

8.0
The Unstoppable Wasp (2018) #2

May 30, 2019

8.0
The Unstoppable Wasp (2018) #3

Jul 1, 2019

The Wasps cap their night out by losing a tough AIM fight back at the lab. This issue solidly establishes a countervailing team of villainous science-girls opposing GIRL. The star addition to the baddie team is outstanding and Nadia's fight with her is a gem. On a wider scale, though, the plot has a few too many moving parts and we could use some more hints - not full-on exposition but hints - about what's going on. Art's still amazing, humor is solid (although dialed back down to comic relief level), and this is another fine serving of breathlessly-paced science-girl shenanigans.

8.5
The Unstoppable Wasp (2018) #4

Aug 20, 2019

Janet and GIRL take a hospital day after the attack. They overlook that Nadia's returned to the lab and dived into a manic episode in the meantime. There are some glitches in the visual and verbal storytelling, but showing Nadia's weakness in an unflinchingly realistic way is powerful and informative.

9.5
The Unstoppable Wasp (2018) #5

Sep 9, 2019

The Very Special Bipolar Arc takes Nadia from mania to depression. She's literally standing on a cliff and her last friend has to literally risk her life to convince her the world's a better place with her in it. They knocked this one out of the ☠☠☠☠☠☠☠ park. (It does suck that Priya has to come to the plate for this epic moment with a cloud of "maybe she's an evil clone or a doppelganger or summat" Comics Melodrama over her, though!)

8.0
The Unstoppable Wasp (2018) #6

Oct 31, 2019

Nadia mends fences with Taina, enters therapy, and looks forward to a birthday party. And her hench-GIRLs get ample development of their own, with Priya developing plant superpowers and Ying defending Shay through a wonderfully-portrayed terrible coming out. It's a dense script, and the verbosity comes off (mostly) as the exuberance of energetic girls. The art is cute and cartoony and expressive, not disappointing in any way, yet still a cut below GuriHiru's sky-high bar.

8.0
The Unstoppable Wasp (2018) #7

Nov 20, 2019

Nadia's first birthday party is a hit, coming together with ample hugs and happy tears and a small side-order of low-stakes conflict to keep things exciting. This is a fluffy little celebration of Nadia, and if you come to the table with the love for the protagonist that the comic expects, it's a lot of fun. Pretty inessential -- up until the final page and its shocking twist.

7.0
The Unstoppable Wasp (2018) #8

Dec 5, 2019

I love these characters, but the ensemble approach didn't need to be applied to the villains, too. Suddenly the heroes have 300% more antagonism than they need.

8.0
The Unstoppable Wasp (2018) #9

Jan 25, 2020

Intermediate victories for Nadia, Janet, and Priya don't quite finish off the AIM fight. The art is terrific, the dialogue is snappy, and Fantasma is a superb antagonist. Whirlwind drops some hints about AIM and Hank Pym that fascinate me, too. It's a pity there's not going to be space to do them justice; I could go for about 12 issues of a three-way struggle between Nadia, AIM, and Pymtron.

9.0
The Unstoppable Wasp (2018) #10

Feb 27, 2020

Nadia and her GIRLfriends defeat AIM. A solid ensemble fight story is capped with a lightning-round epilogue that ties off most of the dangling plot threads -- with "to be continued" tags attached to some of them. The visuals are, as usual, excellent. The story and character developments will only be of interest if you've gotten engaged with this title's cast, but this series as a whole was a high-efficiency engine for building that sort of rapport. It's a very fun sendoff, mostly optimistic as befits its star.

8.0
The Unworthy Thor #4

Oct 31, 2017

The Odinson fights his way to the Ultimate Mjolnir. Along the way, a smorgasbord of artists illustrate Mjolnir-centric flashbacks in his life. While there's some strong writing here, the ultimate point of the issue really feels like "this story has to be five issues long if it's gonna make a decent trade." Main artist Olivier Coipel seems too rushed to invest the Odinson's main fight with the grandeur it could/should have.

8.0
The Unworthy Thor #5

Oct 31, 2017

The Odinson turns down the Ultimate Hammer, but it still gets picked up by a new mystery Thor. And Thanos has a new crush. It's not the fanboy joygasm ending of a hammered-up Odinson, but I'm confident that Jason Aaron has long-term plans. I do wish this series could have been tightened up a little; if it were, say, three issues total, Olivier Coipel might have drawn the whole thing. The tag-team penciling is one of this issue's big weaknesses.

10
The Variants (2022) #1

Jan 2, 2023

One of my favorite characters. Drawn by one of my favorite artists (in my favorite style of his; I prefer "hard line Noto" to "soft edge Noto"). Written by one of the medium's masters. My expectations were high; this exceeds them. I can be objective and critical about this comic for maybe 2 sentences. Here goes: At first glance, the initial plot points look a little tired. Lots of Marvel heroes have done variant team-ups lately, and when it comes to Jessica Jones, "Killgrave's back" is the plot for like half of her solo serieses. And ya know what? I'm handing this issue a perfect score *anyway*. Because I'm 80% sure Killgrave is a red herring. And the variant plot is supported by great thematic groundwork; it's no accident that Jessica spends a lot of this issue thinking about her appearance and her past choices. And most important of all, *Jessica sounds exactly like I want her to sound*. I'm pretty sure this will be the most fun I have reading a Marvel issue until I get to Variants #2.

9.0
The Variants (2022) #2

Jan 12, 2023

I really wanted Killgrave to be a red herring, and maybe he might still sorta be. But if we *must* have him, I'm glad the author cuts deep into Jess's psyche to show why she prioritizes him over these mysterious variants. The art's still fantastic; the dialogue; moreso. Every clipped little word of this script is delicious to me. Oh, and we're all agreed, the Jess mackin' on Daredevil is the first variant, right? This is gonna get confusing (hopefully in an all-good way).

9.0
The Variants (2022) #3

Jan 31, 2023

The plot's a little more cryptic than it needs to be, and the variants are rather thinly characterized. *Good God*, it's well-crafted, though! If we don't delve deep into the variants, we *do* plunge ocean-deep into Jess-Prime. The cross-cut scene structure is flawless, and the art's gorgeous from start to finish. This might not wind up being the best Jessica Jones story ever, but it'll be a strong contender for "best-told".

8.0
The Variants (2022) #4

Apr 14, 2023

The art remains beautiful and the characterization is still (to me, anyway) scrumptious. But I think I actually heard a whooshing sound as the Killgrave plot and the variant plot went hurtling past each other, completely failing to connect. And it doesn't feel like the former was all that settled when the comic pivoted to the latter.

8.5
The Variants (2022) #5

Aug 10, 2023

The series wraps with a quick explanation of the antagonist and a satisfying fight. It looks and sounds great; it's a lot of fun. In hindsight, though, the "evil Jewel" idea just wasn't enough to fill the whole miniseries. Thus the Killgrave nonsense, which I enjoyed rather less.

6.0
The X-Cellent (2023) #1

Apr 20, 2024

The silly story of silly characters locked in a silly conflict grinds on, devolving into a literal popularity contest. And that's fine. It certainly looks cool. There is *one* element that approaches contemporary relevance: Zeitgeist and his problems with women fit well in a #MeToo world. What is Zeitgeist, after all, but the literal embodiment of toxic masculinity? Unfortunately, the other attempts at social commentary are DOA. I couldn't even go along with the hypothesis that this comic's tone-deaf swings at social media are intentionally, ironically out of date. It wants to be clever and insightful and subtle and it just isn't. It isn't *bad*, but neither is it good.

7.0
Thor & Loki: Double Trouble #1

Jul 18, 2021

Loki dares Thor to steal a fateful artifact from Odin's vaults, and the thunder god (who is famously no sharper than the hammer he carries) goes through with it. There are silly jokes and an admirable serving of GuriHiru's fantabulous art, but this is aimed at VERY young readers. To a problematic degree: I think anybody who's developed enough to cultivate an interest in Thor and Loki (as characters) is also developed enough to spot the feebleness of this comic's plot.

6.0
Thor & Loki: Double Trouble #2

Aug 18, 2021

Thor and Loki banish the serpent they summoned, but only after it wrecks an Asgardian market. Furious Odin puts them on clean-up duty and Loki, of course, finds a "shortcut" that leads to further shenanigans. It's awfully cute, but it's still aimed so young that there's a distinct ceiling on how much enjoyment an adult reader can get out of it.

7.0
Thor & Loki: Double Trouble #3

Sep 21, 2021

Thor and Loki find themselves in a gender-bent AU, producing an immediate team-up with Jane FosThor and setting up a future conflict with Lady Loki. It's cute and charming enough that I can set aside my Comic Book Guy grumbling about going all the way to another universe to meet Jane FosThor and Lady Loki -- those characters are very much part of the 616. But the whole thing is deep in "all ages" AU territory anyway.

7.5
Thor & Loki: Double Trouble #4

Nov 23, 2021

After a brief search and a not-so-brief Loki-on-Loki battle, our heroes find their way home, happily ever after. The battle involves lots of animal shape-shifting, which is the perfect opportunity to make the art even cuter. The inclusion of an adorable letter column may be the next-best thing after the art. It's nice to think of Marvel treating the readers of this title as junior members of the fan community, not just their youngest consumer demographic.

9.0
Thor (2018) #1

Jan 1, 2019

Thor provides a comprehensive status quo update that doesn't stint on the action; then he and Loki are socked straight into the War of the Realms. And the B story offers King Thor some fascinating opposition at the end of the universe. I found this thoroughly satisfying and just an overall blast. I'll admit, though, that the distance between this and perfection could be closed with an art shift.

8.0
Thor (2018) #2

Jan 9, 2019

The battlefield of Hel takes shape with a lot of thorny family connections. How awesome to see Karnilla kicking butt! This coasts easily to "good comic" territory for me but lodges there with no hope of going further. The art presents a lot of pretty panels, but the flow of the story is pretty rough, especially in the action scenes. Still eminently readable; the big plot wheels are grinding ominously forward.

8.0
Thor (2018) #3

Jan 31, 2019

As though the war in Hel wasn't mad enough, a Crazy Loki Scheme™ obliges Hela and Balder to unify the realm against Sindr by getting hitched. And that's just the appetizer for Thor's even crazier scheme to recruit the Einherjar out of Valhalla. Script and art both deliver plenty of fun, but the reading experience lands well short of all-time great. The visuals are terribly busy, and readers who expect a full, logical explanation of why this marriage is necessary won't find it in this issue.

8.0
Thor (2018) #4

Feb 28, 2019

Thor leads his allies to a significant victory in the War of the Realms, and the story is polished off with a cluster of surprise twists. It's all quite satisfying, but this is a case where the art and the script lean on each other for support. Rather than producing a sum greater than the whole of the parts, the relationship points out weaknesses in each component. And there's more than a few of them.

9.0
Thor (2018) #5

Apr 6, 2019

We zip ahead to the future of Allfather Thor. It's a cold universe, and Old Man Phoenix is just the first of many sinister powers to contend with. The Thor/Logan smackdown is superb on its own, and it's powerfully backed by fascinating foreshadowing as well as a mother of a last-page villain reveal. It feels like a dig at Infinity Wars' crass "Warp World" mashups, it's undeniably ridiculous, and yet its sheer over-the-topness makes it more compelling and intriguing than any of the Warp titles. This issue streaks very close to perfection; some slight uncertainty in Christian Ward's Thor design (young Thor especially) holds back my 10/10. Barely.

8.0
Thor (2018) #6

May 2, 2019

It's got plenty of guitar-solo grandeur, thanks especially to the exquisite art.

9.0
Thor (2018) #7

May 30, 2019

Loki's plan to break his brother's heart backfires when romancing a fiery Midgardian warrior only serves to deepen his appreciation of mortals. Plot and characters are arranged exquisitely and treated very well by both words and art. The only drawback I can see - a very small one - is that the conclusion is rushed. If ever there was a book I would happily pay an extra buck to get 10 more pages of, this is it.

8.0
Thor (2018) #8

Jul 1, 2019

Thor and Valkyrie bust Angela out of an ill-defined Angel prison. Thor's story looks and sounds decent enough, but it's the flashes to his supporting cast (which is stretching nicely to include the Black Panther now) that are really delightful. I have a laundry list of plot nitpicks, but none of them are big enough to spoil my enjoyment.

8.5
Thor (2018) #9

Jul 26, 2019

Roz Solomon, freshly-minted Agent of Wakanda, takes the wheel for a kickass super-spy adventure. It's long on action and awesome character insight, too, and the art does an especially good job of sticking to the story here. Granted, Thor's role is a little anemic for an eponymous book, but Roz's story is just too damn good for that to be a serious fault.

9.5
Thor (2018) #10

Sep 2, 2019

Odin gets sloshed and does penance for his poor decisions by provoking Thor into beating him to death. He almost succeeds. Odin's reasoning is human and drama-queen-y and brutal and mythological. Better to perfect his wrongness than admit a mistake, he's thinking. It felt very in-character for Jason Aaron's Odin, but I'm glad the final scene gives him a ray of hope and a hint of change. The art is good stuff and the core conflict is edged with fine plot developments (Loki's parallel dispute with Laufey makes a nice minor-key accompaniment), but the heart and soul of this book are the sad thoughts and deeds of the Allfather.

8.0
Thor (2018) #11

Sep 30, 2019

8.0
Thor (2018) #12

Oct 31, 2019

In his dying moments, Loki visits with three other Loki-incarnations, all intimately familiar from recent skips up and down the Thor timeline. It's a thoughtful meditation on being honest with yourself and it has a nasty edge, but this title is clearly on "pause" while the real action happens in WotR.

8.5
Thor (2018) #13

Dec 27, 2019

9.0
Thor (2018) #14

Jan 25, 2020

Another look at the climactic battle of the War, taken through the eyes of Viking Thor. Though it's in no danger of outdoing the main rendition in WotR #6, it's a clever, engaging, fully-satisfying yarn. It delivers some impressive closure to Viking Thor's long-running story. But it does feel like it was a spur-of-the-moment idea (a good one!) rather than something planned far in advance.

8.0
Thor (2018) #15

Jan 25, 2020

Not the best of the event's many epilogue issues, but certainly not a bad comic.

9.0
Thor (2018) #16

Mar 26, 2020

Our last look at all things Asgardian is heartwarming and charming -- and there's a strong pitch to Jason Aaron's final Thor miniseries, too. The visuals are of a piece with the rest of the volume -- talented work, in an "acquired taste" style -- and the wide-ranging script is lots of fun. This is a fine potential capstone for a GOAT run. "The capstone of Jason Aaron's Thor run" is gonna end up being a fiercely-contested title, though. I think my vote would go to the final issues of WotR.

9.0
Thor (2020) #1

Jul 18, 2020

It's an adroit pivot from what's come before toward the new author's destination. It shows respect for the last run while starting to introduce its own ideas, and it's gorgeously illustrated throughout. I'll be damned if I'll give it a passive-aggressive "Thank God it's not Aaron hurr hurr hurr" bonus point, though.

8.5
Thor (2020) #2

Sep 24, 2020

Thor's tenure as Herald of Galactus is off to a bumpy start, with Big G suffering a fair bit of Mjolnir damage because Thor insists on evacuating his first target before he feeds. It's an entertaining story and a well-crafted one -- but I don't think it's quite as epic as it wants to be.

9.0
Thor (2020) #3

Oct 21, 2020

I won't say that it's a worthy equal to the best of the Simonson issues, but … that's where the creators are clearly aiming, and by Volstagg's mighty footstool, they may yet get there.

8.0
Thor (2020) #4

Oct 21, 2020

Sif offers Thor an ego-check rather than a knockdown fight. He and Galactus complete their planet quest quickly (too quickly for my taste) and square off against the Black Winter. At its high, epic level, this is still a magnificent book in words and art. It's the little details -- the particular turns of phrase, the faces -- that are ever-so-slightly lacking.

8.0
Thor (2020) #5

Nov 9, 2020

I suspect Donny Cates's Black Winter is Al Ewing's One Below All with the serial numbers filed off.

7.5
Thor (2020) #6

Feb 17, 2021

Thor defeats the Black Winter at great cost to himself and the universe. I recognize the storytelling skill on display in both the script and the art, but ultimately this is an attempt to invest a single-sentence plot (Thor sacrifices Galactus to defeat the Winter) with cosmic gravitas and I don't think it's entirely successful.

9.0
Thor (2020) #7

Feb 25, 2021

Thor mends fences with Beta Ray Bill and frets about his hammer. Quality developments, sharp and funny writing, and excellent guest art. The only place where it lags -- by just a tiny bit -- is in pacing. And even if this issue moves slow, it does so with stately grandeur.

9.0
Thor (2020) #8

Mar 3, 2021

All the way back to the Silver Age, I've liked Thor better when he's interacting with the mundane world rather than fighting ultimate cosmic battles of destiny. So this issue was a real treat; it helps a great deal that Donny Cates brought some deep warmth to the dialogue.

7.5
Thor (2020) #9

Mar 9, 2021

Thor's plan to swap places with Donald Blake after many years jumps quickly off the rails. I like the premise of Blake going mad and turning antagonistic -- in theory. In practice, despite the quality of the storytelling lavished on said premise, it hasn't won me over yet. It feels like there's a "step 2: ????" missing in the "Odin and Jormungand are light and shadow, Thor and Blake are light and shadow, therefore Blake kills Jormungand" logic chain.

7.5
Thor (2020) #10

Mar 17, 2021

I can just buy -- barely -- the reasoning behind an imaginary friend like Donald Blake turning into an all-powerful god-killer. But I'm not thrilled with it. I'm of two minds about Don's seeming inability to kill anybody with a name and a backstory: I'd hate to lose, say, Volstagg to this arc, but the obvious plot armor around beloved characters just undercuts Donny's already-tenuous menace. And though the art is generally formidable, facial close-ups reveal weakness in the finish. (I'm hardly the first reader to get over-nit-pick-y when I respect the quality of a given story but just don't enjoy it, right?)

8.5
Thor (2020) #11

Apr 18, 2021

Jane Foster completely misses the "I'm a villain now" signals that are (literally) dripping off Don Blake. Aside from that moment of stupidity, I'm starting to get into the swing of Donny's Vengeance Quest 2021. His motives are still simplistic, but he's got a plan. I liked checking in with some of the goofier aspects of Asgardian mythology, and that final scene says we're not done with them yet. Great art and workable prose sell this as a solid top-shelf read.

8.0
Thor (2020) #12

May 29, 2021

Throg knocks Blake out, but that proves to be merely a speedbump in his campaign of awfulness. So Jane Foster Valkyries up and goes to fetch bigger guns. This was a fun read, but I remain lukewarm on how the characters are being portrayed. A big plus for this issue is some almost completely awesome art that really sells the epic-ness of the conflict.

7.5
Thor (2020) #13

Jul 18, 2021

All the forces opposing Donny Blake come together with fine cinematic timing, setting up the mother of all climactic fights for the next issue. Good plotting, decent dialogue (maybe a little terse). I'm not feeling the art as much as I should, though; while the details are great, the blocking in the last act isn't as epic as it wants to be.

8.0
Thor (2020) #14

Aug 18, 2021

After Donny Blake absorbs a brutal amount of clobbering, he finds himself at the mercy of the restored Allfather Thor. But Loki steps in at the 11th hour and charts a mythological fate for Blake. The prose is decent, the art is strong, and the plot and character developments are fascinating. This was not my favorite arc but I really admire where the author steered it here at the end.

7.5
Thor (2020) #15

Nov 30, 2021

In the aftermath of the Don Blake fight, Thor gets extra emo about his hammer problems. He has a heart-to-heart with Captain America. This is a quiet, speedy script, but not an inconsequential one. The art is solid throughout, but I think the Avengers scene is the only one where the visuals reach their full potential and deliver the loud counterpoint that the quiet words need.

8.5
Thor (2020) #16

Jan 4, 2022

Thor's midlife crisis continues, with a nice meet-up (and heroic team-up) with Jane Foster before Thor's called into a family reunion. As with the previous issue, this one's a bit breezy and fast. It's better-paced, though, making the most of its few scenes. I hadn't previously thought of Donny Cates as a master of the comedy beat panel, but there are some stellar examples here. The art's improved from last time, too. A big part of it is the colorist laying in some additional texture, which works great with the lines. Michele Bandini's also pretty damn great at design work. He presents some cool new outfits and a spiffy one-shot monster, all of which look great.

8.0
Thor (2020) #17

Feb 3, 2022

And that's what Kelly Thompson's Thor would look like. I say that with sass but not with malice; I'd genuinely like more Thor in this tone.

8.0
Thor (2020) #18

Mar 4, 2022

Thor recruits Throg to find his hammer, and the frog recruits a fresh crop of Pet Avengers in turn. It's a very cute episode, but also far too fast and content-light. I'm setting aside the "too much filler" problem and judging this issue on its own merits, mainly because I like Throg in general and how he's portrayed here in particular. But I recognize that problem is there for the series as a whole.

8.0
Thor (2020) #19

Apr 9, 2022

This is paced a little slow and it wants to be more mythic than it is. The art's pretty dang epic, though, and if the script only does a little bit of character and plot development, it does it pretty well. This pushes the story forward just enough to keep me intrigued, and the visuals make a nice counterbalance to the slow pace.

8.0
Thor (2020) #20

May 16, 2022

Like every issue of this title, this one wants to be epic. The art gets there. The prose gets close -- and the author is right to trust the artist to carry most of the emotional baggage. The ideas just don't live up to the storytelling, for me. It's definitely put together with great skill, but I'm with Odin: This all feels a little too familiar.

8.5
Thor (2020) #21

Jun 15, 2022

Maybe the dialogue is living up to the art a little better or maybe the plot developments are tickling my fancy, but I'm liking this arc more and more as it continues. Or maybe I'm just a sucker for the "rage of a billion billion beings;" it never gets old for me.

7.5
Thor (2020) #22

Jul 2, 2022

It's strong at the beginning and strong at the end, but in between is a lot of rough road. I've spoken before about this title's "epicness gap" -- it's rarely as epic as its creators want it to be. Here it gets more problematic: It *needs* to be more epic to sell plot developments like this. Specifically: After Bill's incredible rally at the beginning, I found it disappointing that the armies of Asgard and Midgard had nothing to do. Having them standing on the outside of the action (literally) cheapened what was going on inside for me. I'm also coming around to the opinion that this arc's lightning characters are getting shortchanged visually.

9.0
Thor (2020) #23

Aug 3, 2022

And THERE is the "epic" I was looking for. … In retrospect, this issue captured my love just with that heartbreaking intro flashback. The balance of the story is in line with the rest of the arc, which I've been rating about a point lower. But damn, what am I gonna do, penalize this one because its storytelling is TOO effective?

8.0
Thor (2020) #24

Nov 22, 2022

It's an anthology, which means it just can't be as important as a regular issue. The anthology strips are extremely well-crafted, though; the Simonson story alone is good enough to justify the whole collection's existence. Like, it's good enough that I think future omnibus editions of Simonson's Thor should include it. And the framing strip, with its final surprise, develops the ongoing story *nearly* as much as a normal issue. Al Ewing's Loki strip is the odd man out in several ways, and objectively I must admit it drags down the overall quality level. But I'm also a huge Ewing stan and it did a great job getting me fired up for his next volume of Defenders.

8.5
Thor (2020) #25

Dec 20, 2022

Okay, so regardless of the title, this is an issue of Hulk. That's the way the crossover cookie crumbles, and I'm okay with it. Because it's a damned good issue of the Hulk. The El Paso mystery is explained in full, and I like the explanation. This strikes the perfect balance between answering old questions and raising new ones. The prose is decent, there's some solid comedy, and the structure is impeccable; this script's a real tension-generator. The art's daring and the finish is a little quirky, but I like it. Even the bonus strips are cool.

8.5
Thor (2020) #26

Dec 28, 2022

It's a gorgeous, spectacular, over-the-top fight. This delivers in just the way I feared the crossover wouldn't, back at the alpha. Though it's very good, I don't think it's quite great. This script is a perfect vehicle for setting up cool combat visuals. And it's admirably laconic. This might have less narration than any other issue of Donny Cates's Thor, and it's all the better for it. But a new dollop of Hulk plot development is the sour note in this frenetic metal solo of a comic. The whole "Titan" thing, oy. It just gets dumber and dumber. The Thor-Hulk fight is kinda dumb, too, but it's the *good* kind of dumb. It's stupid and silly and over the top. And because the creators (the artist particularly) embrace it with total sincerity, it's awesome.

7.5
Thor (2020) #27

Mar 22, 2023

It's a change, at least. And it's got a fun, breezy style, thanks in no small part to Loki doing full-time comic relief. The art's a little stiff, but well-polished. Dang, but it takes a while for the story to get in gear, though!

6.5
Thor (2020) #28

Apr 12, 2023

The language is pretty cool and the script has an impressive structure. But I find it very difficult to care about the results of this little symbiote side-show; it feels like Thor (the title) has just been a layover for other stories for 6 months now.

7.5
Thor (2020) #29

Aug 10, 2023

It's a solid start to a nice, desperate quest. The prose sets the stakes appropriately high, helped along by art that's consistently good and often great. The pace is a little questionable; the end in particular feels abrupt. But the core job of an arc's first issue gets done well: This sinks a hook of interest in me.

8.5
Thor (2020) #30

Jan 13, 2024

The parallel narration gets a bit dense, but there's lots of good stuff going on here. The art's fantastic; very expressive and imaginative. Content-wise, this issue strikes a nice balance between developing the plot and characters and ratcheting up the tension with strong foreshadowing.

8.5
Thor (2020) #31

Apr 20, 2024

The plot progresses smoothly, with plenty of fun along the way. The two authors pair nicely, shoring up each other's weaknesses. Donny Cates adds clarity, while Torunn Grønbekk brings wit and style. On the art front, Nic Klein makes everything look gorgeous all by himself. Though this issue doesn't deliver big payoffs, it's a thoroughly satisfying middle chapter. The backup strip is flawed (short of plot and featuring a little clumsy language), but it has its charms. It looks great and what plot there is is enjoyable.

6.5
Thor (2020) Annual #1

Dec 13, 2021

In another annual that doesn't seem to connect either to its ongoing or the Infinite Destinies event, Thor gets to fight an evil doppelganger at a party on Alfheim. The art is definitely the high point, as intended. The story and the writing aren't that memorable, but it's mighty easy on the eyes. In the B strip (with more artistic excellence), Nighthawk maybe brainwashes Nick Fury Jr. and definitely confirms he's a refugee from the Heroes Reborn universe.

5.0
Thor (2020): Lightning and Lament #1

Jan 2, 2023

It's a slow, simplistic tour around Thor's Silver Age status quo. The art's a little dated, but very detailed. The writing's verbose and there's no tension -- never a doubt that the good guys will get their happily ever after -- but it's less nerve-wracking than some of Mr. Macchio's other contemporary work. If you're going to read a clunky, problematic version of Silver Age Thor, though, why not just read Lee and Kirby's originals? They're no more obsolete than this, no more challenging for a young reader, and they have historical cachet (as well as daring inventiveness) that this will never have.

6.0
Thor vs. Hulk: Champions of the Universe #1

Mar 30, 2018

A little competitive world-saving with Hulk and Thor turns into a big bragging rights challenge thanks to some Elders of the Universe. The contest and contestants are fascinating, particularly the all-new Promoter. While the back half of the book is promising enough to bring me back for #2, the front half lives down to all of the negative assumptions evoked by the words "free digital comic."

7.0
Thor: The Worthy #1

Jun 22, 2020

Veteran creators assemble to tell untold tales of other hammer-wielders besides the Odinson. The art is uniformly solid, the stories are all plotted well, and each strip has a very strong nostalgic feel for the era it represents. (80s, 90s, and early 2010s). This isn't essential reading for anyone other than Thor completionists, but it's a satisfying ride.

7.0
Thor: Where Walk The Frost Giants #1

May 7, 2018

An Asgardian youth sneaks his way into a desperate fight with frost giants and helps Thor save the day. This is an eminently satisfying all-ages tale for your mini-Marvelite, and the attached reprint of Thor vs. Hulk from Journey into Mystery #112 reinforces the "pick this up on the way back from Thor: Ragnarok" feel. It's executed well in both script and art, but the creators' sights are set so thoroughly on a youthful audience that it's unlikely to leave any memories in a grownup reader's mind beyond a generally favorable retro glow.

4.0
Thunderbolts (2016) #9

Oct 31, 2017

Songbird gets the nickel tour of the all-new, all-different Thunderbolts and decides to stick around. The art is still painfully inept. There are about three panels that suggest this whole thing is supposed to be a tongue-in-cheek parody of 90s xtreem comics; they're surrounded by dozens of panels that suggest Jon Malin couldn't draw anything better if his life depended on it. The best part of the entire book is the teaser at the end suggesting the next issue will be an anniversary special done by Busiek and Bagley.

6.0
Thunderbolts (2016) #10

Oct 31, 2017

Zemo and the Masters of Evil attack. They're after Kobik, and their arrival breaks the team. Plus Kobik decides Bucky could use a blast from the past. This book has exciting plot twists, great pacing, and serviceable dialogue. The anniversary introduction - a dozen pages created by Busiek and Bagley - is also very welcome. I would almost certainly rate this issue higher if the balance of the pages didn't feature Jon Malin's art, which is, frankly, unacceptable.

6.0
Thunderbolts (2016) #11

Oct 31, 2017

Kobik is Very Disappointed with Bucky when he relives her revised WWII timeline and turns down the new "join Hydra" option. Jim Zub has put together an impressive script. While I still feel that Jon Malin's art is holding it back, it looks like his style's evolving. This issue's art is kind of hollow, but that's because Mr. Malin is purging some bad Liefeld-esque habits.

4.0
Thunderbolts (2016) #12

Oct 31, 2017

Kobik breaks along with the team, and Zemo is there to pick up some traitorous pieces. It's a strong, dramatic script undercut by relentlessly inept art. Am I talking about issue #12 or the title as a whole? Yes. The important takeaway for Secret Empire is that Kobik is splintered into fragments, and they're doubtless gonna turn into MacGuffins. Bucky is Zemo's captive, Songbird, Jolt, and Ghost survive, Mach X is MIA, and the rest of the T-Bolts have thrown in with Zemo with varying degrees of enthusiasm. When I downrate a comic this severely for its art - and make no mistake, this would be an above-average showing with a different artist - it's because art as bad as Jon Malin's actively impedes my investment in the story and sympathy with the characters. It makes the finished comic worse than the script, which is the opposite of the artist's job.

7.5
Thunderbolts (2022) #1

Jan 31, 2023

This is very well-drawn, and the two cross-cut introductory scenes are sharply written. This looks like a fun and funny team to follow. I'm a bit worried about the next steps, though. This issue throws out a double serving of plot hooks, none of which really grab me. I'm most interested in finding out The Deal with Palette-Swapped Cable, but mainly in an "I feel the dad joke coming, just get it over with" way.

8.0
Thunderbolts (2022) #2

Mar 22, 2023

This issue makes me think we're in for a relationship-heavy plot-light team dynamics book. (A funny one, too.) And it's done well enough to make me embrace it; I think this is a pretty good read. Nothing world-shattering, but thoroughly satisfying. Plus it seems like the author wants to do a lot of early Silver Age nods, and that's like catnip to me. (I totally recognized that ape is what I'm saying.)

7.0
Thunderbolts (2022) #3

Apr 14, 2023

By #3, the series' Big Problem is clear to me: This is a well-crafted tent without a tentpole. All of the small stories -- the mission du jour being an embarrassing success, Clint's immaturity and self-doubt, Monica's undercutting assistance, America's power problems, the troubling way Helen runs the team with a PR focus -- are good. But none of them quite get the focus (or quite have the quality) to be the lead story. It's possible to write a great ensemble series with attention spread evenly across the cast (that was the standout feature of 80s Claremont). But this volume isn't quite clearing the bar. The guest art is solid; nicely finished and it has a distinctive, mild grotesquerie to it. But it's also a pretty abrupt swerve away from the style Sean Izaakse was just getting established.

6.5
Thunderbolts (2022) #4

May 9, 2023

The best part is the beginning, where I'm not sure what's going on. Then the "what" becomes clear, so I'm ready to move onto the "who" and the "how" and the "why." And I wait. And I wait. I thought at least I'd get some hints from a final page reveal, but nope! Just a double- (or triple-) down on the "what." The storytelling is pretty good, particularly in the art. But as long as the plot is just circling the runway instead of touching down, I really can't call this an above-average comic.

5.0
Thunderbolts (2022) #5

Sep 2, 2023

When they did this gag in Nextwave #10--which is what I assume is being ripped off--at least the results were *intentionally* ridiculous.

6.5
Tiger Division (2022) #1

Jan 12, 2023

I like the art. It's scruffy, but detailed. I admire the script and think it's competently put together, but it utterly fails to engage me. The "magic gem heist" plot doesn't sink a hook, and neither does Taegugki's mysterious origin (it needs to distinguish itself from "Superman, but in Korea!" real damn soon).

7.0
Tiger Division (2022) #2

Aug 10, 2023

Tae's backstory starts to distinguish itself and to have an impact on the contemporary story, which is all to the good. While this comic doesn't do anything fantastic, it also doesn't make any mistakes. It's just rock-solid journeyman work, and if I don't rate it super-high, I do appreciate seeing it on the shelf.

6.5
Tiger Division (2022) #3

Nov 10, 2023

This is a thoroughly average comic in words, art, and content. That's not bad, but it's not particularly good, either. Its highest accomplishment is capping off Taegugki's origin story, which does give the character some sorely-needed depth.

7.5
Tiger Division (2022) #4

Apr 20, 2024

The consistently competent storytelling work really pays off here as the story bends towards its conclusion. The art's firing on all cylinders again. The dialogue might not be the most memorable, but it's all clear and it does a decent job expressing character. Best of all, there's a fine sense of rising tension leading to a well-executed twist ending.

8.0
Timeless (2021): 2021

May 8, 2022

And *that's* how you make a "coming attractions" one-shot interesting! All the teasers are crammed into a few brief pages, and in the balance of the double-sized issue, the creators go whole hog on a compelling villain-on-villain fight. The conflict itself is sized appropriately for 40-ish pages, and it's supported by a laudable level of insight into Kang's character.

7.0
Timeless (2021): 2022

Sep 2, 2023

Right off the bat, note that my rating takes a big subjective hit because this art team is like a who's who of my least-favorite top-shelf artists. It's a mighty smug book. Which is appropriate for a Kang book, but it gets grating after about 30 pages. And I worry that some of the smugness is the author's; he's sooo proud of his Arthurian premise. Everybody caught the fact that Myrddin's Knights are Avengers analogues, right? I'm guessing that means Kang will try to make the proper Avengers into his catspaws somewhere down the line. Overall I preferred last year's Timeless.

8.5
Tony Stark: Iron Man #1

Jan 1, 2019

Saint Tony of the Church of Iron Man breathlessly sweeps up an old competitor and installs him in the new Stark Unlimited Robotics Division. There's a Fin Fang Foom fight and some back-burnered corporate espionage, but for my money, the most promising novelty is Jocasta as the company's robo-ethics specialist. This script is ambitious, particularly in its "one step past tolerable on the cocky-meter" characterization of Tony. Exceptional art NEARLY sells this as all-time great; I'm held back by a little uncertainty as to whether this issue's patronizing tone comes from Tony or the author.

8.0
Tony Stark: Iron Man #2

Jan 31, 2019

Rhodey's the star of the action-packed main plot as a bit of well-earned claustrophobia pushes him away from armored suits. Even Jocasta's surprisingly complicated robots vs. humans feelings come ahead of Tony Stark's modest pair of plot points this month. This is a good comic and it's a lot of fun to read, but it feels like the bonus ensemble comic that should be running alongside a dedicated Iron Man title. In fact, this ensemble is done so well that I'm almost dreading the arrival of more Tony-centric plotlines.

8.0
Tony Stark: Iron Man #3

Feb 28, 2019

The Stark team weathers the beta test of their virtual reality eScape, even when Aaron Stack crashes the party. Jocasta makes a superb star turn, and Tony reveals a fascinating worry about his humanity. There are great potential parallels between their stories, but the comic hasn't really explored them yet. Instead, we get too much focus on the "blah" antagonism of the Controller. Another hole in the story: The fundamental rules of the beta test aren't explained very clearly. That makes this issue's plot seem more complex than it really is. Solid but subtle visuals help keep the story enjoyable despite its shortcomings.

7.0
Tony Stark: Iron Man #4

Apr 18, 2019

"Online dating be crazy" is another grampaw take on technology.

7.5
Tony Stark: Iron Man #5

May 21, 2019

7.0
Tony Stark: Iron Man #6

Jun 13, 2019

7.5
Tony Stark: Iron Man #7

Jul 16, 2019

I dunno why the writers are terrified of letting Jocasta or Aaron Stack put together two sentences in a row without making a lame robo-joke. Do they think we're in danger of mistaking them for human?

7.0
Tony Stark: Iron Man #8

Aug 20, 2019

7.0
Tony Stark: Iron Man #9

Sep 28, 2019

7.0
Tony Stark: Iron Man #10

Oct 31, 2019

7.0
Tony Stark: Iron Man #11

Dec 5, 2019

8.0
Tony Stark: Iron Man #12

Dec 27, 2019

The core conflict is very simple, but Ms. Simone develops it well in the script. She also has a terrific ear for Tony Stark, producing a nice portrait of him that smoothly ties into the title's status quo. The art is an interesting variation on the book's established style, a little messier and more organic. With, of course, a fantastic-looking dragon.

7.5
Tony Stark: Iron Man #13

Jan 25, 2020

Both the script and the art have an improvisational feel. They make for a breezy, fun read on a casual level, but the storytelling doesn't hold up to close scrutiny. The characterization does, though! This tie-in arc is a strong (albeit not Invincible) argument for giving Gail Simone an ongoing Iron Man book.

6.0
Tony Stark: Iron Man #14

Feb 27, 2020

It looks pretty, but it's frustratingly aggressive in its refusal to dig into any of the philosophical points it raises. Instead it throws us more sound-and-fury fight scenes, of which this title has had plenty. (And the robo-dad-jokes at the Uncanny Valley are @#$% painful.)

6.0
Tony Stark: Iron Man #15

Mar 10, 2020

Interesting developments on the title's plot, characters, and philosophy, which is exactly what they needed. Yeesh, the art, though. Fun to read; not at all fun to look at.

5.0
Tony Stark: Iron Man #16

Apr 4, 2020

I'm disappointed that this issue discards Gerry Duggan's excellent take on Jan & Pymtron. I thought it was *great* for her to consider the fusion as "Ultron wearing my dead ex-husband's face;" now she's calling it "Hank," ugh.

6.5
Tony Stark: Iron Man #17

Jun 1, 2020

Rhodey's storyline goes dark and I'm terrified of where he might go. But my admiration for that drama is strongly tempered by my suspicion that the creators hardly realize how thoroughly he's upstaged Tony here.

7.0
Tony Stark: Iron Man #18

Jun 7, 2020

At least there at the end they come back to my preferred "Pymtron is Ultron pretending to be a man" interpretation.

7.0
Tony Stark: Iron Man #19

Jul 13, 2020

6.0
Typhoid Fever (2018): Spider-Man #1

Apr 18, 2019

5.0
Typhoid Fever (2018): X-Men #1

May 21, 2019

5.0
Typhoid Fever (2018): Iron Fist #1

Jul 1, 2019

The finale does some interesting things with Typhoid Mary, but it's kinda silly to suggest that Iron Fist - characterized here as "Spider-Man on costume swap day" - is an important part of the story.

9.0
U.S.Agent (2020) #1

Mar 9, 2021

John "U.S. Agent" Walker is due to make some waves in a depressed West Virginia coal town with possible SHIELD connections. First, he stumbles into a wondrously acidic sidekick in the form of Morrie the pizza guy/superspy. They needle each other with borderline racism as they fly into the unknown and almost certainly get in over their heads. Raw, powerful art and a razor-sharp script make this a delight to read … if you actually want to engage your brain and don't need your plot and character developments spoon-fed to you.

7.5
U.S.Agent (2020) #2

Apr 3, 2021

Johnny's reunion with his sister isn't all that friendly, and by the end, it looks like Kate is even further from "on his side" than Johnny thinks. I'm still really enjoying the storytelling, but I admit the plot hasn't really come together yet. This may end up as a shaggy dog story -- but it also could become great.

7.0
U.S.Agent (2020) #3

Jun 11, 2021

The individual scenes and the character work are halfway to brilliant, but the way everything fits together is too opaque. I think this is one of those miniseries that just doesn't work as an episodic read; I expect it'll have a much bigger impact on me once I can read the whole thing in one sitting.

8.0
U.S.Agent (2020) #4

Aug 4, 2021

Some satisfying (and much-needed) plot backfill clarifies how all the characters are vectoring toward each other in Ephraim. Questions of motivation and allegiance remain, though, and I'm not sanguine about the odds of the final issue answering all, or even most, of them. This is a nicely-drawn and sharply-written issue on its own -- really a best-case refinement of the groundwork already established. I think this series employs the "these 2 characters had sex, therefore they have a complex relationship" trope too often.

7.0
U.S.Agent (2020) #5

Sep 7, 2021

Walker clobbers his way to a technical win, with convenient exposition throughout the fight justifying (most of) the characters' actions in the series. Even at the climax, we have to contend with a non-chronological "play-rewind-play" scene structure. I think the author did a commendable job tying up all the plot threads, and the structure, while complex, is well-crafted. The language suffers, though; this issue has some *rough* dialogue. Visually, it all looks decent -- and maintaining a clear narrative flow through a script like this is a tough job for an artist. Georges Jeanty does it well.

10
U.S.Avengers #1

Jan 30, 2018

9.0
U.S.Avengers #2

Jan 30, 2018

8.0
U.S.Avengers #3

Oct 31, 2017

The Golden Skull folds up like beginner origami against the USAvengers. I think this book suffers from a bit of lazy plotting. When a lame villain challenges a team of heavy hitters, you really want him to have some clever tricks up his sleeve, not to be immediately and dismissively steamrollered. That's how you dispose of the act 1 throwaway villain, not the act 3 mastermind. Even when he's being lazy, Al Ewing is still an incredibly good writer, and this issue is a distinct cut above satisfactory. It's just also distinctly less than epic.

8.0
U.S.Avengers #4

Oct 31, 2017

Can we do a hilarious parody of Monsters Unleashed *and* position ourselves for Secret Empire in just 20 pages? You bet! Al Ewing mocks crossovers in general, Marvel's latest lackluster example specifically, and also the shallowness of one of his own characters. All of the funny serves a higher purpose, and a solid Deadpool cameo certainly doesn't hurt. The parody structure (including four "faux cover" splash pages) does shortchange us a bit on content, though.

8.0
U.S.Avengers #5

Oct 31, 2017

Evil Cap sizes up the USAvengers as potential enemies. This is about the least amount of action you can cover in an issue and still deliver a great reading experience. Cap is full of menace and there's foreshadowing happening all over the place. Paco Diaz's art agrees with me in a lot of ways, and "a bunch of cool, insightful conversations scripted by Al Ewing" is exactly the sort of substitute I want to see in a comic that decides to forego action. And even for "no action," two of those cool conversations are backdropped by pretty awesome fight scenes. Mr. Ewing is really getting ambitious in embracing Secret Empire and positioning his team right in the path of the oncoming storm.

10
U.S.Avengers #6

Nov 25, 2017

Cannonball is MIA outside the shield and Bobby's goodguy AIM is dead in the sights of Stevil's Hydra. This is a pretty flawless play off the enormous changes being wrought by Secret Empire. Al Ewing and Paco Medina infuse Quasar's apparent death with *way* more tension and gravity than its first appearance in Secret Empire #0. On the ground, the script also manages to make the USAvengers look like a significant threat requiring Stevil to bring his A game. This is a fascinating look at "day zero" of the Hydra takeover - a crucial period that the main event kind of skipped past. High-octane art and flawless dialogue help make this a cinematic mustn't-miss chapter in both the event and this title.

8.0
U.S.Avengers #7

Jan 5, 2018

Half the team falls into Hydra's clutches while Enigma and Squirrel Girl get sent to Paris for a team-up with the Champions of Europe. This issue offers some gorgeous visuals; this is one book where I *really* don't want to see the art team broken up. It's Al Ewing's script that is holding the book back from total greatness this month. That's not because of any particular flaws; this is simply such a connective episode - more than anything, a status update on every team member - that it doesn't have space for any real triumphs. There are a lot of cute connections to his other work: Two of the Troubleshooters from his Ultimates are stuck in Hydra jail and most of the cast from his under-appreciated Contest of Champions are positioned to play a big role in this story going forward.

8.0
U.S.Avengers #8

Jan 27, 2018

Toni Ho does sweet and awesome work to save Bobby's life and bust out of Hydra prison. Squirrel Girl and Aikku are fighting the good fight in Paris, and for the millionth time Cannonball is stuck with space shenanigans far away from Earth. It's a busy script, so readers are likely to appreciate, on several levels, the brusque way Toni shuts down Philip Vogt's Ultimates plug. There's plenty of other humor, ranging from the wickedly subtle to the hopelessly corny. This is a good-to-great adventure for any sort of comics reader, and if you're already a Toni Ho fan you can chalk this up as one of her all-time triumphs.

8.0
U.S.Avengers #9

Feb 26, 2018

The USAvengers win a couple of great battles against Hydra on fronts that you just *know* Nick Spencer doesn't give a ☠☠☠☠ about. The highlight of the show is Squirrel Girl and the forgotten heroes of Europe cracking wise while crashing Hydra's flying "Deuxieme Bastille" into the Seine, but this show is undeniably happening on a side-stage well away from the main event. Fun and fluffy but inconsequential - even though Toni Ho gets another nice moment of character development.

7.0
U.S.Avengers #10

Apr 7, 2018

The USAvengers ease toward disbanding with a few cute-clever conversations. At the end, they pivot towards a Sam-rescuing space caper. Some decent character portrayals combine with some polished yet disturbingly-proportioned art to deliver a comic that's just a modest step above the run of the mill. Maybe this book's sense of humor was a casualty of Secret Empire? That's a terrible loss. There are still quality gags woven through the story, but the fun absurdity of the early plots is MIA.

8.0
U.S.Avengers #11

May 7, 2018

Cannonball is trapped in a sinister mockery of Riverdale, and his teammates get waylaid by space-gangsters on the way to rescue him. Though there are sharp limits to the amount of fun this premise can deliver, Al Ewing is determined to wring out every last chuckle. Paco Diaz's art rolls the story along and lavishes a little extra attention on the best gags, like Jimmy Robot-Face, the fedora-wearing Celestial-tech gangster-bot. Even though this issue is a much-appreciated return to absurd-smart Hitchhiker's Guide-esque comedy (which suits my personal tastes like a glove), I can still see that this is well short of all-time greatness.

7.0
U.S.Avengers #12

Jun 18, 2018

The U.S.Avengers stumble into a civil war being fought over whether "classic" Glenbrook should or should not accept more modern, diverse characters and storylines. Yeah, this is less about Riverdale or Archie and more about Marvel superfans who contend that the 616 has been ruined forever by female Thors and such. Even though I agree right across the board with Al Ewing's "embrace change" message and generally line up with his sense of style and humor, I can still recognize that I'm being pandered to awfully hard here. As a weird polemic against shunning diversity, this is a pretty good read; as a finale to a doldrum-stricken series that lost its way some time ago, it's horribly abrupt and unsatisfying.

8.0
Ultimates 2 (2016) #4

Oct 31, 2017

The Troubleshooters give the Ultimates some real trouble while Logos does the same to Galactus. (And some of the Marvel universe's endangered Celestials.) This issue is exactly the killer action scene I needed to start appreciating the Troubleshooters. I'm even coming to terms with Travel Foreman's art. I can see good reasons for it to look the way it does, but I still can't go so far as to call it attractive or easy on the eyes.

4.0
Ultimates 2 (2016) #5

Oct 31, 2017

The Ultimates whomp the Troubleshooters, then get blindsided by the last-minute appearance of the real Big Bad: The First Firmament. I've decided that Travel Foreman's competent-at-best cosmic illustrations in no way excuse the absolute hash he makes of rendering human people. This issue's human-action-heavy script is Kryptonite to him. Al Ewing's writing is for once lacking in silver linings. There's nice dialogue and the characterization is decent, but the plot is a hopeless mess. I *hate* the "introduce a villain and call it a cliffhanger" move, and this straightforward example shows off all its drawbacks.

8.0
Ultimates 2 (2016) #6

Nov 4, 2017

The Ultimates + Troubleshooters turn back the First Firmament's attack and rescue Galactus, but the war is far from over. This mega cool conclusion makes up for a lot of the previous issues' weaknesses. The plot is all strong stuff, no filler, and there's a lot of superb action together with some intriguing cosmic background. Travel Foreman is in his element when the script hands him stuff like wars between good and evil Celestials; the visuals take a turn towards the less impressive once the Ultimates drag the conflict back to the human scale. But a few artistic quibbles can't drag down the brilliance of the script here. Al Ewing even earns some bonus credit by retroactively patching another CW II plot hole.

4.0
Ultimates 2 (2016) #7

Nov 25, 2017

A quiet filler episode emphasizes that the Ultimates can't beat Stevil's energy shield and honorary teammate Galactus reminds them that they actually have bigger problems to worry about. This script - a giant shoulder-shrug at Secret Empire - was never going to be a world-beater. It's certainly not the place to launch Aud Koch's career as a Marvel artist. She seems overwhelmed by the volume of work and the need to match pre-existing character designs. The result is a sad, detail-lacking imitation of Moebius that is undeniably disappointing. Dan Brown lets the team down for once with flat color work that further saps this issue's visual appeal. The final result is an extremely skippable yawner.

9.0
Ultimates 2 (2016) #8

Jan 5, 2018

Galactus talks to Ego and lines up some extremely high-powered cosmic hitters. At this point it's undeniable that this comic's proper title is "Galactus and the Ultimates." There's nothing wrong with that when Big G is handled with this much creativity and insight. Al Ewing's script delivers mind-mangling comic wildness and a surprising amount of sympathetic characterization for both Galactus and Ego. Plus there's interesting opposition lurking in the twist ending. Aud Koch's art has progressed light years since her debut last month, and here her clean lines and creative layouts mesh perfectly with the cerebral writing. In both visuals and ideas, it feels like every drop of creative juice missing from the last issue was squeezed into this one.

9.0
Ultimates 2 (2016) #9

Jan 27, 2018

The Maker is working world-cracking mojo on the multiverse and playing right into the hands of the First Firmament. Can the Ultimates get their ☠☠☠☠ together in time to save Galactus and make a difference in their own book? I tease, but this is an absolutely superb cosmic conflict. By this point Mr. Ewing and Mr. Foreman are on mind-meld level, and the script is ideally slanted to maximize the artist's strengths and minimize his faults. There are more than a few mind-melting twists here, and every one of them (with a single exception) look fantastic. This issue makes mustn't-miss changes to the foundations of the Marvel Universe, and it does so with incredible style and drama.

8.0
Ultimates 2 (2016) #100

Feb 26, 2018

In the final victory over the First Firmament, the Ultimates and Galactus all get satisfying roles to play. There are a fair few surprise guests stepping up, too, and this issue is practically bursting at the seams with cool cosmic ideas. That strength is also a weakness, and the comic suffers from a bit of a human interest shortage. Travel Foreman's art stays in my negative column right to the end; his dreadful treatment of human-scale figures (particularly America Chavez) simply doesn't work for me.

7.0
Unbelievable Gwenpool #11

Oct 31, 2017

Depressed Gwen tangles with Blade in this one-off gag comic. Gwen is filling up the emptiness in her life with freelance violence. There's considerable confusion over who (if anyone) is a bad guy when she and Blade cross swords in the quaint village of Doodkill. While there's solid gold comedy in the front of the book, the final act takes a swerve into Squirrel Girl territory that feels like a poor fit for Gwenpool. Guest artist Myisha Haynes also delivers some rather cartoony, forgettable work.

9.0
Unbelievable Gwenpool #12

Oct 31, 2017

Arcade reunites the MODOK crew by subjecting them to a dungeon-crawl-themed Murderworld. Gwen loves this and so do you. A meta-fictional fantasy adventure is a perfect fit for Gwenpool, and both the humor and plotting are executed perfectly. Plus, the surprise final-page guest star promises that as epic and hilarious as this issue is, #13 is gonna be even epic-er.

9.0
Unbelievable Gwenpool #13

Oct 31, 2017

Gwen's confrontation with Deadpool nearly goes grim. Thank goodness Arcade is there to get whupped! Before everybody gets friendly, Wade lays down some hilarious, trenchant meta-fictional commentary. About the only weak spot is the art collaboration. You don't *think* guest artist Alti Firmansyah is doing anything wrong, but then a five-page cut to GuriHiru during the book's climax exposes the relative weakness of the art around it.

6.0
Unbelievable Gwenpool #14

Oct 31, 2017

Resurrecting Cecil sends Gwen on a California adventure: Ghost Rider and Hawkeye ahoy! This is an above-average script tied to some sub-par art. Guest artist Myisha Haynes is capable of better; the fact that Marvel can't convince a webcartoonist to bring her A-game to a book like Gwenpool is pretty sad. Christopher Hastings' script is a little bit safe and his characterization of Kate Bishop is a little bit off, rendering this outing fun but definitely not as fun as it could be.

4.0
Unbelievable Gwenpool #15

Nov 17, 2017

The punchline to Gwen's LA adventure is resurrecting Cecil as a purple Sully from Monsters Inc. The plot and the Gwen-Kate interactions had promise, but the arc is over and those promises were never really fulfilled. Ghost Rider was even more under-utilized, essentially sleepwalking through the story. Christopher Hastings' script lived down to Myisha Haynes' lackadaisical art, and this issue felt more like a cheap Marvel Adventures kiddie-comic or an infinite comic than an actual, premium, "pay $4 at your LCS" book. Disappointing.

10
Unbelievable Gwenpool #16

Dec 7, 2017

Reality-warping shenanigans take us back to the life of Gwen Poole, lovable real-world comics nerd. Her brother is committed to keeping her in her proper universe - good thing? Right from the start, this arc looks to have superb potential for becoming an all-time great "meta" story. GuriHiru's art is detailed and vibrant as ever, but it's Christopher Hastings' script that truly shines. Pre-Marvelization Gwen Poole emerges as a fragile, achingly empathetic comics fan who's all too easy to identify with. Her humdrum life practically sags under the weight of corny "calls to adventure" that could be - but aren't - the secret keys to putting her into the Marvel universe. A rather brilliant ending twist pushes us deeper down the rabbit hole and reveals that things are not so real-world-y as they seem.

10
Unbelievable Gwenpool #17

Jan 5, 2018

Gwen hasn't returned to the Marvel universe, but she has discovered her "normal" reality is actually a comic book. We're following her past genre-savviness into all-out medium awareness; buckle the ☠☠☠☠ up! This issue is so incredibly clever and fun that I'm really struggling to talk about it without chaining together endless superlatives. This arc is developing into a perfect exploration of all the possibilities of Gwenpool's unique situation. This is *exactly* the wild, paradoxical, self-aware analysis of the medium we've been waiting for since we heard that there was a real-world comics fan loose in the Marvel universe. This is possibly the best Marvel thing I've read all year.

10
Unbelievable Gwenpool #18

Feb 3, 2018

Teddy Poole tells the story of his adventures in the Marvel universe. It's enlightening for the readers … and for Gwen, who's using her new meta-textual powers to read along with us. There's a conspiracy out to get her, but now that she's learned to warp the very fabric of her reality (i.e. the pages and panels she lives in), how can she be stopped? This "install a revolving door in the 4th wall" adventure continues to delight and fascinate on virtually every level. Both the script and the art give Gwen a sinister tinge that foreshadows complications to come.

9.0
Unbelievable Gwenpool #19

Feb 26, 2018

Thanks to a very angry future-Miles, we get a look at what's so dangerous about Evil Gwenpool. This storyline continues to be bonkers-great, but this issue struggles ever so slightly with the volume of exposition required to join Gwen's meta-powers to a pretty tricky time-travel plot in a non-confusing way. It's presented through a script with plenty of action, and GuriHiru's art ensures that it's hardly a boring read.

9.0
Unbelievable Gwenpool #20

Mar 30, 2018

When presented with the opportunity to live forever if she goes evil, Gwen makes the hero's choice. It's sad but satisfying. This issue steers clear of a physical confrontation between Gwen and Evil Gwen, but after what she's been through, Gwen is the *last* hero who should get conned into beating herself up. GuriHiru's art is delightful as ever, and this story wraps up as a rather huge evolution of Gwenpool's character. We've come to some shockingly thought-provoking territory considering we started with "Howard the Duck backup series spun out of a variant cover by a webcartoonist."

8.0
Unbelievable Gwenpool #21

Apr 20, 2018

Gwenpool begins enacting plans to weaponize her new medium-awareness powers and become an Avenger. Ambitious! Horrifically murderous! Bound to backfire! And pretty dang entertaining to boot. Irene Strychalski delivers some painstaking art to back up a fairly straightforward script. This arc is launching with plenty of potential but developments so far haven't hit "epic."

9.0
Unbelievable Gwenpool #22

May 21, 2018

The Infamous Iron Doom rolls up to see what this pink woman is angry about. Clever exploration of Gwen's expanding powerset and some surprisingly awesome meta-commentary on Doom elevate this up into greatness. The conversation between Doom and his rogue Doombot is a digression from Gwen's story, but a totally fascinating one. Irene Strychalski's art is also pretty impressive; she handles the prosaic bits of setup and the head-warping medium manipulation with equal aplomb.

8.0
Unbelievable Gwenpool #23

Jun 18, 2018

Gwen's attempt to kill Dr. Doom fails, of course. If she had paid closer attention, she would seen this problem coming three issues ago when her evil future self was unable to kill Spider-Man. It's an entertaining fight, though, and it segues smoothly into an interesting meta-moral discussion with the Infamous Iron Doom. I think Christopher Hastings's script stopped a bit short of sticking the landing. Irene Strychalski's art is also short of its maximum potential; her designs for both versions of Doom and for Gwen unmasked all look a little off.

9.0
Unbelievable Gwenpool #24

Jul 27, 2018

Batroc returns to help Gwen try her hand at super-villainy with a gorgeous flying casino caper. This is incredibly close to perfect for a penultimate comic. While Gwen's medium awareness adds a bittersweet tone to the end, the balance of the issue is a brilliant victory lap that shows Gwen and one of her best supporting characters at the very apex of their lovability. Virtually-faultless visuals by GuriHiru enhance the "going out on top" feeling. While I'm not looking forward to the end of Gwenpool's series, I *am* eager to see what kind of high note the creators end on.

10
Unbelievable Gwenpool #25

Sep 20, 2018

Gwenpool faces cancellation with courage and heart. This last issue splits its time between philosophically weighing the role of a comicbook hero and rapidly wish-fulfilling the HELL out of "future Gwen adventures." If you stuck with this title and fell in love with the protagonist along the way, this is a pure and perfect send off. A last, ambitious dose of GuriHiru's iconic visuals supports the wide-ranging script with some rock-solid quality. I believe this was the right time to end the Unbelievable Gwenpool, and I couldn't be happier with the way the creators carried it off.

8.0
Uncanny Avengers (2015) #20

Oct 31, 2017

Deadpool and Spider-Man take down the Skull's pet Avengers (not to be confused with the Pet Avengers), but the Red Skull himself proves to be a tougher nut to crack. Gerry Duggan does a fine job of keeping this confrontation steaming along at a tremendous pace. This story arc could have been gutted by the buildup for Secret Empire and its change in the Cap/Skull relationship, but it's playing out very entertainingly. The Red Skull's obsession with this particular team does seem a bit misguided, though.

9.0
Uncanny Avengers (2015) #21

Oct 31, 2017

Deadpool's last-ditch plan to beat the Red Skull comes together magnificently. The cover's a big fakeout; this isn't Cable's day to play the cavalry. This is a very fast issue but also a tremendously satisfying one. I'm often disappointed by the way story arcs resolve; this one is going out with a glorious bang. Besides being satisfying on its own terms, I think this is also going to play a strong part in teeing up Secret Empire.

8.0
Uncanny Avengers (2015) #22

Oct 31, 2017

The team has a frosty meeting with Hydrated Cap, celebrates defeating the Red Skull, and then we get into Rogue/Deadpool romance. With a surprise third wheel at the end! Though this title's often been sidetracked, this feels like a very natural evolution of the characters' relationships. That applies mainly to Rogue and Wade, of course, but other folks like Janet and Synapse have moved forward, too. Art and writing are both excellent here.

9.0
Uncanny Avengers (2015) #23

Nov 17, 2017

Wonder Man is back for real and Deadpool spent all his money, whoops. Synapse brings Cable back too and he time-travels out. Almost like he knows something terrible's coming! It's a half-farewell as Gerry Duggan artfully cuts Deadpool out of the team ahead of Secret Empire. His romance with Rogue is left at an open question mark. Some more focus for Synapse and Cable turns out surprisingly well, giving them closure and providing the issue with some real heart. Pepe Larraz's art helps a great deal to close this era of UA on a high note.

6.0
Uncanny Avengers (2015) #24

Jan 5, 2018

It's Day 0 of Hydrated America and the Uncanny team is (except for Pietro) trapped under the Darkforce Dome. Jim Zub and Kim Jacinto inherited one of Marvel's best titles here. This underwhelming start doesn't bode well. It's not all Secret Empire's fault, either. Mr. Zub lards his script down with demon fighting AND supervillain fighting AND civilian rescuing AND Pietro on a solo kick AND and an incipient Wasp/Rogue power struggle AND a surprise case of demonic possession. There's not a lot of space left for the sort of characterization that inspires readers' confidence; Rogue is back to being portrayed as an accent in a hoodie and Synapse is basically Counsellor Troi in a ninja mask. I like the way Kim Jacinto models figures but all his poses feel decades old. (And he seems to arbitrarily stop drawing eyeballs when he's pressed for time.) This isn't a lost cause, but I need to see significant improvements fast.

6.0
Uncanny Avengers (2015) #25

Jan 27, 2018

Fortunately for the Uncanny team, all their immediate Darkforce problems are susceptible to Rogue-punching. Some workmanlike art keeps Jim Zub's aggressively forgettable script from getting too disappointing. Scorpia and Shocker have some fun lines, and Synapse and Dr. Voodoo get significant roles to play. None of it seems likely to stick in your mind for very long, and the trite way Rogue frets over her lack of leadership qualities while displaying superb leadership has a very "script-writing 101" feeling to it.

7.0
Uncanny Avengers (2015) #26

Mar 11, 2018

The horndog Avengers squat in the ruins of the Mansion and argue about Scarlet Witch's sudden decision to rejoin the team. Writer Jim Zub goes in for a penny in for a pound with the sexual tension, but not all of his matchups really work. Sean Izaakse's art starts off serviceable enough, but a last-scene villain attack gives him a chance to do some impressive splashes and he runs wild (in a good way) with it.

7.0
Uncanny Avengers (2015) #27

Mar 30, 2018

Whupping Graviton is all fun and games until Rogue absorbs his crazy. This is a remarkably, almost suspiciously straightforward fight comic. While there's not a lot of deep content, it's satisfyingly earnest and it doesn't commit any sins. It's simple but it's satisfying in both words and art. Maybe a little more so the latter than the former - Sean Izaakse is developing into a top-tier talent and this is an excellent standard to hold an Avengers book to.

8.0
Uncanny Avengers (2015) #28

Apr 20, 2018

A round-robin survey issue reintroduces the Uncanny Avengers team, now with added Beast and Wonder Man. For a character-driven issue, there's a surprising lot of action and an impressive cliffhanger. Sean Izaakse's art is also pushing close to flawless. The only weakness here is that the character attention is spread so evenly that nobody gets much insight and there's not actually much development going on. It's still plenty of fun, and the Hank & Simon bro-mance is well worth a little spotlight.

6.0
Uncanny Avengers (2015) #29

May 21, 2018

A Juggernaut attack allows Pietro to do a Stupid Thing while the rest of the team (but not guest stars Beast and Wonder Man, who are MIA) gets to come together and crown Rogue as the boss. I felt it was a decent, slightly above average script backstabbed in the last lap by artistic shortcomings. Sean Izaakse's work was strong but not as strong as usual for him; Juanan Ramírez's contribution at the end was dreadfully disappointing. He made enough of a stylistic shift to be noticeable, but none of his little changes were positive.

8.0
Uncanny Avengers (2015) #30

Jul 6, 2018

Jim Zub puts the Uncanny Avengers back on their various shelves with a few status updates and relationship upgrades, plus Johnny Storm uses his phat FF lewt to buy and rebuild Avengers Mansion! It's a satisfying (but not triumphantly stirring) script that provides solid closure for the title. Sean Izaakse's art is notably on point. With this level of effort and detail, he can play in the heavyweight tier with folks like Stuart Immonen. I can easily call this issue good and also easily say it's not quite great. The developments are a little too safe and simple. But then, "A final issue is not a place to open up big cans of worms or leave vital business unfinished," I said, glaring all the while at Al Ewing's Royals.

6.0
Uncanny Inhumans #19

Oct 31, 2017

Maximus's quest to bring back Terrigen proves dangerous to his "allies" - and who knows who else? This story arc is 100 percent red herring, and the odds that this will meaningfully impact IvX are nil. Maximus in full-blown kook mode is entertaining, though. In D&D parlance, he's the chaotic neutral sorcerer who passes the DM notes about selling his party into slavery for spell components.

6.0
Uncanny Inhumans #20

Oct 31, 2017

In his twisty mind, Maximus gets to be a big damn hero. It's clear to Triton and us that he's actually keeping the secrets of Terrigen close to his vest as an insurance policy. I knew very early on that this final arc was a ridiculous shaggy dog story, and the end goes over the top in an enjoyable way. There's a much-less-fun epilogue for the series that is suspiciously insistent about the Inhumans not *possibly* knowing their Terrigen would harm mutants, reminds everybody that the Skyspear nonsense from All-New Inhumans never got resolved, and proves that "glamorous royal court intrigue" is about the *last* content you should assign Kim Jacinto to draw.

2.0
Uncanny Inhumans #1.MU

Oct 31, 2017

Swain earns a D-minus in monster-fighting in Italy. This is an embarrassing effort for the creators as well as the character. I have a soft spot for Swain; to see her fail relentlessly for 20 pages is extra painful to me. This could just barely be justified if it were the start of an intense redemption story arc, but it's a one-off story whose protagonist isn't even part of an active team right now - effectively an issue-long essay on how much Swain sucks. Mean.

6.0
Uncanny X-Men (2016) #18

Oct 31, 2017

Xorn shames himself as the jailer of New Attilan. (Sebastian Shaw helps a *lot*.) While there are a few nice psychological insights into Xorn here, this fits right into the weirdly low-energy vibe of IvX in general and this title in particular. This excellent squad of high-profile mutants seems set to spend the whole war puttering around the fringes of the conflict. Is this merely a coincidence because their writer didn't get to make any of the big plotting decisions or is there a causative link?

6.0
Uncanny X-Men (2016) #19

Oct 31, 2017

Fulfilling a vow, Psylocke attacks Magneto in the Savage Land and kills him for a hot second. This is a nice stylish duel to wrap up the title, though I don't think it's too much of a spoiler to say that Psylocke's victory over Magneto is short-lived. It's visually impressive but pretty short and ultimately a bit pointless.

5.5
Uncanny X-Men (2018) #1

May 30, 2019

7.5
Uncanny X-Men (2018) #2

Jun 13, 2019

6.0
Uncanny X-Men (2018) #3

Jun 13, 2019

7.5
Uncanny X-Men (2018) #4

Jul 1, 2019

7.0
Uncanny X-Men (2018) #5

Jul 1, 2019

My respect for the storytelling skills is growing, but so is my contempt for the story itself. X-Man's messianic activities are painfully stupid: "You should be worshipped as a god! Cast down other gods to make people fear you!" "Yes, that sounds smart! I will erase three holy buildings. That will DEFINITELY trump thousands of years of theology, philosophy, and heritage!" That's a level of naivete I don't want to see from superheroes or arch-villains or really any character who's supposed to be able to dress himself and go potty without assistance.

6.0
Uncanny X-Men (2018) #6

Jul 1, 2019

So the whole world's gonna get destroyed because Nate suffers an attack of selective sexist deafness whenever a smarter female mutant tries to explain how jackass stupid his ideas are. How infuriatingly believable.

5.0
Uncanny X-Men (2018) #7

Jul 16, 2019

6.5
Uncanny X-Men (2018) #8

Jul 16, 2019

When your title page recaps are consistently doing better/clearer storytelling than your actual comic, you are in capital-T-Trouble.

7.5
Uncanny X-Men (2018) #9

Jul 26, 2019

I have a perverse admiration for the "Beast created the vaccine" plot point. It's presented in a ridiculous way, but I think it's just squeezed into a too-small box by the big fighty action dominating the rest of the story. I bet one of the writers was pulling hard for the Beast thread, and s/he is probably even more upset than we are at the compressed, compromised form it's been reduced to.

4.0
Uncanny X-Men (2018) #10

Aug 1, 2019

7.0
Uncanny X-Men (2018) #11

Aug 20, 2019

If it were one story, with one artist, and the scene order was switched up to make Cyclops and Wolverine's team-up the finale, I'd consider this all-time great.

5.0
Uncanny X-Men (2018) #12

Sep 9, 2019

5.5
Uncanny X-Men (2018) #13

Sep 19, 2019

All the X-Men have really established by way of policy is that they're not assassinating their enemies. What, then? Rehabilitation? Mind-wiping? Turn 'em over to whatever pathetic organization is subbing for SHIELD this week? Tie 'em up in their basement until they all escape at the worst possible moment? Dammit, that's the plan, isn't it?

6.0
Uncanny X-Men (2018) #14

Sep 30, 2019

5.5
Uncanny X-Men (2018) #15

Oct 15, 2019

I like the way this story hustles right along even when Cyclops is out of action; nothing stops the bad news train.

5.0
Uncanny X-Men (2018) #16

Oct 31, 2019

6.0
Uncanny X-Men (2018) #17

Nov 12, 2019

I appreciate the art shift; Mr. Gómez suits my personal taste better than Mr. Larroca.

4.5
Uncanny X-Men (2018) #18

Nov 27, 2019

6.5
Uncanny X-Men (2018) #19

Dec 27, 2019

The art team-up works, barely. The creators would be in real trouble if the script called for a second sexy blonde woman, though.

5.0
Uncanny X-Men (2018) #20

Jan 25, 2020

4.5
Uncanny X-Men (2018) #21

Jan 25, 2020

My problem with this art is that Salvador Larroca always draws comic book characters, never people.

4.5
Uncanny X-Men (2018) #22

Feb 27, 2020

The art switch literally could not have come at a worse time. Between this and AoX, I'm developing a PTSD trigger for comics characters talking about their own lives in storytelling metaphors. It can be done well, but it definitely wasn't in these two series. Here -- particularly when Dani starts talking about being a supporting character -- it stinks of desperation.

9.0
Uncanny X-Men (2018) Annual #1

Aug 6, 2019

Kid Cable runs a complicated timey-wimey caper to explain how Cyclops is alive again. The upshot is, a little judiciously-applied super-science finessed the temporary rebirth the Phoenix performed during Resurrection and made it permanent. Plenty of attention is paid to the logic of it all, and the story also features some nice character work on Kid Cable and Scott. Part of the former's plan involves presenting the latter with a little character test before releasing him back into the wild. Cyclops passes with flying colors - as does this compelling comic.

5.0
Uncanny X-Men (2018): Winter's End #1  
4.0
Unforgiven (2023): Spider-Man #1

Apr 23, 2024

Frankly, It offends me that Marvel is rolling out a full slate of a-listers to shill for this dumb-ass Vampire: the Masquerade fan-fiction. A sufficiently intriguing story told with considerable talent could get past my inherent distaste. This story? With these words, with this art? Not a chance.

9.5
Valkyrie: Jane Foster #1

Feb 27, 2020

Here's how Valkyrie works: Jane narrates some cool exposition. Jane segues cleverly into cool dialogue. CAFU smoothly illustrates the action and throws a killer grimace onto Jane for her best lines. Lather, rinse, repeat. If you liked Jason Aaron's Jane Foster -- and I did, a whole bunch -- this is more than just a return to form. Possibly the best she's ever been.

9.5
Valkyrie: Jane Foster #2

Mar 10, 2020

Valkyrie clobbers Bullseye in a full-issue fight that strikes a perfect balance between action and character exploration. The absolutely gorgeous art is so smooth that it risks being overlooked, but this book really is illustrated in a "best of all possible worlds" way. The main character is charming and we get to follow along as she learns about herself and her new powers.

9.0
Valkyrie: Jane Foster #3

Apr 4, 2020

Jane takes Heimdall on a striking last ride before depositing him in a truly unknown country. The comic relief & foreshadowing that closes out the book causes some mood whiplash, but the Valkyrie's ride is every bit as epic as it should be. Artistic collaboration works far better here than it usually does.

9.0
Valkyrie: Jane Foster #4

Jun 1, 2020

In the interview in Immortal Hulk Director's Cut #6, Al Ewing talked about tailoring every one of the early issues in that series to be a working "hop on" point for new readers. I think he's applying that lesson here, and the thorough recapping does slow down the pace a bit. But the recapping's enjoyable as all get-out, and all of the guest stars crowding out Jane in this issue deliver more than enough delight to make up for the slowdown.

9.5
Valkyrie: Jane Foster #5

Jun 12, 2020

Valkyrie saves the day, and Dr. Strange, thanks to strategic advice from Anabelle Riggs and tactical assistance from Mr. Horse. The twist that solves the plot is simple but powerful, and the script makes room for at least one "Hell Yeah" moment for every character (except Dr. Strange, LOL). The art is gorgeous, too. This comic is an amazing gift you didn't realize you deserved, but you do. Be grateful!

9.0
Valkyrie: Jane Foster #6

Jul 2, 2020

A talking corpse clues Valkyrie in to a big problem with Death itself, and she organizes a team-up of medically-themed heroes to fight it. The pace is a little rushed and there's a hint of smugness in introducing the deep cut doctor-heroes. But the core problem is intriguing, the art is strong, and the prose is delightful.

8.5
Valkyrie: Jane Foster #7

Aug 3, 2020

The Doc-Team ferries Valkyrie to Death's sickbed and she cures her solo, using the power of philosophy (plus nifty continuity links). Prior to that, Cardiac screws the pooch a little. I'm okay with the team action, and I'm more than okay with the art, the philosophy, and the continuity action. "The Death of Death" isn't a novel trope, though.

9.0
Valkyrie: Jane Foster #8

Oct 17, 2020

Jane gets just a few pages to complain about her lack of a non-superhero life before a demon attack comes crashing down on her. Tons of a-list guest stars throw in and she pushes on to the next chapter with Thor as her wingman. Outstanding character by-play and comedy are the highlights of the script; the low point is its vagueness about the nature of the Rokkva, the demonic lurgi du jour. CAFU's art is, as usual, absolute top-of-the-line stuff.

8.5
Valkyrie: Jane Foster #9

Nov 2, 2020

The Rokkva story really starts to come together with the addition of a proper villain (Tyr) who has some clever twists to throw at Valkyrie. Unfortunately, while the plot is ramping up, the storytelling takes a tiny step down. The prose doesn't reach the lofty heights it's aiming for, and Ramon Rosanas's art, though strong, isn't as uniquely impressive as CAFU's.

8.0
Valkyrie: Jane Foster #10

Feb 17, 2021

Jane saves the day, regaining the All-Weapon and using it to banish the Rokkva. It's a pretty straightforward victory, practically a deus ex machina, but it's lifted up by some powerful art and flowery (good flowery) language. This makes a satisfying end to the arc and the series, even though it's a bit abrupt.

7.0
Vault of Spiders #1

May 21, 2019

6.0
Vault of Spiders #2

May 30, 2019

4.0
Venom (2016) #4

Oct 31, 2017

Venom & Scorpion use an intimidation gig as an excuse to thrash each other. I am getting frustrated with reading this cheap ripoff of a Hong Kong action movie instead of the story of how Venom and Flash broke up. This issue also features one of the worst art mismatches in recent memory. The six Jaunan Ramírez pages dropped into Gerardo Sandoval's comic are the penciling equivalent of a surprise banjo solo in the middle of an Al Green song.

4.0
Venom (2016) #5

Oct 31, 2017

Spidey drops by for a hot second, all of Venom's baddies are working together, and Eddie Brock is on deck. Is replacing the totally generic meathead protagonist (Lee) with a slightly better-known meathead protagonist (Eddie) really going to solve this title's woes? I very much doubt it.

4.0
Venom (2016) #6

Oct 31, 2017

Spidey tricks the Venom symbiote off of Lee Price and right into Eddie Brock's hands. Mike Costa delivers a workable script, but there's nothing in the writing to attract positive notice. Functionally it's a medium-hard reset and it moves me to make unkind assumptions about Mr. Costa's writing style: Start with promise, trail off into mediocrity. When combined with more of Gerardo Sandoval's overblown "I'd rather be cool than clear" art, the full package is distinctly unappealing.

8.0
Venom (2016) #150

Dec 3, 2017

Eddie Brock is reunited with Venom at last, but he discovers the symbiote is traumatized and maddened. The A-story script is very much a love story; specifically, it's about a good man reunited with a toxic partner. This messed-up symbiote is not what Eddie expected, and though he won't give it up, he's headed down a much different road than he thought he was. Artistically, the A-story is a love affair of a different sort. Tradd Moore knows that drawing Venom #150 calls for something special, and he delivers in a way that few Marvel artists do today. It's truly a sight to see. The B and C stories are cut from different, far cheaper cloth. The "how Flash lost Venom" story is supremely unsatisfying. Gerardo Sandoval draws a frenetic Venom, but he's absolute pants at humans - like the random dude who sonically separates the symbiote from Flash. It's technically one of the FBI sleazeballs that was plaguing Lee Price in earlier issues, but I had to resort to internet research to figure that out. Mike Costa's cardboard characterization of those agents up to this point certainly didn't help, and while this story isn't finished yet, nothing about its presentation so far bodes well for the future. The final story is a bit of Michelinie/Lim fluff that recreates the weaknesses of 90s comics a little too well. This issue would be a major disappointment without Tradd Moore's tour-de-force performance, and even with that gorgeousness, it's a long way from flawless.

6.0
Venom (2016) #151

Jan 5, 2018

Some wonderfully mad action puts Venom up against Stegron on behalf of Alchemax. Diving into a wacky "let's fight dinosaur men" plot is actually a refreshing change for this title. Mike Costa has also invested some effort in cultivating a good inner dialogue between Eddie and the symbiote. Most of his other characterizations and the supporting plot points are regrettable, though. Gerardo Sandoval's art is what it is: Great at splashy Venom action, pants at everything else. Which, I'm now realizing, could be said about the writing as well. This title hasn't done so hot with deep, dark character study; perhaps brainless action will prove to be the right way to go.

5.0
Venom (2016) #152

Jan 27, 2018

Can Venom actually get traction against Stegron, or are Moon Girl and Devil Dinosaur going to handle the dino beat while he worries about his sick symbiote? The plot is moving terribly slowly. Just like a lazily-written 70s Marvel comic, this issue devotes half its pages to undoing last month's cliffhanger and shares only the tiniest of plot developments while it does so. Moon Girl makes a decent team-up buddy in terms of theme - we all love dinosaurs, sure - but it would be hard to find a worse match in terms of tone. It doesn't help that Gerardo Sandoval's visual rendition of her earns a D-plus at best. If she were not standing next to a giant red T-Rex she would not be Lunella Lafayette.

7.0
Venom (2016) #153

Mar 11, 2018

Venom and Moon Girl do surprisingly credible teamwork to overcome the Stegron threat. Mike Costa's script has a nice pace, a very in-character role for Moon Girl, and some slightly on-the-nose allegories about Eddie's current relationship with the symbiote. Gerardo Sandoval's art is functional, but I admit the announcement that Paulo Siqueira is taking over next issue is very welcome news.

8.0
Venom (2016) #154

Apr 7, 2018

While Eddie Brock dreams, his symbiote pal is thinking heavy thoughts about heroism and villainy. This is a wonderfully weird peek into Venom's head, and there are a lot of ideas to unpack. (Also probably a healthy heap of foreshadowing.) Paulo Siqueira's art makes it all look very glamorous, though he has his limitations when it comes to expressiveness for both Venom and human characters. Why is it that Mike Costa seems to be better at writing Venom the shorter his stories are? This one-shot is significantly more interesting than the whole three-issue arc we just finished. #154 just might be the start of something great - and it's thoughtful and entertaining enough on its own to make me hope that it is.

8.0
Venom (2016) #155

Apr 20, 2018

Eddie Brock and Venom are dirt poor; for subsistence they take an awful tabloid job and mooch off their dino-people sewer pals, respectively. Mike Costa's script does a nice job of illuminating the Eddie-Symbiote relationship while also setting up promising plot threads. I wonder if the sleazy tabloid editor's passion for "on-brand content" is a stealthy dig at editorial constraints on Marvel creators? Mark Bagley's art does decent storytelling, but there are a few weak visuals. This issue isn't going into his greatest hits portfolio.

8.0
Venom (2016) #156

May 3, 2018

Lethal protectoring for his dino-CHUD friends puts Venom on a collision course with Kraven. If you can set aside your Venom superfan ire (OMG knives and guns hurting Mah Venom is teh bull☠☠☠☠!), this is a pretty nice story. Mark Bagley's strong fight art is a big positive, as is the way Mike Costa's script calls back to a lot of previously-established points about Venom's current status quo. I also have to give Mr. Costa credit for restraint: He *totally sets up* the Silver Age silly name "Tana the Pteranodon" and then manages not to use it.

7.0
Venom (2016) #157

May 21, 2018

Kraven blasts Venom into an "If This Be My Destiny" homage, which is a super heavily-worn square on the spider-story bingo card. It's a safe, simple story that breaks little new ground but also commits few sins. The rough edges to the art and the script are not all that rough, and the pace is speedy in a good way. Points that could cause trouble in a slower story speed right past without doing any harm. It's not a story that's going to stick around in my memory, but it was a perfectly fun ride while I was reading it.

6.0
Venom (2016) #158

Jun 18, 2018

Venom uses Shriek as a club to beat Kraven unconscious. Outside of that, all of the actual heroism here is handled by Tana the Pteranodon. Much as I love that (Tana is awesome!), it's not a good showing for a Venom comic. Combine a ham-fisted courtroom scene with an unwelcome outcome (here comes Lee Bloody Price, again) with some art you definitely would not pick for a "Mark Bagley is awesome" exhibition and you have a thoroughly non-memorable read.

6.0
Venom (2016) #159

Jul 6, 2018

Spidey and Flash lose a first-round fight to Lee Price's goon squad, Felicia escapes Venomization by smooching Flash, and Venom and Eddie reunite. It's pretty by-the-numbers storytelling. Mike Costa slides a few football references into the dialog; with Flash Thompson front and center that's not so much "clever" as it is "lazy." Gerardo Sandoval's art is pretty polished, so you could probably drop an extra point on my rating if you like his brand of glowery half-manga tough guys. I don't, particularly, so this remains a thoroughly average affair for me.

5.0
Venom (2016) #160

Jul 27, 2018

The heroes steamroller a bunch of mooks in Venom masks, Spidey saves Venom when he makes a heroic sacrifice, and Lee Price survives so that I have to follow this childish story over into an Omega issue to drive a stake into it. It's not *bad* per se, it's just so aggressively simplistic that it angers me with its mediocrity. Art so frenetic that it repeatedly loses the thread of the story and a plot that has me asking, "Surely *that's* not their plan?" at multiple points are bad substitutes for depth and/or cleverness. My rating includes a penalty for art that, at its low points, could fail a double-blind quality check against Rob Liefeld's 90s work.

8.0
Venom (2016) #161

Aug 18, 2018

Poor Venom gets just a tiny breather between crossovers, and he spends this one getting sideways with Jess "Spider-Woman" Drew. It's a very nice story and it features superb art. If Javier Garron is auditioning for a long-term role as Venom's artist, he's got my vote. Mike Costa has been sadly flattened beneath a too-aggressive crossover schedule, and he's just not getting enough space to tell the Eddie/Venom story he wants to. Glimpses like this lovely one-shot suggest that that's a real shame.

7.0
Venom (2016) #162

Sep 6, 2018

Venomized X-Men goes about exactly as you'd expect: "Wow, new powers!" "This symbiote removes politeness filters and pushes me to express my true, hurtful feelings," yadda yadda. Decent fighting and some very nice art elevate this slightly above normal. Unfortunately, we've got more Haze Mancer and LOTS more Killer Thrill coming up, plus a surprise twist villain. If you survey Cullen Bunn's recent work for a half a minute you can figure it out. This issue was a bit good on its own; I shudder to think where this title is headed, though.

5.0
Venom (2016) #163

Sep 20, 2018

The X-Men take their beating - Teen Jean is MIA with a pretty pessimistic outlook - and run off. Eddie and Venom are blessedly released into Mike Costa's hands for one last sliver of actual character work. The Starjammers foreshadow the upcoming "Venomized" event with all the promise and enthusiasm of a smog warning. The plot is heavy on action and short on creativity; it's just heroes fleeing from unstoppable Poisons for 20+ pages. Add on some extremely unpleasant proportions in the art - you get heads that are too big or too small and never in the goldilocks zone - and you've got a comic that's not fatally flawed but is thoroughly hard to enjoy.

8.0
Venom (2016) #164

Oct 17, 2018

Surprising action, scary nightmares, and the return of a (semi-) familiar face expose the big secret Venom has been keeping from Eddie. It works remarkably well considering how much time and space Mike Costa has had to surrender to crossover BS in recent months. Mark Bagley contributing a top-tier art job for this issue certainly helps. When he's fully engaged with the material, he has a near-magical ability to put any story firmly in the Heroic Age of the 2000s. He's definitely engaged here; so am I. I'm 10x more interested in Venom's expectant condition than I was in Venom Inc. and Poison-X.

7.0
Venom (2016) #165

Nov 10, 2018

The story of Venom's latest spawning grinds to an abrupt halt. An 11th-hour save from Spider-Woman starts off clever and then gets indulgent. Even if the next set of creators are hard at work on their own Venom story and have no room for a new offspring, it feels like Mike Costa could have done much more with the concept. The baby symbiote slides directly from the hypothetical onto the "maybe someday another writer will use this" shelf without ever even showing up on-page. The art falls in line with the script in that it's not actually flawed but also not living up to its potential. The stiff, generic action scenes do much less than they could to make this finale exciting.

9.0
Venom (2018) #1

Nov 25, 2018

Eddie and his symbiote get wallopped with a 2x4 of Mysterious Past. The exposition is admirably integrated with two excellent action scenes, and each character gets a separate Past to puzzle over. For Eddie, there's the discovery of previous generations of symbiote-wearing men. And for the symbiote, a more Lovecraftian threat that's millennia older. This is just about as promising as a fresh start can get; words, ideas, and art are all superb. I felt ever so slightly let down by the colors, though - grim doesn't have to be drab. The sheer density of ideas and events packed into this issue is formidable, even with its allotment of extra pages.

9.0
Venom (2018) #2

Jan 1, 2019

Rex provides his personal backstory, the antagonist slips into sharper - but still not crystal-clear - focus, and Eddie Brock gets a nice re-introduction, too. This issue does a terrific job of building on the previous one, answering just enough of our questions to drag us further down its rabbit-hole. It helps that the art and prose are still up at the very highest levels; there are plenty of lines and images that imprint themselves on the reader's long-term memory.

9.0
Venom (2018) #3

Jan 9, 2019

Eddie manages to stop a misunderstanding brawl with Miles Spidey and the two of them team up against the symbiote dragon. Early successes are wiped away as the big bad evolves toward his true form. This plot is built on VERY familiar bones (a misunderstanding brawl and a "you cannot hope to defeat me" fight), but the creators invest it with huge amounts of passion. Superb pacing, more solid character work for Eddie, and a fresh crop of mysteries regarding the arc's antagonist. Even though this title falls way outside my normal interests, it's just TOO DARN GOOD for me to ignore its greatness.

9.0
Venom (2018) #4

Feb 4, 2019

Knull delivers the origin of his symbiotes. It's Epic with a capital "E." It makes a glorious connection to Thor and slots the Beowulf scene from #1 firmly into place as fulfilled foreshadowing. Some very slight storytelling faults - the occasional clumsy word choice, visual details turning into background noise - are more than countered by the powerful, mythological force of expert world-building.

8.0
Venom (2018) #5

Mar 7, 2019

Venom gets his wings, and that's just the first of the dramatic changes coming out of his contact with Knull. This is still a gorgeous and fascinating read, but this particular issue feels a little stretched out. The layered narration is complicated and, in some places, unintentionally confusing. The art is still full-bore awesome, and if #5 doesn't get to all-time greatness itself, it doesn't give us any reason to doubt that this volume will get right back up there in the future.

9.0
Venom (2018) #6

Apr 6, 2019

Eddie and his symbiote allies defeat Knull and Grendel. Every aspect is given over-the-top passionate creativity, except the plot, and that's OK. This issue proves that abundant style can easily make up for a slight shortage of substance. Knock-your-eyes-out great visuals, some moving and meaningful characterization for Eddie, and a satisfying victory to cap off the arc. I could have done without the Fatality Fakeout ending, though.

9.0
Venom (2018) #7

Apr 25, 2019

Eddie wakes up trapped in a Marathon Man interrogation situation thanks to the Maker. It's a left-field turn in the larger plot, but the beat-by-beat story is a thrilling potboiler. Family mysteries, symbiote trouble, and gigantic trust issues paint Eddie into quite the desperate corner; what comes next is likely to be spectacular. A shift to a new artist - with plenty of skill - suits the change in tone.

8.0
Venom (2018) #8

May 30, 2019

The Maker and his plot fade into the background; this issue gives the lion's share of its attention to finally giving Flash Thompson and his tenure as Venom a great memorial. The character work on Eddie - both on his own and relating to Flash - is superb. Powerful art helps, particularly with the action scenes. I do think #7 oversold the Maker's immediate impact on the story, but he'll surely be back.

8.0
Venom (2018) #9

Jul 1, 2019

Eddie slides into the depths of despair as his relationship with his dad proves to be even more broken than his relationship with Venom. There are both ambiguous meanings and factual mysteries for him to sort through, starting with a brother he can't remember meeting before. I'm optimistic about the plot; I think there are seeds of greatness here. I thought the colors were too muted, though.

8.5
Venom (2018) #10

Aug 1, 2019

Eddie bonds with his half-brother, shares some compellingly twisted backstory, and then falls afoul of all-new grim problems. The script is superb at character interactions and at orchestrating Eddie's new backstory; it delivers a devastating gut-punch of a surprise. Ryan Stegman's art continues to be passionately excellent. I wish the colors were more colorful.

9.0
Venom (2018) #11

Sep 9, 2019

While the Maker chops on Eddie and Venom, Eddie has a revelatory trip down memory lane and a confrontation with the symbiote. This is tremendously satisfying in itself. Words and art are rigorously structured; every tool is bent on evoking specific moods and making revelations. But I'm particularly impressed with the dread foreshadowing that spreads like an infection in the final act. Eddie's story is being carefully tweaked to build strong thematic bridges in anticipation of Absolute Carnage. I am so not a Venom/Carnage guy, yet thanks to the brilliant way the groundwork is coming together, I can hardly wait for the event.

8.5
Venom (2018) #12

Sep 30, 2019

The parentage of Dylan Brock is explained and Eddie's relationship with Venom changes drastically. It's an impressive storytelling performance and I dearly love the art. But the tone seems torn between treating the big twist as a shocking surprise or a foregone conclusion, ultimately making the compromise less satisfying than either extreme.

7.0
Venom (2018) #13

Nov 12, 2019

8.0
Venom (2018) #14

Dec 5, 2019

I have a nasty habit of writing Cullen Bunn's scripts off as flat/shallow, but it'd be a mortal mistake to lump this one into that pile. The depth and subtlety with which Eddie is characterized are truly impressive.

7.5
Venom (2018) #15

Dec 27, 2019

So one of the Dreamstones gets picked up by Parties Unknown there at the end. What happened to the other one?

9.0
Venom (2018) #16

Jan 25, 2020

In this nice bridging issue, Eddie sets out to solve some money problems and provide for his kid. He has no symbiote, but Venom is very much with him in an impressively deranged way. And he finally catches wind that Carnage is gunning for him! A very tight script and some distinctive guest art make this a pleasure to read.

7.5
Venom (2018) #17

Mar 26, 2020

So the sub-plot for this title's share of the event is "Dylan learns his true parentage." Groovy, but I have doubts about the art's ability to handle character drama. It's great at Big Dumb Symbiote Fights, though!

8.0
Venom (2018) #18

Mar 31, 2020

The Maker cleans the symbiotes out of the base, then Dylan imitates Eddie by doing "something stupid" to escape him. It's an impressively interesting story with some solid art. Though the scripting is obviously delaying the eventual "Dylan learns the truth" scene, that strategic decision is not nearly as frustrating as I expected.

7.5
Venom (2018) #19

Jun 1, 2020

It's a solid script, but being published late makes it feel more like a recap than it deserves. The art isn't particularly impressive, either.

7.5
Venom (2018) #20

Jun 12, 2020

I agree with the effusive praise for this title, and the script for this issue is another corker. The art, though … it's not *bad*, but it's a middle-shelf effort that doesn't live up to the writing.

8.0
Venom (2018) #21

Jul 13, 2020

Eddie fields an impressive team-up offer, but his Carnage problems still aren't done. Good pacing, plotting, and character work here, though I'm running into Carnage fatigue. The art hits me as somewhat dated, too. Still a good comic overall!

8.0
Venom (2018) #22

Jul 23, 2020

I can enjoy it for what it is -- a slightly pompous, grimdark character study -- and recognize it as a well-done comic without being tempted to crown it as profound or all-time great.

8.5
Venom (2018) #23

Sep 24, 2020

Eddie gets off Venom Island alive, but the cost is high. My enjoyment of the arc takes an upswing here at the end; I like the gritty developments and all the future trouble they set up. Some particularly nice art here, too.

8.5
Venom (2018) #24

Oct 21, 2020

A big twist plunges Eddie back into the Venom Island mess, but never fear, Venom (with psychic help from Dylan) will save him from Carnage! The twists are a little telegraphed -- you can see the creators winding up for the big punches -- but no less satisfying when they're unleashed. A fun action comic, elevated by that edge of sharp character work typical of the volume.

8.0
Venom (2018) #25

Nov 9, 2020

Dylan saves his father. The finale of this arc and the volume as a whole are bookended by Eddie reviewing it (for the Avengers, it turns out), which is well-crafted, but it inflates the page count without adding much. It's an indulgent celebration of everything these creators have accomplished with Venom -- and admittedly, it deserves celebrating.

8.5
Venom (2018) #26

Dec 17, 2020

Eddie tries to tap the Maker to learn more about Dylan's symbiote, but the nut in the "War Venom" armor attacks and knocks everybody through the Maker's new dimensional gate. Solid words and art are used to convey absolutely fascinating ideas. This issue *really* makes me eager to see the next.

7.5
Venom (2018) #27

Jan 4, 2021

The character work and the world-building in the script are terrific, but the plot is action-heavy and the art shift (though suitable for an AU adventure) doesn't thrill me.

6.0
Venom (2018) #28

Feb 26, 2021

Sorry, it's a decent premise and the script is solid, but googly-eyed AU Reed Richards triggered my "hurl this comic away and don't look back" reflex. The art's ruining this for me.

7.5
Venom (2018) #29

Mar 6, 2021

Annie tells the story of how her son killed the world and became Codex. 616 Dylan shows off his own powers. This issue has solid action, compelling backstory, and a quantum art upgrade. Exactly what was needed to bring me back onboard this arc.

8.0
Venom (2018) #30

Mar 14, 2021

The heroic assault on Codex fades into the background and touching family connections between Annie and the Brocks come to the fore. That's a surprisingly sweet way to wrap up -- although its dominance over the conflict testifies to the weakness of this arc's premise. But decent art and genuine heart make this a good comic.

8.5
Venom (2018) #31

Mar 23, 2021

After Knull chucks him off a building, Eddie spends the trip down reiterating his core character traits for this volume while his dead buddy Rex recaps his earlier history. It retreads familiar ground, but it's still a very good comic. Great talent (particularly on the art, Iban Coello is improving dramatically) elevates material that might be boring in lesser hands and makes it compelling.

7.5
Venom (2018) #32

Apr 18, 2021

Eddie finds himself talking to Rex in a unique afterlife, inside the symbiotes' hive mind. At first, Eddie won't listen. Once he does, he won't accept Rex's conclusions. He's got a crazy, desperate plan -- and that might be just what it takes to turn the tide against Knull. This issue is short on plot development and the art, though finely-polished, struggles to convey some of the abstract stuff going on here. But the character work on Eddie is outstanding.

8.5
Venom (2018) #33

May 15, 2021

Dylan's real-world fight in KiB #3 has an impact on the Hive Eddie's stuck in. He and Flash take advantage, fighting their way toward freedom -- but Knull isn't letting Eddie go just yet. This comic lives on a string of awesome moments, points where the writer or the artist go above and beyond to make you say "coool." Those moments work very well, and there's more than enough awesome to make up for a plot that doesn't quite stand up to close scrutiny.

7.5
Venom (2018) #34

Aug 7, 2021

A closer look at the resurrection of Eddie Brock emphasizes that Venom and Flash Thompson had as much to do with bringing him back as the Enigma Force did. The prose is merely functional and the plot developments don't fit that well into the main event. But the character work is on point and the art is terrific. Imma just say it: I prefer Coello + Aburtov to Stegman + Martin by a considerable margin -- and the colors (i.e. using more than 3 of them) have a lot to do with it.

8.5
Venom (2018) #35

Oct 28, 2021

Eddie Brock's happily ever after comes together with an impressive number of sequel hooks laid out for future stories. The art carousel is something I'm tolerating rather than loving, but I'll admit there are some great visual moments. Some excellent writing, too; Eddie, Dylan, and Spidey are all characterized very well. Mr. Cates also hits hard on his over-arching theme ("we're stronger together"), making a triumphal final chorus out of this farewell. I'm surprised by how consistently interested I am in all of the sequel hooks; I hope none of them get screwed up.

6.0
Venom (2018) Annual #1  
8.0
Venom (2021) #1

Mar 21, 2022

This big intro extravaganza is certainly staffed with top-tier talent who make the most of the extra space. I worry about how it will play in ordinary-sized comics, though. Following 2 protagonists seems like it could be trouble; even here at the start, Eddie seems to be getting more than his share of development.

8.0
Venom (2021) #2

Apr 14, 2022

The art's growing on me; I can admit this is pure top-shelf stuff. And I liked the full-on Dylan focus. There's not a lot of novelty to his plot or antagonists yet, though. I found most of the prose dry and expository, with Krane and Drake using an awful lot of words to say very little. A super-cliche Terminator quote as a closing line really rustled my jimmies, too.

7.5
Venom (2021) #3

May 7, 2022

I like the way the story develops, at least the central burglary-to-betrayal plot featuring Dylan. The Life Foundation scenes that bookend it remain mighty dry and expository. On the art front, I think this comic has strong bones being undermined by poor finishing. The colors are dull (but otherwise OK). The inking is shockingly rough. This should be a top-tier title, and I would love to love it. But the storytelling or the story (or sometimes both) always seem to let me down a little.

7.5
Venom (2021) #4

Jun 3, 2022

Though Dylan's a little passive, I'm pretty engaged with what's happening to him. It all looks gorgeous and the unfolding plot is compelling. I'm particularly curious to see what Eddie's up to. The writing's decent; this script has a nice structure and pace. The technobabble is kind of annoying. I don't think the author's ideas are coming across quite as clear or profound as he wants them to be.

8.0
Venom (2021) #5

Jul 2, 2022

I appreciate the craftsmanship of this issue. It could be immensely confusing, but it isn't, thanks to an intricately fine-tuned script. It looks gorgeous and nasty in exactly the right way. What it doesn't do is sink a hook in me, though. Meridius ain't much of a villain so far. Yeah, he's got timey-wimey powers and he *thinks* he's way out ahead. He's just seething with barely-repressed anger and self-doubt, though. It's not a matter of *if* he winds up shooting himself in the foot, more just *when*.

6.0
Venom (2021) #6

Aug 3, 2022

Maximum salt take: Ram V COULDA just posted "Started watching Sons of Anarchy" on Twitter, but nooooo… Obviously, I'm not a fan of this new situation Dylan's stuck in. But a boring arc-premise is far from the only problem here. The script is all tell, no show. All this is is people talking -- too verbosely, too Englishly -- about what has happened or will happen; virtually nothing actually HAPPENS in-panel in real time. It's a testament to the artist's skill that he can lend this talky script the illusion of action, mainly with cool flashback splashes of Venom leaping around while the characters yammer on in captions.

7.0
Venom (2021) #7

Oct 29, 2022

I remain frostily uninterested in what's being done with the characters and the plot, but I won't say the script does anything particularly badly. And I'll hand it to Ram V, he has a knack for exciting final pages. The art's gorgeous. Maybe a trifle dated, though? But no matter; composition and polish are both of the highest quality.

9.0
Venom (2021) #8

Dec 28, 2022

It's not that the Ram V part of this volume is *bad*. It's just that the Al Ewing part is, for me, *so much better*. This issue is taut, fast, and action-heavy, segueing into some cool (albeit predictable) plot developments at the end. And lest it seem too light, it opens with a deep characterization gut-punch for Eddie. Add some stellar art and a fine helping of jokes and you've got a great comic.

8.0
Venom (2021) #9

Jan 12, 2023

I need a *really* talented storyteller if a timey-wimey puzzlebox story is going to satisfy me, and Al Ewing *just* gets the job done here. We've seen all of this issue's pivotal scenes before, from Dylan's point of view. Eddie's very different perspective gives everything a nice tragic tint. The art's strong, albeit maybe not the strongest it's been in this volume. It's fitting that there's a crossword joke in here, as this issue is very much the missing piece that unlocks prior mysteries. But there are fresh mysteries still to come -- and, I think, some juicy red herrings.

8.0
Venom (2021) #10

Feb 24, 2023

Although the big twist isn't all that surprising (#9 *heavily* foreshadowed it), it's so well-reasoned in every detail that it's thoroughly satisfying. It's also elevated by some brilliant art -- not just well-polished, but also wonderfully expressive as Eddie sinks into despair.

7.0
Venom (2021) #11

Apr 7, 2023

This issue puts some interesting plot developments on the table. And as per usual, it's drawn beautifully. But as has already happened too often with this volume's Ram V issues, I'm hearing lots of people talk about things happening and not seeing much actually happen. (I'll give full credit for the mindscape fight being things happening with a vengeance, though.)

5.5
Venom (2021) #12

Apr 14, 2023

I like Edgar Winter's Winter Soldier cosplay there at the end.

7.0
Venom (2021) #13

May 7, 2023

It's a little simple; Eddie's chucked toward the upcoming event in a slow, easy pitch. But the simplicity also makes it a palate cleanser after all the mind-f#$%ery this title's been doing. As an obsessive "read everything" user of Marvel Unlimited, I admire the way Dark Web looks set to pull characters and plot threads out of so many different titles. So far it's impressively rational -- but it is very early days, isn't it?

8.0
Venom (2021) #14

Sep 2, 2023

Visually, this issue has a bit of a "cruise control" feel. But the general level of artistic talent is so high that even a middling effort produces nice results. On the script front, though, the author performs minor miracles. He turns an event that's tantamount to character assassination for his protagonist into a meaningful bit of character development and keeps the ongoing plot moving forward. He even off-handedly develops other authors' characters (Chasm, Hallow's Eve, Synch) in a deft way. Put it together and you get a comic that isn't great, but is definitely good--far better than I expected given how this event has treated Venom up to now.

6.5
Venom (2021) #15

Dec 26, 2023

My comparatively low rating isn't *entirely* about the weak introduction of the guest star at the end--but that is definitely pushing the needle down for me.

8.0
Venom (2021) #16

Jan 18, 2024

Al Ewing corrects the title's tie-in course again, this time by tacking back toward the event and reminding everyone (via an excellently-written Ms. Marvel) that there's still a demon invasion going on in New York. The art's outstanding for this action-heavy serving (though Bryan Hitch won't be making my list of top Ms. Marvel artists). This is a nicely-streamlined episode of this over-complex title, moving things forward significantly while also clearing up some ambiguities. It doesn't hurt that it's genuinely funny, too.

8.5
Venom (2021) #17

Apr 23, 2024

Eddie's story shifts back into drive and the plot develops with a vengeance. First, though, a little Dark Web recapping and tying off a loose end from Thor. These are digressions, but they're structured and illustrated so beautifully that they're engrossing. The nuts-and-bolts prose is a bit less impressive than the issue's other features, but it's by no means bad. It's clear and it keeps the story moving.

5.0
Venom: First Host #1

Mar 13, 2019

The story of Venom's latest offspring continues, but now it's being upstaged by a shmear of forgettable Kree-Skrull content. Mike Costa has an uncanny ability to tangle his plotting even when he isn't getting hijacked by Cullen Bunn's latest crossover idea. I KNOW the Kree story and the offspring story are the same story - they collide by the end of #1 - yet they still feel like they're tripping over each other. Mark Bagley's polished visuals are a slight positive, but nice character art isn't enough to make this very disjointed read rewarding. The editorial decision to launch this miniseries at a time when it rockets straight into position as "the third-best Venom title on the shelf" is also pretty questionable.

6.0
Venom: First Host #2

Mar 18, 2019

Venom and Tel-Kar team-up briefly before the Kree leapfrogs the story forward with a surprisingly fast drive into villain territory. I'm all in favor of that, as this issue's follow-up dose of his backstory isn't compelling in its own right and also sits poorly with established continuity. Here's hoping we've seen the last of it! High-quality art smooths over the still-glitchy script to make this issue a fundamentally decent read.

7.0
Venom: First Host #3

Mar 27, 2019

Mike Costa's script manages to wring a little gold out of the Skrull lady becoming a heroic partner and Tel-Kar attempting to restart the Kree-Skrull war. Along the way, Venom's latest spawn proves that it is ready for symbiotic hero-stuff (duh). The debut of a brand-new symbiote is treated as an afterthought; that feels like a mistake for any Venom story. It doesn't even get a name yet, and its powers just add fuel to my theory that the word "pheromones" in a superhero comic is always a red flag. Solid but unsurprising art fails to move the needle either up or down.

6.0
Venom: First Host #4

Apr 6, 2019

Eddie and the Symbiote Kid attempt to beat Tel-Kar on their own, but of course the plot feeds him allies scene-by-scene as it lumbers forward. Tel-Kar consumes vast amounts of scenery on the road to a "you're doomed" cliffhanger. The art is polished enough to elevate a stronger script, but the pro forma plot and most of all the MCU-level villain characterization hold this down at average for me.

6.0
Venom: First Host #5

Apr 11, 2019

6.5
Venom: Lethal Protector (2022) #1

Aug 19, 2022

It's a solid story, but a simple one. Like it's built of Duplo blocks when the modern audience is used to at least Lego complexity. I really like the art. It's quite retro in its layouts, but the character designs are modern and most panels get an admirable level of polish. The script is decent. Maybe even good. But the prose features a host of my unfavorite 90s writing tactics: tell-don't-show characterization, melodrama, repetition, inconsistent character voices, and a pathological interest in dad jokes and lame wordplay. I wouldn't call David Michelinie a bad writer. But I would argue -- strenuously -- that he's a DATED writer. "I don't believe nothin's broke so I ain't a-gonna fix it," that's him.

7.5
Venom: Lethal Protector (2022) #2

Dec 20, 2022

I enjoyed this a lot more than I thought I would. I still like the art and I still don't like the dated, expository prose. But language aside, I really admire this script. It's well-structured and very dense (one of the advantages of all that exposition). Characterization is a lot more consistent this time around, and there are even some nice themes stretching through multiple scenes.

5.0
Venom: Lethal Protector (2022) #3

Jan 2, 2023

Well, at least the art is consistently strong. I wish I could say the same of the script. The author returns to clumsy prose and inconsistent character voices (Venom sounds like a Harvard professor in one panel and Rodney Dangerfield in the next). This issue includes relevant plot points, but they're mixed in a blender, with no real narrative structure. If my rating looks harsh, it's because #2 was scripted so much better. Besides primary disappointment with the material between the covers, I'm also getting a secondary sting from dashed expectations.

5.0
Venom: Lethal Protector (2022) #4

Jan 9, 2023

3.5
Venom: Lethal Protector (2022) #5

Jan 17, 2023

5.0
Venom: Lethal Protector II (2023) #1  
6.5
Venomized #1

Oct 17, 2018

The Poisons unleash their assault on Earth. Tons of new designs, a Sinister Plan, a key role for Cletus Kasady, gorgeous art - and it's all virtually impossible to care about, thanks to cover-to-cover cardboard characterization. A huge cast of heroes show up at their flattest and most action-figure-y; individual takes range from the heinous (Hercules getting drunk? Oh, f!@#% you, Venomized!) to the forgettable (Kitty Pryde, Spidey, Cletus, everybody else). I'm rating this above average because the art is stellar, particularly in the front half, but it's a punishingly dull read.

6.0
Venomized #2

Nov 10, 2018

Things get grimmer as the Poisons convert their first 616 heroes and the good guys come up with a whole lot of nothing in the way of good news. I have a tiny sliver of admiration for the way Cullen Bunn has harnessed ALL of his Marvel work in the past three years for this event. (This issue is where Kid Kaiju enters play.) That admiration is completely counterbalanced by how tiresome I find the grinding of the event's plot gears. The heroes are making terribly slow progress uncovering a villainous scheme us readers already know too much about. The charm is wearing off the art, too; I'm no longer impressed by the same spiky Poison design cues repeated ad nauseam with different paint schemes.

6.0
Venomized #3

Nov 10, 2018

The Poisons lose a hero and gain a villain; Flash Thompson and friends start experimenting with Anti-Venom's effect on the Poisons. That latter point is the event's slender thread of promise; if only the script RECOGNIZED its importance and took steps to distinguish it from the background noise of "Marvel Super Hero Fantasy Baseball." I'm inordinately proud of that aspersion. I think it captures this title's hollow off-brand relationship to real storytelling. At least the art is passionate; it feels like Iban Coello might be the only person on Earth who's genuinely excited about this story.

2.0
Venomized #4

Nov 10, 2018

This issue hurls the Poisons and the heroes into combat with all the nuance of a kiddo tipping one bucket of action figures into another. The script adds some extremely questionable nuts-and-bolts writing to the banal simplicity of the plot. The art has a decent level of polish, but it's also stiff and sterile. Together, the creative work dives down past forgettable to deliver one of the most thoroughly unenjoyable reads I've experienced in recent memory.

4.0
Venomized #5

Nov 25, 2018

The Poison threat is shut down with a thoroughly predictable deus ex Jean Grey. Epic battles are shortchanged left and right, and the whole thing is wrapped up with a brief epilogue that perfectly encapsulates "minimum effort." I'm thankful that it's over, but not in the way the creators would hope.

7.0
Venomverse #1

Mar 30, 2018

Eddie Brock finally gets pulled into Venomverse, the AU-spanning war between Venom-wearers and the new "Poison" parasites that want to eat them. "Not wanting to get eaten" is all we get in terms of motivation for Team Black Goop, and that's just not enough to turn me into a cheerleader. Some gorgeous, detailed art by Iban Coello bolsters this issue and hoists it above average. This series has my attention, barely, but I need a *lot* more compelling plotting and/or characterization *fast*. Want to be your FLCS's Karnak? Point out that this is not as much a Spiderverse ripoff (though it certainly is that) as it is a new installment of Marvel Zombies with the serial numbers filed off.

6.0
Venomverse #2

Mar 30, 2018

Eddie fights the new Poison Spider to a "no decision" and then receives the second half of "Venomverse 101." Meanwhile, Venompool has plans … we hope. Iban Coello delivers excellent renditions of some superb designs for Venoms and Poisons, but his art is shortchanged by a strictly-on-the-rails plot and some pro forma characterization. "Pretty but dull" is not how I like my comics, so this ends up no better than an average read to me.

6.0
Venomverse #3

Apr 7, 2018

Eddie Brock summons dangerous help in the fight against the Poisons, against the better judgement of practically everyone - but his crazy plan works. Later on, Cullen Bunn commits a nasty storytelling sin by chaining two renditions of the same revelation back-to-back for different characters. It's a very obvious twist that was all but spelled out for us readers in #2, taking even more shine off it. Iban Coello's art is still top-notch stuff, but here the clumsiness of the script wipes out the notability of the visuals and drags the overall quality, again, down to the middle of the road. Also, "Deadpool reeks of sin, but not of evil" is a notable example of shallow bull☠☠☠☠ that sounds deep but isn't.

6.0
Venomverse #4

Apr 7, 2018

The Venoms launch a satisfying fight scene, then the comic gets overrun by endless exposition. Countless superficial riffs on the Poison premise prove far less satisfying than one deep insight would be, and with some stiff posing and a complete absence of human faces, Iban Coello's visuals start looking more like snapshots of action figures than drawings of living heroes and villains. It's a dense and wordy episode, but the lack of insight makes it interminable rather than enthralling. Mania's role solidifies into "one cute/funny Seinfeldian interaction per issue" (ugh), and Poison Gwenpool is utterly wasted playing the role of Literally Any Poisoned Hero.

5.0
Venomverse #5

Apr 20, 2018

Doc Venom is saved, Poison HQ is blown up, good guys win, event over. Cullen Bunn's script is fundamentally unsatisfying. This finale clarifies the bigger failures of the series as a whole. Casting AU Venoms as the heroes in a kindergarten-level "goodies vs. baddies" fight was a gigantic mistake. Don't turn one of Marvel's most morally-complex characters into a bland paragon of justice! (And don't water him down with a bunch of poorly-differentiated AU versions at the same time!) Both the plot and the characters are hopelessly under-developed, and that makes the final revelation that this is just the first battle in an ongoing war highly unwelcome. Iban Coello works mightily to make the visuals look polished, but all the cool character designs in the world can't make up for the shallow portrayals delivered by the script.

7.0
Venomverse: War Stories #1

Mar 30, 2018

This collection of vignettes features some outstanding AU Venoms, but its frame story does a *notably terrible* job of pumping me up for Cullen Bunn's main event. Ngozi, a Nigerian girl with heart who stumbles into becoming Grasshopper Black Panther Venom. Which is even cooler and crazier than it sounds, thumbs up. FrankenVenom, a Punisher whose symbiote delivers a living arsenal. Tooth bullets! Also, wins this anthology by actually including a two-plot-point story. Splendid. Rocket Venomcoon, introduced as a bounty hunter fighting Carol "Captain America" Danvers. Rocket's just an excuse to show us Carol with the shield, and I'm OK with that. DOOM. DOOM sneers at your feeble attempts at symbiosis, goo-creature! A solid vignette, but not a full story.

4.5
W.E.B. of Spider-Man (2021) #1

Oct 26, 2021

Nobody ever created a good piece of children's entertainment after deciding (consciously or subconsciously) that children will tolerate mediocre storytelling.

5.0
W.E.B. of Spider-Man (2021) #2

Nov 7, 2021

The relentless drumbeat of "yay, teamwork" leads the whole team to defeat the Green Goblin together, and a little twist makes Peter Parker rather than Spider-Man the hero of the hour. It's still clumsy and hokey, but the mission-oriented plot pulls this issue up a little higher than the last one.

5.0
W.E.B. of Spider-Man (2021) #3

Dec 30, 2021

The WEB team is attacked by the Goblin on their way to France, forcing them to spend nearly the whole issue averting a plane crash. Bad pacing piles on top of the title's existing "not ready for primetime storytelling" problems. Here, the teamwork theme becomes a drawback; letting everybody contribute triples the length of what should be a one-scene challenge. Still, there's some charm on display with these characters, and those Spider-Bots are mighty cute.

3.5
W.E.B. of Spider-Man (2021) #4

Jan 6, 2022

When I review an underwhelming "all ages" comic, I often offer the olive branch that if it has little to offer adult readers, it is at least harmless entertainment for kids. I can't even go that far with this issue. Bad science, bad Marvel continuity, bad storytelling -- I wouldn't let a child read this.

2.5
W.E.B. of Spider-Man (2021) #5

Jan 21, 2022

The proofreader gave up in disgust on P18; smart readers should have given up long before that.

5.5
Wakanda (2022) #1

Apr 7, 2023

The history lessons at the back are fun, and the art's solid all the way through. The script for the A story was hard for me to swallow, though. I know I'm over-sensitive to stilted dialogue, but I'm pretty sure there's an objective problem with this prose that goes beyond personal taste.

6.0
Wakanda (2022) #2

May 9, 2023

The creators attempt to pack an arc's worth of plot into a single issue. It's an admirable goal, and structurally, they do a good job. But the breakneck pace just emphasizes the relative weakness of the story. It is nice to see somebody doing something with the IGEW, though!

5.5
Wakanda (2022) #3

Aug 30, 2023

There's some solid character work toward the end. It's not great, it's not terrible, it's not essential.

4.5
Wakanda (2022) #4

Dec 26, 2023

7.0
Wakanda (2022) #5

Jan 18, 2024

It's a decently put together book, and the art's nice. But I'm split on the Okoye character work. Her relationship with Natima, I like; her ruthlessness, not so much. But the book's good enough to get me questioning how much of that is my own sexist bias; would it bug me if a male Black Panther did those things?

7.0
Wakanda Forever: Amazing Spider-Man #1

Jan 9, 2019

Malice is bouncing around New York causing mayhem to try and attract T'Challa's attention, so the Dora Milaje come after her. This first chapter involves a FN Spider-Man team-up. This comic dishes out an admirable amount of setup and plot development. Character development lags a bit. The art is impressively polished. It gives the Dora a nice visual edge and adroitly keeps three very similar characters from actually getting confused.

5.0
Wakanda Forever: X-Men #1

Feb 4, 2019

Nakia loses control of the Mimic after throwing it at Storm. In the first issue, I missed the fact that this story is aimed at younger, less sophisticated readers, but it's clearer here. Both the dialogue and the characterization are simplistic, but in a welcoming, well-calculated way. The art is turbulent; it shows some flashes of greatness but also some unfortunate weaknesses. Nakia's characterization and her driving role in the plot get problematic. I agree with Bethany Pope at Comic Watch that there are troubling gender issues in play. (I'm not fully sold on her contention that Nakia's portrayal demonizes her for "owning her own sexuality," though.) I question the wisdom of doing an "obsessive love made her EEEVIL" story for young readers in 2018. And Nakia's motivation forces the whole story (and the characters!) to orbit around T'Challa - a shape it absolutely did not have to take. But the story's not over yet, and I'm faintly optimistic about the final issue's odds of addressing this stuff. Finally, superficially, seeing Rogue wearing pigtails bugs me more than it should. And the math puzzle is turrible.

7.0
Wakanda Forever: Avengers #1

Mar 7, 2019

The end of the Mimic story redeems Nakia and makes better use of the "sentient vibranium" concept the author first floated in Black Panther: Long Live the King. This is an undeniably flawed comic, but also an undeniably passionate and ambitious one. Many of the peripheral storytelling jobs are handled roughly, but the central story about Nakia is impressive. The art is a perfect match for the writing and it evokes the same feelings of novelty, daring, and not-always-successful ambition. I would have liked to see the first two issues handled this well for sure.

8.0
War is Hell (2019) #1

Aug 6, 2019

Another off-genre retro anthology presents two tales of bitter irony and supernatural conflict cooked up with commendable skill. The creators are working in a challenging format: Self-contained 10-page strips that have to stand on their own, bereft of the comforting familiarity of Marvel continuity. The creators rise capably to the challenge, and though it borders on sacrilege, I have to say I enjoyed the B strip even more than the Howard Chaykin-created A strip. Chaykin's story is framed around a superb ironic twist straight out of the best of the pre-Silver-Age weirdies. But that simple integrity means that the story could be told in just five pages; it feels stretched at 10. The B strip has an impressive structure. It's a divergent narration story where the captions and the art are telling separate tales. The two stories share the same pace, though, allowing them to converge and connect at the climax in an exquisite way.

10
War of the Realms #1

Oct 15, 2019

Thor's thunder in its veins, Loki's gleam in its eye, Cap's courage to the fore, and Spider-Man's wise-cracks around the edges. It's fitting that this story launches right around the time Avengers: Endgame hits theaters; War of the Realms is an epic of no less ambition and spectacle. The creators show EXACTLY how you make a humble comic book stand up to the highest cinematic expectations of the 21st century.

9.5
War of the Realms #2

Oct 31, 2019

The Asgardians and mortals cede Manhattan to Malekith's forces after a brutal street fight with lethal consequences. The creators turn to that staple of event comics, the "we'll all have to split up into spinoffs" scene. This is one of the best-crafted examples I've ever read. And the Battle of Manhattan is stunning; this issue's Ride of the Valkyries holds the series at two for two in conjuring up MCU-level spectacles in comics form. War of the Realms remains a triumph and a delight, even though the conflict is taking a fearsome toll on Asgard's character roster.

8.5
War of the Realms #3

Nov 12, 2019

The scope is grandiose and impressive, but the speedy scenes spread all across the Realms do make it tough to latch onto any one story thread here. The main series is three-for-three on giving me delighted goosebumps, though. This issue's serving came courtesy of the Fantastic Four page. I think I'll have to wait until the event is all wrapped up to put on my "CSI Marvel" hat and forensically untangle Venom's storyline.

9.0
War of the Realms #4

Nov 27, 2019

At tremendous cost, the heroes regroup and reinforce and set themselves to defeat Malekith's armies on Midgard. All the Bifrosts are shattered. Odin and Freyja are MIA, as is Malekith. But Thor lives and stands ready to lead. Solid plotting and nice character details -- #4 features a welcome burst of focus after the far-ranging "survey" tone of #3.

9.0
War of the Realms #5

Dec 27, 2019

This is just a montage of all the awesome battles happening around the world, and thus it's slightly lacking in the "strong spinal plot" department. But dammit, its combat vignettes are consistently AWESOME. In case you want a hand with the chronology: The global war montage, with Thor bringing the thunder all across Midgard, happens first. Then Malekith's Stonehenge challenge. Then Daredevil taking Thor to the sun. Then Heimdall taking Jane to Asgard. Got it?

10
War of the Realms #6

Jan 25, 2020

Thor defeats Malekith with the help of his past and future selves and Jane Fos-Thor. It's a lot like Avengers: Endgame in that the big finish is never really in doubt and the plot sometimes borders on the simplistic. But also like the movie, this story is in no danger of disappointing because the creators tell it with full hearts, quick wits, and talented hands. (And like the movie, it looks absolutely gorgeous.) The side-surprises along the way and the awesome final character developments are delightful, ensuring that this finale storms right up to GOAT territory.

8.0
War of the Realms: Omega #1

Jan 25, 2020

A sneak preview of what Jane Foster, Loki, and Punisher will be up to in the near future, nicely packaged in a frame story the congratulates and rewards Daredevil for his hard WotR work. It is just about the most enjoyable "coming attractions" reel I ever did see. Even the weakest bits are notably above average; the future looks bright for WotR spin-offs.

7.0
War Of The Realms Strikeforce: The Dark Elf Realm #1

Nov 12, 2019

I may come back and uprate this if Freyja actually does face some dark consequences before this war is over.

7.0
War Of The Realms Strikeforce: The War Avengers #1

Nov 27, 2019

I read it on release day and read it again on MU 6 months later and forgot literally everything about it in between; that's really all I need to say.

9.5
War Of The Realms Strikeforce: The Land of Giants #1

Dec 5, 2019

This reads more like a bonus issue of FNSM than a team one-shot, but why complain when the result is this charming? Tom Taylor's script comes correct with comedy and pathos, and Jorge Molina + Adriano Di Benedetto deliver an impressively big-budget art performance. Pretty much everything you could ask for in a Spider-Man event tie-in.

6.0
War of the Realms: Journey Into Mystery #1

Oct 31, 2019

It's a super-safe premise that will sink or swim based entirely on how well the writers do character-driven comedy. This serving didn't hit a home run but it didn't foul off, either.

6.0
War of the Realms: Journey Into Mystery #2

Nov 20, 2019

5.0
War of the Realms: Journey Into Mystery #3

Dec 5, 2019

6.5
War of the Realms: Journey Into Mystery #4

Dec 27, 2019

8.0
War of the Realms: Journey Into Mystery #5

Jan 25, 2020

The whole babysitting road-trip turns out to be a recruiting drive organized by unlikely forces that succeeds in pulling an unlikely MVP to the side of the angels. A big, cleverly-scripted fight, excellent character interactions, and a high-tide art performance all combine to close this series with a surprisingly fun bang.

6.0
War Of The Realms: New Agents of Atlas #1

Nov 20, 2019

Oh, thank goodness. It had been several months since a Greg Pak comic assured me Amadeus Cho is a headstrong know-it-all who needs to learn how to play with others. I was in danger of forgetting.

5.0
War Of The Realms: New Agents of Atlas #2

Dec 5, 2019

5.5
War Of The Realms: New Agents of Atlas #3

Dec 27, 2019

The Agents of Atlas bond with a big dinner and then team up with another Asian hero. Shocking.

5.0
War Of The Realms: New Agents of Atlas #4

Jan 25, 2020

The Agents take down Sindr thanks to vague fighting and, mainly, a giant tricksy twist by Jimmy Woo. This finale and the series as a whole have been mighty weak as an ensemble story; it's not the launching pad that its new Asian heroes need. But if you're in the market for yet another "Amadeus Cho grows up" story (I am not), this is serviceable.

7.0
War of the Realms: The Punisher #1

Oct 31, 2019

If you want to get me interested in the Punisher, giving him a double-dip of righteousness by letting him defend saintly innocents and blow away literal monsters is not the way to go about it. But though it ain't my cup of tea, I recognize it's a pretty well-brewed one.

5.0
War of the Realms: The Punisher #2

Dec 5, 2019

7.0
War of the Realms: The Punisher #3

Jan 25, 2020

Things got a little generically Punisher-y in the tunnel there, but then whoah, momma, that ending. Sure, bring on the sequel series.

5.5
War of the Realms: Uncanny X-Men #1

Nov 12, 2019

7.0
War of the Realms: Uncanny X-Men #2

Dec 5, 2019

Throwing a brief timeskip between the last issue and this one works wonders. I like the way the plots are coming together. Characterization's less impressive, though, and Dani still feels criminally under-utilized. Some outstanding art helps cushion the rough edges.

6.5
War of the Realms: Uncanny X-Men #3

Jan 25, 2020

Mr. Rosenberg continues his grand strategy plotting -- and his characters continue to bounce about like the tennis balls of the gods.

7.5
War of the Realms: War Scrolls #1

Oct 31, 2019

I admire the editorial strategy of packaging a key story by the event's main author along with the usual "scattershot anthology" content. And the lead Daredevil strip is strong enough to carry the comic by itself. The other strips are solid if slightly simple. It's wonderful to see Howard the Duck back in full "Chip and Joe" glory -- but why would a vet like Mr. Zdarsky write a scatological climax he KNOWS is gonna have to be drawn in a frustratingly roundabout way?

8.0
War of the Realms: War Scrolls #2

Dec 27, 2019

This time around, I actually like the backup strips more than the main Daredevil strip. All three are pretty dang great, though. The writing is thoughtful throughout, and Paul Davidson's Dr. Strange art is worthy of special applause.

8.0
War of the Realms: War Scrolls #3

Jan 25, 2020

The Daredevil strip is good, but the She-Hulk strip is a god-damned treasure. Can we get Charlie Jane Anders and Simone D'Armini 60 issues of a She-Hulk solo, please?

7.0
Warlock: Rebirth (2023) #1

Jan 13, 2024

I'm reacting the way I usually do to a solid retro comic: Grooving a little on the art, wincing a little at the writing. The pace is slow and the prose is clunky. But it's a lot of fun to look at and the core premise--which successfully hooked me--is introduced with twisty skill.

8.5
Wasp (2023) #1

Dec 26, 2023

This is *almost* great. Don't get me wrong; subjectively, I love it. And I think it's objectively very good. The script has a smooth, flowing pace. The character voices are strong, particularly Janet's. Nadia's dialogue is a little clumsy, but that's intentional; remember English isn't her first language. The art is wonderfully clean and the characters are dynamic. A little more detail in the settings would be nice, but this works fine. I appreciate the shift toward Silver-Age-y visuals in the flashbacks. Overall, though, it's a bit too cut-and-dried for true greatness. The shape of the plot is entirely clear by the end of the issue, and the themes stitching it together are laid right out on the surface. Even if it's a trifle simple, it's a heck of a fun read.

8.5
Wasp (2023) #2

Apr 16, 2024

The adventure story barrels right along, with the all-Wasp fight scene being a particular high point. Characterization is spot on, and the art is an excellent all-round tool for every kind of visual storytelling. Yes, there's an awful lot of author-centric continuity wank--but who does that better than Al Ewing?

7.5
Wastelanders (2021): Wolverine #1

Apr 28, 2022

It's an entertaining execution of some extremely safe ideas. The antagonist seems inventive at first, but he doesn't hold up to scrutiny. The climactic conflict is decent enough for a popcorn-type comic, though. The core premise -- badass dad road-trips a kid through rough circumstances (aka a "Lone Wolf and Cub" story) -- is pretty evergreen. Sticking that premise into a post-apocalyptic setting might be a little over-done. It's been a hot minute, but we've seen a *lot* of that in books, movies, and video games.

6.5
Wastelanders (2021): Hawkeye #1

May 7, 2022

It's drawn with copious detail (if not a lot of dynamic motion) and the prose is thoroughly decent. I respect the character work and world-building, but the plot leaves me stone cold. Ditto the humor: I recognize it's there, but it didn't work for me. Even if you play the "Hand ninjas are just zombies" card, I still think the final mission's hypocritical. "Let me give you a trite moral about the importance of love and optimism -- after you blow ☠️☠️☠️☠️ up and kill a bunch of dudes on the world's most destructive FTD delivery."

7.5
Wastelanders (2021): Star-Lord #1

May 8, 2022

This is a worthy use of this miniseries: Sliding a nice little character study into one of the existing "Old Man" stories. It's not profound or revolutionary, but it feels honest to the character. Plus, the character work is nicely entwined with a basic "villain needs foiling" comic book plot. The two parts would be too weak to stand on their own, but together, they make for a satisfying comic. Solid, smooth-flowing art helps, too.

7.5
Wastelanders (2021): Doom #1

May 16, 2022

Good premise, good art, good take on Doom. The dialogue's a little shaky in the first scene, but it tightens up fast. And I like the surprise character reveal at the end. It's rare for any Wasteland story to make me want more Wasteland stories, but I'd gladly read a one-shot or miniseries about Sofia.

7.5
Wastelanders (2021): Black Widow #1

May 21, 2022

This little character-driven adventure is a fine introduction to the Wasteland Widow. I appreciate that her identity is revealed early. Solid characterization gives her legs; I wouldn't mind seeing her in further adventures, solo or teamed up. The storytelling is a bit above average in both words and art, but this remains a middle-shelf comic, not a must-read. I'm giving the creators a lot of credit for their bleak, consistent tone, even though it's not particularly novel or daring. It fits right into the Wasteland AU's baseline of "there ain't no heroes out here" -- but this one-shot ends before pivoting to the inevitable "now lookit these heroes being all heroic."

9.0
Way of X (2021) #1

Aug 28, 2021

Nightcrawler grapples with the morals of Krakoa, with a comedic slice of Mad Science (from Dr. Nemesis) and a tense psychic mystery (from new Krakoan boogeyman The Patchwork Man) livening up the theology. It's well-written and well-drawn, and the ideas the author wants to talk about are fantastically interesting. Solid characterization, particularly on Kurt, helps ground the Big Thoughts and turn what might be a dry, expositional thought experiment into a compelling personal story. Like a lot of readers, I've been hungering for this book since the end of Hickman's original Dox/Hox miniseries. The moral and ethical problems of Krakoa's new status quo were so immediately obvious, they demanded exploration. This issue is a whip-smart start to that exploration, and I'll be following the series on tenterhooks to see where the author goes.

9.5
Way of X (2021) #2

Oct 2, 2021

Turns out, Legion isn't the Patchwork Man. But he can point Nightcrawler in the right direction; all Kurt has to do is find Legion and kill him in the next 10 minutes. That mission speeds up the pace, but this issue retains all the compelling philosophical mysteries of the previous one. (It's funnier, too!) Strong art, intriguing ideas, and appealing characters all combine to land this comic right next door to perfect.

8.5
Way of X (2021) #3

Nov 7, 2021

After he embarrasses himself at the Gala, Kurt nurses a hangover and catches a heap of world-building from Stacy X. I appreciate the world-building -- and the impeccable theme-building -- and Legion supplies some welcome initiative in his Onslaught-hunt. But the Stacy X thing has just a little too much artifice; the hand of the author snapping story ideas into place like Lego blocks is too visible. This is still a very good comic, but that artifice is why I hesitate to call it great.

9.0
Way of X (2021) #4

Nov 30, 2021

Way of X continues its holy mission to ask the hard questions about Krakoa's status quo. Nightcrawler confronts Cortez and Legion confronts Xavier. The storytelling in words and art conforms to top shelf standards, but it's the juicy ideas that make this comic great. And the characters' *decisions* are great as well; the way Kurt solves Cortez's cruel conundrum is a thing of absolute beauty. I struggle with a conundrum of my own: I love pretty much every word in this comic -- but I recognize there are a few too many, holding it short of total perfection.

9.0
Way of X (2021) #5

Jan 2, 2022

Kurt solves Krakoa's spiritual problems, but he also has to sacrifice himself to save Arakko and he loses his solution when he's resurrected. Legion makes great inroads on the Onslaught problem, but he can't solve it without Kurt. The plot's a little open-ended, relying on the upcoming one-shot to finish it off. Good LORD, this chapter is well written, though. (It's also well-drawn, but not as insanely great as it's written.) Tons of brilliant, needle-sharp insights in the dialogue, and there are terrific character moments. For Fabian Cortez, for Xavier, for Legion, and for Nightcrawler above all.

8.0
Weapon H #1

Oct 8, 2018

Hulkverine attempts to avoid the spotlight but stumbles right into Wendigo territory. Further south, all the considerable forces of Roxxon and Dario Agger are hunting for him. Weapon H is an intrinsically silly concept, but Greg Pak and Cory Smith absolutely refuse to shortchange it on creative effort. The combination of fascinating antagonists and simple but strong motivation for the hero is a winner. I haven't become a total fan, but I enjoyed this start way, way more than I thought I would.

8.0
Weapon H #2

Nov 10, 2018

Weapon H collects a little character insight as he beats up the Ur-Wendigo and brushes past Dr. Strange. I agree with other commenters that this feels like a very 70s comic in a very positive way. Instead of embracing sex-and-violence juvenalia or wishy-washy teen lit, this combines childlike simplicity in its monster-punching plot with effortless maturity in its insightful characterization. It's not life-changing all-time-great stuff, but it's thoroughly enjoyable. The art does a fine job of moving things along, glorying in the action but also giving emotional faces fair play.

8.0
Weapon H #3

Dec 3, 2018

Dario Agger continues to antagonize Hulkverine. This is a fast back-and-forth story. The action and art are a tiny bit weaker than in previous issues. To compensate, though, the script delivers lots of intriguing clues to past and future plot developments. What sort of horrible Evil-In-A-Can does Roxxon need help with? Why does Clay have intergalactic combat expertise? What, exactly, is his wife Sonia planning? This series has done an excellent job of making me care about three compelling main characters - Clay, Sonia, and Dario - while also maintaining a nigh-relentless onslaught of heavy-duty fight scenes.

7.0
Weapon H #4

Jan 1, 2019

Weapon H fights Man-Thing. Even more significantly, Clay makes direct contact with his two key supporting cast members, Dario and Sonia, for the first time. This should be a triumph, but instead there's a case of "Three Stooges" going on. The important conversations and the fight all steal focus from each other, and none of them have the impact they really deserve. The visuals have less of an excuse; even without any additional space, stronger art could have made a big improvement.

8.0
Weapon H #5

Jan 31, 2019

Hulkverine is finally introduced to the great battle Dario Agger wants him to fight. It's accompanied by a pretty stellar assembly of the supporting cast. The tone shifts a bit from previous issues, but it looks like a full-hearted embrace of absolute guitar-shredding awesomeness. It's simple and it's silly and it promises so much more fun to come! The art, though, was produced by a huge committee and I'm afraid it looks it.

9.0
Weapon H #6

Feb 28, 2019

Hulkverine and his new pals say "no thanks" to Dario's "save Roxxon's profit margin" job, but of course, they end up hunting monsters anyway. Now with added Captain America! This issue takes simple, potentially-stupid plot developments and attacks them with absolute commitment. Good art and snappy dialogue give the characters the depth they need to stick in your memory and make this read a real blast.

8.0
Weapon H #7

Mar 27, 2019

Weapon H lives out a lifelong dream, fighting shoulder-to-shoulder with Captain America. Agger shows off a bunch of bureaucratic endorsements for hunting the Skrullduggers, and Cap convinces Clay to be his man inside Roxxon. This issue's art works just fine. The script is more complicated. The Clay-Cap relationship is superb, with huge volumes of subtext boiling just beneath the juvenile admiration. Agger's red tape, though, is a little tone-deaf. It's built on interesting ideas; this just doesn't feel like the right time to unpack them.

7.5
Weapon H #8

Apr 18, 2019

8.0
Weapon H #9

May 2, 2019

7.0
Weapon H #10

Jun 13, 2019

7.0
Weapon H #11

Jul 1, 2019

6.0
Weapon H #12

Aug 20, 2019

6.5
Weapon Plus: World War IV #1

Sep 24, 2020

There's no unifying authorial vision for this Weapon Plus stuff. Each one-shot sinks or swims on its own. This one swims OK.

8.0
Weapon X (2017) #1

Oct 31, 2017

Somebody's sending horrific cyborgs after Weapon X's survivors. OML ropes Sabretooth into a team-up with a beautiful deception. Greg Pak delivers a delightful script that provides textbook twists and a flawless inner voice for Logan. Greg Land's art is at its most polished and tolerable, although a brief glimpse of Lady Deathstrike reveals that the Generic Land Female Face is still alive and well, alas. Beyond that sour note, this debut is full of promise and payoffs.

6.0
Weapon X (2017) #2

Nov 5, 2017

Warpath gets captured while OML and Creed spend another month battling cyborg monsters. This title is unfolding like an action movie in both good and bad ways. Cool action scenes, clever but shallow characterization, villains assembled entirely out of and motivated solely by cliches. I understand that Greg Pak is playing fast and loose with the established characterization and abilities of his stars (Warpath has a healing factor now?) , but nothing in these initial issues suggests that this series is intended to do introspective character studies. Yet for all its cinematic speed, this title hasn't covered a lot of ground so far.

4.0
Weapon X (2017) #3

Nov 17, 2017

OML and Creed recruit Domino while the still-underdeveloped baddies set their sights on the Totally Awesome Hulk. The fact that Creed walks into a Podunk gun store with a very anemic fistfull of $100 bills and walks out with a rocket launcher tells you exactly how intelligent this story is. (Namely, right on par with lower-budget 80s action movies.) Combine the aggressively dumb story with art that splits the difference between "unremarkable Greg Land" and "heartfelt Greg Land imitation" and you've got a mighty forgettable outing. Silver Lining? If you put money on "Greg Pak makes this a Hulk title within 4 issues" you just won *big*.

4.0
Weapon X (2017) #4

Jan 5, 2018

Hulk and his mutant buddies rescue Warpath and Deathstrike, completing the action figure set and setting us up for the next round. It's a noisy, explodey action-fest. Greg Pak turns in a cheesy, cliche-riddled script that perfectly matches Greg Land's cut-and-paste art. In both its loving attention to violence and its aggressive contempt for actual creative effort, this is the perfect comics equivalent of a Michael Bay movie. It's briefly, shallowly entertaining, but it really doesn't satisfy under close examination.

5.0
Weapon X (2017) #5

Jan 27, 2018

Weapon X is super-duper evil but our hero squad is closing in on them. Again. The sounds-great-in-theory decision to make each title in this crossover stand on its own has done mortal damage to the pacing - of both the bigger story and each individual issue. Every installment requires recapping, and in this case it's not done well. Add on some distressing art from Marc Borstel and you've got a very blah issue. Attempting to tell a nuanced story about a Weapon X lab jockey experiencing second thoughts is a big mistake when your artist doesn't do well with non-verbal feelings and emotions.

5.0
Weapon X (2017) #6

Feb 3, 2018

Badly-timed dissension between the Hulk and the mutants allows Weapon X to finish off its deadly Hulkverine project. Here's a sentence I never thought I'd write: I wish this issue were drawn by Greg Land. Greg Pak's script is action-movie dumb in a way that would only really work with scrupulously finished big-budget visuals. Marc Borstel and Ibraim Roberson are clearly trying hard, but they're also clearly not succeeding. The art for this story needs to make you go "holy ☠☠☠☠!" not "oh, bless them, they're doing their best."

5.0
Weapon X (2017) #7

Mar 11, 2018

OML and his Weapon X pals conduct the world's most generic Hulk-hunt for the world's most generic substitute Hulk. The inevitable dissension in the bad-guy ranks caused by Dr. Alba's window-licking craziness is the closest this issue got to interesting me; I found the glimpses of Weapon H's generic atrocity-committing soldier/survivalist hermit backstory to be total non-starters. I've used the word "generic" three times already; it's not an accident and I'll need it once again to describe the art: The generic Greg Land knockoff visuals are a perfect fit for the quality of the script. Did that sound like it insulted both the artists and the writers? Because that was definitely the intention.

7.0
Weapon X (2017) #8

Mar 30, 2018

Hulkverine embarasses the hero squad by steamrollering them thoroughly. Logan is still thinking "reason with him," Sabretooth bucks, we get two drips of backstory for Weapon H (including a name, Clayton), Dr. Alba hangs in there, and a surprise guest star promises fun next month. I'm very pleased to see Domino get some solid jokes in; on the other hand, Deathstrike got knocked out so rapidly and thoroughly I could almost believe Mr. Pak is intentionally trying to flunk the Bechdel Test. And come to think, snarking on the edges while big gristlebody boys slam into each other like rutting moose … Domino ain't come all that far since her Liefeldian origins, has she? The art is mostly decent with occasional disappointments, but this issue's script is a notable improvement over previous issues.

6.0
Weapon X (2017) #9

Apr 20, 2018

While the "stabby mutie brigade" squabbles pointlessly, Dr. Alba takes great leaps in clarifying Hulkverine's backstory and moving the plot forward. The mechanics of the plot are sound, but All-New Wolverine is wasted and the visuals are relentlessly underwhelming. If either Hulkverine or the SMB ever end up in an interesting story, this issue (like most of the title so far) is destined to be glossed over in a super-speedy recap. Covering this ground in a sentence or two rather than 20 pages sounds like a good deal at this point.

5.0
Weapon X (2017) #10

May 7, 2018

The Stabbie Mutie Brigade catches up to Dr. Alba and her Hulkverine, but the only question is whether they're even going to have time to stop her before she metaphorically shoots her own feet off. The writing partnership of Greg Pak and Fred Van Lente produces consistently lackluster results. My hypothesis? They're both expecting their partner to provide the polish the script desperately needs, but their raw, clunky words are rubber-stamped through to the finished page by uncaring editors. Marc Borstel and Ibraim Roberson have a consistent but also fundamentally dull art style. Their linework is scrupulously polished but their posing veers much closer to "lifeless ragdolls" than "living people." It's a promising story told with a palpable lack of investment by its creators. If they can't be bothered to care, why should we?

5.0
Weapon X (2017) #11

Jun 9, 2018

The Stabby Mutie Brigade liberates Weapon H and arrests Dr. Alba. It's a story that's run from start to finish according to "stupid action movie" logic, but it's stranded in a valley where it's not fun enough to appreciate in earnest and not bad enough to be worth mocking. The visuals remain hopelessly stiff and non-memorable, half of the "heroes" are fighting Dr. Alba for the right to chow down on the scenery, and Hulkverine makes a thoroughly uninteresting, unneeded addition to the Marvel universe. Now that his origin is complete, he slots neatly onto a "Wotif a soldier received X-23's backstory plus Hulk powers" shelf that I don't feel particularly interested in ever revisiting.

6.0
Weapon X (2017) #12

Jun 23, 2018

The Stabby Mutie Brigade is on the verge of splitting up when Warpath gets an urgent distress call: The banana republic of Santo Marco is getting into mutant cleansing in a big nasty way, and their play is backed by super-soldiers with the US flag on their face. That's right, Jerk Squad is going after Nuke, an underdog contender for Greatest Marvel Jerk Of All Time! It's a decent setup. Greg Pak's script goes after it in a by-the-numbers way. Warpath actually gets a slightly interesting role to play, but Domino is still making "let's get paid" jokes, Sabretooth prefers "let's kill suckers" jokes, and Deathstrike is superfluous yet again. Yildiray Cinar redeems the weakness of the script with some outstanding art, keeping this issue just inside the bounds of satisfying entertainment. Robbie Thompson's attached Legacy pages are the first time anybody's implied in-panel that Stabby Mutie Brigade/Jerk Squad is actually calling itself Weapon X. On the one hand, I'd *love* to see the argument that convinced, well, any of these characters that that was a good idea. On the other hand, I know Greg Pak would soft-shoe it in his current mood, so maybe it's better we haven't seen that scene.

7.0
Weapon X (2017) #13

Jul 27, 2018

Before diving into a huge shooty fight in which Nuke switches sides to fight against the mutants - big surprise - the team takes a desperately-needed strategy break where they consider what their endgame in Santo Marco should be. The appearance of actual thoughtfulness is balm in Gilead to me, and it makes the subsequent bloodbath & wisecrack-fest go down a lot easier. Yildiray Cinar is still putting in overtime to make the visuals both dynamic and detailed; his artistic effort is another flotation device keeping me from drowning in the sea of brainless "brakka brakka brakka."

7.0
Weapon X (2017) #14

Sep 6, 2018

The heroes save the day with some of the title's trademark over-the-top blammy-slashy action. Smooth, clear visuals roll the story right along and the script delivers a solid blend of audacious combat situations and cheesy character interactions. There's still a wide streak of superficiality to the story (What was up with Warpath's glitched healing factor? Who cares! EXPLOSIONS!) that keeps it from sticking in one's memory. For the brief span of time it takes to read it, though, it's noisy silly stupid in a very fun way.

4.0
Weapon X (2017) #15

Oct 8, 2018

While the rest of the team takes a night off, Sabretooth springs his traditional birthday ass-whupping on Logan. But he's never actually tackled the Old Man version this way. Will that make a difference? Some of the dialogue says, "yes." The majority of the book says, "don't hold your breath." The writing is nothing special and the art is a major misfire. It's not irredeemable, it's just way too stylized to slide into an established title as a fill-in. Weapon X is always dumb and loud, but #15 shows off the drawbacks of stupidity and volume without any silver-lining cleverness.

5.0
Weapon X (2017) #16

Nov 10, 2018

Logan vs. Sabretooth XLIV wraps up quickly. Some fundamentally valid character insights and a brief but blissful serving of Andrea Sorrentino's Wasteland art raise this issue up a little bit. It still has the core flaws established in the last one, though: Deeply regrettable art and an embarrassing tendency to let the main characters deliver the themes and insights in lecture format. Better than #15 - but most comics are. This one's still below average.

6.0
Weapon X (2017) #17

Nov 25, 2018

Sabretooth is put in charge of the hunt for Omega Red. Everybody agrees this is a terrible idea, yet the plot pushes on. Art with considerable storytelling talent helps tremendously to make this a barely-satisfying read. Standard Weapon X rules apply - the problematic characterization encourages you to consider this as a juvenile, continuity-light bit of hearsay. Like a not-at-all believable yarn Old Man Logan would tell after a LOT of beers.

6.0
Weapon X (2017) #18

Dec 3, 2018

Circumstances in Siberia produce roster turnover - Warpath ditches the team and Omega Red looks poised to join. It's an issue for remarkably good character work; the prospect of death makes Sabretooth set aside some of his jackass ways. The plot is still amply stocked with lazy gimmicks - tigers outta nowhere! - and the visuals do basic storytelling without adding much to the reading experience.

6.0
Weapon X (2017) #19

Dec 18, 2018

The process of on-boarding Omega Red is complicated by some more Russian-fighting plot twists. Otherwise, this issue is a welcome elaboration on the developments of the last one. It's elevated by some wonderfully clear art. But it's also dragged down by Sabretooth (of all people) doing a very shabby comedy routine on "Grumpy Cat" and "haz cheezburger" during his big fight scene. This title still wants to split the difference between earnest big-budget action adventure and parodying its own over-the-top-ness. The ambivalence still does more harm than good.

4.0
Weapon X (2017) #20

Jan 14, 2019

Sabretooth leads Weapon X against SICKLE in a way-too-public fight. A fight with Warpath is queued up for the immediate future, too. The plot is simple, the jokes are solid. But the art's a tragedy. This wildly sketchy, exaggerated style would work if it was the title's core tone - and if the artist were significantly more engaged. As a two-issue tip-in crafted by someone whose interest in the characters is clearly lacking … tragic.

3.0
Weapon X (2017) #21

Feb 11, 2019

The heroes resolve their business in Russia AND NOTHING ELSE. Is Warpath quitting or not? What's up with OML? Who knows?! At least the visuals are painfully ugly. This title has been always been hit or miss, but this combination of inconsequential plotting and unattractive art sets a record for missing by a mile.

8.0
Weapon X (2017) #22

Feb 28, 2019

Sabretooth's new, more mercenary Weapon X-Force makes it debut by caper-ing its way through a cult to rescue Monet St. Croix. Rock-solid art and snappy, salty irreverence in the dialogue make this a successful and enjoyable comic. It's still miles away from depicting any of its characters with "must-read" depth, but it's re-snared the feeling of popcorn fun that this title has at its best. It flirts with brainless stupidity, but there's a sound core of thoughtful characterization that reassures me the creators aren't just on cruise control.

7.0
Weapon X (2017) #23

Mar 18, 2019

Deadpool's presence turns this issue into a nonstop slapstick fight. Yeah, he's disrespectful to the Weapon X team, but hey, the creators are acknowledging that their series isn't really respectable. Fortunately, the humor is outstanding and the characters are splendidly drawn. The same can't be said for the settings; this whole issue takes place in a featureless void. The plot also crosses well over the line between "absurd but logical" and "sheer nonsense," and that (even more than the missing backgrounds) keeps me from calling this issue good.

7.0
Weapon X (2017) #24

Apr 18, 2019

5.0
Weapon X (2017) #25

May 21, 2019

It's counter-productive to introduce a guest star in a way that makes his story look 10x more inventive and interesting than your protagonists'.

6.0
Weapon X (2017) #26

Jun 13, 2019

"Sabretooth's personal hell" is almost certainly this volume's high-water mark in both premise and execution.

4.5
Weapon X (2017) #27

Jul 1, 2019

The only problem I have with undoing Sabretooth's Axis inversion here is that future readers might be tempted to answer the question "how'd that happen?" by reading this series. That would be a poor use of one's time and/or money.

8.0
Weapons of Mutant Destruction #1

Jan 5, 2018

Amadeus Cho does clever detective work and Old Man Logan becomes a canny manager as the new Weapon X program gears up. I've been underwhelmed by the lead-in to this crosssover in Weapon X and TA Hulk, but somehow it all comes together brilliantly here. It's fundamentally dumb in the way you'd expect from a "what if the bad guys crossed Wolverine with Hulk" premise, but it's cloaked in enough cleverness and passion to make it entertaining. Some beautiful art - Nolan Woodard's gorgeous watercolors backing Mahmud Asrar's confident linework - does an awful lot to sell the concept. It's rescued this high-concept romp from my ☠☠☠☠ list and made me look forward to future developments.

7.0
Web of Black Widow #1

Mar 26, 2020

It's got a fascinating, demanding structure: Everything in this issue builds to the keystone scene of Iron Man confronting Natasha -- and previous scenes would be practically nonsensical if that one didn't go great. It works here, but I feel like it puts the series on a tightrope, and not in a good way.

7.0
Web of Black Widow #2

Apr 29, 2020

It's stylish, but the nagging suspicion remains that there's no substance beneath the flash.

6.5
Web of Black Widow #3

Jun 1, 2020

I agree with Johnny Hughes: The concurrent Invisible Woman series is a better Black Widow comic than Web of Black Widow.

4.0
Web of Black Widow #4

Jun 22, 2020

"Confusing non sequiturs don't exactly help your case here."

6.0
Web of Black Widow #5

Jul 18, 2020

The finale explains a lot of the storytelling problems this series suffered in earlier issues. But to me, it doesn't excuse them. And the art still has a knack for rubbing me the wrong way. Despite all the lovely anatomical detail, a lot of the poses and blocking look stiff to me.

7.0
Web Of Venom: Ve'Nam #1

Mar 13, 2019

The clock winds back to 1966 for a rollicking, testosterone-soaked expansion of the "Grendel symbiotes in Vietnam" idea raised in the latest arc of Venom. Nick Fury and a splendid guest star go alien-hunting and things develop into a brilliant mix of Predator and the Thing (John Carpenter Thing, not Ben Grimm Thing). It's a fun premise, but it feels like both words and art are cruising along at "second draft" level. Example nitpicks: No effort is made to cultivate a Silver Age voice for Nick Fury, minimal research is done for drawing Vietnam-era army equipment. It's not a "buy it and love it" read on its own, but it makes a nice, satisfying addendum to the main Venom story.

8.0
Web Of Venom: Carnage Born #1

Jun 13, 2019

Continuing straight from the last scene of Venom #8, a Knull-worshipping cult leader delivers a ground-up portrait of Kletus Casady and Carnage. Then there's a resurrection and a fresh infusion of purpose, and Carnage is ready to dive into grisly new adventures. I can see, even with my minimal Carnage scholarship, that there are some tricksy continuity issues here. I think it works danged well as a self-contained soft reboot, though.

7.0
Web Of Venom: Venom Unleashed #1

Jul 26, 2019

6.5
Web Of Venom: Cult of Carnage #1

Oct 31, 2019

I'm fairly sure most of the stupidity holding this comic back is editorially-mandated stupidity.

8.0
Web Of Venom: Funeral Pyre #1

Feb 27, 2020

Andi Benton survives the closest encounter yet with Carnage in his "apostle of Knull" mode. The writer and artists understand that they need to bring something extra to the table when they can't make the fight conclusive. Some wild demon fight art and introspective PTSD thoughts fit the bill nicely, making this a wholly satisfying read and a great appetite-whetter for the upcoming event.

5.0
Web Of Venom: The Good Son #1

Aug 9, 2020

Dylan and Normie have themselves a mark-one creepy child adventure playing with Dylan's leftover shred of Carnage. Normie's got himself some Goblin Childe PTSD, but Dylan has flat-out Wrongness in him. There's some pretty important plot work for the Venom-verse here, but the storytelling is the wrong sort of creepy. The B strip is a smaller, more successful, but also less ambitious bit of backstory for Sleeper.

7.0
Web Of Venom: Wraith #1

Feb 22, 2021

I was unmoved by the writing or the art, but the character work and plot development were pretty good. Wraith's life for a small (but seemingly important) bit of event foreshadowing feels like a fair swap.

4.5
Web Of Venom: Empyre's End #1

Mar 9, 2021

Welcome to the dissenting opinion, I guess. This was thoroughly dull to me. The art was decent but not noteworthy. The script tries to make a daring meal out of a very safe mouthful. It was slow, cliched, and it utterly failed to get me interested in any of its recycled d-list aliens.

8.0
Werewolf By Night (2020) #1

Mar 6, 2021

Jake is a young Hopi man who's learned to manage his werewolf curse -- now it's time to try doing real good with it. That'll put him at odds with the local evil pharma corp, as well as (possibly) US Marshall Red Wolf. The storytelling is strong and simple, with bold art and dense dialogue. The combined force of characterization and world-building crammed into this debut issue is impressive, setting up a promising launching pad for a longer story.

6.5
Werewolf By Night (2020) #2

Mar 15, 2021

Jake gets thrashed by monsters and has to face his weaknesses as he heals up. Red Wolf finds him by the end of the issue, but it looks like we're in for a misunderstanding brawl. This is a solid premise, but the storytelling work is average as best. It's a shame there's no such thing as second chances in modern comics; I think this could develop into something good if the creators had more time to hone their skills.

5.0
Werewolf By Night (2020) #3

Apr 12, 2021

Red Wolf rescues Jake and angles to be his mentor. But a second attack by Monster Squad riles everybody up and leads Jake (who, bless his hairy heart, is not very bright) to motorbike his way right into the clutches of the evil pharma corp and its supervillainous leader. I like what the creators are TRYING to do here, but it's just not coming together in a competent way. Flaws abound. The writers seem to think "characterization" is something you do only once per character. Unfortunate artistic shortcuts undermine the visuals. And there's a criminal page layout error: The Song of the Wolf spread is gorgeous. To stick the page that explains it BEFORE it instead of after it is rock stupid. And avoidable. I can forgive the writers, who are new to the medium. But for EVERYBODY ELSE to miss what a dramatic improvement that little change would make is nigh unbelievable.

4.5
Werewolf By Night (2020) #4

May 9, 2021

Jake saves the day with ample help from Red Wolf and the side-switching Monster Squad that attacked him earlier. This final issue is a real mess, scrambling to squeeze all the authors' ideas in under the finish line. The art can't quite keep up. I blame the editors for the problems of this series and this issue. The authors were clearly passionate and brought a ton of ideas to the table; the editors didn't give them enough space to execute them properly or professional advice on how to trim them down. It's a heartbreaker for me because I LIKE the ideas. Not enough to overlook the severely flawed storytelling, though.

9.0
West Coast Avengers (2018) #1

Mar 7, 2019

Kate Bishop assembles a seriously absurd team of C-listers as the threats confronting LA outgrow her in their own seriously absurd way. I can recognize that this book NEEDS the reader to sign on with an "okay, give me the silly" attitude. I'm more than willing to meet the creators halfway on that, and so I had an absolute blast. The characterization is smart and sweet, the art is brilliant, and the facial expressions are world-class funny business. It's a wonderfully goofy book, and if it were just a little less self-conscious about its goofiness, it might be perfect.

8.0
West Coast Avengers (2018) #2

Apr 6, 2019

The West Coast Avengers start unraveling the mystery that is BRODOK. This issue's first scene is a useful touchstone for the whole series: BRODOK displays a sinister, plot-relevant ability to kaiju-whisper Giant-Size Tigra, but the story focuses on the WCAs attempting to out-snark each other with their situational hot takes. This is a superhero sitcom first and foremost. It's a pretty dang good one, but I don't know how long it can last. Every reader who sticks with it will, over time, spot more and more ideas that they feel this series chucks under the bus (unfairly) in the name of comedy. Personal case in point: I'm pretty sad that this issue ignored Gwenpool's significant personal history with MODOK. Still, WCA is fun, funny, and lovable right now. If it maintains its slightly manic pace, it may stay ahead of the creeping disappointment for quite a while. It's also beautifully illustrated, particularly when it comes to sassy characters. This series is already a goldmine for folks who want good Kate Bishop profile/reaction pics.

9.0
West Coast Avengers (2018) #3

May 21, 2019

BRODOK's revenge nearly overwhelms the team. The script treats individual characters well and carries off an ambitious plot with clarity and momentum. The WCA isn't really gelling as a unit yet, though. There's still tons of fun to be had, particularly thanks to the all-in visual insanity of a Venice Beach kaiju war.

7.5
West Coast Avengers (2018) #4

Jun 13, 2019

7.5
West Coast Avengers (2018) #5

Jul 1, 2019

8.0
West Coast Avengers (2018) #6

Jul 1, 2019

This issue makes it nigh-canon that Marvel supervillains like to get wine-drunk and stick c-list heroes in deathtraps just for funsies, and I love that.

6.0
West Coast Avengers (2018) #7

Aug 20, 2019

7.0
West Coast Avengers (2018) #8

Sep 9, 2019

The team changes out of their civilian clothes into their hero costumes for the lock-and-load-page and then most of them change *right back into their civilian clothes* for the undercover mission.

7.0
West Coast Avengers (2018) #9

Sep 30, 2019

8.0
West Coast Avengers (2018) #10

Oct 31, 2019

The West Coast Avengers wrap up their second mission, experience all-around personal growth, get their headquarters built, and settle into a nice status quo. So obviously, it's time to cancel the book. Sigh. The "talented up-and-comer" art and the "cram in as many character developments as possible" writing are the issue's biggest weaknesses, and they're obviously side effects of cancellation. The developments themselves are plenty welcome, and this team dances off to limbo as lovable as they've ever been. It was such a dang good status quo, too!

6.5
What If...Miles Morales #1

Jul 21, 2022

The core plot is simplistic, but it works. The pace is a bit uneven. Where the script shines is in world-building; a lot of extra detail is stacked into this AU to create good depth. And I like the idea of making Cap Miles a frame story that will connect all the other variants. The art is solid. Paco Medina's a favorite of mine -- but that means I know that he's capable of delivering more detail and polish than he does here. And then there's the elephant in the script: the slang. The slang is dialed to 11 to make the voices sound authentically young and Black. To me, it seems desperate and counter-productive, but maybe other readers appreciate it more?

7.5
What If...Miles Morales #2

Oct 29, 2022

It's a simple, basic story, but one executed with thorough skill. The art is nice, and the script has a solid structure. All the main characters share a consistent (although, again, basic) theme about losing one's family, but there's some subtlety in the way each one relates to it a little differently. The prose is a little clunky and the beginning is long-winded. And there's even an embarrassing proofreading error at the start of act 2.

6.0
What If...Miles Morales #3

Dec 12, 2022

The storytelling sins here are quite minor. The prose is a little verbose and it tends towards cliches. The art, though detailed, can be a little stiff. The *real* problem is that the story itself is unworthy of the creators' or readers' time. The plot is weak and obvious, the character work on Miles is shallow, and the whole thing feels like a prologue that's overstaying its welcome. This is the "how would Miles Morales become the Hulk?" story that literally anybody could do with minimal thought. So although there's decent storytelling work on display, I wind up rating this as the weakest issue of the series yet -- because it quite simply lacks ambition.

5.5
What If...Miles Morales #4

Dec 28, 2022

What a force of unity! All readers -- young and old, white and black, queer and straight, progressive and conservative -- can come together in agreement here and say in one voice: This dialogue *sucks*. But aside from the disaster of the prose, I was quite impressed. It's a daring gamble, executed with joy and skill. The bet loses hard on the dialogue, but I think it succeeds (to varying levels) on every other front. The art's smooth, polished, and great at storytelling. The plot and character developments are all at least decent, with some of them spiking higher. And the effort invested in mapping Miles's cast onto Asgard really paid off for me. I'd love to see more of this AU -- without the eye-rolling rhymes.

7.0
What If...Miles Morales #5

Jan 6, 2023

The art's clean and dynamic. The script delivers some good jokes, and I found the slang level tolerable. It's stupid, but I liked it. To turn that into a more objective opinion: This comic is good enough that readers can have fun if they meet the creators halfway and accept this silly, stupid, simple premise non-critically. This comic is *not* good enough for me (or I think anybody) to work up a sweat arguing that it's not silly, stupid, or simple. (And it's yet another example of the chronic "all the villains Miles fights are nails and Venom Blast is his hammer" problem.)

5.0
What If? (2018): X-Men #1

Apr 18, 2019

4.0
What If? (2018): Punisher #1

Apr 25, 2019

5.0
What If? (2018): Ghost Rider #1

May 2, 2019

8.0
What If? (2018): Thor #1

May 7, 2019

Making Thor the orphan in Laufey's court still produces a Thor/Loki relationship very close to the one we know: Thor as the chosen heir and Loki as the untrustworthy trickster. This issue crams in an impressive amount of story in a good way, and the visuals are a slice above the average, too. I'd certainly be interested in following the premise into more stories.

10
What If? (2018): Magik #1

May 21, 2019

This powerful, character-driven story detours away from its high concept to drill down into its initial "what if Dr. Strange took in a foundling Illyana?" scenario. It's all the better for the zoom-in. The script balances perfectly between strong character insight and razor-sharp wit. The art is sketchy with characters and formidable with settings and magic - it blesses the world of the Sorcerer Supreme with a perfect, often-overlooked sense of wonder. The creators attacked this premise with absolute commitment, and the result is a great story that's deeply satisfying in itself while also crying out for continuation.

7.5
Widowmakers: Red Guardian And Yelena Belova #1

Mar 14, 2021

Yelena Belova takes a freelance prison break gig from a billionaire. They're both playing each other, and within the prison, Yelena frees the Red Guardian as a happy byproduct of her bigger mission. I really like that mission and I'd be down for an ongoing "Yelena vs. one-percenters" series. The storytelling in this one-shot is slightly glitchy, though, with Yelena's narration drifting a bit too far away from the action in the panels.

6.0
Winter Guard (2021) #1

Jan 4, 2022

The White Widow and the Red Guardian enter Russia in search of plot coupons (sorry, hard drives) from Alexei's past. They emerge from a first scrap with the Winter Guard unscathed. This is a basic story delivered with basic storytelling skill. Far from flawless, but not disappointing. It won't outrage big fans of the main characters -- but I doubt it'll make many new ones. The continuity wank of fitting this into a consistent timeline with Avengers and Black Widow is more interesting than the story at hand. The creators certainly thought so -- thus the annoying prelude. Frankly, the main story would be stronger without it. The visual dissonance between the two artists is rough (I prefer Jan Bazaldua's main story art by quite a wide margin).

7.0
Winter Guard (2021) #2

Feb 3, 2022

Red Guardian and the White Widow score 2 more drives. Along the way, we get some nice character interactions within the Winter Guard. The big-picture espionage plot rolls along, neither fascinating nor off-putting. When I fall in love with a comics story, it usually happens all at once. This series might be winning me over in increments, though. The premise doesn't thrill me, but the way the creators are smoothly developing it without putting a foot wrong is impressive.

6.0
Winter Guard (2021) #3

Mar 5, 2022

It's the big reveal issue, so I'm okay with it being slow and talky. There are a lot of words, but they're pretty good words. And the visuals are pretty good, too. The revelation was hugely disappointing, at least to me. Plus, I lost track of the motivations behind character decisions, particularly when Yelena and Alexei turn on each other at the end. And this big pile of words is surprisingly delicate; I scrutinized this issue looking for answers and it just got less satisfying the closer I looked. To expand on my disappointment: Alexei's plan is, essentially, releasing the Panama Papers. Look what a revolutionary effect that's had in our world.

6.5
Winter Guard (2021) #4

Apr 14, 2022

I really like the ideas here. The art was nice, too, with all-around good execution boosted by some clever layout tricks. Those ideas I liked, though, could have been explained better in the words. That goes especially for the core matter of Alexei's scheme, his motivations, and the antagonists' opposition to them. It comes out as a generic espionage mess where I'm sure the author hoped it to be politically incisive. And the reveal of the Winter Guard's "traitor" was so subtle that, again, I feel the writing failed to live up to the idea. The action scenes do wrap the story up nicely, though.

8.0
Winter Soldier (2018) #1

Jul 1, 2019

Bucky's "henchman witness protection program" is a nice idea. It'd struggle to carry the issue by itself; good thing it's supported by strong character work and a cracking good antagonist introduction. The storytelling skills at work here are already good, but I hope to see even better writing and art in the future.

8.0
Winter Soldier (2018) #3

Sep 1, 2019

Rod Reis's Bucky looks SO MUCH like Jared Padalecki I half-expect the next stage of this story to be introducing RJ to Dean and Castiel.

8.0
Winter Soldier (2018) #4

Sep 28, 2019

RJ's dad proves to be a real sad sack. Bucky goes above and beyond to try and help the guy for RJ's sake, but the story spirals inevitably to a bad end. The plot detours so thoroughly into "Goodfellas" territory that it puts a ceiling on how highly I'll rate this issue. Superb storytelling work - beautiful art and compelling writing - pull it right up to that ceiling. It might not be great but it is very, very good.

8.0
Winter Soldier (2018) #5

Oct 31, 2019

The final events prove that it's too late for Bucky to steer RJ's story to a happy ending. The script takes an unflinching look at the torment Bucky and RJ go through, but it drops a few much-needed seeds of hope at the end. It's a fitting end to a journey I'm happy to have gone on.

5.5
Wolverine & Captain America: Weapon Plus #1

Jan 25, 2020

It feels like this is genuinely struggling to reach the 30-page mark; that's not a good sign for a story with a bunch more parts planned, is it?

9.0
Wolverine (2020) #1

Oct 17, 2020

Two separate stories pit Logan against a drug cartel stealing Krakoan flowers and the Vampire Nation, respectively. Storytelling throughout is awesome, but I find the first story more compelling than the second. It feels like a sweet side-line to X-Force, whereas the second story is just the zillionth rendition of Dracula popping into a Marvel book to do some vague foreshadowing. Louise and the Nightguard are pretty cool, though. It feels like it's time for Marvel to start up a dedicated anti-Dracula title again instead of just endlessly guest-starring him.

7.5
Wolverine (2020) #2

Nov 5, 2020

High-quality storytelling, but not high-quality enough to fully offset the ennui I feel about getting dragged down the "Wolverine is mind-controlled into killing teammates" rabbit hole yet again.

8.0
Wolverine (2020) #3

Dec 17, 2020

Solid words and solid-er art sell this as an enjoyable read. I love the big-picture plot; a Russia-vs-Krakoa cold war is just what DoX needs. But it's hardly perfect; the Pale Girl panned out as a pretty weak antagonist.

6.5
Wolverine (2020) #4

Feb 18, 2021

This is an undeniably well-crafted example of the sort of Wolverine story that I'm just not interested in. EDIT: Retroactively down-rated as the subsequent issue shows this one dragged the vampire arc to a standstill to do a weak continuity wank.

7.5
Wolverine (2020) #5

Feb 20, 2021

Wolverine is back on track, railroading through his vampire problems at express speed and enjoying fun interactions with teenage punk vampires. This one moves fast enough to draw me into the "stupid action movie" fun. It is still mighty stupid. The art is excellent, and its scratchy style fits the pace.

8.0
Wolverine (2020) #6

Mar 3, 2021

I found it good, not great. The flip to the first Arakki champion was interesting. The way some DoX authors -- Benjamin Percy especially -- employ datafile pages to prop up their issues with big wads of prose still bothers me. It's not entirely bad, but I think the fact that the issues NEED that support is a weakness.

8.0
Wolverine (2020) #7

Mar 12, 2021

I was right; the outcome of the contest(s) is entirely up to Saturnyne. She fixes the score at 5-2 against the good guys with a series of gimmicked matches. At this point, who even knows what score they're playing to? I'm liking this not despite but BECAUSE of its absurd fickleness. It makes the outcome impossible to predict and I see that as a good thing. Exceptionally beautiful art on this issue, too.

7.5
Wolverine (2020) #8

Apr 12, 2021

Wolverine gets back to X-Force business, with personal spy-history rising up to influence his next steps. It's a smooth evolution of his status quo and it sinks plenty of promising plot hooks. This oversized anniversary serving is a little bit indulgent, though. It spreads out so wide that it gets difficult to prioritize all the ongoing storylines. Icy writing and sharp art smooth the reading experience and demonstrate considerable storytelling skill.

8.0
Wolverine (2020) #9

May 9, 2021

Wolverine attends the slave auction of his old buddy Maverick, "saving" him in a way that throws them into a cliffhanger standoff with a bunker full of baddies. It's a short installment, but an exquisitely-crafted one, particularly in the structure of the script. Every detail serves a purpose, Die Hard-style. On the art side, I'm not thrilled with the 90s vibe in the character designs, but the layouts, like the words, have an admirable structure.

5.0
Wolverine (2020) #10

Jun 11, 2021

Maverick and Wolverine fight their way out of that auction. Then Mav shows off his Mercenaries, Logan shows off Krakoa, they give each other a mutual "thanks but no thanks," and go their separate ways. The solid bones of a simple, shooty, tough-guy comic are there, sure. But some of the terse prose is clunky and I just can't get past how much effort Adam Kubert didn't put into the visuals.

6.5
Wolverine (2020) #11

Aug 18, 2021

Wolverine makes a disturbing discovery about his sexy French vampire hunter buddy, Louise. The rest of the book is just recapping the stakes (ha!) and particulars of the Vampire Nation arc. It feels like we lose half an issue to catch-up scenes every time we go back to the bloodsuckers.

6.0
Wolverine (2020) #12

Oct 2, 2021

It's a perfectly cromulent vampire-fightin' story that just completely fails to engage with me. One thing that stood out, though, was that the climax -- combining the big fight with Beast's advanced planning -- is a perfect model of how to spoil tension.

7.0
Wolverine (2020) #13

Nov 7, 2021

How X-Force cleans up Beast's Terra Verde mess. I like the aftermath and the pivot toward the next arc, but the action scenes are unsatisfying and the abrupt way the conflict ends is clumsy. I think Wolverine's part was padded in an unsuccessful attempt to hide the fact this is X-Force #20.5. But on the plus side, I like the art, so in the end I'll call this a touch above average.

8.5
Wolverine (2020) #14

Dec 23, 2021

Wolverine tackles the mystery of who burnt the Marauder, and a whodunnit chain leads him to an Arakkii pirate and a fresh suspect. It's not the most novel story and I really kinda hate the design of the pirate. (He's basically the boss mutant from DKR with some Warhammer bitz glued on him.) But the storytelling is superb. Benjamin Percy hits the perfect blend of novelty and cliche in his tough-guy prose. And although I often accuse Adam Kubert of cruise-controlling it, this issue shows that he can work wonders when he's at maximum effort.

8.0
Wolverine (2020) #15

Jan 4, 2022

Blackmore gives Logan Solem's life story and coerces him into hunting Solem down. There's a little stabby-stabby in there to keep it from being all talk, of course. The art's still firing on all cylinders. If the plot's a rather simple hard-boiled-type thriller, it's amply supplied with all the twists and gritty language you could want.

7.0
Wolverine (2020) #16

Feb 3, 2022

Solem approaches Logan directly, but of course he's got double-crossing on his mind. Logan defeats Blackmore and then arranges a pretty deus ex machina end for Solem. The basic beats of a solid hard-boiled tale are still here, though they could have been executed with a bit more flair. The art's strong, but the absence of Frank Martin alters my opinion of him. I used to dislike his muddy palettes, but this issue shows by negative example that he actually did a hell of a lot to enhance Adam Kubert's (usually already strong) artwork.

7.0
Wolverine (2020) #17

Mar 5, 2022

It's a decent espionage pot-boiler conveyed with decent storytelling skill. And there are some cute/clever ideas sprinkled in. It's no character piece, though. And I'm a little uncertain about the plot. Me, I like how subtly it's stitched together. But I wonder if a heavier hand would be more appropriate for the way the story's being told so far. (I also think the "titles of Millennials' favorite pop songs" gag gets pushed a little too far.)

7.5
Wolverine (2020) #18

Apr 9, 2022

It's a nice simple action-movie end for this arc. The art shift is a little jarring and these visuals are a little stiff for a wham-bang action-fest, but it's hardly an ugly book. In the big picture, this title is a bit aimless, but it does tend to satisfy in its explode-y installments.

8.5
Wolverine (2020) #19

May 7, 2022

Despite the premise being extremely simple and the character work being extremely familiar (Logan doesn't like Krakoa's utopia-ness, we *know*), the creators commit utterly and turn this one-shot into a damned entertaining little yarn. It's not quite great. It probably can't be, due to the simplicity. But the creators push it as close as humanly possible, and they definitely achieve "good." (Also this is a better end than Blackmore's dumb-ass Halloween pirate ship deserves.)

8.0
Wolverine (2020) #20

Oct 29, 2022

I like it and I think it's a good comic. The art's very impressive, particularly the fancy layouts at the front. Mr. Kubert brings his A game. Wolverine's characterization isn't deep but it sounds fundamentally right. Deadpool also sounds in-character, but also a bit distinctive. The problem is there's just too much Deadpool. I know he hangs a lampshade on it, but still: He drags the pace out so that we just barely get to the first plot point of what looks like an intriguing story.

8.0
Wolverine (2020) #21

Dec 20, 2022

Like the last issue, this one is Deadpool-heavy, but it sits better with me. I had a lot of fun reading this, even though I think the plot isn't as clear as it could/should be -- even accounting for the fact that tension and mystery are good things. What I really like is that I get a real sense of joy in the creators' work here, particularly the artist's. It might not be the most polished perfect gorgeous thing he's ever drawn, but I really think he had fun doing it.

9.0
Wolverine (2020) #22

Dec 28, 2022

If #21 was the artist's moment to get wacky, this issue is the writer's turn. And he really turns the "absurd comedy" knob up to 11. This is goofy and gory and ridiculous in a sublime way. The only thing that could improve this would be if they could somehow make the comic play "Yakety Sax" during the chase scene. There's no real character work, the plot beneath the humor is a little thin, and the artist is taking it pretty easy. These things might convince me to give it an "almost but not quite great" rating. But nah, the humor's just too damn good.

8.5
Wolverine (2020) #23

Jan 8, 2023

This arc wraps up at the right time. The Danger plot gets a little too dark and complicated for a Deadpool team-up, so the creators and the heroes walk away from it. If that's potentially unsatisfying, it's more than balanced out by Deadpool earning himself a big fat happy ending. There are a few last good gags on display. The art is still strong, with a splash and a DPS that are both crafted to impress. Other parts have more "cruise control" visuals, though. It's a very good comic for me, but #22 remains my favorite of the arc.

7.5
Wolverine (2020) #24

Feb 12, 2023

This is what'd happen if the Progenitor interrupted the first act of a hardboiled thriller. The ideas in play aren't particularly inventive, but they're laid out with admirable style. Terse words, frenetic art, and a good feeling of tension. Continuity ref: The Hellbride stuff happened in Wolverine #6 and X-Force #13.

6.5
Wolverine (2020) #25

Apr 7, 2023

8.5
Wolverine (2020) #26

Apr 14, 2023

I enjoy this quite a lot. The art is insanely great, really eye-magnetizing stuff in virtually every panel. And I like the subtle themes threaded through the script. The pace is slow, but in a positive, deliberate way. Then it stumbles in the last 2 scenes. This is, what, the 3rd time this volume has tried to sell this antagonist? The 3rd time's not the charm, subjectively, and I'm still not that interested in them. But I DO love everything prior to their arrival. Is anybody else clocking the irony of a comic book talking about manufacturing collectables, 30 years after attempting to do exactly that nearly destroyed the whole comics industry?

8.5
Wolverine (2020) #27

May 7, 2023

It's a fast, shocking issue designed to wring maximum impact out of a few choice developments. It works even better than it should thanks to the artist going for broke on those developments. My favorite parts might be the subtle but beautiful times when the artist closes a scene by showing other mutants' "WTH is wrong with X-Force" reactions.

8.0
Wolverine (2020) #28

Aug 30, 2023

The script is simple, but I recognize that that's by design. It works nicely, buoyed aloft by some excellent art. While Wolverine's personal plot takes a step forward, it's clear the bigger story is happening over in X-Force. This makes a good companion piece, though.

7.0
Wolverine (2020) #29

Nov 10, 2023

This issue is by no means bad, but it's not really good, either. It does set the stage for some nice plot development going forward, but it also clarifies the shortcomings of the arc behind it. The art's really strong, but it's leagues away from the artist's dream of being the next Frank Quitely. The prose is clean, but it's not nearly as deep (or free of cliches) as it wants to be. And the pace is atrocious; the flashbacks do little besides flaunting the author's encyclopedic knowledge of Wolverine continuity. Maybe I'd be more engaged if #28-29 were compressed into a single issue.

9.0
Wolverine (2020) #30

Apr 16, 2024

All of the plot-chickens came home to roost in an immensely satisfying way here. The action was tense and beautifully drawn throughout, and the dialogue was good and tough without veering into cliche. I needed to be reminded that this title can be great, and this issue did the job.

7.5
Wolverine Vs. Blade Special #1

Jan 25, 2020

Wolverine and Blade briefly mistake each other for a vampire messiah before teaming up to butcher the genuine article. The misunderstanding brawl's set up with all the subtlety of a demolition derby. If it doesn't inspire you to give up on the book entirely, you should take it as a signal to ratchet down your expectations. Once that's done, you get some gorgeously-illustrated vampire slaughter with some suitably corny action-movie one-liners sprinkled on top. Even praise for the art can be qualified, though: While the polish is incredible, the anatomy underneath it is often suspect.

7.5
Wolverine: Black, White & Blood #1

Mar 9, 2021

I do like it when an anthology is (accidentally or not) stacked in increasing order of quality. The first two strips, I can take or leave. The Declan Shalvey strip is worth the price of admission all by its lonesome.

5.5
Wolverine: Black, White & Blood #2

Mar 26, 2021

Wolverine vs. Sabretooth, Wolverine vs. Arcade, Wolverine & Shadowcat vs. some crappy one-shot supervillains. This is a notable downturn after the previous issue. What really stood out to me is that none of these artists (with the exception of Kev Walker) seemed to have the slightest idea how to tell an effective black and white story. The first script was a cliche ball, the last one was an off-putting wad of Asian fetishization. In between, Saladin Ahmed delivered a decent but very brief deathtrap scenario.

6.5
Wolverine: Black, White & Blood #3

May 23, 2021

Silver Samurai tries to teach Logan and Mariko a parenting lesson with a Kurosawa bloodbath; Cosmic Ghost Rider pops back in time to see an epic Wolverine bar fight; and Logan cleans up an AIM mess on Mars. The A and B strips are hardly worth reading (the former's cursed with weak prose, the latter with ugly art), but the C strip is a treasure. Magik trying to put on a souvenir AIM beekeeper helmet at the end and getting mad because it won't fit over her horn-dealies is beautiful.

6.5
Wolverine: Black, White & Blood #4

Jul 18, 2021

A desperate Mystique attacks a desperate-er Wolverine; Wolverine chops up a boatload of Reavers; and Wolverine and Sauron have an impromptu Savage Land team-up. Kelly Thompson, Khary Randolph, and Paulo Siqueira go above and beyond the call, delivering better storytelling than these little tidbit-stories deserve. It's a solid entertainment, but definitely not a must-read.

6.0
Wolverine: Exit Wounds #1

Jan 25, 2020

When I use a 6/10 rating, often what I mean is "it's a satisfying read, but there's nothing particularly recommend-able in there." This is one of those.

7.0
Wolverine: Infinity Watch #1

Sep 9, 2019

The only decent way to keep beating the dead Infinity Wars horse at this point is to do it ironically, and I think this absurd, self-aware, semi-parody story is off to a good start. I hope it sticks with the goofy "Loki and Logan are partnered up as the wackiest cops in the Infinity Stone precinct" tone. It doesn't have the reader engagement or the artistic legs to go deeper and darker, so let's hope it stays light.

9.0
Wolverine: Infinity Watch #2

Sep 30, 2019

Loki and Wolverine put in a breathless issue full of heroic shenanigans to save a cosmic-powered prison escapee from alien attack -- and they abruptly botch the mission on the final page. This tongue-thoroughly-in-cheek digestif is exactly what I need to rinse out the pompous taste of Infinity Wars; I'm having a blast with it. This is a book that's not afraid to call a space boat a space boat.

8.0
Wolverine: Infinity Watch #3

Oct 31, 2019

Even though Logan is expecting Loki to betray him, he's still disgusted when the trickster god abandons him in Talonar's clutches after their rescue mission goes badly off the rails. Adding Bats the ghost dog as their tracking expert is terrific, and the front half of this issue is nigh-perfect buddy cop/road trip comedy. My tank filled up on shenanigans before the end of the issue, though. This is a fine status quo, but hopefully, the series ascends to greater heights further on.

7.0
Wolverine: Infinity Watch #4

Dec 5, 2019

6.0
Wolverine: Infinity Watch #5

Jan 25, 2020

This last issue gives the impression that the creators are discovering, right alongside the readers, that their series had no protagonist and (almost) no point. I enjoyed the goofier parts of the romp, but this conclusion really underlines the shaggy-dog-ness of the story.

4.5
Wolverine: Patch (2022) #1

Aug 19, 2022

Intrigue intrigue intrigue! Conveyed through cliche cliche cliche! With barely a scrap of meaning meaning meaning! This comic is just a heap of random characters and organizations, and all it establishes is that they exist in proximity to each other. There is no plot defining the relationships. One would assume that a plot would be an absolute necessity in a tale told by professionals. And one might appear in future issues. But let me assure you: There's no damn plot in THIS comic. At least the art's solid.

5.0
Wolverine: Patch (2022) #2

Dec 20, 2022

A few merciful scraps of plot development make this issue less of a mess than the last one. And the story's still told decently in the art (though I think #1 looked a little better). I can't say the same about the script. The structure is messy. The frequent cutaways are annoying, not exciting. And the prose is still pretty dreadful (though perhaps better than #1), with honest-to-God grammar mistakes piling on top of the cliche and expository problems.

4.5
Wolverine: Patch (2022) #3

Jan 2, 2023

The prose is less cliched this time around, but even more expository, messing up the pace. The art is decent; nothing to complain about, but also nothing to really praise. The plot is functional, but it's so simplistic that it shouldn't have so many moving parts. I get where the author is coming from with his "Russians are totally anti-Semitic" idea, but he executes it ham-handedly, like the worst sort of Cold War propaganda.

5.0
Wolverine: Patch (2022) #4

Jan 12, 2023

This issue is 80% snikty-snikt, and if that's all you're looking for, this might satisfy. The big-picture plot remains over-complicated, though, and time grows short to tie all the threads into a neat knot.

4.0
Wolverine: Patch (2022) #5

Jan 27, 2023

Nostalgia is no excuse.

9.0
Wolverine: The Long Night #1

Jul 16, 2019

Burns, Alaska comes down with a sudden rash of snikted-to-death people. Out-of-town investigators are on the case; this town has some secrets beyond a recent mutant arrival. The pace is slightly slow starting up, but adapting an audio play into comic form delivers some truly exquisite scripting. The art is far more than just visual accompaniment for the script; it makes its own storytelling contributions that are both clever and meaningful.

8.0
Wolverine: The Long Night #2

Aug 20, 2019

The agents learn more about the mystery of Logan and have a face-to-face meeting with the local cult leader. The plot is developing nicely, the art and words are wonderfully atmospheric, and the audio play origins still give the script a little added dose of shine over and above run-of-the-mill comics writing.

8.5
Wolverine: The Long Night #3

Sep 28, 2019

Pierce and Marshall get almost all the pieces together on the table: A town awash in the potential for violence and Logan in the middle of it all getting frustrated with the secrets. There's still doubtless a surprise or three waiting in the wings, but this issue feels like the end of a satisfying set-up. I hope we're headed straight into resolution!

7.0
Wolverine: The Long Night #4

Nov 12, 2019

7.0
Wolverine: The Long Night #5

Dec 27, 2019

5.5
Women of Marvel: 2021 #1

Aug 28, 2021

It's exactly what it looks like, a big anthology of little strips featuring female leads and female creators. Nothing is particularly great, but nothing is particularly terrible -- except perhaps Mariko Tamaki's one-page strips, which deliver the "Cathy Guisewite meets Marvel" jokes that nobody on Earth was asking for. Also, I detect a little less character love than usual for an anthology. It's easy to believe creators and characters were matched by editorial fiat rather than personal preference. (Also, great job going one-for-five on "cover characters who actually appear in the comic".)

6.0
Women of Marvel: 2022 #1

Aug 3, 2022

Though it doesn't say "Voices" on the cover, it's set up like one of those. And par for the Voices course, this anthology offers good and bad ideas and good and bad storytelling, balancing out close to average. The Black Cat mini-strips are more miss than hit. Things are a bit better in the longer strips. The Jessica Jones strip and the Squirrel Girl/Black Widow team-up are both pretty good, though vastly different in tone. My love for the latter might be subjective. I think it's a perfect fusion of the tones of the Unbeatable Squirrel Girl and (the lighter moments of) the current Black Widow series. I'd like it more with different art, though.

7.5
X Deaths Of Wolverine (2022) #1

May 16, 2022

I love the idea of *a* Moira book right now. I'm not sure yet if I love *this* Moira book. And the connection to X Lives is a little too opaque for me -- even though I loved how ambiguous that series started out. The script is very good for an action story. Moira's voice comes across distinct and natural. The pace feels faster than it really is; for a bonus-sized issue, this really speeds by. While I like the way the characters are drawn, I think the blocking could be a lot better. Some panels are great; others are confusing messes. Visually, the story could flow more smoothly -- and that would suit the way it's written.

8.0
X Deaths Of Wolverine (2022) #2

May 16, 2022

This issue did a good job of hooking me, and I'm starting to think Deaths can be a satisfying story on its own, even if it doesn't tie to Lives. It's a simple chase story told well. Not flawlessly, though. I'm warming up to the art; I really like the style. But the artist likes blocking panels in extreme close-up and doesn't give enough thought to how they connect to each other, thus the continued moments of confusion. On the script side, Moira's voice is a lot of fun and the pace is suitably speedy for a chase story. Except for the fishing boat scene; why was that so long? Why was it in there at all?

8.0
X Deaths Of Wolverine (2022) #3

May 16, 2022

As the big picture plot comes into focus, this starts to look like "Powers of X" fanfiction. Not necessarily *bad* fanfiction, though. The plot is fascinating and the pace remains thrilling, with plenty of cool action. But this issue is far from perfect. Characterization suffers during all the plot development. Scout doesn't really sound like Scout; Moira is sliding into Terminator clichés. I'm still liking the art. The visual flow seems to be improving, particularly in the action scenes. But there are some potentially-cool details that are either too easy to overlook or downright illegible.

8.0
X Deaths Of Wolverine (2022) #4

May 16, 2022

Everything gets pretty grim-dark as we race toward the finale here. I'm not sure I like just how thoroughly villainous Moira becomes, but I will say it's written well. This is a fast, fascinating read that doesn't ease up on the tension for a moment. The visuals continue to grow on me, too. The fast pace really suits Mr. Vicentini's knife-like kinetic style.

9.0
X Deaths Of Wolverine (2022) #5

May 16, 2022

Logan saves the day in the usual manner, by being tougher and stabbity-er than anybody else, even his own future self. It's a tale told with talent, but not exactly a novel tune. It's generally very good, with a few flashes of greatness: The brilliant way the first scene calls back to PoX #1, the hint of who's about to come out of the Pit, Beast's line about what saves the world. I hesitated to rate the whole thing as great, but the fact that it's virtually free of faults or weaknesses pushed it over the line. I do prefer Deaths to Lives, though. Deaths is all the better for glossing over some of the future deaths; I wonder why Mr. Percy insisted on showing all the past lives in Lives?

8.5
X Lives Of Wolverine (2022) #1

Mar 3, 2022

The opening round of what looks to be a cross-time duel between Wolverine and Omega Red, with the battleground being Xavier's personal history. I like the way this first chapter yeets us into the media res, but the clues about the larger context are already starting to fit together without a lot of hand-holding exposition. Another big plus is that the art is insanely beautiful. The creators had best be careful; a start this finely-tuned and stylish is gonna kick my expectations up into the stratosphere.

8.5
X Lives Of Wolverine (2022) #2

May 16, 2022

I'll admit the script starts off shaky; Logan's 1900 narration is mighty trite. But things firm up nicely as the story accelerates, and the art is gorgeous throughout. Sure, the selection of scenes included here could seem random to a (very) casual reader. But there's a rigorous plot-logic connecting them all, and it doesn't take too much scrutiny to find it and appreciate it. The datafile pages -- for a change -- are really helpful. I'm still on the lookout for the point where X Lives and X Deaths connect. It might never come. If they stay separate, this is definitely my preferred series of the 2.

7.5
X Lives Of Wolverine (2022) #3

May 16, 2022

Well, everything added to the story here is either confirmation of what we already know or stuff that seems extraneous. I'm also not a big fan of the way the book drops into pure reason-free action movie logic in the back half. Logan's characterization is all too familiar, playing the tired old warrior to the hilt. At least it's still gorgeous to look at! And the individual scenes are all pretty satisfying in themselves (Once you accept that their purpose is delivering memorably cool moments, not pushing the story forward rationally). Because I consider this issue a bit of a fumble, suddenly Deaths is pulling ahead as my favorite of these 2 series.

8.0
X Lives Of Wolverine (2022) #4

May 16, 2022

I may be giving the creators too much credit on this one. The artists work together well, but both of them have done better in prior issues of these 2 series. And on the script side, I'm convinced that Mr. Percy made a mistake by committing to the "X" in the title and cramming in 10 timey-wimey adventures. Even though some of them are dismissed with a panel or two, it's still too much; it makes these middle issues feel like they're in a holding pattern. But the end of this issue kicks us out of the pattern and on to a conclusion. And the adventures are hardly terrible; there's formidable continuity work and tons of cool action.

8.5
X Lives Of Wolverine (2022) #5

May 16, 2022

There was never any real doubt about how the Wolverine v. Omega Red fight was going to end, but the inevitable good guy victory still comes across as a gory triumph. I liked the words and *loved* the art. But it didn't quite get the visceral "hells yeah" out of me that the creators probably wanted. To me, it's not great -- but it is very, very good.

8.0
X Of Swords (2020): Creation #1

Feb 26, 2021

X of Swords kicks off like an iceberg: majestic, vast, potentially dangerous. Also, frankly, a little slow. I think that the authors are taking care and even possibly repeating themselves to make sure everybody understands what's going on. This is epic in every sense, particularly visually. But I feel like individual characters are a bit adrift in both the art and the words. This is still a hell of a Big Damn Event™ and I am INVESTED in where it goes from here.

9.0
X Of Swords (2020): Stasis #1

Mar 7, 2021

Otherworld has a parliament and Arakko gathers its champions. The mutants go to the Citadel -- and the reader's eye is inevitably drawn to the fact that they are nine rather than ten. This event continues to move slow. But here, the gathering (metaphorical) stormclouds and the huge dose of world-building more than make up for the slow burn of the plot. Jonathan Hickman's greatest talent may be crafting exotic new characters that suggest whole alien words behind them, and the Arakki champions are flawless examples.

9.0
X Of Swords (2020): Destruction #1

Mar 15, 2021

Saturnyne wins big, Amenth is neutralized (but not destroyed), and it looks like most of the mutants make it out OK. Hooray for a happy ending. Superb execution (especially in the art) of a climax that was more or less inevitable by this point. I won't claim that I saw this end from the beginning -- I don't think anybody could -- but I scored well on short and medium-term predictions. (The Peak and the Vescora were big-time Chekhov's Guns, Saturnyne was throwing the tournament, and, in the final act, this was going to turn into the Two Towers.) Mark me down as the weirdo who was bored by the event's slow first act and then delighted by the absurd tournament; I feel like the majority of readers had the opposite reaction. But I think we can all agree this was a hell of a finale. And there were plenty of little wrinkles around the edges to keep things surprising.

9.0
X-23 (2018) #1

Jan 21, 2019

Laura and Gabby are back in action with a clone-centric story that has a big role for the Stepford Cuckoos. Quality characterization, an intriguing plot, and some pretty gorgeous art all conspire to make this great. In the minus column, there are a few moments of stiffness in the big action scene, but they are more than made up for by exceptional character art throughout.

9.0
X-23 (2018) #2

Feb 4, 2019

Laura follows a step behind as the Cuckoos dive into villainy. There's a quality plot deployed with great subtlety here. The way the background visuals contribute strongly to the storytelling - hinting, joking, supporting everything that's happening - is truly exceptional. It was enough of A Thing for me to get nerdy and notational; by my count, there are at least 10 cool ideas conveyed solely through the art. These range from splendid jokes (the Marvel version of the FitBit is called "Fit Fat Foom") to character-revealing symbolism (the Cuckoos have a constant visual motif - the circled X - all through the issue.) The dialogue and narration also do excellent characterization, though the words don't stick around in your memory quite as long as they might. They do more than enough as it is; this is definitely a great comic.

9.0
X-23 (2018) #3

Mar 13, 2019

Laura races to catch up to the Cuckoos after they've snatched Gabby. She reaches them seconds too late, thanks to psychic trickery, but along the way, she pulls a clear and scary explanation of what they're doing out of their pet scientist. It's a very fast comic, and it would be too simple to satisfy except for one thing: The script asks the art to deliver a crazy tour-de-force performance. And it DOES. It's a pleasure to read and an absolute delight to look at. This title is shaping up into one of the most thoroughly satisfying in the current Marvel roster.

9.0
X-23 (2018) #4

Mar 27, 2019

Laura fails to rescue Gabby before she gets taken over by a Cuckoo, but Esme's not the only sister mind-surfing here. The pace is admittedly slow, but that gives the art time and space to go for broke again. It's another strong visual success. The audacious presentation of the Stepford Cuckoos' backstory mapped onto the Brady Bunch provides a memorable bit of comic relief for an otherwise grim story.

8.5
X-23 (2018) #5

Apr 25, 2019

Laura saves the day, of course, cultivating just enough Cuckoo support to kick Esme out of her sister. It's a no-surprises victory, but that really doesn't diminish it at all. I'm glad Juann Cabal was on deck and in full fig for the most important parts of the issue - the climax and epilogue. This arc demonstrates in the strongest possible way that these creators - Ms. Tamaki and Mr. Cabal - are wholly worthy of carrying on Laura and Gabby's story.

8.5
X-23 (2018) #6

May 21, 2019

Gabby takes the lead on a goofy, sweet high school adventure. The script concentrates on humor rather than insight, and the result is fun little dessert one-shot that's a perfect chaser to the title's first arc. The visuals commit fully to creating a Ms. Marvel-esque environment, and that does plenty to elevate the story. Not the most meaningful comic ever written, but one that's a blast to read.

9.0
X-23 (2018) #7

Jul 1, 2019

Laura and Gabby work a classic whodunnit with the NYPD. The characterization and art are exquisite. In this first glance, the plot seems a little over-familiar; I'm betting future issues will easily correct that. If the quality of the visuals and the dialogue remains at this level while they do, this title is headed straight into all-time greatness.

8.5
X-23 (2018) #8

Jul 26, 2019

Gabby and Laura extract the X-Assassin from a firefight and settle into the XI with her. There's quality action and the art continues to be knock-my-eyes-out terrific, but the script comes up ever so slightly short. It's not encouraging that this story is converging toward the first arc of All-New Wolverine instead of moving away from it - here we discover they share an antagonist. Overall, though, my misgivings are slight and my enjoyment is vast.

7.0
X-23 (2018) #9

Aug 20, 2019

The addition of extra inkers gives me a retroactive appreciation for how insanely great Walden Wong did handling the last couple of issues on his own.

6.5
X-23 (2018) #10

Sep 28, 2019

8.5
X-23 (2018) #11

Oct 31, 2019

Simmering tensions boil over between Laura and Gabby. It's a very human conflict, illustrated well in words and art. Bonus points for using a flashback structure to conceal the nature of the split and ramp up the tension. This is admittedly a pure character study, but if you're invested in the characters -- and the whole volume encourages that -- it's an enthralling one.

8.0
X-23 (2018) #12

Dec 27, 2019

What do you call it when a comic makes you want to cringe and cheer at the same time?

5.5
X-23: Deadly Regenesis (2023) #1  
7.0
X-Cellent (2022) #1

Jun 29, 2022

I get that the theme they're building is that the X-Statix have become dated and lame -- why else would you throw in an ironically unironic "you millenials and your [x]" joke? -- but it's just not coming across as sharp and smart as the creators hope. The whole thing is at risk of disappearing into its own navel, or other less savory orifices. At least it comes with a splendid serving of Allred art!

7.5
X-Cellent (2022) #2

Sep 29, 2022

While the previous issue's satirical look at the X-Statix didn't wow me, #2 goes down a bit better by examining the X-Cellent through an equally critical lens. Zeitgeist's point of view is fun in a deranged way, and the art remains delightful. On the whole, the social satire seems a lot weaker than in the X-Statix days, though. The culture's evolved, the satire hasn't -- to stay relevant, you need to do more than sprinkle social media buzzwords into an old script. I'm thinking this series is destined to go down as a pleasant but inconsequential epilogue to the main event (though #2 is pretty early to pass judgment).

6.5
X-Cellent (2022) #3

Dec 20, 2022

Being intentionally fatuous doesn't give it the comedic or satiric edge the creators are hoping for. It still looks pretty, though. I'm not thrilled by the plot or the prose (or the way the jokes mostly target low-hanging fruit), but the character relationships are interesting.

7.5
X-Cellent (2022) #4

Jan 2, 2023

The author eases off the satire pedal and pushes down on the story pedal, and it works for me. Though I'm still not wowed by the mechanics of the writing, it's hooked me and I'm hungry for the next developments. The art goes a little quiet, nothing too inventive, but it still has that beautiful trademark polish.

7.0
X-Cellent (2022) #5

Jan 6, 2023

Well, this ain't much of an ending. On the plus side, it remains pretty and those warped relationships are still going strong. I'm interested, vaguely, in the new teleporter. But on the other hand, the plot's a hopeless mess. Zeitgeist's plan looks dumber the more we learn about it, and he resorts to irony-free villain cliches to explain and enact it.

6.0
X-Corp (2021) #1

Sep 25, 2021

Welcome to X-Corp, the bold new Krakoan business venture, where mutants will contend with boardroom intrigue, corporate espionage, hacking exploits, and … Ha ha, no, before the issue's done, we're back to good old anti-mutant prejudice and the usual explodey-shooty-stabby sort of antagonism. This premise is exciting in theory but a lot less so in execution. The chief problem is the author's trademark obfuscated plotting, which leaves readers asking "Why'd that happen?" at all the wrong moments. The art looks nice, though, and there's some cracking good dialogue. It's not bad, but it's hardly as daring as it wants to be. Also, I have to point out, no matter how much this issue WANTS a flying corporate HQ to be revolutionary, Roxxon had that exact thing nearly 10 years ago in Thor: God of Thunder.

8.0
X-Corp (2021) #2

Oct 28, 2021

Monet and Warren scramble to interview prospective board members while also keeping the Fenris twins off their flying island HQ. A haute couture party is the perfect setting and it turns out to be right up Alberto Foche's alley; he makes these clothes work better than almost every other artist. This issue also properly delivers, in my opinion, on the corporate intrigue premise; backstabbing and double-dealing galore!

5.5
X-Corp (2021) #3

Nov 30, 2021

X-Corp junks its jeans on a big tech demonstration. Warren is merely embarrassed; Monet and Madrox experience more significant consequences. Okay, first, the art. It's not good. I'm sure this was nobody's ideal choice (not even the artist's), though. There's probably a fairly tragic behind-the-scenes reason for this outcome. Second, the pacing. It's problematic. This issue takes two swings at a cliffhanger and only one of them is even close to successful. Silver linings? I really like the character work and the dialogue; I just wish the individual lines were stitched into a more cohesive whole. The backup cartoon is cute. And how about that Madrox family drama? The author gets some quick pathos out of it as written. But it raises (without answering) a bigger question: Why doesn't Jamie have a dupe on round-the-clock Dad duty?

4.0
X-Corp (2021) #4

Jan 2, 2022

This issue starts with "how Mastermind and Selene saved the tech demo," i.e., taking a mulligan on the last issue. Then it commits all the same sins in its next plot-holey installment. I said at #1 that this book starts its conflicts with corporate intrigue but ends them with boring punchy-shooty-zappy combat; #4's an even better example of that. That pattern is applied to both internal and external conflicts, with Angel picking a fight with Monet (?!) and JP Kol turning into a frigging mercenary after losing his corporate power. Dumb. I really like the art style, but the visuals don't handle the "intrigue/action" combination well, and polish/detail levels vary wildly from page to page. On the scripting side, way too many scenes are left open-ended. Attempting to go back and to tie off loose plot threads turns out disastrous. Look at the way Monet's story is retconned after just one issue: Instead of going MIA through a hole in the roof, she's rescued by Selene. This is pure seat-of-the-pants plotting, and this title hasn't given me any confidence in this author's ability to wing it.

4.5
X-Corp (2021) #5

Jan 23, 2022

There's a big dumb fight, everything explodes, and when the dust clears, Angel explains, with some unconvincing corporate talk, how this is a big mutant win. It's a fitting capstone that demonstrates all the weaknesses of the title. High time to pull the plug.

5.0
X-Factor (2020) #1

Dec 17, 2020

So many words, yet so little character and plot development! The verbosity even hinders the artist, forcing him to draw his characters smaller than they ought to be.

7.0
X-Factor (2020) #2

Feb 17, 2021

Awesome Baby is a less-charismatic Jeff the Landshark. Which clued me in to the bigger picture: This title is Kelly Thompson's West Coast Avengers with a mutant cast-swap. (And a less-talented author.) #2 was more fun than #1, though. And I was a fan of the last volume of WCA, so I'm not really put off by the parallels.

7.5
X-Factor (2020) #3

Feb 22, 2021

X-Factor meets up with Shatterstar, the Mojoverse's most popular streamer and the secret architect of their mission. They need to yoink the dead mutant's body away before Mojo can clone her X-gene. Lots of good ideas here and the art is excellent, but the team suffers a lack of agency. And the verbal and visual storytelling both suffer from a "more is always better" approach that tends toward clutter. Although I'm a fan of the DoX format in general, I think some authors take advantage of the "datafile" pages to spackle several hundred words of prose over the plot holes they leave in their comics.

7.0
X-Factor (2020) #4

Mar 1, 2021

This delivers some solid event developments, but not 40 pages' worth. It chews more than it bites off. Nice art. I may be in the minority on this -- or even alone -- but I didn't like how completely the event took over the title. Everyone except Polaris and Rachel is on time-out. Note I am 1000% in favor of disrupting the Resurrection Protocols to inject some tension into mutant combat again.

7.0
X-Factor (2020) #5

Mar 17, 2021

The team recovers after the big event and the blip in the resurrection protocols. Changed characters - Rockslide, Aurora, Wind Dancer - are welcomed back to the fold. I like, in theory, the expansive roster and the way the Five have become X-Factor's B-team. But the art is killing me, particularly in a "survey" issue that rotates through the whole team plus a lot of party guests. I love David Baldeon's art in general. He's terrific at character rendering. That panel of Polaris mockingly imitating Daken? Glorious. But here he's also on a psychotic quest to shrink his characters down as much as humanly possible, and it really hurts the comic. "Who's that talking to Rockslide? Well, there's a smudge of green on top of the stick figure; I guess that's Polaris too."

8.5
X-Factor (2020) #6

Apr 18, 2021

Siryn's latest death is a house of cards, all of which are suspicious, and X-Factor insists on examining them. This is mainly focused on the new case, which is full of promise. Where it isn't, it's doing solid character work and detailing out the team's current MO. This is the start to a compelling mutant police procedural. As usual for the author, the script is really overstuffed with ideas and dialogue. But overstuffed is a good thing in this case, like a tasty burrito.

7.0
X-Factor (2020) #7

May 15, 2021

X-Factor's Siryn investigation is delayed by her hypnotizing Polaris, and Daken pays the price. I really like what we learn about the characters and how they interact. The art's good, too. But organization and structure remain this title's weak spots; no matter how much I like the material, I can't overlook that it could be presented much more clearly without sacrificing any of its positives.

6.5
X-Factor (2020) #8

Jul 18, 2021

X-Factor survives a very killy attack by the Morrigan, resurrects to full strength, and counter-attacks to break Siryn free (temporarily) of her possession. This is the big splashy combat issue, and unfortunately I think the art -- while definitely being above average -- didn't do nearly enough to evoke the full potential of the story. David Baldeón is too in love with the idea "tiny li'l characters plus great big panels equals epic art"; this issue shows repeatedly that that math don't always work.

6.5
X-Factor (2020) #9

Sep 25, 2021

It was a fun read, but X-Factor lacked agency. Yes, they figured out the problem and the solution, but the solution was subcontracting the fight to Shatterstar. And subcontracting AGAIN to get Dazzler and the New Mutants to fetch Shatterstar.

7.5
X-Factor (2020) #10

Nov 22, 2021

The Gala makes a fine excuse to tie a bow in the title's ongoing plot threads. They resolve a little abruptly, but the details are satisfying. And it finishes with a bombshell. I actually like the increased clarity that the rush to finish brings to the script. I still don't like the art, though; I think that drawing this volume has done real damage to David Baldeón's style.

9.0
X-Force (2018) #1

Jul 16, 2019

X-Force is back in all its gory glory, hot on Kid Cable's trail and barreling into a mutant genocide situation in the Eastern European pseudo-nation of Transia. Though the art leans a little far into the cartoony, it does an admirable job keeping up with a fast, complicated script. A big cast, fun (slash deranged) characterization, timey-wimey plot complications, and plenty of political subtext are all juggled adroitly in an all-dialogue no-narration tour de force of comic-writing. This may end up being a contentious series; this issue does a stellar job of convincing me it's going to be a fun one.

7.5
X-Force (2018) #2

Aug 20, 2019

7.5
X-Force (2018) #3

Sep 9, 2019

The Transian Incident builds toward a climax, with surplus villains on the field, Boom-Boom joining the heroes, and Cannonball and Kid Cable carrying the characterization ball for the issue. I'm a little unsure about the plot and character developments, but the snappy dialogue and action-heavy pace are impeccable. While the art is stylized in a way that doesn't particularly tickle my fancy, I recognize it's done very well.

6.0
X-Force (2018) #4

Sep 28, 2019

6.5
X-Force (2018) #5

Oct 9, 2019

5.5
X-Force (2018) #6

Oct 31, 2019

7.0
X-Force (2018) #7

Nov 20, 2019

6.0
X-Force (2018) #8

Dec 5, 2019

7.0
X-Force (2018) #9

Dec 27, 2019

It's still cartoony and violent and fundamentally silly in its plotting, but the creators remembered to make it FUNNY, too, and that's the secret to getting me on board.

6.0
X-Force (2018) #10

Feb 27, 2020

The script is pretty good except for the parts that sound like homework from somebody's "Ethics for Time-Travelers 102" class.

8.5
X-Force (2019) #1

Jun 1, 2020

We're off to an exciting start with an effective baddie attack taking down the one mutant on Krakoa who might really be indispensable. The art is gorgeous and the prose is poetic in a novel, ethereal way that really suits the "sinister fairyland" vibe of Krakoa. But I'm hesitant to go all-in and I'll tell you why: Despite the extended page count and the fast pace, this issue didn't get around to showing me any meaningful mutant agency. I won't know how the mutants react to this threat until the next issue, and so far the only thing nudging these characters towards a team-up is the arbitrary fiat of who the author focuses on.

8.5
X-Force (2019) #2

Jun 12, 2020

The story develops into a fascinating blend of spycraft, police procedural, and body horror. The killer team of Kid Omega and Wolverine neatly solves my problems with the last issue. Their characterization is brilliant and they take action -- a hell of a lot of it. While their interactions are tons of fun, the rest of the issue suggests that this series will be able to survive and even thrive putting plot first. I'm rating this issue the same as the last, but it's actually a step up as here, stronger storytelling is lifting the weight carried by #1's "shiny new DoX smell." Nittiest of nit-picks: There are 3 Cuckoos in the crowd at the start. But per Marauders #2, all 5 Cuckoos are alive now.

9.0
X-Force (2019) #3

Jul 2, 2020

Xavier resurrects and Domino lives. With the high stakes clarified, the former formally launches a black-ops team. X-Force is go! I'm overall delighted with the way this initial arc has come together. It's fast, clear, gorgeously/creepily illustrated, and it may just be the best DoX series in terms of getting its "origin" done quickly and progressing to ongoing stories.

9.0
X-Force (2019) #4

Jul 13, 2020

X-Force continues to profit from a scalpel-sharp clarity of purpose that sets it head and shoulders above the messier DoX titles. This is gory pull-no-punches mutant espionage action, like an R-rated James Bond, and it is terrific.

9.5
X-Force (2019) #5

Jul 23, 2020

Great and getting better. Still DoX's best-crafted story.

8.0
X-Force (2019) #6

Sep 24, 2020

Beast orchestrates a brutal solution to a South American nation's "telefloronic" technology because it threatens Krakoan dominance. Beast knows he's deep in the shadows, morally speaking; what he misses is that his solution is incomplete -- X-Force has at best loaded up Chekhov's Gun here. It's an intriguing concept, but storytelling quality takes a step down in both words and art. I kinda hate how Beast sounds at the beginning -- with the number of psychics on Krakoa, you'd think somebody would smack him for even thinking of anything as pompous as that conductor metaphor.

8.0
X-Force (2019) #7

Sep 24, 2020

Domino tangles with an assassin targeting pro-mutant advocates. The baddy has a suspiciously familiar knack for lucky sniping. Neena also bonds vaguely with Colossus; they're both struggling with PTSD in a way that makes them unable to appreciate Krakoa's utopian spirit. I felt like the writing (particularly in the Colossus scene) was a little too flowery; there's lots of navel-gazing but little real insight. I recognize that the art isn't up to the standard Joshua Cassara set at the start. But Bazaldua and Guru-eFX are definitely trying to stretch in that direction; this issue is exceptional when compared to much of their past work.

8.0
X-Force (2019) #8

Oct 17, 2020

It's a solid story, and Bazaldua and Guru-eFX are trying really hard. But Mr. Percy is adamant about scripting for Joshua Cassara, and there just aren't a lot of artists that can properly fill those shoes. This arc raises some fascinating questions about the Krakoan resurrection process as Domino and Colossus grapple with their trauma.

8.5
X-Force (2019) #9

Nov 2, 2020

For me, the unsettling undercurrents on Krakoa are more interesting than the "fighting an Olmec plant-god" field story. Jean's growing unease; Domino being resurrected happy-go-lucky despite *explicitly* instructing Colossus to keep her pain intact; the cheerful, amoral violence at the Green Lagoon -- something's rotten in the state of Krakoa, and this title is our widest window into it.

7.5
X-Force (2019) #10

Dec 17, 2020

Jean's not the only one getting tired of the standard secret-keeping X-Force shenanigans.

8.0
X-Force (2019) #11

Jan 4, 2021

Examining the dead Russian super-soldiers from Wolverine #3 unleashes Matryoshka assassins and throws Krakoa into chaos. Said chaos gets Colossus to pitch in, albeit temporarily, and eventually points into the "X of Swords" event. A tight (if overly-familiar) plot, sharp characterization, and some surprisingly strong substitute art make this a good read. I think the art crew deserves more credit. Yes, they're imitating Joshua Cassara, and no, they're not equalling him. But they're going surprisingly far. This is much more nuanced shading than I'd expect from Guru-eFX. And Bazaldua manages to turn an inherently silly premise -- Matryoshka assassins -- into a legitimately scary and gross threat.

7.5
X-Force (2019) #12

Feb 22, 2021

Both sides get their own questionable schemes. Mikhail Rasputin wants into XENO; Beast wants to get a little authoritarian with Krakoa's security. The pace is slow and the plot development is a little subtle, but it's backed by solid art and even better characterization. This issue isn't a hop-on point or a climax -- but it's more than capable of keeping existing readers engaged. It feels like to figure out this issue, you need to arrange multiple scenes and datafiles like a Venn diagram and then thread through the overlap to understand what's going on.

7.0
X-Force (2019) #13

Mar 3, 2021

I swear I will eventually stop bitching about this event riding roughshod over the ongoing titles -- but here, where one of my favorite X-books gets replaced by Wolverine #6.5, will not be the place I stop.

9.5
X-Force (2019) #14

Mar 14, 2021

"Welcome to X of Swords, the crossover event where everything's made up and the points don't matter!" We reach full-on absurdity as the contests grow ever more ridiculous. Arakko is way in the lead and who knows how high the scoreboard goes? Only Saturnyne. (Sudden thought: Maybe this is a "last mutant standing" contest?) But this chapter ends with a very awesome, very fatal Krakoan win; that should mollify readers who think this is all getting a bit too "Monty Python." I love the art, I love the humor. This isn't the contest I expected -- it's far, far better.

9.0
X-Force (2019) #15

Mar 26, 2021

Beast cooks up a spy-scheme using Omega Red in a sinister way while a more immediate threat grows beneath his feet. The plotlines are fine, there's solid character work tucked around the edges, and good Lord, the artwork! It's a stunningly gorgeous issue to look at, and the writing isn't a slouch either.

8.5
X-Force (2019) #16

Apr 30, 2021

X-Force completely fails to rein in the horrible Krakoa-cancer monster at the bottom of the sea. But they accidentally attract the attention of somebody better-suited to fixing the problem, so … mission accomplished? This was an entertaining little mission-meal enhanced with a few appetizer-sized bits of characterization. And the art was gorgeous. It's not filling enough to be great, but it's definitely good -- and prepared with undeniable talent.

8.0
X-Force (2019) #17

May 23, 2021

Kid Omega dies a lot, with the latest death being tied to a cruise ship murder-fest that the mutants are being framed for. Phoebe treats him to a romantic break, with lots of introspection and a costume upgrade. Good humor and exquisite art here. I felt the character work wasn't as deep as it could be, but not actually bad by any means.

8.0
X-Force (2019) #18

Jul 18, 2021

Quire slowly works out what we already know: That somebody (it's XENO) is throwing a monster clone of him against Krakoa. Though the plot's dragging its feet, I don't begrudge the time spent exploring Quire's character. The stage is set for a killer psycho-drama climax. On the art front, my reaction was "man, Mr. Cassara's having an off day," which is, backhandedly, a fair degree of praise for Garry Brown. And hey, let's celebrate the fact that this issue goes further than any other toward confirming that Jean, Scott, and Logan are a thruple now.

6.0
X-Force (2019) #19

Aug 28, 2021

I, too, was dismayed with the art. In the previous issue, the same artist achieved at least satisfactory results by aiming to imitate series regular Joshua Cassara. Here he aims at Bill Sienkiewicz and the results are abysmal. The plot and character work, I thought, were reasonable if not particularly insightful. This issue had the potential to be good. The script is also letting the ideas down, but at least not to the extent that the art is. This "guest star" turn for Jean Grey is a pretty big disappointment. Soft sass and big mom vibes, blah. (At least Quire called her out on the former.) She seems consistently under-utilized in the Hickman era, doesn't she?

8.0
X-Force (2019) #20

Oct 25, 2021

Ooooh-ooh, Beast is in truh-bull! Couldn't have happened to a more hubristic furball and I can't wait to see how it plays out. Writing and drawing are rock-solid here, providing a blissfully welcome counterpoint to the disappointing start of the Gala in Marauders #21. (Getting to actually do some plot development helps a lot!)

7.5
X-Force (2019) #21

Nov 23, 2021

While fixing an environmental disaster, X-Force encounters yet another plant monster. It's a decent "mission of the week"-type comic, with a few fast stitches tying it into the ongoing themes of the title. I *read* the one-shot to which Mr. Percy is deep-cutting and I still needed to Google "Man-Slaughter," though. The storytelling in words and art is good but not great -- just barely enough to counteract my "oy, more plant stuff" disappointment.

7.0
X-Force (2019) #22

Dec 31, 2021

X-Force teams up with Man-Slaughter to uproot XENO's telefloronic terrorist. The arc comes in for what I hope is a smooth finale; maybe we can finally get on to non-plant-monster business. I actually quite like this plot, but I feel the way the story's told here, in words and art, weakens considerably over the course of the issue. There are still some great ideas turned into great plotting, though. The way the suggestion that Krakoan drugs are addictive becomes a red herring/plot twist is brilliant.

7.0
X-Force (2019) #23

Jan 11, 2022

Mikhail Rasputin starts his run-up to being a violently pro-Russian big bad. Meanwhile, Beast gets himself in trouble through poor lab safety procedures (good). This is a healthy chunk of plot development, and it's drawn very nicely. Character work is pretty light, though, especially on the baddies. And I was slightly frustrated by the way this is all buildup and no payoff -- but that's hardly a great sin. I get that the introduction of the Chronicler hints that the author has a deeper, twistier reason for using all those prose datafiles. Until I know the full deal, though, they still irritate me. They feel like a shortcut, like "I really need another scene but I don't have the space to put it in panels."

8.0
X-Force (2019) #24

Mar 3, 2022

Things get grim as the Chronicler springs his trap on Colossus and Beast survives his Nesting Doll ordeal with some significant injury. The storytelling in this chapter is decent all around, but my rating is definitely being carried by my appreciation of the Chronicler's trap. Most of the other developments -- Black Tom's Fantastic Voyage shtick, Mikhail going over-the-top-villainous -- aren't as novel and cool as Colossus's sad story.

8.0
X-Force (2019) #25

Mar 23, 2022

It starts slow and it looks like a super-fluffy breather episode. Then the romances turn sour and a proper X-Force plot kicks in. Me, I liked the contrast and I'm interested to see where it goes. (And I'd bet a ton the Quentin-Phoebe thing isn't over.) Solidly above-average storytelling in words and art helped sell me on the initially-goofy content. (Saltier take: Woah, a silver surfboard! We've never seen one of *those* in a Marvel comic!)

7.5
X-Force (2019) #26

Apr 28, 2022

This issue is a curious blend of touchy-feely talk and surftastic action. I think it works to a certain degree, but the storytelling techniques are more impressive than the content they convey. The art is good. The script builds nice thematic parallels between the experiences of different characters. But it doesn't dive too deep into the characters and it doesn't advance the plot too far. It's an enjoyable read, but the desire for something a little more profound risks turning this into a disappointment.

8.5
X-Force (2019) #27

Oct 29, 2022

This is a pretty fun read, and a speedy one. One thing that makes it fast is that it actually engages in very little plot or character development -- but it does so well at ominous foreshadowing and complex relationships that it's still thoroughly satisfying. It's handled with very good storytelling (in words and art), too. It's a rather small morsel of story, but the way it's prepared and presented makes it delicious.

8.0
X-Force (2019) #28

Dec 20, 2022

The prose is solid and the script has a good structure. The art's a touch rough in places, but the visual bones are solid. This is excellent storytelling. The main story is a bit thin, though. Fortunately, in classic X-Men style, this title's cultivated a lot of long-term sub-plots. Checking in with some of them adds the heft that the monster-hunt lacks. It helps that those back-burner plots are character-driven, too.

8.0
X-Force (2019) #29

Jan 2, 2023

It's a solid finale for a rather weak arc. Quentin's POV is enough -- barely -- to elevate this hunt for a forgettable monster. As to the Big Sad Thing that happens at the end, I wouldn't bet a nickel on it lasting long. The art's beautiful at a glance; look too deep and you start seeing some rough linework. The colorist deserves more credit than usual for the quality of the visuals here.

7.0
X-Force (2019) #30

Jan 24, 2023

Deadpool's hijinks are infecting the whole team/title. The art's pretty great and the humor's good -- extremely absurd, but good. I'm not sure that this arc will be able to go full-on comedy, though, or to strike a good balance between wacky and serious.

8.0
X-Force (2019) #31

Jan 31, 2023

It looks terrific and it sounds very good. Very creepy, but very good. The overall plot moves a little slowly, but I'm happy to take my time with such profoundly broken characters. Everybody in this book is unpleasant in the most fascinating way, but my top awfulness honors have to go to Beast. Krakoa's too busy for many people to notice he's become a straight-up villain. Losing an eye isn't punishment enough; I hope to see Kraven do terrible things to him soon.

8.0
X-Force (2019) #32

Apr 7, 2023

It's a nice, fast action story that doesn't require (or, sadly, reward) intensive reading. The art looks great and Kraven's hunt barrels along briskly. There's some good craft in the script that makes plenty of space for Kraven's maniacal musings without bogging the story down. X-Force continues to be fun stories about awful people, and I wouldn't have it any other way.

6.5
X-Force (2019) #33

Apr 12, 2023

The script is solid and the art's good (except for a bit of weakness when it comes to dinosaurs), but there's a dearth of worthwhile content. Ending the arc this way makes sense, but it's not really satisfying. This isn't nearly good enough to justify spoiling Judgment Day, even in part.

8.0
X-Force (2019) #34

May 25, 2023

Beast's march toward cartoonish super-villainy accelerates into a sprint, and Sage, the person best situated to spot what he's doing, is a drunken wreck. The tactical plot developments within the issue don't excite me much (Sevyr Blackmore is far from my favorite Arakkii), but I am fascinated by the bigger strategic implications. And the peek into Sage's psyche is heartbreakingly, tragically beautiful. X-Force remains a slow-motion trainwreck, in an absolutely intentional and supremely entertaining way.

8.0
X-Force (2019) #35

Aug 10, 2023

This is a fun issue. Although it's not quite as clever as it wants to be and there are a few eye-rolling moments, there's also a lot to like. The art might not be in the tippy-top tier, but it does an admirable job conveying the action while the prose/dialogue addresses other ideas. And I'm particularly impressed with the way plot and character development are intertwined. Actions which might not be memorable on their own become compelling because their impact on the characters is clear

7.0
X-Force (2019) #36

Oct 14, 2023

This feels like an attempt to regroup and get back to the title's older plotlines after getting lost in the tall grass with Evil Beast. But I don't think the Evil Beast arc was satisfactorily resolved. The latest plot developments are, individually, interesting, but taken together, they're not quite compelling enough to make me forget the loose ends. (And perhaps picking up both the XENO plot and the Colossus plot at the same time is a mistake? Even if they are related?) On a tactical scale the script is solid enough, and the art remains excellent. So it's a frustrating read on its own; I might like it a lot more as a chapter in a trade.

8.0
X-Force (2019) #37

Jan 18, 2024

This is a satisfying payoff to a long-running mystery; the XENO story is popping again. The art serves up the usual yummy mix of detail and body horror, and the dialogue is solid. There's maybe a bit more Deadpool comic relief than I want, but that's subjective.

8.0
X-Force (2019) #38

Apr 23, 2024

The Xeno plot coasts to a smooth conclusion, though it's not particularly surprising or intense. Fortunately, the art remains excellent and the point of view digs just deep enough into Domino's head to give the issue the engaging hook it needs.

7.0
X-Force (2019) Annual #1

Oct 29, 2022

This is a simple spy story with some more complex reflection and foreshadowing lending it a nice depth. The storytelling in words and art is quite clear -- sometimes excruciatingly so. The dialogue has a few killer lines, as well as a lot of exposition. The art features good facial expressions and dynamic blocking; also some goofy anatomy. I can appreciate a simple story executed with solid journeyman skill. If it takes few risks, it makes no great errors. That's an accomplishment that's too easy to overlook.

2.5
X-Force: Killshot Anniversary Special (2021) #1

Apr 9, 2022

Chad Bowers saves us from having to read a Liefeld script and the colorists do a heroic job lipsticking the art-pig. Those are the only silver linings; this comic is otherwise a dumpster fire in both concept and execution.

7.5
X-Men '92: House of XCII #1

Oct 29, 2022

I can't fault it for audacity; adapting Dawn of X into the tween-targeted/teen-friendly style of X-Men '92 is a tall order. I think this first issue does a good job of it. The art's rather great. The script struggles under a huge load of exposition, but I think it's necessary. If the prose is simple, it's not actually bad. Since I've read the original (and I'm a geezer), I can only speculate how this story will land with a young reader who's not familiar. I think it'll work. And for those of us who *have* read Hickman's original, the author throws in just enough twists to keep it interesting. Though it's a good book, it barely clears that bar for adult readers. The feeling that you're reading a kiddie comic just never quite goes away.

6.5
X-Men '92: House of XCII #2

Dec 28, 2022

I still see the value and humor in the continuity nods and winks this series is doing, referencing both Hickman's HoX and a slew of 20th-century X-books. But I'd contend that this time around, all the in-jokes get in the way of the story. The jerky pace is frustrating for a geezer like me and I suspect it'd be a snooze-fest for a young reader. Though the plot is lost in the tall grass for a good third of the issue, it sharpens up toward the end, and the visuals remain fun all the way through.

4.5
X-Men '92: House of XCII #3

Jan 14, 2023

5.5
X-Men '92: House of XCII #4

Jan 24, 2023

Salva Espin, at least, is enjoying this series. His artwork is joyful and passionate.

5.5
X-Men '92: House of XCII #5

Feb 24, 2023

This finale is of a piece with the miniseries as a whole: messy, and silly, and a little too wordy. And the resolution is a great big reset button; never my favorite narrative strategy. But I'd probably be more charitable to this story if I was more familiar with the source material; I bet a little rose-colored hindsight would make this a lot of fun to read.

9.0
X-Men (2019) #1

Apr 29, 2020

[fills in "spooky mystery chick with a black-and-white palette" box on the Hickman Bingo card]

8.0
X-Men (2019) #2

Jun 3, 2020

The Summoner looks and feels entirely too much like Ex Nihilo from Mr. Hickman's Avengers run. I can't decide whether his tendency to revisit the same themes is a good thing or a bad thing. Maybe a bit of both?

9.0
X-Men (2019) #3

Jun 22, 2020

Okay, I think I understand this series now. It's not the core DoX narrative that its flagship title might suggest. Instead, this is "Scott Summers And His Mutant Pals Explore The Hickman Idea Factory." Every issue presents a new story seed capable of supporting at least a miniseries. Hordeculture, the seed du jour, is an audaciously absurd cross between the Golden Girls and Bond villains. I love it. The art's hitting a high-water mark here, too. But I see the ratings are running very hot and cold. I have a hypothesis as to why: I think Mr. Hickman is better at writing one of the common genders than the other, and in this issue, the balance of dialogue runs contrary to his bias. It's a problem, but one I can forgive -- although maybe I shouldn't.

9.0
X-Men (2019) #4

Jul 18, 2020

I love the parallel between fiction and meta-fiction here. In the panels, three high-caliber mutants gently spank humanity for getting squirrely and let them know how things are going to be. On the meta side, Jonathan Hickman is demonstrating that his hand is still firmly on the Dawn of X tiller, and he's got no shortage of ideas for how the big picture story should develop.

9.0
X-Men (2019) #5

Sep 24, 2020

Another great issue that could/should be the setup for a miniseries. And I'm happier than words can say to see Laura rescued from Fallen Angels and treated right -- not NICE, but RIGHT. All-New Wolverine foreva!

8.5
X-Men (2019) #6

Sep 24, 2020

Mystique's day in the spotlight nudges the Orchis plotline forward a tiny bit (it looks like they're still on track to build Nimrod), but her personal storyline advances very little. Krakoa isn't resurrecting Destiny; she's pissed about it. The one revelation is that Destiny warned Mystique about this, vaguely. It's a very solid issue, but it's missing that little skootch that would take it to true greatness. If the words were a little more memorable, if the art was a little more striking, if the twists were a little twistier ...

9.5
X-Men (2019) #7

Oct 17, 2020

Melodie Guthrie earns resurrection and her mutant powers by facing Apocalypse in a fight to the death. Nightcrawler provides a formidable philosophical commentary by talking out (with Cyclops) the moral implications of mutant immortality. Fascinating ideas, gorgeous art, and nice, consequential developments for both Aero and Nightcrawler. This is the highest mission of DoX, conducted fearlessly and nigh-flawlessly: To explore an alien culture as it constructs itself.

8.5
X-Men (2019) #8

Oct 21, 2020

The New Mutants' space jaunt breeds consequences as the Brood come after the "King Egg" Rahne brought home. And out in Shi'ar space, a new plot thread about a Kree Accuser (Ronan?!) loose in the empire looks aimed to collide with the Brood story. There's plenty of exciting action, compelling ideas, and snappy one-liners. The art is nigh-great. But that's the way the whole package comes off: nigh-great. Still very good, though!

8.0
X-Men (2019) #9

Nov 5, 2020

All of the factors that could boot this issue up to greatness -- snappy dialogue, spectacular art, or shocking twists -- were just a skooch shy of where they needed to be. It's still a good comic, but the air of absurdity is hard to ignore.

8.0
X-Men (2019) #10

Dec 17, 2020

Vulcan clobbers some Cotati on the moon, but in the process, he has to face personal secrets. The visual and verbal storytelling are great, but while there is some concrete plot and character development, it's a small serving for a whole issue.

7.5
X-Men (2019) #11

Feb 17, 2021

A Cotati invasion gives Magneto an excuse to be a badass. Which is cool, but was anybody doubting his badassitude? Wholly separate from the fight content, Mr. Hickman's weird Arakko plot slowly nudges forward. I felt that in both words and art, this was a top-notch execution of a story I failed to connect with.

7.5
X-Men (2019) #12

Feb 25, 2021

Dang but that backstory enema does sting going in. READ EXCALIBUR 12 FIRST IF YOU'RE GONNA READ BOTH.

8.0
X-Men (2019) #13

Mar 6, 2021

While he's purged of pestilence, Apocalypse reveals how his wife abandoned him to hold off the forces of Amenth. His job was to prepare Earth to stand against them; how's he doin'? As an afterthought, he retrieves a fancy khopesh forged for him before the separation of the islands. He's ready for champion duty. It looks pretty good and it reads pretty smooth. It repeats some developments we already know about -- but it adds some significant new stuff. Does it really change Apocalypse so much if he received his "survival of the fittest" mandate from his wife instead of generating it himself? I say it doesn't. And as for the revelation that he was preceded by stronger mutants -- well, it would be characteristic of him to conceal that for as long as possible, wouldn't it?

6.0
X-Men (2019) #14

Mar 9, 2021

The art so nice they used it twice! Is it clever? Is it cheap? Both, but I think more of the latter. It's clear that Jonathan Hickman loooves to build up his stories incrementally and repetitively. This issue, although it does deliver some new things, is tiresome enough to suggest that the author needs to be on a tighter editorial leash. The REALLY important question: Do you think Leinil Francis Yu managed to get paid twice?

7.5
X-Men (2019) #15

Mar 15, 2021

The Apocalypse/Genesis fight goes, inevitably, into overtime. Scott and Jean, with out-of-date information, launch a rescue operation even though the Quiet Council tries to cut them off at the knees. This issue had interesting developments and they were portrayed with fine skill -- but I never got past the feeling that the Krakoan scenes were being stretched out to fine-tune the pace of the event.

8.5
X-Men (2019) #16

Apr 12, 2021

Krakoa's status quo remains ever mercurial. Arakko arrives and Jean and Scott refuse to join the Quiet Council. I love the art and the ideas are brilliant. This issue does take a lot of time and space to lay them out, though. A faster pace and a little more content would be the keys to taking this from good to great for me.

7.5
X-Men (2019) #17

May 9, 2021

When a rebellious priest, angry over the cosmic credit crisis, kidnaps Xandra off the Shi'ar throne, Cyclops, Storm, and Jean Grey are called in to rescue her. They proceed to do so, with ample "hot damn!" moments laid in -- Storm in particular carries the torch of badassitude. It's a simple one-shot premise carried out with skill (also with, of course, a brief episode of the Bobby 'n' Sam sitcom). My rating might have been higher with different art. This is a fine example of 90s-tastic style -- it's just that I've never much cared for that style.

7.5
X-Men (2019) #18

Jun 11, 2021

Synch narrates his team's entry into the Vault. Their first scrap with the Children of the Vault is brutal, and however long their mission lasts, it's probably gonna be traumatic. I came in ready for Mr. Hickman's "iterative" approach to plotting, so I'm cool with not learning much really new stuff. I'd have liked some more character development, though; I think this issue is disappointing on that score unless you're one of the world's 3 Synch superfans.

9.0
X-Men (2019) #19

Aug 4, 2021

Synch finishes the story of his team's zillion years in the Vault. Unsurprisingly, the Vault's plans spell doom for Krakoa. Slightly surprisingly, the recon team played a classically ironic role in bringing that doom about. More surprisingly, a deep romantic bond formed between Synch and Laura-Wolverine and this issue does a solid job of selling it. I had a blast reading this -- but I've also reached a point where I recognize Jonathan Hickman's trademark tricks for creating the illusion of epic-ness and I don't find them quite as astonishing as I used to.

7.5
X-Men (2019) #20

Oct 15, 2021

Nimrod's online, Raven's getting frustrated, and Moira's still hidden deep under Krakoa. This is basically Jonathan Hickman sharpening up all the biggest plot hooks he's left dangling. I look forward to seeing where they lead, but the storytelling here was too stiff and cold for these first developments to wow me. I do think it's a good read, just not a powerful or engaging one.

7.0
X-Men (2019) #21

Oct 26, 2021

Jonathan Hickman covers his exit with a big smokebomb of foreshadowing and a carousel of a-list artistic performances. I'm satisfied with the new X-Men roster, but the foreshadowing is potentially annoying. I found the finale particularly frustrating; the ONE thing Marauders #21 established was that Emma's fireworks presentation was supposed to be shocking and revelatory. This did NOT fit the bill. It's got scads of style but it's short on substance. Speaking of style, how ******* terrible is Magneto's outfit? He looks like the Ringmaster's evangelical cousin.

8.0
X-Men (2021) #1

Nov 23, 2021

After showing off their spiffy new Central Park treehouse, the X-Men save New York from a kaiju. That part is pretty dang great. The rest of the book, that sketches out three dull long-term threats … enh. The visuals are gorgeous from start to finish, though, and are definitely the best thing about this issue. Maximum salt take: I think Al Ewing's X-Men would be even better if Marvel could have gotten Al Ewing to write it. Also, WOW, is that not how an editorial written by a veteran journalist like Ben Urich should sound.

8.0
X-Men (2021) #2

Dec 30, 2021

The X-Men clobber another one-off threat, though Jean picks up a clue about one of their antagonists. Meanwhile, Dr. Stasis plots vague mischief. The art remains stellar, but the writing … I like the plotting, both big-picture and small-scale. The prose is a pale imitation of Jonathan Hickman, though, and I'm growing to actively dislike the characterization. Pepe Larraz's art isn't just pretty, it's also a storytelling tool that is in many ways more powerful than the writing. The script is silent on the nature of Jean's clue, but the art explains it in a very clear way. (Am I the only one that thought Polaris was strangely channeling Boom-Boom, whom she defeated in the reader poll, at a few points?)

7.0
X-Men (2021) #3

Jan 23, 2022

The High Evolutionary pops by to offer to clean up the mutants' human problem; the X-Men brawl to stop him and get more info on Cordyceps Jones. The writing is a great vehicle for cueing up spectacular fight art, but it's also getting repetitive. Characterization remains sparse, and what little there is, I don't much like. I'm getting slightly interested in the long-term Ben Urich plot, though.

7.5
X-Men (2021) #4

Mar 3, 2022

While the long-term plots simmer in the background, the Haloween-ish A story is a one-shot about how Jean Grey spanked Nightmare. On the one hand, it's nicely-drawn, and I really appreciate Jean being both empathic and badass. But on the other hand, it's pretty filler-y, and there's very little substance or logic to the Nightmare fight when you scrutinize the thoroughly average writing.

7.5
X-Men (2021) #5

Apr 9, 2022

The solicit promised big Dr. Stasis developments, but on the page, it's business as usual: big dumb fights, a characterization spotlight on one team member, and tiny tiny bits of big-picture plot development. It still looks great and I saw real potential in the character study of Polaris. That character work could be *much* better written, though. That's this volume in a nutshell, really: tons of potential in the ideas, great visuals, and writing that constantly flirts with adjectives like "disappointing" and "mediocre." (Also, Polaris using Laura as a murder-puppet sounds like a great idea -- until you remember that Laura, unlike her clone-daddy, *doesn't* have adamantium bonded to her whole skeleton. Polaris can at best drag her around by her claws.)

6.5
X-Men (2021) #6

May 16, 2022

Well, it still looks like a top-tier flagship book on the art front. Subjectively, though, the plotting and dialogue leave a lot to be desired. Apparently the author thinks paying off one foreshadowed plot thread (Feilong) allows him to immediately slot in another one (Captain Krakoa). I'd be more enthusiastic about the swap if the "mysteries" of the Captain Krakoa plotline weren't so painfully predictable. And the way the Feilong thing went down -- I have zero love for Sunfire and I still feel like he got done dirty here.

8.0
X-Men (2021) #7

Jun 15, 2022

The death of Cyclops unfolds with a few little surprises, but no big ones. As usual, the X-Men make big tactical wins (thanks in large part to consistently awesome art) but are barely aware that the slow progression of the plot is hurting them on a strategic scale. Snotty as I sound, I found this issue pretty dang enjoyable. I might wish for a stronger connection between the big picture and the little picture, but this time around they're both compelling.

7.5
X-Men (2021) #8

Jul 2, 2022

Pointless mission of the day: Save cruise ship from MODOK. Spotlight character: Synch. Add 1ea personal and team plot development points, season with light comedy. Have I mentioned that I dislike how formulaic this series is? The writing's always competent, never surprising. At least the art's pretty.

7.5
X-Men (2021) #9

Jul 21, 2022

I do love big plot developments, but this issue offers only the ILLUSION of big developments. What actually happens is, Orchis gets 2 new recruits (one shocking, one not), 2 councils meet with little immediate effect, and an in-law spat is folded into a bar fight to meet the issue's action quota. The storytelling is good, particularly on the visual front, but I find it annoyingly imitative. C.F. Villa's impersonation of Pepe Larraz is genuinely impressive. Gerry Duggan's store-brand Hickman script, less so. In this case, 7.5/10 = "a good comic that I don't much like." (I know that the "this is only the illusion of change" criticism also applies to some Hickman comics that I love. What can I say? You get a Michelin chef to make a hotdog, it's probably gonna come out better than one from a convenience store.)

8.0
X-Men (2021) #10

Oct 29, 2022

It's a cocktail mixed according to this title's usual recipe: A one-shot adventure garnished with tiny bits of plot and character development, with beautiful art serving as the main mixer. This month I find the drink tasty enough to set aside (partly) my usual complaints about the title being formulaic and shallow. The humor's working for me, for a change. But my expectations for future installments remain low.

8.0
X-Men (2021) #11

Dec 12, 2022

I've been enjoying this title more and more lately. Its art is always consistently gorgeous, but now it's paying off enough of its foreshadowing to hold my interest. It's still no great shakes when it comes to characterization, but I'm liking the plot developments.

7.0
X-Men (2021) #12

Dec 22, 2022

It's a good comic mainly because of Pepe Larraz's brilliant art. The plot developments and the foreshadowing groundwork are interesting, but this script is barely better than a checklist of status quo updates. The character work is lacking, too. The continuity nods -- "Cyclops was right" and the Gameworld win wiping out Jean's Phoenix debt -- feel smug and unearned. The only character beats that felt genuine were Polaris's comic relief and Synch admitting he mind-wiped Urich out of fear. I like the way Gerry Duggan lays out long-term plots and does world-building. I wish he'd hand off the actual prose-writing to somebody else, though.

7.0
X-Men (2021) #13

Jan 24, 2023

In this issue, the X-Men do exactly what Judgment Day and its prior tie-ins told us they'd do. It's livened up with some splashy combat art and the requisite number of quips, but there's not a lot of new development. It sure does look pretty in a lot of these panels, though! My favorite parts are the distinct bits of Kirby style salted through the Eternals' technology.

6.0
X-Men (2021) #14

Jan 31, 2023

I have no problem with this issue's sexual politics -- quite the opposite, in fact. If Iceman wants to save the world and then broadcast to the haters, "hey, your asses just got saved by a gay man," more power to him. I just wish he was doing it in a less-mediocre comic.

8.0
X-Men (2021) #15

Mar 22, 2023

This new arc has an intriguing premise, and the script helps it along with a pretty nice twist (half-twist?) in its structure. Beautiful art helps sell the story, too. This volume is always brisk, and that can be an asset when there are some cool ideas in play. The attempts to characterize individual Children of the Vault were pretty half-assed, though. And why do only the dude-Children get names? There are several female Children making equally impressive (or more impressive) contributions in the fight scenes.

8.0
X-Men (2021) #16

Apr 12, 2023

It looks gorgeous. The 2nd act feels slightly filler-y, but there's some good character insight (a rarity in this volume) underneath the fight. And of course, there's The Big Twist™. I'm fascinated, but also apprehensive about how it'll play out. Interesting times ahead for Synch, that's for sure.

7.5
X-Men (2021) #17

Nov 10, 2023

It's a solid capstone for the arc. The art isn't quite as spectacular as previous issues, but it's still excellent. I feel like the script is caught in a Catch-22 trap. It sticks mainly to tying up the existing plot threads, but it does so in a pretty safe way--that leaves the arc as a whole feeling slightly decompressed. It doesn't help that the prose is pretty pedestrian and there's little real action. I do like the "Forge's heart grew 3 sizes that day" character work, though.

7.0
X-Men (2021) #18

Nov 10, 2023

The obligatory Laura/Laura conversation comes off well, and the whole book has some juicy art. (Although…Synch and Old Laura's outfits…yikes.) But that conversation doesn't nearly fill the whole issue, so the author goes poking through other contemporary titles' toyboxes to fill up the space. X-Terminators, X-Force, even Captain Marvel. I count the first two as decent continuity links, but the 3rd is a plot-rip of the crassest sort. (Unless the authors plan to tie the threads together in future issues).

8.0
X-Men (2021) #19

Apr 16, 2024

On the script side, it's just one big tense scene surrounded by a bunch of choppy little scenes. But the dialogue and characterization are decent, the plot developments are reasonable, and the mysteries are engaging rather than infuriating. And the visuals really elevate everything that's happening. Clear, stylish, and wisely blocked.

8.0
X-Men (2021) Annual #1

Aug 30, 2023

It's a lightweight comic. The plot is simple and saccharine, packed with "after school special" vibes. But I do believe it's a good comic. I didn't know much about Firestar, and this educates me without getting too expository. The author makes her voice natural and appealing. The art's clean and crisp. There are thoughtful ideas and good jokes in equal measure. This might not be epic, but it is a fun read.

7.0
X-Men (2021): Hellfire Gala #1

Dec 22, 2022

I like the idea of the Gala being an annual thing, and the idea of rotating the main X-Men regularly. This issue has lots of important foreshadowing about stories to come, some good jokes, and some good character beats (particularly for Emma). But it's sprawling and messy, and the haute couture angle is again a disaster. The big artist carousel reveals something to me: Some of these designs suck. But some of these artists just suck at drawing couture. Hip-shot cameo reactions: * Jon Hamm: @#$% no. I like him, but no. The fact that he's (slightly) plot-important just makes it *worse*. * Brian Posehn: I like him too, he's earned it with his writing work, and the Deadpool gag is genuinely funny. But still no. * Gwenpool: YES. Who's that talking to her? Chris Hastings?

9.0
X-Men / Fantastic Four (2020) #1

Sep 24, 2020

The X-Men come for Franklin Richards, and his family's violently negative reaction (combined with some patented Reed Richards Dickery™) drive him right into the mutants' arms. It's a story told with above-average skill in words and art, but the storytelling alone doesn't get it to greatness. What pushes it over the bar are razor-sharp ideas delivered in the plot developments and the characters' insights. The result is a compelling must-read. Note that the story is presented from a mutant-leaning point of view. It assumes the reader is intimately familiar with DoX but maybe hasn't been following the current run of FF. The balance of exposition might be frustrating for a reader coming from the opposite situation.

8.5
X-Men / Fantastic Four (2020) #2

Oct 17, 2020

Doom gloms onto Franklin and his mutant pals, creating a triangular conflict. The FF infiltrate Krakoa. It all boils toward a confrontation (That will feature Doom-Sentinels!). It has beautiful art and butter-smooth storytelling flow from scene-to-scene. This is an excellent use of the DoX sandbox, and Chip Zdarsky once again shows that he really should be the lead author for the FF right now.

9.0
X-Men / Fantastic Four (2020) #3

Nov 5, 2020

The mutants and the FF make an uneasy alliance and then ally again, even more uneasily, with Doom. Both sides scheme toward a doublecross but, of course, Doom comes out as the double-crosser supreme. As to the slightly-disappointing internal art, I think the growing roster of assistants and backups on the title page tells the tale: The Dodsons just aren't up for the rigors of drawing a full monthly book on their own (I'm assuming they have additional cover commitments to handle at the same time and those take priority).

8.5
X-Men / Fantastic Four (2020) #4

Dec 17, 2020

Even though some major plot threads end with a whimper (Doom's war on Krakoa, Franklin's cure), this finale still has considerable charm and storytelling talent.

6.0
X-Men Prime #1

Oct 31, 2017

The O5 X-Men run off on their own, Deathstrike is kidnapped into a dark Weapon X squad, and Kitty Pryde takes charge of the leftovers now plonked down in the middle of NYC. A massive creator lineup generates some confusion; I don't know which writer to praise for making Storm feel properly guilty about IvX and which one to decry for making Deathstrike a POV character. I was surprised to see Cullen Bunn is taking the O5 team instead of the antihero squad. This "Prime" issue is a little more transparently an advertisement than its Inhuman counterpart; once again I'm thankful that I don't have to pony up cash for comics like this thanks to Marvel Unlimited.

7.0
X-Men: Black (2018): Magneto #1

Apr 18, 2019

8.0
X-Men: Black (2018): Mojo #1

Apr 25, 2019

I hate Mojo with the fiery depth of true comic-nerd passion, but this charming little story redeemed him with its intensely cheery outlook. A well-written Glob Herman might just be the world's best wingman. The Apocalypse B story is getting interesting, too. This issue wasn't an epic on the visual front, but it had an amazing fund of thoughtful, polished writing.

7.5
X-Men: Black (2018): Mystique #1

May 2, 2019

6.0
X-Men: Black (2018): Juggernaut #1

May 7, 2019

6.5
X-Men: Black (2018): Emma Frost #1

May 21, 2019

8.0
X-Men: Blue (2017) #1

Oct 31, 2017

The O5 X-Men take down Black Tom Cassady and the Juggernaut (!) for their mysterious hidden leader in this mega-promising start. Cullen Bunn proves that he can do decent banter along with a tempting plot. There's also the maybe-promising introduction of Jimmy Hudson, the Wolverine Jr. of the Ultimate universe, appended to the end. I find myself halfway to sold on the art, which features tons of polish and interesting faces but also a few anatomical difficulties in posing.

8.0
X-Men: Blue (2017) #2

Nov 4, 2017

The relationship between the O5 team and Magneto is at least as complicated as you'd expect. Though this is a pretty quiet issue, it digs deep enough into the characters and their relationships to unearth fascinating stuff. The youngsters aren't so foolish as to trust Magneto, but his secret agenda (of *course* he has a secret agenda) takes an interesting shape: He's plotting to send them back to their home time. Hardly a surprise that Cullen Bunn can deliver cool plotting and characterization for Magneto, but he does a superb job with the O5 kids as well. Jorge Molina's linework is mostly strong though he does veer towards manga territory when drawing faces, particularly Jean's. Matt Milla's colors do a *lot* to enhance the art.

6.0
X-Men: Blue (2017) #3

Nov 17, 2017

The O5 team tangles with a messed-up Bastion who's "conserving" mutants for later destruction. The plot got so slow I was wondering if Cullen Bunn thinks his readers are simple - or maybe he thinks his "conservation" angle on Bastion is so clever he deserves a victory lap. The character interactions are still solid and there's a nice little Jean/Scott conversation to wrap things up. The shift from Jorge Molina to Ray-Anthony Height goes well, but in this issue you're likely to focus on the way both artists draw Jean Grey with a weird flattened Stewie Griffin head. Aside from that, it's still a visual treat.

6.0
X-Men: Blue (2017) #4

Dec 3, 2017

The team picks up Jimmy Hudson … and that's really it. Plus a surprise pack of opponents on the final page. Writer Cullen Bunn returns to his old deep-cutting tricks. This issue is mainly a "remember our trip to Earth-1610 three years ago" exercise without even the courtesy of an editor's note pointing us toward All-New X-Men (2012) #31-36. There's some nice characterization, (Teen Jean navigating the propriety of mind-reading is great), and Julian Lopez's art is enjoyable if not quite as memorable as Jorge Molina's. I'm not loving the pace this book is settling into, and I'm also a huge anti-fan of the "now go look these deep cut characters up on Wikipedia" cliffhanger. I'll keep reading, but I'm keenly aware of the missed opportunities this book is piling up.

8.0
X-Men: Blue (2017) #5

Jan 5, 2018

Turns out the contemporary Marvel universe is lousy with refugee Ultimate mutants. The X-Men get Jimmy Hudson, but Miss Sinister is pokemon-ing up a lot of others into her "New Marauders." Excellent art, solid characterization, and good dialogue make up for a bit of weakness in the plotting here. The way the Ultimate characters are brought in is fascinating, but the ending frustratingly suggests that the subject is going to get shelved for a while. In the meantime, at least the extensive fight scene in this issue delivers some superb battle banter from Bobby and Hank.

4.0
X-Men: Blue (2017) #6

Jan 5, 2018

Jean, Hank, and Jimmy kill a boring night by running into the Raksha, Madripoor's edgy new Patch-inspired superhero squad. Horrendous filler like this makes a double-shipping schedule hurt twice as bad. The art by Ray-Anthony Height & Ramón Bachs is an incredibly jarring shift from the book's established style, and Cullen Bunn's script barely even tries to convince us that this isn't completely skippable - it certainly doesn't succeed.

7.0
X-Men: Blue (2017) #7

Jan 27, 2018

The Blue team is freedom fighting in a surprisingly fascistic New Tian and having a hard time of it. While I like the plot Cullen Bunn has spun out of Secret Empire and the nemesis role he's set up for Emma Frost, I'm less thrilled by his complexity-addicted love of dredging up deep cut characters and creators' pets. (Briar Raleigh? Really?) Just due to this one issue, about a dozen hero-mutants will need "we was mind-controlled" retribution once this arc is over. This story may also be over-reliant on the SE event; I can't imagine it making much sense to somebody reading just Blue alone. The nuts-and-bolts writing here is good, with a fast pace and a few solid chuckles amidst all the grimnesss. Cory Smith's art is also a positive, delivering a rock-solid visual performance on a script with aggressive artistic demands - big fights, big rosters, expressive faces. Mr. Smith makes it all look good.

8.0
X-Men: Blue (2017) #8

Feb 3, 2018

Jean and Jimmy Hudson are the only team-members who escaped capture by Emma Frost's quasi-fascist squad. Fortunately, Magneto is making sure they have no shortage of allies when they go on the inevitable rescue mission. I often fault Cullen Bunn's deep-cut-heavy plotting, but when it works it *really* works well, and the reveal of Magneto's back-up heroes at the end of this issue is a superb example. Cory Smith & Joey Vazquez deliver some outstanding art. Both splashy combat scenes and tense character moments look wonderfully attractive here.

6.0
X-Men: Blue (2017) #9

Feb 26, 2018

Jean leads the suddenly-expanded O5 team to freedom. Polaris has an underwhelming fight with Havok, Damage fights mooks and ultimately doesn't do much, Briar does nothing and glorifies in it. Cullen Bunn's script is flawed but a bit above average. Cory Smith's art is middle of the road and it looks a little rushed and rough - until you see guest artist Thony Silas's borderline-unprofessional work in the back half of the issue. This could have been something really special with stronger visuals and a little more polish on the script; instead, it skirts the edge of disappointing.

6.0
X-Men: Blue (2017) #10

Mar 11, 2018

Hank's magical experiments bring a heap of Goblin Queen trouble down on a team already overburdened with mysteries and challenges and soap operatics. There's some real potential in this latest adversary, but this series has already *started* a bunch of promising plotlines and I think finishing one would be better than launching yet another. The by-the-numbers character development that fills out the issue and the "forget it as soon as you close the issue" guest art encourage me to think of this as a strictly middle-of-the-road affair.

6.0
X-Men: Blue (2017) #11

Mar 30, 2018

Jean and Scott dodge the Goblin Queen and turn, sigh, to the Raksha for help. Meanwhile Warren and Jimmy are stuck in a *completely separate* (I hope) plot quagmire as they investigate Miss Sinister. This issue features good dialogue, some clever fight mechanics, and some solid but not too memorable art. The attention's spread way too thin, though, with all the parallel plotlines inching forward in a frustrating way that screams "we had one issue's worth of development but our editors say we gotta split it to meet the shipping schedule."

7.0
X-Men: Blue (2017) #12

Apr 7, 2018

Bloodstorm becomes the key to shutting down the Goblin Queen and Jimmy and Angel dig up another slice of Miss Sinister's Mothervine conspiracy. A decent helping of forward plot motion and some workable (but not consistently great) art push this issue a bit above average. We're still mucking around in territory that's destined to get aggressively summarized when/if this title gets back to true greatness, and the problem is that the comics wear that "meh" skippability right on their sleeves. The characterization and roster updates are fun, though.

6.0
X-Men: Blue (2017) #13

Apr 20, 2018

"We gotta think up something for this Legacy crossover nonsense." "We could always have Mojo attack the X-Men." "What, and he makes them, like, fight their 'greatest hits' and stuff?" "Shyeah, and we could do smarmy meta-jokes about how tough it is to keep the X-Men popular!" "Ha ha! But seriously, we've got weeks. I'm sure we'll come up with something good."

6.0
X-Men: Blue (2017) #14

May 7, 2018

Longshot neatens up the plot considerably by reuniting all the X-Men, undoing the arc's very temporary deaths, and clearing the road to a conclusion. The clarity is appreciated, though the stakes are getting disgustingly superficial. This episode's "might matter later" plot points are Magneto revealing his existence to the world (promising) and a dose of sexual tension between Teen Jean and Jimmy Hudson (total non-starter). Jorge Molina's art is better than this script deserves, delivering maximum payoff from the wild scenarios Mojo's plot flicks through.

7.0
X-Men: Blue (2017) #15

Jun 9, 2018

Just when he starts looking ever so slightly like a credible threat, Mojo gets spanked by a deus ex Magneto. Magsy has to surrender his anonymity to save the day, and he has a few not-too-consequential words with Kitty Pryde afterward. Plus Mojo gets sent down to the sewers to wait for a potential rematch - cute, but it severely undercuts the already fragile conclusion. This arc would have been a nice 2-3 issue story in Blue; turning it into a 6-issue crossover made it as grotesquely bloated as its villain. Jorge Molina's art and Matt Milla's colors lend the finale some great visual pizazz. Mr. Molina has a clear crush on Teen Jean. It works out in the reader's favor here and makes you wonder why Jean's solo had to get set on the artist carousel instead of getting turned over full-time to Mr. Molina.

4.0
X-Men: Blue (2017) #16

Jun 18, 2018

Cullen Bunn flings the O5 team into *exactly* the sort of gimmicky time-travel shenanigan Dennis Hopeless tried to shut the door on at the end of the 2015 volume of All-New X-Men. The setup isn't promising; nor is the soap operatic addition of a romantic tangle briarpatching up Scott, Bloodstorm, Jean, and Hank. Thony Silas's visuals really seal in the flavor of mediocrity introduced by Mr. Bunn's script. At his best, Mr. Silas's art approaches the chunky style of Michael Avon Oeming. He is very seldom at his best in this issue, though. It feels like a serious editorial mistake to tap Mr. Silas for a biweekly a-list title; it's hard enough for him to crank out a good-looking comic when he's got a full month to do it.

5.0
X-Men: Blue (2017) #17

Jun 23, 2018

The Blue team spends 20 pages in 2099, confirming in the laziest possible way that yep, they sure are on a cross-time caper, all right. Cullen Bunn still thinks that if he stacks up enough deep cut characters, the cumulative "wow, you sure know your Marvel d-list" credit will make up for a lack of interesting story or compelling characterization. It does not. X-Men 2099 weren't all that hot in their original incarnation (gape in wonder at their 90s-tastic codenames!) and this sad revisitation does nothing of note with them. RB Silva dresses it all up in off-brand Immonen-esque visuals. Usually when I make a "this artist looks a lot like this other famous-er artist" comparison, I'm trying to be (mostly) complimentary, but in this case there's a very cold and hollow feeling to the imitation. Like Mr. Silva is grinding Mr. Bunn's script through some unholy machine called the Imm-O-Tron 5000 and collating the results without much care as to their actual storytelling value.

6.0
X-Men: Blue (2017) #18

Jul 11, 2018

After a big fight with AU Generation X, the O5 start to figure out that they themselves might be at the rotten heart of their timey-wimey shenanigans. This is two issues in a row where the bad AU is the direct result of their alternate selves going eeeevil, so I'm thinking their Quantum Leap mission will boil down to fighting or redeeming themselves. Maybe, heck, probably, both. Plus side, RB Silva's art is looking distinctly more passionate and soulful than it did last issue. It's still cut from Immonen cloth, but in a positive way rather than as a pale imitation. I can recognize this is a solidly-told story, but I also recognize that Cullen Bunn and I have an irreconcilable difference of opinions about what makes comics compelling. He thinks a big snazzy fight scene is its own justification; I think that turning a fight scene doubly irrelevant with new plot developments just pages after it ends turns the whole exercise into a wank. I'm also having endurance problems. This arc coming right on the heels of the Mojoverse debacle makes it feel like Mr. Bunn has been rubbing his greasy ole continuity boner into my face for 12 issues straight. Not there's anything wrong with that; it's just not the way I swing in storytelling terms.

7.0
X-Men: Blue (2017) #19

Jul 27, 2018

The team returns to its Silver Age-ish home time and the local X-Men stand revealed as imposters. The nuts and bolts of storytelling are handled well here. The dialogue is in-character and entertaining; the art is gorgeous. Cullen Bunn's strategic writing decisions leave me cold, though. On the single-issue level, he's using the "final page cliffhanger villain reveal" trope for what feels like the millionth time. The arc as a whole suddenly turns into a sequel/homage/ripoff/fanfic for Battle of the Atom, ground I am definitely not interested in re-treading. This arc has been a long journey to a destination I don't much like. While the car I'm riding in is starting to feel comfy, that doesn't justify the trip. Maybe I'm coming down with Stockholm syndrome.

7.0
X-Men: Blue (2017) #20

Aug 6, 2018

The O5 team saves the day and gets shunted back to the present. There is much plot-unpacking discussion, and the team now believes it is their destiny to return to their Silver-Age-y origin point somewhere in the near future. Cullen Bunn is so enamored of (or, less charitably, overwhelmed by) explaining his timey-wimey plot that there's no space left in the script for clever character work or inventive fight mechanics. It's a real shame, because RB Silva and the rest of the visual team came ready to WORK. They make the best of the script and paint vibrant pictures, but there's no real emotional impact to the scenes they portray so colorfully.

7.0
X-Men: Blue (2017) #21

Sep 6, 2018

The X-Men get into a momentous showdown with Symbiote dealer Haze Mancer. Prior to that, Scott gets grievously wounded in a cheap attempt to add tension. The script's other conceits, particularly his POV narration, work better, and the final-scene surprise feels appropriately heavy. The visuals help pull this above average thanks to the amount of detail lavished on the alien setting. Character depictions are a bit cartoony, though, putting a ceiling on this issue's artistic merits.

7.0
X-Men: Blue (2017) #22

Sep 20, 2018

The Poison trap is sprung, inevitably redefining this story again. This issue's script gives Jean the POV for reasons that get obvious by the end; it's contrived but executed satisfyingly. The art comes up a notch or two, making an interesting background effort to show how Venomization has warped the X-Men's powers. In itself it's a satisfying read, but the overall story remains uninspiring. It's especially galling to see Teen Jean fall prey to Serious Difficulties in this "meh" crossover just after she successfully weathered her older self's resurrection.

8.0
X-Men: Blue (2017) #23

Oct 8, 2018

With the O5 team off-world, Magneto settles into a chess game against the title's core badguys. This is an overstuffed plot. Not only do we have to reacquaint ourselves with huge numbers of antagonists and supporting characters, we get two big strategy sessions and no less than THREE cliffhangers. To keep this from getting confusing, the pace is rather slow. Superb art helps sell the impact of what we're reading; the visuals do as much as (maybe more than) the words to make this spaghetti plate of plots compelling.

7.0
X-Men: Blue (2017) #24

Oct 8, 2018

Malice's 15 minutes of fame pass with incredible speed. Magneto confronts the Mothervine Cabal. Plans are clearly in motion to assemble a new secondary team to carry this title while the O5 are absent - a good structural move that could keep this title alive even without the kids. Near flawless art adds a great deal to this issue's reading experience; the dialogue is hammy and the plotlines are excessively jumbled. The larger story arc might end up in a good place, but #24 won't stick out as a high point in hindsight.

7.0
X-Men: Blue (2017) #25

Nov 10, 2018

Magneto gets in a big tough fight and the new b-team comes together nicely. The Lost in Space squad gets a rather superfluous b-story. I like the way this title's main plot is coming together, though Magneto's confrontation takes a lot of pages to develop into a proper zappy fight. The art for both sections is slightly underwhelming - not actually bad at storytelling, but it feels like a great deal less than the full potential of the artists.

7.0
X-Men: Blue (2017) #26

Nov 10, 2018

Mothervine spreads fresh mutations far and wide and the earthbound X-Men struggle to keep up. Emma Frost starts a slow roll back toward the side of the angels. This issue manages a tricky plot well and is blessed with some noteworthy art. Set against that, though, I think a lot of the same problems that are killing Cullen Bunn's Venomized event are lurking in the background of this arc: A bloated cast, excess attention paid to the antagonists, and shallow characterization that relies too much on prior writers' work.

7.0
X-Men: Blue (2017) #27

Nov 25, 2018

Magneto takes a tumble and it's the B-squad's turn to go up against the head Mothervine baddies. Things are not looking good for the heroes. This is a respectable story and there's even a little quality theme work as both heroes and villains struggle with the ethics of mind control. The visuals are solid on their own, but I'm exhausted by the Nth new artist to slide onto the artist carousel. This story is not nearly compelling enough to justify the expense, rush, and visual chaos of double-shipping.

7.0
X-Men: Blue (2017) #28

Dec 16, 2018

The Mothervine conspiracy collapses thanks to a well-timed heel-face turn on Emma Frost's part. Magneto whips out a few healer mutants to erase most of the negative fallout with suspicious ease, but very bad blood remains between those two. Some high-quality art and a nicely-timed plot are big positives here; on the other side of the scale are shallow characterization and a powerful feeling of inconsequentiality.

6.0
X-Men: Blue (2017) #29

Jan 1, 2019

Focusing on the O5 X-Men and their struggle to redeem Jimmy Hudson from Poison possession just emphasizes how deeply divided this title's two main plotlines have become. The visuals are serviceable, but taking yet another spin on the artist roulette wheel does us no favors. I think the O5 branch of Blue has better characters and the Magneto branch has better plots. Add it all together and there's enough material to make a good series, but fumbling back and forth between the two branches wrecks the momentum on both of them. While this new arc has the potential to seal the gap, this first issue does very little repair work. Poisoned Jimmy and Mothervine Jimmy are so far apart I'd honestly welcome the revelation that there's an AU doppelganger in play.

5.0
X-Men: Blue (2017) #30

Jan 9, 2019

The battle for Jimmy Hudson fizzles out. After 40 pages of chase and struggle, Jean abruptly decides, "nah, he's cool, let's leave him alone." On the art side, this youthful style would work great, in general, in theory, on a teen hero book. This script demands a no-holds-barred buckets-o-blood Wolverine fight, though. You could not pick a worse subject if you were TRYING to highlight this style's limitations - which, I suddenly suspect, the writer might actually have been doing. It's not like his script was so great. Bringing a story around in a "things pretty much stay the same" loop is tricky, and this unsatisfying example demonstrates all the potential drawbacks.

8.0
X-Men: Blue (2017) #31

Jan 21, 2019

As Magneto starts clobbering the Hellfire Club on his way to killing Emma Frost, the O5 team gears up to stop him. The script makes it absolutely clear this was the worst-case scenario the X-Men had in mind from the outset of working with Magsy. The way the words come together, though, it feels less like an issue-long theme and more like scrounging up a single hit after whiffing a lot of pitches. Fortunately, the art cranks up the gorgeousness and the impressive visuals make up for the slightly problematic script.

8.0
X-Men: Blue (2017) #32

Feb 4, 2019

The O5 X-Men fight Magneto to keep him from killing Emma Frost. The script is mainly concerned with didactic character work - there's a bit too much "shouting how I feel." The art is something special, with a strong command of bold, simple character work. Unfortunately, the script just doesn't invest enough creativity in the mechanics of the big fight. We're stuck mainly with exquisitely talented renderings of mutants flexing through bog-standard combat poses. This is definitely a good comic, but it could definitely have done more. On a strategic note, I dislike the way this author is foreshadowing Extermination. He's stuffing the O5 full of "we won't be here much longer" sentiment, and their sense of impending doom reads as though they've gotten a sneak peek at the scripts to come.

8.0
X-Men: Blue (2017) #33

Feb 25, 2019

This flashback story shows us what happened to Magneto when he ducked out of the Mothervine mess via time machine in #27. He lands in a post-apocalyptic future which he surely had a leading hand in creating, but mutant survivors hail him as a messiah. This is an intriguing and attractive read, but I'm not sure how much value will be left in it once the next issue answers the key "wha happen?" questions this one raises. Both the dystopian world-building and Magneto's self-pity are done well, but they're not the most novel of premises. The artist does a noteworthy (yet subtle enough to overlook) job of distilling the title's mutable visual style into an iconic, high-quality look. If every issue of Blue looked like this, the title would be better for it.

6.0
X-Men: Blue (2017) #34

Mar 13, 2019

Magneto has a frustratingly vague confrontation with the O5 in the dystopian future. It convinces him he is once again entering the season of villainy. A cool result, but the journey to get him there turns into a dreadful slog in this issue. I agree with Marcus Orchard at Sequential Planet; #34's script exemplifies Blue's chronic problems with pacing, vagueness, and forgettable fights. The art remains a high point, though; this serving gives the script more polish and refinement than it deserves. The art keeps this issue from slipping into actual disappointment.

7.0
X-Men: Blue (2017) #35

Mar 27, 2019

The O5 X-Men contemplate their mortality in a hit-or-miss series of meetings with their older selves. Beast and Bobby get excellent scenes, Jean Grey is "meh," and Cyclops gets shorted. I'd have rather seen more Cyclops instead of the random weirdo "Archangel tries to give O5 Angel a humanitarian chore" scene. Good art and some nice character moments don't quite overcome the aimless feel of the issue as a whole; it doesn't help that this is foreshadowing a doom that's already started in Extermination.

7.0
X-Men: Blue (2017) #36

Apr 11, 2019

5.0
X-Men: Blue (2017) Annual #1

Aug 6, 2018

A Venom crossover set in space wasn't on my X-Men Christmas list, and the creative performance in this first issue didn't win me over. Cullen Bunn's script is close to average on technical merits, but his upcoming subject matter pushes a lot of my personal "nope" buttons. I'm cold on Poisons and positively arctic on Killer Thrill. Edgar Salazar's art doesn't do anything to raise my temperature, either. If he was the permanent artist for a crop of unique characters, his style could work. You can't swing a cat without hitting better renditions of the O5 team, Venom, and even the Starjammers, though.

6.0
X-Men: Gold (2017) #1

Oct 31, 2017

Kitty Pride's Central-Park-based mutant team looks to be headed for very familiar storytelling ground. Anti-Mutant organizations, Brotherhood of Evil Mutants, yadda yadda yadda. This story arc is called "back to basics" and this issue is the introduction that any good X-Men fan could write given that title and this roster. The quest for a "classic" approach to the X-Men is looking a bit boring so far, unfortunately. I feel like a more daring, more talented writer than Marc Guggenheim could have delivered more than just potential. The story of artist Ardian Syaf getting canned for tucking prejudiced references to Indonesian politics into this issue's art is way more interesting than anything the script has to offer.

6.0
X-Men: Gold (2017) #2

Nov 4, 2017

The Gold team gets flat-footed by the new Brotherhood and OML has to save the day. For a story called "Back to Basics," this sure is forbidding to new readers. Though the main plot is a simple (possibly simplistic) "anti-mutant prejudice stirred by good mutants fighting evil mutants" story, the cast is packed with deep cuts, lengthy backstories, and complicated relationships. Magma! Mesmero! X-Cutioner! This issue is so lore-heavy that they should have just plopped Wikipedia links right into the captions. A whirlwind pace with shoddy scene transitions just increases the confusion. Ardian Syaf's art lays superfluous Liefeld-style hash-lines over some workmanlike anatomy; his imminent departure from Marvel is cause for celebration.

5.0
X-Men: Gold (2017) #3

Nov 9, 2017

Turns out the Brotherhood was a false flag operation orchestrated by Evil Pundit Lady; Kitty and company save the mayor but fail to bring in EPL. Normally I like an arc that wraps up fast, but in this case the story ends abruptly because there's no more "smart" left in the script. EPL's scheme was unbelievably stupid, and having Kitty inexplicably sink down to her level of action-movie stupidity made for a hugely unsatisfying conclusion. This shoddy finale casts a shadow over the last two issues. Marc Guggenheim was trying to paint the world around the X-Men as an unforgiving place but it just didn't work, and I'm left wondering if he really has any insights worth sharing about these heroes.

6.0
X-Men: Gold (2017) #4

Nov 25, 2017

Gambit arrives bringing a classic "Trask Sentinels run amok" plot with him. Even though I lack a deep appreciation of "classic" X-Men, this plot feels pretty stale. (It doesn't help that Blue did "mutant Sentinels" in their last issue and put a more interesting spin on it.) Dialogue and character interactions are nice, but not to an "OMG you can't miss this buy it right now" extent. R.B. Silva provides some decent art, but as others have pointed out, it's definitely pressed from the Stuart Immonen mold and also pretty clearly an inferior imitation.

6.0
X-Men: Gold (2017) #5

Jan 5, 2018

Kitty's X-Men struggle to keep up with the rapidly-evolving Sentinel threat. The lack of impression this comic leaves on the reader is the only impressive thing about it; it's a remarkably blasé bag of blah. True, it makes no mistakes and offers no offense, but it makes it clear through its forgettability just how modest those achievements are. The conversation I'm imagining between inker Andriano Di Benedetto and colorist Frank Martin - where they each simultaneously say "I thought *you* were taking care of the shadows" - is more entertaining than the story itself.

6.0
X-Men: Gold (2017) #6

Jan 5, 2018

Rachel saves the day after some soul-searching, and the nano-sentinel crisis leaves behind a frustrating mess of poorly-explained consequences. The art team led by RB Silva does heroic work to make this look big. Visually, this is a spectacular crossover-event-level fight with oodles of guest stars and lots of "wow" moments. Marc Guggenheim's script just doesn't live up to the spectacle, and the writhing mass of loose plot threads left behind at the end is unappetizing. There are a lot of questions, but the tone veers more toward "WTF are you trying to say, Mr. Guggenheim" rather than "Oooh, I wonder what that means?"

7.0
X-Men: Gold (2017) #7

Jan 15, 2018

Secret Empire gives the Gold team a perfect excuse to do a "trapped in the mansion with a serial killer" story starring the new X-Cutioner. Marc Guggenheim's script makes an excellent tie to the bigger event: Secret Empire kicks this plot off but it is in no way required reading. The story that unfolds is a long way from flawless, but it is engaging. I've got tons of nitpicks, but that in itself is a sign of a compelling story. Ken Lashley's visuals suggest their creator learned everything (or certainly way too much) about anatomy from 90s comics. It works great when Old Man Logan is slashing up demons; for idyllic baseball games and people having conversations and Rachel smooching Kurt (!) it's not so hot.

4.0
X-Men: Gold (2017) #8

Jan 27, 2018

Kitty takes down the knockoff X-Cutioner with a little help, and new plot threads get tangled Three Stooges style as Marc Guggenheim rushes to set up not just the next story but the story after the next story. Unfortunately, none of the current threads receive satisfying depth and the narrative tries to skate past Secret Empire a little too casually. Ken Lashley's art is uneven as well, with some pages looking dramatically unfinished. This is yet another Marvel issue with a "rough draft" feel, but in this case I'm entirely unconvinced that more polish could have yielded a great story. Here the creative team slid into neutral before even reaching "meh, it's so okay it's average" territory.

5.0
X-Men: Gold (2017) #9

Feb 12, 2018

Relationship upgrades are pondered and Kitty's Congressional testimony gets sidetracked by a pointless fight with Whiplash. There are a few good lines here and the relationship stuff is interesting, but this title's main plot is lost at sea. The future direction of the congressional plot thread is opaque, as is the connection, if any, to the resurrection of Omega Red in Russia. And Whiplash's attack was so pointless that I really feel like using the word pointless even more. Pointless pointless pointless. Ken Lashley's art suffers a serious shortage of effort in panels that stray too far from "hoo-rah muscle dudes flexing amidst flying debris" territory. Kitty, Rachel, and Stevie Hunter all had a serious case of sameface going on.

6.0
X-Men: Gold (2017) #10

Mar 11, 2018

Marc Guggenheim pulls the trigger on his Omega Red story, tying it to the Rasputin family with a questionable gangster uncle outta nowhere. In most cases, I hate fans who second-guess creators by saying, "[my favorite hero] would never lose that fight!" But this issue … On one page, the *entire* team is bustin' on what pushovers the gangster mooks du jour are; on the next page, the baddies have effortlessly kidnapped Illyana. The capture isn't even shown on-panel; you don't need to be a graduate continuity scholar to call bull☠☠☠☠ on *that*. The wider plot shows some promise, but the questionable pacing and some aggressively forgettable art keeps this issue from being anything special.

4.0
X-Men: Gold (2017) #11

Mar 30, 2018

"Underwhelming" is the word of the day as the Omega Red story shuts down fast and pointless after OML snikts him. Colossus got his steel back by wishing really hard, apparently. Lan Medina and Craig Yeung contribute some notably generic visuals ("Yep, that there looks like superheroes fighting") and Marc Guggenheim's script is depressingly weak. This issue is a fine example of Gold's chronic problems: Things happen at a too-rapid clip and there's nothing in the dialogue or the actions to invest the developments with real weight. This comic is its own summary, just an illustrated first draft for a story that could have been fleshed out into a *real* comic but wasn't. Real bad issue for the women. Kitty's "awesome plan" amounts to letting her beefiest dudes punch ☠☠☠☠ until they win, Prestige gets drawn like a 90s pinup girl, we get no explanation for why Magik got damseled harder than 1964-vintage Sue Storm last issue, and Storm's *entire* role in this issue is to get knocked out by Omega Red between panels. She doesn't get a single word of dialogue. EDIT NOTE: I originally rendered Lan Medina's last name as "Median." I swear this was a simple typo and not a derogatory comment on his artistic skills. At least not a conscious one.

4.0
X-Men: Gold (2017) #12

Apr 7, 2018

It's an entire issue of backstory for Kologoth, the "Creepy New Guy" reptile monster who's cameoed several times since #1. It is a mashup of villain tropes that becomes absurd in its comprehensiveness: He's a Negative Zone mutant exile parent-killer who became a demagogue/prophet/dictator-in-waiting with *way too many* Nazi parallels. I feel like I just won at villainous origin bingo. (He's also running around naked on Earth while his flashbacks make it crystal clear that his people *do* believe in clothes. Anybody remember Killface from Frisky Dingo?) I question the timing of this issue. *Why* was it important to squeeze this clown's backstory in right now when the final scene reveals the next arc will be devoted to Mojo, not Kologoth? Luke Ross contributes pro forma visuals snatched right from Mike Deodato's wheelhouse. Hilariously, Marc Guggenheim calls this Mr. Ross's "unique voice" on the letters page.

4.0
X-Men: Gold (2017) #13

Apr 20, 2018

Mojo strikes just as the Blue team drops by to visit the Gold team. His meta-aware blathering about Legacy *should* have been the cringiest thing in the issue, but Marc Guggenheim mangled the entire script with formidable ineptitude. Both character interactions and the basic air traffic control matters of "X-Men X, Y, and Z respond to crises A, B, and C" are hopelessly muddled. Mike Mayhew's art has a little nice polish to it, but the sterile bones of 3D modeling show through both his architecture and his characters. With charity I can just about believe the creators were earnestly trying to tell a good story; I cannot say they came anywhere close to succeeding.

4.0
X-Men: Gold (2017) #14

May 3, 2018

Gratuitous deaths and arbitrary scene shifts really hammer home how meaningless Mojo's challenges are, but poor Teenclops gets suckered into spilling some important beans to his teammates. Marc Laming offers detailed but hopelessly stiff drawings, and Marc Guggenheim's script notably fails at engaging the reader. Characters and settings are all hopelessly arbitrary and fictional; this is a story that you slog through as quick as you can, grabbing the tiny little bits - like Teenclops's confession - that are going to matter after the crossover is done.

5.0
X-Men: Gold (2017) #15

May 21, 2018

The united X-team plods inevitably into position for a showdown with Mojo. Some quips are attempted, some effort is wasted pretending the stakes are really really for-sure high, and Magneto's backup team is a few steps behind the main heroes. Diego Bernard and JP Mayer turn in some notably polished art, but it's terribly generic stuff. It ends up reinforcing the dullness of the script instead of counteracting it. The prospect of one more issue of Mojo hurling kitchen-sink villainy at a team that's already proven unhurtable is an ear-to-ear yawn for me.

6.0
X-Men: Gold (2017) #16

Jun 9, 2018

A spaceship comes to fetch Space Hitler Kologoth home, and if it hadn't landed on top of the Xavier Institute and then blasted off carrying Kitty and Kurt with it - unintentionally - this story could have ended in this issue. But it doesn't, more's the pity. Lan Medina's art is serviceable but forgettable, and Marc Guggenheim's script is, as usual for him, more of a promising rough draft than a finished comic story.

5.0
X-Men: Gold (2017) #17

Jun 18, 2018

The X-Men ramble into the middle of a civil war on Kologoth's homeworld. There's some basic promise to the plot, but Marc Guggenheim's script is clumsy about some of the mechanics - Rachel is critically injured and Mr. Guggenheim comes within inches of flat-out admitting, "I need her off the board because a powerful psychic could resolve the N-Zone intrigues too easily." Though I'm reasonably satisfied with the writing in this issue, I can't say the same about Ken Lashley's art. He fills up the pages with enormous, confusing slabs of muscles that are shaded as though he has some kind of kickback arrangement with an India ink supplier. It's not stylistically or anatomically impressive, and it clashes with many of the other artists who've rotated through this title.

4.0
X-Men: Gold (2017) #18

Jul 6, 2018

The team reunites for a by-the-numbers fight with Space Lizard Hitler, but Kurt's MIA. I thought way too hard about how to comment on the appalling mediocrity of this comic. Make anti-flattering comparisons to Gabby Rivera's America? Call out Mr. Guggenheim for crassly using "broad strokes" depictions of popular mutants to distract from an epically disappointing plot? Speculate slanderously on what drugs the editors must have been smoking when they approved the trilingual "hope you survive the experience" joke? Ultimately, I think there are only 2 things that *must* be said about X-Men: Gold #18: 1) Arif Prianto's colors are terrific; light-years ahead of what this comic deserves. 2) Marc Guggenheim scripts are the methadone of X-Men stories.

4.0
X-Men: Gold (2017) #19

Jul 11, 2018

OML snikts Space Lizard Hitler to death in an anticlimactic blink-and-you'll-miss-it moment and Kitty beats his kaiju god with a scheme that absolutely fails to be tense and suspenseful. Marc Guggenheim demonstrates his talent for cramming a promising story that might float a decent three-issue arc into one epically unsatisfying issue. This comic is a masterclass in how not to build tension. The art by Diego Bernard and JP Mayer is good in itself; it has a bright, cartoony, Mark Bagley-ish feel to it. The only problem is that it clashes intensely with every one of this title's previous looks, especially Ken Lashley's gritty, shadow-soaked work from #18. The most interesting thing about this issue is that, based on his goofy hat, Kologoth's lackey/mentor/lover guy is a member of the Flintstones' Loyal Order of the Water Buffalos. How spectacularly depressing. This title is truly Shur-Fine X-Men; its lack of quality is so consistent and thorough that Marvel should just slash the price in recognition of its store-brand cheapness.

5.0
X-Men: Gold (2017) #20

Jul 27, 2018

The Gold team has to suffer through 20 pages of desert shipwreck yadda yadda before they can go home. Marc Guggenheim's script is average and Diego Bernard's art is slightly above average. I have to question the strategic wisdom of wrapping up the Space Lizard Hitler/Lizard God Kaiju fight early to make room for this shipwreck nonsense, though. I GUARANTEE we're all gonna forget this within a week's time. Kitty and Piotr have an Important Relationship Moment at the end, but it absolutely fails to render the rest of the issue meaningful.

7.0
X-Men: Gold (2017) #21

Aug 18, 2018

Evil Pundit Lady's mutants (with Mesmero in the lead) bust out of prison to get revenge on her. The Gold team intercepts them and gets its collective ass handed to it. Kitty believes it's her fault because of special circumstances, which is damned bad characterization. Kitty SHOULD be a good enough leader to blame herself for her team's failure no matter WHAT the situation. The real blame for this pathetic combat showing lies with the writer, though. Nightcrawler, Colossus, and Storm have to be incapacitated off-panel, for God's sake. The plot might be disappointing, but the art is excellent. Diego Bernard and JP Mayer deliver impeccable top-shelf visuals.

7.0
X-Men: Gold (2017) #22

Sep 6, 2018

Mesmero hoodwinks the X-Men thoroughly, but at least his victory isn't quite as quick as the last issue suggested. I credit the writer for redeeming a low point there. The art continues to deliver smooth top-shelf storytelling. For one issue, at least, this title's got all its plates spinning smoothly. This would be really good if the plates (i.e. plot threads) were more engaging. Even though the plots leave me saying "meh," I can respect that they're manipulated in an above-average fashion here.

6.0
X-Men: Gold (2017) #23

Sep 20, 2018

The X-Men go to prison. Whole acres of potential (world-building, social commentary, etc) are ignored in favor of sketching the most superficial yard fight nonsense for them to contend with. Two big villains are foreshadowed in a "meh" way, and Iceman and Rogue start up a backup team at the Xavier Institute. The art style is inherently distasteful - I don't like Thony Silas's character designs. But he does do excellent work on dynamic action poses, visual storytelling, and finish. While the art isn't up to the highest standards, it's a bit above average. I wish I could say the same of the script.

4.0
X-Men: Gold (2017) #24

Oct 8, 2018

The prison fight for the female X-Men results in solitary time which is, of course, trouble for badly-written Storm. In Manhattan, the B-team beats the Shredded Man in an epically unsatisfying fight. Beyond the general aimlessness of both storylines, the writing and the art throw up a half-dozen points each where the sheer lack of quality makes my eyeballs roll. A thoroughly unenjoyable read.

5.0
X-Men: Gold (2017) #25

Oct 17, 2018

Scythian stomps on Paris and all this title's on-call mutants unite to dispatch him in an exceptionally vague way. This issue starts off by explicitly stating its villain is a mindless force-of-nature, singularly unaware of how dull that makes him. What a surprise, the Gold team's master strategy is, once again, "everybody punch/blast as hard as you can! We'll either win or get knocked out by a cliffhanger ending!" The finale glories in assembling a dozen X-Men like that's some kind of special achievement instead of one line of script direction. The creators are batting frantically at the toilet paper roll of plot, flushing down another clutch of potentially-cool ideas without half the attention they deserve. The huge art team produces some pretty panels (especially when Storm gets Asgarded up), but the overall effect is thoroughly generic. The visuals abjectly fail to convey the details of Scythian's defeat; that's the sign of unfocused art struggling with a shallow script.

5.0
X-Men: Gold (2017) #26

Nov 10, 2018

Pete develops cold feet as he and Kitty death-march their way to the altar. This title's bad penny plot points - Evil Pundit Lady Lydia Nance and Mesmero's increasingly-gross obsession with Rachel - turn up with impeccable timing to save the script from the possibility of deep characterization. My distaste for the writing is counterbalanced by my enthusiasm for the art. It's strictly the linework that I like; there's some notably bad coloring in here. So many sooty faces - did the X-Men spend the night in front of a campfire before this issue? I'm disappointed by Colossus's performance in the final fight scene, but I shouldn't be surprised. I've read every issue of Gold. I should know by now that no force in the multiverse is so pathetically weak as a mutant in the final act of a Marc Guggenheim script. If my niece Bethany threw down with the Gold team and the fight took place at the end of a Guggenheim book, I wouldn't hesitate to bet my life savings on the kindergarten girl.

6.0
X-Men: Gold (2017) #27

Nov 25, 2018

The X-Men slog into a swampy stew of stale X-plot leftovers: anti-mutant politician, gimmicky Sentinel, mutant biowarfare, yadda yadda yadda. Along the way, Kitty engages in a cold feet conversation with Rogue. I'm convinced Mr. Guggenheim scribbled "include two pages of cold feet" at the top of his outline months before he wrote anything else for this issue. The art is a pleasant novelty, full of brushed linework that lingers lovingly on highly expressive faces.

6.0
X-Men: Gold (2017) #28

Dec 3, 2018

The X-Men chase their kidnapped Colossus into space. The raw plot is full of potential, so it takes a special sort of magic writing to sand it down into this thoroughly "meh" adventure. The art works hard to elevate the best moments, but it doesn't get a lot of script support. The Evil Pundit Lady falls into the absolute depth of cliched villain behavior - "So confident am I of my victory, I shall stop fighting and gloat."

6.0
X-Men: Gold (2017) #29

Dec 18, 2018

"They swiped Deep Space 9 for their Roxxon space station!" is exactly the sort of nitpick I could set aside if this issue's script were even SLIGHTLY skillful in contriving its last-second all-hands save-the-world climax. Nice art - aside from the swipe - and a sprinkle or two of good characterization don't do enough to elevate a by-the-numbers plot whose only hope of creating tension is asking the reader to do it a favor and play along.

7.0
X-Men: Gold (2017) #30

Jan 1, 2019

Kitty calls off her wedding at the literal last minute and a surprise replacement couple steps in. I like the plot and romantic developments, and the script does a good job of setting up enjoyable scenes. It avoids the key discussion of WHY the Kitty/Colossus match was a bad one, though. And that's not a particularly hard discussion; just about every X-Fan can write a dissertation on how those two had outgrown their relationship prior to this series. The art is also less than it could be. It's certainly above average, but it's also certainly not the artist's best. That's where the whole issue lands; good but not great.

7.0
X-Men: Gold (2017) #31

Jan 14, 2019

Colossus bails. Mesmero strikes at Rachel with a twisty plot relying on a nice, meaty DoFP story. I think the script lands in Catch-22 territory. Unfolding the plot this way causes some problems, but I can't see a way to solve them that wouldn't open up other, equal problems. The art has a more straightforward shortcoming. The characters are gorgeous. The settings around them are sterile and dull. It feels like a community theater production mounted on an echoing metropolitan stage that's far too large for it.

7.0
X-Men: Gold (2017) #32

Jan 31, 2019

Because the solution to "rampaging mind-controlled Rachel" turns out to be "let Teenclops deliver a standard-issue 'you're better than this' Cyclops speech" and that's not enough to fill a whole issue, this one rewinds to show some pre-rampage details. Lots of the details are cool and the art is really outstanding, but the trite resolution of the main conflict keeps this title, yet again, from becoming really good. Storm even has dialogue; I about died of shock.

7.0
X-Men: Gold (2017) #33

Feb 11, 2019

Ominous plot stormclouds build over Ororo's old village, and Rachel handles the b-story by facing a tumultuous aftermath to her possession. The plot developments are promising, but the characterization leaves an awful lot to be desired. The art has very strong foundations but the finish is challenging the limits of "cleanliness" as a positive trait.

6.5
X-Men: Gold (2017) #34

Mar 7, 2019

Storm starts the inevitable conflict with her village's new evil god and the first rounds go hard against her. This is a brisk story with a solid pace and some fundamentally sound ideas. Those ideas are under- or un-developed, leaving the reading experience far less satisfying than it could be. Wonderfully clean art does put a slightly positive spin on things, but it can't do much to compensate for the shallowness of the script.

6.0
X-Men: Gold (2017) #35

Mar 18, 2019

Storm's Asgardian hammer fetches her teammates and then burns itself out helping her defeat her increasingly-generic nemesis. Rather than emphasizing the strength of the villain, Storm requiring her team's assistance and a magic god-hammer to beat him just makes her look weak. There's a nicely-paced plot driving this issue, but it refuses to slow down to make anything consequential or engaging. The brief snippets of action-movie dialogue tied onto it don't get the job done. The art is excellent, hauling my rating for the issue up into the "satisfying" range by sheer force of visual appeal. But the arrival of the title's umpteenth art team reminds me again that the constant visual shifts are, in their own way, just as bad as the consistently mediocre scripting.

6.0
X-Men: Gold (2017) #36

Apr 6, 2019

The whole Gold team congas through the regrets they've accumulated in this series, then everybody hits the field to deal with an emergent omega mutant. The script concocts a decent scenario around that, but it fails to provide a satisfactory resolution - which makes it a match to the regret conga that precedes it. Top it with another serving of fundamentally sound but dispassionate art and you have the perfectly mediocre capstone for X-Men Gold. The dedication to Chris Claremont at the end is, of course, haplessly tone-deaf. It reads so much like a memorial that you'll probably want to double-check Mr. Claremont's continued aliveness. Newsarama's Matthew Sibley points out the coffin-nail stuck in Mr. Guggenheim's farewell letter: By its author's own admission, this series at its best wasn't as good as Claremont at his worst. I find the accuracy amusing, but not nearly as much as the unintentionality. Marc Guggenheim accidentally deprecating himself harder than he intended is another brilliant bit of last-gasp irony.

6.0
X-Men: Gold (2017) Annual #1

Jul 27, 2018

An Excalibur reunion introduces Kitty, Kurt, and Rachel to Brian and Meggan's new baby. There's an arbitrary twist and an arbitrary baddie who needs a facile, not-too-violent foiling. It's decent material, but the story gets told with thoroughly disappointing effort in both words and pictures. The B-story about a young superfan meeting Storm after a rough day of hero-chasing is a bit stronger but still well short of good. Besides the internal disappointments, this Annual was also mystifyingly published six weeks before a fairly huge relationship development in the main title, which it spoils to no good effect.

8.0
X-Men: Gold (2017) Annual #2

Feb 11, 2019

Years ago, a young Kitty Pryde takes a break from X-Manning to go back to summer camp. It's a charmingly direct "you can't go home again" story with real heart. The visuals cap it at good rather than great; I've seen this artist deliver much more polished work. "Less than the best" still translates into "pretty darn good," and the character work woven into the simple plot comes across loud and clear.

9.0
X-Men: Grand Design #1

Jul 6, 2018

Ed Piskor tackles the monumental job of reconciling decades of retcons with the original Silver-Age X-Men stories. While the result is perhaps less entertaining than it could be, the scrupulous logic is undeniably impressive. The comic's bravery becomes clear in the disquieting portrait it paints of Charles Xavier. He emerges as a driven man who rejected love and ran from familial responsibility - who hurt people - to chase his dream of mutant harmony. This is neither a hatchet job nor a hagiography but a warts-and-all portrayal of a man who was both great and terrible. A similar feeling of balanced, "good or bad, it is what it is" reporting comes out of the story as a whole. It's more than a clinical history but it's not quite a subjective opinion piece. Most of all, it is just about as epic as it's intended to be.

9.0
X-Men: Grand Design: Second Genesis #1

Feb 4, 2019

This issue takes the team from the introduction of the international members up through the Dark Phoenix saga. As with Ed Piskor's first Grand Design comic, this one benefits tremendously from a central character and plot - the Phoenix is the spine that holds this issue up and makes it great. The sheer density of plot points otherwise threatens to overwhelm. The painstaking chronological introduction of the triple-onion-layer conspiracies arranged against the X-Men at the start of the 80s, for instance, tends toward the absurd. Potentially-contentious retcons are handled with firm clarity; this telling is very explicit about the split between Jean Grey and the Phoenix and it works quite well. The story is still jam-packed with appreciated detail, including stuff like the X-Men's first baseball game and the Big Deal revelation that Wolverine's claws aren't part of his costume.

9.0
X-Men: Grand Design: X-Tinction #1

Dec 27, 2019

The stories of Storm, Forge, Mr. Sinister, and especially Madelyne Pryor jigsaw together nicely to produce a 40-page history text. This is not an era of X-History I'm familiar with, and the cartoonist got me up to speed with admirable thoroughness. I feel like the decision to de-prioritize X-Factor was made after careful consideration, and while it has drawbacks, the result feels like a best-case scenario.

8.0
X-Men: Grand Design #2

Jul 11, 2018

Ed Piskor grinds through 1964-1970, ending with some of the darkest and dumbest days in the X-Men canon. The team goes to the Savage Land, twice, and beats Sentinels, twice, and defeats Mutant Master, twice, and beats Magneto - thrice! Variety! Xavier fakes his death for the first time and Nick Fury responds by breaking up the team. I respect the way Mr. Piskor grapples head-on with frankly weak material. He strives to create a unifying story by tying as many points as possible into Phoenix foreshadowing. This theme just isn't as strong as the biographical look at Professor X in the last issue, though. The art remains endearingly distinctive. I'm less enthused with the increasing vocabulary glitches (using "rampage" as a transitive verb, confusing "adorn" and "adopt," etc). Whether they're honest editing oversights or stylistic faux-indie put-ons, I just don't like them. An interesting question: Mr. Piskor's mentioned in interviews that this issue obliged him to summarize material by his "least favorite writer in comics history." Do you reckon it was Arnold Drake? Or might Mr. Piskor have a mad-on against Roy Thomas? Or perhaps even Gary Friedrich? My money's on Drake. But then this was the golden age of blah X-Writers. Claremont up next, hooray!

9.0
X-Men: Grand Design: Second Genesis #2

Mar 13, 2019

The X-Men weather more busy years, and this time the cartoonist achieves greatness with an ensemble cast. Admittedly, he starts with extremely strong material, but he threads wild plotlines together well. Multiple characters rotate through center stage - Carol Danvers, Kitty Pryde, Rogue, and finally Storm - all receiving useful attention. Most of the streamlining edits are brilliant; I agree strongly with replacing Lee Forrester with Madelyne Pryor, for instance. The one fumble is integrating the New Mutants into the story. While I think it's good not to let them take over, this telling may have pushed them a little too far to the side.

9.0
X-Men: Grand Design: X-Tinction #2

Jan 25, 2020

Ed Piskor closes his look at the X-Men by going a little beyond history. Tying the X-Tinction agenda into Days of Future Past is a tidy way to close the Grand Design saga into its own AU. This issue gives Wolverine his day in the sun while also crafting a chilling, holistic story of anti-mutant discrimination.

5.0
X-Men: Legends (2021) #1

May 29, 2021

Knowledge of the existence of Adam-X brings a bunch of fighty Shi'ar to Earth. It also leads to a Summers family reunion but not, so far, a happy one. The art's the best part of this issue for me; it deploys retro strengths without too many retro weaknesses. I can't say the same of the script. It has people acting randomly and spouting cliched one-liners, and it leaves you staggering from one expository info-dump to another to figure out the plot. That's (one of the many reasons why) reading 90s comics is a trial for me, and resurrecting that uniquely clunky kind of writing in 2021 does the opposite of thrill me.

5.0
X-Men: Legends (2021) #2

Aug 4, 2021

Adam-X stabilizes his situation in this slow, clunky exposition-fest. There's not enough conflict and what is there isn't memorable; to cap it off, it gets a mindwipe resolution that's inherently frustrating. But the art is still solid (even if the style isn't my favorite) and I found the prose a lot smoother than in the previous issue.

6.5
X-Men: Legends (2021) #3

Sep 7, 2021

Ship turns against X-Factor as its mysterious origin suddenly comes into play. Apocalypse watches and sends a freshly-upgraded robo-Hodge to further bedevil the team. The retro storytelling sure is retro -- to a degree I found annoying. But it succeeded in sparking my interest in the Ship mystery, so I've got something to look forward to in the next issue. The character portrayals were solid, too -- a little more so in the words than the art.

6.0
X-Men: Legends (2021) #4

Nov 7, 2021

Battling the Behemoth-bot turns into a grudge match for Warren and he ends up saving the day. This straightforward fight comic is embroidered with lots of foreshadowing, mostly done by Apocalypse. The value of foreshadowing is sharply discounted in a throwback issue like this, isn't it? It ends up being a simple fight story, told with competence -- but not nearly spectacular enough to justify going back and filling in this little corner of X-history.

7.5
X-Men: Legends (2021) #5

Dec 13, 2021

X-Factor tackles an embassy hostage situation perpetrated by Latverian mutant revolutionaries. It's a nicely self-contained story that doesn't require a ton of continuity scholarship -- a pleasant contrast to the prior stories in this title. The script executes a well-crafted frame story, showing the team explaining the incident after the fact in a congressional hearing. The art is nicely polished and Todd Nauck's cartoony style suits the tone of the script.

6.5
X-Men: Legends (2021) #6

Dec 31, 2021

The hostage situation plays out with some good twists, like Quicksilver bringing in the real Dr. Doom. But it chops off with an abrupt shaggy dog of an ending (I'm not trying to make a Wolfsbane joke). I really liked this up until the last few pages, but those pages left me unable to escape the feeling that the author ran out of space, shrugged, and slapped this unsatisfying finale on. The art's good throughout, though, and I did like the humor.

6.0
X-Men: Legends (2021) #7

Jan 23, 2022

At first, the brutal Wolverine vs. Yakuza action: "Aw yeah, this is why we used to love Larry Hama." But then, page on page of "as you know, Bob" exposition: "Oh, now I remember why it's 'USED to love'." The art's similar: A tasty little retro throwback, until the faults accumulate and suddenly it's no longer fun to look at.

4.5
X-Men: Legends (2021) #8

Mar 5, 2022

Ugh, this isn't over yet? Pure smash-the-action-figures-together plotting and dialogue from the clearance aisle of the cliché store. The art comes closest to "retro-cheesy in an enjoyable way," but even that (for me at least) wasn't too fun.

5.0
X-Men: Legends (2021) #9

Apr 26, 2022

The arc comes to a close with all the usual drawbacks in place: Corny, over-expository dialogue and art that's looking distinctly rough this time around. But a little silver lining: I found the plot resolution a bit smarter and more satisfying than the hopeless brawl promised in the solicit. Logan and Creed teaming up makes a demented kind of sense, and I found it satisfying that the mutant MacGuffin-girls were ultimately able to save themselves.

7.5
X-Men: Legends (2021) #10

May 21, 2022

If you're gonna turn back the clock decades and inject new material into old stories, this is the way to do it. It's a self-contained one-shot that doesn't mess up established continuity, instead adding depth and irony to what's come before. The prose and art are both definitely retro, with the latter being a bit more appealing. Neither wear out their welcome, though. In case it's not already clear, what I appreciate most about this comic is that it's a one-and-done. That, and I always love seeing Sinister getting played. If he's playing *himself*, it's that much better.

6.0
X-Men: Legends (2021) #11

Jun 29, 2022

The script's too dense, the cast is too big, and the art's too rough. That said, there's a pretty solid story in here, and the scrupulous attention to the continuity of a bygone era has its charm. But the visuals are particularly hard to get past. This surely would not be my exhibit A for arguing that Walter Simonson is great.

5.5
X-Men: Legends (2021) #12

Jul 21, 2022

It's dated, but it's not a BAD comic per se. What it is is thoroughly unnecessary. Excalibur is a time-tested classic and it definitely didn't need this decades-late prequel. It's just a long, complicated misunderstanding brawl that is revealed to be pointless even within the comic itself. And if Chris Claremont wants to remind the world, "hey, remember that I stuck a generic squad of knockoff GI Joes into Marvel continuity in the 90s?" well, that's his business.

6.5
X-Men: Legends (2022) #1

Jan 17, 2023

There's no need for a writer credit; I can smell Roy Thomas's style from a mile away. It's not necessarily a bad odor; he's doing what he's always been best at, stitching continuity together in a deft way that sells the fiction that this whole crazy Marvel universe is one big story. There's even one of his trademark "slide-show" flashbacks explaining how a character (Jack O'Diamonds) got from his last appearance to here. The art's solid, too. Dave Wachter ticks all the boxes for Bronze-Age Wolverine: Short, scowly, hairy.

5.5
X-Men: Legends (2022) #2

Feb 26, 2023

The little detail about Wolverine's mask was cute.

7.0
X-Men: Legends (2022) #3

Apr 14, 2023

The plot is just as vestigial as I expected, but I enjoyed the demented meta-commentary more than I thought I would. The art's nice and clean. Most of all, though, this issue gets me excited about seeing some Spiral rebellion in the next one.

6.0
X-Men: Legends (2022) #4

May 7, 2023

Well, I get the Spiral rebellion I was looking for, and it's … sorta satisfying? A little? There's more rambling philosophy, but it does more damage to the plot this time around. This winds up being half a story at best -- and the finale features that cowardly old trope of flashback stories, a quick mind-wipe to duck any continuity problems. At least the art makes it all look pretty.

6.5
X-Men: Legends (2022) #5

Oct 14, 2023

Well, I can't ignore for a second that it's extremely retro. In the art, obviously, but the characterization and the script structure are also throwbacks to the early 90s. A quick comparison with actual comics of the time shows that this is a nicely-refined evolution of that old style, though. I won't rate the storytelling above average, but I won't penalize it for its retro-ness. The content--the story being told--nudges my rating up a bit. It's fairly interesting. And I appreciate that it seems built for a reader like me, ignorant as I am of Bishop's early years.

5.0
X-Men: Legends (2022) #6

Mar 7, 2024

9.5
X-Men: Onslaught Revelation (2021) #1

Jan 23, 2022

It got me, hook, line and sinker. The only thing holding it shy of a 10/10 for me is that the art, while good, could be better.

9.0
X-Men: Red (2018) #1

Aug 18, 2018

Jean Grey focuses her freshly-resurrected thoughts on the latest signs of anti-mutant hate and resolves to do something very high-level about them. A lovely diplomatic plan is poleaxed at the last minute by shockingly dangerous opposition. The 20 pages after the title page are essentially perfect; the pre-title teaser feels rushed in both words and art. Teaser aside, this #1 delivers the same "brave new world" feeling of impending greatness I got from Grant Morrison's first X-Men book.

8.0
X-Men: Red (2018) #2

Sep 20, 2018

While the team's still reeling after Jean was framed for murder, new mutant technopath Trinary hits them up for a rescue. It's another breathless sprint of a story. This title is racking up fascinating ideas at tremendous speed; I really hope it slows down to examine them soon. Art and writing are both very refined with a few key weaknesses. There's something subtly wrong with the way Laura is drawn (is it the lack of irises?) and the script's humor is just a little glitchy. The first scene, showing Trinary's extrajudicial imprisonment, has a weird tone thanks to the insistent inclusion of multiple corny jokes. This comic's little weaknesses are the difference between goodness and greatness. It's still way above average and one of my favorite new Marvel books.

7.0
X-Men: Red (2018) #3

Nov 10, 2018

Cassandra Nova tightens the noose around the Red team as they puzzle out her plans with very "ripped from the headlines" details. I love this team, I like the overall direction of the plot, and I think my personal politics are probably right in line with the creators'. I even like the idea of bringing social media manipulation into the array of weapons deployed against mutants. I can't rate an issue executed as clumsily as this one as really good, though. Goofy faces in the Sentinel fight scene, Sahara-dry political exposition, and Jean Grey rolling a one on an empathy check with this immortal clunker: "No one should have to face rejection because of the small-minded prejudice of the very people who are supposed to love them unconditionally." That's not sensitive compassion from a powerful psychic, that's a punchline in a Monty Python skit about an incompetent grief counsellor.

8.0
X-Men: Red (2018) #4

Dec 3, 2018

Jean exercises excellent leadership in defusing Storm, getting her onto the team along with Namor and Gentle, and preparing to go on the offensive. The X-Men understand Cassandra's weapon now - the Sentinites are a nice refinement of earlier titles' clumsy attempts at nano-sentinels - but they still haven't seen their enemy's face. I like the way this conflict is gearing up; the stage is set for awesomeness. I normally come down diametrically opposed to "Diversity in Comics"-type opinions, but Trinary's awfulness transcends personal politics. No matter how closely my views align with her and her author, I find her techno-progressive yawping loathsome and paranoid. "This is a magic super-science bug that mind-controls innocent people into assassinating mutants. It's just like stealing your social media data for propaganda purposes!" No, it ☠☠☠☠ isn't, you tinfoil-hat-wearing donkey!

8.0
X-Men: Red (2018) #5

Dec 18, 2018

Gambit's story dove-tails into the main narrative with a meaty "just like we planned it" click. From there, the team acts to oppose the first Cassandra-directed national-level oppression of mutants. I hope Jean reviews her team's effectiveness soon. Her telepathy and Namor's Atlantean infrastructure are real assets for operating on this scale. A team of stabby bamf-y explode-y mutants charging at panicky soldiers, not so much. In this issue, things work out on the Baltic coast, but the outcome was way more touch-and-go than it needed to be. Though I'm raising nerdy debate points about the overall effectiveness of the Red mission, don't doubt that I'm grateful to see a team tackling hatred on a global scale. Red seems to reach for the higher potential of an X-book in a way that Blue and Gold don't even acknowledge as a possibility. Sure, it all comes down to foiling world-dominating or genocidal bad guys, but why not dress it up with some interesting ideas while we're at it?

8.0
X-Men: Red (2018) #6

Jan 31, 2019

Jean finally discovers the identity of her nemesis, a crisis is queued up for the next issue, and we get some sad background on Gentle. As much as I love this title - and I do! - I can't deny this is a pretty slow issue. The tone and the character interactions are still satisfying, and the new artist melds impressively into the established look of the book.

7.0
X-Men: Red (2018) #7

Mar 7, 2019

The X-Men rise to the challenge and score a solid, much-needed win over Cassandra Nova. It's a perfectly sound script, but it's heavy on the action and it doesn't get as much artistic support as it needs to really thrive. There are spectacular opportunities for big, memorable splashes, and unfortunately, what's put on the page looks mainly like rough-draft placeholders for better-finished visuals. The AiPT review makes excellent points - look closer and the art gets even less impressive, introducing little inconsistencies that undercut the story. It all does wrap up with a fine superhero speech and a killer closing line, though.

6.0
X-Men: Red (2018) #8

Apr 11, 2019

8.0
X-Men: Red (2018) #9

May 7, 2019

Jean snatches Rachel out of Cassandra's clutches while some strong character work unfolds at Searebro. It's a clear story, it has a solid twist, and there's a laudable positive spirit behind the characterization.

8.5
X-Men: Red (2018) #10

May 21, 2019

Cassandra and Jean one-up each other when they both expand their conflict in "think outside the box" ways. Jean's plan is more promising both by virtue of coming second and by having more thought and storytelling oomph invested in it. (Plus, of course, she's the good guy!) The visuals are still coasting a little bit, but that suits the pace pretty well. This is an all-buildup issue that sets the stage for an epic climax in #11.

6.0
X-Men: Red (2018) #11

Jul 1, 2019

I think "The Hate Machine" had terrific potential. If it were the backbone of a longer series, with some solid side-adventures salted in between its chapters, it would have been great. Told straight through, it got terribly repetitive. And I think that might be an even bigger problem if you read it all at once instead of month-to-month. #11: It needed a *lot* more storytelling horsepower - better words and *especially* better art - to conclude the series in a properly triumphant manner. A few extra pages would have helped, too.

6.0
X-Men: Red (2018) Annual #1

Dec 16, 2018

A flashback to Jean's post-resurrection activities flounders under poor art and corny dialogue. The plot is sound and the intent of the characterization is great, but the execution is lacking. The art puts detail in all the wrong places and desperately needs bolder, more conventional linework. The script pulls multiple tricks to hide some of Jean's key conversations using narrative summaries or psychic mojo; given the quality of the dialogue that does get to the page, that's probably just as well. There are enough flaws here to drag an otherwise-promising story down and render it merely average.

9.0
X-Men: Red (2022) #1

Oct 29, 2022

I really like Al Ewing's Jonathan Hickman imitation. Like the model, it's slow-paced, and this first issue is heavy-handed in building up its vocabulary of themes and ideas. But snark aside, I can't think of anybody I'd rather see flesh out Arakkii society. There's an excellent balance of conflict and world-building here. If the script moves slowly, it certainly has no shortage of intriguing ideas. Being buoyed along by outstanding art certainly helps. This retroactively improves SWORD #8 by revealing that that issue was entirely groundwork for this series. (And of course, I love reading about the ongoing perfidy of Abigail Brand.)

8.5
X-Men: Red (2022) #2

Dec 20, 2022

The art's still polished to the highest standard. The script comes off just a bit rushed, though. And Vulcan is definitely not the character I'd pick to put in the spotlight. But I still love this comic! The grand political plot is developed with a nicely-integrated chunk of action. And if I must read about Vulcan, I love seeing him presented as a delusional egotist who has no idea how obvious his flaws are.

9.5
X-Men: Red (2022) #3

Dec 28, 2022

This issue builds to a truly exquisite climax, complete with epic twists and great dialogue. While the art is impeccable from the first page to the last, the prose starts out at a slightly lower quality level than it will reach at the end. But *what* an end it gets to! A serious one-two whammy of awesomeness. Both hits are terrific, but for my money, Bobby's trick is even more impressive than Magneto's challenge.

8.5
X-Men: Red (2022) #4

Jan 2, 2023

After the last issue, I was just thinking that it was time for somebody to think long and hard about what Krakoan resurrection means for their relationship with Arakko. And wouldn't ya know, Al Ewing was thinking the same thing. So here's a philosophical examination of that, along with some characters' more personal thoughts about life and death. It's slippery and subtle and much quieter than the last issue. And it suffers from that bane of Marvel comics, the artist carousel. This script has three nicely-separated sections for three different artists, but none of them really knock my socks off. Being visually underwhelmed (whelmed at best) is why I'm rating this "very good" but not "great." I still love it, though! Big questions and deep philosophy taking the place of punching and zapping in my cape comics? Bring it right the @#$% on!

8.5
X-Men: Red (2022) #5

Jan 14, 2023

Wow. I guess now we know why Judgment Day #1 glossed over Uranos's hour. This is brutal and incredible and a little heartbreaking, a perfectly-scripted tragedy. Nobody knows much about these Arrakkii mutants, from the Omegas on the Ring to the hoi polloi in the streets. But Al Ewing writes of their ruin in a way that makes it matter, makes it *hurt*. It's like he knows Kieron Gillen is a master of "horrors of war" stories (anybody read Uber?) and is dead-set on living up to that standard. He does. I'm praising the script a lot. The visuals are good, and yet… My rating stands at "very good." I'd love to rate this "great," but the art would have to come a lot closer to living up to the script's ideas to get there.

9.0
X-Men: Red (2022) #6

Feb 24, 2023

Short on plot development, long on poetic narration, and all the better for it. It looks great and it gives you the undeniable feeling that you're reading something literary. And, so far as I can tell, you are. It is a privilege to read Al Ewing and Kieron Gillen working on AXE together. When we talk about great collaboration in comics, we're usually talking about author+artist. But 2 talented writers giving their all to a deserving story is a particularly sweet sort of teamwork.

10
X-Men: Red (2022) #7

Mar 30, 2023

The final scene is the weakest in the issue, and it's very good. The rest of it is great. And then there are the Magneto and Isca scenes. They're as close to poetry as this medium can get. I love them profoundly and can't be subjective about them. I am simply grateful to have read them.

8.0
X-Men: Red (2022) #8

Apr 26, 2023

This issue is practically bursting at the seams with revelations and plot developments. The new artist delivers an attractive set of visuals, too. But it's an extremely expository issue, leaving the characters with little to do beyond explaining what they know and gasping at what they're just now learning. By itself, it's merely good. But it's a powerful bit of stage-setting for a great climax to come.

8.5
X-Men: Red (2022) #9

Aug 10, 2023

This issue flips the story smoothly into confrontation mode. I appreciate the way the script gets me invested in the action, even though I'm hampered by a lack of continuity knowledge. The excellent art helps a great deal, too.

8.5
X-Men: Red (2022) #10

Oct 14, 2023

The storytelling is rock-solid all the way through in both words and art. Characterization is satisfying, though not all that deep. But there's no time for deep introspection, because this issue is packed to the gills with plot development. And the way the status quo evolves is *awesome*.

7.5
X-Men: The Trial of Magneto (2021) #1

Jan 2, 2022

Suspicion settles solidly onto Magneto as the mutants start dealing with the death of the Scarlet Witch. I felt this issue had a lot of small storytelling faults, like the occasional clumsy phrase or bit of bad blocking. The pace is slow (like it's an ordinary-sized comic with every scene inflated) and the script is wordy. And even accounting for grief and resentment, I thought Magneto ate too much scenery. But the content is powerful stuff, carefully-chosen developments and observations that range from the absolutely necessary (like Quicksilver weighing in) to the surprisingly inventive (like the OG Brotherhood of Evil Mutants reunion). This story isn't told perfectly, but it's powerful enough to impress and engage.

7.5
X-Men: The Trial of Magneto (2021) #2

Jan 21, 2022

When the Avengers come to take Wanda's body, Magneto goes shouty and fighty again, but nothing is as it seems. Pulling this series back to ordinary comic length works wonders; this issue seems much faster and smoother than the last one. The art is solid, especially in the first few scenes, and the script is decent all around with some flashes of greatness. It's a pity the best character beats seem to fall to the guest stars; this issue's Captain America is great. On the plotting side, the author has a lot of balls in the air and I'm not sure they're all going to get caught properly. For now, the show is enjoyable, though.

6.5
X-Men: The Trial of Magneto (2021) #3

Mar 4, 2022

Many of the ideas in here are well above average. They don't seem to belong to one cohesive story, though, and the pace is wonky, leaving this issue merely average overall.

6.0
X-Men: The Trial of Magneto (2021) #4

Apr 14, 2022

To call this above average requires an almost slavish buy-in to Leah Williams' eccentric interests and more eccentric storytelling style. And as others have rightly noted, "The Trial of Magneto" is one of the biggest misnomers in modern comics.

5.5
X-Men: The Trial of Magneto (2021) #5

May 7, 2022

I'm torn. I really want someone to follow this story up and save Toad. But I really *really* don't want that someone to be Leah Williams. I have no problems with the author's identity or politics. I have a big problem with the story structure she always uses, which is: 1) Establish problem. 2) Spend several issues hanging purple prose and/or comedy around characters who don't do anything. 3) Solve problem via deus ex machina. I'll still rate this finale close to average, because it makes a lot of welcome and intriguing upgrades to Krakoa's status quo. Plus it's drawn decently.

5.0
X-Men: The Wedding Special #1

Dec 3, 2018

Kitty dreams of the men she's lost and what they'd say about her marriage, and then we get the bachelor and bachelorette parties. This issue has three separate strips. Unfortunately, only one writer and one artist did worthwhile work, and they're not even on the same strip. (Kelly Thompson and Todd Nauck are the book's superstars of readability.) The low average quality of storytelling and the undeniably skippable nature of the stories makes this a pretty hard pass.

7.5
X-Terminators (2022) #1

Feb 26, 2023

I get what they're going for, and I think they're succeeding. Not excelling, but succeeding. It's trashy and corny (in a very intentional way), and I also think it's rewarding if you buy into it. Example: The argument against the protagonists just resurrecting their way back to Krakoa is silly, but also smart -- and it's deployed exactly when I was wondering about the same thing myself.

7.0
X-Terminators (2022) #2

Apr 14, 2023

The art is still unabashedly cheesecakey and lurid; probably the issue's strongest feature. The script is decent (in terms of storytelling, not community standards), but not as funny as #1. I'm pleasantly surprised that the author is still driving the plot forward, though.

7.5
X-Terminators (2022) #3

Jul 9, 2023

It's still wacky and cheeky (literally that, when it comes to the art), but the plot continues to march forward with some nice twists. Overall, it recaptures the gleeful mania of the first issue quite nicely. No matter how grim and high-stakes the Krakoan era gets, I'm happy that at least one Quiet Council meeting canonically includes the phrase "juicy dumper."

8.0
X-Terminators (2022) #4

Sep 2, 2023

This comic knows exactly how serious it isn't and conducts itself accordingly. The art continues to deliver superbly-rendered characters and the humor is sharpened to a raunchy knife edge. The plot moves slowly and it's pretty predictable, but nobody's reading this for plot, are they? Maybe this issue caught me in exactly the right mood; I had a blast reading it. But the creators deserve some objective credit for doing their utmost to maintain their consciously chosen tone. (Also, for a raunchy funnybook, this is ridiculously good at deep cuts. Who else has ever pulled the under-utilized "Legion of the Unliving" from Aaron's Avengers?)

8.0
X-Terminators (2022) #5

Jan 13, 2024

The series coasts into a smooth, satisfying finale. There aren't any big surprises here, but it maintains its high standards for ridiculous humor and artistic quality. Putting this team on the shelf ready to be reactivated as soon as someone has a sufficiently silly idea is a big plus, too.

7.0
X-Treme X-Men (2022) #1

Jul 9, 2023

Welcome to Recap: The Comic!

6.0
X-Treme X-Men (2022) #2

Sep 2, 2023

There's nothing wrong with the plot or the character work--but nothing particularly notable, either. Of course the storytelling is consciously retro, in words and art, but it works better on the visual front. There's a certain campy, cheesy fun in winding the art-clock back 20 years. There's no such joy in the language, though.

5.0
X-Treme X-Men (2022) #3

Apr 16, 2024

The haphazard way the villains keep switching targets really undercuts their menace. At least the plot is racing along--but the fast pace isn't entirely a good thing.

5.5
Yondu (2019) #1

Jun 1, 2020

The generic "rogue with a heart of gold" characterization and the outdated "discount Tank Girl" art rubbed me in precisely the wrong way. Still, I recognize those are subjective taste complaints, and I could get interested in some good continuity massage if they hurry up and get MCU Yondu and Earth-691 Yondu teamed up properly. But telling-not-showing us that your MacGuffin du jour is an Infinity Stone-level threat? That's objectively a storytelling sin.

6.0
Yondu (2019) #2

Jun 12, 2020

It's a functional antihero story, but any "exceeds expectations" quality in the storytelling is counter-balanced by the relentless generic-ness of the setting and the characterization of Yondu-616. And some of the reviewers have a point about Zhala: She exists to be sexy, exposit the MacGuffin, and then get brutally killed. Even her death matters only insofar as Yondu reacts to it, and that's a retrograde way to write a female character in 2019.

6.0
Yondu (2019) #3

Jul 2, 2020

5.0
Yondu (2019) #4

Jul 23, 2020

All of this comic's sins are forgivable -- except for being mortally dull.

7.0
Yondu (2019) #5

Sep 24, 2020

Ravager Yondu slowly makes the turn toward rogue-ish heroism, and all it costs is 31st-century Yondu's life. Sigh. The final point of this miniseries seems pretty worthwhile, but the road that got us here was bumpy and not a lot of fun. The final character developments are good, though; where was this insight earlier?

8.0
You Are Deadpool #1

Nov 25, 2018

Choose Your Own Deadpool Adventure kicks off with a goofy bang. The gimmick is enhanced with some genuine role-playing details, and there's more than enough humor along the way to make flipping back and forth rewarding. The art masters the challenge of skipping around nicely. It's not all-time great or endlessly memorable, but it is a ton of fun. I read this on MU and appreciate that somebody took the time to tease the digital edition into the best possible format for a CYOA comic.

8.0
You Are Deadpool #2

Nov 25, 2018

Youpool lands in scrupulously detailed, generally hilarious parody version of 1961. Your options for recharging the time helmet lead to conflict, more great jokes, and tons of Silver Age cameos. The only premise that fell flat for me was the treatment of the Fantastic Four; I think the cheap shot at Reed & Sue's "multiversal exile" status surrendered way too much potential. Aside from that, I had a blast. The Grasshopper and his letter-perfect parody of Silver Age Spidey's soap-operatic weaknesses were the highlights for me.

7.0
You Are Deadpool #3

Dec 3, 2018

YADP dumps you in Sadness Central: 70s Marvel. Though I had some fun along the way, I'm underwhelmed by what the continuity dredge brings up this time around. Shallow looks at Man-Thing, the OG Secret Empire, and Marvel Monsters, plus an indulgent detour into a (shallow again) Judge Dredd parody. And this book LITERALLY punishes you if you don't appreciate Rufus "Super Midnight" Carter the same way Al Ewing does. This issue will probably win my "least likely to revisit" award for the title. The art is pretty impressive, though I wish Salva Espin were as tired as I was of the "Wade's gaping mouth sucks his mask in" look.

8.0
You Are Deadpool #4

Dec 3, 2018

Youpool's sojourn in the 80s is highly Daredevil-centric, and it pays good comedy dividends. The presence of the Grasshopper reimagined as the 90s-tastic "Weapon G" is an outstanding diversion, though. The scripting throughout is hilarious, but it's the Weapon G section that really cooks with the perfect combination of funny words and ridiculous (in an awesome way) art.

8.0
You Are Deadpool #5

Dec 16, 2018

It ends the way a choose-your-own-Deadpool-adventure series written by Al Ewing would have to: With a clever, funny, meta-textual assault on the rules of the story itself. There are just enough twists and bright ideas here to keep the finale from feeling indulgent or trivial, and I was thoroughly satisfied at the end.

6.0
Ziggy Pig - Silly Seal Comics #1  
3.0
Zombies Assemble #0

Jan 27, 2018

Tony saves Pepper from a vengeance-minded mecha-piloting employee. This prequel offers a complete absence of zombies, a decent manga impression of Iron Man, C-minus interpretations of the MCU Avengers in One Piece style, a sad attempt at romance, sadder attempts at humor, and the unwelcome suggestion that Tony's purpose in designing Ultron was to replace Iron Man so that he and Pepper could retire and have a million babies together. (I said it was unwelcome, not necessarily inaccurate.) Why Marvel thought this deserved to be raised out doujinshi obscurity is utterly beyond me.

2.0
Zombies Assemble #1

Nov 17, 2017

The Mangavengers face off against a weirdly low-energy zombie outbreak that starts by claiming Thor and Black Widow. A huge part of this title's potential appeal is in seeing the MCU Avengers translated into manga form, and the job's done so underwhelmingly that it's hard to imagine this book satisfying anybody. The zombie threat has some slightly interesting twists. The characterization is almost nonsensical , and the plodding, tension-free way our heroes dawdle into action is another big strike against it.

3.0
Zombies Assemble: 2 #1

Mar 11, 2018

Bruce Banner (now apparently a geneticist, whatever) succumbs to the zombie virus while Cap, Tony, and Clint get saved by a Mysterious Benefactor. Whoever could it … yeah, it's just Jasper, the mad scientist who's going to be the Designated Villain of the piece. The best bits of this issue are the Cap flashbacks that are just manga-style recreations of scenes from the First Avenger; the zombie story remains fundamentally unsatisfying.

2.5
Zombies Assemble #2

Jan 5, 2018

One sliver of plot development - the "zombies" are Chitauri - is married to the very unwelcome introduction of a hopeless Mary Sue protagonist. Translator Jim Zub gives the game away in the post-comic notes when he admits that ZA reads a lot like Avengers fanfic - that's exactly right and exactly the problem. Creator Yusaku Komiyama raced home after seeing Age of Ultron and knocked together a cheesy next chapter out of wall-to-wall clichés. The art is pretty polished; the storytelling is tragically inept.

3.0
Zombies Assemble: 2 #2

Mar 30, 2018

Dr. Amano and Dr. Jasper are half-siblings, and now they race to cure/create new strains of zombie virus as the Avengers stand around and whistle. Bargain basement soap opera character contrivances and a slow plot are significant drags on some decent manga visuals. Jim Zub's exceptionally lazy translation also goes firmly into the minus column, as does the sidelining of the Avengers, aka "the stars we're reading this book for."

4.0
Zombies Assemble #3

Jan 5, 2018

Dr. Mary Sue Amano continues to play a disgustingly central role, the zombies evolve, Rhodey goes MIA, and a bonafide villain peeps into the story at last. There's no transformative change that magically turns this into a satisfying read, but this feels like an incremental improvement over the previous issues. Some basic characterization and attention paid to the Avengers' relationships certainly help. The pacing is still fundamentally broken, though, and the odds of the plot turning interesting look increasingly slim.

3.0
Zombies Assemble: 2 #3

Apr 20, 2018

Mad Scientist Jasper Scott deals out two crappy justifications for kick-starting a zombie apocalypse, hoping that some additive magic will make two terrible plots work in place of one decent one. Stories do not work this way, and "work" is just what this issue doesn't do. There are a few sparks of visual passion that speak to the mangaka's ongoing dedication, but the story and its "meh" translation utterly fail to make that passion resonate with readers. And nobody bothers to explain why the stupidly-attired Dr. Amano is suddenly charging around with some sort of junkyard zap gun.

4.0
Zombies Assemble: 2 #4

May 21, 2018

It's a big, brash, save-the-world fight, with some cheap motivational nonsense about Jasper Scott and Dr. Amano salted across the action. Rhodey returns to do a little War-Machining before the big win. While the plot strengthens up here at the end, as if in compensation the art starts slacking off, ending the series in a particularly unmemorable place.

Reviews for the Week of...

April

March

More